GIFT OF 
 
 Bob Campbell
 
 
 
 S 
 

 
 
 
 
 im
 
 MATEKIA MEDIC A 
 
 THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 BY 
 
 J. FORBES ROYLE.
 
 MATERIA MEDICA 
 
 AND 
 
 THERAPEUTICS; 
 
 INCLUDING THE 
 
 PREPARATIONS OF THE PHARMACOPEIAS 
 
 OF 
 
 I 
 
 LONDON, EDINBURGH, DUBLIN, 
 
 AND 
 
 [OF THE UNITED STATES.] 
 
 WITH MANY NEW MEDICINES. 
 
 BY 
 
 J. FORBES ROYLE, M. D. F. R. S. 
 
 LATE OF THE MEDICAL STAFF OF THE BENGAL ARMY J MEMBER OF THE MEDICAL AND 
 
 CHIRURGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON ; OF THE MEDICAL AND PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF CALCUTTA 
 
 AND OF THE ROYAL MEDICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH, ETC. 
 
 PROFESSOR OF MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS, 
 KING'S COLLEGE, LONDON. 
 
 EDITED BY 
 
 JOSEPH CARSON, M. D. 
 
 PROFESSOR OF MATERIA MEDICA IN THE PHILADELPHIA COLLEGE OF PHARMACY; 
 MEMBER OF AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, ETC. ETC. 
 
 WITH NINETY-EIGHT ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA: 
 
 LEA AND BLANCHARD. 
 
 1847.
 
 Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1846. 
 BY LEA & BLANCHARD. 
 
 In the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Eastern District of 
 Pennsylvania. 
 
 C. SHERMAN, PRINTER, 
 
 19 St. James Street.
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 IF it should be asked, whether another work on Materia Medica 
 was required in addition to the numbers which already exist, it must 
 be replied, that this was undertaken at the repeated request of its in- 
 telligent Publisher, who may be supposed to be well acquainted with 
 the wants of the Profession. This alone, however, would not have 
 been sufficient to induce the -Author to undertake the work, had he 
 not also been aware from the complaints of Pupils, and convinced 
 from his experience as a Teacher, that the Student of Materia Me- 
 dica required something systematic to study, which, brought up to 
 the present time, should be sufficiently full for information, and yet as 
 short and condensed, as was compatible with the avoidance of being 
 superficial. The Author has been unable to satisfy himself on either 
 of these points, chiefly from the difficulty of treating briefly, of so 
 great a number of distinct substances in the three Pharmacopoeias, 
 with their several preparations, each requiring a number of distinct 
 facts to be related respecting it, and without curtailment. 
 
 The difficulty of a brief treatment of the subject is further increased 
 by Students attending their course of Materia Medica in the first 
 year of their attendance on Lectures, that is, before they have become 
 acquainted with Chemistry, are ignorant of Botany, and have just begun 
 their attendance on Physiology, preparatory to a study of the nature 
 and treatment of Disease. This difficulty the author has already alluded 
 to in his Essay on Medical Education, p. 27, where he has stated, 
 " that a portion of the difficulties at present experienced might be 
 partially obviated, if Students were to commence their attendance at 
 Lectures in the Summer, instead of the Winter Session. They might 
 then pay attention to short preliminary Courses of Natural Philosophy 
 and Chemistry, as well as to the ordinary Courses of Botany, of Zoo- 
 logy, or of Comparative Anatomy. By these means they would be 
 gradually introduced to the objects, the principles, and the nomencla- 
 ture of some of their principal studies, and thus be better enabled to
 
 v ; PREFACE. 
 
 commence attendance during the ensuing Winter Session, on the com- 
 plete Courses of Anatomy and of Physiology, besides Chemistry and 
 Materia Medica with Therapeutics." Until some such plan is adopted, 
 or some of these Sciences become objects of general as well as of 
 merely Professional Education, or until Materia Medica is removed 
 to the second year's studies, difficulties will continue to be experienced 
 in studying the subject. The Author has therefore introduced a no- 
 tice of some of the laws and nomenclature of Chemistry, under the 
 head of Pharmaceutical Chemistry, and of some account of the parts 
 and Products of Plants, with their Physiology, Classification, and 
 Medical Properties as connected with Structure. 
 
 The objects of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, and the Sciences 
 connected with them, being treated of in the first pages of this Ma- 
 nual, the Author will here refer only to the Natural History arrange- 
 ment which he has thought it advisable to adopt. This he has con- 
 tinued to employ since the Session 1836-37, finding it, upon the whole, 
 the most convenient for teaching, as he had previously found it the 
 best suited for investigating a new subject, the Materia Medica of 
 India. 
 
 The Author has explained, in his " Essay on the Antiquity of Hin- 
 doo Medicine," that his attention was first particularly directed to 
 this subject at the request of the Medical Board of Bengal, in order 
 to ascertain whether the Public Service might not be rendered less 
 dependent upon the supplies from Europe, either by substituting articles 
 indigenous in the country, or by cultivating exotics in the most suitable 
 climates of the plains and mountains of Northern India. He made 
 collections of all the drugs procurable in the Indian bazaars, tracing 
 them as much as possible to the plants, animals, and countries whence 
 they were derived. These were arranged under the three heads of 
 the Animal, Vegetable, and Mineral Kingdoms, and catalogues were 
 made of the whole, with their synonymes in various languages, and 
 a notice of the medical properties ascribed to each. The articles 
 amount to about 1000 in number, and though the Work still remains 
 in Manuscript, some of the Botanical results were made use of in 
 the Author's " Illustrations of Himalayan Botany." So the informa- 
 tion respecting Animal and Mineral products was referred to, when 
 proving the early periods at which their properties must have been 
 investigated by the Hindoos. These investigations have been his au- 
 thority for many of the historical determinations. 
 
 In a Natural History arrangement for Inorganic substances or the 
 Mineral department, that adopted in Chemical works is decidedly the 
 best, as so many Chemical preparations require to be treated of. In
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 Vll 
 
 the Vegetable part, the Author has followed the arrangement of 
 De Candolle, as he had previously done in his large Work, and in his 
 Syllabus of 1837. He has given in many instances the English 
 names of the Natural Families which have been lately published by 
 his friend, Dr. Lindley ; but care must be taken to use them in the 
 same precise manner that the Latin ones are employed. For the 
 few Animals which require to be treated of, he h#s followed the ar- 
 rangement of his friend, Dr. R. E. Grant, as in the above Syllabus. 
 
 The foregoing Sciences form the basis for an accurate knowledge 
 of Materia Medica. For this purpose we require not only to know 
 the kind and quality of the Drug to be employed, but also the sources 
 whence it is obtained. The Pharmacopeias do not always determine 
 these points ; in fact they sometimes give names which only suggest 
 so many problems to be solved ; for instance, some of the plants men- 
 tioned, yield no products at all, or none that are used, while others do 
 not yield those of the best quality, which are alone supposed to be 
 employed. In determining 'some of these questions, a good deal of 
 space has been required. 
 
 The Author fears that some obscurity may at first appear in the 
 directions for making the Preparations of three Colleges, from the 
 attempt to condense them as much as possible. But the points of 
 coincidence have been made the basis of the directions, while the dif- 
 ferences of the E. and D. Colleges have been included within brackets, 
 with the initials of the College. He cannot but lament, as others 
 do, that there should be so many points of what appear to be unne- 
 cessary differences : for the Students who have studied according to 
 the directions of three Pharmacopoeias become Practitioners in Eng- 
 land, in the Army, the Navy, the East India Company's Service, and 
 in the Colonies, where the formulae of the London Pharmacopoeia are 
 alone employed. Four-fifths of the differences might easily be abo- 
 lished, if it was not found possible to observe uniformity in the whole, 
 and some inert substances might with benefit be excluded. But the 
 Author is far from being an advocate for limiting the recognised 
 Materia Medica to too brief a list ; as great advantages are very 
 often derived from the power of changing one Remedy for another 
 of nearly similar properties, and there are few that are exactly alike. 
 It must also be remembered, that the British Schools of Medicine 
 provide Practitioners for nearly all parts of the world, who, if they 
 do not, while Students, acquire some general ideas respecting the 
 resources of Materia Medica, will seldom do so afterwards. They 
 usually remain content to depend entirely upon home supplies, instead 
 of making use of the valuable resources often within their reach. To
 
 v - PREFACE. 
 
 this cause chiefly we must ascribe the little addition to our knowledge 
 respecting the History and Properties of new Drugs, and the inaccu- 
 rate information which we have respecting many of those in constant 
 use. The Author has not confined himself to the .contents of the 
 three Pharmacopoeias, but has noticed many of the new medicines, 
 as may be seen among the Preparations of Iron, and of Gold, as well 
 as in Matico, Indian Hemp, Bebeerine, &c. 
 
 The ultimate object of the previous accurate study being the ac- 
 quirement of a knowledge of the modes of Action and Uses of 
 these several Drugs as Medicines, this is necessarily the most impor- 
 tant part of the whole study. The Author has usually towards the 
 end of his Course grouped together all those Remedies which may 
 be used for the same Therapeutical purposes. This he has also done 
 in this Work in a tabular form, with general observations appended 
 to each group. The Student will become aware of the many in- 
 stances in which Medicines are relative agents from these observa- 
 tions. They ought to be read in connexion with the notices on the 
 Action and Uses of Drugs at the end of each article. The Author 
 has been obliged to compress his materials within the compass of a 
 Manual, though the subject would require a volume to itself, to be 
 treated in connexion with Modern Physiology, Pathology, and Prac- 
 tice of Physic. 
 
 Numerous Works have necessarily been consulted, and to save 
 space they are sometimes referred to by initials. Among the older 
 Chemical works, Murray's " System" and Aikin's " Dictionary," and 
 among the more recent, the works of Professors Brande, Turner, 5th 
 and 7th edit., Graham, Fownes, and Gregory, the " Handbuch der 
 Chemie" of Gmelin, " Introd. to the Study of Chemical Philosophy" 
 of the late Professor Daniell, and the " Rural Chemistry," of Mr. E. 
 Solly, Thomson's " Organic Chemistry," Simon's " Animal Chemis- 
 try," and for the chemical preparations of the London Pharmacopeia, 
 the excellent observations of Mr. R. Phillips have been often quoted. 
 (Ph.) 
 
 In the Botanical part, the Author has made use of the characters 
 of the Natural Families of Plants as given by Jussieu, Brown, and 
 Koch, as well as the excellent abstract of Dr. Lindley in his " Elements 
 of Botany," those of Endlicher and of Bartling, also the elegant " En- 
 chiridion Botanicum" of the former. For the descriptions of Plants, 
 he has in many instances referred to the original describer, frequently 
 to the " Encyclopedic Botanique" of Lamarck and Poiret, with De 
 Candolle's (D. C. and Dec.) " Prodromus," and Walper's " Reperto- 
 rium." For the British and European plants, usually to Koch's
 
 PREFACE. i x 
 
 "Flora Germanica," and Smith's "British Flora," "Engl. Bot." 
 (E. B.), and the " Bot. Magazine," (B. M.), with Babington's " Ma- 
 nual of British Botany," and on many occasions to Lindley's " Flora 
 Medica." The Author has endeavoured to unite the full character 
 of the Genus in that of the officinal species which belongs to it. 
 Having previously paid attention to the identification of officinal 
 plants, he has on the present occasion' done so with as many as was 
 in his power. Of the Botanical drawings used, some are original, 
 others taken from the " Diet, des Sciences Naturelles," the " Genera 
 Floras Germanicae" of Th. Nees v. Esenbeck, the " Flore Medicale," 
 the " Medical Botany" of Churchill and Stephenson (Ch. and St.), and 
 the Plates of the " Handbuch der Medicinisch Pharmaceutischen 
 Botanik" of Fred. Nees v. Esenbeck and H. Ebermaier. (Nees v. E. 
 and Eberm.) The " Pharmaceutische Waarenkunde" of Goebel and 
 Kunze (G. and K.) is often referred to for representations of drugs. 
 The Author takes this opportunity for thanking Dr. Falconer for va- 
 rious information, as also for his valuable description of the Assafoe- 
 tida Plant. 
 
 Of works on Materia Medica, he must first mention those which 
 he found most useful in drawing up his Course of Lectures for King's 
 College in 1836, as he may have occasionally quoted unawares some 
 peculiar fact or opinion, without referring it to its source. First, the 
 very valuable " Diet, de Matiere Medicale" of Merat and De Lens 
 (M. and De L.), 1834, and the excellent " Dispensatory" of Wood 
 and Bache (W. and B.), 2d ed. 1834, in which not only are all the 
 Preparations of the British Pharmacopeias given in full, but also 
 those peculiar to the United States and the Pharmacological informa- 
 tion of Europe brought up to the time at which the work was written. 
 He at the same time made use of Fee, " Cours d'Histoire Naturelle 
 Pharmaceutique," the "Manuel de Matiere Medicale" of Milne Edwards 
 and Vavasseur (E. and J 7 .), Guibourt's " Hist. Abregee des Drogues 
 Simples," the excellent Dispensatories of Dr. A. T. Thomson (t.) and 
 of the late Dr. Duncan ; also the " Grundriss der Pharmakognosie 
 des Pflanzenreiches," and at a later period, the " Lehrbuch der Phar- 
 maceutischen Zoologie," both of T. Martius, and the " Medizinische 
 Zoologie" of Brandt and Ratzeburg. From this work the zoological 
 representations have been taken. 
 
 On the present occasion he has not only referred to many of these 
 writers, but has added a more particular examination of the Dublin 
 Pharmacopoeia of 1826, that of London, 1836, and the revised Edin- 
 burgh, 1842, being the last of their respective Colleges. He has con- 
 sulted Dr. Christison's " Dispensatory" (c.), 1842, for the preparations
 
 x P R E F A C,E. 
 
 4 
 
 of the E.P., and Dr. M. Nelligan's " Materia Medica," (n), 1844, for 
 those which are peculiar to the D. P. The divisions of the old wine 
 measure still used by the D. College are given at p. 22, where it is in- 
 advertently stated that they still order the weighing of liquids. Their 
 libra, when treating of liquids, means the old wine pint. Soubeiran's 
 " Traite de Pharmacie" has also afforded much valuable information ; 
 and though among the last mentioned, not the least valuable, is Dr. 
 Pereira's (p.) " Elements of Materia Medica and Therapeutics," 1st 
 and 2d Ed. 1840 and 1842, which forms so extensive and accurate 
 a Magazine of every thing connected with Materia Medica. The 
 Pharmaceutical Society, which promises to contribute so much im- 
 provement and accuracy to our Pharmacy, is often quoted by the 
 title of its Journal, P. J., 1842-1846, as well as other Journals, Medi- 
 cal and Scientific. 
 
 Among the authors principally consulted on the Therapeutical 
 mode of arrangement may be mentioned, Alibert, Barbier, Guersent, 
 Trousseau and Pidoux, Bayle, " Travaux Therapeutiques," Mur- 
 ray's and Dr. A. T. Thomson's "Elements of Materia Medica," and 
 Dr. Paris's " Pharmacologia," 7th edit., which he would especially re- 
 commend to the Student's attention, as embracing a number of impor- 
 tant points for his consideration. 
 
 The Practical Works which have been most frequently referred to, 
 though not always quoted, are the " Cyclopaedia of Practical Medi- 
 cine," by Tweedie, Forbes, 1 &c., Dr. Copland's " Dictionary of Prac- 
 tical Medicine," the Systematic Works of Cullen, Good, Craigie, &c., 
 Dr. Prout on Stomach and Urinary Diseases, Dr. Elliotson's " Prin- 
 ciples and Practice of Medicine," and the elegant and invaluable 
 " Lectures on the Practice of Physic" of his late colleague, Dr. 
 Watson. 3 
 
 In conclusion, the Author must thank the Publisher, as well as the 
 Printers, for the elegant and clear typography, and Mr. Bagg, for the 
 skill and taste he has displayed in the wood-cuts. 
 
 1 American edition, edited by Dr. Dunglison. 
 a American edition, edited by Dr. Condie.
 
 PREFACE TO THE AMERICAN EDITION. 
 
 THE author of the work now introduced to the profession in this 
 country, has for a long time been before the public, as a laborious 
 and thoroughly scientific cultivator of the department of medicine to 
 which it is devoted. His previous labours have given to him a high 
 standing on the list of savans of Europe, and the present treatise 
 clearly demonstrates, that although his mind has been occupied with 
 secondary but recondite branches, it is well stored with all the de- 
 tails and learning necessary to make a good teacher of the whole 
 subject. 
 
 From the general execution of the work, its completeness with re- 
 spect to Materia Medica proper, the great amount of new and inte- 
 resting matter contained in it, which his India residence and con- 
 nexions have placed at his disposal, and the excellent arrangement, 
 no apology would be supposed to be necessary for the publication, yet 
 the modesty of the author has induced him to present one in his pre- 
 face. To this we refer the reader, with the request, not only to 
 regard it as an exposition of the motives which weighed with him, 
 but as a chapter containing some wise and useful reflections upon 
 the study of medicine. 
 
 We deem no apology requisite for reissuing the book in this 
 country. By the student attending upon lectures, as well as by prac- 
 titioners, a full and large manual like this cannot but be received 
 with favour, notwithstanding the large and valuable works that have 
 been presented to the profession : its merit will insure for it a favour- 
 able reception ; the illustrations are superior to those heretofore given
 
 x ji PREFACE. 
 
 in works of the kind, and for their re-execution we are indebted to 
 the skill of an American artist, Mr. Gilbert. 
 
 The labours of the editor have been confined to the supervision of 
 the work in passing through the press, and the addition of such mat- 
 ter in connexion with the Pharmacopeia and indigenous Materia 
 Medica of the United States, as would render the work fitted for 
 American students and practitioners. The introduced matter is con- 
 tained in brackets. 
 
 January 1st, 1847.
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 INTRODUCTION - - - - - - - 17 
 
 OPERATIONS OF PHARMACY - - 21 
 
 PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY - 30 
 
 Combustion and Decomposition. Analysis. Proximate and Ultimate Prin- 
 ciples. Elements. Definite Proportions. Nomenclature. Table of Ele- 
 ments. 
 
 MINERAL MATERIA MEDICA ...... .37 
 
 Proceeding from the Non-metallic Elements to the Metals, with their His- 
 tory. Physical and Chemical Properties. Preparation. Tests. Action, 
 Uses, and Doses. 
 
 VEGETABLE MATERIA MEDICA - - - - - - - 225 
 
 Parts of Plants. Classification. Physiology. Geography. Medical Pro- 
 perties of Natural Families. The Collection and Drying of Vegetables. 
 
 MEDICINAL PLANTS, FROM RANUNCULACE..E TO FUNGI .... 238 
 According to the system of De Candolle, with a character of the Natural 
 Family. Description of the Plant Physical and Chemical Properties of 
 the parts used. Preparations. Actions. Uses and Doses. 
 
 PRODUCTS OF FERMENTATION - - 614 
 
 Etherification ... - 619 
 
 Acetous Fermentation and Destructive Distillation - 623 
 
 ANIMAL MATERIA MEDICA, FROM PORIFERA TO MAMMALIA - 629 
 
 PHYSIOLOGICAL AND THERAPEUTICAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE MATERIA MEDICA - 646
 
 - 
 
 ADDENDA. 
 
 Page 439, line 46, add : Mr. Redwood (P. J. vi. 163) states that Quinoidine and the 
 Amorphous Quinine are both mixed products, containing several proximate principles, 
 and that one part of these principles is soluble, the other insoluble in Ether, and that in 
 fact amorphous Quinine is the same substance which has long been known in commerce 
 under the name of Quinoidine or Chinoidine. 
 
 To Calcis Murias 
 
 " Potassii Ferrocyanidum 
 
 " Plumbi Diacet. Sol. 
 
 " Plumbi Subacetatis Liquor comp. 
 
 " Names of Ant. Pot. Tart. 
 
 " Hydr. c. Creta 
 
 " Tinct. Opii Camph. 
 
 " Sinapis alba 
 
 " Krameria 
 
 " Limonum Oleum 
 
 " Oxalis Acetosella 
 
 " Pil. Colocynthidis, E. 
 
 " Cuminum Cyminum 
 
 " Pulv. Ipecac, comp. 
 
 " Decoct. Cinchonee 
 
 page 122 line 41 add E. 
 
 " 150 " 10 " E. 
 
 " 174 " 15 " Aqua. 
 
 " 175 " 11 " D. 
 
 " 183 " 23 " Tartarum Emeticum, D. 
 
 " 187 " 32 " Gray Powder. 
 
 " 271 " 33 " Elixir Paregoricum, D. 
 
 " 278 " 14 " D. 
 
 " 282 " 36 " Ratanhia, D. 
 
 " 297 " 18 " L. E. 
 
 " 312 " 32 " Acetosella, L. 
 
 " 398 " 14 " Comp. D. 
 
 " 417 " 6 " Cyminum, L. 
 
 " 427 " 17 " L. E. D. 
 
 " 440 " 33 " D.
 
 MANUAL 
 
 OF 
 
 MATEBIA MBDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 " MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS," being the title of one of the 
 courses of lectures attended by students of medicine, is adopted as 
 that of this Manual, because it treats of the same subjects ; that is, 
 it gives an account of the substances and agents which are employed 
 as remedies for the relief or cure of disease. These consist either 
 of material substances or of the general powers of nature. Advan- 
 tage is also taken, in some measure, and in particular cases, of mental 
 affections and passions. 
 
 The subjects divide themselves naturally into two distinct branches. 
 
 1. MATERIA MEDICA ; meaning, correctly, the material substances 
 employed as medicines ; but it usually includes all the other means 
 which are employed with the same object. It treats of their natural 
 characters, sensible properties, chemical qualities, and mode of action 
 as medicines. 
 
 2. THERAPEUTICA, from Segaitevu, to take care of the sick, to heal. 
 Therapeutics, in the most comprehensive sense, includes the applica- 
 tion of remedies for the prevention or cure of disease. As connected 
 with Materia Medica, it treats of the modes of action and of the effects 
 of medicines as employed for the restoration of healthy action, and 
 the consequent removal of disease. Since a variety of substances 
 are capable of producing the same general effects, though they may 
 differ from each other in minute particulars, they are frequently 
 grouped together, so as to form classes of Medicines. These are 
 convenient for practical purposes, because what is best suited to the 
 peculiarities of a constitution, or to the different stages of any par- 
 ticular case, may be more easily selected ; or one remedy may be 
 substituted for another, when the first has begun to lose its effect. 
 
 " Materia Medica and Therapeutics hold a middle place between 
 the purely scientific and the strictly practical branches of professional 
 study. Of the former, Natural Philosophy and Chemistry treat of the 
 properties and intimate relations of all natural substances, as well as 
 of the powers of nature. They form necessary preliminaries for fully 
 understanding any of the natural sciences, and thus become a part of 
 
 2
 
 
 18 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 the studies of other professions as well as of medicine. Botany and 
 Comparative Anatomy, treating of the structure and physiology of 
 plants and of animals, as well as of their classification, geographical 
 distribution, and uses to man, are equally essential objects of study to 
 those who wish only to attend to agricultural or to horticultural 
 pursuits, or to improving the breeds of animals. Even Human 
 Anatomy and Physiology are often studied by those who desire only 
 to become acquainted with the internal structure and functions of the 
 body to perfect themselves as painters or as sculptors, or who desire 
 to study the beauty and design displayed in the works of the Creator. 
 
 " The strictly practical branches of professional study of which 
 the principles, however, require also to be scientifically studied are 
 embraced in the departments of Surgery, Medicine, and Midwifery, 
 which elucidate the nature and treatment of diseases, both external 
 and internal, as well as those peculiar to women and children, and of 
 the process of parturition. To these is superadded Forensic Medicine, 
 a complicated branch of study, as it is connected with every other, 
 and requires a knowledge both of healthy and of diseased structure, 
 as well as of the effects of deleterious agents on the constitution. 
 
 " The practical sciences require for their study and practice a 
 complete knowledge not only of their own particular subjects and of 
 the above-mentioned preliminary sciences, but also of the agents and 
 substances, whatever be their nature, which are called Remedies, and 
 which are employed to alleviate or to remove all departures from the 
 healthy state, or from what constitutes disease."* 
 
 A complete knowledge of Medicines consists in an acquaintance 
 with their physical and chemical characters, their physiological ac- 
 tion, and therapeutical effects. Medicines have been defined to be, 
 all substances which have the power of modifying the actual state of 
 one or more of our organs, and which possess this property indepen- 
 dent of their nutritive qualities. Hence they are administered in dis- 
 ease, for the purpose of curing or relieving. M. Barbier gives, as a 
 distinctive character of remedies, the property of not being decom- 
 posable, nor of being easily transformed into chyle by the action of 
 the stomach, but of being capable of modifying the state of this 
 organ. Alimentary substances, on the contrary, are digested, and 
 transformed into chyle. This, however, will not apply to all ; for 
 some of the vegetable salts, as the acetates, citrates, and tartrates, 
 are converted into carbonates in passing from the stomach into the 
 excretions ; while there are no means of proving whether other sub- 
 stances strictly nutritive, such as fibrin and albumen, are decomposed 
 or not. It is clear that aliments are assimilated to our organs, and 
 become an integral part of our bodies ; whilst remedies do not con- 
 tribute in a direct manner to nutrition. It is equally difficult to define 
 remedies as distinct from poisons ; for, in fact, many of the same 
 substances act either as remedies or as poisons, according to the 
 quantities in which they are applied to our organs. 
 
 Before knowing how and when to prescribe a medicine, its nature 
 
 * Medical Education, a Lecture delivered at King's College by the Author. Session 
 1844-45.
 
 INTRODUCTION. 19 
 
 ought to be thoroughly understood. A knowledge of medicines, 
 therefore, comprehends an acquaintance with their external character, 
 their sensible properties, and their chemical nature, as well as their 
 modes of preparation. With these, should be included some know- 
 ledge of the Natural History of the Animals, Plants, or Minerals, 
 which yield them. In order to prescribe them as efficient agents for 
 producing changes in different organs and functions, we must be ac- 
 quainted with their mode of action on the several tissues and organs, 
 as well in a state of health as in disease, that is, with both their 
 Physiological action and their Therapeutical effects. With all this 
 must be combined a knowledge of the forms in which they may 
 most fitly be prescribed, the substances with which they may be com- 
 bined, or with which they are incompatible, the doses in which they 
 must be given, and the cautions which peculiar circumstances may 
 render necessary : all which is embraced in the theory and art of 
 prescribing, together with the rules for the diet and treatment of the 
 sick and convalescent. 
 
 It is hardly necessary to state, that for the purposes of Materia 
 Medica and Therapeutics, sufficient only of the sciences connected 
 with the above subjects requires to be known so as to enable the 
 mode of action and effects of substances, when employed as remedies, 
 to be appreciated. These cannot be fully discussed in this Manual, 
 for they include, in fact, a large portion of the objects of scientific 
 study. Thus, the affections of the mind and the passions are treated 
 of in systems of Mental and of Moral Philosophy. The general 
 powers or forces of nature, such as Heat, Light, Electricity, and 
 Magnetism, as well as the nature and constitution of the Atmosphere 
 and of Water, as also the subject of Climate, are discussed both by 
 the Natural and by the Chemical philosopher. 
 
 The material substances commonly called Medicines being neces- 
 sarily obtained from the Mineral, the Vegetable, and Animal King- 
 doms, might be expected to be treated of with the minerals, plants, 
 or animals which yield them, in works of Natural History, that is, 
 of Mineralogy, of Botany, and of Zoology. This, however, is sel- 
 dom the case, except so far as their external characters, which require 
 to be observed for the purposes of classification. But the internal 
 structure of the plants and animals which yield them are examined 
 by the vegetable and the comparative anatomist. The composition 
 of organic beings and of their products, as well as of mineral sub- 
 stances, is ascertained by the chemist. The mineral kingdom is 
 sometimes distinguished, by the name of inorganic, from the vegeta- 
 ble and animal, which differ very conspicuously, in the different parts 
 of each, however constituted or howsoever composed, being organized. 
 They are thus calculated to perform particular functions, which are 
 controlled by the vital powers, and form the objects of study of both 
 the Vegetable and Animal Physiologist. 
 
 Though for the study of Materia Medica it is not requisite to mas- 
 ter these various sciences, yet as the object is to acquire an accurate 
 knowledge of the nature of medicines, the modes of classification 
 pursued in these several sciences may be adopted as the best method
 
 20 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 of attaining the object. Indeed, this mode of studying animal, vege- 
 table, and mineral substances may with advantage be considered as 
 abridged views of their respective sciences, in which the principles 
 and classification are briefly treated of, and the details exemplified by 
 medicinal substances. 
 
 The products of the mineral kingdom being inorganic, are also 
 more simple in composition, and therefore desirable to study first ; so 
 that we may proceed from simply observing the external characters 
 and chemical composition of minerals, to the complicated structure 
 and functions of organized bodies. Medicines from the mineral 
 kingdom may be arranged either according to their external charac- 
 ters, as in some systems of Mineralogy, or according to their chemi- 
 cal composition, as is the case in others, as well as in systems of 
 Chemistry. The latter affords numerous advantages, besides enabling 
 the substances which are produced in nature to be arranged together 
 with those which are the result of pharmaceutical operations, as 
 many of these are of a chemical nature. 
 
 Before proceeding to treat specifically of individual substances, it 
 might be expected that something should be said of the modes of 
 distinguishing Minerals by their external characters, or of the primi- 
 tive forms of Crystals and of the laws of crystallization, or of the 
 several formations of rocks, whether primary, secondary, tertiary, 
 or alluvial, from which different Medicinal substances are obtained'. 
 
 It might also be expected that notice should be taken of the Gene- 
 ral Properties of Matter, as of the Attraction of Cohesion, which 
 attracts the particles of matter to each other ; or of such subjects as 
 the Solidity, Hardness, Specific Gravity, powers of Electricity, and 
 Refraction of bodies, because these require to be noticed in the de- 
 scriptions of each individual substance. But these subjects are fully 
 treated of in their respective Sciences ; and for the purposes of 
 Materia Medica it is only required to make use of the correct No- 
 menclature, scientific Classification, and other information which 
 these afford. 
 
 As it is more natural to attend first to what may be seen and 
 touched, so in the following descriptions, the External, Physical, and 
 Sensible Characters of each substance will be first noticed, and this 
 before proceeding to the Chemical Composition, as this requires the 
 destruction of a substance before its Analysis can be accomplished.
 
 21 
 
 OPERATIONS OF PHARMACY. 
 
 MEDICINAL substances, as produced by nature, not being usually fit 
 for exhibition as Medicines, require a number of preliminary pro- 
 cesses, which are called Operations of Pharmacy. 
 
 These relate 1. To the choosing, collection, and preservation of 
 Drugs. 2. Their preparation, to fit them for 'exhibition as Medicines, 
 including their mixture and combination. For the sake of uniformity, 
 these require to be ordered by authority, and are so in the several 
 Pharmacopeias of London, Edinburgh, and Dublin. 
 
 The choosing of Drugs necessarily implies a knowledge of the 
 whole subject, as all the characters both of genuine and of adulterated 
 drugs should be well known before they are selected or purchased, 
 or an attempt should be made to prescribe them. For this purpose 
 all the external characters, as colour, smell, taste, form, consistence, 
 comparative weight, fracture, degree of solubility, point of fusion, &c., 
 also their chemical nature and composition, must be noticed, and 
 their purity be ascertained by means of Chemical Tests. 
 
 The collection of Drugs requires, in addition, that the influence of 
 different Physiological states, both in plants and animals, should be 
 attended to. Hence season, situation, aspect, age, habit, being wild 
 or cultivated, are all of importance. 
 
 The Preservation of Drugs requires attention to the best methods of 
 drying both mineral and organic substances, as well as to the necessity 
 of protecting most of them from the influence of air, of moisture, and 
 of light. To protect them from the latter, black or green bottles are 
 ordered for particular preparations. 
 
 Drugs require to be weighed, both for Pharmaceutical preparations 
 and in dispensing. Troy, called also Apothecaries' Weights, are em- 
 ployed for these purposes, and are divided as below, with each weight 
 denoted by its sign. 
 
 One Pound, fti. = 12 ounces, 3xij. = 5760 gxs. 
 " Ounce, 3i. = 8 Drachms, 3viij. = 480 " 
 " Drachm, 3i. = 3 Scruples, 9iij. = 60 " 
 " Scruple, 9i. = 20 Grains, gr.xx.= 20 " 
 " Grain, gr. i- 
 
 Liquids used formerly to be weighed, as they still are in the Dub- 
 lin Pharmacopeia. But as it is much more convenient to measure 
 them, this method therefore is now generally adopted. The Wine
 
 22 OPERATIONS OF PHARMACY. 
 
 Measure was formerly employed ; but the Imperial Gallon is now 
 used, and is thus divided and distinguished : 
 
 IMPERIAL MEASURE ADOPTED IN THE PHARMACOPEIAS, L. AND E. 
 
 Wine Measure in 
 Minims, former Pharmacopoeia. 
 
 One Gallon, Ci. = 8 Pints, Oviij. = 76800 
 
 " Pint, Oi. ' = 20 Fluid ounces, f 3xx. ^= 9600 
 
 Fluid ounce f 3i. = 8 Fluid drachms, f 3viij. = 480 
 
 61440 = Oviij. 
 7680 == fSxvj. 
 480 = f3viij. 
 
 " Fluid drachm, f 3i. = 60 Minims, rt^k. = 60 | 60 = 
 
 " Minim, (ft 
 
 The Imperial Gallon and Pint evidently contain much more than 
 the Wine Measure, in the proportion of about 5 to 4 ; but the College, 
 by dividing the Pint into f3xx., instead of into f 3xvi., obtain nearly the 
 same quantities for the ounce, drachm, and minim, (v. Phillip's Transl. 
 of the London Pharmacopoeia.) 
 
 [APOTHECARIES' OR. WINE MEASURE, u. s., D. 
 
 One Gallon, Cj. = 8 Pints, Oviij. = 61440 Minims. 
 
 " Pint, Oj. = 16 Fluid ounces, f3xvj. = 7680 " 
 
 " Fluid ounce, 3j. = 8 Fluid drachms, ^viij. = 480 " 
 
 " Fluid drachm, j. = 60 Minims, ffrlx. =60 " 
 
 This standard of measure is adopted by the U.S. Pharmacopoeia, 
 and is in use in this country. 
 
 Approximative measurement has, however, sometimes to be em- 
 ployed, and it is important to know the capacities of the several vessels 
 which are in use for this purpose. This knowledge may be thus 
 given : 
 
 A teacup contains about a gill, = f 3iv. 
 
 A wine glass ----- = f 3ij. 
 
 A tablespoonful - - - - = f 3ss. 
 
 Ateaspoonful - - - - - = f3j. 
 
 In small quantities, the most common mode of dispensing fluids is 
 by dropping them. Drops are not of uniform amount, as their size 
 will depend upon the consistency of the fluid and the nature of the 
 vessels by which they are formed. The numb'er of drops, therefore, 
 required to measure a fluid drachm, at least, ought to be known 
 before this mode is resorted to.] 
 
 Bodies occupying the same space are, however, well known to 
 differ much in weight, as, for instance, Lead and Cork, in consequence 
 of the former containing more matter in the same space than the 
 latter; or, in other words, Lead has a greater density than Cork. 
 Bodies are, therefore, weighed under two points of view : first with 
 respect to their absolute weights, and -second with reference to that 
 which is peculiar to each species, and is hence called Specific Gravity. 
 This refers to the ccfmparative weights of different bodies occupying 
 the same space and referred to a common standard. As the quantity
 
 MECHANICAL OPERATIONS OF PHARMACY. 23 
 
 of matter within the same space differs very much according as it is 
 more or less expanded by heat, so the Sp. Gr. of bodies is always 
 referred to one temperature, that is, 60; but the London College 
 mentions 62 of Fahr. The quantity of a medicinal substance, as of 
 an acid, an alkali, or a spirit, may, moreover, vary very much in 
 the same bulk according as it is more or less diluted with water. 
 The strength, therefore, which is the same thing as the Sp. Gr., re- 
 quires to be ascertained both for Pharmaceutic and for Medicinal 
 purposes. Water is, for convenience, taken as the standard to which 
 the comparative weights of other bodies are referred ; but its Sp. Gr., 
 though usually reckoned as 1, is by some taken at 1000, to avoid 
 fractional parts. 
 
 The Sp. Gr. of a liquid may easily be ascertained by weighing it 
 in a bottle which holds exactly 1000 grains of water at 60. Solids 
 are weighed first in air, and then, when suspended by a hair, in water. 
 In this case, they displace a quantity of water equal to their own 
 bulk, and weigh less than in air, because they are supported by the 
 surrounding water with a force equal to the weight of water which 
 has been displaced. Rule : find the difference between the weight of 
 the body in air, and when weighed in water ; take this difference to 
 divide the weight of the body in air, and the quotient will be the spe- 
 cific gravity. The Sp. Gr. of aeriform bodies is ascertained by 
 weighing certain measured quantities when passed into a vessel ex- 
 hausted of air, and of which the weight has been previously ascer- 
 tained. The different gases vary very much in their Sp. Gr., but 
 they are all referred to Atmospheric air as a standard. By careful 
 experiment, it has been found that 100 cubic inches of air weigh 
 31-0177 grains at 60 of Temperature and 30 inches of Barometrical 
 pressure. 
 
 Professor Daniell has given the following table of the Sp. Gr. of the 
 lightest gas, of air, of steam, and of water : 
 
 Cubic inches. 
 
 Weights, Grains. 
 
 Sp. Gr. Air 1. 
 
 Sp. Gr. Water 1. 
 
 Hydrogen, 100 
 Air, --- 100 
 
 2-136 
 31-000 
 
 0-0694 
 1-0000 
 
 0-0000846 
 0-0012277 
 
 Steam, - - 100 
 
 19-220 
 
 0-6240 
 
 0-0007611 
 
 Water, - - 100 
 
 . 25250-000 
 
 814-0000 
 
 1-0000000 
 
 MECHANICAL OPERATIONS OF PHARMACY. 
 
 Before Drugs can be exhibited as Medicines, they require to un- 
 dergo a variety of processes, some of a Mechanical, others of a Chemi- 
 cal nature. Of these some are intended merely to effect Mechanical 
 Division. This is useful in two ways, first in assisting the chemical 
 action of bodies upon each other, and secondly, in rendering them 
 more easy of administration as Medicines. Some substances must
 
 24 OPERATIONS OF PHARMACY. 
 
 be subjected to preliminary operations, as Cleaning, Cutting, Bruising, 
 Grating, Rasping, Filing ; or they may be powdered in mortars of 
 wood, iron, wedgwood, glass, &c. ; or ground in mills or between 
 rollers. The different modes are sometimes distinguished by distinct 
 names : 
 
 Pulverization by Contusion, as Pounding of tough substances. 
 
 " Trituration, Rubbing to a fine powder. 
 
 " Grinding, as in Mills and between Rollers. 
 
 " Friction, as with a Grater, file, or rubbing. 
 
 " Porphyrization, on a Slab with a muller. 
 
 Mediate Pulverization, when substances are added to assist 
 
 the process, and are afterwards 
 washed out. 
 Levigation, . . . Fine Trituration with water or any 
 
 fluid in which the solid is not 
 
 soluble. 
 Granulation, . . . when melted metal is agitated till it 
 
 cools, or is shaken in a box, or 
 
 poured from a height into cold 
 
 water. 
 
 As the finest powders prepared by the above means always contain 
 some coarse particles, so methods are adopted by which bodies 
 may be mechanically separated. Thus Pharmaceutists adopt 
 
 To separate solids from solids, 
 
 Elutriation, or washing. The fine particles, being suspended, 
 
 are poured off from the coarser, 
 and are then allowed to settle. 
 
 Sifting, as with Sieves. Sieves may be simple or compound, 
 
 of wire, perforated zinc, hair, or 
 gauze ; or the fine particles may 
 be dusted through bags. 
 To separate fluids from solids, 
 
 Decanting ; Deposition, when performed for the sake of the 
 
 solid. 
 " Defaecation " " " of the fluid. 
 
 Or the fluid may be sucked off with a sucking-tube, or removed 
 with a syphon. 
 
 Filtration, . . . with Funnels and Filters ; woollen 
 
 or paper filters, or powdered glass, 
 or Charcoal and sand, may be 
 used. 
 
 Expression, . . . for separating vegetable juices, or 
 
 pulp of fruits, oils, &c., from lig- 
 neous fibre, &c.
 
 OPERATIONS OF PHARMACY. 25 
 
 Clarification, or Despumation, by adding different substances, as 
 
 Albumen, or the white of egg, or 
 isinglass, when a scum rises to 
 the surface, or falls to the bottom, 
 carrying impurities with it. 
 
 Fluids may be separated from fluids, when there is no affinity be- 
 tween them, and they are of different specific gravities ; as by decant- 
 ing, skimming-off, the use of the Separatory, or by a Syringe, &c. 
 
 Several preparations fitted for exhibition as Medicines are prepared 
 by the above mechanical processes with the addition of mixing, such 
 as Powders, Pills, Confections, Electuaries, Mellita, Mixtures, Cerates, 
 Ointments, Plasters. 
 
 OPERATIONS OF PHARMACY DEPENDENT ON HEAT. Some of those 
 included under this head are not usually considered instances of true 
 Chemical Action, but as dependent on the ordinary laws of Nature. 
 Here, however, it is immaterial- in what light they are viewed, as the 
 processes are the same, and depend chiefly on the effects of Heat in 
 diminishing or increasing the cohesion of different bodies. 
 
 Temperature is measured by Fahrenheit's Thermometer, of which 
 the Freezing Point is 32 and the Boiling Point 212. A gentle Heat 
 means any degree between 90 and 100. A Water-Bath signifies 
 an apparatus for heating by boiling water or by steam ; a Sand-Bath, 
 one in which a vessel is placed and warmed by the gradual heating 
 of sand. 
 
 FUSION, or melting produced by increasing temperature, is practised 
 with metals, wax, &c. Bodies first dilate, and then, if not decomposed, 
 they melt, and each always at the same temperature. No further 
 increase of temperature then takes place, as all subsequent additions 
 of caloric become latent. Fusion may be effected in metallic vessels, 
 in the open air, as in furnaces, or in crucibles ; the London College 
 mentions Hessian and Cornish ones. In some cases, fluxes are 
 required ; but these are not mentioned in the L. Pharmacopeia. 
 
 SOLUTION When a fluid, as water, alcohol, ether, oil, &c., over- 
 comes the cohesion of a body, and incorporates its particles within 
 itself, without decomposing them, itself remaining transparent. When 
 unable to dissolve more, it is said to be saturated. Heat usually, but 
 not always, increases the solvent power of a liquid. Solution is 
 favoured by the quantity of the solvent, by division, and by agitation, 
 also by pressure. Cold is produced during solution, from a portion 
 of the caloric of the liquid being required to enable the solid to pass 
 into the same state. Hence freezing mixtures are produced by dis- 
 solving salts in water, or by mixing them with ice or snow. 
 . Solutions of a Homogeneous solid. 1. In pure Water, as of 
 *Acids, Alkalis, and of Salts, or of certain vegetable and animal 
 principles, as Gum, Sugar, Starch, or of Gelatine and of Albumen. 
 2. In Alcohol and Proof Spirit. Vegetable Alkalis are very soluble 
 in alcohol, so is Iodine. 3. In Ether : this solvent is little employed
 
 26 VAPORIZATION. 
 
 in the Pharmacopoeia, but is capable of dissolving many of the same 
 substances as Alcohol, and more of some resins and fats. 4. In Oil. 
 This dissolves Camphor and some of the acrid and narcotic princi- 
 ples of plants, whence the French employ several Oils. 
 
 Solutions of a Heterogeneous solid are differently named, accord- 
 ing to the temperature employed. 1. Maceration, is an operation 
 performed at ordinary temperatures, as from 60 to 80, and which 
 is continued for some time, as from 12 hours to a few days. a. With 
 pure water as a solvent, forming cold infusions, which are useful 
 when we wish to prevent aroma being dissipated, or to obtain a 
 light infusion, free from principles which would be taken up if heat 
 was employed, b. In Rectified or Proof Spirit, forming Tinctures, 
 the former for the resinous, and the latter for the more gummy pro- 
 ducts of plants. The Tinctures may be either Simple or Compound, 
 that is, when one, or when more than one, substance is acted upon 
 by the solvent. Sometimes Ammonia is added, forming Ammoniated 
 Tinctures, c. Ether is occasionally employed in making what are 
 then called Ethereal Tinctures, d. Wine, used as a solvent, forms 
 Medicated Wines, and is preferred for taking up some of the soluble 
 principles : as in Vinum Colchici, V. Ipecacuanhas, V. Opii, V. Ve- 
 ratri. e. Vinegar is used as a menstruum, and preferred for some 
 vegetable principles; but in most cases it is probable that some 
 chemical change is also produced, as in Acetum Opii, A. Colchici, 
 A. Scillce. 
 
 2. Percolation is a kind of Maceration, but superior to it in its 
 power of exhausting a body of its active soluble principles. This is 
 effected by more minute subdivision of the solid, and by passing the 
 liquid through it, and thus bringing all its particles in contact with 
 the whole of the menstruum. The solvent can then be used upon 
 fresh portions of solid, which may be similarly exhausted until the 
 liquid becomes of the desired degree of strength. 
 
 3. Digestion is similar to Maceration, but the action is promoted 
 by a heat of from 90 to 100. 
 
 4. Infusion When boiling water, that is, at 212, is poured on 
 the leaves, barks, or roots, &c. of plants, and allowed to cool down. 
 Many substances require first to be bruised or cut, so as to be perme- 
 able to the water. Polished metallic vessels, as they cool more 
 slowly from radiating heat less freely, are usually preferred to make 
 infusions in. 
 
 5. Decoction When boiling water is used, and kept boiling for a 
 shorter or longer period, all the principles soluble in water become 
 dissolved, and some others are suspended with them. Decoctions are 
 preferred when the full effects of some medicines are required. In 
 other cases the aromatic principles are dissipated. 
 
 VAPORIZATION Those operations in which liquid bodies become 
 converted into vapours or gases. This may take place only at the 
 surface of the liquid, when it is called Evaporation ; or, if the vapour 
 is formed by the addition of caloric throughout the whole mass, 
 Ebullition.
 
 *-. 
 
 VAPORIZATION. 27 
 
 Evaporation is adopted when the volatile liquid is allowed to es- 
 cape, and the solid residue retained for use ; as in the case of Extracts, 
 Inspissated juices, in crystallizing salts, as in obtaining sea-salt. 
 Evaporation when taking place at ordinary temperatures is called 
 spontaneous evaporation ; and as it takes place at the surface, shallow 
 vessels with broad surfaces are necessary. During evaporation, 
 cooling ensues, in consequence of the quantity of caloric required for 
 the liquid to exist in 'the gaseous state. Hence the coolness produced 
 by evaporating lotions, that of porous vessels, &c. The rate of 
 evaporation increases as temperature is increased or pressure re- 
 moved ; hence it occurs in a much lower temperature in vacuo. In- 
 spissated Juices are reduced to comparative dryness by this process. 
 Where the active principles of a vegetable or animal have been ob- 
 tained in solution in alcohol or water, and are similarly reduced to a 
 proper consistence, we obtain aqueous or alcoholic extracts. As these 
 are apt to be injured by heat, so it is of advantage to prepare them 
 at as low a temperature as possible. Hence the superiority of those 
 prepared in vacuo. 
 
 Ebullition taking place by additions of heat to the mass of liquid, 
 a large quantity of caloric becomes latent (or hidden, as in evapora- 
 tion,) to enable the liquid to exist in a gaseous state. The Boiling 
 point varies in different liquids. Ether boils at 100, Alcohol at 173-5, 
 Water at 212, Oil of Turpentine at 316, Mercury at 656. It is 
 also influenced by other circumstances, but especially by pressure, as 
 fluids boil at 140 lower temperature in vacuo than in the open air. 
 When pressure is increased, the boiling point is raised, and often 
 also the solvent powers of the fluid. Boiling is employed in making 
 Decoctions, &c., and also in the process of Distillation. 
 
 Distillation is employed in separating a volatile liquid from other 
 substances which are either fixed or less volatile than itself. It con- 
 sists of two processes ; first, the application of heat to convert the 
 volatile substance into vapour, and then the condensation of this va- 
 pour, in a separate vessel, into a liquid. The operation may be per- 
 formed in a retort or still, to either of which a receiver kept cool or 
 a refrigeratory must be fitted. The vessels maybe of metal, of glass, 
 or of earthenware, and the heat applied either directly or through the 
 medium of a sand, water, or steam-bath. 
 
 Distillation of Water. Distilled water is required to be employed in 
 all the Pharmacopreia Preparations. 
 
 " Distilled Waters. These contain a little of the volatile 
 principles of plants, and may be distilled either off the 
 plants, or by distilling some Essential Oil with water. 
 
 " Essential Oils. Volatile Oil being diffused through the 
 different parts of various plants, these are, if necessary, 
 coarsely divided, and soaked in water. The oil is then 
 distilled over with the water, from which it is afterwards 
 separated as it floats upon the surface. 
 
 " Acids. As of Acetic, Nitric, Hydrochloric, Hydrocyanic 
 acids, &c., of Vinegar for purification.
 
 28 CRYSTALLIZATION. 
 
 Distillation of Alcohol. This is first obtained in the form of Raw Spirit 
 It is rectified for the purpose of purification, and also 
 for concentration, and has then a Sp. Gr. of -835, Proof 
 Spirit a Sp. Gr. of -920. Rectified Spirit may be fur- 
 ther strengthened by distilling it off Carbonate of Potash 
 or dry Chloride of Calcium, which retain the water, 
 while the volatile Alcohol is distilled off. 
 
 Distilled Spirits. These are colourless solutions in Alcohol of the 
 volatile principles of plants, and are obtained by distil- 
 lation in the same way as the distilled waters, but with 
 rectified or proof spirit as the solvent. 
 
 Sublimation is distinguished from Distillation in the volatilized 
 matter assuming a solid form on condensation, as in Sulphur, Sal 
 Ammoniac, Iodine, &c. 
 
 Condensation. In the Processes of Distillation and of Sublima- 
 tion, bodies are first converted into vapour, and then reduced to the 
 liquid or solid state by the simple reduction of temperature. The 
 condensation of gases, or those which are permanent at ordinary 
 temperatures and pressure, may be effected by increasing the pressure 
 or by the application of great cold. Prof. Faraday, by combining 
 the condensing powers of mechanical compression with that of very 
 considerable depressions of temperature, has obtained a pressure 
 equal to 50 atmospheres, and a cold equal to 166 of Fahrenheit's 
 scale, and has thus liquefied many previously uncondensed gases. 
 Condensation of a gas may also be effected mediately, that is, by 
 passing it through a liquid for which it has some affinity, or through 
 which it may become permeated : ex. Solution of Ammonia, Liquid 
 Hydrochloric acid, Carbonic acid water. The terms Congelation or 
 Solidification are employed when a body assumes the solid form 
 from the mere reduction of temperature. 
 
 Precipitation is the process when a body passes to the solid state 
 so rapidly as to prevent the particles arranging themselves in any 
 regular form, and therefore the precipitate falls as a more or less fine 
 powder. 
 
 Crystallization. When bodies, in passing from the liquid or gaseous 
 state, assume regular geometrical forms, the process is called crystal- 
 lization, and the solid bodies crystals. This may be effected by gra- 
 dually cooling down any melted mass, as Sulphur, the Metals ; or a 
 vapour, as Sal Ammoniac or Corrosive Sublimate ; or by slowly 
 evaporating the liquid in which a solid may have been dissolved. 
 The process then, depending on evaporation, requires to be performed 
 in broad and shallow vessels. It is favoured by the presence of 
 foreign bodies, &c., and by agitation ; but the crystals then produced 
 are small, as also when the process is quickly performed. 
 
 The majority of crystals, when deposited from their watery solu- 
 tions, carry with them a certain portion of water, which they render 
 solid, but much of which they also part with by the mere application 
 of heat or by exposure to the air. This is called water of crystalliza- 
 tion, and it exists in crystals in its equivalent proportion, or some
 
 CRYSTALLIZATION. 
 
 29 
 
 multiple of it. Professor Graham considers a portion of tViis water, 
 when it replaces a base, as essential to the constitution of the salt. 
 This is then sometimes described as water chemically combined. A 
 salt or body combined with water is called a hydrate, one without 
 any, anhydrous. Salts which contain much water of crystallization, 
 when heated, undergo aqueous fusion, and, the water being dissipated, 
 they are left as dry salts : e. g. burnt Alum. Some, when exposed 
 to the air, lose this water, and are said to effloresce ; others absorb 
 water, and are said to deliquesce ; while those which undergo no 
 change in the air are called permanent. 
 
 Crystals are also studied with respect to their forms and the nature 
 of their formation. Crystallography is now an extensive and inde- 
 pendent science, the principles only of which we need notice, as 
 they are treated of in separate works, as well as in systems of Che- 
 mistry. As many substances have forms peculiar to themselves, it is 
 necessary to be acquainted with those which characterize different 
 pharmaceutical salts, as they may thus be distinguished even when 
 very minute. Some forms, however, are common to several distinct 
 minerals, and these are therefore sometimes grouped together accord- 
 ing to their external characters. The forms of these crystals have 
 been distinguished into those which are Primary, and others which, 
 from being considered as modifications of them, are called Secondary. 
 That the external forms are connected with a certain regularity of 
 internal structure, is evident from the well-known facts of the cleavage 
 of crystals, also their refraction of light and different degrees of ex- 
 pansion by heat. The primitive forms are, 1. The Cube. 2. The 
 
 Tetrahedron, contained under four equilateral triangles. 3. The Oc- 
 tohedron, contained under eight equilateral triangles. 4. The Hexan- 
 gular Prism. 5. The Rhombic Dodecahedron, limited by twelve 
 rhombic faces ; and 6. The Dodecahedron with isosceles triangular 
 faces. The secondary forms may be produced by modifications of
 
 30 CRYSTALLIZATION. 
 
 the above, as by decrements of particles taking place on their edges 
 and angles, which would produce a great variety of forms. 
 
 Though there can be no doubt that the internal structure of crystals 
 must be as regular as their external forms, because it seems evident 
 from the unequal expansion and contraction of certain crystals by 
 changes of temperature, and also from their different modes of refract- 
 ing light, yet, to use Mr. Daniell's words, crystallographers now con- 
 fine themselves to the experimental determinations, and the geometri- 
 cal relations of their exterior forms. Crystallography is now founded 
 upon our ideas of the regular and exactly similar distribution of two, 
 three, four, or any number of parts in symmetrical order ; and that if 
 one of the primary planes or axes of a crystal be modified in any 
 manner, all the symmetrical planes and axes must be modified in the 
 same manner. 
 
 The introduction of a systematic arrangement of crystalline forms 
 according to their degrees of symmetry is due to the labours of Weiss 
 and Mohs, and its principles are explained in Prof. Daniell's Introd. 
 to Chemical Philosophy. The classes and the forms which are re- 
 ferred to these will only be enumerated here, as many of them are 
 mentioned in the descriptions of crystals in this work. 
 
 I. Cubic, Octahedral, or Regular System, having 3 rectangular axes 
 all equal; contains the Cube, Regular Octohedron, Tetrahedron, 
 Rhombic Dodecahedron, and Trapezohedron. II. Right Square 
 Prismatic System: 3 rectangular axes, 2 equal, contains Square 
 Prism and Octohedron with a Square base. III. Rhombohedric : 3 
 equal axes, not rectangular; 1 perpendicular to the 3 ; Rhombohe- 
 drons, Bipyramidal Dodecahedrons, Hexangular Prisms. IV. Right 
 Rectangular or Rhombic Prismatic : 3 rectangular axes, no two 
 equal ; Right Rectangular Rhombic Prism, and Right Rectangular, 
 and also Rhombic Octohedron. V. Oblique Rectangular or Rhombic 
 Prismatic : 2 axes oblique, the third perpendicular to both. Oblique 
 Rectangular and also Rhombic Prisms ; Oblique Rectangular and 
 also Rhombic Octohedrons. VI. Double Oblique Prismatic : 3 axes, 
 all intersecting each other obliquely ; Doubly Oblique Prism and also 
 Octohedron. 
 
 By these various processes are obtained the Pharmaceutical prepa- 
 rations which are known by the names of Solutions, Tinctures, Wines, 
 Vinegars, Infusions, Decoctions, and Extracts ; also Distilled Waters ; 
 Spirits, and Essential Oils; likewise some Precipitates and Salts, 
 though the production of these depends chiefly upon Chemical De- 
 compositions and Combinations. For a full account of the different 
 processes consult Kane's Elements of Pharmacy. 
 
 PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 
 
 Substances which are throughout identical in nature, are subject 
 only to the ordinary laws of Physics ; but when substances different 
 in nature, and minutely subdivided, come into contact, or are placed
 
 PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 31 
 
 at insensible distances from each other, they become subject to a 
 series of changes consequent on Chemical Attraction or Affinity. 
 The result of this attraction is to unite two or more bodies together 
 into one, which has properties usually very different from the bodies 
 of which it is composed. One great object of Chemistry is to deter- 
 mine what bodies are compound, and what, from the inability of 
 chemists to separate them into more simple bodies, are considered to 
 be Elements. These are at present about 55 in number ; a majority 
 of the most important of them form objects of study in Materia 
 Medica, either in their simple form, or as constituents of compound 
 bodies. 
 
 As most bodies, when judged of by external characters, appear to 
 be homogeneous, or composed of only one substance, the object of the 
 Chemist is to ascertain whether this is actually the case, or only appa- 
 rent. This he does either by the action of Heat, or by presenting to 
 the compound body some other substance which has a greater affinity 
 for one of its constituents. This is called Analysis, or the separation 
 of a compound Body into its constituent parts, the quantities of each 
 being ascertained. As a Compound Body is capable of combining 
 with other bodies, which may themselves be either simple or com- 
 pound, it is clear that by the process of Chemical Analysis a body 
 may be reduced either into the substances from the immediate union 
 of which it has been formed, and which are called its Proximate 
 Principles, or into the elementary substances of which the latter con- 
 sist, and which are then called its Ultimate Principles. When the 
 constituent principles of a body can be so reunited as to reproduce 
 the substance which has been analyzed, the process is called Chemical 
 Synthesis, and is the most certain proof of the correctness of an 
 analysis. 
 
 These Decompositions and Recompositions, or Combinations, form 
 the chief occupation of the Chemist, are always going on in the great 
 operations of nature whether of growth or of decay, and require to be 
 studied especially with regard to the laws which govern their combi- 
 nations, which are called those of Chemical Affinity. It has been 
 ascertained that though some substances, as Alcohol and Water, unite 
 in any proportion, and others, as Salt and Water, in any proportion 
 up to a certain extent, yet that the majority of substances (or, accord- 
 ing to some, all substances) which form true Chemical combinations, 
 unite only in one or in a few fixed and definite proportions. This 
 forms the basis of what is called the doctrine of Chemical Equivalents, 
 Definite Proportions, or of the Atomic Theory, of which the facts 
 have been ascertained by numerous experiments, though the explana- 
 tions are theoretical. 
 
 The combination of Bodies is much influenced by the different 
 states in which they are brought into apparent contact, and much 
 favoured by bodies being brought into the state of liquids, and also by 
 heat, as is fully detailed in works on Chemistry. It is requisite to 
 allude to the points requiring to be studied, in order to understand 
 even the ordinary Pharmaceutical preparations. Bodies, it has been 
 stated, combine with one another, not only in one, but often in several
 
 32 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 definite proportions; and it has further been ascertained that the 
 quantity of one of them in the different combinations is found to be 
 exactly double, triple, or some multiple of the other, and in the ratio 
 either of 1 to 1, 2, 3, or 4, &c., or of 1 to 3, 5, 7. This is indicated 
 by a peculiar Nomenclature. The weights of these equivalents have 
 been ascertained by experiment to differ from each other. Hence 
 their relative differences are pointed out by Numbers, which are in 
 most instances peculiar to each of the elementary bodies. For the 
 convenience also of a brief mode of stating all the facts respecting the 
 composition of a Chemical substance, particular letters are adopted 
 as the Symbols of the different Elements, as also Formula, which ex- 
 press the sum and differences of the substances employed in chemical 
 decompositions and their results. Hence attention must be paid to 
 the Equivalents, which are also the atomic weights of Chemical Ele- 
 ments, the Symbols by which these are distinguished, and to the 
 Nomenclature by which the composition of a Body is at once known. 
 The great advantage of attending to these points is the facility which 
 they give for understanding complicated changes, especially in Organic 
 Chemistry. They also show the exact quantities which are sufficient 
 to produce particular changes, and also the weights of the products 
 which are obtained. 
 
 To indicate the composition of Bodies as well as the proportions 
 in which they are combined, a peculiar nomenclature is employed by 
 chemists. Thus, Binary compounds which are not acid, of the non- 
 metallic elements, as Oxygen, Chlorine, Iodine, Bromine, have their 
 names terminating in ide, as Oxide, Chloride, Iodide, Bromide ; also 
 of the compound body Cyanogen, as Cyanide ; of other substances, 
 as Sulphur, Phosphorus, in uret, as Sulphuret, Phosphuret. 
 
 The number of Equivalents or Combining weights in a compound 
 is shown Of the first-mentioned element by a Latin numeral, as Bis, 
 Ter, e. g. Binoxide of Mercury, indicating that 2 equivalents of Oxy- 
 gen are combined with 1 of Mercury. If 2 equivalents of one body 
 combine with 3 of another, that is, in the proportion of 1 to 1^, this 
 is indicated by the word sesqui, as Sesquioxide, Sesquichloride. The 
 first oxide is sometimes distinguished as the Protoxide. The affix of 
 Per to an acid or an oxide indicates the highest proportion of Oxygen, 
 &c., as Peroxide, Perchloride, Percyanide. The numbers of the 
 second-mentioned element are indicated by Greek numerals, as Dis, 
 Tris, e. g. Trisnitrate of Bismuth, where 3 equivalents of Oxide of 
 Bismuth are combined with 1 of Nitric Acid. 
 
 The nature of the acidifying principle of acids is indicated by the 
 term Oxyacids being applied to those containing Oxygen, and Hy- 
 dracids to those acidified by Hydrogen, with the word Hydro pre- 
 fixed ; as in Hydrochloric. Acids containing the largest proportion 
 of Oxygen have their names terminating in ic, as Sulphuric acid, and 
 that of their salts in ate, as Sulphate, Nitrate. A smaller quantity of 
 Oxygen in the acid is indicated by the termination ous, as Sulphur- 
 ous ; their salts terminate in ite ; while the addition of Hypo indi- 
 cates a smaller quantity of Oxygen than in the compounds to which 
 it is prefixed, as Hyposulphuric, Hyposulphurous. The excess of
 
 V INTRODUCTION. 33 
 
 acid in a salt is indicated by calling it an acid or a super-salt, and 
 the deficiency of the acid, by calling it a sub-salt ; or, to show the 
 excess of base, or of that which combines with and masks the pro- 
 perties of the acid, by calling it a basic salt. Double and Triple 
 salts have their composition pointed out by the names of their Prin- 
 ciples being all mentioned, as Tartrate of Potash and Soda or Potas- 
 sio-Tartrate of Soda. A triple compound of the elementary bodies, 
 as Oxygen, Hydrogen, and Carbon, as in Creosote, is called an 
 Oxyhydro-carburet. 
 
 Substances combined with water are called hydrates, as the Hy- 
 drate of Lime ; and as it seems in some cases to act the part of a 
 base, it is then called basic water. Compound bodies, such as Cya- 
 nogen, which unite with elements as if they were themselves simple 
 substances, are called radicles. There are many among organic 
 compounds. These groups of a few elements in infinitely varied pro- 
 portions are capable of combining with elementary substances and 
 with one another, and of being substituted the one for the other, ac- 
 cording to the laws of definite, multiple, and equivalent proportions. 
 (Daniell, Chem. Phil. p. 604.) 
 
 The Symbols by which Elementary substances are distinguished 
 are the first letter of their names in Latin, sometimes with the addi- 
 tion of a small second letter. The following elements comprise all 
 those which are most generally diffused, and of about half of which 
 the greatest portion of material substances are composed. All of 
 these, with the exception of Silicon, form components of Materia 
 Medica articles. The Numbers of the Equivalents are those adopted 
 by Professors Brande and Daniell, and by Mr. Phillips in his Trans- 
 lation of the Pharmacopreia. In these, as generally in this country, 
 Hydrogen is taken as unity, and being found combined in the propor- 
 tion of 1 with 8 equivalents of Oxygen, the number of the latter is 
 taken as 8. As these numbers are arbitrary, so others may be as- 
 sumed : hence Oxygen, on the Continent, is made 100; but, as the 
 others must all be proportional, Hydrogen will then become 12-5. 
 
 Oxygenium - - O 
 
 Hydrogenium - H 
 
 Nitrogenium - - N 
 
 Carbon - - - C 
 
 Chlorinium - - Cl 
 
 lodinium ... I 
 
 NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 
 
 8 Brominium - - Br - - 78 
 
 1 Sulphur - - - S - - 16 
 
 14 Phosphorous P - - 16 
 
 6 Boron ... B - - 20 
 
 36 Silicon ... Si - - 8 
 126 
 
 METALLIC ELEMENTS. 
 
 Kaligenous Metals.* 
 Kalium (Potassium) K or Ka 40 Natrium (Sodium) Na or N 24 
 
 Terrigenous Metals. 
 
 Alkaline Earths. Earths Proper. 
 
 Barium - - - Ba - - 69 Aluminium - Al - - 14 
 
 Calcium - - Ca - - 30 
 Magnesium - Mg - - 12 
 
 * Ammonium is a hypothetical metal, and might be enumerated here. But it will be 
 mentioned under the head of Ammonia. 
 
 3
 
 34 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Metals Proper. 
 
 Manganesium - - Mn - 28 Stannum - - - - St - 59 
 
 Ferrum (Iron) - - Fe - 28 Stibium (Antimony) Sb - 65 
 
 Zincutn .... Zn - 32 Arsenicum ... As - 38 
 
 Cuprum ..... Cu - 32 Hydrargyrum - - Hg - 202 
 
 Bismuthum - - - Bi - 72 Argentum - - - Ag - 108 
 
 Plumbum - - - Pb - 104 Aurum - - - - Au - 200 
 
 As some names occur very frequently, especially under the head 
 of Tests, it is sometimes found convenient to have abbreviations 
 independent of the Symbols, and without reference to the composition 
 of a body. Also for Pharmacoposia, the letter P., and L. E. D. for 
 London, Edinburgh, and Dublin, [U. S. for United States.] 
 
 Thus for, Water ... Aq. Citric Acid Cit' 
 
 Distilled Water ... Aq. Desk Potassa P. or Pot. 
 
 Sulphuric Acid - - S' or Sul' Soda - ....... So. 
 
 Carbonic ' - - C' or Garb' Chloride of Barium - - - Cl. Ba. 
 
 Phosphoric ' - - P' or Phosp' Nitrate of Silver - ... Nitr. Arg. 
 
 Oxalic - - O' or Ox' Sulphuretted Hydrogen - . Sulph. Hydr. 
 
 Acetic - - A' or Acet' Ammonia ...... Am. 
 
 Nitric - - N' or Nitr' Cyanogen Cyan. 
 
 Muriatic - - - - AT or Mur' Hydrocyanic Acid ... Hydrocy'. 
 
 Tartaric ... - T' or Tar' Ferrocyanide of Potassium Ferrocy. Pot 
 
 The above Symbols not only indicate their respective Elementary 
 substances, but when alone, always stand for 1 Eq. of that Element. 
 To indicate more than 1 Eq., numerals are added to the Symbols, as 
 2C, 3C, or O, O 3 , O 4 , &c. As these elements combine together, 
 and form compounds always constant in nature, the composition of 
 these is indicated by the juxtaposition of Symbols, or by placing the 
 4- sign between them, as HO or H + O, indicating 1 Eq. of Hydro- 
 gen combined with 1 Eq. of Oxygen, as in water. Numerals are 
 added if more than 1 Eq. be present, as C 2O or C O 3 , indicating that 
 1 Eq. of Carbon is combined with 2 of Oxygen, as in Carbonic 
 Acid. Each compound has its own Eq. number, which is made up 
 of the sum of those of its components. Thus HO=l-f8=9, or the 
 sum of the Eq. numbers of Hydrogen and Oxygen. So C O a =22, 
 because 1 Eq. of Carbon, 6, is added to 2 Eq. of Oxygen, 8x2=16. 
 Here it may be seen that the Eq. number of Oxygen is the same in 
 both cases, as it is indeed in all others, showing that these elements 
 always combine together in the same relative proportions. This is 
 the case also with the compounds, of which the Eq. number is always 
 the same, and they are subject to the same law of definite propor- 
 tions as the elements. Their composition is expressed in the same 
 way. Thus, H O+S O 3 , or H O, S O\ means, in either case, 1 Eq. 
 of Water combined with 1 Eq. of Sulphuric Acid, (a compound formed 
 of 3 Eq. of Oxygen with 1 of Sulphur,) having as its Eq. No. 9 + 
 (8x3 4- 16) =49. When a large figure is printed before a symbol, it 
 multiplies every symbol to the next comma, or to the next + sign, 
 or all placed within brackets. When the Equivalent proportions of 
 a compound are unknown, or when it is wished to state the per- 
 centage of the components of a known body, the following method 
 is adopted : thus
 
 INTRODUCTION. 35 
 
 4 
 
 Wax is stated to be composed of And Carbonate of Magnesia of- 
 
 Carbon 81-874 Magnesia 41-6 
 
 Hydrogen 12-672 Carbonic acid 36-0 
 
 Oxygen 5-454 Water 22-4 
 
 100- 100- 
 
 Besides combining in equivalent weights, substances have, when in 
 a gaseous state, a certain relation to each other, and combine in cer- 
 tain proportions, that is, one measure or Volume with one or more 
 Volumes of another gas. The resulting measure of the compound 
 gas is either equal to the sums of the volumes of its components, or, 
 in consequence of chemical union, it is condensed into a smaller 
 compass, which, however, bears to the former a certain ratio. This, 
 therefore, requires to be noticed in an account of a gas. 
 
 By taking advantage of the tendency of bodies to combine, and of 
 the power of others to decompose them, are obtained the different 
 Chemical preparations of Pharmacy. Thus by the mere process of 
 Torrefaction or Roasting, some of the volatile parts of a body are 
 expelled, while others undergo a change, or oxygen is absorbed. 
 This process, therefore, closely resembles Oxygenation, where oxygen 
 combines with other substances, either by exposing them to the in- 
 fluence of pure Oxygen, or to that in the atmosphere, or by acting 
 on them with a body, as Nitric acid, containing much Oxygen (coho- 
 bation). Deflagration is where a metallic body is ignited with a 
 Nitrate, when the Nitric' yields its Oxygen, and the metal is oxidized. 
 This process is often the converse of Reduction, where whatever is 
 combined with a metal, as Sulphur or Oxygen, is driven off by heat, 
 sometimes assisted by the presence of a flux. This, therefore, is 
 often identical with Calcination, where the volatile components of a 
 body are driven off by heat. By different methods of Decomposi- 
 tion, various acids are obtained from their salts. They are distin- 
 guished into Oxygen Acids, as the Nitric, Acetic, &c., and Hydro- 
 gen Acids, as Hydrochloric and Hydrocyanic. So the alkalis and 
 other bases are obtained by the decomposition of their salts, as e. g. 
 solution of Potash. The various salts are formed by bringing to- 
 gether the acids and bases, whether alkaline, earthy, or metallic 
 oxides, in the requisite proportions, and ascertaining the saturation of 
 neutral salts by means of litmus or turmeric paper. Some of the 
 elementary substances, when in the same manner combined, are, 
 from resemblance in nature to common salt (Xss), called haloid salts. 
 For forming these, the law of definite proportions is of great value, 
 as it informs us of the exact quantities of each substance to be em- 
 ployed, because the equivalent numbers indicate not only the propor- 
 tions in which one body combines with another, but also that in 
 which it will combine with every other. So if two neutral salts are 
 mixed together, and mutually decompose each other, the results will 
 also be two neutral salts, &c. Finally, the processes of Fermentation 
 yield us our different Spirits, Wines, and Vinegars, as will be ex- 
 plained under their respective heads, and, under Etherification, the 
 effects of acids on Alcohol.
 
 MANUAL OF MATEEIA MEDICA. 
 
 PAKT FIKST. 
 INORGANIC KINGDOM. 
 
 MINERAL AND CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. 
 
 SEEING that Bodies are either Simple or Compound, and that the 
 latter may be analyzed, or the former united, it is obvious that the 
 study of natural substances may be commenced either with the simple 
 elementary bodies, proceeding thence to the compounds ; or some one 
 of the latter with which we are well acquainted may be taken and 
 separated into its ultimate principles, and these studied before pro- 
 ceeding to others. There are two bodies, with the appearance of 
 which all are well acquainted, and which, though apparently ele- 
 mentary, are now well known to be compound bodies. These are 
 Atmospheric Air and Water, the nature and composition of both of 
 which require to be studied before many of the processes for preparing 
 articles of the Materia Medica can be understood. 
 
 ATMOSPHERIC AIR. 
 JP. Air Atmospherique. G. Atmospharische Luft. 
 
 The Atmosphere, which every where surrounds the globe, extends 
 to a height of 45 miles. It is an invisible gaseous body, devoid of 
 odour and of taste, compressible, easily expanded by heat. Its. Sp. 
 Gr., according to the experiments of Sir G. Shuckburgh, is -001.208 
 at 60 Fahr., and the Barometrical pressure of 30. But being 
 usually taken as the standard of comparison for gases, it is then 
 commonly reqkoned = 1. 100 Cubic Inches weigh 31-0117 grains, 
 and its pressure at the level of the Sea is equal to 15 pounds upon 
 each square inch of surface, or a column of air one inch square, and 
 extending to the limits of the atmosphere, weighs about 15 pounds, or 
 the same as a column of Mercury, also one inch square, but only 30 
 inches high, which it is thus able to balance and support by the pres- 
 sure of its weight. This weight must necessarily vary at great 
 depths, as well as at great heights, as a greater or less mass of air 
 will be superimposed. Hence the Barometer is employed for mea-
 
 38 ATMOSPHERIC AIR. 
 
 suring heights, a diminution of one inch being found equal to about 
 1000 (922) feet. From being compressible, its density necessarily 
 varies at different heights, the inferior strata being dense, and the 
 upper ones rarefied. The temperature also diminishes as we ascend 
 into the atmosphere, at the rate of 1 F. for every 100 yards, or, more 
 correctly, for every 352 feet. 
 
 Though apparently simple in composition, it is actually composed 
 of two very distinct gaseous bodies, Oxygen and Nitrogen, and a 
 small portion of Carbonic Acid gas. The proportions in which these 
 exist are : 
 
 Nitrogen gas 77-5 by measure, 75-55 by weight. 
 
 Oxygen gas 21 " 23-32 " 
 
 Aqueous vapour 1-42 " 1-03 " 
 
 Carbonic Acid gas -08 " -10 " 
 
 Omitting the aqueous vapour, which is variable in quantity, some- 
 times amounting, in hot countries, to as much as 2 per cent., the 
 proportions of the permanent gases are stated by Humboldt, from 
 experiments by himself and Gay Lussac, to be : 
 
 Nitrogen gas .... 0-787 by measure. 
 Oxygen gas .... 0'210 
 
 Carbonic Acid gas . . 1 . 0-003 
 
 or, omitting the Carbonic Acid gas, 77 by weight of Nitrogen, with 
 23 of Oxygen, or by volume 79-2 of the former and 20-8 of the latter, 
 in 100 parts. 
 
 The presence of Ammonia, in small quantities, has been detected 
 by Liebig; and some Nitric' is found also after thunder-storms. It 
 has been imagined that some Hydrogen gas may exist in atmospheric 
 air ; and Muriatic Acid, it is said, has been detected in it at the sea- 
 shore. 
 
 Dr. Murray has observed, that the Atmosphere may be regarded 
 as a collection of all those substances which are capable of existing 
 at natural temperatures in the aerial form, and which are disengaged 
 by the processes carrying on at the surface of the earth. These, with 
 other substances, as watery vapour, the effluvia from animals and 
 vegetables, independent of Heat, Light, and the Electric fluid, form 
 a vast mixture, the composition of which it is apparently impossible 
 to determine. 
 
 Chemical Analysis has, however, proved that the various- sub- 
 stances which may be mixed with the atmosphere quickly disappear, 
 and are not to be detected by Chemical Tests, and that the compysi- 
 tion of the air is every where uniform. It must, however, be admit- 
 ted, that in very crowded assemblies of people, where there is a wanl 
 of circulation, the quantity of Carbonic Acid gas is a good deal in- 
 creased. It was at one time supposed that the constituents of the 
 Atmosphere were retained by Chemical Attraction. Dalton, however, 
 promulgated the opinion, that they were mechanically mixed, that the 
 particles of the same gases repel, but that the particles of different 
 gases do not repel, one another ; and that thus one gas acting as a 
 vacuum to another, and each being repelled by its own particles, they
 
 OXYGEN. 39 
 
 become diffused. Professor Graham has ascertained that each gas 
 has a diffusive power, or Diffusiveness, peculiar to itself, which is 
 inversely proportional to the square root of its density. 
 
 The properties of Atmospheric air are a mean of those of its 
 constituents, and its chemical actions are due to the oxygen ; by this 
 it is enabled to support combustion ; also the respiration of animals, 
 a portion of it being by them converted into Carbonic Acid. Fishes 
 also depend upon its presence in the water, though this dissolves only 
 a small portion of air, but more of its Oxygen than of its Nitrogen. 
 The processes of vegetation are also dependent upon the atmosphere, 
 as it conveys water and also Carbonic Acid to the leaves of plants, 
 where the Carbon becomes fixed, and the Oxygen again set free ; and 
 thus plants contribute to purify the air, which might become deterio- 
 rated by the respiration of animals. As the atmosphere varies in 
 the quantity of moisture it contains, so it assists in the distribution of 
 water over the surface of the globe, and is, by its mobility, the prin- 
 cipal agent by which the extremes of temperature are moderated. 
 According to the temperature and moisture of the atmosphere, so is 
 the rate of evaporation, and -consequently of perspiration. Hence 
 not only many pharmaceutical preparations require a knowledge of 
 the constitution of the atmosphere, but some of the functions of the 
 body must be influenced by its different states, and the operation also 
 of some classes of Medicines are modified by its different degrees of 
 density and of dryness. 
 
 OXYGEN. 
 Oxygen. Vital Air. F. Oxyg6ne. G. Sauerstoff. 
 
 Oxygen (Symb. O. Eq. N. 8), named by the French chemists from 
 o|u, acid, and /swaw, I generate, having been supposed by Lavoisier 
 to be the only generator of acids. It was not discovered until 1774 
 by Priestley, though it is the most extensively diffused body in nature. 
 It forms one-fifth by weight of the atmosphere, eight-ninths by weight 
 of water, and probably not less than one-third of the solid crust of 
 the globe; for Silica, Alumina, and Carbonate of Lime contain 
 nearly one-half of their weight of Oxygen. It forms moreover one 
 of the constituents of both animal and vegetable bodies. 
 
 Prop. Oxygen is a permanent colourless gas. devoid of odour and 
 of taste. It is somewhat heavier than common air, as at a tempera- 
 ture of 60 F. and a Barometrical pressure of 30 inches, 100 Cubic 
 Inches weigh 34-25 grains ; it is sixteen times heavier than an equal 
 bulk of Hydrogen gas. Its Sp. Gr. is 1-111. 100 volumes of water 
 dissolve 3-5 of the gas, but by pressure water may be made to take 
 up much more of the gas. (Aqua Oxygenii or Oxygen Water). 
 Oxygen has the most extensive affinities, combining with every other 
 known elementary body except Fluorine. The bodies which are 
 thus formed vary much in their properties. Some of them are called 
 oxides, others alkalis, both of which, however, combine with a third 
 set, possessed of very different properties, and which are called acids, 
 or oxygen acids. Some bodies combine lowly with Oxygen, others
 
 40 NITROGEN. 
 
 with great vehemence, and with the evolution of light and heat, as in 
 the combustion of bodies in the air, but of which the brilliancy is 
 much increased if taking place in Oxygen gas. The respiration of 
 animals is, in fact, a kind of combustion ; the Oxygen of the air com- 
 bines with the carbon of the blood, and is expelled in the form of 
 Carbonic' gas. But vehemence of action is moderated by its being 
 diluted with four-fifths of Nitrogen gas in the air. The properties of 
 Oxygen, therefore, require to be well understood, both with reference 
 to the functions of Life and the mode of action and preparation of 
 many Medicines. 
 
 Prep. Heat powdered and "dried black oxide of Manganese in an iron gas bottle, till it 
 is red hot ; collect the gas. 1 ft should yield from 40 to 50 pint measures. Or mix black 
 ox. Mangan. and Sul.' to the consistence of cream, and distil in a glass retort. Or the 
 red oxide of Mercury or Nitre may be heated to dull redness to obtain this gas. 100 
 grs. Chlorate of Potash, heated in a retort or tube, yield 100 C. I. of very pure Oxygen. 
 
 Tests. A rough test of the purity of this gas is, introducing into it 
 a glowing taper : if the gas be pure, the taper will immediately burst 
 into aflame. 
 
 Jlction. Uses. Oxygen gas is stimulant when inhaled, and has 
 hence been used, diluted with common air, in asphyxia, &c. Oxygen 
 Water is a moderate stimulant, and may be given to the extent of a 
 bottle or two daily. 
 
 NITROGEN. 
 Nitrogen. Azote. F. Azote. Nitrogene. G. Stickstoff. 
 
 Nitrogen (N=14), the other constituent of the Atmosphere, was so 
 called from being considered the producer of Nitre or of Nitrates. It 
 was discovered in 1772 by Rutherford. Its properties may be con- 
 sidered the reverse of those of oxygen, as it will not support combus- 
 tion nor the respiration of animals. In fact it is fatal to them, but 
 chiefly on account of the absence of oxygen. It is often called Azote, 
 from a, privative, and wj, life. It is abundantly diffused, as it forms 
 four-fifths of the atmosphere. Its chief use seems to be, to dilute the 
 oxygen, though it no doubt also performs some more important func- 
 tions. It exists also in small quantity in the Ammonia of the atmo- 
 sphere, also in the Nitric acid which is found in it after thunder- 
 storms. It forms a constituent of almost all animal bodies, and like- 
 wise of many vegetable products which form the food of .animals. 
 
 Prop. Nitrogen in its simple state is best described by negatives, 
 as it is devoid of colour, and is without taste or smell. It cannot 
 support combustion, neither can it sustain respiration, and is nearly 
 insoluble in water. It is lighter than common air. Sp. Gr. = -975 ; 
 100 Cubic Inches weigh 30-15 grains. It forms, however, numerous 
 compounds with Oxygen, &c., many of which are possessed of very 
 active properties : v. Nitric acid, Ammonia, &c. 
 
 Prep. Nitrogen may be obtained by burning Phosphorus carefully in a jar of common 
 air, when the whole of the Oxygen being abstracted, the Nitrogen is left comparatively 
 pure. Or a mixture of Sulphur and Iron-filings made into a paste with water, and 
 similarly enclosed, will slowly absorb the Oxygen.
 
 WATER. 41 
 
 Action. Uses. Nitrogen, being devoid of active properties, has 
 been proposed to be employed in still further diluting common air in 
 cases of excitement of the respiratory organs. Substances abound- 
 ing in Nitrogen are suitable as food in some diseases. 
 
 HYDROGEN. 
 F. Hydrogene. G. Wasserstoff. 
 
 Hydrogen (H = 1), from vug, water, and yswau, / generate, does 
 not exist free in nature, but combined is a constituent of water, of 
 some acids, gases, and all vegetable matter. It was first correctly 
 described in 1766 by Cavendish. It has hitherto been undecomposed, 
 but several Chemists entertain the view that its base is analogous to 
 a metal. 
 
 Prop. At common temperatures an invisible permanent gas, devoid 
 of odour or taste ; by exposure to intense cold, Faraday could not li- 
 quefy it. It is 14-4 times lighter than air, and its sp. gr. = -0693. 
 100 C. I. weigh 2-14 grains. Water dissolves \h percent, of its bulk 
 of Hydrogen. When a lighted taper is brought in contact with the 
 gas, it inflames, and burns with a pale yellow flame, uniting with the 
 Oxygen of the air, and forming water. These gases, when mixed, do 
 not unite until they are inflamed. Hydrogen, being the lightest body 
 known, is assumed as the standard with which the equivalent numbers 
 of other bodies are compared: its Eq. therefore is 1. But when 
 Oxygen = 100 is taken as the standard of comparison, H = 12-5. 
 It is interesting to us chiefly as being a constituent of Water, of 
 Hydrocarbons, of Hydrochloric and Hydrocyanic acids, also of all 
 vegetable and most animal substances. 
 
 OXYGEN AND HYDROGEN. 
 WATER. Aqua. (Distilled Water. Aqua Destillata.) F. Eau. G. Wasser. 
 
 Water (Aq. or H O = 9), like the Air, is so universally diffused and 
 well known, as not to require to be described. When pure, it is 
 colourless and devoid of both taste and smell ; but it may contain 
 many impurities without these properties being sensibly impaired ; 
 therefore, for Chemical and Pharmaceutical purposes, Distilled water 
 should be employed. 
 
 Like air, Water contains Oxygen, but it differs in being a strictly 
 chemical compound. The other element is Hydrogen. One Equiva- 
 lent of Oxygen, 8, is combined with one Eq. of Hydrogen, 1, making 
 9, the equivalent number of water; which, therefore, or some multiple 
 of it, is added to the equivalent number of chemical compounds when 
 water is in combination. From its ready accessibility, water has been 
 assumed as the standard of comparison for Specific Gravities. Its Sp. 
 Gr. is therefore represented by 1, as in the L., or 1000, as in the E. P., as 
 may be thought most convenient. Water, it is well known, freezes at 
 32 of Fahrenheit's thermometer, but attains its greatest density at 40, 
 and therefore ice readily floats upon water. It boils at 212, and is
 
 42 WATER. 
 
 then converted into steam, of which the Sp. Gr. is -625 at 212 F., 
 when it has the greatest density, and is composed of one volume of 
 Oxygen combined with two volumes of Hydrogen. But water passes 
 at all temperatures into the air by spontaneous evaporation, and causes 
 its greater or less moisture or dryness. It enters into intimate combi- 
 nation with various bodies, which are then called Hydrates (from u<5w, 
 water), as in the cases of Lime and Potash, the Hydras Calcis and 
 Hydras Potasses, L. P. ; so also in some Liquids, as Sulphuric acid, 
 and in Nitric acid, and in a variety of crystals ; from these, however, 
 a great proportion of water may be expelled by heat, and from some 
 by mere exposure to the air. It forms a large proportion of most 
 organized bodies, and dissolves a great variety of solid substances, 
 and usually in increased proportion as its temperature is increased. 
 It likewise dissolves many of the Gases, some, as Common Air, 
 Oxygen, and Carbonic Acid gas, in small proportion; but others, as 
 Ammoniacal and Hydrochloric acid gases, in immense quantities. 
 
 From the great solvent powers of water, it is seldom met with in 
 a pure state. Rain-water even, contains some Carbonate of Ammonia 
 or of Lime, which is floating in the atmosphere, and usually about 3^ 
 cubic inches of common air, in 100 cubic inches of water. Spring- 
 water generally contains Carbonate and Sulphate of Lime and Chlo- 
 ride of Sodium besides the usual proportion of air, and often Carbonic 
 acid. Well-water, obtained by digging, usually contains a larger 
 proportion of salts, and is often called hard water, because it curdles 
 soap by decomposing it. River-water, though proceeding from 
 springs, deposits, upon exposure to the air, many of the salts it con- 
 tained, and is hence called soft water, because soap readily mixes 
 with it. Some Spring-water contains so large a proportion of im- 
 purities, as to be called Mineral waters. They will be mentioned 
 under the heads of Acidulous, Sulphurous, Saline, Calcareous, and 
 Chalybeate Mineral waters. Sea-waters contain a still larger pro- 
 portion of salts, especially common salt, with the Chloride of Magne- 
 sium and Sulphate of Magnesia. 
 
 Water necessarily commands a considerable share of attention, as 
 it forms a portion of the aliment of both vegetables and animals ; and, 
 from its great solvent powers, is an important agent in pharmacy, as 
 with it are formed various aqueous solutions, Distilled waters, Infu- 
 sions, Decoctions, and it is employed to dilute Acids, Alkalies, and 
 Spirits. It is useful also in some processes by becoming decomposed, 
 when its Oxygen serves to oxidize different bodies, and its Hydrogen 
 escapes in the form of gas. For Chemical and for most Pharma- 
 ceutical operations Distilled water (the Aqua Destillata of the Phar- 
 macopoeia) is required to be employed. 
 
 As a Therapeutical agent, also, water plays an important part, as 
 it is often the best medium for applying either heat or cold to the 
 body ; and as it forms so large a portion of the blood, it is a chief 
 means for increasing its fluidity, facilitating circulation, diluting 
 secretions, and rendering them less acrid. It will act also as a sol- 
 vent of many solid substances, as it passes through the system, and 
 forms the principal part of Diluent and Demulcent Remedies.
 
 SULPHUR. 43 
 
 SULPHUR.. 
 Sulphur, E. (U. S.) Brimstone. F. Soufre. G. Schwefel. 
 
 Sulphur (S = 16), from Sal, salt, and vug, fire ; was employed in 
 medicine by the Greeks, Arabs, and Hindoos. It occurs in some 
 Animal substances, as Albumen in Eggs, &c., in some plants, as in 
 Cruciferae, Umbelliferae, Garlic, Fungi, &c., but chiefly in the Mineral 
 Kingdom ; also combined as in gases or salts, in some minerals and 
 mineral waters. It is frequently found in combination with metals, 
 as in the common ores called Pyrites, the Sulphurets of Iron, of Cop- 
 per, Lead, Mercury, &c., whence it is obtained by roasting, in Ger- 
 many, Sweden, and this country ; the Sulphur, being volatilized, is 
 collected in chambers. Native or Virgin Sulphur uncombined, is 
 either a volcanic product, or occurs in beds in many parts of the 
 w r orld; that of commerce is brought chiefly from Italy, Sicily, and 
 the adjacent islands, whence, in 1830, 236,338 cwt. of rough Sulphur 
 were imported. It is afterwards purified by fusion, distillation, and 
 sublimation, hence known under the names of Stick, Roll, Sublimed, 
 and Flowers of Sulphur. Native Sulphur is purified by distilling it 
 from earthen pots arranged in two rows on a large furnace. The 
 Sulphur fuses and sublimes, and passes through a lateral tube in each 
 pot into another placed on the outside of the furnace, which is per- 
 forated near the bottom, to allow the melted Sulphur to flow into a 
 pail containing water, where it congeals and forms rough or crude 
 sulphur. This being redistilled, forms refined sulphur. When fused 
 and cast into moulds, it forms stick or roll sulphur. 
 
 Prop. An opaque brittle solid, crystallizing in acute octohedrons 
 with an oblique base, at temperatures below 232, and at higher in 
 the form of an oblique rhombic prism ? occasionally in octohedra and 
 tetrahedra. Fracture shining, crystalline. Sp. Gr. 1-98 ; when free 
 from air-bubbles 2-080 ; that of the vapour is between 6-51 and 6-9. 
 The colour in the solid state, when pure, is pale yellow ; but it often 
 varies from lemon-yellow, through green, dark yellow, and brown- 
 yellow, according to the degree of heat to which it has been subjected. 
 Taste insipid ; odour generally none ; acquires a faint and peculiar 
 smell when rubbed. When grasped in the hand, it cracks ; roll Sul- 
 phur feels greasy to the touch. Sulphur has no action on Vegetable 
 colours. It is insoluble in water, slightly soluble in Alcohol, especially 
 when finely divided, or the two are brought together in a state of 
 vapour ; in the same manner it is soluble in Sul. Ether, and in most 
 fat and essential Oils, also in alkaline solutions, petroleum, &c. It is 
 inflammable; when heated to about 300 it takes fire, and burns with 
 a pale blue, and at higher temperatures a purple flame. It is a non- 
 conductor of heat; when heated to about 180 it begins to volatilize, 
 to fuse about 216; between 226 and 280 it becomes perfectly 
 liquid, and of a bright amber-colour; about 320 it begins to thicken, 
 and becomes of a reddish colour, and so viscid, that the vessel may 
 be inverted without its running out. If in this state it is poured into
 
 44 SULPHUR. 
 
 water, it remains soft like wax for some time, and has been used for 
 taking impressions of seals, &c. ; it may then be drawn into threads, 
 which are elastic. From 482 to its boiling point, 601, it becomes 
 more fluid, and at 650, if air be excluded, sublimes unchanged as an 
 orange vapour. On cooling, it passes again through the same transi- 
 tions ; if slowly cooled, it forms a crystalline mass, and frequently 
 retains its fluidity till touched by a solid body. 
 
 Sulphur is an elementary body, though it so often contains traces 
 of Hydrogen that it was at one time thought to be a compound of 
 that gas. It is exceedingly important as a chemical agent, forming 
 Sulphurets with the various metals ; with Oxygen it forms acids, of 
 which the Sulphurous and Sulphuric are officinal ; with Hydrogen, 
 Hydrosulphuric Acid or Sulphuretted Hydrogen. It undergoes no 
 alteration in the air at common temperatures. That of commerce, 
 obtained from Pyrites, is often contaminated by metallic impurities, 
 as Zinc Carbonate and Sulphate, Iron Oxide and Sulphuret, Arsenic, 
 the Sulphuret, Silica, Magnesia, Alumina, and Carbonate of Lime. 
 Flowers of Sulphur are sometimes contaminated by the presence of a 
 minute quantity of Sulphurous (stated by some to be Sulphuric) Acid, 
 formed by a portion of the Sulphur during Sublimation uniting with 
 the Oxygen in the apparatus. It should be freed from acidity by 
 washing with hot water, when it should not affect Litmus paper. 
 
 Tests. Known by its colour, fusibility, volatility, burning with a 
 blue flame and the evolution of the pungent vapours of Sulphurous 
 acid gas formed during its combustion. It should completely eva- 
 porate when heated to 600, and be perfectly soluble in boiling Oil of 
 Turpentine. It should have no action on Litmus. 
 
 SULPHUR PR^CIPITATUM. (U. S.) Precipitated Sulphur. Lac Sul- 
 phuris, or Milk of Sulphur. Is now omitted from the British Pharma- 
 copeias, on account of its impurities, nearly two-thirds by weight of 
 that of the shops having been Sulphate of Lime. It is very similar in 
 most of its properties to sublimed Sulphur, but is whiter. It contains a 
 little water. The impurities may easily be detected by heat, which 
 will cause the Sulphur to evaporate, when the Sulphate of Lime will 
 be left behind. One part of sublimed Sulphur was boiled with 2 parts 
 of slaked Lime in 8 parts of water. To this solution Muriatic Acid 
 q. s. being added, the sulphur was precipitated. It was sometimes 
 called Lac Sulphuris from holding a little water in combination ; and 
 used to be preferred for its smoothness and want of colour, and from 
 being easily suspended in liquids. 
 
 [The U. S. P. directs Sublimed Sulphur Rj., Lime feiss., Water Cij., Muriatic Acid, q.s.] 
 
 OLEUM SULPHURATUM. Sulphurated Oil. Balsamum Sulphuris, Bal- 
 sam of Sulphur. Is now omitted from the Pharmacopoeia. It was 
 obtained by boiling Sulphur and Olive Oil, stirred together in a large 
 iron vessel, until they gradually united. It is a dark reddish-brown 
 viscid substance, having a very disagreeable smell. 
 
 SULPHUR (SUBLIMATUM), L. E. D. Sublimed Sulphur. (U. S.) 
 
 Prepared by reducing sulphur to a coarse powder, and then sub- 
 liming from a large iron retort into a sulphur-room, where the vapour
 
 SULPHURICACID. 45 
 
 is immediately condensed. Pulverulent, but when examined under a 
 microscope, seen to be composed of minute crystals. 
 Prop. Its characters are the same as those of Sulphur. 
 
 Prep. E. Sublime Sulphur in a proper vessel, wash the powder obtained with boiling 
 water, till the water ceases to have an acid taste. Dry the Sulphur with a gentle heat. 
 
 Tests. Evaporates totally at a temperature of 600. Agitated with 
 Aq. Dest, it has no action on Litmus. Heated with Nit', the solution 
 diluted with water, neutralized with Carb. of Soda, and acidulated 
 with Mur', should not yield a yellow precipitate with Sulphuretted 
 Hydrogen, showing the absence of Arsenic, v. Sulphur. 
 
 SULPHUR LOTUM, D. (U. S.) 
 
 Prep. D. Pour hot water on Sublimed Sulphur, repeat the washing as long as Litmus 
 indicates that the effused water is acid. Dry the Sulphur on bibulous paper. 
 
 Action Uses. Alterative, Diaphoretic, mild Cathartic. 
 D. gr. v. and gr. x. 9i. two or three times a day as an alterative ; 
 9i. 3iij. as a laxative. 
 
 UNGUENTUM SULPHURIS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Sulphur or Brimstone 
 Ointment. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. . Mix thoroughly Sulphur 3iij. (Sublimed 3j. E. ftj. D.) with Hog's 
 Lard ftss. (Axunge 3iv. E., prepared ftiv. D.) and Oil of Bergamot, flj'xx. L. 
 [The U. S. P. directs Sulphur ftj., Lard ftij. Mix.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative, chiefly applied in Scabies and other skin 
 diseases. 
 
 UNGUENTUM SULPHURIS COMPOSITUM, L. (U. S.) Compound Sulphur 
 Ointment. 
 
 P. L. Mix Sulphur fess., bruised Veratrium 3ij., Nitrate Potash 3j., Soft Soap fess., 
 Lard ftjss., Oil of Bergamot n^xxx. 
 
 [The U. S. P. directs Sulphur 3j., Ammoniated Mercury, Benzole Acid, each, 3j., Oil 
 of Bergamot, Sulphuric Acid, each, H3J., Nitrate of Potassa 3ij, Lard ftss. To the lard, 
 previously melted with a moderate heat, add the other ingredients, and stir them until 
 they are cold.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritating stimulant, applied in obstinate Scabies. 
 
 SULPHUR AND OXYGEN. 
 ACIDUM SULPHURICUM. Sulphuric Acid. F. Acide Sulphurique. G. Schwefelsaure. 
 
 Sulphuric Acid (S' or SO 3 =40) is one of the. most important com- 
 pounds of Chemistry. This acid is produced in small quantities in 
 nature, as near volcanoes, in some acid springs, and exists in .combi- 
 nation in numerous Sulphates, especially those of Lime (Gypsum) and 
 of Magnesia, found as minerals, or in the water of springs. It was 
 known to the Arabs, Persians, and Hindoos. 
 
 Sulphuric Acid appears, from its name, to have been originally 
 made in Europe, and probably also in Persia, from the decomposition 
 of Vitriol or Sulphate of Iron, a practice still followed at Nordhausen 
 in Saxony. The Sulphate is first calcined, so as to expel nearly the 
 whole of the water (of crystallization) it contains. The acid, distilled 
 off in an earthenware retort at a red heat, comes over in vapours, 
 which condense into a dark-coloured oily-looking liquid. This fumes
 
 46 SULPHURICACID. 
 
 when exposed to the air, and contains less than 1 Eq. of Water to 
 2 of Sulphuric Acid, has a Sp. Gr. of 1*9, and is known in commerce 
 as the Nordhausen, Fuming, or Glacial Sulphuric Acid. 
 
 Prop. Sul' may be obtained in a free or anhydrous state by care- 
 fully heating the Nordhausen Acid obtained from Sulphate of Iron in 
 a retort, and condensing its vapours in a bottle artificially cooled. It 
 then forms a white solid, fibrous like Asbestos, with some fine acicular 
 crystals. At 6 it becomes liquid, and boils at 122. Sp. Gr. 1-97. 
 The dry acid does not redden litmus ; when exposed to the air, dense 
 white fumes are produced, from its condensing atmospheric moisture. 
 It will combine with Water with explosive violence. 
 
 ACIDUM SULPHURICUM, L. E. (U. S.) Sulphuric Acid. ACIDUM SULPHU- 
 RICUM VENALE, D. Oil of Vitriol. Vitriolic Acid. Spirit of Vitriol. 
 
 Prop. Liquid Sulphuric' (S', Sul' or S O 3 H O = 49) is a dense 
 oily-looking liquid, usually colourless, devoid of smell, but intensely 
 acid, and powerfully corrosive. At first it feels oily, from destroying 
 the cuticle, but soon acts as a caustic, charring both animal and 
 vegetable substances by combining with the water and setting free 
 the carbon. It freezes at from 15 to 29, according to its density, 
 and boils at 620 F. Its affinity for water is great, heat and conden- 
 sation being produced on their union. It absorbs moisture from the 
 atmosphere ^ of its weight in 24 hours, and 6 times its weight in a 
 twelvemonth, and consequently becomes weaker the longer it is ex- 
 posed. Professor Graham is of opinion that S' combines with water 
 in several other definite proportions. It may be diluted with it to any 
 extent. It unites with alkalies, earths, and metallic oxides, rapidly 
 dissolving some metals, as Iron and Zinc, when diluted with water. 
 By the action of S' on alco'hol, Ether is produced. Several sub- 
 stances, as Charcoal, Phosphorus, &c., when heated with S' decom- 
 pose it, by abstracting its Oxygen, and evolving Sulphurous Acid. 
 
 Prep. S' used to be made in this country by burning the imported 
 Sulphur with a little Nitre. After the great increase which took 
 place in the price of Sulphur, some manufacturers employed that 
 obtained from Pyrites, which often contains Arsenic as an impurity. 
 The proportion of Nitre was , which was burnt with Sulphur either 
 in the same chamber r lined with lead, and having its bottom covered 
 with water, or in a furnace, from whence the vapours produced were 
 conveyed into a similar chamber. The Sulphur in burning combines 
 with 2 Eq. of Oxygen, and forms Sulphurous Acid gas, which escapes 
 into the chamber. The N' of the Nitrate, becoming decomposed, 
 gives 3 Eq. of Oxygen to another Eq. of Sulphur, and thus some Sul- 
 phuric Acid is formed, which combining with the Potash of the 
 Nitrate, forms Sulphate of Potash, which remains as a residual salt. 
 The 2 Eq. of oxygen set free, form with the Nitrogen, Nitric oxide, 
 which immediately takes 2 Eq. of Oxygen from the Atmosphere, and 
 forms Nitrous acid gas, or N O* ; so that this, with Sulphurous Acid 
 gas co-exists in the atmosphere of the chamber, and if both ate dry, 
 no change occurs; but if moisture be present in the form of vapour,
 
 SULPHURIC ACID. 47 
 
 the Sulphurous Acid takes an Eq. of Oxygen from the Nitrous Acid, 
 and becomes converted into Sulphuric Acid, while the latter becomes 
 Hyponitrous Acid ; these with a little water combining together, pre- 
 cipitate as a crystalline solid, forming a kind of Sulphate of Hyponi- 
 trous Acid. Immediately, however, on falling into the water, this 
 compound becomes decomposed with effervescence. The Sulphuric 
 acid unites with the water, and the Hyponitrous Acid escapes as 
 Nitric oxide and Nitrous acid. These unite with the Oxygen of the 
 atmosphere, react on the Sulphurous acid and humidity, and give rise 
 to a second portion of the crystalline compound, which undergoes the 
 same changes as at first. Thus the Nitric oxide is the medium for 
 transferring Oxygen to the Sulphurous acid, to convert it into Sul- 
 phuric acid. 
 
 The mode of making Sul' now varies from the above in many 
 places, and has been described by Professor Graham. In this pro- 
 cess Sulphurous Acid, from burning Sulphur, Nitric Acid vapour, and 
 steam, are simultaneously admitted into oblong leaden chambers, so 
 partitioned that the vapours can only advance slowly, and thus allow 
 the whole of the Sulphuric Acid to be deposited. 
 
 When the S' thus made has a Sp. Gr. of 1-5 (1-6 Gr.), it is drawn 
 off, and is usually first conveyed to shallow leaden pans, where it is 
 concentrated to a Sp. Gr. 1-70, or until it would act upon the Lead. 
 It is then further boiled down in retorts of glass or Platinum, until it 
 has a Sp. Gr. of 1-84; when cooled, it is removed into large carboys, 
 and forms the Oil of Vitriol of commerce. S', in its most concen- 
 trated state, is a definite compound of 1 Eq. Acid and 1 Eq. of Water, 
 which last cannot be separated by heat, as the acid and water distil 
 over as a hydrate. The Sp. Gr. of the Acid Sulph. venale, D. = 1850. 
 
 Tests. The presence of S', or of the soluble Sulphates, is easily 
 ascertained by a solution of Chloride of Barium, or of the Nitrate of 
 Barytes, as they form a white precipitate of Sulphate of Barytes, 
 which is insoluble in either acids or alkalies. S' should be colourless ; 
 Sp. Gr. 1-845. What remains after the acid has been distilled to 
 dryness should not exceed 7 ^ part of its weight. Diluted S' is scarcely 
 coloured by Hydrosulphuric'. The want of colour indicates the 
 absence of organic matter. The E. P. states its density to be 1-840, 
 or near it : Mr. R. Phillips says, he never found it under 1.844. Com- 
 mercial S' is apt to contain Nitrous Acid, or an oxide of Nitrogen, 
 Sulphate of Lead. When diluted with its own volume of water, a 
 scanty muddiness is produced by the deposition of Sulphate of Lead, 
 alluded to by the L. P. as amounting to -j^ part, and is pointed out 
 by the H S', which forms a Sulphuret of Lead. No orange fumes 
 escape when no Nitrous acid is present, which, as well as Binoxide 
 of Nitrogen, is indicated by a solution of the Protosulphate of Iron. 
 
 In consequence of some S' being now made from the Sulphur ob- 
 tained from Iron Pyrites, whjch often contain some Arsenic, this 
 metal, in the form of Arsenious acid, is sometimes present. " Dr. G. 
 O. Rees found 22-58 grains of this acid in f 3xx. of oil of vitriol, and 
 Mr. Watson states, that the smallest quantity which he has detected 
 is 35 grains in f3xx." (Per. p. 470.) For the detectioq of this
 
 48 SULPHURIC ACID. 
 
 impurity, the acid must be diluted, and the tests for Arsenic, q. v. 
 applied. 
 
 AdDUM SuLPHURICUM PURUM, E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Dilution with water and subsequent concentration is recommended 
 by some, but the E. and D. P. give processes for purifying Sul'. 
 
 Prep. The D. P. directs distillation of Sul' in a retort of flint glass, containing a few 
 slips of Platinum, to restrain the ebullition ; the first twelfth part is to be rejected as con- 
 taining too much water. Sp. Gr. 1845. 
 
 E. P. If commercial Sulphuric acid contains Nitrous acid, heat f^viij. of it with be- 
 tween 10 and 15 grains of Sugar, at a temperature not sufficient to boil the acid, till the 
 dark colour at first produced shall have nearly or altogether disappeared. This process 
 removes the Nitrous acid. Other impurities may be removed by distillation, as in D. P., 
 but in a sand-bath, or with a gas-flame, and having a canopy above to keep it hot. 
 
 Dr. Christison finds that the Sulphuric acid, which is first rendered 
 black and opaque, gradually becomes pale yellow if kept for two hours 
 near its boiling point, and that the Nitrous acid entirely disappears, 
 without any material impregnation of Sulphurous acid. The pro- 
 portion of sugar required must be first determined by an experiment 
 on the small scale. 
 
 Tests, v. Sul'. Density 1845 ; colourless; dilution causes no mud- 
 diness ; solution of Sulphate of Iron shows no reddening at the line 
 of contact when poured over it. E. 
 
 Inc. Many medicinal substances are incompatible with S', as the 
 Oxides of the Metals, some of the Earths, the Alkalies, and the Car- 
 bonates of all, also their Acetates, &c. The solutions of Acetate of 
 Lead and Chloride of Calcium. The former it is especially neces- 
 sary to remember, as it is often desirable to prescribe both Sul' and 
 Acetate of Lead in the same cases. 
 
 Action. Uses. Caustic, corrosive poison. 
 
 Antidotes. Chalk, Whiting, Magnesia, Soap, Dilution, Demulcents. 
 
 ACIDUM SULPHURICUM DILUTUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Mix gradually Acid Sulph. f3jss. (f3j. E. 1 pt D.) with Aq. f Sxivss. 
 (f Sxiij. E. 7 pts. D^ 
 
 [Sulphuric Acid f3j., Distilled Water fSxiij. U.S.] 
 
 Heat is evolved, condensation ensues, and a little Sulphate of Lead 
 is precipitated. The three Diluted Acids are necessarily of different 
 strengths. Prepared according to the L. P., it has a Sp. Gr. of 1-11, 
 and f3j. saturates 28 grains of crystallized Carbonate of Soda. That 
 of the E. diluted acid = 1090; their comparative strengths by weight 
 are about as 100 to 78, and by volume the difference is still greater. 
 (R. Phillips.) (The Sp. Gr. ex D. P. =1084.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant, Astringent, Tonic. 
 
 D. 1x. n^xxx. diluted with water, some bland liquor, or some 
 bitter infusion. 
 
 Infusum ROSCB Compositum, contains" about THvss. in each fj. 
 
 ACIDUM SULPHURICUM AROMATICUM, E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Prep. Add gradually Sulph' f Siijss. (fgvj. D.) to Rectified Spirit Ojss. (ftij. D.) 
 Let the mixture digest at a very gentle heat for three days in a close vessel. Add
 
 
 PHOSPHORUS. 49 
 
 namon bruised gjss. Ginger do. gj. E. and D. moistened with a little of the acid spirit, 
 and after twelve hours the powders may be exhausted by percolation with the rest of the 
 spirit. Or the mixed powders may be digested for six days in the spirit, then straining 
 the liquor. 
 
 [Sulphuric Acid f 3iijss. Ginger bruised 3j. Cinnamon bruised 3jss. Alcohol Oij. U.S.] 
 
 This is intended to be a simple form of the Acid elixir of Mynsicht, 
 and is a pleasant method for exhibiting Sulphuric Acid, as it is merely 
 diluted with spirit instead of with water, with the addition of aromatic 
 principles ; Dr. Duncan having ascertained that the alcohol and Sul' 
 mixed in the above proportions do not react on each other as has been 
 sometimes supposed. 
 
 UNGUENTUM ACIDI SULPHURICI, D. (U. S.) Sulphuric Acid Ointment. 
 
 Prep. Mix Sulph' 3j. Prepared Hog's Lard 3j. in an earthenware mortar. 
 
 Motion. Uses. A powerful stimulant application in some obstinate 
 cutaneous affections. 
 
 PHOSPHORUS. 
 F. Phosphofe. G. Phosphor. 
 
 Phosphorus (P=16), from (pus, light, and <pegu, I bear, though so re- 
 markable a substance, was not discovered before 1669, in the Phos- 
 phate of Soda and Ammonia of Urine, by Brandt, an alchemist of 
 Hamburgh. Kunckel in Germany and Boyle in England had also 
 the credit of discovering it. The Continent was for some time sup- 
 plied with Phosphorus from England, prepared by Hankwitz, an 
 apothecary of London. It is now procured almost entirely from the 
 ashes of bones, which consist chiefly of Phosphate of Lime. It is a 
 constituent of other animal substances, and also of some vegetables. 
 It occurs in the mineral kingdom in the form of Phosphates, which 
 give fertility to some soils. 
 
 Prop. Phosphorus is a soft, flexible, easily cut, semi-transparent, 
 wax-like solid, Sp. Gr.=l-77, colourless, or yellowish, devoid of taste 
 as well as smell when pure ; but immediately it is exposed to the air, 
 garlicky fumes are evolved, and it becomes luminous in the dark, in 
 consequence of its combination with Oxygen : this slow combustion 
 produces heat, and sets it on fire. It is so inflammable as to take fire 
 spontaneously in the open air ; hence it is requisite to keep it under 
 water, as the least friction excites heat enough to make it do so. 
 When air is excluded, it melts at 108 F., and boils at 550, passing 
 off as a colourless vapour ; at 32 it is crystalline and brittle, and 
 from its solution in hot naphtha it may be obtained in dodecahedral 
 crystals. Phosphorus is insoluble in water, but if kept long in it, 
 some of the water becomes decomposed ; and if in closed vessels, 
 according to Berzelius, the water becomes luminous if agitated. The 
 Phosphorus also acquires a white coat, and if much exposed to the 
 light, becomes of a reddish tint. This has been thought to be an 
 Oxide or a Hydrate, but by Rose to be only a peculiar mechanical 
 state. By the aid of heat, P is soluble in Alcohol, Ether, the fixed 
 and volatile Oils, in Naphtha, Petroleum, Sulphuret of Carbon, &c. 
 
 4
 
 * * 
 
 50 PHOSPHORICACID. 
 
 Prep. It is obtained on the large scale by the action of Sulphuric acid on powdered 
 bone-ash, which consists chiefly of Phosphate of Lime. This is digested with half its 
 weight of S' diluted, which unites with a portion of Lime, &c. A Superphosphate of 
 Lime is formed by combining with the Phosph' set free. This is dissolved out, filtered, 
 and evaporated. It is then raized with one-fourth its own weight of Charcoal, and some 
 fine quartz sand, and strongly heated. The Carbon takes the Oxygen of the free P', be- 
 coming Carbonic Oxide, which passes over. Phosphorus is evolved, and received under 
 water in the form of a reddish-brown fusible substance. It is purified by pressing it, 
 when melted, through chamois leather, also by melting in hot water in glass tubes, from 
 which, on cooling, the Phosphorus separates in little sticks. This is the form it ij| usually 
 met with in commerce. 
 
 Tests. Easily recognised by the above very remarkable characters. 
 Action. Uses. Irritant poison. Stimulant in very small doses. 
 Antidotes. Dilution. Demulcents. Magnesia. 
 
 PHOSPHORUS AND OXYGEN. 
 PHOSPHORIC ACID. F. Acide Phosphorique. G. Phosphorsaure. 
 
 Phosphoric Acid (P' or P 3 O 8 = 72) was first distinguished in 1760 
 by Marggraff. Phosphorus unites with Oxygen, and forms oxides 
 and acids. Phosphoric' may be obtained by the first part of the 
 above process for obtaining Phosphorus, by decomposing the solu- 
 tion of Biphosph. Lime by Sesquicarb. Ammonia, separating the 
 Lime and heating the Salt obtained, during which Am. escapes and 
 P' remains ; or by burning P. in Oxygen or in Air ; or enabling it to 
 obtain the Oxygen from some substance which parts easily with it, 
 such as Nitric'. This last is the method adopted by the L. P. The 
 compounds of Phosphorus with Oxygen are among those which much 
 interest chemists, and are fully treated of in chemical works. 
 
 ACIDUM PHOSPHORICUM DILUTUM, L. Dil. Phosphoric Acid. 
 
 Prop. Diluted Phosphoric Acid is a colourless solution, having a 
 Sp. Gr. of 1-064, without odour, having a powerful acid taste, and 
 reddening Litmus. It forms salts with alkalies, earths, and metallic 
 oxides. Even when in a concentrated state, it is not corrosive on 
 organized structures. By evaporation it is reduced to a state of con- 
 centration and the appearance of a brown oily liquid, and is then a 
 Hydrated Phosphoric acid. By an increase of temperature, it loses 
 more water, and becomes Pyrophosphoric acid. When the heat is 
 raised to redness, another equivalent of water is lost, when it becomes 
 Metaphosphoric acid. The Diluted Acid contains 1 Eq. of acid to 3 
 of water, which, according to Professor Graham, acts the part of a 
 base in the above acids. Liebig considers the three acids as different, 
 and that .Hydrogen is united in each with a different compound radi- 
 cal. 100 grs. of this diluted acid saturate 42 grs. of crystallized Carb. 
 Soda, or f3j. 24-4 grs., showing that it contains 101 per cent, of Acid. 
 Phosphoric Acid consists of 5 Eq. O 40 + 2 Eq. Phosph. 32=72, 
 with 3 Eq. H O=99, or of 2 O + 1 P=36. 
 
 Prep. Mix Nitric' f3iv. with Aq. Dest. f3x. add Phosphorus 3j. to the diluted acid in 
 a glass retort placed in a sand-bath, apply heat until fSviij. pass over. Let these be re- 
 turned into the retort, and again distil over f 3viij., which are to be thrown away. Evapo- 
 rate the remaining liquor in a platinum capsule till only 3ij. and gvj. remain. When 
 cool, add Aq. dest. to make up fSxxiv.
 
 BORON. 51 
 
 Here, as explained by Mr. R. Phillips, diluted acid is used, in con- 
 sequence of the explosion and rapid combustion which Phosphorus 
 causes when added to strong Nitric'. With the diluted acid the ac- 
 tion is slow, the Phosphorus gradually melts, and combines with a 
 portion of the Oxygen of the acid, while the remainder escapes in 
 combination with the Nitrogen of the Nitric' in the form of Nitric 
 oxide gas. A portion, however, of the Nitric' distils over before the 
 whole of the Phosphorus is acidified, and therefore it is necessary to 
 return it into the retort as directed. The Platinum capsule is required 
 in the latter part of the process, because when the acid becomes con- 
 centrated it would act upon the glass. 
 
 Tests. Phosphoric acid with Soda forms an officinal salt (the Phos- 
 phate of Soda). Lime-water produces in it a precipitate of insoluble 
 Phosphate of Lime. This, and the Phosphates of Barytes, Strontian, 
 Lead, &c., are soluble in dilute Nitric Acid, also in Ammonia. The 
 Nitrate of Silver throws down a yellow precipitate of Phosphate of 
 Silver in a solution of a Phosphate. Arsenious Acid is also similarly 
 affected ; but it may be distinguished from it by Hydrosulphuric Acid, 
 which causes a yellow precipitate in the Arsenious, but none in the 
 Phosphoric Acid. The addition of Carbonate of Soda ought to cause 
 no precipitate if the acid contains no Lime as an impurity, which it is 
 apt to do from the mode in which it is usually made. " Chloride of 
 Barium or Nitrate of Silver being added, whatever is thrown down is 
 readily dissolved by Nitric' ;" the first indicates the absence of Sul.', 
 the second of Hydrochloric'. " Strips of copper and silver are not at 
 all acted upon by it," showing that no Nitric' is present ; " nor is it 
 coloured when Hydrosulphuric' is added," indicating the absence of 
 metals. 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant, Acid Tonic. 
 
 D. Ttx. f3j. diluted with sugar and water. 
 
 Incomp. All such substances as are incompatible with other Acids. 
 
 BORON. 
 F. Bore. Borium. G. Boron. 
 
 Boron (B=20, or 10, Berz.) was ascertained, by Sir H. Davy, in 
 the year 1807, to be the basis of Boracic Acid. It was obtained by 
 heating Potassium with Boracic Acid, as a dark olive-coloured 
 powder, devoid of taste and smell, and not acted upon by the usual 
 reagents : heated in the air or in Oxygen, it is converted into Boracic 
 Acid. 
 
 BORACIC ACID. Acidum Boracicum. F. Acide Boracique. G. Bo- 
 rax Saure. 
 
 Boracic Acid (B O 3 =44) is so named from Borax, a salt long 
 known, and which is a Biborate of Soda (q. v.) ; from the Soda of 
 which it may be separated by the action of Sulphuric' : a soluble 
 Sulphate of Soda is formed, and the Boracic Acid precipitated. 
 Boracic Acid is largely obtained in Tuscany and in the Lipari Isles, 
 where it issues in the steam from fissures in the earth. Circular
 
 52 NITROGEN AND OXYGEN. 
 
 basins are dug or the fissures surrounded with cylinders of brick- 
 work, and water is let in, which boils up, from the vapour passing 
 into and through it. The water, having dissolved the acid, is evapo- 
 rated, and, as it cools, the acid is deposited in scale-like crystals, 
 which are then dried. 
 
 Prop. Boracic Acid is usually seen in transparent scale-like crys- 
 tals, which have a feeble acid taste, and redden Litmus slightly, at 
 the same time that they colour turmeric brown, like an Alkali. It is 
 sparingly soluble in cold, but requires less than 3 times its weight of 
 boiling water to dissolve it. It is very soluble in Alcohol, tinging the 
 flame of a green colour when it is burnt. The crystals contain 3 Eq. 
 of water of crystallization, which is expelled on their being heated : 
 the acid then melts, and on cooling is brittle and glass-like, and may 
 be variously coloured. As the salts of this acid promote the fusion 
 of other bodies, Borate of Soda is much employed as a blowpipe flux. 
 
 Action. Uses. Boracic Acid is not officinal, except as a constituent 
 of Borax, the Biborate of Soda. It was formerly supposed to have 
 some anodyne properties, and was known by the name of Sal seda- 
 tivus. It is now sometimes used to increase the solubility of Cream 
 of Tartar, 1 part Bor' with 7 parts Bitartrate of Potash forming the 
 SOLUBLE CREAM OF TARTAR of the shops. 
 
 NITROGEN AND OXYGEN. 
 
 Nitrogen combines with Oxygen in several proportions, which it is 
 desirable to notice, as illustrating the law of definite proportions, and 
 because the several compounds are formed in the course of making 
 various Pharmaceutical preparations. 
 
 Nitrous Oxide 
 Nitric Oxide 
 Hyponitrous Acid 
 Nitrous Acid 
 Nitric Acid 
 
 N O 14+ 8=22. 
 NO 3 14+1 6 =30. 
 N O s 14+24=38. 
 N O 4 14+32=46. 
 N O s 14+40=54. 
 
 AciTTOM NlTRICUM, L. D. (U. S.) AciDUM NlTRICUM PURUM, E. Nitric 
 
 Acid, Aqua Fortis. Spiritus Nitri Glauberi. F. Acide Nitrique. 
 G. Salpetersaure. 
 
 Nitric Acid (N ; or NO 6 =54) is a compound of Nitrogen acidified 
 by Oxygen. It was known to Geber, and probably also to the Hin- 
 doos. Cavendish first clearly ascertained its composition by forming 
 the acid by passing electric sparks through atmospheric air over a 
 solution of Potash. Phil. Trans, vol. 75, p. 572, and vol. 78, p. 261. 
 (1785.) It may frequently be detected in the atmosphere after 
 thunder-storms, in consequence of the Oxygen and Nitrogen com- 
 bining together with the aid of electricity. In combination with Pot- 
 ash, Soda, and Lime, or Ammonia, it is found, effloresced on the soil 
 in some countries ; also in some minerals ; likewise in some vege- 
 tables, as in the officinal Pareira root, in the state of Nitrate of Pot- 
 ash. 
 
 Prop. Nitric' is unknown anhydrous, being always seen as a liquid 
 in combination with water. When pure, it is colourless, transparent,
 
 NITRICACID. 53 
 
 of a very sour corrosive taste, destroying vegetable and animal mat- 
 ter. It tinges the skin yellow, and causes it to peel off; gives acid 
 properties to a large quantity of water, vividly reddening Litmus and 
 vegetable blues. It has a strong, almost suffocating odour, fumes in 
 the air, from condensing its moisture; fumes still more if Ammonia 
 be present. Its affinity for water is great, absorbing it from the air, 
 and having its Sp. Gr. and strength diminished ; when mixed with it, 
 heat is evolved. Its strength necessarily depends on the quantity of 
 water mixed with it; the density of the L. P. acid is 1-5033 to 1'504; 
 Mr. Phillips considers this to be the strongest procurable ; but it has 
 been brought, by distilling with a gentle heat, by Kirwin to 1-55, and 
 by Proust to 1-62. The E. P. also employs the Nitric' of commerce, 
 commonly called Aqua Fortis, of Sp. Gr. 1380 to 1390. Dr. Chris- 
 tison considers 1500 as the densest acid which can be obtained free 
 of Nitrous Acid, but, impregnated with this, it may be got so heavy 
 as 1540 and upwards. The purest Nitric', if long exposed to light, 
 becomes yellowish from decomposition, Oxygen being given out, and 
 Nitrous Acid formed. This may be got rid of by the action of heat, 
 as it escapes in the form of Nitrous fumes, leaving the Nitric' nearly 
 colourless. Nitric' of Sp. Gr. 1-50 will freeze at 40 and will boil 
 at 247, but these points vary of course with the density ; if the heat 
 be continued, the acid volatilizes, and at a red heat is decomposed. 
 At the density of 1-5 it consists of 1 Eq. of Nitric' and 1$ Eq. of 
 Water, or 54 -fl 3-5 =67-5, and it then contains about 80 per cent, of 
 acid. 
 
 Many vegetable substances, as Charcoal, Sugar, Alcohol, deprive 
 Nitric' of its Oxygen, also Phosphorus, and hence it is one of the 
 most powerful oxidizing agents. The Metals do not in general de- 
 compose it when concentrated, but if diluted with water, this becomes 
 decomposed as well as the acid, both yielding Oxygen to oxidize the 
 Metal; the oxide is insoluble, or, being acted on by some of the 
 undecomposed acid, a Nitrate is formed. The other part of the de- 
 composed acid escapes in the form of Nitric oxide gas, which, unit- 
 ing with the Oxygen of the atmosphere, ruddy fumes of Nitrous 
 acid gas are observed. If Copper filings be used, then the solution 
 will be of a greenish-blue colour. If Hydrochloric' be mixed with 
 the Nitric', both become decomposed, and the mixture, called Nitro- 
 Muriatic acid or Aqua Regia, is capable of dissolving gold. 
 
 The presence of N' may be ascertained by the bright red colour 
 produced when N' touches Morphia or Brucia ; saturated with Carb. 
 of Potash, it forms Nitrate of Potash, which deflagrates. 
 
 Prep. Nitric' may be formed by passing electric sparks through a mixture of 1 part of 
 Nitrogen and 5 of Oxygen. The L. and E. P. direct Nitrate of Potash and Sulphuric 
 Acid in equal quantities by weight to be mixed together in a glass retort, and the re- 
 sulting Nitric' to be distilled in a sand-bath (or by a naked gas flame, E). The D. P. 
 employs 100 parts of salt to 97 of common Sul'. 
 
 To obtain a pure acid, the E. P. directs the Nitrate of Potash to be 
 purified by two or three crystallizations, till Nitrate of Silver does not 
 act on its solution in distilled water. When manufacturers make N', 
 they employ only half the quantity of Sul' and use Nitrate of Soda
 
 54 NITRIC ACID. 
 
 instead of Nitrate of Potash, because it is cheaper. The acid ob- 
 tained is of a brownish colour, fumes, and is called Nitric acid of 
 Commerce. 
 
 The quantities of Nitrate of Potash and Sulphuric' of the Sp. Gr. 
 1-8433, are very nearly in the proportion of 1 Eq. of the salt to 2 Eq. 
 of the acid. The two acids differ from each other in their relations 
 with water, the Nitric' requiring 2 Eq. and the Sulphuric' only 1 Eq. 
 of water; hence twice as much Sulphuric' is employed as is necessary 
 to saturate the Potash. A less proportion is used by many manu- 
 facturers, but the advantage of the College process is, that a less heat 
 is necessary, and a larger quantity and a purer acid, that is, more 
 free of Nitrous Acid, is obtained. The Nitrate of Potash being de- 
 composed by the Sulphuric', the 2 Eq. of this combine with 1 Eq. of 
 Pptash, and form 1 Eq. of Bisulphate of Potash ; the Nitric', as set 
 free, rises with the vapour of water, and forms aqueous Nitric'. This, 
 when of the greatest strength, or of Sp. Gr. 1-5033 to 1-504, is com- 
 posed of 2 Eq. N'+3 Eq. Aq. But it is more convenient, as stated 
 by Mr. R. Phillips, to consider liquid Nitric' (NO 5 1% HO) as a Ses- 
 quihydrate. 
 
 Tests. The strength of N' may be ascertained by its Sp. Gr., which 
 should be 1-50. 100 grains of this acid (equal to about 81 grains of 
 dry N') will saturate 217 grains of crystallized Carbonate of Soda. 
 It should pass off wholly in vapour, showing the absence of any fixed 
 salts, as of Potash, that is Nitre. The presence of Nitrous Acid is 
 indicated by a yellow or orange colour : it may be got rid of by the 
 gentle application of heat. Sulphuric' is indicated by a 'white pre- 
 cipitate (Sulphate of Barytes) being formed when the acid, diluted, is 
 tested with Sol. of Chloride of Barium, or of Nitrate of Barytes. 
 Hydrochloric' will be detected by a white precipitate (Chloride of 
 Silver) being formed with solution of Nitrate of Silver. 
 
 Action. Uses. Corrosive Poison, sometimes used as a Caustic and 
 Disinfectant. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies, Earths, Oxides of Metals, their Carbonates, and Sul- 
 phurets, all combustible bodies, Hydrochloric', Alcohol, Sulphate of 
 Iron, Acetates of Potash and Soda, Diacetate of Lead. 
 
 Antidotes. The carbonates of earths, as Chalk, Whiting ; Bicarbo- 
 nates of Alkalies ; Soap. 
 
 ACIDUM NJTRICUM DILUTUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Dil. Nitric Acid. 
 
 Prep. L. E. (U.S.) Mix Nitric Acid fgj. (pure f3j., or Commercial Dens. 1390, f%j- 
 and Jv. E.) with Aq. dest. f^ix. 
 
 The Sp. Gr. of this diluted acid is 1-080. (107,7 E.) 100 grs. of 
 it saturate 31 grs. of crystallized Carb. Soda, or f3j. 18-5 grs., indi- 
 cating about 10 per cent, of real acid. The D. College orders of 
 acid 3 parts, water 4 parts. Of this the density is 1280, and it con- 
 tains 38 per cent, of acid, or nearly as much as some varieties of 
 Aqua Fortis, and therefore too much for convenience in prescribing. 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant, Tonic, Alterative. 
 
 D. nix. TTIXXX. diluted with water, &c., should be drunk through a 
 quill, like the other strong acids.
 
 IODINE. 55 
 
 loDINIUM. L. E. D. 
 [lodinum, U. S.] Iodine. F. lode. G. lod. 
 
 Iodine (1=126), from luSrjs, violet, the colour of its vapour, was ob- 
 tained by M. Courtois in 1812 in the residual liquor of the process 
 for obtaining Soda from Kelp. Though but lately discovered, its ef- 
 fects have long been obtained in medicine, as it is found in Sea and 
 several Mineral waters, and in Sea-weeds, Sponge, Corals, and some 
 Molluscous animals. In the present day, the leaf of a Sea-weed (a 
 species of Laminaria, Dr. Falconer) is employed in the Himalayas, 
 and called the goitre-leaf, and in S. America the stems of a Sea-weed 
 are sold by the name of goitre-sticks, because they are chewed by the 
 inhabitants wherever goitre is prevalent.* 
 
 Prop. Iodine occurs in metallic-like scales. Its crystals may be 
 obtained in elongated octohedrons with rhomboidal bases. It is of a 
 bluish-gray colour, with a metallic lustre, an acrid taste, and an odour 
 resembling that of Chlorine. Its Sp. Gr. is 4-94 ; but it is soft, and 
 crumbles between the fingers,- staining the skin of a yellow colour. 
 It is rather insoluble in water, one grain requiring 7000 parts of water 
 to dissolve it ; but it is very soluble in Alcohol and Ether, forming red- 
 dish-brown solutions ; it is also soluble in essential Oils. It evapo- 
 rates at ordinary temperatures ; but when heated, Iodine melts at 225, 
 and at 350 rises in a beautiful violet-coloured vapour, which is re- 
 markable for its great weight, having a Sp. Gr., compared with that 
 of air, = 8-7, but with that of hydrogen as 126 to 1. Hence its atomic 
 number is 126. The solubility of Iodine in water is much increased 
 by the presence of some salt in solution, and this is taken advantage of 
 in preparing the compound solution of the London Pharmacopeia. 
 
 One of the most useful unions Iodine forms, is with Starch, as this 
 serves as a very delicate test of its presence. If a solution of Starch 
 be formed and allowed to cool, and then added, even though very di- 
 luted, to a solution containing Iodine, a blue precipitate of the Iodine 
 in union with the Starch, or an Iodide of Starch or of Amidin, as it 
 has been lately called, will be produced. It is, however, essential 
 that the Iodine be in a free state ; hence in compound solutions it is 
 necessary to add a few drops of Nitric' or of Sulphuric' to detach it 
 from its combinations, when the blue colour of the Iodide of Starch 
 will immediately appear. Iodine is also mixed with fatty substances, 
 and is employed in the form of an ointment or of a liniment. 
 
 Though present in a variety of situations, Iodine is obtained for 
 commercial purposes from the ashes of Sea-weeds, called Kelp, and 
 is largely prepared at Glasgow. Professor Graham states, that the long 
 elastic stems of Fucus palmatus afford most of the Iodine contained 
 in Kelp ; and as this is a deep sea-plant, it is found most on exposed 
 sea-coasts. Dr. Traill says, that the greatest quantity is produced 
 by Kelp made from " drift weed," which is in a great measure com- 
 posed of F. Fucus digitatus and F. Loreus ; and that " cut weed," which 
 consists of vesiculosus and F. serratus, yields much less of it. Ac- 
 
 Vide the Author's Illustr. of Himalayan Botany, p. 441.
 
 56 IODINE. 
 
 cording to the experience of a manufacturer, 100 tons of Caithness 
 kelp yield 1000 pounds of Iodine, or about a 224th part. (C.) 
 
 The most common method of obtaining Iodine is to take Kelp in 
 powder, lixiviate with water, evaporate, and remove the Soda salts 
 (such as Carbonate and Sulphate) as they form ; allow the liquor to 
 cool, when crystals of Chloride of Potassium will be deposited. De- 
 cant the dark-coloured mother liquor, which contains the Iodide of 
 Sodium with other salts; supersaturate with Sulphuric', when an 
 evolution takes place of Carbonic', Sulphuretted Hydrogen, and Sul- 
 phurous acid gases. After standing for a day or so, the residuary 
 liquor, or Iodine ley, is mixed with Binoxide of Manganese, and heat 
 applied. Water and Iodine pass over, and are condensed in receivers. 
 
 Here the mutual action of Sulphuric' and Binoxide of Manganese 
 on any chloride in the Iodine ley, will be the detachment of Chlorine 
 (v. Hydrochloric Acid). This, as stated above, will decompose the 
 Iodide, set the Iodine free ; or, as usually explained, one equivalent of 
 the Oxygen of the Binoxide, combining with the Sodium equally, sets 
 the Iodine free ; and the Sulphuric' will combine with the Soda and 
 the Oxide of Manganese, and thus form a Sulphate of Soda (the 
 Oxide of Sodium), and a Sulphate of the Oxide of Manganese. 
 
 Tests. Iodine is sometimes adulterated with Charcoal, Plumbago, 
 or Oxides of Manganese ; but its chief impurity is moisture, of which 
 it sometimes contains as much as 15 to 20 per cent., when it looks 
 moist and sticks to the sides of the bottle. The L. P. directs its 
 purity to be ascertained by its little solubility in water, solubility in 
 Alcohol ; and, when heated, first melting and then subliming in violet 
 vapours, and rendering Starch blue. The E. P. states that when 
 heated, it should evaporate entirely, rising in violet vapours, and that 
 39 grains of Iodine, with 9 grains of quicklime and fgiij. of water, 
 when heated short of ebullition, should slowly form a perfect solution 
 (Iodide of Calcium and lodate of Lime), yellowish or brownish if the 
 Iodine be pure, in consequence of a trace not being acted on, but 
 colourless if there be above 2 per cent, of water or impurity. 
 
 For pharmaceutic preparations of fixed and uniform strength, the 
 E. C. directs Iodine to be dried by being placed in a shallow basin of 
 earthenware, in a small confined space of air, with 10 or 12 times its 
 weight of fresh burnt Lirne, till it scarcely adheres to the inside of a 
 dry bottle. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant of the absorbents. Alterative. 
 
 D. gr. j. gr. v. with some mild extract. 
 
 Antidotes. Large draughts of solution of Starch, both before and 
 after evacuating the stomach ; also obviate inflammation. 
 
 IODIDE OF STARCH, proposed by Dr. Buchanan, is a mild preparation. 
 It is directed to be made by rubbing gr. 24 of Iodine with a little 
 water, and gradually adding 3j. of finely powdered Starch. Dry by 
 a gentle heat, and preserve the powder in a well-stoppered bottle. 
 
 D. 3ss. gradually increased. It has been given in very large doses. 
 
 TINCTURA IODINEI. E. D. [Tinctura lodini. U. S.] 
 
 Prep. E. [U.S.] Iodine Sijss. Rectified Spirit Oij. 
 D. Iodine ^ij. Rectified Spirit by weight 3j.
 
 BROMINE. 57 
 
 The E. prep, contains 1 gr. in 16 TTI ; the D. prep. 1 gr. in 12n[. 
 
 TlNCTURA loDINII COMPOSITUM, L. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Iodine 3j. Iodide of Potassium gij. in Rectified Spirit Oij. until dis- 
 solved; strain. 
 
 It contains Iodine gr. j. and Iodide of Potassium gr. ij. in 
 
 D. This with the Liquor Potassii lodidi Compositus, L. is one of 
 
 the best forms for internal exhibition. It may be given with water 
 
 or Sherry. r#x. gradually increased to f5j. 
 
 [LIQUOR IODINI COMPOSITUS, U. S. 
 
 Prep. Take of Iodine 3vj. Iodide of Potassium 3iss. Distilled Water Oj. Dissolve. 
 Dose gtt. xx. This preparation varies in strength from Liq. Pot. lodidi comp. L. See 
 Pot. lodid.] 
 
 [UNGUENTUM IODINI. U. S. 
 
 Prep. Iodine 9j. Alcohol rn/xx. Lard 3j. Rub with the Alcohol first and then with 
 the Lard. Uses as below.] 
 
 UNGUENTUM IODINII COMPOSITUM, L. UNG. IODINEI, E. 
 
 Prep. Rub Iodine gss. Iodide of Potassium 3j. and Rectified Spirit fgj. together, then 
 rub up with Lard gij. 
 
 Action. Uses. Employed as an external application in Bronchocele, 
 scrofulous enlargements of the glands, or tumours. 
 
 The effects of Iodine as an external application, may be obtained 
 by brushing the Tincture on the surface, or mixing it first with Soap 
 Liniment and using it as an embrocation. 
 
 BROMINIUM, L. 
 [Brominum U. S.] Bromine. F. Brome. G. Brom. 
 
 Bromine (Br=78), from (Sgupos (factor), a strong odour, was dis- 
 covered in 1826 by M. Balard, in bittern, the uncrystallizable resi- 
 due of Sea-water. The quantity contained therein is so small, that 
 100 pounds of Sea-water yield only 5 grains of Bromide of Sodium 
 or of Magnesium, of which 3-3 grains are Bromine. It exists also, 
 in rock-salt, in brine-springs, as those of Cheshire, [in Pennsylvania,] 
 in some mineral waters, sea-weeds, marine animals, and in the ashes 
 of sponge. 
 
 Prop. It is a liquid of a dark red, but, in thin layers, of a hyacinth- 
 red colour, easily volatilized, and therefore requiring to be kept well 
 closed up, or covered by a stratum of water. The taste is acrid and 
 unpleasant, the smell disagreeable and suffocating, something like 
 Chlorine. The sp. gr. of liquid Bromine is 2-96, or 3- ; that of its 
 vapour, compared with air, about 5-4 ; 100 C. I. weigh gr. 168. It 
 freezes at 4, and congeals into a brittle crystalline solid, of a lead- 
 gray colour and metallic lustre ; and if water be present, it crystallizes 
 in octohedra. At common temperatures, it rises into a reddish-brown 
 vapour, like Nitrous acid, and boils at 116. It stains the skin yel- 
 low, but not permanently, and acts as a caustic. It destroys vege- 
 table colours, extinguishes flame, first turning the upper part red and 
 the lower green ; but some metals, as Antimony, &c., take fire in it. 
 It is slightly soluble in water, more so in Alcohol, arid very soluble in 
 Ether ; but it decomposes the Oils, Hydrobromic acid being formed.
 
 58 CHLORINE. 
 
 Prep. Bromine may be detached from its combinations by passing Chlorine gas through 
 a solution containing a Bromide, or by the action of Hydrochloric' and Binoxide of Man- 
 ganese on bittern, or on the mother-liquor of the salt-springs of Germany. The Hydrogen 
 of the Acid, uniting with the Oxygen of the Binoxide, forms water : one portion of the 
 Chlorine unites with the Manganese, and another with the metallic base, whether So- 
 dium, Calcium, or Magnesium, with which the Bromine was combined. This being set 
 free, easily distils over with water, and may be condensed in a receiver. 
 
 Tests. Bromine may be known by its liquidity, colour, weight, and 
 acrid odour, by being sparingly soluble in water, more copiously in 
 rectified spirit, best in ether ; also by its ready volatility, its action on 
 the metals, and by forming an orange-yellow colour with starch, and 
 a yellowish-white precipitate (the Bromide) with Nitrate of Silver. 
 
 Action. Uses. A local irritant and caustic ; increases the activity 
 of the lymphatic system. 
 
 D. 5 or 6 drops of 1 part of Bromine in 40 of Water or of rectified 
 Spirit. Externally as a lotion, or to moisten a poultice, a solution 4 
 times as strong. 
 
 Antidotes. The same as for Iodine. 
 
 CHLORINIUM. 
 Chlorine. Dephlogisticated Marine or Muriatic Acid. F. Chlore. G. Chlor. 
 
 Chlorine (Cl=36), pointed out by Scheele in 1774. Oxygenated 
 Muriatic Acid of Lavoisier, which Berthollet converted into Oxymu- 
 riatic Acid, as it was considered a compound of Oxygen and Muri- 
 atic'. Gay Lussac and Thenard considered it an element, and named 
 it, from its characteristic yellowish-green (x^ugos) colour, Chlorine. 
 It was proved to be an elementary body by Sir H. Davy in 1809. 
 Chlorine is not found in a free state in nature, but combined with 
 metals in great abundance in the inorganic kingdom. Chiefly as 
 Chloride of Sodium, Rock Salt, or Common Salt, or in the waters 
 of the ocean, and also in the organic kingdom. Dr. Prout states, 
 that free Hydrochloric' exists in the stomachs of animals during 
 digestion. 
 
 Prop. Gaseous Chlorine is of a greenish-yellow colour ; its Sp. Gr. 
 is 2-5. 100 C. I. weigh about 77 grs. Under a pressure of about 
 4 atmospheres, or subjected to great cold, it is reduced to a bright 
 yellow liquid. It has an astringent taste, and a suffocating, pungent 
 odour, even when diluted with air. It is noted for its power of de- 
 stroying vegetable colours ; but, as this is only when water is present, 
 and in light, it is supposed to be owing to the decomposition of the 
 water, and the effect to be due to nascent Oxygen, which combines 
 with colouring matter, the Hydrogen combining with the Chlorine to 
 form Hydrochloric Acid. Cold water absorbs about twice its vo- 
 lume. It is also absorbed by Alcohol and organic substances ; but it 
 generally decomposes them, Hydrochlor.' being formed. It combines 
 with most of the simple bodies and metals, forming Chlorides ; and 
 acids with Oxygen and Hydrogen. It is incombustible, but partially 
 supports combustion ; the flame of a taper becomes red, small, and 
 smoky in it ; Phosph. and Antimony take fire in it spontaneously when 
 in a state of division. It is a nonconductor of Electricity. Besides
 
 CHLORINE. 59 
 
 its bleaching, it is remarkable for its power as a disinfecting agent, 
 and of correcting all putrid effluvia from decaying animal and vege- 
 table matters, depending, probably, upon its great affinity for Hydro- 
 gen. It is prepared on a large scale, or may be liberated from one 
 of the officinal compounds. 
 
 Prep. Chlorine is obtained by heating in a retort Common Salt 4 parts, Binoxide of 
 Manganese 3 parts, and Sulphuric Acid 7 parts, with an equal weight of water, or by 
 the mutual action of Binoxide of Manganese and Hydrochloric Acid, when the Oxygen 
 combines with Hydrogen to form water, one equivalent of Chlorine escapes and another 
 combines with the Manganese to form Chloride of Manganese ; or we may easily obtain 
 it by adding an acid to the chlorinated Lime or Soda of the Pharmacopoeias. It must be 
 collected over warm water, as it is absorbed by cold water and by Mercury, which com- 
 bines with it. 
 
 Tests. Chlorine may be known by its colour, its suffocating smell, 
 and by its bleaching properties. Nitrate of Silver produces a white 
 curdy precipitate (Chloride of Silver) in a solution containing Chlo- 
 rine. This precipitate blackens in the light, is insoluble in Nitric', 
 but soluble in Ammonia, and melts into horn silver, luna cornea. 
 Solution of Chlorine dissolves Gold leaf. 
 
 Action. Uses. Rubefacient. Disinfectant. Suffocating if inhaled. 
 
 Antidotes. Inhalation of Ammoniacal gas with care, and vapour of 
 warm water, v. also Liquor Chlorinii. 
 
 Off. Prep. Liquor Sodse Chlorinatae. Calx Chlorinata. 
 
 AQUA (v. Liquor) CHLORINEI, E. D. Solution of Chlorine. Liquid 
 Oxymuriatic Acid. F. Chlore liquide. G. Wasseriges Chlor. 
 
 A solution of Chlorine may easily be made by passing into water 
 the gas obtained by any of the above processes. It is decomposed by 
 light, Oxygen being evolved from the decomposition of the water, and 
 HC' formed by the combination of the Chlorine with the Hydrogen. 
 
 Prop. This solution has the pale greenish-yellow colour and suffo- 
 cating smell of Chlorine (q. v.) with an astringent taste ; its sp. gr = 
 1'OOS; at the temperature of 32 definite yellow prismatic crystals 
 of Hydrate of Chlorine, which are decomposed by heat, are deposited. 
 Like the gas, the solution destroys vegetable colours, as Iodide of 
 Starch, &c., and likewise the effluvia of putrefying animal and vege- 
 table substances. The effects may be obtained by exposing the so- 
 lution to the air, or by the use of chlorinated Soda or Lime. 
 
 Prep. E. D. Take Sul' (commercial, E.) f3ij. (87 parts, D.) and Aq. fgviij. (124 parts, 
 D.) Mix them, and add them to Muriate of Soda gr. Ix. (dried 100 parts, D.) and Red 
 Oxide of Lead gr. 350, E. (Oxide of Manganese 30 parts, well mixed in a retort, D.) con- 
 tained in a bottle with a glass stopper. Agitate till the red oxide becomes nearly white : al- 
 low the insoluble matter to subside. (Apply a gradually increasing heat and pass the 
 gas through 200 parts of Aq. dest. Stop as soon as effervescence ceases in the retort. 
 Keep the solution in well-closed glass bottles in the dark, D.) 
 
 The Dublin process yields a pure solution of Chlorine. In that of 
 the E. P., which, according to Dr. Christison, is convenient, though 
 requiring time, the red oxide parts with some Oxygen to oxidate the 
 Sodium. Protoxide of Lead being formed, unites with the Sul.', 
 leaving white insoluble Sulphate of Lead. The Soda also combines 
 with the Sul.', leaving Sulph. of Soda in solution along with the libe- 
 rated Chlorine, but it does not interfere with the medicinal uses.
 
 60 MURIATIC ACID. 
 
 Tests, v. Chlorine. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant poison. Caustic. When diluted, stimulant, 
 either internally or as a lotion or gargle. Cautiously used, acts as an 
 antidote in poisoning by Hydrocyanic' and Sulphuretted Hydrogen. 
 
 D. 3j 3 iv. in fgviij. of vehicle, or as a lotion or gargle in 8 parts 
 of fluid. 
 
 Antidotes. Magnesia, Clk., Soap, Albumen, White of Eggs, Dilu- 
 tion. 
 
 CHLORINE AND OXYGEN. 
 
 Like the other elementary bodies, Chlorine unites with Oxygen, and 
 in several proportions ; but as none are mentioned in the Pharmaco- 
 peias, it is unnecessary to do more than advert to these compounds. 
 The highest oxidized of them is the Perchloric Acid. Chloric Acid 
 consists of 1 Eq. Chlorine + 5 Eq. Oxygen ; the salts are termed 
 Chlorates, formerly Oxymuriates : the Chlorate of Potash, Oxymuriate 
 of Potash, is officinal, v. POTASSIUM. 
 
 CHLORINE AND HYDROGEN. 
 HYDROCHLORIC ACID GAS. Muriatic Acid Gas. 
 
 Hydrochloric or Muriatic Acid gas (H Cl=37) is a compound of 
 Hydrogen and of Chlorine. It is sometimes found in a gaseous state 
 in the neighbourhood of volcanoes, and in solution in the gastric juice 
 of animals. Combined with Ammonia, it is found in the cracks and 
 fissures of Lava, and in the cool parts of brick-kilns in India. 
 
 In its pure form it exists as a colourless gas with a pungent suffo- 
 cating smell, acid taste, reddening vegetable blues, and making Tur- 
 meric paper brown. It has been reduced to a liquid state by cold, 
 and by a pressure equal to 40 atmospheres at 50 F. Heat has no 
 effect upon it It extinguishes all burning bodies immersed in it. It 
 has so great an affinity for water, that it attracts it from the atmo- 
 sphere, producing the appearance of fuming, 100 C. I. of the gas 
 weigh 39-77 grs. ; Sp. Gr. 1-283. Water at 40 takes up 480 times 
 its own volume of the gas, and thus forms liquid Hydrochloric Acid. 
 It may be obtained by the direct union of its constituents, or by any 
 of the methods described below. 
 
 Action. Uses. Suffocating, but sometimes used as a Disinfectant 
 
 ACIDUM MURIATICCM, E. (U. S.) Hydrochloric Acid. Muriatic Acid. 
 
 Chlorohydric Acid. Spiritus Sails. Spirit of Salt. Marine Acid. 
 
 F. Acide Hydrochlorique. G. Salzaure, Chlorwasserstoffsaure. 
 
 This acid is a solution of the above gas in water. Geber and the 
 Arabs were probably acquainted with it, and the Hindoos knew it by 
 a name equivalent to Spirit or sharp water of Salt. This is the Com- 
 mercial acid, and always of a yellow colour. It commonly contains 
 as impurities a little Sulphuric Acid, Nitrous Acid, Perchloride of 
 Iron, Chlorine, and Bromine. It is prepared by pouring the Oil of 
 Vitriol of commerce on Common Salt in earthen or iron vessels, es- 
 pecially since the extensive manufacture of Carbonate of Soda from 
 Sulphate of Soda. Its Density, ex. E. P.=1180. For the Properties 
 and Tests, v. Acidum Hydrochloricum, L.
 
 HYDROCHLORICACID. 61 
 
 ACIDUM HYDROCHLORICUM, L. MURIATICUM (PURTJM, E.) D. 
 
 Prop. It emits suffocating fumes. When pure, it is perfectly co- 
 lourless, but is usually of a pale yellowish straw-colour, from the pre- 
 sence of a little Chlorine formed from the decomposition of the acid, 
 when long kept, especially if exposed to light. It has a sour, irri- 
 tating, and corrosive taste, with the odour of its gaseous acid. When 
 heated to 112 it bubbles, from the quantity of H. C' gas which es- 
 capes. It freezes at 60. H. C' combines with water in all pro- 
 portions, with the evolution of heat. Sp. Gr. 1*16, when it contains 
 about ^ its weight of Hydrochloric Acid gas. 
 
 The action of this acid on some substances, as the Metals, Oxides, 
 &c., requires attention, from the changes which take place in the various 
 decompositions. Thus, when Zinc or Iron are acted on by liquid 
 Hydrochloric', Hydrogen is evolved in consequence of the decompo- 
 sition of the acid, the chlorine combining with the metal, forms a 
 Chloride of Zinc or of Iron. But if an oxide of a metal be acted 
 upon, no Hydrogen is evolved, because it combines with the Oxygen 
 of the Oxide to form an equivalent of water, while the metal and 
 Chlorine combine to form a metallic Chloride. Ammonia being a 
 substance devoid of Oxygen, no decomposition of the acid takes 
 place, and it therefore unites with the Ammonia to form Hydro- 
 chlorate of Ammonia. The same thing takes place with a vegetable 
 Alkali, though it does not contain Oxygen, but no action is considered 
 to take place between it and the Hydrogen, and therefore the H. C' 
 combines with the alkali, and forms a Hydrochlorate, as that of Mor- 
 phia. 
 
 A formula for preparing the pure acid is given by all the Colleges. 
 
 Prep. Take Sul'. gxx. [(pure 3 parts, E.) (of commerce 87 parts, D,)] ; mix it with 
 Aq. dest. fgxij. [(Aq. 1 part, E.) (62 parts, D.)] Add this to Chloride of Sodium dried 
 ftij. [Muriate of Soda (purified by solution in boiling Aq., concentrating, skimming off 
 the crystals, draining, slightly washing, then well dried, 3 parts, E.) (100 parts, D.) when 
 the mixture is cold, E. D.] Put the mixture into a glass retort : fit on a receiver con- 
 taining Aq. dest. f^xij. [(Aq. 2 parts, E.) (62 parts, D.)] Distil over a sand-bath (or naked 
 gas flame with a gentle heat, E.) and let the liquid absorb the gas. Gradually increase 
 the heat. [(Keep the receiver cool, E.) (The Sp. Gr. of this acid is 1170, E. ; 1160, D.)] 
 
 In the above formula both the Chloride of Sodium and the water 
 are decomposed. The Chlorine of the former, combining with the Hy- 
 drogen, forms Hydrochloric', while the Oxygen of the water unites 
 with the Sodium to form Soda, which is seized upon by the Sulphuric 
 acid to form Sulphate of Soda, which remains as the residual salt, 
 and will be a Bisulphate of Soda if an excess of acid has been em- 
 ployed. 
 
 The E. P. directs equal parts by weight of the ingredients. The 
 quantity of Sul.' is greater than is necessary ; but Dr. Christison says 
 that less heat is required, and the residual salt is more easily washed 
 out with water. The salt is crystallized, to get rid of impurities, such 
 as Nitrate of Soda, &c. 
 
 Tests. The presence of strong Hydrochloric' is indicated by the 
 white fumes which are produced in the neighbourhood of Ammonia ; 
 also by Nitrate of Silver producing in a solution containing it a white
 
 62 NITRO-MURIATIC ACID. 
 
 curdy precipitate (Chloride of Silver) ; this blackens in the air, is so- 
 luble in a solution of Ammonia, but is insoluble in Nitric'. Sp. Gr. 
 1-16. 100 grains saturate 132 of crystallized Carbonate of Soda. If 
 pure, it is colourless. Strips of Gold are not dissolved in it, even 
 with the assistance of heat ; neither is Sulphate of Indigo deco- 
 lorized ; showing in both cases the absence of free Chlorine and of 
 Bromine. It ought to be entirely dissipated by heat, without leaving 
 any residue. Chloride of Barium gives no precipitate, if Sul.' and 
 Sulphates are not present, but the acid should be diluted. Neither 
 Ammonia nor its Sesquicarbonate throw down any thing, showing 
 the absence of metals and metallic oxides, that of Iron being preci- 
 pitated in form of the Red Sesquioxide. Nitrous acid or binoxide 
 of Nitrogen (v. Pereira) may be recognised by the Protosulphate of 
 Iron. 
 
 Action. Uses. Corrosive poison ; Escharotic. 
 
 Antidotes. Magnesia ; solution of Soap, as easily procurable ; the 
 Bicarbonates of Soda and of Potash ; Milk ; Demulcents. Chalk to 
 be avoided on account of the deleterious effects of Chloride of Cal- 
 cium. 
 
 ACIDUM HYDROCHLORICUM DILUTUM, L. ACIDUM MURIATICUM DILUTUM, 
 E. D. (U. S.) Diluted Hydrochloric or Muriatic Acid. 
 
 Prep. L. E. (U.S.) Hydrochloric' f3iv. Aq. dest. f3xij. Mix. D. Mur.' 10 parts, 
 Aq. dest. 1 1 parts, both by measure. Mix. The Sp. Gr. of the L. E. Acid 1050. 32 grs. 
 of crystallized Garb of Soda, saturate f3j. The D. acid is much stronger. Its Sp. Gr.= 
 1080. 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant ; Tonic ; externally as a stimulant lotion 
 and gargle. 
 
 D. (J^K. rftxx. in some bland or sweetened fluid or bitter infusion. 
 f3j. with 3j. of Honey applied with a brush in ulcerated sore throat. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies, most Earths, Oxides, and their Carbonates ; Sulphu- 
 ret of Potassium; Tartrate of Potash; Potassio-Tartrate of Antimony ; 
 Nitrate of Silver ; Acetate of Lead. 
 
 ACIDUM NITROMURIATICUM, D. (U. S.) 
 
 Nitromuriatic Acid. Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum. Aqua Regia. F. Eau regale, 
 G. Konigswasser. 
 
 This acid is made by mixing Nitric' with Muriatic', and has pro- 
 bably been known since the discovery of these acids. The Arabs 
 must have been acquainted with it, as they had a solvent for Gold. 
 
 Prop. Nitrohydrochloric' is of a golden yellow colour, with the 
 suffocating odour of Chlorine, and the irritant corrosive properties of 
 the strong acids. 
 
 Prep. Mix gradually in a cooled vessel, and where the fumes can easily escape, Nitric' 
 1 part, Muriatic' 2 parts (both by measure). Keep the mixture in a well-closed bottle in 
 a cool, dark place. 
 
 The resulting acid is not a mere mixture of the two acids, for both 
 become decomposed. The Nitric', which so readily parts with its 
 Oxygen, gives 1 equivalent which combines with the Hydrogen of 
 the Hydrochloric', and some water is thus formed. Of the Chlorine
 
 CARBON. 63 
 
 set free, some escapes, the rest remains in solution with the Nitrous 
 acid formed ; but an excess of either of the acids may remain, ac- 
 cording to the proportions in which they are used. When exposed to 
 light, a portion of the water becomes decomposed, and Hydrochloric 
 acid is again formed. 
 
 Tests. It is distinguished by the property of dissolving Gold. Ni- 
 trate of Silver produces a precipitate of Chloride of Silver, which is 
 soluble in Ammonia, but insoluble in Nitric'. When an Alkali is 
 added, both a Chloride and a Nitrate are formed. 
 
 Action. Uses. Corrosive poison. When diluted, stimulant of the 
 skin and of the liver. 
 
 D. ni,iij. v. well diluted. Applied externally by sponging, or in a 
 foot-bath of warm water, which is made of the acidity of vinegar, 
 or in the proportion of f5j. f3ij. of the acid to each gallon of water. 
 
 CARBON. 
 CARBONIUM. jP. Charbon. G. Kohlenstoff. 
 
 Carbon (C=6) is very extensively diffused in nature, as in Coal, 
 Anthracite, Graphite, &c. ; of great purity, and crystallized in the 
 form of the regular octohedron or cube in the Diamond. It forms 
 also a large portion of both vegetable and animal substances. Com- 
 bined with Oxygen, it exists in the Atmosphere and in many mineral 
 waters as Carbonic acid gas, and as a Carbonate in immense quanti- 
 ties in Chalk, Marble, Limestone, &c. 
 
 GRAPHITE, called also Plumbago and Black Lead, is found in pri- 
 mary mountains, and is nearly a pure form of Carbon. It has some- 
 times been considered a Carburet of Iron, but the presence of this 
 metal is not essential, as some specimens contain hardly a trace, and 
 others as much as 5 per cent, of Iron. It is sometimes crystallized 
 in six-sided prisms or tables, with a Sp. Gr. of nearly 2-5, opaque, 
 steel-gray, solid with a metallic lustre, soft to the touch, and well- 
 known from its property of marking paper. The best specimens are 
 obtained from Borrowdale in Cumberland. 
 
 Action. Uses. Graphite has long been employed in Medicine ; in- 
 ternally for many of the same purposes as Charcoal, and externally 
 as an ointment in some skin diseases. 
 
 CARBO LIGNI, L. E. (U. S.) Wood Charcoal. 
 
 Prop. Charcoal is the form in which Carbon is usually seen. Its 
 black colour and freedom from taste and smell are well known. 
 It has never been decomposed, is insoluble, infusible, and unalterable. 
 Sp. Gr. various. It is a bad conductor of heat, but an excellent one 
 of electricity, and is remarkable for its power of counteracting pu- 
 trefaction, and also for combining with and removing the odorous and 
 colouring principles of most bodies. This is probably owing to its 
 absorbing the odoriferous effluvia, as it does several of the gases, as 
 Sulphuretted Hydrogen and Carbonic acid gas. Charcoal readily 
 burns in air, emitting light and heat, combining with its Oxygen and 
 forming Carbonic acid gas. It yields more heat than an equal quan-
 
 64 CARBON. 
 
 tity of wood, in consequence probably of being freed from the large 
 proportion of water which wood contains. By the heat of coal in 
 close vessels, Charcoal is obtained in the form of Coke. 
 Prep. Wood Charcoal is obtained by burning wood in covered-up heaps or in close 
 
 As the combustion takes place with only a limited supply of air, 
 little of the Carbon of the wood is consumed, but its Oxygen, Hy- 
 drogen, and Nitrogen escape variously combined. The charcoal 
 which remains necessarily contains the ashes of the plant, consisting 
 of Carbonates of Potash, Lime, &c. (q. v.) Wood yields from 14 to 
 23 per cent, of Charcoal. A pure Charcoal may be obtained by 
 burning Oils and Resins with a deficient supply of Oxygen, when, 
 the volatile matters being dissipated, the charcoal is left, and com- 
 monly called lamp-black. For medical purposes either kind may be 
 ignited in a close vessel to a red heat, until all volatile matters have 
 escaped. The Charcoal is, when cool, kept in stoppered bottles. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antiseptic and Disinfectant; corrects the fetor of 
 the breath and of the stools in Dyspepsia and Dysentery. 
 
 D. Gr. x. 3j. internally ; 3j. or 3ij. to Lard 3j. as ointment. 
 
 CATAPLASMA CARBONIS LIGNI, D. Mix finely powdered and fresh 
 heated Charcoal with a simple poultice. Apply it warm to foul ul- 
 cers, to destroy the foetor. 
 
 CARBO ANIMALIS, L. E. (U. S.) Animal Charcoal. 
 
 This is obtained by subjecting bones, horns, muscles, &c., to a red 
 heat in close vessels, until vapours cease to be emitted. The residue, 
 after being powdered, is known by the names of bone-black and ivory- 
 black. In this state it contains 88 per cent, of Phosphate of Lime 
 (q. v.) and Carbonate of Lime, 2 per cent, of Carburet with Siliciuret 
 of Iron, and a trace of a Sulphuret. It is bitterish in taste, and may 
 readily be distinguished from Vegetable Charcoal by burning a little 
 of it on a red-hot iron. The ashes, consisting chiefly of the Phos- 
 phate of Lime, are with difficulty acted on by Sulphuric Acid ; those 
 of Wood Charcoal, being composed of Carbonates, &c., dissolve, and 
 form bitter solutions. Animal Charcoal is officinal on account of its 
 attraction for the colouring matter of organic substances, a property 
 probably owing to its extreme subdivision, and to the extent of surface 
 which it exposes to any liquid filtered through it. The decolorizing 
 power of Vegetable Charcoal may be increased by mixing Chalk or 
 pounded flint with the vegetable matter previous to its being carbo- 
 nized. Animal Charcoal is extensively employed in the arts for re- 
 moving the colouring matter of Syrup, and also in the preparation of 
 Citric and of Tartaric Acid, and of the vegetable Alkalies and their 
 salts, as Aconitina, Quina, Morphia, Veratria. The same quantity 
 of Charcoal may be used several times, but it requires to have been 
 first dried and subjected to a red heat. It is either mixed or boiled 
 with the Liquid to be decolorized, or the latter is allowed to filter 
 through a layer of Charcoal. For some purposes it requires to be 
 purified.
 
 CARBON. 65 
 
 CARBO ANIMALIS PURIFICATUS, L. E. Purified Animal Charcoal. Pu- 
 rified Ivory-Black. 
 
 Prep. Take of Animal Charcoal ftj. and pour on it gradually a mixture of Hydro- 
 chloric' and Aq. of each fgxij. Digest with a gentle heat for two days, frequently shak- 
 ing. Set aside and then pour off the supernatant liquor; wash the charcoal with water 
 till no acid is perceptible, and then dry it. The Edinburgh College, subsequent to the 
 digestion, direct the mixture to be boiled and diluted with two pints of water. Collect 
 the undissolved charcoal on a filter of linen or calico, and wash it with water till what 
 passes through scarcely precipitates with solution of Carbonate of Soda. Heat to redness 
 in a closely covered crucible. 
 
 The H C' dissolves the Phosphate and decomposes the Carbonate 
 of Lime, as well as any Sulphuret, with the disengagement of Carb' 
 gas and some Sulphuretted Hydrogen, Chloride of Calcium being left 
 in solution. When the residuum has been thoroughly washed, it 
 contains only a Carburet of Iron and some Silica mixed with the 
 Charcoal. 
 
 Tests. It does not effervesce with the Hydrochloric Acid (showing 
 the absence of a Carbonate), nor is any thing afterwards thrown 
 down from this acid either by Ammonia or its Sesquicarbonate. If 
 any Carbonate of Lime should ' have been present, a precipitate will 
 be produced by the Sesquicarbonate. If Phosphate of Lime be dis- 
 solved by the H C', it will be precipitated from the solution both by 
 Ammonia and its Sesquicarbonate. The E. C. direct incineration 
 with its own volume of red Oxide of Mercury, when, if pure, it will 
 be dissipated, leaving only a 200th of spongy ash. 
 
 Uses. Animal Charcoal is officinal for Pharmaceutical purposes. 
 
 CARBON AND OXYGEN. 
 
 Carbon and Oxygen form several compounds, which are important 
 to be known on account of their properties, though all are not offici- 
 nal. CARBONIC OXIDE (C O=14), which is interesting as a compound 
 radical, is a colourless gas, without taste or smell, but extremely poi- 
 sonous when respired. Sp. Gr. '972. 
 
 It is formed when Carbon is burned with a limited supply of Oxy- 
 gen. Though it extinguishes burning bodies, it will itself burn with 
 a pale blue flame, as may often be seen on the surface of a coal fire. 
 It is also formed when charcoal is slowly burned, and is necessarily 
 deleterious in close apartments. Fresh air and its forced inhalation, 
 or that of Oxygen, will be the best remedies for this. 
 
 OXALIC ACID is a compound of 2 Eq. Carbon with 3 Eq. Oxygen, 
 and has been called Carbonous Acid. It might be treated of here, 
 but being derived exclusively from organic sources, and closely re- 
 sembling the other Vegetable Acids, will be treated of with them. 
 
 ACIDUM CARBONICUM. 
 
 Carbonic Acid. F. Acide Carbonique. G, Kohlen saure. Fixed Air. Aerial Acid. 
 Spiritus lethalis. Choke-Damp. 
 
 Carbonic Acid (C' or C O*=22), so named from being a com- 
 pound of Carbon and Oxygen, has long been known from its effects ; 
 
 5
 
 66 CARBONICACID. 
 
 but its nature was not explained until 1757 by Dr. Black. It is 
 abundantly diffused in nature, being a constituent of the atmosphere 
 to the extent of TuWh part. It issues from the earth in many situa- 
 tions, as the Grotto del Cane in Italy, a-nd the Valley of Poison in 
 Java ; but especially in Germany, near the Lake of Laach, where 
 Bischoff calculates that not less than 600,000 Ibs. escape daily, and in 
 such quantities in the Brohltahl as to enable him to employ it in some 
 chemical operations. It issues also, combined with water, from many 
 mineral springs, giving to them their sparkling brilliancy. It is 
 formed in large quantities in the combustion of charcoal, &c., and 
 during fermentation. It is always being exhaled by animals in the 
 process of respiration, and in small quantities by plants at night or 
 in the shade. Combined- with bases, it exists in large quantities in 
 the interior of the earth, and in the mountain masses of Marble, 
 Limestone, Chalk, &c. 
 
 Prop. Carb', at ordinary temperatures, exists as a colourless gas, 
 of which the solution in water has an acid taste. It is very heavy : 
 Sp. Gr. 1-52; 100 C. I. weigh 47-25 grs. Water dissolves its own 
 volume, but may be made by pressure to take up a much larger quan- 
 tity, when it will redden vegetable blues, but not permanently, as 
 the acid escapes when exposed to the atmosphere. When subjected 
 to great pressure, it has been reduced to a liquid state ; and, by the 
 effect of great cold, produced by its evaporation, it has been con- 
 verted into a solid at 148 F. Carb' gas extinguishes flame and all 
 burning bodies, except Potassium : it is also fatal to animal life. 
 
 Prep. L. P. Under the head of Potassse Bicarbonas, Carb' is directed to be obtained 
 feom Chalk rubbed to powder and mixed with water to the consistence of a syrup, upon 
 which Sulphuric' is then poured, diluted with an equal weight of water. It may also be 
 obtained from coarsely powdered Marble, or any other carbonate, by the action of the di- 
 Inted hydrochloric, or any other acid. Whenever the C' is required for Therapeutical use, 
 it is preferable to employ the S', as not volatile. 
 
 Tests. Carbonic Acid may easily be detected by its evanescent ac- 
 tion in reddening Litmus paper, by rendering Lime-water turbid, by 
 precipitating Lime and Barytes from their solutions, and by these 
 precipitates being soluble in Acetic Acid with effervescence. 
 
 Action. Uses. Acts as a stimulant when applied externally, or taken 
 internally, but is fatal to animal life when breathed. It may be pre- 
 scribed in the forms of Liquor Potassa3 effervescens, Liquor Sodae 
 effervescens, and all effervescing draughts, or as Carb.' water, or or- 
 dinary bottled Soda-water, which very often contains no alkali ; or 
 in some mineral waters, which are natural solutions of C' in water 
 usually containing also other impurities. Death has frequently oc- 
 curred from breathing this gas in descending into cellars, wells, mines, 
 &c. ; also from sleeping near brewers' 'vats, lime-kilns, in green- 
 houses, or in small apartments or in cabins on board ship with a char- 
 coal fire. It acts as a narcotic poison, and produces spasm of the 
 glottis.
 
 HYDRO GENAND CARBON. 67 
 
 HYDROGEN AND SULPHUR. 
 
 SULPHURETTED HYDROGEN. HYDRO.SULFHURIC ACID. Hydrothionic Acid. F. Acide 
 Hydro-Sulfurique. G. Schwefelwasserstoffsaure. 
 
 Hydrosulphuric acid (H S=17) is remarkable for its offensive 
 odour and deleterious properties. 
 
 Prop. It is a colourless gas. 100 C. I. weigh 36 grs. Sp. Gr.= 
 177. It has been reduced to a liquid form by a pressure of 17 at- 
 mospheres. It is inflammable ; Sulphurous acid and water being pro- 
 duced. Water absorbs about 2^ times its own bulk, acquiring the 
 taste and smell of the gas, as well as its acid property of reddening 
 Litmus. On exposure to the air, H S' escapes, and the water be- 
 comes muddy from the deposition of Sulphur. 
 
 It combines with bases, and forms Hydrosulphates, as that of Am- 
 monia; or Sulphurets, some of which, as those of Lead, Copper, 
 Bismuth, and Silver, are blackish-coloured; that of Antimony, red; 
 Zinc, white ; Arsenic, yellow. Much useful information is obtained 
 by employing H S' or a soluble Hydrosulphate, as of Ammonia or of 
 Potash, as a test, especially as it does not precipitate the Kaligenous 
 and. Terriginous metals. Sulphuretted Hydrogen is absorbed in 
 large quantities by Charcoal, is exhaled from putrefying animal 
 matter, also from some vegetables, as the Crucifer, and likewise 
 from decomposing vegetables generally, when a Sulphate is present, 
 from " the decomposition of the Sulphates in water by the Carbona- 
 ceous matter of vegetables,"* and from some mineral waters. 
 
 Prep. S H may be obtained by the action of Sul' 7 parts diluted with Aq. 32 parts 
 poured on Sulphuret of Iron 5 parts. 
 
 Action. Uses. Most deleterious when respired, even when much di- 
 luted. Mineral waters, either natural (as of Harrowgate) or arti- 
 ficial, taken internally or used externally in the form of a bath, are 
 stimulant, especially to the functions of the skin and of the uterine 
 system. Hydrosulphate of Ammonia, D. is officinal. It is also much 
 used as a test. 
 
 Antidotes. Inhalation of Chlorine, and Acids taken internally. 
 
 HYDROGEN AND CARBON. 
 
 Compounds of Hydrogen and Carbon are usually denominated 
 Hydrocarbons. Of these, few are officinal, though we require to be 
 acquainted with the properties of others, as they are deleterious. 
 Thus, of those which are gaseous, the two following form the princi- 
 pal ingredient of Coal-gas. 
 
 LIGHT CARBURETTED HYDROGEN (C H a =8). This gas is composed 
 of 1 Eq. of Carbon and 2 of Hydrogen ; that is, it is a Bihydruret 
 of Carbon. It may be seen escaping in bubbles from the surface of 
 stagnant pools, and also in stirring up foetid mud, being formed by the 
 decomposition of vegetable matter. It issues sometimes in immense 
 
 * Professor Daniell on the Sulphuretted Hydrogen in the waters of the ocean. Phil. 
 Mag., July, 1841.
 
 68 CARBONANDNITROGEN. 
 
 quantities from fissures in coal-mines, and, mixing with the Oxygen 
 of the Air, forms the fatally explosive Inflammable Mr or Fire-Damp 
 of Miners. It may also be produced artificially from the decom- 
 position of Acetates. It burns with a yellow flame, and may be re- 
 spired ; yet as Carb' and Water are the results of its combustion, a 
 deleterious atmosphere is necessarily produced. 
 
 OLEFIANT GAS (C s H a =14), named from forming an oily liquid by 
 combining with Chlorine, is a gaseous compound of 2 Eq. of Carbon 
 and 2 of Hydrogen. Like the former, this gas is found in Coal- 
 mines, and may be made artificially by heating strong Alcohol with 
 5 or 6 times its weight of Oil of Vitriol. It is not respirable, extin- 
 guishes flame, but burns with a brilliant white light. 
 
 PETROLEUM, L. F. Petrole, G. Steinol. 
 
 Other Hydrocarbons are either solid or liquid : of the latter, Petro- 
 leum or Rock Oil is officinal ; and NAPHTHA, whether obtained arti- 
 ficially or as a product of nature, is often used medicinally. As these 
 natural products are considered to be produced by fossil vegetable 
 remains, and as the artificial products are obtained by the decompo- 
 sition of vegetable matter, it will be convenient to treat all of these 
 nearly allied substances together. So also Oil of Turpentine, Tar, 
 and the products of the distillation of Coal. (v. CONIFERJE.) 
 
 CREASOTON, L. Creosote. 
 
 This has been so named from its property of preserving meat from 
 decay : it is a compound of Carbon, Hydrogen, and Oxygen, and is 
 hence described as an Oxy-Hydro-Carburetum in the L. P. As it is 
 obtained from Tar, it will most fitly be treated of with that substance. 
 
 CARBON AND NITROGEN. 
 
 These two elementary substances combine together, and form a 
 very remarkable body, called Cyanogen, from xuavos, blue, it being a 
 principal ingredient of Prussian Blue. (v. Sesquicyanide of Iron.) 
 
 CYANOGEN. F. Cyanogene. 
 
 Cyanogen (Cy or C S N=26) may be obtained from Cyanide of 
 Mercury : it is a colourless gas, of a peculiar and pungent smell, like 
 that of peach-kernels, burning with a purplish flame, readily absorbed 
 by water, and condensable into a colourless liquid. But it is chiefly 
 interesting, as, though being a compound body, it acts like the simple 
 elements in combining with metals, and forms with Hydrogen an 
 acid, the HYDROCYANIC, which is of fearful importance from its rapidly 
 deleterious effects. As Cyanogen is the type of the compound radicles 
 which present themselves in Organic Chemistry, and as Hydrocyanic 
 acid is produced naturally by some plants, it will be treated of with 
 Laurel Water under AMYGDALE^E. 
 
 TERNARY COMPOUNDS. 
 Ternary compounds abound in the Organic Kingdom, and many of
 
 NITROGENANDHYDROGEN. 69 
 
 them are officinal. Rut such compounds of Carbon, Oxygen, and 
 Hydrogen as Starch and Sugar, are most naturally treated of with 
 the plants which yield them. It is also convenient to treat of the 
 products of the Fermentation of Saccharine matter, as Wines and 
 Alcohol, with the Grape Vine, under AMPELIDRS:. Also of Etherifi- 
 cation, or the produce of the action of Acids on Alcohol, with the 
 latter substance. Acetous Fermentation and the production of Vine- 
 gar are too closely allied to be separated from the consideration of 
 Fermentation in general. 
 
 VEGETABLE ACIDS. 
 
 Having to notice the salts of these acids with the Alkalies, earths, 
 and metals, it would in some respects be preferable to treat of them 
 here. But, as the account of each may be referred to, it is desirable 
 to adhere to the plan adopted with the vegetable alkalies, that of 
 treating of the products with the Plants yielding them. Thus, 
 
 CITRIC ACID will be treated of with Citrus -under AURANTIACE^E. 
 
 TARTARIC ACID with Tartar under the Grape Vine in AMPELIDE.E. 
 
 OXALIC ACID with OXALIDE^E. 
 
 BENZOIC ACID with Benzoin under STYRACE.E. 
 
 SUCCINIC ACID .with Amber after the Resin of CONIFERS. 
 
 TANNIC ACID with Rhatany Root under KRAMERIACE.E. 
 
 NITROGEN AND HYDROGEN. 
 AMMONIA. Volatile Alkali. F. Ammoniaque. G. Ammoniak. 
 
 Ammonia (A or NH 3 =17) was probably known to Pliny, as he 
 mentions the strong odour evolved from the mixture of Lime and 
 Nitrum,* The Hindoos also were acquainted with it, and obtained 
 it by mixing Sal Ammoniac 1 part and Chalk 2 parts. The name 
 was derived from Sal Ammoniac, from which it was formerly obtained. 
 The solution in water was known to the earlier Chemists, and called 
 by them Volatile Alkali. It was first obtained as a Gas by Priestley. 
 In 1756, Dr. Black distinguished it from its Carbonate, though Ber- 
 thollet was the first to communicate precise ideas respecting its com- 
 position, which was determined by Gay Lussac. Ammonia exists at 
 all times in small quantities in the air, and therefore in water, and is 
 also contained in the juices of most plants, as the Birch, Beet-root, 
 Sugar, &c. It is the chief source of the Nitrogen in plants, and is 
 generally evolved during their decomposition. It is abundantly pro- 
 duced during the putrefaction of animal matter, and in combination 
 with Phosphoric' and Muriatic', exists in Urine. With heat and 
 moisture, Urea (which is identical with Cyanate of Ammonia) is de- 
 composed, Carbonate of Ammonia being formed. Some of its salts, 
 as the Carbonate and Nitrate, are contained in mineral springs, as in 
 those of Greiswolde and Kissingen ; the Hydrochlorate and Sulphate 
 (Mascagnin) are found in the neighbourhood of Volcanoes and near 
 Ignited Coal-seams. Dr. Austin ascertained that if nascent Hydrogen 
 
 Probably Sal Ammoniac, as several substances were included under Nitrum.
 
 70 AMMONIA. 
 
 were presented to gaseous Nitrogen, Ammonia was formed. (Phil. 
 Trans, vol. Ixxvii. p. 379.) M. C. S. Collard has also some time since 
 (Journ. de Chim. Med. iii. 516) pointed out that this gas is formed 
 during the contact of water and air wherever nascent Hydrogen and 
 Nitrogen come in contact; and that thus it is produced daily in im- 
 mense quantities, giving rise to the Nitrates which stimulate Vege- 
 table life. (Diet, de Mat. Med. Merat & De Lens, i. p. 255.) 
 
 Prop. Ammonia, when pure, is a colourless transparent gas, with a 
 pungent suffocating odour, having alkaline and caustic properties. It 
 browns turmeric paper, and restores the blue colour of vegetables 
 reddened by acids ; but the effects are transient, from its volatility. It 
 may be obtained by acting with caustic Lime or Potash on Hydro- 
 chlorate of Ammonia ; or by heating a solution of Ammonia, and 
 collecting the gas over Mercury. Its Sp. Gr. is 0-89. 100 C. I. weigh 
 18-28 grs. By a pressure. of 5^ atmospheres at 50 F. it was reduced 
 by Faraday to the state of a colourless transparent liquid, with a Sp. 
 Gr. of 0-76. Water absorbs it with very great rapidity, and to a great 
 extent, (u. Solution of Ammonia.) Alcohol and Ether also readily 
 dissolve it. Near any volatile acid, it forms a white vapour. Com- 
 bining with acids, salts are formed, some of which sublime when the 
 acid is volatile ; but, when this is fixed, the Ammonia volatilizes on 
 the application of heat. It supports neither respiration nor combus- 
 tion. A mixture of 2 volumes of Ammoniacal gas and li of Oxygen 
 gas may be exploded by the electric spark. Nitrogen is produced, as 
 well as water, proving the presence of Hydrogen. It is composed of 
 1 Eq. Nitrogen and 3 Eq. Hydrogen, or 1 volume of the former and 
 3 volumes of the latter compressed into 2 volumes. 
 
 Some chemists, however, now consider Ammonia to be a com- 
 pound of a hypothetical substance called Amide or Amidogen (N 
 H a = 16) and 1 Eq. of Hydrogen, or an Amidide of Hydrogen (N 
 H 3 = 17) ; and that this, by combining with 1 Eq. of H, forms 
 another hypothetical substance, which has been called Ammonium 
 (N H 4 = 18), which is supposed to act the part of a metal in va- 
 rious combinations. 
 
 Action. Uses. A local irritant ; fatal if respired. Diluted with 
 air, a stimulant of the nasal and bronchial passages. 
 
 Antidotes. Inhaling vapours of hot Vinegar or fumes of Mur'. 
 
 
 SOLUTION OF AMMONIA. 
 
 This is a solution of Ammonia in water. The L. and E. P. have 
 both a strong and a weak solution. 
 
 Prop. Colourless like the gas, with a powerful pungent odour, 
 and acrid alkaline taste. Its density, which is less than that of 
 water, varies with its strength, and is less as the quantity of gas 
 dissolved is greater. Sir H. Davy ascertained that, at 50 F. and 
 ordinary pressure, water absorbs 670 times its own bulk of Ammo- 
 niacal gas, becoming of a Sp. Gr. = 0-875, when it contained 32-5 
 parts or about \ of gas ; the lowest Sp. Gr. stated by Dalton is -850. 
 It freezes about 40 F. Its boiling point differs according to its 
 density, depending chiefly on the escape of gas. Like Lime-water,
 
 LIQUOR AMMO NIJE. 71 
 
 Solution of Ammonia absorbs Carbonic' gas from the atmosphere, 
 at the same time that much Ammonia escapes. It combines with 
 acids to form salts, and with Oil it forms Soap, in some officinal 
 liniments. It decomposes a great many earthy and metallic salts, 
 precipitating their oxides, and in some cases redissolving them in an 
 excess of Ammonia, and producing a double salt, as in Ammonio- 
 Chloride of Mercury, Ammonio-Chloride of Iron, &c. 
 
 LIQUOR (AQUA, E.) AMMONITE FORTIOR, L. Strong Solution of Ammonia. 
 
 As Solution of Ammonia is manufactured on a large scale by de- 
 composing with caustic Lime the salts obtained from the Gas liquor 
 or from Bone spirit (v. Ammonia Sesquicarbonas and Hydrochloras), 
 no formula is given for its preparation in the L. P., but it is to be of 
 Sp. Gr. 882 (E. 880). As this is much stronger than ordinary solu- 
 tion of Ammonia, it may easily be reduced to the strength of Liquor 
 Ammonias by adding to every fgj. of it f3ij. of water, by which the 
 Sp. Gr. of the mixture will be 0-960. 
 
 The E. P. gives a formula for obtaining this and the Liquor Am- 
 monias by one process : it is essentially the same as that of the L. 
 and D. P. for obtaining the latter, differing, however, in the gas pass- 
 ing over into water, instead of the solution being distilled, and in 
 being collected in two vessels : hence the solution is obtained of the 
 two densities. 
 
 Prep, E. Slake Quicklime gxiij. with Aq. fgvijss. ; triturate it quickly with finely- 
 powdered Mur. Amman., and put into a retort ; connect this with a receiver containing 
 Aq. dest. giv., and this with another containing Aq. dest. gviij. These must be kept 
 cold. Heat the retort as long as gas is evolved ; remove it, and heat the first receiver. 
 Should the liquor in the last bottle not have the density of 960 (that ordered for the Aqua 
 Ammonias), reduce it with that in the first, or raise it with Aq. dest. For details, . E. P. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant, Vesicant, and Caustic; often employed 
 for smelling salts. 
 
 LIQUOR (AQUA, E.) AMMONIA, L. (U. S.) AQUA AMMONITE CAUSTICA, D. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Take of Lime gviij. (recently burnt 2 parts, D.) and slake with Aq. Oij 
 (hot 1 part, D.) Put into a retort, and add Hydrochlorate of Ammonia gx. (3 parts, D.) 
 broken into small pieces (powdered and dissolved in Aq. 9 parts, D.), and the remainder 
 of the water. Let fgxv. of Solution of Ammonia distil over. (Distil 5 parts with a 
 medium heat into a cold receiver, D.) 
 
 [U. S. Take of Muriate of Ammonia in fine powder, Lime, each, a pound, Distilled 
 Water a pint, Water nine fluid ounces. Break the lime in pieces and pour the water 
 upon it hi an earthen or iron vessel, then cover the vessel and set it aside until the lime 
 falls into powder and becomes cold; mix this thoroughly with the Muriate of Ammonia 
 in a mortar, and immediately introduce the mixture into a glass retort. Place the retort 
 upon a sand-bath and proceed in the usual way. The distilled water is used for receiving 
 the gas driven over.] 
 
 Here the Ammonia set free by the superior affinity of the Lime 
 (Oxide of Calcium), distils over, but the Hydrochloric' is decomposed ; 
 its Chlorine combines with the Calcium of the Lime to form Chloride 
 of Calcium, while the Oxygen of the Lime and the Hydrogen of the 
 Acid being set free, combine and form 1 Eq. of Water, which re- 
 mains in solution with the Chloride of Calcium. The Sp. Gr. of this 
 solution of Ammonia ought to be 0-960 (955 1000, D.), and it is 
 composed nearly of 10 parts of Ammonia and 90 of water.
 
 72 SPIRITUS AMMONITE. 
 
 Tests. Odour, taste, and other properties, like the gas. By heat 
 it evaporates in evanescent alkaline vapours, as shown by the tran- 
 sient browning of Turmeric paper. It gives no precipitate (Carbo- 
 nate of Lime) with Lime-water, or with Chloride of Calcium, show- 
 ing the absence of Carbonic'. It will not effervesce with dilute 
 acids. When saturated with Nitric', neither Sesquicarb. Ammonia 
 nor Nitr. Silver throw down any thing, proving that no earthy mat- 
 ter, nor H C', nor any Chloride is present. Oxalic' will indicate the 
 presence of Lime. 
 
 Inc. Acids, acidulous and most metallic salts. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid, Rubefacient, Stimulant, Antispasmodic, 
 Diaphoretic. 
 
 D. n^x. n^xxx. in water, Camphor mixture, Milk, or any demul- 
 cent liquid. 
 
 Antidotes. Vinegar, Lemon-juice, or Vegetable Acids. 
 
 Off. Prep. Hydrargyri Ammonio-Chloridum. Lin. Camphoree 
 Comp. Lin. Hydrarg. Comp. 
 
 TINCTDRA AMMONIA COMPOSITA, L. 
 
 Formerly the Spiritus Ammonia succinatus, intended as a substitute 
 for Eau de Luce. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Mastich 3ij. in Rectified Spirit Oij., and pour off the clear solution. 
 Add Oil of Lavender flif xiv., Oil of Amber Tfiv., strong solution of Ammonia Oj. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Antispasmodic. In snake bites. 
 D. r#v. fl^xx. in some bland liquid. 
 
 SPIRITUS AMMONITE, E. 
 
 Differs from Spiritus Ammonia?, L. and D., in being a solution of 
 pure Ammonia in Spirit, while the latter are solutions of the Carbo- 
 nate of Ammonia in the same menstruum. They cannot, therefore, 
 be considered as similar preparations, nor treated of together. 
 
 Prep. The E. P. obtains the Ammonia by acting on Muriate of Ammonia gviij. with 
 Fresh Burnt Lime 3 x ij- first slaking the latter with Aq. fgvjss., then mixing together 
 the two salts, and heating them in a retort, to which has been adapted a tube, which 
 passes nearly to the bottom of a bottle containing Rectified Spirit Oy. 
 
 Here the Ammoniacal gas, as it passes over, is dissolved in the Spirit, 
 and a preparation very similar to the Liquor Ammonia?, and with a 
 strong odour of the alkali, is obtained. Sp. Gr. *845. It does not 
 effervesce with weak Muriatic Acid. Like the Spir. Ammonia?, L. 
 and D., this is employed for dissolving resinous and gummy-resinous 
 substances, and volatile oils ; for these the Caustic Spirit is the more 
 active solvent. 
 
 SPIRITUS AMMONIA AROMATICUS, E. 
 
 Prep. Take Spir. Ammonite, fSviij., Volatile Oil of Lemons, f3j., Oil of Rosemary, 
 f3jss. Dissolve the oils in the spirit by agitation. 
 
 D. r#xv. 3j. 
 
 SPIRITUS AMMONITE FCETIDUS, E. 
 Prep. Take Spir. Ammonia, f3xss., Assafoetida 3ss, Dissolve and distil. 
 
 D. n\,xv. f3j. v. ASSAF<ETIDA.
 
 CARBONATEOFAMMONIA. 73 
 
 As an external application, Ammonia may be applied in the form 
 of the following Liniments or Ointment. 
 
 LINIMENTUM AMMONIA, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 Prep. Take of Olive Oil f3ij., Solution of Ammonia fgj. (f3ij. D.) 
 
 Rubefacient, Stimulant. 
 
 LINIMENTUM AMMONIA OOMPOSITUM, E. Compound Liniment of Am- 
 monia. 
 
 Prep. Take of Stronger Solution of Ammonia, D. 880, fgv., Tinct. of Camphor fgij., 
 Spirit of Rosemary f3j. Mix them well together. This liniment may also be made 
 weaker, for some purposes, with Tincture of Camphor f3iij., and Spirit of Rosemary 
 *5ij. 
 
 Rubefacient, Vesicant, or Cauterizing. 
 
 Ammoniacal Ointment. This is formed by rubbing up Ammonia with 
 fatty matter in proportions according to the effect required. If rubbed 
 on the skin, and the Ammonia allowed to evaporate, rubefaction will 
 be produced, but if confined by a compress, vesication will ensue. 
 
 CARBONATES OF AMMONIA. 
 
 From the difficulty of distinguishing in the description of old au- 
 thors the several Carbonates of Ammonia, it is preferable to treat the 
 little that is known of their history, together. We have seen that 
 Carbonate of Ammonia is always present in the atmosphere. It is 
 disengaged from decomposing animal remains, and is found in some 
 springs, as well as in the juices of plants. The Hindoos would seem 
 to be acquainted with it, as they have a formula, given by Dr. Ains- 
 lie, in which they heat together 1 part Sal Ammoniac and 2 parts of 
 Chalk, which must produce a Carbonate of Ammonia. It was pro- 
 bably also, as inferred by Dr. Pereira, known to the Arabs. Ray- 
 mond Lully was acquainted with the impure solution of Carbonate of 
 Ammonia obtained from putrid Urine, and Basil Valentine mentions 
 the Spiritus salis Urina?. 
 
 The three Carbonates of Ammonia are all included among the pre- 
 parations of the British Pharmacopeias : the simple Carbonate in a 
 liquid form in the Spiritus Ammonias Aromaticus and Fcetidus ; the 
 Sesquicarbonate as a solid salt ; and the Bicarbonate of Ammonia, 
 D., may also often be found effloresced on the former. 
 
 CARBONATE OF AMMONIA. F. Carbonate d'Ammoniaque. 
 
 The Carbonate of Ammonia, which consists of 1 Eq. Ammonia, 17 
 + 1 Eq. Carbonic Acid, 22=39, and, if hydrated, of an additional 
 Eq. of Water, 9+39=48, may be formed by bringing C' gas in con- 
 tact with Ammoniacal gas, or by decomposing Hydrochlorate of Am- 
 monia by the Alkaline or Earthy Carbonates in a liquid form, and 
 distilling; or it may by evaporation be obtained in a crystalline 
 state.
 
 74 SPIRITUS AMMONITE. 
 
 SPIRITUS AMMONIA, L. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Prep. Mix Hydrochlorate of Ammonia gx. with Carbonate of Potash 3xvj., in Recti- 
 fied Spirit and Aq. dest., of each Oiij. Distil off 3 pints. L. 
 
 [Muriate of Ammonia, Lime, each ftj., Alcohol Sxx., Water gix. Proceed as for Li- 
 quor Ammonia;, U. S.] 
 
 Here both salts are decomposed ; the Garb' combining with the 
 Ammonia, a very volatile salt, the Carbonate of Ammonia, is formed, 
 and distils over with the Spirit. The Chlorine of the Hydrochloric' 
 combining with the Potassium of the Potash, forms Chloride of Po- 
 tassium, which remains in solution with 1 Eq. water, which has been 
 formed by the union of the Hydrogen of the Acid with the Oxygen 
 set free from the Potash. From the proportions employed, a larger 
 quantity of Carbonate of Ammonia distils over than can be dissolved 
 by the Spirit, and is deposited in a crystalline state. 
 
 The D. C. directs Carb (i.e. Sesquicarb) of Ammonia 3iijss., powdered, to be dissolved 
 with a gentle heat in Rectified. Spirit ftiij. by weight, and filter. 
 
 This, though apparently a simple solution, is a conversion of the 
 Sesquicarb into the Carb of Ammonia, from a portion of the Carb' 
 escaping during the solution. About 30 grs. are dissolved in f3j. of 
 Spirit. 
 
 As these preparations contain only as much Carb' as the Sesqui- 
 carb, they are necessarily more pungent ; but the activity of the Am- 
 monia being modified by combination with the C', they are milder 
 than the solutions of Ammonia, but may be used for the same pur- 
 poses. The Spirit of Ammonia is chiefly employed to dissolve Cam- 
 phor, the volatile oils, and some vegetable resins, as in the Spiritus 
 AmmoniEe Aromaticus. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid, Stimulant. 
 
 D. r#x. 
 
 SPIRITUS AMMONITE AROMATICUS, L. D. (U. S.) Spirit of Sal Volatile. 
 
 Prop. It is a colourless, pleasantly fragrant, and agreeably stimulant 
 solution of volatile oils in Ammoniated Alcohol. Sp. Gr. 0-914. It 
 becomes brown by keeping. 
 
 Prep. L. (U.S.) Mix together Hydrochlorate of Ammonia 3v., Carbonate of Potash 
 gviij., Bruised Cinnamon 3ij-, Cloves ^ij., Lemon Peel 3iv., Rectified, Spirit and Aq. dest. 
 of each Oiv., and distil 6 pints, (7 pints, U.S.) 
 
 D. Macerate Spirit. Amman, ftij., by measure, Essential Oil of Lemons 3ij., bruised 
 Nutmegs gss., bruised Cinnamon 3iij., distil Ojss. 
 
 In the L. prep, the same changes take place as in the preparation 
 of the Spir. Ammonite ; but with the Ammonia and Spirit the essential 
 oils of the vegetable substances distil over, which render this a more 
 agreeable preparation. 
 
 D. flixv. Ix. May be prescribed with Sulphate of Magnesia. 
 
 j 
 
 SPIRITUS AMMONIJE FQETIDUS, L. D. 
 
 This is prepared exactly as the Spiritus Ammonise, with the ad- 
 dition of Assafcetida 3v. 
 
 It is a solution of the Volatile Oil of Assafoetida in Ammoniated
 
 AMMONITE SESQUICARBONAS. 75 
 
 Alcohol. An efficient substitute may be made by adding Tinct. of 
 Assafioetida to Spirit of Ammonia. The Dublin College order Jlssa- 
 faetida 3ss. to be macerated in Spirit of Ammonia Oij., and to distil off 
 a pint and half of the clear liquor. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Antispasmodic. 
 
 D. f3ss. f3j. 
 
 AMMONITE SESQUICARBONAS, L. AMMONIA CARBONAS, E. D. (U.S.) 
 Sal Volatile. Ammonia Prasparata. Ammonias Subcarbonas. 
 
 The Sesquicarbonate (NH 3 , HCO 2 , H0=59,) often called Subcar- 
 bonate, or simply Carbonate of Ammonia, has long been known by 
 various names, as Volatile or Smelling Salts, Salt of Hartshorn, Vola- 
 tile Salt of Urine, all of which indicate either its properties, or the 
 sources from whence it was obtained. It is now obtained by the 
 action of the Alkaline or Earthy Carbonates on Hydrochlorate of 
 Ammonia, or sometimes on crude Sulphate of Ammonia. 
 
 Prop. Usually met with in colourless translucent cakes ; fracture 
 striated, or of a rather fibrous texture ; taste sharp, alkaline, ammo- 
 niacal ; odour pungent, penetrating. On exposure to the air, it loses 
 its translucency, becomes friable, and covered with a white powder, 
 Bicarbonate of Ammonia, which is much less pungent, and is called 
 Mild Carbonate of Jlmmonia. This is formed' from the escape of a 
 portion of the Ammoniacal gas, or of Carbonate of Ammonia, as is 
 indicated by the discoloration of Turmeric paper held over it. This 
 salt is completely dissipated by heat ; is soluble in less than 4 times 
 (twice, Berz.) its weight of cold water, but in boiling water it is de- 
 composed with the evolution both of Carb' and of Ammonia ; soluble 
 also in proof, but sparingly so in rectified Spirit. The composition 
 of this salt, according to Mr. Phillips, is 
 
 3 Eqs. of Carbonic Acid 22x3=66 or Carb' 55-93 
 
 2 Eqs. of Ammonia 17x2=34 "Ammonia 28-81 
 
 2 Eqs. of Water 9x2=18 "Water 15-26 
 
 118 100 
 
 But it is more convenient to consider it, according to the view adopted 
 in the Pharmacopoeia, as composed of 1^ Eq. of Carb' united to 1 
 Eq. of Ammonia and 1 of Aq. Thus 14 Eq. C' 33 + 1 Eq. Ammonia 
 174-1 Eq. Aq. 9=59, Hydrated Sesquicarbonate of Ammonia. 
 
 But, as observed by Dr. Pereira, " from the observations of Dalton 
 and Scanlan, this is not a single salt or Sesquicarbonate, but a mix- 
 ture or compound of the Carbonate and Bicarbonate ; for, if treated 
 with a small quantity of cold water, a solution of Carbonate of Am- 
 monia is obtained, while a mass of Bicarbonate remains, having the 
 form and dimensions of the Sesquicarbonate employed." From the 
 uniformity of its composition and its crystalline structure, Dr. P. con- 
 siders it to be a chemical combination of two salts. 1 Eq. Anhydrous 
 Carb. Ammonia 39 + 1 Eq. Hydrated Bicarb. Ammonia 79=118 Hy- 
 drated Sesquicarbonate Ammonia. According to the most recent 
 view, this salt is a compound of 3 Eq. C'-f2 Eq. Oxide of Ammonium.
 
 76 AMMONIjESESQUICARBONAS. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Take of Hydrochlorate of Ammonia ftj. (1 part, D.), and of Chalk 
 fijss. (Carbonate of Soda 1 part, D.) Rub them separately into powder .Mix and sub- 
 lime with a heat gradually raised. 
 
 Here mutual decomposition takes place, the Carb' of the Chalk 
 (Carbonate of Lime) combines with the Ammonia of the Hydro- 
 chlorate, and the desired salt is formed, and passes over in combina- 
 tion with 1 Eq.' Aq., which has been formed by the union of the 
 Oxygen of the Lime (Oxide of Calcium) with the Hydrogen of the 
 HC'. The Chlorine of this acid being set free, combines with the 
 Calcium; a Chloride of Calcium is formed, and remains behind. 
 Similar changes take place with the Carbonate of Soda. As 1 Eq. 
 of Carb. Lime only is required to decompose 1 Eq. Hydrochlorate 
 Ammonia, the D. C. directs equal parts ; but the L. and E. order what 
 is equal to 1 Eq., as less heat is required, and more complete decom- 
 position is secured. The peculiarity of the result obtained here, as 
 remarked by Mr. Phillips, is, that both the Hydrochlorate Ammonia 
 and Carb. Lime are neutral compounds, consisting each of 1 Eq. 
 acid and 1 Eq. of base. Though a neutral salt is usually produced 
 from the action of neutral salts, here we have a supersalt. This is 
 explained by supposing 3 Eq. of each salt to undergo decomposition. 
 If no loss occurred, the Carb. Ammonia would be neutral and hy- 
 drated, consisting of 3 Eq. C' 66+3 Eq. Ammonia 51 -f3 Eq. Aq. 27 
 =144. During sublimation, however, 1 Eq. of the Ammonia libe- 
 rated with 1 Eq. of the water formed is dissipated, the Carb' re- 
 maining undiminished. The Carbonate actually sublimed consists of 
 3 Eq. of Carb' and only 2 of Ammonia, or in the proportions of a 
 Sesquicarbonate. 
 
 Sesquicarbonate of Ammonia is sometimes made on a large scale 
 by subliming a mixture of impure Sulph. Ammonia and Carb. Lime. 
 The result is as above, Sulph. Lime being left. The Sulphate of 
 Ammonia being obtained by acting with S' or Sulph. Lime on the 
 Carb. Ammonia of Gas Liquor, or that from Bone Spirit. It is ne- 
 cessarily impure, and often contaminated with tar or oily matter, and 
 therefore requires to be refined. 
 
 Tests. The salts of Ammonia may be easily recognised by its 
 fumes, which are exhaled when they are rubbed up with Potash. 
 In this salt the odour and tests will at once reveal that alkali, and 
 the Carb' by effervescence with dilute acids. It yields a white pre- 
 cipitate with the Chloride of Calcium or of Barium ; " the clear liquor 
 from which the latter precipitate (Carbonate of Barytes) has subsided, 
 yields a further precipitate on the addition of Caustic Ammonia. By 
 this last character the Sesquicarbonate is distinguished from the neu- 
 tral Carbonate." (Per.) Carb. Ammon. is not very liable to be im- 
 pure when prepared by the first process. " Translucent in mass, but 
 falls to powder in the air ; entirely sublimed and soluble ; changes the 
 colour of turmeric ; when saturated with Nitric', it does not precipi- 
 tate with Chlor. Barium (Nitr. Barytes, E.), or with Nitr. Silver, (L.)" 
 If the translucency be impaired, and the salt looks white and pow- 
 dery, a portion has been converted into the Bicarbonate, a less pun- 
 .gent salt. Any thing insoluble or not sublimed is an impurity. The
 
 AMMONI^EBICARBONAS. 77 
 
 presence of Sulphates, as of Ammonia, will be indicated by the 
 Barytic salts; and any Hydrochlorate of Ammonia, by a white 
 precipitate being formed by Nitrate of Silver. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid, Stimulant, Antispasmodic, Diaphoretic. 
 
 D. gr. ij. gr. x. in pills, or in solution, as below. 
 
 Inc. Acids, Acidulous Salts, Alkalies, Lime-water, Magnesia; many 
 Metallic Salts, but not the Potassio-Tartrate of Iron, nor Sulphate of 
 Magnesia. 
 
 LIQUOR AMMONIA SESQUICARBONATIS, L. AQUA AMMONIA CARBONATIS, 
 
 E. D. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Sesquicarbonate of Ammonia 3iv. (4 parts, D.) in Aq. dest. Oj. (15 times 
 its weight, D.) Filter. Sp. Gr. 1090, D. 
 
 This solution has the odour and other properties of the salt, and 
 like it is liablato change when exposed to the air, becoming less pun- 
 gent. It may be employed for all the purposes of this salt, or for those 
 of the Liquor Ammonia?, but is less pungent, and will evolve C'. 
 
 The Sesquicarbonate of Ammonia is sometimes employed for 
 making effervescing draughts. 
 
 ( f3vj. of Lemon Juice ) forming Citrate 
 
 9j. Sesquicarbonate of \ 26 grs. of cryst. Citric acid \ of Ammonia. 
 Ammonia saturates ^26 grs. of cryst. Tartaric ? forming Tartrate 
 ( acid ) of Ammonia. 
 
 Action. Uses. Rubefacient, Stimulant, &c. Useful as a Test. Use- 
 ful in allaying nausea and vomiting ; also slightly diaphoretic. 
 D. f3ss. or even fcij. if duly diluted. 
 
 LINIMENTUM AMMONITE SESQUICARBONATIS, L. Liniment of Sesquicar- 
 bonate of Ammonia. 
 
 Prep. Shake together Sol. of Sesquicarbonate of Ammonia fgj-, Olive Oil fgiij., until 
 they are well mixed. 
 
 The Ammonia, by combining with the Oil, forms a kind of Soap, 
 of which the union is imperfect, in consequence of the Carbonate being 
 employed. It is a milder preparation, and may be used for the same 
 purposes as the Linimentum Ammonias. A similar preparation may 
 be prepared by rubbing up some of the powdered salt with Lard. 
 
 AMMONITE BICARBONAS, D. Bicarbonate of Ammonia. 
 
 The Bicarbonate (A C 2 Aq a ) is formed whenever the Sesquicarbo- 
 nate is exposed to the atmosphere, or even when the bottle in which 
 it is kept is frequently opened. It is sometimes called Mild Carbo- 
 nate of Ammonia, from the Ammoniacal odour and taste being less" 
 obvious from combination with a further Eq. Carb'. It crystallizes 
 usually in 6-sided prisms, and requires 8 parts of water for solution. 
 
 This salt is composed of 2 Eq. C' 44+1 Eq. A. 17+2 Eq. Aq. 18 
 =79; or, per cent. C' 55-70+A. 21-52+Aq. 22-78=100; or an an- 
 hydrous compound of 2 Eq. C' and 1 of Oxide of Ammonium. 
 
 Prep. Take of Water of Carbonate of Ammonia any quantity, and pass through it 
 Carb' gas until the alkali is saturated. Then let crystals form ; dry them without heat, 
 and preserve in a close vessel.
 
 78 LIQUOR A MMONIJEACETATIS. 
 
 Tests. "Its solution at first occasions no precipitate with Chlor. 
 Barium or Chlor. Calcium : after a short time, however, the mixture 
 evolves Carb', and a white earthy Carbonate is precipitated." (p.) 
 But it does not precipitate Sulphate of Magnesia. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid, Diaphoretic. Being milder, it may be more 
 suitable than the Sesquicarbonate in some cases. 
 
 D. gr. v. to gr. xx. in cold water. For effervescing Draught, 9j. 
 will saturate 18 grs. of Cit'. or 19 grs. of Tar'. 
 
 LIQUOR (AQUA E. D.) AMMONIA ACETATIS, L. (U. S.) Spirit of Minde- 
 rerus, 
 
 Acetate of Ammonia (NH 8 Ac'+HO=77) may be obtained in 
 crystals in the exhausted receiver of an air-pump ; but as it is a deli- 
 quescent salt, it is contained in the Pharmacopoeias only in the state 
 of a diluted solution. 
 
 Prop. This is limpid, colourless, with a faint smell, and a slight 
 mawkish taste. If neutral, it should produce no effect on Litmus or 
 Turmeric paper, though it is preferable to have a slight excess of 
 acid, as it will be less irritant when used as a lotion in some cases ; 
 but the excess of alkali may sometimes be no objection when exhi- 
 bited internally. 
 
 Prep. Add to Distilled Vinegar Oiv. [(f^fxxiv. E.) (30 parts or q. s. D.)] Sesquicarbo- 
 nate of Ammonia 3ivss. f(3j. E.) (1 part, D.)], or q. s. to saturate the Vinegar. 
 
 [Diluted Acetic Acid Oij., Carbonate of Ammonia in powder a sufficient quantity, U.S.] 
 
 The E. P. further directs, that if the solution have any bitterness, a 
 little distilled vinegar should be added till that taste be removed. The 
 density of the distilled vinegar should be 1005, and that of the Aqua 
 Acetatis Ammonias 1011. The quantity of the salt ordered by the 
 L. P. is higher than requisite ; but, as it is to be added to Distilled 
 Vinegar of the Pharmacopoeia strength to the point of saturation, a 
 uniform preparation will be procured. On the Continent some of the 
 solutions are of greater strength. D. 1030 1040. The original 
 Spirit of Mindererus was formed by saturating strong vinegar with 
 Spirit of Hartshorn ; it was thus a solution of Acetate of Ammonia, 
 with some Ammoniacal Soap formed by the action of the Alkali on 
 the empyreumatic oil of the Spirit, which, M. Chaussier observes, 
 added to its efficacy. Distilled Vinegar of the proper strength should, 
 alone be employed, and not, as is often the case, impure Acetic Acid 
 diluted. 
 
 Tests. Action on Litmus or Turmeric paper will detect excess of 
 acid or of alkali. It is not coloured by the addition of Hydrosul', 
 showing the absence of any metallic oxide, especially Copper or 
 Lead ; no precipitate on addition of Nitr. Silver or Chlor. Barium, 
 the first indicating absence of Hydrochloric', and the second of Sulph'. 
 The water being evaporated, the residue yields Ammonia, and is dis- 
 sipated by heat ; any further residue is an impurity, as both the 
 Acetic' and the Am. are volatile. The most usual irregularity is in 
 point of strength, and this should be ascertained by the Sp. Gr.=1011, 
 E. and D. ; but none is given in the London Pharmacopoeia.
 
 AMMONIjEHYDROCHLORAS. 79 
 
 Inc. Decomposed by the strong acids ; also by Potash and Soda, 
 and by their Carbonates ; by Lime and Lime-water, Magnesia and 
 Sulphate of Magnesia, the Acetate and Diacetate of Lead, on ac- 
 count of the Carbonic' which often remains diffused in the solution, 
 and which then precipitates as Carb. of Lead ; also several other 
 metallic salts, as of Antimony, the Sesquichloride and Sulphate of 
 Iron. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Diaphoretic ; Refrigerant Lotion and Col- 
 lyrium. 
 
 D. f3ij. f3vj. every 3 or 4 hours, with Camphor mixture, &c. 
 
 AMMONIA (MuniAS, E. D. U. S.) HYDROCHLORAS, L. 
 
 Hydrochlorate (Muriate) of Ammonia. Sal Ammoniac. F, Hydrochlorate d'Ammoniaque. 
 
 G. Salmiak. 
 
 This salt, NH 3 HC1=54) was known to Geber. Avicenna and 
 Serapion mention it by the name of Noshadur. Persian writers give 
 Armeena as its Greek synonyme. The Sanscrit name is Nuosadur ; 
 the author obtained it by this name in India, where it is formed in 
 brick-kilns, (v. Hindoo Med. p. 40.) In Egypt it is obtained from 
 the dung of camels. That it was known to the Romans, is evident 
 from Pliny stating that one of the kinds of Nitrum gives out a strong 
 smell when mixed with Quicklime. 
 
 Prop. It is usually in pieces of hemispherical cakes, of a white 
 colour, without smell, having a saline acrid taste. Its texture is 
 striated and radiated ; it is somewhat tough and ductile, opaque or 
 crystalline and semi-transparent ; nearly permanent in the air, but 
 attracts a little moisture ; some impure varieties, crystallized in co- 
 nical masses, are deliquescent, from containing Chloride of Calcium. 
 Sp. Gr. 1'450. It is soluble in about its own weight of boiling water, 
 but requires 3 times as much at 60, when it produces considerable 
 cold ; hence it is one of the salts most commonly .employed in freezing 
 mixtures. It requires about 5 parts of Alcohol, but less of rectified 
 Spirit, for solution; when heated, it sublimes without decomposition, 
 and is thus most frequently obtained. When its solution in boiling 
 water is cooled down, it crystallizes in tetrahedral prisms terminated 
 by four planes, octohedrons, or in plumose crystals ; the latter are 
 formed " of rows of minute octohedrons, attached by their extremi- 
 ties." (g.) 
 
 This salt is decomposed by acids and alkalies, the S' and N' com- 
 bining with its Ammonia and setting free the H. Cl' ; while Potash, 
 Soda, Baryta, Lime, and Magnesia, set free its Ammonia, which may 
 be recognised by its tests, and unite with the Chlorine of the acid ; 
 their Carbonates likewise decompose it, forming Carbonates of Am- 
 monia. With Nitr. Silver a white precipitate (Chloride of Silver) 
 is formed, and with Acet. Lead one of Chloride Lead, also white. 
 With Bichloride of Platinum, a yellow precipitate (Platino-bichloride 
 of Ammonia), which, when collected, dried, and ignited, yields spongy 
 Platinum, (p.) It increases the solubility of Bichloride of Mercury, 
 and forms an ingredient in the Liquor Hydrargyri Bichloridi.
 
 80 AMMONITE HYDROCHLORAS. 
 
 Hydrochlorate of Ammonia is composed of Hydrochloric acid 
 31-48, Ammonia, 68-52=100. 
 
 By those chemists who admit the hypothetical metal Ammonium, 
 this salt is termed Chloride or Protochloride of Ammonium. Dr. 
 Kane considers it a Chloro-amidide of Hydrogen. 
 
 Hydrochlorate of Ammonia may readily be formed by bringing 
 together Ammonia and H Cl' gases ; and these probably come to- 
 gether in volcanoes, and account for the salt being there found. In 
 Egypt it is yielded by the soot of the dung of camels and other ani- 
 mals which feed on the saline plants of the desert. So in N. W. India 
 it is obtained at the unburnt extremity of brick-kilns, where animal 
 manure and refuse straw, &c., are employed as fuel. It is now ob- 
 tained from the destructive distillation of bone, as animal Charcoal is 
 required for the use of Sugar-refiners, the fat and marrow being first 
 removed for the use of Soap-makers. The gelatinous and cartila- 
 ginous parts become decomposed, the Nitrogen and Hydrogen form 
 Ammonia, and the Carbon with Oxygen some Carb', which unites 
 with the Ammonia. This Carbonate of Ammonia, received and 
 consequently dissolved in water, is called Bone Spirit. This salt is 
 also obtained in the preparation of Coal gas, which, being passed into 
 water, forms Ammoniacal or Gas Liquor. Other salts are alsoTormed. 
 To these H Cl' is sometimes added, and an impure Hydrochlorate of 
 Ammonia obtained, which may be purified by crystallization and sub- 
 limation. By other manufacturers (v. Per. i. p. 316) an impure 
 Chloride of Calcium, obtained from Salt-works, is added to the Am- 
 moniacal liquor, when a precipitate of Carbonate of Lime is ob- 
 tained, and, as before, Hydrochlorate of Ammonia in solution; in 
 either case it may be separated and dried by evaporation, and then 
 purified by sublimation. Or these Carbonates may be converted into 
 Sulphate of Ammonia, and mixed with Chloride of Sodium. On ap- 
 plication of heat, double decomposition ensues, Hydrochlor. Am- 
 monia is formed, and, being volatile, is obtained pure by sublima- 
 tion ; Sulphate of Soda remains behind. 
 
 Tests. Sal Ammoniac, as found in nature, is sometimes mixed with 
 Chlor. Calcium, the old Muriate of Lime. This is ascertained by its 
 greater deliquescence, and the test for that earth. From the mode of 
 its manufacture, it sometimes contains Iron or Lead. These would 
 be revealed by its not being totally soluble in water, and not being 
 sublimed by heat without residue. It should be colourless and trans- 
 lucent ; Chloride of Barium throws down nothing, showing the ab- 
 sence of Sulphate of Ammonia. The Lead is usually seen on the 
 discoloured convex surface, when it has been sublimed into a 
 leaden vessel, probably a double Chloride of Lead and Ammonia. A 
 solution of this salt gives a black precipitate (Sulphuret of Lead) 
 when Hydrosulphuric acid gas is passed through it. (Jackson, Med. 
 Gaz. 1839, as quoted by Per.) Iron may be detected by Ferrocya- 
 nide of Potassium and a few drops of Nitric'. 
 
 Action. Uses. Moderately Stimulant, Irritant, Diaphoretic ; Refri- 
 gerant as a lotion, from the could produce in solution; Discutient; 
 sometimes Anodyne in Neuralgic affections.
 
 POTASSIUM. 81 
 
 D. gr. v. gr. xxx. 2 or 3 times a day, with Sugar and Aromatics. 
 As a cold application, equal parts of Nitre and Sal Ammoniac may 
 be employed.- 3ij. with Nitre 3v. will reduce temperature 40. 
 
 Inc. Strong acids; Potash, Soda, Lime, their Carb. ; Acet. Lead. 
 
 METALS. 
 
 Metals may be divided into those which by union with Oxygen 
 form 1. ALKALIES, such as Potassium and Sodium; 2. ALKALINE 
 EARTHS, Barium, Calcium, Magnesium, Aluminum ; 3. METALS com- 
 monly so called, or which form METALLIC OXIDES. 
 
 POTASSIUM. 
 F. Potassium. G. Kalium, and Kali metall. 
 
 Potassium (K or Ka = 40) is the metallic base of Potassa, or Pot- 
 ash, the Oxide of Potassium. In this state it exists in nature in abun- 
 dance, combined with Acids and Earths, Iodine, Bromine, &c. ; 
 but is obtained chiefly from the vegetable kingdom. It was the 
 first, of the metallic bases obtained by Sir H. Davy; by galvanizing 
 Caustic Potash very slightly moistened, when the metal in small 
 globules appeared at the negative pole. It is now commonly ob- 
 tained by exposing Potash to intense heat with Iron filings or Char- 
 coal, which take its Oxygen, and the Potassium is set free. 
 
 Prop. Potassium, at 55 F.> is a soft malleable solid. It has been 
 crystallized in cubes, is brittle at 32, and fuses at 156; at 60 F. its 
 Sp. Gr. = 0-86 ; it is therefore light enough to float on water. It is 
 silvery-white, but immmediately tarnishes when exposed to air, 
 from its great affinity for Oxygen, which it will take also from water, 
 swimming and burning upon it with great brilliancy, and being con- 
 verted into Potash, while the Hydrogen escapes. It is preserved in 
 fluids, such as Petroleum and Naphtha, which contain no Oxygen, as 
 it is one of the most powerful deoxidizing agents chemists possess. 
 
 POTASSA HYDRAS, L. POTASSA, E. (U. S.) POTASSA CATTSTIOA, D'. Oxide 
 of Potassium. Potash. Potassa fusa. Kali purum. Fixed Vege- 
 table Alkali. F. Potasse caustique. G. Kali. 
 
 Potassa (K O = 48) is a compound of Oxygen and the metal Po- 
 tassium. The name Potassa was derived from the commercial name 
 Potash, which is a Carbonate of Potassa (v. p. 87). Dr. Black in 
 1756 first clearly distinguished the Carbonates from the caustic alkali. 
 This he called Lixivia, from the name in Pliny, but it was named 
 Kali by the L. C. The ancients were no doubt acquainted with some 
 method of depriving the alkali of its Carbonic acid, as they were ac- 
 quainted with the art of making soap. (Pliny, xxviii. c. 51.) 
 
 From the affinity of Potassium for Oxygen, the Oxide or Potash 
 is readily formed by exposing the metal to dry air or to Oxygen gas. 
 Some of it may also be found in the gun-barrel in the process of 
 making Potassium. But it has so great an attraction for water, that 
 it readily absorbs it from the air, and is therefore usually seen in this, 
 which is the officinal state, Potassae Hydras, K O, H O = 57. 
 
 6
 
 82 P O T A S S A. 
 
 Prop. Caustic Potash, when fused and pure, is whitish, in solid, 
 slightly crystalline masses, sometimes in tetrahedral pyramids or oc- 
 tohedrons; hard and brittle; Sp. Gr. 1-70; usually in cylindrical 
 pieces or sticks, of a grayish colour, of an intensely caustic taste, 
 with little smell. When moistened, it has a soapy feel, from dis- 
 solving the cuticle. It readily attracts moisture, and at the same 
 time Carb' from the atmosphere. It is soluble in water, producing 
 heat when in a fused state, but some cold when crystallized ; also in 
 alcohol, with the exception of impurities. Hence it may be separated 
 from its Carbonates, as these are insoluble in Alcohol. It liquefies ice, 
 with the production of intense cold ; is not decomposed by the most 
 intense heat, but fuses below a red heat, and at a bright red heat 
 evaporates in white acrid fumes. Turns green the blue colour of ve- 
 getables, but afterwards destroys them, like other organic substances, 
 and possesses highly alkaline properties, uniting with fixed Oils and 
 Fats to form soaps, and with acids to form salts. It combines with 
 considerable energy with Phosphorus and with Sulphur ; when fused 
 with Siliceous Earth, it forms Glass ; and when in larger proportion, 
 a Silicate of Potash, soluble in water. With other earths it forms 
 enamels, and even when in solution dissolves Alumina and Glucina. 
 Its salts are soluble in water, and generally crystallizable ; when 
 added to a solution of Sulphate of Alumina, they cause the formation 
 of Alum in crystals. Tartaric', if added in excess, produces a pre- 
 cipitation of Cream of Tartar, or Bitartrate of Potash; while 
 Chloride of Platinum throws down a reddish-yellow precipitate of 
 Chloride of Platinum and Potassium ; the salts of Potash, moreover, 
 give a violet tinge to flame, and may by these characters be distin- 
 guished from the salts of Soda. 
 
 The common method of obtaining it is to decompose one of the 
 most commonly obtained of the salts of Potassa, that is, the Carbo- 
 nate, by means of Lime, and then evaporating the solution to dryness. 
 
 Prep. Take Solution of Potash cong. j. (q. s. E. D.), evaporate in a clean Iron (Silver, 
 D.) vessel, till ebullition ceases, and only the fused Hydrate of Potash is left, L. D. (Eva- 
 porate in a clean covered Iron vessel, till an oily fluid remains, which becomes hard on 
 cooling on a glass rod, if dipped into it, E.) Pour into proper moulds. [Pour on a bright 
 Iron (Silver, D.) plate ; and as soon as solid, cut into pieces, and keep in a well-stoppered 
 glass bottle, E. D. (Avoid the drops spurted up during evaporation, D.)] 
 
 The solution of Potash employed should be itself pure, and so preserved as not to have 
 attracted Carb' from the air, while the ebullition and temperature are kept up, no Carb' is 
 absorbed, A clean iron vessel is sufficient, but the contact of all organic substances must 
 be prevented. 
 
 Tests. The L. P. states that it soon deliquesces, and is entirely so- 
 luble in alcohol ; but this will seldom be found to be the case. The 
 other properties are the same as those of Liquor Potassae. " Boiling 
 water commonly leaves Oxide of Iron undissolved, which should not 
 exceed 1-25 per cent. The solution neutralized with Nitr' (and it 
 should not effervesce) gives a faint precipitate with a solution of 
 Nitrate of Baryta (indicating a Sulphate), none with the solution of 
 Nitrate of Silver." E.P. 
 
 Action. Uses. Escharotic, Caustic Poison, Antacid, v. Liquor Po- 
 tassce.
 
 LIQUOR POTASS.E. 83 
 
 POTASSA CUM CALCE, L. E. POTASSA CAUSTICA GUM CALCE, D. Potash 
 with Lime. 
 
 Hydrate of Potash being chiefly employed as a Caustic, and being 
 objectionable on account of its deliquescence, this preparation is often 
 preferred, as the presence of Lime obviates the inconvenience. 
 
 Prep, Take Hydrate of Potash 3j., Lime 3j. ; rub together, and keep in a well-closed 
 vessel, L. [Aq. Potasste, q. s. ; evaporate in a clean covered Iron vessel to jd (;jth, D.) 
 its volume, add slaked Lime till the fluid is of the consistence of firm pulp. Preserve the 
 product in well-covered vessels, E. D.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Caustic; made into a paste with Rectified Spirit, and 
 applied, the neighbouring parts being defended with sticking-plaster. 
 
 LIQUOR POTASS^:, L. (U. S.) POTASS^ (CAUSTICS, D.) AQUA, E. 
 
 Prep. Take Curb. Potash gxv. [(dry giv., E.) (of Commerce 2 parts, D.)], Lime, gviij. 
 (fresh burnt gij., E. ; 2 parts, D.), Aq. dest. boiling cong. j. (Aq. f3xlv., E. ; 15 parts, D.) 
 Dissolve the Carb. Pot. in Css. of the Aq. (in f3xxxniij., E.) Slake the Lime with a 
 little water in an earthen vessel, and then add the remainder of the Aq. (Slake with 
 fSvij., and convert it into Milk of Lime, E.) Mix the liquors in a close vessel, and agi- 
 tate till they are cold". [(Add the Milk of Lime to the boiling solution of the Carb., in 
 about 8 successive portions, boiling briskly for a few minutes after each addition, E.) 
 (Mix the salt with the slaked Lime, and add the rest pf the Aq. ; when the mixture has 
 cooled, put it into a well-closed bottle, and agitate frequently for 3 days, D.)] Set it aside 
 for the Carb. Lime to settle, pour off the supernatant liquor, and keep it in a well-stop- 
 pered green glass bottle. [(Pour the whole into a deep, narrow glass vessel for 24 hours, 
 then with a siphon draw off the clear liquid, which ought to be at least fgxxxv., and of a 
 Sp. Gr. = 1072, E.) (When the Carbonate of Lime has settled, decant the clear liquor, and 
 keep it in well-stoppered green glass bottles. Sp. Gr.= 1080, D.)] 
 
 The Lime, having a strong affinity for Carb', unites with that of 
 the Carb. Pot.; the insoluble Carb. of Lime being precipitated, the 
 free Potash remains in solution. Filters are not employed, because 
 the Potash destroys all organic matter, and the process is tedious. 
 The solution should be as little as possible exposed to the air, as it 
 absorbs Carb'. The purity will depend upon the Carbonate of Potash 
 and Lime, as well as upon that of the water employed. Dr. Christi- 
 son states that decomposition of the Carb. is accelerated by ebullition. 
 
 Prop. Solution of Potash is colourless, transparent, somewhat oily- 
 looking, without odour, but of an extremely acrid, caustic taste. The 
 quantity of real Potash in solutions of different Sp. Gr. was ascer- 
 tained by Dalton. .(v. Brande, Chem. p. 541.) It feels soapy when 
 rubbed between the fingers, is highly alkaline, rapidly absorbs Carb'. 
 from the air, must therefore be kept in well-stoppered green glass 
 bottles, because it acts on those made of flint glass. It forms soaps 
 with oils and fats, and powerfully decomposes many salts, as those of 
 Ammonia, of the Earths and Metals, throwing down their oxides, 
 many of which it redissolves when added in excess. It corrodes 
 both animal and vegetable textures, and precipitates from vegetable 
 infusions any alkalies or neutral principles, while itself combines with 
 their acids. 
 
 Tests. Sp. Gr. 1-063 (L. P.) browns Turmeric, and, like other 
 salts of Potash, throws down a yellow precipitate with Chloride of 
 Platinum, which is insoluble in Spirit. It should not effervesce with 
 N', or become milky on the addition of Lime-water, and thus show
 
 84 P T A S S 1 1 
 
 the absence of Carb'. When saturated with N', scarcely any thing 
 should be precipitated by Carbonate of Soda (showing that no Lime 
 or metallic impurity is present), nor with Chlor. Barium (no Sul- 
 phates), nor with Nitr. Silver (no Chlorides). 
 
 Inc. Acids, Acidulous and Ammoniacal Salts, Earthy and Metallic 
 Salts, Chloride and Bichloride of Mercury. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid, Antilithic, Diuretic, Resolvent, Alterative. 
 
 Antidotes. Oil, Acids, Vinegar, Lemon-juice. 
 
 D. T?IX. f3j. gradually increased, with Infusion of Orange Peel, 
 &c. 
 
 PoTASSII loDIDUM, L. E. (U. S.) PoTASS^E HvDRIODAS, D. 
 
 Iodide of Potassium. loduret of Potassium. Hydriodate of Potash. F. lodure de Po- 
 tassium. G. lod Kalium. 
 
 Iodide of Potassium (KI= 166) was first made by Courtois in 1812. 
 Though of recent discovery, it has already had several names. It 
 exists in Sea as well, as insome Mineral waters, in Sea-weeds and 
 Sponges, and was first employed in medicine by Coindet. 
 
 Prop. It is a colourless salt, sometimes with a slight tinge of yel- 
 low, of an acrid saline taste ; often opaque, but, when carefully pre- 
 pared, transparent, and crystallized in cubes or in quadrangular 
 prisms. These contain no water of crystallization, but some is often 
 lodged between the plates of the crystals : hence they decrepitate 
 when heated, fuse at a low red heat, and volatilize unchanged. Per- 
 manent in dry air; soluble in of its own weight of water, very so- 
 luble in Alcohol of Sp. Gr. -850. It is readily decomposed by the 
 mineral acids, Iodine being evolved, which can then be detected by 
 the blue colour produced by the starch test. The same effect will 
 follow if the salt be decomposed by Chlorine or a mixture of Chlorine 
 and Nit'. It renders Iodine more soluble both in Water and in Al- 
 cohol. When dissolved, solution of Acetate of Lead produces a yel- 
 low precipitate (Iodide of Lead), and Protonitrate of Mercury a 
 greenish Iodide of Mercury ; the Pernitrate, or Bichloride of Mer- 
 cury, causes a grayish-red, which soon becomes brilliant red (Bin- 
 iodide of Mercury), which is redissolved by an excess of either 
 Iodide of Potassium or of Corrosive Sublimate. 
 
 Various methods have been proposed for making this salt ; but we 
 shall restrict ourselves to those adopted by the British Pharmacopoeias. 
 
 Prep. L. E. Iodine 3vj. (dry 3v. E.), Carb. Pot. 3iv. (dry 3ij. and 3vj. E.), Iron 
 filings 3ij. (fine Iron wire 3iij. E.), Aq. dest. Ovj. (Water Oiv. E.) Mix Iodine with 
 Aq. Oiv., and add Iron, stirring frequently with a spatula for half an hour. (Boil the Iodine 
 Iron, and part of the water together in a glass matrass, at first gently, and then briskly, 
 until about f3ij. remain, E.) Apply a gentle heat, and when the liquid becomes greenish 
 add the Carb. Potash, dissolved in the rest of the water. (While hot, add the Carb. Pot., 
 dissolved in a few ounces of the water, and stir carefully, E.) Filter, and wash the 
 powder with boiling Aq. dest., Oij. (a little water, E.,) and again filter. Evaporate the 
 mixed liquor (at a temperature below boiling, E.) that crysmls may form, (to dryness ; 
 purify this from Oxide of Iron, &c., by dissolving in less than its own weight of boiling 
 water, or by boiling it in twice its own weight of rectified spirit, filtering the solution, 
 and setting it aside to crystallize. More crystals may be obtained by concentrating and 
 cooling the residual liquor, E.) Iodide of Iron is first formed, which is decomposed by 
 the Carb. Pot., Protocarbonate of Iron falls down, and the Iodide of Potassium, which 
 remains in solution, is concentrated, after being filtered, and allowed to crystallize. 
 
 D. Triturate Iodine 1 part, with Aq. dest. 16 parts, and put the mixture in a glass ves-
 
 I O D I D U M. 85 
 
 sel. Dilute Sul' 1 parts, with Aq. dest. 32 parts, and pour it upon Sulphuret of Iron in 
 coarse powder, 5 parts, in a matrass, with a tube attached to the neck, long enough to 
 reach to the bottom of the vessel containing the Iodine and water (to generate Sulphu- 
 retted Hydrogen gas). Pass the gas through the mixture until the Iodine disappears. 
 (Sulphur is thrown down, and, the Iodine uniting with the nascent Hydrogen, Hydriod' 
 remains in solution.) Filter the liquor (to get rid of the Sulphur), concentrate by boiling 
 to one-eighth, and filter again; (boiling is objectionable, as Iodine is given off, and C' is 
 absorbed, c. ;) then add solution of Carb. Pot. q.s. till effervescence ceases. (Carb' is dis- 
 engaged, and Hydriodate of Potash, or Iodide of Potassium remains in solution.) Eva- 
 porate to dryness, and dissolve with the aid of heat the remaining white salt in Rectified 
 Spirit 6 parts. Filter, evaporate to dryness, and preserve the residue in well-stopped vessels. 
 f U. S. Iodine gvj., Iron Filings 3Jiij., Carbonate of Potassce 3iv., or sufficient quantity, 
 Distilled Water, Oiv. Proceed as directed by L. C.] 
 
 Tests. This salt is apt to be contaminated with water, Carbonate 
 of Potash, Chloride of Potassium or of Sodium, and lodate of Potash. 
 L. P. S' and Starch added together to render the solution blue, in 
 consequence of the Iodine being set free. It alters the colour of Tur- 
 meric very slightly, that of Litmus not at all (proving the absence 
 both of acid and alkali, or of such salts). It loses no weight when 
 subjected to heat (any lodate of Potash will be decomposed, and Oxy- 
 gen escape, and loss of weight will also occur from evaporation of 
 water). Totally soluble in Aq. and in Alcohol (Carbonate of Potash is 
 not soluble in the latter). The E. C. state that the solution is not 
 affected, or is merely rendered hazy, by solution of Nitr. Bar., but 
 will form an oily-looking mixture with the water. (If the Carbonate 
 is present, an insoluble Carb. ; if lodate of Potash, a white precipi- 
 tate of lodate of Baryta ; so with Lime-water, a white Carb. Lime 
 will be formed.) " Gr. 10 of this salt are sufficient to decompose gr. 
 10-24 of Nitr. Silver. What is precipitated (Iodide silver) is partly 
 dissolved by Nit', and partly altered in appearance, which is not the 
 case when Ammonia (being insoluble in it) is added," L. If it de- 
 composes a larger proportion of Nitr. Silver than above stated, it is 
 probably owing to the presence of Chloride of Potassium. The E. 
 C. state that a solution of gr. v. in Aq. dest. f5j., precipitated by ex- 
 cess of sol. Nitr. Silver, and then agitated in a bottle with a little 
 Aqua Ammonia3, yields quickly by subsidence a clear supernatant 
 liquid, which is not altered by an excess of Nitr', or is rendered 
 merely hazy. Here the Nitr. of Silver will throw down any 
 Chlorine present as a Chloride of Silver, which is soluble in Am- 
 monia, while a very small proportion of the Iodide of Silver is taken 
 up. " In the clear fluid, Nitr' added to saturation of the Ammonia, 
 or in excess, will make the Chlor. Silver reappear in the form of a 
 white precipitate ; but if there was no alkaline Chloride in the salt, 
 the clearness of the fluid will scarcely be disturbed." 
 
 Inc. Acids, Acidulous and Metallic Salts. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant, Stimulant of the absorbents, Diuretic ; in 
 "Venereal nodes and Rheumatism. 
 
 Antidotes. Evacuate the stomach ; give Demulcents ; obviate In- 
 flammation, and allay Irritation. 
 
 D. gr. vj. gr. x.; 3j. even 3ij. have been given. 
 
 UNGUENTUM POTASS^: HYDRIODATIS, D. Ointment of (the Hydriodate) 
 Iodide of Potassium. 
 Prep. Mix Hydriodate of Potash (i. e. Iodide of Potassium) ^j., Prepared Lard gj.
 
 86 POTASSII BROMIDUM. 
 
 This being a simple ointment, and devoid of colour, is preferable 
 for some frictions, as it does not stain the skin. It may be employed 
 much stronger than in the above preparation. 
 
 UNGUENTUM IODINII COMPOSITUM, L. UNGUENTUM IODINEI, E. (UNGUEN- 
 TUM IODINI COMPOSITUM, U. S.) Compound Ointment of Iodine. 
 Ointment of loduretled Iodide of Potassium. 
 
 Prep. Iodine 3ss., Iodide of Potassium 3j., Rectified Spirit f\5j , Lard 3ij. Rub to- 
 gether the Iodine and Iodide of Potassium with the Spirit. Mix with the Lard (the same 
 proportions, omitting the Spirit, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Promotes absorption ; is therefore employed in en- 
 larged glands, bronchocele, &c. 
 
 TlNCTURA loDINII CoMPOSITA, L. (TlNCTURA loDINI COMPOSITA, U. S.) 
 
 Compound Tincture of Iodine. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Iodine 3j., Iodide of Potassium gij., in Rectified Spirit Oij., till they 
 are dissolved, then strain. 
 
 The presence of Iodide of Potassium increases the solubility of 
 Iodine, and retains it in solution ; so that it may be added to water 
 without decomposition, or it may be given in Sherry wine. 
 
 D. r#x. f3j. 
 
 LIQUOR POTASSII IODIDI COMPOSITUS, L. IODINEI LIQUOR COMPOSITUS, E. 
 Compound Solution of Iodide of Potassium. Solution of loduret- 
 ted Iodide of Potassium. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Iodide of Potassium gr. x. (gj. E.), Iodine gr. v. (3ij. E.) in Aq. dest. 
 Oj. (fSxvj. Agitate, and apply a gentle heat, E.) 
 
 The solution of the E. C. is a strong one, that of the L. P. a weak 
 one ; the doses must therefore be apportioned accordingly. It is of a 
 reddish-brown colour, and may be given diluted with water. 
 
 D. f3ij. f3iv. L. ; of the E. preparation, rpjv. to rnjxv. 
 
 [See Liq. lodini Comp., (U. S.,) p. 57.] 
 
 [LINIMENT OF HYDRIODATE OF POTASH. 
 
 Prep. Take of Iodide of Potassium 3j., Soap of Animal Oil 3jss., Alcohol f3viij. Dis. 
 solve the Iodide and Soap each in half the Alcohol, and mix. Flavour with a, few drops 
 of Ol. Lavand. It has the form of Opodeldoc, and is used for external application.] 
 
 POTASSII BROMIDUM, L. 
 
 Bromide of Potassium. Hydrobr ornate of Potash. F. Bromure de Potassium. G. Brom 
 
 Kaliuin. 
 
 Bromide of Potassium (KBr=118), discovered by Balard in 1826; 
 introduced into the L. P. of 1836. The only officinal salt of Bro- 
 mine. 
 
 Prop. It is white, without odour, of a sharp saline taste; crystal- 
 lizes in transparent cubes, or four-sided flattish prisms, without any 
 water of crystallization. Readily dissolves in Aq., less so in Alcohol. 
 When heated, the crystals decrepitate, and may be fused without de- 
 composition. Readily decomposed by Chlorine, which expels the 
 Bromine ; so also by the mineral acids, acidulous salts, and the me- 
 tallic salts. This salt consists of 66-1 parts of Bromine with 33-9 of 
 Potassium in 100 parts, (v. Tests for Potassium and Bromine).
 
 
 CARBONATEOFPOTASH. 87 
 
 Prep. Add Iron-filings 3j-, and then Bromine f3ij., to Aq. dest. Ojss. ; stir for half an 
 hour. Apply a gentle heat till the colour becomes greenish (Bromide of Iron being 
 formed). Then add Curb, of Potash 3ij. and 3j. dissolved in Aq. dest. Ojss. Filter, 
 wash what remains (Proto-Carbonate of Iron) in boiling Aq. dest. Oij. Filter again, mix 
 the two liquors and evaporate to obtain crystals (Bromide of Potassium). In the first 
 part of this process the Iron and Bromine, combining together, form a Bromide of Iron. 
 On the addition of the Carb. Potash, the Oxygen of the Potash, combining with the Iron, 
 forms the Protoxide of Iron, and this with the Carb', forms an insoluble Carb. Iron ; the 
 Bromine and Potassium, set free, combine and form the required Bromide of Potassium. 
 
 Tests. Crystals should be colourless, totally soluble in water, and 
 not affect Litmus or Turmeric, as it is neither acid nor alkaline. Sul' 
 and Starch added together render it yellow (as characteristic of Bro- 
 mine). Subjected to heat they lose no weight (because no water is 
 expelled). Chlor. Bar. throws down nothing from the solution, show- 
 ing the absence of Sulphates. Gr. 10 of this salt are capable of 
 acting upon gr. 14-28 of Nitr. Silver, and precipitating a yellowish 
 Bromide Silver, which is dissolved by Ammonia, and but very little 
 by Nit'. If a larger quantity of Nitr. Silver is precipitated, a 
 Chloride is present, probably that of Potassium. 
 
 Inc. Acids, Acidulous Salts, .Metallic Salts. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Alterative, Deobstruent. 
 
 D. gr. iij. gr. x. three times a day. 
 
 CARBONATE OF POTASH. 
 
 Subcarbonate of Potash. Salt of Tartar. Salt of Wormwood. Kali preeparatum. 
 F. Carbonate de Potasse. G. Kohlensaures Kali. 
 
 As this salt is obtained by the burning of vegetables, it must have 
 been known at very early times. Dioscorides describes it by the 
 name T<pga xXr^anvy]?, or cinis sarmentorum, ashes of vine-twigs. 
 (" cineris lixivium." Pliny, xxxviii. c. 51.) The Arabs are usually 
 supposed to have been the first to make known this alkali (a\-kali) ; 
 but the Hindoos, in works from which the Arabs copied, made use 
 of the ashes of plants. Potash is found in most of the alkaline-earthy 
 minerals; as Mica, Felspar, Leucite, Nacrite. Carbonate of Potash 
 has been found in a few mineral springs. It is probably found in the 
 juices of some plants. But usually Potash is combined with other 
 acids, then forming Acetates, Malates, Oxalates, Tartrates, &c. 
 
 By incineration, the Oxygen of the vegetable acid, combining with 
 the Carbon of the vegetable substance, forms Carb', which combining 
 with the disengaged Potash, forms a Carbonate of Potash. This, in 
 its most impure state, is the Potash of Commerce, or Rough Potash 
 of Commerce. To obtain this, land plants are burnt in countries 
 where forests are most abundant, as N. America, Russia, Sweden, 
 Poland. The wood is piled in heaps and burnt on the surface of the 
 ground, in a place sheltered from the wind. " The ashes which are 
 left consist of a soluble and insoluble portion. The soluble part is 
 made up of the Carb. together with the Sulphate, Phosphate, and Sili- 
 cate of Potash, and the Chlorides of Potassium and of Sodium ; and 
 the insoluble portion, of Carbonate and Subphosphate of Lime, Alu- 
 mina, Silica, the Oxides of Iron and Manganese, and a little carbo- 
 naceous matter that had escaped incineration." (Wood and Bache.)
 
 88 POTASS.E CARBONAS. 
 
 POTASSES CARBONAS IMPURA, L. LIXIVUS CINIS, D. Impure Carbonate 
 of Potash. Potashes. Pearlashes. 
 
 This is prepared on the great scale by subjecting to the action of 
 flame crude or Black Potash, the black salt of American manufactu- 
 rers. Instead of fusing it to make the Potashes of Commerce, the 
 alkaline mass is transferred to a large oven-shaped or reverberatory 
 furnace, where the flame is made to play over it ; and being well stir- 
 red about, the black impurities are burnt out, and the mass becomes a 
 caustic salt of a white colour (W. and B.) with a tinge of blue, and 
 constitutes the Pearlash of Commerce. 
 
 American Potash and American Pearlash (2), as ascertained by 
 Vauquelin, contained in 1152 parts, 
 
 Caust. Hydr. > a ,- 7 5 Sulph. of ) ,,-, S Chlor. off on T , o } Carb' > 110ri 
 of Potash \ 857 ) Potash. \ 154 i Potassm. 2 InsoL 2 ) & Aq. 119 P arts - 
 (2) 754 " 80 " 4 " 6 " 308 
 
 Russian Potash yields 772 parts of Caustic Hydrate : it used to be 
 very impure, but is now more carefully prepared. For commercial 
 purposes it is extremely necessary to have modes of ascertaining the 
 quantity of alkali contained in any specimen of Commercial Potash. 
 This is done by the process of Alkalimetry. 
 
 Uses. Chiefly pharmaceutical. 
 
 POTASSES CARBONAS, L. E. (U. S.) POTASS^E CARBONAS E LIXIVO Ci- 
 NERE, D. Purified Potash. Pearlash. 
 
 This is Carbonate of Potash, which is not quite pure, but which is 
 prepared by subjecting the Potash or Pearlash of Commerce to lixi- 
 viation and granulation. 
 
 Prep. L. P. Dissolve Impure Carb. Potash ftij. in Aq. dest. Ojss. and strain. Pour 
 into a proper vessel, and evaporate the water. When the liquor has become thick, stir con- 
 stantly with a spatula until the salt concretes. D. P. Mix and macerate Pearlash, in 
 coarse powder ftj., in Aq. fcj. ; filter the lixivium, and evaporate to dryness, corttinually 
 stirring during the latter part of the process. The coarse powder obtained is to be preserved 
 in close vessels. If the Potashes be not sufficiently pure before they are dissolved, let 
 them be roasted iu a crucible until they become white. 
 
 By this process the insoluble impurities, chiefly of an earthy nature, 
 are removed, and the salt is obtained in a small granular state, white, 
 caustic, and deliquescent. It usually contains water, some Sulphate 
 of Potash, Chlorides of Potassium and of Calcium, and Silica. 
 
 Tests. Almost entirely dissolved by water; deliquescent; renders 
 Turmeric brown. 100 parts lose 16 (20, E.) of water by a strong 
 heat, and 26-3 parts of Carb' on the addition of Sulph'. When super- 
 saturated with Nitric', neither Carbonate of Soda nor Chloride of 
 Barium throw down any thing (Nitrate of Baryta only a haze, E.), 
 and Nitr. Silver but little. 
 
 POTASS^E CARBONAS, L. POTASS^: CARBONAS PURUM, E. (Ptnius, U. S.) 
 POTASS^E CARBONAS E TARTARI CRYSTALLIS, D. 
 
 Carbonate of Potash (K O, C O a + 14 H O = 83-5 + l H O = 88, if 
 crystallized) is in white roundish grains ; sometimes it may be crys- 
 tallized from a strong solution, by slow cooling, in opaque rhombic
 
 POTASS^EBICARBONAS. 89 
 
 octohedrons. The taste acrid, alkaline, and nauseous; odour none; 
 so deliquescent as to form a liquid, which used to be called Oleum 
 Tartari per deliquium; soluble in its own weight of water, insoluble 
 in Alcohol ; alkaline in its reaction on Turmeric and the infusion of 
 Cabbage, &c. Composed of K O 57-6, C' 26-4, Aq. 16 = 100. 
 
 Prep. Under the article Potassse Carbonas the L. P. directs that a more pure Carbonate 
 of Potash may be prepared by subjecting the crystals of Bicarbonate of Potash to a red 
 heat. This salt by losing 1 Eq. of Garb' is necessarily converted into the Carbonate. 
 The E. P. gives the same formula ; but adds another and a cheaper formula, which is 
 nearly the same as that of the D. P. This consists in igniting purified Bitartrate of Pot- 
 ash (Cream of Tartar}, when a dark-coloured powder, consisting of Carbonate of Potash 
 and Charcoal, commonly called black flux, is obtained. This is roasted in a crucible 
 without a cover, when the charcoal is burnt away, and the residue lixiviated, and the so- 
 lution evaporated to dryness. The salt is granulated by brisk agitation towards the close 
 of the operation, and then heated nearly to redness. It is a tolerably pure Garb. Potash, 
 which must be preserved in well-stoppered bottles. 
 
 Tests. It ought to lose no weight (that is water) at a low red heat ; 
 and a solution supersaturated with pure Nit' is precipitated either 
 faintly, or not at all, by solution of Nitr. Baryta or Nitr. Silver, 
 proving the absence both of Sulph^ Potash and df Chloride Potassium, 
 occasionally present from purified Pearlash being substituted for the 
 pure Carbonate. Silica may be detected by a cloudiness or fleecy 
 precipitate forming on N' or H Cl', being added to neutralization, eva- 
 porating and igniting the residue: any Silica will be insoluble in 
 water. The C' is readily recognised by effervescing with any of the 
 acids, and by forming a milky solution with Lime-water. The Car- 
 bonate which is formed will effervesce and dissolve in Acetic acid. A 
 white precipitate (Carbonate of Magnesia) is also formed when this 
 salt is added to a solution of Sulphate of Magnesia ; as this does not 
 take place when Bicarbonate of Potash is added, this Sulphate is a 
 useful test for distinguishing the one from the other. With Bichloride 
 of Mercury a brick-red precipitate of Binoxide of Mercury is formed. 
 
 Inc. Acids and Acidulous Salts, Hydrochlorate and Acetate of Am- 
 monia, Lime-water, Chloride of Calcium, Sulphate of Magnesia, 
 Alum, and several other alkaline, earthy, and metallic salts. 
 
 Action. Uses. Corrosive, Antacid, and Poisonous like Liq. Potassa?, 
 Diuretic, Resolvent, milder than Liquor Potassse, Antilithic. Often 
 employed for making effervescing Draughts. Carb. Potassa? gr. xx. 
 =Cit' or Tar' gr. xviij. or f3iv. of Lemon-juice. 
 
 D. gr. x. 3ss. 
 
 Antidotes Vinegar, Oil, Lemon-juice. 
 
 POTASS^: CAUBONATIS LIQUOR, L. POT. CARB. AQUA, D. Solution of 
 Carb. of Potash. Aqua Kali. Oleum Tartari per deliquium. Li- 
 quor PotasscK Subcarbonatis. 
 Prep. Dissolve Carb. of Potash 3xx. (from crystals of Tartar 1 part, D.), in Aq. dest. 
 
 Oj. (2 parts, D.) Filter. Sp. Gr. = 1-473, L.; 1320, D. 
 
 D. r#x. f3j. 
 
 PoTASS^E BlCARBONAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Bicarbonate of Potash. Potassa Carbonas. Perfectly saturated Carbonate of Potash. 
 Aerated Kali. G. Doppelt Kohlensaures Kali. F. Bicarbonate de Potasse. 
 
 This salt (KO, 2CO 9 +Aq. = 101) was first prepared by Car-
 
 90 POTASS^EBICARBONAS. 
 
 theuser in 1752, and examined by Bergmann, who devised various 
 modes of preparing it. The older chemists obtained it by simply ex- 
 posing Carbonate of Potash for some months to the air, or to an at- 
 mosphere charged with Carb' until sufficient gas was absorbed. It 
 may also be prepared as in the L. P. by passing a stream of Carb' 
 gas through a solution of Carbonate of Potash to saturation. 
 
 Prop. Bicarbonate of Potash is a colourless and transparent crys- 
 talline salt; its crystal is a modification of a right oblique angled 
 prism. Its taste is much milder than that of the Carbonate, and it 
 has so little alkalinity as to colour Turmeric paper only slightly. It 
 is soluble in about 4 parts of water at 60, and in five-sixths of hot 
 water ; boiling water speedily decomposes it from the expulsion of 
 Carb', and it becomes a Sesquicarbonate. It is insoluble in Alcohol. 
 Exposed to a red heat it loses 1 equivalent of Carb', likewise any 
 water which may be deposited within its crystals, and is converted 
 into the Carbonate of Potash. Hence this method (p. 89) is adopted 
 to procure the pure Carbonate. The Carb' in this salt is readily de- 
 tected by its abundant effervescence with acids, likewise, by the in- 
 soluble precipitate formed by it in Lime or Baryta water. But a mo- 
 derately diluted solution of Bicarbonate of Potash yields no precipi- 
 tate with Sulphate of Magnesia or with Bichloride of Mercury ; hence 
 the former is often prescribed with it in effervescence. " The Bi- 
 chloride of Mercury causes a slight white precipitate or opalescence 
 with it." (p.) It is composed of per cent. K O 47-53 + C' 43-56 +Aq. 
 8-91 = 100. 
 
 Prep. L. D. (U.S.) Dissolve Carb. Potash ftvj. (ftiv. U. S.) (prepared from Pearlash 1 
 part, D.) in Aq. dest. cong. j., (Ox. U. S.) (2 parts, D.) Pass Carb' (obtained by acting on 
 white marble with diluted Mur', D.) through the solution (till it becomes turbid ; filter, and 
 again transmit the gas, D.) to saturation. Apply a gentle heat, to redissolve any crystals 
 that may have formed, put the solution in a cool place to crystallize. Dry the crystals 
 (without heat, and keep in a well- stoppered bottle, D.) 
 
 E. Mix Carb' of Ammonia giijss. reduced to a fine powder, with Carb. of Potash 3vj. ; 
 triturate them thoroughly together. Add gradually a very little water, till a smooth uni- 
 form pulp is formed. Dry this at a temperature not exceeding 140, triturating occa- 
 sionally. Continue the heat till a fine powder devoid of ammoniacal odour is obtained. 
 
 In the L. and D. processes the Carb. Pot. takes an additional Eq. of 
 Carb', being converted into the Bicarbonate, but pressure is required 
 for the proper absorption of the gas. In that of E. the Ammonia, 
 and a small portion of the Carb', are expelled by the heat ; the re- 
 mainder unites with the Carb. Potash to form the Bicarbonate. 
 
 Tests. The usual impurities in this salt being Carbonate or Sulphate 
 of Potash and Chloride of Potassium, the P. tests are intended to de- 
 tect them. L. E. Totally dissolved by water (unless impure) ; the 
 solution slightly changes the colour of Turmeric, but highly if the 
 Carbonate be present. Sulphate of Magnesia throws down nothing 
 from this solution, unless it be heated. A large portion of the Car- 
 bonate, Dr. C. says even 50 per cent, may be present, without Sul- 
 phate of Magnesia detecting it, when mixed with the Bicarbonate. 
 The E. P. states that a solution in 40 parts of water does not give a 
 brick-red precipitate with solution of corrosive sublimate ; but it will 
 do so " if the salt contains even so little as a hundredth part of Car-
 
 POTASSIISULPHURETUM. 91 
 
 bonate" (c), except when Chloride of Sodium is present. After the 
 addition of excess of Nitric', Chloride of Barium or Nitrate of Ba- 
 ryta throws down nothing (unless Sulphates be present), and Nitrate 
 of Silver very little if any thing (if Chlorides be absent) ; by a red 
 heat 100 parts lose 30-7 of Carb' and of water. If the crystals be 
 moist, the loss of water will be greater; and if Carb' be deficient, the 
 loss will be less. 
 
 Inc. Nearly the same as with Carbonate of Potash. Acids, acidu- 
 lous salts, Acetate and Hydrochlorate of Ammonia, Lime-water, 
 Chloride of Calcium, alkaline, earthy, and metallic salts. 
 
 Action, Uses. Antacid, antilithic, diuretic, resolvent. 
 
 D. 9ss. 3ss. or 3j. For effervescing draughts, 20 grs. Bicarb. 
 Potash = 15 grs. of Cryst. Cit' or Tar', or f3iijss. of Lemon-juice. 
 
 LIQUOR POTASS^E EFFERVESCENS, L. POTASS^E AQUA EFFERVESCENS, E. 
 Effervescing solution of Potash. 
 
 'V 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Bicarb. Potash 3j. in Aq. dest. Oj. Pass through thte solution Carb' 
 gas under pressure, (more than sufficient for saturation. Preserve the solution in well- 
 stoppered vessels, L.) This may be extemporaneously imitated by pouring a bottle of 
 soda-water (i. e. Carbonic acid water) into a tumbler containing gr. xx. of Bicarb, of 
 Potash. 
 
 This is a solution of Bicarb. Potash containing Carb' gas in excess. 
 
 LEMON and KALI. A mixture of powdered white sugar, dried and 
 powdered citric acid, and powdered bicarbonate of potash, employed 
 for making extemporaneous effervescing draughts. 
 
 PUL VERES EFFERVESCENTES. The E. P. orders of Tartaric acid 3J-, 
 Bicarb. Potash 3j. and gr. 160. Reduce both to fine powder, and di- 
 vide into 16 parts. Preserve the acid and alkaline powders in sepa- 
 rate papers of different colours. 
 
 PoTASSII (PoTASS^E, D.) SuLPHURETtJM, L. E. (U. S.) 
 
 Sulphuret of Potassium. Hepar SulpJiuris. Kali Sulphuratum. F. Sulfiire de Potasse. 
 Sulfure de Potassium Sulfate. G. Schwefel Kalium. 
 
 The Sulphuret of Potassium was formerly known by the name of 
 Liver of Sulphur. The solubility of Sulphur in an alkaline solution 
 was known to Geber ; but Albertus Magnus taught the method of 
 procuring Sulphuret of Potassium by fusion, (p.) 
 
 Prop. When carefully prepared, it forms a hard brittle solid, of a 
 liver-brown colour ; without smell when dry, but emitting a smell of 
 Hydrosulphuric' when moistened ; taste acrid and nauseous ; its so- 
 lution in water is of an orange colour, with a strong odour. When 
 exposed to the air, it becomes moist and greenish-coloured, and then 
 white and without odour, as a Hydrosulphate of Potash is formed 
 from the action of water and the Oxygen, which combines both with 
 the Sulphur and the Potassium ; ultimately a Sulphate of Potash is 
 formed from the escape of Hydrogen, while a portion of the Sulphur 
 is deposited. It is readily decomposed by acids, as by H Cl', as they 
 evolve Hydrosulphuric acid, combine with the Potash, and precipi- 
 tate the Sulphur ; as also by most of the metallic salts, of which the
 
 92 POTASS^E SULPHAS. 
 
 metals are deposited in the form of Sulphurets. According to Mr. R. 
 Phillips, it is composed of 3 K S, K O, S O 3 = 256 ; but according to 
 others, of 2 Eq. of Pentasulphuret of Potassium with 1 of Hyposul- 
 phite of Potash, 2 KS+ KO, SO 3 . 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Rub together Sulphur 3j., Carb. Potash giv. ; heat them in a covered 
 crucible till they rnelt. t 
 
 When Carb. Pot. is melted with excess of Sulphur, Carb' is ex- 
 pelled. The Oxygen of f ths of the Potash combines with 1 part of 
 Sulphur to form Sul', which, uniting with the undecomposed Potash, 
 forms 1 Eq. of Sulphate of Potash. Sulphuret of Potassium is at the 
 same time formed by the union of the Potassium with a portion of 
 the SulpbuV, more or less of it remaining in excess. This prepara- 
 tion, therefore, is a mixture of Per- or Pentasulphuret of Potassium 
 with Sulphate, or rather Hyposulphite of Potash. 
 
 Tests. Fresh broken, it exhibits a brownish-yellow colour. Dis- 
 solved in water, or in almost any acid, it exhales a smell of Hydro- 
 sulphuric acid. The aqueous solution is of a yellow colour. What 
 is thrown down by Acetate of Lead is first red, but it afterwards 
 becomes black. Dr. Pereira has ascertained that the alkaline mono- 
 sulphurets give a black, and the polysulphurets a red precipitate with 
 solutions of Lead. If the Sulphuret should have been long kept, and 
 have become changed, these characteristics will not be seen. 
 
 Inc. Acids and metallic salts. 
 ~ Action. Uses. Irritant, Stimulant, Diaphoretic. Ext. Detergent. 
 
 D. grs. iij. x. or xv. with honey, or with soap made into pills. 
 Ext. as an ointment with lard, or in a watery solution of soap, or in 
 baths, 1 part to 1000 of water. 
 
 PoTASS^E SuLPHUB-ETI AqUA, D. 
 
 Prep. Take Washed Sulphur 1 part, Solution of Potash 11 parts. Boil for 10 minutes. 
 Filter through paper. Keep the liquor in well-closed vessels. Its Sp. Gr. =1117. By 
 the mutual reaction of the ingredients, and the decomposition of the water, a solution of 
 Hyposulphite and of Hydrosulphate of Potash is formed, of a deep orange colour. 
 
 Action. Uses. As above. Internally and externally in cutaneous 
 eruptions. 
 
 D. Ttx. f3j. two or three times a day, diluted with water. 
 
 POTASS^: SULPHAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Sulphate of Potash. Kali Vitriolatum. Sal Polyckrestum. F. Sulfate de Potasse. 
 G. Schwefelsaures Kali. 
 
 Sulphate of Potash (KO, SO=88) is found near 
 Fig, 10. volcanoes, in a few minerals (Alum and Polyhalite), 
 some mineral waters, in many plants, and in some ani- 
 mal secretions. 
 
 Prop. Sulphate of Potash is colourless and without 
 odour, of a bitter saline taste; usually seen in small 
 hard crystals formed of six-sided prisms terminated at 
 both ends by six-sided pyramids ; the prism is sometimes 
 absent, or the angles are modified, or the crystal is double ; 
 the primary form is a right rhombic prism, or rhombic octohedron.
 
 POTASS^BISULPHAS. 93 
 
 The crystals are unalterable in the air, insoluble in Alcohol, but so- 
 luble in 16 parts of water at 60 F., and in 4 parts at 212. They 
 contain no water of crystallization, but a little mechanically lodged 
 in the interstices; hence they decrepitate when heated, and melt at a 
 red heat. If heated with Charcoal, this Salt is converted into Sul- 
 phuret of Potassium. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Take of the Salt remaining after the preparation of Nitric' (pure, E.) 
 ftij. expel the excess of acid by heating the salt in a crucible, L. ; boil what remains in 
 boiling Aq. Cong. ij. till a pellicle forms. [(Dissolve in boiling Aq. C. ij. E. ; in q.s. D.) 
 (Add White Marble powdered q. s. till effervescence ceases, E. ; add Carb. of Potash from 
 Pearlash q.s. D.)] Filter and evaporate (till a pellicle forms, E. ; with a fery gentle 
 heat, D.) ; set aside to crystallize ; pour off the liquor, and dry the crystals, L. 
 
 The residual salt in the manufacture of Nitric' is Sulphate of 
 Potash with an excess of Sulph'. This excess the L. C. directs to - 
 be driven off by heat ; but the E. P. neutralizes it with Marble, and 
 the D. P. with Carbonate of Potash. 
 
 Tests. This salt is not liable to adulteration, but the L. P. gives as 
 its characteristics, the sparing solubility in water and insolubility in 
 Alcohol, and that Chloride of Platinum occasions in its solution a 
 yellow precipitate (Chloride of Platinum and Potassium), and Chlo- 
 ride of Barium a white one (Sulphate of Baryta), insoluble in Nitric 
 acid. No change ought to be produced in the colour of Litmus or of 
 Turmeric paper ; no precipitate with solution of Sulphate of Silver, 
 nor any upon the addition of Ammonia or its Sesquicarbonate. 
 
 Inc. Tartaric', Chlorides of Barium and of Calcium, Acetate and 
 Diacetate of Lead. Nitrate of Silver. 
 
 Action. Uses. Mild Cathartic and Deobstruent. 
 
 D. gr. x. 3ss. 
 
 Pkarm. Prep. Pulvis Ipecacuanhas comp. 
 
 POTASS^: BISULPHAS, L. E. D. 
 _/ 
 
 Bisulphate of Potash. PotasstB Supersulphas. Sal enixum. F. Bisulfate de Potasse. 
 G. Doppelt Schwefelsaures Kali. 
 
 Bisulphate of Potash (K O, 2 S O+2 H O = 146) is obtained as the 
 residual salt in the manufacture of Nitric', and must have been long 
 known ; but the mode of preparing it was shown by Link towards 
 the end of the last century. 
 
 Prop. It is colourless and without odour, but fig. li. 
 
 has a very acid bitter taste. It crystallizes in 
 small flat prisms belonging to the right rhombic 
 system, when there is an excess of Sulphuric 
 acid. Crystals very soluble in water, but in- 
 soluble in Alcohol ; unalterable in dry air ; mo- 
 derately heated, they melt into an oily-looking fluid, and at a red heat 
 lose their water of crystallization and one proportion of acid, and 
 become simple Sulphate of Potash. The solution reddens vegetable 
 blues, and " a solution in eight waters effervesces briskly with alka- 
 line Carbonates." E. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Dissolve of the Salt remaining after the distillation of Nitric' (pure, 
 E.) ftij. in boiling Aq. Ovj. Add Sul' fcj. (commercial fSvij. and f3j., E.); concentrate
 
 94 POTASS^ENITRAS. 
 
 the solution, cool, and crystallize. The L.C. directs (so also the E. P.) an excess of Sul' 
 to prevent the deposition of Sulphate and Sesquisulphate of Potash in consequence of the 
 water uniting with a portion of the Sulphuric Acid (p). The D. C. prepares it by satu- 
 rating 1 part Sulph', diluted with 6 parts of water, with Carb. Potash obtained from 
 Pearlash q. s. ; then adding as nmch acid as was used in the first instance, and evaporating 
 so that the solution may crystallize on cooling. 
 
 Tests. The Sulph' and Potash may be detected by their respective 
 tests, and this salt may be distinguished from the Sulphate of Potash 
 by the above acid characters. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies, Earths, and their Garbs. ; many Metals, and Oxides. 
 
 Action. Uses. Purgative. Effervescing Purgative with an equal 
 weight of cryst. Carbonate of Soda. 
 
 D. 9j. 3ij. diluted with water, &c. 
 
 PULVIS SALINUS COMPOSITUS, E. D. Compound Saline Powder. 
 
 Prep. Take Sulphate Potash giij., Sulph. Magnesia and pure Muriate of Soda aa giv. 
 Dry the salt separately with a gentle heat ; pulverise and triturate them well together. 
 Preserve the compound in well-stopped vessels. 
 
 Action. Uses. This is a useful combination of several salts, in which 
 some degree of Stimulant is combined with the cathartic properties. 
 It may be beneficially taken in costive habits. 
 
 D. 3ij. 3iij. dissolved in water. 
 
 POTASS^E SULPHAS CUM SULPHURE, E. Sal Polychrestum Glaseri. 
 Glaser's Sal Polychrest. 
 
 Prep. Mix Nitrate of Potash and Sulphur equal parts ; throw the mixture in small 
 portions into a red-hot crucible ; when the deflagration is over, and the salt cools, reduce 
 it to powder, and preserve it in well-stopped bottles. 
 
 Here the Sulphur burns with its characteristic blue flame, taking 
 Oxygen from the Nitric acid of the Nitrate, and a Sulphate of Potash 
 is formed, mixed with some Sulphite, it is supposed. Nature unde- 
 termined (Christison). This salt is much more soluble than Sulphate 
 of Potash, crystallizes in rhombic prisms, " has a sulphureous odour, 
 as well as its solution, but Sulphuretted Hydrogen is not disengaged 
 on the addition of a strong acid." 
 
 Action. Uses. This salt acts as a mild purgative, and may be given 
 with an equal weight or more of Bitartrate of Potash. It was for- 
 merly much used in Dyspepsia and chronic cutaneous diseases. Dr. 
 Duncan says that in use it agrees with the Sulphureous waters. 
 
 D. 3ss. 3j. 
 
 J POTASS^: NITRAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) NITRUM, D. 
 
 Nitrate of Potash. Nitre. Nitrum. Salpetree. Saltpetre. F. Nitrate de Potasse. Nitre. 
 G. Salpeter. Salpctersaures Kali. 
 
 Nitrate of Potash (KO, NO 8 = 102), Nitre, or Saltpetre, being a 
 production of nature, must early have been known, especially as both 
 the Indians and Chinese have long been acquainted with the 
 making of fireworks, -and the former have an early process for making 
 Nitric', in which they have been followed by Geber and other Ara- 
 bian authors. The names neter in the Old Testament, and nitrum in 
 ancient authors, were applied to Carbonate of Soda, but they were 
 also used in a generic sense.
 
 POTASS^NITRAS. 95 
 
 Nitre is found effloresced on the soil in many parts of India, where 
 there is no animal matter, and being washed out, a fresh crop is 
 formed after a few years. The soil is sandy, with mica insterspersed, 
 which will continue to yield a supply of Potash, while the Nitric' 
 mus the furnished by the combination of the Oxygen of the atmo- 
 sphere with its Nitrogen, probably, as suggested by Liebig, by the oxi- 
 dation of the Ammonia which he has proved is always present in the 
 atmosphere. Mr. Stevenson (Prinsep's Journ. ii. p. 23) has detailed 
 the process, and shown that the saline earth contains of salts soluble 
 in water, Sulphate of Soda, Muriate of Soda, Nitrates of Lime and 
 of Potash. The Nitrate of Lime is easily converted into that of 
 Potash by lixiviating the saline soil over a filter of wood-ashes, which 
 contains Carbonate of Potash (the C' combines with the Lime, and 
 the N' with the Potash), a Carbonate of Lime is precipitated, and the 
 Nitrate Potash in solution is evaporated and put aside to crystallize. 
 The salt obtained contains from 45 to 70 per cent, of pure Nitrate of 
 Potash. It is redissolved and crystallized, but still contains impuri- 
 ties, which are termed so much per cent, of refraction. The ordinary 
 kinds are called rough or crude Saltpetre, and the purer East India 
 refined. 
 
 In Europe, Nitre is prepared artificially in Nitre-beds or Nitre-walls, 
 and in ditches covered by sheds, where urine is added to different 
 mixtures of earth with refuse vegetables, various animal substances, 
 and calcareous matter, &c. The whole is exposed to the action of 
 the air. The Nitrogen, combining with the Oxygen, forms Nitrates, 
 and the foregoing processes being adopted, similar results are obtained. 
 
 Prop. Nitrate of Potash in its purified 
 state is colourless and semi-transparent, Fl- 12t 
 
 without odour, of a sharp and cooling, dis- 
 agreeable, saline taste ; crystallized usually 
 in long, striated, six-sided prisms, termi- 
 nated at each extremity with dihedral sum- 
 mits, or in two or six converging planes, 
 sometimes in a dodecahedron formed of 
 two six-sided pyramids joined base to 
 base. The crystals are anhydrous and unalterable in the air. Sp. 
 Gr. 1-92. Soluble in 4 parts of water at 60, producing cold, and in 
 an equal weight of boiling water. Insoluble in Alcohol, and sparingly 
 so in dilute Alcohol. Heated to about 660, it melts into a trans- 
 parent fluid ; on cooling it forms a white semi-transparent mass, which 
 used to be called Sal Prunellce when run into small balls. By a high 
 degree of heat, Nitre is decomposed, Oxygen gas being first given 
 off, and afterwards mixed with Nitrogen, while Hyponitrite of Potash 
 is left behind. Water is apt to be lodged between the plates of the 
 crystals, particularly when these are large ; hence in gunpowder 
 manufactories, small crystals, if equally pure, are preferred. With 
 inflammable substances the decomposition of Nitre, when heated, is 
 rapid, light and heat being disengaged, constituting what is called the 
 deflagration of Nitre. This takes place also with some of the com- 
 pound acids, into which Carbon enters as a constituent.
 
 96 P OT ASS^E CHLORAS. 
 
 Prep. Nitre being required of the best quality for the manufacture of gunpowder, that 
 of commerce is usually sufficiently pure for medical purposes. But it sometimes requires 
 purification to the extent of a single solution, and re-crystallization as in the D. formula. 
 
 PoTASS/E NlTRAS PURIFICATUM, D. 
 
 Prep. Take Nitr. Potash one part, boiling water two parts, dissolve, remove the scum, 
 filter, set aside for crystals to form. 
 
 Tests. The presence of Nitric' and of Potash may be detected by 
 their respective tests. Nitre should be entirely soluble in distilled 
 water. The solution should not be affected by Chloride of Barium 
 (no Sulphates), nor by nitrate of Silver (no Chlorides). Calcareous 
 salts, which occur only in rough Nitre, may be detected by the Oxa- 
 late of Ammonia, throwing down a white precipitate of Oxalate of 
 Lime. Sulphate of Potash is now seldom found in the best Nitre, and 
 only a small proportion of Chloride of Potassium or of Sodium. 
 
 Inc. Sulph', Alum, the Alkaline and Metallic Sulphates. 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant, Diuretic. In large doses an irritant 
 poison. Ext. Refrigerant and Detergent. 
 
 D. gr. v. gr. xv. with Sugar, or in water, or in mucilaginous 
 drinks. 
 
 Antidotes. Remove poison from stomach, allay irritation, and sub- 
 due inflammation. 
 Off. Prep. Ung. Sulphuris comp. L. 
 
 POTASS^E CHLORAS, L. 
 
 Chlorate of Potash. Oxymuriate or Hyperoxymuriate of Potash. F. Chlorate de Po- 
 tasse. Muriate Oxygens and Hyperoxyginr, de Potasse. G. Chlorsaiires Natron. 
 
 Chlorate of Potash (KO, Cl O a = 124), though previously made, 
 was first clearly distinguished from other salts by Berthollet. It is 
 now largely manufactured for the preparation of detonating com- 
 pounds and lucifer matches. 
 
 Prop. Chlorate of Potash is colourless, in small brilliant scales or 
 quadrangular crystals, glittering and pearly in lustre, not unlike those 
 of Boracic'. Taste cool, penetrating, and austere, something re- 
 sembling that of Nitre. Like it, the crystals are anhydrous and un- 
 alterable in the air. Sp. Gr. 1 -98. Soluble in about 30 parts of water 
 at 32 F., in 18 parts at 60, and at 212 F. in less than 2 parts of 
 water ; little soluble in Alcohol. The crystals crackle and become 
 luminous in the dark when rubbed briskly. Heated, they lose about 
 2 per cent, of water mechanically lodged, melt at a dull red heat, and 
 give out nearly 40 per cent, of Oxygen gas, the Acid and Alkali 
 both being decomposed, and only Chloride of Potassium left. It de- 
 flagrates when thown on live coal, in the same way as Nitre ; but 
 detonates violently when rubbed with combustible bodies, as Sulphur, 
 -Charcoal, Phosphorus, &c. 
 
 Prep. Chlorate of Potash is prepared by passing, to saturation, a current of Chlorine 
 through a solution of 15 parts of Carbonate of Potash in 38 of cold water. The solution 
 is then exposed to the air for a few days, agitating occasionally to allow of the escape of 
 any free Chlorine. Scales and crystals of Chlorate of Potash are deposited. If these are 
 separated, more may be obtained by evaporating the mother liquor. All may be purified, 
 if washed with cold, dissolved in twice their weight of hot water, and re-crystallized.
 
 POTASS^ TARTRAS. 97 
 
 Here effervescence ensues, chiefly from the escape of Carb' gas. 
 The Potash becomes decomposed, its Oxygen combining with the 
 Chlorine to form Chloric acid. This unites with some of the re- 
 maining Potash, and a Chlorate of Potash is formed : 5 equivalents 
 of Potash are decomposed to yield the 5 Eqs. of Oxygen required to 
 form Chloric', which combines with 1 Eq. of undecomposed Potash. 
 The Potassium set free, combines with Chlorine to form Chloride of 
 Potassium ; and thus when Chlorate of Potash is deposited in crystals, 
 Chloride of Potassium remains in solution with Hypochlorite of Pot- 
 ash, a little free Hypochloric acid, and some Chlorate of Potash. 
 
 Tests. Entirely soluble. Chloride of Potassium is the most proba- 
 ble impurity. This is readily detected by Nitrate of Silver, which 
 will give a white precipitate (Chloride of Silver) if any be present ; 
 otherwise the solution will be unaffected, as stated in the L t P. 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant, Diuretic, Supplier of Oxygen, useful in 
 Saline treatment. 
 
 D. gr. x. gr. xv. 
 
 POTASS*: TARTRAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Tartrate of Potash. Tartrite of Potash. Kali Tartarizatum. Tartarum solulile. 
 F. Tartrate de Potasse. G. Einfach Weinsaures Kali. 
 
 Tartrate of Potash (K O,Tar' = 114) has not Fig. 13. 
 
 been found in nature, but has been known to 
 chemists since the time of Lemery in the seven- 
 teenth century. 
 
 Prop. This salt is colourless, and without 
 odour, but of a bitterish saline taste. It is 
 usually sold in the form of a small granular 
 powder ; the evaporation during its manufacture 
 having been carried nearly to dryness with frequent stirring. But it 
 can be. crystallized in irregular four or six-sided prisms with dihedral 
 summits, the primary form being a right rhomboidal prism. Sp. Gr. 
 1-55. Deliquescent in the air, soluble in its own weight of water, 
 and in about 240 parts of boiling Alcohol. Heated, it swells up, 
 chars, and is converted into Carb. Potash. Its solution is readily de- 
 composed by Sul', or any other strong acid, as well as by several 
 acidulous salts ; crystals of the Bitart. being deposited. As in the 
 case of the Bitart., soluble Barytic and Lime Salts, Lime-water, and 
 Chlor. Calcium, Nitr. Silver, and the Acetates of Lead, cause white 
 precipitates of Tartrates, are soluble in N'. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Carb. Pot. 3xvj. or q. s. (from Potashes 5 parts, D.) in boiling Aq. Ovj. 
 (45 parts, D.) add Bitartrate of Potash powdered ftiij. (gradually 14 parts, D. till neu. 
 tralized, E.) Boil, filter and boil, till a pellicle floats. Set aside to cool and crystallize- 
 Dry the crystals, L. (The remaining liquor will yield more crystals by further concen- 
 tration and cooling, L. and E.) 
 
 In this process effervescence ensues in consequence of the escape 
 of Carb', while the Potash of the Carbonate combines with the 2d 
 Eq. of the Tartaric' in the Bitartrate, and 2 Eqs. of Tartrate of Potash 
 are formed. This Salt is also formed in making Tartaric' (q. v.), and 
 may be obtained by evaporation. 
 
 7
 
 98 POTASSJBBITARTRAS. 
 
 Tests. If pure, this Salt is of easy solubility, neutral to Litmus and 
 Turmeric paper. Most acids, even the Citric, cause a deposit of 
 crystals of Bitartrate. The precipitate occasioned byChlor. Barium 
 or Acet. Lead is soluble in diluted Nitric'. L. 54 grs. in solution are 
 not entirely precipitated by 55 grs. Nitr. Lead. E. P. Showing that 
 there are no Sulphates, and that only the due proportion of Tartaric' 
 is present. 
 
 Inc. Acids (even Citric'). Acidulous Salts. Soluble Salts of Lime, 
 and of Baryta. Acetate of Lead. Nitrate of Silver. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic. 
 
 D. 3ij.-3j. 
 
 CITRATE OF POTASH is not officinal, but it is frequently taken when 
 effervescing draughts are prepared with either the Carbonate or Bi- 
 carbonate of Potash and Citric Acid or Lemon-juice. Tartrate of 
 Potash will be produced when Tartaric' is employed. 
 
 POTASS^: BITARTRAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) TARTARUM, D. 
 
 Bitartrate of Potash. Supertartrate and Supertartrite of Potash. Cream of Tartar. 
 Argol. F. Tartrate acide de Potasse. G. Doppelt Weinsaures Kali. 
 
 Bitartrate of Potash (K O, 2 Tar', H O = 189) is well known by the 
 natne of Tartar, and must have been known ever since wine has been 
 made from the grape, in the juice of which it exists. During the 
 fermentation of wine, Sugar disappears and Alcohol is formed, and 
 the salt not being soluble in this, is deposited on the bottom and sides 
 of casks, as a crystalline crust, which, according to the colour of the 
 wine, forms either red or white Tartar or Argol. This was known to 
 the ancients, and is the Fsex Vini of Diosc. v. c. 13. (Hindoo Med. 
 p. 97.) Its nature was determined by Scheele in 1769. It is largely 
 purified both at Montpelier and at Venice. 
 
 Fig. 14. Prop. The Bitartrate of Potash of commerce 
 
 is in white crystalline crusts, formed of clusters of 
 small crystals aggregated together, which are 
 hard and gritty under the teeth, dissolve but 
 slowly in the mouth, and have an acid and rather 
 pleasant taste. The crystals are semi-transparent 
 irregular six-sided right or oblique rhombic prisms, 
 or triangular prisms with dihedral summits. Sp. 
 Gr. 1-95. Unaltered in the air, insoluble in Al- 
 cohol, soluble in 60 parts of water at 60, and 18 parts at 212. The 
 solution is acid, reddens litmus, effervesces with alkaline Carbonates, 
 is liable to become mouldy and decomposed. The application of 
 heat causes the crystals first to swell up, lose 1 Eq. of water, be- 
 come decomposed ; gases are evolved, and a mass composed of Car- 
 bonate of Potash and of Charcoal is left, which is called black flux. 
 If Tartar is deflagrated with its weight of Nitre, white flux, or Car- 
 bonate of Potash, is left. It is not easily decomposed by acids ; its 
 acid, v. Tar', will decompose the neutral Potash Salts ; Cream of 
 Tartar being produced- Solutions of Baryta and Lime, as of Ace- 
 tate of Lead, form insoluble white Tartrates of the respective sub- 
 stances. With salifiable bases forming soluble Tartrates, it gives rise
 
 POTASS^ACETAS. 99 
 
 to Double Salts, several of which are officinal, as Potassio-tartrate of 
 Soda, Potassio-tartrate of Antimony, v. Soda, Iron,' Antimony. Bor' 
 and Borax much increase the solubility of Cream of Tartar, forming 
 BORO-TARTRATE OF POTASH, or Soluble Cream of Tartar. Liebig directs 
 47^ parts of the Bitart. to be treated with 15$ parts of crystallized 
 Bor' until the whole be dissolved, then evaporate to dry ness. 
 
 Imp. Bitartrate of Potash contains from 2 to 6, sometimes as much 
 as 14 per cent, of Tartrate of Lime, occasionally powdered white 
 Quartz, or Sand. It ought to be "entirely soluble in 40 parts of 
 boiling water ; 40 grs. in solution are neutralized with 30 grs. of cryst. 
 Carb. Soda ; and when then precipitated by 70 grs. of Nitr. Lead, the 
 liquor remains precipitable by more of the test." E. P. Alum or Bi- 
 sulph. Potash in powder, may be detected by Chlor. Barium. 
 
 Inc. Strong Acids, Alkaline Carbonates, Salts of Lime and Lead. 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant, Diuretic, Laxative. 
 
 D. 3ss. 3ij. as a diuretic. 3iv. 3vj. as a laxative. 
 
 'Pharm. Prep. Pulv. Jalapse Comp. Pulv. Scammonii Comp. 
 
 POTASS^: ACETAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Acetate of Potash. Kali Acetatum. Sal Diureticus. Terra foliata Tartari. Digestive 
 Salt of Sylvius. F. Acetate de Potasse. G. Essigsaures Kali. 
 
 Acetate of Potash (KO, Ac' = 99) was known to Raymond Lully in 
 the thirteenth century, and probably earlier. It is found in the sap of 
 many plants, as in some of those which by incineration yield Carb. 
 Potash. 
 
 Prop. It is colourless, and with little odour, but has a sharp saline 
 taste. It is usually seen as a shining foliated mass, made up of small 
 pellucid scales, but by slow evaporation it may be made to crystallize 
 in thin compressed laminae, or in needles. It is so deliquescent as 
 soon to become converted into an oily-looking liquid when exposed to 
 the air. It is soluble in half its weight of water; also in Alcohol. 
 Subjected to heat, it fuses, then becomes decomposed. Hydrogen 
 and Carb' escape. Carb. Potash, as in the case of the Tartrates, re- 
 mains as a residue. Acetate of Potash is decomposed by Sul' and 
 other strong acids, giving off an odour of Acetic Acid, and also by 
 several Salts. Comp. Pot. 48-5+Ac' 51-5 = 100. 
 
 Prep. Take Carb. Pot. ftj. [(dry, gvij. or q. s. E.) (from Tartar q. s. D.)] and add it 
 (gradually, E. D.) to Acetic' f3xxvj. and Aq. dest. fj.xij. [(Pyroligneous' Oss. E.) (about 
 5 times its weight of Distilled Vinegar of a medium heat, D.)] till saturation takes place. 
 Evaporate in a sand-bath, applying the heat cautiously, till the salt be dried, [(in a va- 
 pour-bath till it forms a concrete mass when cold, let it cool and crystallize in a solid cake, 
 E.) (Evaporate to dryness, and cautiously raising the heat liquefy the salt. Dissolve in 
 water, filter, and evaporate till, on cooling, it becomes a white crystalline mass, D.) (Keep 
 it in well-closed vessels, E. D.)] 
 
 The Acetic' unites with the Potash, expelling the Carb' Gas. 
 
 When distilled Vinegar is used, the solution always becomes brown. 
 When concentrated, the D. and E. C. fuse the Salt. and dissolve again, 
 to get rid of this colour ; but care is taken that the heat be not suffi- 
 cient to decompose the Salt. This Salt may also be obtained by 
 double decomposition between Acetate of Lead and Sulphate of Pot- 
 ash ; but it then sometimes contains Lead. 
 
 Tests. Sulphuric Acid disengages Acetic vapours ; a red heat con-
 
 SODA. 
 
 verts it into Carb. Potash. Entirely soluble in water and Alcohol: 
 should not affect either Litmus or Turmeric, though it is apt to have 
 an alkaline reaction. Its solution is not affected by Chlor. Barium 
 or Nitr. Silver (showing absence of Sulphates and of Chlorides). 
 But if the solution be strong, . precipitate may be formed by the 
 Silver test. This, however, is soluble in water or in Nitr.' If 
 metals are present, as Lead, Hydrosul' will give a blackish, and if 
 Copper, Ferrocyanide of Potassium, a brownish precipitate. 
 
 Inc. Acids. Sulphates of Soda and Magnesia, and several earthy 
 and metallic Salts. 
 
 Action. Uses. Diuretic ; in large doses acts as a purgative. If con- 
 tinued, will render the urine alkaline as Carb. Potash does. 
 
 D. 9ss. 3j. as a diuretic. 3j. 3iij. as a cathartic. 
 
 SODIUM. 
 NATRIUM. F. Sodium. G. Natrium. 
 
 Sodium or Natrium (Na = 24) is the metallic base of Soda, dis- 
 covered by Sir H. Davy in 1807. It is of the consistence of wax, 
 malleable, and spreads into thin leaves. Sp. Gr. 0-972. Opaque, but 
 with a brilliant silvery lustre ; floats on water, producing a hissing 
 effervescence, in consequence of the escape of Hydrogen, while the 
 Oxygen of the water combining with the Sodium forms a Protoxide, 
 or Soda, which remains in solution. Sodium fuses at 190, and vola- 
 tilizes at a white heat. It conducts both Heat and Electricity. It 
 exists in Sea-water and Rock Salt, but in combination with Chlorine. 
 As it oxidizes in the air, it must be preserved under Naphtha. 
 
 SODA. PROTOXIDE OF SODIUM. 
 
 Mineral or Fossil Alkali. F. Soude. G. Natron. Natron or Nitron of the Ancients : 
 (but these names apply rather to the Carbonates, q. v.) 
 
 Soda (Na O = 32+Aq. 9 = 41, the hydrate) is obtained by adding 
 Caustic Lime to a solution of Carbonate of Soda ; a precipitate takes 
 place of Carbonate of Lime. The Soda being left in solution, may 
 by evaporation be obtained as Hydrate of Soda. Soda is found to 
 be a constituent of several minerals, as Sodalite, &c., and very abun- 
 dant in combination with different Acids. It has been obtained in four- 
 sided crystals, acuminated by four planes, of a grayish-white colour; 
 acrid and caustic, soluble in both water and Alcohol ; melts at a red 
 heat, and effloresces in the open air. Its properties are very similar 
 to those of Potash. The affinity of Soda is 'less for water in the air; 
 it first becomes moist, absorbs Carbonic', and effloresces. Glass and 
 Soaps made with Soda are harder than those made with Potash. 
 The Salts differ in their forms from those of Potash, and less Soda 
 will saturate a given quantity of acid, and Soda Salts are for the most 
 part more soluble than the corresponding ones of Potash. They do 
 not yield crystals of Alum, when added to a solution of Sulphate of 
 Alumina ; nor an insoluble Bitartrate, on addition of Tartaric' ; and 
 Chloride of Platinum throws down no precipitate. They may be 
 distinguished from the Alkaline Earths by no precipitate taking place 
 on addition of Carbonate of Potash or of Soda ; while the alkaline
 
 S ODJE C ARE N AS. 101 
 
 Ferrocyanides and Hydrosulphurets, which distinguish Metallic Salts, 
 cause no precipitates in solutions of salts of Soda. 
 
 Tests. The only positive test is, that Soda and its Salts give a rich 
 yellow tinge to the flame of Alcohol. 
 
 Action. Uses. Similar to Potash, and not being superior, Caustic 
 Soda is not officinal. 
 
 CARBONAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Carbonate of Soda. Sodas Subcarbonas. Aerated Mineral Alkali. Fossil Alkali (One 
 of the kinds of Nitrum of the ancients.) 
 
 Carbonate of Soda is the neter of the Hebrews. It was known to 
 the early Hindoos, and is by them called Sajjinoon (i. e. Sajji or Soda 
 Salt) ; it is the Sagimen vitri of Geber. The Natron lakes of Egypt 
 were known to the ancients, and it was early employed in glass- 
 making, &c. 
 
 SOVM CARBONAS (VENALE, D.) IMPURA, L. SIVE BARILLA, D. Impure 
 Carbonate of Soda or Barilla. F. Soudes de Commerce. Soudes 
 brutes. G. Kohlensaures Natron. 
 
 The substance known by the name of Soda is a Carbonate of Soda, 
 but mixed with various impurities, according to the source whence it 
 has been obtained ; that is, either from the different Natron lakes, 
 from the burning of maritime plants or sea-weeds, or from the de- 
 composition of other Salts of Soda. It is introduced into the Phar- 
 macopoeias for the purpose of obtaining from it pure Carbonate of 
 Soda. 
 
 BARILLA is the Ash obtained by burning plants, on the shores of the 
 Mediterranean, of the Red Sea, and Indian Ocean. These plants 
 belong mostly to the natural family of Chenopodeae, q. v. ; and 
 chiefly to the genera Salsola, Salicornia, Suaeda, and Chenopo- 
 dium. The quantity of Carbonate of Soda in the ash varies from 25 
 to 40 per cent., and is produced from the combustion of the Oxalate 
 and other Salts of the Vegetable Acids. The Soda is no doubt ob- 
 tained from the soil, for Du Hamel planted Soda-plants inland, and 
 they yielded only Potash. Infusion of a Salsola in cold water 
 afforded by evaporation two Salts, Carbonate of Soda and Chloride of 
 Sodium. Murr. Chem. ii. p. 612. A portion of the Chloride is no 
 doubt converted into the Carbonate during the incineration. 
 
 KELP used to be prepared on the coasts of Scotland and its islands, 
 also on those of Ireland and Wales, and on that of Normandy in 
 France, by burning a great variety of Algae or Sea-weeds. The 
 ashes when cold form Kelp, which is in hard cellular masses, of a 
 bluish-gray colour, and of a disagreeable alkaline taste, containing 
 from 3 to 8-5 per cent, of Carbonate of Soda, and other salts, as in 
 the case of Barilla, but also some Potash and Iodine (v. p. 55). 
 
 Carbonate of Soda is, however, now obtained very cheaply from 
 Chloride of Sodium or Sea-salt. This is first converted into Sulphate 
 of Soda by the action of Sul', then mixed with pounded small Coal 
 and Chalk, and heated in a reverberatory furnace and stirred. The 
 Carbonaceous matter abstracts Oxygen both from the Sul' and the
 
 102 SODJE CARBONAS. 
 
 Soda ; Sulphuret of Sodium is formed, and decomposed by the Lime ; 
 Carbonate of Soda, insoluble Oxi-Sulphuret of Calcium, Caustic Soda, 
 and Carbonaceous matter being the result. The insoluble parts are 
 separated by lixiviation, and the Sulphur subsequently burnt away ; 
 during which the Soda is completely Carbonated. The mass now 
 contains about 50 per cent, of Soda. Being lixiviated and evaporated, 
 the Carbonate is obtained in large crystals. As Barilla is not suffi- 
 ciently pure for medicinal purposes, the L. and D. Colleges give direc- 
 tions for its purification. The E. C. justly consider the Carbonate of 
 Soda produced as above, pure enough. 
 
 SOD.E CARBONAS, L. D. Carbonate of Soda. Natron prceparatum. 
 
 Carbonate of Soda (Na OCO a +10 Aq. = 144), pre- 
 pared as above, is in large and clear colourless crystals, 
 without odour, but having a disagreeable sub-alkaline 
 taste, and an alkaline reaction on Turmeric. The crys- 
 tals are oblique rhombic prisms, or rhomboidaloctohedrons, 
 entire or broken. In the air they effloresce, but when ex- 
 posed to heat melt in their water of crystallization ; as 
 this is dissipated, the Salt becomes a white, porous, anhy- 
 drous mass, known as Dried Carbonate of Soda. Water 
 at 60 dissolves half, and at 212 its own weight of this 
 salt, but it is insoluble in Alcohol. It has the characteris- 
 tics of a Carbonate with Acids and Earths, is distin- 
 guished from the Bicarbonate by giving a brick-red pre- 
 cipitate with Bichloride of Mercury, and a white one (Carbonate of 
 Magnesia) with Sulphate of Magnesia. It is used in converting Oils 
 and Fats into Soap. Composed per cent, of NaO 22-2 C ; 15-3 + Aq. 
 62-5 =100. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Boil impure Curb, of Soda 8>ij. (powdered Barilla 1 part, D.) in Aq. dest. 
 Oiv. (water 2 parts, for two hours, occasionally stirring, D.) Strain the liquor (while hot 
 and set it by, that crystals may form, L.) pound what remains of the Barilla, boil again, 
 with the same quantity of water, and repeat this a third time. Evaporate all the washings 
 to dryness in an open iron vessel, avoiding such heat as would liquefy the salt; stir with 
 an iron spatula till the mass becomes white. Dissolve in boiling water, and evaporate the 
 liquid to a sp. gr. = 1220. Expose to the air at a temperature of about 32, that crystals 
 may form ; dry these and keep in well-closed vessels. If the salt be not sufficiently pure, 
 repeat the solution and crystallization. 
 
 Tests. Carbonate of Soda prepared from the Sulphate is usually 
 very pure, but the Salt is apt to contain some Sulphate of Soda, and 
 also the Chlorides of Sodium and of Potassium. " Soda? Carbonas 
 (crystalli). Fresh prepared, translucent, but in an open vessel, it in 
 a short time falls to powder. It is totally soluble in water, but not at 
 all in Alcohol. It alters the colour of Turmeric like an alkali." L. 
 As these notes serve chiefly to distinguish this salt from others, Mr. 
 Phillips remarks, " If pure as usual and saturated with Nitric Acid, 
 it yields but little precipitate with the Nitrate of Silver, nor any Sul- 
 phate of Barytes with the Chloride of Barium." " A solution of 21 
 grains in Aq. dest. f3j. precipitated by 19 grains of Nitrate Baryta, 
 remains precipitable by more of the test ; and the precipitate (Car- 
 bonate of Baryta) is entirely soluble in Nitric Acid." E. P. This will
 
 SOD.E SESQUICARBONAS. 103 
 
 leave 0-75 per cent, of the salt still in solution, if it be of due purity ; 
 so that after filtration Nitrate of Baryta will again cause a precipi- 
 tate." (c.) 
 
 Inc. Acids, Acidulous Salts, Lime-water, Hydrochlorate of Am- 
 monia, Earthy and Metallic Salts. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid ; in large doses, irritant poison. Diuretic, 
 Antilithic. 
 
 D. gr. x. 3ss. or 3j. For effervescing draughts, gr. xx= gr. x. of 
 Cit' or Tar', and f3ijss. of Lemon-juice ; used also for Seidlitz 
 Powders. 
 Antidotes. Fixed Oil, Vinegar, Lemon-juice, Cream of Tartar. 
 
 SOD^E CARBONATIS AQUA., D. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Carb. Soda q. s. or 3j. in Aq. dest. q. s. or ftj. so that the liquid shall 
 haveaSp. Gr. = 1024. 
 
 D. f3.-3i. 
 
 SOD^E CARBONAS EXSICCATA, L. SOD^: CARBONAS SICCATUM, E. D. 
 CARBONAS EXSICCATUS, U. S.] 
 
 Dried Carbonate of Soda (Na O CO a =: 54) is the result of the ex- 
 pulsion of the whole of the water of the crytallized Salt, so that 54 
 
 rains of the Anhydrous Salt are equal to 144 grs. of the Crystallized 
 alt. Composed of NaO, 59-3 + C' 40-7=100. It requires to be 
 heated to redness, that it may be of uniform strength. 
 
 Prep. Heat Carb. Soda ftj. (q. s. E. D.) in a proper (shallow, E. silver, D.) vessel 
 (stirring frequently, D.) till it is dry. Heat to redness, L. E. (in a crucible, E.) ; rub to 
 powder (when cold, E.) (Keep in stoppered bottles, D.) 
 
 D. gr. v. to gr. xx. in powder or in pills. 
 
 SESQUICARBONAS. 
 Sesqui-Carbonate of Soda. Natron. F. Natron. G. Anderthalb Kohlensaures Natron. 
 
 A Sesquicarbonate of Soda (Na OH CO a + 2HO = 83) exists in na- 
 ture : for the Trona found near Tripoli in Africa, the Natron of the 
 country to the west of the Delta of the Nile, and of the Lonar Lake 
 described by the late Dr. Malcolmson,* have all been proved to con- 
 sist of 14 Eq. of Carb' to 1 of Soda; or NaO 38-55 + C' 39-76 + Aq. 
 21-69 = 100. A solution of it may be obtained by heating Bicarbo- 
 nate of Soda in solution to a temperature of 212. The salt so called 
 in the London Pharmacopeias has been proved by Mr. Everett to be 
 a Bicarbonate, q. v. ; and Dr. Pereira has stated that by the process 
 given a Bicarbonate will always be produced. 
 
 SOD.E (SESQUICARBONAS, L.) BICARBONAS, E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 SodcR Carbonas. Bicarbonate and Carbonate of Soda of the shops. F. Bicarbonate de 
 Soude. G. Zweifach Kohlensaures Natron. 
 
 The Bicarbonate of Soda (NaO 2 C O 2 + 2 H O = 94) of the E. and 
 D. P's is the same salt as the Sesquicarbonate of the L. P. That 
 which is met with in commerce is usually a pure salt, but occasionally 
 
 * The analyses were made in the Laboratory, and the specimens are deposited in the 
 Museum of King's College.
 
 104 SODM BICARBONAS. 
 
 mixed with a small portion of the Carbonate. It exists in some mi- 
 neral springs highly acidulated with Carb', as in those of Vichy. 
 
 Prop. As usually sold, it is colourless, in powder or in minute scale- 
 like crystals, having a saline, slightly alkaline taste and reaction. 
 Little changed in the air. Soluble in 13 parts of temperate water 
 (Rose and Geiger), but in much less boiling water. Hence it crys- 
 tallizes as this cools, or, indeed, as it is formed. Heated, it first loses 
 a portion of water (some chemists consider that it contains only 1 
 Eq. Aq.), then half an Eq. Carb', finally all its water, and becomes 
 reduced to dried Carbonate of Soda. It is easily distinguished from 
 this salt, 2. e. the Carbonate, by its less alkaline taste, less solubility, 
 and by not forming a white precipitate on the addition of Sulphate 
 of Magnesia to its solution ; nor is a brick-red precipitate formed 
 with Bichloride of Mercury, but only a slight opalescence. Comp. 
 NaO37-05 + C' 52-26 + Aq. 10-09=100. Gmelin. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Dissolve Carb. Soda fcvij. (5 parts, D.) in Aq. cong. j. (5 parts, D.), filter, 
 pass Carb' gas (from the action of Mtir' on Marble) through the liquid to saturation. Let 
 the salt subside, press in folds of linen, and dry with a gentle heat. 
 
 E. Take a glass jar open at the bottom and tubulated at the top, close the bottom in such 
 a way as to allow of the free ingress of a fluid, fill the jar with fragments of Marble and 
 immerse it in a vessel containing dilute Mur', then fill the apparatus with Carb' gas ; con- 
 nect the tubulature closely by a bent tube with an empty bottle, and this in like manner 
 with another filled with Carb. of Soda, 1 part, and dried Carb. Soda, 2 parts, well tritu- 
 rated together, and let the tube be long enough to reach the bottom of the bottle. Let the 
 action go on till next morning, or till the salt no longer absorbs gas. Remove the damp 
 salt which is formed, and dry it in the air, or without greater heat than 120. 
 
 [TT. S. Take of Carbonate of Soda in crystals a convenient quantity. Break them in 
 pieces, and put them into a wooden box, having a transverse partition near the bottom, 
 pierced with numerous small holes, and a cover which fits tight. Through water in a 
 bottle, with two tubulatures, pass Carbonic Acid and let it come into the box until the 
 Carbonate of Soda is fully saturated.] 
 
 Tests. Entirely soluble in water. This solution should not be pre- 
 cipitated by Chlor. Platinum, or the other tests for Potash, showing 
 all absence of this alkali. The absence of Sulphates and Chlorides 
 is proved by Chlor. Barium and Nitr. Silver causing no precipitate 
 in a solution saturated with Nitr. It is most liable to contain a por- 
 tion of Carb. Soda. This will, of course, give a stronger alkaline re- 
 action and a more disagreeable taste. Its presence is detected by Sulph. 
 Magnesia producing a white precipitate, and none in sol. of the Bi- 
 carb, unless when heated. " A solution in 40 parts of water does not 
 give an orange precipitate with solutions of Corrosive Sublimate," 
 E., unless with the aid of brisk agitation, long standing, or heat, but 
 a reddish-brown precipitate at once if so much as a hundredth part of 
 the Carb. be present, (c.) 
 
 Inc. The same as the Carbonate, except Sulph. Magnesia, with 
 which it may therefore be prescribed. 
 
 Action. Uses: Antacid, Antilithic, Diuretic. 
 
 D. gr. x. to 3ss. or 3j. For making effervescing draughts, 9j.=17 
 grs. Cit' or 18 grs. Tar'. 
 
 TROCHISCI SOD^E BICARBONATIS, E. Soda Lozenges. 
 
 Prep. Pulverize Bicarb. Soda 3j. Pure Sugar 3iij. Gum Arabic gss. Beat them into 
 a proper mass for making lozenges with mucilage.
 
 SODII CHLORIDUM. 
 PULVERES EFFERVESCENTES, E. Soda Powders. 
 
 Prep. Take of Tart' 3j. Bicarb. Soda 3j. and gr. 54, or Bicarb. Potash 3j. and gr. 
 160. Powder the acid and Bicarbonate finely ; divide each into 16 powders. Preserve 
 the acid and alkali powders in different coloured papers. 
 
 These are the common Soda powders, for which we may also take 
 of either Bicarb, of Soda or Potash 9j. and dissolve in Aq. f3jss. 
 fjiij. in a tumbler, and add oz. of Lemon-juice or of Tar', or Cit' gr. 
 xviij. dissolved in a little water, and drink while in a state of efferves- 
 cence : a Citrate or Tartrate of Soda or of Potash will be formed. By 
 adding 3j. or 3ij. of Rochelle Salt, or Sulphate of Magnesia, an aperient 
 salt may be presented in the agreeable form of an effervescing draught. 
 It must be remembered that Citrates and Tartrates become con- 
 verted into Carbonates, and will, if long taken, have an alkaline re- 
 action on the secretions, as on that of urine. 
 
 LIQUOR (AQUA, E.) SOD.E EFFERVESCENS, L. AQUA CARBONATIS SOD.E 
 ACIDULA, D. Soda Water. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Bicarb. (Sesquicarb. L.) of Soda !Jj. in one pint of distilled water, and 
 pass into it, under strong pressure, a current of Carlonic Acid gas (obtained from Marble 
 and Mur' diluted with 8 waters) more than is sufficient to saturate it, and keep it in a well- 
 stopped vessel. 
 
 Soda-water should be of this composition ; but what is commonly 
 so called is only a solution of Carb' gas in water. By adding some 
 Bicarb. Soda to such Soda-water, an equally efficient mixture will be 
 formed. But the effects of the simple Carb' gas in water and those 
 produced when it is combined with an alkaline salt will necessarily 
 be different. The Carb' gas as it escapes will stimulate the stomach, 
 while this effect will be followed by an alkaline reaction when Soda 
 (or Potash) is present, and this may be beneficial or injurious ac- 
 cording to the nature of the case. v. ANTACIDS. 
 
 Carbonic Acid gas is found in many mineral waters, to which it 
 gives an acidulous taste and sparkling effervescence. In some it oc- 
 curs with Carbonate or Bicarbonate of Soda, or with Iron, when its 
 effects are necessarily modified according to the nature of these in- 
 gredients, v. MINERAL WATERS. 
 
 SODII CHLORIDUM, L. (U. S.) SOD^E MURIAS (PuRUM, E.). E. D. 
 
 Chloride of Sodium. Muriate of Soda. SODJE MURIAS PURUM, E. Sal Fossile. Sal 
 Marinum. Sal Gemma. F. Chlorure de Sodium. G. Chlor Natrium. 
 
 Chloride of Sodium (Na Cl=60), or Common Salt, is abundantly 
 diffused in nature, and, being an essential article of diet, must have 
 been known from the earliest ages. It is found in many animal solids 
 and fluids, and in the juices of some vegetables. It exists in large 
 quantities in the solid form as Rock Salt, or in solution in some 
 springs, and every where in sea-water. From these it is obtained by 
 evaporation, when it crystallizes with slight variations of appearance 
 according to differences in the process. These varieties are known 
 by different names in commerce, as Butter, Stone, and Basket Salt, 
 also Sea Salt, and, in large Crystals, as Maiden, Fishery, and Bay 
 Salt. Most of the kinds of Salt require purification, by being again
 
 106 LIQUOR SOD^E CHLORINATJE. 
 
 dissolved and recrystallized (Sodae Murias purum, E.), as they are 
 apt to contain other salts, as alkaline and earthy Sulphates and 
 Chlorides, especially of Magnesium and of Calcium. 
 
 Prop. Common Salt crystallizes in anhydrous transparent cubes; 
 these are sometimes aggregated together, forming hollow four-sided 
 pyramids, with their sides in steps. Sp. Gr. = 2-17; white, though 
 rock salt is sometimes of a reddish hue. Taste saline, well known ; 
 without odour ; it does not affect either Litmus or Turmeric. Neither 
 does it bleach. 1 part requires 21 times its weight of water to dis- 
 solve it, and its solubility is not much increased by a boiling tempe- 
 rature. It is insoluble in pure Alcohol, but slightly soluble in Recti- 
 fied Spirit, to the flame of which it gives a yellow tinge. Salt 
 readily transmits radiant heat. When heated, it decrepitates ; at a 
 red heat, fuses and sublimes. Inalterable in the air when pure; but 
 when impure, it deliquesces. Sul' and Nit' decompose Salt, as also 
 Bor' and Phosp' with the assistance of heat. Nitr. Silver, the Prot- 
 oxides of Lead and Mercury, Lime, Potash, and, with the aid of heat, 
 Carb. Potash, all decompose this salt. When dissolved in water, it 
 is supposed by some chemists to become a Hydrochlorate or Muriate 
 of Soda, from the water being decomposed, its Oxygen combining 
 with the Sodium and the Hydrogen with the Chlorine, then its com- 
 position will be Na O, H Cl = 69. Salt is composed per cent, of Na 
 40 + C1 60 = 100. 
 
 Tests. " Scarcely any precipitate should be occasioned by Carb. 
 Soda or Nitr. Bar." L, the first indicating the absence of earthy salts, 
 and the latter of Carbonates. A solution is not precipitated by Sol. 
 Carb. Am. followed by Sol. of Phosph. Soda. The former would 
 detect Lime, and, after its action, the latter would indicate Magnesia. 
 " 9 grs. dissolved in distilled water are not entirely precipitated by a 
 sol. of 26 grs. of Nitr. Silver," E. 
 
 Jlction. Uses. Stimulant, irritant externally, Emetic, Cathartic. 
 
 D. gr. x. 3j. as a Stimulant. 3iv. 3j. Cathartic. 3jss. 3ij. with 
 warm water, as an Emetic, fej. of Salt to every 3 gallons of water, 
 will make a bath of the strength of sea-water. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Pulv. Salinus Comp. E. p. 94. 
 
 LIQUOR SOD.E CHLORINATE, L. (U. S.) 
 
 Hypochlorite of Soda. Chloride of Soda. Labarraque's Soda Disinfecting Liquid- 
 F. Chlorure de Soude. Chlorure d'Oxyde de Sodium. G. Chlornatron. 
 
 M. Labarraque in 1822 made known the utility of Chloruret of 
 Soda as a disinfectant, &c., and obtained the prize of the French So- 
 ciety for encouraging National Industry for proposing it as a means 
 for preventing, stopping, and destroying putrefaction. 
 
 Prop. The comp. of this substance is probably of a definite na- 
 ture, for the solution, by careful evaporation, yields crystals, which, 
 when redissolved in water, produce a solution similar to the original 
 one. This is of a pale yellowish colour, has a slight odour of 
 Chlorine, and a sharp but somewhat astringent taste. It has first an 
 alkaline reaction, from the Carbonate of Soda, on Turmeric paper, and 
 then destroys its colour, as well as that of Sulphate of Indigo. Ex-
 
 SOD^E BIBORAS. 
 
 107 
 
 posed to the air, it becomes decomposed, Chlorine being evolved. 
 Carbonate of Soda is left. Chlorine as well as Carb' gas is evolved 
 by acids, Chloride of Sodium being left in solution. Lime-water pro- 
 duces a white precipitate, indicating the presence of Carb'. It may 
 be distinguished from Chlorinated Potash by Chloride of Platinum 
 not producing the usual yellow precipitate, and from Chlorinated 
 Lime by Oxalate of Ammonia causing no precipitate. By some 
 Chemists ihis salt is supposed to be composed of Bicarb. Soda and 
 Chloride of Soda, because no Carb' is given off in the process for 
 preparing it ; but, as the composition is uncertain, the London Col- 
 lege have adopted the name of Chlorinated Soda. The most gene- 
 rally received opinion, and that adopted by Dr. Pereira, is, that it is 
 composed of 2 Eq. Bicarb, of Soda, 152 + 1 Eq. Hvpochlorite of 
 Soda, 76 + 1 Eq. Chloride of Sodium, 60=288. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Carb. Soda fly. in Aq. dest. Oij. Through this pass Chlorine evolved 
 from Chlor. Sodium giv. and powdered Binoxide Manganese giij. in a retort, with Sul' 
 f3iv. diluted with Aq. dest. fgiij. and allowed to cool. The Chlorine is passed first through 
 f3v. of Aq. dest. and then into the solution of Carb. Soda. 
 
 [U.S. Take of Chlorinated Lime fej. Carbonate of Soda ftij. Water Cjss. Dissolve 
 the Carbonate of Soda in Water Oij. with heat. To the remainder of the water add by 
 degrees the Chlorinated Lime, previously well triturated, stirring the mixture after each 
 addition. Let the dregs subside, decant, and mix with the solution of the Carbonate of 
 Soda. Decant from the precipitated Carbonate of Lime, filter through linen, and keep 
 secluded from light.] 
 
 If instead of Carbonate of Soda we employ Carb. Potash, we 
 shall have the Eau de JavelJe or Chlorinated Potash, first employed 
 in bleaching in 1789, but little used in medicine. 
 
 Action. Uses. Disinfectant and Antiseptic. Stimulant. 
 
 SOD.E BIBORAS, L. SODJE BORAS, D. (U. S.) BORAX, L. E. 
 Biborate of Soda. Borate of Soda. F. Borax. Borate de Soude. G. Boraxsaures Natron. 
 
 Borax or (Na O, 2BO + 10 Aq. = 192) Biborate Fig. 16. 
 of Soda, supposed to have been known to the ancients, 
 and to have been the Chrysocolla of Pliny. The Hin- 
 doos have long been acquainted with it ; it is their Soha- 
 ga, Sanscrit Tincana, and one of the kinds of Booruk of 
 the Arabs. Its nature was first ascertained by Geof- 
 froy in 1732. It is produced by spontaneous evapo- 
 ration on the shores of some lakes in Tibet, that is, in 
 the same country with Musk and Rhubarb ; brought 
 across the Himalayan Passes into India, and imported 
 into this country by the names of Tincal and Crude 
 Borax. It is also obtained by saturating the Bor' of 
 Tuscany (p. 51) with Carb. Soda. 
 
 Prop. Crude Borax is in pale greenish pieces, covered with an 
 earthy coating, and feels greasy to the touch. The natives of Tibet 
 are said to cover it with some fatty matter, to prevent its destruction 
 by efflorescence. It is purified by calcining, which destroys the fatty 
 matter, or by washing with an alkaline ley, which converts it into a 
 kind of Soap, then dissolving and re-crystallizing. It crystallizes in
 
 108 SOD^l SULPHAS. 
 
 irregular hexahedral prisms often terminated by 2 4 converging 
 planes. Sp. Gr. 1-35. It is colourless, transparent, somewhat 
 shining; taste sweetish, a little styptic, and subalkaline. It has an 
 alkaline reaction on Turmeric. The crystals effloresce slightly in the 
 air, are soluble in 12 parts of cold and 2 of boiling water. When 
 heated, they lose water, swell up into a porous substance called Bo- 
 rax usta v. calcinata, and at a red heat run into a transparent glass, 
 called Glass of Borax, much used as a flux. Another variety, more 
 useful in the arts, contains only 5 Eqs. Aq., and crystallizes in octo- 
 hedra, which are permanent in the air. Borax increases the solu- 
 bility of Cream of Tartar, p. 98, and converts mucilage of Lichen 
 and of Salep into a thick jelly. Comp. NaOlG-0 Bor' 35-79 Aq. 
 47-37 == 100. 
 
 Tests. Not liable to adulteration. Totally soluble in water. Gives 
 a green colour to the flame of Alcohol. Sul' precipitates scales of 
 Boracic' from a concentrated solution, Sulph. Soda being left in solu- 
 tion. L.E. 
 
 Inc. Acids, Acid Salts, Potash, Chlorides of Lime and of Magnesia. 
 
 Action. Uses. Subastringent, Detergent, Diuretic, Emmenagogue. 
 
 D. gr. v. 3ss. 3ij. in Aq. f3vj. as a lotion. 
 
 MEL BORACIS, L. E. D. Honey of Borax. 
 
 Prep. Mix Borax powdered 3j. with Honey clarified gj. 
 
 Action. Uses. Subastringent, Detergent. Applied to Aphthae, and 
 to ulcers of the inside of the mouth. 
 
 SOD^ SULPHAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Sulphate of Soda. Natrum Vitriolatum. Sal Catharticus. Sal mirabile Glauberi. 
 F. Sulphate de Soude. G. Schwefelsaures Natron. 
 
 Sulphate of Soda (Na O, SO 3 + 10 Aq. = 162), or Glauber's Salt, is 
 found effloresced on the soil in some countries, as in India, where it is 
 called kharek nimuk or kharee noon. It exists in sea-water, in that of 
 some lakes and mineral springs, also in Glauberite. It is found in the 
 ashes of many plants, and in some animal secretions. 
 
 Prop. Fresh prepared, it is transparent and colourless, without 
 odour, but having a nauseously bitter taste. It crystallizes in four 
 and six-sided oblique rhombic prisms, often with dihedral summits; if 
 much agitated, the crystals are small. An anhydrous variety crys- 
 tallizes in rhombic octohedra. 3 parts of water at 60 dissolve 1 of 
 the salt; the solubility increases to 92, and then diminishes to 215, 
 at which point the salt is only as soluble as at 87 ; boiling water dis- 
 solves its own weight ; it is only very slightly soluble in Alcohol. In 
 the air the crystals effloresce ; if heated, they first melt in their water 
 of crystallization, then lose half their weight, and fall into a white 
 powder. Heated with Carbon the salt is converted into Sulphuret of 
 Sodium. The solution is decomposed by salts of Baryta, Lime, and 
 Lead, insoluble Sulphates being precipitated. Comp. Na O 19-75 S' 
 24-69 Aq. 55-56 = 100. 
 
 Sulphate of Soda is largely prepared by the action of Sul' on Com-
 
 SOD.E PHOSP HA S. 109 
 
 mon Salt (p. 101), and is a residual Salt in several manufacturing pro- 
 cesses (pp. 61 and 80). 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Dissolve of the salt remaining after the distillation of Mur' ftij. (any 
 quantity, D.) in boiling Aq. Oij.) Oiij. E.q. s. D.) (Add Carb. Soda, L. (powdered white 
 Marble, q. s. E.) till effervescence ceases. (Filter, wash the insoluble matter, returning the 
 water to the original liquid, E.) ) Evaporate, filter, and crystallize. Dry the crystals, L. 
 
 In the preparation of H Cl', by acting with Sul', on Chloride of So- 
 dium, Sulph. Soda is produced. But as there is always an excess of 
 acid, it is neutralized by either of the above Carbonates, the Carb' es- 
 caping, a further portion of Sul. Soda is produced in one case, with 
 the expenditure of a more expensive salt ; but in the more economical 
 E. formula, some insol. Sulph. Lime is formed, from which the soluble 
 Sulphate of Soda is easily separated. 
 
 Tests. Not liable to adulteration. Exposed to the air, it falls to 
 powder. 100 parts lose 55-5 parts by a strong heat. Totally dis- 
 solved by water ; very slightly by Alcohol (insol. Phillips). It does 
 not alter the colour of Litmus or Turmeric. Nitr. Silver throws 
 down scarcely any thing (unless Chlorides be present) from a dilute 
 solution ; Nitr. Baryta more, which is not dissolved by Nit', L. P. 
 The presence of Iron may be detected by Ferrocyanide of Potassium, 
 or by Tincture of Galls, and of Copper by the blue colour produced 
 by Ammonia. 
 
 Inc. Carb. Potash, Chloride of Calcium, Barytic solutions, Acetate 
 and Diacetate of Lead. 
 
 Action. Uses. Purgative. Often called CHELTENHAM SALTS. 
 
 D. 3iv. 3j. or 3ij. 3iij. 3iv. of the effloresced or anhydrous salt. 
 
 Sor>^: PHOSPHAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Phosphate of Soda. Subphosphate of Soda. Tasteless Purging Salt. Sal Mirabile 
 perldium. Triphosphate of Soda and Basic water (Turner), Triphosphate of Soda and 
 water (Graham), or Common Tribasic Phosphate of Soda. F. Phosphate de Soude. 
 G. Phosphorsaures Natron. 
 
 This salt is remarkable for the variety of opinions entertained by 
 Chemists respecting its nature and composition. It is used in metal- 
 lurgy, and was introduced into practice by Dr. Pearson about 1800. 
 It was found in Urine by Hellot in 1737, and analyzed by Marcgraff 
 in 1745. It is also found in the Serurn of the blood, and in other ani- 
 mal secretions ; it is obtained from bone-ashes. 
 
 Prop. Phosphate of Soda is colourless, transparent, and of a cool 
 saline taste. It crystallizes in large oblique rhombic prisms. Sp. Gr. 
 1'5. Soluble in four times its weight of cold and in twice its weight 
 of boiling water ; but not in Alcohol. The crystals effloresce in the 
 air ; when heated, they undergo aqueous fusion, and then lose water, 
 and at a red heat melt into a greenish-coloured glass, opaque when 
 cool. Phosphate of Soda has a slight alkaline reaction. Solutions 
 of Acetate of Lead and of Chloride of Barium produce white preci- 
 pitates (Phosphates). Nitr. Silver throws down a yellow precipitate 
 (Phosphate of Silver), unless the Phosphate has been previously heated 
 to a red heat, and become either monobasic or bibasic Phosphate of 
 Soda ; then a white Pyrophosphate of Silver is produced. All these
 
 HO SOD.E ET POTASSES TARTRAS. 
 
 precipitates are soluble in Nit', and the last also in Ammonia. It is 
 decomposed by the soluble salts of Lime, and also by those of Mag- 
 nesia. In the latter case, " if Ammonia be likewise present, a very 
 insoluble triple compound is formed, the Ammoniaco-Magnesian Phos- 
 phate, one of the varieties of urinary gravel. It is not acted on, if 
 moderately diluted, by Amrnoniacal 'Nitrate of Silver; which consti- 
 tutes a distinction between the actions of the Silver test on this salt 
 and on Arsenic in solution." Phosphate of Soda, according to Pro- 
 fessor Graham, consists of 1 Eq. of Phosph', 1 of basic water, 2 of 
 Soda, and 24 of water of crystallization, thus constituting a Tris- 
 phosphate or Tribasic Phosphate of Soda and Water, 2 Na O, H O, 
 P O 8 4-24 Aq. = 361. When subjected to a red heat, the basic water 
 being expelled, 1 Eq. of acid remains combined with 2 of Soda, and 
 forms a Bibasic or Diphosphate of Soda, the salt which melts into a 
 glass. 
 
 Prep. E. D. Phosphate of Soda is only in the list of Materia Medica in the L. P. The 
 E. and D. Colleges give formulas. To the acid, of Biphosphate of Lime obtained by 
 acting on Bone-ash with Sul', as described at p. 50, and in the state of a clear liquid, 
 which is to be heated to ebullition, add Carb. Soda q. s. E. (8 parts, D.) dissolved in boil- 
 ing water, until the acid be completely neutralized. Put the solution aside to cool and 
 crystallize. More crystals may be obtained by successively evaporating (adding a little 
 Carbonate of Soda till the liquid exerts a feeble alkaline reaction on Litmus paper, E). 
 Preserve the crystals in well-closed vessels. (If the salt is not pure redissolve and crys- 
 tallize, D.) 
 
 [The directions of U. S. P. and E. are the same.] 
 
 When the Carbonate of Soda is added to the solution of Super- 
 phosphate of Lime, Phosphate of Soda is formed, and remains in so- 
 lution, Carb' gas escaping, and Subphos. Lime being precipitated. 
 
 Tests. If the precipitate made by Chlor. Barium is insoluble in Nit', 
 a Sulph., probably of Soda, is present ; if that by Nitr. Silver is so, 
 then a Chloride is present. Carb. Soda is sometimes used in excess, 
 especially as fine crystals are then more easily obtained : its pre- 
 sence is readily detected by its effervescing with acids. 45 grs. dis- 
 solved in Aq. dest. f3ij. and precipitated by a solution of 50 grs. Car- 
 bonate of Lead in fjj. of Pyroligneous acid, will remain precipitable 
 by solution of Acetate of Lead. E. P. 
 
 Inc. Calcareous and Magnesian Salts; many Metallic Salts, as 
 Acetate of Lead, &c. 
 
 Action. Uses. Mild Saline Cathartic ; less unpleasant than others. 
 
 D. 3iv. 3jss. 
 
 SOLUTIO SOD^E PHOSPHATIS, E. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve of Phosphate of Soda (free of efflorescence) 175 grs. in Aq. dest. 
 and keep the solution in well-closed vessels. Employed only as a test. 
 
 ET PoTASS^E TARTRAS, D. (U. S.) SoD,E PoTASSIO-TARTRAS, L, 
 PoTASS.iE ET SoDjE TARTRAS, E. 
 
 Tartrate of Soda and of Potash, or, of Potash and Soda. Soda Tartarizata. Tartarized 
 Soda. Rochelle Salt. F. Tartrate de Potasseet de Soude. G. Weinsaures Natron- 
 . Kali. 
 
 Tartrate of Soda and Potash (NaO, KO, 2 Tar' + 8 Aq. = 284) 
 was discovered in 1672 by Seignette, an apothecary of Rochelle.
 
 SOD^E ET POTASS^E TARTRAS. 
 
 Ill 
 
 Hence it is called Sel de Seignette, also Rochelle Salt. All the Col- 
 leges differ in naming this salt. As it has most generally been ranked 
 as a Soda salt in medical writings, the D. name, being more convenient 
 and as correct as that of the E. P., is preferable. 
 
 Fig. 17. 
 
 Fig. 18. 
 
 Prop. Colourless and without odour; of a mild, saline, slightly 
 bitterish taste. Crystals transparent, often very large, in prisms with 
 ten or twelve unequal sides ; usually seen in half-crystals having 
 six unequal sides ; the primitive form is the right rhombic prism. 
 They effloresce in a dry air, and - , when heated, melt in their water 
 of crystallization. The acid becoming decomposed, Carbonates 
 of Potash and Soda are left with some Charcoal. This salt is solu- 
 ble in 5 parts (2| Berz.) of water at 60, and in less boiling water. 
 It is readily decomposed by most acids and acidulous salts, except 
 the Bitart. Potash. The acids combine with the Soda, and precipi- 
 tate Bitart. Potash. It is also decomposed by the Acet. and Diacet. 
 Lead, and likewise by the soluble salts of Lime and of Baryta; but 
 this is not apparent in a dilute solution. A white precipitate is also 
 thrown down in a strong solution by Nitr. Silver (p.), which is so- 
 luble in an excess of water. This, therefore, like the former, is not 
 perceptible in a dilute solution. Potash may be recognised by its pe- 
 culiar tests, and when it has been precipitated, the Soda will be re- 
 vealed by its tests. Composition, Tart. Pot. 40, Tart. Soda 34-5 
 Aq. 25-5 = 100. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Dissolve Curb. Soda gxij. (5 parts, D.) in boiling Aq. Oiv. (50 parts, D.) 
 Add gradually Bitart. Potash 3xvj. L. (to neutralization, E.) (7 parts, D.) Filter and con- 
 centrate till a pellicle forms ; set aside to crystallize and evaporate again for a further 
 supply. 
 
 In this formula, the second Equivalent of Tart' of the Bitartrate 
 combining with the Soda, the Carb' is expelled with effervescence, 
 and a double salt consisting of Tartrate of Soda and of Tartrate 
 of Potash remains in solution. As both the Carb. Soda and the Bi- 
 tart. Potash are liable to vary in strength, it is better to add the latter 
 to saturation, though it is preferable to have excess of Soda rather 
 than of acid. 
 
 Tests. Not liable to much adulteration, from being sold in crystals ; 
 but both Bitart. Potash and Tart. Lime are sometimes present. En- 
 tirely and easily soluble in 5 parts of boiling Aq. The solution does 
 not affect Litmus or Turmeric. S' and Mur' occasion a crystalline 
 precipitate in a strong solution (Bitart. Potash). 37 grains in solu- 
 tion are not entirely precipitated by 43 grains of Nitr. Lead. L. and
 
 112 BARIUM. 
 
 E. This will show the due proportion of Tart', and consequently the 
 absence of the mineral acids. The Chlor. Barium and Nitr. Silver 
 employed by the London College require very dilute solutions (v. su- 
 pra), as pointed out by Dr. Pereira. 
 
 Inc. Acids and Acidulous Salts, Acet. and Diacet. Lead, &c. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic, Diuretic. 
 
 D. 3ij. 3j., or in effervescence, as in Seidlitz powders. 
 
 SoD^E AcETAS, L. D. 
 
 Acetate of Soda. Terra foliata Tartari crystallizata. Terra foliata Mineralis. F. Ace- 
 tate de Soude. G. Essigsaures Natron. 
 
 The Acetate of Soda (Na O, Ac'+6 Aq. = 137) is considered by 
 Thomson to have been first described by Baron in 1747. It proba- 
 bly exists in many of the plants of which the ashes yield Carbonate of 
 Soda. It is made in large quantities by the manufacturers of Pyro- 
 ligneous Acid, q. v., hence it is included in the list of Materia Medica 
 of the L. P. 
 
 Prop. When pure, a colourless salt, having a pungent, rather bitter 
 saline taste. It crystallizes in transparent, oblique rhombic prisms, or 
 in striated needles, often seen in foliaceous masses. Sp. Gr. 2-1. 
 Soluble in about 3 parts of water at 60, and in its own weight of boil- 
 ing water, and in about 24 parts of Alcohol. Exposed to dry air, it 
 effloresces, losing about 40 per cent, of weight. Heat, cautiously ap- 
 plied, likewise expels its water of crystallization ; but at a tempera- 
 ture of 600 the salt is decomposed, and at a red heat converted into 
 the Carbonate with some Charcoal. Comp. NaO23-36 + A' 37-22 + 
 Aq. 39-41=99-99. 
 
 Prep. Acetate of Soda is made on a large scale by saturating impure Pyroligneous 
 acid with Chalk or Slaked Lime. The Acetate of Lime which is formed is decomposed 
 by the requisite quantity of Sulphate of Soda. An insoluble Sulphate of Lime is precipi- 
 tated, and Acetate of Soda remains in solution. This is decanted, evaporated, and crys- 
 tallized. The crystals are still very impure and blackish-coloured. They are purified by 
 repeated solution, filtering, and crystallization. 
 
 The D. C. directs it to be made by saturating distilled Vinegar with Curb. Soda, fil- 
 tering and evaporating the fluid till it attains the density of 1276. Crystals are deposited 
 on cooling, which are to be dried and kept in a close vessel. 
 
 Tests. Acetate of Soda is not liable to any great adulterations as 
 made at present ; but they can be recognised by the tests of the L. P. 
 Soluble entirely in water ; not (only partially) in Alcohol. The so- 
 lution does not affect Litmus or Turmeric ; neither is it affected by 
 Chlor. Barium (if no Sulph. be present), by Nitr. Silver (if no Chlo- 
 rides), nor by Chlor. Platinum (if no Potash). SuT evolves an ace- 
 tous odour. Heat converts it into Carbonate of Soda. 
 
 Inc. The strong Acids. 
 
 Action. Uses. Diuretic, Cathartic. 
 
 D. Diuretic, Bj. 3ij. Purgative, 3j. 3iv. 
 
 BARIUM. 
 
 Baryta was discovered by Gahn and Scheele about 1774, but ob- 
 tained its name from Baps, heavy. Sir H. Davy discovered that it 
 was the Oxide of a Metal, which he named Barium.
 
 BARYTA CARBONAS. 113 
 
 BARIUM (Ba = 69) is a brilliant silver-white metal ; heavy, Sp. Gr. 
 above 2 ; when heated, burning with a red light in the air, and de- 
 composing water, combining in both cases with Oxygen, and form- 
 ing an Oxide of Barium, or the earth Baryta. 
 
 BARYTA. F. Baryte. G. Schwer-erde, or Baryt-erde. 
 
 Baryta or Bajytes (Ba O=77) is a porous substance, of a grayish 
 colour, devoid of odour, with a powerful caustic taste, alkaline re- 
 action, corroding animal substances. Sp. Gr. 4. It combines eagerly 
 with water, evolves heat, and becomes a Hydrate, which is not 
 decomposed at a red heat ; difficultly fused ; insoluble in Alcohol, but 
 soluble in 20 parts of cold and 3 of boiling water, forming Barytic 
 water. 
 
 Tests. It may be detected by its alkaline reaction, the heavy white 
 precipitates which it forms with S' or the soluble Sulphates, and 
 which are insoluble in water and dilute acid. 
 
 Action. Uses. Baryta is an acrid caustic, and will act as a poison 
 on the system. 
 
 BARYTA CARBONAS, L. E. (U. S.) 
 
 Carbonate of Barytes. Terra ponderosa aerata nativa, Gm. F. Carbonate de Baryte. 
 
 G. Kohlensaures Baryt. 
 
 Carbonate of Baryta (BaO,CO a =99) was described in 1784 by 
 Dr. Withering, and named Witherite by Werner ; it is rather com- 
 mon in Lancashire. It may be prepared in the form of a powder 
 by decomposing Chlor. Barium by an alkaline Carbonate. In its na- 
 tive state it occurs massive with a fibrous structure, or imperfectly 
 crystallized in a globular form, or in hexagonal prisms, or in pyra- 
 mids. 
 
 Prop. It is hard, of a white -or grayish colour, without odour or 
 taste, with a vitreous lustre, and subtransparent. Sp. Gr. 4-29 4'3 ; 
 nearly insoluble in water, unless there is excess of Carb'. The 
 native is not decomposed by heat, the artificial at a white heat in con- 
 tact with carbonaceous matter. Comp. Ba77'7 + C' 22-3 100. 
 
 Tests. Carb. Baryta, if pure, should be entirely dissolved with 
 effervescence in H Cl' ; any Sulph. Baryta present will remain undis- 
 solved. The solution of Chlor. Barium which has been formed does 
 not give any precipitate on addition of Ammonia, showing the ab- 
 sence of Alumina. A brownish-yellow precipitate will indicate Iron ; 
 and H S' throws down a black Sulphuret of Lead or Copper, or of 
 Iron. Sul' added in excess to the above solution, will precipitate the 
 whole of the Baryta as a Sulphate ; and if Carb. Soda is afterwards 
 added, no precipitate should take place, and thus prove the absence 
 of Lime. The E. P. states that 100 grs. dissolved in an excess of 
 Nit', are not entirely precipitated with 61 grs. of the anhydrous or 
 125 grs. of the crystallized Sulph. Magnesia. 
 
 Tests. Does not smell of Sulphuretted Hydrogen after ignition with 
 Charcoal, nor effervesce with dilute N'. 
 
 Action. Uses. Carbonate of Baryta, though insoluble and tasteless, 
 
 8
 
 114 BARIICHLORIDUM. 
 
 yet acts with considerable activity when introduced into the stomach 
 of animals, probably from meeting there with acid, by which it is 
 converted into a soluble salt. Officinal for the purpose of making 
 the Chloride of Barium. 
 
 BARYTA SULPHAS, E. D. 
 Sulphate of Baryta. F. Sulfate de Baryte. G. Schwefelsaures Baryt. 
 
 Sulphate of Baryta (Ba O, SO 8 = 117), or Heavy Spar, is more 
 abundant as a mineral than the Carbonate. The finest specimens 
 have been obtained from Dufton in Cumberland : the author found it 
 on the Himalayas, near the Convalescent depot at Landour. (v. Illustr. 
 Himal. Bot. p. xxxiii.) 
 
 Prop. Heavy Spar may be found massive or crystallized, of a folia- 
 ceous or lamellar structure ; white-gray or with a reddish hue ; often 
 translucent; heavy ; Sp. Gr. 4-41 to 4-67; without odour or taste; 
 insoluble in water. Its crystals are often bevelled tables or flat 
 prisms of six sides, and may be divided into right rhombic prisms. 
 This salt is formed whenever Baryta meets with S', in whatever state 
 of combination either the earth or the acid may previously have been ; 
 and the Sulphate of Baryta being insoluble in Nit', this is employed 
 to test it. Hence this earth and its soluble salts are excellent tests 
 for S' and the Sulphates. It is double refractive, decrepitates briskly 
 before the blowpipe, and is with difficulty fused, but eventually melts 
 into a hard white enamel, which is not affected by acids. Sulphate 
 of Baryta, when heated with Carbonaceous matter, has its acid de- 
 composed, and Sulphuret of Barium is formed. From this, various salts 
 may be formed by operating with different acids, or it may be con- 
 verted into Carbonate of Baryta by heating it to a red heat with three 
 parts of Carbonate of Potash. Comp. Ba O 66 + S' 34 = 100. 
 
 Action. Uses. Inert. Employed for making other salts, being cheap 
 and usually pure. 
 
 BAIIII CHLORIDUM, L. (U. S.) BARYTA MURIAS, E. D. 
 Chloride of Barium. F. Chlorure de Baryum. G. Chlor-Baryum. 
 
 Chloride of Barium (Ba Cl + 2 Aq. = 123), at one time called Terra 
 ponderosa Salita and Barytes Salita, was discovered by Scheele in 
 1775. It is prepared from either the Barytic Carbonate or Sulphate. 
 
 Prop. By evaporation of its solution it may be obtained in rhombic 
 plates, or flat or tabular quadrangular crystals with bevelled edges. 
 Sp. Gr. 2-82. These, like the solution, are colourless and transparent, 
 of an acrid and bitter, nauseous, disagreeable taste ; efflorescent in 
 the air when it is very dry ; but in ordinary states they are permanent. 
 They produce no action on vegetable colours. Of these crystals 100 
 parts of water at 60 F. dissolve about 40 parts; but at the boiling 
 point, 222 of a saturated solution, 78 parts are dissolved. They are 
 slightly soluble in rectified Spirit, and in 400 parts of anhydrous Al- 
 cohol, which will then burn with a greenish-yellow flame. (Strontian 
 salts burn red.) At a moderate heat the crystals decrepitate and lose 
 their water of crystallization.
 
 BARYTA NITRAS. 115 
 
 Prep. L. Mix H Cl' Oss. with Aq. dest, Oij. gradually add Curb. Baryta, broken into 
 small pieces, 3x. Then apply heat, and on the cessation of effervescence, strain and boil 
 down the liquor, that crystals may form. 
 
 E. D. Take ofSulph. Baryta fcj. (10 parts, D.) Charcoal in fine powder 3ij. (I part, D.) 
 pure Mur' q. s. Heat the Sulphate to redness ; (throw into cold water and levigate, D.) 
 pulverize it when cold, and mix it intimately with the Charcoal ; subject the mixture to 
 a low white heat, for three hours in a covered crucible ; pulverize the product, put it gra- 
 dually into boiling Aq. Ov., and boil for a few minutes; let it rest for a little over a va- 
 pour-bath ; pour off the clear liquor, and filter it if necessary, keeping it hot. Pour boil- 
 ing Aq. Oiij. over the residuum and proceed as before. Unite the two liquids, and while 
 they are still hot, or if cooled, after heating them again, add pure Mur' gradually so long 
 as effervescence is occasioned. In this process the solutions ought to be as little exposed 
 to the air as possible ; and in the last step the disengaged gas should be discharged by a 
 proper tube into a chimney, or the ash-pit of a furnace. Strain the liquor, concentrate it, 
 and set it aside to crystallize. 
 
 In the L. process the Chlorine of the H Cl' combines with the Ba- 
 rium of the Baryta, and forms the Chloride of Barium, while the Hy- 
 drogen, set free from the acid, combines with the Oxygen of the 
 earth, and some water is formed. 
 
 In the E. and D. processes, the Carbon, taking the Oxygen from both 
 the acid and the earth, escapes in the form of Carbonic Oxide, while 
 the Sulphur, combining with the'Barium, forms a Sulphuret of Ba- 
 rium. This, by solution in water, becomes* a Hydrosulphate of Ba- 
 ryta. This, on the addition of HC1', becomes Hydrochlorate of 
 Baryta, which by evaporation yields crystals of Chloride of Barium, 
 the Hydrogen and Oxygen forming water. 
 
 Tests. Sul' and the Sulphates throw down the insoluble Sulphate of 
 Baryta from the solution ; so also do the soluble Phosphates, Carbo- 
 nates, and Tartrates. Nitr. Silver also gives a white precipitate 
 (Chlor. Silver), which is soluble in Am., but insol. in Nit'. Impurities 
 are less apt to occur when this salt is made with the Sulphate than 
 when made with the Carbonate. Apply the same tests. 
 
 The revised E. P. state that 100 grains in solution are not entirely 
 precipitated by 100 grains Sulph. Magnesia. 
 
 LIQUOR BARII CHLORIDI, L. BARYTA MURIATIS AQUA, D. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Chloride Barium 3j. (Muriate, 1 part, D.) in Aq. dest. f3j. (3 parts, D.) 
 and strain. Sp. gr. = 1230, D. 
 
 Inc. Common water, Solutions of Sulphates, Oxalates, Tartrates, 
 Alkaline Phosphates, Borates, and Carbonates, Nitr. Silver, Acetates 
 of Lead and Mercury, and Phosphate of Mercury. 
 
 Action. Uses. Acrid, Irritant, Stimulant, Deobstruent. Test to de- 
 tect S' and Sulphates. 
 
 BARYTJE NITRAS. E. 
 Nitrate of Baryta. F. Nitrate de Baryte. G. Salpetersaures Baryt. 
 
 Nitrate of Baryta (Ba O, N O 5 = 131) finds a place in the E. P. on 
 account of its utility as a pharmaceutic test in detecting some adul- 
 terations of officinal salts and acids. 
 
 Prep. This salt is to be prepared like the Muriate of Bary tes (v. supra. Chloride of Ba- 
 rium) substituting pure Nit' for the Mur'. 
 
 * Metallic sulphurets and metallic chlorides being considered to become hydrosulphates 
 and hydrochlorates of oxides when they are dissolved in water.
 
 116 CALCIUM. 
 
 Prop. If the acid is strong, a congeries of crystals is formed ; if 
 dilute, the solution by evaporation affords crystals in octohedrons, or 
 in small brilliant plates. The salt has a pungent and styptic taste. 
 The crystals are anhydrous, permanent in the air ; soluble in 10 or 
 12 pahs of water at 60 and in 3 6r 4 parts of boiling water. It de- 
 composes by heat, and detonates feebly with combustible bodies. 
 
 SOLTJTIO BARYTA NITRATIS, E. Solution of Nitrate of Baryta. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Nitrate Baryta gr. xl. in Aq. dest. 800 grs, and keep in well-closed 
 bottles. 
 
 Like the solution of the Chloride, gives a white precipitate with S' 
 
 and the Sulphates insol. in Nit'. 
 
 ? . ^ '. ' 
 
 CALCIUM. 
 
 Lime, in its caustic state, was early known, being employed for 
 making building mortar by the Egyptians, Hindoos, &c. Davy 
 proved that it is an Oxide of a metal, which has been called Calcium, 
 from Calx. Calcium (Ca = 20) is white, brilliant, decomposes water, 
 and, slightly heated, burns in the air, being converted into the Oxide 
 of Calcium, or Lime. 
 
 CALX, L. E. (U. S.) CALX RECENS TTSTA, L. D. 
 Oxide of Calcium. Quicklime. Caustic or pure Lime. jP. Chaux. G. Kalk. 
 
 Prop. Lime (Ca O=28), in its pure form, is a grayish- white earthy- 
 looking mass, moderately hard, brittle: Sp. Gr. 2-3 3-08; having an 
 acrid alkaline taste ; corroding animal substances. When fresh burnt, 
 it absorbs both moisture and Carb' from the air ; it will abstract 
 water from most bodies, and is hence often employed as a drying 
 substance. Comp. Ca 7 1-42 + 028-58= 100. 
 
 Fresh burnt and slaked Lime, though easily procured, is seldom 
 pure enough for medical use. 
 
 Prep. L. E. Break Chalk ftj. (White Marble, E.) into small pieces and burn it in a 
 very strong fire for 1 hour, L. (in a covered crucible, at a full red heat, for 3 hours, E.) 
 
 White Carrara Marble, Calcareous Spar, Chalk, Shells, all yield 
 good Lime. The heat being sufficiently great, the Carb' is expelled, 
 and about 56 per cent, of Lime left in a caustic state, and tolerably 
 pure; but, if shells have been employed, mixed with a little Phosphate 
 of Lime and Oxide of Iron. It must be kept well closed up. 
 
 Tests. Water being added, Lime cracks and falls to powder; the 
 rest as Hydrate of Lime, L. 
 
 CALCIS HYDRAS, L. Hydrate of. Lime, or Slaked Lime. 
 
 This (CaO + HO = 37) is formed whenever water is sprinkled 
 over caustic Lime : it is immediately absorbed with a hissing noise, 
 the Lime splitting and crumbling into a dry, white, powdery Hy- 
 drate. It is capable of thus taking up about 31-0 of its weight of 
 water, and at the same time disengaging so much heat, as to inflame 
 wood. Comp. Ca O 75-68 + Aq. 24-32 = 100. It loses its water by 
 the action of heat; but the Lime itself is very infusible, though
 
 LIQUOR CALCIS. U7 
 
 powerful as a flux for many earths and Oxides. When heated in the 
 Oxy-hydrogen flame, it is intensely luminous, as in the Drummond's 
 light. Acids combine with Lime, some forming very soluble salts, as 
 the H Cl' the Ac', while Ox' and Phos' form a nearly insoluble Oxa- 
 late and Phosphate. Its presence is readily detected in any solution 
 by the milkiness produced by passing Carb' gas through it, also by 
 alkaline Carbonates and alkaline Sulphates, or by the addition of Ox' 
 or Oxalate of Ammonia. The Oxalate of Lime will be precipitated 
 from a very dilute solution. S' does not form a precipitate in a di- 
 lute solution. Salts of Lime tinge the flame of Alcohol orange. 
 This Hydrate is" soluble in water, forming Lime-water. 
 
 Tests. Soluble without effervescence in H Cl'. The solution does 
 not precipitate with Ammonia proving that neither Alumina nor 
 Magnesia are present, nor Oxide of Iron, nor Silica. 
 
 Action. Uses. Used as a Masticatory in India with Betle or Pan. 
 Caustic, Disinfectant. 
 
 LIQUOR (AQUA, E. D.) CALCIS, L. (U. S.) Lime-Water. 
 
 Prep. Take of Lime (fresh burnt) ftss. Aq. dest. Oxij. L. (Lime 1 part and Water 20 
 parts, E. Slake the Lime with 1 part of hot water, and add 30 parts of cold water, D.) 
 The Lime being slaked, is put into a bottle with about 30 times its weight of water, and 
 then well shaken together, close the vessel and set aside, that the undissolved Lime may 
 subside, pour off the clear liquor when it is required, and it may here placed with fresh 
 water, agitating briskly as before, that a fresh supply may be ready. 
 
 [U.S. Lime giv. Distilled Water Cj.] 
 
 A simple solution of Lime in water ; requiring to be kept in stop- 
 pered bottles, which are kept full, as it attracts C' from the air, which 
 by uniting with the Lime, forms a thin film of Carb. Lime at the sur- 
 face ; this afterwards precipitates in the form of white layers, but its 
 place will be supplied by the undissolved Lime left in the bottle. 
 Dalton ascertained that, contrary to the analogy of most bodies, cold 
 water dissolved more of Lime than hot water ; that is, water at 60, 
 yfg-, and at 212, only T ^Vu- Mr- R. Phillips ascertained that water 
 near the freezing point takes up about ^ more than water at 60, and 
 nearly double that of boiling water. 
 
 A pint of water at 32 dissolves 13-25 grains of Lime. 
 " u 60 " 11-6 " 
 
 " " 212 " 6-7 " 
 
 Tests. Lime-water is clear and transparent, without odour, but 
 having a disagreeable alkaline taste ; changes vegetable blues to green, 
 and forms an imperfect soap with oils ; when evaporated under the 
 vacuum of an air-pump, imperfect six-sided crystals may be obtained 
 of the Hydrate of Lime. 
 
 Inc. Acids and Acidulous Salts, Alkaline Carbonates, Ammoniacal 
 and Metallic Salts, Borates, and astringent Vegetable Infusions. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent, Antacid, Antilithic. Resolvent in glan- 
 dular affections. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Potassa cum Calce. Aqua Calcis Comp. Lime- 
 water for Black and Yellow wash. 
 
 D. fjss. fjviij. three or four times a day.
 
 118 CALCIS CARBONAS. 
 
 LINIMENTUM CALCIS, E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Prep. Agitate briskly together equal parts of Lime- Water and Linseed .Oil. (Olive 
 Oil, D.) 
 
 Both the oils are composed of Oleic and Margaric acids and Gly- 
 cerine : when mixed with Lime-water, an Oleo-Margarate of Lime 
 (Calcareous Soap) is formed. It has long been employed as an ap- 
 plication to burns and scalds, and employed for this purpose at the 
 Carron Works, hence often called Carron oil. -5 Turpentine is some- 
 times added with advantage. Dr. Christison describes it as a Lime 
 Soap with an excess of Linseed Oil ; for when allowed to rest, the mix- 
 ture separates into a white soap and a supernatant clear oil. 
 
 CALCIS CARBONAS. 
 F. Carbonate de Chaux. Craie. G. Kohlensaurer Kalk. 
 
 The Carbonate of Lime (Ca O, C O a =50) is one of the most widely 
 diffused of minerals, and must have been one of those most anciently 
 employed in the arts, and likewise in medicine. Found in a great 
 variety of forms; forming mountain masses, either crystalline, as 
 Marble and Calc Spar, or compact as Limestone ; in both stratified 
 and unstratified rocks, and as Chalk in great beds, as the newest of 
 the secondary strata. It is also extensively diffused in particles 
 throughout the soil, which by segregation become united into roundish 
 or botryoidal masses, or it may become dissolved by water, and is 
 found in most springs, from which it is again deposited in a stalactical 
 form. It is found in the ashes of most plants, probably from the ve- 
 getable acids with which it was combined being converted into the 
 Carbonic' during the process of incineration. Carbonate of Lime 
 forms a constituent of the bones of Vertebrata, and a large part of the 
 shells of testaceous Mollusca, of Crustacea, and of Corals. Hence 
 Oyster-shells, Crab's-claws, Crab's-eyes, as they are called, and Corals, 
 have all been employed in medicine, as formerly the lapis judaicus, 
 which is the spine of a fossil echinus. All consist of pure Carbonate 
 of Lime, with some animal matter intimately intermixed, sometimes 
 a little Phosphate of Lime. Carb. Lime is found crystallized in a 
 variety of forms, but the primitive form is an obtuse rhomboid, and 
 that of Arragonite a rectangular prism. Many varieties are trans- 
 parent, and remarkable for doubly refracting the rays of light, espe- 
 
 Fig. 19. Fig. 20. 
 
 cially Iceland Spar. It has been artificially crystallized by Prof. 
 Daniell in acute rhombic crystals, which contained 5 per cent, of
 
 CALCIS CARBONAS DURA. 
 
 water. It is very sparingly soluble, 1 part requiring 1600 of water. 
 But if an excess of Garb' be present, it is readily dissolved, and is 
 hence found in many mineral waters, from which it is again precipi- 
 tated on the escape of the C'. The solution reddens Litmus-paper, 
 but changes the yellow colour of Turmeric-paper to brown, (p.) 
 Heated in the air, Carb. Lime loses 44 per cent, of C', Lime being 
 left ; but if heated in close and strong vessels, no change is produced, 
 and on cooling, artificial marble is produced, as by Sir J. Hall. 
 Bucholz fused it even without compression, in parts to which the 
 access of air was prevented. Carb. Lime is readily decomposed 
 by the acids with strong effervescence, forming soluble salts with N' 
 and H Cl', and insoluble ones with S'. It may be formed artificially 
 by adding Carb' to Lime-water, or by decomposing any soluble salt 
 of Lime (or Chlor. Calcium) with the carbonates of any of the alka- 
 lies. Cornp. Ca O 56 +C O" 44 = 1 00. 
 
 CALCIS CARBONAS DURA. MARMOR, (ALBUM, D.) L. E. (U. S.) Marble. 
 
 Marble is officinal for yielding Carb' gas (p. 66) by the action of 
 stronger acids. It is also called Saccharine Limestone ; has a glim- 
 mering appearance, from the lamellae of its minute crystals intersect- 
 ing each other in every direction. Pure white Marble is intended ; 
 that of Carrara, commonly called Statuary Marble, is the purest 
 variety. 
 
 Tests. Marble should dissolve with effervescence in dilute H Cl' 
 without residue, proving the absence of Silica and some other impu- 
 rities. In this solution, especially if neutralized, Ammonia ought 
 (even after boiling) to cause no precipitate, if neither Magnesia (a 
 constituent of some Limestones), nor Alumina, nor Oxide of Iron 
 (the most common impurities), are present. Neither ought it to be 
 decomposed by a solution of Sulphate of Lime in water; if any pre- 
 cipitate appears, it must be Sulphate of Baryta or of Strontian. 
 
 CALCIS CARBONAS FRIABILIS. CRETA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Chalk. 
 
 Chalk is well known as an extensive secondary formation, of a dull 
 white earthy appearance ; tasteless, but adhering to the tongue ; 
 usually friable, sometimes hard ; Sp. Gr. 2-3 ; but either variety may 
 be employed, though the softer is usually preferred for medical use. 
 Its chemical characters are the same as those of Marble. In the arts 
 it is commonly known by the name of Whiting, which is Chalk ground 
 in a mill, and the grosser impurities separated by sinking in water, 
 while the pure Chalk, being suspended, is allowed to settle, and made 
 into small loaves. For medical use, it is similarly but more carefully 
 prepared by the process of levigation, and in drying is made up into 
 small conical masses. 
 
 CRETA PR^IPARATA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Prepared Chalk. 
 
 Prep. Add to Chalk ftj. a little water, and rub to a fine powder. Throw this into a 
 large vessel of water, then agitate, and after a short period pour off the supernatant water 
 still turbid, into another vessel, and set it aside for the suspended chalk to subside. Lastly, 
 the water being poured off, dry this powder and preserve for use. The directions of E. 
 and D. are essentially the same. Oyster shells, first freed from impurities and washed 
 with boiling water, may be prepared in a similar manner, forming the TESTAE 
 T^E, L. q. v.
 
 120 C R E T jE. 
 
 CALCIS CARBONAS PR^ECIPITATUM, D, Precip. Carb. of Lime. 
 
 Prep. This precipitated Carbonate is prepared by the addition of a solution of Carbonate 
 of Soda to a solution of Muriate of Lime. It has the advantage of minute subdivision if 
 prepared with cold solutions. 
 
 Tests, (v. supra.) E. P. "A solution of 25 grs. in f3x. of Pyro- 
 ligneous acid (according to Mr. Phillips, this is capable of dissolving 
 4 times the above quantity of Chalk), when neutralized by Carbonate 
 of Soda, and precipitated by 32 grs. of Oxalate Ammonia, continues 
 precipitable after filtration by more of the test." Dr. Christison 
 states that a considerable excess of acid is useful. A little Lime is 
 left unprecipitated if there be 90 per cent, of pure Carbonate of Lime 
 in the Chalk ; and this slight excess of Lime is indicated by adding 
 more Oxalate of Ammonia to the filtered liquor. 
 
 Inc. Acids and Acidulous Salts, as other Carbonates. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid, Absorbent, Desiccant ; from allaying irrita- 
 tion, apparently Astringent. If long used, care must be taken that it 
 does not accumulate in the intestines. 
 
 D. gr. x. 3j. ; but usually given in some of the following prepara- 
 tions. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Hydrargyrum cum Creta. Prepared Oyster Shells 
 also contain Carbonate of Lime. v. Testa? prseparatse. 
 
 MISTURA CRETJE, L. E. D. (U. S.) Chalk Mixture. 
 
 Prep. Take Prepared Chalk gss. (%x. E.), Sugar 3iij. (pure 3v. E. 3iij. D.) Mixture 
 of Acacia f giss. [(Mucilage f 3iij. and triturate together, E.) (Mucilage of Gum Arabic 
 3j. D.)] Cinnamon water f Sxviij. L. [(Aq. fcj. by measure, D.) (add gradually Aq. Oij. 
 and Spirit of Cinnamon 3ij. E.)] Mix. 
 
 [U. S. Prepared Chalk gss. Sugar, Gum Arabic in powder, aa 3ij. Cin. Water, 
 Water, aa f giv.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid, Demulcent. Much employed in Diarrhoeas 
 arising from acidity. 
 
 D. f 3ss f 3ij- every three or four hours. 
 
 PULVIS CRET.& COMPOSITUS, L. E. D. Compound Powder of Chalk. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Reduce separately to fine powder Prepared Chalk ftss. (giv. E.) 
 Cinnamon (bark, D.) giv. (in fine powder Biss. E.) Tormentil root and Gym Arabic 
 aa 3iij. L. D. (Nutmeg in fine powder j. E.) and Long Pepper gas. L. D. Mix well. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid, Stimulant, and Astringent. In Diarrhosas 
 of low states of the constitution. 
 D. gr. v. Bj. 
 
 TROCHISCUS CRET^E, E. Chalk Lozenge. [TROCHISCI CRET.E, U. S.] 
 
 Prep. Reduce to powder Prepared Chalk j|iv. Gum Arabic 3j. Nutmeg 3j. Pure 
 Sugar 3vj. beat with water into a proper mass for making lozenges. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid. Useful in acidity of the prima3 via?. 
 PULVIS CRET^E COMPOSITUS CUM OPIO, L. D. PULVIS CRET.E OPIATUS, E. 
 
 1 grain of Opium in 40 grains of the Compound Chalk Powder, L. 
 v. OPIUM.
 
 CALXCHLORINATA. 121 
 
 CONFECTIO AROMATICA, L. D. Aromatic Confection. 
 
 Prep. Rub into a very fine powder Cinnamon and Nutmegs aa 3ij. Cloves 3j. 
 Cardamoms gss. Saffron (dried, D.) 3ij. Prepared Chalk 3 xv i- Sugar (pure, D.) fi>ij. 
 (add gradually Aq. ftj. and rub into a pulp, D.) Keep in a close vessel, and whenever 
 the confection is to be used add water gradually and mix until they are thoroughly in- 
 corporated. L. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid and Cordial. Useful in Diarrhoeas, and 
 an excellent addition to Rhubarb and Magnesia, and such powders, 
 for children. 
 
 D. Gr. v. or gr. x. 3j. 
 
 [The Aromatic Confection of U. S. P. has not any chalk in its 
 composition. See Cinnamon.] 
 
 CALX CHLORINATA, L. E. (U. S.) 
 
 Chlorinated Lime. Hypochlorite of Lime. Chloride of Lime. Chlorite of Lime. Oxy. 
 muriate of Lime. Bleaching Powder. F. Chlorure de Chaux. G. Chlor Kalk. 
 
 This substance was first prepared by Messrs. Tennant and Mackin- 
 tosh in 1798. The exact nature of the compound not having been 
 satisfactorily determined, the present name has been assigned it in 
 the L. and E. P., though it is very commonly called Chloride of Lime, 
 or Bleaching Powder. 
 
 Prop. Chlorinated Lime is a dry pulverulent substance, of a 
 grayish colour, with a hot, penetrating, bitter taste, a weak odour of 
 Chlorine, more perceptible when the powder is shaken. When well 
 prepared, it is very soluble in water ; but commonly a considerable 
 portion (of Lime) remains undissolyed. In the atmosphere, the Carb', 
 or any of the other acids, sets free the Chlorine, and a Carbonate of 
 Lime is formed, with some Chloride of Calcium, which causes deli- 
 quescence. Heat also expels the Chlorine, and then Oxygen. The 
 strongest solution has a density of 1040. (Ure.) It is of a pale yellow 
 colour, has a slight smell of Chlorine, and holds in solution the Chlor. 
 Lime, with a little caustic Lime, and any Chlor. Calcium which may 
 have been formed. This solution is remarkable for its bleaching and 
 disinfecting properties. The addition of a little acid increases its 
 activity for such purposes. 
 
 The true composition of Chlorinated Lime is still unsettled. Dr. 
 Ure considered it a variable preparation, and not combined in equi- 
 valent quantities, as he found the quantity of Chlorine absorbed by 
 Lime to vary, especially according to the quantity of water which 
 was previously added to slaked Lime. Dr. Thomson states that in 
 Glasgow it is now so manufactured as to be almost entirely soluble 
 in water, and that it consists of Cl Ca O=64. Berzelius considers it 
 to be a Chlorite ; and Balard, that a portion of the Lime gives its 
 Oxygen to the Chlorine, and that a Hypochlorite of Lime and some 
 Chloride of Calcium are formed. Mr. Phillips states that the Chloride 
 of Lime appears, from the statements of Brande and Grouvelle, and 
 also from his own experiments, to consist of Cl 36+2 Ca O, H O 
 (37x2)74=110. When water is added to this, ihe Chloride of 
 Lime dissolves, leaving nearly all the Lime insoluble : it is therefore
 
 122 CALCIICHLORIDUM. 
 
 probably composed of 1 Eq. Bihydrated Chloride of Lime, 18+36+ 
 28=82, 1 Eq. Lime, 28=110. If the views of Berzelius and Balard 
 be followed, and their proportions adopted, then the composition, ac- 
 cording to Dr. Pereira, will be 1 Eq. Trishypochlorite of Lime 128 
 + 1 Eq. Chloride of Calcium 56+4 Eq. Aq. 36=220; or, per cent. 
 Cl Ca O 58-18+C1 Ca 25-45+Aq. 16-36=99-99. Dr. Ure, however, 
 states that the common Chloride of Lime of commerce consists of 
 45-4 Lime, 40-31 Chlorine, 14-28 water=99-99. 
 
 Prep. Pass as much Chlorine, as may be sufficient to saturate Lime fly. spread out in 
 a proper vessel. Chlorine is very readily evolved from H Cl' gently heated with Binoxide 
 Manganese, v. Chlorine, p. 58. 
 
 Chloride of Lime is, however, easily obtained, being largely pre- 
 pared as a Bleaching Powder. Here slaked Lime is spread out on 
 a pile of wooden trays in a chamber built of sandstone, the joints 
 being secured by a cement of Pitch, Resin, and dry Gypsum, into 
 which the Chlorine is transmitted until the Lime is saturated. A 
 larger quantity of Chlorine is absorbed when about 15 per cent, of 
 water is previously added to the Lime, and the Lime is occasionally 
 raked up. Here the Chlorine combines with the Hydrated Lime, or 
 some of the Lime gives its Oxygen to the Chlorine, some Hypochlo- 
 rous Acid is produced, and Hypochlorite of Lime and Chloride of 
 Calcium formed. 
 
 Tests. Dissolves in dilute H Cl', emitting Chlorine. L. Grayish- 
 white, dry; 50 grs. are nearly all soluble in Aq. fjij., forming a 
 solution of the density 1027 ; of this, 100 measures, treated with an 
 excess of Ox', give off much Chlorine, and if then boiled and allowed 
 to rest 24 hours, yield a precipitate which ^occupies 19 measures of 
 the liquid. E. The precipitate is Oxalate of Lime, and the E. C. 
 desire to have the goodness of Chloride of Lime ascertained by the 
 amount of this precipitate, as well as by the density of the solution. 
 But this method does not detect the amount of Chloride of Calcium, 
 which is the most common adulteration. Dr. C. remarks that pro- 
 bably the simplest criterion of quality is the amount of Chlorine gas 
 evolved by a strong acid, as originally proposed by Dr. Ure. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant, Stimulant, Disinfectant, Antiseptic ; in 
 solution as a lotion and gargle. 
 
 D. Internally gr. j. gr. v. Used in Tooth-powders, Lozenges, 
 Ointment, 3j. with 3j. of Lard. 
 
 LIQUOR CALCIS CHLORINATE. Of variable strength : 3j. 3iv. in Aq. 
 Oj. In Scabies, 3iij. to Aq. Oj. 
 
 CALCII CHLORIDUM, L. (U. S.) CALCIS MURIAS, D. (CRYSTALLIZATUM), E. 
 
 Chloride of Calcium. Hydrochlorate or Muriate of Lime. F. Chlorure de Calcium. 
 Hydrochlorate de Chaux. G. Salzsaurer. 
 
 This salt, commonly called Muriate of Lime, was known, accord- 
 ing to Dulk, as quoted by Dr. Pereira, in the 1 5th century, and called 
 Sal Ammoniacum fiocum, being obtained by the decomposition of Sal 
 Ammoniac by Lime. It is found in nature in Sea-water, and in
 
 C A L C 1 1 C H L O R I D U M. 123 
 
 many springs and mineral waters, sometimes associated with Nitrate 
 of Potash, but usually with Chloride of Sodium and Chloride of Mag- 
 nesium. It may be readily obtained as a residuum in several of the 
 preparations of Ammonia, as the Liquor, Spirit, and Carb., or in ob- 
 taining C' by the action of H Cl' on Marble. 
 
 Prop. Chloride of Calcium L. (Ca Cl=56) is known in two forms : 
 the Anhydrous or the Murias Calcis of the D. P., which is hard, 
 grayish coloured, and semi-translucent. Being without water, it 
 contains nearly twice as much Chlor. Calcium as the crystallized 
 salt. It may be fused at a red heat, and becomes phosphorescent. 
 It is very deliquescent, as is also the crystallized salt, passing readily 
 into the liquid state, forming what used to be called Oleum Calcis. 
 It is frequently employed as a drying substance ; also for attracting 
 moisture to substances, with which it may be mixed, as the soil. It 
 is very soluble in rectified Spirit, also in water, and is then supposed 
 to dissolve either as Chloride of Calcium, or as Hydrochlorate of 
 Lime (Oxide of Calcium.) 
 
 Chloride of Calcium (Ca Cl-l-6 Aq.=110), or Calcis Murias Crys- 
 tallizatum, E., is the hydrated crystallized salt, also called Hydro- 
 chlorate of Lime. It is colourless and without smell, of an acrid 
 and bitter taste ; in striated hexagonal prisms terminated by very 
 acute points. Water even at 32 dissolves more than its own weight, 
 and at 60 above three or four times its weight of this salt. When 
 heated, these crystals undergo watery fusion. Dissolved in water, 
 they produce great cold ; and hence are frequently employed as an 
 ingredient in cold or freezing mixtures. The Chloride is used for 
 concentrating Alcohol, from its great affinity for water. 
 
 Prep. L. Add Chalk gv. gradually to H Cl' Oss. previously mixed with Aq. dest. Oss., 
 to saturation or until the effervescence ceases. (The D. P. employs the liquor which 
 remains after the distillation of Caustic Ammonia.) Strain, evaporate the solution until 
 the salt is dried. Put this into a crucible, and fuse on the fire, and pour it upon a clean 
 flat stone ; when cold, break it into pieces. The anhydrous Chloride is produced. (But 
 the E. P. employ Marble and diluted Mur' to saturation, and place the filtered fluid, after 
 having been evaporated to one-half, in a cold place for crystals to form. The hydrated 
 Chloride is produced.) Both must be preserved in well-closed vessels. 
 
 Here the Carb. Lime (Oxide of Calcium) is decomposed, the C' 
 being expelled in the state of gas ; the Chlorine of the H Cl' combines 
 with the Calcium, and forms Chloride of Calcium ; and the Hydrogen 
 of the Acid with the Oxygen of the Lime forms 1 Eq. of water. In 
 the subsequent part of the London process both the water used and 
 that formed are expelled during the fusion. 
 
 Tests. The presence of Lime and of Chlorine will be revealed by 
 their respective tests. Chloride of Calcium, L. P. should be free from 
 colour ; slightly translucent ; hard and friable ; totally soluble in 
 water; the solution gives no precipitate on the addition of Ammonia 
 (showing the absence of Magnesia), or Chlor. Barium (of Sulphates), 
 nor, when diluted with much water, with Ferro-cyanide of Potassium 
 (showing that it is not contaminated with Iron.) E. P. " The crystal- 
 lized salt is very deliquescent. A solution of 76 grs. in f 3j. Aq. pre- 
 cipitated by 49 grs. Oxal. Ammonia, remains precipitable by more
 
 124 MAGNESIUM. 
 
 of the test. If it contain any alkaline salt, impurity will be indicated 
 by this method," 
 
 CALCII CHLOK.IDI LIQUOR, L. (U. S.) CALCIS MURIATIS (AQUA, D.) 
 SOLUTIO, E. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Chlor. Calcium giv. (3 parts, D.) in Aq. dest. f gxij. (7 parts, D.) The 
 E. P. dissolves Muriate of Lime (crystallized) 3viij. in water fSxij. 
 [The U. S. P. is the same, but directs the preparation of the Muriate.} 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant of the Lymphatics. Used for preparing 
 Muriate of Morphia, and as a test for Oxalic Acid. 
 
 D. fftxx. f3j. 
 
 Inc. Decomposed by S' and by Sulphates and by N' ; by the alkalies 
 and their Carbonates, with the exception of pure Ammonia, which 
 produces no change, and may therefore be prescribed with it. 
 
 CALCIS PHOSPHAS PR.ECIPITATUM, D. 
 
 Precipitated Phosphate of Lime. Subphosphate of Lime. Bone Phosphate of Lime. 
 F. Phosphate de Chaux. G. Phosphorsaurer Kalk. Knochenerde. 
 
 Bone Phosphate of Lime, as its name indicates, constitutes the 
 earthy matter of bones, teeth, and horns. Some animal excretions, 
 as the Tartar of the teeth, the Phosphate of Lime calculus, are formed 
 of it. It exists also in wheat, and almost all plants. It is obtained 
 from burning bones or horns, v. Cornu Cervi, and is employed for 
 obtaining Phosphorus and Phosphate of Soda, (q. v. pp. 49 and 109.) 
 
 Prop. It is a white powdery substance, insipid, and insoluble in 
 water. At high temperatures it fuses, and is converted into an 
 opaque enamel. Bone ashes are composed of Subphosphate with a 
 little Carbonate of Lime. Some chemists conceive that the Bone 
 Phosphate consists of a mixture of the two tribasic Phosphates which 
 are analogous to those of Soda (p. 100) ; or, according to others, of 8 
 Eq. of Lime and three of Phosph', or, per cent. Ca O 5T55+P' 
 48-45 = 100. 
 
 Prep. Digest burnt bones in powder, 1 part, in dil. Mur' and water of each 2 parts for 
 12 hours. Strain the liquor. Add to it Water of Caustic Ammonia, q. s. to throw down 
 the Phosphate of Lime. Wash with abundance of water and then dry it 
 
 The Phosphate of Lime is dissolved, and any Carb. Lime decom- 
 posed by the Mur'. The Ammonia precipitates all the Phosphate of 
 Lime, which must be carefully washed to get rid of all traces of 
 Chlor. Calcium and of Hydrochlor. Ammonia. It has the advantage 
 over Bone ashes and burnt Hartshorn of minute subdivision. 
 
 Action. Uses. Operation uncertain. Supposed formerly to be useful 
 in Mollities Ossium. It is a constituent of James's Powder, and of 
 Pulv. Antim. Comp. 
 
 D. gr. x. 3ss. 
 
 MAGNESIUM. 
 
 F. Magnesium. G. Magnium. 
 
 Magnesium (Mg=12) is a metal which has been obtained by de-
 
 MAGNESIA. 125 
 
 composing Chloride of Magnesium by Potassium. It is of an iron- 
 gray colour, brilliant, hard, and ductile ; not acted on by water, nor 
 by air, except at a high temperature, when it becomes oxidized, and 
 forms Magnesia. As a Chloride, it forms a constituent of Sea-water ; 
 oxidized and combined with acids, it exists in sea-water and in nume- 
 rous mineral springs, and as a Hydrate or native Magnesia in a few 
 places. It forms a portion of Serpentine, Soapstone, Mica, Talc, and 
 many other minerals. It exists in most plants, as in the straw of 
 wheat ; also in small quantity in the animal system, especially in the 
 urine and in some urinary calculi. The Oxide, or Magnesia, may be 
 obtained by burning the Carbonate, as Lime is by burning Limestone, 
 or by adding Potash or Soda to a solution of one of its salts. 
 
 MAGNESIA, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Magnesia Usta, L. Calcined Magnesia. Talc earth. F. Magnetic. G. Talkerde. 
 
 Bittererde. 
 
 The name Magnesia (Mg O = 20) occurs in Geber, and afterwards 
 in alchymical works, with various meanings. The present substance 
 was called Magnesia alba, and introduced as a medicine in the begin- 
 ning of the 18th century. It was at first supposed to differ little from 
 Carb. Lime. Hoffman first, and then Dr. Black (1756) clearly esta- 
 blished the distinction between it and Lime. 
 
 Prop. Magnesia is a white and light, very finely divided, powdery 
 substance, devoid of smell, but earthy in taste. Sp. Gr. 2-3. When 
 moistened, it slightly greens syrup of Violets, and browns Turmeric 
 paper. It is hardly soluble in water, requiring 5142 parts of cold 
 and 36000 parts of hot water. (Fyfe.) Water sprinkled on it becomes 
 absorbed to the extent of about 18 per cent, without the evolution of 
 heat. It is slightly soluble in Alcohol. It attracts moisture and 
 Carb' from the atmosphere, and becomes slowly converted into the 
 Carbonate. It is infusible, except under the oxy-hydrogen flame, and 
 consists per cent, of Magnesium 60 + O 40 = 100. 
 
 Magnesia is remarkable for its attraction for Alumina in a humid 
 way, so that in the analysis of some Magnesian fossils, it is found 
 that, although Magnesia cannot be precipitated entirely from any of 
 its salts by Ammonia, yet, if Alumina be present, its precipitation is 
 complete, (m.) Acids readily unite with Magnesia, and form salts, 
 of which those which are soluble, and especially the Sulphate, are 
 bitter, readily distinguishing it from other earths. Caustic Potash 
 decomposes these salts, and throws down the Magnesia, which retains 
 about of water, forming the Hydrate, of a somewhat gelatinous con- 
 sistence. The Carbonate of Potash and of Soda produce precipitates 
 of Carb. Magnesia. The Bicarbonates give rise to no apparent decom- 
 position, as the transparency remains unimpaired. If the Sesquicarbo- 
 nate of Ammonia be added, and after this a solution of Phosphate of 
 Soda be dropt in, a copious precipitate takes place of triple Phosphate 
 of Magnesia and Ammonia, (c.) The direct addition of Phosphate of 
 Ammonia to the solution of any salt of Magnesia will produce the 
 same effect. Magnesia may be distinguished from Lime by Sesqui-
 
 126 MAGNESIA CARBONAS. 
 
 carbonate of Ammonia precipitating Lime, but not Magnesia ; also by 
 Oxalate of Ammonia, which does not precipitate Magnesia, but throws 
 down Lime readily. Ammonia in excess throws down Magnesia, 
 but not Lime, from neutral solutions. 
 
 Prep. L. (U. S.) Take Carl. Magnesia 3iv. ; burn it for 2 hours in a very strong fire. 
 The E. P. directs that the heat be continued, till the powder, when suspended in water, 
 displays no effervescence on the addition of Mur'. Both the E. and D. P. direct that it 
 be preserved in well-closed bottles. 
 
 Here, as in the case of Carb. Lime, Carb' and water are expelled at 
 a high temperature, to the extent of 50 or 60 per cent., and the Mag- 
 nesia remains in its pure state, of which the density may be increased 
 according as the heat is augmented. 
 
 Tests. Magnesia being prepared from the Carbonate, is apt to con- 
 tain some of the impurities of the salts from which it is made, as 
 Lime, Alumina, and Silica, and, when long kept, some of the Carbo- 
 nate. H IT dissolves Magnesia (50grs. in Dil. H Cl'fSj. E.) without 
 effervescence, showing the absence of Carbonate. If Silica be pre- 
 sent, it will be left undissolved. An excess of Ammonia occasions in 
 the solution only a scanty precipitate of Alumina, E.; provided the 
 acid, as the E. P. directs, be used in considerable excess to the Mag- 
 nesia, Alumina, if present, will then be readily separated from the 
 Muriate of Magnesia, (c.) No precipitate is thrown down by Bicarb. 
 Potash (nor by Oxal. Amm. E.) added to the above solution, showing 
 absence of Lime ; and none by Chlor. Barium, showing absence of 
 Sulph. Mag. and of Carb. Soda. Turmeric ought to be only slightly 
 browned. 
 
 Inc. Acids, Acidulous and Metallic Salts, and Hydrochlorate of 
 Ammonia. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid, Laxative. In acidity of the Stomach, when 
 it forms soluble Magnesian Salts. 
 
 D. Antacid, gr. x. xxx. ; as a laxative, 9j. 3j. ; for infants, 
 gr- ij gr. x. 
 
 MAGNESIA CARBONAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Magnesia alba. Magnesia Subcarbonas. F. Carbonate de Magnesie. G. Kohlensaure 
 Bittererde. Kohlensaure Talkerde. 
 
 Carbonate of Magnesia (Mg O, C O a = 42), at first called Mag- 
 nesia alba, and Cornitissce Palma pulvis, was used as a medicine by 
 the Count de Palma at Rome, whence it was also called Pulvis albus 
 Romanus. It was introduced into the list of the Materia Medica by 
 F. Hoffman. It is found in nature in some mineral waters, in some 
 of which, however, it may exist in the form of the Bicarbonate. In 
 an impure state it forms a constituent of Dolomitic, that is, of Mag- 
 nesian Limestone, and in a comparatively pure state, a hill in the 
 Peninsula of India, consisting of Magnesia 46, Carbonic Acid, 51, 
 Insoluble Matter 1-5, Water 0-5, loss 1 = 100. 
 
 Prop. Pure Carbonate of Magnesia is sometimes found in nature in 
 rhomboidal crystals ; as usually seen, the officinal Carbonate is of a 
 white colour, light and soft to the touch, without smell, devoid of any
 
 MAGNESIA CARBONAS. 127 
 
 other than an earthy taste when properly prepared. It is unalterable 
 in the air, and nearly insoluble in water, but more soluble in cold than 
 in boiling water. Its solubility is much increased if C' be present, 
 48 parts of water being said to be then sufficient. In fact, it is con- 
 verted into the Bicarbonate of Magnesia : by spontaneous evaporation, 
 1 Eq. of C' escapes, and the neutral Carbonate is deposited, being 
 insoluble. It is decomposed by acids and by a strong heat, its Carb' 
 being expelled. The composition of Carbonate of Magnesia is differ- 
 ently viewed by different chemists. Mr. Phillips, in his last analysis, 
 found Magnesia 40-8, Carb' 36-0, and Water 23-2 = 100 ; and he 
 considers it as a compound of 1 Eq. Bihydrated Magnesia 38 + 4 Eq. 
 Hydrated Carb. Magnesia 204 == 242. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Dissolve Sulph. Magnesia ftiv. (25 parts, D.) Carb. Soda ftiv. Sviij. 
 (Carb. of Potash 14 parts, D.) each separately in Aq. dest. Cij. (400 parts, D.) and strain. 
 Then mix and boil the liquors, stirring constantly with a spatula for a quarter of an hour ; 
 lastly, the liquor being poured off, wash the precipitated powder (collected on a filter of 
 linen or calico, E.) with boiling distilled water, and dry it. 
 
 Here the Sulphate of Magnesia and the Carbonate of Soda (or of 
 Potash) mutually decompose each other; thef'Sul' uniting with the 
 Soda, forms a Sulphate of Soda, which remains in solution, while the 
 Carb' unites with the Magnesia. The salt formed, being insoluble, is 
 precipitated as a Hydrated Carbonate of Magnesia, but, in conse- 
 quence of a portion of the Carb. escaping, it is not strictly neutral. 
 Carb. Potash was used in all the Pharmacopoeias, as it now is in 
 the Dublin ; " but it was difficult to separate the last portions of the 
 Sulphate of Potash from the precipitate, and the Carb. of Potash usu- 
 ally contains Silica, which precipitates with the Magnesia." Professor 
 Graham states that Carb. Soda is not so suitable as Carb. Potash for 
 precipitating Magnesia, " as a portion of it is apt to go down in com- 
 bination with the Magnesian Carbonate ; but it may be used, provided 
 the quantity applied be less than is required to decompose the whole 
 Magnesian salt in solution." Carbonate of Magnesia is sometimes 
 pressed, when in the moist state, into the form of cubes. Consider- 
 able differences are observed in the density of Carbonate of Magnesia, 
 according to the mode of preparation. Dense or heavy Magnesia 
 is preferred by some, chiefly in England, and Light Magnesia by 
 others, especially in France. Several explanations have been given of 
 the mode of preparation, but the most distinct by Dr. Pereira, as prac- 
 tised in one of the most highly esteemed laboratories of this capital, 
 where they prepare 
 
 Heavy Magnesia by adding a cold saturated sol. of Carb. of Soda to a hot saturated sol. 
 
 of Sulphate of Magnesia. 
 
 Light Magnesia, by using both solutions much diluted. 
 Gritty Magnesia, by mixing both of the solutions at a boiling temperature, both being 
 
 concentrated. 
 
 Tests. The Carbonate, like pure Magnesia, may contain alkaline 
 Carbonates, or Sulphate of Soda, sometimes Gypsum, Lime, and Alu- 
 mina. " The water in which it is boiled should not alter the colour of 
 Turmeric," showing the absence of any alkaline Carbonate. Chloride 
 of Barium or Nitrate of Silver, added to the water, does not precipi-
 
 128 MAGNESIA BICARBONAS. 
 
 late any thing, the first Indicating the absence both of Sulphates and 
 of Carbonate of Soda, and the second, if insoluble in N', of any Chlo- 
 ride. " When dissolved in an excess of Muriatic acid, an excess of 
 Ammonia occasions only a scanty precipitate of Alumina, and the 
 filtered fluid is not precipitated by Oxalate of Ammonia," E., or Bi- 
 carbonate of Potash, showing the absence of any Calcareous salt 100 
 parts dissolved in dilute Sul' lose 36-6 parts in weight of Carb' L. 
 
 Inc. Acids and Acidulous and Metallic Salts, Hydrochlorate of 
 Ammonia, and Lime-water. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid, Laxative. Very similar to Magnesia, but 
 differs in Carb' gas being extricated when it meets with acids in the 
 stomach. Sometimes given in effervescence. 
 
 D. gr. v. 9j. as an Antacid ; gr. xv. 3j. as a Laxative, with 
 water, milk, &c. ; 14 grs. = 9j. Citric acid in effervescence. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Hydrargyrum cum Magnesia. Pulv. Rhei Comp. 
 Mist. Camphoree cum Magnesia. 
 
 TROCHISCI MAGNESIA, E. Magnesia Lozenges. 
 
 Prep. Mix together Carbonate of Magnesia gvj. Pure Sugar 3iij. Nutmeg 9j., in 
 powder, with Tragacanth mucilage to a mass fit tor lozenges. 
 
 MAGNESIA BICARBONAS. 
 
 Aqua Magnesia Bicarbonatis. Aerated Magnesia Water. Soluble Magnesia. F. Bi- 
 carbonate de Magnesie. G. Zweifach Kohlensaure Bittererde. 
 
 This is found in some mineral springs in France, &c. Carbonate 
 of Magnesia becomes soluble when a current of Carbonic acid gas is 
 passed into a mixture of Carbonate of Magnesia and water. A pre- 
 paration made in Paris in 1821 contained 6 times as much as an 
 English preparation, which contained 36 grains in each bottle. 
 A. Mayler mentions that Mr. Lawrence had been able to dissolve as 
 much as 15 grains of neutral Carbonate of Magnesia in an ounce of 
 water. The French apothecaries prepare an Eau Magnesienne ga- 
 zeuse. which contains 3j. of Magnesia in a bottle of 22 ounces : a 
 Bicarb. Magnesia is, in fact, formed with a large excess of Carb'. 
 The second kind, called Eau Magnesienne saturee, is not effervescing, 
 and contains an ounce of Magnesia in water Oj., or about 9 grs. 
 in 3j. 
 
 Dr. Christison says a bottle which holds about 3viij. may contain 
 72 grs. of Carb., and ought to hold at least a 9 in solution. The so- 
 lution prepared by Mr. Dinneford is said to contain from 17 to 19 
 grs. in each f 3. That examined by Dr. C. yielded what was equi- 
 valent to 8-96 of commercial Carb. in a f 3. The fluid Magnesia of 
 Sir. J. Murray, analyzed by Profs. Daniell, Kane, and Davy, yielded 
 in each f3 13 grs. of pure Carb. Magnesia. 
 
 A substitute, as suggested by Dr. P., may be prepared by pouring 
 the ordinary Soda-water, that is, Carbonic acid water, over the 
 common Carb. Magnesia contained in a tumbler; or a mixture of 
 crystallized Sulph. Magnesia and crystallized Carb. Soda, in powder, 
 and in atomic proportions (viz., 123 parts of the former to 144 parts
 
 MAGNESIA SULPHAS. 
 
 129 
 
 of the latter salt), may be substituted for the Carbonate of Magnesia. 
 This is something similar to the double Carbonate of Magnesia and 
 Soda, sometimes sold as Soluble Magnesia. 
 
 Action. Uses. Much the same as Carb. Magnesia, but a more 
 agreeable form for exhibition in Dyspepsia and Lithic acid Diathesis. 
 
 D. f 3iij. fjviij. 
 
 MAGNESIA SULPHAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Sulphate of Magnesia. Epsom Sails. VitrioJated Magnesia. F. Sulphate de Magnesie. 
 G. Schwefelsaure Bittererde. 
 
 This salt was first discovered in 1675 by Dr. Grew, in a spring at 
 Epsom. It is found in many countries effloresced on the soil and on 
 rocks which contain a Sulphate or Sulphuret. It is called hair salt 
 and bitter salt. It exists in many mineral springs and in sea-water 
 in the proportion of 15-5 grains in a pint. Its true nature was fully 
 explained by Dr. Black in 1755. 
 
 Prop. Sulphate of Magnesia (MgO, SO 3 +7 Aq. = 123) is com- 
 monly prepared in acicular crystals, but it may be crystallized in 
 quadrangular or hexangular prisms acuminated by two to six planes, 
 the primary form being a right prism with a rhombic base. The salt 
 is white or colourless, transparent, and sparkling, 
 of a saline nauseously bitter taste. Unalterable or 
 slightly efflorescent, according to the dryness of the ^^\ ^x 
 air. Sometimes, but only when impure, deliques- A \ \ \ 
 cent. Insoluble in Alcohol, soluble in its own weight r~- A >-* 
 of water at 60, and in less than f at 212. Ex- \y 
 
 posed to heat, the crystals melt in their water of 
 crystallization, of which 6 Eq. are dissipated ; the 
 salt is then fused into an enamel without decompo- 
 sition. If moistened when in the anhydrous state, 
 water is reabsorbed with increase of temperature. 
 Sulph. Magnesia is decomposed by Potash, Soda, 
 and their Carbonates, the bases producing a precipitate of Magnesia, 
 and their Carbs. one of the Carb. Magnesia. The Bicarbs. Potash 
 and Soda and the Sesquicarb. Ammonia do not produce precipitates, 
 because the Bicarb. Magnesia, which is produced, is soluble, and does 
 not impair the transparency of the solution, unless a portion of C' 
 is expelled by heat. Lime, Baryta, and their soluble salts decom- 
 pose it, producing a precipitate of Sulph. Lime or of Baryta. Am- 
 monia decomposes it readily if aided by heat, otherwise partially, 
 forming a triple Sulphate. If Sesquicarb. Ammonia be added to its 
 solution, and then Phosph. Soda, a precipitate is obtained of Ammo- 
 niaco-Magnesian Phosphate. Comp. Mg O 32-5, S' 32-5, Aq. 51-2 = 
 100. 
 
 Prep. The bittern of sea-water, after the crystallization of Common Salt, contains 
 Sulph. Magnesia and Chlor. Magnesium. By simple evaporation the Sulph. Magnesia 
 may be separated by crystallization. Sometimes Sul' is added to convert the Chloride into 
 a further quantity of Sulph. Magnesia. 
 
 At Lymington, in Hampshire, two kinds of Salt are manufactured. 
 The author has to thank Mr. Dyer, a late pupil at King's College, 
 
 9
 
 130 MAGNESIA SULPHAS. 
 
 for specimens. The first, called single, obtained by the cooling down 
 of a concentrated solution in wooden troughs, is moist, and contains 
 a considerable quantity of Chloride. When redissolved and recrys- 
 tallized, the second, which is called double Epsom Salts, is obtained ; 
 this is pure, and permanent in ordinary states of the atmosphere. 
 Sulph. Magnesia is also prepared from Dolomitic Limestone, that is, 
 Carbonate of Lime and Magnesia mixed together in various propor- 
 tions. One method is to heat this Magnesian Limestone and to de- 
 compose it with diluted Sul'. Sulphate of Lime, which is insoluble, 
 is formed, as well as Sulph. Magnesia, which, being soluble in water, 
 is easily separated and purified by crystallization. Or the mineral 
 may be calcined, when the Carb' being expelled, the caustic Lime and 
 Magnesia are first hydrated by being moistened with water and then 
 the Lime converted into Chloride of Calcium, by adding only suffi- 
 cient H Cl' to effect this object. The Chloride being readily soluble 
 in water, is by its means easily separated from the Magnesia, which 
 is converted into the Sulphate by the addition of Sul' or of Sulphate 
 of Iron ; or the Hydrated Lime and Magnesia may be boiled with 
 bittern. Chlor. Calcium is formed, and remains in solution, while the 
 Magnesia of the bittern is separated and obtained tolerably pure with 
 the Magnesia of the Dolomitic limestone, and may as before be con- 
 verted into Sulphate of Magnesia. 
 
 Tests. Apt to contain as impurities Chlor. Magnesium, Sulph. Soda, 
 or a little Iron ; but that commonly sold is sufficiently pure for medi- 
 cal purposes. Chlor. Magnesium may be suspected when the salt is 
 moist L. P. " Very readily dissolved by water. Sul' dropped into 
 the solution does not expel any H Cl'," showing there is little if any 
 Chloride present, which will also be shown by the absence of a pre- 
 cipitate with Nitr. Silver. " 100 grs. dissolved in water, and mixed 
 with a boiling solution of Carb. Soda, yield 34 grs. of Carb. Mag- 
 nesia when dried." If this quantity be obtained, the salt is unmixed 
 with Sulph. Soda. The E. P. shows that the full proportion of Mag- 
 nesia is present by another method. "10 grs. dissolved in f3j. of 
 water, and treated with a solution of Sesquicarb. Ammonia, are not 
 entirely precipitated by 280 minims of solution of Phosph. Soda." 
 Here a little Magnesia is left in solution if the salt be pure. The so- 
 lution of Phosph. Soda is 1 part in 20 of water : " Of it 280 minims 
 are sufficient to tnrow down 97 per cent, of Magnesia in a pure Sul- 
 phate," c. Sulph. Soda used sometimes to be mixed with this salt, 
 when it was dearer, and was made to resemble it by being rapidly 
 crystallized with the assistance of agitation. A minute quantity of 
 Iron is sometimes present, giving its solution a reddish tint. v. Tests 
 for Iron. 
 
 Inc. Potash, Soda, and their Garbs., Lime-water, Chlorides of Cal- 
 cium and of Barium, Acetate of Lead. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic, Diuretic. A common constituent of a 
 Black Dose. 
 
 D. 3ij. 3j. or 3ij. In Enemata, 3j. 3ij. in some demulcent mix- 
 ture. 
 Pharm. Prep. Pulv. Salinus Comp. p. 94. Enema Cath. D.
 
 ALUM EN. 131 
 
 CHLORIDE OF MAGNESIUM, more commonly called Muriate of Mag- 
 nesia, is found in a few saline springs, and in the waters of the ocean, 
 about 23 grains in a pint. 
 
 ALUMINUM AND ALUMINA. 
 
 The metal Aluminum or Aluminium (Al= 14) was discovered by 
 Sir H. Davy, but carefully examined by Wohler in 1828. It is the 
 base of its only known Oxide, ALUMINA (Al O = 22), considered by 
 some to be a Sesquioxide (Al 2 O 3 ). In its impure state, and combined 
 with Silica, it is abundantly diffused, being the essential constituent 
 of all clays and likewise of many rocks. It exists in the purest form 
 in the Sapphire, &c., less pure in Corundum and Emery, and in many 
 minerals. It may be obtained by treating solution of Alum with an 
 excess of Ammonia, when a copious precipitate of white gelatinous 
 Hydrate of Alumina falls down. 
 
 Alumina is devoid of smell or taste, but adheres to the tongue ; is 
 very infusible, has a great affinity for water, attracting it from the 
 atmosphere to the extent of ^ of 'its own weight. When mixed with 
 water, it is distinguished by its plasticity ; hence, in its impure state, 
 it has from the earliest times been employed in pottery. It has also 
 a strong affinity for various organic substances, and, among them, 
 for different colouring matters; salts, therefore, which contain it, have 
 been long employed in dyeing and in calico-printing. Alumina in 
 the state of Hydrate is soluble in caustic Potash or Soda, and like- 
 wise in dilute acids. It may be distinguished by the formation of oc- 
 tohedral crystals of Alum, on evaporating its solution in Dil. SuT, 
 to which some Sulphate of Potash has been added. 
 
 ALUMEN, (U. S.) SULPHAS ALUMINA ET POTASS^:, L. E. D. 
 Alum. Argilla Vitriolata. Sulphas Aluminaris, F. Alun. G. Alaun. 
 
 The name Alumen of the Romans (Pliny, xxxv. c. 1 5) and tfruirr^ja 
 of the Greeks (Diosc. v. c. 122) was no doubt applied to several salts 
 of the nature of vitriols, and among them to the natural Sulphate of 
 Iron. The Arabs also understood it as a generic term, as they in- 
 clude a variety of salts under the name of Shib. Alum, however, 
 was probably not unknown, as Pliny (xxxv. c. 15, 52) says " quo- 
 niam inficiendis claro colore lanis, candidum liquidumque utilissimum 
 est." The Egyptians and Hindoos have from very early ages been 
 acquainted with the arts of dyeing and of calico-printing. The Hin- 
 doos are universally acquainted with the properties of Alum, and employ 
 it for clarifying muddy water, as well as in both the above chemical 
 arts. It may be obtained in every bazaar, and is manufactured in 
 Cutch. The first Alum-works known to Europeans were established 
 at Roccha, formerly called Edessa, in Syria, (whence the commercial 
 name of Roch Alum), then near Smyrna, &c., whence the Genoese, 
 &c., supplied Europe. About the middle of the 15th century they 
 were established in Italy, afterwards in Germany, Spain, and at 
 Whitby in England in the reign of Elizabeth. (Aikin, Diet. i. p. 43.)
 
 132 ALUM EN. 
 
 Prop. The Sulphate of Alumina and Potash (K O, S O 4- AI* O, 
 3 S O+24 Aq. Ben.}, when pure, is without odour, colourless and 
 transparent, of a sweetish, acidulous, and powerfully astringent taste. 
 It reddens Litmus and other vegetable colours, and English Alum 
 strikes a green with Syrup of Violets, (p.) When perfectly crys- 
 tallized, it is seen in the form of regular octohedrons, 
 but often only as four-sided pyramids, or in large 
 /T\ seemingly irregular masses; while what in commerce 
 / \ A: is called Roch Alum is in small crystalline fragments, 
 /l^^^ ^^ with less transparency, and of a reddish hue. Sp. Gr. 
 ^\ "*/ Wl> The large masses, when immersed in water for 
 \ \/ a few days, display on their surfaces octohedral, tri- 
 angular, and rectangular forms, as may be seen in the 
 specimens in the museum of King's College, originally submitted to 
 experiment by Professor Daniell. Alum is soluble in about 18 parts 
 of water at 60, but in about f its own weight of boiling water. In 
 a dry atmosphere, its crystals are slightly efflorescent ; at a moderate 
 temperature (as 92) it melts in its own water of crystallization, boils 
 up ; and if the heat be continued, the water to the extent of 45 per 
 cent, being evaporated, a light white spongy powder, or burnt Alum, 
 is left. By a stronger heat, the acid is partly expelled and partly 
 decomposed, and the remainder, consisting of Alumina (with some 
 Sulphate of Potash) is insoluble in water. It is also decomposed by 
 the action of carbonaceous matter at a high temperature, forming the 
 Pyrophorus discovered by Homburg and Lernery. Alum is decom- 
 posed by the alkalies, the alkaline earths, and by their Carbonates, 
 which combine with its acid and precipitate its Alumina. This is 
 soluble in an excess of the alkalies. Alum is composed of 1 Eq. of 
 Sulphate of Alumina and 1 Eq. Sulphate of Potash, with 24 Eq. of 
 water; or per cent. Sulph. Alum. 35-73, Sulph. Potash 18-07, Aq. 
 46-20 = 100. 
 
 The above, which is the common kind of Alum, is sometimes dis- 
 tinguished by the name of Potash Alum. There are other kinds, 
 which contain either an Eq. of Sulphate of Soda, hence called Soda 
 Alum; or an Eq. of Sulphate of Ammonia, and then called Ammonia 
 Mum ; and the latter is the constitution of some of the common Alum 
 of commerce. 
 
 Prep. Alum is manufactured in large quantities for use in the arts as well as in medi- 
 cine. This is always in situations where there is some Aluminous rock ; that is, one 
 containing Alumina, and a Sulphuret, usually of Iron, sometimes a salt of Potash ; by 
 exposure to the air, either with or without heat. The Sulphur attracting Oxygen is con- 
 verted into Sulphuric Acid, which combines with the Alumina and also with the oxidized 
 iron. The Sulphate of Iron is separated, and a salt of Potash is added to the vitriolic 
 solution of Alumina. In Cutch, Carb. of Potash is added to a solution obtained by boil- 
 ing the blue clay, after it has been exposed for 5 months to the air and watered for 10 or 
 15 days. By due evaporation, and a repetition of the boiling and evaporation, crystals of 
 Alum are obtained. 
 
 Tests. Alum should be colourless, and perfectly soluble in water, 
 showing the absence of any uncombined earthy matter- From the 
 solution, Ammonia or Potash throws down a colourless precipitate of 
 Alumina, which is redissolved when the latter is added in excess.
 
 METALSPROPER. 133 
 
 The freedom from colour and the solubility prove the purity of Alum. 
 The presence of Iron may be detected by the addition of Tincture of 
 Galls, which will produce a bluish-black colour after the Iron has 
 been precipitated by Potash. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies and their Carbs., Lime and Lime-water, &c., Tartrate 
 of Potash, Phosphates, Acetate of Lead, the Salts of Mercury, Gallic 
 acid, Inf. of Galls and of Cinchona. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent, Styptic, both internally and as a Lotion, 
 Collyrium or Injection. 
 
 D. gr. x. Bj. 
 
 ALUMEN (SiccATUM, D.) EXSICCATUM, L. E. (U. S.) Dried Alum. Alu- 
 men ustum. 
 
 Alum, when thoroughly heated, forms a light, spongy, opaque mass, 
 losing its water of crystallization, but retaining its other properties. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Let Alum liquefy in an earthen (or iron, E.) vessel ; then let the fire 
 be increased, until the ebullition has ceased. (Then reduce to powder, E. and D.) The 
 directions of the three Colleges are essentially the same, but care must be taken that the 
 heat is not too powerful, as then a portion of the Sul' will be driven off. 
 
 Jlction. Uses. Escharotic ; occasionally given internally. 
 D. gr. v. gr. xv. 
 
 PULVIS ALUMINIS COMPOSITUS, E. Compound Alum Powder. , 
 
 Prep. Mix Alum 3iv. Kino 3j. and reduce them to fine powder. 
 
 A useful Astringent in Passive Hemorrhages and in Chronic 
 Diarrhoeas. 
 D. gr. x. 3ss. 
 
 LIQUOR ALUMINIS COMPOSITUS, L. Compound Solution of Alum. 
 
 This is a powerful astringent lotion, which used to be called Bates' 
 Alum Water. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Alum and Sulphate of Lime aa 3j. in boiling Aq. Oiij. strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent, Styptic lotion. Diluted with Rose-water* 
 used as a Collyrium and Injection. 
 
 CATAPLASMA ALUMINIS, D. Alum Cataplasm or Curd. 
 
 Prep. Agitate together Alum 3j. with the whites of two eggs, so that they may form 
 a coagulum. 
 
 Jlction. Uses. Astringent. Applied between two pieces of muslin 
 over the eye in some kinds of Ophthalmia. 
 
 METALS PROPER, 
 
 MANGANESIUM. 
 F. Manganese. G. Mangan. 
 
 Manganese (Mn = 28), the first of the metals proper to be treated
 
 134 F E R R U M. 
 
 of, is not itself officinal, and one of its Oxides is so only on account 
 of its Pharmacopeia use. Tt is hard, brittle, and of a grayish-white 
 colour, emitting a peculiar odour when handled or in a moist at- 
 mosphere. Sp. Gr. 8. When pure, it oxidizes readily in the air, 
 requiring to be kept under Naphtha, and is quickly dissolved by Dil. 
 Sulphuric acid. It forms numerous combinations with Oxygen, but 
 the Black or Peroxide is alone officinal. 
 
 MANGANESII (OxiDUM, E. D.) BINOXYDUM, L. 
 F. Oxyde noir de Manganese. G. Manganhyperoxyd. 
 
 Prop. The Binoxide of Manganese (Mn O 2 = 44), called also Per- 
 oxide, is that found most abundantly in nature, but is variable in ap- 
 pearance, sometimes crystallized in needles, often in compact masses, 
 but most frequently is a dull earthy-looking powder, of a black or 
 blackish-brown colour. It is usually sold in the state of a fine powder. 
 It is devoid of both taste and smell ; Sp. Gr. 4-8 ; insoluble in water; 
 nearly infusible ; heated, it gives out Oxygen. Treated with H Cl', 
 Chlorine is evolved, as also when mixed with Chloride of Sodium or 
 Common Salt, and Sul'. Comp. Mn 63-75, O 36-25 = 100. 
 
 Tests. Binoxide of Manganese is seldom pure, usually containing 
 more or less of Oxide of Iron, Carbonates of Lime and of Iron, Sul- 
 phate of Baryta, and clayey matter. " Muriatic acid, aided by heat, 
 dissolves it almost entirely, disengaging Chlorine ; heat disengages 
 Oxygen." It also often contains much of the Sesquioxide. Its purity 
 is judged of by the quantity of Oxygen or Chlorine evolved, or by the 
 joint action of Hydrochloric and Oxalic acids, (v. Fownes, Manual 
 of Chemistry, p. 271.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Officinal for aiding the evolution of Chlorine from 
 Chloride of Sodium (p. 59), for which it is much employed ; also for 
 colouring in glass-making and pottery ; seldom in medicine. 
 
 FERRUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Iron. Mars of the Alchymists. jP. Fer. G. Eieen. 
 
 Iron (Fe = 28) is found native, when it is supposed to be generally 
 of meteoric origin ; extensively in combination with Oxygen or Sul- 
 phur, as a salt of various acids, as Carbonate, Sulphate, &c. ; and 
 all these in a more or less pure state, that is, mixed with earths or 
 other metals. It also exists in vegetables, and in the blood of animals. 
 It is extracted from Iron ores. Some of the Oxides, as Magnetic and 
 Specular Iron ore, are heated only with Charcoal, as in Sweden, Elba, 
 and India, when the Carbon combining with the Oxygen, the Iron is 
 set free, and melted. The Carbonate, Iron Pyrites, Clay Iron ore, 
 Red and Brown Haematites, and Spathose Iron, are first roasted, and 
 then exposed to a fierce heat in contact with Charcoal, Coke, or small 
 Coal, and a flux, either Lime or Clay, according as the ore is argilla- 
 ceous or calcareous. These earthy matters become vitrified, and 
 form a slag at the surface, while the heavy particles of Iron, falling
 
 FERRIRAMENTA. 135 
 
 down, run out by a hole at the bottom into moulds, and form Pig or 
 Cast Iron. This is still impure, from the presence of Charcoal, Sul- 
 phur, and portions of Silicon and Aluminum. It is again twice fused 
 in the refining and puddling furnaces, and exposed to the influence of 
 a current of air, at a high temperature, when the whole of the Char- 
 coal and Sulphur are burnt out, and the other impurities form a slag 
 at the surface. The metal is taken out, beaten or pressed, and then 
 drawn into bars, which form the Malleable or Wrought Iron of com- 
 merce. 
 
 FERRI RAMENTA, L. (U. S.) (LIMATURA, E. SCOBS, D.) Iron Filings. 
 FILUM, E. (U. S.) FILA, D. Iron Wire. F. Fil de Fer, Limailles 
 de Fer. G. Eisendraht, Eisenfeilicht. 
 
 Iron wire and filings are ordered, because the former must be 
 made from the most malleable, which is also the purest, Iron ; while 
 filings being finely divided, are useful for exhibition, and may be pre- 
 pared from pure wire, or by means of the magnet be separated from 
 the impurities with which they are apt to become intermixed in the 
 process of filing. 
 
 Prop. Iron is well known for its hardness and toughness, and con- 
 sequent application to an immense variety of useful purposes. It is 
 of a whitish-gray colour, and has a styptic taste ; hard, but malleable, 
 and, though more ductile than many, exceeds all the metals in tenacity. 
 It may be highly polished, and takes a sharp edge. Sp. Gr. 7*8. It 
 is remarkable for its power of attracting and being attracted by the 
 Magnet, as well as for itself and some of its compounds becoming 
 magnetic. When heated, it becomes soft ; at a white heat two pieces 
 may be inseparably joined together, or welded. It melts at a bright 
 white heat or 1587 of Daniell's pyrometer, but is not volatile. If 
 exposed to the air when heated, or when moist, it absorbs Oxygen, 
 and its surface becomes covered with a coat of Oxide. It burns in 
 Oxygen gas with vivid scintillations. It combines either with 1 Eq. 
 O, forming the Protoxide, or with l, forming the Sesquioxide, often 
 called the Peroxide. It slowly takes the Oxygen of water, Hydrogen 
 gas escaping. When dilute Sul' is poured upon Iron-filings, the Iron 
 dissolves as a Protoxide, combining with the acid, and may be pre- 
 cipitated, on the addition of an alkali, in combination with some 
 water, forming a hydrated Protoxide, of a greenish-white colour. 
 This, when exposed to the air, absorbs more Oxygen, and is converted 
 into the red-coloured Sesquioxide, as may be seen in several of the 
 officinal preparations. The Protoxide may be readily converted into 
 the Peroxide by boiling any salt containing it with a little Nitric'. 
 The presence of the Iron may then be readily detected by testing the 
 solution with Ferrocyanide of Potassium, or Tincture or Infusion of 
 Galls : the former will form a blue and the latter a black precipitate. 
 
 Action. Uses. Iron, in a pure state or in filings, is inert ; but, being 
 oxidized in the stomach, acts as a tonic. 
 
 D. gr. v. gr. xx. in Electuary with Honey or Treacle ; or in Pills 
 with some of the Bitter Extracts.
 
 136 PROTOXIDE X F IRON. 
 
 PROTOXIDE OF IRON. 
 
 Oxide of Iron (Fe O = 36) is obtained when Iron is burnt in Oxy- 
 gen gas. It is also obtained when Caustic Potash or Soda is added 
 to a solution of the Sulphate of the Oxide of Iron. The white pre- 
 cipitate which falls becomes gray, and then of a bluish-green colour ; 
 but this is, in fact, a Hydrated Protoxide of Iron. It absorbs Oxy- 
 gen from the atmosphere, and becomes red, being converted into the 
 Sesquioxide. The Protoxide is a constituent of some officinal salts, 
 as of the Sulph. Iron, and these are usually of a greenish colour, have 
 a metallic taste, and are considered more efficacious as medicines 
 than those containing the Sesquioxide. A similar Oxide of Iron, called 
 Martial JEthiops, used to be prepared in the L., and still is in the D. 
 P. ; but it always contains a portion of the Sesquioxide. 
 
 f 
 
 FERRI OXYDI SQUAMA, D. 
 Scales of the Oxide of Iron. 
 
 When Iron is heated to redness, its surface becom.es oxidized to the 
 extent of a thin coating. This is detached in thin scales in the pro- 
 cess of hammering on the anvil. 
 
 Prop. Without taste or smell ; black and brittle ; attracted by the 
 magnet. They are composed of a definite compound of the two 
 Oxides of Iron, and are employed in making the Ferri Oxydum 
 Nigrum (p. 139.) 
 
 FERRI SESQUIOXYDUM, L. FERRI OXYDUM RUBRUM, E. D. FERRI CAR- 
 BONAS, D. FERRI SUBCARBONAS, U. S. 
 
 Sesquioxide and Peroxide of Iron. Crocus Martis. Colcothar. Chalybis Rubigo Pr<B- 
 parata. Ferri Subcarbonas. F. Peroxide de Fer. G. Rothes Eisenoxyd. 
 
 The Red Oxide of Iron has been variously named, according to the 
 mode of its preparation, though the product is essentially the same. 
 It is abundantly found in nature, as a constituent of many red soils, 
 crystallized in the form of rhomboids and octohedrons in Specular 
 Iron or Iron Glance, as in Elba, and many parts of Europe, and in 
 the Peninsula of India (Porto-Nuovo Works) ; in a compact state, with 
 impurities, in Red Haematite or Red Iron ore. These give a reddish- 
 brown streak, and with Borax form a green or yellow glass, are con- 
 siderably magnetic, but do not, like oxydulated Iron, attract Iron- 
 filings. 
 
 Prop. The Sesquioxide (Fe lO = 40) or Peroxide of Iron, artifi- 
 cially prepared, is a powder of a reddish-brown colour, without smell, 
 but has a chalybeate taste, except when prepared by calcination ; 
 insoluble in water, and does not attract the magnet, unless it contain, 
 as is sometimes the case, some of the Black Oxide. Sp. Gr. 3. It 
 ought to dissolve in H Cl' without effervescence ; but it usually con- 
 tains a little Carb' (2 to 5, sometimes even 15, per cent., according to 
 Mr. Phillips). It was therefore formerly called Carbonate and Sub- 
 carbonate of Iron, " which usually was, what it is now called, merely 
 Sesquioxide of Iron." The Hydrochloric solution forms a black pre-
 
 FERRISESQUIOXYDUM. 137 
 
 cipitate with Tinct. or Inf. of Galls, and a blue precipitate with Ferro- 
 cyanide of Potassium. Fe 70 + O 30 = 100. 
 
 Different processes have at different times been adopted for making 
 this preparation ; all are effectual, in consequence of the facility with 
 which Iron, when once oxidized, absorbs a further proportion of Oxy- 
 gen. Formerly the Sulphate of Iron was calcined, when it lost its 
 water of crystallization, and then its acid ; some of this, however, 
 yielded a portion of its Oxygen to form the reddish-coloured Sesqui- 
 oxide. Or a solution of the Sulph. of Iron is decomposed by the 
 addition of a sol. of Carb. of Potash or of Soda, when a Carb. of 
 Oxide of Iron is precipitated. This being dried in the air, the Carb' 
 soon escapes almost entirely, and the Protoxide absorbs the due quan- 
 tity of Oxygen from the atmosphere, and from a white and then green 
 powder is converted into the reddish-coloured Sesquioxide. As the 
 Ferri Carbonas D. is essentially the same, the process for making it is 
 united with that of Ferri Sesquioxidum, L. To this preparation the 
 E. C. applies the name Ferri Oxidum rubrum. This name is applied 
 by the D. C. to Colcothar, which is essentially the same substance, but 
 obtained by calcining the Sulphate of Iron. 
 
 Prep. L. E. (FERRI CARB. D.) Take boiling Aq. Cvj. (Oss. cold Water Oiijss. E. ; 
 Water 800 parts, D.) Dissolve Sulph. Iron ftiv. (3iv. E. ; 25 parts, D.) in boiling Aq. 
 Ciij. (Oss. E. ; q. s. D.) then dissolve Carb. Soda ftiv. 3ij. (gv. E. ; 26 parts, D.) in boil- 
 ing Aq. Ciij. (about thrice its weight of water, E. ; q. s. D.) Mix the solutions, L. let the 
 precipitate subside (on a calico filter, E.) Wash the precipitate well with (warm, D.) 
 water ; till it is but little affected by Sol. Nit. Baryta, E. Dry it, L. D. (in hot-air or over 
 the vapour-bath, E.) 
 
 D. (Ferri Oxydum Rubrum.) Drive off, by heat, the water of crystallization of Sulph. 
 /ron, increase the heat as long as acid fumes arise. Wash the red oxide till Litmus paper 
 is no longer reddened by the water, and dry on bibulous paper. 
 
 [U. S. Ferri Sulph. Sviij. Sodee Carb. 3ix. Boiling Water, Cj. Proceed as above.] 
 
 Tests. This preparation may be carelessly prepared, but is not likely 
 to be adulterated. " Dissolved totally by dilute H Cl', (aided by gentle 
 heat, E.) with very slight effervescence, and it is precipitated by 
 Ammonia." L. P. Earthy impurities will remain undissolved; if the 
 presence of metals is suspected, they can be detected by their tests. 
 
 Inc. Acids and Acidulous Salts. 
 
 Motion. Uses. Tonic. 
 
 D. gr. v. 3ss. In Neuralgia, 3ss. 3ij. or even 3iv. two or three 
 times a day 
 
 For external application, there are two plasters, which, from the 
 support such applications are calculated to afford, and from the mode- 
 rately stimulant nature of the ingredients, are in general esteemed as 
 strengthening plasters. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM FERRI, E. (U. S.) EMPLASTRUM ROBORANS. Iron or 
 Strengthening Plaster. 
 
 Prep. Triturate Red Oxide of Iron (E.) 3j. with Olive Oil f3iijss. ; add the mixture to 
 Litharge Plaster giij. Resin 3vi. Bees 1 Wax 3iij. previously melted with a gentle heat 
 Mix the whole thoroughly. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM THURIS, D. Frankincense Plaster. 
 
 Prep. Melt together Litharge Plaster ftij. and Thus (i. e. Resin of Pinus Abies) ftss. 
 sprinkle in Red Oxide of Iron 3Hj. stirring. Make a plaster.
 
 138 FERRI SESQUIOXYDUM. 
 
 FERRUGO, E. Hydrated Sesquioxide of Iron. RUBIGO FERRI, D. 
 [FERRI OXYDUM HYDRATUM, U. S.] 
 
 Besides the above Oxides, the E. P. contains a modification of the 
 last in the form of Sesquioxide combined with 2 Eq. of water (Fe II 
 O+2 Aq. = 58). The Rust of Iron (Rubigo Ferri, D.) resembles it 
 in also containing water in combination with the Sesquioxide. It has 
 been adopted by the E. P., and has been introduced into practice, in 
 consequence of its having been found to be an effective antidote 
 against poisoning by Arsenious acid. 
 
 Prop. It is of a yellowish-brown colour, and though it can be dried 
 without decomposition, it requires to be kept in a moist state, as in 
 this state it combines so readily with Arsenious acid, that when pre- 
 pared according to the following formula, and added in the proportion 
 of 12 parts to 1 of Arsenious acid, and well shaken, the filtered liquor 
 which previously contained the Arsenic, afterwards displays no traces 
 of its presence, an insoluble Arsenite of the Protoxide of Iron having 
 been formed. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve SulpJi. Iron 3iv. in Aq. Oij. ; add commercial Sul' f Siijss. and boil ; then 
 add Nitric' (D. 1380) f3ix. in small portions, boiling for a few minutes after each addi- 
 tion, until the liquid acquires a yellowish-brown colour, and gives with Ammonia a pre- 
 cipitate of the same colour. Filter, allow the liquid to cool, and add stronger Aqua 
 Ammonite f3iijss. proceeding as directed in the process for Ferri Oxydum Nigrum, E. 
 When kept as an antidote against poisoning by arsenic, it is preferable merely to squeeze 
 it and preserve it in the moist state, in stoppered bottles. 
 
 In this formula the Protoxide is converted into the Sesquioxide by 
 its taking some of the Oxygen of the Nit', v. Ferri Oxidum Nigrum. 
 This Sul' is added to preserve the Sesquioxide formed in a state of 
 solution, as Sulph. of the Sesquioxide. When Ammonia is added to 
 this in excess, it combines with the Sul', and Sulph. Ammonia formed 
 remains in solution, while the Sesquioxide is precipitated in combina- 
 tion with water and a little Ammonia, forming a Hydrated Ammoniaco 
 Sesquioxide of Iron. When prepared with Potash or Soda, it is less 
 efficacious in precipitating Arsenious Acid. 
 
 The yellow-coloured rust which forms when Iron is fully exposed 
 to water and to the air, is essentially the same preparation as the 
 above, though it is not to be substituted for it as an antidote. 
 
 RUBIGO FERRI, D. Moisten Iron Wire in fragments, q. s. and expose to the air till it 
 is converted into rust, then rub it in an iron mortar, and by pouring water on it separate 
 the finer powder, and dry. 
 
 Tests. Entirely and easily. soluble in Mur' without effervescence: 
 if previously dried at 180, a stronger heat drives off about 18 per 
 cent, of water. The magnet does not attract it. E. 
 
 Action. Uses. A good substitute for the Sesquioxide, and the best 
 antidote to Arsenious acid. 
 
 D. gr. x. 3ss. as a Tonic ; in much larger doses as an antidote. 
 
 FERRI OXYDUM NIGRUM, E. D. 
 
 Magnetic Oxide. (Fig. 23.) Mthiops Martialis. Ferroso-ferric Oxide of Berzelius. A 
 compound of Protoxide and Sesquioxide of Iron. F, Oxide de Fer noir. G. Scwharzes 
 Eisen Oxydul. Eisen Mohr. 
 
 Black Oxide (Fe 8 O' = 116) or Martial Ethiops, long one of the
 
 FERRIIODIDUM. 139 
 
 esteemed preparations of Iron, was formerly made by moistening Iron- 
 filings with water, and also by levigating the foregoing scales of the 
 Oxide. It is probably composed of 1 Eq. Protoxide + 2 Eq. Sesqui- 
 oxide of Iron = 1-16. 
 
 Prep. D. Wash with Water the Scales of Oxide of Iron which are found at the smith's 
 anvil ; when dry, separate them from impurities by a magnet ; triturate and separate the 
 finer powder, in the way directed to make prepared Chalk. 
 
 E. Dissolve Sulpk. Iron 3iij. in boiling Aq. Oiss. and add commercial Sul' f^ij. and 
 f J)ij. ; boil, and gradually add pure Nit' f 3iv. boiling briskly for a few minutes after each 
 addition. Again dissolve Sul. Iron 3iij. in boiling Aq. Oiss. Mix the two solutions and 
 immediately add of stronger Aqua Ammonia fgivss. in a full stream, stirring the mix- 
 ture briskly. Collect the black powder in a calico filter, and wash it with water till 
 Nitr. Baryta causes scarcely any precipitate ; dry it at a temperature not exceeding 180. 
 
 In the above formula, proposed by Wohler, the first 
 portion of the Sulph. of the Oxide is converted into 
 the Sulph of the Sesquioxide of Iron, by the addition 
 of the Nit', which yields a portion of its Oxygen, and 
 Nitric Oxide gas escapes. As the object, according 
 to Dr. Christison, is to obtain a compound, one-half 
 of the Iron of which is in the state of Protoxide, and 
 the other in that of Sesquioxide, this is effected by 
 mixing together the Sulphates of the Protoxide and 
 Sesquioxide in the requisite proportions, and then precipitating them 
 both by the addition of Ammonia in excess. The Oxides unite at 
 once in the act of separation, and fall down in the form of a dark 
 grayish-black powder, which, under exposure to the air, either with 
 or without moisture, shows no tendency to undergo further oxidation. 
 
 Tests. Dark grayish-black ; strongly attracted by the magnet ; heat 
 expels water from it ; Mur' dissolves it entirely ; and Ammonia preci- 
 pitates a black powder from this solution, E. P. The Black Oxide of 
 the D. P. is blacker, and does not give off any water when heated. 
 Wohler considers the above Oxide to be composed of 2 Eq. of Prot- 
 oxide and 1 of Sesquioxide of Iron, with two of water. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic ; has the advantage of being a compound of 
 the Protoxide, which is usually considered most efficacious. 
 
 D. gr. v. 9j. two or three times a day. 
 
 FERRI IODIDUM, L. E. (U. S.) 
 Iodide of Iron. loduret and Hydriodate of Iron. F. lodure de Fer. G. Eisen lodur. 
 
 Introduced into practice by Dr. A. T. Thomson, and described in 
 his Obs. on the Prep, and Med. Employment of the lodurets and 
 Hydriodate of Iron. 
 
 Prop. Iodide of Iron (Fe 1+5 Aq. = 199) is of a dark gray colour, 
 with somewhat of a metallic appearance ; its taste is acrid and styptic. 
 It is often prepared in thin cakes, of a crystalline radiated structure, 
 and light gray colour when fractured. If its solution be evaporated 
 with as little contact of air as possible, " green tabular crystals are 
 formed." It is very deliquescent, and readily dissolved in water, as 
 also in Alcohol. The solution, when pure, is colourless, and when 
 diluted, is not disagreeable. Heated, it volatilizes and readily fuses ;
 
 140 FERRI 10DIDUM. 
 
 but is then easily decomposed, Iodine escaping in vapour, and Iron 
 being left in the form of Sesquioxide. From the absorption of Oxygen, 
 the same change takes place on exposure to the air: water is 
 absorbed to the extent of forming a dark-coloured solution, in which 
 some Sesquioxide of Iron with a little free Iodine is held in solution, 
 and a Sesquioxide of Iron precipitated. It is difficult to preserve it 
 even in solution, unless a coil of Iron wire, as suggested by Mr. Squire, 
 be introduced into it. Sugar also has been ascertained to have this 
 preservative effect. Comp. Fe 14 + 1 63-3 + Aq. 22-7 = 100. 
 
 Prep. L. E. Take Iodine gvj, (dry gr. 200, E.) Iron Filings gij. (fine iron wire 
 recently cleaned gr. 100, E.) Aq. dest. Oivss, (f^vj. E.) Mix the Iodine with Oiv. of the 
 water, add the Iron, heat them in a sand-bath (boil in a glass matrass, first gently, to 
 avoid the expulsion of Iodine vapour, afterwards briskly till concentrated to one-sixth its 
 volume, E.) till the solution becomes pale green, pour off the liquid, wash the residue with 
 the remaining boiling Aq. Oss. and add this to the other liquid, L. Filter. Evaporate to 
 dryness in an iron vessel, at a temperature not exceeding 212, (Put the filtered liquid 
 quickly into an evaporator, with 12 times its weight of Quicklime round the basin, in an 
 apparatus where it may be shut up in a small space, not in contact with the general 
 atmosphere. Heat the whole apparatus, till all the water be evaporated, E.) Preserve the 
 product in (small, E.) well-closed vessels (excluded from the light, L.) 
 
 The Messrs T. and H. Smith now make a solution of Iodide of Iron in a Florence 
 flask with 3vj. of pure iron filings, gij. 3ij. of Iodine and f3ivss. of cold distilled water. 
 Boil till the liquid loses its colour, and filter rapidly into another clean flask, and evapo- 
 rate at a boiling heat. They obtain the compound either as a crystallized hydrate, or in 
 an amorphous anhydrous form, according to the extent of the evaporation, and enclose 
 without the smallest delay in small well-corked bottles. Mr. Kop recommends triturating 
 4 parts of Iodine with 2 parts of water, in a large dish ; then to add at once, 1 part of iron 
 filings in a state of fine division, and to continue the trituration. 
 
 [U. S. Iodine 3ij. Iron Filings 3j. Water Oivss.] 
 
 Of these preparations that of the E. P. is preferable. The solution, 
 like that of all the protosalts of Iron, is of a green colour. If this be 
 quickly filtered and evaporated, and with as little access of air as pos- 
 sible, the salt may be obtained without much decomposition ; but, as 
 the Iron is apt to pass readily to the state of Sesquioxide, it is best 
 prepared according to the Messrs. Smith's improved formula. As all 
 the solid preparations are liable to change, they further recommend 
 powdering their anhydrous Iodide as soon as it is taken from the 
 flask, and then instantly to incorporate it with twice its weight of pure 
 refined Sugar in powder, and to make it into a mass with honey. 4 
 grains will contain 1 grain of the Iodide. Keep in shallow corked 
 bottles in a layer of some powder. (P. J. iii. 490.) Mr. Kop's prepa- 
 ration, it is said, may easily be administered in the form of pills. (P. 
 J. v. 133.) 
 
 Tests. Entirely soluble in water, or nearly so, forming a pale green 
 solution, E. It gives off violet vapours when heated, leaving Sesqui- 
 oxide of Iron ; entirely soluble when recently made ; but this solution 
 in an ill-closed vessel quickly deposits Sesquioxide of Iron, and can 
 be kept clear only in a vessel well closed and containing a coil of 
 iron wire. L. 
 
 Inc. Acids, Alkalies, and their Carbonates, Lime-water and all 
 such substances as are incompatible with Sulphate of Iron, such as 
 vegetable astringents. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic, Deobstruent, Emmenagogue.
 
 FERRI IODIDI SYRUPUS. 141 
 
 D. gr. j. gr. v. or gr. x. in solution in water (a solution of gr. iij. 
 in f3j. is a convenient strength), in syrup, or in the saccharine pills. 
 
 FERRI IODIDI SYRUPUS, E. (Liquor Ferri lodidi, E.) Syrup of 
 Iodide of Iron. 
 
 Prep. Take Iodine (dry) gr. 200, fine Iron Wire recently cleaned gr. 100, and boil 
 them in Aq. dest. f 3vj. at first gently (not to expel Iodine vapours,) afterwards briskly, 
 till about f 3ij remain. Filter quickly, while hot, into a matrass containing powdered 
 White Sugar Sivss. dissolve the sugar with a gentle heat, and add Aq. dest. to make up 
 f3vj. 
 
 Sugar prevents the Protoxide of Iron passing to the state of Per- 
 oxide, as in the Ferri Carbonas Saccharatum, so it has been found 
 to preserve the Iodide of Iron. A syrup was first suggested in Buch- 
 ner's Repertor. fur die Pharmacie for 1839. The E. C. have intro- 
 duced a formula of the Messrs. Smith, modified from one proposed 
 by Dr. A. T. Thomson, in the Trans, of the Pharm. Society, i. 47. 
 This solution undergoes little change, even when preserved for some 
 time. It ought to be " nearly colourless, or pale yellowish-green, and 
 without sediment." D. C. cautions against employing common 
 British Iodine in the same proportions, unless allowance is made for 
 the moisture of the Iodine. The Syrup ought not to be diluted long 
 before it is to be taken, and therefore the patient should himself make 
 the mixture. 
 
 D. fftxv. f3j. Ttxii. or xv. drops contain Iodide of Iron gr. j. 
 It may be prescribed with vegetable astringents, and dilute mineral 
 acids. (T.) 
 
 BROMIDE OF IRON is prepared in precisely the same way as the 
 Iodide, substituting Bromine for Iodine, as in the first part of the pro- 
 cess for making Bromide of Potassium, p. 86. Mr. Squire informs 
 me that a coil of Iron wire traversing the whole column of the solu- 
 tion, is necessary to preserve it in a neutral and uniform state, and 
 is perfect in its action. Others prefer the Syrup to the aqueous solu- 
 tion. The Bromide of Iron acts as an energetic Tonic. 
 
 TINCTURA FERRI SESQUICHLORIDI, L. (CHLORIDI, U. S.) FERRI MURIATIS 
 (LIQUOR D.) TINCTURA, E. 
 
 Tincture of the Sesquichloride or Muriate of Iron. Steel drops. Tinctura Ferri Muriati. 
 Tinctura Martis cum Spiritu Salis. F. Teinture de Perchlorure de Fer. G. Salzsaure 
 Eisentinctur. 
 
 Prop. The Sesquichloride of Iron (Fe 14 Cl = 82) is one of the 
 more powerful of the ferruginous preparations. Iron combines with 
 Chlorine both as a Protochloride and a Sesquichloride (Proto-chlorure 
 and Per-chlorure de Fer of the French). The first is white, in small 
 scales, very soluble in water and alcohol, forming a green-coloured 
 solution, and liable to change from the avidity with which the Iron 
 absorbs Oxygen, and is precipitated as Sesquioxide ; the Chlorine 
 being left in the proportion to form the Sesquichloride. A Tincture 
 of the Chloride is much used on the Continent. Both Chlorides used 
 to be contained in the Tincture of the British Pharm., when it was
 
 142 FERRI AMMONIO-CHLORIDUM. 
 
 made with the Black Oxide of Iron. A little of the Chloride exists 
 in the present preparation. The Perchloride or Sesquichloride of 
 the P. is volatile at a red heat. When the solution is concentrated, 
 it yields either orange-yellow crystalline needles radiating from a 
 centre, or large dark yellowish-red crystals. When sublimed, it is 
 in brilliant scales, of a lively hue, very soluble in water, Alcohol, and 
 Ether. Comp. Fe 34-15+C1 65-85 == 100. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Pour upon Sesquioxide (Red Oxide, E.) of Iron gvi. (Rust of Iron, 1 
 part, D.) Hydrochloric' (Mur' E., 6 parts, D.) Oj. in a glass vessel, digest for 3 days, L. 
 (till most of the oxide be dissolved, E.) frequently shaking, (Let the impurities subside, 
 pour off the solution, evaporate slowly to one-third, D.) and add rectified spirit Oiij. (6 
 parts, D.) Filter, L. E. 
 
 [U. S. Subcarbonate of Iron ftss. Muriatic Acid Oj. Alcohol Oiij.] 
 
 In this formula, the Oxygen of the Oxide combines with the Hy- 
 drogen of the acid, and water is formed, while the freed Chlorine 
 unites with the Iron in the same proportion, and thus Sesquichloride 
 of Iron is formed, also a little Protochloride, in consequence of the 
 Sesquioxide almost always containing a small portion of the Carbo- 
 nate of Iron, of which the Carb' is expelled in effervescence. As the 
 acid is in excess to keep the Chloride dissolved, the solution produces 
 an acid reaction on test paper, and the taste is acid and astringent. 
 It has a smell of Hydrochloric Ether, in consequence of the acid 
 acting on the Alcohol, and is of a reddish or olive-brown colour. 
 Sp. Gr. 0-992. The Tincture of commerce Mr. Phillips found to 
 vary in strength from 9 T \ to 20 grains of the Peroxide, but as above 
 prepared a f 3 contains nearly 30 grs. of Sesquioxide of Iron. The 
 presence of the Iron is readily indicated by its tests, p. 135. It is 
 necessary to remember that a black inky mixture will be formed 
 with any astringent vegetable preparation. The Chlorine forms a 
 precipitate of Chloride Silver, when the Nitrate of Silver is added. 
 It is also decomposed by the mucilage of Gum Arabic. The Per- 
 chloride is sometimes dissolved in Hoffman's Liquor, and is then 
 called Teinture de Bestucheff, the old Tinctura Nervina Bestucheff. 
 
 Tests. The strength and purity of this Tincture must be ascertained 
 by its corresponding with the above characters, and by the quantity 
 of the Sesquioxide precipitated by Liquor Potassa?. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies, Earths, and their Carbonates, Astringent Vegetables. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant, Caustic, Astringent Tonic. 
 
 D. Ttx. fftxxx., even 3j. 3ij., in some suitable diluent. 
 
 FERRI AMMONIO-CHLORIDTJM, L. FERRUM AMMONIATUM, (U. S.) 
 
 Ammonio-Chloride of Iron. Flares Martiales. F. Chlorure Ferroso-Ammoniacal. Mu- 
 riate de For et d'Ammoniaque. G. Eisenhaltiges Salzsaures Ammoniak. Eisen 
 salmiak blumen. 
 
 This preparation was discovered by Basil Valentine in the 14th 
 century, and has been employed in medicine under various names. 
 
 Prop. It is an orange-coloured powder, formed of small crystal- 
 lized grains, which have a saline and astringent taste, with but little 
 odour. It is deliquescent, very soluble in both water and Alcohol,
 
 FERRISULPHURETUM. 143 
 
 and is considered to be only a mechanical mixture of Sesquichloride 
 of Iron 15 parts, and Hydrochlorate of Ammonia 85 parts. Its nature 
 is recognised by the effects of Potash or caustic Lime in evolving 
 Ammonia, and the Iron and Chlorine will be revealed by their appro- 
 priate tests. Mr. Phillips has ascertained that it yields about 7 per 
 cent, of Sesquioxide of Iron. 
 
 Prep. L. Digest Sesquioxide of Iron giij. Hydrochloric Acid Oss. (f 3x. U.S.) in a 
 proper vessel, in a sand-bath for 2 hours ; add Hydrochlorate of Ammonia ftijss. first dis- 
 solved in Aq. dest. Oiij. (iv. U. S.) Strain and evaporate to dryness. Rub the residue to 
 powder. 
 
 In the first part of this process a Sesquichloride of Iron i& formed, 
 as in the foregoing Tincture. To this the Hydrochlorate of Am- 
 monia being added, no change is observed to take place, and there- 
 fore the preparation is considered a mechanical mixture of Sesqui- 
 chloride of Iron and Hydrochlorate of Ammonia. It is sometimes 
 made by merely mixing these two together in the requisite propor- 
 tions, dissolving in water, and then evaporating to dryness. It was 
 formerly prepared by sublimation. 
 
 Tests. Totally soluble in proof Spirit and in water. Potash throws 
 down Sesquioxide of Iron from the solution (in consequence of the 
 Potassium combining with the Chlorine, and the Oxygen with the 
 Iron), and if added in excess, disengages Ammonia, by decomposing 
 the Hydrochlorate of Ammonia. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies and their Carbs., Lime-water, Astringent Vegetables. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic, &c. 
 
 D. gr. iij. gr. x. in syrup, or bitter but not astringent extract. 
 
 TINCTURA FERRI AMMONIO-CHLORIDI, L. Tincture of Ammonio- 
 chloride of Iron. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Ammonia-Chloride of Iron 3iv. in Proof Spirit Oj. and filter. 
 
 This preparation is convenient for internal exhibition, f 3j. con- 
 tains 5'8 grains of Sesquioxide of Iron. 
 D. TTLX. f3ss. 
 
 FERRI SULPHURETUM, E. D. 
 Sulphuret of Iron. Iron Pyrites. F. Sulfure de Fer. G. Schwefeleisen. 
 
 Iron combines with Sulphur in several proportions. It is common 
 in the form of the Bisulphuret, of a yellowish colour ; hence has been 
 thought to contain Copper. It was no doubt known to the ancients. 
 
 Prop. The natural Bisulphuret (Fe S a =60) or Iron 
 Pyrites, called also Mundie, is of a colour like Brass, in s ' 
 hard cubical crystals, which are not acted upon by any of 
 the acids except the Nitric. Sp. Gr. 4-98. Often heated 
 for the separation of the Sulphur by sublimation. If 
 moistened and exposed to the air, Oxygen is absorbed, and 
 the Sulphuret converted into Protosulphate of Iron. 
 
 Of the following processes, the first, though inferior, yields a pro- 
 duct good enough for Pharmaceutic purposes. It dissolves readily in
 
 144 FERRI SULPHAS. 
 
 
 
 Sul' and H Cl' ; H S' gas is evolved, and Protosulphate of Iron re- 
 mains in solution. The composition varies : the Protosulphuret con- 
 sists of Fe S = 44, and the Sesquisulphuret of Fe a S 3 ==104, the 
 Bisulphuret, of Fe S a = 60. 
 
 Prep, E. Heat Sublimed Sulphur part j. and Iron-filinga part iij. in a crucible on a 
 common fire till the mass begins to glow. Then remove the crucible and cover it till the 
 action, which increases considerably, ceases. 
 
 E. D. Take a rod of /ron, heat it white-hot in a forge, rub it with a roll of Sulphur 
 (apply it to a mass, D.) (over a deep vessel, E.) filled with water to receive the (fused glo- 
 bules of, E.) Sulphuret. (When separated from the Sulphur and dried, preserve in closed 
 vessels, D.) 
 
 By the first process a Protosulphuret is formed, if the mixture is 
 in proportion of 7 parts of Iron-filings to 4 of Sulphur. These rapidly 
 combine, and heat is produced even to redness, and Sulphurous va- 
 pours escape : the redness will be preserved even when the crucible 
 is removed from the fire. It usually contains an excess of Iron. The 
 D. and second Ed. process yield a pure product, for which it is 
 essential that the Iron be heated to a full white heat, when the Iron 
 and Sulphur combining together, bright sparks are emitted, and the 
 melted Sulphuret falls into the water in light brown-coloured globules. 
 Comp. Fe 63-4+S 36-6=100. 
 
 Tests. Soluble nearly in diluted Sul' with disengagement of Hydro- 
 sul' gas. E. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antidote against Corrosive Sublimate. Employed 
 as a ready means of obtaining Hydrosul' gas by the addition of Sul' 
 or Cl H'. 
 
 FERRI SULPHAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Sulphate of Iron. Sulphate of the Protoxide of Iron. Ferrum Vitriolatum. Sal Martis. 
 F. Sulfate de Fer. G. Schwefelsaures Eisenoxydul. Eiseri vitriol. 
 
 Vitriolated Iron, or Green Vitriol, was known to the ancients. It 
 is mentioned in the Jlmera Cosha of the Hindoos (Hind. Med. p. 44), 
 and it is used by them, as by the Romans in the time of Pliny, in 
 making Ink. It is found in nature : the Sulphuret, absorbing Oxygen 
 from the atmosphere, is converted into the Sulphate of the Protoxide 
 of Iron ; this is apt to be changed into the red-coloured Sulphate of 
 the Sesquioxide. The Sulphate, being soluble, is found in some 
 mineral waters. It is also made artificially on a large scale for use 
 Fig. 25. i n the ar t g by exposing moistened Pyrites to the air, 
 and is called Copperas or Green Vitriol. 
 
 Sulphate of Iron (Fe O S O 3 +7 Aq. = 139) is a 
 transparent crystallized substance of a bluish-green 
 colour, and a styptic (which is also called an inky) 
 taste. The crystals are modifications of the oblique 
 rhombic prism. Sp. Gr. 1-82. They are soluble in 
 a little more than their own weight of cold and in 
 of their weight of boiling water. In the air they efflo- 
 resce, and the salt, absorbing Oxygen, is converted into the Sulphate 
 of the reddish-coloured Sesquioxide of Iron. Heated, it is first melted 
 in its water of crystallization ; this is afterwards expelled, and the
 
 FERRI SULPHAS. 145 
 
 salt reduced to the state of a dry white powder, (v. Ferri Sulphas 
 exsiccatus, E.) At a still greater heat, the acid is expelled,, and may 
 be obtained in the form of anhydrous or glacial Sulph', the latter por- 
 tion being decomposed. The Iron is left in the state of the reddish- 
 coloured Sesquioxide, the colcothar of old authors and of the D. P. 
 Sulph. Iron is insoluble in Alcohol ; its solution in water reddens Lit- 
 mus ; its Iron is precipitated on the addition of alkalies, alkaline earths, 
 and their Carbonates, by the former as a Hydrated Protoxide, and by 
 the latter as a Carbonate^ which is soon changed into the red Sesqui- 
 oxide, q. v. With Ferrocyanide of Potassium, a white precipitate is 
 formed with the pure Sulphate of the Protoxide, but a blue one if 
 the Sesquioxide be present : the same change of colour ensues when 
 the former precipitate is exposed to the air. A black precipitate 
 (Gallate of Iron) is formed when the Sulphate containing any of 
 the Sesquioxide is added to an infusion or. tincture of Galls, or 
 of any other astringent vegetable. Comp. Fe O 25-9 + S' 28-8 +Aq. 
 45-3 = 100. 
 
 Prep. Mix Sulphuric' 3xiv. (xviii. U. S.) (7 parts D.) with Aq. Oiv. (60 parts D.) add 
 Iron filings Sviij. (Wire 4 parts, D. gxij. U. S.) apply heat, (and when -the efferves- 
 cence is over, L.) filter through paper, D.) Set the liquor aside to crystallize, (after due 
 concentration, D.) and then concentrate the supernatant liquor to obtain more crystals. 
 Dry them all. (If the Sulphate of Iron of commerce be not in transparent green crystals, 
 without efflorescence, dissolve it in its own weight of boiling water acidulated with a little 
 Sul' ; filter, and set the solution aside to crystallize. Preserve the crystals in well-closed 
 bottles, E.) 
 
 This process is introduced, as the Green Vitriol of commerce is 
 usually impure. Concentrated Sul' does not act on pure Iron, but the 
 water of the dil. acid becoming decomposed, yields its O. to the Iron, 
 while H. escapes in the form of gas. The Oxide of Iron formed 
 unites with the Sul', and the Sulphate of Iron is obtained. 
 
 Tests. Pale bluish-green crystals, with little or no efflorescence; 
 entirely soluble in water ; this solution does not deposit Copper upon 
 Iron being immersed in it ; its solution, first boiled with Nit' and then 
 precipitated by excess of Ammonia, yields on filtration a fluid which 
 is colourless or very pale blue. L. and E. If it be of a deep blue, 
 then Copper is present. The boiling in Nit' is not always necessary, 
 for Green Vitriol is usually a mixture of Sulphate of Protoxide and of 
 Sesquioxide of Iron. Zinc may be similarly detected by adding 
 Ammonia in excess to the Sesquioxidated solution; after filtering, 
 expel the excess of Ammonia by heat, and any Zinc which is present 
 will be deposited in flakes of the white Oxide. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies and their Carbonates, salts of Calcium and of Barium, 
 Acetate and Diacetate of Lead, Nitrate of Silver, Vegetable Astrin- 
 gents. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent, Tonic, Emmenagogue. 
 
 D. gr. j. gr. v. in pills with Bitter Extracts or Aromatic Confec- 
 tion. 
 
 Mr. Phillips warns against giving it in solution without first boiling 
 the water, and expelling its atmospheric air, of which the Oxygen 
 would peroxidize the Oxide. 
 
 10
 
 146 CARBONATE OF IR'ON. 
 
 FEIIRI SULPHAS EXSICCATUS, E. Dry or Anhydrous Sulphate of Iron. 
 
 Prep. Heat moderately in an earthen vessel, not glazed with lead, Sulphate of Iron q. s. 
 till converted into a dry grayish white mass ; powder this. 
 
 Convenient for exhibition in the form of Pills. By heat the crys- 
 tals readily lose five-sixthsof the water of crystallization, and the dried, 
 therefore, is in this proportion stronger than the common Sulphate of 
 Iron. 
 
 D. gr. ss. gr. iv. 
 
 The dried Sulphate is employed in the E. P. in making the 
 
 PILULE FERRI SULPHATIS, E. 
 
 Prep. Take dried Sulphate of Iron 2, Extract of Taraxacum 5, Liquorice-root Powder 
 3, and Conserve of Roses 5 parts. Beat them into a proper mass, and divide into 5 grain 
 pills. 
 
 D. gr. x. gr. xx. 
 
 Pkarm. Prep. Pilules Aloes et Ferri, E. Containing 1 grain of the 
 Sulphate in about 5 grains, with Aloes and Aromatic powder. 
 
 Pilules Rhei et Ferri, E. Containing 1 grain in 6 grains, with Ex- 
 tract of Rhubarb. 
 
 LIQUOR OXYSULPHATIS FERRI is a preparation, according to Mr. 
 Tyson, P. J. i. 598, in constant use among the practitioners of Derby- 
 shire, and considered one of the most powerful preparations of Iron. 
 It is prepared by rubbing up Ferri Sulph. 3ij. or 3iij. with Acidi Nitrici 
 fSiij., then gradually adding Aq. Dest. f2jss. Filter. (A Sulphate of 
 the Peroxide is formed.) 
 
 D. rriv. xij. 2 or 3 times a day. 
 
 CARBURET OF IRON. 
 Plumbago or Graphite. 
 
 This, commonly called Black Lead, is usually considered a Carbu- 
 ret of Iron ; but as the purest specimens are composed almost entirely 
 of Charcoal, it is treated of with that substance. The specimens con- 
 taining any notable proportion of Iron, must have some of the proper- 
 ties of Ferruginous preparations. Steel, being composed of pure Iron 
 combined with a very small quantity of Carbon, is a true Carburet of 
 Iron. 
 
 CARBONATE OF IRON. 
 F. Carbonate de Fer. G. Kohlensaures Eisenoxyd. 
 
 The name of Carbonate of Iron long held a place in the Pharma- 
 copeias, and the preparation which was so called still does so in the 
 D. P., but in the L. P. under the name of FERRI SESQUIOXYDUM, q. v. 
 which contains about 4 per cent, of the Carbonate. The Carbonate 
 of Iron is, however, officinal in the form of the Mistura Ferri Compo- 
 sita and in the Pilules Ferri Camp., as likewise in the Ferri Carbonas 
 Saccharatum and the Pilules Ferri Carbon atis, E. P.
 
 FERRI CARBONAS SACCHARATUM. 147 
 
 Carbonate of Iron (Fe O, C O = 66), is obtained by precipitating 
 with an alkaline Carbonate a solution of any protosalt of Iron, e. g. 
 the Sulphate. A soluble Sulphate of Potash or of Soda is obtained in 
 solution, and an insoluble Carbonate of Iron is precipitated. This is 
 at first of a greenish- white colour, but becomes of a brownish- red 
 colour in the air, and is converted into the Sesquioxide. (v. supra.) As 
 the protosalts are more efficient as medicines than the persalts, it has 
 been the practice with many to direct the Mistura Ferri Composita to 
 be taken as much as possible when fresh made, or when of a greenish 
 colour. Sugar has long been prescribed with Ferruginous prepara- 
 tions, as in the old Mars Saccharatus, and with the Carbonate of Iron, 
 the Mist. Ferri Comp. and Pil. Ferri Comp. Soubeiran states that the 
 idea of preventing the oxidation of the Carbonate of Iron, and pre- 
 serving a uniform medicine, first occurred to Dr. Becker, and that it 
 was put into practice by M. Klauer, a Pharmacien of Mulhausen, 
 who employed Sugar for this purpose, having discovered that it had 
 the power of preventing the Protoxide of Iron from passing into the 
 state of Peroxide by absorbing more Oxygen. Experiments have 
 also been made by Drs. Clark and Christison, and Sugar is employed 
 in preserving the Iodide, Bromide, and Chloride of Iron, also Iron- 
 filings. 
 
 FERRI CARBONAS SACCHARATUM, E. Saccharine Carbonate of Iron. 
 Klauer's FERRTJM CARBONICUM SACCHARATUM (of the Continent). 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Sulph. Iron 3iv. in Aq, Oij. and Carb. Soda 3v. in Aq. Oij. ; mix the 
 two (cold) solutions, collect the precipitate on a cloth filter ; wash it immediately with 
 cold water, and without delay triturate the remaining pulp with Pure Sugar finely ^pow- 
 dered 3ij. Dry the mixture at a temperature not much above 120. 
 
 Tests. Colour grayish-green, taste sweet and styptic, easily soluble 
 in Muriatic Acid with brisk effervescence. E. P. If the Carbonate of 
 Iron is mixed with the Sugar as soon as possible after it is deprived 
 of its water by filtration, it is found that it may then be dried even 
 with the heat indicated, without undergoing conversion into the Ses- 
 quioxide of Iron. The action of the Sugar in this and other similar 
 cases is, that it prevents oxidation. Klauer supposed that a definite 
 compound is formed consisting of Protoxide and Sesquioxide of Iron, 
 Carbonic Acid, Sugar, and water. He found 80 per cent, of Protoxide 
 and 20 of Sesquioxide. Fifty grains ought to yield 7-5 cubic inches 
 of gas when decomposed by an acid. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic ; and an excellent form for a Ferruginous pre- 
 paration. 
 
 D. gr. x. gr. xxx. It may be prescribed in the same doses in the 
 form of 
 
 PILULE FERRI CARBONATIS, E. Pills of Carbonate of Iron. 
 
 Prep. Take Saccharine Carbonate Iron 4 parts, Red Rose Conserve 1 part, beat them 
 into a proper mass and divide into 5 grain pills. 
 
 [The Pilules Ferri Carbonatis of the U. S. P., Vallet's Ferruginous Pills, are made 
 thus: Sulphate of Iron 3iv. Carbonate of Soda 3v. Clarified Honey 3ijss. Syrup, Boiling 
 Water a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the Sulphate of Iron and the Carbonate of Soda 
 each in a pint of water, and to each solution add a fluid ounce of Syrup. Mix the solu-
 
 MISTURA FERRI C M P O S I T A. 
 
 tions in a bottle just large enough to contain them, close, and set by for the Carbonate to 
 subside. Pour off the supernatant liquid, and wash the precipitate with sweetened water, 
 press on a flannel cloth, and mis with the honey]. 
 
 PILULE FERRI COMPOSITE, L. D. (U. S.) Pilules Ferri cum Myrrha. 
 Compound Pills of Iron. 
 
 Prep. Beat powdered Myrrh 3ij. and Carb Soda 3j. together, add Sulph. Iron 3j. (and 
 brown Sugar 3j. D.) rub again ; lastly, add Treacle 3j. (Molasses, q. s. D.) Beat the 
 whole in a vessel previously warmed until incorporated. 
 
 These pills are the usual form for prescribing the Carbonate of Iron, 
 but the saccharine matter is in too small a proportion to prevent the 
 oxidation. Therefore, they should be made only when required, or 
 the Pil. Ferri Carbonatis be substituted. Gr. xx. contain 1 gr. T 7 of 
 the Protocarbonate, in which there is one grain of the Protoxide. 
 
 D. gr. v.- or gr. x. 9j. 2 or 3 times a day. 
 
 The Pilules de Vallet are similar. (See p. 147.) Pilules de Blaud 
 are made with Carb. Potash and Gum Arabic, and are a close imita- 
 tion of the following mixture. 
 
 MISTURA FERRI COMPOSITA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Compound Mixture of 
 Mars. Griffith's Antihectic or Tonic Mixture. 
 
 Prep. Beat powdered Myrrh 3ij. [(bruised, E.) (finely powdered, 3j. D.)] with Spirit of 
 Nutmeg f3j. (f3ss. D.) and Carb. Potash 3j. (gr. xxv. D.) then add Rose- Water f3xviij. 
 (gvijss. D.) and then Sulph. Iron in (coarse, E.) powder 9ijss. (9j. D.) Put the mixture 
 immediately into a well. stopped bottle. 
 
 [U. S. Myrrh 3j. Carb. Pot. gr. xxv. Rose. Water fgvijss. Sulph. Iron, pulv. 9j. Spt. 
 Lav. 3ss. Sugar, 3j.] 
 
 Here the same changes take place ; but Carbonate of Potash, being 
 employed instead of the Carbonate of Soda, we have a Sulphate of 
 Potash left in solution. A hydrated Protocarbonate of Iron is sus- 
 pended with Myrrh and the Spirit of Nutmeg as aromatics, while 
 the Sugar no doubt assists in preventing the formation of Sesquioxide 
 of Iron. Mr. Brande states that the best mode of making it is to 
 triturate a fine piece of Myrrh into an emulsion with Rose-Water, add 
 the Carbonate of Potash, Nutmeg, and Sugar, and lastly dissolve in 
 it the Sulphate of Iron. If the bottle is kept full, the preparation will 
 long remain unchanged : it should therefore be prescribed in draughts. 
 Ince P. J. i. 252. 
 
 Inc. Acids and Acidulous Salts, Vegetable Astringents. 
 
 D. f3j. f3ij. 2 or 3 times a day. 
 
 Soubeiran (ii. p. 434) describes some other preparations of the 
 Carbonate of Iron, as the Poudre Ferrugineuse, in which Bicarb. 
 Soda and Sulphate of Iron are mixed with Sugar, also Poudre Feree 
 Gazeuze. 
 
 Prep. Mix Ferri Sulph. gr. iij. carefully with pounded Sugar 3ijss. add Bicarb. Soda 
 in powder grs. liv. and coarsely pounded Tartaric' 3j.; add to a bottle of water, cork it 
 immediately and agitate. 
 
 A sweetish acidulous preparation of Iron, made agreeable by the 
 effervescence of the Carbonic acid. The Iron may be increased, as 
 the 3 grs. of the Sulphate will produce 1|- grs. of the Carbonate of 
 Iron.
 
 FERRI ACETATIS TINCTURA. 149 
 
 The Aqua Chalybeata of Bewley and Evans is also an elegant and 
 agreeable preparation of this metal, v. Citrate of Iron. 
 
 FERRI ACETAS, D. 
 
 Acetate of Iron. Extractum Mortis Aceticum. Aceticum Martiale. F. Acetate de 
 Fer. G. Essigsaures Eisen. 
 
 This preparation is contained only in the Dublin Pharmacopoeia, 
 and unnecessarily in three different forms. But it was formerly more 
 used in medicine ; in the present day, it is chiefly known in the arts 
 as the Iron liquor. 
 
 Prop. The Acetate of Iron of the D. P. is a liquid of a deep red 
 colour, and is an Acetate of the Sesquioxide. This is evident from 
 the ingredients employed, for the Carbonate so named as we have 
 seen is only the Sesquioxide with a little Carbonate mixed with it; 
 and therefore, after digesting in Acetic', there will be a small portion 
 of the Acetate of the Protoxide, and the great bulk consist of the 
 Acetate of the Sesquioxide. It has an acid reaction and Chalybeate 
 taste. ,The tests for Iron act as with the other persalts. 
 
 Prep. Digest Carb. Iron 1 part in Acet' 6 parts for 3 days. Filter. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic, Astringent. 
 D. rftv. rnjxx. in water. 
 
 FERRI ACETATIS TINCTURA, D. Tincture of Acetate of Iron. 
 
 Prep. In an earthenware mortar rub Acet. Potash 2 parts, Sulph. Iron 1 part into a 
 uniform mass ; dry with a gentle heat. Triturate with Rectified Spirit 26 parts. Digest 
 in a well-closed bottle for 7 days, agitating occasionally. Let it rest, pour off the clear 
 fluid and keep it in well-closed bottles. 
 
 In this preparation double decomposition will take place, and 
 Sulph. Potash, and Acet. of the Protoxide of Iron be produced, but 
 much of which will necessarily be converted into the Sesquioxide in 
 the process of drying. The Acetate of Iron, as well as the excess of 
 Acetate of Potash, is dissolved in Spirit of the Sp. Gr. -840, the Ses- 
 quioxide and Sulphate being left. The Tincture is of a light red or 
 claret colour, and forms an agreeable chalybeate. When evaporated 
 to dryness, it yields saline matter which is whitish from the presence 
 of Acetate of Potash. 
 
 D. f3ss. f3i. 
 
 It is extremely liable to spontaneous decomposition, and is decom- 
 posed by the Acids, the Alkalies, and their Carbonates, also by vege- 
 table Astringents. 
 
 FERRI ACETATIS TINCTURA CTJM ALCOHOLE, E. D. Alcoholic Tincture 
 of the Acetate of Iron. 
 
 Prep. Rub Sulph. Iron and Acet. Potash 5.6. 3j. till they unite, dry them, and when 
 cold triturate with Alcohol, by measure, fi>ij. Digest in a well- stoppered bottle, agitating 
 frequently, for 24 hours. Pour off the clear liquor and keep in well-closed vessels. 
 
 This preparation is very similar to the last, but instead of an excess
 
 150 FERROCYANIDE OF POTASSIUM. 
 
 of Acet. of Potash, there is an excess of Sulph. Iron. As above, the 
 Acetate is a mixture of the Acetates of the Protoxide and Peroxide ; 
 the latter only is stated by Wood and Bache to be soluble in the 
 Alcohol of the D. P. having the Sp. Gr. -810. It is therefore a solu- 
 tion of the Acetate of the Peroxide of Iron, and forms a stronger and 
 more uniform preparation. f3j. evaporated, yields gr. x. of a crim- 
 son-coloured extract. Dr. Percival, who thought highly of the 
 Chalybeate powers of these Tinctures, prescribed from f3ss. f3j. in 
 asses' milk. 
 
 FERROCYANIDE OF POTASSIUM. POTASSII FERROCYANIDUM, L. 
 [POTASSII FERROCYANURETUM, U. S.] 
 
 Ferrocyanate of Potash. Ferropriissiate of Potash. Prussiate and Yellow Prussiate 
 of Potash. F. Cyanure de Fer et de Potassium. G. Cyaneisen Kalium. Blausaures 
 Eisenkali. 
 
 This salt is officinal for the purpose of making Diluted Hydrocyanic 
 acid. There is no formula for preparing it, because it is found in a 
 very pure state in commerce. 
 
 Prop. This salt is of a lemon-yellow colour, and transparent, with- 
 out smell, but having a cooling saline taste. The crystals are large 
 quadrangular, with more or less truncated edges and angles, derived 
 from a primary octohedron ; tough and flexible; Sp. Gr. 1-83. Solu- 
 ble in 4 parts of cold and 2 of boiling water. (Gr.) Dr. Ure states 
 that water at 60 takes up about ^, and at 212 its own weight of 
 this salt; insoluble in Alcohol. Heated to 212, they lose about J3 
 per cent., or their 3 Eq. of water of crystallization, and are reduced 
 to a white powder. At a red heat they are decomposed, Nitrogen 
 escapes, Carburet of Iron and Cyanide of Potassium are left ; but 
 if exposed to the air, the latter absorbs Oxygen, and becomes Cyanate 
 of Potash. This salt is not precipitated by the alkalies, nor Sulphu- 
 retted Hydrogen, nor by Tincture of Galls, proving that the Iron is 
 in a peculiar state of combination. With salts of the Peroxide of 
 Iron, it produces precipitates of Prussian Blue, but white precipitates 
 with salts of the Protoxide, which become blue after exposure to the 
 air. With Lead, Zinc, Copper, <tec., it forms different coloured pre- 
 cipitates, and therefore serves to ascertain the presence of these 
 metals. Heated with diluted Sul', Hydrocy' is produced. Boiled 
 with Binoxide of Mercury, Bicyanide of that metal is obtained in 
 solution. 
 
 Ferrocyanide of Potassium is composed, according to Liebig, of 
 (an imaginary radical) Ferrocyanogen, composed of 1 Eq. of Iron 
 and 3 Eq. of Cyanogen, or Fe Cy 3 , in combination with 2 Eq. of 
 Potassium, K* Fe Cy 3 -f 3 HO; or, according to other views, of 1 
 Eq. Cyanide Iron 54+2 Eq. Cyan. Potassium 132+3 Aq. 27=213. 
 
 This salt is prepared on a large scale by calcining animal matter, 
 such as hoofs, chippings of horn, dried blood, pieces of hides, cellular 
 membrane, the refuse of tallow melters, with Carb. Potash, in an iron 
 pot with iron stirrers^; throw into water, dissolve, filter, evaporate, 
 and crystallize. Repeat the latter part of the process for purification.
 
 FERRIPERCYANIDUM. 151 
 
 Tests* Totally dissolved by water. A gentle heat evaporates 12-6 
 parts from 100 parts. It slightly (if at all) alters the colour of Tur- 
 meric. What it throws down from the preparations of Sesquioxide 
 of Iron is blue, and that from the preparations of Zinc is white. 
 When burnt, the residue dissolved by H Cl' is again thrown down 
 by Ammonia: 18-7 parts of Sesquioxide of Iron are yielded by 100 
 parts. L. 
 
 Action. Uses. Sedative; but possessed of little activity; is rapidly 
 absorbed and diffused through the secretions. 
 
 D. gr. x. to gr. xv. ; but may be given in much larger doses. 
 
 FERRI (CYANURETUM, D.) PERCYANIDUM, L. 
 
 Ferri Ferro-Sesquicyanidum, Per. Sesquiferrocyanide of Iron. (Graham.) Ferri 
 Ferrocyanuretum, U. S. Prussian Blue. Ferro-prussiate of Iron. F. Bleu de Prusse. 
 G. Cyaneisen. Berlinerblau. 
 
 This substance, so well known by the name of Prussian Blue, was 
 discovered in 1710 by Diesbach, a preparer of colours at Berlin. 
 
 Prop. Prussian Blue is a light' porous body, of a rich velvety blue 
 colour, if dried when prepared of the temperature of the air ; but, 
 dried at a higher temperature, it is more compact (G.), and is usually 
 seen in solid masses of its peculiar rich blue colour ; devoid of taste 
 and smell, and insoluble. It is decomposed by the alkalies, an alka- 
 line Ferrocyanide produced, and Peroxide of Iron precipitated. The 
 strong acids also decompose it. Boiled with Red Oxide of Mercury, 
 soluble Bi-Cyanide of Mercury is produced, with an insoluble mixture 
 of Oxide and Cyanide of Iron. Great differences of opinion are en- 
 tertained respecting the composition of this substance; a variety of 
 names have, therefore, been applied to it by different chemists. The 
 name Percy anide, adopted by the London College, is objectionable, 
 inasmuch as Prof. Graham states that Percyanide or Sesquicyanide 
 of Iron, Fe 3 Cy 3 , is unknown in a pure state. He represents it as 
 " consisting of 4 Eq. of Iron and 3 Eq. of the bibasic salt-radical, 
 Ferrocyanogen, and therefore named a Sesquiferrocyanide. It con- 
 tains Oxygen and Hydrogen besides, which cannot be separated 
 without the decomposition of the compound." In conformity to the 
 opinion of Berzelius, it is now generally considered a compound of 
 3 Eq. Cyanide of Iron and 2 Eq. of Sesquicyan. Iron (3 Fe Cy+2 
 Fe a Cy 8 ). 
 
 Prussian Blue may be obtained perfectly pure, on a small scale, by 
 double decomposition between Ferrocyanide of Potassium and an 
 acid solution of Persulphate or Perchloride of Iron. In the arts it is 
 made by calcining Potash and animal matter, adding this to 12 or 
 15 times its weight of water, and precipitating the clear solution 
 obtained with 2 parts of Alum and 1 of the Protosulphate of Iron. 
 
 Tests. It is pure if, after being boiled with dilute H Cl', Ammonia 
 throws down nothing from the filtered solution. L. 
 
 .fiction. Uses. Officinal, for making Bicyanide of Mercury. It has 
 been accounted sedative, tonic, &c., but has little effect. 
 
 D. gr. v. 3 or 4 times a day.
 
 152 FERRI ET POTASS.E TARTRAS. 
 
 FERRI MISTURA AROMATICA, D. Aromatic Mixture of Iron. 
 
 Prep. Take Iron-filings gss. Bark (Cinchona lancifolia), in a coarse powder 3j. 
 Calumba sliced 3iij- Cloves bruised 3ij. Digest for 3 days in a close vessel, agitating 
 occasionally with Peppermint Water q. s. to yield f3xij. of the filtered liquor. Add Com- 
 pound Tincture of Cardamoms f^iij- and Tincture of Orange-peel f3iij. 
 
 Dr. Neligan says of this combination of aromatic tonics holding in 
 solution some Tannate of Iron, that, though unchemical, it is a most 
 excellent tonic, much used in Dublin, in the various states of debility 
 attended with anaemia, in doses of f3j. f3ij. two or three times a day. 
 It is often called Heberden's Ink, from its black colour. 
 
 FERRI ET POTASS.E TARTRAS. (U. S.) 
 
 FERRI POTASSJO TARTRAS, L. FERRUM TARTARIZATUM, E. FERRI TARTARUM. D. Tar. 
 trate of Potash and Iron. Tartarized Iron and Chaly heated Tartar. Potassoe Ferro. 
 Tartras. F. Tartrate de Potasse et de Fer. G. Eisenweinstein. 
 
 This preparation, in different forms, has long been employed in 
 medicine ; one of these is familiarly known by the name of Steel 
 Wine, which, though liable to variation, is a popular, and, when care- 
 fully prepared, an effective form for exhibition. 
 
 Prop. The Tartrate of Potash and Iron is usually in powder of an 
 olive-brown colour, without odour, and of a mild chalybeate taste. It 
 is now often prepared in shining brittle scales of a dark-brown colour. 
 Exposed to moist air, it deliquesces, and is soluble in 4 times its 
 weight of water ; slightly in Alcohol, more so in Wine. The solution 
 is of a light-brownish colour, and remains unchanged for a consider- 
 able time, It is remarkable for not being decomposed by Ammonia 
 or its Carbonate at any temperature, nor by the other alkalies nor 
 their Carbonates without the aid of heat. It is also unaffected by the 
 Ferrocyanide of Potassium until a few drops of the stronger acids are 
 added, when a deep blue colour is produced, showing that decompo- 
 sition must have taken place. Vegetable astringents cause the usual 
 black precipitate. It is considered by Mr. Phillips to be composed of 
 1 Eq. Tartrate of Sesquioxide of Iron 106+1 Eq. Tartrate of Potash 
 114=220, or 48-18 of the former, and 51-82 per cent, of the latter, 
 and he found it to yield about 18 per cent. (Soubeiran states that it 
 contains 13 per cent.) of Sesquioxide of Iron. 
 
 Prep. The Colleges give different formuloe for preparing a Sesquioxide of Iron, which 
 is then to combine with 1 Eq. of Cream of Tartar. The D. C. retain the old process for 
 oxidizing the Iron. Mix Iron wire I part with very finely powdered Bitartrate of Potash 
 4 parts and Aq. dest. 8 parts, or q. s. Expose to the air for 15 days in a wide vessel, 
 stirring occasionally and adding water to keep the mixture moist, but not to cover the 
 iron completely. Then boil with Aq. dest. q. s. Evaporate the filtered liquor to dryness 
 in a sand-bath and keep the Tartar of Iron in well-closed bottles. 
 
 L. E. Mix Sesquioxide of Iron giij. with Hydrochlor' Oss. (f3x. U. S.) and digest in a 
 sand-bath for 2 hours. Add Aq. dest. Cong. ij. set aside for an hour, then pour off the 
 supernatant liquor. Add Sol. of Potash, Oivss. or q. s., wash well the precipitate with 
 water. (Take Sulphate of Iron 3v. and make it into rust of Iron, as directed under Fer- 
 rugo, but without drying, E.) While moist boil it with Bitartrate of Potash gxjss. (gix. 
 3j. E.) mixed in Aq. dest. Cong. j. (Oiv. E.) Let the solution cool, pour off the clear 
 liquor. Should it be acid to Litmus tests, pour in solution of Sesquicarbonate of Ammo- 
 nia Oj. or q. s. (Carl), of Am. in fine powder q. s. E.) till effervescence ceases. Over a 
 sand-bath concentrate to the consistence of thin extract, or till the residue on cooling be- 
 comes a firm solid. (Preserve in well-closed vessels, E.)
 
 FERRI AMMO NI 0-T ARTR AS. 153 
 
 The L. and E. C. have adopted the improved process of Soubeiran 
 with slight modifications. In the L. process, Sesquichloride of Iron 
 (v. p. 141) is produced. On the addition of the Potash, the Iron is 
 precipitated in the form of Hyd rated Sesquioxide of Iron. The E. C. 
 directs this to be prepared as under Ferrugo, and to be kept moist, as 
 in this state, when boiled with the Bitartrate of Potash 1 Eq. 40 of 
 the Sesquioxide combines with 1 Eq. 66 of the Tartaric acid, and 1 
 Eq. Tartrate of potash 114 remains as it was, or rather unites with 
 the new-formed Tartrate of Iron, and thus perfectly prevents the 
 action of some of the ordinary reagents on the Iron. 
 
 Tests. Totally soluble in water, and not attracted by. the magnet : 
 (if improperly prepared, a large portion is insoluble, and the magnet 
 attracts the residual oxide). The solution does not change either Lit- 
 mus or Turmeric ; it is not rendered blue by Ferrocyanide of Potas- 
 sium, nor any thing precipitated from it by any acid or alkali, P. L. 
 
 Inc. Strong acids, Lime-water, Acetate of Lead, Hydrosulphuric', 
 Vegetable Astringents. 
 
 Action. Uses. Chalybeate Tonic, mild in. taste, soluble and efficient. 
 
 D. gr. x. 3ss. in pill, or solution with some aromatic. 
 
 VINTJM FERRI, or Steel Wine, is omitted in the Pharmacopeias ; 
 but an efficient and uniform substitute can at any time be formed by 
 dissolving a portion of the above preparation in Sherry Wine. It was 
 formerly made by macerating for a month Iron-filings in Sherry 
 Wine, and contained only 16 grs. of the Peroxide in a pint of Wine. 
 Dose, 3ij. 3iv. thrice a day. Mr. Donovan macerates Rust of Iron 
 of the shops, well levigated, 3ij. with one pint of the best Hock, in a 
 matrass placed in a water-bath of 100 F. for one hour, constantly 
 agitating, and the next day filters. Or, take Tartrate ofProtoxide of 
 Iron 1 part, and rub it up with Tartaric' 1 part in a porcelain or glass 
 mortar, then add of White Wine 1000 parts, and filter the solution if 
 necessary. The Tartrate of the Protoxide of Iron may itself be made 
 by decomposing an Eq. of Protosulphate of Iron with an Eq. of 
 neutral Tartrate of Potash, immediately washing the precipitate with 
 water, collecting it on a strainer, pressing it strongly, and drying 
 over a water-bath. (Soubeiran.) 
 
 FERRI AMMONIO-TARTRAS. Ammonio-Tartrate of Iron. 
 
 In the same way that Sulphate of Alumina, by combining with 
 Potash, Soda, or Ammonia, will form either Potash, Soda, or Ammo- 
 nia Alum, so various double salts may be formed by presenting 
 different bases with Iron to the Citric and Tartaric acids. The 
 Ammonio-Tartrate of Iron is one of these, which has for some time 
 been prepared as a substitute for the Tartrate of Potash and Iron. It 
 is of a dark brown colour, in brilliant scales, or in angular grains, 
 resembling Kino ; its powder is of a brown colour, like Iron-rust. It 
 has a mild ferruginous taste ; soluble in rather more than its weight 
 of water at 60; not decomposed by boiling water ; insoluble in both 
 Alcohol and Ether. It is composed of 1 Eq. of Tartrate of Sesqui- 
 oxide of Iron, 1 Eq. of Tartrate of Ammonia, and 4 of water. A
 
 154 FERRI AMMO NIO. 
 
 formula for preparing it is given by Mr. Procter, junr., in Amer. J. of 
 Pharm., by decomposing Bitart. Ammonia with fresh made Hydrated 
 Sesquioxide of Iron. v. P. J. i. 291. It is an eligible preparation of 
 Iron, and may be given in doses of gr. iij. to gr. viij. in aqueous solu- 
 tion, or in pill, or with some confection. 
 
 FERRI CITRAS. Citrate of Iron. 
 
 M. Beral, in 1831, introduced to the notice of the profession se- 
 veral preparations in which Iron is combined with Citric acid. Of 
 these the Citrate or Sesquicitrate of Iron is a combination of boiling 
 Cit' 3iv. and Aq. Dest. f3iv. with moist Hydrated Sesquioxide of Iron 
 (v. p. 138) about 3viij. When cold, add water so as to make f3xvj. 
 It is obtained (by drying its solution spread out on glass) in thin and 
 transparent laminae of a beautiful garnet hue ; has an acid and not 
 disagreeable styptic taste. It dissolves slowly in cold water, but more 
 readily in boiling water. M. Beral has also proposed a Protocitrate 
 of Iron, which is white and pulverulent, with a strong chalybeate 
 taste, and also a Citrate of the Magnetic Oxide (p. 138) of Iron. But 
 the name Citrate of Iron is applied to a preparation in which the 
 excess of acid has been counteracted by Ammonia, and which thus 
 becomes converted into the following : 
 
 FERRI AMMONIO-CITRAS. Citrate of Ammonia and Iron. Amrnonio- 
 Citrate of Iron. Citrate of Iron. 
 
 This is prepared by adding Ammonia to the Citrate of Iron, so as 
 to neutralize the excess of acid, and thus produce a double salt, then 
 evaporate to dryness with a gentle heat. It differs sufficiently from 
 the former to require to be designated by a different name, in order 
 to prevent mistakes. It is, like the Citrate, in shining scales, of the 
 same beautiful garnet-colour, but with a milder taste. Readily soluble 
 in cold water, and may be given in doses of v. viij. grs. in solution. 
 
 All these and some other preparations of Cit' and of Iron, as Citrate 
 of Iron with Zinc, with Soda, with Potash, and with Magnesia, are 
 prepared of great purity and elegance by Mr. Bullock ; the Citrate of 
 Iron especially, in the form of Syrup, Wine, and Lozenges. For Ci- 
 trate of Quinine and Iron, v. Cinchona. 
 
 AQUA CHALYBEATA. One of the most elegant and agreeable forms 
 which has yet been proposed for the exhibition of Iron is an effer- 
 vescing solution of Citrate of Iron flavoured with Orange-peel, called 
 Aqua Chalybeata by Messrs. Bewley and Evans, and for which the 
 name of Chalybeate Champagne has been proposed. It has been 
 examined and reported upon by Dr. Ure and by Mr. Brande. It con- 
 sists of a solution of Citrate of Iron highly charged with Carbonic 
 acid gas, and flavoured with Orange-peel. It is sent out in six-ounce 
 bottles, which afford on analysis gr. vij. T 9 <j of Peroxide of Iron, corre- 
 sponding to gr. xiijss. of the Citrate of Iron. Two ounces, or a wine- 
 glass full two or three times a day, forms a dose which is grateful to 
 the taste, and suitable to the most delicate in constitution, and to chil- 
 dren, at the same time that it is effective as a tonic.
 
 Z I N C U M. 155 
 
 LACTATE OF IRON. FERRI LACTAS. TLactate of the Protoxide of 
 Iron is a mild chalybeate, which is obtained in a greenish-white 
 powder, or in greenish acicular crystals, by the direct action of a 
 dilute solution of Lactic acid on Iron-filings. When it is dissolved, 
 the Iron passes to a higher state of oxidation, and the solution 
 becomes yellow. It may be prescribed in the form of Lozenges or 
 of Syrup. 
 
 MALATE OF PROTOXIDE OF IRON is a form of preparation in use in 
 the Prussian Pharmacopoeia. It is procured by digesting one part of 
 Iron nails or wire along with four parts of Apple-juice for some days, 
 then evaporating the liquid to one-half, filtering, and concentrating to 
 the consistence of an extract. 
 
 [SOLUTION OF SESQUINITRATE OF IRON. Pernitrate. This prepara- 
 tion, as communicated by Mr. Kerr, of Dublin, is made by acting on 
 Iron in excess in small pieces, with dilute Nitric acid, until satu- 
 rated, filtering the solution, and subsequently adding a small quantity 
 of Hydrochloric acid, to prevent decomposition. This solution, how- 
 ever, will not keep. To preserve it, a syrup must be made of it by 
 the addition of Sugar. Mr. Duhamel's formula is the following. Iron 
 Wire 3vj. Nitric acid f3jss. Water f3viij. Sugar 3xiv. Proceed as 
 above, but dissolve the Sugar in the solution by a gentle heat. Dose 
 f 3j. in Diarrhoea, Chronic Dysentery, &c.] 
 
 ZINCUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 , f " 
 
 Zinc. F. Zinc. G. Zink. 
 
 Zinc is considered to have been known as a distinct metal only 
 since the time of Paracelsus. It has long been imported from China 
 into India. The name Tutenague, by which Chinese Zinc was known 
 in commerce, is evidently derived from the Tamul, tutanagum (Essay 
 Hind. Med. p. 100), and it was at one time called Indian Tin (Stan- 
 num Indicum). The ores of Zinc were no doubt employed by the 
 ancients in making Brass. 
 
 Zinc (Zn = 32) is found in the state of an Oxide, but principally as 
 a Sulphuret (Blende), and an impure Carbonate (Calamine). From 
 both ores it is first converted into an Oxide by the process of roast- 
 ing, and then reduced to the metallic form by the aid of Carbonaceous 
 matter, when it may either be fused or sublimed. Until purified by 
 a second distillation, it contains as impurities small portions of other 
 metals, as Iron, Copper, Arsenic, &c. 
 
 Prop. Zinc is white, with a shade of blue, and of considerable 
 brilliancy. Sp. Gr. from 6-8 to 7-2. At ordinary temperatures it has 
 little ductility or malleability, but is hard and tough. When heated 
 from 210 to 300, it becomes ductile, and may be drawn into wire or 
 beaten or rolled into thin sheets, and also at ordinary temperatpres, 
 if very pure. At 400 it becomes brittle, and may be powdered. It 
 melts at 773, and, on slowly cooling, crystallizes in four-sided prisms, 
 with its fracture displaying a lamellated structure. At a white heat
 
 156 ZINCI OXYDUM. 
 
 it may be volatilized in close vessels ; but in contact with the air, it 
 burns vividly, diffusing white fumes of Oxide. Exposed to the air, 
 or kept under water, Zinc becomes covered with a thin film of Sub- 
 oxide, which protects it. 
 
 Tests. Almost entirely dissolved by diluted Sulphuric acid (leaving 
 only a scanty grayish-black residuum, E.) This solution is free from 
 colour, and has the other characters of the Sulphate of Zinc, q. v. 
 
 Action. Uses. Zinc is not used medicinally. Zinc vessels for keep- 
 ing articles of diet are not without danger. 
 
 ZINCI OXYDUM, L. E. D. (OxiDUM, U. S.) 
 
 Oxide of Zinc. Lana philosophica. Flares Zinci. F. Oxide de Zinc. G. Zinkoxyd. 
 
 This Oxide has been long known, in an impure state; by the name 
 of tutty, which appears to be of Oriental origin, as the Sulphate is still 
 called sujfed tutia or white tutia; the Sulphates of Iron and Copper 
 being called green and blue tutia. (Hindoo Med. p. 100.) So great 
 is the affinity of Zinc for Oxygen, that it precipitates the other metallic 
 oxides, when in solution, in the form of their respective metals. 
 
 Prop. Oxide of Zinc (Zn O = 40), when pure, forms a light floccu- 
 lent powder of a white colour, devoid of taste and smell, insoluble in 
 water or Alcohol, but soluble in acids and in the caustic fixed alkalies. 
 When heated to a low red heat, it acquires a yellow colour, which 
 disappears again when it cools, unless Iron be present. At a low 
 white heat it may be melted, and when this is increased it is volatil- 
 ized. It is thrown down in a hydrated form, with some basic Zinc, 
 when an alkali is added to a solution of a salt of Zinc. When pure, 
 its neutral solutions in acids throw down a white precipitate on addi- 
 tion of Sulphuretted Hydrogen, or Ferrocyanide of Potassium. Comp. 
 Zn 80 + O 20 = 100. 
 
 Oxide of Zinc used to be prepared (as it still is by the D. P. pro- 
 cess, and by some manufacturers, v. P. J. ii. 503) by the action of 
 heat and air on the metal in a crucible, when it becomes oxidized by 
 abstracting Oxygen from the atmosphere. So prepared, it is usually 
 gritty, from containing small particles of metal, some of which may 
 be got rid of by washing in water. The L. and E. P. therefore pre- 
 pare it by precipitation. 
 
 Prep. L. E. (U. S.) Dissolve Sulphate of Zinc fcj. (3xij. E.) in Aq. dest. Oxij. (Oij. 
 E.) and Sesquicarb. Ammonia 3vjss. (3vj. E.) in Aq. dest. Oxij. (Oij. E.) (filter, L.) 
 Mix (collect the precipitate on a cloth, E.) Wash it thoroughly with water (squeeze and 
 dry it, E.) Burn it for 2 hours in a strong fire (red heat, E.) 
 
 The precipitation was formerly effected with Ammonia ; but this, 
 like the other caustic alkalies, when in excess, redissolves the precipi- 
 tate. Both the salts employed becoming decomposed, a Sulphate of 
 Ammonia remains in solution, and the Garb' combining with the Oxide 
 of Zinc which is set free, an insoluble Garb. Zinc is precipitated. This 
 being washed and heated, the Garb' is expelled with any adhering 
 Ammonia, and a pure Oxide of Zinc is left ; but it is often sold with- 
 out being calcined. 
 
 Tests. Yellowish-white ; tasteless ; entirely soluble in dil. Nit' with-
 
 ZINCI CARBON AS IMPURUM. 157 
 
 out effervescence : this solution is not affected by Nitrate of Baryta, 
 but gives with Ammonia a white precipitate entirely soluble in an 
 excess of the test. E. P. Carb. Zinc is often sold in the shops for 
 the Oxide of Zinc (p.) ; and Mr. Redwood (P. J. ii. 506) states that 
 another kind of Oxide is a mixture of basic Sulph. Zinc and of Hy- 
 drated Oxide, and that the Oxides of Zinc of commerce are either 
 basic Carbonates or basic Sulphates, containing only from 64 to 67 
 per cent, of Oxide. Any Sulphate of Zinc will be detected by the 
 Barytic salt ; any basic Chloride, by Nitrate of Silver ; Iron, by the 
 yellow colour of the Oxide ; and if Carbonates of Lime or Lead are 
 used for adulterating, they will effervesce, and also remain undis- 
 solved as well as the Iron in Ammonia. 
 
 Inc. Acids and acidulous salts, also caustic alkalies. 
 
 Action. Uses. Ext. Dessicative. Int. Tonic and Antispasmodic. 
 
 D. gr. j. gr. v. or more, twice a day, in pill. 
 
 UNGUENTUM ZINCI, L. E. (U. S.) UNG. ZINCI OXYDI, D. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. (U. S.) Mix well together Oxide of Zinc 3j. (prepared in the same way 
 as Chalk, 3ij. D.) Lard 3vj. (Simple Liniment 3vj. E. White Wax Ointment 3vj. D.) 
 
 Mild siccative ointment. 
 
 ZINCI CHLORIDUM. Chloride of Zinc. Butter of Zinc. F. Chlorure de 
 Zinc. G. Chlor-Zink. 
 
 This (Zn Cl = 68) may be obtained in solid pieces of a white colour, 
 but it deliquesces rapidly. It is soluble both in water and Alcohol. 
 
 Action. Uses. Caustic ; considered, on the Continent, superior to 
 others, as inducing a more healthy action in the surrounding parts. 
 Has been used as an Antispasmodic in doses of grs. j. ij. 
 
 ZINCI CARBONAS IMPURUM, D. CALAMINA, L. E. 
 
 Calamine. Native Impure Carbonate of Zinc. F. Calamine. G. Kohlensaures 
 
 Zinkoxyd. 
 
 Calamine, or Carbonate of Zinc (Zn O, C O a = 62) is found in va- 
 rious parts of the world. But the same name is applied to two very 
 distinct ores, one being a Silicate of Zinc, and the other, which is 
 alone officinal, a Carbonate of Zinc. It is found in compact or earthy 
 masses, readily scratched with a knife, and breaking with an earthy 
 fracture. It is also found crystallized. Sp. Gr. 3-4 to 4-4. The 
 colour is various; but, as usually seen, it is gray, pinkish, or reddish- 
 yellow. It dissolves in Nitric and other acids with effervescence, 
 and is not rendered electric by heat, by which characters it is easily 
 distinguished from the Silicate, which is also called Electric Calamina. 
 The Carbonic acid and Zinc will be indicated by their respective 
 tests. The crystallized variety is anhydrous. 
 
 CALAMINA PR^PARATA, L. E. ZINCI CARBONAS IMPURUM PR^PARATUM, 
 D. (ZiNci CARBONAS PRJSPARATUS, U. S.) Prepared Calamine. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Burn Calamine with a red heat, triturate and reduce to a very fine pow- 
 der, as directed for Chalk.
 
 158 ZINCI SULPHAS. 
 
 By the process of roasting, some of the Carb' and water are ex- 
 pelled, and a portion of Oxide of Zinc is formed. The mass being 
 subjected to elutriation, it is often, like Chalk, prepared in little conical 
 masses. It usually contains many impurities, as Oxide of Iron and 
 other metals, and is adulterated with Sulph. Baryta, Carb. Lime, &c. 
 Much of the Calamine of commerce has been shown by Dr. R. D. 
 Thomson and Mr. Murdoch to contain no Zinc, but to be Sulph. 
 Baryta coloured with Armenian Bole. 
 
 Tests. Almost entirely soluble in Sul' with some effervescence, un- 
 less it has been too much burnt. The solution gives with Potash or 
 Ammonia a precipitate soluble in an excess of the alkali. L. The 
 impurities will remain undissolved of a reddish-yellow, if Iron, and 
 the solution will become blue with Ammonia, if Copper is present. 
 
 Action. Uses. A desiccant powder for excoriations in children. 
 
 CERATUM CALAMINE, L. E. UNG. CALAMINE, D. (CERATUM ZINCI 
 CARBONATIS, U. S.) Cerate of Calamine. Turner's Cerate. 
 
 Prep. Take Calamine fess. (prepared in the same way as Chalk, 1 part, E. impure 
 Carbonate of Zinc prepared and dried fej. D.) Add it (well triturated, D.) to Olive Oil 
 f^xvj. Lard fi>ij. U. S. mixed with melted Wax fess. as soon as they begin to concrete. 
 (Simple Cerate 5 parts, E. Melted Yellow Wax Ointment, fev. D.) Stir briskly till 
 cold, L. (Mix thoroughly, E. D.) 
 
 ZINC! SULPHAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Sulphate of Zinc. Sal Vitrioli. White Vitriol. F. Sulfate de Zinc. G. Schwefelsaures 
 
 Zinkoxyd. 
 
 This salt is found native in some places. It is known in India by 
 the name of suffed tutia, or white vitriol (v. p 156). 
 
 Prop. Sulphate of Zinc (Zn O, S O 3 +7 Aq. = 143) is a colourless 
 salt, without odour, but having a disagreeable astringent and metallic 
 taste. The crystals are transparent, and large or small, right quad- 
 rangular prisms terminated by four-sided prisms (sometimes six-sided, 
 Fig 26 from two opposite edges being truncated), often resem- 
 bling those of Nitre, or, when small and acicular, like 
 those of Epsom Salts. Exposed to dry air, they efflo- 
 resce, and are soluble in 2^ times of cold, and in less 
 than their own weight of boiling water ; insoluble in 
 Alcohol. Heated, they melt in their water of crystal- 
 lization, which becomes dissipated, except one.Eq. 
 which requires from 266 to 284 of temp, to expel it. 
 At a still higher degree, the acid is expelled, and only 
 Oxide of Zinc left. This Oxide is also precipitated 
 when the caustic alkalies are added to a solution of Sul- 
 phate of Zinc, and is redissolved in an excess of the 
 Alkali. The Carbonated alkalies throw down Carbonate of Zinc, and 
 Ferrocyanide of Potassium a white gelatinous-looking precipitate, 
 Sulphuretted Hydrogen a white Sulphuret of Zinc. Chloride of Barium 
 and Acetate of Lead will throw down white precipitates of Sulphates 
 of Baryta and of Lead. There are several varieties of this Sulphate 
 of Zinc, forming Subsulphates; but the officinal is composed of Zn O 
 28 + S' 28 + Aq. 44 = 100.
 
 ZINCI ACETAS. 
 
 Sulph. Zinc may be prepared either by roasting the Sulphuret of 
 Zinc (/. e. Blende), exposing it moistened to the air, and purifying this 
 as in the E. P. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Pour gradually Dil. Sul' Oij. (Sul r 20 parts and Aq. 1 20 parts, D.) upon 
 Zinc in small pieces 3v. (13 parts in a glass vessel, D.) The effervescence being finished 
 (digest for some time, D.) filter. Evaporate till a pellicle begins to form, and set aside to 
 crystallize. 
 
 E. Proceed as above or repeatedly dissolve and crystallize the impure Sulphate of Zinc 
 of commerce until the product, when dissolved in water, yields no black precipitate with 
 Tincture of Galls, and corresponds with the characters laid down for Sulphate of Zinc in 
 the list of Materia Medica. 
 
 [U. S. Zinc in small pieces 3iv. Sulph' f3vj. Distilled Water, Oiv.] 
 
 This process may answer when the White Vitriol of commerce is 
 sufficiently pure, and it may be made so by precipitating the other 
 metals, by immersing metallic Zinc in the solution. In the former 
 process, water is decomposed, its Hydrogen escapes, and the Oxygen 
 unites with the Zinc, which, in the form of the Oxide, is dissolved by 
 the Sul', and the crystallized salt is obtained by evaporation. 
 
 Tests. Sulphate of Zinc, in its crude state, contains several metallic 
 impurities, such as Copper, Lead, .and Iron, the last almost always, 
 even in its purified state. " Totally dissolved by water : what is 
 thrown down by Ammonia is white, and when the Ammonia is added 
 in excess, it is again dissolved." L. P. In the E. P. a solution in six 
 waters is directed to be boiled with a little Nitric acid, and treated 
 as above with Ammonia : " No yellow precipitate (Peroxide of Iron) 
 remains, or a trace only, and the solution is colourless." E. P. Mag- 
 nesia as well as Iron will be detected by its insolubility, Copper by a 
 blue-coloured solution. " Arsenic or Cadmium may be detected by 
 adding excess of Sul' to the solution of the Sulphate, and then passing 
 a stream of Hydrosulphuric' through it : the Arsenicum and Cadmium 
 are thrown down in the form of Sulphurets." (p.) 
 
 Inc. Alkalies, and their Carbonates, Lime-water, Salts of Barium 
 and of Lead, Astringent Vegetables. 
 
 Action. Uses. Ext. Astringent. Int. Astringent ; Tonic ; in large 
 doses, Emetic. 
 
 D. gr. j. gr. ij. two or three times a day ; gr. x. 9j. in solution 
 as an emetic. 
 
 Off. Prep. Liquor Aluminis Compositus. 
 
 [ZiNCi ACETAS, \J. S. 
 Acetate of Zinc. 
 
 This Salt is formed artificially, and was discovered by Glauber. 
 
 Prep. The U. S. P. directs Acetate of Lead ftj. Zinc Granulated, Six. Distilled Water 
 Oiij. Dissolve the Acetate of Lead in the water, and filter. Add the Zinc to the solu- 
 tion, and agitate occasionally in a stoppered bottle until the solution yields no precipi- 
 tate with the Iodide of Potassium. Filter, evaporate, and crystallize. Dry the crystals 
 on bibulous paper. 
 
 Prop. The crystals occur in rhomboidal plates, with a pearly, 
 silky lustre. The form is the oblique rhombic prism. It has no 
 od<our, and a bitter metallic taste. When heated it fuses and gives 
 out an inflammable vapour, having the odour of Acetic Acid. When 
 Sulphuric Acid is added, the vapour of Acetic Acid is evolved.
 
 f 
 
 160 CUPRUM. 
 
 Composition, (Zn O+A'-f-Aq. 7 ) = 154. 4 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent, but in large doses emetic. As a local 
 remedy in Chronic Inflammations ; it is used internally as a Tonic 
 and Antispasmodic. 
 
 D. gr. j. to ij. two or three times daily; gr. x. to xx. as an emetic. 
 As an Astringent application, gr. ij. to x. to Aq. 3j.] 
 
 ZlNCI ACETATIS TlNCTURA, D. 
 
 Prep. Triturate together Sulph. Zinc and Acetate Potash aa ] part, add Rectified 
 Spirit 16 parts. Macerate for a week, agitating occasionally. Filter through paper. 
 
 Double decomposition takes place ; Acetate of 'Zinc remains in 
 solution, the Sulphate of Potash, which is at the same time formed, 
 being insoluble in Spirit, is precipitated. The Acetate of Potash is 
 in excess in the formula. The Acetate of Zinc may be obtained 
 separate from the above, or from a solution crystallized in rhomboidal 
 plates. The taste is astringent and metallic. The presence of the 
 Acetic acid and of the Zinc may be detected by their respective tests. 
 The Tincture or solution has necessarily the same properties, and in 
 the latter form it is frequently prescribed extemporaneously. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent ; used chiefly in collyria and injections. 
 
 The CITRATE OP IRON AND ZINC is a new preparation, which is 
 supposed to possess the beneficial effects of both metals. 
 
 [The Valerianate of Zinc is used as v an antispasmodic and tonic. 
 See Valerianic Acid.~\ 
 
 CUPRUM. 
 Copper. Venus of the Ancients. F. Cuivre. G. Kupfer. 
 
 Copper was, with Gold and Silver, one of the most anciently-known 
 of the metals. It is abundantly diffused in nature, being found native 
 as an Oxide, a Sulphuret, and as a Sulphate, Carbonate, Arseniate, 
 and Phosphate. 
 
 Copper (Cu = 32) is a reddish-coloured metal, of a disagreeable 
 smell when rubbed, and of an unpleasant taste. Sp. Gr. 8-85 to 8-95 ; 
 very ductile and malleable, and possessed of considerable tenacity. 
 It melts at 1996 (Daniell). Its crystals, obtained on the cooling of 
 the fused metal, are rhornboidal, but those of native Copper are cubes 
 or octohedrons. It oxidizes slowly in the atmosphere, becoming 
 covered with a green crust of Subcarbonate of Copper. It decom- 
 poses water only at a bright red heat. Its oxygenation is much pro- 
 moted by many acids, as the Nitric, and even by the weaker acids 
 when exposed to the air, also by alkaline and fatty substances. There 
 are two Oxides of Copper. One, a Suboxide or Dioxide (2 Cu O-= 
 72), also called Red Oxide of Copper, which is found native in octo- 
 hedral crystals ; when hydrated, it is of a lively yellow colour. The 
 Protoxide (Cu O=40), or Black Oxide of Copper, is, as its name in- 
 dicates, of a black colour, but which is blue when hydrated. It 
 combines readily with acids, and thus forms the base of the ordinary 
 salts of Copper, which are of a blue or green colour when hydrated, 
 but white when anhydrous.
 
 CUPRISULPHAS. 161 
 
 Copper is easily recognised by its colour, taste, and smell when 
 rubbed. It may be dissolved in Nitric acid, when the same effects 
 will be produced by reagents as in solution of Sulphate of Copper. 
 
 Metallic Copper is not officinal, nor possessed of any action on the 
 system, if pure ; but oxidized, or combined with acids, is a powerful 
 poison. 
 
 Antidotes. Evacuate Stomach; administer white of eggs, and milk, 
 tepid diluents, antiphlogistics. 
 
 .CupRi SULPHAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Sulphate of Copper. Cuprum Vitriolatum. Vitriolum Caruleum. Blue Vitriol. Blue 
 Stone. F. Sulfate de Cuivre. G. Kupfer-Vitriol. 
 
 This salt is produced naturally in the water of many mines. It 
 was no doubt employed by the ancients, as it was by the Arabs and 
 Hindoos ; by the latter it is called neela tutia, or blue vitriol. 
 
 Prop. Sulphate of Copper (Cu O, S O 
 + 5 Aq.=125) is of a fine blue colour, Fi ^ 27 ' 
 
 without odour, but having a powerful 
 styptic disagreeable taste. Usually seen 
 in fragments of large rhomboidal crystals. 
 Sp. Gr. 22. Exposed to the air, these 
 effloresce, from losing a portion of their 
 water of crystallization. They may be 
 dissolved in four times their weight of 
 cold and in double their weight of boiling water. When heated, 
 the crystals first melt in, then lose their water of crystallization, 
 and fall into a greenish-white crumbly powder: at a still higher 
 heat, the acid is decomposed, sulphurous fumes escape, and the 
 Oxide is left, of a brown colour. The solution is of a light or deep 
 blue colour, according to its strength, from which the alkalies throw 
 down precipitates of a more or less bluish-green colour ; if a 
 small quantity be added, then a Subsulphate is precipitated; but 
 if a larger quantity, then a hydrated Oxide. An azure-blue precipi- 
 tate is produced by Ammonia, which is redissolved by an excess of 
 the precipitant. Sulphuretted Hydrogen throws down a brownish- 
 black precipitate of Sulphuret of Copper. Ferrocyanide of Potassium 
 a reddish-brown one of Ferrocyanide of Copper. Arsenious acid, if 
 a little alkali (as Ammonia) be added at the same time, throws down 
 a grass-green precipitate of Arsenite of Copper. A polished Iron or 
 Zinc plate, introduced into the solution, becomes covered with a 
 metallic coating of Copper. By these tests the presence of Copper 
 is indicated ; that of the Sul' will be revealed by its tests, (p. 47.) 
 Comp. Cu O 34-48 S' 34-48 Aq. 41-04 = 100. 
 
 Prep. Sulphate of Copper may be prepared by boiling Copper in diluted Sul'. This 
 acid being decomposed, Sulphurous acid escapes. 1 Eq. Ox. combines with the metal, 
 which dissolves in the remaining Sul'. More commonly by exposing the Sulphuret to air 
 and heat, when both the Sulphur and metal becoming oxidated, combine to form the Sul- 
 phate. As the native Salphuret contains both Iron and Copper, so does the salt produced 
 contain Sulphates of Iron and of Copper. (Some lately sold not less than 52 per cent. 
 
 11
 
 162 CUPRIAMMONIO SULPHAS. 
 
 
 
 Sulph. Iron, P. J. iv. 223.) A great portion of the Sulph. Iron is got rid of by fresh expo- 
 sure to heat and air, when it is decomposed and the Iron peroxidized, and the Sulphate 
 of Copper separated by solution and crystallization. 
 
 Tests. Totally soluble in water. In the air it becomes slightly 
 pulverulent, and of a greenish colour. Whatever Ammonia throws 
 down from its solution, an excess of Ammonia dissolves. L. P. If 
 any Iron be present, it will become green in the air, and not be dis- 
 solved by the Ammonia. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies and their Carbonates, and many salts, as Borax, Chlo- 
 ride of Calcium, Tartrate of Potash, salts of Lead, Nitrate of Silver, 
 Astringent Vegetable Infusions. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant, Escharotic, Astringent, Tonic. In large 
 doses, Emetic. 
 
 D. gr. ss. gr. ij. Tonic, gr. iv. gr. xij. Emetic. 
 
 CUPRI AMMONIO SULPHAS, L. CUPRUM AMMONIATUM, E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Ammonia; Cupro-Sulphas. Ammonio-Sulphate of Copper. F. Cuivre Ammoniacal. G. 
 
 Kupfer-Salmiak. 
 
 This preparation forms a beautiful azure-coloured powder, which 
 has a strong odour of Ammonia, and a disagreeable coppery taste. It 
 is prepared by rubbing together Sulph. Copper and Sesquicarb. Am- 
 monia ; and as a portion of the latter remains in excess, the Ammo- 
 niacal odour and an alkaline reaction on test-paper are observed. 
 From the volatile nature of the Ammonia, it escapes when the prepa- 
 ration is exposed to the air, or is too much dried, and is therefore apt 
 to vary in its properties. When well made, it ought to dissolve in 
 water ; but if there be a deficiency of Sesquicarb. Ammonia, it is not 
 only insoluble, but is further decomposed with precipitation of Dioxide 
 (Disulphate ?) of Copper. Many of the characteristics of the Sulphate 
 of Copper are displayed by this preparation ; but the solution of Arse- 
 nious acid renders it of a green colour, from combining with the 
 Oxide of Copper, and forming the green insoluble Arsenite of Copper. 
 As the composition of this substance has not been accurately deter- 
 mined by chemists, its mode of preparation may be first considered, 
 and that is essentially the same in the three Pharmacopeias, with 
 differences only in the quantities. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. (U. S.) Rub together (in an earthenware mortar, D.) Sulph. Copper 3j. 
 (3ij. E. 2 parts, D.) and Sesquicarb. (Carb. E. D.) Ammonia 3jss. (3iij. E. 3 parts, D.) 
 till Carb' is no longer evolved. Wrap the mass in bibulous paper and dry it in the air. 
 (Preserve in closely-stoppered bottles, E. D.) 
 
 On rubbing together the Sulph. Copper and Sesquicarb. Ammonia, 
 effervescence ensues, from the escape of a great portion of the Carb', 
 and the mixture becomes of a deep blue colour, and moist from the 
 water of crystallization of the salts ; a portion of the Sul' combines 
 with the Am. set free ; some Sulph. Ammonia, therefore, is formed. 
 A portion of Carb' combines with the Oxide of Copper set free, and 
 forms Carbonate of Copper, which forms a mixture with the excess 
 of Sesquicarbonate of Ammonia. Others consider it a double salt of 
 Sulph. Ammonia and Subsulph. Copper combined together and mixed
 
 CUPRI ACETAS. 163 
 
 with the excess of Carb. Ammonia. Dr. Kane conceives it to be a 
 compound of Sulph. Ammonia with the Ammoniacal Oxide of Copper, 
 or Cuprate of Ammonia. The double salt of Sulph. Copper and 
 Ammonia prepared by dissolving Sulph. Copper in Ammonia to satu- 
 ration, and which may be obtained in a crystallized state, consists of 
 1 Eq. Sul' + 1 Eq. Ox. Copper + 2 Eq. Ammonia + 1 Eq. Aq., and it 
 is probable that the officinal salt resembles it nearly in constitution. 
 
 Tests. By heat it is converted into Oxide of Copper, evolving Am- 
 monia. Dissolved in water, it changes the colour of Turmeric, and 
 solution of Arsenious acid renders it of a green colour. L. P. 
 
 Inc. Acids, Potash and Soda, Lime-water. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant, Astringent, Tonic, Antispasmodic, Emetic. 
 
 D. gr. gr. v. gradually increased. 
 
 LIQUOR CUPRI AMMONIO-SULPHATIS, L. CUPRI AMMONIATI (SoLuxio, E.) 
 AQUA, D. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Dissolve Ammonia-Sulphate of Copper (Ammoniated Copper, E. D.) 
 3j. (I part, D.) in Aq. dest. (Water, E.) Oj. (100 parts, D.) Filter (through paper, D.) 
 
 This solution is of a fine blue colour ; but Mr. Phillips remarks, 
 that unless the Ammonio-Sulphate of Copper retain some excess of 
 Sesquicarbonate of Ammonia, the salt is decomposed, and one-half of 
 the Oxide of Copper is precipitated. 
 
 PILULE CUPRI AMMONIATI, E. 
 
 Prep. Take Ammoniated Copper finely powdered 1 part, Bread-crumb 6 parts, Solu- 
 tion of Carbonate of Ammonia q. s. Beat into a proper mass and divide into pills, each to 
 contain J a grain of Ammoniated Copper, of which one may be taken two or three times 
 daily, and the dose gradually increased. 
 
 CUPRI ACETAS. Crystalli, D. 
 
 Acetate of Copper, crystallized. F. Acetate neutre deCuivre. Verdel cristallise. G. Essig. 
 
 saures Kupferoxyd. 
 
 This salt is officinal only in the D. P. It is made principally at 
 Montpelier in France by dissolving Verdigris in Vinegar with the 
 assistance of heat, and afterwards crystallizing. The crystals are 
 oblique rhomboidal or rhombic octohedral prisms, of a deep bluish- 
 green colour and disagreeable metallic taste ; efflorescent ; soluble in 
 water, and also a little in Alcohol. This salt has been employed for 
 obtaining Acetic acid. It possesses similar medical properties with 
 Verdigris, but is more virulent. 
 
 J^ERUGO. DIACETAS CUPRI IMPURA, L. E. CUPRI SUBACETAS, D. (U. S.) 
 
 Verdigris. Commercial Diacetate of Copper. F. Vert de gris. Acetate basique de 
 Cuivre. G. Grunspan. 
 
 ^Erugo or Verdigris must have been early known, from the employ- 
 ment of Copper vessels, as well as of Vinegar and sour Wines. It 
 was in fact employed by the Greeks as a medicine, also by the Arabs, 
 and it probably was so by the Egyptians. There is little doubt, how- 
 ever, that the term ^Erugo, as well as the %aXxou /of, included the Car- 
 bonate as well as the Acetate of Copper.
 
 164 CUPRI SUBACETAS. 
 
 Prop. Verdigris is sold either in powder or in amorphous masses, 
 of a pale bluish-green or of a bright blue colour, with an odour of 
 Vinegar, and a disagreeable coppery taste. It remains unchanged in 
 the air ; but when heated, water is first expelled, and then Acetic', 
 Oxide of Copper being left, with some metallic Copper. Verdigris is 
 insoluble in Alcohol, and decomposed by water, being resolved into 
 an Acetate which dissolves in it, and a dark green powder, which 
 afterwards becomes black, is left, and is a Subacetate or a Tribasic 
 Acetate of Copper. Sul' decomposes it with effervescence. There 
 are several compounds of Acetic' and Copper, but the bluish-coloured 
 Verdigris (Acetate de Cuivre bi-basique) is that alone employed in 
 medicine. The composition of this has been shown by Mr. R. 
 Phillips to be 2 Eq. of Copper combined with 1 of Ac' and 6 of 
 water; that is, a Hydrated Diacetate (2 Cu O + A' + 6 Aq. = 185), 
 or A' 27-57 + Cu 43-24 + Aq. 29-19 = 100, the Acetate bibasique or 
 bicuivrique of the French. But Verdigris, when of a green colour, 
 also contains portions of the Subsesquiacetate and the Trisacetate, or 
 Acetate sesquibasique and tricuivrique ; sometimes also some of the 
 Carbonate. 
 
 Prep. Verdigris may be made by acting on plates of Copper with Vinegar or with Ac'. 
 Under the influence of air the Copper becomes oxidized, combines with the acid, and is 
 scraped off as formed. In the South of France sheets of Copper are stratified with the 
 refuse of the grape in making wine, and allowed to remain for a month or six weeks. 
 Acetous fermentation takes place, and the Copper becomes coated with Verdigris, which 
 is scraped off, and the operation repeated. The different scrapings form a paste, which is 
 well beaten with wooden mallets, then packed in leathern bags. 
 
 Tests. Almost entirely soluble in Ammonia and in dil. Sul' with the 
 aid of heat ; partially soluble in water. L. It is dissolved in a great 
 measure by Mur', not above five per cent, of impurity being left. The 
 Sul' forms a blue and the Mur' a green solution. 
 
 Inc. Strong Acids, Alkalies, and their Carbonates. 
 
 Action. Uses. Detergent, Escharotic, Tonic, Emetic. 
 
 D. Usually applied externally only. Dose internally, gr. ss. 
 
 CUPRI SUB ACETAS PR^PARATUM, D. Prepared Verdigris. 
 
 Prep. Triturate the Sub-Acet. Copper into powder, and separate the finest parts as 
 directed in Prepared Chalk. 
 
 The water converts the salt into a soluble Acetate (v. supra) and 
 an Insoluble Subacetate. Used only as an Escharotic and Stimulant. 
 
 LINIMENTUM ^ERUGINIS, L. OXYMEL CUPRI SUBACETATIS, D. Mel JEgyp- 
 tiacum. Unguentum JEgyptiacum. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve powdered Verdigris 3j. in Vinegar (distilled, D.) f3vij. Strain through 
 linen. Add Clarified Honey 3xiv. Boil to a proper consistence. 
 
 jJction. Uses. Stimulant and slightly escharotic. Applied with a 
 camel's-hair brush to ulcers ; or, diluted, employed as a gargle. 
 
 UNGUENTUM ^RUGINIS, E. UNGUENTUM CUPRI SUBACETATIS, D. (U. S.) 
 
 Prep. Melt (White, D.) Resinous Ointment 3xv. (3xij. D.), sprinkle into it finely pow- 
 dered Verdigris 3j. (3ss. rubbed up with Olive Oil 3j. Mix, D.) Stir the mixture 
 briskly as it cools and concretes, E. 
 
 [U. S. Subacetate of Copper 3j. Simple Ointment 3xv.]
 
 PLUMBUM. 165 
 
 Similar in its nature and uses to the preceding, especially as an 
 application to foul ulcers. 
 
 x . * * 
 
 PLUMBUM, E. 
 Lead. Saturn of the Alchemists. F. Plomb. (?. Blei. 
 
 Lead (Pb=104) is one of the most anciently known of the metals. 
 It is found chiefly as Sulphuret or Galena, but a little in a metallic 
 state also, as an oxide, and combined with several acids. 
 
 Prop. Lead is of a bluish-gray colour ; fresh cut, is of great bril- 
 liancy, but soon tarnishes; has a slight taste, and a peculiar smell 
 when rubbed ; is soft, marks paper ; has little tenacity, but may be 
 beaten into thin sheets. Sp. Gr. 1 1-435. It melts at 612, and boils 
 at a red heat: on solidifying, it contracts, and may be crystallized in 
 octohedrons. Exposed to the air, the surface becomes covered with 
 a grayish pellicle. It may be preserved unchanged under perfectly 
 pure water ; but if any air be present, the Lead becomes oxidated, and 
 some of it combining with Garb', white Garb. Lead with Hydrated 
 Oxide (p. 168) is formed. This change also readily takes place when 
 rain or any other equally pure water is exposed to the action of air in 
 leaden cisterns or pipes. The vessels become coated with a white 
 incrustation of a pearly lustre, and some of the fine crystals may be 
 seen floating on the water, and being also (dissolved or) suspended, it 
 thus becomes poisonous. Dr. Christison ascertained that the opinion 
 of G. Morveau was correct, that the presence of any neutral salts, 
 especially of Sulph. and Garb, of Lime, which are usually present in 
 spring or river water, or a minute trace of Sul' or Phosp' prevents 
 the continued corrosion of the Lead. The Oxide and Garb, being 
 allowed to be deposited and to adhere with firmness to the Lead, and 
 the other insoluble salts, such as Sulph. Phosph. and Garb. Lead, 
 becoming added, protect the Lead with an impenetrable coating, in- 
 stead of its being carried away by the water. The late Prof. Daniell 
 ascertained that when water contains free Garb', Lead is readily dis- 
 solved, and Water cannot therefore be safely kept in or transmitted 
 through that metal. (Morson, P. J. ii. 335.)* Though at ordinary 
 temperatures Lead is little liable to oxidate, in a state of very fine 
 subdivision, it will take fire when exposed to the air. It is also readily 
 oxidated and dissolved by Nit', (v. Acet. and Nitr. Lead for the effect 
 of reagents.) It unites with Oxygen in several proportions, also with 
 Sulphur, Phosphorus, Iodine, and Ghlorine ; likewise with numerous 
 metals, and, in the state of Protoxide, forms with the acids and fatty 
 substances various compounds. Zinc separates it from any of its 
 solutions. Lead is obtained very pure, for chemical purposes, from 
 the Nitrate ; but on the great scale almost entirely from the Sulphuret 
 or Galena, by the process of roasting, when Sulphate and Oxide of 
 
 * Water which contains less than 8000th of salts (such as Carbs. and Sulphs.) in solu- 
 tion (a 4000th or even a larger proportion of Muriates is insufficient) cannot be safely 
 conducted in Leaden pipes without certain precautions. A remedy may be found either 
 in leaving the pipes full of water and at rest for 3 or 4 months, or by substituting for the 
 water a weak sol. of Phosph. Soda in the proportion of about a 25,000th part. Christison, 
 Edin. Phil. Trans, xv. part ii. ; Pharm. Journ. ii. 335 ; R. Phillips, junr. P. J. iv. 304.
 
 166 PLUMBI OXYDUM. 
 
 Lead are formed. To these Lime and Carbonaceous matter are 
 added, the former for the purpose of decomposing the Sulph. Lead, 
 and the other will unite with the Oxygen of the Oxide of Lead, and 
 thus both the Oxide and Sulphate are reduced to a metallic state. 
 
 Tests. Lead is usually sufficiently pure for Pharmaceutical pur- 
 poses, but often contains Iron or Copper. These may be detected 
 by dissolving it in dilute N', and precipitating with a little excess 'of 
 Sul'. On the addition of Ammonia to the filtered solution, it will 
 become of a violet if Copper, and of a yellow colour if Iron be pre- 
 sent. If a plate of Zinc be, introduced into solutions of Lead, this 
 metal will be deposited in an arborescent form. Alkalies, combining 
 with the acid of its salts, throw down the Hydrated Oxide ; Sul' and 
 its salts, a white insol. Sulphate; Chromate of Potash, a yellow 
 Chromate ; Hydrosul' and its salts, a black Sulphuret ; Iodide of 
 Potassium a yellow Iodide ; and the Ferrocyanide of Potassium a 
 white Ferrocyanide of Lead. 
 
 OXIDES OF LEAD. 
 
 There are several Oxides of this metal. 1. The SUBOXIDE or Di- 
 oxide, of a dark gray colour, supposed by Berzelius to form the pel- 
 licle which covers Lead that has been exposed. 2. PROTOXIDE, of a 
 yellow colour, commonly called Massicot, and of which Litharge and 
 the Plumbi Oxydum Hydratum are two officinal forms. 3. BINOXIDE, 
 sometimes called Peroxide, Red Lead, and Minium, Plumbi Oxydum 
 Rubrum, E., supposed by some to be a compound of the Protoxide ; 
 and the 4th a BROWN, BIN-, or PEROXIDE. 
 
 PLUMBI OXYDUM (SEMIVITREUM) L. D. [P. OXIDUM S. U. S.] 
 LITHARGYR.UM, E. 
 
 Oxide of Lead, fused. Litharge. F. Protoxide de Plumb. G. Bleioxyd. 
 
 This Oxide of Lead (Pb O = 112) was known to the ancients, 
 being easily produced when melted Lead continues to be exposed to 
 a current of heated air. The surface of the metal becomes rapidly 
 covered with a scaly powder of a Sulphur-yellow colour, which is 
 the Protoxide of Lead, and which, being skimmed off, is known in 
 commerce by the name of Massicot. When the heat is continued to 
 a bright red, some metallic Lead is evaporated, the Oxide is fused, 
 though imperfectly, and on cooling becomes an aggregated mass, 
 which readily separates into crystalline scales, of a grayish-red 
 colour. These form the Litharge of commerce, which varies in 
 colour, and is called Gold Litharge when of a red colour, owing to 
 the presence of a little Red Lead, but Silver Litharge when lighter 
 coloured. These are frequently obtained in the process of refining 
 Gold and Silver by means of Lead, and in separating the Silver from 
 Argentiferous Lead. 
 
 Prop. Litharge is nearly insoluble in water; tasteless ; Sp. Gr. 
 9'42. It may be melted into a glass, but is readily reduced to a me- 
 tallic state if Carbon be present. It is remarkable for its power of 
 depriving many vegetable substances of colour. It is readily dis-
 
 UNG. PLUMBICOMPOSITUM. 167 
 
 solved in diluted Nit' or Acet', as also in some other acids, and 
 absorbs Garb' from the atmosphere. Comp. Pb 92-85 + O 7-14 = 99-99. 
 
 Tests. The Litharge of commerce is liable to contain a little Iron, 
 also Copper, Carb. Lead, Silica, and other earths. " Almost entirely 
 soluble in dil. Nit'." L. P. 50 grs. dissolve entirely, without effer- 
 vescence, in Pyroligneous acid f 3jss. ; and the solution, precipitated 
 by 53 grs. of Phosph. Soda, remains precipitable by more of the test. 
 E. P. If the whole is soluble in Nit', it proves that neither Sulph. 
 Baryta nor Sulph. Lead is present ; and the want of effervescence, 
 that there is no Carb. Lead. The Phos. Soda will detect all ordinary 
 impurities, as in the case of Acet. and 'Carb. Lead, (c.) Copper and 
 Iron will be detected by their respective tests. 
 
 Action. Uses. Litharge, like the other preparations of Lead, will 
 affect those exposed to its influence ; but it is only employed Pharma- 
 ceutically, as for making Diacetate of Lead, and by combining 
 with oil to form the Lead Plaster, which is the basis of several 
 others. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM PLUMBI, L. (U. S.) EMPLASTRUM LITHARGYRI, E. D. 
 Litharge or Lead Plaster. Diachylon Plaster. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Mix Oxide of Lead rubbed to a very fine powder ftvj. [(Litharge 3r. 
 E.) (ftv. D.) Olive Oil C. j. (f 3xij. E.) Aq. Oij. (fgiij. E.) boil over a slow fire (heat be- 
 tween 200 and 2 12, D.) stirring constantly till the oil and oxide unite into the con- 
 sistence of a plaster. Add a little boiling water, if that used at the beginning evaporate 
 too much. 
 
 Action. Uses. Forms excellent strapping from its mildness, and is 
 useful in surgical cases in keeping together the lips of wounds. 
 
 Off. Prep. Emp. Galbani, L. Emp. Hydrargyri, L. Emp. Opii. 
 Emp. Saponis. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM RESUME, L. (U. S.) EMP. RESINOSITM, E. EMP. LITHARGYRI 
 CUM RESINA, D. Emp. Adhsesivum. Resin Plaster, Adhesive or 
 Sticking Plaster. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Take Lead Plaster ftiij. [(Litharge Plaster gv. E.) (ftiijss. D.)] 
 Resin fess. (3j. E.) Melt the Plaster of Lead with a gentle heat, add the Resin in very 
 fine powder, and make a plaster. (Stir well till the mixture concretes in cooling. E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. This plaster, serving the same purposes as the Lead 
 plaster, is more frequently employed on account of being more adhe- 
 sive ; but is objectionable in some cases, in consequence of being 
 more irritant to the skin. 
 
 UNGUENTUM PLUMBI COMPOSITUM, L. Comp. Ointment of Lead. 
 
 Prep. Melt over a slow fire Plaster of Lead ftiij. in Olive Oil Oj.; then mix Prepared 
 Chalk 3viij. and Distilled Vinegar f 3vj. When the effervescence subsides add this to 
 the plaster. Stirring constantly till cold. 
 
 Action. Uses. The Acet. Lime formed is mixed with Lead Plaster 
 and a mild Ointment produced, which is used as a dressing to 
 ulcers.
 
 168 PLUMBI OXYDUM RUBRUM. 
 
 PLUMBI OXYDUM HYDRATUM, L. 
 Hydrated Oxide of Lead. 
 
 Prop. This Hydrated Oxide (2 Pb O + H O = 233) forms a white 
 and heavy tasteless powder, which is officinal on account of possess- 
 ing eminent decolorizing properties. It is sparingly soluble in pure 
 water (1 part in 12,000 Aq.), which thus acquires an alkaline reaction ; 
 but it is not dissolved when neutral salts (p. 165) are present in the 
 water. It is soluble in solution of Potash, and therefore an excess of 
 this should not be used in preparing it. When evaporated, a crys- 
 tallized alkaline compound is left. It is also soluble in Nitric and 
 other acids, v. supra. This Oxide is also formed, as ascertained by 
 Capt. Yorke, by the joint action of air and distilled water on Lead. 
 Dr. C. has ascertained that a portion of this combines with the Carb' 
 of the atmosphere, and forms the Carb. Lead, which he considers is 
 in the proportion of 3 Pb O, 2 C O a +l Aq. united with the Hydrated 
 Oxide : or rather, a compound of 2 Eqs. Carbonate of Lead in union 
 with 1 Eq. of Hydrated Oxide of Lead. 
 
 Prep. Mix solution of Diacet. Lead Ovj. Aq. dest. Cong-, iij. and solution of Potash 
 Ovj. or q. s. to precipitate the oxide. Wash the precipitate with water till nothing alka- 
 line remains. 
 
 Here the Potash combining with the Acet', an Acet. Potash re- 
 mains in solution. The Oxide in separating combines with some 
 water, and is precipitated as Hydrated Oxide of Lead. 
 
 Tests. This preparation should possess all the characters of the 
 Oxide of Lead, and dissolve entirely in Nit' without effervescence. 
 
 Action. Uses. Employed only in the preparation of Disulphate of 
 Quinine. 
 
 PLUMBI OXYDUM RUBRUM, E. [P. OXIDUM R. U. S.] 
 
 Red Oxide of Lead. Red Lead. Minium. F. Oxide rouge de Plomb. G. Mennig 
 
 Rothes Bleioxyd. 
 
 Red Lead or Minium, as this Oxide is called, was known to the 
 Arabs, and is the Suranj of Avicenna, commonly translated Cinnabar. 
 It is prepared by the Hindoos, and is their Sundoor. Dioscorides 
 (lib. v. c. 109) knew that Minium was distinct from Cinnabar. It is 
 sometimes called Binoxide, also Deutoxide of Lead. 
 
 Prop. Red Oxide of Lead (Pb 3 O* = 344), or Minium, forms a 
 powder in scales of a bright red colour ; tasteless, heavy (Sp. Gr. 
 about 9), and insoluble in water. When heated, it melts, then gives 
 out Oxygen, and becomes converted into the Protoxide. If placed 
 on Charcoal, it is reduced, with the flame of the blowpipe, to a globule 
 of Lead. Completely dissolved " in highly fuming Nitrous acid." E. 
 Protonitrate of Lead is formed, as the acid by uniting with the excess 
 of Oxygen, is converted into Nit'. It is only " partially soluble in 
 dilute Nit'," E., being converted into two Oxides, a brown-coloured 
 Peroxide, which is left, and a Protoxide which is dissolved. The 
 composition of the Red Oxide has not been definitively settled ; in- 
 deed, the Red Lead of commerce is considered to be variable . in
 
 PLUMBI IODIDUM. 169 
 
 composition. But 2 Eq. of Protoxide with 1 of the Binoxide, may 
 be considered one of the most common proportions. 
 
 Prep. Obtained by exposing Massicot or the Protoxide to air and heat below what is 
 required for fusion, when the quantity of Oxygen required is absorbed, and the yellow 
 Protoxide converted into bright red-coloured Minium. 
 
 Tests. Red Lead is not very liable to adulteration, but brick-dust 
 or red-bole (insoluble in Nitrous acid) is sometimes mixed with it ; 
 also Red Oxide of Iron, which maybe detected by testing the solution 
 in Nitric acid with Tincture of Galls. 
 
 Action. Uses. Red Lead might be employed for the same purposes 
 as the Protoxide. It is officinal in the E. P. for purifying concen- 
 trated Acetic acid, and for making Aqua Chlorinii. 
 
 PLUMBI CHLORIDUM, L. 
 
 Chloride of Lead. Magisterium Saturnis. Plumbi. F. Chlorure de Plomb. 
 G. Chlor-Blei. 
 
 Chloride of Lead (Pb Cl = 140) is found in nature, and known to 
 mineralogists by the name of Horn Lead. It is met with in opaque 
 horny masses, or in colourless transparent crystals ; but the officinal 
 Chloride of Lead is a white heavy powder devoid of taste. It fuses 
 at a temperature below redness, and becomes on cooling a semi- 
 transparent mass. Sp. Gr. 5-133. It is soluble in 22 parts of boiling 
 water, from which, on cooling, a part separates in small brilliant 
 crystals : it is much less soluble in cold water. The presence of 
 Chlorine is indicated by the white precipitate formed by Nitrate 
 of Silver, and that of Lead by the foregoing tests. Comp. Pb 74-3 + 
 Cl 25-7 = 100. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Acet. Lead 3 x ix- ' n boiling Aq. dest. Oiij. and CJtlor. Sodium 3vj. in 
 Aq. dest. Oj. Mix the solutions. When cool wash the precipitate with Aq. dest. and 
 dry it 
 
 The Acetic' combines with the Soda formed by the Oxygen of the 
 Oxide of Lead combining with the Sodium, and Acetate of Soda re- 
 mains in solution, while the Chlorine of the Chloride being transferred 
 to the Lead, forms an insoluble Chloride of Lead. Besides this, Mr. 
 Phillips states that a double salt is formed, which is to a considerable 
 extent soluble in water. 
 
 Tests. Totally dissolved by boiling water, the Chloride concreting 
 almost entirely into crystals as it cools. On the addition of Hydro- 
 sul' it becomes black, and by heat yellow. In the first case, a Sul- 
 phuret of Lead is formed, which is converted into the yellow Prot- 
 oxide by heat. 
 
 Uses. Used only for making Morphias Hydrochloras. 
 
 PLUMBI IODIDUM, L. 
 Iodide of Lead. F. lodure de Plomb. G. lod-Blei. 
 
 Iodide of Lead (Pb I = 230) has only recently been discovered and
 
 170 PLUMBI CARBONAS. 
 
 introduced into medicine. It may be formed by the direct action of 
 Iodine on Lead, or as below. It is usually seen in the form of a fine 
 yellow powder, which is without taste or smell, insoluble in cold but 
 readily dissolved in boiling water, forming a colourless solution. But 
 as this cools, it becomes deposited in brilliant scale-like crystals of a 
 golden-yellow colour, in which form it is also sold, and is then very 
 pure. It is first melted and then decomposed by heat, the Iodine 
 being dissipated in violet-coloured vapours. It is soluble in Acet' 
 and Alcohol, also in solution of Potash. Comp. Pb 45-22 -J-I 54-78 
 = 100. 
 
 Prep. L. E. Dissolve Acet. Lead gix. (Nitr. Lead gss. E.) in Aq. dest. Ovj. (f 3xv. 
 E.) and Iodide Potassium 3vij. (3ss. E.) in Aq. dest. Oij. (f3xv. E.) Mix the solu- 
 tions. (Filter through linen or calico, E.) Wash the precipitate. Dry it. Boil the 
 powder in Aq. Cong. iij. acidulated with Pyroligneous Acid f 3iij. Keep the liquid near 
 boiling, and let all insoluble matter subside. (Pour off the clear liquor, from which on 
 cooling the Iodide will crystallize, E.) 
 
 By mutual decomposition, Iodide of Lead is formed and precipi- 
 tated, while the Oxygen of the Oxide of Lead of the Acet. being 
 transferred to the Potassium, Potash is formed, which, uniting with 
 the acid, forms a soluble Acetate of Potash. Nitr. Lead is preferred 
 in the E. P., because an excess of the Oxide of Lead is apt to exist 
 in the Acetate, which is injurious because disposed to form com- 
 pounds with the Iodide. The process of boiling in Pyroligneous acid 
 and subsequent crystallization gets rid of any Oxide or Carb. of Lead. 
 The same effect may be obtained by adding a little Acet' to the solu- 
 tion of the Acet. Lead previous to pouring it into the solution of the 
 Iodide of Potassium. 
 
 Te$ts. Totally dissolved by boiling water, and as this cools sepa- 
 rating in shining yellow scales. It melts by heat, and the greater 
 part is dissipated first in yellow (Iodide of Lead) and afterwards in 
 violet vapours. L. P. Bright yellow : 5 grs. are entirely soluble, 
 with the aid of ebullition, in f3j. of Pyroligneous acid diluted with 
 f 3jss. of distilled water, and golden crystals are abundantly deposited 
 on cooling. E. P. 
 
 Action. Uses. Deobstruent, generally used externally, but some- 
 times internally. 
 
 D. gr. % to gr. ij. 
 
 UNGUENTUM PLUMBI IODIDI, L. 
 
 Prep. L. Mix well together Iodide of Lead 3j. and Lard 3viij. 
 
 Discutient in chronic enlargements of the joints and in scrofulous 
 
 tumours. 
 
 PLUMBI CARBONAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Carbonate of Lead. Subcarbonate of Lead. Cerussa. White Lead. F. Carbonate de 
 Plomb. G. Kohlensaures Bleioxyd. Bleiweiss. 
 
 Carbonate of Lead (Pb O, C O* = 134) is one of the most anciently 
 known of the metallic salts. It is found as a mineral in many Lead 
 districts, and known as Cerusse and White Lead ore.
 
 PLUMBICARBONAS. 171 
 
 Prop. Carb. Lead is white, tasteless, and heavy ; either in powder 
 or in white amorphous masses. When found in nature, its crystals 
 vary much in form from the right rhombic prism from which they 
 proceed. Sp. Gr. about 6-25. It is insoluble in water. Heated, the 
 Carb' escapes, and the yellow Protoxide of Lead is left ; on Charcoal 
 and before the blowpipe, it is reduced to a globule of metallic Lead. 
 It is soluble with effervescence both in the Acetic and the Nitric 
 acids. Acetate and Nitrate of Lead being the result, will be affected 
 by reagents like other preparations of Lead. Comp. Pb O 83-5 +C' 
 16-5= 100. 
 
 Carbonate of Lead may be prepared by the action of air and pure 
 water on metallic Lead, or by passing a current of Carb' gas through 
 a solution of Diacet. Lead. The most ancient method, and that which 
 makes the best White Lead for the use of painters, is by exposing 
 sheets of Lead to the fumes of Vinegar or of strong Acet'. The lat- 
 ter is placed in an earthen vessel, and the former a little above it, 
 either rolled spirally or cast into bars. The pots are arranged side 
 by side, and embedded in a mixture of new and spent tan (ground 
 oak bark). The tan gradually heats or ferments, and begins to exhale 
 vapour, the temperature of the inner parts of the stack rising to 140 
 or 150, or even higher. The Acet' is slowly volatilized, and its va- 
 pour passing readily through the gratings or folds of Lead, gradually 
 corrodes the surface of the metal, upon which a crust of Subacet. is 
 successively formed and converted into Carb., there being an abun- 
 dant supply of Carb' furnished by the slow fermentative decomposi- 
 tion of the tanner's bark. The White Lead, crushed and broken up, 
 is transferred to mills, where it is ground up into a thin paste with 
 water, washed, and dried. 
 
 Tests. "Dissolved with effervescence in dil. Nit'. What is preci- 
 pitated from the solution by Potash is white, and is redissolved by 
 excess of it: it becomes black on the addition of Hydrosul'. It be- 
 comes yellow by heat, and with the addition of Charcoal, it is reduced 
 to metallic Lead." L. P. If Sulph. Baryta be present, it will remain 
 undissolved by the Nit'; if Chalk, it will be converted into Nitr. Lime. 
 When the Lead has been precipitated by Potash, Lime will remain 
 undissolved when an excess of the latter is added: or we may re- 
 move the Lead by means of H S', and test for Lime by means of 
 Oxalate of Ammonia. " It does not lose weight at a temperature of 
 212 : 68 grs. are entirely dissolved in 150 minims of Acet' dil. with 
 Aq. dest. f 3j. ; and the solution is not entirely precipitated by a solu- 
 tion of 60 grs. of Phosph. Soda." Dr. C. states that 60 grs. of this 
 Phosphate exactly decompose 67-05 grs. of pure Carb. Lead. Hence 
 with 68 grs. of the Carb., as in the formula, some Lead must remain 
 in solution if the Carb. be pure, and will be shown on adding more 
 Phosphate to the filtered liquor. But if any of the ordinary adultera- 
 tions be present, there will be an excess, not of Lead, but of Phosphate 
 of Soda in solution. 
 
 Action. Uses. Desiccative and Astringent. Applied only externally, 
 as by dusting on excoriations. Dr. A. T. Thomson considers it the
 
 172 PLUMBIACETAS. 
 
 only poisonous salt of Lead, the others becoming so by being first 
 converted into Carbonate of Lead. 
 
 UNGITENTUM PLUMBI CARBONATIS, E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Prep. E. D. Mix thoroughly Simple Ointment 3v. E. (White Wax Ointment ftj. 
 D.) (U. S.) and Carb. Lead 3j. (in very fine powder, gij. D.) (U. S.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Cooling and drying application to excoriations and 
 burns, also to ulcers and eruptions attended with irritation. 
 
 [EMPLASTRUM PLUMBI CARBONATIS. U. S. 
 
 Prep. This plaster is intended as a substitute for Mahy's Plaster. It is thus prepared. 
 Take of Carbonate of Lead ftj. Olive Oil Oij. Yellow Wax 3 iv. Lead Plaster ftiss. Orris 
 Root in powder 3ix. Boil together the Oil and Carbonate of Lead, adding a little water ; 
 incorporate thoroughly. Add the wax and plaster, and when melted, sprinkle in the 
 orris root. 
 
 Uses. To abraded surfaces, &c.] 
 
 PLUMBI NITRAS, E. 
 Nitrate of Lead. F. Nitrate de Plomb. G. Salpetersaures Bleioxyd. 
 
 Prop. Nit. Lead (PbO, N O*= 166) crystallizes in octohedral and 
 tetrahedral crystals, is soluble in about 4 parts of water. It increases 
 the combustion of burning fuel, and is reduced to the state of metallic 
 Lead. Heated, it evolves the fumes of Nitrous acid gas ; Oxide of 
 Lead being left. 
 
 Prep. With the aid of gentle heat saturate dilute Nitric' Oj. with Litharge 3ivss. 
 Filter and set aside to crystallize. Concentrate the remaining liquor to obtain more 
 crystals. - 
 
 Action. Uses. It will act as the other preparations of Lead, but is 
 officinal in the E. P. for making Iodide of Lead. 
 
 PLUMBI ACETAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Acetate of Lead. Plumli Superacetas. Saccharum Saturni. Sugar of Lead. 
 F. Acetate acide de Plomb. G. Bleizucker. 
 
 Acet. Lead.(Pb O, Ac' + 3 Aq. = 190) seems to have been known 
 at least since the cultivation of chemistry in the middle ages. 
 
 Fi 28 Prop. It is of a white colour, and of a sweet astrin- 
 
 gent taste, with a smell of Vinegar. The crystals 
 form brilliant needles, or small tetrahedral prisms ter- 
 minated by dihedral summits, and usually occur in an 
 agglomerated mass ; unalterable in the air, except 
 when it is very dry, when they slightly effloresce; 
 soluble in 4 parts of water and in Alcohol. The 
 watery solution is capable of dissolving a portion of 
 Oxide of Lead, which converts it into a Diacetate of 
 that metal. Heated, the crystals fuse in their water 
 of crystallization, which at a higher temperature is dissipated ; the
 
 CERATUM PLUMBI ACETATIS. 173 
 
 white mass which remains again melts, Acetic and Pyroacetic acids 
 are given off, and a globule of Lead may finally be obtained. The 
 Acet. may be partially decomposed by the Garb' of the atmosphere, 
 also by that contained in water ; hence the hazy appearance when 
 it is dissolved in it, and which may be removed by the addition of a 
 little Acet'. It is decomposed by a number of acids, the Sulph' 
 causing the exhalation of the odour of Vinegar, also by the alkalies, 
 numerous salts, infusion of Galls, most Vegetable principles, also 
 Milk and Albumen. Comp. Pb O 58-9+ Ac' 2tr8-fAq. 14-3 = 100. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Mix Acet' Oiv. (Oij. E.) with Aq. dest. Oiv. (Oj. E.) add to it Oxide of 
 Lead (powdered) ftiv. gij. (Litharge 3xiv. E. Garb. Lead (Cerusse) q. a. and Distilled 
 Vinegar 10 times the weight of the Carb. D.) Dissolve with the aid of a gentle heat. 
 (Digest in a glass vessel till the Vinegar becomes sweet. Four off the liquor, add more 
 Vinegar and proceed as before, D.) Strain, evaporate for crystallization (on cooling, E. 
 Again evaporate and crystallize. Dry the crystals in the shade, D.) 
 
 In these processes the Acet' combines either directly with the Oxide 
 of Lead or by first expelling the Carb'. It is frequently prepared, 
 as above, by dissolving Litharge in Pyroligneous acid ; or by ex- 
 posing Lead, half immersed in Acet', to heat and air. The Lead 
 being oxidized or converted into the Carbonate, will, on falling into 
 the Acet', be formed into the Acetate. 
 
 Tests. Dissolved by distilled water. By Carb. Soda a white pre- 
 cipitate (Carb. Lead) is thrown down from the solution, and by 
 Iodide of Potassium a yellow one (Iodide of Lead) ; by Hydrosul' it 
 is blackened (Sulphuret Lead being formed). Sulph' evolves Acetic 
 vapours. By heat it first fuses, and is afterwards reduced to metallic 
 Lead. L. P. " Entirely soluble in distilled water acidulated with 
 Acetic' : 48 grs. thus dissolved, are not entirely precipitated by a 
 solution of 30 grs. of Phosph. Soda." E. P. As 3,0 grs. of the latter 
 salt will just decompose 47-66 grs. of Acet. Lead, if 48 grs. or a 
 144th part more of the latter be used, the solution will be affected, 
 after filtration, by a further addition of Phosphate, provided the Ace- 
 tate be tolerably pure. 
 
 Inc. Sulph', H Cl', Carb', Cit', and Tart' ; Lime-water, Potash, 
 and Soda (but in excess it redissolves) ; Hard Water from the salts 
 and Liq. Ammonias Acet. from the Carb', they contain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant Poison ; Astringent and Sedative in profuse 
 discharges and Hemorrhages. Lotion 3j. 3v. or 3viij. of fluid. 
 Externally as an Astringent Collyrium and Wash. 
 
 D. gr. j. and ij. gr. x. 2 or 3 times a day, especially with dil. 
 Acet' or distilled Vinegar. 
 
 Antidotes. Evacuate the stomach with Sulph. Zinc and warm 
 diluents; give Sulph. Soda and of Magnesia, and Phosphate of Soda. 
 
 CERATUM (UNGUENTUM, E. D.) PLUMBI ACETATIS, L. Ung. Cerussce 
 JlcetatfB. Unguentum Saturninum. Cerate of Sugar of Lead. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Mix Acet. Lead powdered 3ij. (3j. E. D.) with White Wax 3ij. and 
 Olive Oil f3viij. (Simple Ointment 3xx. E. Ointment of White Wax ftjss. D.) Dis- 
 solve the Wax in f3vij. of the Oil, gradually add the Acetate triturated in the rest of the 
 Oil. Stir the mixture as it concretes.
 
 174 PLUMBI DIACETATIS. 
 
 Action. Uses. Useful as a cooling application to burns, blistered 
 surfaces, and irritable sores. 
 
 PILULE PLUMBI OPIATE, E. Acetate of Lead and Opium Pills. 
 
 Prep. Take Acet. Lead 6 parts, Opium 1 part, Conserve of Red Roses 1 part, beat into 
 a proper mass and divide into 4-grain pills. They may also be made with twice as much 
 Opium. Each pill contains 3 gr. Acet. Lead and gr. of Opium. 
 
 In this pill chemical changes take place, Acetate of Morphia and 
 Meconate of Lead being formed ; but the pill has been so long em- 
 ployed, and its therapeutical value so fully confirmed, that the change 
 would seem to be rather an advantage than a detriment. The E. C. 
 do not indicate how the two kinds of Pill are to be distinguished, or 
 how the change, if expressed, will differ from an ordinary prescrip- 
 tion. 
 
 PLUMBI DIACETATIS, (SOLUTIO, E.) LIQUOR, L. D. 
 
 Plumbi Subacetatia Liquor, D. (U. S.) Aqua Lithargyri Acetati. F. Sousacetate de 
 Flomb. 6r. Halb-Essigsaures Bleioxyd. 
 
 Diacet. Lead (2 Pb O, Ac' + 10 Aq. = 365, when solid and Hy- 
 drated), in the form of solution commonly called Goulard's Extract, 
 was by himself called Extract of Saturn, that is, of Lead. It seems 
 to have been known since the time of B. Valentine, and owes its 
 formation to the solution of Acetate of Lead dissolving a further pro- 
 portion of the Oxide, and thus becoming converted into the Diacetate 
 of Lead. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Boil Acet. Lead ftij. and 3iij. (3vj. and 3vj. E.) and (finely, E.) 
 powdered Oxide of Lead ftj. and 3iv. (Litharge 3iv. E.) in Aq. dest. Ovj. (Ojss. E.) 
 frequently stirring for half an hour. When cold add (distilled) water to make up Ovj. 
 (Ojss. E.) Filter. (Preserve in well-closed bottles, E.) 
 
 [U. S. Acetate of Lead 3xvj. Semi vitrified Oxide of Lead in powder 3i*ss. Distilled 
 Water Oiv. Proceed as above.] 
 
 In the D. P. the old and objectionable method, on account of its 
 uncertainty, is still adopted. 
 
 Boil semi-vitrified Oxide of Lead 1 part, in Distilled Vinegar 12 parts, in a close 
 vessel until only 11 parts remain. Leave the solution at rest till the impurities subside, 
 and filter it. 
 
 Prop. Colourless, with a sweetish and subastringent taste, having 
 an alkaline reaction on test-paper. By careful evaporation out of the 
 access of the air, crystals may be obtained of a tabular form, or the 
 salt in an uncrystallizable mass (dry Extract of Saturn, of Goulard). 
 When exposed to the atmosphere, some Carb' is absorbed, and <white 
 Carb. of Lead is deposited ; also on passing Carb' gas into its solu- 
 tion, and this is one of the methods adopted in making Carb. Lead, 
 q. v. It is decomposed by common water. It precipitates mucilage 
 and most vegetable colours. 
 
 Tests. Sp. Gr. 1-260. L. A copious precipitate is gradually formed 
 when the breath is propelled through it by means of a tube. E. The
 
 BISMUTHUM. 175 
 
 other properties are those of the Acet. Lead. When prepared with 
 inferior Vinegar, it is of a brown colour. 
 
 Inc. Acids, Alkalies, Earths, Alum, Borax, Tartarized Iron, and 
 Antimony, Soap, Hard and Spring-water, Sulphuretted Hydrogen, 
 Mucilaginous solutions and drinks. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent and Sedative. Externally, diluted with 
 water ; or it may be used in a milder form, in the following prepara- 
 tion : 
 
 LIQUOR PLUMBI DIACETATIS DILUTUS, L. [Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis 
 dilutus, U. S.] Plumbi Subacetatis Liquor Comp. Diluted Solu- 
 tion of Diacetate of Lead. Goulard Water. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Mix Solution of Diacetate of Lead f3jss. (Subacetate of Lead 3j. D.) Aq. 
 t. Oj. ~ 
 [U. S. Liq.'Plumb. SubaceL^ij. Aq. Oj.] 
 
 dest. Oj. Proof Spirit f3ij. (3j. D.) 
 
 Useful as a soothing, astringent, and sedative Collyrium or lotion. 
 
 CERATUM PLUMBI COMPOSITUM, L. Compound Cerate of Lead. Gou- 
 lard'' s Cerate. Ceratum Lithargyri Acetati. [Ceratum Plumbi Sub- 
 acetatis, U. S.] 
 
 Prep. Melt Wax giv. and mix with it Olive Oil f gviij. ; remove from the fire, and 
 when first the mixture begins to thicken, add gradually Sol. of Diacet Lead f^iij. stirring 
 constantly with a spatula till cool. Then mix with these Camphor 3ss. dissolved in Olive 
 Oil f gij. 
 
 [U. S. Wax 3iv. Olive Oil f Six. Liq. Plumb. Subacet. f gijss.] 
 
 Action. Uses. This is commonly called Goulard's Cerate, and is a 
 soothing, astringent, and sedative application for irritable surfaces and 
 in chronic Ophthalmia. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Ceratum Saponis. Emp. Saponis. 
 
 BISMUTHUM, L. E. D. 
 
 f 
 Bismuth. F. Bismuth. G. Wismuth. 
 
 Bismuth (Bi = 72) is first mentioned by Agricola, in 1520, having 
 previously been confounded with Lead. It is usually met with in 
 its metallic state, but also as an Oxide and a SulphureL 
 
 Prop. Bismuth is of a reddish-white colour, devoid of taste or 
 smell. It is brittle, of a lamellar structure, and readily crystallizes 
 in cubes or octohedra. Sp. Gr. 9-539-88. It melts at 49*7 F. or 
 507 (Gr.), and volatilizes at a full red heat. When exposed to the 
 air, it tarnishes, but does not oxidate : at a high temperature, it burns 
 with a pale blue flame, when Oxide of Bismuth (Bi O = 80) is formed, 
 and escapes in white fumes. Bismuth is with difficulty acted on by 
 H Cl' or by dil. Sul', but readily by Nit', v. infra. 
 
 Tests. Sp. Gr. 9-8. It is dissolved by dil. Nit'. ; the solution is co- 
 lourless, when Subnitrate of Bismuth is precipitated from this solution 
 by Ammonia, the liquor is free from colour. It also deposits a white 
 powder when much diluted with water. L. and E. Bismuth is em- 
 ployed only for making the following preparation :
 
 176 S T A N N U M. 
 
 BISMUTHI TRISNITRAS, L. BISMUTHI SUBNITRAS, D. (U. S.) BISMUTHUM 
 ALBUM, E. Magistery of Bismuth. Trisnitrate of Bismuth. F. 
 Sous-nitrate de Bismuth. G. Wissmuth weiss. 
 
 The Trisnitrate of Bismuth (3 Bi 0,N O 8 = 294) is a tasteless pow- 
 der of a brilliant white colour, and consists of microscopic needle- 
 shaped crystals. It is slightly soluble in water, and if the solution be 
 heated, the salt is precipitated in the form of minute brilliant crystals. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Take Bismuth (finely powdered, E. D.) 3j> (7 parts, D.) Nitric' (Dens. 
 1380, E.) fgjss.; (dilute, 20 parts, D.) Aq. dest. (Water, E.) Oiij. 100 parts, D.) 
 
 Mix Nitric' f gjss. with Aq. dest. f 3j. (Take Nitric', dens. 1380, fgjss. E. ; dilute 20 
 parts, D.) Dissolve in it (gradually, E. D.) Bismuth 3j. (with the aid of gentle heat, 
 E. D., adding a little Aq. dest. as soon as crystals, or a white powder begins to form, E.) 
 Pour off the solution (when complete, E.) add it to the rest of the water. Set aside for 
 the powder to settle, pour off the liquid. (Filter through calico, E.) Wash the Trisni- 
 trate of Bismuth (precipitate, E. D.) (quickly, E.) with distilled (cold, E.) water and dry 
 it with a gentle heat (in a dark place, E.) 
 
 [The directions of the U. S. P. are those of the Lond. P.] 
 
 The Bismuth is oxidated at the expense of a portion of the Nit', 
 Nitric Oxide gas escapes, and the Oxide of Bismuth is dissolved by 
 the remainder of the Nit', and a Nit. Bismuth formed. When the 
 solution of this is added to the water as above directed, decomposition 
 ensues ; most of the acid with a little Oxide of Bismuth (forming a 
 Ternitrate) remains in solution, while the white-coloured precipitate 
 is the Trisnitrate of Bismuth. Comp. Bi O, 81-64 + N' 18-36 = 100. 
 
 Tests. It is soluble in Nit' without effervescence ; solution colour- 
 less. Dil. Sul' being added to the solution, nothing is thrown down. 
 L. E. The first indicates that no Carbonate is present, and the se- 
 cond the absence of Lead. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant, Tonic, Antispasmodic. 
 
 D. gr. v. 9j. 
 
 STANNUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 Tin. F. Etam. G. Zinn. 
 
 Tin is one of the most ancient known of the metals, being men- 
 tioned by Moses under the name Bedel. It was used by the Egyp- 
 tians, probably obtained from the East by the trade with India. The 
 Greeks and Romans obtained it through the Phoenicians from Eng- 
 land. It abounds in Cornwall, and in the East from Mergui to the 
 island of Banca. It occurs both as an Oxide and a Sulphuret, but 
 chiefly the former, which is easily reduced to a metallic state by 
 being heated with Charcoal, as this abstracts its Oxygen. It is brought 
 into commerce in the form of Grain Tin and Block Tin. Malacca 
 Tin and Banca Tin are the Eastern varieties ; to these Mergui Tin 
 has lately been added. 
 
 Prop. In mass, bluish-white, tarnishing but slightly, of a peculiar 
 odour when rubbed ; so malleable, as to be beaten into sheet tin and 
 tin-foil ; soft, fusible ; Sp. Gr. 7-29 ; that of commercial specimens is 
 often higher, from the impurities which they contain. It fuses at 
 442, and becomes covered with a gray crust of the Oxide ; burns at
 
 ANTIMON1UM. 177 
 
 a red, and is volatilized at a white heat. There are several oxides and 
 numerous salts of Tin, but none are officinal. 
 
 Tests. Tin, boiled with H Cl', is almost entirely dissolved, a Proto- 
 chloride being produced ; solution colourless, but becomes purple on 
 the addition of Chloride of Gold : the precipitate by Potash is white; 
 when this is added in excess, the precipitate is redissolved. (L.) Hy- 
 drosulphuric acid gives a brown precipitate. Commercial Nit' f 3iij. 
 converts 100 grs. entirely into a white powder; pure Oxide of Tin is 
 formed, with much disengagement of Nitrogen ; distilled water, boiled 
 with this powder and filtered, yields no precipitate with solution of 
 Sulph. Magnesia, E. P. 
 
 The tests of the L. C. being those which characterize Tin, will show 
 its true nature. Those of the E. P. are intended to detect the pre- 
 sence of Lead ; either no Oxide of Tin, or very little, will be formed, 
 or the Sulph. Magnesia will cause a precipitate of Sulph. Lead if this 
 metal be present. 
 
 PULVIS STANNI, L. E. D. (U. S.) Powder of Tin. 
 
 Tin may be employed either in filings, Limatura Stanni, or prefer- 
 ably as granulated or powdered Tin, the officinal form, for preparing 
 which the E. and D. Pharmacopeias give formulae. When melted, it 
 is agitated with an iron pestle, a birch broom, or by shaking it in a 
 wooden box having its inside covered with Chalk, and sifting. This 
 is nearly the D. formula. 
 
 Prep. Melt Tin in an iron vessel ; pour it into a mortar previously heated rather above 
 the fusing point of the metal; triturate briskly as it cools, ceasing as soon as a consider- 
 able proportion is finely pulverized ; sift the product, and repeat the process with what is 
 left in the sieve, E. 
 
 Action. Uses. Mechanical Anthelmintic. 
 D. 3iv. 3j. in treacle or confection. 
 
 ANTIMONIOM. 
 Stibium. Antimony. JP. Antimoine. O. Antimon, 
 
 Metallic Antimony (Sb = 65) is not officinal ; but as so many of its 
 preparations are employed, it is desirable to be acquainted with its 
 characteristics. It was probably known to the Alchemists ; but Basil! 
 Valentine (Currus Triumphalis Jlntimonii) made known the method 
 of obtaining it. The Sesquisulphuret q. v. has been known from, the 
 most ancient times. Native Antimony occurs in France and Germany, 
 also as Oxide or White Antimony; the Sulphuret, or Gray Anti- 
 mony; and as Sulphuretted Oxide, or Red Antimony. The Sulphuret 
 is the most abundant ore, and that from which the metal is chiefly 
 obtained. This used to be called Regulus of Antimony, and the Sul- 
 phuret, Crude Antimony. Antimony is obtained by heating the above 
 Sulphuret with half its weight of Iron-filings or small Iron nails, when 
 the Sulphur unites with the Iron, and the Antimony is set free. The 
 melted Antimony collects in the bottom of the crucible, and may be 
 run into moulds. 
 
 12
 
 178 ANTIMONII OXIDUM. 
 
 Prop. A bluish-white metal, usually lamellar in structure, and brittle 
 in nature. Sp. Gr. about 6-7, It fuses at a temperature of about 
 800, above which it may be volatilized, and in cooling may be made 
 to crystallize in rhombohedra. It undergoes little change in the air, 
 the surface only becoming tarnished and partially oxidized. Heated 
 to a white heat, and suddenly exposed to the air, it burns with a 
 white light; the vapour which escapes condenses in white needle- 
 like crystals of Sesquioxide of Antimony, which were formerly called 
 Argentine Flowers of Antimony. Antimony is dissolved by H Cl' 
 with the aid of heat, Hydrogen being disengaged. The Sesquichloride 
 of Antimony, on being added to water, deposits a white precipitate, 
 formerly called Powder ofA/garoth; and an orange-red one of Sesqui- 
 sulphuret of Antimony on the addition of Hydrosul' or an alkaline 
 Hydrosulph. Nit' converts the metal into Antimonic acid, which is 
 insoluble in the acid. There are three compounds of Antimony and 
 Oxygen: Oxide of Antimony, Antimonious, and Antimonic acids. 
 
 ANTIMONII OXIDUM, E. ANTIMONII OXIDUM NITUOMUR.IATICUM, D. 
 
 Antimonii Sesquioxydum. Sesquioxide and Protoxide of Antimony. Flowers of Anti- 
 mony. F. Oxyde d'Antimoine. G. Antimonoxyd. 
 
 Sesquioxide of Antimony (Sb l^O = 77) occurs native in Bohemia 
 and Hungary, and is called White Antimony. It is produced when 
 Antimony is burnt in the air. 
 
 Prop. As prepared below, the Oxide is white and tasteless ; unal- 
 terable in the air, but becoming yellow by heat, and regaining its co- 
 lour w r hen cool. By a full red heat it may, like the native Oxide, be 
 fused into a yellow liquid and afterwards sublimed, as before the 
 blowpipe, when needle-like crystals will be deposited. If fused and 
 exposed to the air, more Oxygen is absorbed, and Antimonious acid 
 (Sb O a = 81) is formed, which is not volatile,Jess easily fused, and 
 more inert as a medicine. The Sesquioxide is insoluble in water, but 
 dissolved by H Cl', Tart', and Acet', also in Bitart. Potash, when 
 Tartar Emetic is formed. Comp. O 15-58 + Sb 84-42 = 100. 
 
 Prep, E. D. Take Mur' (commercial) Oj. (100 parts, mix it with Nit' 1 part in a glass 
 vessel, avoiding the fames, D.) Dissolve in the acid, Sulphuret of Antimony in fine 
 powder giv. (prepared Sulphuret 20 parts, D.), apply a gentle heat (gradually increase 
 the heat, digest till the mixture ceases to effervesce, D.) Boil for half an hour. (1 hour, 
 D.) Pour the fluid (cooled, D.) into Aq. Ov. (Cong. j. D.) Filter through calico. (Let 
 the Oxide subside, D.) Wash the precipitate well with cold water, then with weak solu- 
 tion of Garb. Soda, and again with cold water (with cold water only, D.) till the water 
 ceases to affect reddened Litmus. Dry the powder over the vapour bath. (On bibulous 
 paper, D.) 
 
 The two processes are essentially the same, consisting in the de- 
 composition of the Sesquisulphuret by the H Cl', and the formation of 
 a Sesquichlor. Antimony, which is held in solution. Some Hydrosul' 
 (from the H. of the acid) is formed, which the Nit' of the D. P. is in- 
 tended to decompose. (Others consider the Chloride to be dissolved 
 in the form of Hydrochlorate of the Oxide, water being decomposed, 
 supplying Oxygen to the Antimony and Hydrogen to the Sulphur, c.) 
 The quantity of Mur', Dr. C. says, is large, being 3 times as great as
 
 PULVIS ANTIMONII COMPOSITUS. 179 
 
 is required to furnish the due proportion of Chlorine for forming the 
 Sesquichloride, but it has been found to be necessary. Water being 
 added to the solution, and having a greater affinity for the acid, a 
 precipitate takes place of Powder of Algaroth, which is a Sesquioxide 
 combined with some Sesquichloride of Antimony. The proportion of 
 Chlorine is diminished by repeating the washings with water. The 
 whole of the acid is removed by washing with sol. Carb. of Soda ; 
 while the Carb' escapes. Mr. Tyson (P. J. i. 450) adds sol. of Carb. 
 Ammonia as long as effervescence is perceived, and he obtains a 
 straw-coloured Protoxide. If too much Nit' be employed, according 
 to the Dublin process, the oxidizement will be carried too far, and 
 Antimonious acid formed, which is inert and insoluble. 
 
 Tests. Entirely soluble in Mur', and also in a boiling mixture of 
 water and Bitart. Potash ; snow-white ; fusible at a full red heat 
 E. P. 
 
 Action, Uses. Emetic, Diaphoretic, Expectorant. A good substi- 
 tute for Antimonial or James's Powder. 
 
 D. gr. iij. gr. x. in powder or pill. Mr. Tyson gives gr. ^ gr. j. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. This Oxide forms the active ingredient in the offi- 
 cinal preparations, as Pulvis Antimonii Comp., the Oxysulphuret of 
 Antimony, Tartar Emetic, Glass of Antimony, Kermes, and Golden 
 Sulphuret. 
 
 PULVIS ANTIMONII COMPOSITUS, L. PULVIS ANTIMONIALIS, E. D. " A 
 mixture chiefly of Antimonious acid and Phosphate of Lime, with 
 some Sesquioxide of Antimony and a little Antimonite of Lime." 
 
 E. P. 
 
 Few empirical medicines have attained more permanent celebrity 
 than the FEVER POWDER of Dr. James, commonly called JAMES'S 
 POWDER, sometimes distinguished in prescriptions as the PULVIS 
 JACOBI VERUS. As it was found impossible to make the Powder by 
 following the Patentee's directions, and chemical analyses having 
 ascertained that it consisted of Phosph. Lime and oxydized Antimony, 
 the College adopted a formula suggested by Dr. Pearson for the pre- 
 paration of a substitute. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Mix Sesquisulphuret of Antimony powdered ftj. (Sulphuret of Anti- 
 mony iii coarse powder, E. Prep. Sulphuret of Antimony 1 part, D.) and Horn shavings 
 fcij. (aa equal weights, E. 2 parts, D.) Put them into a red-hot crucible [(iron pot, E. D.)] 
 on the fire, stirring constantly till (they acquire an ash-gray colour, D. and E.) vapours 
 (sulphurous D.) no longer arise. (When cold, D.) Pulverise the product, and put it into 
 a proper crucible. (With a perforated cover, E. Covered with another crucible having 
 an orifice in the bottom, D.) Heat it with a gradually increasing heat till red hot (white 
 hot, E.) for two hours. (When cold, E. D.) Rub the residue to a very fine powder. 
 
 The Sulphuret of Antimony, consisting of Sulphur and Antimony, 
 and the horn shavings of Phosp. Lime cemented by gelatinous matter, 
 become changed by the action of heat. The Sulphur, obtaining Oxy- 
 gen from the air, escapes as Sulphurous acid ; the Antimony being 
 also supplied with Oxygen from the air, is converted into Antimonious 
 acid and into a small portion, usually about 4 per cent., of Sesquioxide 
 of Antimony. The animal matter of the horn is burnt off, and the
 
 180 CHLORIDE OF ANTIMONY. 
 
 earthy ingredients, or Phosph. Lime, with a small portion of the 
 Carbonate, remain intermixed with the oxidized Antimony. During 
 the second heating, some of the Sesquioxide formed becomes con- 
 verted into more of the Antimonious acid, a little of which, combining 
 with the Lime of the Carbonate, forms some Antimonite of Lime. 
 
 Prop. The powder produced is white, gritty, devoid of both taste 
 and smell. The greatest portion is insoluble in water; but distilled 
 water, as stated in the E. P., boiled on it and filtered, gives with Hy- 
 drosul' an orange precipitate, in consequence of the water dissolving 
 the Antimonite of Lime ; but this effect will not be perceived if only 
 Antimonious acid is present. The Lime will be revealed by its ap- 
 propriate tests. H Cl' digested on the residue, does not become tur- 
 bid by dilution, but gives an abundant orange precipitate with Hydro- 
 sul'. E. P. But Dr. Pereira observes that the solution does become 
 turbid sometimes on dilution, and deposits a white powder (Oxychlo- 
 ride of Antimony.) The H Cl' dissolves the Sesquiox. Antimony 
 and some Phosph. Lime. After the precipitate of Sesquisul. Antimony, 
 " if this be separated by filtering, and the solution boiled to expel any 
 traces of Hydrosul', a white precipitate (Subphosph. Lime) is thrown 
 down on the addition of caustic Ammonia." (p.) 
 
 Comp. Antimonial Powder is variable in the proportion of its in- 
 gredients. Mr. Phillips found one specimen to consist of 
 
 Antimonious acid 35-f Phosph. Lime 65 = 100. 
 Another: Antimonious acid 38 -f Phosph. Lime 62 = 100. 
 
 While James's Powder consisted of: 
 
 Antimonious acid 56 -f Phosph. Lime 44 = 100. 
 
 Dr. Maclagan found James's Powder to consist of Antimonious 
 acid 43-47 + Subphosph. Lime 50-24, Antimonite of Lime with some 
 Superphosph. 3-40, and Sesquiox. Antimony 2-89 = 100 ; and Anti- 
 monial Powder, of Antimonious acid 50.09 + Subphosph. Lime 45-13 
 + Antimonite of Lime with some Superphosph. 0-8. Sesquiox. Anti- 
 mony 3-98. Mr. Brande has found as much as 5 per cent, of Sesqui- 
 oxide of Antimony. 
 
 Action. Uses. Diaphoretic, Emetic ; but uncertain, as is James's 
 Powder, which is given in doses of grs. v. to grs. xx. 
 
 D. gr. iij. gr. vj. or gr. x. 100 grains have been given without 
 any effect, but Antimonious acid is inert. 
 
 The foregoing Sesquioxide of Antimony, or Tartar Emetic in 
 small doses, is a good substitute for both these powders. Mr. Tyson 
 employs Protoxide of Antimony grs. ij. with grs. xviij. of Phosph. of 
 Lime, but prefers a mixture of Phosph. of Lime and Sulphate of 
 Potash aa grs. ix. 
 
 CHLORIDE OF ANTIMONY (Sb H Cl = 119) is a soft solid, but becomes 
 liquid by a gentle heat. It was called Muriate of Antimony and 
 Butter of Antimony by old writers. It used to be employed as a 
 caustic, and likewise for obtaining Powder of Algaroth, or Oxychlo- 
 ride of Antimony, (v. p. 178.)
 
 ANTIMONII SESQUISULPHURETUM. 181 
 
 ANTIMONII (SULPHURETUM;, E. D. U. S.) SESQUISULPHURETUM, L. 
 
 Native Sesquisulphuret of Antimony. Antimonium Crudum. Gray Antimony. Anti- 
 mony. F. Su'lfure d'Antimoine. G. Dreifach Schwefel-Antimon. 
 
 Sulphuret of Antimony (Sb 1 \ S = 89) is extensively diffused, being 
 found in Hungary, at Borneo, Moulmein, and Pegu, in Persia and in 
 Caubul. It has been employed from time immemorial in Asiatic 
 countries for painting the eyebrows and eyelids. It is the cVi^i and 
 Stibium of the ancients. By fusion in a covered crucible, it is sepa- 
 rated from impurities, and then called Crude Antimony. 
 
 Prop. Crude Antimony is in roundish dark-coloured loaves, which 
 when fractured, exhibit its peculiar and brilliant striated texture, and 
 dark gray colour, often presenting some prismatic crystals. Sp. Gr. 
 4-6. It is readily reduced to powder, which is blackish without taste 
 and smell, but with a reddish hue when the Sesquisulphuret is very 
 pure ; insoluble in water ; permanent in the air ; fused at a moderate 
 temperature, and volatilized in close vessels. Heated in the air, some 
 Sulphurous acid is formed, as well as mixed Oxide of Antimony. It 
 is soluble in solution of Potash (v. Antimonii Oxysulphuretum), also 
 in H Cl' (v. Antimonii Potassio-Tartras, and Tests). It may also be 
 dissolved in Nit', which, parting with its Oxygen to both the metal 
 and the Sulphur, converts the one into an Oxide and the other into 
 Sul' ; and these, combining together, form a Sulphate of Antimony, 
 which is dissolved in the remaining Nit'. Comp. Sb72-8 S '27-2 = 100. 
 
 Tests. Seldom quite pure, being apt to contain some of the Sulphu- 
 rets of Iron, of Arsenic, Lead, and Copper. " Striated ; soluble entirely, 
 with the aid of heat, in H Cl' ; and deposits from this solution a white 
 substance (Oxychloride of Antimony) on the addition of distilled water, 
 leaving a liquid, which, when filtered, yields a reddish precipitate 
 (Sesquisulphuret of Antimony) with Hydrosul'." L. P. The E. C. 
 give the solubility in Mur' as a sufficient test of purity. Any Iron or 
 Arsenic will disappear in the P. processes in which this ore is used. 
 The Iron will give a yellow tinge to the solution in H Cl', and both 
 Lead and Copper may be detected by their tests after the precipitation 
 of the Antimony. The Arsenic may also be tested for by reducing it 
 with a mixture of Charcoal and Carb. Soda, or by heating together 
 equal parts of the Sesquisulphuret and Cream of Tartar for three 
 hours, when an alloy is formed of Potassium and Antimony. This, 
 when added to water, decomposes it ; Hydrogen combined with 
 Arsenic, or Arseniuretted Hydrogen escapes, which, being burned, 
 the Oxide or a stain of metallic Arsenic is obtained. 
 
 By levigation and elutriation, as in the case of Prepared Chalk, the 
 Sesquisulphuret is reduced to a fine powder, as when prepared in 
 
 ANTIMONII SULPHURETUM PR^EPARATUM, D. 
 
 Prep. Reduce to powder Sulphuret of Antimony q. s. as directed in the preparation of 
 Chalk. Preserve the most subtile particles for use. 
 
 Action. Uses. Diaphoretic, Alterative, Emetic ; but uncertain, as it 
 may be more or less oxidized by acid in the Stomach. 
 D. gr. x. or gr. xx. 3j.
 
 182 ANTIMONII OXYSULPHURETUM. 
 
 ANTIMONII OXYSULPHURETUM, L. ANTIMONII SULPHURETUM AUREUM, E. 
 SULPHUR ANTIMONIATUM FUSCUM, D. [ANTIMONII SULPHURETUM PR^E- 
 CIPITATUM, U. S.] 
 
 Oxysulphuret and Golden Sulphuret of Antimony. Sulphur Antimonii pracipitatum. 
 F. Soufre dore d'Antimoine. G. Goldschwefel. 
 
 Several Sulphurets of Antimony have long been employed in medi- 
 cine. The present was known to Basil Valentine. Kermes Mineral 
 is considered to have been discovered by Glauber, and made known 
 through one of his pupils to La Ligerie, from whom, in 1720, the 
 French government bought the secret of its preparation. 
 
 A preparation similar to this may be formed in several ways : 
 
 1. By boiling Sulphuret of Antimony with Carb. Potash or Soda. Or 
 
 2. With a caustic alkali. 3. By melting at a red heat a mixture ,of 
 Sulphuret of Antimony and an alkaline Carbonate, and then treating 
 the melted mass with boiling water. The Sulphuret, when boiled in 
 a solution of Potash, becomes dissolved ; but, on cooling, a reddish- 
 brown powder is deposited, which is usually considered to be similar 
 to the Kermes Mineral of old authors. But if we add H Cl' before 
 the deposit takes place on cooling, an orange-red precipitate is pro- 
 duced, which is the officinal preparation, and supposed to be analogous 
 to the Golden Sulphuret of the older Materia Medica. 
 
 Prop. The Oxysulphuret of Antimony, called Golden Sulphuret in 
 the E. P., is in powder and of an orange-red colour, devoid of smell, 
 and with little taste. It is insoluble in water, but soluble, with the 
 aid of heat, in alkalies. Acted on by H Cl' or Nitro-H Cl', it becomes 
 dissolved, with the exception of a little Sulphur. Heated in a tube, 
 Sulphur sublimes : in the air, it burns with a blue flame, with evolu- 
 tion of Sulphurous acid gas, leaving as a residue the oxidized metal. 
 Boiled by Mr. Phillips in a solution of Tartaric acid, 12 per cent, be- 
 come dissolved, which he considers to be the proportion of Sesqui- 
 oxide of Antimony, and the Preparation to consist of 1 Eq. Sesqui- 
 oxide Antimon. 77 + 5 Eq. Sesquisulph. Antimon. 445 -f 8 Eq. water 
 72 = 594 ; or, Sb H O 13 + Sb l S 75 + Aq. 12=100. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Boil together Sesquisulphuret of Antimony finely powdered 3 v 'j- k. 
 (3j. E.) (1 part, D.) in Liq. Potassa Oiv. [(fgxj., E.) (18 parts, D.)] Aq. dest. Cong. ij. 
 [(Oij. E.) (none, D.)] with a slow fire for 2 (1, E. D.) hours, frequently stirring and re- 
 placing the water that evaporates. Filter [(immediately while hot, E.) (through cloth, D.)] 
 pour in gradually dilute Sul' q. s. to precipitate the Hydrosulphuret of Antimony [(in 
 excess, E.) (11 parts, or q. s. D.) (collect it on a calico filter, E.)j Wash the precipitate 
 with water, so that the Sulph. Potash may be removed. Dry the remainder with a gentle 
 heat. 
 
 [The U. S. P. direct Sulph. Antim. 3vj. Solution of Potassa Oiv. Distilled Water and 
 Sulphuric Acid a sufficient quantity. After boiling, the filtered solution is directed to be 
 dropped into the diluted Sulph. Acid as long as there is a precipitate.] 
 
 Of this process different explanations are given ; but some of the 
 Antimony of the Sesquisulphuret becomes oxidized at the expense of 
 the Potash, the Potassium of which combining with the Sulphur set 
 free, a double Sulphuret of Potassium and of Antimony is formed, 
 which is dissolved in the undecomposed Liq. Potassse with some of 
 the remaining Sesquisulphuret and the Sesquioxide of Antimony 
 which has been formed. On the addition of Dil. Sul', some Sulph.
 
 ANTIMONII ET POTASS^ TARTRAS. 183 
 
 Potash is at once produced. Water at the same time becomes decom- 
 posed, giving its Oxygen to the Potassium to be reconverted into 
 Potash, and its Hydrogen to form some Hydrosul', which escapes. 
 The Potash which is the common solvent, and that which is formed, 
 having Combined with the Sul', both the Sulphuret of Antimony in the 
 form of a Hydrate and the Sesquioxide of Antimony are precipitated, 
 with a little free Sulphur according to the E. P., and all are perhaps 
 only mechanically mixed. 
 
 Tests. The L. C. states that it is " totally soluble in Nitro-Hydro Cl', 
 emitting Hydrosul'." But the E. C. more correctly states that it is 
 tasteless: 12 times its weight of Mur', aided by heat, will dissolve 
 most of it, forming a colourless solution, and leaving a little Sulphur. 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative, but uncertain ; in large doses, Emetic. 
 
 D - r - J- r - v - 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Piluloe Hydrargyri Chloridi Comp., or Plummer's 
 
 Pills. 
 
 GLASS OF ANTIMONY (Antimonii Vilrum, L.) is prepared by par- 
 tially roasting and fusing the Sesquisulph., by which a portion of it is 
 converted into Protoxide of Antimony. It was formerly employed 
 for making Tartar Emetic, but was an uncertain preparation, and apt 
 to be mixed with Glass of Lead, and is therefore not now used. 
 
 ANTIMONII ET POTASS^ TAIITRAS, D. U. S. ANTIMONII POTASSIO-TAR- 
 TRAS, L. ANTIMONIUM (EMETICUM, D.) TARTARIZATUM, E. 
 
 Tartrate of Antimony and Potash. Potassio-Tartrate of Antimony. Tartarized Anti- 
 mony. Tartar Emetic. F. Tartre emetique. G. Brechweinstein. 
 
 The discovery of this salt is attributed to Mynsicht (Thesaurus, &c. 
 Hamburgh, 1631). It is a double salt composed of Tartrate of Potash 
 and Ditartrate of Antimony, and was at first made with Cream of 
 Tartar and Liver of Antimony. 
 
 Prop. Tartrate of Antimony and Potash (2 Sb 1^ O, 
 Tar' + K O Tar' + 3 Aq. = 361), or Tartar Emetic, is 
 usually seen as a white powder, but it crystallizes 
 readily from a saturated solution in tetrahedra or in 
 octohedra with rhombic bases. They are colourless 
 and transparent, without smell, but have a nauseous, 
 styptic, and slightly acid taste. Exposed to the air, 
 they become opaque, and covered with a white powder, 
 losing 4 or 5 parts per cent, of weight. The crystals 
 are insoluble in Alcohol, but soluble in proof Spirit and 
 in Wine, also in about 14 times their weight of tempe- 
 rate and about twice their weight of boiling water. 
 The solution reddens Litmus, and, when diluted, soon 
 undergoes decomposition. Heated, the crystals decrepitate, become 
 charred, and leave a pyrophoric alloy of Antimony and Potassium. 
 The solution is decomposed by the alkalies and alkaline earths, as well 
 as their Garbs, (hence common water, containing Carb. Lime or of 
 Magnesia, precipitates the Oxide Antim.) ; likewise by strong acids.
 
 184 ANTIMONII ET POTASS^E TARTRAS. 
 
 Hydrosul' throws down the Antimony in the form of an orange-red 
 precipitate of Hydrated Sesquisulph., as do also the Hydrosulphates 
 of Ammonia and of Potash. The juices of many plants also, and 
 astringent decoctions throw down the Oxide of Antimony and an in- 
 soluble compound. So much is this the case, that powder of Cinchona 
 and of Galls, as well as, a decoction of the latter, prevent the emetic 
 effects of Tartarized Antimony. The decoctions of Cinchona, Kino, 
 and Ratanhy only partially neutralize its effects. 
 
 The Tartrate of Potash and of Antimony is composed of Tar' 36-6 
 + K O, 13-3 + Sb 14 O 42-6 + Aq. 7-5 = loo. Or, in Equivalents : 
 
 1 Eq. of Tartrate of Potash Tar' 66 + K O, 48 = 1 14 
 
 1 Eq. of Ditartrate of Antimony Tar' 66 -f 2 Sb H 0, 154 = 220 
 3 Eq. of Water . . . H O 9 x 3 =27 
 
 361 
 
 Prep. Various methods have been adopted for preparing Tartar Emetic ; all of them 
 have for their object to prepare from the sesquisulphuret, a sesquioxide of Antimony, so 
 that it shall be in a fit state to combine with the second Eq. of Tart' in Bitart. Potash. 
 The former L. process obtained the sesquioxide from the Glass of Antimony. The pre- 
 sent from a Crocus of Antimony. The D. P. obtain it from a chloride, by a process pro- 
 nounced by M. Fleury as the best. This has been adopted by the E. P. 
 
 L. Take Sesquisulphuret of Antimony in powder JLij. and mix it thoroughly with 
 bruised Nitr. Potash ftij. then add H Ci f3iv. by degrees. Spread the powder on an 
 Iron plate and set it on fire. When cold pulverize what remains very finely and wash it 
 frequently with boiling water until it is free from taste. Mix the powder thus prepared 
 with bruised Bitart. Potash gxiv. and boil for half an hour in Aq. dest. cong. j. Strain the 
 liquor while yet hot, and set it aside to crystallize. Remove the first crystals and dry 
 them, and let the liquor again evaporate that more crystals may form. 
 
 During the combustion in the first part of this process, the Oxygen 
 of the Nitrate converts the Sesquisulph. into Sesquioxide of Antimony 
 and Sulphuric acid. The latter combines with the Potash set free, 
 and Sulph. Potash is formed, at the same time that the Sesquioxide 
 formed combines with a part of the Sesquisulphuret, forming an Oxy- 
 sulphuret or Crocus of Antimony. The H Cl' combines with any 
 free Potash, and prevents the formation of, or decomposes any, Sul- 
 phuret of Potassium which may be formed. The washing removes 
 all these salts, and leaves the Sesquioxide in a state in which it readily 
 combines with the Tar' of the Bitart. Potash. 
 
 The E. and D. Colleges direct a Sesquioxide to be prepared from a Sesquichloride 
 formed by the action of the H Cl' on the Sesquisulphuret, (. p. 178.) Take of the pre- 
 cipitated Sesquioxide 3iij. (Nitro-muriatic oxide of Antimony 4 parts, D.) and mix it with 
 Bitart. Potash 3iv. ^ij. (5 parts finely powdered, D.) Add to it Aq. f gxxvij., boil for an 
 hour, filter and crystallize by cooling. Evaporate the mother liquor for more crystals, 
 which may require to be dissolved again and recrystallized. 
 
 [U. S. The process is similar to that of the Dublin. Take ofSulphuret of Antimony in 
 fine powder 3iv. Muriatic Acid f3xxv. Nitric Acid f3ij. Water Cj. Mix the acids 
 together, add gradually the Sulphuret of Antimony, and digest with an increasing heat 
 until effervescence ceases, and then boil for an hour. Filter, add to water, wash the pre- 
 cipitate, and dry it. Take of this powder 3ij. Bitartrate of Potassa 3ijss. Distilled Water 
 Sxviij. Boil the water, and then add the powders previously mixed. Filter and crys- 
 tallize.] 
 
 The Sesquioxide of Antimony employed has adhering to it a little 
 of the Chloride. On being boiled in water, it is resolved into Sesqui-
 
 VINUMANTIMONII. 185 
 
 oxide and H Cl' from the decomposition of the water. The Sesqui- 
 oxide unites with the Bitart. Potash, and as the Tartar Emetic crys- 
 tallizes, the H Cl' remains in solution and retains any Iron or other 
 metallic impurity which may be present, (c.) 
 
 Tests. As Tartar Emetic in powder is apt to be adulterated, it is 
 preferable to buy it in well-formed crystals. In this country it is 
 most apt to be adulterated with Bitart. Potash and Oxide of Iron, 
 and with the former most frequently ; the latter gives it a yellow 
 tinge. " Totally soluble in water, no Bitart. Potash remaining in the 
 vessel ; with Hydrosul' a reddish-coloured precipitate (Hydrated 
 Sesquisulphuret of Antimony) is obtained. Nit' throws down a pre- 
 cipitate (Sesquioxide of Antimony), which is dissolved by an excess 
 of it. Neither Chlor. Barium (there being no Sulphates), nor Nit. 
 Silver (no Chlorides) being added to a solution, precipitate any 
 thing." L. P. " It produces a white precipitate (unless the solutions 
 be very dilute) with Nit. Silver, 'soluble in excess of water." (p.) 
 Entirely soluble in 20 parts of water ; solution colourless, and not 
 affected by solution of Ferrocy. Potassium (if Iron be present, the 
 solution will be yellowish, and become blue on this addition). A 
 solution in 40 parts of water is not affected by its own volume of a 
 solution of 8 parts of Acet. Lead in 32 parts of water and 15 parts of 
 Acet'. E. P. This acid solution of Acet. Lead, suggested by M. 
 Henry and adopted by the E. P., is so delicate as to detect less than 
 one per cent, of Bitart. Potash ; but Dr. C. states that he has expe- 
 rienced some difficulties in using this test. 
 
 Inc. Acids, Alkalies, and their Carbs. ; some of the earths, and 
 metals, and their oxides ; Lime-water, Chlor. Calcium, and Acetates 
 of Lead ; vegetable infusions, and decoctions, as of Cinchona, 
 Catechu, &c. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant poison, Alterative, Diaphoretic and Expec- 
 torant, Nauseating Sudorific, Emetic, Contra-Stimulant. Ext. Coun- 
 ter-irritant, Rubefacient. 
 
 D. Alterative, gr. T a g to ^. Diaphoretic and Expectorant, gr. ^ 
 to |. Nauseating Sudorific, gr. to ^. Emetic, gr. j. gr. ij. diluted. 
 Contra-Stimulant, gr. j. gr. iij. every 2 or 3 hours. 
 
 Antidotes. Excite vomiting by mechanical irritation in the fauces, 
 or with draughts of w 7 arm water ; or use the stomach pump. The 
 best antidotes are astringent vegetable decoctions or infusions, as of 
 Gall-nuts or of Cinchona, as these form insoluble Tannates with the 
 Sesquioxide of Antimony. 
 
 VINUM ANTIMONII POTASSIO-TARTRATIS, L. VINUM ANTIMONIALE, E. 
 LIQUOR. TARTARI EMETICI, D. (Vimm ANTIMONII, U. S.) Anti- 
 monial Wine. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Take Potassio-Tartrate of Antimony (Tartar Emetic, E.) 9ij. (9j. D. 
 U. S.) dissolve it in Sherry Wine Oj. (fgx. U. S.) (Dissolve the Tartrate in Aq. dest. 
 boiling by measure 3viij., filter and add to the liquid, rectified Spirit of Wine by measure 
 3ij. D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative and Diaphoretic and Emetic.
 
 186 HYDRARGYRUM. 
 
 D. rrix. f3ij. every 3 hours. Each f3 contains 2 grs. of Tartar 
 Emetic. f3ss. or f3j. may be given in f3 doses, or a teaspoonful 
 every 5 or 10 minutes, to act as an Emetic. 
 
 UNGUENTUM ANTIMONII POTASSIO-TARTRATIS, D. U. ANTIMONIALE, E. 
 U. TARTARI "EMETICI, D. (UNGUENTUM ANTIMONII, U. S.) Tartar 
 Emetic Ointment. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Take Potassio-Tartrate of Antimony rubbed 3j. [(3j. D.) (3ij. U.S.) 
 (Tartar Emetic in very fine powder 3j. E.)] Lard (Axunge, E.) 3iv. (prepared Hog's 
 Lard gj. D. U. S.) Mix. (Rub the salt into a very fine powder (rub them carefully into 
 a smooth and uniform mass, E.) then mix with the Lard.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Counter-irritant. 3ss. applied twice a day by fric- 
 tion on the skin, produces a pustular eruption. 
 
 HYDRARGYRUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Argentum vivum et liquidum. Mercury. Quicksilver. F. Mercure. Vif-argent. 
 
 G. Quecksilber. 
 
 Mercury (Hg = 202), or Quicksilver, was known to the ancients. 
 The Romans seem to have employed it as a medicine externally (p. 
 189), as did the Arabs; but the Hindoos were probably the first to 
 prescribe it internally, (v. p. 197.) It is found in China, at Almadan 
 in Spain, and Idria in Carniola, and likewise in South America. It 
 occurs occasionally in metallic globules ; usually as the native Bisul- 
 phuret or Cinnabar ; combined with Silver, forming a Native Amal- 
 gam ; or with Chlorine, as in Horn Mercury. It is chiefly obtained 
 from the Sulphuret by distillation with Lime or with Iron, which 
 combining with the Sulphur, the metal distils over and is condensed. 
 
 Prop. Mercury is remarkable among metals for existing as a liquid 
 at ordinary temperatures, and for its silver-like colour and lustre. It 
 is without taste or smell. Sp. Gr. 1 3-568. Freezes at 40 ; crys- 
 tallizes in octohedra, becomes malleable, and has a Sp. Gr. of 14 from 
 the contraction. It boils at 660, and is converted into colourless 
 vapour of great density. According to Faraday, it is converted into 
 vapour at ordinary temperatures. It is unalterable in the air, except 
 with the aid of heat, when it slowly combines with Oxygen, and 
 forms the Red or Binoxide, and a grayish powder (Black Oxide or 
 .ZEthiops per se), which is considered by some to be Protoxide, and 
 by others a Suboxide. By increase of heat, the Oxygen is expelled. 
 Mercury combines with both Chlorine and Bromine in two, and with 
 Iodine in three proportions ; with Sulphur it forms a black and a red 
 Sulphuret. It unites with several metals, especially Gold, Silver, 
 Lead, Tin, Bismuth, Zinc, which it dissolves, and with which it forms 
 amalgams. Cyanogen unites with it into a Bicyanide (or Cyanuret) 
 of Mercury. All the acids combine with its Oxides and form salts, 
 the Nitric acid most easily, even diluted and at ordinary temperatures. 
 Solutions of these may be decomposed by introducing into them a 
 piece of clean Copper, on which a thin layer of Mercury will become 
 deposited. Sulphuretted Hydrogen will throw down a black Sul-
 
 HYDRARGYRUMCUMCRETA. 187 
 
 phuret of Mercury. Caustic Potash or Soda will give a gray preci- 
 pitate with the salts of the Protoxide, and a reddish-yellow one with 
 those of the Peroxide. Ammonia, on the contrary, deposits double 
 salts, as in Hydrarg. Ammonio Chloridum. Most of these compounds 
 will be treated of in the following pages. 
 
 Tests. Mercury may be adulterated with Lead, Tin, or Bismuth, 
 &c., when it loses its lustre, especially if shaken. " A globule moved 
 along a sheet of paper, leaves no trail," E., indicating that these are 
 not present ; but pure Mercury, if moist, will form this trail. " En- 
 tirely vaporizable : soluble in dil. Nit', but not in boiling H Cl' ; the 
 latter, after being boiled with it and cooled, is neither coloured nor 
 precipitated by Hydrosul'. Sp. Gr. 13-5." L. " Pure Sul' agitated 
 with it evaporates when heated without leaving any residuum." The 
 several metals may be distinguished by their respective tests. 
 
 HYDRARGYRUM PURIFICATUM, D. 
 
 The Mercury of commerce is now usually pure enough for Phar- 
 maceutic purposes ; but the D. P. 'has a formula for its purification. 
 
 Prep. Mercury 6 parts ; distil 4 parts with a gentle heat. Better to distil with Iron- 
 filings and receive in water. 
 
 PREPARATIONS OF MERCURY. 
 
 Though Mercury, in its metallic state, is considered to be inert, 
 there are several valuable preparations in which the principal portion 
 of it exists chiefly in that state. In these, the Mercury, by long tritu- 
 ration with dry powders, viscid confections, or greasy substances, 
 gradually loses its fluidity and metallic lustre, and becomes what is 
 called extinct or killed. It is, in fact, reduced to a dark gray mass, 
 in which, when moist and well prepared, globules cannot be dis- 
 tinguished even with a magnifier of moderate powers. But although 
 a portion of the Mercury is oxidized, the greater portion, though 
 finely divided, is in a metallic state ; for if rubbed on Silver or Gold, 
 the white mercurial stain will readily be displayed. 
 
 HYDRARGYRUM CUM GRETA, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 Mercury with Chalk. Mercurius Alkalizata. 
 
 Prop. A heavy powder of a grayish colour ; without smell ; has a 
 slight metallic and chalky taste ; insoluble in water, but its Carbonate 
 of Lime is readily acted on by acids. 
 
 Prep. L. E. (U.S.) Rub Mercury ^iij. (2 parts, E.) and Prepared Chalk 3v. (1 part, 
 E.) until globules are no longer visible, L. Triturate the Mercury with Manna 2 parts, 
 adding a few drops of water to impart the consistence of syrup. When the globules dis- 
 appear add an eighth of the Chalk, continuing the trituration. When the mixture is 
 complete add 1 6 parts of hot water ; agitate, and when the sediment has fallen, pour off 
 the liquid ; repeat the washing once and again, to remove all the Manna. While the 
 sediment is moist mix with it the rest of the Chalk, and dry the powder on blotting 
 paper. 
 
 D. Prepare like Hydrargyrum cum Magnesia, substituting precipitated Carbonate of 
 Lime for Carbonate of Magnesia.
 
 188 PILULJEHYDRARGYRI. 
 
 The extinction of the Mercury is facilitated by the addition of the 
 Manna and water. The great part of the metal is only minutely 
 subdivided. Some think that a portion is converted into a Suboxide, 
 and Mr. Phillips states (Transl. of Pharm.) thai he has found a 
 small portion of Binoxide of Mercury. That it is not in the state of 
 the Protoxide is inferred from its not being acted on by Acetic', which 
 dissolves away the whole of the Chalk. Dr. Nevins has proved 
 satisfactorily that a little (about \ a grain in 100 grains of the Hy- 
 drarg. c. Creta) is in the state of Protoxide. Dr. N. dissolved away 
 the Chalk with H CI', and thus converted the Oxide, if any were pre- 
 sent, into Chloride of Mercury. After washing, the residue Was 
 digested in dil. Nit' to remove metallic Mercury, and the white pow- 
 der or Chloride left. This became black when touched with Liq. 
 Potassa3, &c. (P. J. iv. 412.) 
 
 Tests. Part is evaporated by heat ; what remains is colourless and 
 totally soluble in Ac' with effervescence : this solution is not coloured 
 by Hydrosul'. The ingredients can scarcely be so diligently triturated 
 as that no globules shall be visible. L. 
 
 Inc. Acids and acid salts, Sulphates, Acetate of Lead. 
 
 Action. Uses. Mild Alterative and Cathartic, also Antacid. 
 
 D. gr. v. 3ss. for adults ; gr. ij. gr. v. for children, in powder 
 or some viscid substance. 
 
 HYDRARGYRUM CUM MAGNESIA, D. 
 
 Prep. Rub together Purified Mercury and Manna aa 2 parts, Carb. Magnesia 1 part. 
 Follow the direction of the E. P. for making Hydrarg. c. Greta, as the directions of the 
 D. P. for making the present preparation have been adopted with the substitution of Carb. 
 of Lime for Carb. Magnesia. 
 
 Action. Uses. Similar to the former. The Magnesia will make it 
 more laxative in cases of acidity ; but it is seldom employed. 
 
 PILULE HYDRARGYRI, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 Pills of Mercury. Pilula Carulea. Blue Pill. 
 
 These form a mass of a bluish colour and soft texture, in which 
 most of the Mercury is minutely subdivided, and a small portion 
 oxidized. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Rub together Mercury 3ij. (2 parts, E.) and Confection of Red Rose 
 3iij. (3 parts, E. D.) till globules can no longer be seen. Then add Liquorice bruised 3j. 
 (in powder, E.) (extract of, in powder 1 part, D.) Beat the whole till incorporated. 
 (Divide the mass into 5-grain pills, E.) 
 
 [U. S. Mercury gj. Confection of Roses 3jss. Liquorice root in powder gss. Rub the 
 Mercury with the Confection until the globules disappear, then add the Liquorice root, 
 and beat the whole into mass, to be divided into 480 pills.] 
 
 Steam power is now usually employed, which is an advantage, as 
 the efficacy of the pill depends upon the extent to which the extinc- 
 tion is carried. It has been proposed to effect this by means of 
 stearine, and then to add the Rose Confection. It ought to display no 
 globules when rubbed on paper. Dr. Nevins has shown, as in the 
 case of the Hydrarg. c. Creta, that a small portion, about f gr. in
 
 UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI. 189 
 
 100 grs. of the Pill, is in the state of an Oxide. (P. J. iv. 412.) If 
 washed with b&iling water, this ought to give no indications of Sul' 
 with Chloride of Barium, as acid is sometimes added to heighten the 
 colour of the Confection. 
 
 Jlction. Uses. Alterative, Cathartic. Employed to affect the system 
 with Mercury. 
 
 D. gr. iij. v., or even gr. xv., to act as a purgative, gr. v., morn- 
 ing and evening, are prescribed to induce salivation, sometimes con- 
 joined with a little Opium, to prevent the Mercurial acting on the 
 bowels. Three grs. of the Pill contain 1 gr. of Mercury. 
 
 UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI (E. D.) (U. S.) FORTIUS, L. 
 Mercurial or Blue Ointment. F. Onguent Mercuriel double. 
 
 Mercury seems to have been employed medicinally by the Romans. 
 Pliny says that Mercury is poisonous, " unless, indeed, it is to be ad- 
 ministered in the form of an unction on the belly, when it will stay 
 bloody fluxes." (Holland's Transl.- lib. 33. c. 8.) It was subsequently 
 employed by the Arabs, and thence reintroduced into European prac- 
 tice. It is called Ung. Hydrarg. fortius, L. P., to distinguish it from 
 the next preparation. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Take Mercury ftij. Lard Sxxxiij. Suet gj. (Purified Mercury and 
 prepared Hog's Lard equal parts, D.) Rub the Mercury with the Suet and a little of the 
 Lard (in a marble or iron mortar, D.) until globules can no longer be seen. Add the rest 
 of the Lard and mix. (This ointment is not well prepared if metallic globules can be 
 seen in it with a magnifier of four powers. It may be diluted at pleasure with 2 or 3 
 times its weight of Axunge, E.) 
 
 [U. S. Like the L.] 
 
 Trituration produces extinction of the Mercurial globules, and with 
 this some degree of oxidation. This has been denied by some skilful 
 experimentalists ; but, as it depends upon the mode and extent to 
 which the trituration has been carried, the oxidation may not be ob- 
 served when the trituration has been less effective. It has been ascer- 
 tained that simple trituration is not sufficient, for globules continue to 
 be observed with a magnifier of four or five powers. The complete 
 extinction is best effected by the assistance of steam power, and by 
 allowing the mixture to remain exposed to the air, and triturating 
 occasionally ; so that the operation is not completed for some weeks : 
 also by triturating the mixture with some old Mercurial Ointment, or, 
 as Soubeiran likewise recommends, with Lard that has been exposed 
 in thin layers incellars from fifteen days to some months. 
 
 M. Guibourt and Messrs. Vogel and Boullay assert that, according 
 to their experiments, the Mercury in the above Ointment remains in 
 a metallic state, as does Mr. Watt (in The Chemist, No. 13). M. 
 Guibourt found only a 500th part of the Ointment to consist of an 
 Oxide of Mercury combined with a fatty acid. Dr. Christison, how- 
 ever, states that for the last eight years he has never failed to detect 
 a sensible proportion of Oxide. On melting the ointment in a long 
 tube, there is obtained a short column of Mercury at the bottom, and 
 a long superstratum of yellowish, almost perfectly transparent oil.
 
 190 CERATUMHYDRARGYRI. 
 
 This, even when filtered, becomes intensely black with Sulphuretted 
 Hydrogen ; and if agitated with successive portions offtil. Ac' at 150, 
 an acid liquor is obtained, which gives a copious black precipitate of 
 Sulphuret of Mercury with the same reagent. Hence, Mercury must 
 be present in the form of an Oxide combined with a fatty acid, and 
 Dr. C. calculates in the proportion of about one per cent, of the oint- 
 ment, or a fiftieth of the Mercury used. Mr. Donovan many years 
 since proved that the superior stratum of melted ointment which con- 
 tained only one-fifth of the original Mercury, was as energetic as ever 
 in producing the effects of Mercury. He therefore conceived it as 
 consisting partly of uncombined metal and lard, and partly of a 
 chemical compound of the Protoxide and Lard : to the latter portion 
 alone he attributed any medicinal efficacy. Dr. Paris, long since, in 
 his Pharmacologia, recommended the adoption of Mr. D.'s ointment 
 made with the Oxide of Mercury. Dr. Christison also concludes that 
 the small proportion of Oxide either present at first, or formed during 
 the process of rubbing the Ointment into the skin, is the only active 
 part of the Mercury. 
 
 Tests. Mercurial Ointment is apt to be carelessly made, or with too 
 little Mercury. Its colour should be compared with that of some 
 genuine Ointment. Its Sp. Gr. 1-78, as recommended by Dr. Pereira, 
 should be ascertained. When rubbed on paper, no globules should be 
 visible with a magnifier of four powers ; though innumerable ones 
 may be seen with a powerful microscope, as represented in P. J. iii. 
 399. The fatty matter may be separated by means of boiling water 
 or Ether, &c., and the residual mercury weighed. 
 
 Action. Uses. Rubbed on the skin, or taken internally, affects the 
 constitution with Mercury, as indicated by salivation. Useful dress- 
 ing to Syphilitic and other sores. 
 
 D. Contains equal parts of Mercury and Lard with Suet. 3ss. 3j. 
 rubbed morning and evening or more frequently, on the inside of the 
 thighs or arms, or elsewhere, will speedily salivate. The patient 
 should be kept warm and in the same clothing, the hand of the ope- 
 rator being protected with bladder, &c. On the Continent, grs. 
 ij. v. made into pills with Liquorice, salivate speedily. The practice 
 is therefore worthy of adoption in extreme cases, especially in hot 
 climates. 
 
 UNGTJE^TUM HYDRARGYRI MITIUS, L. D. Milder Mercurial Ointment. 
 
 Prep. L. Mix together strong Mercurial Ointment ftj. and Lard ^ij. D. To be made 
 with twice as much Lard as the last. E. P. t>. supra. 
 
 Action. Uses. Generally employed as a dressing to ulcers. 3j. Mer- 
 cury in 3vj. of Ointment. 
 
 CERATUM HYDRARGYRI COMPOSITUM, L. Compound Cerate of Mercury. 
 
 Prep. Rub together stronger Ointment of Mercury, Soap Cerate aa 3iv. Camphor 3j. 
 till incorporated. 
 
 Action. Uses. Applied to chronic enlargements of the joints, and to 
 disperse indolent tumours.
 
 HYDRARGYRIOXYDUM. 191 
 
 LINIMENTUM HYDRARGYRI COMPOSITUM, L. Compound Liniment of 
 Mercury. 
 
 Prep. Rub Camphor 3j. with Rectified Spirit f3j. then add Lard and the stronger 
 Ointment of Mercury aa 3iv. still rubbing. Gradually pour in Solution of Ammonia f3iv. 
 Mix the whole. 
 
 Action. Uses. A liquid form of Mercurial Ointment combined with 
 stimulants, and, like the last preparation, employed to promote 
 absorption, and hence to discuss indolent tumours, &c. ; sometimes to 
 excite salivation more readily, by its stimulant action on the lym- 
 phatics. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM HYDRARGYRI, L. E. (U. S.). Mercurial Plaster. 
 
 Prep. Add Sulphur gr. viij. to Olive Oil f3J. stirring till they unite. (Resin 3j. Olive 
 Oil f^ix. E. melt together and let cool, E.) Triturate with these Mercury 3iij. till the 
 globules disappear. Add gradually Plaster of Lead gxij. (Litharge Plaster 3vj. E.) 
 melted with a gentle heat. Mix. 
 
 [U. S. Mercury gvj. Olive Oil, Resin aa gij. Lead Plaster ftj. Melt the oil and resin 
 together, and when cool add the Mercury, and triturate until the globules disappear, then 
 add the plaster when liquefied, and mix.] 
 
 In the L. process Sulphuretted Oil is first produced, and a little 
 Sulphuret of Mercury is afterwards formed, with most of the metal 
 mechanically subdivided. The E. P. substitutes Resin for the 
 Sulphur. 
 
 Action. Uses. Applied as a plaster, it stimulates the lymphatics of 
 the part, whether this be a chronically enlarged joint, or node, glan- 
 dular enlargement, or chronically diseased liver or spleen. 
 
 EMPL. AMMONIACI (ET HYDRARGYRI, E.) CUM HYDRARGYRO, L. D. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Add Sulphur gr. viij. gradually to Olive Oil f3j. previously heated, stir- 
 ring till they unite (the D. C. orders common Turpentine 3ij- instead of the Sulphur and 
 Oil). Triturate Mercury 3iij. with these till the globules disappear. Add gradually 
 pure Gum Ammoniac ftj. melted. Mix carefully. (Rub with a gentle heat till the ingre- 
 dients unite, D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Similar in its effects to the last, but usually consi- 
 dered more effective. Applied to discuss enlargements of glands and 
 joints, or to indolent tumours. 
 
 HYDRARGYRI OXYDUM, (NiGRUM, D.) L. (HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM NIGRUM, 
 
 U.S.) 
 
 Oxide or Protoxide of Mercury. Suboxide of some Chemists. Hydrargyri Oxydum 
 Cinereum. F. Protoxide de Mercure. G. Quecksilberoxydul. 
 
 The Oxide or Protoxide (HgO = 210) of Mercury is a dark gray 
 powder, devoid of taste and smell; heavy; Sp. Gr. 10-69 ; insoluble 
 in water ; easily decomposed by light, and by a heat even of 212, 
 being resolved into metallic Mercury and some Binoxide, when it be- 
 comes of a yellowish or olive hue. Dissipated at 600. Readily dis- 
 solved by Acetic' or by dil. Nit', from which it will be again precipi- 
 tated by the alkalies. When pure, insol. in H. Cl' ; but this acid or the 
 soluble Chlorides will give a white precipitate (Calomel) in solutions
 
 192 HYDRARGYRIBINOXYDUM. 
 
 of its salts. A small portion of this Oxide has been detected in 
 Hydrarg. c. Greta, Pil. Hydrarg., and Ung. Hydrargyri. Comp. Hg 
 96-2, O 3-8 = 100. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Mix Chlor. Mercury 3j. (Sublimed Calomel 1 part,D.) with Lime- Water, 
 Cj. (Water of Caustic Potash 4 parts made warm, D.) Set by, and when the Oxide 
 has subsided pour off the liquor. (Triturate together till a black Oxide is obtained, D.) 
 Wash frequently with Aq. dest. till nothing alkaline can be perceived. Dry the Oxide 
 wrapped in bibulous paper in the air. (With a medium heat, D.) 
 
 [U. S. Calomel, Potassa aft 3iv. Water Oj. Dissolve the Potassa in the Water. Pour 
 off the clear solution, and add the Calomel. Wash and dry the precipitate.] 
 
 In the L. process, the Chlorine of the Calomel combines with the 
 Calcium, and in that of the D. P. with Potassium : in one case Chlor. 
 Calcium is formed, and in the other, Chlor. Potassium, which remain 
 in solution ; while in both cases Oxide of Mercury is precipitated ; but 
 a little Calomel often remains undecomposed. Mr. Donovan recom- 
 mends that the Liq. Potasses should be cold and in excess, the decom- 
 position rapid, and that the drying take place in a dark place. 
 
 Tests. L. " By heat it is entirely dissipated, and is totally soluble 
 in Acet'." Any thing insoluble will be impurity. " Digested for a 
 short time with Dil. H Cl' and strained, neither solution of Potash nor 
 of Oxal. Ammonia throws down any thing." The Potash would throw 
 down any Binoxide that had been dissolved as a yellow precipitate, 
 and the Oxalate any Lime that the acid had taken up. 
 
 Action. Uses. Mild Mercurial ; but uncertain in composition, and 
 therefore seldom if ever used internally. Mr. Donovan recommended 
 it to be employed for making Ung. Hydrargyri. 
 
 D. gr. j. v. Employed sometimes in fumigations. Externally 
 as an Ointment, 1 part to 3 or 5 of Lard ; or as a Lotion in the 
 BLACK WASH (Lotio Nigra), prepared by mixing Calomel 3j. with 
 Lime-water Oj., and shaken up when used. 
 
 HYDRARGYRI BINOXYDUM, L. HYDRARGYRI OXYDUM RTJBRUM, D. 
 
 Binoxide of Mercury. Red and Peroxide of Mercury. Oxide of Mercury of some 
 chemists. Calcined Mercury. F. Deutoxide de Mercure. G. Rothes Quecksilberoxyd. 
 
 The Red Oxide of Mercury (HgO 3 = 2l8) has long been em- 
 ployed in medicine, being one of the preparations which was known 
 to Geber. 
 
 Prop. Binoxide of Mercury, prepared by calcination, is in red 
 scales, but if by the following formula, is an orange-red powder, without 
 smell, but having a disagreeable metallic taste. Sp. Gr. about 11*0. 
 Nearly insoluble in water. " When very carefully prepared from 
 the Nitrate, and boiled in five successive portions of distilled water, 
 the water constantly contains about the same quantity of Mercury, 
 and quite enough of it to give a black precipitate with Hydrosul', a 
 gray precipitate with Protochlor. Tin, and a yellow one with Bichro- 
 mate Potash. Its solubility in boiling water is one grain in f 3xvj. or 
 about a 7000th." (c.) Dr. Barker also found 0-62 parts soluble in 
 1000 of water. It is decomposed by light and heat, changing colour, 
 and at a heat below redness giving out Oxygen, the Mercury be-
 
 HYDRARGYRI N I T R I C O-O X Y D U M. 193 
 
 coming sublimed. It is readily dissolved by Nit' and H Cl', also by 
 Ac' and Hydrocyanic'. Comp. Hg 92-7 + O 7-3 = 100. 
 
 It may be prepared by various methods, and no less than three of 
 them are adopted in the Pharmacopeias. The oldest is very tedious, 
 and probably now never employed, though still retained in the D. P. 
 
 Prep. D. Put into a glass vessel with a broad bottom and narrow mouth Purified 
 Mercury q. s. Expose to a heat of about 600 F. till all is converted into red scales. 
 
 Here the Mercury is sublimed and oxidized by the Oxygen of the 
 air, to which it is exposed, and then condensed in the long and nar- 
 row-necked bottle, reddish scales being slowly formed. 
 
 Prep. L. Dissolve Bichlor. Mercury 3iv. in Aq. dest. Ovj., filter and add Liq. Potasses 
 f Sxxviij. Pour off the liquor, wash the powder thrown down in Aq. deal, till nothing 
 alkaline can be perceived. Dry with a gentle heat. 
 
 The 2 Eq. of Cl of the Bichlor. take 2 Eq. of Potassium from the 
 Potash, when 2 Eq. of Chlor. Potassium are formed, and remain dis- 
 solved. The 2 Eq. of O separated from the Potassium combine with 
 the single Eq. of Mercury of the decomposed Bichlor., and the whole 
 becomes precipitated as Binoxide of Mercury. Or we may suppose 
 the water to be decomposed, and its elements combining with those 
 of the Bichloride, a Hydrochlorate of the Binoxide of Mercury to be 
 formed. On the addition of the Potash, which should be in excess, 
 this will combine with the H Cl', and the Binoxide combined with 
 water is separated as a yellow-coloured Hydrate. This, when dried 
 with a moderate degree of heat, becomes orange-coloured and anhy- 
 drous. 
 
 Tests. L. When heated, it gives off Oxygen, and Mercury is left 
 in globules, or is entirely dispersed. (Brick-dust, or the Oxides of 
 Iron or of Lead will be left.) Does not emit Nitrous vapours when 
 heated ; is entirely soluble in H Cl'. Water in which it is boiled or 
 washed yields no precip. to Lime-water (showing that no Corrosive 
 .Sublimate is present), or to Hydrosul', &c. But this is not quite cor- 
 rect, according to the experiments of Dr. Christison. (v. supra.) 
 
 HYDRARGYRI NiTRico-OxYDUM, L. OXYDUM RITBRUM, E. OXYDUMJ 
 NITRICUM, D. (HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM RUBRUM, U. S.) Nitric Oxide 
 of Mercury. Red precipitated Mercury, or Red Precipitate. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Take Mercury ftiij. [(Sviij. E.) (3ij. D.)] Nitric' ftjss. and Aq. dest. 
 Oij. [(Dil. Nit' dena. 1280 f ^v. E.) (Dil. Nit' by measure ^iij. D.)] Dissolve the 
 Mercury in the acid in a proper (glass, D.) vessel with a gentle heat (gradually increasing,. 
 D.) Evaporate the liquid and pulverize the residuum. (Evaporate till a dry white salt 
 is left, E.) (Triturate this with the rest of the Mercury till a fine uniform powder be 
 obtained, E.) Put this into a very shallow (porcelain, E.) vessel and apply a gentle heat,, 
 (constantly stirring, E.) gradually increasing, till red vapours (acid fumes, E.) cease to 
 be evolved. (The residuum be converted into red scales, D.) 
 
 [U.S. Mercury 3xxxvj. Nitric Acid gxiv. Water Oij. as above.] 
 
 From the proportions of Mercury and acid employed, a Nitrate of 
 Perox. Mercury is first formed, (v. p. 207.) This, for economy 
 
 13
 
 194 HYDRARGYRIIODIDUM. 
 
 both of time and acid, is in the E. P. converted into a Nitrate of the 
 Protoxide, by trituration with the rest of the Mercury. When heated, 
 the Nit' becoming decomposed, a part of it escapes in Nitrous fumes, 
 and a part gives its Oxygen to convert the whole of the Mercury 
 into the Binoxide of an orange-red colour ; and, according to varia- 
 tions in the process, it is obtained in orange-red powder or in bright 
 red scales. But these are valuable only as indications of the mode 
 in which it has been made. The Oxide prepared in this manner 
 contains a little Nit', and is usually considered more acrid than the 
 other forms. But when carefully prepared, the quantity of Nit' is 
 very small, and the preparation is essentially only Binoxide of 
 Mercury. 
 
 Tests. On the application of heat, no Nitrous vapour is emitted, L. 
 E. (Any Nitrate will be decomposed, and evolve Nitrous fumes.) 
 Decomposed and entirely sublimed. (Any Red Lead will be left.) 
 Completely soluble in Mur', E. Neither Lime-water nor Hydrosul' 
 throws down any thing from the water in which it has been boiled. 
 L. The Lime-water will detect any Calomel, but as a small portion 
 of this Oxide is soluble in boiling Aq. (v. supra), the Hydrosul' will 
 always give a black precipitate. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant, Stimulant. As a powder sprinkled over 
 indolent ulcers, or as a Caustic to repress exuberant granulations. A 
 Lotion commonly called Yellow Wash, formed in the proportion of 
 gr. 1 2 of Corrosive Sublimate to f3j. of Lime-water, which con- 
 tains Chlor. Calcium in solution and a precipitate of yellow Hy- 
 drated Binoxide, is prescribed in similar cases, and should be used 
 only when shaken up. The Binoxide has been given internally in 
 doses of to 1 grain in pills, but is objectionable. 
 
 UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI NiTRico-OxYD , L. UNG. OXIDI HYDRARGYRI, 
 E. U. HYDRARG. OXYDI NITRICI, D. (UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI 
 OXIDI RUBRI, U. S.) Red Precipitate Ointment. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Take Nitric Oxide of Mercury (Red Oxide, E.) 3j. Lard (prepared 
 Hog's, D.) gvj. (Axunge gviij. E.) White Wax 3ij. L. D. Melt the Lard in the Wax, 
 add the Oxide in very fine powder. Mix the ingredients thoroughly. (Triturate the 
 Oxide and Axunge into a uniform mass, E.) 
 
 This Ointment, when fresh made, is of a bright scarlet colour; but 
 the Oxide by degrees undergoes decomposition, as is evident from 
 the colour changing first to a grayish-red and then to a bluish-gray. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, applied to indolent sores, and to Chronic 
 inflammation of the eyelids. 
 
 HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM. L. (U. S.) 
 
 Iodide or Protiodide of Mercury. Subiodide of some Chemists. F. Proto-Iodure de 
 Mercure. G. QuecksilberiodOr. 
 
 Iodide of Mercury (Hg I = 328) has been only recently introduced 
 into medicine, its employment having been first indicated by M.
 
 HYDRARGYRI BINIODIDUM. 195 
 
 Coindet. It occurs as a heavy greenish-yellow powder, sublimed by 
 heat, insoluble in water and in Alcohol, also in a watery solution of 
 Chlor. Sodium, by which it is easily separated from the Biniodide ; 
 soluble in Ether and acids. It is decomposed by light, reddened by 
 heat, but becoming yellow on cooling. By a higher degree of heat 
 it is resolved into metallic Mercury and the red Iodide. Comp. Hg. 
 55-5+1 44-5=100. 
 
 Prep. Rub together Mercury 3j. and Iodine 3v. adding gradually Alcohol q. s. till the 
 globules disappear. With a gentle heat dry the powder immediately out of access of 
 light. Keep in well-closed bottles. 
 
 The Mercury and Iodine being mixed in equivalent proportions, 
 and triturated, considerable heat is produced, and sometimes even 
 explosion ; the Alcohol is added to dissolve the Iodine, and this being 
 presented in a finely divided state to the Mercury, the latter becomes 
 rapidly extinguished. It acts also on some Biniodide of Mercury 
 which is formed at first, and facilitates its combination with metallic 
 Mercury. The Iodide of Mercury may also be formed by precipi- 
 tating or mixing together a solution of Iodide of Potassium with one 
 of Proton itrate of Mercury having the slightest excess of Nitric'. 
 (Soub. ii. 515.) 
 
 Tests. Yellowish when recently prepared, and when heat is cau- 
 tiously applied it sublimes in red crystals, which afterwards become 
 yellow, and blacken by access of light. It is not soluble in Chlor. 
 Sodium, L. Any impurity will appear if the Iodide does not answer 
 to all these characteristics. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant poison. Alterative Stimulant in Syphilis 
 occurring in scrofulous patients. Both the Iodides, if continued, will 
 produce the effect of Mercurials. 
 
 PILULES HYDRARGYRI IODIDI, L. Pills of the Iodide of Mercury. 
 
 Prep. Beat into a uniform mass lod. Mercury 3j. Confec. Dog-rose 3iij. Powdered 
 Ginger 3j. 
 
 D. gr. v. gr. xv., as 5 grains contain 1 grain of the Iodide. 
 
 UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI IODIDI, L. Ointment of Iodide of Mercury. 
 
 Prep. Melt White Wax 3ij. and Lard 3vj. add finely powdered Iodide of Mercury 3j. 
 Mix. 
 
 This ointment may be rubbed in, or applied as a dressing to scro- 
 fulous sores. 
 
 HYDRARGYRI BINIODIDUM, L. E. (HYDRARGYRI IODIDCM RUBRUM, U. S.) 
 
 Biniodide of Mercury. Deuto- or Periodide and Red Iodide of Mercury. Iodide of some 
 Chemists. F. Deuto-iodure de Mercure. G. Doppelt lodquecksilber. 
 
 Biniodide of Mercury (Hg I 2 = 454) is a powder of a beautiful 
 scarlet colour, insoluble in water. " By heat cautiously applied, it
 
 196 UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI BINIODIDI. 
 
 is sublimed in scales, which soon become yellow, and, when cold, 
 red. It is partially soluble in boiling rectified Spirit, which affords 
 crystals as it cools. It is alternately dissolved and precipitated by 
 lod. Potassium and Bichlor. Mercury. It is totally soluble in Chlor. 
 Sodium," (L. P.), or, more precisely, in " 40 parts of a concentrated 
 sol. of Mur. Soda at 212, from which it is again precipitated in fine 
 red crystals on cooling." E. P. This serves to distinguish it from 
 the Iodide of Mercury, which is insoluble in brine. It is remarkable 
 for crystallizing in different forms according to the heat at which it 
 has been sublimed, and also for the change of colour from yellow to 
 red taking place upon merely touching the crystals with a hard 
 body. 
 
 Prep. Rub together Mercury 3> (3>j- E.) and Iodine 3x. (gijss E.) gradually adding 
 Alcohol q. s. (a little Rectified Spirit, E,) till globules are no longer visible (a uniform red 
 powder be obtained, E.) Dry the powder with a gentle heat ; keep in well-closed bottles. 
 (Reduce the product to fine powder, dissolve it in solution of Mur. Soda Cong. j. with the 
 aid of brisk ebullition. If necessary filter through calico, keeping the funnel hot. Wash 
 and dry the crystals which form on cooling, E.) 
 
 [U.S. Corrosive Chloride of Mercury 3i. Iodide of Potassium 3x. Distilled Water Oi). 
 Dissolve each separately in the water and mix. Double decomposition takes place, and 
 the precipitate formed is to be collected, washed, and dried.] 
 
 Mercury and Iodine, on being triturated together, the globules of 
 the former quickly disappear, and heat is produced, and to an extent, 
 if the quantities are considerable and the ingredients dry, so as to 
 produce an explosion : hence Alcohol is added to keep the mixture 
 moist. The Iodine, if moist, should be used in a proportionately 
 larger quantity, or the Mercury will be in less proportion than is 
 necessary to produce the Biniodide, and some of the yellow Iodide 
 will be produced. The E. C. therefore directs it to be purified by boil- 
 ing in brine, and crystallizing. The Biniodide may also be produced 
 by acting on solutions either of Pernit. Mercury or of Bichlor. Mer- 
 cury with sol. of lod. Potassium, adding the latter by degrees, but 
 slightly in excess; as, double decomposition taking place, the Biniodide 
 precipitated is soluble in an excess of either of the salts employed 
 in its production. 
 
 Tests. The tests given in the P's being characteristic of this salt, 
 have already been given, (v. supra.) Dr. Pereira mentions in addi- 
 tion, that the presence of Bisulphuret of Mercury will be indicated 
 by fusing it with caustic Potash, and then adding a mineral acid 
 when Hydrosul' will be evolved. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant Poison ; Stimulant in scrofulous habits, but 
 seldom employed. Ext. Caustic. 
 
 D. gr. T V to ^ in pill or in Alcoholic solution. 
 
 UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI BINIODIDI, L. Ointment of Biniodide of 
 Mercury. 
 
 Prep. Melt together White Wax 3ij. and Lard gij. add Biniodide of Mercury gj. 
 finely powdered. Mix. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant application to ulcerations of different kinds, 
 but requires to be diluted.
 
 HYDRARGYRICHLORIDUM. 197 
 
 HYDRAIIGYRI CHLORIDUM, L. CALOMELAS (E.) SUBLIMATUM, D. (Hy- 
 
 DRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MlTE, U. S.) 
 
 Chloride of Mercury. Calomel. Protochloride and Submuriate and Mild Muriate of 
 Mercury. F. Protochlorure de Mercure. Mercure doux. G. Einfach Chlorqueck- 
 silber. 
 
 The Chloride of Mercury (Hg Cl = 238) occurs native in Carniola 
 and in Spain, and is called Horn Mercury and Native Calomel ; but 
 it seems also to have been prepared artificially by the Hindoos at 
 very early periods (Fleming and Ainslie), and prescribed internally. 
 It has been known in Europe since 1608. 
 
 Prop. It is found crystallized in four-sided prisms terminated by 
 four-sided pyramids. When prepared artificially, it may be obtained 
 in similar quadrangular prisms covering a crystalline mass which is 
 fibrous in texture, sparkling, and semitransparent, somewhat horny 
 and elastic in nature. (Brande.) Sp. Gr. 7-2. When 
 scratched, a yellow characteristic streak is observed. 
 As usually seen, it forms a heavy tasteless powder, of 
 different degrees of fineness as well as of whiteness ; of 
 a light yellowish or buff-colour if obtained by levi- 
 gation, but when condensed in air, a pure white and 
 impalpable powder is formed. It becomes of a darker 
 hue when exposed to light, and when heated, yellowish. 
 At a higher degree of heat it sublimes. It is insoluble 
 in pure water, Alcohol, and Ether. Boiled in water 
 for some time, under the influence of Alkaline Chlo- 
 rides, a portion is considered to be converted into Bi- 
 chloride; but others conceive that a portion of it may become dis- 
 solved. The alkalies and Lime-water instantly render it black, from 
 precipitating the gray Oxide and combining with its Chlorine ; Am- 
 monia produces a grayish powder. Chlorine converts it into Bichlo- 
 ride, as does boiling H Cl', also setting free some metallic Mercury ; 
 Nit' and Sul' into Bichloride, and Nitrate and Sulphate of the Binoxide, 
 Nitrous and Sulphurous fumes escaping in the respective cases. 
 Many salts decompose it, and hence also water holding them in solu- 
 tion/ Comp. Hg 85+C1 15= 100. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Calomel may be prepared by several processes, as by adding as much 
 Mercury to Corrosive Sublimate as it already contains, by double decomposition of differ- 
 ent salts, and subsequent 1 sublimation or by precipitation. Boil Mercury ftij. (3i v - E.) 
 with Sul' ftiij. Commercial f ^ij. and 3HJ- mixed with pure Nitric' f 3ss. till dissolved, 
 raising the heat till a dry (salt, E.) Bispersulph. Mercury remains. Triturate this Per- 
 sulphate of Mercury (25 parts. D.) in an earthenware mortar with Mercury ftij. (17 parts, 
 D.) till intimately mixed, then add Chlor. Sodium fejss. [(dried Muriate of Soda 10 parts, 
 D.) (Mercury ^iv. and Muriate of Soda giij. E.)] Triturate till the globules (entirely, 
 E.) disappear. Sublime (in a proper apparatus) [(in a sand-bath, E.) (with a gradually 
 increasing heat, D.)] Reduce the Sublimate to very fine powder, wash carefully with boil- 
 ing Aq. dest. (till solution of Iodide of Potassium (Caustic Potash, D.) does not affect the 
 water, E. D.) Dry the Calomel. 
 
 [U. S. As L.] 
 
 In this process, a Bipersulph. Mercury is first produced, either with 
 or without the aid of Nit', (v. p. 205.) The salt produced is then 
 rubbed up with a further quantity of Mercury (L. and D. P.) and
 
 198 CALOMELUS PRECIPITATUM. 
 
 converted into a Protosulph., or the Bipersulph. Mercury and Chlor. 
 Sodium are all three triturated together until globules no longer 
 appear ; in either case the Bipersulphate is converted into the Proto- 
 sulphate of Mercury, by the additional quantity of Mercury com- 
 bining with the second Eq. of the Oxygen and Sul' of the Bipersulph. 
 When heat is applied, both the Chlor. Sodium and the Protosulph. of 
 Oxide of Mercury are mutually decomposed : the Chlorine combining 
 with the Mercury, the required Chlor. Mercury is formed and Sub- 
 limed, while the Oxygen of the Protoxide of Mercury, combining 
 with Sodium, forms Soda, which uniting with the Sul', a dry Sulph. 
 Soda remains. A little Mercury is apt to rise, and some Bichlor. 
 Mercury or Corrosive Sublimate to be formed ; or some Calomel in 
 subliming may become separated into these two. Manufacturers 
 therefore sometimes add a little more of one or other of the ingre- 
 dients, and sometimes the Bichloride to supply Chlorine. The next 
 part of the directions, that of washing, is intended to get rid of it. 
 This is best done by using cold distilled water, and gradually n- 
 creasing its heat. The water of many springs, from containing 
 various salts in solution, readily decomposes the Calomel. The 
 Corrosive Sublimate being readily soluble in water, its presence will 
 be detected either by Liq. Potassae, which will cause a yellowish-red 
 precipitate, or by Ammonia, which causes a white precipitate. 
 (p.203.) 
 
 Some variations are made in the latter part of the process, in order 
 to obtain the Calomel of a white colour, and in the state of an impal- 
 pable powder. The first improvement was made by Mr. Jewell, by 
 keeping the vessel into which the Calomel was sublimed full of water 
 or of steam, by which Jewell's patent Calomel and Howard's Hydro- 
 sublimate or Howard's Hydro-Calomel was obtained. The apparatus 
 was improved by Mr. Ossian Henry of Paris, and has been generally 
 adopted, being admitted into the French Codex to produce the " Mer- 
 cure doux a la vapeur." Many English chemists have, however, been 
 in the habit of subliming the Calomel into a large chamber full of air. 
 (P. J. ii. pp. 586 and 657.) M. Soubeiran has now adopted this me- 
 thod, having first proposed a current of cold air, as had been done by 
 Mr. Dann of Stuttgardt. 
 
 Calomel may also be obtained in a state of fine division by precipi- 
 tation, as in the D. P., though the sublimed kind is preferred. It is 
 called Scheele's Calomel, and by the French, Precipite blanc. 
 
 CALOMELTJS PRECIPITATUM, D. 
 
 Prep. Pour dilute Nitric' 15 parts on purified Mercury 17 parts in a glass vessel, when 
 effervescence ceases, heat gently for 6 hours, agitating occasionally. Raise the heat till 
 the mixture boils a little, pour off the liquid from the remaining Mercury. Mix it imme- 
 diately with a previously prepared solution of Mur. Soda 1 parts in boiling Aq. 400 parts. 
 Wash the precipitate with warm Aq. dest. till solution of Caustic Potash has no effect. 
 Dry the powder. 
 
 The object here is first to prepare a Nitrate of the Protoxide of 
 Mercury, which is effected at the expense of the Oxygen of the Nit' ;
 
 PILUL^E HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDI COMPOSITE. 199 
 
 but the boiling is injurious, as Mr. Phillips says it will produce a large 
 proportion of the Peroxide, and, indeed, it is difficult to produce it 
 free from this. On adding the solution of the Protonitrate to the hot 
 solution of Chlor. Sodium (Muriate of Soda), Chlor. Mercury or 
 Calomel is precipitated, and Nitrate of Soda remains in solution. A 
 little water is always retained, and there is apt also to be some Cor- 
 rosive Sublimate, as in the preceding process, and also some basic 
 Nitrate. " The fixed alkalies and Lime-water render it dark gray, 
 not black, as they do sublimed Calomel." (c. ex Gottling.) 
 
 Tests. Heat sublimes it without any residuum. L. and E. A 
 whitish powder, which, on the addition of Potash, becomes black, and 
 then, when heated, runs into globules of Mercury. The distilled 
 water with which it has been washed gives no precipitate with Nitr. 
 Silver, Lime-water, nor H Sul'. L. If any Bichloride be dissolved, 
 Nit. Silver will throw down Chlor. Silver, Lime-water yellowish Bin- 
 oxide of Mercury, and Hydrosul' a black Sulphuret of Mercury. 
 Sulphuric Ether agitated with it, filtered, and then evaporated to dry- 
 ness, leaves no crystalline residuum, and what residuum may be left 
 is not turned yellow with Aqua Potassae, E. Any Corrosive Sublimate 
 will be dissolved by the Ether, and give a precipitate of the Binoxide 
 of Mercury. The whitest Calomel is not necessarily fine in propor- 
 tion, as some crystalline specimens are white, and the microscope 
 reveals crystalline grains in other kinds of Calomel. White Precipi- 
 tate (p. 203) mixed with Sulphate of Baryta has been sold on the 
 Continent as Calomel, and also Sulphate of Baryta mixed with 
 Calomel. (P. J. ii. 728.) That condensed by steam, or in a mass of 
 cold air, is probably the best, and produces the effects of Calomel 
 with most certainty. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies and their Carbonates, Lime-water, Alkaline Chlorides, 
 Sal Ammoniac, Nit', Metals and their Sulphurels. 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative Stimulant, Sialogogue, Cathartic, &c., An- 
 tiphlogistic, Sedative. The sublimed Calomel is usually preferred, 
 though the precipitated, from being finely subdivided, is an effective 
 medicine. 
 
 D. gr. j. Alterative ; gr. iij. gr. v. Cathartic ; gr. iij. with a little 
 Opium, 2 or 3 times a day, will rapidly produce ptyalism ; gr. x. 
 gr. xx. acts as a Sedative in many cases. 
 
 HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDI COMPOSITE, L. PILULE CALOMELANOS 
 COMPOSITE, E. D. Pilules Plummeri. Plummer's Pill. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Mix in fine powder Chlor. Mercury CCalomel, E. D.) and Oxysulphuret 
 of Antimany (Golden Sulphuret. E. ; brown Antimoniated Sulphur, D.) aa 3ij- (1 part, 
 E., 3j. D., Guaiacum 2 pans, E., 3ij. D.) Triturate them together, then with bruised 
 Resin of Guaiacum 3ss. and lastly with Treacle 3ij. (2 parts, E., q. s. D.) till a uniform 
 mass be obtained. [(Beat into a proper pill mass, E. D.) (Divide into 6 gr. pills, E.)] 
 Balsam of Copaiba and Oil have been recommended for mixing up the ingredients. 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative and Diaphoretic in doses of grs. v. ; 
 Cathartic in grs. xx. Dr. Plummer said of his Pill, that it is in vain
 
 200 HYDRARGYRI BICHLORIDUM. 
 
 to look for its beneficial effects unless the materials are well levigated 
 together, and for a considerable time. 
 
 PILULE CALOMELANOS ET OPII, E. 
 
 Prep. Beat into a proper mass Calomel 3 parts. Opium 1 part, Conserve of Red Roses 
 q. s. Divide into pills, eacli to contain 2 grs. Calomel. 
 
 Action. Uses. Diaphoretic and Antiphlogistic. A pill taken every 
 3 or 4 hours quickly produces ptyalism. 
 
 [PILULE CATHARTICS COMPOSITE, U. S. Compound Cathartic Pills. 
 
 Compound Extract of Calocynth gss. Extract of Jalap, Calomel aa 3iij. Gamboge in 
 powder 91). M. Divide into 180 pills. 
 
 To act upon the bowels, and purge briskly.] 
 
 UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDI. Calomel Ointment. 
 
 Calomel is often prescribed in the form of Ointment, and with great 
 benefit in various forms of Cutaneous eruptions. " Pommade de Mer- 
 cure doux" is made with 1 or 2 parts of Calomel to 8 of Lard, and 
 some oil may be added. Dr. Pereira recommends 5j. to 3j. of Lard, 
 and Dr. A. T. Thomson the addition of 3iv. of Tar Ointment, as one 
 of the best applications in Leprous and other dry and scaly skin dis- 
 eases. 
 
 HYDRARGYRI BICHLORIDUM, L. HYDRARGYRI MURIAS CORROSIVUM, 
 
 D. CORROSIVUS SuBLIMATUS, E. (HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CoRRO- 
 SIVTJM, U. S.) 
 
 Bichloride of Mercury. Corrosive Sublimate. Oxymuriate and Corrosive Muriate of 
 Mercury. F. Deuto- and Bi-chlorure de Mercure. Sublime Corrosif. G. Doppelt 
 Chlorquecksilber. 
 
 Corrosive Sublimate has been long known to, and prepared by, the 
 Hindoos, being their ruskapoor (Hind. Med. p. 45). It seems also to have 
 been known to the Chinese, and it was prepared by Geber in the 8th 
 century. It is largely manufactured for use both in medicine and the arts. 
 Prop. Bichloride of Mercury (Hg Cl a = 274) is white, 
 Fig. 31. with an acrid metallic and persistent taste, without 
 smell. It is met with in small crystals, or in a semi- 
 transparent crystalline mass. Sp. Gr. about 5-2. It 
 crystallizes in right rhombic prisms sometimes termi- 
 nated by converging planes. These are readily pow- 
 dered, and effloresce at the angles when some time 
 exposed to the air. It is fused by heat, and then vola- 
 tilized ; is soluble in water, Alcohol, and Ether, requiring 
 about three times its weight of boiling, and about 16 
 times its weight of cold water. Its solubility is much increased by 
 the presence of Chlor. Sodium and Hydrochlor. Ammonia, (v. p.
 
 HYDRARGYRIBICHLORIDUM. 201 
 
 202.) Alcohol dissolves about one third of its weight, and ether still 
 more, so as to be employed sometimes in separating it from its 
 aqueous solution and from organic bodies. When exposed to light in 
 contact with these, it is decomposed into Calomel and metallic Mer- 
 cury. Nit' and H Cl' dissolve it without change. Potash, Soda, and 
 Lime throw down the yellow Peroxide of Mercury, which afterwards 
 becomes brick-red; and Ammonia a white prcipitate (v. Hydr. 
 Ammon. Chlorid. p. 203.) The alkaline Carbonates precipitate a 
 brick-red Carb. of Mercury ; Hydrosul' throws down at first a gray- 
 ish and then a black precipitate of Bisulphuret of Mercury ; Ferrocy. 
 Potassium a white Ferrocyanide of Mercury. lod. of Potassium 
 causes a yellow precipitate, which by degrees becomes a bright red 
 Biniodide of Mercury. Protochloride Tin, abstracting 1 Eq. of the 
 Chlorine, becomes Perchlor. Tin in solution, and Calomel is precipi- 
 tated ; an excess abstracts more Chlorine, and metallic Mercury in a 
 state of fine division is produced. Several of the metals, as Copper, 
 and Silver decompose it, combining with the Chlorine and setting free 
 the Mercury. Silver has lately been employed by Dr. Frampton. By 
 triturating a grain of the Bichloride with several grs. of metallic 
 Silver a black powder was produced, and on heating this in the bulb 
 of a small tube a ring of metallic globules was obtained ; so also in 
 boiling metallic Silver in powder in a solution of Corrosive Sublimate ; 
 likewise when mixed with tea or a gelatinous solution. Mercury will 
 combine with the second Eq. of Chlorine of the Bichloride, and con- 
 vert it into the Chloride: this was one of the old methods for making 
 Calomel. Gold, aided by Galvanic action, readily reduces it to a 
 metallic state, and at the same time forms an amalgam. Thus by 
 dropping the suspected liquor on a piece of polished Gold, or a sove- 
 reign, and touching the moistened surface with the point of a pen- 
 knife, or as Dr. Pereira suggests, applying a key, so that it may touch 
 simultaneously the Gold and the solution, the Bichlor. becomes de- 
 composed, and a Silver stain is left on the gold. Hence Dr. Buckler 
 has suggested the reduction of the Mercury to the metallic state 
 within the stomach by means of Iron-filings and Gold-dust, both being 
 n a state of very fine division. 
 
 The action of vegetable and animal substances on Corrosive Sub- 
 limate is of considerable importance, from the combinations which 
 take place in cases of poisoning. Most of the vegetable infusions and 
 decoctions in use as medicines, as well as ordinary articles of diet, 
 decompose it, especially when exposed to the action of light; the 
 Bichloride also is decomposed when triturated with many fatty or vo- 
 latile Oils, or boiled with Sugar ; or it may combine with some of 
 the vegetable principles, as in Kyanizing wood. The Gluten of Wheat 
 acts with apparently more energy, and more like animal principles. 
 The greatest number of experiments have, however, been made with 
 Albumen, into a solution of which, if a sol. of Corrosive Sublimate 
 be dropped, a white flaky precipitate is thrown down, which, when 
 dried, is hard, horny, and brittle. Ammonia rubbed up with this pre- 
 cipitate does not display any blackening, nor does Ac' leave a white
 
 202 HYDRARGYRIBICHLORIDUM. 
 
 insoluble residuum, both tests showing that no Calomel had been 
 formed. Lassaigne has some time since shown that the precipitate 
 consists of 6-45 Bichloride of Mercury with 93-55 of Albumen, and 
 that it is soluble in an excess of Albumen as well as of sol. of Bichlo- 
 ride of Mercury. It is generally stated to be an inert and insoluble 
 compound. 
 
 Bichlor. Mercury may be prepared by bringing together its consti- 
 tuents, and, as has been done by Dr. A. T. Thomson on a large scale, 
 by passing Chlorine through Mercury heated to between 300 and 
 400, and by other processes ; but it is now chiefly prepared by acting 
 on the Binoxide of Pernitrate of Mercury with H Cl'. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Dissolve Mercury ftij. (3iv. E.) by boiling in a proper vessel with Sul' 
 ftiij. (commercial f 3ij. and f 3'ijO previously mixed with pure Nit' f^ss. (with the aid 
 of moderate heat) till a dry (Salt, E.) Bipersulph. Mercury remains. When cold triturate 
 this (Persulph. Mercury 5 parts, D.) in an earthenware mortar (to very fine powder, D.) 
 with Chlor. Sodium ftjss. (Mur. Soda 3iij. E, dried, 2 parts, D.) Sublime, with a gradu- 
 ally raised heat [(in a proper apparatus, E.) (from a proper vessel into a receiver, D.)] 
 
 By the first part of the process, a Bipersulph. Mercury is obtained 
 (as above, and at p. 205) ; but no metallic Mercury is added, because 
 what has been acted upon by the acids requires to be in the state of 
 a Binoxide, in order that the Chlorine may combine with it in the 
 same proportion. Thus as each Eq. of the Bipersulph. contains 2 
 Eqs. of Sul' and 2 Eqs. of Oxygen combined with 1 Eq. of Mercury, 
 it will require 2 Eqs. of the Chlor. Sodium to be decomposed in 
 order that 2 Eqs. of Chlorine may be obtained to combine in the 
 same proportion with the Eq. of Mercury set free, and form the Bi- 
 chlor., which sublimes. The 2 Eqs. of Oxygen, of Sodium, and Sul' 
 set free, combining together, form 2 Eqs. of dry Sulph. Soda which 
 remains behind. 
 
 Tests. The characteristics of Corrosive Sublimate having been 
 fully given above, its purity may be ascertained by the following tests. 
 It liquefies and sublimes entirely by heat. L. and E. It is totally so- 
 luble in water, L., and easily soluble in Sulphuric Ether. L. and E. 
 Fixed impurities will remain after sublimation. Calomel will not be 
 dissolved by water. Five or six parts of Ether will remove the 
 whole of the Bichloride. The other tests of the L. P. will show that 
 it has been properly made. " Whatever is thrown down from water 
 either by solution of Potash or Lime-water, is of a reddish colour, or 
 if a sufficient quantity be added it is yellow. Heated, this yellow 
 substance emits Oxygen, and runs into globules of Mercury." L. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies and their Carbonates, Lime-water, Soap, Tartar 
 Emetic, Nitr. Silver, the Acetates of Lead, Iodide of Potassium, Sul- 
 phuret of Potassium, many metals, infusions of bitter and astringent 
 vegetables, as well as solutions of other vegetable and animal prin- 
 ciples. 
 
 Motion. Uses. Corrosive Irritant Poison, in doses of a few grains, 
 producing depression of the nervous system and excessive Mercu- 
 rialism. In smaller doses an excellent Alterative in Syphilis and se- 
 condary Syphilis, and chronic cutaneous diseases.
 
 HYDRARGYRI AMMONIO-CHLORIDUM. 203 
 
 D. gr. J g to J, in a pill, or in the following solution. Ext. As a 
 lotion, gr. ^ gr. ij. in Aq. Best. f3j. 
 
 LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI BICHLORIDI, L. Solution of Bichloride of 
 Mercury. 
 
 The solvent power of water being increased bolh by Common Salt 
 and Sal Ammoniac, the former used to be, as the latter is now, em- 
 ployed in making a solution of Corrosive Sublimate. 
 
 Prep, Dissolve Bichlor. Mercury and HydroMor. Ammonia aa gr. x. in Aq. dest. Oj. 
 
 D. f3ss f3ij. in some bland fluid. One fluid ounce contains \ gr. 
 of Bichlor. Mercury. 
 
 Antidotes. Albumen, as in white of Eggs, followed immediately by 
 infusion of Galls or of Catechu ; Milk ; Gluten of wheat and wheaten 
 flour; Protosulphuret of Iron, if administered immediately, or within 
 15 minutes after the poison has been swallowed ; Iron-filings (with 
 Gold-dust?); Antiphlogistic treatment, as with other irritant poisons. 
 
 HYDRARGYRI AMMONIO-CHLORIDUM, L. HYDRARG. PRECIPITATUM ALBUM, 
 
 E. HYD. SUBMURIAS AMMONIATUM, D. [HYDRARGYRUM AMMONIATUM, 
 U.S.] 
 
 Ammonio Chloride of Mercury. White Precipitate. F. Chlorure Ammoniaco-Mercuriel 
 insoluble. G. Weisser Quecksilber pracipitat. 
 
 This salt was discovered by Raymond Lully in the 13th century, 
 and is formed by precipitating a solution of Bichloride of Mercury 
 with Ammonia. It is met with in masses, or as a heavy white pow- 
 der, without smell, but having a metallic taste ; insoluble in Water 
 and Alcohol ; decomposed by heat, and resolved into Calomel, Am- 
 monia, and Nitrogen; so boiling water resolves it into Hydrochlor. 
 Ammonia and yellow Binoxide of Mercury. Sul', Nit', and H Cl' 
 dissolve and at the same time decompose it. Sol. Caustic Potash, 
 heated with it, expels Ammonia, forms and dissolves Chlor. Potassium, 
 and leaves impure Binoxide of Mercury. Mr. Hennel, on analyzing, 
 found it to consist of 1 Eq. Binoxide of Mercury with 1 Eq. of Hydro- 
 chlorate of Ammonia. By Mr. Phillips, it is considered to be a com- 
 pound of 1 Eq. Binoxide of Mercury, 218, and 1 of Bichlor. Mercury, 
 274, with 2 Eq. of Ammonia, 34 = 526. Dr. Kane, however, states 
 that on adding Ammonia a little in excess to the solution of Bichloride 
 of Mercury, he found that one-half of its Chlorine is set free, and that 
 the precipitate contains only Mercury, Chlorine, and Arnidogen, the 
 radical of Ammonia, N H 3 (v. p. 70) in the proportion of 2 Eqs. of 
 each, so as to form a compound of 1 Eq. of Bichloride of Mercury, 
 274, with 1 Eq. of Binoxide of Mercury, 234 = 508. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Dissolve Bichlor. Mercury (Corrosive Sublimate, E.) gvj. with the aid 
 of heat in Aq. dest. Ovj. ; (take the liquor remaining after making Precipitated Calomel, 
 D.) When cold add Solution of Ammonia f 3viij. (q. s. to throw down entirely the 
 metallic salt, D.) stirring frequently. (Collect the powder on a calico filter, E.) Wash 
 thoroughly (with cold (distilled, D.) water, E.) till free from taste. Dry it (on bibulous 
 paper, D.) 
 
 [D. S. P. Essentially as L.]
 
 204 HYDRARGYRI BISULPHURETUM. 
 
 ' The description of the changes which take place on adding Am- 
 monia to the Bichlor. Mercury, must depend upon the view taken 
 respecting the composition of the precipitate. 
 
 Tests. Apt to be mixed with other white powders, as Garbs. Lime 
 and Lead, Calomel, Starch, Sulph. Lime and Sulph. Baryta. " Totally 
 evaporated by heat. Dissolved by H Cl' without effervescence (but 
 not if any Garb, is present). When digested with Acetic', lod. Potas- 
 sium throws down nothing either yellow (lod. Lead) or blue (lod. 
 Starch). The powder rubbed with Lime-water, does not become 
 black (showing that no Protoxide of Mercury is present). When 
 heated with solution of Potash, it becomes yellow, and emits Ammo- 
 nia." L. No other white substance is known to do so. (Phillips.) 
 
 Inc. Acids, Alkalies, acid and metallic Salts, &c. 
 
 Action. Uses. Supposed to be that of other Mercurials, as the Bi- 
 chloride, but is only used externally. 
 
 UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI AMMONIO-CHLORIDI, L. UNG. PRECIPITATI 
 ALBI E. UNG. HYD. SUBMURIATIS AMMONIATI, D. [UNGUENTUM 
 HYDRARGYRI AMMONIATI, U. S.] 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Melt slowly Lard 3jss. (giij. E.) add (when concreting, D.) White 
 Precipitate 3j. (3ij. E.) Mix. (Stir briskly as the Ointment concretes in cooling, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative Stimulant in Cutaneous diseases and in- 
 dolent ulcers. 
 
 HYDRARGYRI BISULPHURETUM, L. HYDRARGYRI SULPHURETUM RUBRUM, 
 
 D. (U. S.) ClNNABARIS, E. 
 
 Bisulphuret and Red Sulphuret of Mercury. Cinnabar. F. Sulfure rouge de Mercure- 
 G. Rothes Schwefelquecksilber. 
 
 Cinnabar was known to the Greeks. It has been discovered to be 
 one of the pigments employed by the Egyptians. The Chinese as 
 well as the Hindoos have from early times employed it in medicine, 
 and the former have long been celebrated for their Vermilion. It 
 was formerly called Kinnabari and also Minium, being often con- 
 founded with the Red Oxide of Lead. It occurs native both massive 
 and crystallized, and is the principal ore from which the metal is 
 extracted at Idria, Almaden, and in China. It is prepared artificially 
 for use both in medicine and the arts. 
 
 Prop. The Bisulphuret of Mercury (Hg S s = 234), the Sulphuret 
 (Hg'S) of some chemists, when in substance, is of a dark red colour, 
 heavy, striated, gives a bright red streak when scratched; but when 
 powdered, is of a brilliant red, commonly called Vermilion. Sp. Gr. 
 8-1. It is devoid of both taste and odour, is insoluble, in both water 
 and Alcohol, and in most of the acids, and is unalterable in the air. 
 Heated it becomes of a brownish-red ; in the air, burns with a blue 
 flame, yielding Sulphurous acid gas and metallic Mercury; but sub- 
 limes unchanged out of access of the air. Heated with Potash, glo-
 
 HYDRARGYRI SULPHURETUM NIGRUM. 205 
 
 bules of Mercury are given out, and the addition of H Cl' evolves 
 Hydrosul'. It may be made by the following process : 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Melt Sulphur 3v. (sublimed S^parts, D.) add (gradually) Mercury 
 feij. (19 parts D.) Continue the heat till the mixture begins to swell up. Remove the 
 vessel, cover it closely to prevent the mass taking fire, reduce to powder (when cold, E.) 
 Sublime it. 
 
 [U. S. Mercury 3x1. Sulphur gviij. Mix the Mercury with the melted Sulphur over 
 the fire, and proceed as above.] 
 
 By the aid of heat, the ingredients combine, and would explode, if. 
 they were not covered and removed from the fire. A black Sulphuret 
 is formed : by sublimation, it crystallizes and becomes of a dark red 
 colour, without any change of composition. 
 
 Tests. Sublimed entirely by heat, L., and without any metallic 
 globules being formed. Heated with Potash, it yields globules of 
 Mercury ; is not dissolved either by Nit' or H Cl', but is so by Nitro- 
 Hydro-Cl'. Rectified Spirit with which it has been boiled is not red- 
 dened (showing absence of Dragon's-blood, &c.) Acetic' digested 
 upon it, yields no yellow precipitate with lod. Potassium (showing 
 that there is no Red Lead mixed with it). Red Sulphuret of Arsenic 
 will be detected by the tests for Arsenic, (v. pp. 213 and 215.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative, but seldom given internally. Still used 
 by the Hindoos in fumigation ; but the gray Oxide is preferable for 
 such a purpose. 
 
 D. gr. x. 3ss. For fumigation, 3ss. ; but the Sulphurous vapours 
 are irritating when inhaled. 
 
 HYDRARGYRI SULPHURETUM CUM SULPHURE, L. HYDRARGYRI SULPHU- 
 RETUM NIGRUM, D. (U. S.) Sulphuret of Mercury with Sulphur. Black 
 Sulphuret of Mercury. Eihiops Mineral. F. Sulfure noir de 
 Mercure. G. Schwa rzes Schwefelquecksilber. 
 
 The Black Sulphuret of Mercury has long been employed in medi- 
 cine. It forms a black heavy powder, without taste or smell. 
 Heated, it is entirely dissipated. Boiled in caustic Potash, a Sul- 
 phuret of Potassium is formed, and a black powder left, which, when 
 sublimed, becomes red, and has all the characters of the foregoing 
 preparation, whence Mr. Brande considers it, (and Mr. Phillips coin- 
 cides with him,) as a compound of 58 parts of Bisulphuret of Mercury 
 with 42 of Sulphur, mechanically mixed. The black substance 
 which is thrown down by Hydrosul' from solutions of the salts of 
 Protoxide of Mercury, considered by some chemists to be a Proto- 
 sulphuret, is by others accounted a Subsulphuret (Hg a S), resolvable 
 into metallic Mercury and the Bisulphuret. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Rub together Mercury and Sulphur aa ftj. (1 part in an earthenware 
 mortar, D.) till globules are no longer visible, even with a magnifier. 
 
 [U. S. As L.] 
 
 It is preferable to moisten with a little water or with Hydrosul- 
 phate of Ammonia. (Geiger.)
 
 206 SUBSULPHAS HYDRARGYRI FLAVUS. 
 
 Tests. Entirely evaporated by heat, no Charcoal nor Phosph. Lime 
 being left. L. Both vegetable and animal Charcoal will thus be de- 
 tected, and free Mercury by a silver stain when rubbed on Gold. 
 Sulphuret of Antimony by boiling in H Cl', and using the tests at 
 p. 181.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative, Diaphoretic in Cutaneous and in Glandu- 
 lar diseases. 
 
 D. gr. v. 3ss., but is rather inert and little used. 
 
 HYDRARGYRI PERSULPHAS, D. 
 
 Persulphate or Bipersulphate of Mercury. Sulphate of the Protoxide of some chemists. 
 F. Deuto-Sulphate de Mercure. G. Schwefelsaures quecksilberoxyd. 
 
 The Bipersulphate of Mercury (Hg O 8 , 2 S O, = 298) is officinal 
 in the D. P. for pharmaceutic purposes ; but though not mentioned in 
 the L. and E. P., it is prepared in the first part of the processes for 
 making both the Chlor. and Bichlor. Mercury, v. 197 and 202. It is 
 a white crystalline salt, which is decomposed on being added to water, 
 as in the next preparation, the yellow Subsulphate of Mercury. 
 
 Prep. Heat together in a glass vessel purified Mercury and Sulphuric' aa 6 parts, 
 Nitric' 1 part. Increase the heat till the mass is white and dry. 
 
 Mercury and Sul' do not act upon each other when cold, but on 
 being heated, the acid becomes decomposed ; Sulphurous acid gas is 
 given off, and the metal becomes oxidated at the expense of a part of 
 the Sul' employed. It may thus be prepared without the aid of Nit'. 
 The Nit' being added to facilitate the oxidation, and to diminish the 
 quantity of Sul' and Sulphurous acids which must afterwards be driven 
 off, is chiefly decomposed, and the Sul' combines with the Oxide when 
 formed. The heat being continued, the Mercury is peroxidated and 
 a Bipersulphate of Mercury obtained. 
 
 Action. Uses. Would no doubt act as other Mercurials, but is offi- 
 cinal for making Hydrargyri Chloridum and Bichloridum, and Oxy- 
 dum Sulphuricum Hydrargyri. 
 
 SUBSULPHAS HYDRARGYRI FLAVUS. HYDRARGYRI SULPHURICUM OXYDUM, 
 D. [HYDRARGYRI SULPHAS FLAVUS, U. S.] 
 
 TurUth or Turpeth Mineral. F. Sous-deuto-sulfate de Mercure. G. Mineralischer 
 
 turpith. 
 
 Prop. Though without smell, it irritates the nostrils when snuffed 
 up, has an acrid taste, but requires 2000 parts of temperate and 600 
 parts of boiling water for its solution. When heated, first Sulphurous 
 acid and then Oxygen are given off, and, lastly, Mercury is sublimed. 
 Caustic Potash, when made to acton it, will afterwards deposit Sulph. 
 Baryta on addition of the Nitrate. Some chemists consider it to be 
 composed of 1 Eq. of Binoxide of Mercury with 1 of Sul' : Mr. Phil-
 
 HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS UNGUENTUM. 207 
 
 lips, of 3 Eq. of Sul' with 4 of Binoxide of Mercury. According to 
 Soubeiran, Oxide of Mercury 80-09, Sul' 19-91 = 100. 
 
 Prep. Triturate together in an earthenware mortar Persulph. Mercury 1 part, warm 
 Aq. 20 parts. Pour off the liquor. Wash the yellow powder with warm Aq. dest. so long 
 as drops of Liq. Potassse cause any deposit. Then dry the Sulphuric Oxide of Mercury. 
 
 Water, from its great affinity for Sul', decomposes the salt 
 employed, abstracts the chief portion of its acid, separating it into an 
 acid Sulphate, which remains in solution, and precipitates the Oxide 
 of a lemon-yellow colour, still retaining a portion of the Sul' ; which 
 is thus considered a Subsulphate. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant Poison, Emetic, Errhine. 
 
 D. Too violent for internal exhibition, and used only as an errhine, 
 gr. j. with grs. v. of some bland powder. Occasionally as an Oint- 
 ment, 1 part to 8 of Lard, in some herpetic eruptions. 
 
 HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS UNGUENTUM, L. (U. S.) UNG. CITRINUM, E. UNG. 
 HYDR. NITRATIS VEL UNG. CITRINUM, D. Citrine Ointment. 
 
 Citrine Ointment, or that of the Nitrate of Mercury, is a much- 
 used and highly valued preparation, which was introduced into the 
 Pharmacopeias as a substitute for one known as Golden Eye Ointment. 
 When properly prepared, it is soft, of a bright yellow or lemon-colour, 
 and of a strong Nitrous odour. It is apt, however, to change, especi- 
 ally if the directions for its preparation are not strictly followed. It 
 is then hard, and becomes brittle and almost pulverulent, and its co- 
 lour changed to a bluish-gray or a greenish, or of a mottled appear- 
 ance, the metal becoming by degrees reduced. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Dissolve Mercury 3j. (by weight 3j. D. ; 3iv. E.) in Nitric' f3xj. 
 (3xjss. D. ; Dens. 1380 to 1390 f3ixss. with the aid of a gentle heat, E.) Melt together 
 (in a vessel capable of holding 6 times the quantity, E.) Lard 3vj. (prepared Hog's 3iv. 
 D. ; Axunge 3xv. E.) and Olive Oil f3iv. (f3xxxviijss. E. ; ftj. by measure, D.; While 
 hot mix the solutions thoroughly. (If the mixture do not froth up, increase the heat 
 slightly till it does. Keep this ointment in earthenware or glass vessels, excluding the 
 light, E. Make an ointment in the same way as the Ointment of Nitric', D.) 
 
 [U. S. Mercury 3j. Nitric Acid f3xj. Fresh Neats Foot Oil f Six. Lard 3iij. Dis- 
 solve the Mercury in the acid, then melt the oil and Lard together, and when they begin 
 to stiffen add the solution and mix.] 
 
 Difficulty having been experienced in making this Ointment, various 
 suggestions have been made for its improvement, as diminishing the 
 Lard to , using Olive-oil alone, or substituting Almond, Rape, and 
 Neats-foot Oil, also Butter ; though many have succeeded in making 
 good Ointment, as we ourselves have done when abroad, by following 
 the directions of the L. P. Mr. Alsop (in Pharm. Journ. i. p. 100) 
 clearly pointed out that a due regulation of the heat necessarily gene-, 
 rated when large quantities are made, is essential, and that a tempe- 
 rature of about 190 is the best for mixing the sol. of the Nitrate with 
 the melted fatty matter, when strong effervescence takes place. It is 
 equally necessary to attend to the Sp. Gr. of the acid, in order that 
 the exact proportions of the College may be employed, and that the
 
 208 HYDRARGYRIACETAS. 
 
 quantity must be increased when the Sp. Gr. is less than 1'5. The 
 stirring usually employed he does not find essential. Mr. A. directs 
 attention to the directions given by Dr. Duncan in his Dispensatory 
 of 1794, as they embody these principles, and seem to have been ori- 
 ginally proposed by Mr. Duncan of Edinburgh. The proportions have 
 been adopted by the E. P., but the quantities are given above as cor- 
 rected by Dr. Christison. (Disp. p. 530.) It yields Ointment of a fine 
 golden colour, and of the requisite softness, if kept from the light. 
 Experiments have also been made in the laboratory of the Pharma- 
 ceutical Society (v. P. J. iv. 450) showing that perfectly good Oint- 
 ment is made by attending to the L. P. directions, and that Ointment 
 which was old, become hard, discoloured, and pulverulent, was re- 
 stored to its original appearance by heating it with a little Nitric 
 acid. When well made, Citrine Ointment, according to the explana- 
 tion given by M. Soubeiran from the experiments "of M. Boudet, con- 
 tains Nitrate of the Binoxide and some Subnitrate.of the Protoxide of 
 Mercury, or " turbith nitreux" less of the latter, and more of the 
 former, as the heat is greater, with some free Nitric acid (hyponi- 
 trique, s.) On the addition of the Mercurial solution, decomposition 
 takes place, Binoxide of Nitrogen and Carbonic acid gas escaping. 
 Some Elaidic acid formed combines with Oxide of Mercury, and 
 forms some Mercurial Soap, or Elaidate of Mercury ; there is also 
 some Ela'idine and a small portion of a yellow matter soluble in 
 Alcohol. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant and Alterative application to the eyelids in 
 chronic Ophthalmia, also in several cutaneous eruptions, and te foul 
 and indolent ulcers. If long applied, it will produce the effects of a 
 Mercurial on the system. It is usually necessary to dilute it with 
 Oil when first applied to the eyelids ; but it is more apt to spoil when 
 diluted. When decomposition has taken place, it ought not to be 
 applied, as it then becomes irritant. 
 
 LINIMENTUM HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS made with Ung. Hydr. Nitr. 
 3ijss. Cerati SimpUcis 3vijss. Olive Oil f3v., is officinal in the Man- 
 chester Infirmary, and is no doubt a good substitute for the weak 
 Citrine Ointment, for which a formula existed in former Pharmaco- 
 poeias. 
 
 HYDRAKGYRI ACETAS, D. 
 
 Acetate (of Protoxide) of Mercury. F. Protoacetate de Mercure. G. Essigsaures Queck- 
 
 Bilberoxydul. 
 
 The Acetate of Mercury (Hg O, Ac' =261) has been long known 
 to chemists, but was introduced into practice in consequence of the 
 French Government having, in the middle of the last century, pur- 
 chased the secret of Keyser's pills, which were vaunted as an anti- 
 syphilitic remedy. Some, however, suppose that he employed a mix- 
 ture of the Acetates of the Protoxide and of the Peroxide of Mercury, 
 and others that he employed the latter only.
 
 HYDRARGYRI BICYANIDUM. 209 
 
 Prop. It occurs in thin scale-like crystals, flexible, white in colour, 
 without odour, but having an acrid metallic taste. Sparingly soluble 
 in cold, and partially decomposed by boiling water, as it is also by 
 boiling Alcohol. Light also decomposes and blackens it. Heat re- 
 solves it into Acet' and Carb' and Mercury. Sul' disengages the 
 odour of Ac', and the alkalies precipitate the Black Oxide of Mercury 
 from its solutions, while from that of the Acetate of the Peroxide a 
 yellow precipitate takes place. Comp. Hg O 80-66 + Ac' 19-34 = 
 100. 
 
 Prep. Add Nitric' dil. 1 1 parts, to purified Mercury 9 parts. When effervescence 
 ceases digest till the metal is dissolved. Dissolve Acet. Potash 9 parts iu boiling Aq. 
 dest. 100 parts, and acidulate the solution with Distilled Vinegar q. s. Add to this while 
 boiling the solution of the Mercury in the Nitric' and filter as quickly as possible through 
 a double linen cloth. Let it cool that crystals may form ; wash these with cold Aq. dest., 
 dry them in paper with a very gentle heat. All through this process use glass vessels, D. 
 
 In the first part of this process, a Protonit. Mercury is intended to 
 be obtained ; but it-is difficult to prevent some of the Pernitrate being 
 formed, as is always the case when the acid is strong, or heat is em- 
 ployed. The former may be obtained by using a diluted acid without 
 heat, and allowing the action to take place slowly, separating occa- 
 sionally the crystals as they are formed, (c.) On mixing the acid 
 solution of this Protonit. with a hot sol. of the Acet. Potash, double 
 decomposition ensues, but no deposit takes place until the mixture 
 cools, when the pearly crystals of the Protoacetate are deposited, and 
 Nitrate of Potash remains in solution. 
 
 Action. Uses. Considered a mild Mercurial, but has occasionally 
 acted with violence, in consequence probably either of being badly 
 prepared, or having afterwards altered in composition. 
 
 HYDRARGYRI (CYANURETUM, D. U. S.) BICYANIDUM, L. 
 Bicyanide of Mercury. F. Cyanure de Mercure. G. Doppelt-Cyanquecksilber. 
 
 Bicyanide of Mercury (Hg 2 Cy = 254) was discovered by Scheele. 
 It was introduced into the D. P. for making Hydrocyanic acid. Mr. 
 Phillips, in his Translation of the L. P., mentions Acidum Hydrocya- 
 nicum as its officinal preparation ; but, on turning to the formulae for 
 making this acid in the L. P., we find no mention made of Bicyanide 
 of Mercury. It is of a dull white colour, without smell, but of a dis- 
 agreeable metallic taste. Crystallized in anhydrous obliquely trun- 
 cated four-sided prisms : permanent in the air, partially dissolved by 
 Alcohol, requiring 8 times their weight of temperate but much less of 
 boiling water. It is dissolved by Nit', but decomposed by Sul' and 
 by Hydrosul', the latter precipitating a black Sulphuret of Mercury 
 from its solution. It is not affected by the alkalies, but its character- 
 istics may be seen by the tests of the L. P. " Transparent and en- 
 tirely soluble in water. H Cl' disengages from its solution Hydrocy- 
 anic' which is known by its peculiar smell ; a glass rod moistened 
 with the sol. of Nitr. Silver, and held over it, gives a deposit (Cyanide 
 
 14
 
 210 ARSENICUM. 
 
 of Silver) soluble in boiling Nit'. Heated, it emits Cyanogen, and 
 globules of Mercury are obtained. Comp. Hg. 79-6 + Cy 20-4 = 100. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Mix Percyanide of Iron 3viij. (Cyanuret of Iron 6 parts, D.) Binoxide 
 of Mercury 3x. (Nitric Oxide of Mercury 5 parts, D.) Aq. dest. Oiv. (add them to Aq. 
 dest. warmed 40 parts, D.) Boil them together for half an hour, (continually stirring 1 , D.) 
 Filter (through bibulous paper, D.) Evaporate the liquor to obtain crystals. Wash the 
 residue repeatedly with boiling Aq. dest. (Filter D.) Again evaporate to obtain crystals. 
 
 [U.S. Ferrocyanuret of Iron 3iv. Red Oxide of Mercury guj- or q. s. Distilled Water 
 Oiij. Powder and mix, and put into a glass vessel, then pour on Oij. of the water. Boil, 
 stirring constantly, and if at the end of half an hour the blue colour remains, add small 
 portions of Oxide of Mercury, continuing the ebullition until the mixture assumes a 
 yellowish colour. Filter. Wash the residue in a pint of the water and filter as before. 
 Mix the solutions, and evaporate until a pellicle appears, then set aside, that crystals may 
 form. To purify the crystals, redissolve and recrystallize.] 
 
 It may also be prepared by accurately saturating with Binoxide of Mercury q. s. Hy- 
 drocyanic' distilled from Ferrocyanide of Potassium by acting on it with dilute Sul', L. 
 
 In the first formula, on the ingredients being heated, the Cyanogen 
 quits the Iron and combines with the Mercury, forming the Bicyanide 
 of Mercury, which becomes dissolved, and is afterwards obtained in 
 crystals by evaporation. The Oxygen of the Binoxide of Mercury, 
 at the same time separating from this metal, combines with the Iron 
 which has just been freed from the Cyanogen, and an insoluble Ses- 
 quioxide of Iron is formed. 
 
 In the second formula, which is in many respects preferable, on 
 adding the Binoxide of Mercury to the Hydrocyanic', the 2 Eq. of 
 Oxygen of the one combine with the 2 Eq. of Hydrogen of the other, 
 and so much water is formed, while the 2 Eq. of Cyanogen set free 
 combine with the single Eq. of Mercury, and the required Bicyanide 
 of Mercury is obtained. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant Poison. Sometimes used as a substitute for 
 Corrosive Sublimate. 
 
 D. gr. y 1 ^ gradually increased to gr. h, in pills or in solution. 
 
 ARSENICUM. 
 Arsenic. F. Arsenic. G. Arsenik. 
 
 The name Arsenic is ambiguous even in modern times, being ap- 
 plied sometimes to the metal, and sometimes to one of the compounds 
 this forms with Oxygen, (white Arsenic, or Arsenious acid). The 
 same ambiguity occurs in old works; for the name Arsenikon 
 (agtevixov) is applied by Dioscorides to the yellow Sulphuret, while the 
 red Sulphuret is distinguished by the name Sandarach (tfav&xpor^a). 
 The Arabs call the former zurneekh zurd (yellow), and the second 
 zurneekh soorkh (red). The name zurneekh is supposed by Sprengel 
 to be a corruption of Arsenicon, but of this there is no proof. The 
 Arabs were also acquainted with the white Oxide, which they call 
 sum-alfar, mouse-poison, or Ratsbane, and also shook, turab-al-hulk, 
 and turab-al-kai, windpipe-earth, and emetic-earth. But the Hindoos 
 are also well acquainted with all three substances; Orpiment being 
 their hurtal, Realgar their mansil, while white Arsenic they call
 
 ACIDUMARSENIOSUM. 211 
 
 sanchya. They were probably the first to prescribe it internally, as 
 in Leprosy (Prof. H. H. Wilson), as they still do in that complaint 
 and in intermittent fevers. Metallic Arsenic was first distinctly 
 made known in Europe by Brandt in 1733. Geber seems to have 
 been acquainted with it. 
 
 Arsenic (As = 38) is sometimes found native in a metallic state, 
 but it is 'most extensively diffused in combination with other metals, 
 as Iron, Nickel, Copper, Cobalt, &c. It is separated from these by 
 roasting in a reverberatory furnace, and collecting what is sublimed 
 in a long horizontal chimney, or into one divided into numerous 
 compartments. The exposure of the Arsenic to the heated air, 
 oxidizes and converts it into white Arsenic, or Arsenious acid. q. v. 
 This, being procured in an impure state, is first purified by sublima- 
 tion, and then heated with Charcoal, which abstracts the Oxygen, 
 and reduces the Arsenic to its metallic state, and enables it to be 
 separated by sublimation. 
 
 Prop. Metallic Arsenic is of a steel-gray colour, has a metallic 
 lustre, is crystalline in texture, and very brittle. Sp. Gr. 5-8. Heated 
 in close vessels, it readily sublimes at a temperature of 360,. but Dr. 
 Mitchell says, at a low red heat, and is again deposited in a bright 
 metallic crust, shining like polished steel. Its vapour is remarkable 
 for having a strong smell of garlic. Exposed to the air, it tarnishes, 
 and becomes encrusted with a gray powder, which is considered to 
 be an imperfect Oxide, or a mixture of Arsenious acid and metallic 
 Arsenic. It is well known on the Continent as fly-powder. It is 
 readily oxidated also in water, and even in Alcohol. Heated in the 
 air, Arsenic easily burns, producing white fumes, which are some- 
 times called Flowers of Arsenic, but are those of the white Oxide, 
 that is, of Arsenious acid. q. v. As it forms no salifiable base with 
 Oxygen, some chemists have proposed placing it near the simple 
 acidifiable substances rather than among the metals. It forms two 
 distinct compounds with Oxygen : 1. Arsenious acid (As 1 O = 50), 
 which is officinal ; and 2. Arsenic acid (As 21 O = 58.) 
 
 ACIDUM ARSENIOSUM, L. (U. S.) ARSENICI OXYDUM ALBUM, D. 
 ARSENICUM ALBUM, E. 
 
 Arsenious Acid. White Oxide of Arsenic. White Arsenic. F. Arsenic blanc. 
 G. Weisser Arsenic. Arsenichtesaure. 
 
 The substance commonly called white Arsenic has been long 
 known, (v. supra.) It is found native, but is almost entirely obtained 
 for use from the refuse ores of different metals, in which Arsenic is 
 also contained, chiefly in Bohemia and Saxony, but also in Cornwall. 
 It is usually purified by a second sublimation, and is sufficiently pure 
 not to render necessary a repetition of the process, as in the Arsenici 
 Oxydum album sublimatum of the D. P. 
 
 Arsenious acid (As H O = 50), called also Oxide, and sometimes 
 Sesquioxide of Arsenic, is colourless, with scarcely any taste (after
 
 212 ACIDUMARSENIOSUM. 
 
 a short time, a very faint sweetish taste (c.),* and devoid of smell 
 both in its solid and vaporous state. It is found in commerce in 
 masses, which, when recently prepared, are transparent and glassy, 
 but in time become opalline and even opaque ; often on breaking a 
 piece which has become so, the interior will be observed still to have 
 a vitreous and transparent appearance, but the fresh surface m soon be- 
 comes like the exposed parts, and all are brittle and pulverulent. It may 
 be crystallized in regular octohedrons, either on cooling a saturated 
 solution obtained by boiling in water and evaporating, or by careful 
 sublimation. The change in appearance from transparency to 
 enamel-like opacity, is by some ascribed to mere difference of mole- 
 cular arrangement. The opacity Mr. Phillips believes to be owing 
 to the absorption of water from the atmosphere. These varieties 
 differ from each other in density, the opaque having a less degree of 
 specific gravity than the transparent variety, as ascertained by 
 Messrs. Guibourt, Phillips, and Taylor, as evident in the following 
 tabular view: 
 
 Transparent. Opaque. 
 
 M. Guibourt 3-7391 3-695. 
 
 Mr. Phillips 3-715 3-620.f 
 
 Mr. A. Taylor 3-798 3-529. 
 
 The solubility in water also of these varieties was said to differ by 
 M. Guibourt, who found the transparent dissolved in 103 parts of 
 water at (15 Cent.) 59 F., and in 9-33 parts of boiling water; and 
 that the opaque variety dissolved in 80 parts of water at (15 Cent.), 
 and in 7-72 parts of boiling water. Mr. Taylor (Guy's Hosp. Reports, 
 vol. iv. p. 83), observing the great discrepancies in the statements of 
 chemists respecting the solubility of Arsenic in water, submitted it to 
 careful experiment ; and he states that there is no observable diffe- 
 rence in the solubility of the transparent and opaque varieties of Arseni- 
 ous acid ; that water at ordinary temperatures dissolves about TTHJT? r 
 s^ of its weight, according to circumstances ; that hot water at 212, 
 allowed to cool on it, dissolves less than ^ 5 of its weight, or about 
 1^ grs. to each f3 ; that water boiled for an hour on this substance, 
 dissolves 2 V of its weight, or rather more than 20 grs. to each f 3 ; 
 that this water, on perfect cooling, does not retain more than ^ of its 
 weight, or 12 grs. to the f3. It is observed as remarkable that the 
 quantity retained in a cold saturated solution prepared by boiling 
 water should be so much greater (that is. 10 to 20 times more) than 
 what cold water can dissolve, or even hot water without the continued 
 
 * It is often differently described ; as " acrid, nauseux," even by Soubeiran. Orfila like- 
 wise, as quoted by Dr. C., describes it as a rough, not corrosive, slightly styptic taste 
 persistent and attended with salivation. Dr. Christison and his friends, in making expe- 
 riments on it, "'all agreed that it had scarcely any taste at all, perhaps towards the close 
 a very faint sweetish taste." So Dr. A. T. Thomson, Mr. Taylor, Mr. R. Phillips. There 
 is little doubt but that in some cases the subsequent effects produced by the irritation of 
 the poison have been confounded with the primary taste. 
 
 f Printed 3-260 in Transl. Pharmp.
 
 ACIDUMARSENIOSUM. 213 
 
 boiling. He further confirmed what had been ascertained by Dr. 
 Christison, that the presence of organic matter in a liquid is an obsta- 
 cle to the solution of the poison, but viscid liquids, as gruel, may sus- 
 pend a larger quantity than they can dissolve. The solution faintly 
 reddens Litmus. Hence in searching for Arsenic in organic liquids, 
 or in the stomach or intestines in cases of poisoning, it is proper first 
 to dilute the liquid considerably with water, and, secondly, to boil the 
 liquid thus diluted for at least 2 or 3 hours. Arsenious acid is soluble 
 in Oil, also in Alcohol, which dissolves about 2 grs., but cold brandy 
 not above 1 gr. in the ounce. When subjected to heat, Arsenious 
 acid is volatilized at a temperature of about 380 (or 425, Mitchell), 
 but without the characteristic smell of metallic Arsenic, and is again 
 deposited in sparkling octohedral crystals. If heated under the pres- 
 sure of its own atmosphere, it melts and is transformed into a glassy- 
 looking substance ; but if heated with any Carbonaceous matter (or 
 any of the easily oxidizable metals heated to redness, Paris,) it becomes 
 decomposed, from the Carbon abstracting its Oxygen and setting free 
 the Arsenic, which being itself volatilized, will exhale a garlicky odour. 
 It may be dissolved in some of the other acids, but when heated with 
 Nitric', the latter is decomposed, and the former, by taking some of 
 its Oxygen, is converted into Arsenic acid. It readily combines with 
 Potash and Soda, forming soluble salts, and also with Lime and some 
 metallic Oxides, forming insoluble and characteristic compounds, 
 which will be noticed among the Tests. Comp. As 75-72 + O 24-21 
 = 100. 
 
 Tests. It is entirely sublimed when heated. L. and E. Mixed with 
 Charcoal and exposed to heat, it emits an alliaceous smell. It is dis- 
 solved by boiling water, and Hydrosulphuric acid, when added, 
 throws down a yellow precipitate (Orpiment), and Lime-water a white 
 one (Arsenite of Lime). L. Chalk, Sulphate of Lime, and Sulph. 
 Baryta have been intermixed, and will be left when the Arsenious 
 acid is sublimed. That of commerce usually contains only a little 
 Oxide of Iron. 
 
 As Arsenic and most of its compounds are poisonous, and frequently 
 employed both by suicides and murderers, it is necessary to be able to 
 detect their presence. In suspected cases, any powder adhering to 
 the coats of the stomach, &c., or left in the vessels employed, is to be 
 searched for and kept apart ; or the stomach and its contents may be 
 boiled in distilled water, &c. ; or the poison may be searched for in 
 the blood and liquids and solids of the body, as it is not found in these 
 or the bones naturally, as was at one time thought by Orfila. We 
 may therefore have to treat it as a solid substance, or in the state of 
 solution, either pure or intermixed with organic matters. We may 
 often get a ready indication of the presence of Arsenic by the process 
 of Reinsch, that is, boiling a small quantity of the suspected matter 
 with Copper and Muriatic acid, when metallic Arsenic, if present, 
 will be deposited on the Copper, which will become covered, as it 
 were, with a thin coating of steel. 
 
 If Arsenious acid be obtained in a solid state, its characteristics
 
 214 ACIDUMARSENIOSUM. 
 
 may be shown a. By its volatility when exposed to heat ; and if this 
 is effected in a tube, it will again be deposited in a cooler part in 
 octohedral crystals, b. By a garlicky odour, which is that of metallic 
 Arsenic, being exhaled when it is thrown on red hot coal or charcoal, 
 in consequence of becoming deoxidized. 
 
 1. The most satisfactory and convenient test, and one delicate 
 enough for medico-legal purposes, is the reduction of the Arsenious 
 acid to the metallic state, followed by its subsequent oxidation. It 
 may be performed, when the quantity is small, with Charcoal in a 
 glass tube, which need not be above the ^ of an inch in diameter. 
 
 -p. 32 But when the quantity of poison is larger, 
 
 it is preferable to use a Soda flux.* Heat 
 the Arsenious acid and flux in the flame of 
 a spirit-lamp, applied first to the upper part 
 and then to the bottom of the tube. A little 
 water escapes, and should be removed with 
 a roll of filtering-paper, and then, holding 
 the tube steadily in the flame, the heat 
 should be raised so as to sublime the metal ; 
 it will then be obtained in a brilliant crust 
 and distinct, even when weighing only the 
 300th of a grain, (c.) 
 
 2. A further proof that the metal is Arsenic, is afforded by the 
 grayish-white combined with a crystalline appearance, observable in 
 the cooler parts of the tube, and which may be further produced, as 
 originally suggested by Dr. Turner, by converting the crust, or a por- 
 tion of it, into Arsenious acid, by chasing it up and down the tube 
 with a small spirit-lamp flame, till it is all converted into a white 
 powder, among which the sparkling triangular facets of the octohedral 
 crystals of Arsenious acid will be seen with the naked eye, and always 
 with a glass of four powers. This crystalline powder may be dis- 
 solved in a few drops of distilled water, or, filing off the part contain- 
 ing the sublimate, boil the tube and its contents in another tube, and 
 then apply the following tests. 
 
 When a clear solution in distilled water can be obtained, Arsenious 
 acid may be detected by what are called the liquid tests : 
 
 3. Lime-water, when added to such a solution, gives a white preci- 
 pitate of Arsenite of Lime ; but there must not be any excess of acid, 
 nor any free alkali, which should be neutralized with Ac' or H Cl'. 
 This test is, however, so indecisive that it has been abandoned by 
 Toxicologists. 
 
 4. Nitrate of Silver, dissolved in 10 parts of water, does not by 
 itself occasion any precipitate; but if a little alkali, such as Ammonia, 
 be added, forming an Ammoniaco-Nitrate of Silver, a lemon-yellow 
 precipitate (becoming brow r n in the light) immediately takes place of 
 
 * Dr. C. recommends grinding crystals of Carbonate of Soda with J of their weight of 
 charcoal, and then heating the mixture gradually to redness. Mr. Taylor recommends 
 neutralizing a solution of Tar' with a solution of Carb. Soda, evaporating to dryness and 
 incinerating in a closed platinum crucible.
 
 ACIDUM ARSENICS UM. 215 
 
 Arsenite of Silver, Nitrate of Ammonia remaining in solution. As 
 the precipitate is soluble in Ammonia, and also in Nitrate of Am- 
 monia, it is necessary to be careful in adding this preparation, the 
 Solutio Argenti Ammoniati, E. (v. p. 221.) As Nitrate of Silver pre- 
 cipitates Chlorides, &c., and Chloride of Sodium is often present in 
 organic liquids, it is desirable to get rid of it first, by adding plain 
 Nitrate of Silver in excess, and then adding the Ammonia. 
 
 5. Sulphate of Copper, like the above, will not act on Arsenious 
 acid until an alkali, such as Ammonia, has been added in just suffi- 
 cient quantity to redissolve the metallic oxide which is at first thrown 
 down : it then becomes Ammoniacal Sulphate of Copper. When this 
 is added to an Arsenious solution, a grass-green precipitate of Arsenite 
 of Copper takes place. Mr. Taylor (Guy's Hospital Rep. No. xiii.) 
 has recommended this precipitate to be washed, collected, and dried, 
 and then a small quantity of it, finely powdered, to be introduced into 
 a minute tube, and very gently and carefully heated over the flame of 
 a spirit-lamp, when a ring of small octohedral crystals of Arsenious 
 acid will appear. 
 
 6. When Sulphuretted Hydrogen or Hydrosulphuric acid is passed 
 through a solution of Arsenious acid, which has been previously 
 acidified with a few drops of Ac' or of H Ci', a bright yellow precipi- 
 tate takes place of Sesquisulphuret of Arsenic (Orpiment, as in the 
 L. P. tests), which is soluble in Liq. Ammoniac. The Oxygen of the 
 Arsenious acid and the Hydrogen of the H S' unite to form water. 
 Excess of Hydrosulphuric' (which should have been passed through 
 a double-necked bottle holding water) must be got rid of by heat, and 
 excess of any other acid neutralized with an alkali, and then the 
 H Cl' is to be added. Hydrosulphate of Ammonia is sometimes 
 employed, with the addition afterwards of a few drops of acid, to 
 neutralize the Ammonia, but is objectionable except as a trial test. 
 
 This test is usually preferred to all the others, and is so delicate as 
 to indicate Arsenious' in 100,000 parts of water; indeed, Dr. Frese- 
 nius (Lancet, June and July, 1844) would almost rely on it exclu- 
 sively: and it has the advantage of always acting. The precipitate- 
 may be finally heated with black flux or dry Carb. of Soda and Char- 
 coal in a small tube, when the Arsenic will be deposited as a metallic 
 crust, and may be reconverted into octohedral crystals of Arsenious 
 acid, and thus enable the above to be distinguished from other yellow 
 precipitates. 
 
 The three last tests, when they are characteristically developed, 
 and concur, are considered by Dr. Christison to afford unimpeachable 
 evidence of the presence of Arsenic ; the more so, as the precipitates 
 may be submitted to the demonstrative proof of reduction. 
 
 7. A new process for detecting the presence of Arsenious acid has 
 been discovered by H. Reinsch, and fully reported on by Mr. A. 
 Taylor in Brit, and For. Mod. Rev. No. xxxi. In this, if Copper foil 
 cut into pieces about an inch long and \ of an inch in width, or some 
 fine Copper gauze, be heated near to boiling, then with a little (about 
 T '(j) of Muriatic' in a solution containing Arsenious acid, this becomes
 
 216 
 
 ACIDUM ARSENIOSUM. 
 
 Fig. 33.* 
 
 decomposed, and a thin steel-like coating of metallic Arsenic is depo- 
 sited on the Copper, and maybe separated from it again by dissolving 
 it off with Nitric acid, or by heating in a tube, when it will sublime 
 in the form either of a ring of the metal, or as sparkling crystals of 
 Arsenious acid. These may be dissolved in a little distilled water, 
 and the liquid tests applied, if thought necessary. This process has 
 the advantage of being readily applied, and is so delicate as to 
 detect SSIHJSU (TFiumU' c -) P art f Arsenic, and so effectual, that 
 Marsh's process fails to show the smallest trace of Arsenic in the re- 
 siduary liquid. 
 
 8. A very delicate process, suggested by Mr. Marsh, of Wool- 
 wich, has been very generally employed since its invention. This 
 depends upon the power of nascent hydrogen to deoxidize Arsenious 
 acid. Of this the metal combining with the Hydrogen, passes off in 
 the form of Arseniuretted Hydrogen gas, which may be burned so 
 as to obtain the Arsenic in a metallic state, or as Arsenious acid, or 
 it may be fixed by being passed into solutions of some of the liquid 
 tests. 
 
 The suspected liquor is introduced into a suitable apparatus with 
 pieces of Zinc and some Dil. Sulphuric acid. 
 Water being decomposed, Hydrogen escapes 
 along with some Arseniuretted Hydrogen gas if 
 any Arsenic is present. If these two gases are 
 burned at the end of a fine pointed tube, and a 
 piece of glass or of porcelain be introduced into 
 the flame, metallic Arsenic of a blackish colour 
 will be deposited (and may be dissolved off with 
 Nitrohydrochloric') upon it ; but if the porcelain, 
 &c., be held above the flame, then Arsenious acid 
 in a white crust will be deposited ; or both de- 
 posits may be obtained by holding above the 
 flame the open end of a tube ^ inch in 
 diameter and 10 inches in length. (Per.) We 
 may obtain a solution of the acid by holding mica, 
 moistened with a few drops of water, over flame (Herapath, Med. 
 Gaz. xviii. p. 889) ; or it may be moistened with Ammoniacal Nitrate 
 of Silver, when the yellow precipitate would immediately take place ; 
 or the gas may be passed into a solution of Nitrate of Silver, as 
 proposed by Dr. Clark. 
 
 When Arsenious acid is mixed with organic substances, as is 
 usually the case in cases of poisoning, some difficulties are necessarily 
 experienced. These, and the fallacies attending the use of the re- 
 spective tests are fully explained and provided for in works expressly 
 devoted to the subject. The processes of Reinsch and of Marsh, or 
 that by Hydrosulphuric acid, are employed with the necessary pre- 
 
 * Marsh's apparatus. a, a. Bent tube containing suspected fluid, SuT, and Zinc. 
 
 b. Stop-cock and jet 
 
 c. Plate of glass to receive the Arsenic. 
 
 d. e. Supports.
 
 LIQUOR POT ASS jE ARSENITIS. 217 
 
 cautions, and among them it must never be forgotten that some of the 
 substances employed as tests (such as Sulphuric', Zinc, &c.) are apt 
 to be themselves adulterated with Arsenic, (v. Christison on Poisons, 
 3d and 4th ed. ; and Mr. Taylor's Papers and Reports in the Brit. 
 and For. Med. Review ; Pereira's Materia Medica.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant Poison, Antiperiodic, Alterative. Ext. Oc- 
 casionally employed as a Caustic in Cancers and Cancer-like affec- 
 tions. 
 
 D. gr. y'g or j\z to |. Rub up gr. j. with Sugar grs. x., and make 
 into pills with crumb of bread, and divide into 16 pills. The Hindoos 
 usually prescribe it in a solid state with pepper, &c. But it is 
 generally prescribed in the form of Liq. Potassze Arsenitis. 
 
 Antidotes. Evacuate Stomach. Encourage vomiting by mechanical 
 irritation, or prescribe an emetic of Sulph. of Zinc, or use the 
 stomach-pump. Give frequent draughts of milk both before and after 
 vomiting has begun, though not in large quantities, or demulcents or 
 farinaceous decoctions. Large quantities of Magnesia and of Char- 
 coal have been useful in some cases ; but the most effectual antidote 
 is the Hydrated Sesquioxide of Iron, or Ferrugo of the E. P. (v. p. 
 138) ; but it must be given in large quantities, and, as ascertained by 
 Dr. Maclagan, in the proportion of 12 parts of the Oxide, in a moist 
 state, (recently prepared, Procter,) to 1 of Arsenic; and it may there- 
 fore be given a spoonful every 5 or 10 minutes, and Reinsch's test 
 employed upon the vomited matters, to ascertain the progress of the 
 case. When the poison has been removed from the stomach, arrest 
 inflammation by venesection, promote Diuresis, and support the 
 strength with Opium ; administer occasional doses of Castor oil. 
 
 LIQUOR POTASS^E ARSENITIS, L. (U. S.) LIQUOR ARSENICALIS, E. D. 
 Fowler's Solution. Tasteless Ague Drop. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Boil Arsenious Acid broken in small pieces (in powder, E. D.) and 
 Carbonate of Potash (from Tartar, D.) aa gr. Ixxx. (gr. be. D.) (Ixiv. U. S.) in a glass 
 vessel in Aq. dest. Oj. (Oss. D. wine measure, D.) till they are dissolved. When cold add 
 Compound Tincture (Spirit, 3iv. D. U. S.) of Lavender fv. and the.n add Aq. dest. q. s. 
 to fill accurately a pint measure, (ftj. by measure, D.) 
 
 When the Arsenious acid and Carbonate of Potash are boiled toge- 
 ther, the Carbonic' being expelled, the Arsenious acid combines with 
 the Potash, and an Arsenite of Potash is formed and remains in solu- 
 tion. The Tincture of Lavender is intended only to give a little co- 
 lour. f3j. contains grs. iv. of Arsenious acid, and njlx. contains gr. 
 ^ of the same acid. De Vallenger's colourless Solutio Mineralis Sol- 
 vent. is thought by some to be a good form for exhibiting Arsenic, but 
 its composition is unknown. 
 
 D. n^iij. v. increased to flixx. two or three times a day. 
 
 RED SULPHURET OF ARSENIC was in ancient times employed in medi- 
 cine, as it still is in India, together with the Yellow Sulphuret. The 
 Red is commonly known by the name of Realgar, and is a natural
 
 218 ARSENICIIODIDUM. 
 
 production, but is also prepared artificially. It is a Protosulphuret 
 (As S = 92), and usually met with in red vitreous masses, or as a red 
 powder, being employed as a pigment. It acts as a poison, a part 
 being converted into Arsenious acid in the stomach, " though a por- 
 tion of the Oxide is subject to be converted into the Sulphuret, by H 
 S' gas evolved in the stomach after death." (c.) 
 
 YELLOW SULPHURET OF ORPIMENT (Auripigmentum), Sesquisulphuret 
 of Arsenic (As 1 S= 100) is a natural production, and also produced 
 artificially, as in the above processes, by passing H S' through solu- 
 tions containing Arsenious acid. The Orpiment of the shops is a 
 mixture of Sulphuret and of Arsenious acid, and is hence more rapidly 
 poisonous than natural Orpiment. King's Yellow is another impure 
 Sulphuret, of which the finest kinds are said to be imported from the 
 East. Dr. Christison states that, according to his experiments, it con- 
 tains a large proportion of Sulphuret of Arsenic, some Lime, and 
 about 16 per cent, of Sulphur. 
 
 IODIDE OF ARSENIC. Arsenici lodidum (As I 3 ) is an orange-red pow- 
 der, without taste and smell, easily volatilized. It has been adminis- 
 tered with benefit in doses of gr. |- gradually increased to gr. ^ in 
 some chronic cutaneous diseases, as Lepra and Psoriasis. 
 
 SOLUTION OF HYDRIODATE OF ARSENIC AND MERCURY. Arsenici et 
 Hydrargyri Hydriodatis Liquor of Mr. Donovan, of Dublin.* lodo- 
 Arseniate of Mercury of Soubeiran. Arsenic, Mercury, and Iodine 
 being in some respects similar to each other in some of their effects, 
 and occasionally prescribed in a solid form, Mr. Donovan was in- 
 duced to propose the more perfect form of a chemical solution. This 
 is of a yellow colour with a tinge of green, styptic in taste. Each f 3j. 
 of solution (water) contains Protoxide of Arsenic, gr. -|, Protoxide of 
 Mercury gr. |> Iodine (converted into Hydriodic acid), gr. -*, chemi- 
 cally combined together. Mr. D. gives the following directions for 
 preparing it : 
 
 Triturate 6-08 grs. of finely levigated Metallic Arsenic, 15-38 grs. of Mercury, and 
 49 - 62 grs. of Iodine with f3j. of Alcohol, until the mass has become dry, and from being 
 deep brown has become pale red. Pour on Aq. dest. f3viij. and after trituration for a few 
 moments transfer the whole to a flask ; add 3ss. of Hydriodic Acid prepared by the acidi- 
 fication of gr. ij. of Iodine and boil for a few moments. When the solution is cold, if 
 there be any deficiency of the original f gviij. make it up exactly to that measure with 
 distilled water. 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative, Stimulant. Effective in various obstinate 
 Skin diseases, as Lepra, Psoriasis, &c. 
 
 D. rr^x. f3ss. three times a day in distilled water. Ext. f3j. to 
 Aq. Dest. f3j. as a lotion. 
 
 Inc. Acids, many Salts, Opium, Morphia, and its salts. 
 
 * Donovan, in Dubl. Journ. of Medical Science. Nov. 1839, and Nov. 1842.
 
 ARGENTI OXYDUM. 219 
 
 ARGENTUM, L. E. D. 
 Silver. F. Argent. G. Silber. 
 
 Silver, one of the most anciently known of the metals, is found na- 
 tive and also combined with Sulphur in considerable quantities, also 
 as a Chloride, and alloyed with other metals, especially Lead, Gold, 
 Antimony, Arsenic, Copper. It is separated from its ores by the pro- 
 cess of amalgamation. The Arabs are thought to have been the first 
 to employ it in medicine. In its metallic state it is inert, but being 
 little liable to alteration, or to be affected by reagents, it is much 
 employed for surgical instruments, and for vessels for chemical pur- 
 poses. 
 
 Prop. Silver (Ag=108) is remarkable for its whiteness and bril- 
 liancy, as well as for its malleability. Sp. Gr. 10*47. Unalterable 
 in the air, with the exception of a little tarnishing from the formation 
 of some Sulphuret of Silver. It melts at a bright red heat (1873 
 Daniell, 1830 Prinsep), but does not oxidize at any temperature, un- 
 less heated with some fusible siliceous substance, or acted on by Nit'. 
 Boiling Sul' converts it into a Sulphate, while H Cl' has little action, 
 though it combines with Chlorine, also with Cyanogen and Sulphur. 
 The standard Silver of this country contains 18 parts of Copper to 
 222 of Silver. 
 
 Tests. Silver is sometimes mixed with Gold, usually with Copper, 
 often with Lead. "It is entirely dissolved byDil. Nit' (any Gold will 
 remain undissolved as a dark-coloured powder). This solution, on 
 the addition of an excess of Chloride of Sodium, gives a white pre- 
 cipitate (Chloride of Silver), which an excess of Ammonia dissolves, 
 and it should be free from colour (any Lead will be dissolved by the 
 Nit', be precipitated by the Chloride, but remain undissolved by the 
 Ammonia). The Chloride of Silver being removed, and Hydrosul- 
 phuric acid added to the solution, it is not coloured by it, and nothing 
 is thrown down (showing that both Lead and Copper are absent)." 
 L. E. Chloride of Lead is more soluble in boiling water than in 
 cold, and is partly deposited in acicular crystals as it cools. Iron, 
 Copper, and Mercury reduce the solutions of Silver to a metallic 
 state. 
 
 Pharm. Uses. Employed for making Nitrate of Silver. 
 
 ARGENTI OXYDUM. 
 
 Oxide of Silver (Ag O = 116) may be obtained by adding caustic 
 Potash to a solution of Nitrate of Silver. 3ij. of the former to 3iv. 
 of the latter substance will yield about 3iij. of the Oxide of Silver. 
 The Oxide is thrown down of a brown colour, is soluble in Ammonia, 
 and to a small extent in water, which then displays alkaline reaction. 
 M. Sementini (Journ. de Pharm. viii. 93) inferred that it was to this 
 Oxide that the antispasmodic properties of Nitrate of Silver were due. 
 Mr. Lane (Med. Chir. Rev. 1840) has also argued that the Nitrate
 
 220 ARGENTI NITRAS. 
 
 becoming Chloride of Silver in the stomach, and that being carried 
 by the circulation to the cutaneous surface, is there converted into 
 Oxide by the action of light and the strong affinity of Albumen ; but 
 that if the Oxide be prescribed, as it cannot penetrate the capillaries, 
 its passage to the skin would not take place, and therefore the dis- 
 figurement or blue colour of the skin would be avoided, and we 
 obtain the sedative effects of the Nitrate of Silver without its 
 causticity. He has prescribed it for two months, Dr. G. Bird for 
 four months. It has been prescribed in doses of gr. ss. to gr. j. 2 or 
 3 times a day in a pill with crumb of bread, gum, or with sugar. 
 Dr. Stenhouse has shown that some of these reduce the Silver if 
 aided by heat. 
 
 Action. Uses. An effective substitute for the Nitrate of Silver. 
 
 CHLORIDE OF SILVER (AgCl = 144) is always produced when 
 Nitrate of Silver is added to any solution of a Chloride, and for which 
 the former is always used as a test. It forms a curdy precipitate, at 
 first white, afterwards becoming of a blackish colour under the in- 
 fluence of light and moisture. It is insol. in water, and also in Nit', 
 but is soluble in Ammonia. Dr. Perry of Philadelphia, considering 
 that Nitrate must in the stomach be converted into Chloride of Silver, 
 inferred that this might be prescribed as an efficacious medicine to 
 produce the alterative and tonic effects of Silver. He prescribed 
 it in doses of gr. 3 to gr. iij. and gr. xij. 3 times a day, and states 
 that in less doses than 30 grs. no irritating effects result, but if that 
 quantity be given at once it will produce emesis. (Brit, and For. 
 Med. Rev. xii. 567.) 
 
 ARGENTI NITRAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Argent! Nitratis Crystalli et Argenti Nitras Fusum, D. Argentum Nitratum. Nitrate 
 of Silver. Lunar Caustic. Lapis Infernalis. F. Nitrate d'Argent. G. Silbersal- 
 peter. 
 
 Nitrate of Silver (Ag O, N O" = 170) was known to Geber, and 
 has long been employed in medicine. Its two forms of crystallized 
 and fused, still kept distinct in the D. P., were formerly supposed to 
 possess different properties; but they differ only in molecular ar- 
 rangement. In a crystallized state, Nitrate of 
 Silver is white and transparent, in the form 
 of hexangular tables or right rhombic prisms, 
 of a powerfully metallic taste, and so bitter as 
 formerly to have been called Pel metallorum, 
 as also Centaurea Mineralis. Heavy, with- 
 out water of crystallization, permanent in the 
 air, soluble in its own weight of water at GO 
 F., and in half its weight of boiling water; readily so in hot Alcohol, 
 but the greater portion is again deposited on cooling. Subjected to 
 heat, it melts at 426 (at a higher heat it is decomposed), and is then 
 run into moulds. Usually seen in sticks of a dark gray colour ; when
 
 ARGENTINITRAS. 221 
 
 fresh made, grayish-coloured, striated, and radiated in structure. The 
 change in colour is probably owing to its becoming reduced at the 
 surface, dependent on organic matter in the air ; strong light is thought 
 to reduce it, but Mr. Scanlan proved that if confined in a clean glass 
 tube, hermetically sealed, and exposed to the light of the sun, it un- 
 dergoes no change. It stains the skin of a blackish colour, as it does 
 all organic matter, whether in solution or substance, and acts as a 
 caustic on the latter. Its presence is readily distinguished by the 
 white curdy precipitate which takes place on the addition of a Chlo- 
 ride or H Cl' to its solution. The Chloride of Silver deposited be- 
 comes black on exposure to light, is dissolved by Ammonia, but not 
 by Nit', and it is frequently employed in the P. as a test for Chlo- 
 rides, and when ammoniated is one of the tests for Arsenious acid. 
 Ferrocyanide of Potassium gives a white, and Hydrosulphuric' a 
 black, precipitate. Comp. Ag. O 68-24 N' 31-76 = 100. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Dissolve (pure, E.) Silver (in sheets cut into small pieces, D.) 3jss. 
 (37 parts in a glass vessel, D.) in Nitric' f 3j- diluted with Aq. dest. f 3ij. (dilute Nitric' 
 60 parts, D.) in a sand-bath (with gentle heat, E.) gradually increase the heat and evapo- 
 rate to dryness. Fuse the salt with a slow fire in a crucible (earthenware or porcelain, 
 E.) Expel the water, and when ebullition has ceased, L. pour into proper (cylindrical) 
 (iron, E.) Moulds [(previously heated and greased slightly with tallow, E.) (Preserve 
 the product in glass vessels, E. D.)] 
 
 [U.S. Silver 3J. Nitric Acid fgv. Distilled Water fgij. as above.] 
 ARGENTI NITRATIS CRYSTALLI, D. Dissolve the metal as above, then evaporate and 
 cool for crystals to form. Dry them without heat, and preserve in glass vessels in the 
 dark. 
 
 The Nitric' heated in contact with the Silver, becomes decomposed, 
 and a portion of its Oxygen combines with the Silver ; the Oxide of 
 Silver which is thus formed unites with the Nit' remaining undecom- 
 posed, and thus Nitrate of Silver is obtained. The Nitrogen of the 
 decomposed Nit' escapes in union with 2 Eqs. of Oxygen in the form 
 of Nitric Oxide, which, uniting with a portion of the Oxygen of the 
 atmosphere, fumes of Nitrous acid gas are observed. Crystals of 
 Nitrate of Silver may be obtained, as in the D P., by gradually 
 evaporating the solution. By driving off the whole of the water, and 
 continuing the heat, it is fused, and then run into moulds. 
 
 Tests. Apt to contain some reduced Silver, Nitrates of Copper, of 
 Lead, of Zinc, and of Potash. " Originally white, blackened by ex- 
 posure to light" (probably also from organic matter). " Entirely 
 soluble in water," L. (except a very little black powder, E). Copper 
 put into the solution, precipitates Silver. Other characters as detailed 
 under SILVER. If Copper be present, the Nit' would produce a 
 greenish or blackish Nitrate of Silver, and Ammonia will change 
 this solution to a bluish colour. Chloride of Sodium will precipitate 
 the whole of the Silver in the state of Chloride, which will be dis- 
 solved by Ammonia. 
 
 The Chloride of Silver being removed, and Hydrosulphuric' added 
 to the solution, it is not coloured by it. If Zinc should be present, a 
 white Sulphuret of Zinc will be precipitated ; and if Copper, then a 
 black Sulphuret f this metal. The solution being evaporated, any 
 saline impurity will be left, and may be tested.
 
 222 ARGENTI CYANIDUM. 
 
 Dr. Christison states that the Edinburgh College have adopted a 
 plan which provides against all sorts of adulterations collectively, 
 without indicating the nature of the impurity. " Grs. xxix. dissolved 
 in Aq. dest. f3j. acidulated with Nit', and precipitated with a sol. of 
 grs. ix. of Muriate of Ammonia, briskly agitated for a few seconds, 
 and then allowed to rest a little, will yield a clear supernatant liquid, 
 which still precipitates with more of the test." 9-12 grs. of the Mu- 
 riate (i. e. Hydrochlorate) of Ammonia will precipitate 29 grs. of 
 Nitrate of Silver. If 9 grs. be added to that quantity of pure Nitrate 
 of Silver, a further addition of the test will cause further precipitation. 
 The data put down in the formula allow about one per cent, of im- 
 purity." (c.) 
 
 Inc. Sul', Phosph', H Cl' and Tar' H Sul', and the salts which con- 
 tain them, Alkalies and their Carbonates, Lime-water. Ammonia in 
 excess redissolves the precipitate first formed. Spring and River- 
 water which contain any of the above. Astringent Infusions and 
 other organic substances, as Albumen, Milk. 
 
 Action. Uses. Ext. Stimulant, Escharotic, may be used as a Vesi- 
 cant. Int. Tonic, Antispasmodic, Sedative. Very large doses act 
 as a Corrosive Poison. 
 
 D. gr. 5 gr. ij. or even more, made into pills. Readily decom- 
 posed in the stomach by H Cl', Chlorides, &c. ExL As a lotion of 
 various strengths. 
 
 Antidotes. Chlorides, Milk, Albumen. Evacuate Stomach. Anti- 
 phlogistic treatment. 
 
 LIQUOR ARGENTI NITRATIS, L. SOLUTIO ARGENTI NITRATIS, E. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Nitrate of Silver 3j. (gr. xl. E.) in Aq, dest. f 3j. (gr. 1600,E.) Filter. 
 Preserve in well-closed bottles (in the dark, L.). 
 
 SOLUTIO ARGENTI AMMONIATI, E. Solution of Ammoniaco-Nitrate of 
 Silver. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Nitrate of Silver gr. xliv. in Aq. dest. f 3j. Add gradually, and then 
 cautiously, Aqua Ammonite q. s. to nearly but not quite redissolve the precipitate at first 
 thrown down. 
 
 This is a delicate test, commonly called Hume's test for Arsenious 
 acid. (v. p. 214.) 
 
 ARGENTI CYANIDUM, L. Cyanide of Silver. Cyanuret of Silver. 
 [ARGENTI CYANURETUM, U. S.] 
 
 The Cyanide of Silver (Ag Cy = 134) is obtained as a white pow- 
 der, heavy, without taste or smell, becoming of a violet hue by expo- 
 sure to light and air. It is insoluble in water and Caustic Potash, 
 but soluble in caustic Ammonia. " Heated, it yields Cyanogen, and 
 is reduced to Silver." L. H. Cl' and Hydrosul' readily decompose 
 it, Hydrocyanic acid (q. v.) being evolved. Comp. 80-6+Cy 19-4 = 
 100.'
 
 OXIDES OF GOLD. 223 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Nitrate of Silver gij. and 3ij. in Aq. dest. Oj. Add diluted Hydro- 
 cyanic' Oj. Mix. Wash the precipitate with Aq. dest. and dry it. 
 
 [U. S. Nitrate of Silver 3xv. Hydrocyanic Acid, Distilled Water aa Oj.] 
 
 Cyanide of Silver is precipitated, as the Cyanogen of the Hydro- 
 cyanic' combines with the Silver of the Nitrate. The Hydrogen of 
 the acid combining with the Oxygen of the Oxide of Silver, some 
 water is formed, which remains in solution. 
 
 Use. Employed to obtain Hydrocyanic acid (q. v.) extempora- 
 neously. 
 
 AURUM. 
 
 Gold. Sol Rex Metallorum. F. Or. G. Cold. 
 
 Gold (Au = 200]) being always found native, was one of the earliest 
 known metals, and highly esteemed for its many valuable properties. 
 None of its preparations are officinal, but some have been much used 
 in modern times. The Greeks and sometimes the Arabs are supposed 
 to have been the first to employ it medicinally. The Alchymists 
 diligently investigated its properties for the purpose of finding the 
 elixir of life and the universal remedy ; but the Hindoos seem to have 
 preceded them in this course. 
 
 Prop. The properties of Gold are well known, as it is little acted 
 upon by external agents, but soluble in Jlqua Regia, or a mixture 
 of Nit' with 4 parts of Hydrochloric', on account of the Chlorine 
 it contains, with which Gold readily combines. Oxygen unites with 
 it in several proportions. It is characterized by a purple precipitate 
 being produced when Protochloride of Tin is added to a solution of 
 Chloride of Gold, and by Protosulphate of Iron causing a brown pre- 
 cipitate which, with the aid of the blowpipe, may be fused into a 
 globule of Gold. 
 
 PULVIS AURI. Gold-leaf, rubbed up with Honey, or, as in the Fr. 
 Codex, with Sulphate of Potash, and then washed with water, is left 
 in the state of a fine powder of a brown colour. It was submitted to 
 experiment by M. Chretien and by M. Lallemand, and found to be 
 mild in action but certain, of considerable benefit as an antisyphilitic, 
 and in different affections of the Lymphatics, which it stimulates, in 
 doses of gr. to gr. j. two or three times a day, or applied in friction 
 on the tongue. 
 
 OXIDES OF GOLD. Oxygen combines with Gold in several propor- 
 tions, but the nature of these has not been settled by chemists. A 
 preparation, the Purple Powder of Cassius, which has been long em- 
 ployed, is supposed to owe its efficacy to the presence of Deutoxide 
 of Gold. It is obtained by precipitating Chloride of Gold with Proto- 
 hydrochlorate of Tin, when what is supposed to be a Deuto-Stannate 
 of Gold is obtained. This Oxide is supposed to have been the active 
 ingredient of some old preparations, as the Crocus Solis. 
 
 PERCHLORIDE OF GOLD, formed when Gold is dissolved in Nitro-
 
 224 CHLORIDE OF GOLD AND SODIUM. 
 
 Muriatic acid, is very liable to decomposition. In action and viru- 
 lence it is analogous to Corrosive Sublimate. It readily combines 
 with other metallic Chlorides, whence is obtained the 
 
 CHLORIDE OF GOLD AND SODIUM, which is now usually employed in- 
 stead of the foregoing, as being more permanent in character and 
 less costly. It is in elongated crystals, of a deep yellow colour, not 
 alterable in the air, soluble in water. Composed of Chloride of Gold 
 69-3 + Chloride of Sodium 14-1 + Aq. 16-6 = 100. It is the most to 
 be depended on of these preparations. It may be prescribed in pill 
 with Liquorice powder or Starch, or in solution. One mode of ad- 
 ministering it is to divide the first grain into 15 parts, the second into 
 14, then into 12, 10, and so on, giving one of the fractional parts 
 every morning. It has been given in |- and also gr. doses ; or it 
 may be applied by friction to the tongue mixed with 3 times its 
 weight of Iris .root powder. (See Diet. Univ. de Matiere Medicale of 
 Herat and De Lens for a full article on this subject.)
 
 VEGETABLE 
 
 MATEEIA MED 1C A. 
 
 MANY of the most valuable medicinal articles in use in the present 
 day, as in ancient times, are yielded by the Vegetable Kingdom in all 
 parts of the world. Some, therefore, are indigenous products, others 
 obtained by foreign commerce. All have particular soils and climates 
 where they can grow in full health and secrete the principles which 
 make them useful as medicines in the fullest perfection. Some con- 
 tain these diffused through their whole substance, when the whole 
 herb or plant may be employed ; others store them up only in parti- 
 cular parts or organs, and which therefore are alone employed. Or 
 we may use in preference some proximate principle, separated either 
 by nature or art from the rest of the vegetable matter. It is neces- 
 sary, therefore, to be acquainted with the parts and products of plants, 
 as well as with the best methods of preserving or preparing them for 
 medicinal use. 
 
 The parts of Plants which are used officinally, and which it is de- 
 sirable to know, as well for the above purpose as for understanding 
 the Classification employed in Botanical arrangements, are in 
 
 FLOWERING PLANTS. 
 1. The Organs of Vegetation. 
 
 RADIX. The root : usually sunk in the earth, serving to fix the plant 
 and to absorb nourishment for its use. This it does through the 
 naked extremities (spongioles) of its fibrils or radicles. Some 
 roots are reservoirs of nutritious matter for the plants of the suc- 
 ceeding year ; but most of these are rather Rootstocks. 
 
 CAULIS. The stem is the part of the plant situated between the root 
 and leaves, and which usually supports the parts rising above 
 the ground. The differences are apparently so great among 
 stems, that different names are applied to different varieties ; they 
 are, moreover, distinguished according to duration, into an- 
 nual, biennial, and perennial. They differ remarkably in their 
 mode of growth ; some, called EXOGENOUS, as those of all European 
 trees, grow by the deposition of a layer of wood on the outside of 
 
 15
 
 226 ORGANS OF VEGETATION. 
 
 that of the previous year, so that the oldest and most matured 
 parts are in the centre, and the softer on the outside. Others, 
 again, as Palms, grow only by additions to their centre, such 
 additions being successively pushed outwards ; so that the cir- 
 cumference becomes the hardest part of these stems. These are 
 called ENDOGENS. The term Acrogen is applied by Dr. Lindley 
 to those which are formed by the union of the bases of leaves 
 and the original axis of the bud from which they spring, as in 
 Ferns ; among these are also included those which grow by 
 simple elongation or dilatation, where no leaves or buds are 
 produced. 
 
 The Stem of Exogens is distinguished into several parts, as 
 1. The Pith in the centre, which is seldom used officinally, ex- 
 cept in the case of that of the Sassafras. 2. The Medullary 
 sheath, which surrounds the Pith. 3. The Wood, formed of con- 
 centric layers ; and 4. The Bark, which lies on the outside, and 
 is connected with the pith by means of the Medullary rays. It 
 is divisible into four layers, the Epidermis on the outside, then 
 the Mesophlceum and Endophlceum, counting from without in- 
 wards, with the innermost of all, commonly called Liber. 
 
 RHIZOMA, or Rootstock, differs so much in position from the Stem, 
 that it used to be considered a kind of Root ; but it is in fact a 
 prostrate thickened stem, which produces leaves from its upper 
 and true roots from its under side. Many of the Radices or 
 Roots of former Pharmacopoeias are called Rhizomes in that of 
 1836, as that of Acorus Calamus, and as ought to have been 
 that of Aspidium Filix Mas. A creeping stem, or root as it used 
 to be called, is a kind of Rhizoma. 
 
 CORMUS. This term, or Corm, is applied to what is essentially a kind 
 of stem, though it remains under ground, becomes of a roundish 
 or ovoid figure, something resembling a Bulb in form, as in the 
 Cormus of Meadow Saffron or Colchicum Autumnale. 
 
 BULBUS. A Bulb is roundish or ovoid, and consists of a flat fleshy 
 disk, from the under surface of which true roots proceed, and 
 on the upper surface arise fleshy coats, which are pressed close 
 to each other either in an imbricate or tunicate manner, and en- 
 close a true bud in their centre. Several are officinal, as those 
 of the Onion, Garlic, Squill. 
 
 GEMM^:. Leaf-Buds are the rudiments of new shoots, and are either 
 naked or protected by particular coverings called Scales. None 
 are mentioned in the Pharmacopoeias, excepting those of Dyer's 
 Oak, in an abnormal condition, Gemmae Morbidas. 
 
 FOLIUM. The Leaf is usually a broad and thin expansion of vege- 
 table tissue, of a green colour. It varies, however, very much 
 in form and figure, so as sometimes to be thick and fleshy. It 
 consists, 1. of the expanded part called lamina or blade, one or 
 both surfaces of which may be covered by stomata, or breathing- 
 pores ; 2. the petiole, by which it is attached to the stem, and 
 where it is often supported by a pair of small leaves or stipules. 
 The leaf may be simple or compound, that is, composed of
 
 ORGANS OF REPRODUCTION. 227 
 
 several pieces united by a common petiole. It may have paral- 
 lel or reticulate venation, and vary in a variety of ways. Many 
 contain the most active principles of the plant, as the Senna, 
 Cajaputi, and others. 
 
 It is not necessary for the object in view to enter into the intimate 
 texture of plants, or to describe the characters of Membrane and of 
 Fibre, of Cellular or of Woody Tissue, or the peculiarities of the 
 Vascular or of the Laticiferous Tissue. 
 
 2. Organs of Reproduction. 
 
 FLOS. The Flower, when in the state of Bud (Alabastrus) is like 
 the Leaf-Bud, surrounded by scales. It consists essentially of 
 the Stamens and Pistils, or the parts concerned in fertilization ; 
 but the term is commonly applied to the Floral Envelope, con- 
 sisting of the Calyx and Carol, usually supported by a Bract or 
 Floral leaf. The apex of the pedicle, or the part of the plant to 
 which the Flower is attached, is called the Receptacle, sometimes 
 called Thalamus, in compound words, as Thalarnifloras. Besides 
 these, it is necessary to notice the disposition of Flowers on a 
 plant, which is called their Inflorescence. All the parts of the 
 flower, either separately or in their aggregate state, are employed 
 medicinally, also the bracts, with the ultimate ramifications of 
 the plant, when the whole plant, as in the Mints and other La- 
 biatae, is officinal ; also in the Cacumina or Tops of plants, as 
 in the Rosemary, Semina Santonica3, &c. 
 
 CALYX. The Calyx is the outer of a double whorl of floral envelopes, 
 usually of a green colour; but when there is only a single whorl, 
 then this is called the Calyx. Sometimes the term Perianth is 
 applied when it is difficult to distinguish whether it be single or 
 formed by the union of both calyx and corol. The Calyx is 
 formed of one or more pieces, or sepals. Being exterior, it is 
 necessarily always inferior, but being either unattached to or 
 adherent to the interior parts, it is in the former case said to be 
 superior, from being adherent to the ovary in its lower, and only 
 free or visible as a distinct organ, in its upper part. All the out- 
 side of the flower is calyx, and is alone seen in the Clove. 
 
 COROLLA. The Corol is the inner of a double floral envelope, usually 
 delicate in structure and brilliant in colour, consisting either of 
 two or more pieces or petals, when it is said to be polypetalous ; 
 or if these be united into one piece, it is called gamopetalous by 
 De Candolle, but monopetalous by most botanists. The Petals of 
 Roses and of Corn Poppy are officinal. 
 
 STAMEN is the male organ, consisting of the anther, which is a case 
 divided into cells, containing the pollen, a granular powder, or 
 fecundating dust. The anther may be sessile or supported by a 
 filament, or androphore, which term is usually applied where 
 several are united together. When the stamen is adherent to 
 the sides of the calyx, it is said to be perigynous, or surrounding 
 the ovary; but if united both with the calyx and the ovary, then 
 it is said to be epigynous, or upon the ovary. But when it is
 
 228 ORGANS OF REPRODUCTION. 
 
 quite free, the term hypogynous is used, indicating both its real 
 and apparent position below the ovary. 
 
 DISK is a part not observed in all plants, but includes every thing 
 produced between the stamens and ovary : it used to be com- 
 monly called Nectary. It is annular, foliaceous, scale-like, or 
 usually like small glands. It may be considered to represent a 
 whorl of undeveloped leaves. 
 
 PISTILLUM. The Pistil is the female organ, surrounded by the stamen 
 and floral envelopes, consisting of the ovary divided into one or 
 more cells, and containing one or more ovules or the rudiments 
 of future seeds. It is terminated by the stigma, which is pro- 
 perly a secreting surface and humid to receive the pollen. The 
 stigma is either sessile on the ovary, or separated from it by the 
 style. In the same way that adherence of the calyx to the ovary 
 makes it appear superior, so the ovary is in that case said to be 
 inferior ; but when the calyx is free and inferior, the ovary is 
 superior. 
 
 The only part of an immature Pistil which is officinal, is the 
 Stigmata of the Saffron Crocus. 
 
 The suppression of any of these whorls of the floral series 
 produces a difference of character, which is expressed by a 
 name, as when the corol is absent, the flower is said to be ape- 
 talous ; if the stamens are not developed, then the flower is said 
 to be a fertile or female flower ; but if the pistil is suppressed, 
 then it is called a male flower. 
 
 FRUCTUS. The Fruit is the ovary arrived at maturity ; with this, 
 some of the floral envelopes are occasionally united, and grow 
 with it. The fruit consists of a Pericarp and of the Seed or 
 Seeds enclosed within it. Some few, from being imperfectly 
 covered, are called naked seeds. A fruit may be simple when 
 produced by a single flower, or compound when formed out of 
 several flowers. As the Pistil is considered by Botanists to be 
 formed out of one or more modified leaves, which are then 
 called carpels, so the fruit must be similarly constituted, and the 
 number of cells and the partitions by which these are divided, 
 must depend upon the number of carpels of which the fruit is 
 composed; but it is observed that in consequence of some of the 
 ovules becoming abortive, and the others growing inordinately, 
 some of the cells become abolished. It is therefore necessary 
 to examine the ovary to ascertain the normal number of cells. 
 As the fruit is the pistil come to maturity, it bears upon it some 
 traces of the style, and necessarily consists both of the seed and 
 of its covering or pericarp. It ought never, however small, to 
 be called simply a seed. Therefore, in the present Pharmaco- 
 peia, many of the fruits are correctly so called, instead of being 
 incorrectly denominated seeds, Semina. Many fruits are offici- 
 nal, also the rind (Cortex) of some, and the pulp (Pulpa) of 
 others; and in the case of the Mucuna (Dolichos) pruriens, even 
 the hairs with which it is externally covered. 
 SEMEN. The Seed is the ovule (Vegetable Egg) arrived at maturity,
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS. 229 
 
 and contains the rudiments of a plant similar to that by which 
 it has been produced. It is attached by a funiculus to the inside 
 of the ovary. It consists 1. Of the Integuments, Tunica Semi- 
 nales, or Matured Sacs of the ovules. 2. Of Albumen. 3. Of 
 the Amygdala or Kernel. Some seeds are naked, as in the true 
 Gymnosperms. A few are imperfectly covered. All are marked 
 with the hilum or umbilicus, the point where the seed was at- 
 tached to the parent plant ; often also with the micropyle, or 
 minute hole, which was the foramen of the ovule, and to which 
 the radicle is always opposite. On the outside of the proper 
 seed-coats, we sometimes observe an aril (arillus), which is an 
 expansion of the funiculus or of the placenta. That of the Nut- 
 meg, known as Mace, is officinal. Sometimes the seed is covered 
 with a hair-like substance, such as Cotton, officinal in the E. P. 
 
 AMYGDALA. The Almond or Kernel consists of the Embryo, with or 
 without Albumen. The Albumen or Perisperm, situated between 
 the Seed-coats and Embryo, is a mass of cellular tissue filled 
 with inorganic matter, which is, during germination, converted 
 into nutriment for the young plant. 
 
 EMBRYO is composed of one, two, or more Cotyledons or seminal 
 leaves of the young plant, which consists also of the Plumule 
 and Radicle. The Embryo may be erect or pendulous, &c. 
 
 FLOWERLESS OR CRYPTOGAMIC PLANTS. 
 
 These plants, distributed into the natural groups of Ferns, Mosses, 
 Lichens, Fungi, and Algae, differ so much from others, both in the 
 parts of Vegetation and of Fructification, as generally to be treated 
 of separately. Those, therefore, which afford any officinal plants, 
 will be mentioned in their proper places. It may suffice to state, 
 that their substance is composed chiefly of Cellular tissue, and that, 
 being destitute of organs of fructification, they are propagated by 
 spores, which differ from seeds in being free in their cavities, form- 
 ing simple sacs, which separate into four distinct masses, and these 
 germinate from any part of their surface. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS. 
 
 Besides the parts of plants which are employed officinally, it is ne- 
 cessary to notice the mode in which plants are classified, as well for 
 the purpose of understanding as for appreciating the advantages of 
 the Natural Method of classification. Until of late years, the arti- 
 ficial system of Linnaus was adopted in this country ; but botanists 
 have for many years been studying the natural affinities of plants. 
 The publication in 1789 of the " Genera Plantarum Secundum Or- 
 dines Naturales Disposita," of A. L. de Jussieu, proved upon how 
 satisfactory and comprehensive a basis such a classification might be 
 formed ; and the series in which Jussieu first arranged them, is pro- 
 bably as natural as any that has since been proposed. The correc- 
 tions and additions made by Mr. Brown in 1810, and, subsequently, 
 to the characters of many of these orders, gave them a stability 
 which they have continued to retain. The system of the celebrated
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS. 
 
 De Candolle, of Geneva, is now usually followed, not because it is 
 considered perfect, but because under it, in his " Prodromus Syste- 
 matis Naturalis," the greatest number of plants have been arranged, 
 and the authors of several Floras have adopted it. It is, therefore, 
 the most convenient for study, and, being stable for a time, serves as 
 a good basis for studying the affinities of plants, for future systems. 
 
 The parts of plants, or the compound organs of which they are 
 formed, have been enumerated, but the internal structure requires 
 also to be noticed. Dissection and the microscope show that plants 
 are composed of Membrane and Fibre, formed into Cells and Ducts 
 of different kinds, and into Woody, Vascular, and Laticiferous Tissue. 
 
 De Candolle* has laid it down as a fundamental proof of a classi- 
 fication being natural, that it arrives at the same results by consider- 
 ing either the organs of reproduction or those of nutrition. 
 
 He first divides all plants, as Linnaeus had already done, into Phee- 
 nogamous and Cryptogamous, or into Flowering and Flowerless 
 Plants. The former have their organs of Fructification with their 
 Envelopes, disposed according to a more or less of a symmetrical 
 plan, while the Cryptogamic plants have their reproductive organs, 
 if any, disposed without any order, and their integuments obscured 
 and irregular. If we look to the parts of vegetation, the Phsenoga- 
 mous plants, moreover, are furnished with vascular tissue and with 
 stomata, while the Cryptogamous have only cellular tissue, either 
 during their whole life, or in their first foliaceous organs. 
 
 Phaenogamous plants have been divided into Dicotyledones, or those 
 which have two opposite, or several whorled Cotyledons ; and into 
 Monocotyledones, which have only one Cotyledon, or if more than 
 one, these are arranged alternately. The Dicotyledons, moreover, 
 grow by additions of new layers on the outside of their woody tex- 
 ture, and are hence called Exogenous in growth, while the Monoco- 
 tyledons grow by additions to their centre, and are hence named 
 Endogenous. 
 
 Cryptogamous Plants may also be divided into two classes, the 
 Heterogamous and the Amphigamous, the first signifying that the 
 fructification is unusual, having sexual organs visible under the mi- 
 croscope, but constructed upon a totally different plan. The Amphi- 
 garnce include those of which the fructification is doubtful, and such 
 as display no sexual organs even under the microscope, though it is 
 possible that the spores may have become fecundated even within 
 the cells where they are produced. These Cryptogamous plants are 
 also either semivascular or entirely cellular. The former, which are 
 the same as the ^Etherogamae, have their first leaves formed of cel- 
 lular tissue only and are without stomata ; but at a later period of 
 growth, have vessels and stomata. The true Cellulares are entirely 
 without vessels and stomata, and consist of a homogeneous mass, in 
 which the distinction of stem, leaves, and roots is obtained only by 
 comparison. But both these groups are usually included under the 
 general term Acotyledones. 
 
 * Sur la Division du Re.gne Vegetal. 1833.
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS. 231 
 
 Hence \ve observe that the , divisions formed from the Organs of 
 Reproduction, correspond with those taken from the Organs of Nu- 
 trition. 
 
 The results may more clearly be represented in a tabular form, and 
 for the sake of seeing the relative numbers of plants in each of these 
 great subdivisions, we add the numbers of plants in each, which were 
 known in the year 1830, as given by De Candolle. 
 
 From the Organs of Prom the Organs of 
 
 Fructification. Nutrition. 
 
 I. Phanerogamae or Vasculares 39,684 
 
 Class 1. Dicotyledonese 
 
 2. Monocotyledonese 
 II. Cryptogamae 
 
 3. ^Etherogamse 
 
 4. Amphigamce 
 
 Exogenae 
 Endogenee 
 
 Cellulares 10,950 
 
 Semivasculares 
 Cellulosae 
 
 32,264 
 7,260 
 
 3,242 
 7,723 
 
 50,534 
 
 These classes are subdivided into smaller groups, under which the 
 several Natural Families are arranged ; those which yield officinal 
 plants will be mentioned in their appropriate places ; v. p. 238, &c. 
 
 VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY. 
 
 The subjects which are attended to in Vegetable Physiology are, 
 the mode in which the functions of plants are performed, how they 
 are enabled to grow, and how in perfecting their secretions they are 
 influenced by the several agencies of Light, Heat, Air, and Moisture, 
 as well as in the nature of the nutriment afforded by the soil. This 
 is interesting in a scientific point of view, and necessary to be studied, 
 if it is wished to make any practical application of our knowledge of 
 Plants, to the arts of Agriculture or of Horticulture, or to the cultiva- 
 tion of Medicinal plants. Also, if we are desirous of knowing the 
 season of the year best suited to the collection of the different parts 
 of plants, or wish to judge correctly of the situations in which they 
 are most likely to secrete the principles, which make them useful as 
 Medicinal agents, in their most efficient state. 
 
 Plants not being endowed with voluntary motion, and unprovided 
 with any internal cavity in which they may store up the fluids from 
 which they are to derive nourishment, depend for these entirely on 
 the soil in which they are fixed, and on the atmosphere by which 
 they are surrounded. The nutriment absorbed by the aid of endos- 
 mose by the extremities of the root passes from cell to cell, or along 
 the vascular tissue of the middle of the roots, and then, aided by 
 capillary attraction, and the void produced by evaporation from the 
 surfaces of leaves, &c., ascends the stem chiefly in the course of the 
 young wood ; in early spring filling every part, that is, the cells, the 
 fibres, and the vessels ; but later in the season, proceeding chiefly 
 along the cells. In its course, the watery fluid dissolves some of the 
 organic matter stored up in the vegetable tissue, and is then denomi- 
 nated the sap of the plant. Arrived at the green shoots and surface 
 of the leaves covered with stomata, it is exposed to the influence of 
 light, heat, and air. About two-thirds of the moisture taken up, is
 
 232 PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS. 
 
 now evaporated and exhaled ; the remainder of course becomes in- 
 spissated. Some Carbonic acid is absorbed, and, as well as that ob- 
 tained by the roots, becomes decomposed, the Carbon becoming fixed 
 and the Oxygen set free.* Some water is also supposed to be de- 
 composed, and its Hydrogen fixed, as also the Ammoniacal salts ob- 
 tained from the soil, so as to give the supply of Nitrogen to the plant. 
 Other decompositions also, and fresh combinations, probably take 
 place among the elements of air and water, when the elaborated sap, 
 consisting of fine granules floating in a limpid fluid, begins to descend 
 by the under surface of the leaf and along the bark, composed as 
 this is of cellular tissue, elongated fibres, and laticiferous vessels. In 
 these the processes commenced in the leaf are probably completed, 
 as the sap takes either a direct or a circuitous course downwards, 
 and allows these proper juices to become deposited in the bark, or 
 distributed horizontally by the medullary rays to the centre of the 
 stem (thus forming the difference between young (Alburnum) and 
 heart-wood) ; or the greater portion may be conveyed downwards, 
 even as far as the root. 
 
 The proximate principles secreted by plants, though very various 
 in nature, are found to be composed of only a few elementary prin- 
 ciples, that is, of Carbon, Oxygen, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen ; though 
 their proportions are complex, and the equivalent numbers of the 
 compounds high. To give a general view of the subject, these may 
 be arranged in a tabular manner. 
 
 1. Compounds which contain Oxygen and \ 
 
 Hydrogen in the same proportion as in f Starch, Dextrine, Cane Sugar, Grape Su- 
 water ; sometimes called neutral Com- t gar, Gum, Cellulose, 
 pounds or Hydrates of Carbon. 
 
 f Fibrine insoluble and Caseine soluble in 
 
 2. Neutral Azotized substances generally 1 cold water. Albumen coagulated by heat, 
 diffused through plants. ^ Gluten, a tenaccous and elastic compound 
 
 ( of Fibrine and of an Azotized principle. 
 f Ligneous tissue, Fixed Oils, Stearine, Mar- 
 n -r a , , i-t j \ jjarine, Elaine, Volatile Oils (some of these 
 
 3. Inflammable compounds, or Hydrurets, ) {^JJ no Q ^ ^^ ^g Sulphur), 
 or those m which Hydrogen is in excess. ^ Camphor> gj^ oleo . Resins> & 
 
 (^ Wax, Gum-Resins. 
 
 4. Vegetable Alkalis, composed of Carbon, ^ Morphia, Narcotina, Codeia, Quina, Cin- 
 Oxygen, Hydrogen, Nitrogen. ( chonia, Strychnia, Aconitina, Veratria, &c. 
 
 f Citric, Tartaric, Pectic, Malic, Acetic, Tan- 
 
 5. Vegetable Acids. Oxygen in excess, or i nic, Gallic, Oxalic, Meconic, &c. (Hydro- 
 in greater proportion than in water. \ cyanic acid is a compound of Hydrogen 
 
 ( and the radical Cyanogen.) 
 
 Many acids, like the above alkalies, are peculiar to particular kinds 
 of plants ; other principles are more general, but not universal, as 
 Colouring matter. Some products, moreover, are obtained from 
 plants by the processes of Fermentation, by the action of Heat, or 
 the agency of Chemical reagents. 
 
 Some of these principles are supposed to contribute more directly 
 than others to the nourishment and growth of the plant itself. Thus 
 Cellulose, Starch, and Dextrine, are nearly identical in composition, 
 
 * Plants in the dark and at night exhale Carbonic acid and absorb Oxygen, as do seeds 
 during germination, and flowers during expansion, as in the Arum.
 
 PROXIMATE PRINCIPLES OF PLANTS. 333 
 
 and one may easily be changed into the other. For the Starch inso- 
 luble in water may be converted into the soluble Dextrine, and even 
 into Sugar, by Diastase, a singular azotized substance, found in ger- 
 minating seeds, also near buds and the eyes of potatoes when begin- 
 ning to sprout. The Starch that is stored up, may thus be converted 
 into a soluble syrup, or spread out into a membrane, and form the 
 walls of cells and vessels. The azotized principles, being generally 
 present, are also supposed to contribute to the nutrition of the plant. 
 They are, at all events, remarkable for corresponding in composition 
 and properties with the principles of the same name, obtained from 
 the blood and milk of animals. By a diminution or increase taking 
 place in the number of equivalents of any of the elements composing 
 these principles, there may ensue an excess of Oxygen, of Hydrogen, 
 of Carbon, or of Nitrogen. Thus Ligneous tissue is supposed to in- 
 crease its proportion of Carbon, as well as of Hydrogen, and hence 
 to be more combustible than Cellulose. As the effects of the respira- 
 tion of plants when exposed to light, is to fix the Carbon and set free 
 the Oxygen, this would of itself leave an excess of Hydrogen ; and 
 to this is ascribed the properties of some substances found in the de- 
 scending sap of the bark, as Chlorophylle, Latex, Resins, Essential 
 Oils, Wax. The Fatty Oils are usually secreted only by the fruit, 
 as in the sarcocarp of the Olive, Melia, and some Palms, &c. ; but 
 they are generally confined to the kernel of the seed. 
 
 When the proportion of Oxygen is increased, acidification takes 
 place, and the several vegetable acids are formed ; some found in a 
 great variety of plants, others peculiar to individual species. But, 
 as in the case of the mineral acids, Hydrogen is sometimes the acidi- 
 fying principle, as in the case of the Hydrocyanic acid. The forma- 
 tion of the oxyacids, it is supposed, must be favoured by nocturnal 
 respiration, when some Oxygen is absorbed. It takes place in parts 
 exposed to light, but which are not of a green colour, as in a variety 
 of fruits, and in some roots. It has further been observed, that the 
 nascent parts of plants abound in azotized principles; and though 
 seeds contain a supply of Nitrogen, this is soon exhausted by the 
 growing plant, and a fresh supply must be obtained from the soil, 
 which it does chiefly from the Ammoniacal salts held in solution by 
 the water absorbed by the roots. In connexion with these, may, 
 therefore, be mentioned the influence of the mineral contents of the 
 soil. It is evident that as clay retains moisture, and sand allows 
 water to percolate through it, such a mixture of the two as will hold 
 the moisture without becoming wet, and yet allow the air to pene- 
 trate into the soil, must have a beneficial influence on vegetation. 
 Other mineral substances, such as Gypsum, Oxides of Iron, and Alu- 
 mina, are useful in fixing Carb' and Ammonia. Other salts, being 
 taken up by the water, must combine with the ordinary vegetable 
 acids (No. 5), and are necessarily the source of the saline ashes (pp. 
 87 and 101) which remain when plants are burnt. Some are essential 
 to the constitution of the plant, such as Phosphates to the grain of the 
 Cereals, and Silex to the straw of Grasses. 
 
 Seeing, therefore, that the rate of absorption by the roots depends
 
 234 CHEMISTR'Y OF VEGETATION. 
 
 as well upon the moisture of the soil, as does the rate of evapora- 
 tion from the leaves upon the dryness of the atmosphere, we require 
 no further proof to perceive how much the functions of plants must 
 be controlled by such physical agents as Light, Heat, Air, Water, 
 and the Nutriment these last afford, nor how interesting and impor- 
 tant must be the study of the functions of plants : for upon the due 
 performance of these, not only depends the proper elaboration of 
 medicines, but of all the principles which are to afford nourishment 
 to all the vegetable feeders of the animal kingdom. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY OF PLANTS. 
 
 Finding that the growth of plants and the nature of their secretions 
 are so much affected by the different physical agents, we may con- 
 clude that there are particular sets of plants fitted by nature for the 
 particular circumstances in which they are placed. The Tropical 
 Zone is characterized by brightness of light, great heat, and mois- 
 ture. These are all favourable to the developement of plants, which 
 are accordingly characterized by vastness, the foliage by richness, 
 and the inflorescence by brilliancy of colouring. From these re- 
 gions, moreover, the rest of the world is supplied with aromatics and 
 spices. Tropical climate is not terminated by an abrupt line ; but, 
 according to the influence of local causes, is extended into higher 
 latitudes, carrying with it the peculiarities of tropical vegetation. So 
 also in ascending mountains, the diminution of temperature being 
 gradual, so is the disappearance of the vegetable forms growing at 
 their base ; and we find plants diminishing in number and in size as 
 we ascend lofty mountains. Luxuriant vegetation, however, is not 
 confined to tropical countries ; for temperate climates can equally 
 boast of beauty and variety of scenery, where the Pine tribe are 
 conspicuous, Oaks, with other catkin-bearing trees, form valuable 
 timber-trees, and the small Labiates, the aromatics of northern re- 
 gions. Between these extremes, there are many gradations of tem- 
 perature, of moisture, and of dryness, all of which influence the 
 nature of the vegetation and the secretions of plants ; as, for in- 
 stance, the tract of country which is beyond the reach of tropical 
 influence, and yet not so cool or so moist as European regions, but 
 where the atmosphere is clear and dry, the temperature hot, and the 
 soil apparently barren. All this being favourable to the due secre- 
 tion of vegetable products, we obtain from Persia, Arabia, and parts 
 of Africa, many most important drugs. Therefore, in visiting or 
 sojourning in different countries, when acquainted with the principles 
 of geographical distribution, we know what groups of plants to ex- 
 pect, and what we may hope successfully to cultivate ; so also in 
 cultivating or collecting medicinal plants in our own country, we 
 shall be better able to weigh the influences of soil and of aspect. 
 
 MEDICAL PROPERTIES OF NATURAL FAMILIES OF PLANTS. 
 
 The connexion between the medical properties of plants and their 
 structure was a subject noticed by Csesalpinus, Camerarius, Petiver, 
 and Linnaeus, but has been paid much more attention to since the
 
 COLLECTING AND DRYING OF VEGETABLES. 235 
 
 publication by De Candolle of his " Essai sur les Proprietes Medi- 
 cales des Plantes." As the author has elsewhere said, "In this work 
 he has shown, that as the effects on the system of the different sub- 
 stances used as medicines must be owing either to their physical 
 characters or their chemical composition, so must these depend on 
 the peculiar organization of the vegetable, especially in the organs 
 of nutrition, by which they are secreted. But as plants are classified 
 from their organs of reproduction, and not from those of nutrition, it 
 does not appear how we are led to the nature of the secretions formed 
 by these, from a consideration of groupings founded on the examina- 
 tion of a different set of organs. To this it has been well replied, 
 that though an artificial arrangement may draw its characters of 
 classes from as small a number of organs as possible, the natural 
 method is, on the contrary, the more perfect, i-n proportion, as the 
 characters of its classes express a greater number of ideas. Hence 
 those families which present the greatest number of points of analogy 
 in the organs of reproduction, will also display them in the organs of 
 nutrition, in which the secretions are chiefly performed. Thus the 
 division of vegetables from the seeds into Acotyledons, Monocotyle- 
 dons, and Dicotyledons, agrees with that taken from the existence 
 and disposition of a vascular system. Hence the structure of the 
 organs of reproduction may be a sufficiently certain index of the 
 structure of those of nutrition ; but as these determine the nature of 
 the secretions or products of plants, so it follows that the properties 
 of plants may be in accordance with their classification into natural 
 families." 
 
 As examples, we may adduce the Graminese as yielding all our 
 Cereal grains. The Palms afford Starch, Sugar, and Oil. The Oo- 
 niferse, Turpentine, I^esin, and Tar, in whatever part of the world 
 they are found. The Labiatse yield Volatile Oil ; the Solaneae se- 
 crete narcotic, the Convolvuli, cathartic, and the Gentianea?, bitter 
 principles, both in hot and cold parts of the world. Numerous other 
 instances will be adduced in the course of the work. Exceptions, no 
 doubt, also occur ; but agreements in the accordance of properties 
 with structure are so numerous, that in no other way can we get so 
 much information, or so readily find a substitute for a medicine, or 
 an equivalent for an article of trade, as by seeking for it in the fami- 
 lies of plants which are already known to produce substances of 
 similar properties in other parts of the world. This is no trivial 
 advantage, if we consider only the immense extent and varied cli- 
 mates of the British dominions visited by the medical officers of the 
 Royal and East India Company's army, as well as by the Royal and 
 Mercantile Navy. 
 
 THE COLLECTING AND DRYING OF VEGETABLES. 
 
 As the medical and other properties of organized bodies depend 
 not only on the peculiar secretions of each particular species (differ- 
 ing often in different parts or organs of each), but also on these se- 
 cretions having been duly elaborated under the suitable influence of 
 physical agents ; so in the collecting of plants, we must pay atten-
 
 236 COLLECTING AND DRYING OF VEGETABLES. 
 
 tion not only to the genuineness of species and to their products, but 
 also to the influence of Age, of Habit, of Season, of Situation, and 
 Aspect, as well as to their being wild or cultivated. Care must, 
 moreover, be taken that their secreted principles do not become de- 
 composed by exposure to humidity or to too much light, heat, or air. 
 The Colleges, therefore, give some general directions for the collect- 
 ing of vegetables. 
 
 " Vegetables should be collected in dry weather, and when moist 
 neither with rain nor dew. They should also be collected annually, 
 and those which have been kept longer than the year should be thrown 
 away." This has reference to herbaceous plants, which should be 
 collected only when in full perfection, that is, when they contain the 
 principles which make them useful as medicines in the fullest perfec- 
 tion. The period may therefore differ according as we seek only for 
 mucilaginous principles, or those which present the concentrated es- 
 sence of a plant in the form of an alkali. 
 
 Shortly after gathering (those which are to be used in a fresh state 
 excepted) plants should be lightly strewed (or put in paper bags), and 
 dried as quickly as possible with a gentle heat, in a dark airy place 
 (taking care that the green colour is not injured by too much heat) ; 
 pulverize immediately if required in powder, and preserve in proper 
 vessels, excluded from light and moisture. (Dry herbs and flowers, 
 for the preparation of oils and distilled waters, should be used as soon 
 as collected.) L. and D. 
 
 " Most Roots are to be dug up before the stalks or leaves appear." 
 Dr. Houlton states that all roots should be taken up at the time that 
 their leaves die, as they then abound with the proper secretions of 
 the plant. Biennial roots at the end of their first year. All intended 
 to be preserved should be dried as soon as possible after they have 
 been dug up. The large true roots, especially the more juicy, dry 
 better in their entire state than when sliced, and their juices are not 
 then exposed to the influence of the atmosphere. The L. C. directs 
 the roots which are to be preserved fresh, to be kept in dry sand. 
 
 " Barks should be collected at that season in which they can most 
 easily be separated from the wood." This in general is the case in 
 spring. The Oak is known to yield a larger quantity of Tannin when 
 barked at that, than at any other season. 
 
 Leaves are to be gathered after the flowers have expanded, and 
 before the seeds ripen. Mr. Battley's directions are that they should 
 be freed from their stalks before being powdered or used medicinally. 
 But it is sometimes preferable to allow them to dry while attached 
 to the stalks. They may then be laid in thin layers in baskets of 
 willow stripped of its bark, in a drying-room kept quite dark. They 
 should then be exposed to a temperature of 130 to 140 F. for 6 or 8 
 hours. The leaves then having shrivelled, should be turned, and the 
 same temperature continued until they crumble readily in the hand. 
 The leaves so dried retain their green colour, and in a high degree 
 their medical properties. The leaves so dried should be preserved in 
 dry and clean jars closely covered, and powdered as required. Dr. 
 Houlton believes that the juices of leaves are less liable to deteriora-
 
 COLLECTING AND DRYING OF VEGETABLES. 237 
 
 tion by being inspissated in their own cells than when they are formed 
 into extracts, however carefully the process may be conducted. 
 
 " FLOWERS should be collected when just blown." But the petals 
 of the Red Rose are directed to be gathered just before they blow. 
 
 SEEDS are to be collected when ripe, and are to be kept in their 
 own seed-vessels. 
 
 PULPY FRUITS, if they are unripe, or if ripe and dry, are to be put 
 in a moist place, that they may become soft ; then press the pulp 
 through a hair sieve; afterwards boil them over a slow fire, frequently 
 stirring ; lastly, evaporate the water in a water-bath, until the pulps 
 become of a proper consistence. Press through a sieve the pulp or 
 juice of ripe and fresh fruits, without any boiling water being used, 
 as is necessary in the case of the bruised pods of Cassia. 
 
 Succi SPISSATI. Inspissated Juices. The freshly gathered herb is 
 to be strongly pressed through a canvass bag, in order to obtain the 
 juice ; which is to be put into a wide, shallow vessel, and evaporated 
 in vacuo or spontaneously, especially if a current of dry air be passed 
 over, or by the aid of steam, or a water-bath placed under it. The 
 mass when cold is to be put into proper glazed vessels, and moistened 
 with strong Alcohol. Sometimes the supernatant liquid, being de- 
 canted off, is alone evaporated to the consistence of an extract. 
 These inspissated juices are not distinguished by name in the L. P. 
 from the extracts obtained by evaporating the watery or spirituous 
 solutions of different vegetable substances, and which form true 
 Watery or Spirituous Extracts. 
 
 The success with which the sensible and medical properties of 
 plants may be retained, by attention being paid to the rules for their 
 preservation, is well exemplified in the preparations of Mr. Battley 
 and of Mr. Squire, the extracts of Mr. Hooper (v. P. J. ii. 638 and 
 723), the vegetable juices of Mr. Bentley, and the dried herbs and 
 the officinal parts of indigenous plants, as preserved by Mr. J. H. 
 Kent, surgeon, of Stanton.
 
 
 I. DICOTYLEDONES vd EXOGENJ1. 
 
 Exogenous Plants are such as grow by additions to their exterior, 
 and have two or more seed-leaves or cotyledons ; hence they are 
 also called Dicotyledones. 
 
 Exogenous plants are divided by De Candolle into four great sub- 
 divisions or subclasses, which are distinguished by the number of the 
 parts of the flower, their union or separation, and by the insertion of 
 the stamens. Thus, the groups are 
 
 a. Thalamiflora?. A Calyx and Corolla. Petals distinct from one 
 
 another. Stamens hypogynous or inserted 
 below the Pistil, that is, into the Receptacle. 
 
 b. Calyciflora?. A Calyx and Corolla. Petals usually distinct. 
 
 Stamens perigynous. 
 
 c. Corolliflorae. A Calyx and Corolla. Petals united into one, 
 
 within which the Stamens are borne. 
 
 d. .Monochlamydese, or Apetalse. A Calyx only, or none. 
 
 De Candolle includes among Calycifloree, all the orders with an inferior ovary, even 
 though their petals are not distinct : Dr. Lindley arranges all these M onopetalce under 
 the head of CorollifloraB. 
 
 a. TJialamiflorce. 
 
 RANUNCULACE.E. Jussieu. Crowfoots. 
 
 Herbaceous plants, or shrubs, often with climbing stems ; juice watery. Leaves with- 
 out stipules, usually alternate, with their bases or petioles expanded and half embracing 
 the stem, the limb variously cut, sometimes abortive, and its place then supplied by the 
 dilated petiole. Flowers usually complete, regular or irregular, solitary, racemose or 
 paniculate. Calyx of 3, 5, or 6 sepals sometimes petaloid. Petals sometimes want- 
 ing, or equal to, or twice, or several times as many as the sepals, either flat or variously 
 formed. Stamens numerous, anthers adnate, opening by a double cleft; ovaries single 
 or many, free, one-celled, either one or many-seeded. Fruit consisting either of dry, 
 single-seeded akenia, of one or two-valved, usually lew-seeded follicles. Seeds erect, 
 horizontal or inverted. Embryo minute at the base of a horny albumen. 
 
 Some of the Ranunculaceas are found in most parts of the world where the soil and 
 climate are not very hot and dry. They therefore indicate moisture of soil with moderate 
 temperature of climate. 
 
 Properties. A few of the Ranunculaceis secrete a bitter principle, but most abound in 
 an acrid principle, volatile in nature and destructible by heat, which makes the leaves 
 and roots of several, useful as Rubefacients and Caustics when applied externally, or 
 causes them to act as Irritants when taken internally. In others, peculiar Alkalies 
 have been detected which make them useful as Sedatives and in larger doses to act as 
 poisons. 
 
 RANUNCULUS ACRIS, Linn. Folia, D. Polyand. Polygyn. Linn. 
 
 Upright Meadow Crowfoot is an indigenous plant, very common 
 in meadows and also on mountains throughout Europe.
 
 Kanunculacea;.] HELLEBORUS NIGER. 239 
 
 Bot. Ch. Root fibrous ; radical leaves palmato-partite, divisions subrhomboid, cut and 
 acutely toothed, upper stem-leaves tripartite, segments linear ; stem many-flowered : 
 peduncles round, flowers yellow, a fleshy scale covering the nectarial pit ; carpels smooth, 
 lenticularly compressed, and margined, beak curved, much shorter than the carpel ; re- 
 ceptacle smooth. E. B. 652. 
 
 Action. Uses. As in R. Flammula. 
 
 RANUNCULUS FLAMMULA, Linn. Herba recens, D. 
 
 Lesser Spearwort is indigenous in wet places, flowering from June 
 to the autumn, and is found also in other parts of the world. 
 
 Bot. Ch. The root is fibrous ; the stem, at first decumbent and rooting at the base, is 
 afterwards ascending ; the leaves are entire, elliptical, lanceolate, or linear, occasionally 
 serrated ; the flowers numerous, yellow, much larger than the spreading calyx, with the 
 nectarial pit at the base of the petals covered by a fleshy scale ; carpels obovate, smooth, 
 obsoletely margined, and terminated by a short point. E. B. 387. 
 
 Prop. The recent herbaceous parts of this, as well as of other spe- 
 cies of Crowfoot, are extremely acrid. The principle upon which 
 this depends has not been accurately determined, but it has been 
 ascertained to be of a volatile nature, so as to be destroyed by simply 
 drying the plants, infusing or boiling them in water, or exposing 
 them to heat. 
 
 Action. Uses. Acrid and Irritant. When applied to the skin, 
 rubefaction followed by vesication is produced ; and when brought 
 into contact with the mucous membrane of the stomach, irritation 
 and vomiting may be produced. Used as a Rubefacient and 
 Epispastic, or as an Irritant in obstinate Scabies. 
 
 HELLEBORUS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Radix. The Root. HELLEBORUS 
 NIGER, Linn. E. D. (H. officinalis Sibth, L.) Polyandria Trigynia, 
 Linn. 
 
 Black Hellebore, so called from the colour of its roots, and Christ- 
 mas Rose, from flowering in winter, is a native of the shady woods 
 of the lower mountains of many parts of Europe. 
 
 Bot. Ch. The plant is herbaceous, with a perennial blackish-coloured rhizoma, tuber- 
 culated and scaly, from which descend numerous thickish radicles. The leaves, which 
 sometimes make their appearance after the scape, are radical, with long, cylindrical, and 
 spotted footstalks, pedately divided, with the lobes from 7 to 9, oblong lanceolate, some- 
 times cuneate-obovate, largely serrated towards their apices, and arranged apparently along 
 the forked terminations of the petiole ; they are stiff, almost leathery, of a dirty green colour, 
 smooth above, paler and reticulate beneath. The scape is shorter than the petiole, fur- 
 nished with two or three oval bracts, often simple and single-flowered, sometimes forked 
 and two-flowered. The flower is large, terminal, white, with a tinge of pink, the most 
 conspicuous part being the petaloid calyx: of this the sepals are 5, ovate, and permanent. 
 The petals, 8 to 10, are small, greenish-coloured, tubular, tapering towards the base, 
 with the limb tubular, bilabiate, and their outer margins terminated in a tongue-shaped 
 lip. Stamens numerous, longer than the petals. Ovaries 6 to 8. Stigmas terminal, 
 orbiculate. Capsules follicular, leathery. Seeds many, elliptical, umbilicated, arranged 
 in two rows. Jacq. Fl. Aust. t. 201. B. M. t. 8. 
 
 Hellebore root is usually imported in bags and barrels from Ham- 
 burgh, sometimes from Marseilles, (p.) French authors state that
 
 240 
 
 HELLEBORUS OFFICINALIS. 
 
 [Thalamiflorae. 
 
 Fig. 35. 
 
 they are supplied from Auvergne and from Switzerland. The so- 
 called roots, consist of the root-stock and of the radicles ; the latter 
 are chiefly recommended ; the former some inches long, and half an 
 inch thick, straight or contorted, is marked with transverse ridges, 
 being the remains of the leaf-stalks, and on the under surface with 
 long fibres, all more or less of a dark brown colour, internally with a 
 white point in the centre. The odour of the dried root is feeble, but 
 has been compared by Geiger with that of Seneka root. The taste 
 at first sweetish, soon -becomes bitter and nauseously acrid. Dr. 
 Christison says he did not observe the roots to be acrid in February, 
 and that the dried roots are not acrid. (Goebel and Kunze, 1 1 . Tab. 
 xxxi. fig. 1. a.) 
 
 Prop. Hellebore root has not yet been satisfactorily analyzed. 
 Feneulle and Capron found in it both a Volatile and Fatty Oil, a Vola- 
 tile Acid, Resinous matter, Wax, a Bitter principle, Mucus, Ulmine, 
 Gallate of Potash, Supergallate of Lime, and an Ammoniacal salt. 
 They ascribe the activity of Hellebore to the union of the concrete 
 oil with the volatile acid. As the root loses some of its efficacy by 
 drying and also by long keeping, it requires to be frequently renewed. 
 Water extracts some of its virtues, but Alcohol is the best menstruum. 
 
 HELLEBORUS OFFICINALIS of Dr. 
 Sibthorp ( Fig. 35) found by him on 
 hilly ground in Greece and the 
 Levant, has been figured in Fl. 
 Graeca, t. 583. It was considered 
 by Dr. S. to be the Black Hellebore 
 of Dioscorides, being still used and 
 called Zoptima by the Turks, and 
 2xag<pi? by the Greeks. It had been 
 discovered previously by Tourne- 
 fort, and was called H. orientalis 
 by Lamarck. Though this proba- 
 bly afforded the roots employed by 
 the ancients, yet as it seems never 
 to be brought to this country, it 
 should not have been adopted as the 
 officinal plant by the London Col- 
 lege. It is intermediate in charac- 
 ter between H. niger and H. viridis, 
 differing from the former in its 
 rather leafy-branched, many-flow- 
 ered stem, and from the latter in its 
 coloured calyx, and from both in 
 its leaves being pubescent on their under surface. Fig. 35. 1. A 
 sepal with petals attached. 2. Sepals &c. removed to show the 
 pistils with a stamen and petal. 
 
 HELLEBORUS VIRIDIS; Green Hellebore roots are often mixed with 
 those of the Black Hellebore oh the Continent, and are said to be 
 efficient substitutes. H. FOETIDUS, or Bearsfoot Hellebore, has its leaves
 
 Ranunculacece.] STAPHISAGRIA. 241 
 
 still officinal in the United States. They are acrid, emetic, and 
 cathartic, and were formerly employed as Anthelmintics. The roots 
 of Actaea spicata are sometimes intermixed with Hellebore, and are 
 figured with the above by Goebel and Kunze. 
 
 Action. Uses. The fresh root of Hellebore applied to the skin, in- 
 duces inflammation, and vesication. Given internally, it acts as an 
 irritant to the intestinal canal, producing vomiting and purging and 
 in some cases inflammation of the rectum. Purgative Emmenagogue. 
 
 D. Hellebore is sometimes prescribed in fresh-made powder, in 
 doses of from grs. x. to 9j., as a drastic purgative, but in gr. iij.'to 
 viij. for milder effects. Of the Infusion (3ij. to Aq. ferv. Oj.) f3j. 
 every four hours. An Alcoholic extract is an efficacious preparation. 
 
 TINCTURA HELLEBORI (NiGRi, D.) L. (U. S.) 
 
 Prep. Macerate Bruised Hellebore gv. (3iv. D. U.S.) in Proof Spirit Oij. for 14 
 (7, D.) days and strain. 
 
 D. fSss. to f 3j. as an adjunct to draughts. 
 
 [EXTRACTUM HELLEBORI, U. S. Extract of Black Hellebore. 
 
 Prep. Take Hellebore in coarse powder ftj. Diluted Alcohol Oiv. Moisten with half 
 a pint of the Diluted Alcohol, and allow to stand for 24 hours, then displace in a per- 
 colator with the remainder of the Alcohol, and displace the last quantity with water. 
 Distil off the Alcohol, and evaporate to the proper consistence. 
 
 This is better than an extract by decoction, as the vol. oil is retained. 
 
 D. gr. v. to xx.] 
 
 STAPHISAGRIA, L. E. D. Semina. The Seeds. DELPHINIUM STA- 
 PHISAGRIA, Linn. Stavesacre. Polyandria Trigynia, Linn. 
 
 Stavesacre is a plant of the south of Europe and of the Mediterra- 
 nean islands, identified by Dr. Sibthorp as that employed in medicine 
 by the Greeks. It is often confounded with D. pictum and with 
 D. Requienii. 
 
 Bot. Ch. The plant is biennial, and hispid with a tall herbaceous stem. Leaves broad 
 palmately 5-9 cleft, segments entire or trifid, pedicels tribracteate at their base. Flowers 
 in a lax raceme, with 5 petaloid sepals, the upper one shortly spurred, petals four, united 
 at the base and beardless, the upper two extended into appendages inclosed within the 
 spur, the two lower spathulate, capsules 3 ovate ventricose. Seeds numerous. FI. 
 Graeca, t. 508. 
 
 Prop. Stavesacre seeds are imported from the south of Europe. 
 Those from Germany are said to be very good. All are of an 
 irregular triangular shape, rough dotted surface, and brownish-colour, 
 of little odour, but having a bitter and acridly burning taste. The 
 properties of these seeds depend on an alkaloid called Delphinia, and 
 on a volatile acid, which has been thought analogous to the acrid 
 principle of other Ranunculaceae, but is perhaps only the Malic with 
 a Volatile Oil. The other constituents are a Fatty Oil, Gum, Starch, 
 Azotized matter, Albumen, with several salts. 
 
 Delphinia was obtained by Couerbe by acting on the alcoholic ex- 
 tract of the seeds with boiling water acidulated with Sulphuric acid, 
 and then precipitating the Delphinia from the solution by means of 
 
 16
 
 242 DELPHINIA. [Thalamiflora. 
 
 Ammonia. Or, boil the watery extract -with Magnesia, refilter, boil 
 with Alcohol, and evaporate the solution. This Delphinia is pure 
 enough for medical purposes, but is still mixed with another substance 
 called Staphisin. Delphinia is white, powdery but crystalline, very 
 bitter and acrid, fusible like wax, nearly insoluble in water, soluble in 
 Alcohol and Ether, forming salts with acids, which are also very 
 bitter. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stavesacre seeds and Delphinia- are acrid poisons ; 
 the former have been employed to kill pediculi. An Alcoholic solution 
 rubbed on the skin, produces burning and tingling; and is hence 
 used as a counter-irritant. Internally, the seeds have been given as 
 emetics and cathartics, but are too violent ; also sometimes in infu- 
 sion as an Anthelmintic. In large doses, Narcotic. 
 
 TINCTURA or SOLTJTIO DELPHINIA. Dissolve Delphinia Bij. in 
 Rectified Spirit f3ij. Useful as an embrocation in Neuralgic cases, 
 and in chronic rheumatism. Or employ the following : 
 
 UNGUENTUM DELPHINIA. Rub up Delphinia 3ss. with Olive Oil 
 f 3j. and Lard 3j. But the Aconite preparations are preferable. 
 
 [DELPHINIUM, U. S. Delphinium Consolida. The Root. Polyandria 
 Tngynia. Linn. 
 
 The plant is called Larkspur, and sometimes Stagger-weed. It is 
 a native of Europe, but has become naturalized in the United States. 
 
 Bot. Ch. An annual herbaceous plant, a foot or more in height. Root fibrous and 
 yellowish, stem branching, erect and hairy. Leaves deeply sinuate, with long linear 
 segments, formed at the top. Flowers light blue, in loose terminal racemes ; peduncles 
 longer than the bracts ; nectaries one-leafed, having an ascending horn as long as the 
 corolla. Seeds in smooth pods, blackish-brown, angular and embossed. 
 
 The seeds of this plant contain delphinia, according to the experi- 
 ment of Mr. Thomas Hopkins. 
 
 Action. This plant seems to affect the nervous system powerfully, 
 producing a species of intoxication and irregularity of movement, 
 hence the term stagger-weed, from its effect on cattle. Vomiting and 
 purging as well as diuresis are produced by it. The seeds are the 
 most powerful portion of it. The root, however, is officinal. 
 
 TINCTURE. Prep. 3j. Seeds, to Oj. Alcohol. 
 D. x. gtt. in asthma.] 
 
 ACONITUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Aconiti Folia, L. D. Leaves, E. Aconiti 
 Radix, L. A. NAPELLUS, Linn. E. (A paniculatum, Dec. L. D.) 
 Aconite. Monkshood. Polyandria Trigynia, Linn. 
 
 The name Aconitum, or Monkshood, is derived from the Greek 
 akoniton, stated by Theophrastus to be a virulent poison. Dioscorides 
 describes three or four kinds : of these, one agrees a little with the 
 description of an Aconite, and may be Aconitum Napellus, Linn, 
 found in the mountains of Italy and of Greece, where it is still known 
 by the name axovirov. It is also found in the mountainous pastures 
 and cold hills of many parts of Europe, and is a doubtful native of
 
 Ranunculaceai.] ACONITUM. 343 
 
 this country, though sometimes found on the banks of rivers and 
 brooks. As it is the most common species, and that alone procurable 
 to any extent by druggists, it should have been retained s the offi- 
 cinal one, instead of A. paniculatum being selected by the L. and 
 D. P. This, notwithstanding that Jl. Stoerkianum, Reich (A inter- 
 medium, Dec. and A. neomontamim, Willd), is supposed to have been 
 the plant first submitted to experiment by Stork in 1762, and \vhich 
 is thought by some to be a variety of A. paniculatum. But this 
 species has been proved by Dr. Fleming to be inert. 
 
 Aconitum Napellus is subject to a good deal of variation, whence numerous varieties 
 and even species have been unnecessarily made. It has a tapering rootstock, with one 
 or more lateral pyriform tubers, and erect simple stem. The leaves are divided to the 
 petiole into five wedge-shaped tubes, which are divided into pointed linear segments. 
 The inflorescence is a spike-like raceme with deep blue flowers. The calyx consists of 
 5 petaloid sepals, of which the upper one is helmet-shaped, helmet semicircular, gradually 
 tapering to point. Wings hairy on the inside. Petals 5, the two upper ones converted 
 into short sacks, which are horizontal, supported on long stalks and concealed within the 
 helmet ; the others small, linear, sometimes wanting. Filaments of stamens hairy with 
 cuspidate wings. Ovaries three, when young diverging. Follicles with numerous 
 three-sided seeds which are plicate-rugose at the back. 
 
 A. paniculatum may be distinguished by its more diffuse and 
 spreading inflorescence, and by the more elongated helmets of its 
 flowers. 
 
 Prop. The roots of Aconite, as seen in commerce, are of a tapering 
 form, something like those of the carrot, of a dark brown colour 
 externally, and white internally. The name has been derived from 
 the resemblance of its roots to the napus or navet, the French turnip. 
 Sometimes the lateral tubers remain joined to the root. They are of 
 a lighter colour, smooth, and of a fleshy texture. The taste is bitter, 
 then biting, followed by tingling and numbness in the lips and tongue, 
 all which is shortly extended to the throat. These tubers form the 
 roots or root-stocks of the following year, and are in perfection when 
 the plant has done flowering. The leaves, flowers, seeds, &c., all 
 have similar properties, producing, when applied to the surface or 
 tongue, warmth, tingling, and numbness. This property is possessed 
 by the leaves from their first appearance till the seeds begin to form ; 
 when these are ripe, it is entirely lost. (Geiger and C.) The seeds 
 are then intensely acrid. The leaves and tubers ought, therefore, to 
 be gathered when the flowers begin to fade, and the rootstocks early 
 in autumn. These may be cut into thin slips and dried with care at 
 a low temperature. Both will retain their properties unimpaired for 
 a considerable time. (v. Fleming on Aconitum Napellus.) 
 
 Chem. Though Aconite has been so long employed as a medicine, 
 its chemical composition is yet imperfectly known. An Acrid volatile 
 principle has been indicated by several chemists, though its real na- 
 ture has not been ascertained. The discovery of the alkaloid, Aconi- 
 tina, was made by Brandes, and confirmed by Geiger and Hesse. 
 Dr. Pereira ascribes the acrid principle to the decomposition of Aconi- 
 tina, and this seems probable from an inert extract being produced 
 when too much heat is employed. A peculiar acid, the Aconitic, said 
 to be identical with Equisetic acid, has been indicated by Peschier. 
 Besides these, there is some extractive matter, albumen, a greenish
 
 244 TINCTURA ACONITI. [Tiialamiflora:. 
 
 wax, wax, some vegetable acids and salts, among the latter the 
 Aconitate of Lime is most abundant. 
 
 Action. Uses. Aconite is a powerful poison, a direct Sedative of 
 the nerves of sensation, and useful in Antiphlogistic treatment. When 
 a small piece is chewed, the flow of saliva is increased, and heat 
 and tingling, followed by numbness, are experienced. Useful in 
 Neuralgia, Rheumatism, and Diseases of the Heart. 
 
 D. Aconite leaves lose | of their weight in drying, and may be 
 prescribed in powder, in doses of gr. j. gr. ij. gradually increased; 
 but are uncertain. 
 
 ACONITI (Succus SPISSATUS, D.) EXTRACTUM, L. and E* (U. S.) 
 
 Prep, L. D. Take fresh leaves of Aconite fi>j. sprinkle on them a little water, and 
 bruise in a stone mortar ; then express the juice and without straining' (defecation D.) 
 evaporate to a proper consistence (in a water-bath, D.) with constant stirring. 
 
 This should be nearly an expressed juice of the plant, evaporated. 
 It is, however, an uncertain preparation, and only slightly acrid, but 
 when well made, causes numbness and tingling. 
 
 D. gr. j ij. gradually increased. 
 
 E. Take fresh leaves of Monkshood any convenient quantity ; beat into pulp ; express 
 the juice ; subject the residue to percolation with rectified spirit, so long as the spirit 
 passes materially coloured ; unite the expressed juice and the spirituous infusion; filter; 
 distil off the spirit ; evaporate the residue in the vapour-bath, taking care to remove the 
 vessel from the heat so soon as the due degree of consistence shall be attained. 
 
 As the active properties of the plant are easily removed from the 
 pulp by rectified Spirit in the process of percolation, this spirituous 
 extract is strongly acrid, and energetic. Its properties were ascer- 
 tained by M. Lombard of Geneva, who recommended the Spirituous 
 Tincture and this Extract of the plant ; but both must be carefully 
 distinguished from the following. 
 
 EXTRACTUM ALCOHOLICUM ACONITI. (Officinal in U. S. P.) This may 
 be prepared by evaporating the following tincture to the consistence 
 of an extract. 
 
 [U.S. P. directs Aconite ftj. Diluted Alcohol Oij.) 
 
 D. Internally, gr. |- in pills with Liquorice or any other mild pow- 
 der ; or, externally, in form of an ointment, made with 1 part of 
 Extract and 2 parts of Lard, as recommended by Dr. Turnbull. 
 
 TINCTURA ACONITI. (U. S.) Macerate recently dried and coarsely 
 powdered Aconite Root ft>j. in Rectified Spirit Ojss. for 14 days, an'd 
 strain. This was the form recommended by Dr. Pereira, but, like the 
 following, it must be employed with great caution. 
 
 Dr. Fleming has since made numerous experiments on the effects 
 of Aconite, and prefers the following tincture for internal administra- 
 tion. Macerate Root of A. Napellus, carefully dried and finely pow- 
 dered, 3x. Troy, in Rectified Spirit fgxvj. for four days; then pack 
 into a percolator ; add Rectified Spirit until f3xxiv. of Tincture are 
 obtained. It is beautifully transparent, of the colour 'of sherry wine ; 
 the taste is slightly bitter, followed by a sensation of tingling and 
 numbness.
 
 Eanunculacea.] ACONITINA. 245 
 
 D. rfth'j. or rftv. three times a day, and only to be very gradually, 
 if at all increased. A very valuable preparation, if applied externally 
 by brushing it on the surface, or rubbing it with the ringer or with a 
 sponge tooth-brush. 
 [U.S. Aconite 3iv. Diluted Alcohol Oij.] 
 
 ACONITINA, L. The powerful sedative properties of Aconite being 
 dependent on the presence of its alkali Aconitina, a formula has 
 been given for its preparation ; but considerable difficulties have been 
 experienced in obtaining it in a pure state. It is probable that the 
 boiling, which does not seem essential, may decompose the Aconitina. 
 At all events, what is generally sold is impure, and comparatively 
 inert. The L. C. describe it as " an alkali prepared from the leaves 
 and root of Aconite. It is very soluble in Sulphuric Ether, less in 
 Alcohol, and very slightly in water. It is entirely destructible by 
 heat, without leaving as residue any salt of Lime. This substance 
 being endowed with virulent properties, is not to be rashly employed." 
 It is prepared, of the purest quality and possessed of its full proper- 
 ties, by Mr. Morson of Southampton Row, who has informed the 
 author that the alkali is contained in considerable quantities in the 
 roots of the Himalayan Aconitum ferox. This is a white powder, 
 without odour, easily fused, not volatile, soluble as above, and forms 
 salts with acids. The Muriate has been submitted to experiment. 
 
 Prep. L. Take dried and bruised Aconite Root feij., boil it with Rectified Spirit Cj. in 
 a retort with a receiver adapted to it, for one hour. Pour off the liquor and again boil 
 the residue with Cj. of Rectified Spirit, and with that recently distilled, pour off that 
 also. Let the same be done a third time. Press the Aconite, mix all the liquors, strain 
 and distil. Evaporate the residue to the proper consistence of an extract. Dissolve this 
 in Aq., strain. Evaporate the liquor with a gentle heat, that it may thicken like syrup. 
 To this add dil. Sul' mixed with Aq. dest. q. s. to dissolve the Aconitina. Drop in Sol. 
 Ammonia q. a. and dissolve the Aconitina precipitated in dil. Sul' and Aq. mixed as 
 before. Then mix in Animal Charcoal q. s. frequently shaking for J hour. Strain again, 
 drop in Sol. Ammonia q. s. to precipitate the Aconitina. Wash and dry it 
 
 The Aconitate of Aconitina being dissolved out by the Rectified 
 Spirit, on the addition of Sul' a Sulphate of Aconitina is formed, 
 w r hich is decomposed by the Ammonia, and the Aconitina precipitated. 
 This has all the properties of the Alcoholic Tincture, but in a more 
 concentrated degree, proving that it is the active principle of Aconite : 
 j^th of a grain will kill a small animal, and nearly proved fatal to an 
 elderly lady, (p.) If the solution or ointment be applied to or rubbed 
 on the skin, great heat, tingling, and numbness, followed by soothing 
 effects, are experienced. Dr. Fleming states that when the conjunc- 
 tiva is slightly painted with the Ointment of Aconitina, contraction of 
 the pupil speedily takes place, as has before been observed ; but if it, 
 or the Tincture of the root, be applied to the temple or forehead, the 
 pupil occasionally becomes dilated. It should never be used except 
 as an external application. 
 
 TINCTURA VEL, SOLTJTIO AcoNiTiN^E. Dissolve gr. viij. in Alcohol 
 f3viij. May be used as an embrocation, the proportion of the alkali 
 being diminished or increased according to the effect produced. 
 
 UNG. ACONITINJE. Rub Aconitina gr. xvj. carefully with Spir. Reel.
 
 246 CIMICIFUGA. [Thalamiftora. 
 
 n^xvj., then add Axunge or Hog's lard 3j- that it may form an Oint- 
 ment. 
 
 Both preparations may be rubbed with the finger or a friction 
 sponge (p.) over the pained part for some minutes, taking care to 
 observe that the skin is not abraded. 
 
 Antidotes. If vomiting has not taken place, prescribe an emetic ; 
 if time enough has elapsed for the poison to reach "the intestinal 
 canal, give a cathartic, and follow up, if necessary, with purgative 
 injections. Tannic acid or Tannin will probably be useful, from 
 forming an insoluble compound with the vegetable alkali ; also an 
 infusion of the stomach of the rabbit, and probably of some other 
 herbivorous animals, as their gastric juice seems to neutralize the 
 poison. Stimulants, as brandy and water, with Ammonia; also 
 strong Coffee may be prescribed to control the recent effects of the 
 poison. Frictions with warm cloths and spirituous liniments should 
 be applied generally. Sinapisms and bottles of hot water to the 
 precordia and extremities. If convulsions come on, abstract a little 
 blood from the jugular vein. (Fleming.) 
 
 [CIMICIFUGA, U. S. Cimicifuga Racemosa. Torrey. The Root. 
 Polyand. Monogynia. Linn. 
 
 Black Snake Root, Cohosh, or Richweed, as it is called, is a native 
 of the United States, abundant on hillside^ and in open woods, and 
 is conspicuous for its tall white flowers. 
 
 Bot. Ch. Racemes very long; leaflets ovate oblong', incisely-toothed, staminodia slen- 
 der, two-forked ; root thick and knotted, with long fibres ; stem 3 to 8 feet high ; leaves 
 three, ternate ; racemes branching, 6 to 12 inches long ; flowers fetid, sepals caducous, 
 staminodia 4-8, carpels glabrous, seeds 7-8, compressed and angular. 
 
 The root is composed of a rough tuberculated head and radicles 
 black externally, white internally ; taste bitter and acrimonious ; 
 smell feeble and earthy. It should be collected late in the summer. 
 The constituents are fatty matter, gum, starch, resin, tannin, gallic 
 acid, oil, colouring matters, and salts. 
 
 Action. Astringent, with a tendency to act upon the nervous sys- 
 tem ; antispasmodic, narcotic, and diaphoretic. Employed in rheuma- 
 tism of a chronic character, and in chorea. 
 
 D. Powder 3ss. to 3i. 
 
 DECOCTUM CIMICIFUGJE. Boil 3i- of the contused root in Oj. of water. 
 D. 3i- to 3ij., two or three times daily. 
 
 TINCTURA CIMICIFUGA. Bruised root, 3iv., diluted alcohol Oj. 
 D. gtt. xx. to 3j., repeated. 
 
 COPTIS, U. S. Coptis Trifoliata. The root. PoJyandria Polygynia. 
 
 Golden Thread is a small perennial plant, remarkable for its fila- 
 mentous, bright yellow root ; hence the name in common language. 
 It grows in mountain bogs, from Labrador to Pennsylvania. 
 
 Bot. Ch. Leaves trifoliate, cuneiform obovate, toothed crenately, scape one-flowered,
 
 Magnoliacees.] 
 
 DRIMYS WINTER 1. 
 
 247 
 
 slender, three inches long, flowers white, sepals five to seven, petals shorter than the 
 sepals, carpels with a persistent style, acuminated, seeds oblong and black. 
 
 The root, which is officinal, is brought in tufts, commingled with 
 the leaves, or in square packages, from the Shakers. Odour none, 
 taste bitter and astringent. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic, as it contains a bitter extractive. It is used 
 in convalescence, in dyspepsia, &c. Locally, it would seem to be 
 astringent, as it is used in the treatment of aphthous sore mouth. 
 
 INFUSUM. 3j. to Oj. water. 
 D. f 3j. to 3ij. 
 
 TINCTUEA. 3ij. to Oj. alcohol. 
 D. f 3j. to 3ij.] 
 
 MAGNOLIACE^E, Dec. Magnoliads. 
 
 Flowers hermaphrodite. Calyx of 3, seldom 2, 4, 6r 6 sepals. Petals 6 or more, free. 
 Ovaries several, one-celled with two ovules, placed side by side, or one above the other, or 
 with several pendulous ovules. Capsules dehiscent or indehiscent ; united, one or few 
 seeded. Seeds with a fleshy, often coloured aril, and a long funiculus. Embryo very 
 small, at the base of the albumen. 
 
 Of these the tribe Magnoliea has the ovaries arising from the torus in a spike-like 
 manner, while the Illicieae have the ovaries disposed in a single whorl, the leaves full of 
 pellucid dots, the stipules caducous or wanting. The species occur in a scattered man- 
 ner in America, China, Japan, New Holland, and New Zealand. Many of these are re- 
 markable for their aromatic properties, in consequence of the secretion of a volatile oil. 
 The Star-Anise, or fruit, so called from being arranged in a stellate manner and having 
 the taste and odour of Anise, is well known in the East by the name of Badian. This 
 name, having been introduced into Europe, has given origin to the term Badianifera. 
 Star-anise is the fruit of Illicium anisatum, a native of China, or, according to Siebold 
 and Zucc. of /. religiosum, which may be only a variety of the former. 
 
 DRIMYS WINTERI, Dec. (D. Aromatica, D.) CORTEX. D. Winter's 
 Bark. Polyandria Tetragynia, Linn. 
 
 This tree derives 
 its name from the 
 bark having been 
 used as a spice, and 
 as a remedy for 
 scurvy by Capt. 
 Winter, who ac- 
 companied Sir F. 
 Drake in his voyage 
 round the world, 
 and who brought 
 some of it to Eu- 
 rope from the 
 Straits of Magel- 
 lan, in 1579. Fig. 
 36. 
 
 The tree, of which there is a specimen in Kew Garden, varies in height from 6 to 40 
 feet, with knotty branches from the scars of old footstalks. The leaves are oblong, ob- 
 tuse, with the under surface glaucous ; the peduncles almost simple, aggregated, often 
 divided into elongated pedicles. The sepals (1) 2 to 3 or 2 3 fid. The petals, six in 
 number, white, with the smell of Jasmine. Stamens numerous, with the filaments 
 
 Fig. 36.
 
 248 DRIMYS WINTER I. [Thalamifloree. 
 
 thickest towards the apex, and the anther cells separate (2). The carpels (3) are from 3 
 to 6 in number, of a light-green colour, with a few black spots, containing several, 
 usually 4, black annular seeds. 
 
 Winter's Bark is in flattish quills, some inches in length, from an 
 inch to two inches in diameter, about one-sixth of an inch in thick- 
 ness. It is smooth externally, of a pale or reddish-yellow colour, 
 with red oval spots ; of an aromatic odour, and a warm, pleasant, 
 spicy taste. Its properties depend partly on Tannin, but chiefly on 
 a pale-coloured, warm, or rather pungent Volatile oil. It is hence 
 used as a substitute for Cinnamon or Canella-bark. The latter may 
 be distinguished from it by being paler internally, and its infusion not 
 being precipitated by Sulphate of Iron. G. and K. I. tab. fig. 5-7. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Aromatic, and Tonic. 
 
 D. gr. x. Bj. or 3j. 
 
 [MAGNOLIA, U. S. Magnotoa Glauca. The Bark. Polyandria Poly- 
 gynia. Linn. 
 
 The Smooth Magnolia, white bay, or sweet bay, is a small tree, 
 varying in height from 10 to 30 feet. It is a native of the Atlantic 
 States, from Massachusetts to Florida, in swamps. 
 
 Bot. Ch. Leaves 3 5 inches long, elliptical, acute, shining, green above, glaucous 
 beneath ; petioles | inch long ; flowers fragrant, on thick peduncles ; sepals oblong, 
 concave, roughish, dotted, as long as the petals, which are white, obovate ; stamens 
 numerous, filaments short ; ovaries collected in an ovoid cone ; carpels opening longi- 
 tudinally ; seeds obovate, covered with a red, fleshy arillus, falling from the carpels when 
 mature, and hanging by a filiform funiculus. 
 
 The bark is collected during the spring and summer, in partly- 
 rolled pieces, smooth and silvery externally, white and fibrous inter- 
 nally ; > odour aromatic, taste warm, pungent, and bitterish. The 
 bark o'f the root has similar qualities, and is regarded as superior. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic and stimulating, somewhat diaphoretic in its 
 properties. It has been employed in the treatment of chronic rheum- 
 atism, and is sometimes serviceable in intermittent fever. 
 
 Prep. Infusion, decoction, or tincture. 
 
 D. 3ss. to 3i. in powder. 
 
 3ss. to 3ij. of decoction made in the proportion of 3i. to Oj. water. 
 3j. to 3ij. of infus. 
 
 3ss. to 3ij. of tincture made with 3ij. to Oj. diluted alcohol. 
 
 MAGNOLIA ACTJMINATA, U. S. Cucumber tree, a large plant inhabiting 
 the mountainous districts of the Southern States. 
 
 M. TRIPETALA, U. S. Umbrella tree. The M. GRANDIFLORA is de- 
 serving of attention. Dr. S. Procter found in the bark of the latter, 
 a principle resembling liriodendrine. 
 
 LIRIODENDRON, U. S. LiRioDENDRON TULiPiFERA. The bark. Polyandria 
 Polygynia. 
 
 The Tulip tree, American Poplar, is a large-sized handsome tree, 
 in height from 60 to 100 feet It is abundant in the United States.
 
 MenispermacecE.] 
 
 PAREIRA BRAVA. 
 
 249 
 
 Bot. Ch. Leaves 3 5 in. long, and 4 6 in. broad, nearly quadrangular, with two 
 acuminate lobes laterally, and a truncated emarginate central one, subcordate at base, 
 smooth and green above, paler beneath. Petioles 2 or 3 in. long. Flowers large, cam- 
 panulate, with two caducous bracts at base, sepals obovate, oblong, pale yellowish-green, 
 caducous ; petals lance obovate obtuse, greenish-yellow, stained with reddish-orange below 
 the middle. Stamens in a simple series, shorter than the petals. Ovaries closely imbri- 
 cated. Stigmas sessile, recurved. Carpels two-celled, samara-like, in a cone. 
 
 The bark of the trunk and branches is very rough, covered with dead 
 epidermis upon the small branches ; it is smooth and ash-coloured. 
 It is brought into the market in pieces, deprived of the epidermis, 
 fibrous and light, colour yellowish-white, odour aromatic, taste warm 
 and bitter. That from the root is similar. From this bark a pecu- 
 liar principle has been obtained by the late Prof. Emmet : it occurs in 
 crystals, and has been called liriodendrine. 
 
 Motion. Uses. Stimulant, Tonic, and Diaphoretic. 
 
 D. In substance, Bj. Infusion, 3i. to Oj. water, f 3i. ij. 
 
 MENISPERMACE^E, Dec. Moonworts. 
 
 Shrubs usually with sarmentaceous flexible stems and wood without zones. Leaves 
 alternate, often peltate, without stipules. Flowers small, usually unisexual, often disecious ; 
 racemose, or paniculate, floral envelopes in one or several rows, each consisting of three, 
 seldom of 2, 4, or 5 pieces. Calyx 3, 6, or 12 leafed, seldom 4 10 leafed, free or united 
 at the base. Petals often wanting. Stamens definite in number, free or united together ; 
 anthers opening externally. Ovaries several, free, one-celled, with a single ovule, or with 
 several, or united at the base, or entirely into a many-celled fruit. Fruit berried or dru- 
 paceous, straight or lunulate, single-seeded. Seed inverse, straight or curved. Embryo 
 large, usually curved, lying in thin albumen, radicle remote from the hilum. Figs. 37, 
 38, 39, and 40. 
 
 The Menispermacero are allied to Anonaceee, through Bocagea, also to Berberidese, 
 and to Lardizabalese, with which they were at one time united. Being anomalous in 
 some characters, they are considered by Dr. Lindley as more closely allied to Smilacese 
 among Endogens. The plants of this family are confined chiefly within the tropics, both 
 of Asia and of America ; a few straggle beyond these limits, and some are found on the 
 coasts of Africa. 
 
 Prop. The Menispermaceae secrete a bitter principle along with a large proportion of 
 starch, both in their roots and stems. Many of them are also internally of a yellow 
 colour ; an acrid principle is added to these, especially in the fruits of some species. 
 Hence some are useful as Tonics and Demulcent Diuretics. Cocculus indicus is poi- 
 
 PAKEIRA, L. E., (U. S.) Radix, L. Root, E. CISSAMPELOS PAREIRA, 
 Linn. Velvet Leaf. Dicecia Monadelphia. Linn. 
 
 PAREIRA is the root Fig. 37. 
 
 of a climbing plant, 
 indigenous in Brazil, 
 called Pareira brava, 
 or Wild Vine, and Vel- 
 vet Leaf in some of the 
 West India islands. It 
 was first made known 
 by Marcgraf and Piso 
 in their works, Hist. 
 Nat. and Hist. Rer. 
 Nat. 1648, by the name 
 of Caapeba, the Portu- 
 guese call it, Erva de
 
 250 
 
 PAREIRA BRAVA. 
 
 [Thalamijlorce. 
 
 nossa Senhora, and Ray mentions it in 1688, as "contra calculum 
 excellentissima est." The root and also the stem, not only of this, 
 but of other species, are employed. Aublet states, that the roots of 
 Abuta rufescens pass for and are employed as White Pareira in 
 Cayenne, and that Red Pareira is yielded by a variety of the same. 
 Auguste St. Hilaire gives Cissampelos glaberrima as yielding the 
 original Pareira of Brazil, where Martius states it is called Capeba 
 and Sipo <3e Cobras. 
 
 Cissampelos Pareira (figs. 37 and 38), like others of the genus is difficious, with round 
 and smooth, or downy twining stem. Leaves roundish, peltate, subcordate, aristate, 
 smooth above, the under surface covered with silky pubescence. Flowers small, race- 
 raose, (fig. 37.) Racemes branched, with small bracts. Penduncles solitary, or in pairs, 
 flowers hispid, (fig. 37, 1, fig. 38, 2.) Sepals 4. Petals 4, united into a cup-shaped corolla. 
 Stamens monadelphous with the 2 two-celled anthers opening horizontally at the top, 
 (fig. 38, 1.) Racemes simple, with broad foliaceous bracts. Calyx, of one lateral sepal, 
 with one petal in front of it, (fig. 37, 3.) Ovary solitary. Stigmas 3. Drupe hispid, 
 scarlet, obliquely reniform, not compressed, wrinkled round its margin. Seed solitary un- 
 cinate. Embryo (fig. 37, 2 and 38, 3) long, roundish, enclosed in a fleshy albumen. 
 
 Fig. 38. 
 
 Pareira-root is found in 
 commerce in pieces vary- 
 ing from a few inches to a 
 foot in length, of different 
 thicknesses, tortuous, more 
 or less cylindrical, of a 
 dark brown colour, fur- 
 rowed longitudinally, ex- 
 hibiting on the transverse 
 section a number of con- 
 centric 'rings (which are 
 sometimes very eccentric), 
 and rays radiating from 
 the organic centre. The 
 root is without colour, and the taste is sweetish, with some aroma, 
 and afterwards bitter. Some of the kinds found in shops are with- 
 out any sweetness. 
 
 Chem. A soft resin, a yellow bitter principle, a brown-coloured 
 matter, vegeto-animal matter, starch, nitrate of potash, with some 
 other salts. (Feneulle.) Wiggers has announced a peculiar alkali, of 
 a sweetish-bitter taste, which he has called Cissampeline. The ac- 
 tive and useful properties seem to depend on the Bitter principle, 
 Starch, and Nitrate of Potash. 
 
 D. and Adm. In powder, 9j. 3j. The best form is the infusion, 
 to which some of the extract may be added. Dr. Christison recom- 
 mends " a solution obtained with cold water by percolation, as in the 
 Edinburgh formula for obtaining the extract; because the product, as 
 it does not contain the starch of the root, is less apt to decay." 
 
 INFUSUM PAREIKJE, L. E. Infusion of Pareira brava. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Pareira .^vj. in Boiling Aq. Oj. for 2 hours in a lightly covered vessel 
 and strain (through calico, E.)
 
 Menispermaceee.] 
 
 C A L U M B A. 
 
 251 
 
 D. f3iss. f3iij. Sir B. Brodie employs a decoction (Pareira 3iv. 
 Aq. Oiij. boiled to Oj.) fjviii. to f3xij. being given in the day. 
 Action. Uses. Mild Tonic and Demulcent Diuretic. 
 
 EXTRACTUM PAREIRA, L. E. Extract of Pareira brava. 
 
 Prep. Macerate bruised Pareira ftijss. in boiling Aq. dest. Cij. for 24 hours, boil down 
 to Cj., strain while hot and evaporate to a proper consistence. (To be prepared like Ex- 
 tract of Liquorice, E.) 
 
 CALUMBA, L. E. D. Radix, L. D. (Colomba, U. S.) The Root, E. 
 
 COCCULUS PALMATUS, Dec. The Calumba Plant. Dicecia Hexandria, 
 
 Linn. 
 
 Calumba-root was first made known as a medicine by F. Red! 
 about 1677. Semedus mentioned it before 1722 among medicines 
 from India. In works on Materia Medica in use in India, it occurs 
 by the name of Kalumb. Dr. Berry first ascertained that it was the 
 root of a plant (of which he figured the male) inhabiting the forests 
 on the coast of Mozambique and Oibo in Eastern Africa, but where it 
 is never cultivated. Sir W. Hooker in 1830 described and figured 
 both male and female plants, from plants introduced by Capt. Owen 
 into the Isle of France. Figs. 39 and 40. 
 
 The Calumba plant has a Fig. 39. 
 
 perennial root with several spin- 
 die-shaped fleshy tubers, (7) 
 filled with longitudinal fibres 
 or vessels, which are externally 
 brown, with transverse warts, 
 and internally of a deep yellow 
 colour, devoid of smell, but very 
 bitter. The stems are annual, 
 herbaceous and twining, cover, 
 ed with glandular hair, hairy 
 below. Leaves alternate, nearly 
 orbicular, cordate at the base 
 5 7 lobed, lobes entire, wavy 
 on the surface and margin, acu- 
 minate, hairy with long peti- 
 oles. Racemes axillary. Flow- 
 rs small, dicecious, green. 
 Calyx of 6 sepals in two series 
 with bracteoles. Petals 6, (1, 
 2) obovate half enclosing the six opposite stamens. Anthers terminal, 2-celled, dehiscing 
 vertically. Ovaries 3 (3) united at the base. Drupes (4) or berries about the size of a 
 hazel-nut, densely clothed with long spreading hairs, tipped with a black oblong gland. 
 Seeds (5, 6). Bot. Mag. t. 29 70-71. 
 
 Calumba, in its officinal form, consists of transverse sections (8) of 
 the root and its lateral tubers, which are flat, circular, about \ to ^ an 
 inch in thickness, and from ^ to 2 or 3 inches in diameter. The cor- 
 tical portion is 2 or 3 lines in thickness, covered externally with a 
 brownish-coloured cuticle; the faces are of a grayish-yellow colour; 
 the interior portion in concentric rings, easily distinguishable from 
 the cortical, is soft, almost spongy, thinner towards the centre from 
 shrinking' there. The root is brittle, and therefore easily pulverized; 
 the powder of a greenish-yellow tinge; its taste is bitter and mu- 
 cilaginous, with a slightly aromatic odour. G. and K. ii. tab. v. 
 fig. 5.
 
 252 
 
 TINCTURA CALUMET. 
 
 [ ThalamiflortE. 
 
 Chem. Calumba-root consists of one-third of starch, a yellow- 
 coloured bitter substance (Calumbine), animal matter (Planche), 
 
 resinous extractive 
 
 Fig. 40. (Buchner), a trace 
 
 of volatile oil, &c. 
 Calumbine was first 
 obtained pure by 
 Wittstock. When 
 pure, it is colourless, 
 but intensely bitter ; 
 it crystallizes in 
 rhomboidal prisms, 
 melts like wax ; it 
 is little soluble in 
 water, but is dis- 
 solved by Alcohol 
 or Ether, and by 
 acids as well as 
 alkalies, Acetic acid being the best solvent. Its composition is C 
 65-45, H 6-18, O 28-37, or C 13 H 7 O. 
 
 Calumba, when good, breaks easily, and from the abundance of 
 starch, gives a blue colour with Tincture of Iodine. Neither Sesqui- 
 chloride nor Su.lph. of Iron produce any change, as it contains no 
 Tannin, as is also the case with Emetic Tartar and Gelatine, showing 
 absence of Gallic acid. Infusion of Galls gives a grayish precipi- 
 tate, (p.) 
 
 Calumba-root is sometimes adulterated with American or False 
 Calumba, of which the infusion becomes dark green with the Sesqui- 
 chloride of Iron ; also with Bryony-root, which is distinguished by a 
 permanent bitterness of taste with acridity. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stomachic and mild Tonic powder, gr. x. 3ss. 
 twice or thrice a day. As Calumba imparts its bitterness to water 
 and Alcohol, both the Infusion and Tincture are officinal preparations. 
 
 INFUSUM CALTJMB^E, L. E. D. [!NFUSUM COLOMBO, U.S.] Infusion of 
 Calumba. 
 
 Prep- Macerate Calumba sliced 3v. (in coarse powder 3ss. E. ; 3ij- D.) in boiling 
 Aq. dest. Oj. (ftss. by measure, D. ; cold water, E.) for two hours and strain, L. Moisten 
 and percolate till fgxvj. of infusion are obtained, E. Cold water and percolation remove 
 the bitter principle with less of the starch. 
 
 D. f Jss. twice or thrice a day. It soon undergoes decomposition. 
 
 TINCTURA CALUMBA, L. E. D. 
 of Calumba. 
 
 [TINCTURA COLOMBO, U. S.] Tincture 
 
 Prep. Macerate Calumba sliced 3iij. (3ijss. D.) in Proof Spirit Oij. (ftij. D.) for 14 
 days and filter. (Digest for 7 days, or prepare by percolation in moderately Ifine powder, 
 which is first to be soaked for 6 hours with a little of the spirit, E.) 
 
 D. f 3j. f 3ij. as an adjunct to bitter draughts and mixtures.
 
 Menispermacea.] COCCULUS INDICUS. 253 
 
 COCCULUS INDICUS, E. D. FRUCTUS, D. The Fruit, E. ANAMIRTA 
 COCCDLUS, Wight and Arnott. (Cocculus suberosus, Dec.) The 
 Cocculus Indicus plant. Dicecia Monadelph. Linn. 
 
 Cocculus Indicus, E. D. is the fruit of a climbing plant common in 
 the mountainous parts of the Malabar coast, whence our supplies, and 
 they are large, are now all derived through Bombay, Madras, and 
 Ceylon. But formerly these berries reached Europe by the Red Sea 
 and the Mediterranean, whence they were called Grana Orientis by 
 Ruellius, 1536, Coque du Levant, by Pomet, &c. There is no proof, 
 though it is probable, that they were known to the Arabs, the Mahizuhra 
 (Fish-poison) of Rhases, Serapion, and Avicenna, and referred by 
 Sprengel to these berries, seems to have been a plant and its bark, 
 "qua juvat in doloribus juncturatarum et contortione digitorum." 
 (Serapion.) Plempius coined the name Icthyoctonum, to indicate 
 " fish-poison." The plant yielding these berries was ascertained by 
 Dr. Roxburgh. It was named Anamirta paniculata by Colebrook, 
 and subsequently A. Cocculus by Wight and Arnott ; the latter name 
 has been adopted by the Edinburgh Pharmacopeia. It was the 
 Menispermum Cocculus of Linnaeus. The name Cocculus is probably 
 derived from the Tamul Kakacollie, which signifies crow-killing, as 
 does the Sanscrit kakmare. 
 
 The Cocculus plant is a powerful climber, with ash-coloured, deeply-cracked, corky 
 bark, whence the plant was called Cocculus suberosus. The leaves are stalked, large, 
 broad-ovate, or rather roundish, truncated or somewhat cordate at the base, acute at the 
 apex, firm in texture, soft and downy when young, with 5 digitate ribs, petioles a little 
 shorter than the leaves, tumid at both ends. Flowers diaecious, in lateral compound 
 racemes. Calyx of 6 sepals in a double series with 2 close pressed bracteoles. Corolla 
 none, c? 1 Stamens united into a central column dilated at the apex : anthers numerous, 
 covering the whole globose apex of the column. $ Flowers unknown. Drupes 1 3, 
 1-celled, 1-seeded. Seed globose, deeply excavated at the hilum. Albumen fleshy ; coty- 
 ledons very thin, diverging, and each occupying a side of the hollow cavity that contains 
 the embryo. 
 
 Cocculus berries were described by Dale as being kidney-shaped 
 and something like bay-berries, but somewhat smaller. They are 
 blackish-brown, and wrinkled externally, with the outer coat thin 
 and dry, and within it is a white, woody, bivalvular shell, enclosing 
 the whitish, semilunar, oily, and very bitter-tasted seed ; which never 
 fills the whole of the cavity, but, this in old seeds, is sometimes en- 
 tirely empty. " The kernels should fill at least two-thirds of the 
 fruit." E. P. 
 
 Chem. The kernels of Cocculus Indicus were analyzed by Boullay, 
 most recently by Couerbe and Pelletier, who obtained Picrotoxine, 
 Resin, Gum, Fatty acid, and a Waxy matter, Malic acid, Mucus, 
 Starch, and Salts. In the shell they obtained two alkaloids, but in 
 small quantity, which they called Menispermia and Paramenispermia. 
 But the nucleus being the part used, it is necessary to notice only its 
 active principle. Picrotoxine is colourless, crystallizes in needles, 
 sometimes in silky filaments, in plates, and in rhombic prisms, (c.) Its 
 taste is intensely bitter. It is soluble in 150 parts of water, at 57 F., 
 and in 25 of boiling water, in 2 of Ether, and in about 3 parts of Al- 
 cohol. It is insoluble in both the fixed and the volatile oils. It does
 
 254 PAPAVER RHCEAS. [Thalamiflor<e. 
 
 not combine with acids, but is soluble in Acetic acid, and as it forms 
 combinations with alkalies, it is therefore considered to be of the nature 
 of an acid. It consists of C IS , H 7 , O*. To obtain it, Dr. Christison 
 recommends, to separate the oil first from the kernels by expression, 
 then to exhaust the residuum by percolation with rectified Spirit, which 
 is then to be distilled off. The residue is agitated with boiling water 
 and a little H Cl'. The dissolved Picrotoxine may be obtained, on 
 the water cooling after moderate concentration. 
 
 Action. Uses. Poisonous ; used for taking fish and game, and em- 
 ployed by unprincipled brewers for adulterating porter, being unblush- 
 ingly recommended by Childe and by Maurice in their books " on 
 Brewing." It is used chiefly in the form of a bitter extract, known 
 by the name of B. E., black extract, which is ostensibly prepared for 
 tanners, (v. Cycl. of Pract. Receipts.) It produces giddiness, tetanic 
 convulsions, and coma: applied externally, in powder, it destroys 
 vermin, and is useful in scabies, ringworm, and porrigo. 
 
 UNGUENTUM COCCULI, E. Ointment of Cocculus Indicus. 
 
 Prep. Take any convenient quantity of Cocculus Indicus, separate and preserve the 
 kernels, beat them well in a mortar, first alone, and then with a little axunge till it 
 amounts altogether to five times the weight of the kernels. 
 
 An ointment of Picrotoxine may be formed in the proportion of 
 Picrotoxine gr. x. to Lard 3j. 
 
 PAPAVERACEJE, Jussieu. Poppy-worts. 
 
 Annual or perennial herbs, seldom shrubs, usually with milky juice. Stem round, or 
 forming a rootstock. Leaves alternate, simple or compound, without stipules. Flowers 
 complete, regular, solitary, in racemes, or in scapes. Sepals two, very seldom three, de- 
 ciduous. Petals 4, 6 or some multiple of the leaflets of the calyx. Stamens free, usually 
 numerous. Ovary sessile, single-celled with intervalvular placentae. Fruit a capsule or 
 berry. Seeds numerous, furnished with albumen. 
 
 Papaveracese are allied, on one hand, to Berberidese and to Ranun- 
 culacese, and, on the other, to Fumariaceae and to Cruciferae. They 
 inhabit the temperate parts of the northern hemisphere ; a few are 
 found in tropical Asia, Australasia, Cape of Good Hope, and equinoc- 
 tial America. The milky juice of most of the species is acrid and 
 narcotic. 
 
 PAPAVER, Linn. Polyand. Monogynia, Linn. 
 
 Herbaceous plants with a white juice. Peduncles 1-flowered, naked, drooping before 
 the expansion of the flower. Sepals two, convex, deciduous. Petals 4. (Fig. 41.) Sta- 
 mens numerous. (41, 1.) Style wanting. Stigmas 4 to 20 radiating, sessile upon the 
 disk which crowns the ovary. Capsule obovate, one-celled, composed of 4 to 20 carpels 
 united together, and opening by small valves beneath the crown formed by the stigmas. 
 Placentee opposite the stigmas, produced internally into spurious, incomplete dissepi- 
 ments. Seeds numerous, reniform. (Fig. 41, 3, 4.) 
 
 RHCEAS, L. E. D. Petala. The Petals. PAPAVER RHCEAS, Linn. 
 Corn-Poppy. 
 
 The common red, or Corn-Poppy, is found in corn-fields and on road-sides throughout 
 Europe, and has probably been introduced with wheat. This species, or P. dubium, with 
 its oblong capsules, is probably the ^o/ac of the Greeks. The root is fibrous, the stem 
 many- flowered, and, like the peduncles, hispid with spreading hairs. Leaves pinnate, or 
 bipinnate, with oblong, lanceolate, jagged, toothed lobes. Petals a bright scarlet, often
 
 Papaveracea.] 
 
 PAPAVER SOMNIFERUM. 
 
 255 
 
 nearly black at the base. The filaments subulate. Capsule obovate, rounded at the base, 
 smooth, with the margin of the 8 to 10 stigmas incumbent. The flowers expand in June 
 and July. E. B. 645. 
 
 The scarlet petals of this Poppy, which are officinal on account of 
 their colour, become of a dull red colour on drying, and lose the some- 
 what heavy opiurn-like odour of the fresh flowers. " They should be 
 dried quickly with the aid of a gentle heat and a current of air." 
 They impart their colour to water, which is preserved in the form of 
 the Syrup. This is supposed to have some slight narcotic properties, 
 but is probably useful only as a colouring ingredient. This colour is 
 blackened by alkalies, and rendered of a dark violet or brown tinge 
 by Sesquichloride of Iron. The Petals consist of yellow Fatty matter 
 12, red Colouring matter 40, Gum 20, Lignin 28 in 100 parts. 
 (Riffard, as quoted by Dr. Pereira.) 
 
 SYRUPUS RHCEADOS, L. E. SYR. PAPAVERIS RHCEADIS, D. Syrup of 
 Red Poppy. 
 
 Prep. Red Corn.poppy petals (fresh, D.) ftj. boiling Aq. Oj. (3xx. by measure, D.) 
 Sugar ftijss. L. E. q. s. D. Add the petals gradually to the water, heated in a water- 
 bath, frequently stirring them ; then, the vessel being removed, macerate for 12 hours, 
 afterwards press out the liquor, strain, then add the sugar, and dissolve it. 
 
 PAPAVER, L. E. D. (U. S.) PAPAVER SOMNIFERUM, Linn. The Garden 
 or White Poppy. Capsulse mature, L. D. Capsules not quite 
 ripe, E. Poppy-heads. 
 
 PAPAVER is applied in the Pharmacopeias to the capsules of the 
 
 Fig. 41. 
 
 above plant, which are officinal, as 
 well as the inspissated juice or Opium, 
 obtained from them. It appears to 
 have been one of the early cultivated 
 plants, as Homer is thought to allude 
 to it as growing in gardens. Hippo- 
 crates mentions two kinds, the black 
 and white poppy, so the Arabs and 
 Persians distinguish the khuskhash 
 abiuz or white, from the khuskhash 
 aswad, or black poppy. The white 
 Poppy is now cultivated in the plains 
 of India, and the black, or rather 
 deep-red, variety, in the Himalayan 
 mountains.* It was early cultivated, 
 as it still is, in Egypt, also in India, 
 Persia, Asia Minor, as well as in 
 some parts of Europe. 
 
 The Garden Poppy (Fig. 41) is 
 probably a native of Persia. It has, 
 however, been so long grown in 
 gardens in various parts, that it is 
 
 * Mr. Hamilton says, " The opium is chiefly obtained from the single white poppy ; 
 I have also seen the red and purple colours, though only one is usually seen in a field. I 
 hardly remember to have noticed any mixture of colour in one piece of ground. The 
 kind here cultivated generally grows to a height of three feet" Hamilton, Travels in 
 Asia Minor, ii. p. 115.
 
 256 CAPSULE PAPAVERIS. [Thalamiftora:. 
 
 sometimes found apparently wild, especially in the southern parts of 
 Europe. 
 
 The plants are from 2 4 feet high, the stems are round and straight, glaucous, smooth, 
 with a few hairs towards the white and tapering extremity and on the peduncles. The 
 leaves are large, sessile, amplexicaul, smooth, of a glaucous green, margins wavy, cut and 
 toothed. The flowers are large and terminal, drooping before flowering, with smooth 
 concave sepals ; 4 large petals, roundish in form, white or of a purplish colour, with a 
 darker coloured spot near the claws. The capsule is oval, or nearly globose, large, 
 smooth, with parietal placentae equal in number to the stigmas, which are covered with 
 numerous white or brownish coloured, kidney-shaped seeds. Flowers in June and July, 
 and the capsules ripen about two months later. E. B. 2145. 
 
 Some consider that there are two distinct species instead of varie- 
 ties of this plant. P. officinale (Gmelin) var. album is larger and less 
 glaucous, with white petals and seeds, capsules ovate-globose and re- 
 maining closed under the crown of stigmas (fig. 41, 1), while P. som- 
 niferum (Gm.) var. nigrum has the flowers violet or red, seeds black, 
 capsules globose, opening by foramina under the stigmas (fig. 41, 2). 
 
 CAPSULE PAPAVERIS. Poppy-heads are officinal in the Ps., but the 
 L. and D. P. direct them to be collected when ripe, the E. P. before 
 they are quite ripe, as in this state they contain more of the narcotic 
 principle. The French find those from the Levant or the southern 
 provinces of France to be more powerful than those grown in the 
 north. The seeds (maw seeds) ripen notwithstanding the separation 
 of the capsules from the plant; and as they contain much oil, its pre- 
 sence adds to. the demulcent properties of the decoction. Some of 
 the properties of the following preparations depend on the presence of 
 Morphia, especially if the poppy-heads be gathered unripe. 
 
 DECOCTUM PAPAVERIS, L. E. D. Decoction of Poppies. 
 
 Prep. Boil Poppy Heads sliced 3iv. in Aq. Oiv. (Oiij. E. ; feij. by measure, D.) for 
 \ hour. Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. A Demulcent Anodyne fomentation, applied to 
 swollen, painful, and inflamed parts, as the eye, abdomen, joints, &c. 
 
 SYRUPUS PAPAVERIS, L. E. SYRUP. PAPAV. SOMNIFERI, D. Syrup of 
 Poppy. 
 
 Prep. Take Poppy Heads ftiij. (sliced and without the seeds feiss. E. ; gxvij. D.) boil 
 them in boiling Aq. Cv. to Cij. and press strongly. (Infuse in boiling Aq. Oxv. (Cij. D.) 
 for 12 (24, D.) hours, boil down to Ov. and express strongly through calico, E.) Boil 
 again the strained liquor to Oiv. (Oijss. E.) Strain while hot, set by for 12 hours, and 
 boil the clear liquor to Oij. Add Sugar ftv. L. (pure ftiij. E. ; gxxix. D.) dissolve it 
 (with heat, E.) and make a syrup. See P. J. ii. p. 647 for making this Syrup with a cold 
 infusion of Poppy-heads. The starch is not dissolved, and the albumen got rid of after. 
 wards by boiling. 
 
 This is an excellent anodyne and narcotic syrup, when carefully 
 repared; but it is apt to undergo decomposition, and is liable also to 
 e very carelessly made, as with extract of poppies and syrup, or 
 with laudanum and treacle, and is hence very irregular in strength, 
 and as it is often prescribed to children, becomes dangerous in con- 
 sequence of their being apt to suffer from an overdose of an opiate. 
 D. f 3ij. f3ss. or more for adults, fftx. to r#xv. for infants. 
 
 p 
 b
 
 Papaveracea:.] OPIUM. 257 
 
 EXTRACTUM PAPAVERIS, L. E. Extract of Poppy. 
 
 Prep. Macerate (bruised, L.) Poppy Heads without the seeds 3xv. in boiling Aq. Cj. 
 for 24 hours. Boil down to Oiv. ; strain while hot and evaporate to a proper consistence 
 (over a vapour-bath, E.). 
 
 This extract has long been known, being the Meconion of the an- 
 cient Greeks. It is a good substitute for opium in many cases, being 
 thought to allay pain and induce sleep, without producing nausea, or 
 the irritability caused by opium. 
 
 D. gr. ij. gr. x. 
 
 OPIUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Capsuke immature Succus concretus, L. 
 Capsularum succus proprius concretus, D. Concrete juice from 
 the unripe capsules of Papaver somniferum, E. Opium. 
 
 Opium, obtained by making incisions into the unripe capsules of 
 the Poppy, and inspissating the juice, seems to have been known from 
 early times. Hippocrates is supposed to have employed it, and Dia- 
 
 gsras condemned its use in affections of the eyes and in ear-ache, 
 ioscorides describes it : but opium does not appear to have been 
 much employed until the time of the Arabs, except in the form of the 
 confections called Mithridatica, Theriaca, and Philonium. The Arabic 
 name afioon, the Hindu aphim, and the name afooyung, by which it is 
 known in China, must all have proceeded from the original Greek 
 name, which is itself derived from twos, juice. The Sanscrit apaynum 
 seems to have a similar origin. 
 
 Opium is obtained by a very simple process, consisting merely in 
 making incisions in the evening into the capsules of the Poppy, shortly 
 after the petals fall off, taking care not to penetrate into the interior, 
 when a milky juice exudes, and either concretes upon the capsule, 
 whence it may be taken off in little tear-like masses, or earlier in the 
 morning in a softer state. Upon this will depend whether the grains 
 run together, or remain separate even when pressed. When thus 
 collected, they require nothing more than being dried in a warm and 
 airy room, when the opium becomes of a brown colour, with a 
 shining fracture, and has a strong and peculiar odour. Some opium 
 which the author prepared in this manner in the Saharunpoor Botanic 
 Garden in 1828-29, was pronounced by the Medical Board of Bengal 
 to be like Turkey opium. Most of the opium made in the Himalayan 
 mountains is similarly prepared, and is of very fine quality. Belon 
 and Oliver describe the Opium of Asia Minor as formed by the 
 assemblage of the small tears collected off the capsules. Dioscorides, 
 however, describes the process as consisting in making incisions into 
 the capsules when the dew has evaporated, collecting the juice in a 
 shell, mixing the several portions, and rubbing them up in a mortar. 
 Kaempfer gives this as the Persian process, and M. Texier describes 
 it as being adopted in Asia Minor ; and it is certainly practised with 
 the immense quantities collected in India in the provinces of Behar 
 and Benares, and of which an excellent description has been given 
 by Dr. Butter in the Journal of the Asiatic Society, v. p. 136. When 
 this method is adopted, the mass will appear homogeneous; when it 
 
 17
 
 258 OPIUM. [Thalamiflorce. 
 
 is omitted, it will appear to be composed of agglutinated tears. Both 
 appearances may be observed in the opium of commerce. Dr. Butter 
 describes the quantity of opium from each capsule as varying accord- 
 ing to soil, irrigation, and to the quantity of dew which fails, but 
 averaging about 1 gr. from each quadruple incision. The tears are 
 of a reddish colour externally, but semi-fluid in the interior, and of a 
 reddish-white colour. The juice is apt to be mixed with dew, and 
 fraudulently with a little water, and will separate into a fluid portion 
 (passeu-a) and into one which is more consistent, the former contain- 
 ing much the largest portion of the Bimeconate of Morphia. The 
 whole of the day's collection is rubbed together in a mortar, so as to 
 break down the grains, and reduce the whole to a homogeneous semi- 
 fluid mass, which should be dried as quickly as possible in the shade, 
 when it is called pucka or matured, being called raw in its former 
 state. All samples of Opium brought for sale are submitted to a 
 steam drying process, by which the quantity of fluid in each is easily 
 ascertained. The Opium for the China investment contains about 30 
 per cent, of moisture: that for medical use in India is made quite dry. 
 
 The Opiums known in European commerce have been described 
 under the following heads by Prof. Guibourt. That collected in Asia 
 Minor, chiefly in Anatolia, is generally all included under the head 
 of Turkey Opium, and most of it is exported from Smyrna ; some of 
 it, however, is taken to Constantinople, whence it is re-exported to 
 other parts of Europe. Some Egyptian is imported into this coun- 
 try. The Persian is only known. The Indian kinds are exported 
 to China. 
 
 Smyrna Opium, called also Levant Opium, is generally in flattened 
 masses, and, in consequence of its original softness, without any 
 definite regular form; weighing from a half to two pounds, and 
 covered with the capsules of a species of Rumex. It is at first soft, 
 of a distinct brown colour, becoming blackish and hard when dried, 
 losing weight from evaporation of water, having the strong and 
 peculiar odour of Opium. " When examined with a magnifier, it is 
 seen to be composed of yellowish agglutinated tears." This is the 
 purest kind of Opium, yielding about 8 per cent, of Morphia and 
 4 per cent, of Narcotine, and, on an average, about 12 per cent, of 
 Hydrochlorate of Morphia. 
 
 An inferior kind is, however, also imported from Smyrna, which 
 is more apt to be adulterated, is harder, of a darker colour, appears 
 homogeneous, and may be seen covered either with Rumex capsules, 
 or with the leaves of the Poppy. 
 
 The Smyrna Opium is produced at. several places, at from 10 to 
 30 days' distance in the interior; but that grown at Caisar, about 
 600 miles from Smyrna, is the most esteemed for its cleanness and 
 good quality. Mr. Hamilton states that much is produced at Boga- 
 ditza : it is made into lumps about four or five inches in diameter, 
 round which leaves are wrapped. 
 
 Constantinople Opium, Mr. Guibourt conceives, may be collected 
 in the northern parts of Anatolia. One kind is in small lenticular 
 pieces about two inches in diameter, weighing from four to eight
 
 Papaveracea.] OPIUM. 259 
 
 ounces, and always covered with a Poppy-leaf, of the midrib of 
 which the mark may be seen on the middle of the pieces of Opium. 
 Another variety is in large irregular cakes. Both are more mucila- 
 ginous than the Smyrna kind, and, though of good quality, the Con- 
 stantinople is less uniform in the quantity of Morpjjia it contains, 
 some yielding less, and others as much as, the best kinds of Opium. 
 
 Egyptian Opium is in flattened roundish cakes about three inches 
 in diameter and covered with the remains of some leaf which 
 M. Guibourt was unable to distinguish. It looks well externally, is 
 homogeneous, has something of a reddish hue, not blackening by 
 keeping, but softening on exposure to the air, and has somewhat of a 
 musty smell. It is generally inferior, and M. Guibourt obtained only 
 I of the Morphia yielded by Smyrna Opium. 
 
 Persian Opium, which Dr. Pereira calls Trebizond Opium, from 
 his specimens having been obtained from thence. The specimens in 
 the King's College Museum were sent by Mr. Morson, to whom 
 M. Guibourt was also indebted. This kind is of a black colour, 
 apparently homogeneous in texture, and in sticks some inches in 
 length, each wrapped up in a separate piece of paper, and tied with 
 a piece of cotton. 
 
 Some Opium has been collected in Algiers. A new variety im- 
 ported from Turkey has been described by Mr. Morson (P. J. iv. 503). 
 It resembled the Constantinople, but was soft and light-coloured; 
 contained much wax, caoutchouc, and about Qh per cent, of Morphia. 
 
 Besides these, some Opiurn is occasionally met with of European 
 manufacture; and it might easily be produced in England if the 
 summer was more regular. In the south of Europe the summer is 
 probably too hot and dry. In India it can only be cultivated in the 
 cold weather. Some good English Opium has been produced, but it 
 is irregular in strength. The quantity of Morphia said to have been 
 obtained from some specimens of French and of German Opium is 
 enormous, being from 16 to 20 per cent. 
 
 Indian Opium, not being known in European commerce, requires 
 a very short notice. The Saharunpoor Garden Opium, sent home 
 in 1844, is of a brown colour, shining fracture, with the strong and 
 peculiar smell of opium, and yielded the late Professor Daniell, in 
 one of the late analyses he made previous to his sudden and lamented 
 death, 8 per cent, of Morphia.* The Himalayan Opium possesses 
 similar sensible properties, and though liable to be adulterated, is, 
 when pure, of very fine quality. The Malwa Opium is in flat circular 
 cakes, average weight 1 lb., of a rusty-brown colour, strong odour, 
 and bitter permanent taste, varying much in quality. Some Malwa 
 Opium lately analyzed yielded only 2 per cent, of Morphia, was oily 
 and mucilaginous, and appeared to have been obtained by expression 
 of the capsules. Dr. Srnyttari, late Opium Inspector at Bombay, 
 
 * Some specimens of this opium, prepared when the author was Superintendent of the 
 Saharunpore Botanic Garden, sent to the Medical Board of Bengal in 1829, were pro- 
 nounced to be " very fine specimens, and to resemble Captain Jercmie's in almost every 
 particular," and Captain Jeremie'8 they u considered equal, if not superior, to the finest 
 Turkey opium that comes into the market at home."
 
 260 OPIUM. [Thalamifioras. 
 
 obtained from 3 to 5 per cent, of Morphia from some varieties, and from 
 7 to 8 per cent, from finer kinds. Some Kandeish Opium yielded to 
 Mr. E. Solly 72 per cent, of soluble matter, and about 7 per cent, of 
 Morphia. The E. I. Company's Opium, which is that known under 
 the name of Bengal Opium, and which is chiefly produced in the 
 provinces of Behar and Benares, with some in'lhat of Cawnpore, is 
 also of different qualities: that intended for medicinal use in the>hos- 
 pitals in India is of very fine quality, of a brown colour, and fine 
 smell, packed with great care in 4 Ib. and 2 Ib. squares covered with 
 layers of talc, and further defended by a case of brown wax half an 
 inch in thickness. This Dr. Jackson, lately Opium Inspector at 
 Calcutta, informs me is the Patna Garden Opium, cultivated, pre- 
 pared, and selected exclusively for the Dispensary, and that it yields 
 about 7 to 8 per cent, and sometimes more (lOi), of Morphia. It is 
 of this kind that Dr. Christison says, " I have examined specimens 
 little inferior to average Turkey Opium in the quantity of Morphia 
 they contained." 
 
 The Chinese Investment Opium, which is highly esteemed by the 
 Chinese, is made into cakes or balls, each containing about 4 Ibs. 
 and covered with a thick layer of pop'py petals, made to adhere to 
 the opium and to each other by means of a mixture of inferior kinds 
 of Opium and water. It is of a dark brown colour, of the consist- 
 ence of an extract when first cut into, containing 70 per cent, of 
 solid matter, and about 2 per cent, of Morphia. 
 
 Prop. Good Opium, when it has been some time made, is of a 
 dark brown or blackish colour externally, and of a reddish-brown 
 internally, either homogeneous in texture, or formed of agglutinated 
 tears. Sp. Gr. about 3-36. The taste is strongly and permanently 
 bitter, with some degree of acridity, and a little aroma. The odour 
 is both powerful and peculiar. It is hard, and even becomes brit- 
 tle, and breaks with a compact shining fracture, and produces a 
 yellowish-brown powder. Some kinds, however, are soft internally, 
 and others never become entirely dry. The London College, to pre- 
 serve uniformity of strength, directs dried Opium only to be used for 
 the several pharmaceutical preparations. Opium is softened by the 
 application of heat, and burns at a higher temperature. The effects 
 of the ordinary reagents are, that water, either temperate or warmed, 
 dissolves about two-thirds of good opium, and forms a solution of 
 most of its active principles, and is of a bitter taste and of a reddish- 
 brown colour. Rectified Spirit takes up four-fifths of the whole 
 mass, including all the active properties of Opium. Ether dissolves 
 much of what is left undissolved by water. Diluted acids take up 
 all its active principles. The alkalies precipitate them from their 
 solutions, but redissolve them when added in excess. They are also 
 precipitated by baryta, lime, and magnesia, and their salts, also by 
 the soluble salts of lead and of other metals, as well as by solutions 
 of tannin and astringent vegetable substances. As some of these are 
 apt to be prescribed with opium, it is essential to attend to the form 
 of exhibition, for the precipitate may contain all the active principles, 
 and the solution be inert ; or it may be made active again by using
 
 Papaveracea.} MORPHIA. 261 
 
 an excess of ammonia or potash ; or the active principle may be 
 taken up by the acid of some of the salts used. But these various 
 effects of reagents can be duly appreciated only when the compo- 
 sition of Opium is understood. 
 
 Several analyses were made of Opium before any just ideas were 
 obtained respecting its constitution. Derosne in 1803 first obtained 
 a saline body. Sertiirner and Seguin, the first a Hanoverian, and 
 the second a French apothecary, both discovered in 1804 another 
 crystallizable substance, upon which subsequent experience has proved 
 the narcotic power of opium to depend. In a second memoir of 
 Sertiirner published in 1817, he announced his discovery of the 
 existence of morphia combined with meconic acid. This was con- 
 firmed by Robiquet. Since then, Geiger, Beltz, Pelletier, Couerbe, 
 Schmidtz, and Mulder, have successively analyzed and shown Opium 
 to consist of a variety of principles. Of these, three are alkaline, 
 Morphia, Codeia, and Paramorphia. A fourth, Narcotin, though 
 neutral to colours, forms salts with acids: of this a great portion is 
 in a free state, and may at once be separated from Opium by ether ; 
 the remainder, as well as the whole of the Morphia and Codeia, are 
 in combination with the Meconic' and some Sulphuric acid found in 
 Opium. Other bodies are also acid, as the brown acid extractive, the 
 resin, and oily matter. Some are neutral, as Narcein and Meconin. 
 Narcotin is sometimes enumerated among the neutral principles, and 
 Thebaina, called also Paramorphia, though alkaline, does not com- 
 bine with acids. Besides these, there is a trace of Volatile Oil (the 
 odorous principle?), Gum, Bassorine, Albumen, Caoutchouc, Lignin, 
 and Salts of inorganic bases. ^ 
 
 MORPHIA, L. (U.S.) Symb. Mor. Fr. Morphine. 
 
 Morphia (C 35 H so O 8 N=292 4- 2 Aq.=310 when crystallized) is 
 found in Opium in the proportion of 2 to 8 or 10 per cent., and is 
 the principle upon which its medicinal properties chiefly depend. 
 It crystallizes in shining flat six-sided prisms, usually in the state of 
 a very white powder; is without smell, but has a very bitter taste. 
 L. P. " Very little , soluble in cold water, little in boiling water, but 
 very readily in alcohol (in 40 of cold anhydrous alcohol, and in 30 
 parts of ordinary alcohol at 212; nearly insoluble in ether and the 
 fixed and volatile oils). This solution exhibits alkaline properties, 
 when tried with turmeric ; and when the spirit is distilled from it, it 
 yields crystals, which are totally destroyed by heat (about 6-33 
 per cent, being expelled ; with further heat, it melts into a yellowish 
 liquid, and in the air burns with a bright flame). On the addition of 
 Nit', Morphia becomes first red, and afterwards yellow. Tine, of 
 Sesquichloride of Iron gives it a blue colour. Chlorine and after- 
 wards Ammonia being added to its salts, they -are rendered of a 
 brown colour, which is destroyed when more Chlorine is added. 
 Morphia is also precipitated from its salts by solution of Potash 
 (also by Ammonia and Lime-water), which, added in excess, redis- 
 solve it." It is precipitated from these by Tannic', as by infusion of 
 gall-nuts, Tannate of Morphia being formed. Morphia forms salts
 
 MORPHINE HYDROCHLORAS. [Thalamifloras. 
 
 with S', H Cl', and Ac' : these are crystallizable, when pure, colour- 
 less, and of a bitter taste. 
 
 Prep. Morphia being combined with Meconic acid, may be preci- 
 pitated from a watery solution of Opium either by Ammonia or by 
 Magnesia, which enter into combination with the Meconic acid. It 
 may then be separated from the other insoluble matters by the agency 
 of alcohol. The L. C. obtain it from Hydrochlorate of Morphia. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Hydrochlorate of Morphia 3j. in Aq. dest. Oj. than add Sol. of Am. 
 monia f 3v. diluted with Aq. f^j. and shake well together. The precipitate is to be 
 washed with distilled water, and then dried with a gentle heat. 
 
 The Ammonia, combining with the H Cl', remains in solution, 
 while the Morphia is precipitated, washed, and dried. The Codeia, 
 which is usually present in Hydrochlorate of Morphia, is not thrown 
 down by the Ammonia. 
 
 Tests. The characteristics of Morphia have been noticed above, 
 and these can only be seen in pure Morphia. When quite white, 
 there can be no colouring matter, and Narcotin, which is sometimes 
 present, is insoluble in the solution of potash. 
 
 Action. Uses. Morphia possesses nearly all the action of Opium, 
 but is less stimulating. Being, however, nearly insoluble in cold 
 water, it is usually prescribed in the form of some of its salts, which 
 are more certain in their operation. Both Morphia and its salts have 
 frequently been employed endermically on the Continent. 
 
 D. gr. l to gr. j. gradually increased, gr. j. in fine powder may 
 be applied to the denuded skin. 
 
 ORPHI^: (MURIAS, E.) HYDROCHLORAS, L. (U. S.) Hydrochlorate or 
 Muriate of Morphia. , 
 
 Hydrochlorate of Morphia (Mor. + H Cl + 6 Aq=383) came into 
 notice in 1831, with Dr. W. Gregory's method of obtaining Morphia. 
 It must be distinguished, however, from what is commonly called 
 Gregory's Salt, which is a compound of Muriate of Morphia and 
 of Codeia. It is without colour or smell, is extremely bitter, in fine 
 powder or in feathery acicular crystals, is soluble in about 16 parts 
 of cold, and in its own weight of boiling water. This, on cooling, 
 congeals into a crystalline mass. It is also soluble in rectified Spirit. 
 Dil. Sul' decomposes it, as do the alkalies. Nit' forms with it a red- 
 dish-yellow, and Sesquichloride of Iron a bluish-coloured fluid. It is 
 composed of Mor. 76-24 H Cl 9-66 Aql 14-10=100. 
 
 Prep. It may be prepared by acting on Morphia with H Cl', or more commonly by 
 decomposing the Meconate of Morphia in Opium with some other salt, which shall pro- 
 duce an insoluble Meconate and a soluble Muriate of Morphia. The L. C. order Chloride 
 of Lead. Dr. A. T. Thompson uses Chloride of Barium. The E. C. prefer Chloride of 
 Calcium, according to Dr. Gregory's original process. L. P. Macerate Opium sliced ftj. 
 in Aq. dest. Oiv. for 30 hours, and bruise it ; afterwards digest for 20 hours more, and 
 press it. Macerate what remains again, and a third time, in water, that it may become 
 free from taste, and as often bruise and press it. (The Meconate of Morphia is dissolved 
 in the successive portions of water.) Evaporate the mixed liquors, with a heat of 140, 
 to the consistence of a syrup. Then add Aq. dest. Oiij., and when all the impurities 
 have subsided, pour off the supernatant liquor. To this add gradually Chloride of Lead 
 3ij. or so much as may be sufficient, first dissolved in boiling Aq.'dest. Oiv. till nothing 
 further is precipitated. (The Chloride of Lead and water are respectively decomposed
 
 Papaveracece.] MORPHINE SULPHAS. 263 
 
 owing to the presence of the Meconate of Morphia. The Hydrogen and Chlorine form 
 H Cl', which, uniting with the Morphia and Codeia, form comparatively soluble Hydro- 
 chlorate of Morphia and of Codeia. The Oxygen of the water, uniting with the lead, 
 forms an Oxide of Lead, which, combining with the Meconic', form an insoluble Meco- 
 nate of Lead, which is precipitated together with a little Sulphate of Lead.) Pour off 
 the liquor which holds the Hydrochlorate of Morphia in solution, and wash what remains 
 frequently with Aq. dest. Then evaporate the mixed liquors as before, with a gentle 
 heat, that crystals may be formed. Press these in a cloth, then dissolve them in Aq. dest. 
 Oj. and digest with Animal Charcoal giss. in a heat of 120 and strain. (This is useful 
 in depriving the crystals of colour.) Finally, the charcoal being washed, evaporate the 
 liquors cautiously, that pure crystals may be produced. 
 
 As some Hydrochlorate of Morphia remains in solution after the first crop of crystals 
 have been obtained, it is directed to add to this liquor Aq. dest. Oj. and gradually drop in 
 Liq. Ammonia q. s. to precipitate all the Morphia. (Hydrochlorate of Ammonia with 
 Codeia is left in solution.) To this, washed with Aq. dest., add Hydrochloric acid, that 
 it may be saturated, (thus Hydrochlorate of Morphia is again formed,) digest it with 
 Animal Charcoal 3ij. and strain. Lastly, the animal charcoal being thoroughly washed, 
 evaporate the liquors cautiously, that pure crystals may be produced. 
 
 The E. C. uses Chloride of Calcium, instead of the Chloride of Lead, and, therefore, 
 Meconate and Sulphate of Lime are formed instead of the analogous salts of Lead, and 
 in place of Charcoal, alternately acidulate with Muriatic acid and neutralize with finely 
 powdered Marble, in order to remove the colouring matter. Dr. Christison states, that it 
 is important not to employ too much water, and that about 4 times the weight of the 
 Opium employed is sufficient to exhaust it, and that the Chloride of Lead or of Calcium 
 should be added before instead of after concentrating the infusions, and that the evapora 
 tions should be conducted as quickly as possible, at a heat below 212. By following 
 this process, the Edinburgh manufacturers obtain about 13 per cent, of very pure and 
 white Hydrochlorate of Morphia from the recent soft Smyrna Opium. 
 
 Tests. " Snow-white : entirely soluble : solution colourless : loss of 
 weight at 212 not above 13 per cent. 100 measures of a solution 
 of 10 grs. in Aq. f3ss. heated near to 212, and decomposed with 
 agitation by a faint excess of Ammonia, yield a precipitate, which, 
 in 24 hours, occupies 12-5 measures of the liquid." E. The preci- 
 pitate thrown down in its solution by Nitr. Silver, is not entirely 
 soluble in H Cl' or N', or in Ammonia, unless added in excess. The 
 E. tests will detect any undue moisture, and ascertain the quantity 
 of Morphia precipitated, and the absence of colouring matter. Nar- 
 cotin, if present, would be detected by not being entirely soluble in 
 an excess of Potash by which it had been precipitated from a so- 
 lution. 
 
 Jjction. Uses. May be united with some medicines, and advanta- 
 geously substituted for Opium in most cases as a sedative anodyne, 
 diaphoretic, &c. 
 
 D. gr. -5 gr. I ; a Narcotic poison in doses of gr. v. gr. x. 
 
 MORPHINE MURIATIS SOLUTIO, E. Sol. of Muriate of Morphia. 
 
 Prep. Mix Rectified Spirit f 3v. with Aq. dest. f 3xv. and dissolve in the mixture* 
 Muriate of Morphia ^iss. with the aid of a gentle heat. 
 
 D. TTlx. nixl. Intended to be about the strength of Laudanum: 
 100 minims contain gr. j. of the Muriate of Morphia. 
 
 TROCHISCI MORPHINE, E. Morphia Lozenges. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Muriate of Morphia 9j. in a little hot water. Mix it with Tincture of 
 Tolu f3iv. and pure Sugar gxxv. and with a sufficiency of mucilage form a proper mass 
 fot making lozenges; each of which should weigh about 15 grains. 
 
 Action. Uses. Sedative, &c. Much used in this or the following 
 form in combination with Ipecacuanha for allaying cough.
 
 264 SALTS OF MORPHIA. [Thalamiftorce. 
 
 D. x. xx. lozenges daily. Each contains about gr. -^ of Muriate 
 of Morphia. Those sold in London are marked Morphia gr. ^ 7 . 
 
 TROCHISCI MORPHINE ET IPECACUANHA. Morphia and Ipecacuanha 
 Lozenges. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve and mix Muriate of Morphia 9j. Ipecacuanha in fine powder 3j. Tinct. 
 of Tolu f 3iv. pure Sugar 3xxv. and proceed as with the preceding Morphia lozenges. 
 Useful for the same purposes. 
 
 D. x. xx. lozenges daily. Each contains gr. J^ of Muriate of Mor- 
 phia, and gr. T V of Ipecacuanha. 
 
 MORPHIA SULPHAS, (U. S.) Sulphate of Morphia is occasionally 
 employed in medicine. A small portion exists naturally in Opium, 
 and it may readily be made by acting on Morphia with dil. Sul . In 
 the United States Pharmacopoeia there is a Solutio or Liquor Mor- 
 phias Sulphatis. The Sulphate may be prescribed in doses of gr. |- to 
 i, but it does not appear preferable to the Hydrochlorate, though fre- 
 quently employed on the Continent, especially endermically. 
 
 [LIQUOR MORPHIJE SULPHATIS, U. S. Solution of Muriate of Mor- 
 phia. 
 
 Take of Sulphate of Morphia gr. j. Water f 3j. Dose f 3j.] 
 
 MORPHIA ACETAS, L. E. (U. S.) Acetate of Morphia. 
 
 Vinegar has long been thought a good menstruum for dissolving 
 the active properties of Opium, but the true Acetate of Morphia was 
 introduced into practice by Majendie. When pure it is seen as a 
 colourless, snow-white powder, of an intensely bitter taste, imper- 
 fectly crystallized. It is apt to be decomposed from some of its acid 
 escaping, and Morphia being left, which is insoluble. Hence in pre- 
 scribing, it is necessary to add a few drops of Acetic acid to its aque- 
 ous solution. It is soluble in rectified spirit, readily decomposed by 
 heat as well as by dil. Sul', with the disengagement of Acetic acid. 
 Its solution is rendered reddish-yellow by Nit' and blue by Sesqui- 
 chloride of Iron. It is probably composed of Mor. + Ac' + Aq.=352, 
 or per cent. Mor. 82-95 Ac' 14-5, Aq. 2-55 = 100. 
 
 Prep. L. E. Mix Acetic acid f3iij. with Aq, dest. f3iv. and pour them upon Morphia 
 3vj. to saturation. Let the liquor evaporate with a gentle heat, that crystals may be 
 formed. The E. C. first obtain Morphia from Muriate of Morphia, as in the London 
 process, p. 262, and then dissolve it in a slight excess of Pyroligneous acid. 
 
 Tests. " Very readily dissolved in water. Its other properties are 
 such as have been stated of Morphia." " 100 measures of a solution 
 of grs. x. in Aq. dest, f 3ss. and Ac' n^v. heated to 212, and decom- 
 posed by a faint excess of Ammonia, yield by agitation a precipitate 
 which in 24 hours occupies 15-5 measures of the liquid." 
 
 Action. Uses. Though liable to decomposition, it is preferred by 
 some to the other salts of Morphia, in doses of gr. |- to . A syrup 
 is lauded by M. Forget in doses of gr. T ' T in chronic bronchitis. 
 
 CITRATE OF MORPHIA was recommended by Dr. Porter of Bristol 
 under the form of Liquor Morphiae Citratis, and made by macerating
 
 Papaveracea.} CODEIA, NARCOTINA, ETC. 265 
 
 Opium 3iv. with Citric' 3ij. and Aq. Best. Oj. It does not appear 
 necessary, as the officinal preparations of Morphia seem sufficient. 
 
 BIMECONATE OF MORPHIA. Mr. Squire, on reflecting that the na- 
 tural salts separated from the other ingredients existing in Opium, 
 might prove the best therapeutic agents, has prepared a solution of 
 the Bimeconate of Morphia, which is nearly of the same strength as 
 Laudanum. Several practitioners have borne testimony to its being 
 less exciting than Opium, and equally if not more efficacious than the 
 other preparations of Morphia. 
 
 CODEIA (Codeine) (C 35 H s O 5 N=284-f2 Aq. when crystallized 
 from Aq.) was discovered by Robiquet in 1832. Its Hydrochlorate 
 crystallizes with Hydrochlorate of Morphia in the process p. 263; 
 but as the Codeia is not precipitated by the Ammonia, it may be ob- 
 tained by subsequent evaporation. It crystallizes in needles or right 
 rhombic prisms, is alkaline in nature, and forms salts with acids, 
 is soluble in water and in Alcohol, readily in Ether; insoluble in solu- 
 tion of Potash ; does not become blue on the addition of Sesquichloride 
 of Iron. Opium contains about \ or 1 per cent. It has little taste? 
 some state it to be excitant, and others hypnotic ; it resembles Mor- 
 phia in its effects ; only three or four times as much is required. 
 
 NARCOTINA (Narcotine, Anarcotina. Beng. Disp.) (C 48 H 24 O 1S N= 
 446) was discovered by Derosne in 1803, and its properties investi- 
 gated by Robiquet in 1817. Much of it is in a free state, and may 
 be dissolved out of Opium by Ether. It exists in the proportion ofl 
 to 8 per cent. It crystallizes from Alcohol in bevelled pearly tables, 
 but from Ether in regular rhombic prisms ; is white, without odour, 
 and insipid ; is insoluble in cold water and in solution of Potash, very 
 soluble in Ether, in Alcohol, and in volatile oils ; neutral to vegetable 
 colours, combines with diluted acids, and forms salts, as the Hydro- 
 chlorate, Sulphate, &c., which are very soluble and bitter. When 
 pure, it does not form a blue solution with Sesquichlor. Iron, nor pro- 
 duce a brown colour when treated with Chlorine and Ammonia. It 
 is not reddened by Nit', but is so by S' containing a trace of N'. 
 From the decomposition of Narcotine, Opianic acid is formed, remark- 
 able for its affinity for Ammonia, also Cotarnin, &LC. (Liebig.) Nar- 
 cotine may be obtained by macerating the Opium which has been ex- 
 hausted by cold water in the process of obtaining Hydrochlor. Mor- 
 phia with weak Pyroligneous or Muriatic acid, and precipitating 
 with Potash. It may be separated from Morphia by Ether or by 
 Potash, the first dissolving the Narcotine and leaving the Morphia, 
 while the Potash dissolves the Morphia, but leaves the Narcotine. 
 
 Jiction. Uses. It appears to be devoid of all narcotic properties. 
 Dr. Roots prescribed its Sulph. in doses up to 9j. as a substitute for 
 the Disulph. of Quina for the cure of intermittents. It has been 
 largely employed in India for arresting the paroxysms of intermittent 
 and remittent fevers by Dr. O'Shaughnessy and other practitioners. 
 
 NARCEIA (C^H^O a N=298) (Narceine) was discovered by Pelle- 
 tier, and is in fine silky needles, which are slightly bitter, soluble
 
 266 ADULTERATION OF OPIUM. [Thalamiftorte. 
 
 in water, fusible at about its boiling point, neutral to test-paper, and 
 not neutralizing acids. The diluted mineral acids produce a light blue 
 (N' a yellow) colour when brought in contact with it, as does Iodine. 
 
 MECONIN (C 19 H 5 O*=97) is also white, crystallizes in six-sided 
 prisms, is acrid in taste, fuses at 194, is soluble in water, neutral to 
 acids. If Chlorine gas be brought in contact with it when in a fused 
 state, a blood-red fluid is produced, which crystallizes on cooling. It 
 is remarkable in not containing any Nitrogen. 
 
 THEBAINA, or Paramorphia (C 38 H 14 O N=202) is alkaline in 
 its relations, and forms crystallizable salts with diluted acids ; most 
 nearly resembles Narcotin, but is distinguished from it by crystallizing 
 in short needles , fuses at 302, is much more soluble in Alcohol, and 
 is acrid and not bitter in taste, little soluble in water. 
 
 MECONIC ACID (C 7 H 2 O 7 = 100), discovered by Sertiirner, was 
 studied by Robiquet. It is seen in the form of white, transparent, 
 micaceous scales. It is soluble in water : when this solution is boiled, 
 it is decomposed into Carbonic acid and Metameconic acid, which 
 forms hard crystalline grains. By destructive distillation of Meconic 
 acid, another acid, the Pyromeconic, is produced. Mec' readily forms 
 salts, and is remarkable for producing a deep-red colour with the per- 
 salts of Iron, and a green precipitate of Mecon. Copper with Ammon. 
 Sulph. Copper. It may be obtained by decomposing the Mecon. Lead 
 or that of Lime (v. p. 262) with dil. H Cl'. Besides these, other 
 principles of less importance, as Pseudomorphia and Purphyroxin, so 
 named from being coloured purple when boiled with dil. N', H Cl' 
 or S'. 
 
 Brown -Jlcid Extractive has been little examined, and is no doubt a 
 mixture of several substances, perhaps the result of some of the 
 changes which have taken place, and is supposed to possess some of 
 the narcotic properties of Opium. Resin of Opium contains Nitrogen, 
 is brown, insipid and without colour, softens by heat, is soluble in 
 alcohol, and in alkaline solutions, remarkable for its electro-negative 
 properties. Oily or Fattij Matter of Opium is probably colourless 
 when pure, commonly yellow or brownish, acid, its alcoholic solution 
 reddens litmus, it combines with alkalies, and forms soap from which 
 it may again be separated unchanged by the action of acids. The 
 nature of the Odorous Principle of Opium is unknown, as it has never 
 been isolated. It may be a volatile oil, as it rises with water when 
 this is distilled off Opium, which has the peculiar odour of Opium. 
 (Soubeiran, Traite de Pharm. i. p. 364, and Turners Chem. p. 1159.) 
 
 Adulterations. Opium is of different degrees of value, according to 
 its sensible properties, and the quantity of Morphia it contains ; but it 
 is subject to adulterations. First it may be mixed up with too much 
 water, either intentionally, or in consequence of the dew having been 
 very heavy. The quantity may be ascertained by the loss on evapo- 
 ration. The most injurious fraud is that of washing out the soluble 
 and most valuable part of Opium, and bringing the residual mass for 
 sale. In this case Butter states the Opium loses its translucency and
 
 Papaveracea.] TESTS FOR OPIUM. 267 
 
 redness of colour, also its adhesiveness. Sand, clayey mud, sugar, 
 molasses, cowdung, Datura-leaves, the glutinous juice of ^Egle Mar- 
 melos, and even pounded poppy-seeds, are employed to adulterate 
 Opium. Malwa Opium often contains oil and other matters obtained 
 by the expression of the poppy-heads. Some Opiums from which 
 Morphia has been extracted have been occasionally met with in Euro- 
 pean commerce. To be enabled to judge of good Opium, one must be 
 well acquainted with the different varieties of Opium, their respective 
 colours, tastes, and textures, as well as the natural degree of moisture, 
 and see that no mechanical admixtures are apparent, nor left on 
 a filter. Several methods have been proposed for ascertaining the 
 quantity of MorpHfa in Opium, but none of them are very satisfactory. 
 In the E. P. it is proposed to ascertain it by the weight of the preci- 
 pitate caused in an infusion of Opium by Carbonate of Soda. "A solu- 
 tion of 100 grs. macerated 24 hours in Aq. f3ij. filtered and strongly 
 squeezed in a cloth, if precipitated by a cold solution of Carbonate of 
 Soda 3ss. in two waters, and heated till the precipitate shrinks and 
 fuses, will yield a solid mass on cooling, which weighs, when dry, at 
 least 1 1 grains, and, if pulverized, dissolves entirely in solution of 
 Oxalic acid." Dr. Pereira has not found this satisfactory, but considers 
 the process of Thibaumary as the best, in which Ammonia is employed 
 to precipitate the Morphia in infusion of Opium, (v. Mat. Med. p. 
 1742.) Dr. Christison considers Dr. Gregory's method of obtaining 
 Muriate of Morphia as the only certain one; but it requires about a 
 pound of Opium to be operated on, which, if good, should not yield 
 less than ten per cent, of a snow-white salt. 
 
 Tests. In cases of poisoning, the sensible appearances must neces- 
 sarily differ according as a solid or a liquid preparation of Opium or 
 one of Morphia has been employed. If any of the former are found, 
 then the brownish colour, bitter taste, and peculiar odour, will indi- 
 cate the presence of Opium either in a solid or liquid form. But in 
 many cases, the poison has entirely disappeared from the stomach, 
 and the odour is alone recognisable, especially on the first opening 
 of the stomach. This odour is more perceptible, in any fluid con- 
 taining it, on increasing the temperature (short of the boiling point, 
 when some decomposition takes place). The other tests are of a 
 chemical nature, and have been already enumerated, in describing 
 the crystallizable ingredients of Opium ; such as Nitric acid and 
 Tinct. of Sesquichloride of Iron, both of which produce a red colour 
 in a solution of Opium, the first from acting on its Morphia, and the 
 second on the Meconic acid. In the case of organic mixtures, it is 
 necessary first to make an aqueous extract of the contents of the 
 stomach, &c., and then from that an alcoholic one. Dr. Christison 
 has said that the evidence of Opium being present is irrefragable if 
 the alcoholic extract present the peculiar bitterness of Opium, if its 
 watery solution, when acted on by Ammonia cautiously added, so 
 as to avoid excess, yields a precipitate (Morphia) which becomes 
 yellow with Nitric acid, and if after the separation of this precipi- 
 tate, the remaining fluid (then containing Meconate of Ammonia) 
 gives, with Acetate of Lead, a precipitate (Meconate of Lead),
 
 268 PREPARATIONS OF OPIUM. [Thalamiflora. 
 
 \vhich, when decomposed in water by Sulphuretted Hydrogen (Sul- 
 phuret of Lead being formed, Meconic acid is dissolved), imparts to 
 the water the property of becoming deep cherry-red with Sesqui- 
 chloride of Iron. Mr. Taylor finds that N' detects gr. -J T of Mur. 
 Morphia diluted in 300 parts of water ; Sesquichlor. Iron gr. ^ T in 
 231 parts of water ; and lodic' gr. -y^ in 1300 parts of water; but 
 this last is open to fallacy with organic fluids. The Iron test for 
 Meconic' is more delicate than the tests for Morphia. It may be 
 first employed, and then Nit' be added to the same quantity of liquid. 
 Action. Uses. Opium, applied externally, is at first stimulant, pro- 
 ducing pain, as on the eye, and then sedative. When taken inter- 
 nally, in small doses, excitement is first produced, as apparent in the 
 increased frequency of the pulse, and heat of the skin. This is soon 
 followed by diminished sensibility, calmness, and sleep, with abate- 
 ment of pain, suspension of mucous secretions, with the exception of 
 that of the skin. But if the tendency to sleep be resisted, Opium, in 
 moderate doses, and in those habituated to its use, in excessive doses, 
 will produce intellectual excitement accompanied by bodily activity, 
 soon to be followed by general debility, as is exemplified in Opium- 
 eaters. In large doses, it is a narcotic poison. It is frequently em- 
 ployed as an anodyne and hypnotic, as a sedative, and to restrain in- 
 ordinate discharges, as in diarrhoea and cholera, also as a diaphoretic, 
 often as an antispasmodic, and even as a febrifuge. In Delirium 
 Tremens it is beneficially given in large doses, and, combined with 
 Calomel, and sometimes with the addition of Ipecacuanha, even in in- 
 flammatory affections ; though in general it is contraindicated when 
 there is inflammation or much fever. It is no doubt the most impor- 
 tant of all therapeutical agents, and that which is perhaps the most 
 frequently employed. 
 
 D. Opium may be administered internally either in a solid or 
 liquid form, or its effects obtained by using one of its salts ; or it 
 may be applied externally or introduced endermically. The medium 
 dose is one grain, but is subject to every variation, being often suffi- 
 cient in much smaller doses, and at other times requiring to be in- 
 creased to an extraordinary extent. It may also be advantageously 
 introduced into the rectum, either as a suppository, or in the form of 
 an Enema. Externally, it may be applied endermically or by fric- 
 tion in a liniment, or added to lotions, collyria, cataplasms, or plas- 
 ters, by means of some of the following preparations. 
 
 PREPARATIONS OF OPIUM. 
 
 ExTRACTUM OPII PURIFICATUM, L. ExTRACTUM Opil, E. ExTRACTUM 
 
 OPII AQUOSUM, D. Purified Extract of Opium. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Take Aq, dest. Cj. (Aq. Ov. E. ; boiling ftj. by weight, D.) add a little 
 (Oj. E. ; the whole, D.) to Opium sliced gxx. (ft j. E. 3ij. D.) Macerate for 12 (24, E.) 
 hours to soften it, [(break down the fragments with the hand, and express the liquid with 
 pretty strong pressure, E.) (triturate for 10 minutes, and in a little time pour off the 
 liquor, D.)] Add gradually the rest of the water (Oj. E. ; as much boiling Aq. as before, 
 D.) to the residuum of the Opium. Triturate and mix well. (Macerate for 24 hours 
 and express the liquid, repeating this process till the water is all used, E.) Set aside for 
 the impurities to subside, L. (Pour off the liquor, repeating the process a third time.
 
 PapaveracccB.] PREPARATIONS CONTAINING OPIUM. 2G9 
 
 Mix the liquors and expose in an open vessel to the air for 2 days, D.) Filter (through 
 the same (linen, D.) filter the successive infusions, E.) Evaporate (with vapour-bath, E. ; 
 low heat, D.) to a due consistence. 
 
 This extract is of a brownish colour, of a bitter taste, and without 
 odour. The parts soluble in water (v. p. 260) with a little of the 
 resin being taken up, and the insoluble, with some active principles, 
 however, left behind ; this extract is considered to be less exciting 
 than pure Opium, and is, therefore, sometimes preferred in some of 
 the cases for which opium or the salts of Morphia are indicated. 
 But as it is uncertain, the Morphia salts seem preferable in cases 
 where constitutional disturbance is to be avoided, and crude Opium 
 or Laudanum can alone be relied upon in urgent cases. 
 
 D. gr. h to gr. iij. or gr. v. 
 
 PILULE OPII SIVE THEBAIC^E, E. Opium or Thebaic Pills. 
 
 Prep. Beat into a proper mass Opium 1 part, Sulphate Potash 3 parts, Conserve of 
 Red Roses 1 part. Divide into 5 gr. pills. 
 
 Each contains of Opium gr. j., that is, twice as much Opium as the 
 Opiate pill of the last Latin ed. of the E. P. 1 to 2 pills for a dose. 
 
 [PlLULjE OPII, U. S. 
 Prep. Opium in powder 3i. Soap gr. xij. Beat with water, and divide into 60 pills.] 
 
 PILULE SAPONIS (CUM Opio, D.) COMPOSITE, L. (U. S.) (v. Sapo.) 
 Opium gr. j. in 5 grains of the Pill. gr. v. gr. x. for a dose. 
 
 PILUL^E STYRACIS (E.) COMPOSITE, L. (v. Styrax.) 
 
 Opium gr. j. in 5 grains of the Pill. gr. v. gr. x. for a dose. 
 
 PILUL^E CALOMELANOS ET OPII, E. (v. p. 200.) 
 
 Each Pill contains Calomel gr. ij. and Opium gr. I. 
 
 PILULE PLUMBI OPIATE, E. (v. p. 174.) 
 
 Each Pill contains of Meconate of Lead gr. iij. and of Acetate of 
 Morphia gr. ^ nearly. 
 
 PILULE IPECACUANHA COMPOSITE, L. (v. Ipecacuanha.) 
 gr. T % of Opium in 5 grains of the Pill. 
 
 TROCHISCI OPII, E. Opium Lozenges. 
 
 Prep. Reduce Opium 3ij. to a fluid extract, as directed in Extractum Opii, E. mix it 
 intimately with Extract of Liquorice, 3 V - reduced to the consistence of treacle, add Tine, 
 ture of Tolu 3ss. sprinkle into the mixture powdered Gum Arabic 3v. and finely powder, 
 ed pure Sugar 2> v j- Beat into a proper mass. Divide into lozenges of 10 grs. 
 
 Each lozenge contains about -^ of a grain of the Extract ; those of 
 the shops usually contain about of a grain of Opium. Both are use- 
 ful, like the Morphia lozenges, in allaying troublesome cough. 
 
 PULVIS CRET^E COMPOSITUS CUM OPIO, L. D. PULVIS CRET^E OPIATUS, E. 
 Compound Powder of Chalk with Opium. 
 
 Prep. Triturate thoroughly together Comp. Chalk powder gviss. (3 v j- E.) and hard 
 Opium (Opium E.) powdered 9iv. 
 
 Two scruples of the L. and D. and 37 grs. of the E. prep, contain of 
 Opium gr. j. with Chalk, Tormentil, Cinnamon, and Long-pepper.
 
 270 PREPARATIONS OF OPIUM. [Thalamiflora. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid, Astringent, Stimulating, and Narcotic. 
 Useful in some Diarrhoeas in doses of gr. x. gr. xxx. 
 
 PULVIS KINO COMPOSITUS, L. D. (v. Kino.) 
 
 Contains of Opium gr. j. in 20 grains qf the powder. 
 
 PULVIS IPECACUANHA COMPOSITUS, L. E. Tjf (v. Ipecacuanha.) 
 Contains of Opium gr. j. in 10 grains of the powder. 
 
 CONFECTIO OPII, L. D. (U. S.) ELECTUARIDM OPII, E. Confection of 
 Opium. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Take finely powdered Long Pepper 3j. Ginger ^ij. Carraway 3iij. Tra. 
 gacanth 3j. (add them to, D.) hard Opium 3vj. (triturate with Syrup ftj. D.) Preserve 
 them in a close vessel, and when required, add them to wanned Syrup f\. xv j- and mix. 
 
 E Mix and beat into an electuary Aromatic Powder ^vj. finely powdered Senega 3iij. 
 Opium diffused in a little Sherry 3ss. Syrup of Ginger ftj. 
 
 [U.S. Take Opium in powder 3ivss. A romatic Powder gvj. Clarified Honey 3xiv. 
 Rub the Opium with the aromatic powder, then add the honey and beat them together 
 until thoroughly mixed. 36 grs. contain 1 of opium.] 
 
 These preparations, intended as substitutes for the old Theriaca, 
 differ a little in strength: that of the L. P. contains about Opium gr. j. 
 in 36 grs. (25 grs. D., 43 grs. E.) of the Confection. All are stimu- 
 lant and anodyne, henre well suited as additions in the treatment of 
 Chronic Diarrhoeas, &c., in doses of gr. x. 3j. 
 
 ELECTUARIUM CATECHU, E. (COMPOSITUM, D.) (v. Catechu.) 
 
 Astringents and Aromatics with Opium gr. j. in about 200 grs. of 
 the Electuary. 
 
 TINCTURA OPII, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Opium. Laudanum. 
 
 Prep. L. E. D. Take hard Opium powdered 3iij. (Turkish 3x. D. ; Opium sliced 
 3iij. E.) and Proof Spirit Oij. [(ftj. by measure. D.) (Rectified Spirit Oj. and fgvij. and 
 Aq. f 3xiijss. E.)] Macerate for 14 days and strain. (Digest the Opium in the water 
 near 212 for 2 hours. Break it down, strain, and express the infusion : macerate the 
 residue in the spirit for about 20 hours : then strain and express very strongly. Mix the 
 watery and spirituous infusions. Filter. Or, if of fine quality, slice the Opium finely ; 
 mix the spirit and water, and in f3xiv. of the mixture, macerate the Opium for 12 hours: 
 then break it down thoroughly, pour the fluid and pulp into a percolator, and let the fluid 
 pass through. Without packing the Opium in the cylinder, add the rest of the spirit, 
 continuing the process till Oij. are obtained, E.) 
 
 [U. S. Opium 3ijss. Diluted Alcohol Oij.] 
 
 Laudanum is of a deep brownish-red colour, with the peculiar taste 
 and odour of Opium. Dr. Christison says that by the E. process, 
 that is, macerating the Opium first in hot water, then in rectified spi- 
 rit, it may be made in 36 hours. Sp. Gr. 0-952; minims 19 con- 
 tain about gr. j. of Opium. (Phillips.) Good Tincture should leave, 
 when thoroughly dried up in the vapour-bath, from 17 to 22 grs. of 
 residuum from fjj. (c.) fftxiijss. or about 25 drops, contain the active 
 part of 1 gr. of Opium ; but the London Tincture may sometimes be 
 16 per cent, stronger than the others, (c.) Some Morphia is con- 
 tained in the residuum, and has been separated by Dr. Pereira. Mr. 
 Haden used to make a substitute for Liq. Opii Seclativus by macerat- 
 ing the lees with Tar'. M. Martin, by fermenting the lees with sugar, 
 obtained an extract possessed of narcotic properties. 
 
 Jlction. Uses. Laudanum is a powerful anodyne and narcotic, and
 
 Papaveracea.] PREPARATIONSOFOPIUM. 271 
 
 the form in which the effects of Opium may most effectually be ob- 
 tained either externally or internally. 
 
 D. flfx. 3jss. ; but much larger doses may be exhibited in parti- 
 cular cases. Great precaution is required in prescribing it to children. 
 Infants have been killed by 4 drops, and unpleasantly deep sleep has 
 been produced even by 2 drops, (c.) 
 
 [TINCTURA OPII ACETATA, U. S. Acetated Tincture of Opium. 
 
 Prep. Take of Opium 3ij. Vinegar fgxij. Alcohol Oss. Rub the Opium with the 
 Vinegar, then add the Alcohol, and having macerated for 14 days, express and filter 
 through paper. Dose 'ft'x.J 
 
 VINUM OPII, L. E. D. (U. S.) Laudanum Liquidum Sydenhami, Ph. 
 L. 1720. Tinctura Thebaica, Ph. L. J745. Wine of Opium. 
 
 Prep. Macerate (Digest, E.) Purified Extract of Opium giiss. (Opium (Turkey, D.) 
 3iij. E. ; 3j. D.) (3i. U.S.) Cinnamon bruised (in moderately fine powder, E.) and Cloves 
 bruised of each 3ijss. (3j- D.) (U.S.) in Sherry Wine Oij. (ftj. by measure D.) (Oj. U.S.) 
 for 14 (7, E. ; 8, D.) days. Filter. 
 
 Wine of Opium, Sydenham's Liquid Laudanum, differs from the 
 former not only in the menstruum, but also in being made from the 
 purified Opium and in the presence of the aromatics. Hence it is 
 more agreeable both in taste and smell, and may be used in many 
 cases for the same purposes. Dr. Paris has proposed adding the 
 Opium to wine during its state of fermentation. 
 
 D. rnjx. f 3j. Often dropped into the eye in Ophthalmia. 
 
 TINCTURA OPII AMMONIATA, E. Ammoniated Tincture. of Opium. 
 Scotch, Paregoric, 
 
 Prep. Digest for 7 days Opium sliced gss. Benzoic acid and Saffron chopped of each 
 3vj. Anise Oil 3j. Spirit of Ammonia Oij. Filter. 
 
 The Spirit of Ammonia, E. being made with caustic Ammonia, and 
 being in excess, first precipitates and then dissolves the Morphia. 
 This preparation is three times stronger than English paregoric, the 
 activity of 1 grain of Opium being possessed by 80 minims. 
 
 TINCTURA CAMPHORS COMPOSITA, L. Compound Tincture of Camphor. 
 TINCT. OPII CAMPHORATA, E. D. (U. S.) Camphorated Tincture of 
 Opium. Paregoric Elixir. English Paregoric. 
 
 Prep. Macerate together Camphor 9iiss. Oij. D.) Opium in powder (sliced E.) gr. 
 Ixxij. Oiv. E. ; 3j. D.) Benzoic' gr. Ixxij. (aiv. E. ; 3j. D.) Oil of Anise f3j. Proof Spirit 
 Oij. (old wine pints D,) for 14 (7, E.) days, and then strain. 
 
 [U. S. Opium in powder, Benzoic acid aa 3j. Oil of Anise f 3j. Clarified Honey 3ij. 
 Camphor 311. Diluted Alcohol Oij. Macerate for 14 days and filter.] 
 
 Though this preparation is named from Camphor, Opium is its most 
 powerful ingredient ; hence it is described in this place. The L. name 
 is advantageous, as enabling Opium to be prescribed without the know- 
 ledge of the patient. The presence of the stimulants is supposed to 
 counteract the debilitating effects of Opium on the stomach, while the 
 Benzoic acid determining to the mucous surface of the aerial passages, 
 diminishes profuse secretion, and the Opium allays troublesome cough 
 by diminishing sensibility. Hence it is much employed to allay the 
 tickling of coughs, and likewise in some diarrhoeas. Each f3ss. or 
 240 minims contains of Opium gr. j. nearly.
 
 272 PREPARATIONS OF OPIUM. [Thalamlflorm. 
 
 D. f3ss. f3iv. Frequently added to cough mixtures. 
 ACETUM OPII, E. D. (U. S.) Vinegar of Opium. 
 
 Prep. Take Opium 3iv. Distilled Vinegar f 3xvj. (fi>j. D.) Cut the Opium into small 
 fragments. Triturate into a pulp with a little of the Vinegar, then add the rest, and 
 macerate for 7 days in a close vessel, agitating occasionally. (Pour off the supernatant 
 liquor and strain, D.) Strain. (Express strongly and filter, E.) 
 
 Vinegar is one of the best solvents of the active properties of 
 Opium. By some it is supposed that an Acetate of Morphia is formed 
 at the expense of the Meconate, and it is preferred as capable of pro- 
 ducing the anodyne and soporific with less of the disagreeable effects 
 of Opium : may be given in doses of Ttx. fftxxx. 
 
 The Black Drop is a celebrated nostrum, in which Opium is boiled 
 with aromatics in verjuice (from the wild crab), and sugar is added 
 and fermented. One drop is considered equal to two or three drops 
 of Laudanum. The above or the salts of Morphia are the best sub- 
 stitutes. 
 
 [The U. S. P. directs Black Drop, Acetum Opii, to be prepared as 
 follows : 
 
 Take Opium in coarse powder 3viij. Nutmeg in coarse powder 3jss. Saffron gss. 
 Sugar 3xij. Distilled Vinegar q. s. Digest the Opium, Nutmeg, and Saffron with half 
 a pint of distilled Vinegar, on a sand-bath, with a gentle heat, for 48 hours, and strain. 
 Digest the residuum with an equal quantity of distilled Vinegar in the samg manner for 
 24 hours. Then put the whole into a percolator and pass and repass until the liquid 
 is pure. When filtration ceases, pour on distilled Vinegar to make three pints. Lastly, 
 add the Sugar, By means of a water- bath, evaporate to Oiij. f3iv. Dose i^fx.] 
 
 Liquor Opii Sedativus, of Mr. Battley, is another secret preparation, 
 which has long been esteemed in the Profession for its efficacy and 
 its little disagreeable effects as an opiate. It is supposed by some to 
 be an aqueous and by others an acetous solution of Opium. Mr. 
 Cooley states that it is an impure Meconate of Morphia combined 
 with extractive and such other matter as is soluble in temperate dis- 
 tilled water, and that we may produce it by the following formula : 
 
 Take dry Opium (Smyrna) in powder, 1 part, clean washed (silica) sand, 2 parts. Mix, 
 and moisten with water, introduce into a percolator, and pass Aq. Dest. at 65 or 70 F. 
 through the ingredients, until it passes both tasteless and colourless. Evaporate the liquor 
 (by steam or water-bath) to the consistence of a hard pill extract. Take of this hard ex. 
 tract 3iij. and Aq. Dest. 3xxx. Boil for two minutes ; let it cool ; filter ; then add Recti- 
 fied Spirit 3vj. and Aq. Dest. q. s. to make up nearly f 3x1. or one quart, 
 
 D. rftv. rpjxx. fftxx. are equal to about rprxxx. of Laudanum. 
 
 ENEMA OPII, L. E. D. vel ANODYNUM, E. Opium Clyster. 
 
 Prep. Take Tincture of Opium rrj'xxx. (f3ss. to 3j. E. ; 3j. D.) and Decoction of Starch 
 f giv. (Starch 3ss. and Aq. f3ij. E. ; Aq. tepid 3vj. D.) Mix. (Boil the Starch in the Aq. : 
 when cool enough for use add the Tincture of Opium, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Laudanum in this form often relieves many painful 
 affections of the intestinal canal and urinary organs. 
 
 LlNIMENTTTM Opii, L. E. LlNIMENTUM SAPONIS CUM OPIO Vel ANODY- 
 
 NUM, D. Liniment of Opium. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Mix Soap Liniment f 3vj. (4 parts D.) and Tinct. of Opium f gij. (3 parts, 
 D.) E. Macerate Castile Soap 3vj. and Opium 3iss. in Rectified Spirit Oij. for 3 days; 
 filter, add Oil of itosemary f 3vj. and Camphor 3iij. Agitate.
 
 Papaveracea.] SANGUINARIA. 273 
 
 Action. Uses. The external friction of Laudanum not only relieves 
 local pain, but produces the general soporific effects of Opium. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM OPII, L. E. D. (U. S.) Plaster of Opium. 
 
 Prep. Melt Litharge Plaster ftj. (3 x ij- E.) and Abielis Retina, powdered, 3iij. add to 
 it in powder Hard Opium 3ss. (gradually, and mix thoroughly, E. D.) Aq. f 3viij. L. 
 Boil over a slow fire to a proper consistence, L. 
 
 [U.S. Opium in powder gij. Burgundy Pitch 3iij. Lead Plaster ftj. Boiling Water 
 f giv. as above.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Applied to relieve Rheumatic and other pains. 
 
 UNGUENTUM GALL^E COMPOSITUM, L. is an astringent application 
 which contains Opium 3ss. in about 3ij. of the ointment. 
 
 Inc. Several salts decompose Opium, and cannot therefore be pre- 
 scribed with it, as alkalies in small quantity ; but in excess they redis- 
 solve the Morphia they have precipitated. Alkaline Carbonates, 
 Lime-water, Astringents containing Tannic acid, Sulphates of Zinc, 
 Copper, Iron, and Lead, Nitrate of Silver, Bichloride of Mercury. 
 
 Antidotes. In cases of poisoning by Opium or Laudanum, evacuate 
 the stomach either by means of the stomach-pump, by tickling the 
 throat, or prescribing such emetics as are at hand, as salt or mustard. 
 The Sulphate of Zinc in large doses is the best emetic. Sometimes 
 Tartar Emetic with Ipecacuanha is resorted to; or, in extreme cases, 
 a solution of 1 gr. of Tartar Emetic may be injected into the veins, 
 taking care that no air enters at the same time. During the whole 
 of this time, the patient should be roused by loud talking, shaking 
 and making him walk about. Apply the vapours of Ammonia or of 
 Acetic acid to the nostrils. Cold affusions to the head and chest are 
 of great efficacy. Distending the stomach with astringent infusions, 
 as of Cinchona or of Gallnuts, will assist in decomposing the Opium. 
 When the stomach has been freed of the poison, vegetable acids and 
 venesection are useful ; while such stimulants as Carbonate of Am- 
 monia and Brandy and Coffee will be useful in rousing and supporting 
 the patient. Sinapisms and irritants to the feet, &c., ought to be ap- 
 plied, artificial respiration not neglected. 
 
 [SANGUINARIA, U. S. SANGUINARIA CANADENSIS, Linn. The root. Po- 
 lyandria Monogynia. 
 
 Blood root or Puccoon, is a perennial plant, growing in open woods 
 throughout the United States, and flowering early in the spring. 
 
 Bot. Ch. Root tuberous, horizontal, giving out a red juice. Leaves solitary reniform 
 and lobed, radical. Scape naked, one-flowered. Petals variable in number and white. 
 Capsule attenuated at the apex. 
 
 The root of this plant is an inch or two in length, terminating ab- 
 ruptly (prcemorse), a few lines in thickness, when dry, dark-brown, 
 wrinkled, and contracted. Fracture short and waxy, surfaces orange 
 red, odour feebly narcotic, taste acrid and bitter. It contains a pe- 
 culiar principle to which the name of Sanguinarina was given by its 
 discoverer, Dr. Dana, of New York. 
 
 Action. Uses. Emetic and narcotic. It has been used in rheuma- 
 tism and pneumonia. 
 
 18
 
 274 ARMORACIA. [Thalamiflora:. 
 
 D. grs. xx. as an emetic, grs. v. every 3 or 4 hours as an al- 
 terant. 
 
 The infusion is made with 3ss. to Oj. water. Dose 3ss. 
 
 TINCTUEA SANGUINARY, (U. S.) 
 Blood root bruised 3iv., Alcohol diluted Oij. Macerate for 14 days and filter. 
 
 D. f 3ss. to 3i.] 
 
 CRUCIFER^E, Juss. Cressworts. 
 
 Cruciferous plants are almost all herbaceous, more rarely perennials, seldom shrubby, 
 the root sometimes turnip-shaped. Leaves usually alternate, simple or variously cut. 
 No stipules or bracts. Flowers white, yellow, or purple, in racemes opposite the leaves, 
 or in terminal corymbs, which become elongated. Calyx 4-leafed. Petals 4, cruciate, as 
 are the sepals. Stamens 6, of which four are long and two short. Ovary sessile, 2-celled, 
 or rarely one-celled, with two intervalvular placentae, which, growing inwards, meet in 
 the middle and form the spurious dissepiment. Fruit a silique, silicule, nut-like, or lo- 
 mentaceous. Seeds without albumen, generally suspended by a fiinicle. Embryo curved, 
 or with the radicle variously folded upon the cotyledons. 
 
 Cruciferae are allied to Papaveraceae and to Capparidese, and are 
 found chiefly in the temperate parts of the Northern hemisphere, but 
 a few species in most parts of the world. They abound in mucilagi- 
 nous, and the roots of some in saccharine principles. A fatty oil is 
 stored up in the seeds of many, Sulphur is contained in some, and 
 nearly all abound in an acrid principle, which makes them useful as 
 Condiments, Rubefacients, and Stimulants. 
 
 COCHLEARIA, Linn. 
 
 Calyx spreading, equal at the base. Petals white, obovate, entire. Filaments not 
 toothed, straight above. Silicle globose or ovate, valves very convex. Dissepiment thin, 
 but broad. Seeds numerous. Cotyledons accumbent, or radicle bent up against their 
 
 COCHLEARIA OFFICINALIS, D. Herba. Common Scurvy-grass. Te- 
 tradynamia Siliculosa, Linn. 
 
 This plant seems to have been first clearly described and figured 
 by Lobel, and has long been employed medicinally in Europe, on the 
 snores of which it is indigenous, as also in moist situations on its 
 mountains. 
 
 It is a small annual or biennial succulent plant, sending up a tuft of smooth, bright 
 green, shining leaves, which are petiolate, cordate at base, roundish or subreniform. 
 Stem-leaves, lower petiolate, upper sessile ; amplexicaul ovate, margin irregular (dentate 
 angular, Dec). Stem erect, racemes terminal. Pedicels twice as long as the ovate, glo- 
 bose silicles, partition broad ovate. Flowers white. E. B. 551. 
 
 The whole herb is officinal. When bruised, it emits a pungent 
 odour, and has an acrid bitter taste. Its properties depend on a 
 heavy volatile oil. It becomes inert when dried. 
 
 Scurvy-grass was long highly esteemed as an antiscorbutic. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant and Diuretic. 
 
 ARMORACIA, L. E. D. Radix (D.) recens, L. Fresh root, E. COCH- 
 LEARIA ARMORACIA, Linn. Horse-radish. Fr. Cran de Bretagne. 
 
 This plant is supposed by some to be the wild radish of Dioscorides
 
 Cruciferce.} 
 
 ARMORACIA. 
 
 275 
 
 Fig. 42.* 
 
 and the Jlrmoracia of Pliny. It seems first clearly recognised by 
 Brunsfels in 1530. It is a native of most hilly situations in Europe, 
 and is much cultivated in this country, flowering in May. 
 
 Bot. Ch. Root perennial, long white, and tapering, pungently acrid, throwing up large 
 pedunculate leaves, which are lanceolate crenate, smooth, deep green, much veined, and 
 somewhat resembling those of the Water Dock. From the midst of these arise erect stems, 
 2 or 3 feet high, furrowed and branched towards the top. Stem-leaves small, sessile, the 
 lower ones with the margin much cut, the upper lanceolate, toothed. Inflorescence a 
 raceme. The silicles differ from those of Scurvy-grass, in wanting the dorsal nerve, they 
 are inflated, almost globose, but often abortive. By Wettereau and others it has been 
 separated from Cochlearia, (on account of the valves of the silique being without a dorsal 
 nerve,) and formed into a new genus ARMORACIA, with the specific name of A. rusticana. 
 
 The fresh root, which is alone officinal, is thick and long, fleshy 
 and white, emitting when scraped a pungent diffusible odour, and im- 
 parting a hot and acrid taste, 
 with some sweetness. Its vir- 
 tues depend upon a volatile oil, 
 which is dissipated by drying 
 and also by heat. Hence the 
 root is usually used as a condi- 
 ment in its fresh state. A little 
 of the activity is communicated 
 to water, but most completely 
 to alcohol. Dr. Duncan states 
 that the oil is in the proportion 
 of four parts in a thousand, 
 Gutret as much less. The oil 
 is of a light yellow colour, hea- 
 vier than water, very volatile. 
 It tastes at first sweetish, soon 
 becomes acrid, burning, and in- 
 flaming the lips and tongue, and 
 will produce vesication when 
 applied to the skin. The wa- 
 tery solution precipitates Ace- 
 tate of Lead brown, and Nitrate 
 of Silver black, that is Sul- 
 
 phurets of these metals, showing that the oil contains Sulphur. The 
 other constituents of the root are Bitter Resin, Extractive, Sugar, 
 Gum, Starch, Albumen, Lignin, and Salts. 
 
 Action. Uses. Externally. Rubefacient, Vesicant, Irritant. Inter- 
 nally. Stimulant, Masticatory, Diuretic. 
 
 INFUSTJM ARMORACIA COMPOSITTJM, L. D. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Horse-radish sliced, and Mustard bruised, of each 3j. Boiling Aq. 
 Oj. (ftj. D.) for 2 (6, D.) hours in a covered vessel ; strain and add Compound Spirit of 
 Horse-radish f 3j. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant and Diuretic. 
 D. f3j. to f 3ij. 
 
 * 1. Leaf. 2. Raceme. 3. Flower, with the Calyx and Corolla removed. 4. Pistil. 5. Silicule. E. 
 B. t. 2223.
 
 276 SINAPIS NIGRA. [ThalamiflorcB. 
 
 SPIRITUS ARMORACIJE COMPOSITUS, L. D. 
 
 Prep. Mix together (macerate for 24 hours, D.) Horse.radish sliced, Dried Orange- 
 peel, aa 3xx. (ftj. D.) Nutmegs bruised 3v. (3ss. D.) Proof Spirit Cj. Aqua Oij. and let a 
 gallon of fluid distil over. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant adjunct, especially to Diuretic infusions. 
 D. f3j. f3iv. 
 
 CARDAMINE, L. D. Flores, L. D. The Flowers of CARDAMINE PRA- 
 TENSIS, Linn. Cuckoo Flower. Common Bitter-Cress. Tetrady- 
 namia Siliculosa, Linn. 
 First figured by Brunfels in 1530, under the name of Gauchbliim; 
 
 is indigenous in moist places throughout Europe, also in the north of 
 
 Asia, and in America. 
 
 Bot. Ch. Small bright green herb, with stem roundish, about a foot high. Leaves pin- 
 nate, leaflets of the lower leaves roundish, slightly angled, of the upper leaves linear-lan- 
 ceolate entire. Flowers large, lilac-coloured. Petals three times as long as the calyx, 
 spreading. Stamens half the length of the petals. Anthers yellow, style short. Stigma 
 capitate. Flowers in April. E. B. t. 776. 
 
 The leaves and flowers have a bitter taste with some pungency ; 
 hence the name of Bitter-cress. 
 Action. Uses. Considered stimulant. 
 D. 3ij. 3iij. 
 
 SINAPIS, L. Semina, L. SINAPI, E. D. Pulvis Seminum, D. Flour 
 of the Seeds, E. SINAPIS NIGRA, Linn. Black Mustard. Tetrady- 
 namia Siliquosa, Linn. 
 
 Common Mustard consists of the flour of the seeds of the Black 
 Mustard, though generally mixed with that procured from the seeds 
 of the White Mustard, or Sinapis alba, and deprived of fixed oil by 
 expression, E. Both species have been long used in medicine, being 
 the vowru of Hippocrates, and the Sinapi of the Romans. The Black 
 Mustard is indigenous in almost every part of Europe. 
 
 Bot. Ch. The root is thick and fleshy, the stem about 2 to 3 or 4 feet high, hispid be- 
 low, with smooth round branches above. Lower leaves large, rough, lyrate, variously 
 lobed and toothed ; upper ones narrow, lanceolate, smooth, dependent. Calyx yellowish, 
 equal at base, spreading. Petals obovate, yellow, spreading. Silique small, erect, or 
 placed close to the stem, obtusely quadrangular, nearly even and smooth, tipped by a 
 short quadrangular style, but without the proper, often seed-bearing beak of the genus ; 
 the valves convex, with one straight dorsal nerve, and a few lateral anastomosing veins. 
 Seeds numerous, in a single row, small, round, blackish-brown. Fig. 44. E. B. t 969. 
 
 SINAPIS ARVENSIS, Charlock, or Wild Mustard, E. B. t. 1748, has 
 its seeds sometimes substituted for the Black Mustard. It may be 
 distinguished by the long sword-like beak of the pods, and by the 
 valves being three-nerved. The Black Mustard wanting these, 
 has been removed to the genus Brassica by Koch and other bo- 
 tanists. 
 
 The Mustard plant is officinal on account of its seeds, or rather of 
 the flour of these seeds, so well known as a condiment by the name 
 of Mustard. But Dr. Pereira learnt that the best flour of Mustard is 
 prepared by crushing the seeds of both Black and White Mustard 
 between rollers, and then pounding them in mortars, when they are 
 twice sifted to yield pure flour of Mustard. Dr. Christison's informa-
 
 CrucifercB.] SINAPIS ALBA AND S. NIGRA. 
 
 Fig. 44. 
 
 277 
 
 Fig. 43. 
 
 tion confirms that of Dr. Pereira, 
 that common flour of Mustard is 
 adulterated, partly on account of 
 the pungency of Black Mustard 
 seed. " Two bushels of black, and 
 three of white seed yield, when 
 ground, 145 pounds of flour ; 
 which, to diminish the pungency 
 and improve the colour, is mixed 
 with 56 pounds of wheat flour and 
 two pounds of turmeric ; and the 
 acrimony is restored without the 
 pungency, by the addition of a 
 pound of (capsicum) chilly pods, 
 and half a pound of ginger." (c.) 
 Dr. Thomson says he could detect 
 no turmeric, nor cayenne pepper in 
 the specimen which he examined. 
 The pure flour of Mustard ought 
 alone to be used oflicinally. 
 
 Though Black and White Mus- 
 tard have both been minutely exa- 
 mined by several chemists, they 
 still require further investigation. The former contains a Fixed Oil, 
 Gummy matter, Sugar, a Colouring and a Peculiar green matter, a 
 Fatty pearly matter ; Myronic acid in combination with Potash, or 
 Myronate of Potash (the Sulpho-Sinapisin of Henry and Garot), 
 Myrosyne, Sinapisin, and some salts. The fixed oil of Mustard forms 
 28 per cent. It is mild in taste, with little odour, of a yellow colour, 
 Sp. Gr. 0-917, thicker than olive-oil, does not readily become ran- 
 cid, makes an excellent soap, is sometimes used instead of rape-oil, 
 and has been employed as a purgative. (Bussy.) Sinapisin of Si- 
 mon is in white, brilliant, micaceous, and volatile crystals, soluble 
 in alcohol, ether, and oils, insoluble in acids and alkalies. Myrosyne 
 is a substance analogous to vegetable albumen or the emulsin of 
 bitter almonds. Myronic acid, composed of Carbon, Hydrogen, Oxy- 
 gen, Nitrogen, and Sulphur, is bitter, without odour, uncrystallizable, 
 and may be separated in an impure state by alcohol, when the fixed 
 oil has already been removed by expression or by ether. 
 
 It is curious that we do not find among the above products, the 
 acrid principle for which Mustard is so remarkable. In fact, it is 
 not contained in the seeds ; the acrimony is due to what is called 
 Volatile Oil of Mustard, which is the result of the action of some of 
 the constituents of the seed, that is, of the Myrosyne and Sinapisin, 
 on one another, when water is added under 200 F. Bussy is of 
 opinion that the Myronic acid, on the contact of Myrosyne and 
 water, yields the volatile oil of Mustard. When flour of Mustard is 
 exposed to dry heat, or acted upon by alcohol, no acridity is ob- 
 served ; but if water be added first, the pure volatile oil is obtained, 
 which may be separated by distillation. The mineral acids check
 
 278 SINAPISALBA. . [Thalamiflorce. 
 
 the formation of this volatile oil, so does the Carbonate of Potash, 
 and also the vegetable acids when they are of the Sp. Gr. of at least 
 1022 ; though when once formed, the acids have no influence in pre- 
 venting its effects. 
 
 The- Volatile Oil of Mustard is white or of a lemon colour, ex- 
 tremely acrid and pungent, and exciting the secretion of tears. Sp. 
 Gr. at 68 F., 1-015, boiling at 290 F. Soluble in alcohol and ether, 
 and slightly in water, and separated from it with difficulty, in conse- 
 quence of having nearly the same Sp. Gr. With Ammonia it forms 
 a compound in which the oil of Mustard is destroyed. Sesquichlo- 
 ride of Iron produces an orange tint in infusion of Black Mustard- 
 seed. The oil consists of C 49-84, H 5-09, N 14-41, O 20-48, Sul- 
 phur 10-18. (Dumas and Pelouze.) 
 
 SINAPIS ALBA, Linn. E. White Mustard. 
 
 The white Mustard is mentioned in the E. P. as well as the black 
 (v. supra). It is, like the former species, indigenous in most parts of 
 Europe, and may, like it, have been employed by the Greeks, as it 
 possesses nearly the same properties. 
 
 Bot. Ch. Root tapering, small. The stem 1 2 feet or more high, round, smooth, or 
 slightly hairy. Leaves lyrate, irregularly lobed or pinnatifid, roughish. Sepals linear, 
 green, horizontal. Flowers large, yellow. Silique hispid, spreading on nearly horizon- 
 tal stalks, short, tumid or knotty from the prominent seeds, shorter than the sword-shaped 
 beak ; valves with 5 straight strong nerves. Seeds few on each side, large and roundish, 
 pale yellow coloured, having in the interior a yellow mass, which is covered by a thin 
 pellicle of what must be composed of condensed mucilage. Fig. 43. E. B. t. 1677. 
 
 White Mustard seeds yield about 36 per cent, of fixed oil, and 
 when macerated in water, a thick, mucilaginous, almost insipid li- 
 quor, while Black Mustard seeds give little mucilage, but a pungent 
 taste to the water. According to the analysis of John, these seeds 
 contain 1. An acrid volatile oil. 2. A yellow fixed oil. 3. Brown 
 resin. 4. A very little extractive. 5. A little gum. 6. Lignin. 
 7. Albumen. 8. Phosphoric acid, and salts. Henry and Garot as- 
 certained the presence of Sulphosinapisin, a name which Berzelius 
 has contracted into Sinapin. This is white and light, without odour, 
 at first bitter in taste, but then like mustard ; soluble in water, alcohol, 
 and ether, and crystallizable. It consists of C 57-92, H 7-79 N 4-9 
 O 19-68, and of Sulphur 9-65. " Acted on by acids, oxides, and salts, 
 readily yields Sulphocyanic acid" (p), which strikes a red colour with 
 the persalts, as for instance the Sesquichlor. Iron, and produces a 
 white precipitate in a solution of Sulphate of Copper containing Iron. 
 White Mustard does not furnish volatile oil ; but, in certain circum- 
 stances similar to those with Black Mustard seed, a fixed acrid prin- 
 ciple is produced, which, like the volatile oil of Black Mustard, did 
 not previously exist. 
 
 The fixed acrid principle is an unctuous liquid of a reddish colour, 
 without odour, but having a biting acrid taste, analogous to that of 
 Horse-radish root. It contains Sulphur. M. Faure states that this 
 same principle is formed in small quantity when Black Mustard is 
 treated with water. Erucin, which does not redden the salts of Iron, 
 and contains no Sulphur, is another principle found by Simon.
 
 Crucifera:.] SINAPISM. 279 
 
 Tests. As the common flour of Mustard is that usually employed, 
 instead of the powder of Black, or the mixed powders of the Black 
 and white Mustard, as in the E. P., so it often contains adulterations 
 along with the true flour. But as Mustard flour is sometimes exhi- 
 bited internally, it is desirable to have it in a pure form. The adul- 
 teration of wheat flour can be easily detected, by the test of the E. P. 
 "A decoction allowed to cool is not turned blue by tincture of 
 Iodine." 
 
 Action. Uses. Powerfully acrid and pungent. The seeds of the 
 White Mustard, taken in an entire state, have their mucilaginous co- 
 vering dissolved away by the juices of the stomach, and will then act- 
 as stimulants. Two or three tea-spoonfuls used to be given two or 
 three times a day in dyspepsia. The uses of Mustard as a condi- 
 ment, and of the young herb as a salad, are well known. It is 
 Stimulant, Diuretic in the form of Mustard Whey. Externally 
 Rubefacient, &c. Much used in the form of the Mustard Poultice, 
 (q. v.) Emetic in doses of a tea-spoonful to a table-spoonful in half 
 a pint of water. 
 
 CATAPLASMA SINAPIS, L. D. Mustard Poultice or Sinapism. 
 
 Prep. Take of Mustard Flour and Linseed Meal aa ftss., warm Vinegar, as much as 
 may be sufficient to make into a poultice. The D. P. orders 2 oz. of Horse-radish to be 
 added, if it requires to be strengthened. 
 
 Here the Mustard flour is weakened by the addition of wheat flour. 
 It may also be made with bread-crumb, or the Mustard flour may be 
 spread on a poultice. The vinegar is worse than useless, as like 
 other acids, it prevents the formation of the acrid principle. Messrs. 
 Trousseau and Pidoux found boiling water unnecessary, as a cold 
 poultice produces the same effect as a hot one, but takes a little 
 longer time to produce its effect. The volatile oil is a powerful 
 rubefacient and vesicatory, in the proportion of 1 part to 20 of proof 
 spirit. 
 
 VioLACEjE, Juss. 
 
 Sepals 5, persistent, extended at the base. Petals 5, irregular ; in some regular. Sta- 
 mens equal in number to the petals, filaments dilated, sometimes united; connective 
 elongated beyond the anthers. Ovary free, 1-celled, with three parietal placentae. Style 
 simple, thickened towards the apex. Stigma variously formed. Capsule three-valved, 
 each valve bearing the seeds at its centre. Embryo straight, within a fleshy albumen. 
 
 The herbaceous species inhabit the temperate parts of the Northern, a few the Southern 
 hemisphere, and within the tropics. The shrubby species in South America and India. 
 The stems and leaves are mucilaginous, and contain Violine, which is similar in its na- 
 ture and effects to Emetine. This has also been found in some of the shrubby species 
 of lonidium. Several of them (see Martius's Spec. Mat. Med. Braziliensis) are employed 
 as substitutes for Ipecacuanha. The roots of lonidium Ipecacuanha are the/aZse Ipe- 
 cacuanha of Brazil, and yielded Pelletier 5 per cent, of Emetine. Cuchunchully dc 
 Cuensa, the roots of lonidium microphyllum, are similar in properties. There are speci- 
 mens in the Museum of K. C. from the Hon. Fox Strangways. 
 
 VIOLA ODORATA, Linn. E. D. Flores, D. Flowers, E. The March 
 or Sweet Violet. Pentand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 This, the ov of the Greeks, is found wild on the borders of fields,
 
 280 SYRUPUS VIOL^E. [Thalamifloras. 
 
 in shady situations in many parts of Europe, but is cultivated on ac- 
 count of its flowers, which are so much esteemed for their agreeable 
 odour and colour. 
 
 Bot. Ch. The plants are stemless, but give out runners. The leaves are broadly cor- 
 date, pubescent. Sepals obtuse, the lowest petal emarginate, the four upper ones roundish- 
 obtuse, a little narrower. Stigma hooked, naked. The fruit bearing peduncles, prostrate, 
 straight at the apex. 
 
 The flowers should be gathered soon after they have blown. The 
 colour may be retained for some time if they are carefully dried, but 
 for a still longer period if preserved in syrup. As the violet or purple 
 colour is changed into red by acids, and green by alkalies, it is often 
 employed as a test. 
 
 Action. Uses. The expressed juice and the syrup are slightly laxa- 
 tive ; and hence, besides being employed on account of its odour and 
 colour, the Syrup is prescribed as a laxative for young, especially 
 new-born children, with an equal quantity of almond oil, in doses of 
 one or two tea-spoonfuls. 
 
 Violets, and other species, as V. tricolor, have also been employed 
 as demulcent expectorants on the Continent. The seeds are stated 
 to be purgative and emetic by Bichat, &c., as are also the roots. 
 
 SYRTIPUS VIOL.S:, E. D. Syrup of Violets. 
 
 Prep. Fresh Violets fly. (petals 8>ij. D.) Aq. ferv. Oijss. (Ov. D. wine measure), Pure 
 Sugar fevijss. (ftxij. D.) Infuse the flowers for 24 hours in a covered glass or earthen- 
 ware vessel, strain without squeezing, and dissolve the sugar in the filtered liquor. 
 
 [VIOLA, U. S. Sec. VIOLA PEDATA. The herb. Pentand. Mono- 
 gynia, Linn. 
 
 The Pedate Violet is indigenous to the United States, where it 
 is found on dry hills. Dr. Darlington states that there are three 
 varieties of it. 
 
 Bot. Ch. Leaves pedate, segments oblanceolate, obtuse or acute, one or two-toothed. 
 Stipules radical, linear, lanceolate, acuminate. Scapes numerous 3 6 8 in. high, angu- 
 lar, smooth, linear, bracts near the base. Sepals linear lanceolate. Corolla large, pale 
 blue (or deep blue), petals rounded at the extremity, entire. Stigma compressed, angular. 
 Capsule oblong, subtriangular, smooth. 
 
 Action. Uses. This species is regarded by Dr. Bigelow as expecto- 
 rant and demulcent in pectoral complaints. 
 
 D. It may be prepared by infusion, 3i. of dried leaves, to Oj. of 
 water, and given by the wineglassfull, or ad libitum.'] 
 
 POLYGALE.E, Juss. 
 
 Herbs or shrubs, sometimes climbing, some abounding in milky juice. Leaves alter- 
 nate entire, without stipules. Flowers axillary, solitary, spiked or racemed, pedicels often 
 jointed at the base, tribracteate. Flowers irregular, aestivation imbricate. Sepals usual- 
 ly 5, irregular, often glumaceous, 2 interior sepals much larger than the others and 
 petaloid. Petals usually three in number or five, of which one (the keel) is anterior and 
 larger than the rest, all united with the filaments. Stamens usually 8, seldom 4, united 
 into a tube (cleft in front) by their filaments. Anthers innate, 1 -celled, rarely 2-celled, 
 opening at the apex by one or two pores. Ovary free, 2-celled, each cell with one pen- 
 dulous ovule. Fruit compressed, capsular or drupaceous. Seeds pendulous, carunculated. 
 Embryo straight, within fleshy albumen. 
 
 The Polygalese are not very closely allied to any other order. In
 
 Polygaleee.'] 
 
 SENEGA. 
 
 281 
 
 some respects they resemble both Violacese and Fumariaceas, and in 
 others even Leguminosae. They are found in the temperate and warm 
 regions of the whole world. Many of the species abound in bitter 
 principle, as P. vulgaris and P. amara, others secrete a peculiar prin- 
 ciple, which has been called Polygaline. Several species are officinal 
 in Brazil and India. 
 
 SENEGA, L. E. (U. S.) Radix, L. The Root, E. POLYGALA SENEGA, 
 Linn. D. Radix, D. Seneka Snake Root. 
 
 This root was introduced into practice in 1735, by Dr. Tennant, of 
 Virginia, who learnt from the Senagaroo Indians that they employed 
 it as an antidote against the bite of the rattlesnake. It is a native of 
 the United States of America, chiefly in the southern and western 
 sections, where the roots are collected in large quantities. 
 
 The plant (Fig. 45) is small, with a perennial branched root, from which arise several 
 erect small stems, smooth., simple, round and leafy, which are occasionally tinged with 
 red in their lower portion. The leaves are sessile, alternate, oblong, lanceolate, of a 
 bright green on the upper surface. The flowers are small, arranged in terminal spikes. 
 Sepals 5, two of which are large, wing-like, and white. Petals 3, small, closed, with a 
 beardless keel. Capsule elliptical, emarginate, covered by the persistent sepals. Barton 
 Am. Med. Bot 11. t 36. Fig. 45. 1. Sepals spread out with the Petals adpressed against 
 each other. 2. Central Petal or Keel with the Stamens adhering. 3. A Seed. 
 
 Seneka roots are brought to market in bales of from 50 to 400 
 pounds : the pieces vary in thickness from a small quill to that of the 
 little finger ; head knotty, exhibiting marks of former stems, branched, 
 twisted, with a projecting keel-like 
 line along its whole length; bark-like 
 part is corrugated, cracked, of a yel- 
 lowish-brown colour in the young 
 roots, and brownish-gray in the old, 
 resinous, and contains the active prin- 
 ciple ; the central portion or meditul- 
 lium, is woody, white, and quite inert. 
 (Goebel and K. ii. t. xx. f. 1.) The 
 odour is peculiar, strong in the fresh 
 root (Wood and B.) ; taste at first 
 mild, becomes bitter and acrid, ex- 
 citing irritation in the fauces and a 
 secretion of saliva. Seneka has been 
 analyzed by various chemists: the 
 latest, Quevenne, gives Polygalic, 
 Virgineic, Tannic, and Pectic acids, 
 Wax, fixed Oil, yellow Colouring 
 matter, Gum, Albumen, Woody fibre, 
 and various Salts. The Polygalic 
 acid, Senegin of Gehlen, and Poly- 
 galine of others, is solid, brownish- 
 coloured, when pure, white, translu- 
 cent, without odour, and at first insipid, but soon excites sneezing 
 when powdered, and a disagreeable taste in the mouth, with constric- 
 tion in the fauces. It is insoluble in ether and oils, partially soluble 
 
 Fig. 45.
 
 282 KRAMERIA. [Thalamiflora:. 
 
 in water, but readily so in alcohol. Given in doses of 6 or 8 grains 
 to dogs, it caused vomiting, difficulty of breathing, and death in three 
 hours. 
 
 Action. Uses. Seneka, as indicated by its acrid taste, is possessed 
 of Stimulant properties, and increases many of the secretions, acting 
 as a Sialogogue, Expectorant, Diaphoretic, Diuretic, and Emmena- 
 gogue ; and in large doses, as an Emetic and Cathartic. 
 
 The roots of Panax quinquefolium, or Ginseng, are frequently 
 mixed with the Seneka. 
 
 D. Of the powder, gr. x. gr. xx. But the decoction is the best 
 form of exhibition. 
 
 DECOCTUM SENEGA, L.D. (U. S.) Decoction of Seneka Root. 
 
 Prep. Boil Seneka-root 3x. in Aq. dest. Oij. (ftjss. D.) down to a pint and strain. The 
 E. C. orders the Infusum Senegal to be made by infusing for 4 hours Seneka 3x. in boil- 
 ing Aq. Oj. Strain. 
 
 [U.S. Senega bruised 3i. Water Oiss. Boil to a pint and strain.] 
 
 D. f3j. to f3iij. 3 or 4 times a day. 
 
 The U. S. P. has a Syrup of Seneka root, and it forms an ingre- 
 dient in their Syr. Scilla? compositus. 
 
 [SYRUPUS SENEGJE, U.S. Syrup of Senega. 
 
 Prep. Take of Seneka bruised 3iv. Water Oj. Sugar ftj. Boil the Water with the 
 Seneka to one half and strain ; then add the Sugar and proceed in the manner directed 
 for Syrup. 
 
 Or act by displacement and proceed as for Syrup. 
 
 D. f3i. 
 
 [EXTRACTUM SENEGA. Extract of Senega. 
 
 To make this preparation a formula has been given by Mr. Procter 
 as follows : 
 
 Take ofScne:ga in coarse powder 3xvi. Alcohol Oij. Water Oiv. Mix the Alcohol and 
 Water, and macerate the Senega in one half of it for two days. Operate by displace- 
 ment until 6 pints of Tincture are obtained. Evaporate these by a water bath to the 
 consistence of an extract. 
 
 One drachm in Oj. of Water is of the same strength as the decoction.] 
 
 KRAMERIACE.E, LindL, now attached as an anomalous genus to Poly- 
 
 galeae by Endlicher. 
 &RAMERIA, L. E. (U. S.) Radix, L. Root, E. Radix et Extractum, D. 
 
 KRAMERIA TRIANDRA, Ruiz and Pavon. The Rhatany Plant. 
 
 The Rhatany plant is a native of Peru, on the slopes of sandy 
 mountains, especially near Huanuco, where it was discovered in 
 1779 by Ruiz, who found the root was employed by the ladies for 
 rubbing their teeth and strengthening the gums. 
 
 The shrub is small but much branched, with the younger parts covered with silky 
 hairs. The stems procumbent, and the roots horizontal or creeping, as said to be indi- 
 cated in the name Ratanhia. These roots are long, much branched, with a dark reddish 
 bark. The leaves are sessile, oblong ovate, pointed, and silky. The flowers are solitary, 
 in the axils of the upper leaves, with short stalks. The calyx consists of 4 spreading 
 sepals, silky externally, but smooth, shining and lake-coloured in the inside, though this 
 is not visible in dried specimens. Petals 5, unequal, the (two upper petals separate, 
 spathulate ; two lateral roundish, concave, Lindl.') three anterior clawed, with the claws 
 united, limbs small, sometimes abortive, the two posterior sessile, thickish. Stamens 3,
 
 , 
 
 PolygalecB.] SYRUPUS KRAMERIC. 
 
 anthers opening by a double pore at the apex. The fruit is globular, leathery, indehi- 
 scent, about the size of a pea, covered with reddish-brown hooked prickles. One-celled, 
 with one seed, the other being abortive. Seed inverse, suspended, without albumen. 
 Fl. Peruv. 1, t. 93. 
 
 Rhatany root is woody and branched; pieces vary in diameter 
 from an inch to that of a quill ; the cortical part is reddish-brown, 
 fibrous, and easily separated from the central, reddish-yellow, woody 
 part. The root is without smell, but has an extremely astringent 
 taste without any bitterness. The cortical portion contains a much 
 larger portion of the active principle than the interior ; the smaller 
 pieces, from the greater proportion of bark, are most efficacious. 
 (G. and K. ii. tab. iv. fig. 2.) Besides the root, an extract is also 
 officinal in the D. P. This is sometimes imported from S. America. 
 
 Rhatany Root consists of one-third of matters soluble in water. 
 These consist of Tannin 42-6, Gallic acid 0-3, Gum, Extractive, and 
 Colouring matter 56-6, and Krameric acid 0-5. The properties are 
 no doubt, in a great measure, due to the Tannin, and, according to 
 Peschier, to the Krameric acid, which he describes as being very 
 styptic, not crystallizable, but forming salts with the alkalies, which 
 do crystallize. M. Chevalier, on repeating the experiment, was 
 unable to procure any of the acid. Water and alcohol both take up 
 the active properties, and become of a reddish colour. 
 
 Inc. The salts of Iron and other metals, Gelatine, mineral acids, 
 Inf. Cinchonas, Potassio-Tartrate of Antimony. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent. Tonic. 
 
 D. Powder, gr. x. 3ss. 
 
 INFUSUM KRAMERIC, L. (U.S.) 
 
 Prep. Macerate Krameria ^j. in boiling distilled Aq. Oj. for 4 hours in a lightly 
 covered vessel and strain. 
 
 D. fgiss. f3ij. twice or thrice a day. Decoction is also a good 
 form for exhibition. Astringent taste, and of a reddish colour. 
 
 In the United States, a compound Tincture is prepared, with pow- 
 dered root 3iij. Orange-peel 3ij. Serpentaria 3ss. Saffron 3j. in Proof 
 Spirit Oj. It is a grateful astringent. 
 
 ExTRACTUM KRAMERIC, E. D. (U.S.) 
 
 Prepared as Extract of Liquorice, E. 
 
 [A better method is by displacement and evaporation.! 
 
 D. Gr. x. 9j. 
 
 Has a reddish-brown colour, with a vitreous and shining fracture, 
 and yields a blood-red powder, bearing a close resemblance to Kino. 
 That imported from S. America used to be, and perhaps still is, 
 employed for adulterating port wine. 
 
 [SYRUPUS KRAMERIC, U.S. 
 
 Prep. Extract of Rhatany 3ij. Water Oj. Sugar ftiss. Dissolve the Extract in the 
 Water and make the solution into a syrup. A pleasant astringent, used in diarrhea, 
 chronic dysentery, and hemorrhages. 
 
 D. f3i. to f3ss.]
 
 284 LINUM USITATISSIMUM. [Thalamiflorce. 
 
 SILENACEJE, Lindl. CARYOPHYLLE.E,* Juss. Tr. SILENE^E, Dec. 
 
 Herbaceous plants, with opposite undivided exstipulate leaves and tumid nodes. Calyx 
 free, with the sepals formed into a tube, 4 or 5 toothed. Petals 4 or 5, often slit. Stamens 
 definite, hypogynous, inserted with the petals into the apex of a more or less distinct 
 gynophore. Ovary one-celled, many-seeded, with a free central placenta. Stigmas ses- 
 sile 2 5. Capsule 2 5-valved. Seeds usually with the embryo curved round mealy 
 albumen. Inhabitants of the temperate parts of the northern hemisphere, usually insipid, 
 and possessed only of demulcent properties. 
 
 DIANTHUS CARYOFHYLLXJS, Linn. Flores, D. Clove Pink or Carna- 
 tion. Decandria Digyn. Linn. 
 
 The Carnation has been cultivated in our gardens from the time 
 of Gerard, is probably a native of the south of Europe, and found in 
 many parts of the Continent on walls, &c., apparently in a wild state. 
 
 This plant is characterized by its solitary flowers, with depressed calycine scales, 
 which are rhomboid, pointed, 4 times shorter than the tube. Leaves linear, acute, glau- 
 cous, scabrous at the base, with a smooth margin. Petals obvate, crenate, beardless, with 
 elongated, much-branched runners. E. B. t. 214. 
 
 Action. Uses. The deep red coloured flowers are alone employed. 
 They have a pleasant, aromatic, spice-like fragrance, with a bitterish 
 taste, and were at one time considered stimulant. Their only use is 
 to give a colour and flavour to some infusions and mixtures, or to a 
 Syrup. 
 
 SYRUPUS DIANTHI CARYOPHYLLI. Petals of Clove Pink 1 pt. Aq. 4 pts. 
 Sugar 7 pts. Valued for its rich colour and agreeable flavour. 
 
 LINE.E, Dec. Flaxworts. 
 
 Annual herbs, or small shrubs. Leaves alternate or opposite, rarely whorled, entire, 
 without stipules. Flowers regular, terminal, paniculate or corymbose. Sepals 5, 4, or 3, 
 united at the base, imbricate in aestivation, persistent. Petals 5 or 4, twisted in aestiva- 
 tion. Stamens equal in number to petals, filaments united at the base into a ring, with 
 intermediate teeth. Ovary with cells, equal in number to styles. Capsule globular, 3, 4, 
 or 5-celled, each with two seeds ; but these are separated from each other by secondary 
 partitions, so that each seed is in a distinct cell, pendulous or inverted, without arillus (as 
 in Oxalideae) and usually without albumen. Embryo straight or curved, with flat coty- 
 ledons. 
 
 The Lineae are closely allied to Geraniacesc and to Oxalideae, remotely to Silenete and 
 to ElatineaR. They are found in temperate parts of the world, with a few in tropical 
 regions. The Line are remarkable for the tenacity of the fibre of their inner bark, 
 also for the mucilaginous covering of the seed, and for the oil of the seeds. Some are 
 bitter, and a few purgative. 
 
 LINUM USITATISSIMUM, Linn., L. E. D. (LINUM, U. S.) Semina, L. D. 
 Oleum e seminibus expressum, L. D. Seeds, E. Meal of the 
 Seeds deprived of their fixed oil by expression, E. Linseed Meal. 
 Expressed Oil of the Seeds, E. Flax. Pentandria Pentagynia, 
 Linn. 
 
 Flax was cultivated in Egypt at very early periods. It is so at the 
 present day from the north of Europe to the south of India ; and it is 
 not, therefore, easy to ascertain where it is indigenous. 
 
 * The order Caryophyllets (with which the Clove or Caryophyllus has nothing to da) 
 as at present constituted contains so many others not included in the arrangement of 
 Dee. that the author has thought it sufficient to notice only one of its tribes.
 
 Lineal LINUMUSITATISSIMUM. 285 
 
 The Flax plant is an annual, with a slender root, smooth, simple, erect stem, about a 
 foot and a half in height and branched towards the top. The leaves are alternate, 
 sessile, linear, lanceolate, smooth. The flowers, of a blue colour, are arranged in a 
 corymbose panicle. The sepals are ovate, acuminate, slightly ciliated, but without glands, 
 nearly equal to the capsule in length. The petals are obscurely crenate, of a purplish- 
 blue, large, deciduous. Capsule roundish, about the size of a pea, containing 10 seeds 
 (linseed') small, oval, flattened, smooth and shining, of a brown colour, but whitish in the 
 inside; the seed-coat mucilaginous, the kernel oily and farinaceous. E. B. 1357. 
 
 Flax, as it is well known, is prepared from the above plant, by 
 steeping, stripping off the bark, and then beating, so as to separate 
 the fibres. Linen and cambric are prepared from it, the latter differ- 
 ing from the former in its fineness, and in being obtained from plants 
 which are more thickly sown. Linen as clothing is cool, from being 
 a better conductor of heat than cotton ; but when the skin is covered 
 with perspiration, or exposed to cold, it feels cold and chilly. The 
 fibre of flax is a straight tube-like cylinder, and is therefore less irri- 
 tating than the twisted fibre of cotton. Hence lint, which is prepared 
 by scraping linen, is so much preferable to cotton for surgical dressings. 
 Tow consists of the short fibres of the flax, which are removed in the 
 process of hackling. It is used for a variety of purposes. 
 
 LINI SEMINA. Linseed, or the seeds of the flax plant, are small, 
 compressed, oval-pointed, with sharp margin, brownish-coloured, 
 smooth and shining on the outside, but white internally, without 
 odour. The outside has a bland mucilaginous taste, as the skin of 
 the seed is covered with condensed mucus ; the white part, or almond 
 of the seed, has an oily taste, from containing fixed oil, which is sepa- 
 rated by expression. 
 
 The seeds, analyzed by Meyer, consist in 100 parts, of 15-12 Mu- 
 cilage (nitrogenous mucilage with acetic acid and salts, p.), chiefly 
 in the seed-coat, 1 1 -26 fatty Oil in the nucleus. In the husk Emulsin 
 44-38, besides in the husk principally Wax 0-14, acrid soft Resin 2-48, 
 Starch with Salts 1-48. In the nucleus, besides the Oil, Gum 6-15, 
 Albumen 2-78, Gluten 2-93, also Resinous colouring matter, 0-55, yel- 
 low Extractive with ^Tannin and Salts (nitre and the chlorides of 
 potassium and calcium) T91, sweet Extractive with Malic acid and 
 some Salts 10-88. 
 
 The condensed mucus which abounds in the testa of the seed is 
 readily acted on by hot water, and a viscid mucilaginous fluid is 
 formed, in which are two distinct substances, one completely dis- 
 solved, analogous to gum, and the other merely suspended, and con- 
 sidered by Berzelius as analogous to Bassorine. Alcohol produces a 
 white flaky precipitate in mucilage of Linseed, and Acetate of Lead 
 a dense precipitate. 
 
 Action. Uses. Emollient, Demulcent; may be employed in the 
 form of 
 
 INFUSUM LINI (E.) (U. S.) COMPOSITUM, L. D. 
 
 Prep. Digest Linseed bruised 3vj. (3j. D.) Liquorice-root sliced Jjij. (3iv. D.) boiling 
 Aq. dest. Oj. (fcij. D.) in a lightly covered vessel for four hours, near the fire, and strain 
 (through linen or calico, E.) 
 
 A simple infusion may be formed by merely steeping half an ounce
 
 286 LINUM USITATISSIMUM. (Thalamiftora. 
 
 of the seeds in a pint of boiling water, and rendering it more palat- 
 able by the addition of sugar and some aromatics, as mint, lemon- 
 peel, &c. The decoction is more suitable for fomentation and enemata, 
 as it separates more of the oil, but is on this very account less agree- 
 able for internal use. 
 
 D. f 3jss. ad libitum. 
 
 Inc. Alcohol and metallic salts. 
 
 OLEUM LINI, L. E. D. (U. S.) Linseed Oil. 
 
 The oil contained in the kernel of the seeds, and obtained from 
 them by expression, may be either cold-drawn, or, as usually seen, 
 after the seeds have been subjected to a heat of 200. The former, 
 as in the case of cold-drawn castor oil, is paler, with less odour and 
 taste, than Linseed oil prepared by heat. This is of a deep yellow or 
 brownish colour, of a disagreeable smell and taste ; Sp. Gr. 0-932 ; 
 soluble in alcohol and ether, differing from other oils, especially in 
 drying into a hard transparent varnish, a peculiarity which is in- 
 creased by boiling the oil, either alone or with some of the prepara- 
 tions of Lead. 
 
 Linseed Oil, according to Dr. Sace, is composed of Margaric' and 
 Oleic combined in equal equivalents with Acroleine. But the Oleic' 
 of Linseed differs from that of other fatty bodies. The formula of 
 the anhydrous acid is C 46 H 38 O s . The Margaric' is as usual com- 
 posed of C 3 * H 33 O 3 . The Glycerine obtainable from Linseed oil in 
 large quantities is also similar to that produced from other fats. 
 
 Action. Uses. Emollient and Cathartic. Chiefly used externally. 
 
 D. f3iv. f3j. 
 
 FARINA LINI, E. Linseed Meal. 
 
 Linseed, after having had the oil expressed from them, are in the 
 form of a flat mass, commonly called oil-cake. This being reduced to 
 powder, forms Linseed Meal, E., which is employed for making 
 the Linseed Meal Poultice, and is an ingredient of the PULVIS PRO 
 CATAPLASMATE, D. which consists of Linseed Meal 1 part and of Oat- 
 meal 2 parts. 
 
 CATAPLASMA LINI, L. Linseed Meal Poultice. 
 
 Prep. Take of boiling Water Oj. and mix with it as much Linseed powdered as may 
 be sufficient to make a poultice of the proper consistence. 
 
 Here the internal oleaginous and external mucilaginous parts being 
 all ground up together, and their properties elicited by the hot water, 
 an admirable mixture is produced for making an excellent and readily- 
 made emollient poultice. 
 
 The Linseed Meal sold in France has been found adulterated with 
 some refuse oil-seed powder, mixed frequently with a little bran, oat- 
 meal, and almond powder, with the refuse of starch manufactories, 
 and a little, often, rancid oil. 
 
 MALVACEAE, Brown. Mallow Worts. 
 The Malvaceae form herbs, shrubs, or trees, often with stellate pubescence. Leaves al-
 
 Linea.} MALVA SYLVESTRIS. 287 
 
 ternate, entire or lobed, often crenate or dentate, with stipulte. Calyx free, usually of 5 
 sepals, united together at the base, valvate in aestivation, covered by an outer calyx or 
 involucel. Petals 5, twisted, their claws often united together as well as to the stamen tube. 
 Stamens numerous, monadelphous, or united into a tube. Anthers reniform, with a 
 single polliniferous cell. Ovary formed by the union of several carpels, free or united 
 with each other, or with the central axis. Styles equal in number to the carpels. Fruit 
 either capsular or baccate, or nucamentaceous. Albumen usually small in quantity and 
 varying in density. Embryo curved, with fbliaceous, crumpled or twisted cotyledons. 
 
 From the name this might be supposed to be a European family, but the species abound 
 in the tropics, both as trees and herbs, and diminish in number and size, as they approach 
 the poles. The species (about 600 in number) are almost all mucilaginous, and yield 
 tenacious fibre. A few are employed as articles of diet. 
 
 MALVA, L. E. MALVA SYLVESTRIS, Linn. Herb of Malva sylvestris, 
 E. Common Mallow. Monadelphia Polyandria, Linn. 
 
 The Mallow is found in most parts of Europe, by hedges, roads, 
 and in waste places, flowering from June to August. It is the 
 of Dioscorides. 
 
 The root is perennial and branched. The stem erect or ascending, branched, the peti- 
 oles and peduncles hirsute, leaves 5 to 7 lobed, plaited and with serrated margins, acute, 
 peduncles axillary crowded and erect, even after flowering. Calyx usually surrounded by 
 three narrow bracteoles, and much smaller than the petals, which are rose-coloured and 
 purple veined, the valves of the carpels margined, reticulated and rugose when ripe. E. 
 B. t. 671. 
 
 Prop. Common Mallow, like the round-leaved and other species, 
 is without odour, but has a mild mucilaginous taste, imparting^ 'this 
 property to water, as this dissolves the mucilage which forms its 
 chief constituent, with a small portion of bitter extractive. Either 
 this or M. rotundifolia was employed as an esculent vegetable by the 
 Romans. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent. Its .infusion sweetened with Sugar may 
 form a useful drink in some complaints. The Decoction may be simi- 
 larly employed, either for fomentation or injection, or the herb may 
 be formed into an emollient cataplasm. 
 
 DECOCTUM MALV.E COMPOSITUM, L. Compound Decoction of Mallow. 
 
 Prep. Boil Mallow dried 3j. Chamomile dried 3ss. in Aq. Oj. for a quarter of an hour 
 and strain. Use as a fomentation, &c., with appropriate additions. 
 
 ALTHAEA OFFICINALIS, Linn. Folia. Radix, L. D. Leaves, Root, E. 
 Marsh Mallow. Monadelphia Polyand. Linn. 
 
 This plant (Fig. 46) is found in marshy situations both in this 
 country and on the Continent, and is the AX0aa of Dioscorides, the 
 Guimauve of the French. 
 
 The root is perennial, tap-shaped, whitish, and the stems erect, soft and hairy. The 
 leaves soft and woolly on both sides, unequally crenate, cordate or ovate in shape, the 
 lower 5 and the upper 3 lobed; peduncles axillary, many-flowered, much shorter than the 
 leaf. Flowers of a pale bluish-colour. Calyx double, the exterior (v. 4) involucel, 6 to 9 
 cleft, the (3) interior 5 fid. Stamens (2) numerous, filaments united into a tube. Styles 
 (1) numerous, united together near the base. Carpels arranged as in Malva. E. B. t 
 147. 
 
 Prop. Marsh-mallow roots, as usually seen, are whitish, being de- 
 prived of their epidermis ; otherwise of a dirty-yellow colour, but
 
 288 
 
 GOSSYPIUM. 
 
 [Thalamiflorce. 
 
 Fig. 46. 
 
 white in the inside, long, fusiform, fleshy, and, like the leaves, with- 
 out odour, but having a bland, muci- 
 laginous, even viscous taste. 
 
 Chem. Marsh-mallow roots ana- 
 lyzed, yielded to Buchner, Mucilage 
 and Starch in large proportions ; 
 hence Iodine strikes a blue colour ; 
 and the Sesquichloride of Iron forms 
 in the decoction, a brown semi-trans- 
 parent mass (p) ; Altheine, first dis- 
 covered by M. Bacon, and since as- 
 certained by M. Plisson to be identi- 
 cal with Asparagin, is crystalline, 
 without odour, and nearly tasteless, 
 soluble in water and in proof Spirit, 
 but insoluble in Alcohol and Ether. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent, Emol- 
 lient. Used in the form of Decoc- 
 tion, Syrup, and Lozenge. 
 
 MISTURA (DECOCTUM, D.) A.I.TH&JE, E. 
 
 Prep. Boil Althaa-root (and Herb, D.) 3iv. 
 Raisins stoned (or opened) 3ij. in Water Ov. 
 (Ovij. D.) down to Oiij. (Ov. D.) Strain, and when the sediment has subsided, pour off 
 the clear liquor for use. 
 
 A pleasant Diluent and Demulcent, of which a pint or two may 
 be taken daily. 
 
 SYRUPUS ALTH.EJE, L. E. D. Syrup of Marsh-mallow. 
 
 Prep. Boil Althaa-root fresh and sliced ^viij. (ftss. D.) in Aq. Oiv. (feiv. D.) down to 
 Oij. and express the liquor when cold. (Strain, E.) Set aside for 24 hours, that the 
 dregs may subside. Then pour off the liquor, and add of Sugar ftijss. (fljij. D.) and 
 boil down to a proper consistence. 
 
 D. f3j. to f3iv. But chiefly added to mixtures to allay irritation 
 of cough. 
 
 GOSSYPIUM, E. The Hairs attached to the Seeds of Gossypium herba- 
 ceum and other species of the genus. Raw Cotton. 
 
 Cotton has been characteristic of India from the earliest times- 
 The first distinct notice of it is in the Book of Esther, i., v. 6, where 
 its Sanscrit name Karpas is translated green in our Bible. Herodotus 
 and Ctesias notice it, but it was not till the invasion of India by Alex- 
 ander, that the Greeks were acquainted with the plant, as may be 
 seen in Theophrastus and also in Pliny. Europe is now supplied 
 chiefly from America, where two distinct species are indigenous: 
 G. Barbadense, yielding the Cotton from the United States, and 
 G. peruvianum or acuminatum, that which is produced in South 
 America. India also has two distinct species, G. herbaceum, or the 
 common Cotton of India, which has spread to the south of Europe, 
 and G. arboreum, or Tree-cotton, which yields little if any of the
 
 ButtneriacecB.] COCAO AND CHOCOLATE. 289 
 
 cotton of commerce (very distinct from the species of Bombax, often 
 called Cotton-tree and Silk Cotton-tree). 
 
 The species consist of large or small shrubs, arid one forms a tree. All have alternate 
 leaves, which are more or less palmate or lobed, and usually covered, as well as the 
 young branches, with little black dots, and the nerves below have one or more glands. 
 The calyx is double, the exterior (involucel) is larger than the interior, divided into three 
 large leaflets, cordate at the base, entire, toothed, or deeply cut along the margin. The 
 interior or true calyx is one-leafed, cup-shaped, and with an obtusely quinquifid margin. 
 The flowers are large and showy, more or less yellow or red, consisting of five petals 
 united at their base, subcordate, flat, and spreading. Stamens numerous, filaments united 
 below and adhering to the petals, free above, with small kidney-shaped anthers. Ovary 
 superior, oval, roundish or pointed, terminated by a style, which passes through the 
 cylinder formed by the stamens, marked with three or five furrows towards its apex, and 
 divided into three, sometimes into five stigmas. The capsule is roundish, oval, or pointed, 
 three to five celled, and three to five valved at the apex, with loculicidal dehiscence. Each 
 cell contains from 3 to 7 ovoid seeds, from the seed-coats of which arises the filamentous 
 substance, which, by its twisting, envelopes the seeds. Along with this Cotton, there is 
 often a shorter covering, called fuzz by planters. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cotton plants are mucilaginous, and have been used 
 as Demulcents. The seeds yield Oil, which is sometimes expressed 
 for burning in lamps. Cattle are, however, often fed on the seeds, 
 which are also sometimes employed as manure for Cotton plants. 
 Cotton-wool is formed of tubular hairs, which in drying become flat- 
 tened, and are transparent, without joints, and twisted like a cork- 
 screw. Under water, they appear like distinct, flat, narrow ribands, 
 with occasionally a transverse line, which indicates the end of cells. 
 This twisted nature of the Cotton fibre is probably the reason why 
 Cotton cloth is not so well fitted as linen for surgical dressings. But 
 being a worse conductor of heat than linen, it is well suited for inner 
 clothing, where the object is to preserve uniformity of temperature, 
 as it will retain heat, and prevent the body being so readily affected 
 by external heat or cold. At the same time that it condenses less 
 freely than linen the vapour of perspiration, but absorbs it readily 
 when it has been condensed into the form of sweat. For these rea- 
 sons probably, thick calico shirts, &c., have been introduced into the 
 army for the use of soldiers. Cotton has long been a popular appli- 
 cation to burns. Dr. Anderson (Ed. M. and S. Journ. 1828) directs 
 it to be applied in thin layers, one over the other, and retained by the 
 moderate pressure of a bandage. Pain is allayed, local irritation and 
 blistering diminished or prevented, and constitutional disturbance 
 proportionally obviated. M. Reynaud adopted its application in 
 cases of Erysipelas, and M. Mayor employs it as a topical appli- 
 cation with Calomel in cases of Ophthalmia. (B. and F. Med. 
 Rev. xx. 463.) 
 
 BUTTNER.IACE.E. R. Brown. 
 
 Theobroma Cacao, or Cacao-tree, though not officinal, is interesting 
 in consequence of its seeds being largely employed in diet. The tree 
 is a native of Mexico, but extensively cultivated in the West India 
 Islands, and remarkable for its large and oval, yellow, cucumber-like 
 capsules, hanging from the sides of the trunk and branches. These 
 are divided into 5 cells, each filled with 8 to 10 ovoid seeds, piled 
 one upon another, and covered by a membranous and succulent aril. 
 
 19
 
 290 SUMATRA CAMPHOR. [ThalamiJlorcB. 
 
 There are several varieties of these seeds or nibs, which are more or 
 less esteemed. The kernels of the seeds yield by pressure about one 
 half their weight of a fatty oil, commonly called Butter of Cacao, at 
 one time much lauded for its medical properties. The seeds, pounded, 
 digested, and boiled with water, with the oil skimmed off, and sweet- 
 ened with sugar and milk, afford a wholesome and agreeable bever- 
 age. The COCAO sold in the shops consists either of the roasted 
 kernels and husks, or of the husks only, ground to powder; it is 
 sometimes made from the cake left after expressing the oil from the 
 beans. " Much of the cheap stuff sold under this name, is very in- 
 ferior, being made with damaged nuts that have been pressed for the 
 oil, mixed with potato-flour, mutton-suet, &c." (Cooley.) Flake Co- 
 cao is Cocao ground, compressed, and flaked by machinery. CHOCO- 
 LATE (from the Indian name chocolat) is made by triturating in a 
 heated mortar the roasted seeds without the husks, 10 Ibs. with an 
 equal quantity of Sugar, and about 1^ oz. of Vanilla, and 1 oz. of 
 Cinnamon (Cadet) into a paste, which is put up in various forms. 
 " The mass of the common Chocolate sold in England is prepared 
 from the cake left after the expression of the oil, and this is frequently 
 mixed with the roasted seeds of ground peas and maize', or potato- 
 flour, to which a sufficient quantity of inferior brown sugar, or treacle 
 and mutton suet is added, to make it adhere together." (Cooley.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Both Cocao and Chocolate form the basis of very 
 nourishing and agreeable beverages (whence the name of Theobroma, 
 or food for the gods) devoid of the stimulating properties of Tea and 
 Coffee, but apt to disagree with some people and with many Dyspep- 
 tics, in consequence of the quantity of oily matter they contain. 
 
 CISTINE^E, Dec. 
 
 The CISTINE^E, or Rock Rose tribe, includes plants, some of which 
 used to be officinal in consequence of yielding LADANUM, a fragrant 
 resin, formerly much celebrated, but now little employed. It is pro- 
 cured in the Levant from species of Cistus, such as C. creticus, C. 
 odoriferus, &c., and can only be obtained pure in the situations where 
 it is produced. It has a very agreeable smell, from the presence of a 
 volatile oil. It was formerly employed as a stimulant, more recently 
 as an expectorant, and continues to be esteemed by the Turks as a 
 perfume, and used as a fumigation. 
 
 DIPTEROCARPE^:.* Blume. 
 
 The Dipterocarpea?, so named from some of the divisions of the 
 calyx being extended into long wing-like bodies, require to be noticed, 
 as one of the species, Dryobalanops aromatica, Gsertn., D. Campkora 
 (Colebr.), has been selected, though incorrectly, in the D. P. as the 
 
 * Several other important products are yielded by the Dipterocarpete, as Wood-oil, 
 which contains a principle analogous to Balsam of Copaiva. The Resin or Dammer of 
 Shorea robusta. Indian Copal (sometimes mixed with Amber and sold as such), which 
 is the Liquid Varnish inspissated of the Pine-tree, or Valeria indica ; of which the fruits 
 yield to boiling water the esteemed and valuable vegetable Butter of Canara.
 
 TEA PLANTS. 291 
 
 plant yielding the Camphor of European commerce. This kind is 
 produced by one of the tribe of Laurels, the Camphora officinarum 
 of Nees v. Esenbeck (v. Laurineae). But the kind called Sumatra or 
 Borneo Camphor, as well as Liquid Camphor, is produced by the 
 above tree, which is a native of Sumatra and Borneo. On the coast 
 of the former island it is one of the largest trees ; and the same tree, 
 it is said, which yields the oil would have produced the Camphor, if 
 unmolested. This kind is not seen in European commerce, because 
 the Chinese give eighty or a hundred times more money for it than 
 that for which they sell their own Camphor. Specimens of both the 
 Sumatra Camphor and of the Liquid Camphor are in the Museum of 
 King's College, having been presented by Mrs. Marsden. 
 
 Action. Uses. The Liquid Camphor or Oil might no doubt be be- 
 neficially employed for the same purposes as Cajaputi oil and Grass 
 oil. The Sumatra Camphor does not appear to be preferable to that 
 of China. 
 
 THEACE.E, Mirbel. CAMELLIE^E, Dec. : a tribe of TERNSTRCEMIACE^:. 
 
 The genus Thea forms a small group of plants with Camellia, and is 
 remarkable for containing the plant or plants which yield the different 
 kinds of Tea imported from China. The question is still undecided 
 whether all the kinds of Tea are made or can be made, from the same 
 plant, by variations in the process ; or whether it is preferable to have 
 different varieties or kinds of plant for the distinct varieties of Tea, 
 as, for instance, the Green and Black Teas ; whether these were ori- 
 ginally distinct species, or varieties owing to differences in soil, cli- 
 mate, or culture. The author has always- been inclined to think -the 
 latter the more probable opinion, as fully detailed in his " Illustr. of 
 Himalayan Botany," p. 107 to 128, and in his " Productive Resources 
 of India," p. 257 to 311. Two plants are known in the gardens : one 
 called Thea viridis, supposed to yield Green Tea, including 1. Im- 
 perial. 2. Gunpowder. 3. Hyson. 4. Young Hyson. 5. Twankay. 
 This kind is capable of withstanding a greater degree of cold, and 
 survives through the winter in the open air in this country, as may 
 be seen in Kew Gardens. Green Teas we know are chiefly pro- 
 duced in the more northern districts of China. Some are factitiously 
 coloured with Indigo and Sulphate of Lime, and Mr. Warrington has 
 ascertained that of the Green Teas of commerce, some are unglazed 
 others glazed. The former are of a yellow-brown tint, tending on 
 the rubbed parts to a blackish hue without a shade of green or blue ; 
 while the glazed are faced or covered superficially with a powder 
 consisting of Prussian Blue and Sulphate of Lime, or Caolin, with 
 occasionally a yellow or orange-coloured vegetable substance. In- 
 digo with Gypsum is sometimes used, as by the China tea-makers 
 sent to Assam. Even the unglazed have a little Sulphate of Lime 
 attached to their surface, either to act as an absorbent of moisture, 
 or to give the bloom characteristic of the green tea of commerce. 
 The Thea Bohea appears distinct as a species from the former, and has 
 been supposed to yield the different kinds of Black Tea, that is, Pekoe, 
 Lapsang, Souchong, Congou, Bohea, &c., the last being the inferior,
 
 292 GREEN AND BLACK TEAS. [Thalamifloree. 
 
 and the Pekoes the best kinds of Black Tea. Plants collected in 
 Chusan are somewhat intermediate in character. That growing wild 
 in Assam is considered by some botanists to be another distinct spe- 
 cies of Thea or of Camellia. But the information is too defective 
 for any decisive opinion to be formed. If we compare the recent ana- 
 lyses* of Green and of Black Tea, it would appear that a less degree 
 of heat and younger leaves being employed, would explain some of the 
 differences between Green and Black Tea. 
 
 Some Tea has been manufactured in the Government Nurseries in 
 Kemaon from plants grown from China seed, which has been pro- 
 nounced of the finest quality by the best judges, and compared with 
 the Oolong Teas of the Ankoy district. Some prepared in August, 
 1845, in the Tea Nursery in the Deyra Boon, has also been pro- 
 nounced of fine quality, and compared with Orange Pekoe. 
 
 The properties of Tea depend chiefly on the presence of Tannin, of 
 a Volatile Oil, and of a principle called Theine (C 8 H 5 N a O a ), which 
 has been found to be identical with Caffeine, and is a salifiable base. 
 It may be obtained in white silky needles, has a mild bitter taste, is 
 soluble in hot, but sparingly so in cold water and Alcohol. With S' 
 and H Cl' it forms crystalline compounds, and is supposed to exist in 
 Tea in combination with Tannic Acid. The quantity of Tannin is 
 stated by Brande, and as appears by the taste, and in the analyses of 
 Mulder, to be greater in Green than in Black Tea. Sir H. Davy and 
 others have stated that Black Tea contains the largest proportion of 
 Tannin. The volatile Oil is in larger quantity in the Green than in 
 the Black Tea. 
 
 Tea is well known for its astringent and moderately excitant pro- 
 perties, chiefly affecting the nervous system, producing some degree 
 of exhilaration, and of refreshment after fatigue. Its effects are well 
 seen in the wakefulness produced, especially by Green Tea, in those 
 unaccustomed to its use. But it is thought by some to act as a seda- 
 tive on the heart and blood-vessels ; or, as Dr. Billing explains it, Tea 
 and Coffee are sedatives, and relieve the stupor produced by stimu- 
 lants, or the drowsiness of fatigue, or other plethora, only by counter- 
 acting the plethoric state of the brain induced by the continued stimula- 
 tion of action, thus merely restoring the brain to its normal state. Lie- 
 big (Jlnim. Chem. p. 179) has suggested that Theine, as an ingredient 
 of diet, may be useful in contributing to the formation of Taurine, a 
 compound peculiar to Bile. Besides being useful as a diluent, it may 
 often be prescribed as an agreeable and refreshing beverage ; in some 
 cases, especially when made strong, acting as an excitant, and at other 
 times producing sedative and calming effects. 
 
 AlJRANTIACEjE, CoTTea. AuRANTIA VERA, JuSSlBU. 
 
 Trees or shrubs usually conspicuous for their beauty, and for having transparent re- 
 ceptacles of volatile oil immersed in their surface, commonly smooth, with the axillary 
 branches often changed into straight and hooked spines. The leaves are alternate, arti- 
 culated with the petiole, unequally or simply pinnate with one or many pairs, but some- 
 times the terminal leaflet is only produced. The petiole winged : sometimes the terminal 
 
 * As that of Mulder, v. Pereira, Treatise on Food and Diet, p. 394.
 
 Aurantwcece.] BITTER ORANGE. 293 
 
 leaflet being abortive, the dilated petiole supplies its place. Flowers regular, axillary or 
 terminal, solitary, corymbose or in racemes, usually white or greenish-yellow. The calyx 
 is free, short, cup or bell-shaped, 4 or 5-ficl. Petals 3, 4 or 5, inserted into the base of a 
 shortly-stalked torus, which is more rarely formed into a hypogynous disk, free or connected 
 at their base, subimbricate in salivation. Stamens equal to, double, or some multiple of 
 the number of petals ; filaments free, or united into one or several bundles. Ovary 5 or 
 many-celled. Style 1 ; crowned by a capitate stigma. Fruit dry or pulpy, with a thick 
 valveless rind, two or many-celled, often by abortion one-celled, cells usually single-seeded, 
 seldom many-seeded, filled with mucilage in vesicular cells. Seeds pendulous or nearly 
 horizontal, marked with a longitudinal, branching raphe. Chalaza distinct. Embryo 
 straight, without albumen. Cotyledons usually large and thick, a retracted superior ra- 
 dicle near the hilum, and the plumule conspicuous. Fig. 47. 
 
 The AurantiaceiE are allied on one hand to Meliaceae, and on the other to Xanthoxyleae, 
 once a tribe of Rutacete, and to Amyridese, a tribe of Terebinthacese. They are natives 
 of tropical Asia, with a few species in Madagascar. Limonia Laureola is alone found in 
 cold situations in the Himalayas ; but many are cultivated in all parts of the world. A 
 fragrant volatile oil abounds in many parts, with a bitter principle in the rind of the 
 fruit, and an acid or saccharine juice in the fruit. Several species of the genus Citrus 
 are officinal. 
 
 CITRUS, Linn. Polyadelphia Potyandria, Linn. 
 
 Flowers frequently with a quinary proportion of parts. Calyx urceolate, 3 to 5 cleft. 
 Petals 5 to 8, or only 4. Stamens 20 to 60, their filaments compressed and more or less 
 united at the base into several bundles, often 4 or 5 of them free. Anthers oblong. Style 
 round, crowned by a hemispherical stigma. Fruit baccate, 7 12 celled. Seeds 4 to 8 
 in each cell, with numerous separate small bags of pulp. Seeds without albumen, seed- 
 coat membranous, marked externally with the raphe and internally with the chalaza. 
 Auricles of cotyledons very short. Trees or shrubs with axillary spines. Leaves com- 
 pound, but often reduced to a single terminal leaflet which is jointed with the petiole, and 
 often winged, v. Fig. 47. 
 
 
 
 AURANTII CORTEX, L. E. (U. S.) Fructus Cortex (Tunica, D.) ex- 
 terior, L. Rind of the Fruit of the Bitter Orange, E. AURANTII 
 AQUA, E. Distilled Water of the Flowers. Orange Flower Water, 
 E. AURANTII OLEUM, E. Volatile Oil of the Flowers. Neroli Oil, 
 E. CITRUS VULGARIS, Risso. L. E. Seville or Bitter Orange. 
 
 This, which is called Citrus Bigaradia, by Duhamel, and also by 
 Risso, in his work on Oranges, is supposed to have been introduced 
 by the Arabs ; because all the old-established groves of Spain, as 
 those at Seville, planted by the Moors, are of the Bitter Orange 
 (Macfadyen). 
 
 The tree is erect in habit, smaller than that of the Sweet Orange, but the flowers more 
 fragrant. The branches are spiny. Leaves elliptical, acuminate, slightly toothed. Pe- 
 tioles more or less winged. Flowers large white. Fruit uneven, more or less round, of 
 a dark orange-colour ; rind with concave vesicles of oil ; pulp acid and bitter. Risso. 
 
 AURANTII CORTEX, L. E. D. Rind of the Bitter Orange. 
 
 The Rind of the Seville Orange is officinal, because it is more 
 bitter than that of the Sweet Orange, with at the same time a consi- 
 derable degree of aroma from the presence of volatile oil. But as 
 the outer part alone possesses these properties, the white inner part 
 should be removed when it is used officinally for the following pre- 
 parations, either in its fresh state, or when intended to be dried. In 
 the D. P., however, both the Sweet and Bitter kinds are included 
 under the head of Citrus Aurantium. In the L. P., the term Auran-
 
 294 BITTER ORANGE. [Thalamiflorte. 
 
 tium is applied first to C. Aurantium, but Aurantii Cortex is then re- 
 ferred to C. vulgaris. 
 
 CONFECTIO AURANTII, L. CoNSERVA, E. [CoNFECTIO AuRANTII CoR- 
 
 TICIS, U. S.] Confection of Orange Peel. 
 
 Prep. Rub up in a stone mortar with a wooden pestle fresh rasped Orange Peel ftj. 
 (the outer rind of Bitter Oranges beat into a pulp, E.) add Sugar ftiij. (White Sugar 
 thrice their weight, E.) Pound till incorporated. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stomachic. An agreeable vehicle for prescribing 
 tonic or purgative powders. 
 
 SYRUPUS AURANTII, L. E. D. Syrup of Orange Peel. 
 
 Prep. Macerate fresh Orange Peel (bitter, E.) gijss. (3viij. D.) in boiling Aq. Oj. (by 
 measure fevj. D.) in a lightly-covered vessel for 12 hours. Pour off the liquor and filter, 
 then add Sugar (pure, E.) ftiij. (xivss. D.) (dissolve with heat, E.) and make a syrup. 
 
 Action. Uses. An agreeable stomachic, useful as an addition either 
 to disagreeable or to tasteless draughts. 
 
 INFUSUM AURANTII (E.) COMPOSITUM, L. D. Compound Infusion of 
 Orange Peel. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for | of an hour in a lightly-covered vessel dried Orange Peel gss. 
 (3ij. I).) fresh Lemon Peel 3ij. (3j. D.) bruised Cloves 3j. (3ss. D.) boiling Aq. dest. Oj. 
 (ftss. by measure, D.) Strain (through linen or calico, E.) 
 
 * Action. Uses. Warm Tonic. Excellent vehicle for either acid, 
 alkaline, or saline medicines, in doses of f 3iss. two or three times a 
 day. 
 
 TINCTURA AURANTII, L. E. Tincture of Orange Peel. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days dried (bitter, E.) Orange Peel Siijss. in Proof 
 Spirit Oij. Strain. (Express strongly and filter. Or this tincture may be prepared by 
 percolation, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic adjunct to draughts and mixtures, in doses of 
 f3j. f3iv. 
 
 AURANTII OLEUM, L. E. Oleum e Floribus destillatum. Volatile Oil 
 of the Flowers, E. Oil of Orange Flowers. Oil of Neroli. In 
 the list of Mat. Med., L. E. P. 
 
 A Volatile Oil being secreted in the flowers and other parts of 
 both kinds of Oranges, is separated by distilling them with water. 
 This is well known in France by the name of Neroli. It has a 
 sweet aromatic odour different from that of the flower, and appears 
 to Soubeiran to be a modification of the natural essential oil. Neroli 
 contains a solid cry stall izable oil, which has been called Aurade by 
 Plisson, who discovered it. The Neroli obtained from the Bitter 
 Orange is finer than that obtained from the Sweet Orange. But es- 
 sential Oil, known as Oil of Orange, is also obtained by distillation 
 from the leaves of the Orange, and also by expression of the grated 
 rind.
 
 AurantiaeecB.} SWEET ORANGE. 295 
 
 AQUA FLORUM AURANTII, L. AURANTII AQUA, E. Orange Flower 
 Water. 
 
 Prep. Take Orange Flowers ftx. Proof Spirit f3vij. Aq. Cij. Distil a gallon. (In 
 the list of Mat. Med. of the E. P.) 
 
 Procured by the same process as that by which the Essential Oil 
 is obtained, particularly in Italy and France. Besides Essential Oil, 
 it also contains some Acetic'. It may be prepared extemporaneously 
 by agitating some of the Volatile Oil with distilled water, and then 
 filtering. But it is usually imported. 
 
 Mr. Squire (Br.- An. of Med. i. p. 15) discovered that Orange 
 Flower Water, which is imported from France in vessels of lead or 
 Copper soldered with lead, contains some of the latter metal. This 
 may be detected on the addition of a soluble Iodide, golden-coloured 
 crystals of Iodide of Lead being deposited. He recommends the 
 purification of the water by the immersion of a piece of Zinc wire, 
 and then testing with Iodide of Potassium. The E. P. gives as 
 its characteristics " Nearly colourless ; unaffected by Sulphuretted 
 Hydrogen." If either metal is present, a blackish-coloured precipi- 
 tate of Lead or Copper will be produced. 
 
 Action. Uses. The Essential Oil is stimulant and antispasmodic. 
 Orange-flower water is considered in France to be possessed of ano- 
 dyne and antispasmodic properties, and is in constant use in doses 
 of f 3j. f 3ij. in nervous and hysterical cases. 
 
 AURANTIUM. FRUCTUS, L. AURANTII FLORES, L. AURANTII OLEUM; 
 Oleum e Floribus destillatum, L. Volatile Oil of the Flowers, 
 Neroli Oil. E. AURANTII AQUA ; Orange Flower Water, E. Fruc- 
 tus succus et tunica exterior. Flores. Folia, D. CITRUS AURAN- 
 TIUM, Risso. The Common or Sweet Orange. 
 
 Like the Lemon, this is a native of India, being found in the forests 
 on the borders of Silhet, and also on the Nielgherries, perhaps also in 
 China. The Sanscrit Nagrunga and the Arabic JVanuy are no 
 doubt the European names of Naranja (Spanish), Arancia (Italian), 
 whence we have Aurantium and Orange. The Orange is not men- 
 tioned either by the ancients or the Arabian medical authors. It is 
 supposed to have been introduced into Europe after the middle ages. 
 
 The Orange-tree attains a height of 16 or 20 feet, and bears great abundance of fruit. 
 It is remarkable, as well as others of the genus, for bearing the fruit at all ages at the 
 same time with the flowers. Though a native of India, it does not ripen its fruit there 
 until the winter, and hence has been able to travel so much further north than others of 
 its compatriots. Leaves coriaceous, ovate-oblong, acute ; margins usually finely toothed ; 
 petioles margined, sometimes winged. Petals 5, white. Stamens about 20, 5 of them 
 often distinct and appressed against the stigma, the remainder in five bundles alternating 
 with them. Fruit globose, rind thin, with convex oil vesicles, adhering loosely to the 
 pulp, which is sweet. 
 
 Oranges are cultivated in the south of Europe and in the Azores, 
 whence they are largely imported into this country. The parts 
 which are officinal are the flowers, L. D., and their essence, L., also 
 called Neroli Oil and distilled water, E., Juice of the Fruit and 
 Leaves, D. 
 
 Auranlii <Folia. Leaves of the Oranp-e are officinal in the D. P.
 
 296 CITRUS MEDIC A. [Thalamifloree. 
 
 on account of their bitterness and the aromatic properties of the 
 essential oil stored up in the vesicles with which their substance is 
 studded. This essential oil may be obtained by distillation, as also 
 a distilled water. Or an infusion of the leaves may be employed as 
 a bitter and aromatic excitant and diaphoretic. 
 
 Aurantii Fructus. The ripe fruit of the Orange is well known for 
 its extremely agreeable and refreshing juiciness, whence it is so much 
 esteemed as a fruit even for the sick, and as a refrigerant. When 
 of a small size, the fruit which falls off is dried, and forms the 
 Aurantii 'baccce or Curacoa Oranges, so called from being employed 
 in flavouring Curacoa. The smaller ones are smoothed, and used 
 for making issues. The rind or peel of the fruit is sometimes substi- 
 tuted for that of the Bitter Orange, as are also the flowers and their 
 essential oil, also the oil expressed from the grated rind, likewise 
 Orange flower water ; all being used for the same purposes as those 
 produced from the Bitter Orange. 
 
 CITRUS LIMETTA, Risso. var. BERGAMIUM. BERGAMII OLEUM, L. Oil 
 or Essence of Bergamot. Oleum e fructus cortice destillatum, E. 
 BERGAMOT^E OLEUM, E. Volatile Oil of the rind of the fruit, E. 
 Fr. Limette et Bergamotte. 
 
 This is the species which yields Oil of Bergamot. It appears to 
 belong to the same species as the Citrus acida of Roxburgh, as this 
 comprehends under it varieties of the sour Limes as well as the 
 sweet Limes found in India. Latterly Risso and Poiteau have sepa- 
 rated the C. Limetta from the C. Bergamia. 
 
 The leaves of the latter are oblong, more or less elongated, acute or obtuse, under side 
 somewhat pale. Petiole more or less winged and margined. Flowers usually small, 
 white. Fruit pale yellow, pyriform or depressed : rind with concave vesicles of oil : pulp 
 more or less acid. Wight and Arnott, Prod. p. 96. 
 
 Bergamot is the Volatile Oil of the rind of the fruit of the above 
 variety, which is cultivated in the south of Europe, especially in 
 the neighbourhood of Nice. Ray baud states that 100 fruits yield 
 2J ounces of the oil by expression, which has a density of 0-88, is of 
 a pale yellow colour, and very fragrant. It differs from the other 
 volatile oils of this genus in containing Oxygen. It is believed to 
 contain a mixture of oils, having the composition of Citrene (p. 298) 
 with a Hydrate of such an oil, and an oxygenated oil formed by the 
 action of the atmosphere. (Liebig.) From its agreeable fragrance, 
 it has been much employed by perfumers, and has lately been made 
 officinal in the L. and E. P. for the purpose of making an agreeable 
 addition to mixtures and unguents. It may be substituted for the 
 Oil of Lemons, or this may be used instead of that. 
 
 CITRUS MEDICA, Risso. The Citron. Fr. Cedrat. Fructus succus, 
 tunica exterior et ejus Oleum, D. Limones, E. The Lemon is 
 probably intended by both Colleges. 
 
 Citrus Medico, of botanists is the Citron, distinguished by its large 
 ovoid fruit, with extremely thick rind and proportionally small quan- 
 tity of acid juice. The name is erroneously adduced if intended to
 
 Aurantiaceas.] 
 
 CITRON AND LEMON. 
 
 297 
 
 indicate the Lemon. Of the Citron Dr. Roxburgh states, that there 
 are three varieties or species in the Calcutta Botanic Garden, reared 
 from seeds obtained from the Garrow Hills, where they are found 
 indigenous in the forests. The author has also found in the forests 
 of the Deyra Valley, in 30 N. lat., apparently wild specimens of the 
 Citron. It is the Atruj of the Arabs, who quote from Dioscorides the 
 description ofM7]5xa(fi7]Xov |*)&xov of Theoph.), Medica Mala or Median 
 Apples. This seems to have been the only species of Citrus known 
 to the ancients, and is that probably mentioned in the Bible by the 
 name of Tappuach, translated Apple in the English version. The 
 rind is thick and spongy internally, tuberculated externally, and 
 covered with numerous dots filled with essential oil (huile de cedrat). 
 Its pulp is less acid and juicy than that of the Lemon. The rind of 
 the fruit is preserved, and its essential oil separated ; the juice may 
 be employed for the same purposes as that of the Lemon. 
 
 LIMONES, L. E. D. (Limon, U. S.) Fructus, L. Fruit. Lemons (and 
 Limes), E. v. Citrus Medica, D. LIMONUM CORTEX. Fructus Cortex 
 exterior, L. [Limonis Cortex, U. S.] Lemon Peel. LIMONUM OLEUM. 
 Oleum e Fructus Cortice exteriori destillatum, L. Oil of Lemons. 
 LIMONUM Succus, L. Lemon Juice. CITRUS LIMONUM, Risso. Lemon. 
 Fr. Citron ou Limon. 
 
 Lemons were unknown to the ancients and also to the Arabs, 
 though noticed in Persian works on Materia Medica by the names Lee- 
 moo and Neemboo, and 
 
 stated to be natives Fig. 47. 
 
 of India, where they , 
 
 are indigenous, and {-"H//;-. ^-^> 
 
 known by nearly the 
 same names. The au- 
 thor has found the tree 
 apparently wild in the 
 forests at the foot of 
 the Himalayan moun- 
 tains. The annexed 
 figure (47) is from one 
 of these plants. Le- 
 mons are not the pro- 
 duce of the Citrus Me- 
 dica, as seems to be 
 implied in the D. P% 
 Limes are produced 
 by a distinct species, 
 Citrus acida. 
 
 They form shrubs of from 10 to 15 feet in height, much branched, with stiff awl. 
 shaped thorns. Leaves oval, oblong-oval ; margin serrulate, or slightly toothed ; petioles 
 with a narrow leafy border, or simply margined. Flowers with 5, sometimes 4 petals. 
 Stamens 20 to 30, in 4 or 5 bundles. Fruit of a light yellow colour when quite ripe, 
 ovoid in shape, with a more or less nipple-like knob at the apex. Rind thin with numer- 
 ous vesicles of oil, adhering closely to the pulp, which is very acid.
 
 298 LIME JUICE. [Thalamiflora. 
 
 Though Lemons are originally natives of India, they are now im- 
 ported into this country from the south of Europe and the Azores, 
 each being separately rolled up in paper. The best plan " consists in 
 packing them with newly slaked lime in bottles or earthen-ware jars, 
 the mouths of which are secured with corks and wax." (c.) 
 
 LIMONUM CORTEX. Lemon Peel is of a light yellow colour, but be- 
 comes of a brownish hue when dried. It is bitter and aromatic, from 
 containing some Bitter Extractive which is insoluble in Ether, but so- 
 luble in Alcohol ; and abundance of fragrant Volatile Oil stored up 
 in the numerous vesicles with which the rind is studded. It forms an 
 agreeable addition to different tinctures and infusions, and is an ingre- 
 dient in the Inf. Aurantii Composition, and Inf. Gentiance Composi- 
 tion, L. 
 
 LIMONUM OLEUM. Oil of Lemons. This, like the Oil of Orange, 
 may be obtained either by distillation, or by simple expression of the 
 finely-grated rind. The latter is of the finest quality, of a light colour, 
 and fine lemon odour, warm penetrating taste. Sp. Gr. 0-848 to 0-85 
 and higher, boils at from 330 to 353, being a mixture of two oils, 
 which may be separated by distillation to a certain extent. One of 
 them, Citrene, has the Sp. Gr. 0-847, and boils at 330 ; the other, 
 Citrelene, has the Sp. Gr. 0-88, and boils at 345 to 353. (Liebig, 
 in Turner's Chem.) Both these and the Oil of Lemons have the com- 
 position of the Oil of Turpentine, and are probably composed of C 10 , 
 H 8 . They are, therefore, when pure true Hydrocarbons. Oil of 
 Lemon absorbs Oxygen when exposed to the atmosphere. Acted 
 on by Hydrochloric acid, it forms two compounds, one a liquid, the 
 other an artificial Camphor, composed of C 10 H 8 +H Cl. The Oils of 
 Oranges and of the Citron are identical in composition with Oil of 
 Lemons. 
 
 LIMONUM Succus. Lemon Juice is obtained by subjecting the pulp, 
 freed of its rind and seeds, to pressure, either on a large scale, or for 
 ordinary purposes. It is allowed to stand for a few days in a cool 
 place, and then decanted and filtered. It, however, remains a little 
 turbid, is sharply acid, with an agreeable flavour and a little of the 
 odour of the Lemon. It consists of Citric acid (about 1-77 per cent.) 
 dissolved in water with mucilage and extractive. It is apt to undergo 
 decomposition, but with care may be preserved for a considerable 
 time, as by corking up in full bottles the above juice, or pouring a 
 layer of almond oil above it ; some subject it to^a slight ebullition, or 
 concentrate by freezing : " The British navy is supplied with it from 
 Sicily, preserved by the addition of r \j of strong brandy ; druggists 
 in this country preserve it by adding about j\ of spirit of wine, and 
 filter off the mucilage which separates." (c.) A substitute may be 
 formed for it by dissolving 3xjss. of Cit' in Aq. dest. Oj., and flavour- 
 ing with the smallest quantity of Oil of Lemons. (Phillips.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant, Antalkaline, Antiscorbutic. Diluted 
 with water, it forms a refreshing drink in hot climates, or in febrile 
 and inflammatory complaints, made more agreeable with sugar, in
 
 Aurantiace.'} CITRIC ACID. 299 
 
 the well-known form of Lemonade, or added to barley, rice-water, 
 &c. It is much employed in making effervescing draughts ; in imi- 
 tation of which Effervescing Lemonade is prepared by the soda- 
 water manufacturers. The Citrates and Tartrates are converted 
 into Carbonates in passing through the system, and will produce an 
 alkaline reaction on the urine. Antiscorbutic : hence about 3j. or 
 3ij. are distributed to seamen in long voyages as a preventive, but 
 f3iv. f3vj. for the cure of Scurvy, or Citric acid is substituted for it. 
 
 Artificial Lemon Juice may be made by dissolving Citric' or Tar' 
 3ijss. Gum 3ss. Fresh Lemon-juice 3vj. fine Sugar 3ij. Aq. ferv. Oij. 
 Allow it to cool, and strain. 
 
 Lemonade. Macerate 2 Lemons sliced and Sugar 3ij. in Aq. ferv. 
 Oj. till cool, and strain. 
 
 Aerated or Effervescing Lemonade. Mix Water Oj. charged with 
 five times its volume of Carb' gas with Syrup of Lemons f3ij. 
 
 SYRUPITS (LmoNis, D.) (U. S.) LIMONUM, L. E. Syrup of Lemons. 
 
 Prep. Take fresh Lemon Juice Oj. (8>ij. by measure, D.) having allowed the impuri- 
 ties to subside (subject it to the heat of boiling Aq. for of an hour and pass through a 
 sieve, D.) dissolve in it with aid of gentle heat Sugar feijss. (31viij. D.) (ftij. U. S.) Set 
 it aside for 24 hours and pour off the clear liquor. 
 
 Action. Uses. An agreeable addition to diluent drinks or to draughts, 
 in doses of f3j. to f3iv. 
 
 ACIDUM CITRICUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Citric Acid. Concrete Acid 
 of Lemons. F. Acide Citrique. G. Citronensaiire. 
 
 Citric Acid is that which gives the sour taste to the juice of the 
 Lemon and Lime, and has been so named from Citrus. It is also 
 contained in the juice of some other fruits, as in acid Grapes, in 
 Tamarinds, in the Gooseberry, Red Currant, Cranberry, Bird-Cherry, 
 usually mixed with some Malic acid, sometimes combined with Pot- 
 ash or with Lime. In the juice of Lemons and Limes it is in a free 
 state, mixed only with mucilage and similar vegetable impurities, 
 which prevent its crystallizing. It was first separated from these 
 and obtained in a solid form by Scheele, in 1781. To separate the 
 Citric acid from the admixtures, Lime is presented to it, with which 
 it combines, and is precipitated in the form of Citrate of Lime. This 
 is separated and decomposed with diluted Sulphuric acid, when an 
 insoluble Sulphate of Lime is formed, and the Citric acid becomes 
 dissolved. Lemon Juice is sometimes imported instead of the Lemons, 
 and the acid often in, the form of Citrate of Lime. 
 
 Prep. E. D. Take of Lemon Juice Oiv. and gradually add to it made hot, Prepared 
 Chalk, Sivss. (or a sufficiency, E. D.) and mix. Set by, that the powder may subside ; 
 (Carb' escapes and insoluble Citrate of Lime subsides, whilst most of the mucilage re- 
 mains in solution ;) pour off the supernatant liquor. Wash the Citrate of Lime fre- 
 quently with warm water. (To get rid of the mucilage and other impurities.) Then 
 pour upon it Dil. Sul' fgxxvijss. (8 times the weight of the Chalk employed, D.) with 
 Aq. dest. Oij. and boil for a quarter of an hour. (The S' decomposes the Citrate, forms 
 an insoluble Sulphate of Lime, and the Citric acid becomes dissolved.) Press the liquor 
 strongly through linen, and strain it ; evaporate the strained liquor with a gentle heat, 
 and set it by, that crystals may be formed. (These crystals are of a dull brownish co- 
 lour, and are to be rendered colourless only by a repetition of the last process, and there-
 
 300 CITRIC ACID. [Thalamifloras. 
 
 fore) Dissolve the crystals, that they may be pure, again and a third time in water, and 
 strain the solution as often ; boil down and set it aside. 
 
 The E. C. in their corrected edition order fgxxxvj. of their diluted Sulphuric acid. Dr. 
 C. says, in the proportion of nine parts of the concentrated acid for every ten parts of 
 Chalk used. They also direct the juice to be boiled in the first instance, then set to rest, 
 and boiled again before the Chalk is added. " It has been found of service for the sub- 
 sequent purification of the acid to commence by clarifying the juice with Albumen." To 
 ascertain that there is neither Sul' nor Citrate of Lime in excess, " Try whether a small 
 portion of the liquid, when filtered, gives, with solution of Nitrate of Baryta, a precipi. 
 tate almost entirely soluble in Nitric acid ; and if the precipitate is not nearly all soluble, 
 add a little Citrate of Lime to the whole liquor till it stands this test." Excess of Citrate 
 is of course to be decomposed by an addition of Sulph'. The liquor and washings being 
 concentrated to the density of 1130, the product is removed into shallow (leaden) vessels 
 and evaporated until a pellicle begins to form. By a repetition of the process, the solu- 
 tion and crystals lose their colour. Berzelius recommends the addition of a little Nitric 
 acid in the last step of the boiling. 
 
 Citric acid (C 4 H 3 O 5 or (C 13 H 5 O 11 Liebig)=Ch') is colourless 
 and transparent, without odour, of a strong but agreeable acid taste, 
 crystallizes in transparent short rhomboidal prisms terminated by four 
 planes, apt to become moist in damp air, soluble in three-fourths of 
 cold and half its weight of hot water. The solution spoils when it has 
 been some time kept, becoming ropy from spontaneous decomposition. 
 Cit' is also soluble in Alcohol. When heated with Sul', it is resolved 
 into Carbonic oxide, Carb', Ac', and water. Nit' converts it into 
 Oxalic', and when melted with caustic Potash, Ox', Ac', and water 
 are produced. It is fused in its own water of crystallization, and at 
 a higher temperature is decomposed. When obtained at ordinary 
 temperatures, it crystallizes with 5 Eq. of water, two of which are 
 water of crystallization ; but when deposited from a solution cooled 
 from 212, the crystals contain only 4 Eq. Aq., three of which are 
 basic, and 1 Eq. water of crystallization. The effects of heat on 
 Citric' ha've been studied by several chemists. The decompositions, 
 according to Liebig (Turn. Chem. 1005), have been cleared up by 
 Crasso. Crystallized Citric' when exposed to heat, exhibits four 
 stages of decomposition. During the first, the water of crystalliza- 
 tion alone is given off, and the residue contains unaltered Cit'. The 
 second stage is characterized by white vapours, and the production 
 of Acetone, Carb. oxide, and Carb', while the residue consists of Hy- 
 drated Aconitic acid, which is therefore the true Pyrocitric'. In the 
 third stage, the Aconitic', not being volatile, is itself decomposed, 
 yielding Carb' and an oily liquid (Citricic' Baup), which Crasso pro- 
 poses to call Itaconic acid. In the fourth period, empyreumatic oil 
 is produced, and a voluminous coal remains behind. Citric acid forms 
 numerous salts: those of the alkalies are soluble, and often pre-, 
 scribed in the form of effervescing draughts. The Citrates of Iron, 
 also soluble, have already been mentioned at p. 154. The Citrates of 
 Baryta, Strontian, Lime, Lead, and Silver are insoluble. If added in 
 excess to Lime-water, no precipitate is observed until it is heated. 
 3j. Cit' will saturate 3ij. of crystal. Carb. Soda. 
 
 Tests. Citric acid is apt to be adulterated with Tartaric acid ; but 
 the latter is easily detected by any of the soluble salts of Potash. 
 
 A solution in four parts of water is not precipitated by Carbonate 
 of Potash, E. No salt of Potash, except the Tartrate, is precipitated 
 by solution of Citric'. What is precipitated from the solution by
 
 Guttifera.] 
 
 C AMD O GI A. 
 
 301 
 
 Acetate of Lead is dissolved by Nitric', L. It is totally dissipated in 
 the fire, L., with the aid of the red Oxide of Mercury, E. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies and earths, Carbonates, most Acetates, Tartrate of 
 Potash. 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant, Antiscorbutic, Anti-alkaline. Substitute 
 for Lemon Juice ; employed for making effervescing draughts. 
 
 9j. of the following Salts 
 will saturate 
 
 Lemon Juice, 
 or Sol. Cit'. 
 
 Citric Acid. 
 
 or Citric Acid ^j- 
 saturates 
 
 Bicarb. Potash 
 
 f3iijss. 
 
 gr.14 
 
 29 grs. 
 
 Carbonate Potash 
 
 f3iv. 
 
 gr. 17 
 
 24 grs. 
 
 Sesqui-Carb. of Ammonia 
 
 f3vj. 
 
 gr.24 
 
 17 grs. 
 
 Carbonate of Soda - 
 
 ... 
 
 . 
 
 41 grs. 
 
 Sesqui-Carbonate of Soda 
 
 f '**V- " 
 
 
 
 24 grs. 
 
 [The Neutral Mixture. LIQUOR POTASSA CITRATIS, U. S., is direct- 
 ed to be prepared by taking fresh Lemon Juice Oss., Carbonate of 
 Potassa a sufficient quantity. Add the Carbonate of Potassa gradually 
 to the Lemon Juice till it is perfectly saturated, then filter. Or take 
 Citric Acid 3ss. Oil of Lemons rpdj. Water Oss. Carbonate of Potassa 
 a sufficient quantity. Rub the Citric Acid with the Oil of Lemons, 
 and afterwards with the water, until it be perfectly dissolved, then 
 add the Carbonate of Potassa gradually, until the Acid is perfectly 
 saturated. 
 
 D. a tablespoonful.] 
 
 ,... '-.-, , % - ;.' 
 
 GUT*IFER,, Jussieu. (Clusiacese, Lindl.) 
 
 Trees, rarely shrubs, sometimes parasitic climbers, abounding in yellow resinous juice, 
 branches opposite, often four-sided. Leaves decussately opposite, coriaceous, shining, 
 without stipules. Flowers perfect or polygamous, usually terminal, sometimes axillary, 
 articulated with their peduncles. Calyx 2, 4 or 6-leafed, persistent. Petals equal in 
 number to leaflets of the calyx, alternating with them or opposite, occasionally numerous. 
 Stamens usually numerous, free, united into a ring, or tube, or into separate bundles. 
 Disk fleshy, angled or lobed. Ovary 1 to 5 or many -celled. Ovules solitary or twin, 
 erect or ascending, in a single-celled ovary, about 4 or many, attached to central placentae. 
 Stigma peltate or radiate. Fruit capsular, drupaceous, or baccate. Embryo without 
 albumen, straight. 
 
 The Guttiferro are allied to Ternstrcemiaceje and to Hypericineae, and are found in the 
 tropical parts of Asia and of America. Many of the species yield a yellow resinous juice 
 like Gamboge, useful both as a pigment and as a medicine. The fruit of some is edible, 
 the seed oily, and the wood hard and useful as timber. 
 
 CAMBOGIA, L. (U.S.) 
 
 (Cambogia, D.) Cambogioides 
 
 Cambogia, D. Gummi-resina (Stalagmitis 
 sogioides, L.) Gamboge. Cambogia (zey- 
 lanica) Ceylon Gamboge. Gummy resinous exudation of Hebra- 
 dendron Cambogioides, Gr. E. C. (Siamensis). Siam Gamboge: 
 probably from a species of Hebradendron inhabiting Siam, E. 
 
 Gamboge is stated by Murray (App. 4, p. 110) to have been first 
 introduced to the notice of Europeans by Clusius, who received it 
 from China in 1603. It is known in India by the name of ossareh 
 rewund, or juice of Rhubarb. This substance is mentioned in Persian 
 works on Materia Medica ; but we are unable to ascertain when
 
 302 CAMBOGIA. [Thalamiflora. 
 
 Gamboge came to be substituted for the real Extract of Rhubarb, 
 which Dr. Falconer informs me he obtained in Tibet by the same 
 name. Two kinds of Gamboge, the Siam and the Ceylon, are known 
 in commerce. The former is commonly in cylinders, either solid or 
 hollow. Specimens of both kinds were given to the author by G. 
 Swinton, Esq., when Chief Secretary of the Indian Government, 
 which had been sent to him officially from Bankok, as the produce of 
 Siam. This form is no doubt given, by the Gamboge when in a fluid 
 state being run into hollow bamboos, as described by Lt. White. I 
 am indebted to Dr. Pereira for one of these imported a few years 
 since. Kcenig learnt from a Catholic priest, who officiated as such to 
 the Christians of Cochin-China, that the juice was obtained by break- 
 ing off the leaves and young shoots, and receiving the yellow juice as 
 it issues in drops in suitable vessels, a cocoa-nut or a bamboo ; also, 
 that it formed a part of the tribute paid to the king of Siam. It is 
 therefore most probably abundant, perhaps cultivated. The tree 
 yielding this Gamboge is unknown to botanists. It may be the Oxy- 
 carpus (now Garcinia) cochinchinensis of Loureiro, who describes it 
 as being both wild and cultivated in Cochin-China ; and Humph, (iii. 
 p. 58) describes it as exuding when wounded a yellow and viscid 
 juice, which quickly dries up. Other species of Garcinia yield a yel- 
 low resinous juice. Dr. Malcolmson favoured the author with speci- 
 mens of one of the Guttiferae, which he collected near Rangoon, and 
 of which the rind of the fruit yielded a yellow purgative juice. 
 
 STALAGMITES CAMBOGIOIDES, quoted in theL.P., &c., has been founded 
 on a factitious specimen, which is still in the British Museum. This 
 Mr. Brown ascertained to be formed of two plants joined together by 
 sealing-wax, one being Xanthochymus ovalifolius, Roxb., and the other 
 Hebradendron cambogioides of Graham. 
 
 The Ceylon Gamboge is found in the Bazaars of India, but is sel- 
 dom met with in Europe. Mr. Charles Groves, now of Liverpool, 
 informed me in 1832, that when engaged in the trade of Ceylon, he 
 had sent a considerable quantity of the Gamboge of that island to 
 London ; but it was found to be unsaleable, from its inferior quality. 
 Two trees yielding a Gamboge-like substance were first made known 
 by Hermann in 1670: one, Goraka, Garcinia Cambogia; and the 
 other, Kana (or eatable) Goraka, Garcinia Morella of later authors, 
 Stalagmitis of Moon's Cat., now Hebradendron Cambogioides. The 
 latter (though it might have been referred to Garcinia with an amend- 
 ed character) was named and described by my friend, Professor Gra- 
 ham* of Edinburgh, from specimens and drawings sent him by Mrs. 
 Col. Walker, who had seen the tree in different parts of the island of 
 Ceylon. Col. Walker writes to Dr. Wight, that it is found in great 
 abundance along the western and eastern coast in the neighbourhood 
 of Battacola, but also inland, especially in low sandy ground, about 
 Kanderaane, Negombo, and towards Chilau ; also 100 miles inland, at 
 so high an elevation as 2000 feet above the sea. Mrs. W. says the 
 
 * Since the above was written, we have to lament the death of Professor Graham, who 
 was as much loved for his virtues as respected for his character.
 
 Guttifera.] HEBRADENDRON CAMBOGIOIDES. 
 
 303 
 
 Gamboge is collected by incisions into, or by cutting pieces of the 
 bark about the size of the palm of the hand, early in the morning. 
 The Gamboge oozes out in a semi-liquid state, but hardens on expo- 
 sure to the air, and is scraped off by collectors next morning. She 
 describes it as brilliant and excellent, and as good for water-colour 
 drawing as any she ever used. Dr. Christison has shown that it has 
 all but an identity of composition with that of Siam; and its medi- 
 cinal effects were considered precisely the -same by Dr. Pitcairn in 
 Ceylon, and by Drs. Graham and Christison in Edinburgh. That 
 procured in Indian bazaars, which is spongy in structure, was not 
 found to be so good a pigment by the E. I. Company's painters, 
 when under the author's charge ; nor did he find it so effective as a 
 purge, in the hospitals at Saharunpore. Dr. Graham ascribes its in- 
 feriority, probably with truth, to the want of care in preparing the 
 article for market. 
 
 The genus HEBRADENDRON Fig. 48. 
 
 has dioecious flowers, r? Ca- 
 lyx membranaceous (1) sepals 
 4 persistent. Petals 4. Sta- 
 mens (2) monadelphous, co- 
 lumns 4-sided, anthers termi- 
 nal, (3) opening by the cir- 
 cumcision (4) of a flat and 
 umbilicate terminal lid. The 
 inflorescence of the female 
 tree is similar to that of the 
 male. Its flowers white and 
 a little larger, with a germen 
 in miniature of the fruit, and 
 surrounded like it with seve- 
 ral (ten ?) abortive stamens ; 
 crowned by a lobed and muri- 
 cated sessile stigma. The ber- 
 ry (5) is many or 4-celled, cells 
 one-seeded. Cotyledons fleshy, 
 united. Radicle central, fili- 
 form. Trees with entire leaves. 
 
 H. cambogioides (fig. 48) forms a moderate-sized tree, with the leaves obovate, ellipti- 
 cal, abruptly subacuminate, the male flowers clustered in the axils of the petioles, on 
 short single-flowered peduncles. Sepals yellow on the inside, yellowish-white externally. 
 Petals yellowish-white, red on the inside near the base. Berry about the size of a cherry 
 (5), round, firm, with a reddish-brown external coat, and sweet pulp. Ripe in July. 
 
 Besides the above species, there is probably another belonging to 
 the same genus, or to the same group of a larger genus, which appears 
 to yield a very good kind of Gamboge, and one which may prove a 
 good substitute for either the Ceylon or Siam kind, and that is 
 Garcinia pictoria, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ii. p. 627. Dr. Roxburgh says, " I 
 have frequently received samples of the Gamboge the produce of this 
 tree, from my good correspondent, Mr. S. Dyer, the Surgeon at Telli- 
 cherry, and I have uniformly found it, even in its crude unrefined state, 
 superior in colour, while recent, to every other kind I have yet tried ; 
 but not so permanent as that from China." This, Mr. Dyer, who is 
 now in London, informs me he cannot understand ; for he found it 
 excellent as a pigment, and effective as a purgative, and, as far as he 
 remembers, equal to the Gamboge then in common use. As Mr. Dyer
 
 304 
 
 HEBRADENDRON PICTORIUM. [Thalamijiora. 
 
 has favoured me with a full-sized coloured drawing (*) of the foliage 
 and fruit of this species, a wood-cut is annexed, as it evidently belongs 
 to the same genus as the above, to which indeed it has been referred 
 with a query by Dr. Graham, and by Dr. Lindley in his Flora Me- 
 dica, p. 114, where he has reprinted Dr. Roxburgh's description. 
 
 H. pictorium (fig. 49) is a tall tree with a pretty thick bark having considerable 
 masses of gamboge on its inside. Leaves with short petioles, oblong ventricosc, rather 
 
 acute, from 3 to 4 inches 
 
 Fig. 49. ' on l> by 1 i or 2 broad. Flow- 
 
 ers yellow, axillary solitary. 
 Calyx (2) permanent of 2 
 pairs of concave obtuse se- 
 pals. Petals 4. Stamens from 
 10 to 15, with their filaments 
 united into four bodies, which 
 are again united at the base 
 into a narrow ring. " An- 
 thers of the male flower 
 ' peltate,' of the female 2- 
 lobed and seemingly fertile." 
 Germ superior, round, 4. 
 celled, (3) one ovule in each 
 attached to the axis a little 
 above its middle. Stigma 
 4-lobed, permanent. Berry 
 (1, 2, 3,) size of a large cher- 
 ry, oval, smooth, very slight- 
 ly marked with four lobes, 
 crowned with the sessile, 4- 
 lobed verrucose, permanent 
 
 stigma. Rind leathery, of a reddish colour. Seeds 4, when all ripen (4, 5, 6,) oblong 
 reniform. The filaments in the male flowers are described as being numerous and the 
 anthers peltate. A native of the Malabar and Wynaad jungles. 
 
 Dr. Wight, who has paid considerable attention to the characters of the genera and 
 species of the Guttiferse, has in his Illustrations of Indian Botany, p. 126, referred both 
 of the above species to Garcinia, section Cambogia. Of the last species he says, 
 " Though I consider this a distinct species, I am unable from an examination of Rox- 
 burgh's drawing and description to assign better characters. The difference of the anthers 
 of the female flower affords the best mark, which in the former are, like the male, 
 ' peltate,' in this 2-lobed and 2-celled, (the ordinary structure) and of course reduce the 
 value of that character as a generic distinction." 
 
 It is evident that the foregoing facts respecting the Ceylon and 
 Indian plants, afford no information regarding the plant which yields 
 the Gamboge of Siam. Specimens of this might probably be obtained 
 from Bankok by some of our countrymen at Sincapore. It is pro- 
 bably nearly allied to the above, as Dr. Christison has ascertained 
 that the Gamboge of Siam is as nearly as possible identical in com- 
 position and properties with that of Ceylon. He indeed infers that 
 the plant may possibly have been introduced from Siam with the 
 religion of the Buddhists. It is well known, however, that the Budd- 
 
 * While this sheet is passing through the press I have received a letter from Dr. Chris- 
 tison, informing me that he had at length got the Coorg or Wynaad Gamboge, from Mrs. 
 Gen. Walker, but not the plant yet, though it has been seen in the jungles near Cannanore. 
 He supposes it must be that of which the above is a wood-cut, and which Dr. C. saw 
 when in London. The Gamboge has the composition of that of Siam, but with less gum, 
 is " a capital purgative, and makes an excellent pigment, not fugacious as Roxburgh 
 says." This is fully confirmed by a specimen of paper coloured with it which Dr. C. 
 has had the goodness to send me. The new information will form a very desirable ad- 
 dition to Dr. C.'s admirable paper on the Gamboge.
 
 Guttifera.} CAMBOGIA. 305 
 
 hist religion travelled in an opposite direction, that is, from India 
 and Ceylon to Siam, &c. 
 
 Prop. Siam Gamboge is usually seen (1) in cylinders, either solid 
 or hollow in the centre, whence it is commonly called pipe Gamboge, 
 varying in length, and in thickness from h to 2 inches, striated exter- 
 nally, evidently from the impressions of the bamboo mould into 
 which it was run when soft. Sometimes these cylinders are doubled 
 upon themselves, at others stuck together, all generally of fine quality. 
 (2.) Lump or Cake Gamboge, in round cakes or masses, several 
 pounds in weight, most commonly inferior in quality to the former, 
 and often mixed with impurities, as fecula and woody fibre. (3.) Coarse 
 Gamboge, formed of the fragments and inferior pieces of the other, 
 which are, however, often mixed with impurities, and not entirely 
 soluble in ether and water. 
 
 Ceylon Gamboge, though unknown in European commerce, is 
 sometimes seen in irregular masses, often cavernous, or with many 
 sinuous hollows, like the sponge, probably from having oozed out 
 irregularly ; the colour a uniform yellow, except on the parts exposed 
 to light, where it is darker ; brittle in- texture. There seems no diffi- 
 culty in obtaining it in a pure state, and if so, it might become an 
 article of commerce from Ceylon. The pure pieces were found by 
 Dr. C. to be identical in composition and purgative properties with 
 the Gamboge of Siam. The specimen in King's College Museum 
 was given to the author by the late Dr. Malcolmson. 
 
 Gamboge is without odour, and has very little taste ; but after a 
 short time a little acridity and uneasiness are experienced in the 
 fauces, and the fine dust, raised in pulverizing it, irritates the nostrils, 
 so as to produce a flow of mucus. It is very brittle. " Fracture 
 somewhat conchoidal, smooth, and glistening: a decoction of its 
 powder, cooled, is not rendered green by Tincture of Iodine, but 
 merely somewhat tawny," E. P., showing the absence of Starch. 
 The colour becomes of a bright gamboge-yellow whenever it is 
 rubbed, " and readily forms an emulsion or paste of the same hue 
 when wetted and rubbed." A portion is dissolved by water, and the 
 remainder forms a perfect emulsion, which is not easily deprived of 
 its colour by filtration. Rectified Spirit dissolves a large portion, Ether 
 about four-fifths, leaving only Gum, which has been called Arabin, 
 from being the kind of which Gum Arabic is composed, and which 
 has the composition of flour of Starch. The Resin dissolved by the 
 Ether has been called Gambodic acid by Prof. Johnston. Its quali- 
 ties are those of a fatty acid. (Buchner.) It may be obtained pure, 
 and of a fine reddish-yellow colour, by distilling off the Ether. It 
 will impart its colour to 10,000 times its weight of Spirit or water. 
 Like other Resins, it is dissolved by Solution of Potash (forming 
 Gambodiate or Gambogiate of Potash, of a deep-red colour) as well 
 as by the other caustic alkalies, from which it may again be sepa- 
 rated by the addition of an acid. Comp. C 40 H 83 O 8 (Johnston). It 
 also contains a little of a peculiar red-yellow colouring matter solu- 
 ble in water and Alcohol. 
 
 Exposed to heat, it burns with a white flame, emitting much smoke, 
 
 20
 
 306 CAMBOGIA. [ThalamifloTce. 
 
 and leaving a spongy charcoal. In 100 parts of it, Braconnot found 
 19-5 parts of Gum, 0-5 of impurities, and 80 of a red, insipid, trans- 
 parent, resinous substance, becoming yellow by pulverization. 
 The latest analysis is that by Dr. Christison : 
 
 Pipe Gamboge of Siam. Cake Gamboge of Siam. Ceylon Gamboge. 
 
 Resin 72-2 Resin 64-8 Resin 75.5 
 
 Arabin 23.0 Arabin 20-2 Arabin 183 
 
 Moisture 4-8 Fecula 5-6 Cerasin 0-7 
 
 Lignin 5-3 Moisture 4-8 
 
 Moisture 4'1 
 
 Tests. The characteristics, E. P., of good Gamboge have been given 
 above. Iodine will detect Starch. Mechanical impurities can be 
 seen. In external appearance it can only be confounded with the 
 yellow resinous juices of some others of the Guttifera? ; of these that 
 of Garcinia Cambogia, as described by Dr. Christison, is soft, of a 
 pale lemon-yellow colour, and incapable of forming an emulsive paste 
 with the wet finger. That of Xanthochymus pictorius has a pale 
 yellowish-green colour and some translucency, and is not at all emul- 
 sive ; also, as observed by Dr. Pereira, it may be confounded with 
 yellow gum or rather resin of the Grass-tree, Xanthorrhaa hastile of 
 New Holland. The presence of Gamboge may be detected by the 
 effects produced by it on water, Alcohol, Ether, and caustic Potash. 
 The Gambogiate of Potash gives, if the alkali be not in excess, with 
 acids a yellow precipitate (Gambogic acid), with Acetate of Lead a 
 yellow precipitate (Gambogiate of Lead), with Sulphate of Copper, a 
 brown (Gambogiate of Copper), and with the salts of Iron, a dark 
 brown precipitate (Gambogiate of Iron), (p.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Drastic Hydragogue, Purgative, Anthelmintic. Use- 
 ful in obstinate costiveness, Amenorrhoea, Dropsy. Better given in 
 combination than by itself, as in the following pill, originally intro- 
 duced by Dr. G. Fordyce, and to which Morison's Pills are similar, 
 with the objectionable addition of Cream of Tartar.* 
 
 D. gr. ij. gr. v. in combination with Calomel, Scammony, &c. 
 
 PILULE CAMBOGIA COMPOSITE, L. PIL. CAMBOGI^E, E. PIL. GAMBOGIC 
 COMP. D. 
 
 Prep. Mix powdered Gamboge 3j. (1 part E.) powdered Aloes (East India or Barba- 
 does, E. ; Hepatic, D.) 3iss. (1 part, E.) powdered Ginger 3ss. L. D. (Aromatic powder 
 1 part, E.) Add Soap (Castile, E.) 3ij. (2 parts, E.) and beat together (with Syrup q. s. 
 E. treacle, D.) into a uniform mass. 
 
 D. gr. v. 9j. 
 
 CANELLACE^E, Martins. 
 Usually appended to Guttiferae or to Meliaceae. 
 
 * In the trial of Morison and others v. Harmer and Bell, the late Professor Daniell in 
 analyzing twelve of Morison's pills, No. 2, found of Resin of Aloes 5j% grs. Resin of Gam- 
 boge 4yft grs. pounded Colocynth 2 grs. Gum 4/3 grs. and Cream of Tartar 6y 7 ^ grs. 
 Mr. Hume of Long-acre, found the same ingredients, with 8 grs. of Gamboge, in 50 grs. 
 of the pills, that is about the same quantity as the pills varied in weight, ten of them 
 weighing 20 grs. while ten others from the same box weighed 27 grs.
 
 CanellacecB.] 
 
 CANELLA ALBA. 
 
 307 
 
 CANELLA ALBA, Murray. Cortex, L. D. Bark, E. (CANELLA, U. S.) 
 White Canella. Dodecandria Monogynia, Linn. 
 
 The name Canella, a diminutive of Canna, was at one time applied 
 to the Cinnamon, whence its French name Canelle. When the pre- 
 sent Canella was discovered in South America, it was supposed to 
 be the true Cinnamon, and called by its then name. The earliest full, 
 though not the first account, was given by Monardes (Clus. Exot. p. 
 323), who states that in 1540 an expedition w r as sent by Pizarro to 
 examine the province Cumaco, where this Cinnamon was said to be 
 found. It was long confounded with Winter's Bark, and at one time 
 called Winterania Canella and Spurious Winter's Bark, though both 
 had been clearly distinguished by Sir Hans Sloane in Phil. Trans. 
 1692. v. Fig. 50. 
 
 Canella alba, is a tree which is common in many parts of the West 
 India Islands and in South America, frequently on the sea coasts, 
 where it seldom exceeds twelve or fifteen feet, but in the inland 
 forests it attains a more considerable height. It is propagated chiefly 
 by wild pigeons feeding on its berries. The tree has a straight stem 
 and branched top, and a good deal resembles the Pimento. 
 
 The bark is whitish, so Fig. 50. 
 
 that the tree is at once dis- 
 tinguished from others in the 
 woods. The leaves are peti- 
 olate, alternate, but not regu- 
 larly so, obovate, the young- 
 er ones pellucido-punctate, 
 the older smooth, shining, of 
 a thick consistence, without 
 nerves, very entire and ex- 
 stipulate. The flowers are 
 arranged in terminal co- 
 rymbs, small and of a violet 
 colour, but seldom open. Se- 
 pals 3, imbricate, roundish. 
 Petals 5, hypogynous, ob- 
 long, twisted in aestivation. 
 Stamens united into a sub- 
 cylindrical tube. (1) An- 
 thers 21, linear, fixed longi- 
 tudinally on the outside of 
 
 the tube. Ovary free, but included within the stamen-tube, 3-celled. Style cylindrical. 
 Stigma 2-lobed (2). Berry by abortion 1 or 2-celled ; cells 2 3-seeded ; seeds one above 
 the other (3), kidney-shaped, beaked, black and shining. Embryo within fleshy albumen 
 in the beak of the seed, curved and roundish ; cotyledons linear, radical above, centripetal. 
 Sloane, Jam. ii. t 191, f. 2; Swartz, Lin. Trans, i. vol. viii. p. 102; fructif. Gsertner, i. 
 373, t. 77. 
 
 Prop. The Bark being the only officinal part, is removed with an 
 iron instrument, and then being deprived of its epidermis, is dried in 
 the shade. It is in flat or quilled pieces, according to the part of the 
 tree from which it has been removed, the thinner pieces drying into 
 the quill form most readily. (Goebel and K. I. tab. iii. fig. 1 3.) 
 The pieces are of a light buff-colour, pale internally ; have an aroma- 
 tic odour, a warm pungent taste, and are brittle, yielding a yellowish 
 white powder. Boiling water takes up some of this bark, but Alcohol 
 only dissolves its aromatic properties, becoming of a bright yellow
 
 308 AMP ELIDED. [Thalamiflorcs. 
 
 colour. Distilled water affords a reddish-yellow, fragrant, and very 
 acrid Essential oil, which is often mixed with and sometimes sold for 
 Oil of Cloves. (Brmvne.) Petroz and Robinet also obtained Rosin, 
 which is aromatic, Bitter Extractive, a peculiar Saccharine sub- 
 stance, which will not undergo the vinous fermentation, and which 
 has been called Canellin, Albumen, Gum, Starch, Lignin, and Salts. 
 It may be distinguished from Winter's Bark by not being precipitated 
 by Nitrate of Baryta, nor by infusion of Galls, nor by Sulphate of 
 Iron, as it does not contain Tannin. 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic Stimulant. Adjunct to tonic and purga- 
 tive compounds. Used as a spice in the West Indies. 
 
 D. gr. x. 3ss. of the powder. 
 
 Off. Prep. Tinct. Gentianse Comp. E. Vinum Gentianae, E. (U. S.) 
 Vinum Aloes, L. D. Pulvis Aloes cum Canella,D. 
 
 The HIPPOCASTANE^E contain JEsculus Hippocastanum, or the Horse- 
 Chestnut, which being bitter and astringent, was at one time officinal, 
 and employed as a tonic and febrifuge. 
 
 The MELIACE.E, a tropical family, distinguished by the filaments of 
 the stamens being united into a tube, contain many plants possessed 
 of medicinal virtues. Soymida febrifuga, the rohuna of India, at one 
 time officinal in the E. P., is a powerful East India febrifuge ; so also 
 species ofKhaya, of Cedrela, of Melia, of Heynea, and of other genera, 
 are employed for the same purposes in the countries where they are 
 indigenous. 
 
 [AZEDERACH, U. S. Sec. Melia Azederach. The Bark of the root. 
 Decandria Monogynia. 
 
 This is a handsome tree, growing in the southern portions of the 
 United States. It is called Pride of China and Bead Tree. 
 
 Bot. Ch. Calyx five-toothed, petals five. Nectary cylindrical toothed, bearing the 
 anthers in the throat. Leaves large and doubly pinnate, leaflets smooth and lance-shaped. 
 Flowers of a lilac colour and fragrant. Fruit a drupe, yellow. 
 
 The bark of the root has a bitter nauseous taste. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic and Emetic. Used as an anthelmintic. 
 The form of decoction is preferred ; 3iv. of bark are boiled with Oij. 
 of water to Oj. 
 
 D. A tablespoonful (3ss.) every hour or two till it affects the sto- 
 mach, or a dose every night and morning, followed by a cathartic.] 
 
 AMPELIDE^E, Kunth. (VINIFEKE:, Juss.) Vineworts. 
 
 Shrubs usually twining and climbing, with water-like sap, stem and branches round 
 or angled, with tumid joints. Lower leaves opposite, the upper alternate, stalked, simple, 
 palmate or compound, usually with stipules. Petioles often converted into branched 
 cirrhi. Flowers small, complete, sometimes by abortion unisexual, greenish-coloured, 
 mostly in umbels or racemose. Calyx small, entire, or 4 or 5-toothed, lined internally 
 with the disk. Petals 4 or 5, valvate in aestivation. Stamens 4 or 5, opposite the petals, 
 and inserted with them into the margin of the disk. Ovary 2, 3, or 6-celled. Ovules 
 solitary, or two side by side, ascending or erect. Berry pulpy, 2 to 6-celled, or from the 
 partitions not forming, one-celled. Cells one to two-seeded. Embryo small, erect, with 
 hard albumen. 
 
 The Ampelideae, so called from apifs'koe, ampelos, a vine, are also
 
 Ampelidea.] GRAPE VINE. 309 
 
 sometimes called Vites and Vitacese, but these names are too similar 
 to Vitex and to Vitices. The family is allied in some respects to 
 Araliacea?, and in others to Meliaceas through Leea. They abound 
 in the Tropics chiefly of Asia ; a few are found as far north as 30, 
 and still higher in North America. The species abound in acid, 
 with astringent or coloured juice, which is more* or less grateful. 
 The saccharine secretion of the Grape makes it highly esteemed as a 
 fruit. 
 
 VITIS VINIFERA, Linn. L. E. D. Uva. Baccse exsiccatae demptis 
 acinis, L. (Uva passa, U. S.) Fructus siccatus, D. Uvae passse. 
 Dried Fruit, E. Grape Vine. Raisins. Pentand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 The Vine was early cultivated in Egypt, Palestine, and Greece. It 
 is probably a native of Persia. It is found wild about Tinkaboon in 
 Deilim, about N. lat. 37, on the southern shores of the Caspian (Royle, 
 Him. p. 146). Humboldt also states that it grows wild on the coasts 
 of the Caspian Sea, in Armenia, and in Caramania. 
 
 The Vine, like other cultivated plants, varies much in its growth and in the quality 
 of its fruit. It sometimes attains a great size, climbing to the tops of the highest trees in 
 Italy and in Cashmere, and lives to a great age, some vineyards being three or four hun- 
 dred years old. 
 
 The Grape Vine is distinguished among the species of Vitis by having its leaves lobed 
 and sinuato-dentate, naked or tomentose. The calyx is obscurely 5-toothed. The corol 
 composed of 5 petals, cohering at the apex, and like a calyptra splitting at the base and 
 falling off together. Stamens 5. Style wanting. Berry 2-celled, 4-seeded, cells and 
 seeds often abortive. The great diversity in form has been summed up by De Candolle 
 in the following words : The leaves are more or less lobed, smooth, pubescent or downy, 
 flat or curled, pale or deep green. Branches prostrate, climbing or erect, tender or firm. 
 Bunches loose or crowded, ovate or cylindrical; the berries red, greenish or white, 
 watery or fleshy, globose, ovate or oblong, sweet, musky or austere. Seeds often varying 
 in number, or fruit seedless. 
 
 Of the Grape-vine there are numerous varieties cultivated in diffe- 
 rent countries, as well as in the hot-houses of England. When 
 unripe, the fruit is remarkable for the harsh acidity of its juice, which 
 is then called verjuice. It owes this property to a little free Citric, 
 Malic, and Tartaric acids, and to the Bitartrate of Potash. It also 
 contains some Tannin and Extractive, as well as some Sulphates of 
 Potash and of Lime, also Malate and Phosphate of Lime. This 
 juice used to be employed in medicine, and still is so for making 
 syrups and sherbets. Lieut. Burnes mentions that in Caubul they 
 use grape-powder, obtained by drying and powdering the unripe 
 fruit, as a pleasant acid. 
 
 Grapes as they ripen lose their acid taste, becoming sweet and 
 delicious in flavour. They are wholesome as fruit, both to the sick 
 and to those in health ; allaying thirst in febrile affections, and being 
 pleasant nutritious articles of diet. But they are a little acid, from 
 containing Citric' and Malic', and some Bitartrates of Potash and of 
 Lime. The sweetness is owing to the formation, at the expense of 
 the acids, of some Grape-Sugar or Glucose, which differs from Cane- 
 Sugar in being granular and not presenting crystalline faces, in being 
 less sweet, and less soluble, both in water and in Alcohol ; differing 
 also in its refractive powers. , Composed of C 6 H 7 O 7 , or C 2 * H 38 O 28 .
 
 310 ACIDUM TARTARICUM. (Thalamiftor<e. 
 
 When it undergoes fermentation the whole is converted into Alcohol 
 and Carbonic Acid. Grape-juice also contains Gum, Extractive, 
 Colouring matter, and a Glutinoid substance of the nature of ferment 
 or yeast. This juice when expressed, is called MUST (Mustum). 
 
 RAISINS. Uvce^passce. Grapes in their dried state are well known 
 as Raisins, and are prepared by being dried in the sun or in ovens, 
 or by steeping them in a weak alkaline ley formed from the ashes of 
 the burnt tendrils. Some are prepared by partially cutting the stalk 
 of the bunches before the grapes are quite ripe, and allowing them 
 to dry upon the vine. They are chiefly prepared in Spain and in 
 the Levant, hence called Valentias and Smyrnas ; also in Afghanis- 
 tan, whence they are taken to India. The best are the Muscatels, 
 from the grape of that name. The Sultanas, like the Bedanas of the 
 East, are without stones. The Malaga Raisins are large and fleshy, 
 of a purplish-brown colour. Those of Calabria are similar. The 
 Smyrna Raisins are of a yellowish-brown colour, slight musky odour, 
 less sweet and agreeable than the former. The Corinthian Raisins, 
 or, as they are commonly called, Currants, are produced by a small- 
 sized grape which is abundant in the Ionian Islands. 
 
 Raisins differ from grapes in containing less water and acid, and 
 more Sugar. Besides their dietetical uses, they are demulcent, and 
 are employed for improving the flavour of several officinal com- 
 pounds as below, also for demulcent beverages. Though nutritious, 
 they are apt to be indigestible. 
 
 Off. Prep. Decoctum v. Mistura Althaea? (p. 288). Dec. Hordei 
 Comp. Dec. Guaiaci Comp. Tine. Cardamomi Comp. Tinct. Quas- 
 sias Comp. Tinct. Sennae Comp. 
 
 Besides the fruit in its fresh and dried state, the juice pressed out 
 and fermented, yields Wine, Alcohol, and Vinegar. These may be 
 treated of as the products of Fermentation at the end of the Vege- 
 table Materia Medica. The Lees of the Wine, moreover, yield 
 Tartar, that is, impure Cream of Tartar. 
 
 Tartar, or impure Bitartrate of Potash, enumerated above as one 
 of the constituents of the juice of the Grape, has already been treated 
 of at p. 98, where it is mentioned that as the Saccharine matter dis- 
 appears and becomes converted into Alcohol, this salt, being, insolu- 
 ble in the Spirit formed, is deposited in the casks, and well known 
 by the name of argol or tartar. This is chiefly composed of 
 Bitartrate of Potash with a little Bitartrate 6T Lime. Besides its 
 own particular uses (v. p. 98), it is important as the salt from which 
 Tartaric acid is obtained. 
 
 ACIDUM TARTARICUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tartaric Acid. 
 
 Tartaric acid, so named from Tartar, besides the juice of the 
 Grape is contained also in Tamarinds and in some other acidulous 
 fruits. Tartar, which in its purified state is so well known as Cream 
 of Tartar, consists of two Equivalents of Tartaric acid in combina-* 
 tion with one of Potash, thus forming a Bitartrate of Potash. One 
 Equivalent of the acid is easily separated \vith the assistance of
 
 AmpelidecB.] ACIDUMTARTARICUM. 311 
 
 Chalk, and the Tartrate of Lime obtained is decomposed with Sul', 
 as in the case of Citric acid. The separation of the second Equiva- 
 lent requires a little more complicated decomposition, to obtain a 
 second portion of Tartrate of Lime. 
 
 Prep. Boil Bitartrate of Potash ftiv. (in powder 10 parts, D.) in Aq. dest. Cong. ij. 
 (100 parts heated, D.) Add gradually Prepared Chalk 3xij. and 3vij. (4 parts, D.) 
 When effervescence has ceased add Prepared Chalk gxij. and 3vij. previously dissolved 
 in Hydrochloric' fgxxvjss. or q. s. and Aq. dest. Oiv. (that is, a solution of Chloride of 
 Calcium ; the directions of the D. P. are substantially the same.) Filter and wash the 
 Tartrate of Lime frequently with Aq. dest. till it is tasteless. Pour on it dil. Sulphuric 
 Acid Ovij. and fSxvij. [(Ox. and f3vij. E.) (Sul' 7 parts diluted with Aq. 20 parts, D.)] 
 boil for 15 minutes, (digest with a moderate heat for 3 days, frequently agitating, D.) 
 Strain. (Wash the acid from the precipitate, D.) Evaporate (including the first acid 
 liquor and the washings, D.) with a gentle heat to obtain crystals. Purify by repeating 
 2 or 3 times the solution, filtration, and crystallization. (Preserve in glass stoppered 
 vessels, D.) The second Eq. forming the excess of acid in the Bitartrate of Potash 
 becoming saturated with the lime of the Chalk, the Carbonic acid escapes in effer- 
 vescence : insoluble Tartrate of Lime is precipitated, and neutral Tartrate of Potash 
 remains in solution. The other equivalent is procured by decomposing this Tartrate of 
 Potash with the Chloride of Calcium (the old Muriate of Lime) in excess. By double 
 decomposition Chloride of Potassium is formed, and remains in solution, while a fresh 
 portion of Tartrate of Lime is precipitated. Both portions of this salt being mixed 
 together, are decomposed with Sulphuric acid, which precipitates with the Lime as an 
 insoluble Sulphate, while the Tartaric acid is liberated. It usually requires crystalliza- 
 tion 2 or 3 times and to be purified with animal charcoal before the crystals can be 
 obtained in a pure state, and free from colour. 
 
 Tartaric acid, discovered in 1770 by Scheele, is colourless, without 
 smell, and pleasantly sour. Its crystals are large, clear, and more or 
 less modified from their primary form, the oblique rhombic prism. 
 They are permanent in the air, soluble in five or six times their weight 
 of water at 60, and in twice their weight at 212 ; less so in Alcohol. 
 The solution decomposes in keeping, a light and thin membranous- 
 like matter being formed. The effects of heat, of acids, &c., are 
 remarkable in producing a number of new compounds. When heat- 
 ed to about 400 it melts, loses one-fourth of its water, becomes deli- 
 quescent, and forms what has been called Tartralic'. A further 
 degree of heat produces Tartrelic' and anhydrous Tartaric', which 
 is insoluble and powdery. When subjected to destructive distillation,. 
 Carbonic acid and water are given off, and two pyrogenous acids are 
 produced. One of these, the Pyrotartaric, is oily, and the other crys- 
 talline. A solution of Tar' added to solutions of the earthy salts, will 
 form white precipitates, as of Lime, Strontia, and Baryta, soluble in 
 excess of acid. In the Acetate of Lead and Nitrate of Silver it also 
 forms white Tartrates of these metals. It is most easily distinguished 
 from other acids by a soluble salt of Potash, with which on addi- 
 tion it precipitates a Bitartrate of Potash, either as a powder or 
 in crystals, according to the state of dilution. It is remarkable for 
 forming double salts, of which the Tartrates of Potash and Soda, of 
 Potash and Antimony, of Potash and Iron are officinal. Comp. C 4 
 O H 3 =Anhydrous Tar' + l Aq.=Crystallized Tar'; or,C 8 H*O 10 +2 
 Aq. (Liebig.) 
 
 Tests. Tar' is apt to be adulterated with Bitartrate of Potash or 
 with Lime. " Totally soluble in water. The solution throws down 
 Bitartrate of Potash from any neutral salt of Potash. Whatever is 
 precipitated from the solution by Acetate of Lead is dissolved in dil.
 
 312 OXALIS ACETOSELLA. [Thalamiflora. 
 
 Nit'." L. Any Sulphate remains insoluble. " When incinerated 
 with the aid of red Oxide of Mercury, it leaves no residuum, or a 
 mere trace only," E., showing the absence of Lime or any fixed 
 impurity. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies, Earths, and their Carbonates; salts of Potash, of Lime, 
 and of Lead ; Nitrate of Silver. 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant. Being cheaper, it is often used as a 
 substitute for Citric acid, especially in making effervescing draughts, 
 its saturating power being nearly the same. The common Soda 
 Powders are made with Tar' gr. xxv. and Bicarb. Soda 3ss., kept in 
 separate powders, dissolved in water, and mixed at the time of being 
 taken in the state of effervescence. So also the gentle aperient Seid- 
 litz Powders are formed with Tartrate of Potash and Soda 3ij., Bicarb, 
 of Soda 9ij. dissolved in water and taken in effervescence with Tar- 
 taric acid 3ss. 
 
 OXALIDEJE, Dec. Oxalids. 
 
 Herbs, often with bulbous or tuberous roots, seldom shrubs, very rarely trees. Leaves 
 alternate, crowded, digitate, rarely pinnate, often sensitive. Stipules wanting. Calyx 5- 
 partite or with 5 sepals, imbricate in testivation. Petals 5, clawed, inserted into the 
 receptacle, alternating with sepals, twisted in aestivation. Stamens 10, more or less 
 monadelphous, alternate ones sometimes without anthers. Styles 5 ; stigmas capitate. 
 Carpels 5, united together ; or fruit capsular, 5-lobed, membranous with 5 cells, each cell 
 with one or many ovules. Seeds inserted into central angle of cells, pendulous, often 
 enclosed in a fleshy integument (arillus) which opens elastically at the apex. Embryo in 
 the axis of fleshy albumen, radicle above. 
 
 The Oxalideae are nearly allied to Gerariiaceae, and through the shrubby and arboreous 
 genera to Zygophylle and Connaraceae. They abound in tropical America and at the 
 Cape of Good Hope. A few, arid those most widely diffused, are found in temperate and 
 warm parts of the world. Averrhoa in India and the Indian Islands. The herbaceous 
 parts of many of the species, and the fruits of others, are acidulous from the presence of 
 Binoxalate of Potash. The tubers of the stemless species abound in fecula and are 
 esculent. 
 
 OXALIS ACETOSELLA, Linn. L. Wood-Sorrel. Decand. Pentagyn. 
 
 This elegant little plant is found throughout Europe in shady situ- 
 ations. It is distinctly noticed from the time of Charlemagne, and is 
 supposed to have been known to the Alexandrian school. Mr. Bicheno 
 considers it to be the true Shamrock. 
 
 Wood-sorrel is stemless, with a toothed creeping root-stalk, leaves ternate, leaflets ob- 
 cordate, pubescent, drooping at night, the scape single- flowered, longer with purplish 
 veins and a yellow spot above the base. Calyx 5-sepalled, persistent, imbricate in aesti- 
 vation. Petals 5, four times larger than the calyx, slightly adhering by their claws, 
 oblong, obovate, slightly emarginate, spirally twisted in Estivation. Stamens 10, slightly 
 monadelphous at the base, the 5 exterior shorter (the five interior ones twice as long as 
 the calyx). Styles 5. Capsule oblong, 5-angled, 5-celled. 
 
 The Wood-Sorrel obtained its ancient name of Oxys (Pliny) from 
 o|ug, acid taste. It is, like the common sorrel, of an agreeably acid 
 taste, but harsh to the teeth when chewed, owing to the presence of 
 Binoxalate of Potash, which is secreted by this and several other 
 plants, as by Rumex acetosa, the species of Rheum, and especially by 
 Cicer Jlrietinum. 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant, Antiscorbutic ; allays thirst ; occasion- 
 ally used in salad, and its infusion as a substitute for Lemonade;
 
 OxalidecB.} ACIDUM OXALICUM. 313 
 
 highly extolled by Frank in Petechial Fevers ; is injurious in cases 
 of the Mulberry or Oxalate of Lime Calculus. 
 
 ACIDUM OXALICUM. Oxalic Acid. Acid of Sugar. 
 
 Oxalic acid (C 2 O 3 +3 Aq.=63 when crystallized) has obtained 
 its name from the foregoing plant. It is said to be contained in a free 
 state in Cicer Arietinum, but is probably in the state of Binoxalate. 
 It is acid and powerful enough to blanch the boots in walking through 
 a field of the plant. Some Lichens contain a very large proportion of 
 Oxalate of Lime. It is now obtained in the largest quantities from 
 the action of Nitric acid on several substances of the nature of Sugar 
 and Starch, including these substances themselves. Hence it has been 
 called Acid of Sugar. The Nitric' becoming decomposed, these sub- 
 stances lose their Hydrogen, become oxidized, and converted into an 
 acid, which is found to be composed of 2 Eq. of Carbon united with 
 3 of Oxygen. This is soluble in about its own weight of hot, and in 
 about 8 times its weight of cold water, the solution being intensely 
 acid. It readily crystallizes in quadrangular crystals, which are 
 colourless and transparent, elongated, six-sided, and flattened, with 
 two or four terminal planes, being derived from an oblique rhombic 
 prism. The crystals effloresce in a dry atmosphere, and melt in 
 their water of crystallization, are volatilized by heat, decomposed at 
 a higher temperature, and with the aid of Sul' into water, Carb', and 
 Carbonic oxide. Their acidity is powerful, acrid, and corrosive: 
 hence it is a virulent poison. Numerous fatal cases have occurred 
 from the resemblance of its crystals to those of Epsom Salts. But 
 they may readily be distinguished by their crackling noise when dis- 
 solving in water ; by the intensely acid taste and reaction of the so- 
 lution; by its effervescing with the alkaline Carbonates, which give a 
 white precipitate with Epsom Salts or Sulphate of Magnesia (p. 129). 
 This is moreover distinguished by its nauseously bitter taste. The 
 crystals of Ox' also resemble those of Sulphate of Zinc (p. 158). 
 Oxalic' is distinguished by its powerful affinity for Lime, separating 
 it even from Sulphuric'. The Oxalate of Lime formed is insoluble 
 in an excess of acid. A soluble Oxalate will be detected by the solu- 
 tion of a neutral salt of Lime or of Oxide of Lead. The acid may 
 be separated from the Lead by the action of Sulphuretted Hydrogen ; 
 and then being filtered and evaporated, it will crystallize. Insoluble 
 Oxalates, the bases of which form insoluble compounds with Sul', 
 may be decomposed by the action of this acid, when the Ox' will be 
 separated. 
 
 Action. Uses. A virulent Poison, which is very speedy in its ac- 
 tion. Acute pain is immediately experienced, followed by vomiting. 
 Great depression of the circulation ensues, nervous symptoms, such 
 as great debility, numbness, &c., sometimes followed by convulsions. 
 " But death follows so speedily after the injection of large doses, few 
 of those who have died survived above an hour, that the symptoms 
 have not been fully made out." (c.) Irritation and corrosion of the 
 stomach are observed.
 
 314 GUAIACUM OFFICINAL E. [Thalamiflora. 
 
 Antidotes. Chalk, Whiting, or Magnesia, mixed up with water, 
 should be administered as quickly as possible in large quantities. 
 Evacuate the stomach. Large quantities of water may be also 
 useful. 
 
 Binoxalate of Potash (K O, C a O + 2 Aq.=138), the salt which 
 is contained in Wood-Sorrel and other plants, is often called Salt of 
 Sorrel or of Wood-Sorrel, and very absurdly Essential Salt of Lemons. 
 It may be obtained from the juice of the plant by evaporating and 
 then redissolving, and subsequently crystallizing ; or by neutralizing 
 a portion of Oxalic acid with Garb, of Potash, and then adding an 
 equal quantity of Ox', when the salt is obtained in colourless rhombic 
 prisms, having a sour taste, and requiring 40 parts of water for their 
 solution. This salt may be used for the same purposes as the plant 
 itself; but in large doses will act as a poison. 
 
 Quadroxalate of Potash (K O, 4 C 2 O 3 + 7 Aq.=255) is usually 
 sold in the shops for the above salt, being much used for removing 
 iron-moulds and ink-stains. It may be made by a process similar to 
 that just mentioned, but adding 3 more parts of Oxalic' to the Oxa- 
 late. 
 
 AMMONITE OXALAS, E. Oxalate of Ammonia. Dissolve Carb. Am- 
 monia 3viij. in Aq. dest. Oiv., and add Oxalic' 3iv. Boil and evapo- 
 rate, that crystals may form. Used only as a test. 
 
 ZYGOPHYLLE^E, R. Brown. Beancapers. 
 
 Herbs, shrubs, or trees. Branches often articulated at the joint. Leaves opposite, 
 usually compound, impari, or abruptly pinnate, leaflets without dots. Stipules double, 
 sometimes thorny. Flowers complete, on single-flowered peduncles, often solitary, axil- 
 lary or interpetiolar, without bracts. Calyx 4 5-partite, lucinito imbricate in aestivation. 
 Petals equal in number to divisions of calyx. Stamens double in number, filaments equal 
 at the base, or inserted into the back of a scale. Ovary seated on a convex or depressed 
 disk, more or less deeply furrowed, 4 to 5 rarely 10-celled. Cells 2 or many, rarely single- 
 seeded. Ovules pendulous or erect. Styles of the number of the cells, united into one. 
 Stigma simple or 4 or 5 lobed. Fruit capsular, rarely fleshy, angled or winged, some- 
 times tuberculate or thorny, 4 5 or rarely 10-celled, capsules opening at the cells, or 
 separating at the partitions into bivalved cocci, or indehiscent. Embryo with the radicle 
 superior, enclosed in a horny albumen, or rarely without albumen. 
 
 The Zygophylleae were formerly united with DiosmesB and Rutacero under the general 
 name of Rutaceae. In some respects they approach Oxalideee : in the scales of the sta- 
 mens they resemble Simarubeoe. They abound in warm extratropical parts of the world. 
 Some of the species of Guaiacum have their bark and wood abounding in resin, possessed 
 of stimulant properties. Others of the species have a disagreeable odour. 
 
 GUAIACUM OFFICINALE, Linn. Lignum, L. D. Wood, E. Resina, 
 L. D. Resin obtained by heat from the wood, E. Officinal Guai- 
 acum tree. Decandria Monog. Linn. (Guaiaci Lignum, U. S. 
 Guaiaci Resina, U. S.) 
 
 Guaiacum was made known in Europe by the Spaniards, about 
 the year 1508 (Monardes, c. xx.), having been previously employed 
 in medicine by the natives of the West Indies and of South America, 
 where the species are indigenous, and called Guayacan. 
 
 The officinal Guaiacura (fig. 51) is a large evergreen tree, from 40 to 60 feet in height,
 
 Zygophyllece.] 
 
 GUAIACI LIGNUM. 
 
 315 
 
 with deep penetrating 1 roots and of a dark gloomy aspect. The wood is hard, heavy, of 
 a greenish colour and remarkable for the direction of its fibres, being cross-grained ; the 
 strata running obliquely 
 
 into one another in the Fig. 51. 
 
 form of an X, (Browne, 
 1789,) or obliquely at an 
 angle of 30 with the 
 axis. The leaves are op- 
 posite, abruptly pinnate, 
 with 2, sometimes 3 or 
 4 pair of leaflets, these 
 are smooth, obovate, or 
 oval obtuse, "delicately 
 veined. The flowers are 
 borne on long, single- 
 flowered peduncles, 8 or 
 10 generally rising to- 
 gether from the axils of 
 the upper pairs of leaves. 
 The calyx is 5-partite, 
 segments obtuse, a little 
 velvety. Petals 5, ob- 
 long, spreading, of a light 
 blue colour. Stamens 10 (fig. 1,) with their filaments a little broader towards the base. 
 Style and stigma simple. The fruit is a fleshy capsule of a reddish-yellow colour, slightly 
 pedicelled, almost truncate at the apex, 5-angled, 5-celled, (fig. 3,) or from abortion 2 3 
 celled. Seeds solitary in each cell, pendulous from the axis, (fig. 2,) radicle superior, co- 
 tyjedons somewhat fleshy. Albumen cartilaginous. A native of the West India Islands, 
 particularly Cuba, St. Domingo, and the south side of Jamaica, flowering in April and 
 ripening its seed in June. Sloane, Hist. t. 222, f. 3. Bot. Reg. New Ser. xii. t. 91. 
 
 G. sanctum, Linn., a native of Porto Rico, and G. arboreum, Hum- 
 boldt and Bonpland, Guayacan of the natives of Cumana and Cartha- 
 gena, are also said to yield some of the Guaiacum-wood, or Lignum 
 Vitae of commerce, which is also obtained from the Isthmus of 
 Darien. 
 
 GUAIACI LIGNUM, L. D. (U. S.) Guaiacum Wood, E., known in 
 commerce by the name of Lignum Vitse, is imported in great logs, 
 generally without, but sometimes covered with, a smooth gray bark, 
 from Jamaica, Cuba, St. Domingo, &c. It is remarkable for its 
 weight (Sp. Gr. 1-33), hardness, and toughness, and is therefore much 
 used in machinery, also for rollers, pestles and mortars, &c. It is 
 distinguished by its cross-fibre (v. supra), and is surrounded with the 
 alburnum or sap-wood, which is smooth, hard, and yellow, like box ; 
 while the heart-wood is of a dull brownish-green colour, from contain- 
 ing a large proportion of Guaiac. It is usually met with in shops 
 in the form of shavings and turnings, which are, however, apt to be 
 intermixed with those of other woods, as of box. The sawdust of 
 Guaiacum, as stated by Richard, becomes green by exposure to the 
 air. They become bluish-green by the action of Nitric' or its fumes. 
 But the cross-fibre should also be looked for. 
 
 The Bark, which is of a dark greenish colour with grayish spots, 
 has sometimes been used officinally. It is acrid in taste, and has 
 been thought by some to be af efficacious as the wood. 
 
 The wood is without smell, except when rubbed or heated ; it has 
 a slightly bitter and pungent taste, chiefly affecting the throat. It 
 burns readily, even when the corner of a block is presented to a
 
 316 GUAIACI RESIN A. [Thalamijlorai. 
 
 flame. It yields its virtues partially to water, a decoction becoming 
 yellow in colour and acrid in taste. Geiger, from Ibj. of the wood, 
 obtained 3ij. of the extract. Hagen obtained 3 per cent, of Gnaiacum 
 from the wood. It contains both an acrid principle and Guaiacum. 
 " The former abounds most in the alburnum, the latter in the central 
 wood : the more acrid alburnum ought perhaps to be preferred." (c.) 
 Browne states that all parts of the plant are possessed of active 
 properties, the fresh bark being aperient and a purifier of the blood, 
 the pulp of the berries emetic and cathartic, the leaves detergent, and 
 employed in cleaning house-floors, and in washing linen. 
 
 GUAIACI RESINA. Resin of Guaiacum or Guaiac (Gum Guaiacum) 
 is the concrete juice, and is usually thought to be the only active 
 part, even of the wood. According to Browne, it transudes frequently 
 of its own accord, and may thus be seen concreted on the bark at all 
 seasons of the year, but in greater abundance when the bai'k has been 
 cut or wounded ; also by heating in the fire billets of the wood which 
 have been bored longitudinally, and receiving in a calabash the 
 melted Guaiac at the other end. Likewise by boiling the chips in 
 salt and water, and skimming off* the Guaiac. 
 
 Guaiac may be seen in grains, sometimes agglutinated, but usually 
 in homogeneous lumps. Sp. Gr. 1-2 1-23 ; but sometimes mixed with 
 pieces of the wood and bark; of a brownish-green colour, sometimes 
 with a tinge of red ; fracture brilliantly shining, glass-like, and resi- 
 nous ; brittle, powder at first of a grayish colour, but becoming green 
 like guaiac wood and resin generally, when exposed to light. It 
 softens in the mouth : the taste, at first scarcely perceptible, is slightly 
 bitter, but becoming acrid, produces burning in the fauces. The 
 odour is slight, increased on pounding or on heating it, when it melts 
 and evolves a balsamic odour. Water has but moderate action on 
 it, dissolving about 9 per cent., chiefly Extractive, (v. Extract, infra.) 
 The fixed and volatile oils scarcely act upon it. Alcohol dissolves 91 
 per cent, of the peculiar substance called Guaiac, becoming of a deep 
 brown colour. The Guaiac is precipitated on the addition of water, 
 S', and H Cl'. Ether also dissolves the resin, and separates Guaiacic 
 acid from the Extract. Solutions of Potash and Soda dissolve it 
 freely, as does Ammoniated Alcohol. Sul' becomes of a rich claret- 
 colour; Chlorine produces remarkable changes of colour in the Tinc- 
 ture, from green to blue^and from that to brown, so Nitric' ; finally 
 con-verting Guaiac into Oxalic acid. The changes of colour seem, 
 as above, to be dependent on the absorption of Oxygen. 
 
 The Tincture imparts a blue colour to Gluten, and to substances 
 containing it ; also to mucilage of Gum Arabic made with cold water, 
 and to transverse sections of various roots : hence the E. C. employ 
 slices of the Potato as a test of its purity. 
 
 Guaiac consists evidently of an extractive-like matter, which is 
 taken up by water, and the Resin, which, having peculiar characters, 
 has been called Guaiacin (Guaiacic acid, p.) ; Unverdorben considers 
 this to be composed of 2 Resins, one soluble in Ammonia, and the 
 other, which forms the largest portion of Guaiac, merely mixes with
 
 Zygophyllea.] GUAIACUM PREPARATIONS. 317 
 
 ifi M. Thierry has by means of Ether separated from the extract of 
 Guaiacum what he calls Balsamic Resin, and from it obtained an 
 acid which he calls Guaiacic acid, and which resembles Benzoic and 
 Cinnamic acids, but differs from them in being perfectly soluble in 
 water. Besides the Balsamic Resin, the extract he states contains 
 another resin, which is soluble in Ammonia. Dr. Ure, in an ultimate 
 analysis of Guaiacum, found it composed of Carbon 67-88, Hydrogen 
 7-05, Oxygen 25-07=100. Prof. Johnston considers its composition 
 to be C^H 33 O 10 and its Eq. 343. 
 
 Tests. " Fresh fracture red, slowly passing to green: the tincture 
 sjowly strikes a lively blue colour on the inner surface of a thin paring 
 of a raw potato." E. P. 
 
 Action. Uses. Acrid Stimulant and Alterative, Diaphoretic. In 
 large doses, irritant of the intestinal canal. Useful in chronic Rheu- 
 matism, Secondary Syphilis, and in chronic Skin Diseases. 
 
 D. gr. x. 3ss. in powder or bolus, or in the following mixture : 
 
 MISTURA GUAIACI, L. E. Guaiacum Mixture. 
 
 Prep. Triturate Resin of Guaiacum 3iij. with Sugar gss. then with Mucilage of Gum 
 Arabic f 3ss., lastly add gradually Cinnamon Water f 3xix. (xixss. E.) constantly rub- 
 bing up. 
 
 An emulsion is formed with the aid of the Sugar and Gum, in 
 which all the constituents of the Guaiac are suspended. It may be 
 given in doses of f3ss. to f3ij. two or three times a day. 
 
 DECOCTUM GUAIACI, E. DECOCT. GUAIACI COMPOSITUM, D. 
 
 Prep. Boil Guaiac (Wood, D.) turnings giij. and Raisins 3ij. E. gently in Aq. Oviij. 
 (by measure fi,x. D.) till reduced to Ov. (half, D.) towards the end adding Sassafras 
 rasped 3j. (3 X - D.) and Liquorice Root bruised 3j. (3ij s s- D. ; gij. E.) Strain the 
 liquor. 
 
 As water takes up only a small portion of Guaiacum, this would be 
 a very inert preparation, were it not that the acrid extractive is one 
 of the parts dissolved ; and this therefore may prove a useful form in 
 some cases. It is like the old Decoction of the Woods, and to which 
 the Dec. Sarzce Comp. L. also is very similar. Prescribed in doses of 
 f 3ij. f 3iv. it is useful in producing a diaphoretic effect in cases of 
 chronic Rheumatism, &c., the patient being kept warm to favour the 
 determination to the skin. 
 
 An Extract of Guaiacum is ordered in the French Codex, in which 
 the wood is thrice boiled in Aq. DesL; this allowed to stand for 12 
 hours to deposit, is decanted and evaporated to a soft consistence, the 
 deposit being then mixed, and about a ^ part of Alcohol added to- 
 wards the end of the process. The extract thus prepared, M. Thierry 
 states, is very odorous, and yields more acid than when otherwise 
 made, and he infers that it owes its properties to a peculiar balsamic 
 resin and to this acid. 
 
 AQUA CALCIS COMPOSITA, D. Compound Lime Water. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Guaiac-turnings fcss. Liquorice-root cut and bruised 3j. Sassafras- 
 bark bruised 3ss. Coriander Seeds Jiij. and Lime Water Ovj. without heat for two days, 
 in a closed vessel, shaking occasionally, then strain.
 
 318 RUT A. [Thalamiflor<e. 
 
 This, though called a Lime preparation, probably owes any efficacy 
 it may possess to its similarity to the Decoction of Guaiacum. It 
 is probable that some of the Lime combines with the acid, and some 
 becomes deposited, as water when boiling dissolves less of it than 
 when cold. 
 
 TINCTURA GUAIACI, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Guaiacum. 
 
 Prep. Macerate (Digest, E.) for 14 (7, E. D.) days Resin of Guaiacum bruised 3vij. 
 (iv. D.) in Rectified Spirit Oij. (by measure fcij. D.) Then filter. 
 
 [Guaiacum in powder ftss. Alcohol Oij.; macerate for 14 days and filter through pa- 
 per, U.S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Rectified Spirit being a good solvent of Guaiacum, 
 this is a good form for exhibition in chronic Rheumatism, &c., in 
 doses of f3j. to f3iv. with milk or mucilage. 
 
 TINCTURA GUAIACI (AMMONIATA, E. D.) (U. S.) COMPOSITA, L. Com- 
 pound or Ammoniated Tincture of Guaiacum. 
 
 Prep. Macerate (Digest in a well-closed vessel, E.) for 14 (7, E. D.) days Resin of 
 Guaiacum bruised 3vij. (iv. D., U. S.) in Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia (Spirit of Ammo- 
 ma, E.) Oij. (ftjss. D.) (Ojss. U. S.) Then filter. 
 
 Action. Uses. Ammoniated Alcohol being an excellent solvent for 
 Guaiacum, this Tincture has been much employed in chronic Rheu- 
 matism, &c., and is considered more efficacious than the other ; but 
 requires, like it, to be given in some viscid fluid. 
 
 Officinal Preparations containing Guaiacum. Pil. Hydrargyri 
 Chloridi Comp. L. E. D. (p. 199.) Aqua Calcis Comp. (v. supra.) 
 Decoctum Sarzae Comp. L. Pulvis Aloes Compositus. 
 
 RUTE.&, Adr. Juss. Rueworts. 
 
 Shrubs or herbs. Leaves alternate, often lobed, dotted with glands, without stipules. 
 Calyx free. Petals free, twice as many as the divisions of the calyx, sometimes united 
 together. Stamens twice or three times as many as the petals, (on the outside of a cup- 
 like disk surrounding the ovary, Lindl.) filaments broader at the base. Ovary 3 5 lobed. 
 Cells with 2, 4, or many pendulous ovules. Style single, often divided near the base. Cap. 
 sule separating either at the partitions or in the middle of the cells into 2-valved carpels. 
 Embryo straight or curved in the axis of albumen. Radicle superior. 
 
 The Ruteae are closely allied to Zygophylleae and are inhabitants chiefly of the tempe. 
 rate parts of the Northern Hemisphere. They secrete a volatile oil with bitter matter. 
 
 RUTA, L. E. (U. S.) Folia, L. D. Leaves and unripe Fruit, E. 
 RUTA GRAVEOLENS, Linn. Common or Garden Rue. Decand. 
 Monog., Linn. 
 
 The common Rue and Ruta angustifolia, natives of the South of 
 Europe, were much employed and highly esteemed by the ancients, 
 as they still are by Asiatic nations. 
 
 The Rue is a small branching under-shrub about 2 3 feet high. Stems straight, 
 slightly striated, of a dull greenish-colour. Leaves of a glaucous green, supra-decom- 
 pound, leaflets thickish, dotted, oval oblong, tapering towards their bases, the terminal 
 one obovate. Flowers in a terminal corymb. Calyx small, 4-fid, rarely 5-fid. Petals 4 
 in the upper flowers 5, yellow, oval, unguiculate, entire or denticulated, with their apices 
 curved inwards. Stamens 8 or 10. Ovary marked with 2 crucial furrows. Capsule 
 globular, warty in 4 or 5 obtuse lobes, each separable into two valves. Seeds dotted. 
 
 Every part of the Rue is distinguished by its strong and repulsive
 
 Diosmeae.] 
 
 D I S M E JE. 
 
 319 
 
 odour and its acrid and bitter disagreeable taste. The leaves have 
 the strongest odour when the seed-vessels are well developed, but 
 still green. A great portion of their peculiar characters is necessa- 
 rily lost in drying. " The E. C-, however, correctly adds the unripe 
 fruit also, because the seed-vessel is covered with large oil-vesicles, 
 which impart great activity to this organ." (c.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Rubefacient, Stimulant, Antispasmodic, Emmena- 
 gogue, Anthelmintic. 
 
 OLEUM RUT.E, E. D. Oil of Rue. 
 
 Distilled with water from the herb and half-ripe ovaries of common 
 Rue. It is of a light yellow colour, acrid in nature, and with a very 
 disagreeable smell. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, &c. Used as an Antispasmodic and 
 Emmenagogue. 
 
 D. TTiij. triv. rubbed up with Sugar and water. 
 
 CONFECTIO (CONSERVA, D.) Rux., L. Confection of Rue. 
 
 Prep. Rub together into a very fine powder dried Rue (leaves of Ruta graveolens, D.) 
 Caraway (seeds, D.) Bay Berries aa 3iss. Sagapenum gss. Black Pepper (the fruit, D.) 
 3ij. (When the confection is to be used, L.) add Honey (despumated, D.) gxvj. and mix 
 well. 
 
 The dried herb is less efficacious than wKen fresh, but being com- 
 bined with substances having similar properties, this confection is 
 sometimes useful in flatulent colic in doses of 9j. 3j. 
 
 The Syrup of Rue, though not officinal, is kept by most druggists. 
 It is made by dissolving Oil of Rue ftlxij. in Rectified Spirit 3iv. and 
 then mixing with Simple Syrup Oj. 
 
 D. Often given by nurses, in doses of $ to 2 teaspoonfuls, in the 
 flatulent colic of children. 
 
 EXTRACTUM RUT.E, D. Extract of Rue. 
 
 Prepared as the simpler extracts ; but the volatile oil being dissi- 
 pated during the decoction, this extract is simply bitter, and not pre- 
 ferable to others. 
 
 DIOSME.E, Adr. Jussieu. 
 Diosmads. 
 
 Trees or shrubs, rarely 
 herbs. Leaves without sti- 
 pules, opposite or alternate, 
 simple or compound, often 
 dotted with glands. The ca- 
 lyx is free. Petals equal in 
 number to segments of calyx, 
 sometimes combined. Sta- 
 mens equal to, or twice as 
 many as the petals, the alter- 
 nate ones opposite to them, 
 then shorter or without an- 
 thers. Ovariea several, free 
 or more or less united, 2- 
 ovuled. Ovules affixed to 
 
 Fig. 52.
 
 320 B A R O S M A. [Thalamiflorce. 
 
 the axial angle, collateral, or obliquely placed one over the other, very rarely with 4 
 ovules. Fruit separable into several carpels, which, by abortion, are often single-seeded ; 
 endocarp cartilaginous, free, two-lobed and elastic. Seeds inverse. Embryo included in 
 albumen, or without albumen. 
 
 The DiosmetB are closely allied to Zanthoxylese, and also to Rutero, with which they 
 are indeed usually united, and are to be distinguished from them chiefly by the endocarp 
 in the ripe capsule. They are found in South Africa and in New Holland, some in tro- 
 pical America, and a few in equinoctial Asia, with only Dictamnus in the North of Asia 
 and the South of Europe. They secrete volatile oil and Resin, as well as a bitter prin- 
 ciple. 
 
 BUCKU, E. Diosma, L. (U. S.) Buchu Folia, D. Diosma crenata, 
 Dec. L. D. Leaves of various species of Barosma, E. Pentand. 
 Monog., Linn. 
 
 The leaves of one or more plants, called Bucku, Buchu, or Bookoo, 
 having been found by Mr. Burchell, the African traveller, to be em- 
 ployed by the Hottentots as a vulnerary and in the treatment of dis- 
 eases of the urinary organs, became known in this country about the 
 year 1823. Bucku was first introduced into the D. P., and then into 
 the L. P. as the leaves of Diosma crenata. Sir W. Hooker, how- 
 ever, showed in the Bot. Mag. t. 3413, that the leaves of D. crenu- 
 lata are those most common, and that those of D. serratifolia are 
 also found in commerce. All these species have since been restored 
 to the genus BAROSMA, to which they originally belonged. " Several 
 species are collected by the Hottentots, according to Thunberg, espe- 
 cially B. betulina and pulchella, and even Adenandra unijlora, to 
 which some Agaihosmas and many others may no doubt be added." 
 (Lindley, Fl. Med.) These are all included in the genus Diosma by 
 De Candolle. (Prod. i. p. 713.) 
 
 BAROSMA. 
 
 Calyx 5-fid or 5-partite. (1.) Petals 5, inserted into the base of the disk which lines 
 the bottom of the calyx and has a short, scarcely-prominent rim. Stamens 10, inserted 
 with the petals and equal to them in length, 5 fertile, alternating with the petals, filaments 
 filiform, subulate, with the anthers commonly terminated by a small gland, often becoming 
 recurved, 5 opposite to and shorter than the petals, sterile, petaloid, indistinctly glandular 
 at the apex. Ovaries 5, united into one, 5-lobed and auriculate at the apex, commonly 
 with glandular tubercle. Style longer than the stamens. Stigma minutely 5 lobed. (2.) 
 Fruit (3) composed of 5 compressed cocci, outwardly auriculate and covered with glandu- 
 lar dots. Seed (4) oblong. Shrubs of the Cape of Good Hope. Leaves opposite or alter- 
 nate, leathery, flat, dotted (6), especially near the margin, varying in shape. Flowers 
 axillary, on single or 3-flowered peduncles, or fasciculate in single-flowered peduncles. 
 
 B. crenata. Fig. 52. (Diosma crenata, Dec. L. L.) Leaves ovate and obovate, acute, 
 serrated, dotted, glandular at the margin. Flowers pink, solitary and terminal, on some- 
 what leafy pedicels. Loddiges Bot. Cab. t. 404. 
 
 B. serratifolia. (D. serratifolia, Dec. and Bot. Cab. t 378.) Leaves linear-lanceolate, 
 serrulate, smooth, dotted, glandular at the edges, three-nerved. Flowers white, on soli- 
 tary lateral pedicels, bearing two leaflets above the middle. 
 
 B. crenulata, Willd. Hooker, B. M. t. 3413. (D. crenulata, Linn. D. odorata, Dec.) 
 Leaves decussate, ovate, oblong, on very short petioles, very obtuse, minutely crenated, 
 quite smooth and of a darkish-green above, beneath paler, with a few obscure oblique 
 nerves, dotted with oil-vesicles, with at every crenature a conspicuous pellucid gland and 
 a pellucid margin round the whole leaf. Peduncles axillary and terminal chiefly from 
 the axils of the superior leaves, single-flowered, often bearing a pair of small opposite 
 leaves or bracts above the middle. Beneath the calyx are 2 or 3 pairs of small imbri- 
 catcd bracts. 
 
 Bucku leaves are smooth, leathery, and shining, serrate or crenate
 
 Diosmeee.] C U S PA R I A. 321 
 
 at their margins, studded with dots, i. e. vesicles filled with essential 
 oil, of a light yellowish-green colour, of a strong, considered by some 
 a disagreeable, odour ; the taste warm and aromatic. They neces- 
 sarily vary in form according to the species of plant from which 
 they have been obtained. Those which are ovate or obovate by 
 B. crenata, the linear-lanceolate ones by B. serrulata, and those 
 which are ovate, oblong, and obtuse, by B. crenulata. All may be 
 found intermixed among the Buchu leaves of commerce. They con- 
 tain Volatile Oil, which is of a yellowish-brown colour and a pene- 
 trating odour, Bitter Extractive (Diosmin), Resin, Gum, Lignin, &c. 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant and Tonic in chronic affections of the 
 Urinary organs attended with increased secretion of Mucus, in doses 
 of the powder 9j. or 3ss. 
 
 INFUSUM DIOSM^E, L. INF. BUCKU, E. D. Infusion of Bucku. 
 
 Prep. Macerate (Infuse, E. ; Digest, D.) for 4 (2 E.) hours in a tightly-covered vessel 
 Diosma or Bucku, gj. (the leaves of Diosma crenata, gss. D.) in boiling Aq. dest. Oj. (by 
 measure fcss. D.) Strain (through linen or calico, E. D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic and Diuretic in doses of f3iss. two or three 
 times a day. 
 
 TINCTUEA BUCKU, E. Tinct. BUCHU, D. Tincture of Bucku. 
 
 Prep. Digest (Macerate, D.) for 7 days Bucku 3v. (leaves of Diosma crenata 3ij. D.) 
 in Proof Spirit Oij. (by measure ftj. D.) Pour off the clear liquor, E. Filter. This 
 tincture may also be made by percolation, E. 
 
 Proof Spirit is a good solvent for the active principles of Bucku. 
 D. f3j. f3iv. 
 
 CUSPARIA, L. E. Cortex, L. Bark, E. Angustura. (U. S.) Cortex, 
 D. GALIPEA OFFICINALIS, Hancock, E. G. CUSPARIA, St. Hilaire, L. 
 (Bonplandia trifoliata, Willd. D.) Cusparia Bark. 
 
 Cusparia or Angustura Bark was introduced into England about 
 the year 1788. It was subsequently ascertained that it was imported 
 from Angustura on the Oronoco. Humboldt and Bonpland in their 
 travels in South America, having ascertained that the bark was called 
 Cuspare by the natives, called the tree which they supposed yielded 
 it, Cusparia febrifuga; but having sent home specimens to Willdenow, 
 he named it Bonplandia, in compliment to one of the travellers, and 
 trifoliata from the number of its leaflets. Aug. St. Hilaire having 
 ascertained that, instead of being a new genus, it was only a new 
 species of an old genus, GALIPEA, named the tree G. Cusparia, which 
 it still retains. Dr. Hancock, however, who resided for some months 
 in 1816 in the district where the Cusparia is produced, states that the 
 above travellers did not themselves see the tree, but got branches of 
 it without flowers from an Indian ; that they afterwards thought they 
 recognised the same plant, which they found growing in considerable 
 forests. This Dr. H. considers to be a distinct species of the same 
 genus as the plant which yields Cusparia, and which he calls Galipea 
 officinalis. 
 
 21
 
 322 CUSPARIA. [ThalamiflortE. 
 
 GALIPEA, Sublet. Pentand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 Calyx cup-shaped, 5-toothed, often 5-angled. Petals 5, united below into a tube, which 
 is often pentangular. Stamens 5, rarely 6, 7, 8, or 4, with filaments adhering to the tube 
 of the corolla, rarely all fertile, usually 2 4 with abortive anthers. Ovaries 5, connected, 
 1-celled, supported by an urceolar disk. Styles 5, distinct or connected at the base, each 
 terminated by an obtuse pentangular stigma. Capsules by abortion 1 or 2. Shrubs or 
 trees. Leaves simple and ternate. Natives of Tropical America. 
 
 G. OFFJCINALIS, Hancock, E. A tree from 15 to 20 feet high, with smooth bark. Leaves 
 alternate trifoliate, petiole about the length of the leaflets, which are oval, but tapering 
 towards both the base and apex, from 6 to 10 inches long, smooth, shining, when bruised 
 smelling like tobacco. Panicles cylindrical, contracted, stalked, longer than the leaves, 
 with the branches about 3-flowered. Calyx hairy. Petals white, downy, 2 longer than 
 the others. Stamens 7, of which only two are fertile. Carpels villous as they ripen, 
 2-seeded, one usually abortive. Neighbourhood of the Oronoco, between 7 and 8 N. 
 lat Orayuri of the natives yields Carony, that is Cusparia bark, exported from An- 
 gustura. 
 
 G. CUSPARIA, (S. Hilaire), L. A forest tree, from 60 to 80 feet high, with fasciculate 
 pubescence. Leaves alternate, trifoliate, long-stalked, leaflets sessile, unequal, ovate, 
 lanceolate, acute, gratefully fragrant, with scattered glandular and pellucid dots. Flowers 
 in axillary racemes, which are almost terminal. Calyx and corolla white with fascicles 
 of hairs, seated on glandular bodies on the outside. Stamens 6, only 2 fertile. Anthers 
 with two short appendages. Seed solitary. Forests of Tropical America, between Cu- 
 mana and New Barcelona ; yields Cusparia or Angustura bark (Cuspare of the natives) 
 according to Humboldt and Bonpland. 
 
 Cusparia or Angustura Bark is in pieces some inches in length, from 
 half to two inches in breadth, and only one or two lines in thickness, 
 more or less quilled, sometimes almost flat. It is covered with a thin 
 yellowish-white, mealy epidermis, smooth or wrinkled ; the inner sur- 
 face is rather smooth, but separable into splinters of a dull brownish 
 colour ; the substance of this bark is compact, and of a dark cinnamon- 
 colour. It is brittle, fracture short and resinous ; powder of a grayish- 
 yellow colour. The odour is strong and peculiar, the taste bitter, 
 permanent, but slightly aromatic. It yields its properties to water 
 and to Proof Spirit. Its properties depend on the presence of Gum, 
 Resin, Volatile Oil, and a peculiar bitter principle. The Resin is a 
 little acrid, as is also the Volatile Oil, which has the peculiar odour 
 of Cusparia Bark. The Bitter principle or Extractive has also been 
 named Angusturin or Cusparin, being a neutral principle, crystal- 
 lizable in tetrahedrons, easily fusible, soluble in rectified Spirit, in 
 acids, and in alkaline solutions, and precipitated of a whitish colour 
 by Tincture of Galls, sparingly soluble in water, insoluble in Ether 
 and the volatile oils, bitter in taste and a little acrid. 
 
 Tests. Cusparia Bark may easily be distinguished from other offici- 
 nal barks, and is not liable to be adulterated. The E. C. indicates 
 the purity by stating that " its outer surface is not turned dark-green, 
 nor its transverse fracture red by Nit'." Some years since, several 
 cases of poisoning occurred on the Continent from the substitution of 
 what has been called False Angustura Root, but which has been ascer- 
 tained to be that of the Strychnos Nux Vomica (q. v.), and which Dr. 
 Neligan, within the last two years, obtained as Angustura Bark at a 
 druggist's in Dublin. The pieces of this are usually much thicker 
 than Cusparia Bark, also harder, and more compact, covered with a 
 furruginous efflorescence, sometimes yellowish-gray, and marked with
 
 Diosmece.] ZANTHOXYLUM. 323 
 
 prominent white spots, without any aromatic odour, and having an 
 intensely bitter taste. The transverse section, as indicated in the E. 
 P., becomes bright-red when touched with Nit', in consequence of 
 this acting on the Brucia in the bark, and also by the rusty spots on 
 its epidermis becoming of a dark green when in contact with the 
 same acid. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Tonic, Febrifuge, Antidysenteric. 
 
 D. Powder, gr. x. 3ss. Extract, gr. v. gr. xv. 
 
 INFUSUM (ANGUSTUR.E, D. [U. S.]) CUSPARI.E, L. E. Infusion of Cus- 
 paria. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 2 hours in a slightly covered vessel bruised Cusparia 3v. (bruised 
 Bark of Bonplandia trifoliata, 3ij.D.) (gss. U.S.) in boiling*^ q. dest. Oj. (fcss. D.) Strain. 
 
 A stimulant and tonic in low states, in doses of f 3iss. It is of a 
 dull orange-colour. Sesquichloride or Sulphate of Iron produces in 
 it a dark grayish precipitate, Tincture of Galls a slate-coloured one ; 
 but no change is produced by Ferrocyanide of Potassium. 
 
 TINCTURA (ANGUSTUR.E, D.) CUSPARIA, E. Tincture of Cusparia. 
 
 Prep. Take Cusparia givss. in moderately fine powder and Proof Spirit Oij. Proceed 
 as with Tinct. Cinchon, or more expeditiously by percolation. 
 
 Stimulant adjunct to bitter infusions in doses of f3j. f3ij. 
 
 ZANTHOXYLE.E, made up chiefly of genera placed by De Candolle in 
 RutacecB and in TerebinthacecB, are distinguished by their flowers be- 
 ing usually unisexual, by the calyx being free, petals hypogynous, 
 equal in number to divisions of the calyx, ovaries subdistinct or uni- 
 ted, each with two ovules, fruit indehiscent, carpids opening by a 
 vertical suture, embryo in the axis of albumen. Many of the Zan- 
 thoxylese are remarkable for secreting a bitter principle, Xanthopi- 
 crine, and also a volatile oil of aromatic pungency. Thus several 
 species of Zanthoxylese are employed as stimulants : one formed the 
 Faghureh of Avicenna. Species of Ptelea and Toddalia are bitter 
 and febrifuge. Both the species of Brucea are likewise bitter and 
 tonic. B. antidysenterica, the Woginos of Bruce, is most celebrated, 
 because it was long supposed to yield the Bark which was known as 
 false Angustura, and from which the alkali Brucia was obtained ; but 
 the former is now well ascertained to be the bark of Strychnos Nux 
 Vomica. 
 
 [ZANTHOXYLUM, U. S. Sec. ZANTHOXYLUM FRAXINEUM. Dioica, Pen- 
 tandria. The Bark. 
 
 The Prickly Ash grows in the Northern, Middle, and Western 
 States. 
 
 Bot. Ch. A shrub from 5 to 10 feet high, with alternate branches, and sharp prickles. 
 Leaves alternate and pinnate, of 4 or 5 pairs of leaflets, with an odd one at the extremi- 
 ty; leaflets sessile, ovate, acute, serrate. Flowers in sessile umbels, small and greenish. 
 Calyx 5-parted. Corolla none. Capsules stipitate, ovate, punctate. Seeds oval, blackish. 
 Sometimes Polygamous. 
 
 The bark is in quilled pieces, of a whitish-colour, internally some-
 
 324 PICRjENA EXCELS A. [Thalamifloree. 
 
 what shining, with an ash-coloured epidermis, bright, brittle ; smell, 
 none ; taste sweetish, then bitter and acrid. 
 
 The constituents of it, according to Dr. Staples, are fibrous sub- 
 stance, volatile oil, a greenish fixed oil, resin, gum, colouring matter, 
 and a peculiar principle, Zanthoxylin. 
 
 Action. Uses. A Stimulant and Alterant, resembling mezereon, &c., 
 used in Rheumatism. 
 
 D. Powder, gr. x. to xx., three times daily. 
 
 Infusion, 3ss. to Oj. D. f3i. to ij., three times daily.] 
 
 SIMARUBE.E. Richard. Quassiads. 
 
 Trees or shrubs. Leaves alternate, compound very rarely simple, without stipules and 
 without dots. Flowers complete or unisexual from abortion. Calyx 4 or 5-partite, per- 
 sistent, imbricate in aestivation. Petals equal in number to, alternate with, but longer 
 than the divisions of the calyx ; aestivation twisted, deciduous. Stamens twice as many 
 as petals, with each filament arising from the base of a hypogynous scale. Ovaries 
 seated on a short staminiferous stalk, 4 or 5 free, each with a single ovule suspended 
 from the apex of the interior angle. Drupes distinct, one-seeded. Embryo without 
 albumen. 
 
 The Simarubeae are found in the tropical parts of America, with 
 one species in the tropic-like forests at the base of the Himalayas, 
 and a few simple-leaved species in tropical Asia and Madagascar. 
 They are remarkable for their bitterness. Malombo Bark is thought 
 to be a kind of Quassia. 
 
 QUASSIA, L. E. D. (U.S.) Lignum, L. D. Wood, chiefly of Picrsena 
 (QUASSIA, L. D.) excelsa, seldom of Quassia amara. E. 
 
 QUASSIA AMARA, Linn.f. Surinam Quassia. Decand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 Quassia Wood was first known in Europe about 1742, more fully 
 in 1756, when Rolander returned from Surinam and gave some of 
 the wood to Linnseus. Quassia amara, a native of Surinam, Guiana, 
 and Panama, was first introduced into practice, and it was called 
 Surinam Quassia ; but the tree being of small bulk, and not very 
 common, its place is supplied by the wood of Picraena excelsa. 
 Mr. Lance informed Dr. Lindley that no Quassia had been exported 
 from Surinam during the ten years he was at that place. The wood, 
 as received by Dr. Pereira, is in cylindrical pieces, about two inches 
 in diameter, very light, covered by a thin, grayish-white bark, all 
 extremely bitter in taste. From its elegant pinnate leaves with 
 winged footstalks, and its spike-like racemes of red flowers, it is 
 often cultivated as an ornamental plant in the West India Islands. 
 
 EXCELSA, Lindley. E. Quassia excelsa, Sicartz, L. D. 
 Simaruba excelsa, Dec. E. Jamaica Quassia. Polygamia Monce- 
 cia, Linn. 
 
 This tree attains a height of 50, 60, or even 100 feet in the woods 
 of the lower mountains of Jamaica and other West India Islands, 
 where it is called Bitter Ash and Bitter Wood, and its wood has for 
 some time been substituted for that of the Surinam Quassia, and is 
 sometimes called Jamaica Quassia. Dr. Lindley has rightly formed
 
 Simarubeee.] 
 
 INFUSUM QUASSIA. 
 
 325 
 
 it into a new genus, as it agrees with the characters neither of 
 Quassia nor of Simaruba. 
 
 This tree, besides being lofty, is erect, often three feet in diameter, with a smooth 
 dark gray bark. The wood is white, rather coarse-grained, bitter, but without smell ; 
 
 Fig. 53. 
 
 the bark is moderate- 
 ly thick, dark- coloured, 
 and wrinkled. Leaves 
 pinnate, with an odd 
 one. Leaflets opposite, 
 4 to 8 pairs, etalked, 
 oblong acuminate, un- 
 equal at the base. The 
 flowers are small, of a 
 pale yellowish-green 
 colour, polygamous, 
 arranged in spread- 
 ing pointed racemes, 
 which are axillary to. 
 wards the ends of the 
 branches. The sepals 
 are 5, minute. Petals 
 5, longer than the se- 
 pals. Stamens 5, about 
 as long as the petals, 
 rather shaggy. Anthers 
 roundish. In the male, 
 merely the rudiments 
 of the pistil ; in the fe- 
 male, ovaries 3, seated 
 on a round tumid re- 
 ceptacle. Style three- 
 cornered, trifid. Stig- 
 mas simple, spreading. 
 Drupes 3 (but only one 
 coming to perfection), 
 globose, 1- celled, 2- 
 valved, distinct from 
 each other, and placed 
 on a broad hemisphe- 
 rical receptacle. When 
 ripe, about the size of 
 a pea, black and shin- 
 ing, nut solitary, glo- 
 bose, with the shell 
 fragile. (Lindley.) 
 
 Quassia-wood is imported in logs covered with a dark gray bark, 
 smooth in the younger, and rough and irregular in the larger pieces, 
 yellowish-white and fibrous in the interior. The wood is yellowish- 
 white and glistening, without smell, but of a pure and intense bitter- 
 ness, tough, and therefore pulverized with difficulty. It contains a 
 bitter neutral principle, called Quassine (C 10 H 8 O 3 ), which is in- 
 tensely bitter, crystalline, sparingly soluble in water and in Ether, 
 readily dissolved by Alcohol ; also Gum, a little Volatile Oil, Lignin, 
 and salts with a base of Lime, an Ammoniacal salt, and some Nitrate 
 of Potash. 
 
 Action. Uses. A pure Bitter, useful as a Stomachic and Tonic. 
 
 INFUSUM QUASSIA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Infusion of Quassia. 
 Prep. Macerate (infuse, E. ; digest, D.) for 2 hours in a lightly covered vessel cut
 
 326 
 
 SI MA RUB A. 
 
 [ThalamiflortE. 
 
 Quassia 9ij. (in chips 3j. E. ; shavings of wood of Quassia excelsa j9. D.) in boiling Aq. 
 dest. Oj. (ftss. by measure, D.) Strain (through linen or calico, E.) 
 
 D. f 3iss. two or three times a day. A good vehicle for prepara- 
 tions of Iron. 
 
 TINCTURA QUASSIA, E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Quassia. 
 
 Prep. Digest (Macerate, D.) for 7 days Quassia in chips 3x. (dust of the wood of Quas- 
 sia excelsa 3j. D.) in Proof Spirit Oij. (by measure ftij. D.) Strain. 
 [U. S. Quassia 3ij. diluted Alcohol Oij.] 
 
 D. f 3ss. f 3ij. as an adjunct to tonic draughts and mixtures. 
 TINCT. QUASSIA COMPOSITA, E. Comp. Tinct. of Quassia. 
 
 Prep. Digest for 7 days Cardamom Seeds bruised, Cochineal bruised aa 3ss. Cinnamon 
 in moderately fine powder, Quassia in chips aa 3vj. Raisins gvij. in Proof Spirit Oij. 
 Strain, express the residuum strongly and filter. Or obtain by percolation, as directed for 
 Compound Tincture of Cardamom, rasping or powdering the Quassia. 
 
 D. f 3j. f 3ij. An aromatic tonic, and useful as an adjunct. 
 
 EXTRACTTJM QUASSIA, E. (U. S.) 
 
 Prep. First make a watery infusion by percolation and without heat ; and then evapo- 
 rate, or prepare as Extract of Liquorice Root. 
 
 D. In form of pill, gr. v., or as a vehicle for metallic tonics, &c. 
 
 SIMARUBA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Radicis Cortex, L. D. Root-Bark, E. 
 SIMARUBA AMARA, Aublet. S. oFFiciNALis, Dec. L. Quassia Simaruba, 
 Linn. D. Moncecia or Dicecia Decand. Linn. 
 
 This tree, of which the bark of the root was first introduced into 
 practice in 1713, is a native of Guiana and Cayenne. The same spe- 
 cies is considered to be found in the mountains of Jamaica, where it 
 is called Mountain Damson. 
 
 Fig. 54. 
 
 The tree attains a height of 50 or 60 
 feet, and considerable thickness, with long 
 horizontally spreading roots. The bark 
 in the young parts smooth and gray, and 
 in the older blackish-coloured, and some- 
 what furrowed. The leaves are alternate 
 pinnate ; leaflets alternate, 2 to 7 on each 
 side, nearly sessile, oval, lanceolate, acu- 
 minate, tapering towards base, very smooth 
 and entire, firm, coriaceous, of a deep 
 green colour ; petioles sometimes a foot 
 and a half in length. The flowers are 
 monoecious, disposed in a mixed scattered 
 axillary panicle. The calyx is short, cup- 
 shaped, 5-toothed or 5-partite. Petals 5, 
 longer, twisted, and imbricate in testiva- 
 tion. Male (fig. 3), stamens 10, alternate 
 ones opposite the petals, and a little short- 
 er ; filaments each inserted (4) into a 
 hairy scale, having a round or short gy- 
 nophore (bearing rudiments of ovaries) 
 sometimes wanting. Female flower (fig. 
 1) with ten scale-like rudiments of sta- 
 mens ; ovaries 5 on a short disk or gyno- 
 phore, 1-celled, with a single ovule sus- 
 pended to the inner angle. Styles 5, 
 distinct at the base, united above, and se- 
 parating again into 5 stigmata. Drupes 
 (fig. 2) 5, or fewer by abortion, dark-
 
 RTiamneoi.} R H A M N E JE. 327 
 
 coloured, spreading, one-celled, one-seeded. Seeds with a membraneous shell. Embryo 
 straight; radicle above, retracted within cotyledons. Aubl. Guian. 2, t. 311 and 312. 
 Nees von Esenbeck, Ic. 382. v. fig. 54. 
 
 Dr. Lindley observes (Fl. Med. p. 208) that as the Jamaica tree is dioecious, it may be a 
 distinct species. Dr. Macfadyan represents it, however, as agreeing with Aublet's figure 
 of the Guiana plant. Its leaves, however, are described as being oblong obovate. Its small 
 yellow flowers appear in April, those of the Guiana plant in November, which, moreover, 
 is monoecious, the leaflets almost lanceolate, and the root-bark not warty. The bark and 
 wood are said by Aublet to exude a bitter milky juice, and this is said by Dr. Wright not 
 to be the case with the Jamaica plant. These may therefore prove to be distinct species, 
 in which case the Jamaica plant may be called S. afficinalis, and the Guiana S. amara ; 
 otherwise I agree with Dr. Lindley that it is improper to change Aublet's name. But 
 they may prove identical, many trees flower twice in the year in warm countries, and 
 the leaves vary in elongation according to age. Both ought to be carefully examined 
 from genuine specimens. 
 
 The bark of the root is officinal, and sent to Europe from Jamaica. 
 It is stripped off in pieces several feet in length, which are folded upon 
 themselves, either flat or partially quilled, a few lines in thickness, 
 light, tough, fibrous in structure, difficult to powder, of a pale colour, 
 grayish throughout, epidermis a little warty, without odour, bitter in 
 taste. Water and Alcohol both readily take up its virtues, which de- 
 pend upon the presence of a principle nearly the same with Quassine, 
 Volatile Oil, Resin, Ulmine, and several salts. 
 
 Action. Uses. Bitter Tonic. Useful in advanced stages of Dysen- 
 tery and Diarrhoea. 
 
 INFUSUM SIMARUB^;, L. E. D. Infusion of Simaruba Bark. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Simaruba Bark bruised 3iij. (3ss. D.) in boiling Aq. Oj. (Oss. D.) for 
 two hours in a lightly covered vessel and strain. 
 
 D. f 3j. f 3ij. as a Tonic. In larger doses it proves Emetic. 
 
 b. Calyciflorce. 
 RHAMNE^:, R. Brown. Rhamnads. 
 
 Trees or shrubs, sometimes with the upper parts of branches climbing. Leaves simple, 
 alternate, or sub-opposite, with stipules often converted into thorns. Flowers usually 
 complete, small, greenish-coloured, axillary, clustered, umbellate or cymose. Calyx 4 5 
 cleft, lacinios valvate in aestivation ; tube free, or with its base, sometimes the whole united 
 with the ovary. Petals alternate with the division of the calyx, often scale-like, inserted 
 into the throat of the calyx or the margin of the disk. Stamens 4 to 5, opposite to the 
 petals. Ovary usually immersed in or surrounded by a glandular disk, 2, 3, or 4-celled; 
 with one, rarely two seeds, placed side by side ; ovules erect or ascending. Style single, 
 with 2, 3, or 4 stigmas, sometimes divided to the base. Fruit free or covered by calyx, 
 capsular, 2 to 3-celled, or by abortion 1-celled, drupaceous, and indchisccnt, or forming a 
 berry, or capsular, 2 3 coccous. Seeds solitary, erect, with sparing fleshy albumen. 
 Embryo straight, with large flat cotyledons, and a short inferior radicle. 
 
 The Rhamneae are found both in the temperate and tropical parts 
 of the world. They vary in properties : some secrete a bitter princi- 
 ple, with which acridity is sometimes united; hence these act as stimu- 
 lants to some of the functions. Some are useful for the colour (sap- 
 green) yielded when acted on by Lime and alkalies. The fruits of a 
 few are edible, as the Jujube, the Lotus, and the Ber of India.
 
 328 TEREBINTHACE^:. [Calycifiorae. 
 
 RHAMNUS CATHARTICUS, Linn. L. E. D. BACC.K, L. D. The Fruit, E. 
 Common or Purging Buckthorn. Pentand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 Buckthorn is indigenous in hedges and woods, and found in Europe 
 generally, flowering in May and June, and ripening its fruit in the 
 autumn. It has long been employed in medicine, and thought to be 
 the ^vo of Dioscorides, but without proof. 
 
 Bot. Ch. A spreading shrub 8 to 10 feet high. Old branches forming thorny terminal 
 spines. Leaves sub-opposite, ovate, cordate at base, acute, toothed, with 4 to 6 marked 
 veins parallel to and converging to midrib. Stipules linear. Flowers polygamous, often 
 dio3cious, in clusters between the leaves, small, of a yellowish-green colour. Calyx 4- cleft, 
 tubular at base, persistent and adherent to fruit. Petals 4, a little yellowish, male flowers 
 with a stamen opposite to each, and a rudimentary pistil. Female flower, ovary globular, 
 with 4 single-seeded cells, and a 4-cleft stigma. Fruit, a small round berry, which becomes 
 black when ripe, containing usually 4 smooth hard seeds, which are ovate, triangular, and 
 keeled. 
 
 Buckthorn Berries are small, round, of a black colour and shining 
 when fully ripe ; they contain a greenish pulp, which has a bitter and 
 disagreeable taste and nauseous smell. This is composed of a green 
 Colouring matter, of Acetic acid, Mucilage, Sugar, Azotized matter, 
 (VogeL) According to Hubert, the purgative properties are dependent 
 on the presence of Cathartine; but his experiments are not considered 
 conclusive by Soubeiran. A similar property is possessed by the in- 
 ner bark. 
 
 Action. Uses. Hydragogue Cathartic ; but apt to create nausea and 
 griping. 
 
 SYIIUPUS RHAMNI, L. E. D. Syrup of Buckthorn. 
 
 Prep. Take fresh Juice of Rhamnus (Buckthorn, E.) berries Oiv. (by measure ftijss. 
 D.) let it stand for 3 days that impurities may subside. Filter. To the filtered fluid Oj. 
 (gx. D.) add sliced Ginger and bruised Pimento aa 3vj. (3iij. D.) Macerate with a 
 gentle heat for four hours. Strain. Boil down the residue to Oiss. (ft. by measure ; 
 make a syrup, D.) Mix the liquors, add Sugar (pure, E.) fciv. and dissolve (with aid ol 
 heat.) 
 
 D. Generally employed instead of the berries or expressed juice, in 
 doses of f3ss. f3j. 
 
 The TEREBINTHACEJS of Jussieu have been divided by modern 
 botanists into several orders, such as Anacardiece, Burseracece, Jlmy- 
 ridece, and Connaracece. But these are all so closely allied to one 
 another, and participate in so many of the same principles, and have 
 so much of the same geographical distribution, that it is sometimes 
 convenient to speak of the whole as forming one family under the 
 name of Terebinthaceae. As it contains, however, only one of the 
 Turpentine-yielding plants, the rest belonging to Coniferse, the name 
 is objectionable. 
 
 The products of the Terebinthacece have been stated by M. Fee to 
 consist 1. Of fixed Oil in the almond of the seed. 2. Essential Oil, 
 which is combined with Resin in the Turpentine of the Pistacia. 3. 
 Resin, which flows naturally or from incisions made into the trunks, 
 &c., of most of the species, usually combined with a little Volatile Oil.
 
 Anacardieai.} TEREBINTHUS CHI A. 329 
 
 4. Gum, seldom found pure, but frequently combined with the Resin, 
 as in Myrrh, &c. 
 
 ANACARDIE^E. R. Brown. Anacards. 
 
 Trees or shrubs, with a gummy, viscous or acrid resinous juice, which becomes black 
 in drying. Leaves alternate, simple or compound, without pellucid dots. Stipules want- 
 ing. Flowers often unisexual, small, greenish-coloured, axillary or terminal, spiked or 
 paniculate. Calyx free, rarely united with the ovary, 3 5-fid, sometimes deeply divided. 
 Petals equal in number (o divisions of the calyx, inserted into an annular or orbicular 
 disk, imbricate in aestivation, rarely valvate, sometimes wanting. Stamens inserted with 
 petals, equal to them in number or double, seldom more. Ovary single and one-celled, or 
 several, distinct, all but one abortive, often reduced to style only. Ovule single, attached 
 to a funicle ascending from the base of the cell. Fruit indehiscent, one-seeded, usually 
 drupaceous. Seed erect or inverse. Embryo without albumen. 
 
 Anacardieee have a single fertile ovary. They abound within the tropics, with a few 
 species (as of Rhus in Europe and N. America) extending to higher latitudes. Anacardiese 
 abound in resinous juice, with volatile oil, or acrid principle, which is employed in var- 
 nishing and lacquering. As medicines these juices act as stimulants, or are sufficiently 
 acrid to be poisonous. The seeds of many abound in oil. The bark of some is astrin- 
 gent The fruit of a few is edible. 
 
 PISTACIA, Linn. Dicecia Pentand. Linn. 
 
 Flowers dioecious, without petals. Males in amentaceous racemes, each supported by 
 a scale-like bract. Calyx small, 5 cleft. Stamens 5, opposite to the calycine divisions, 
 nearly sessile, 4-cornered. Female flowers in more lax racemes. Calyx 34 cleft. Ovary 
 1, rarely 3-celled. Stigmas 3, thickish, spreading, recurved. Drupe dry, ovate, with a 
 bony, commonly 1 -seeded nut, sometimes showing laterally, 2 abortive cells. Seeds 
 solitary, erect, without albumen. Cotyledons fleshy, containing oil, with a superior lateral 
 radicle. Trees with pinnated leaves, extending from the Mediterranean region to Affghan- 
 istan. In properties resembling the Burseracese. 
 
 PISTACIA VERA. The Pistachio Nut tree extends from Syria to 
 Bokhara and Caubul. It has long been introduced into the south of 
 Europe, and is remarkable for its green-coloured kernels enclosed 
 within a reddish-coloured testa, and where the funicle can be well 
 seen. The kernels are oily, and an oil used to be obtained from 
 them. They are pleasant tasted, often eaten at our desserts, either 
 raw or having been fried with pepper and salt. They have also 
 been made into a demulcent emulsion. 
 
 PISTACIA TEREBINTHUS, Linn. L. E. D. TEREBINTHUS CHIA. Resina 
 liquida, L. Liquid Resinous Exudation, E. of the Chian or Pis- 
 tacia Turpentine Tree. 
 
 The Terebinth or species of Pistacia yielding the Turpentine of 
 Chio was well known to the ancients. It is the Alah of the Old Tes- 
 tament, translated Oak, Terebinth, &c., rsgiuvSoz of the Greeks, and the 
 butm of the Arabs. It is found in the south of Europe, Asia Minpr, 
 Syria, and the north of Africa. 
 
 A tree 20 to 40 feet in height. Leaves pinnate, with an odd one. Leaflets aboutJ7 h or 
 9, ovate, lanceolate, round at the base, acute, mucronate, reddish -coloured when young, 
 afterwards of a dark green colour. Inflorescence a large compound panicle. Scales of 
 the male flower covered with brown hairs. Anthers yellowish. Stigmas of a crimson 
 colour. Fruit purple, roundish, about the size of a large pea. Horn-shaped galls are 
 produced on these trees. 
 
 The Turpentine of this tree is obtained in the island of Chio by 
 making transverse incisions into the bark of the trees, of which each
 
 330 MASTICHE. [Calyciflora. 
 
 \ 
 
 yields only a few ounces, and the whole island not more than 1000 
 pounds. The harvest is from July to October. The juice issuing 
 from the wounds is allowed to fall upon smooth stones, from which 
 it is scraped and purified by being melted in the sun and strained 
 into bottles. It used to be taken chiefly to Venice, where it was in 
 request for making the far-famed Theriaca. Chian Turpentine is a 
 pellucid liquor of a yellowish colour, having the consistence of honey, 
 tenacious, with an agreeable terebinthinate smell, and moderately 
 warm taste. Exposed to the air it thickens, and becomes hard from 
 the loss of its Volatile Oil. A Resin is said by Belon to be produced 
 by the same tree, and the small kernels .of its fruit are edible. From 
 its scarcity and high price, it is usually adulterated with other Tur- 
 pentines, which it resembles in properties. 
 
 Action. Uses. Excitant and Diuretic, like the other Turpentines. 
 (q. v. Conifers.) 
 
 PISTACIA LENTISCUS, Linn. L. E. D. Mastiche Resina, L. D. Con- 
 crete Resinous Exudation, E., of the Mastic or Lentisk-Tree. 
 
 Mastic and the tree yielding it (2x iv of the Greeks) were well 
 known to the ancients, from the latter being a native of the Grecian 
 Archipelago and of the Mediterranean region. 
 
 The Mastic shrub, about 10 or 12 feet high, is distinguished from the Terebinth tree 
 by having its leaves pinnate without an odd one. Leaflets 8 to 10 in number, usually 
 opposite, small, oval, lanceolate, petiole winged. Both male and female flowers small, in 
 axillary racemes near the ends of the branches. Fruit small, roundish, of a brownish-red 
 colour when ripe. 
 
 This shrub is cultivated in the Isle of Chio, whence the Mastic is 
 chiefly obtained by transverse incisions being made into the trunk 
 and principal branches in the month of July. Some of it adheres to 
 the tree in the form of tears, and some falls on the earth, and is col- 
 lected in August. The best kind is in small roundish or oblong tears, 
 of a pale yellow colour, transparent, dry, and brittle ; hence usually 
 covered with a light white powder from attrition; becoming soft 
 and ductile when chewed ; breaks with a vitreous fracture, and has 
 a mild resinous taste and an agreeable odour, especially when rubbed 
 or heated. An inferior kind, in masses of agglutinated tears, is 
 darker coloured, and mixed with impurities. 
 
 Mastic melts when heated, and burns at a higher temperature, 
 diffusing an agreeable odour. It is insoluble in water, but com- 
 pletely soluble in Ether. About nine-tenths (a resinous acid which 
 has been called the Masticic') are soluble in cold Alcohol, and the 
 remainder, which is soluble only in hot Alcohol, has been called 
 Masticine. To this, Mastic owes its ductility when in a moist state. 
 Besides these there is a trace of volatile oil. 
 
 Action. Uses. Little used, except as a masticatory in the East, 
 sometimes in fumigation; most frequently by dentists for stuffing 
 decayed teeth. It forms one ingredient of Tinct. Ammonia, Comp. 
 (p. 72) ; a substitute for Eau de Luce. Commonly used as a varnish 
 dissolved in Alcohol or Oil of Turpentine.
 
 Anacardiea,.] RHUSTOXICODENDRON. 331 
 
 RHUS TOXICODENDRON, Linn. Folia, L. D. Leaves of the Poison Oak. 
 Pentand. Trigyn. Linn. 
 
 The species of Rhus are known for their astringent and resinous, 
 and some for their poisonous properties. The present species was 
 brought into notice in this country by Dr. Alderson of Hull, in 1793, 
 by following up the experiments of Du Fresnoi, made at Valenciennes 
 in 1788. 
 
 Botanists differ whether this be distinct from another plant which has been called Rhus 
 radicans, Poison Vine or Poison Ivy, or whether both are only varieties of one species. 
 Rhus Tozicodendron forms a shrub of a few feet in height, and has its leaflets, irregu- 
 larly indented or deeply sinuate, hence it is called Poison Oak. When older or growing 
 in favourable situations it shoots up and throws out lateral fibres, which take hold of the 
 trees up which it climbs. The leaflets are entire or rarely toothed. Bigelow states that 
 he has frequently observed shoots from the same stock, having the characters of both 
 varieties. Elliott and Nuttal insist upon their being distinct species. All three are 
 American botanists. More extended observation is required to establish the distinctness 
 of species. The leaves are long-stalked, trifoliate, with the lateral leaflets sessile, the ter- 
 minal one-stalked, they are broad, ovate or rhomboidal acute ; leaflets smooth, sometimes 
 a little pubescent, entire or irregularly toothed or lobed. The flowers are small, greenish- 
 white, dioecious, produced in lateral, usually axillary panicles. The male flowers have a 
 small 5-partite calyx, with erect segments. Petals 5, oblong, recurved. Stamens 5 with 
 the rudiment of a style. The female flowers are smaller, have 5 abortive stamens, and a 
 globose one-celled ovary, with a short erect style terminating in 3 stigmas. The drupes 
 are roundish, of a pale green colour, juiceless, 1-celled, containing from abortion a bony 
 one-seeded nut Bigelow's Med. Bot 111, t. 42. 
 
 When wounded, this plant, like other species of the family, exudes 
 a milky juice, which becomes black on exposure to the air, and, as 
 in the case of the Cashew and Marking nuts, forms an indelible stain 
 on cotton or linen. The juice applied to the skin. produces inflamma- 
 tion, as sometimes does linen marked with the juice of the above 
 nuts. At night and in the shade especially, a gaseous body is exhaled, 
 which is also of an irritant nature, producing itching, redness, and 
 great swelling. Cases of a similar kind have occurred with garden- 
 ers touching the plant and then rubbing the eye ; and Sir D. Brewster 
 has described similar effects produced by one of the varnishes of this 
 family of plants. These properties depend upon a volatile acrid 
 principle, which seems to be a Hydrocarbon. The other principles 
 have not been well ascertained ; but there is Tannin, Gallic acid, a 
 little Resin, Gummy substance, green Fecula, according to Von 
 Mons. The leaves are alone officinal : they are without smell, but 
 have an astringent and acrid taste when fresh. 
 
 Action. Uses. Acrid, Stimulant. Useful in some cases of Paralysis, 
 twitches and pricking of the affected limb being experienced. 
 
 D. gr. j. gr. v. till pricking commences. A Tincture or an Ex- 
 tract of fresh leaves preferable (c.) ; or frictions with oil in which the 
 leaves have been digested. 
 
 [Rnus GLABRUM, U. S. Sumach. Pentandria Trygynia. Berries. 
 
 Smooth Sumach, or Pennsylvania Sumach, is found throughout the 
 United States in waste fields, and along road-sides. 
 
 Bot. Ch. It is a shrub five or six feet or more in height, with a bent stem and strag- 
 gling branches. Leaves pinnate, leaflets acuminate, lanceolate, serrate and glabrous. 
 Flowers green, in large, upright, terminal thyrses. Berries red.
 
 332 
 
 O L I B A N U M. 
 
 [Calyciflorae. 
 
 The bark and leaves are astringent. An excrescence growing 
 upon the bark resembling galls, contains Tannin and Gallic acid. 
 
 The berries have a sour astringent taste, owing their acidity to 
 
 alate of Lime. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cooling and Astringent. Used in inflammation and 
 ulceration of the throat, and in ptyalism. Dr. Fahnestock recom- 
 mends the inner bark of the root in the latter. 
 
 Infusion. 3j. to Oj. of water.] 
 
 BCRSERACE.E. Kunih. Balsamads. 
 
 Trees or shrubs with resinous juice. Leaves alternate, impari-pinnate or ternate, some- 
 times with pellucid, transparent dots, and usually with two deciduous stipules. Flowers 
 small, regular and complete, or unisexual from abortion, in axillary or terminal racemes 
 or panicles. Calyx free, 3 5-fid, persistent. Petals equal in number to divisions of the 
 calyx, inserted below the orbicular or annular disk. Stamens inserted with the petals, 
 and double their number. Ovary free, sessile, 2 5 celled. Ovules in pairs, side by side 
 in each cell, suspended from the apex of the central angle. Style simple or wanting. 
 Stigma undivided or 2 5 lobed. Fruit hard, bony, one to 5-celled, often single-seeded, 
 epicarp dry, usually resinous, sometimes splitting into valves. Seeds without albumen, 
 pendulous, cotyledons wrinkled or plaited ; radicle small, superior, straight, turned 
 towards the hilum. 
 
 The Burseraceae are distinguished among Terebinthaceae by their 
 many-celled germen, and by their ovules being pendulous and in 
 pairs ; also by their plaited convolute cotyledons. They are all found 
 in tropical parts of the world. The juice of these plants is famed for 
 its balsamic odour and stimulant properties : e. g. Balsam of Gilead, 
 Olibanum or Frankincense, Myrrh, Bdellium, Elemi, &c. 
 
 OLIBANUM, L. D. Gummi Resina. BOSWELLIA SERRATA, Roxb. 
 
 The name Olibanum 
 seems to be derived from 
 the Greek X/3avo, and 
 this probably from the 
 Hebrew lebona. This is 
 very similar to the Ara- 
 bic luban, which signi- 
 fies milk, or the juice 
 exuding from a tree, 
 and is applied especially 
 to what used in early 
 times to be called Thus, 
 and more recently, Oli- 
 banum. Two kinds of 
 Olibanum are known in 
 commerce, one Indian, 
 the other African. 
 
 The Indian is imported in chests chiefly from Bombay, also from 
 Calcutta, but the place producing it is not well ascertained. Mr. 
 Turnbull, of the Medical Service, many years since sent some resin 
 of the Soldi tree collected in the hills near Mirzapore, which in the 
 London market was recognised as Olibanum. Mr. Colebrooke de- 
 
 Fig. 55.
 
 Burseracees.] OLIBANUM. 333 
 
 termined that luban or Olibanum is produced by a tree called salai. 
 The author has also collected a very fragrant resin from the saleh 
 tree of Northwest India, which bears a very close resemblance to 
 common Olibanum. This tree is Boswellia glabra, Roxb., the former 
 is B. ihurifera of Colebrook, called B. serrata in many works ; but 
 as Messrs. Wight and Arnott say, " we dare not quote here B. ser- 
 rata, Stack, extr. Bruc. p. 19, t. 3, the leaves being usually described 
 as ovate, oblong, and acuminate." Both species were collected by 
 Col. Sykes in the Deccan as the Olibanum-tree. Dr. O'Shaughnessy 
 states that he has received fine specimens of Olibanum from the Sha- 
 habad district, where, it is called sahgond, and at Chandalgur gunda 
 barosa. 
 
 This tree (Boswellia thurifera, fig. 55) grows to a large size in hilly situations, from 
 the Coromandel coast to the central parts of India. It is much branched but bare of leaves 
 in its lower parts, but these are crowded and alternate towards the ends of the branches, 
 unequally pinnate. Leaflets oblong, obtuse, serrated, pubescent. Stipules none. Inflo- 
 rescence in single axillary racemes near the ends of the branches, shorter than the leaves. 
 Flowers on short pedicels, of a pinkish-white colour. Flowers bisexual, (v. 55, 1.) Calyx 
 small, 5-toothed. Petals 5, obovate, tapering to the base, inserted under the margin of 
 the disk ; aestivation slightly imbricate. Disk surrounding the base of the ovary, cup- 
 shaped, fleshy, crenulated. Stamens 10, inserted under the disk. Ovary sessile, 3-celled, 
 with 2 ovules in each, attached to the axis. Style terminated by a capitate 3-lobed stig- 
 ma. Fruit capsular, 3-angled, 3-celled, 3-valved, septicidal (splitting at the angles into 
 valves). Seeds solitary in each cell, girded by a membranous wing. Cotyledons intri- 
 cately folded, multifid. 
 
 Indian Olibanum, which is now the most esteemed, is in roundish 
 or oblong tears, of a reddish or a light yellow colour, usually covered 
 with whitish powder, from attrition of the pieces against each other, 
 translucent within, of a warm bitterish taste, and having a balsamic 
 odour, especially when warmed or burnt. Sp. Gr. 1-22. Analyzed 
 by Dr. O'Shaughnessy, a fine specimen gave of Resin 37 parts, 
 Volatile Oil 28 parts, Gum 4, Gluten 11, in 100 parts. But the 
 quantity of Volatile Oil is necessarily much less % when it has been ex- 
 posed and become dry, as seen in commerce. Braconnot obtained 
 only 8 per cent, of Oil, of Resin 56,. Gum 30, matter like Gum 5-2, 
 loss 0-8=100. 
 
 AFRICAN OLIBANUM (F. Encens d'Jlfrique, G. Africanischen Weih- 
 rauch) imported into Venice and Marseilles from Suez, and obtained 
 from Arabia and the east coast of Africa, is mentioned by Dr. Pe- 
 reira as African or Arabian Olibanum, and as occurring in smaller 
 tears than the Indian variety, yellowish or reddish, and intermixed 
 with crystals of Carbonate of Lime. One kind of African Olibanum 
 is no doubt produced on the hills of the Somauli coast westward from 
 Cape Guardafui, and carried to the Arabian coast chiefly by native 
 boats from Maculla. This tree, -partially described by Capt. Kem- 
 thorne of the Indian navy, has been identified by Mr. Bennett of the 
 British Museum with Ploslea jioribunda of Endlicher, but which ap- 
 pears to the author to be nothing but a species of Boswellia, which 
 he would therefore call B. Jioribunda. The specimens are covered 
 with little resinous exudations, as are the leaves of a plant collected 
 in the island of Socotra by Lt. Wellsted, which also appear to be 
 those of a Boswellia.
 
 334 BALSAMODENDRON. [Calycifloree. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant. Sometimes used in chronic affections of 
 mucous membranes, but chiefly in plasters, and as a fumigation. 
 
 MYRRHA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Gummi Resina, L. Gummy-Resinous 
 Exudation, E. Balsamodendron (Protium) Myrrha, Nees. L. E. 
 Myrrh. Octand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 Myrrh is first mentioned in Exod. xxx. 23, by the name of Mor or 
 Mur. The Arabic name also is Mur. The Greeks called it n.ua, 
 and also 2fwgva. Herodotus mentions it as produced in the south 
 with Frankincense, &c. Dioscorides states the variety called Troglo- 
 dytica to be the best. In the Periplus of the Red Sea, Arrian mentions 
 Myrrh with Olibanum as exported from the coast of Barbaria, that is, 
 the modern Berbera. Bruce learnt that it was produced, as well as 
 Frankincense, in the country behind Azab, or in that of the Dankali. 
 The embassy to Abyssinia under Major Harris met with it on the 
 hills in the comparatively flat country which extends from Abyssinia 
 to the Red Sea near the Straits of Bab-el-Mandeb, or from the Doomi 
 Valley to the banks of the Hawash. Mr. Johnston (Trav .i. p. 249) 
 met with it in nearly the same locality. Both authors describe the 
 Myrrh as exuding from wounds made in the bark, and that it is col- 
 lected in January and March (H.), but chiefly in July and August, 
 and in small quantities at other times of the year (J.), and exchanged 
 for Tobacco with the merchants who proceed to Berbera, &c., whence 
 it is exported to the coast of Arabia. 
 
 Dr. Malcolmson writes to the author from Aden, that it is exported 
 in native boats from different ports in the Red Sea, but chiefly from 
 Berbera, Zela, and Massowah, and adds " there is no Myrrh produ- 
 ced in Arabia." 
 
 Myrrh, it is well known, now reaches Europe chiefly from Bombay, 
 having been importeo 1 from the Arabian and Persian Gulfs. It used 
 formerly to be obtained also from Turkey. Some Myrrh, however, 
 appears to be produced in Arabia, as Ehrenberg and Hemprich found 
 a small tree in Arabia near Gison, on the borders of Arabia Felix, 
 from off which they collected some very fine Myrrh. There is still 
 considerable uncertainty respecting the plant or plants which yield 
 Myrrh, though it is probable they all belong to the genus Balsamo- 
 dendron. 
 
 BALSAMODENDRON, Kunth. Amyris. Protium. Wight and Arnott. 
 
 Flowers often unisexual. Calyx 4-toothed, persistent Petals 4, linear, oblong, indu- 
 plicately valvate in aestivation. Stamens 8, inserted like the petals under the margin of 
 the annular disk or torus, which is cup-shaped, fleshy, deeply crenated. Ovary 2-celled. 
 Style short, obtuse, 4-lobed. Drupe globose or ovate, nut thick and very hard, bony, 2- 
 celled, (one of the cells by abortion, often obliterated,) cells one-seeded. Balsam producing 
 trees. Leaves with 3 to 5 sessile leaflets, which are without dots. 
 
 B. Gileadense, K. Unarmed. Leaves palmately 3-foliolate, petiolate, smooth ; leaflets 
 oboYate, oblong, very entire, glabrous ; pedicels short, single-flowered, with the calyx 
 broad, shallow, and campanulate. This includes the Amyris Opobalsamum of Forskal ; 
 but fresh specimens and recent observations are required to distinguish whether this is 
 different from the Balessan of Bruce. Other species which are found in the Peninsula 
 of India and are spinescent, used to be included under it, but are considered distinct by
 
 Burseracefe.] 
 
 M Y R R H A. 
 
 335 
 
 Dr. Arnott, who does not now unite them with Protium (as in the Prod. Fl. Ind. Penins.) 
 from which indeed they differ much in habit. 
 
 The Ralessan of Bruce was found by him at Azab, and said 
 to extend to the Straits of Bab-el-Mandeb. Gerloch found it at 
 Bederhunin, a village between Mecca and Medina. Forskal found 
 his Opobalsamum at Haes in Arabia Felix. At Aden it is called 
 Beshan. Dr. Roth, in the Appendix to Harris's Abyssinia (ii. p. 414) 
 mentions B. Opobalsamum as occurring in the Adel country and the 
 jungles of the Hawash, along with the Myrrh tree. The bark when 
 wounded exudes the fragrant and far-famed Balsam, which has been 
 called Balm of Gilead, but which seems to have been only cultivated 
 in Palestine near the town of Jericho. It is now never obtainable in 
 Europe in a pure state, and therefore seldom if ever employed medi- 
 cinally, though it is no doubt possessed of stimulant properties. 
 
 B. Myrrha (fig. 56). Stem shrubby, arborescent; branches squarrose, spinescent 
 Leaves ternate; leaflets obovate, obtuse, obtusely toothletted at the apex, the lateral 
 smooth. Fruit acumi- 
 nate (Nees). 
 
 Bark pale ash-gray, ap- Fig. 56. 
 
 proaching white. Wood 
 yellowish- white ; both it 
 and the bark have a pe- 
 culiar odour. Leaves on 
 short stalks. Flowers 
 unknown. Fruit ovate, 
 smooth, brown, some' 
 what larger than a pea ; 
 surmounted at the base 
 by a four-toothed calyx, 
 and supported on a very 
 
 56. Balsamodendron Myrrha. 1, 2, 3. B. Kataf. 
 
 short stalk. 
 
 The author has 
 adopted the above 
 description, as 
 translated by his 
 friend, Dr. Pereira, 
 who has closely 
 followed the ac- 
 count given by 
 
 Nees von Esenbeck in the folio work Beschreib. Officin. Planzen, 
 where he says that his friend Dr. Ehrenberg collected from off this 
 tree " sehr schone Myrrhe" and that the description is taken from 
 the specimens of the plant collected by Ehrenberg at Gison, on the 
 borders of Arabia Felix. 
 
 Though it is not very probable, from modern information, that any 
 large quantity of Myrrh is produced in Arabia, yet it is possible that 
 some may be produced there, and from the same species of plant as 
 that which yields the large quantities of Myrrh in Africa. Indeed, 
 it is stated in the Appendix to Harris's Abyssinia (ii. 414), probably 
 on the authority of Dr. Roth, that the " Balsamodendron Myrrha 
 (Karbeta of the natives) grows on the borders of Efat and in the 
 jungles of the Hawash, and in the Adel desert. The resinous gum 
 called Hofatt is collected for exportation. B. Opobalsamum (Besham)
 
 336 BDELLIUM. [Calyciflora. 
 
 grows commonly with the former, and grows even at Cape Aden." 
 Unfortunately there are no specimens of either plant in the Herba- 
 rium collected by the embassy and sent to the India House. 
 
 On examining the specimens in the British Museum of B. Opobal- 
 samum, or B. Gileadense, now united into one species, it appears to 
 the author that the specimens vary sufficiently to require careful 
 examination and detailed description of good and complete speci- 
 mens, before we can distinguish them as varieties, or determine them 
 to belong to separate species; also whether the above B. Myrrha 
 itself diflers sufficiently to constitute a distinct species. The draw- 
 ing of Nees, of which the annexed wood-cut (fig. 56) is a copy, 
 appears to the author to resemble some of the Arabian specimens of 
 B. Opobalsamum very closely. All are very distinct, both in foliage 
 and inflorescence, from B. Kataf (v. 56, 1, 2, 3), of which a specimen 
 collected by Forskal is in the British Museum. The species referred 
 to by Dr. Roth are probably the same as the following. 
 
 Mr. Johnson, also, in his Travels through Adel to Abyssinia 
 (i. p. 249), in treating " of the tree that yields this useful drug, 
 Myrrh," says "there are in the country of Adel two varieties, one, a 
 low, thorny, ragged-looking tree, with bright green leaves, trifoliate, 
 and an undulating edge, is that which has been described by Ehren- 
 berg," (v. the annexed figure, 56.) " This produces the finest kind 
 of Myrrh in our shops." This may either be the above B. Myrrha 
 or one of the forms of B. Opobalsamum. " The other is a more leafy 
 tree, if I may use the expression, and its appearance reminded me 
 exceedingly of the common hawthorn of home, having the same 
 largely serrated, dark-green leaves, growing in bunches of four 6V 
 five, springing by several leaf-stalks from a common centre. The 
 flowers are small, of a light-green colour, hanging in pairs beneath 
 the leaves, and in size and shape resemble very much the flowers of 
 our gooseberry-tree. It belongs to the Octandria Monogynia, the 
 eight stamens being alternately long and short, the former corre- 
 sponding to the four partial clefts in the edge of the one-leafed calyx. 
 The fruit is a kind of berry, and when ripe easily throws off the dry 
 shell in two pieces, and the two seeds it contains escape. The outer 
 bark is thin, transparent, and easily detached ; the inner, thick, 
 woody. When wounded, a yellow turbid fluid (the gum-myrrh) 
 immediately makes its appearance. Naturally, the gum exudes from 
 cracks in the bark of the trunk near the root, and flows freely upon 
 the stones immediately underneath. Artificially, it is obtained by 
 bruises made with stones." 
 
 This plant, judging from the specimens deposited by Mr. Johnston 
 in the British Museum, corresponds exactly with one, also in the 
 same collection, obtained by Mr. Salt in Abyssinia, Balsamodendron 
 Kua of Mr. Brown's MSS., and of which Mr. Salt says, he obtained 
 from it a gum much resembling the Myrrh. 
 
 B. AFRICANUM, Jlrnott. (Heudelotia africana, Guill. et Per.) 
 This species, first found on the west of Africa, occurs also in the
 
 Burteraceai.] BDELLIUM. 337 
 
 Abyssinian collection, having been found in the flat country of the 
 Adel.* It yields African Bdellium, or that imported into France 
 from Guinea and the Senegal, according to M. Perrotet. M. Adan- 
 son, likewise, in his Travels in the Senegal, mentions it by the name 
 of Niotout, as producing Bdellium. It may also yield the Bdellium 
 which is exported from the west coast of Africa. Dr. Malcolmson 
 writes to the author that " Bdellium (of which he sends a specimen) 
 is produced in Africa by a tree similar to the Myrtle. None is ob- 
 tained in Arabia. It is very similar to Myrrh, and sometimes sold 
 for it." 
 
 One kind of Bdellium is produced in India, which the author was 
 informed was yielded by a tree called googul by the natives (v. 
 Himal. Bot. 177), and which is the Amyris Commiphora of Roxb. re- 
 ferred by Messrs. Wight and Arnott to Balsamodendron. Dr. 
 Walker, in his account of the drugs produced near Aurungabad, 
 states " a gum-resin, called by the natives googool, is produced by a 
 tree (Dr. W. calls it Amyris Bdellium 1 Roxb.) which grows in the 
 neighbourhood of Umber, a town twenty miles to the westward of 
 Aurungabad. Roxburgh imagined that Googool was identical with 
 Myrrh." * 
 
 But the whole of the species of this genus require to be carefully 
 examined from good and authentic specimens accompanied by their 
 respective products, before the several doubts can be resolved. 
 
 Prop. Myrrh is imported from Bombay. It is generally in pieces 
 of irregular form and size, formed apparently by agglutinated tears, 
 dry, and covered with a fine dust, commonly of a reddish-brown 
 colour ; brittle, fracture irregular, conchoidal, shining, with the sur- 
 face apparently dotted with volatile oil, often varied with opaque, 
 whitish, semicircular marks; the smaller pieces angular, shining, 
 semi-transparent ; taste bitter and aromatic, the smell peculiar and 
 balsamic. Other kinds are also met with, probably derived from the 
 same source, as it sometimes reaches this country with the different 
 qualities intermixed (Myrrh in sorts) or when the finer pieces are 
 picked out (Turkey or picked Myrrh). But when the process is 
 adopted abroad, the inferior qualities may come separately or remain 
 intermixed with other gums or resins, especially Bdellium, from the 
 careless manner in which all are collected by the natives. The spe- 
 cimens brought by the Abyssinian embassy have granular fragments 
 mixed with roundish tears ; and some of a pale, even whitish, colour 
 may be seen on the same piece of bark with ordinary coloured 
 Myrrh. The specimens which have not been exposed to the air are 
 darker coloured, moister, and of a more powerful and agreeable 
 smell. 
 
 Indian Bdellium is sometimes sold for and considered as an infe- 
 rior kind of Myrrh. It is in roundish pieces of a dull dark-red 
 colour, more moist than Myrrh, and not brittle like it, softening even 
 with the heat of the hand ; bitter and a little acrid in taste, with a 
 
 * Mr. Johnston immediately recognised it as one of the trees yielding gum-resin. The 
 leaflets are like those of B. Kua, Br. 
 
 22
 
 E L E M I. [Calycifloro!. 
 
 less agreeable odour. It often has portions of the birch-like bark ad- 
 hering to it. 
 
 Myrrh, when heated, softens, then burns partially, leaving a black 
 spongy ash. Triturated with water, it forms an emulsion : the Alco- 
 holic tincture is rendered opaque on the addition of water. It is a 
 Gum-resin with volatile Oil, and salts of several acids combined with 
 Potash and Lime. The Gum, about 63 per cent., consists of two 
 kinds, one-half being Bassorin or insoluble, and the remainder Ardbin, 
 or soluble Gum. This being dissolved in water, readily suspends the 
 Resin and Oil. The Resin, about 28 per cent., is also of two kinds, 
 one soft, odorous, and soluble in ether, while the other is hard, with- 
 out odour, soluble in alkalies. The volatile Oil, about 2-5 per cent., 
 passes over if distilled with water ; it is at first without colour, but 
 becomes yellowish, has the odour and taste of Myrrh, is soluble in 
 Alcohol, Ether, and the fixed Oils. Upon it and the Resin the pro- 
 perties of Myrrh chiefly depend. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stomachic, Excitant, Stimulant Expectorant, Em- 
 menagogue. 
 
 D. gr. x. 3ss. ; but usually united with tonics or with purgatives, 
 as Aloes. * 
 
 [TINCTURA MYRRHS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Myrrh. 
 
 Prep. Macerate (Digest, D.) for 14 (7, E. D.) days bruised Myrrh 3iij. (3iijss. E.) in 
 rectified Spirit Oij. (Oj. and f Sxiij. E. by measure ftss. and Proof Spirit by measure 
 Oiss. D.) Strain (or much more conveniently, pack the Myrrh in a percolator, add the 
 Spirit and when f Sxxxiij. have passed through, agitate well to dissolve the oleo-resinous 
 matter which lies at the bottom, E.) 
 
 [Myrrh bruised giv. Alcohol Oij. U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. As a rectified Spirit is the best solvent for the Resin 
 and volatile Oil of Myrrh, this is an effective preparation in doses of 
 f3ss. f3j. But it is usually only employed as an adjunct, or as an 
 external stimulant application to foul and indolent ulcers. 
 
 Off. Prep. Tinct. Ammonia Comp. L. Mist. Ferri Comp. L. D. 
 Pil. Ferri Comp. L. D. Pil. Assafoetidag Comp. E. Pil. Galbani 
 Comp. L. D. Pil. Aloes et Myrrh, L. E. D. Pil. Rhei Comp. E. 
 Tinct. Aloes et Myrrhae, E. Decoct. Aloes (Comp. D.) E. 
 
 ELEMI, L. E. D. Concrete Resinous Exudation from one or more un- 
 ascertained Plants, E. Resin of Amyris elemifera, Linn L. D. 
 Elaphrium elemiferum, Royle, yields Mexican Elemi. 
 
 Elemi has long held a place in the works on Materia Medica, but 
 great uncertainty has always prevailed respecting both the country 
 and the plant producing it. C. Bauhin mentions it as Elemi and 
 Elemni officinarum. J. Bauhin (1650) describes it as being in cylin- 
 drical pieces, of the consistence and colour of yellow wax, with the 
 odour nearly of Fennel, and wrapped up in a leaf which appears to 
 be that of Canna indica. Ray (1688) states that many consider it to 
 be the gum of the Ethiopic Olive, and the word Elemi to be derived 
 from Elea. He refers to a passage " ex Andreso Bacci autoris gra- 
 vissimi lib. 5. de Vinis Apulis," who states that in Apulia the Olives
 
 Burseracea.] ELAPHRIUM EL EMIF E R UM. 339 
 
 grow to a great size, and on account, he thinks, of the great and 
 continued heat, exude a very excellent gum, " quod Chirurgi gummi 
 Elemi appellant." There appears no evidence to connect Elemi 
 with the Ethiopian Olive of Dioscorides, nor does there seem any 
 proof that it was ever obtained from thence. Indeed J. Bauhin, as 
 early as 1650, says of Elemi, "De loco ejus natali nihil adhuc certi 
 accessimus." 
 
 From America, however, a resin was early received, which had 
 the characteristics of and was compared with Elemi. Marcgraaf, 
 indeed, describes a Brazilian tree, called Icicariba, which exudes a 
 very fragrant resin smelling like freshly bruised Anethum. His edi- 
 tor, De Laet, says that large quantities of this resin are brought from 
 New Spain, and that it is also collected in Brazil. The American 
 Elemi seems for a long time to have been the only kind procurable, 
 except a factitious preparation made with yellow resin, turpentine, 
 and oil of spike, for making which directions are given by Savary 
 and others. M. Guibourt states, as Rutty had done, that both kinds 
 of Elemi come from America, and that of Brazil, which Geoffrey 
 calls the false, is in the present day the most esteemed, on account of 
 its strong but pleasant odour ; owing to the presence of much volatile 
 oil. If this kind does actually come from Brazil, it is most probably 
 procured from the above Icicariba of Marcgraaf, Idea Icicariba, 
 Dec., as Martins, in his Syst. Materice Med. Brazil, p. 118 mentions 
 " Elemi occidentale, which in stimulant and healing powers excels the 
 other balsamic resins of Brazil," as obtained from this tree. He also 
 enumerates other species of Icica indigenous in the same region, 
 which pour out balsams which when dry are known as different kinds 
 of Elemi and of Anime. 
 
 But Elemi has, for some years at least, been imported direct from 
 Mexico, and the author has received specimens from Dr. Budd, to 
 whom they were given by R. Cotesworth, Esq., who imports Elemi 
 as an article of commerce from Mexico. These specimens were ac- 
 companied by specimens of the trunk, branches, leaves, and fruit ; 
 but unfortunately, mostly all detached from their points of insertion. 
 The materials are, however, sufficient to determine that they belong 
 to the genus Elaphrium, and that the species is a new one, which the 
 author has named E. elemiferum, from its produce. To this proba- 
 bly early accounts refer, as the Elemi-like produce from New Spain. 
 
 ELAPHRIUM ELEMIFERUM, Royle. 
 
 Twelve feet high ? stem three inches in diameter ; wood white, spongy ; bark about a 
 line in thickness, rugose, of a reddish-brown colour, but covered with a gray epidermis 
 and lichens ; branches tortuous ; twigs smooth, somewhat angular, striated and flexuose ; 
 leaves exstipulate, unequally pinnate; rachis winged; leaflets 3 to 10 pairs, opposite, 
 without dots, very variable in form, ovate, obtuse, even roundish, entire or ovate acumi- 
 nate, irregularly toothed, the terminal one usually elongated acute, the lateral ones, es- 
 pecially the lower pairs, are sometimes ternately or pinnately cut, with their petioles also 
 winged ; at other times all the leaflets are rhomboidal and deeply cut intoacute segments, all 
 are smooth and shining on the upper surface. Flowers not seen. Drupes ovoid and rather 
 acute, composed of a thick and tough epicarp, which splits into two valves, and displays the 
 blackish apex of the seed, of which the lower part is enveloped in a reddish-yellow aril- 
 looking body (membrana tenui (pulpa molli testi, Jacq.) vestita, Xum\ in ch. Generis),
 
 ELEMI. [CalyciflorcB. 
 
 which exhales a strong odour of Elemi when scraped ; seed single, ovate, one being abor- 
 tive ; cotyledons contortuplicate ; radicle above. Native of Mexico, near Oaxaca. 
 
 Elemi has also been imported, for the last two or three years at 
 least, from Manilla into the London market. This is in masses of a 
 light-yellowish colour, internally soft, and about the consistence and 
 appearance of thick honey, smelling strongly of fennel, and in this 
 respect resembling that imported from Mexico. Though it is pos- 
 sible that this might be conveyed as an article of commerce from 
 Acapulco to Manilla, yet M. Perrotet obtained, in the Philippine 
 Islands, a produce like Elemi from a Terebinthaceous tree. 
 
 Canarium commune (C. zephyrinum of Rumph, H. A. ii. t. 47), 
 cultivated on account of its kernels in the Spice Islands, and ex- 
 tending even to Ceylon, yields a resin, which Rumph describes as 
 white and tenacious, of the consistence of suet, becoming by de- 
 grees yellow, and when fresh, exhaling a strong odour ; that of the 
 wild plant, he describes as " substantia, colore et odore adeo similis 
 est Gummi Elemi, ut pro eo haberetur." 
 
 Dr. Pereira has received from Dr. Christison the resin of Canarium 
 balsamiferum of Ceylon, which in odour and general appearance 
 strongly resembles Elemi. 
 
 If the Molucca resin should be found to be exported, it will ac- 
 count for our having for many years received one kind of Elemi 
 from Holland, as was long since stated to be the case by Pomet, and as 
 has been traced out by Dr. Pereira, whence he rightly concluded that 
 it was the produce of a Dutch settlement. 
 
 Hence it appears that the different kinds of Elemi are produced 
 
 BRAZILIAN ELEMI, by Idea Icicariba. Marcg. Ic. p. 98. Piso, Ic. 
 p. 59. Martius, PI. Med. t. 22. 
 
 MEXICAN ELEMI, by Elaphrium elemiferum. Royle. 
 
 MANILLA ELEMI, probably by Canarium commune, Linn. Rumph. 
 H. A. 2. t. 47. Ko3nig. An. Bot. t. 7. f. 2. 
 
 The Amyris elemifera, Linn, which is adduced in the L. and D. P., 
 is made up of two or three distinct plants, the above Idea Icicariba, 
 and a plant figured by Catesby, Carol. 2, t. 33, f. 3, a native of Carolina, 
 and also Amyris Plumieri, Dec. Plum. ed. Burm. t. 100, a native of 
 the West India Islands. 
 
 Elemi necessarily varies according to the source whence it has been 
 obtained ; but it has generally something of a waxy appearance, is of 
 a light, changing to a deeper, yellowish colour, with occasionally a 
 tinge of green ; soft or hard, dry or moist, according to the time it 
 has been exposed, and the volatile oil has become evaporated. The 
 smell of the different kinds varies in fragrance, being more or less 
 agreeable, but in some smelling strongly of fennel, especially when 
 the resin is freshly imported and moist ; in others, this odour is mix- 
 ed with that of lemons. Factitious Elemi is of a dark yellow colour, 
 is something like yellow resin, and with more of a terebinthinate 
 odour. The Elemi analyzed by Bonastre yielded 60 parts of Resin, 
 24 of sub-resin, or Elemine, insoluble in cold Alcohol, 12-5 of volatile 
 oil, 2 of Bitter Extractive, and 1-5 of impurities. But the volatile 
 oil must be in much larger proportion in recent specimens.
 
 Mimosece.] ACACIA. 341 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant. Formerly an ingredient of the ointment 
 of ArcsBus. The Turpentine must destroy the Elemi odour in 
 
 UNO. ELEMI (D.) COMPOSITUM, L. Comp. Elemi Ointment. 
 
 Prep. Melt Elemi fej. L. D. in Suet ftij. (prepared Lard feiv. and White Wax ftss. D.) 
 Mix with them immediately Common Turpentine 3x. Olive Oil f3ij. Strain while hot 
 through a sieve or linen. 
 
 LEGUMINOS^:, Juss. Leguminous Plants. 
 
 The Leguminosce are so named from the fruit of all consisting of a 
 legume or pod, and form one of the largest of the natural families of 
 plants. They may be divided into several very natural groups, but 
 are usually treated of under the head of three sub-orders named Mi- 
 mosese, Caesalpinece, and Papilionaceae. 
 
 Herbs, shrubs, or trees. Leaves alternate, compound. Stipules 2. Calyx free, often 
 with unequal divisions, the odd segment being anterior. Petals inserted into the calyx, 
 sometimes into the receptacle, with the odd petal always posterior, equal in number to the 
 divisions of the calyx, or fewer from abortion. Stamens double the number of the petals, 
 or numerous, perigynous, and in some hypogynous, like the petals. Ovary simple, supe- 
 rior, one-celled, becoming a legume or lomentum. Embryo almost always without albumen. 
 
 Sub-order: MIMOSE.E, R. Brown. Mimosads. 
 
 Shrubs or trees, rarely herbs, unarmed or furnished with prickles or thorns. Leaves 
 often irritable ; abruptly, usually bi- to tripinnate, sometimes imparipinnate ; the leaflets 
 in some being abortive and the petiole dilated vertically (forming phyllodia) ; these appear 
 to have simple leaves. Flowers are complete or unisexual, regular, usually spiked or 
 capitate. Calyx free, 4 5 parted or divided, lacunae and petals valvate, rarely imbricate. 
 Petals equal in number to and alternate with divisions of the calyx, inserted into its base, 
 or into the receptacle, free or united more or less into the tube. Stamens hypogynous, 
 very rarely subperigynous, usually numerous, free or monadelphous. Legumen usually 
 bivalved, one-celled, sometimes divided into several cells by transverse partitions, or into 
 single-seeded joints. Embryo straight, cotyledons large, radicle, short, straight, plumule 
 inconspicuous. 
 
 The Mimosea3 are found in tropical parts of the world, with com- 
 paratively few species in the north, but great numbers in the south 
 temperate zone. They are characteristic of hot dry parts of the 
 world. Many of the species exude gum and secrete astringent prin- 
 ciple in their bark, wood, and fruit. 
 
 ACACIA, Dec. Polygamia Monacia, Linn. 
 
 Flowers polygamous. Calyx 4 to 5 toothed. Petals 4 5, either free or united to- 
 gether, and forming a 4 5-cleft corolla. Stamens varying in number from 8 200, dis- 
 tinct or united into bundles. Legume continuous, dry, bivalved. Seeds without pulp. 
 Shrubs or trees, unarmed or provided with stipular thorns or scattered prickles. Flowers 
 yellow, white, or occasionally red, in globular heads or elongated spikes. Several of the 
 species exude gum, and store up astringent matter in the wood, bark, and legumens. 
 
 ACACIA, L. (U. S.) GUMMI ACACIA, E. GUMMI ARABICUM, D. Gum of 
 various species of Acacia, E., of A. vera, Willd. L., of A. vera and 
 A. arabica, D. Gum Acacia or Gum Arabic. 
 
 Gum being an exudation from many trees, especially in warm and 
 dry climates, must have been known from the most remote antiquity ; 
 and hence we find it mentioned by early Greek writers. It probably 

 
 342 GUMMI ACACIJE. [Calyciflorce. 
 
 formed an article of commerce from Africa into Europe in ancient as 
 it does in modern times. Gum being required for use in the arts as 
 well as in medicine, large quantities are imported from the west and 
 the east coast of Africa, from Egypt, Arabia, India, New Holland, 
 and from the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 Gum Arabic, so called from being supposed to be produced in Arabia, 
 is imported in immense quantities from Africa into Aden; none is col- 
 lected and very little produced in Arabia. (Malcolmson.) It used to be 
 produced in Upper Egypt and Nubia. M. Pallme describes the gum as 
 being collected in Kordofan, especially in the district of Bara, in No- 
 vember, December, and January, it " is of the finest quality, and is er- 
 roneously named Gum Arabic;" from 10 to 14,000 hundred weight 
 being conveyed on camels from Bara to Dongola on the Nile, whence 
 it is conveyed to Cairo, and thence distributed to Europe. As the 
 whole of the arid desert country is covered with Acacia trees, much 
 is also conveyed to the ports of the Red Sea, and from thence to the 
 opposite coast of Arabia, whence it is re-exported to Bombay, and 
 from thence to this country. This is probably yielded partly by the 
 Acacia vera and A. arabica mentioned in the Pharmacopoeias, but 
 chiefly by A. Seyal, A. Ehrenbergii, and A. tortilis. 
 
 M. Pallme says that the Gum-tree of Kordofan differs materially 
 in the shape of the tree, its leaves, and spines, from the Mimosa 
 nilotica, that is, Acacia vera. 
 
 Mr. Johnston, when near the Hawash, had given to him a lump of 
 soft Gum Arabic, nearly a pound in weight, and of most agreeable 
 flavour, like a green ear of corn. He mentions at the same time, that 
 the trees were without exception the long-thorned Mimosa, and tall 
 enough to ride under. It was probably the A. tortilis or A. Seyal. 
 
 Gum Senegal is exported from Portendic, Sierra Leone, and the 
 French settlements on the Senegal, being produced chiefly in the de- 
 sert country to the north of the Senegal. 
 
 Acacia Verec is stated by the authors of the Fl. de Senegambie to 
 yield the pale and fine varieties, A. albida (A. Senegal, Willd.), and 
 A. Adansonii the inferior reddish varieties. A. Seyal, A. vera, and 
 A. arabica, being found in Senegambia, probably also yield some of 
 the gum exported from the western coast. 
 
 Barbary Gum is exported from Mogador on the west coast of 
 Africa, and is produced in a similar kind of country. It is an infe- 
 rior kind, and, moreover, a mixture of two or three kinds. 
 
 Acacia gummifera is thought to yield some of this gum. Jackson 
 gives attalet as the name of the tree which produces gum. 
 
 East India Gum is exported to Europe chiefly from Bombay, 
 having been previously conveyed there from the coast of Arabia ; so 
 that it is chiefly of African origin. But some of Indian origin is also 
 exported from Calcutta by the name of Babool Gum, which is that of 
 the Acacia arabica, and is of good quality, but Gum is yielded also 
 by Acacia Serissa and A. now Vachelia farnesiana, also by species 
 of other genera. 
 
 Gum is also imported from the Cape of Good Hope, yielded by 
 Acacia Karroo ; and A. decurrens yields gum in New Holland. 
 

 
 MimosecB.} MUCILAGO ACACIA. 343 
 
 As space cannot be afforded for all, we will restrict ourselves to 
 the description of the officinal species. 
 
 ACACIA VERA. Willd. (Mimosa nilotica, Linn.) A middling-sized tree, with spines 
 in pairs, straight, sharp, about a quarter to half an inch long. Leaves bipinnate, and as 
 well as the branches smooth ; these are covered with a reddish-brown bark. Two pairs 
 of pinnae, leaflets small, 8 to 10 pairs, oblong linear, with a gland between the pinnte. 
 Flowers in yellow globose heads, from 2 to 5 in the axilla of the leaves, and stalked. The 
 legume is moniliform, short, straight and containing but few seeds. A native of Egypt, 
 and extending across Africa to the Senegal. An astringent extract, known to the ancients 
 by the name of OLX.HX.I*, was prepared from the legumes of this and probably of other spe- 
 cies. The author obtained it in the bazaars of India by the old name ofakakia. 
 
 ACACIA ARABICA. Willd. (.4. nilotica, Delil.) Usually only a small, but growing to 
 a tree 40 feet in height. Spines in pairs, usually short. Leaves bipinnate, with 4 to 6 
 pairs of pinnce, with a gland between the first and between the last pairs. Leaflets from 
 10 to 20 pairs, minute, oblong, smooth. Flowers yellow, fragrant, in globose stalked 
 heads, axillary and subternate. Legume stalked, moniliform, long and curved, com- 
 pressed, contracted on both sutures between each seed. A native of Egypt, extending 
 across Africa to the Senegal ; found in Arabia and in every part of India. Roxb. Corom. 
 PL ii. t 149. 
 
 Gum, dissolved in water or in the form of a mucilage, is a very 
 generally diffused principle of vegetables. It flows from the several 
 Acacias in a liquid state, but soon hardens, and may be seen from a 
 perfectly colourless substance to different shades of yellow, even on 
 the same tree. It is in dry, s^m transparent, roundish masses, of the 
 size of a small nut, or larger, often in fragments, rugose at the sur- 
 face, brittle, friable ; fracture vitreous ; without odour ; of a mild, 
 slightly sweetish, viscous taste. Sp. Gr. about 1*31 to 1-52. It is 
 soluble in water, having a slightly acid reaction on litmus. The 
 finer pieces are often separated after being imported, and form the 
 picked or Turkey Gum ; the inferior kinds are in larger or irregular 
 pieces, of a deeper colour, more mixed with impurities, and less solu- 
 ble. It is insoluble in Alcohol, which, indeed, precipitates it from its 
 watery solution. Sesquichloride of Iron forms with it a brown jelly. 
 Diacetate of Lead and Silicate of Potash also cause a white precipi- 
 tate in this solution. Boiled with Sul', a variety of Sugar is produced ; 
 but if with Nit', Mucic and Oxalic acids. Subjected to heat, it loses 
 17-6 per cent, of water. It yields 3 per cent, of ashes, composed 
 chiefly of Carbonate of Potash and Carbonate of Lime, with a minute 
 portion of Oxide of Iron, and is composed of 79-6 of soluble Gum or 
 Jlrabin, which displays the characteristics of pure Gum, and is com- 
 posed of C ia H 11 O 11 or C a * H 33 O 23 (Liebig), and is therefore identi- 
 cal in composition with Cane Sugar. But Gum also contains a little 
 Nitrogen. 
 
 Adulterations. The inferior kinds of Gum are apt to be intermixed 
 with the finer kinds of African Gum, especially when powdered ; but 
 in this state, starch also is apt to be added, but may be detected with 
 Iodine. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent. Used in its solid form, or in powder, or 
 in the form of Mucilage. 
 
 MUCILAGO ACACI.E, E. Mucilago Gummi Arabici, D. MISTURA ACA- 
 CIA, L. -Mucilage. 
 
 Prep. Take bruised Acacia 3x. (3ix. E.; 3iv. D.) add it gradually and mix with boil-
 
 CATECHU. 
 
 [CalyciflortE. 
 
 344 
 
 ing (cold, E.) Aq. Oj. (fgiv. D.) Dissolve (without heat, but stirring occasionally ; strain 
 through linen or calico, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent. May be taken ad libitum. Employed 
 pharmaceutically to suspend powders, or to make a mixture with 
 oily and resinous substances. The E. process is the best, as heat is 
 injurious. The Dublin preparation is unnecessarily thick. 
 
 MISTURA ACACIJE, E. Acacia Mixture. 
 
 Prep. Steep in hot Aq. Sweet Almonds 3j. and 3ij. peel and beat them to a smooth 
 pulp in an earthenware or marble mortar, first with Pure Sugar 3v. and then with 
 Mucilage fgiij. add gradually Aq. Oij. stirring constantly. Strain through linen or 
 calico. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent: very similar to the Almond Mixture of 
 the L. P. 
 
 TROCHISCI ACACIA. Acacia Lozenges. 
 
 Prep. Mix Gum Arabic 3iv. Starch 3j. and Pure Sugar fcj. with Rose-water, and 
 make into a mass fit for forming into lozenges. 
 
 CATECHU, (U. S.) Ligni Extractum, L. D. Extract of the Wood, E. 
 Acacia Catechu, Willd. CATECHU. Extract of the Wood of the 
 Catechu Acacia. 
 
 The early history of Catechu is obscure : it must have been known 
 in India from very early times, as it is one of the ingredients of the 
 compounds which they chew with the leaf of the Belle Pepper. But 
 the Persian works on Materia Medica in use in India do not quote 
 any Arabic or Greek names for it. It was known to Garcias ab 
 Horto, who supposed it to have been the Lycium of Dioscorides. 
 But this the author has found to have been the extract of Barberry- 
 root.* 
 
 A great variety of ex- 
 tracts are now known, 
 which are prepared from 
 the wood, and fruit of va- 
 rious plants. The L. and 
 D. colleges restrict them- 
 selves to that of the Aca- 
 cia Catechu. The E. P. 
 mentions also that pre- 
 pared from the Betel-nut 
 or seed of the Areca Ca- 
 techu Palm, and also re- 
 fer to that of Uncaria 
 Gambir. The Acacias, 
 however, are most noted 
 for the secretion of as- 
 tringent principle in the 
 wood, bark, and legumes of various species, which hence form arti- 
 cles of commerce, and are employed in tanning. But none are more 
 valuable than the officinal species yielding Catechu. 
 
 * See a Paper on the Lycium of Dioscorides, by the author. Linnean Trans., vol. xvii. 
 p. 83. 
 
 Fig. 57.
 
 MimosecB.'] CATECHU. 345 
 
 ACACIA CATECHU. Willd. A tree from 15 to 20, but sometimes 30 feet high, with hard 
 and heavy wood of which the interior is of a dark red or brownish colour, and the sap. 
 wood white. Branches with stipulary thorns. Leaves bipinnate. PinnsB 10 to 15 pairs. 
 Leaflets 30 to 50 pairs ; linear oblong, unequal and auricled on the lower side at the base ; 
 petiole angular, often armed in arid situations with a row of prickles on the under side, 
 with one large urceolate gland below the lowest pair of pinnse, and smaller ones between 
 the 2 to 4 terminal ones. Inflorescence a spike, 1 to 3 together in the axillae of the 
 leaves. Flowers numerous, white. Calyx downy, 5-fid. Petals united into a 5-fid corolla. 
 Stamens numerous, distinct, double the length of the corolla. Ovary shortly stipulate. 
 Style the length of the stamens. Legumes straight, thin, and flat, and smooth, with about 
 4 6 seeds. A native of the jungles and low hills of many parts of India. Roxb. Corom. 
 Plants, 11, t 175. 
 
 Catechu (called Kut and Kutch by the natives of the East and Cutch, 
 and Terra Japonica in commerce) is properly an extract prepared 
 from the wood of the above tree ; but the term is now applied also to 
 other extracts similar in appearance and properties. It should be 
 confined to these, and the term Kino applied to astringent natural 
 exudations. The mode of preparing Catechu, by cutting into chips 
 the inner brown-coloured wood, and making a decoction which is 
 afterwards evaporated to a proper consistence, was first accurately 
 described by Mr. Ker, as practised in Behar ; so it is on the confines 
 of Nepal. The author has seen the same process in northwest India. 
 We have evidence that it is so prepared on the Malabar coast, and 
 also in Ava, from the same tree. 
 
 There is no proof that any Catechu is obtained from Buteafrondosa, 
 q. v. Some is prepared from the kernels of Areca Catechu, q. v., and 
 a kind called Gambir from the leaves of Uncaria Gambir, q. v. 
 
 Catechu is seen either in square or roundish pieces or balls, vary- 
 ing in colour, from a pale whitish or light reddish-brown to a dark 
 brown colour ; either earthy in texture, or lamellated, or presenting 
 a smooth shining fracture. Some kinds are hence more friable than 
 others ; all are without smell ; the taste is bitter, astringent, followed 
 by a little sweetness. The pieces are generally of a darker colour 
 externally than they are in the inside. Some of the kinds are cover- 
 ed with Rice husks, others are enveloped in leaves, which Dr. Pereira 
 has ascertained to be those of Nauclea Brunonis, a native of the Ma- 
 layan peninsula. 
 
 The pale variety is usually distinguished from the dark-coloured, 
 and said to be imported from Calcutta ; but we have obtained both 
 kinds in the bazaars there, the pale being imported from the upper 
 provinces, and the dark from Pegu and Singapore. The dark-brown 
 Catechus are obtained from Bombay ; but both kinds may no doubt 
 be prepared from the same tree, as a greater degree of, or longer 
 continued heat, and greater exposure to light, is said to produce the 
 dark colour. The dark are heavier, more dense in texture, and have 
 a resinous fracture. 
 
 The largest portion of good Catechu is taken up by water, espe- 
 cially when boiling, the infusion being of a light or reddish-brown 
 colour, according to its strength : it reddens litmus, and is strongly 
 astringent in taste. It yields a precipitate with the salts of Alumina, 
 also with Acetate of Lead, and one of a blackish-green colour with 
 the salts of the Sesquioxide of Iron. From forming a curdy pre-
 
 346 TINCTURA CATECHU. [Calyciflorai. 
 
 cipitate with a solution of Gelatine, Catechu is applicable to the 
 tanning of leather, for which it is now much employed. 
 
 Sir H. Davy, in analyzing the Dark and Pale Catechu, or the 
 Bombay and Bengal, as they were called, obtained from 
 
 of Tannin. Extractive. Mucilage. Insol. residuum. 
 
 Dark Catechu 109 68 13 10 = 200 
 
 Pale " 97 73 16 14 = 200 
 
 The Tannin of Catechu is very similar in properties to that obtained 
 from Galls. The principle called Extractive by Sir H. Davy, has by 
 others been called Resinoid matter, Resinous Tannin, and of late 
 Catechine and Catechuic acid. This is most easily obtained by 
 treating Gambir with cold water: the Tannin being dissolved, the 
 insoluble residue is impure Catechine, which may be purified by 
 solution in Alcohol and subsequent crystallization, when it appears 
 as a white powder, but in silky needles, and has something of a 
 sweetish taste, producing a green colour with the salts of Iron. It 
 is composed of C 15 H 8 0". 
 
 Tests. Catechu being of such different qualities, and liable to be 
 mixed with mechanical impurities, means are adopted for ascertaining 
 the quantity of Tannin ; as by ascertaining the weight of the precipi- 
 tate made by Gelatine. The E. C. states that " the finest qualities 
 yield to Sulphuric Ether 53, and the lowest qualities 28 per cent, of 
 Tannin dried at 280." Dr. Pereira having remarked that the Cate- 
 chine would be dissolved as well as the Tannin by the Ether, Dr. 
 Christison has stated that it is necessary to deduct from the dry resi- 
 duum of the Ethereal solution what is left when it is acted on by 
 cold water ; as this will dissolve the Tannin and leave the Catechuic 
 acid. 
 
 Action. Uses. Powerful Astringent. Applied externally, or taken 
 internally. 
 
 D. gr.x. gr.xxx. or more of the powder; or allow a piece of pale 
 Catechu, as pleasanter tasted, to dissolve in the mouth; or'soak a 
 lump of Sugar in the Tinct. of Catechu, in relaxation of the throat, &c. 
 
 INFUSUM CATECHD (E.) COMFOSITUM, L. D. (U. S.) Infusion of Ca- 
 techu. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 1 (2 E.) hour in a vessel lightly covered in boiling Aq. dest. Oj. 
 (fSxvij. E. ; ftss. D.) bruised Catechu 3vj. QJijss. D. ; powdered Catechu 3vj. E.) bruised 
 Cinnamon 3j. (3ss. D.) Strain (through linen or calico, E. D. ; add Syrup f3iij. E.) 
 
 [U. S. Catechu in powder gss. Cinnamon bruised 3j. Boiling Water Oj. Macerate 
 and strain.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Powerful Astringent, in doses of f3iss. three or four 
 times a day. 
 
 TINCTURA CATECHU, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Catechu. 
 
 Prep. Macerate (Digest, E.) for 14 (7, E. D.) days Catechu (in fine powder, 
 (iij. D. [U. S.]) bruised Cinnamon Sijss. (3ij. D. [U. S.]) in Proof Spirit Oij. (by 
 fcij. D.) Strain. (Express strongly the residuum. Filter or prepare by percol 
 
 Action. Uses. As Proof Spirit dissolves both the astringent and
 
 H^EMATOXYLON. 
 
 347 
 
 resinoid principles, this Tincture is strongly astringent, and useful as 
 an adjunct to Chalk Mixture, &c. in doses of f3j. f3ij. 
 
 ELECTUARIUM CATECHU (E.) COMPOSITUM, D. 
 Confection. 
 
 Compound Catechu 
 
 Prep. Take Catechu 3iv. Kino 3iv. (iij. D.) Cinnamon 3j. (ij. D.) Nutmeg 3j. E. 
 Pulverize, then mix Opium diffused in a little Sherry Wine 3iss. and Syrup of Red Roses 
 (of Ginger, D.) reduced to the consistence of Honey Oiss. (by weight ftij|. D.) Mix. 
 (Beat into a uniform mass, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic Astringent, with gr. ijss. of Opium in 
 3j. D. 
 D. Bj. 3ij. 
 
 , or Ca3salpiniads, Brown. 
 
 The Caesalpinese abound in tropical and warm parts of the world ; 
 a few, as Cercis Siliquastrum, spread into more northern latitudes. 
 Some are highly ornamental. The wood of many is red-coloured 
 and astringent. Hymenaea Courbaril yields a resin, the Gum Jlnime 
 of the shops. The leaves and fruit of some are purgative, as of the 
 Cassia Sennas and of the Tamarind. 
 
 Calyx 5-toothed or bilabiate, deciduous and withering on the plant. ' Corol irregular, 
 imbricated, subpapilionaceous, or nearly regular, spreading, of 5 petals, which are free, 
 inserted into the bottom of the calyx. Stamens 10, or fewer from abortion, often unequal, 
 perigynous, or inserted with the petals, usually free, sometimes united Ovary free, pla- 
 centa unilateral. Seeds without albumen. Embryo straight. Leaves alternate stipulate, 
 impari- or abruptly pinnate, sometimes single. 
 
 H^MATOXYLON, L. E. D. (U. S.) Lignum, L. D. Wood, E. 
 
 TOXYLON CAMPECHIANUM, Linn. Logwood. Decandria Monogynia, 
 Linn. 
 
 Logwood is noticed by Monardes for its medical uses ; but it has 
 also been long employed in the art of dyeing. It is a native of the 
 coast of Campeachy, but is now common in the West Indies, as also 
 in India. 
 
 A tree (fig. 58.) of moderate 
 size, stem generally crooked, 
 furnished with spines in arid, 
 but unarmed in moist situa- 
 tions. Leaves 2 4 from the 
 same point, pinnate ; leaflets 2 
 to 4 paired, obovate or obcor- 
 date. Flowers in racemes, 
 shortly stalked, yellow. Sepals 
 5, united at the base into a 
 permanent cup, the lamina of 
 which are purplish and deci- 
 duous. Petals 5, obovate, a 
 little larger than the sepals. 
 Stamens 1 0, hairy at the base. 
 Legume (2) small, compressed, 
 lanceolate, pointed at each 
 end, 2-seeded, sutures inde- 
 hiscent, valves bursting longi- 
 tudinally in the middle. 
 Sloane, Hist. 2, t. x. f. 1 to 4. 
 
 Fig. 58.
 
 348 TAMARINDUS. [Calyciftora. 
 
 The sap-wood of this tree, being light-coloured, is rejected, but the 
 interior red-coloured wood is imported in logs, chiefly for the use of 
 the dyer. These are externally of a dark colour, internally yellowish- 
 red. The wood is hard, close-grained, and tough ; usually in chips. 
 Sp. Gr. 1-057. It has a light but rather pleasant smell when in 
 mass, which is compared to that of Iris-root ; the taste is slightly 
 bitter and astringent, with a little sweetness. Both water and Alcohol 
 take up its active principles ; acids render its decoction of a brighter 
 red, and throw down a slight precipitate. Alkalies produce a purplish- 
 colour. Alum, Acetate of Lead, and the Salts of Iron throw down 
 precipitates, the last of a bluish-black colour ; and Gelatine, reddish- 
 coloured flakes. Analyzed by Chevreul, it yielded Volatile Oil, an 
 Oleaginous or Resinous matter, a brown substance containing Tannin, 
 Glutinous matter, several salts, and a peculiar azotized, crystalline 
 colouring substance, Hcematine, which is sometimes deposited in the 
 form of crystals in the wood, and may sometimes be obtained by eva- 
 porating red ink. It has a subastringent and slightly bitter taste. 
 
 Action. Uses. Mild Astringent and Tonic. 
 
 DECOCTUM HJEMATOXYLI, E. D. (U. S.) Decoction of Logwood. 
 
 Prep. Boil Logwood in chips 3j. (3jss. D.) in Aq. Oj. (Oij. D.) down to f 3x. (Oj. D.) 
 and add towards the end, Cinnamon powder 3j. and strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent: given in Diarrheas in doses of f3j.-f3ij. 
 
 EXTRACTUM ILEMATOXYLI, L. E. D. (U. S.) Extract of Logwood. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Logwood in coarse powder ftjss. (fi>j. E. [U.S.]) in Aq. dest. Cij. (Cj. 
 E. [U. S.]) for 24 hours. Then boil down to a gallon (Oiv. E. [U. S.]) ; strain the liquor 
 while hot and evaporate to a proper consistence. Some is imported. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent in doses of grs. x. 3ss. 
 
 TAMARINDUS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Leguminis Pulpa, L. D. Pulp of the 
 Pods, E. TAMARINDUS INDICA, Linn. Fruit of the Common Tama- 
 rind Tree. Monadelphia Triandria, Linn. 
 
 The Tamarind is a native of India, and has been long used there 
 as an article of diet and in medicine. The Arabs, on becoming ac- 
 quainted with it, called it Tamr hindee, that is, " the Indian Date," 
 whence, no doubt, the Latin name is derived. 
 
 A lofty tree with crooked branches, remarkable for its light and elegant foliage. Leaves 
 abruptly pinnate, with 10 to 15 pairs of leaflets, which are small, narrow, oblong, obtuse. 
 Stipules small, deciduous. Flowers in lateral and terminal racemes, of a yellow colour 
 variegated with red. Calyx turbinate at the base, limb bilabiate, reflexed, upper lip tri- 
 partite, lower broad, 2-toothed. Petals 3, unilateral, the middle cucullate. Stamens 2 3, 
 united together, fully developed, 7 very short and without anthers. Ovary stalked, style 
 subulate. Legume pendulous, broad and thickish, more or less curved, having externally 
 a hard but brittle scabrous rind, which does not separate into valves, but under it run 
 some woody fibres, and there lies some acidulous reddish-brown pulp. Seeds from 3 to 
 12, covered by a membranous coat, flattened, bluntly 4-angled, smooth, hard and brown- 
 coloured, inserted into the convex side of the legume. There is no solid foundation for 
 the distinction into two species ; T. orientalis being supposed to be 6 12 seeded, and T. 
 occidentalis 3 4 seeded. 
 
 Tamarinds are imported either simply dried, as from India, where
 
 CtBsalpineai.} CASSIA FISTULA. 349 
 
 there are two varieties, one a dark and the other a light-coloured fruit. 
 In the West Indies, the outer shell having been removed, they are 
 preserved either between layers of moist sugar or in syrup. Prepara- 
 tions are also made from them with sugar in India, which are em- 
 ployed in making sherbets. They are also used in preserving fish, 
 which is hence called Tamarind Fish. The proper officinal part is 
 the pulp stored up between the seeds and husk. 
 
 Tamarinds have a powerful acid taste, but when preserved, they are 
 sweet and acidulous, and then form a dark-coloured adhesive mass, 
 containing pulp, stringy fibres, seeds, and sugar. Vauqu^lin, in one 
 of the first analyses he published, found of Citric' 9-4, Tartaric' 1-55, 
 Malic' 0-45, Bitartrate of Potash 3-25, Sugar 12-5, Gum 4-7, Pectin 
 6-25, Parenchymatous fibre 34-35, with Water 27-55=100. 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant, Laxative. A Syrup of Tamarinds di- 
 luted with water makes an excellent refrigerant drink. An infusion 
 may be similarly used, as also Tamarind Whey, made by boiling Ta- 
 marind pulp 3ij. in Milk Oij. 
 
 Off. Prep. Inf. Sennae c. Tamarindis, D. Inf. Sennae Comp. E. 
 Confect. Sennas, L. (U. S.) Confect. Cassias, L. U. S. 
 
 CASSIA, Linn. Decand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 Calyx of 5 sepals, which are united at the base, and more or less unequal. Petals 5, 
 also unequal. Stamens 10, free, the 3 upper short, rarely fertile ; the 7 others bearing 
 anthers, but often unequal. Anthers opening at the apex by 2 pores. Ovary stalked, 
 usually arched. Legume usually compressed, many-seeded. Trees, shrubs, or herbs, of 
 tropical countries. Leaves simply and abruptly pinnated, leaflets opposite. Petioles often 
 glandular. Flowers yellow. 
 
 CASSIA, L. Cassiae Pulpa, E. Leguminum Pulpa, L. D. Pulp of 
 the Pods, E. Cassia Pulp. CASSIA FISTULA, Linn. (U. S.) Purging 
 Cassia. 
 
 This has been unfortunately named, as it is constantly confounded 
 with the Cassia yielded by the family of Laurels, with which the 
 present product has nothing to do. The plant is a native of India, 
 where it is constantly employed in medicine by the natives, and thus 
 became known to the Arabs. The tree has been introduced into the 
 West Indies, whence Cassia pods are now imported, as well as from 
 India and the north of Africa. 
 
 One of the most showy of trees, having something of the foliage of the Ash, with the 
 inflorescence of the Laburnum. Leaves from 12 to 18 inches long, with from 4 to 8 pair 
 of opposite, ovate, rather pointed leaflets, smooth on both sides, of a light green colour, 
 from 2 to 6 inches long and 1 to 3 broad. Stipules minute. Petioles round, without 
 glands. Racemes 1 to 2 feet long, pendulous, without bracts. " The three lower fila- 
 ments longer than the others, with oblong anthers opening by two lines in the face, the 
 other 7 clavate, with pores at the small end." (Lindley.) Ovary slender, smooth, one- 
 celled, with numerous seeds, and without any transverse separations. Legumes cylin- 
 drical, 1 to 2 feet long, smooth, somewhat obtuse, indehiscent, marked externally with 3 
 longitudinal bands, one being opposite to the two others, divided into a number of spurious 
 cells by transverse partitions. Seed, one in each cell, surrounded by a soft blackish-co- 
 loured pulp. On account of this peculiarity of the legume, this plant is sometimes but 
 unnecessarily placed in a separate genus, Cathartocarpus. 
 
 The pods being officinal on account of the pulp, those are to be 
 chosen which are heavy, and in which the seeds do not rattle. The 
 pulp is of a blackish colour, viscid, with a rather mawkish sweet
 
 350 
 
 SENNA. 
 
 [Calyciflora. 
 
 taste, and a slight sickly odour. The L. P. contains directions for 
 separating the pulp, by washing it out from the bruised pods with 
 boiling water, straining and then evaporating to a proper consistence. 
 Soubeiran states that four ounces of pod give one ounce of pulp. 
 This, analyzed by Vauquelin, yielded Sugar, Gum, Extractive, Ve- 
 
 f stable Jelly, Gluten, Parenchyma, Water. M. Henry states that the 
 ugar possesses the nauseous taste peculiar to the pulp, and he has 
 announced the presence of a principle having many of the properties 
 of Tannin. 
 
 Action, fees. Laxative ; in large doses, Purgative. 
 D. 3j. 3ij. as a laxative ; but apt to create flatulence, &c. Usu- 
 ally given in combination, as in Conf. Senna?, and in 
 
 CONFECTIO (ELECTUARIUM, D.) CASSIA, L. Confection of Cassia. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Manna 3ij. in Syrup of Rose f 3viij. (of Orange-peel ftss. D.), add 
 Cassia-pulp ftss. Tamarind-pulp 3j. evaporate to a proper consistence. 
 
 Action. Uses. Laxative in doses of 3ij. 3j. for adults. 
 
 SENNA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Folia. Leaves of CASSIA LANCEOLATA, C. OBO- 
 VATA, and of other species. (C. Senna, Linn.), D. Senna-leaves. 
 
 Senna has been distinctly known only since the time of the Arabs; 
 but they refer to the legumes only, though the leaves have long been 
 employed in the East. There is, however, great uncertainty re- 
 specting the species of Cassia which yield the different commercial 
 varieties. This is owing partly to all the Senna countries not having 
 been thoroughly explored, and partly to species having been formed 
 from imperfect specimens, and others from leaves collected out of 
 different samples of the Sennas of commerce. The following spe- 
 cies seem to be clearly distinct. The author has changed the name 
 of Forskal's C. lanceolata, in consequence of the great confusion 
 which has arisen from this name having been applied by so many 
 authors to the sharp-leaved Senna, which is imported in such large 
 quantities Jboth from Arabia and Egypt, and to which he restricts it. 
 
 Fig. 59. 
 
 1. C. FORSKALII (C. 
 
 lanceolata, Forsk. and 
 Lindley, Fl. Med. p. 
 259). Leaflets in 4 
 or 5 pairs, never more ; 
 oblong and either acute 
 or obtuse, not at all 
 ovate or lanceolate, 
 and perfectly free from 
 downiness even when 
 young ; the petioles 
 have constantly zsmall 
 round brown gland a 
 little above the base. 
 The pods are erect, 
 oblong, tapering to 
 the base, obtuse, tur- 
 gid, mucronate, rather 
 falcate,especially when 
 young, at which time they are sparingly covered with coarse scattered hairs. (Lindl. L c.)
 
 Casalpinea.} THE SENNA CASSIAS. 351 
 
 Collected by Dr. S. Fischer in Palm-grounds in the valley of Fatme, flowering at the end 
 of February. Forskal describes this as being distinguished " glandula supra basin pe- 
 tioli." It was found by him at Surdud and about Mor. It is called Suna by the Arabs, 
 and probably yields some of the Arabian Senna of commerce. 
 
 2. CASSIA LANCKOLATA (Fig. 59, taken from the author's " Illustrations of Himalayan 
 Botany," t. 37.) This is a bushy annual, of about 2 to 3 feet in height, extremely leafy, 
 and of most luxuriant inflorescence in a cultivated state. The stems are erect, round, 
 smooth, a little flexuose towards the apex. The leaves alternate, abruptly pinnate. 
 The leaflets 5 to 8 pairs, with short petioles, ovato-acute in the lower and lanceolate-acute 
 in the upper parts of the plant, " slightly mucronulate, smooth above, rather downy be- 
 neath (especially in young leaves), with the veins turning inwards and forming a flexuose 
 intramarginal line; petioles without glands; stipules softly spinescent, semi-hastate 
 spreading minute." Racemes axillary and terminal, erect, rather longer than the leaves. 
 Ovary linear, downy, falcate, with a smooth recurved style. Legumes (3) pendulous, 
 membranous, flat, only slightly protuberant over the seeds, oblong, sometimes elliptical, 
 nearly straight, with the upper margin a little curved, tapering abruptly towards the base, 
 and rounded at the apex, of a brown colour, containing from 5 to 8 white rugose seeds 
 (2). These are figured by Gartner, ii. t. 146. It is probably the Cassia medica of Forsk. 
 p. cxi., and agrees with his specimen of " Senna Meccse Lohajse inveniebatur foliis 5 7 
 jugis, lineari-lanceolatis," p. 85, of which Forskal states large quantities are yearly ex- 
 ported from the district of Abu-arisch to Jidda. This species includes : 
 
 a. Tinnivelly Senna, cultivated by Mr. Hughes in the south of India ; also that culti- 
 vated by the author at Saharunpore, C. lanceolata, Royle, Him. Bot. t. 37, and by Dr. 
 Wight near Madras, v. fig. 60, B. and spec, in Brit. Mus. It is the Cassia qfficinalis of 
 Gsert. and Roxburgh, Fl. Ind. ii. p. 346, which name ought to have been retained, or the 
 above C. medica, Forsk. instead of C. elongata being coined, especially as this was 
 formed from the leaves of a cultivated Indian Senna found in commercial samples. It is 
 cultivated by Dr. Gibson, near Poona. 
 
 Dr. Burns writes that he has found the lanceolate Senna wild near Kaira in Guzerat. 
 His cultivated specimens, if picked, would form good Senna. 
 
 b. C. lanceolata of most authors, C. acutifolia, Hayne, ix. t. 41. Nees and Eberm. t. 
 345. St. and Church. PI. 30, as C. Senna. These best represent the form of Alexandrian 
 Senna (v. 60, A., a small leaf), and specimen in Brit. Mus. from Senaar. (Kotschy.) It 
 is found in the valleys of the desert to the south and east of Syene or Assouan, and col- 
 lected for the trade to Cairo, forming 3-5ths of Alexandrian Senna. 
 
 c. C. acutifolia, called of Delile, Esenbeck and Eberm. t. 346. (fig. 60. c.) The leaflets 
 are narrower and more tapering towards the apex than the foregoing, as might be ex- 
 pected in a poorer soil and drier climate. Some of the Indian specimens in Dr. Rottler'a 
 Herbarium closely resemble this variety ; also African specimens from Tajowra to the 
 south of the Straits of Bab-el-Mandel. 
 
 The author is unable to distinguish these by any permanent characters, nor dried 
 Senna-leaves cultivated at Saharunpore from good specimens of Bombay Senna (that is, 
 ordinary Indian Senna) imported here from India; nor these from Suna Mukki sent him 
 by Dr. Malcolmson from Aden, and which he states are "the produce of Africa, but in 
 appearance exactly resemble the Arabian Suna. In the market both are sold as one 
 kind, and bring the same price." 
 
 3. C. OVATA of Merat, Diet, de Mat. Med. b. 613. C. athiopica, Guibourt. Is probably 
 a distinct species, as it is said to have a gland at the base of the petiole and another be- 
 tween each pair of leaflets. The leaflets are in 3 to 5 pairs, exactly oval acute, slightly 
 pubescent below ; the follicles are thin, pale yellow-coloured, l-3d smaller than those of 
 C. obovata. It is said to be found both in Nubia and Fezzan, and to furnish exclusively 
 the Senna of Tripoli, Sene de Tripoli. It is extremely like a variety of C. lanceolata. 
 The figure of C. Senna in Stevenson and Churchill, Med. Bot t. 30, quoted by Dr. 
 Pereira as representing this plant, is referred to by Dr. Lindley as a good representation 
 of C. acutifolia of Delile. But Merat and De Lens say of it : " Nous ne le connaissons 
 que par les feuilles et les fruits qu'on en voit dans la commerce." M. Guibourt calls it 
 C. cethiopica ; but instead of referring to C. lanceolata of Colladon, PI. xv. f. e. as repre- 
 senting this species, he says that it is exactly represented by the Sene de Nubie of Nec- 
 toux, pi. 2. 
 
 4. C. OBOVATA, Colladon. Hayne, ix. 42. Nees and Eberm. 347. Diffuse herbaceous 
 plant. Leaves equally pinnate, glandless. Leaflets 4 6 pairs (somewhat villous, Roxb.) 
 obovate, obtuse, but slightly mucronate, unequal at the base, the terminal pair more 
 cuneate and larger. Stipules triangular, narrow, and tapering, rather stiff and spreading. 
 Flowers yellow, in racemes. Bracts ovate, cordate, acuminate, concave, single-flowered. 
 Legumes broad, membranous, smooth, lunate in shape, rounded at each end, with an ele-
 
 352 TINNIVELLY SENNA. [Calyciftora;. 
 
 vated crest over each side on both valves, so as to form an interrupted ridge along the 
 middle of each valve. Seeds 6 to 8, wedge-shaped, rugose as in C. lanceolata. A native 
 of Africa, from Senegal (Fl. de Senegamoie) to the Nile ; found in Fezzan by Dr. Oud- 
 ney (R. Brown), in Egypt from Cairo to Assouan, Nubia ; found in the Adel country near 
 Sultalli (Mission to Abyssinia} ; Desert of Suez ; Syria ; dry parts of India, as Kaira 
 (Burns) ; Guzerat, Dekkan (Col. Sykes), near Delhi, and Valley of Rungush, near Pesha- 
 war (Falconer) ; high dry uncultivated lands of Mysore (Roxburgh. Wight). It has been 
 cultivated in Italy (Sene d' Italic), and forms 3-10ths of Alexandrian Senna. 
 
 This species is very distinct, in its obtuse obovate leaves and crested legumes, from the 
 preceding acute-leaved species. C. obtusa Roxb. was probably described from young 
 legumes, as the author, like Dr. Lindley, has compared good specimens from Mysore 
 with others from Africa. The obtusata (fig. 60, H.) of Hayne does not seem to differ 
 sufficiently from his C. obovata (fig. 60, G.) It is possible, however, that there are two 
 very similar species in Africa. Mr. H. Grant, late of the India House, has favoured the 
 author with a specimen in flower, collected by him in February at Philae, which has 
 upon it both obovate (H.) leaflets and some which are ovate and acute (a.) ! Lieut. Well- 
 sted's collection contains a specimen from the coast of Arabia, of which the leaflets are 
 obtuse, elliptic, and hairy. 
 
 The Sennas of commerce may be arranged as follows. 
 
 1. TINNIVELLY SENNA, first cultivated in the district of that name, 
 in 12 of N. lat. by the late Mr. Hughes, from seed probably obtained 
 from Arabia or picked out of Suna Mukki, as was done by the author 
 when he cultivated Senna at Saharunpore. (v. Himal. Bot. p. 186, 
 t. 37, and Trans. Med. Soc. of Calcutta, v. p. 433.) The author also 
 grew Senna from Tinnivelly seed sent to him by Sir C. now Lord 
 Metcalfe ; but he did not find the smallest difference between the two 
 when grown in the same situation. The Tinnivelly Senna is well- 
 grown and carefully picked ; the leaflets are of a fine rather lively 
 green colour ; thin, but large, being from one to two inches in length, 
 truly lanceolate. This kind is " highly esteemed in this country, and 
 is quickly displacing all the other sorts in this (that is, Edinburgh) 
 and many other cities in Britain." (Christison.) Dr. A. T. Thomson 
 says of it, it is mild in operation, certain as a purgative, and operates 
 without griping. It is now cultivated by Mr. Hughes' successor. 
 
 Saharunpore Senna, the same kind of Senna, cultivated at Saha- 
 runpore, differed only in the leaflets being smaller, as might be ex- 
 pected from the more northern latitude (30). These the author pre- 
 scribed in the hospitals at Saharunpore, and found them effective as 
 a purge, and operating without producing inconvenient nausea or 
 griping. Mr. Twining, after trying them in forty-five cases in the 
 General Hospital at Calcutta, says, in his report to the Medical 
 Board: "From these trials, I am disposed to consider the Senna now 
 under trial equal to the best I have ever seen." 
 
 Madras Senna. Senna is now imported also from Madras, the 
 produce of that Presidency. In 1843-44, I find 11,536 Ibs. were 
 exported to this country, having been previously imported into 
 Madras from Tinnivelly, where it is cultivated by the natives, and is 
 of the same nature of Mr. Hughes' Senna, though not so well grown 
 nor so carefully picked. Dr. Christison says of it, the leaflets are 
 longer than those of Bombay Senna, and not so taper-pointed, but 
 otherwise differ only in being better preserved, and being more active, 
 are more esteemed. 
 
 Dr. Searle, in a communication to the India House, says of this
 
 
 Ccssalpineas.} ALEXANDRIAN SENNA. 353 
 
 Senna, that " now furnished to the profession by the Madras Govern- 
 ment is in my experience as good quite as the Alexandrian," " every 
 leaf of the Indian being of the genuine spear-shaped species." 
 
 2. BOMBAY or Common Indian SENNA, Suna Mukki of the natives, 
 is first imported into Bombay from the Arabian Gulf: 
 
 316,728 Ibs. in 1837-38. 570,426 Ibs. in 1838-39. 
 
 Re-exported to Great Britain, 262,284 Ibs. in 1838-39. 
 
 That this Senna forms a large, if not the largest proportion of what 
 is consumed in this country, is not only evident from the above 
 importation, but also from a comparison of the whole quantity of the 
 other Sennas imported, as given by Dr. Pereira. 
 
 1838. 1839. 
 
 From East Indies 72,576 Ibs. I 110,409 Ibs. 
 
 From other places 69,538 " 63,766 " 
 
 Some of this Senna is no doubt produced in Africa, as stated 
 above by Dr. Malcolmson ; a good deal of it in Arabia, probably by 
 Cassia lanceolata, and some perhaps by C. Forskalii. The leaflets 
 are thin, lanceolate, usually entire, about an inch or an inch and a 
 half in length, narrower than either the Tinnivelly or Saharunpore 
 Senna, probably from growing in a poorer soil and drier climate. 
 They are of a pale-green colour, often with dark brown-coloured 
 leaflets intermixed, also some pods, and many leafstalks, with occa- 
 sionally other impurities. The good specimens of this Senna are, 
 however, of excellent quality, and its commercial and medical value 
 would be much increased, if the finest leaflets were picked out. It is 
 in constant use in hospital practice in India, and generally highly 
 approved of. The author prefers them for all purposes to the fol- 
 lowing kind as found in commerce. 
 
 3. ALEXANDRIAN SENNA is an excellent kind, when the genuine 
 lance-shaped leaflets have been picked out; but that commonly 
 employed in this country, is a mixed and very impure kind, being 
 made up of the leaflets, much broken, of C. lanceolata and of 
 C. obovata, with some pods and broken leafstalks, and also with 
 leaves of other plants. It should be used only after having been 
 carefully picked, as directed in the E. P. Picked Alexandrian 
 Senna is of a pale green colour, with a faint smell. The leaflets are 
 broad-lanceolate, the two sides unequal ; they are thicker and shorter 
 than the Indian Sennas. 
 
 The lanceolate Senna of Upper Egypt, Nubia, and Senaar, yields 
 two crops annually, the plants being cut down in spring and autumn, 
 dried in the sun, when the leaves are stripped off, packed in bales, 
 and sent to several entrepots, and finally to Boulac in the vicinity of 
 Cairo. Of the lanceolate Senna five parts are here mixed with three 
 parts of the leaflets of C. obovata, brought from other parts of Egypt 
 and even from Syria, and also with the leaves (two parts) of Cynan- 
 chum Jlrgel. This mixed Senna is that exported from Alexandria. 
 On the Continent a further addition is made of the leaves of Colutea 
 arborescens and of Coriaria myrtifolia. 
 
 Dr. Pereira states that, " under the name of heavy senna he has 
 met with argel leaves, which were sold at a higher price than drdi- 
 
 23
 
 354 
 
 ALEPPO SENNA. 
 
 [CalyciflorcB. 
 
 nary senna," and Dr. Christison mentions what indeed may often be 
 seen, that is, Argel leaves left intermixed even in what is called 
 Picked Alexandrian Senna, This Senna is often called " Send de 
 la Palthe." 
 
 4. TRIPOLI SENNA, is brought from Fezzan to Tripoli. This has 
 the general appearance of Alexandrian Senna, but is less esteemed, 
 though it is a more pure Senna, probably because the leaflets are 
 more broken down, and all the leafstalks have not been removed. 
 The leaflets are shorter and less pointed than in lanceolate Senna 
 indeed, more ovate; hence this Senna is said to be produced by 
 C. ovata (C. sethiopica) ; but it also contains leaflets of C. obovata, 
 which species was found in Fezzan by Dr. Oudney. 
 
 5. ALEPPO SENNA is now seldom imported into this country. It 
 consists of the leaflets of C. obovata, as do some other kinds, such as 
 ITALIAN SENNA. Dr. Ainslie says that the obovate is the only kind of 
 Senna met with in India, meaning the Peninsula of India ; for it is 
 not met with in the Bengal Presidency ; nor, according to Dr. Searle, 
 is it used in that of Madras at the present day. It is less effective as 
 a purgative, and apt to create nausea and griping. 
 
 Adulteration. Commercial Senna is prepared for use by picking 
 out the leaflets, and rejecting the leafstalks, also extraneous matter, 
 as dust, date-stones, &c., as well as the leaves of other plants. The 
 legumes, however, possess the cathartic properties of the leaves to a 
 considerable extent, and were alone used by the original Arabs ; 
 and there is no reason to believe that the stalks are inert. The 
 most important adulterations are, however, the leaves of other plants. 
 
 Those of the Argel 
 (D.) may be distin- 
 guished by being lan- 
 ceolate, equal on the 
 two sides of the mid- 
 rib, thick, leathery, 
 and paler. They ope- 
 rate very dubiously 
 as a cathartic, but 
 occasion griping and 
 protracted sickness. 
 (c.) Those of Te- 
 phrosia Apollinea(?.) 
 are obovate downy, 
 and the veins pro- 
 ceed transversely 
 from the midrib to 
 each margin of the 
 leaf without forming 
 a marginal vein. The 
 leaves of Colutea ar- 
 borescens, or Blad- 
 der Senna, are ovate, 
 but equal at the base. Those of Coriaria myrtifolia (E.) are astringent, 
 usually broken down, and marked on each side of the midrib with 
 
 A. Cassia lanceolata. B. Tinnirelly Senna, c. C. acutifolia. 
 B. Cynanchum Argel. E. Coriaria myrtifolia. r. Tephrosia 
 Apollinea. o. C. obovata. H. C. obtusata.
 
 CcEsalpinecs.] SENNA. 355 
 
 a strong lateral nerve. As the systematic adulteration of Senna in 
 Egypt with the leaves of other plants is objectionable, and has been so 
 noticed by the Pharmaceutical Society, the most efficient method of 
 stopping it would be to purchase only the pure African and Arabian 
 Sennas which come to us by Bombay, instead of (unless it has been 
 picked) that which is called Alexandrian from its place of export 
 (v. P. J. ii. p. 63.) In India, a good substitute for Senna is afforded 
 by Rae Suna. (v. COMPOSITE.) 
 
 Prop. Senna has a faint sickly smell, the taste is slightly mucila- 
 ginous, bitter, and nauseous. Alexandrian Senna, analyzed by MM. 
 Lassaigne and Ferieulle, yielded Mucilage, Albumen, Chlorophyll, 
 Fixed Oil, a little Volatile Oil, yellow Colouring Matter, and some 
 Salts. But its properties are supposed to depend upon Cathartine, 
 which is described to be a delinquescent uncrystallizable matter. 
 The pods are composed of the same principles, with the exception of 
 the Chlorophyll. M. Heerlein has lately experimented upon this 
 Cathartine, and describes it as a dark-brown clear extract, with an 
 unpleasant odour, and an acidulous, bitter, also unpleasant taste ; per- 
 fectly soluble both in Alcohol and water. He considers it to be 
 merely an extract, containing a free Vegetable acid, a Salt with an 
 alkaline base, and a Brown Bitter Extractive. He further found that 
 it does not contain the purgative principle of the Senna, gr. v.=3ij. 
 of Senna leaves, and even gr. x., given to patients were inefficacious; 
 also four doses of 9j. each taken by himself at an interval of an hour 
 and a half were without effect. 
 
 The active principles of Senna are extracted both by rectified and 
 by proof Spirit, and both by cold and by hot water ; but long boiling 
 injures its properties as a medicine. A very useful set of experiments 
 has been made by Mr. Deane (P. J. iv. 61), from which he finds that 
 though the best result was obtained by macerating Senna in a weak 
 Spirit, yet that cold water extracts the soluble and active portions, 
 nearly if not quite as well as hot water ; and that picked Alexandrian 
 Senna of the best quality is superior to all the others, from the quan- 
 tity of extract it contains. Of the East Indian, that from Tinnivelly 
 is best; and the common East Indian is better than small Alexan- 
 drian. But it has not been proved that the purgative property is in 
 proportion to this extract. He found that Senna 7 5 oz. Troy were 
 completely exhausted by Dil. Spirit (1 part Spirit to 5 of water) 20 fl. 
 oz., and the product four times the strength of the Inf. Sennas L. P. 
 
 Jlction. Uses. Purgative ; safe and efficient, acting chiefly on the 
 small intestines, and producing copious loose evacuations in doses of 
 3ss. 3ij. as in some of the following forms, or with Bohea Tea (Paris), 
 or with Coffee, as in the French Cafe au Sene. 
 
 INFUSUM SENN.E (E.) (U. S.) COMPOSITUM, L. D. Infusion of Senna. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for an hour in a slightly covered vessel Senna 3xv. (3iss. E. 3j. D.), 
 cut Ginger giv. (3j. D.) in boiling Aq. dest. Oj. (ftj. D.) ; strain. 
 
 [U. S. Senna 3j. Coriander bruised 3j. Water Oj. Macerate for an hour in a covered 
 vessel and strain.] 
 
 This infusion has the odour and taste of Senna, and is of a clear
 
 SENNA. [Calycifloree. 
 
 brown colour. It is much employed as a purgative in doses of f 3iss. 
 f 3iij., often in combination with a saline purgative, and a warm or 
 purgative Tincture, forming the common Black Dose. 
 
 INFUSUM SENN.E (CUM TAMARINDJS, D.) COMPOSITUM, E. Compound In- 
 fusion of Senna. 
 
 Prep. Infuse for 4 hours (occasionally stirring, E.) in a covered vessel not glazed with 
 lead, Senna 3j. Tamarinds 3j. bruised Coriander Seeds 3j. Muscovado or Brown Sugar 
 3ss. (3j. D.) boiling Atf. f gviij. ; strain through linen or calico. The same may be made 
 with 2 (or 3, E.) times the quantity of Senna. 
 
 This infusion is sometimes preferred on account of the combination 
 of aromatics and sugar, with the cooling effects of the Tamarinds, &c. 
 Acts as an effective purgative in doses of f3iss. f3iij. 
 
 ENEMA CATHARTICUM, E. D. Cathartic Enema. 
 
 Prep. Infuse for 1 hour in boiling Aq. fgxvj. Senna 3ss. then dissolve Sulph. Magne- 
 sia 3ss. Sugar 3j.; add Olive Oil 3j. and mix by agitation, E. 
 
 Dissolve Manna 3j. Sulph. Magnesia 3ss. in Comp. Dec. of Chamomile f 3xx. and add 
 Olive Oil f 3j. D. 
 
 Employed as a laxative Enema. 
 
 TINCTURA SENN.E COMPOSITA, L. E. D. Comp. Tinct. of Senna. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days Senna 3iijss. (3iv. E. fcj. D.) bruised Caraways 
 oiijss. (3v. E. 3iss. D.), bruised Cardamoms 3j. (3v. E. 3ss. D.) Raisins (stoned) 3v. 
 (3iv. Coriander bruised 3j. powdered Jalap 3vj. Sugar 3iiss. E.) in Proof Spirit Oij. 
 (by measure Cj. D.) ; strain. (Express the residuum and filter. Or prepare by percola- 
 tion, as directed for Comp. Tinct. of Cardamom. If Alexandrian Senna be used, free it 
 of Cynanchum leaves by picking, E.) 
 
 A warm and stimulant purgative. That of the E. P. is made 
 more effective by the Jalap, and by the corrective effects of the 
 Sugar. Usually prescribed as an adjunct to the Infusion, in doses of 
 f 3j., sometimes alone in doses of f3ss. 
 
 [TINCTURA SENN^E ET JALAPS, U. S. 
 
 Prep. Take Senna 3iij- Jalap in powder 3i Coriander bruised, Caraway bruised aa 
 3ss. Cardamom bruised 3ij. Sugar 3iv. Diluted Alcohol Oiij. Macerate for 14 days 
 and filter, or 
 
 Macerate for 48 hours, and then transfer to a displacement apparatus, and displace 
 with Diluted Alcohol until Oiij. are obtained.] 
 
 SYRUPUS SENNJE, L. E. (U. S.) Syrup of Senna. 
 
 Prep. Macerate in boiling Aq. Oj. (Oj. and f 3iv. E.) with heat for 1 hour (12, E.) 
 Senna gijss. (3iv. E.), bruised Fennel 3j. L. Filter. (Infuse Senna alone in the water; 
 express strongly, so as to obtain at least Oj. and f 3ij. of liquid, E.) Add (while hot, E.) 
 Sugar 3xv. and Manna 3iij. L. Boil down to a proper consistence ; add to the infusion 
 of Senna, Treacle concentrated in the vapour-bath as much as possible 3xviij. E. Stir 
 carefully, and when the mixture is complete, remove it from the vapour-bath. Carefully 
 pick Alexandrian Senna, E. 
 
 [U. S. Senna 3ij. Fennel Seed bruised 3j. Boiling Water Oj. Sugar 3xv. Proceed 
 as L.] 
 
 The Syrup obtained by the E. process is said by Dr. Christison to 
 be far superior to that obtained by the London formula, as the Infu-
 
 Casalpinea;.'] SENNA. 357 
 
 sion is added after the treacle has been concentrated, and not boiled 
 down with all the ingredients. Both preparations have scarcely the 
 taste of Senna, cause little sickness or griping, and are effective as 
 purgatives. A " Concentrated Syrup of Senna" has for some time 
 been prepared in the metropolis. The following, or " Fluid Extract 
 of Senna," is strongly recommended by Dr. Christison (v. P. J. iii. 
 115 and 248), and is prepared by several druggists. 
 
 " Take of Tinnivelly Senna ftxv. avoirdupois, and exhaust it with boiling water by 
 displacement : (about 4 times its weight of water is sufficient.) Concentrate the infusion 
 in vacuo to ftx. ; dissolve in it Treacle fevj. previously concentrated over the vapour-bath 
 till a little of it becomes nearly dry on cooling ; add of Rectified Spirit (Sp. Gr. '835) 
 fgxxiv. ; and, if necessary, add water to make fifteen (16 oz.) pints. Every fg will cor- 
 respond to Senna 3j. avoirdupois." 
 
 D. f 3ij. for an adult. It tastes like treacle, the feeble mawkish 
 one of Senna being covered ; and it operates usually without produc- 
 ing either nausea or griping. Dr. C. informed tn author, when in 
 London, and again by letter in July, 1842, that a nobleman who had 
 been in the habit of taking this Syrup made from Tinnivelly Senna, 
 immediately discovered when the Alexandrian had been used, in con- 
 sequence of the severe griping and its ineffectual teasing effect as a 
 purgative, though taken in the same doses. There can be no doubt 
 of the superiority of the Tinnivelly and other pure Sennas. 
 
 CONFECTIO (ELECTUARIUM, E. D.) SENN.E, L. (U. S.) Confection of 
 Senna. 
 
 Prep. L. E. (U. S.) Rub together Senna 3viij. and Coriander 3iv. Pass through a 
 sieve 3x. of the powder ; boil the residue with Aq. Oiij. (Oiij. and \ E.), Figs ftj. and 
 Liquorice giij. down to one-half. Express, strain, and evaporate in water-bath till f gxiv. 
 remain. In this dissolve Sugar feijss. and make a syrup ; rub in gradually Pulp of 
 Prunes (Cassia, Tamarinds, L.) aa ftss. ; then throw in the sifted powder, and mix (tri- 
 turate to a uniform pulp, E.) 
 
 D. Boil Pulp of French Plums ftj. and Pulp of Tamarinds gij. in Treacle by 
 measure fess. to the thickness of Honey ; add very finely powdered Senna 3iv. and when 
 cold Essential Oil of Caraway 3ij- Mix well. 
 
 Jlction. Uses. A mild but useful purgative in doses of 3j. 3iv. 
 
 [FLUID EXTRACT OF SENNA. 
 Mr. Duhamel's formula for this preparation is the following. 
 
 Take of Senna coarsely powdered gxxxij. Diluted Alcohol Oiv. Water Cong. i. Sugar 
 gxx. Oil of Fennel gtt. Ixiv. Hoffman's Anodyne q. s. Mix the Senna in a covered 
 vessel, with the Alcohol, and allow it to stand for 12 hours. * Transfer to a displacement 
 apparatus and displace with the water until 1 gallons have passed. Evaporate by a 
 gentle heat to gxx. and while hot add the sugar. Strain to separate the mucilaginous 
 matters, and when cold add the Oil and Fennel dissolved in a little Hoffman's anodyne. 
 
 D. f 3i. to f 3ij. as a laxative, f 3ss to f 3i. as a purgative.] 
 
 [CASSIA M AIIILANDICA, U. S. The Leaves. Decandria Monogynia. 
 
 American Senna. An ornamental plant, rect in its port, abundant 
 in alluvial soil along the course of streams and rivulets in the Middle 
 and Southern States.
 
 358 COPAIBA. [Calycifloras. 
 
 Bot. Ch. Perennial, glabrous, or somewhat pubescent, with scattered spreading hairs. 
 Leaflets twelve to eighteen, lanceolate, oblong, mucronate, gland near the base of the 
 petiole, clavate ; stipules linear, serrulate, caducous ; racemes axillary, short, somewhat 
 paniculate at the summit of the branches ; legumes linear, somewhat curved. Flowers 
 showy, yellow. 
 
 The leaves are plucked in August, at the time of flowering. The 
 odour of them when dry is like senna, and the taste mawkish and a 
 little bitter. 
 
 The Shaker article is liable to mouldiness. It comes in square 
 packages. 
 
 The constituents are resin, mucilage, extractive and a volatile sub- 
 stance. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic, used as a substitute for Senna. It is given 
 in infusion, as Senna.] 
 
 ANDIBA INERMIS, Kunth. (Geoffroya inermis, Swartz), D. Cortex. The 
 Bark of the Cabbage Tree. Diadelphia Decandria, Linn. 
 
 This tree is a native of the West Indies and of Guiana, where it is 
 called Worm Tree from its uses, and Wild and Bastard Cabbage- 
 tree, to distinguish it from Areca oleracea, the true Cabbage Palm. 
 
 This tree produces good timber. Leaves pinnate. Leaflets 10 17, oblong, lanceolate 
 acute, about 4 inches long, of a dark green colour and smooth. Stipules lanceolate, per- 
 sistent. Flowers of a reddish-lilac colour, paniculate, with short pedicels. Calyx urceo- 
 late, 5-toothed, ferruginous, pubescent. Corolla papilionaceous. Stamens diadelphous. 
 Ovary containing 3 ovules. Legume stalked, size of a large plum, hard, roundish, 
 1-celled, 1 -seeded when ripe, divisible into 2 valves according to Swartz. Wright, Phil. 
 Trans. 1777, t x. 
 
 A variety of Andira retusa in Surinam is said to have similar properties, and to be 
 used on the Continent. This Legume is compared to a Drupe, or plum with 2 furrows, 
 and the genus therefore in this respect resembles the Amygdalous Rosacese, and in its 
 flowers the Papilionaceous tribe. 
 
 The Bark is officinal on account of its anthelmintic properties. It 
 is in long half-quilled pieces, fibrous in structure, of a grayish colour 
 externally, and brownish internally, having a disagreeable smell, a 
 bitter, acrid, and mucilaginous taste. It contains Gum, Starch, 
 Resin, Salts ; but its properties seem to depend on an alkaline body, 
 which is very bitter, and has been called Jamaicine. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic ; in large doses, Emetic and Narcotic. 
 Formerly used as an Anthelmintic against lumbrici (Ascaris lumbri- 
 coides) in doses of Bj. 3ss. 
 
 DECOCTUM GEOFFRCY^E, D. Decoction of Cabbage-tree Bark. 
 
 Prep. Boil Cabbage-tree Bark bruised 3j. in Aq. Oij. down to Oj. ; strain, and add 
 Syrup of Orange- Peel f 3ij. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic and Anthelmintic in doses of f 3j. f 3ij. It 
 is better to prescribe it with warm water and Castor Oil. 
 
 COPAIBA. (U. S.) Resina Liquida, L. Fluid Resinous Exudation of 
 several species of Copaifera, E., of C. Langsdorffii, Dec. L., of C. 
 officinalis, Linn. D. Copaiva. 
 
 Copaiba was first described by Marcgraaf and Piso in 1648 ; but
 
 CtesalpincB.] 
 
 COPAIBA. 
 
 359 
 
 the species is uncertain, as the latter gives no figure, and the former 
 only one of the fruit (supposed by some to be of Copaifera bijuga, 
 Willd). Jacquin, in 1763, described a species of Copaifera from 
 Martinique, which he named C. officinalis, and which probably yields 
 the little Copaiba obtained from the West Indies. It has, however, been 
 ascertained that several species yield the Copaiba of commerce. The 
 Wood-Oil of some species of Dipterocarpus yields a substance closely 
 resembling Copaiba. 
 
 COPAIFERA, Linn. 
 
 Decand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 Fig. 61. 
 
 Calyx without bracts, 4-parted, divisions small, spreading ; corolla none ; stamens 10i 
 separate, nearly equal, declinate; ovary compressed with two ovules; fruit a legume, 
 stalked, obliquely elliptical, coriaceous, somewhat compressed, 2-valved, 1-seeded ; seed 
 elliptical, enclosed in a 1-sided aril ; embryo straight ; radicle somewhat lateral. Trees 
 or shrubs of tropical 
 America. Leaves al- 
 ternate, equally or un- 
 equally pinnate ; leaf! 
 lets opposite or alter- 
 nate, coriaceous, some- 
 what unequal, ovate, 
 either dotted or not. 
 (Lindl.) Stipules gen- 
 erally wanting ; bracts 
 caducous; flowers in 
 compound axillary and 
 terminal spikes. 
 
 C. Langsdorffii, 
 Desf. ( r . fig. 61.) Leaf, 
 lets 3 5 pairs, equal, 
 sided, obtuse, with pel- 
 lucid dots ; the leaves 
 ovate, the upper ellip- 
 tical ; petioles and 
 peduncles slightly 
 downy. As space will 
 not allow of the other 
 species which yield 
 Copaiva being describ- 
 ed, a list with their 
 habitats is subjoined. 
 
 1. C. Langsdorffii, As/. 
 
 2. C. coriacea, Mart, 
 
 3. C. guianensis, Desf. 
 
 4. C. multijuga, Hayne. 
 
 5. C. Martii, Hayne. 
 
 San Paulo and 
 Minas. 
 
 San Paulo and 
 Minas. 
 
 Rio Negro, Pa- 
 ra. 
 
 Para. 
 
 Para, Maran- 
 hao. 
 
 6. C. nitida, Mart. 
 
 7. C. Beyrichii, Hayne. 
 
 8. C. officinalis, Linn. 
 C. Jacquini, Desf. 
 
 Minas Geraes, 
 Cujaba, and 
 Goyaz. 
 
 Rio and moun. 
 tains of Es- 
 trella. 
 
 West Indies, 
 and Venezu- 
 ela. 
 
 Copaiva, though usually called a Balsam, is not correctly so named, 
 as it contains no Benzoic acid. It is an Oleo-Resin, which varies 
 more or less in colour, odour, specific gravity, and medical virtues, 
 according to the species from which it is obtained. (Martins.) The 
 species 1 and 2 yield the best Copaiva in the district of San Paulo, 
 3 in Guiana, 4 and 5 in Para, 6 in Minas Geraes, 7 in mountains of 
 Estrella and at Rio, 8 in Venezuela and the West Indies. Other 
 species are capable of, and no doubt yield some of the Copaiva of com-
 
 360 OLEUM COPAIBA. [Calycifloree. 
 
 merce. Dr. Christison mentions Copaiva sent from British Guiana, 
 obtained from plants growing further north than the above (except 
 No. 8), and near the Orinoco, the species of which botanists have not 
 yet determined. The species growing in the hot and moist parts of 
 Brazil form large trees, and yield very fine Copaiva ; those of the 
 drier and interior districts, as Minas Geraes, &c., are shrubby in 
 nature, and yield less, but also a more resinous balsam ; that of the 
 West Indies is darker-coloured, turbid, more acrid in taste, and smells 
 more of turpentine. It is in all these places obtained by making deep 
 incisions into the trunk of the trees, chiefly at the end of the rainy 
 season, when it flows out so abundantly, that 12 Ibs. are said by Piso 
 to be obtained in a few hours. 
 
 Prop. Balsam of Copaiva is a liquid (Sp. Gr. -095) of an oily con- 
 sistence, transparent, of a pale straw-colour, of a strong odour and dis- 
 agreeable, nauseous, acrid taste. It becomes more dense and darker- 
 coloured, if kept exposed to the air. It is soluble in Alcohol, Ether, 
 and Oils ; but, like other Oleo-Resins, is insoluble in water. With 
 alkalies it forms soaps, which are precipitated when much diluted with 
 water. Analyzed by Stolze and Gerber, it yielded of Volatile Oil 
 from 32 to 34 parts, Yellow Resin (Copaivic acid) 38 to 52, Viscid 
 Resin 1-65 to 2-13, the rest being water and loss in 100 parts. The 
 Volatile Oil may be separated by distillation with water, (v. Oleum 
 Copaiba?, E. P.) The Resin which remains consists of two parts : 
 one Copaivic acid, hard, brittle, and crystallizable, having an acid 
 reaction on Litmus, and forming compounds with bases : like Colo- 
 phane or Pinic acid, it consists of C 40 H 30 O 4 . The other, soft, 
 brown, or viscid Resin, which is more abundant in old than in fresh 
 Copaiva, has little affinity for bases, and may be separated from the 
 other by being insoluble in Naphtha. 
 
 Test. The E. C. characterize Copaiva as " Transparent : free of 
 Turpentine odour when heated : soluble in two parts of Alcohol : it 
 dissolves a fourth of its weight of Carbonate of Magnesia, with the aid 
 of a gentle heat, and continues translucent." An inferior kind, or 
 some adulterated with Turpentine or Fixed Oils, is occasionally sold. 
 A greasy spot will be left, if any fatty oil is present^vhen a little is 
 dropped on bibulous paper. Many inferior kinds arPsold. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant of Mucous Membranes, .especially of the 
 Urinary passages. In large doses, Cathartic and Diuretic. Dimi- 
 nishes Mucous discharges, as of Gonorrhoea, &c. 
 
 D. rnxv. f3ss. or even f3j. two or three times, swimming on some 
 fluid, or made into an emulsion ; or in capsules, where the Copaiva 
 is enclosed in a thin layer of Gelatine; or in form of pill, with Tg of 
 Magnesia, as in the U. S. P. 
 
 OLEUM COPAIBJE, E. Volatile Oil of Copaiva. 
 
 Prep. Distil Copaiva f%j. with Water Ojss. and separate the Oil. 
 
 Action. Uses. This oil is colourless, but acrid in taste, with a strong 
 odour of Copaiva, soluble in Alcohol, Ether, &c. It consists, like 
 Oil of Turpentine, of C 10 H 8 . It is preferred by many to every other 
 form of Copaiva, in doses of flx. f
 
 Papilionacecs.] BALSAMOFPERU. 361 
 
 PAPILIONACE.E, Linn. Nat. Ord. Papilionads. 
 
 Calyx 5-dentate, or bilabiate, deciduous or withering on the plant. Corolla papiliona. 
 ceous or subpapilionaceous, with the 5 petals inserted into the bottom of the calyx, usually 
 free, sometimes united with one another or with the stamens, imbricate. Stamens 10, 
 inserted with the petals, united together, or nine united into a bundle, and the tenth remain- 
 ing free. Ovary free, placenta on one side. Seeds without albumen. Embryo curved, 
 or bent back upon the cotyledons, rarely straight. 
 
 The Papilionaceae may be distinguished by their irregular flowers, 
 number and insertion of the stamens, and by their leguminous fruit, 
 as well as by their habit ; but the most doubtful may be distinguished 
 from Rosaceous flowers by the old segment of the calyx being an- 
 terior. Papilionaceae are found in all parts of the world : their geo- 
 graphical distribution is best studied in their several tribes. Uses va- 
 rious. 
 
 BALSAMUM PERUVIANUM, L. E. D. Fluid Balsamic Exudation of My- 
 rospermum Peruiferum, Dec. E. ( Myroxylon peruiferum, Linn, fil.) 
 L. D. Balsam of Peru. (MYROXYLON, U. S.) 
 
 BALSAMUM TOLUTANUM, L. E. D. (TOLUTANUM, U. S.) Concrete Bal- 
 samic Exudation of Myrospermum Toluiferum, Ach. Rich. E. of 
 Myroxylon Peruiferum, Linn. fit. L. Toluifera Balsamum Mill. D. 
 Balsam of Tolu. 
 
 The Balsams of Peru and Tolu were first made known by Mo- 
 nardes in the year 1580. It is still uncertain whether they are the 
 produce of the same or of different trees. Mutis sent a branch in 
 flower of the first, in 1781, to the younger Linnaeus. 
 
 Balsam of Tolu has been long supposed, as stated by Ruiz, to be 
 produced by the same tree. Miller having, however, grown it from 
 seeds sent him from the province of Tolu behind Carthagena, consi- 
 dered it distinct, and continued to call it Toluifera Balsamum. Col- 
 lected by Humboldt and Bonpland, it was described by Kunth as 
 Myroxylon Toluiferum. Ach. Richard, having examined the cha- 
 racters of these species, finds them all to belong to the genus Myro- 
 spermum of Jacquin, in which they have been continued by other bo- 
 tanists. 
 
 MYROSPERMUM, Jacquin. Decand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 Calyx campanulate, slightly 5-toothed; petals 5, subpapilionaceous, the upper largest ; 
 stamens 10, free; ovary stipitate, oblong, membranous, with 2 6 ovules, terminated with 
 a lateral filiform style ; legume with a winged stalk, which is very broad at the apex, and 
 which supports an oblique, indehiscent, 1-celled, 1 2-seeded samaroid fruit ; seeds in- 
 volved in balsamic juice ; cotyledons fleshy ; embryo curved. Trees with abruptly (Dec.) 
 impari-pinnated (Kunth) leaves ; leaflets marked with round and some linear dots. 
 
 M. PERUIFERUM, Dec. (Myroxylon peruiferum, Linn. fil. &c.) A tall and much-branched, 
 tree, with a smooth warty bark, which is thick and filled with resin, hence has a grateful 
 smell and aromatic taste. Leaflets alternate, of 3 to 5 pairs, with an odd one, subequila- 
 teral, oblong, obtuse, emarginate, rounded at the base, sometimes subcordate, coriaceous, 
 smooth ; midrib prominent below, and with a flexuose rachis rather hairy ; racemes 
 axillary ; of the 5 petals the upper or standing broad and roundish, the others linear-lan- 
 ceolate ; stamens spreading ; styles deciduous ; legumes straw-coloured, pendulous, 
 stalked, linear, oblong, coriaceous, about 2 inches long, its wing very thick on one side, 
 on the other not veined, 1-celled, 1 -seeded ; seed reniform, involved in liquid yellow bal-
 
 362 BALSAM OF PERU. [Calycifloras. 
 
 samic juice, which hardens into resin. (Lam. lllustr. t. 341, f. 1, a. g.) The Quinquino, 
 or Balsam of Peru Tree, a native of tropical forests on the banks of the Maranao in Peru, 
 near Bogota, and also, or a nearly allied species, in Mexico, according to Hernandez, who 
 Bays it was employed as a substitute for Syrian Balsam. De Candolle inquires, as there is 
 so much variation in the leaves, whether several species are not confounded together. 
 Guibourt mentions having received some Balsam of Peru from near San Saladra iu Gua- 
 temala. 
 
 Balsam of Peru is imported from several parts of the western 
 coast of South America, and it is probably obtained by making in- 
 cisions into the stem, as originally described by Monardes ; but one 
 kind is also described as being procured from the decoction of the 
 branches ; but no good and recent information has been obtained on 
 this subject. Ruiz states that the balsamic juice, when received 
 in bottles, may be preserved in a liquid state for some years, and is 
 then called White Liquid Balsam; but that which remains in the 
 tree and is obtained by boiling the branches, is a dark-coloured 
 liquid, called Black Peruvian Balsam. But further information is re- 
 quired. This is a kind commonly met with, of a viscid syrupy con- 
 sistence, Sp. Gr. 1-15, of a reddish-brown almost black colour, of a 
 strong balsamic odour, and a bitterish rather acrid taste. According 
 to M. Stolze, it is composed in 100 parts of 23 of Brown Resin, 69 
 of a peculiar Oil, Benzoic acid 6-5, Extractive Matter and loss 1-5. 
 It is soluble in Alcohol, and in about 5 parts of rectified Spirit, burns 
 with a good deal of smoke. Boiled with water, this becomes charged 
 with its acid and a little of the Oil. Balsam of Peru has also been 
 analyzed by Fremy and Wernher. The former calls its oil, Cinna- 
 meine, which Richter says is composed of two oils. (v. Turner's 
 Chemistry.) Fremy considers the acid to be Cinnamonic,'that is, 
 Cinnamic acid, and the Resin a Hydrate of Cinnameine. 
 
 MYROSPERMUM TOLUIFERUM, Ach. Rich. A tree very like the former. Branches warty, 
 smooth ; leaflets equilateral, from 7 to 8, thin, membranous, ovate, oblong, acuminated, 
 rounded at the base, shining, and as well as the rachis, smooth. The leaves only are 
 figured by Nees von Esenbeck in T. 322 ; but they are so similar to those of the plant 
 he has figured as M. peruiferum, that they might belong to the same plant. Mountains 
 of Turlaco near Carthagena ; banks of the Magdalena and the high savannas of Tolu. 
 
 Balsam of Tolu is probably obtained by incisions made in the bark 
 of the above tree. It is imported from Carthagena, &c., in vessels of 
 different kinds, sometimes in small ovoid gourds. Ruiz states that it 
 is only the Balsam of Peru in a dried state. According to Fremy, 
 it is composed of the same constituents, and will necessarily act in 
 a similar manner with reagents. It is usually in a solid state, dry 
 and friable, of a yellowish-red or reddish-brown colour ; but when 
 fresh, it is soft and of the consistence of thick honey, from containing 
 more oil, of a fragrant balsamic odour, and warm sweetish taste. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Expectorant. The Balsam of Peru is a 
 useful application to indolent and also to phagedenic ulcers. Stimu- 
 lant Expectorant in Chronic Catarrhs, in doses of llxv. fflrxxx. made 
 into emulsion with Mucilage or Yolk of Egg. The Balsam of Tolu 
 is more frequently prescribed.
 
 Papilionacets.] RED SANDAL- WOOD. 363 
 
 TINCTURA (TOLUTANA, E.) BALSAMi ToLUTANi, L. D. Tincture of 
 Tolu. (TINCTURA TOLUTANI, U. S.) 
 
 Prep. Digest Balsam of Tolu 3ij. (3j. D. giijss. E.) in Rectified Spirit Oij. (Oj. wine 
 measure, D.) with a gentle heat, E. (in a close vessel, D.) until the balsam is dissolved, 
 and filter, L. D. 
 
 [U. S. Tolu 3iij. Alcohol Oij.] 
 
 D. f 3ss. to f 3j. made into an emulsion. 
 
 SYRUPUS (BALSAMI TOLUTANI, D.) TOLUTANUS, E. L. Syrup of Tolu. 
 (SYRUPUS TOLUTANI, U. S.) 
 
 Prep. Boil Balsam of Tolu 3x. in boiling Aq. Oj. for half an hour in a lightly covered 
 vessel, stirring ; strain ; then dissolve in it Sugar ftijss. The E. and D. Cs. prepare this 
 syrup by adding Tinct. of Tolu f gj. gradually to Simple Syrup fi>ij. E. feijss. D. 
 
 [Tincture of Tolu 3j. Syrup Oij. U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant in doses of f 3j. f 3ij. Sometimes added 
 to flavour draughts. 
 
 Ph. Prep. Tinct. Benzoini Comp. Trochiscus Opii, and Troch. 
 Morphias et Ipecacuanhas. 
 
 PTEROCARPUS, Linn. Diadelphia Decandria. Linn. 
 
 Calyx 5-toothed, obscurely bilabiate ; petals 5, papilionaceous, petals of the keel free ; 
 stamens 10, filaments variously united ; ovary stipulate, with few (2 to 4) ovules ; legume 
 suborbicular, compressed, indehiscent, surrounded by a membranous wing, usually rugose 
 in the middle; 1 3 celled, each cell 1 3 seeded; seeds kidney-shaped. Trees or 
 shrubs. Leaves unequally pinnated ; racemes axillary or terminal, and paniculate. Na- 
 tives of the tropical parts of India, of the west coast of Africa, and of tropical America; 
 they secrete and exude reddish-coloured juice, which is usually astringent, and hardens 
 in the air. 
 
 PTEROCARPUS, L. E. PTEROCARPDS SANTALTNUS, Linn.fil. D. Lignum, 
 L. D. Wood, E. Red Sandal- Wood. (SANTALUM, U. S.) 
 
 Sandal-wood is mentioned by Serapion and other Arabs, and dis- 
 tinguished into white, yellow, and red. The last is known in com- 
 merce as Red Saunders Wood. This is called rukta (red) chundun 
 (Sandal) in India, and the name is applied to the wood of Pterocarpus 
 santalinus, and also to that of Adenanthera Pavonina. Lignum Pa- 
 vona was an old dye-wood. That of Pterocarpus dalbergioides is said 
 to yield the Andaman Red Wood. 
 
 P. SANTALINUS, Linn. fil. (Santalum rubrum, Kcenig.) A lofty tree. Leaflets 3, rarely 
 4 or 5, alternate, roundish, retuse, smooth above ; racemes axillary, simple, or branched ; 
 petals long-clawed, crenate, undulate ; standard yellow, streaked with red; filaments 10, 
 diadelphous, (triadelphous, 5, 4, and 1, W. and A.}; legume suborbicular, stalked, 1- 
 seeded ; the wing somewhat membranous, waved. A native of the Pulicat (Paulghat) 
 mountains; also of Ceylon. 
 
 This tree was pointed out by Koenig as yielding Red Sandal- wood. 
 Its wood is dark-red with darker- coloured veins, heavy and compact, 
 capable of taking a fine polish; when moistened with water, it is said 
 to produce a fine red colour ; and a reddish-coloured juice exudes 
 from its bark, which Krenig considered a kind of dragon's-blood. 
 The imported wood is similar in appearance, is without odour, has a
 
 EAST INDIA KINO. [Calycifloree. 
 
 feeble taste, and sinks in water. Alcohol and Ether readily extract 
 its colour, as do alkaline solutions. Pelletier found it contained 
 Woody fibre, Extractive, Gallic acid, and about 17 per cent, of a 
 peculiar colouring matter, which he called Santaline, and which is 
 somewhat allied to the Resins in properties. 
 
 Action, Uses. Used only as a dye, and to give colour to the Tinct. 
 Lavandulse Comp. 
 
 KINO, L. E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Kino is well known as an astringent substance, in small and shin- 
 ing, brittle, angular fragments of a deep-brown colour, which appears 
 to be a natural exudation of some one plant, from the uniformity of 
 its appearance. Several kinds of Kino are, however, met with in 
 commerce, as well as described in books, as that of Butea frondosa 
 from India, at. one time acknowledged by the D. C., and which has 
 no doubt been sometimes imported as Kino. Botany Bay Kino, pro- 
 duced by Eucalyptus resinifera, or Brown Gum Tree, at one time 
 acknowledged by the E. C., a Jamaica, and a Columbian Kino, are 
 mentioned ; and an extract of Rhatany is sometimes enumerated with 
 them. But genuine Kino has been supposed to come from the west 
 coast of Africa. There is no doubt, however, and the fact may be 
 easily ascertained by any one making inquiries in the proper channels, 
 that the best is now imported into this country from Bombay. 
 
 Kino seems to have been first introduced into European practice 
 by Dr. Fothergill, in 1757, who states in a paper in Med. Obs. and 
 Enq., i. 358, that he was indebted for information respecting it to Dr. 
 Oldfield, and that the substance was obtained from the river Gambia, 
 whence he called it Gummi rubrum astringens Gambiense. Previous 
 to this, Moon, in his travels into Africa, mentions a red gum as issu- 
 ing from incisions in trees, and which he mistook for Dragon's-blood. 
 Mungo Park discovered that the tree which yielded this substance 
 was called Pao de Sangue (Blood-tree) by the Portuguese. His spe- 
 cimens were determined by Mr. R. Brown to belong to Pterocarpus 
 erinaceus, a tree which has since been well figured and fully de- 
 scribed in the Flore de Senegambie. 
 
 P. ERINACEUS (Poiret, Illustr. t. 602, f. 4.) L. E. A tree 40 or 50 feet in height, with 
 the bark exuding a peculiar blackish-coloured juice ; leaflets 11 15, alternate, ovate, 
 oblong, obtuse, or emarginate, above smooth, on the under surface covered with dense but 
 short tomentum; flowers yellow; stamens 8 10, monadelphous or irregularly diadel- 
 phous ; legumes orbicular, membranous, undulate at the margin, and terminated on one 
 side by a sharp point (the base of the style), in the centre covered with stiff bristles, 2- 
 celled or 1-celled ; each cell 1-seeded. A native of Senegambia. Its wood is reddish- 
 coloured. When the bark of its trunk or branches is injured, a reddish-coloured juice 
 exudes, which quickly hardens in the air, becoming of a blackish colour. This brilliant, 
 friable, and astringent substance, though like Kino, does not seem to be collected. " Nous 
 ne 1'avons pas vu extraire pour les usages pharmaceutiques sur les bords de la Gambie," 
 (Fl. de Senegambie, i. p. 230, tab. 54,) and no Kino is known to be imported here from 
 the coast of Africa. 
 
 The origin of the name Kino has not yet been satisfactorily ascer- 
 tained. It was introduced into the E. P. 1774 as Gummi Kino, and 
 into the L. P. 1787 as Resina Kino. I have long been of opinion 
 that the name was derived from the Indian kuenee, or kini, applied to
 
 Papilionacea.} EAST INDIAN KINO. 365 
 
 a similar exudation from the bark of Butea frondosa, of which the 
 Sanscrit name is Kin-suka (Himal. Bot. p. 195, and Proc. Royal 
 Asiatic Soc. p. 50, May, 1838,), because this Butea gum had been sent 
 as Kino to the above Society from Bombay. An old specimen in the 
 India House is marked Gum Cheena. Dr. Pereira, several years 
 since, found " in the warehouse of an old drug firm in London a 
 substance marked Gummi rubrum astringens" which he was told had 
 formerly fetched a very high price. It is, however, very distinct 
 from the Kino of commerce, which, for many reasons, the author 
 was inclined to think was the produce of Pterocarpus Marsupium. 
 
 Dr. Pereira states that what he calls East Indian Kino is always 
 regarded in commerce as genuine Gum Kino, and that an experienced 
 East Indian broker assured him it was the produce of the Malabar 
 coast. He also traced it to Bombay, and to Tellicherry, on that 
 coast. In the official reports of the commerce ,of Bombay, the Kino 
 exported to this country appears to have been previously imported 
 from the Malabar coast. The author's attention was again especially 
 turned to this subject on finding in the India House specimens of Kino 
 marked from Anjarakandy, which he recognised as being identical 
 with the present Kino of commerce ; but was unable for some time 
 to ascertain the locality of Anjarakandy, until informed by Mr. Dyer 
 (u. p. 303) that it was the name of a farm within a few miles of 
 Tellicherry, that is, near the very place to which Dr. Pereira had 
 traced the East Indian Kino.* 
 
 Having thus determined the place, the next point was to ascertain 
 the plant which yielded this kind of Kino, as well as its mode of pre- 
 paration. This was effected by writing to Dr. Wight, stationed at 
 Coimbatore ; and though he did not at first succeed, Dr. Kennedy 
 afterwards sent him specimens of the flower, leaves, and fruit, also a 
 small portion of the wood and of the gum. On inspecting these, Dr. 
 Wight states, " the specimens received along with the letter leave no 
 doubt that the Malabar Kino is the production of Pterocarpus Marsu- 
 pium" 
 
 Dr. Kennedy writes that he is informed by his friend Mr. J. Brown 
 of Anjarakandy, that " the juice is extracted when the tree is in blos- 
 som, by making longitudinal incisions in the bark round the trunk of 
 the tree, so as to let the gum ooze down into a receiver formed of a 
 broad leaf so placed and fixed in thenbark as to prevent the gum from 
 falling on the ground. From the leaf it is made to run into a recep- 
 tacle placed under the leaf to receive the gum. When this receptacle 
 is filled, it is removed, the gum is dried in the sun until it crumbles, 
 and then filled into wooden boxes for exportation." 
 
 Dr. Gibson had already stated (see the above Proc. p. 59) that 
 " Kino was the produce of Pterocarpus Marsupium (beula or bid), a 
 tree very common below the Ghats," also that the Kino is exported 
 in considerable quantities from the Malabar coast. Dr. Roxburgh, 
 
 * Since then I have discovered that this was formerly one of the East India Company's 
 plantations, under the superintendence of Mr. Brown, and was visited by Dr. Buchanan, 
 in January, 1801 (Mysore II. p. 544), when he states, numerous valuable experiments 
 were carrying on in the plantation.
 
 366 
 
 PTEROCARPUS MARSUPIUM. 
 
 \_Caly ciflorce. 
 
 however, was the first to direct attention to this tree, which he states 
 exudes a red juice, which hardens into a strong, simply astringent, 
 brittle gum-resin, of a dark red colour, strongly resembling that of 
 the Butea frondosa ; so that the same analyses might serve for both. 
 He further observes, that the specimen of the gum Kino tree (P. eri- 
 naceus) in the Banksian herbarium is exceedingly like this plant. The 
 specimens of the Indian and of the African Kino were, as we have 
 seen, the produce of two distinct species of Pterocarpus. 
 
 P. Marsupium, Roxb. (Fig. 62.) A lofty tree, with the outer coat of the bark brown, 
 inner red, fibrous and astringent; leaves subifarious, alternate, leaflets 5 7 alternate, 
 
 elliptic, emarginate, 
 
 Fig. 62. above shining and 
 
 of a deep green co- 
 lour, from 3 to 5 
 inches long ; pani. 
 cles terminal ; petals 
 white with a tinge 
 of yellow, long-claw- 
 ed, all waved or 
 crested on the mar- 
 gins ; stamens ten, 
 united into one body 
 near the base, but 
 soon splitting into 
 two bodies of five 
 each ; ovary gene- 
 rally two-celled, le- 
 gume long-stalked, 
 the under three, 
 fourths orbicular, 
 the upper side 
 straight; the whole 
 surrounded with a 
 waved veined mem- 
 branous wing ru- 
 gose and woody in the centre, generally one, sometimes two-celled ; seed solitary, kidney- 
 shaped. Roxb. Corom. PI. ii. t. 116 ; Fl. Ind. iii. p. 234. A native of the Circar Mountains 
 and forests of the Malabar coast, apparently also in those at the foot of the Himalayas, 
 according to Buchanan Hamilton. 
 
 Kino is in small, irregular, somewhat angular, glistening frag- 
 ments, of a dark-brown or reddish-brown colour, brittle, and afford- 
 ing a powder which is lighter-coloured than the masses. It is with- 
 out odour, and has a bitterish, highly astringent, and ultimately 
 sweetish taste. It is not softened by heat; cold water dissolves it 
 partially, boiling water more largely, and the saturated decoction 
 becomes turbid on cooling, and deposits a reddish sediment. Alcohol 
 dissolves the greater portion. It consists chiefly of a peculiar modi- 
 fication of Tannin, with Extractive matter, and, in some of the 
 varieties, of a minute proportion of Resin. According to Vauquelin, 
 it contains no Gallic acid, but Tannin and peculiar extractive 75, 
 red Gum 24, insoluble matter 124. Its aqueous sol. is precipitated 
 by Gelatine (with which it produces a green colour, in consequence 
 of the presence of a little Catuchine), by, soluble salts of Iron, Silver, 
 Lead, and Antimony, by the Permuriate of Mercury, and by the 
 Sulphuric, Nitric, and Muriatic acids. The alkalies favour its solu- 
 bility in water, but essentially change its nature, and destroy its 
 astringent property.
 
 Papilionacece.'] SCOPARIUM. 367 
 
 Action. Uses. Powerful astringent. Useful in restraining mucous 
 discharges, &c. 
 
 TINCTURA KINO, L. E. D. Tincture of Kino. 
 
 Prep. Digest Kino bruised Siijss. (giij. D.) in Rectified Spirit Oj. (Proof Spirit Oij 
 old wine measure, D.) for 14 (7, E. D.) days and filter. This Tincture cannot be con- 
 veniently prepared by percolation. 
 
 Uses and D. Astringent adjunct to Chalk Mixture, &c., in doses 
 of f 3j. f 3ij. 
 
 PULVIS KINO COMPOSITUS, L. D. Compound Powder of Kino. 
 
 Prep. Rub up Kino gxv. Cinnamon 3iv. and Hard Opium Jj. separately to very fine 
 powder, then mix them. 
 
 Uses and D. Astringent and anodyne. Useful in chronic diar- 
 rhosa and dysentery in doses of gr. x. Bj. Grs. xx. contain of 
 Opium gr. j. 
 
 BUTEA FRONDOSA. This plant, as mentioned above, yields by inci- 
 sions made in its bark an astringent gum, which was at one time 
 supposed to be the genuine Kino of commerce. It is no doubt pos- 
 sessed of similar properties, is frequently used as such in India, and 
 useful like it in Diarrhoeas and advanced stages of Dysentery. It is 
 also used in the art of tanning. It has been occasionally sent to this 
 country as Kino, and Dr. Pereira found it in an old drug firm marked 
 Gummi rubrum aslringens. Its Sanskrit name is Kin-suka. It is 
 commoply known in India as Klni lie gond, and also by the name 
 Kumrkus. Its chemical characteristics are very like those of the 
 Kino of Pterocarpus. It is very carelessly collected, and therefore 
 often contains impurities. It is remarkable for containing a beau- 
 tiful red colouring matter, difficult of separation. Analyzed by 
 Mr. E. Solly, a portion in the crude state yielded about 50 per cent, 
 of Tannin ; but when purified by simple solution in water, so as to 
 separate the impurities, 100 parts contained 73-26 parts of Tannin, 
 5-05 of difficultly-soluble Extractive, and 21-67 of Gum, with Gallic 
 acid and other soluble substances. The colour and properties of 
 Tannin vary with the exposure and season of collection, (v. Rox- 
 burgh, Fl. Ind. iii. p. 245, and Proc. R. Asiatic Soc. May, 1838.) 
 
 SCOPARIUM, L. E. (U. S.) Cacumina (D.) recentia, L. (Fresh) Tops, E., 
 of Cytisus Scoparius, Dec. L. E. of Spartium Scoparium, Linn. D. 
 Tops of the Common Broom. Diadelph. Decand. Linn. 
 
 The common Broom, by some, and Spanish Broom, by others, is 
 supposed to be the oVagriov of Dioscorides. 
 
 A shrub with angular, unarmed branches. Leaves trifoliate, the upper ones simple, 
 stalked, leaflets oblong. Flowers yellow, axillary, solitary, stalked. Calyx bilabiate, the 
 upper lip often entire, the inferior subtridentate. The standard large ovate. Keel very 
 obtuse, enclosing the stamens and pistils. Stamens all united together. Legume of a 
 dark brown colour, flat, compressed, hairy at the margins, containing about 15 seeds. 
 Indigenous in sandy and uncultivated places throughout Europe. 
 
 Broom-tops, like the rest of the plant, have a bitter nauseous taste, 
 and, when bruised, a peculiar odour. Their properties are supposed
 
 368 GLYCYRRHIZA. [Calyciflora;. 
 
 to depend on the presence of Cytisine, and the seeds are the most 
 effective part. The ashes contain about 30 per cent, of Carbonate 
 of Potash and other salts. 
 
 Motion. Uses. Emetic and Cathartic in large doses; but used 
 only as a Diuretic in small doses. May be given in dropsies, in 
 powder or in Extract, in doses of gr. x. 3ss. ; or in 
 
 INFUSUM SCOPARII, L. Infusion of Broom Tops. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Broom Tops 3j. in boiling Aq. dest. Oj. for 4 hours in a lightly 
 covered vessel and- strain. 
 
 It may be prescribed in doses of f 3j. to f 3iij. three times a day. 
 
 DECOCTUM SCOPARII (E.) COMPOSITUM, L. Compound Decoction of 
 Broom Tops. 
 
 Prep. Boil Broom Tops, Juniper Fruit, (Dandelion, L.) aa gss. Bitartrate of Potash 
 3ijss. in Aq. Ojss. down to a pint and strain. 
 
 Efficient Diuretic in the same doses as the Infusion. 
 
 EXTRACTUM SPARTII SCOPARII, D. Extract of Broom Tops. 
 To be prepared from Broom Tops as directed for Extract of Gentian. 
 
 GLYCIRRHIZA, L. E. D. (GLYCYRRHIZA, U. S.) Radix (D.) recens, L. 
 Root (E.) fresh, L. of GLYCIRRHIZA GLABRA, Linn. Liquorice Plant. 
 Diadelph. Decand. Linn. 
 
 Liquorice, the produce probably of more than one species, was 
 known to the ancients by the name yXuxuggf^a. It was employed by 
 the Arabs, and well known in the East, a produce of Mooltan, &c. 
 
 GLYCYRRHIZA, Linn. Diadelph. Decand. 
 
 Calyx naked, tubular, 5-clefl, bilabiate ; with the two upper lips united more than the 
 others. Standard ovate-lanceolate, straight ; keel 2-petalous, or 2-parted, straight, acute. 
 Stamens diadelphous. Style filiform. Legume ovate or oblong, compressed, 1-celled, 
 1 4 seeded. Perennial, herbaceous plants of the tribe Lotete, with very sweet roots. 
 Leaves unequally pinnated. Racemes axillary. Flowers blue, violet, or white. Natives 
 of the south of Europe, and some of the northern parts of Asia. 
 
 G. GLABRA. Lin. The roots running to a considerable distance. Leaflets about 13, 
 oval, slightly emarginate, viscid underneath, stipules wanting. Racemes axillary, erect, 
 shorter than the leaves. Flowers distant, pale lilac. Legumes compressed, smooth 34- 
 seeded. Native of the south of Europe, Syria, foot of Mount Caucasus, cultivated at 
 Mitcham in Surrey, &c. St. and Ch. Ill, 134. Liquiritia qfficinalis, Nees von E. 327. 
 
 G. ECHINATA. Lin. Leaflets oval, lanceolate, mucronate, glabrous ; stipules oblong, 
 lanceolate ; spikes of flowers capitate, on very short peduncles ; legumes oval, mucro- 
 nate, 2-seeded, echinated by bristles. This is sometimes called Russian Liquorice. It is 
 found in Greece and southern Russia, extending, it is said, into Tartary and northern 
 China. Sim's BoL Mag. 252 ; Nees, 328. 
 
 Species of Glycyrrhiza no doubt also extend into AfFghanistan, whence Liquorice-root, 
 Jeteemudh, is imported into India. These species may, or may not, be distinct from the 
 preceding. 
 
 Liquorice-roots, or, rather, underground stems, when fresh, are 
 roundish, plump, and smooth. They may be preserved thus for some 
 time, if kept in sand ; but when dry, they are wrinkled, of a brown 
 colour externally, yellowish and fibrous internally, with considerable
 
 Papilionacea:.] GLYCYRRHIZA. 369 
 
 sweetness, still more conspicuous when powdered, but in either case 
 also a little acrid. The roots consist of Lignin, Starch, Albumen, 
 Wax, Asparagin, Resinous Oil, Colouring matter, Phosphates and 
 Malates of Lime and of Magnesia, and a peculiar principle which 
 has been called Glycion and Glycyrrhizin, or Liquorice Sugar, and 
 upon which depends the sweetness of Liquorice, while its acridity is 
 connected with the Oleo-resin. Glycion is very sweet, of a yellow 
 colour, and transparent, but uncrystallizable. It seems to partake 
 partly of the nature of acids, and partly of those of alkalies. It is 
 soluble both in water and in Alcohol. This principle has been found 
 in a few other sweetish-tasted roots. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent in Catarrhs, Urinary and Bowel com- 
 plaints. Useful in sweetening and flavouring medicines. Powder 
 and Extract employed in making pills, the former in covering them. 
 
 DECOCTTJM GLYCYRRHIZA, D. Decoction of Liquorice. 
 
 Prep. Boil bruised Liquorice-root 3jss. in Water Oj. (wine measure) for ten minutes 
 and strain. 
 
 Useful Demulcent ad libitum. In this and similar preparations, the 
 Liquorice-root should be decorticated, as in the outer part the acrid 
 principle connected with the oleo-resin is chiefly contained. 
 
 EXTRACTUM GLYCYRRHIZA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Extract of Liquorice. 
 
 Prepared in the same way as Extract of Gentian. The E. C. di- 
 rects the root to be first cut into chips, dried, and reduced to mode- 
 rately fine powder. When well prepared, this extract is of a brown 
 colour, very sweet, and not at all acrid. Dr. Christison remarks that 
 boiling is unnecessary, indeed injurious, cold water and the process 
 by percolation yielding often 40 to 58 per cent, of very fine extract. 
 
 TROCHISCI GLYCYRRHIZA, E. Liquorice Lozenges. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Extract of Liquorice, Gum Arabic aa gvj. Pure Sugar fij. in boiling 
 Aq. q. s. and then evaporate over a vapour-bath to the proper consistence for lozenges. 
 
 [TROCHISCI GLYCYRRHIZ^E ET OPII, U. S. Troches of Liquorice and 
 Opium. 
 
 Prep. Take of Opium in powder gss. Liquorice in powder, Sugar in powder, Gum 
 Arabic in powder, each, 3x. Oil of Anise f 3ij. Mix the powders intimately, then add 
 the Oil of Anise, and with water form them into a mass to be divided into troches, 
 each weighing six grs. 
 
 Employed in Coughs and Catarrhs under the name of Wistar's Cough 
 Lozenges. 
 
 D. Two or three.] 
 
 COMMERCIAL EXTRACT OF LIQUORICE. This is recognised in the E. 
 P. by the same name, Glycyrrhizce Extractum, as the Pharmaceutical 
 preparation. It is not noticed by the other colleges. It is commonly 
 known by the names of Liquorice, Extract of Liquorice, and Liquorice 
 Juice. It is prepared in large quantities in the South of Spain, in 
 Italy, and in Sicily, and brought to a proper consistence by evapo- 
 rating the Decoction in copper vessels. It is then formed into round- 
 
 24
 
 370 TRAGACANTHA. [Calyciflora;. 
 
 ish or flattened sticks, of a brownish-black colour, often covered with 
 Bay-leaves. The finest is that marked Solazzi. What is called Re- 
 fined Liquorice, in black, shining, pipe-like cylinders, is a mixture of 
 Liquorice and of Gum or Gelatine. Liquorice is so well known as 
 not to require detailed notice. 
 
 Off. Prep. Infus. Lini Comp. L. E. D. (U. S.) Decoctum Hordei 
 Comp. L. E. .D. Dec. Sarza? Comp. L. D. (U. S.) Dec. Mezerii, E. 
 D. Dec. Guaiaci Comp. E. D. Aqua Calcis Comp. D. Ccnf. 
 Senna?, L. E. D. (U. S.) Dec. Aloes, Comp. L. E. D. Tinctura 
 Aloes, L. Tinct. Rhei Comp. L. D. Troch. Opii, E. Troch. 
 Lactucarii, E. [Pil. Hydrarg. U. S. Syrupus Sarsaparillae Comp. 
 U. S.] 
 
 TRAGACANTHA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Succus concretus, L. Gummi, D. 
 Gummy Exudation of Astragalus gummifer, Lab. and other spe- 
 cies, E., A. verus, Olivier, L. and E., A. creticus, Lamarck, D. 
 Tragacanth. 
 
 The rgayaxavSa of Dioscorides was no doubt a plant of the same 
 genus as that which now yields Tragacanth. Sibthorp considers 
 Astragalus aristatus, L'Hert. to be the plant. Arab authors describe 
 it by the name kusera or kutira, for which, in India, kuteera is substi- 
 tuted. This is produced both in the Northwest and in the Peninsula 
 of India by Cochlospermum Gossypium. .Tournefourt adduced A. 
 creticus of Lamarck, a native of Mount Ida in Crete, to be the plant 
 yielding Tragacanth. Labillardiere describes his Jl. gummifer, a na- 
 tive of Mount Libanus in Syria, as one of the plants; while Olivier 
 states his Jl. verus, inhabiting Asia Minor, Armenia, and Northern 
 Persia, as yielding the largest quantity of Tragacanth. Dr. E. Dick- 
 son, Physician to the Consulate of Tripoli, when travelling in Koor- 
 distan, collected specimens of the plants which he ascertained to yield 
 Tragacanth. These he gave to Mr. Brant, British Consul at Erze- 
 roum, by whom they were sent to Dr. Lindley, who determined that 
 the white or best variety of Gum Tragacanth is yielded by Astragalus 
 gummifer, and the red or inferior kind by his A. strobiliferus. Dr. 
 Dickson, when in England, favoured the author with the following 
 observations: "Besides the two last-named species, I observed also a 
 third variety that gave Gum Tragacanth, which, unfortunately, I lost 
 when my things were robbed at Hassan-kalek. From the Koordish 
 mountains being covered with many species of Astragalus, I should 
 think it not unlikely that other varieties of this genus may hereafter 
 be discovered yielding the Gum." 
 
 ASTRAGALUS, Dec. Diadelph. Decand. Linn. 
 
 Calyx 5-toothed. Corolla with an obtuse keel. Stamens diadelphous. Legume 2- 
 celled, or half 2-celled in consequence of the dorsal or lower suture being turned inwards, 
 Dec. 
 
 Sectio Tragacantha. Petioles permanent, thornlike. Stipules adhering to the petioles. 
 
 A. VERUS. Oliv. L. E. Flowers yellow, axillary, in clusters of 2 to 5, sessile. Calyx 
 tomentose, obtusely 5-toothed. Leaflets 8 to 9 pairs, linear hispid. A native of Anatolia, 
 Armenia, and Northern Persia, yields Tragacanth, which is collected from July to Sep- 
 tember. Used in Persia, exported to Europe and also to India. Oliv. Voy. 3, t. 44 ; Nees 
 von E. 329.
 
 Papilionacea;.] TRAGACANTHA. 37 \ 
 
 A. GUMMIFKR. Labill, E. Flowers 3 to 5, axillary, sessile. Calyx 5-cleft, together 
 with the legumes woolly. Leaflets 4 to 6 pairs, oblong, linear, smooth. A native of 
 Mount Lebanon, also of Koordistan, where it yields white Tragacanth, but which La- 
 billardiere represents as vermicular in form. 
 
 A. CRETICUS. Lam. Flowers axillary, sessile, aggregate. Calyx 5-partite, with 
 feathery setaceous lobes rather larger than the corolla. Leaflets 5 to 8 pairs, oblong, 
 acute, tomentose. Mount Ida in Crete, where it yields a little Tragacanth. 
 
 A. ARISTATUS. ISher. Peduncles very short, usually 6-flowered ; calycine teeth long 
 and setaceous; leaves with 6 9 pairs of oblong, linear, mucronate, pilose leaflets ; legumes 
 scarcely half bilocular. A native of the Alps of Europe, also of Greece. Sibthorp stated 
 that this species yielded a gum called rgct^o^avcfa in Greece, which was exported to 
 Italy. Landerer has lately ascertained that Tragacanth was yielded by this species on 
 the hills near Patrass, and exported to Venice and Trieste, or as Levant Tragacanth to 
 Marseilles and Ancona: (c) 
 
 A. DICKSONII. Royle, (A. strobiliferus, Lindley, not of Royle, Him. Hot. p. 199.) 
 Flowers capitate in an ovate, sessile, axillary strobile. Bracts imbricate, pinnated, 
 tomentose. Calyx feathery, 5-clefl. Segments of the corolla equal. Leaflets 3-paired, 
 woolly, oval, awned at the apex, narrow at the base. Lindley. As Dr. L. has inadver- 
 tently named this species A. strobiliferus, there being already one of that name, the 
 author has named it after the discoverer of the plant, who also found that it yielded a 
 reddish-coloured Tragacanth. 
 
 Tragacanth exudes from the above plants either naturally or from 
 wounds, and hardens in various forms. It is imported into this coun- 
 try from Smyrna, the Levant, and also from Greece. It is found in 
 commerce either of a white or a reddish-yellow colour, in broad thin 
 flakes, or in tortuous vermicular pieces ; the former is the best, and 
 most common here. It is white or grayish, semitransparent, tough, 
 horn-like, and tasteless, and being a little elastic, is with difficulty re- 
 duced to powder, unless heated to 110. In contact with cold water, 
 it absorbs a certain portion, swells, becomes adhesive and diffused. 
 It does not dissolve except in boiling water, when some change is 
 supposed to take place, a great portion, however, separating again. 
 It is insoluble in Alcohol. Tragacanth appears to consist of two dis- 
 tinct gummy principles. Bucholz and Guerin Varry found of common 
 Gum or Arabin from 53 to 57 per cent., and of Bassorin 33 to 43 
 parts, with water and a little Starch, the presence of the latter pro- 
 ducing a blue colour with Iodine. The Arabin rather resembles than 
 is identical with Gum Arabic, for, as first pointed out by Dr. Duncan, 
 its mucilage is not precipitated by Silicate of Potash. The Bassorin 
 is like that found in Gum Bussorah, and other imperfectly soluble 
 gums. It is sometimes called Tragacanthine, is solid, colourless, 
 without odour or taste, insoluble in water, but absorbing it and swell- 
 ing up. Nit' converts it into Oxalic' and into Mucic acid. Sul' 
 changes it to a saccharine substance, which is not susceptible of Al- 
 coholic fermentation. Guibourt, however, considers Tragacanth to 
 consist of a peculiar Mucilaginous principle, with a little Starch and 
 Ligneous fibre. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent. Useful from its viscidity. 
 
 MUCILAGO (GUMMI, D.) TRAGACANTH^:, E. D. (U. S.) Mucilage of 
 Tragacanth. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Tragacanth (powder of, D.) 3ij. in boiling Aq. f Six. (f^viij. D.) for 
 24 hours, triturate to dissolve the gum and strain. It requires a little skill to prepare it. 
 Soubeiran states that it is more viscid if made with the entire than with the powdered 
 gum.
 
 MUCUNA PRURIENS. [Calyciflora,. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent. Used also in making pills and suspend- 
 ing heavy powders. 
 
 PULVIS TRAGACANTH.E COMPOSITUS, L. E. Compound Powder of Tra- 
 gacanth. 
 
 Prep. Rub together Starch gjss. and pure Sugar giij. then add Tragacanth bruised 
 and Gum Arabic bruised aa 3jss. and mix all carefully together. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent in doses of 3ss. 3j. Used also as a 
 vehicle for other medicines. Or a Syrup may be made with Traga- 
 canth 3j., to Syrup Oij., which is much commended. 
 
 MUCUNA, Jldans, L. E. (U. S.) Leguminum Pubes, L. D. Hairs from 
 the Pod, E. Mucuna pruriens, Dec. L. E. Dolichos pruriens, Linn. 
 D. Cowhage or Cowitch. Diadelph. Decand. Linn. 
 
 The strigose hairs of the plant called kiwach in India, as well as 
 those of Rottlera tinctoria, are used in India as an Anthelmintic, 
 whence the practice was probably introduced, as well as its corrupt- 
 ed name. Sir W. Hooker has distinguished the East India plant, 
 M. prurita, from M. pruriens, which is indigenous in the West Indies. 
 
 MUCUNA, Jldans. (Stizolobium, Willd.) Diadelph. Decand. Linn. 
 
 Calyx with 2 long caducous bracteoles, companulate, 2-lipped, under lip entire, lower 
 trifid. Vexillum shorter than the wings and keel. Keel terminated by a polished acute 
 beak. Stamens diadelphous, alternately longer. Legume hispid, oblong, few-seeded, 
 with partitions of cellular substance between the seeds. Seeds oval, roundish or renifbrm, 
 with a narrow oblong line, the hilum. Twining plants of the tribe Phaseolea. Leaves 
 trifbliolate ; leaflets hairy on the under surface. Racemes axillary with large purplish, 
 white or yellow flowers. 
 
 M. PRURIENS, Dec. Leaflets ovate acute, the middle one rather rhomboidal, the latter 
 ones oblique at the base. Racemes lax, many-flowered, interrupted, 1 1J foot long. 
 Flowers with a disagreeable alliaceous odour, standard flesh-coloured, wings purple or 
 violet, keel greenish-white. Calyx hairy, pink, with lanceolate segments. Legume about 
 3 inches long and roundish, as thick as the finger, with somewhat keeled valves, densely 
 covered with strong and stiff, sharp-pointed brown hairs. Native of the West Indies. 
 Bot. Reg. 1838, t. 18 ; Steph. and Churchill, iii. t. 179. 
 
 M. PRURITA, Hook. Leaflets smaller, more obtuse, the middle one truly rhomboidal, the 
 lateral ones dilated on the upper edge. Raceme ovate, compact, more often 3-flowered. 
 Flowers dark purple. Calyx with short triangular teeth. Legumes oblong, much broader, 
 curved and compressed, without any raised keel on the back of the valves, densely covered 
 with sharp stinging hairs ; which, white and soft when young, become brown and stiff 
 when ripe. Native of the East Indies. Hooker, Bot. Misc. ii. 348 ; Suppl. 1. 13. 
 
 The pods of the Kiwach, when young and tender, form articles of 
 diet in India. When ripe, they are of a brownish colour, and covered 
 with innumerable sharp prickle-like hairs, which penetrate into and 
 irritate the skin. 
 
 Action. Uses. Mechanical Anthelmintic. Used in expelling lum- 
 brici and ascarides, by sticking into their bodies, when pressed against 
 the intestinal parietes, and thus irritating and dislodging them. 
 
 D. The pods being dipped into treacle or honey, have the hairs 
 scraped off until they have the consistency of an electuary, when a 
 tablespoonful may be given to adults, and a teaspoonful to children, 
 followed by a purgative of Castor Oil, &c.
 
 Papilionarea:.] GEUM URBANUM. 373 
 
 ROSACES, Endlicher. Roseworts. 
 
 The ROSACES, Dec., like the Leguminosae, are divided into several 
 groups, which by botanists are treated of as distinct orders. Among 
 these, the Arnygdaleae, true Roseae, and Pomacese, contain officinal 
 species. They may all be distinguished from Leguminosa3 by the 
 odd division of the calyx being anterior. 
 
 Herbs, shrubs, or trees. Leaves alternate, pinnately, or digitately compound, some- 
 times simple. Stipules adherent to the petiole, commonly fbliaceous. Flowers regular, 
 usually perfect, cymose or corymbose. Calyx free, 4 5 fid, lacinite often doubled, the 
 external series alternating with the internal. Petals 4 to 5, inserted into the throat of the 
 calyx, imbricate. Stamens inserted with the petals, usually numerous, free, incurved in 
 bud. Ovaries several, free, inserted into the bottom or into the tube of the calyx, with a 
 single ovule, seldom more. Ovules pendulous or ascending. Style 1 to each ovary, ter- 
 minal or more or less lateral. Fruit consisting of several single-seeded carpels, covered 
 by fleshy tube of calyx (Roseae and Potentilleee), rarely a single carpel within the harden- 
 ed tube of the calyx (Sanguisorbese), or several follicular capsules, which are one to many 
 seeded and opening by a ventral suture (Spireae). Seeds erect or pendulous. Embryo 
 without albumen, straight, radicle, superior or inferior. 
 
 The Rosaceaa of Endlicher include several tribes, as Roseas, Drya- 
 deas,- Spiraeaceae, and Neuradese. They are found in the temperate 
 and cold parts of the northern hemisphere ; a few only occur in the 
 plains of tropical countries. An astringent principle is found in 
 most parts of many of the species, a highly fragrant Volatile Oil is 
 also secreted by the Roses, &c. In others, the carpels being berried, 
 or the receptacles fleshy, a highly grateful fruit is afforded. 
 
 GEUM URBANUM, Linn. D. Radix. The Root of Common Avens. 
 Icosand. Polygyn. Linn. 
 
 This plant, indigenous in hedgerows and woods throughout Europe 
 has been long employed in medicine. 
 
 Roots perennial. Stems herbaceous, about 2 feet high, erect. Radical leaves inter- 
 ruptedly pinnate and lyrate ; stem-leaves sessile, ternate ; stipules large, rounded, lobed, 
 and cut. Flowers small, erect. Calyx 10-cleft, in 2 rows, the outer smaller, in the fruit 
 reflexed. Petals 5, yellow, obovate. Stamens numerous. Fruit composed of little nuts, 
 each terminated by the persistent lower parts of the jointed styles, which become hooked. 
 Those in this species are much longer than the glabrous upper joint. 
 
 The rootstalk is fusiform, a few inches in length, brownish-coloured 
 externally, and of a reddish hue in the inside, with numerous radicles 
 depending from it. It is astringent in taste, with some degree of 
 fragrant aroma, whence it used to be called Radix caryophyllatce. 
 Analyzed by Tromsdorff, it yielded Tannin of two varieties, about 41 
 per cent., Resin, and some Volatile Oil, Bassorin, Gum, and vegetable 
 Fibre. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent and Tonic ; sometimes employed as a 
 febrifuge ; occasionally in Diarrhreas, &c., in doses of 3ss. 3j. of 
 the powder ; or in decoction (3j. Aq. Oj.), f 3jss. every 3 or 4 hours. 
 
 [GEUM RIVALE, U. S. Sec. The Root. 
 
 The Water Avens is common in the United States, growing in 
 moist situations.
 
 374 RUBUSVILLOSUS. (Calyciflora. 
 
 Root perennial, horizontal, jointed, tapering, six inches long, reddish-brown externally, 
 white internally, with yellowish fibres. Stems one or more, a foot or more high, sim- 
 ple, erect, pubescent, purplish. Radical leaves pinnate, on long hairy footstalks ; those 
 on stems in three serrate segments. Flowers few, nodding and yellowish-purple. Cha- 
 racters of flowers and fruit like preceding. 
 
 The dried roots have an astringent and bitterish taste. It is Tonic 
 and Astringent, and used where such articles are proper. 
 D. The same as preceding.] 
 
 TORMENTILLA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Radix, L. The Root, E. Potentilla 
 Tormentilla, Sibthorp, L. E. (Tormentilla officinalis, Sm.) D. Root 
 of Common Tormentil. Icosand. Polygyn. Linn. 
 
 Tormentil has been long employed. Some suppose it was known 
 to the Greeks. 
 
 Root large, perennial, irregularly shaped. Stems slender, spreading, often procumbent 
 or straggling. Leaves sessile or shortly stalked, ternate, the lower leaves quinate on long 
 petioles ; leaflets oblong, acute, deeply serrated, a little hairy ; stipules smaller, deeply 
 cut. Flowers yellow. Calyx concave, usually 8-parted, in two rows, the exterior smaller. 
 Petals 4, sometimes 5. Stamens numerous. Style lateral. Fruit consisting of nume- 
 rous small nuts collected upon the fluttish dry receptacle ; in this species these nuts are 
 longitudinally wrinkled. Seeds suspended. Common on heaths and meadows through- 
 out Europe. E. B. t. 863; St. and Ch. i. t. 26. 
 
 The root is tuberous and knotty, with numerous radicles, of a dark- 
 brown colour on the outside, and reddish internally, with little smell, 
 but having a strong astringent taste. It contains about 17 per cent, 
 of Tannin, with Colouring matter, Gum, and a little Volatile Oil. It 
 is employed in tanning in the north. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent. Useful in Diarrhrea or Chronic Dysen- 
 tery, in doses of 3ss 3j. 
 
 DECOCTUM TORMENTILLA, L. Decoction of Tormentilla. 
 
 Prep. Boil Tormentil bruised gij. in Aq. dest. Ojss. down to one pint and strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent in doses of f3iss. two or three times a 
 day ; or used as an astringent lotion. 
 
 [RUBUS VILLOSUS, U. S. Sec. The Root. Icosandria Polygynia. 
 
 The Blackberry is a common plant in the United States, where it 
 is found with numerous other species, growing in thickets. 
 
 Bot. Ch. It is a shrubby plant, from three to six feet high, branching, furrowed and 
 angulated, beset with sharp prickles. The leaves are ternate or quinate, leaflets ovate 
 acuminate, unequally and strongly serrate, pubescent on both sides, prickly; stipules 
 linear or subulate. Peduncles many -flowered ; the flowers racemose : bracts many times 
 shorter than the peduncles, sepals with linear acumination. Petals spreading, white. 
 Fruit black, large. 
 
 The Berries contain malic acid, pectin, and tannin. 
 
 The Roots are branching, round, and differing in thickness, from 
 that of the finger to that of straws. The exterior cortical substance 
 is ashy brown. Ligneous substance yellowish-white. Odour, feeble. 
 Taste, astringent and bitter. Tannin is the chief active ingredient. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent and tonic, and as such, used in bowel 
 complaints, hemorrhages, &c. 
 
 D. In powder, gr. xx.
 
 Rosacea.] CONFECTIO ROS^E CANIN.&. 375 
 
 The Decoction is made of 3j. cont. to Oj. of water. 
 
 D. si. to ij. 
 
 RUBUS TRIVIALIS, U. S. Sec. The Root. Icosandria Polygynia. 
 
 The Dewberry is .sometimes employed in lieu of the preceding. 
 Common in waste fields. 
 
 The stem is sarmentose, procumbent, shrubby, armed with bristles, and strong unci- 
 nate prickles ; leaves persistent, three or five ; leaflets ovate acute and sharply serrate, 
 nearly glabrous ; stipules subulate ; peduncles 1 3-flowered; flowers large, petals white, 
 fruit large black. 
 
 The root is similar to the preceding, and indeed to discriminate 
 between the two is difficult. It is used in the same way.] 
 
 ROSA, Town. Rose. Icosandria Polygynia, Linn. 
 
 Calyx urceolate, contracted at the mouth, ultimately succulent ; limb 5-cut. Segments 
 imbricated, often pinnately divided. Petals 5, obcordate, deciduous. Stamens nume- 
 rous, inserted with the petals into the rim of the calycine tube. Stamens numerous, 
 inserted into and enclosed within the fleshy tube of the calyx, each thickly covered 
 with hairs and having a lateral style on the inner side ; styles all passing through the 
 contracted mouth of the calyx. Fruit globular or ovate, formed of the above fleshy and 
 coloured tube of the calyx enlarged, enclosing within it numerous hard and bristly little 
 nuts with inverted seeds. Shrubs, often scandent, leaves usually impari-pinnate, leaflets 
 serrated ; stipules attached to the sides of the petiole. 
 
 Some species of Rose, being indigenous in Greece, were no doubt 
 known to the Greeks, and R. canina is supposed to be their xuvogo<5ov. 
 But the Hundred- leaved and the Damask Rose, natives of, and culti- 
 vated in, the East, were also known and highly esteemed. But the 
 term godov seems to have been also applied to the Oleander, or Rose- 
 Bay, called at one time Rhododendron. 
 
 ROSA CANINA, Linn. Fructus Pulpa, L. Rosas fructus, E. D. Hip 
 of Rosa canina and of several allied species deprived of the carpels, 
 
 E. Pulp of the Fruit, L. Fruit of the Dog Rose. 
 
 Common in hedge-rows, &c., in Europe ; is supposed to have been 
 the xuvogo5ov of the Greeks. 
 
 This is a variable species, and several of its varieties have obtained distinct names. 
 Shoots assurgent with uniform hooked prickles, and chiefly without setae. The leaves are 
 without glands, naked or slightly hairy, the serratures simple or compound. Flowers of 
 a rose red colour. Sepals pinnate, deciduous. Styles remaining distinct E. B. 992 ; 
 St. and Ch. 11, 100. 
 
 The fruit, or rather the inferior part of the calyx, become succu- 
 lent, is of an ovoid form, of a scarlet or crimson colour, containing 
 within its hollow the true fruit or woolly carpels, which require to 
 be carefully removed, as their setse are very irritant. The pulpy 
 part has a sweetish acidulous taste. When dried, it yielded to Bilz 
 25 per cent, of Gum, 30-6 of uncrystallizable Sugar, of Citric' 2-95, 
 of Malic' 7-77, with several Salts, a little Tannin and Volatile Oil. 
 
 CONFECTIO Ros^: CANINE, L. CONSER.VA ROS<E FRUCTUS, E. 
 
 Prep. Take pulp of Dry Roses ftj. expose it to heat in an earthen vessel; add gradu- 
 ally powdered Sugar 3xx. and rub till thoroughly incorporated. 
 
 E. Beat up the pulp of Hips with three times their weight of White Sugar gradually 
 added.
 
 376 CONFECTIO ROS^E GALLICJE. [Calycijlora. 
 
 Action. Uses. Acidulous Refrigerant. Chiefly valuable as a vehi- 
 cle for other medicines. 
 
 ROSA GALLICA, Linn. (U. S.) Petala, L. D. Petals, E., of the Red Rose. 
 
 The Red, or French, called also the German and Austrian Rose, is 
 a native of the middle and south of Europe, and may have been 
 known to the ancients. Dr. Christison states that the true Red Rose 
 of pharmacy is a variety, considered by some a distinct species, and 
 called Rosa provincialis, which was probably introduced into Europe 
 by the Crusaders, from its native country, Barbary. It is cultivated 
 at Mitcham. 
 
 A dwarfish, stiff, short-branched bush, with the shoots armed with nearly equal uniform 
 prickles and glandular bristles intermixed. Leaflets stiff, elliptical, rugose. Flowers 
 several together, large, erect, with leafy bracts. Sepals ovate, leafy, compound. Fruit 
 oblong. Nees von E. 303 ; St. and Ch. iii. 99. 
 
 The petals are alone officinal, and look velvety, are of a purplish- 
 red colour, with whitish down ; with little scent when fresh, but this 
 becomes developed as they dry. The half-blown buds are preferred: 
 from these the calyxes and claws being cut off, they are quickly dried 
 and sifted to get rid of impurities. They should be kept in well-closed 
 vessels, and in the dark. In this state, they have a rose-like odour, 
 will long retain their colour, and have a slightly bitter, astringent 
 taste. Analyzed, they have been found to contain a little Tannin, 
 Gallic acid, Colouring matter, a little Volatile Oil, with other vege- 
 table matters and some Salts, together with a little Oxide of Iron. 
 The infusion strikes a black with ferruginous salts. 
 
 INFUSUM ROS^E (E. ACIDUM, D.) COMPOSITUM, L. (U. S.) Infusion of 
 Roses. 
 
 Prep. In a glass (or porcelain not glazed with lead, covered, E.) vessel infuse dried 
 Petals of Rosa Gallica 3iij. (deprived of their claws 3ss. D.) in boiling Aq. dest. Oj. (by 
 measure feiij. D.) then mix in dilute Sul' fSjss. (by measure 3iij- D-) and macerate for 6 
 hours (4 hours, E.; half an hour, D.) Strain (through linen or calico, E.; when cool, D.) 
 and dissolve in it Sugar 3vj. 
 
 [U. S. Red Roses gss. Boiling Water Oijss. Diluted Sulphuric Acid 3Hj. Sugar 3iss. 
 Pour the water upon the Roses in a glass vessel ; then add the acid, and macerate for 
 half an hour ; lastly, strain the liquor and add the sugar.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Slightly Astringent and Tonic. The colour imparted 
 to water is heightened by the acid. A much-approved vehicle for 
 saline purgatives, Quinine, &c. The presence of Sulphuric' must 
 never be forgotten in prescribing it. 
 
 D, f^iss. every three hours. Makes a good gargle with acids or 
 Alum and Honey. 
 
 CONFECTIO ROS.& GALLICS, L. (U. S.) CONSERVA ROS.E, E. D. Con- 
 serve of Red Roses. 
 
 Prep, In a stone mortar, L. D., beat Petals of Rosa Gallica (buds, rejecting the claws, 
 D.) ftj. Add gradually Sugar ftiij. (twice their weight, E.) and thoroughly incorporate. 
 
 [U. S. Red Roses in powder 3iv. Sugar in powder gxxx. Clarified Honey gvj. Rose 
 Water fgviij. Rub the Roses with the Rose water at a boiling heat; then add gradually 
 the sugar and honey, and beat them together until thoroughly mixed.]
 
 Rosacece.l SYRUPUS ROS^E CENTIFOLI^E. 377 
 
 Action. Uses. Slightly astringent in doses of 3j. or 3ij. but chiefly 
 useful in making pills. 
 
 MEL ROS^E, L. E. D. Honey of Roses. 
 
 Prep. Macerate in boiling Aq. Oijss. (by measure ftiij. D.) for six hours dried Petals of 
 Rosa Gallica 3iv. Strain (let the impurities subside, pour off the clear liquor, E.) Add 
 Honey ftv. and boil down to the consistence of syrup in a vapour-bath, (removing the 
 scum, E. D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Mild Astringent, and being pleasant-tasted, is ap- 
 plied to Aphtha?, and used as a vehicle in gargles. 
 
 SYRUPUS ROS.E GALLICJE, E. Syrup of the Red Rose. 
 
 Prep. Proceed as for Syrup of Damask Rose, employing Dried Red Rose Petals 3ij. 
 boiling Aq. Oj. pure Sugar gxx. 
 
 Action. Uses. Slightly astringent ; but chiefly used for colouring 
 and flavouring medicines. 
 
 ROSA CENTIFOLIA, Linn. (U. S.) Petala, L. D. Petals, E. Rosse 
 ' Oleum. Volatile Oil of the Petals, E. Attar of Roses. The 
 Hundred-leaved or Cabbage Rose. 
 
 This Rose has long been cultivated in Europe, having been intro- 
 duced from the East. It is said to be indigenous in the Eastern Cau- 
 casus. The Persians also have a sud-burg (or hundred- leaved Rose), 
 and the ancients were acquainted with one having many petals. Of 
 the above species there are many varieties. 
 
 A bush with erect shoots, these are rather thickly covered with nearly straight prickles, 
 scarcely dilated at the base, intermixed with glandular bristles, all of different forms and 
 sizes, the large ones falcate. Leaflets 5 to 7, oblong or ovate, glandular at the margin. 
 Flowers several together, drooping. Buds short, ovate, with leafy bracts. Sepals in 
 flowering, spreading not deflexed, leafy, more or less pinnate and with the peduncles 
 glandulously viscid. Fruit ovate. Cultivated at Mitcham, &c. Nees von E. 302 ; St 
 and Ch. iii. 99. 
 
 The petals of this species are well known for their fragrance, on 
 which account, as well as for the beauty of the flowers, they are ex- 
 tensively cultivated, and consequently numerous varieties have been 
 produced ; so that it is difficult to say which is a species, and which 
 only a variety. In many parts of India, Rosa damascena, or Damask 
 Rose, is cultivated for the purpose of yielding the Attar of Roses, as 
 well as Rose-water. As the species of Rose are but few in India, 
 perhaps the same may be cultivated in the extensive Rose Gardens of 
 Ghazipore, which is the great mart for Attar in India. The petals 
 should be collected just when fully blown, and if quickly dried, will 
 long retain much of their fragrance, especially if preserved with salt. 
 Besides the Volatile Oil, these petals contain a slightly laxative prin- 
 ciple, with some of the same constituents as the other Roses. 
 
 SYRUPUS Ros-E (L. D.) CENTIFOLI^;, E. Syrup of Roses. 
 
 Prep. Macerate dried (fresh, E.) Petals of Rosa centifolia gvij. (ftj. E.) in boiling Aq. 
 Oiij. (by measure feiv. D.) for 12 hours. Strain. Evaporate the strained liquor in the 
 water-bath till only Oij. (ftijss. D.) remain. Then add Sugar ftvj. (ftiij. E.; q. s. D.)
 
 378 GILLENIA. ICalyciflorcs. 
 
 and make a Syrup. The E. College directs the Syrup to be prepared without concentra- 
 tion, but the Sugar to be dissolved in the liquor with the aid of heat. 
 
 Action. Uses. Slightly laxative. Given to infants in doses of f3j. 
 f3iv. 
 
 AQUA ROS-E, L. E. D. (U. S.) Rose water. 
 
 Prep. Mix Petals of Rosa centifolia fex. (viij. D.) with Proof Spirit f3vij. L. (Recti- 
 fied Spirit fgiij. E. 3ss. to each ft Aq. D.) and Aq. Cij. (q. s. to prevent empyreuma, D.) 
 Distil off a gallon. (Fresh petals are to be preferred, but those preserved, by having been 
 beaten up with twice their weight of Muriate of Soda, may also be employed, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. An agreeable vehicle for lotions and for active me- 
 dicines. 
 
 [UNGUENTUM AQU^ ROS^E, (U. S.) Ointment of Rose Water. 
 
 Prep. Take of Rose Water, Oil of Almonds, each, 3ij. Spermaceti 3ss. White Wax 
 3j., melt together, by means of a water bath, the oil, spermaceti, and wax, then add the 
 rose water and stir till cold. An agreeable soft healing application to sores and abraded 
 surfaces, chapped lips, &c.] 
 
 OLEUM ROS^E, E. Volatile Oil or Attar of Roses. 
 
 This is officinal in the E. P., and imported from India and the 
 Levant. It is too well known for its delightful fragrance, to require 
 a detailed description. 100,000 roses distilled with water yield only 
 about 180 grains of Attar. It varies in colour, becomes solid below 
 80 F. Sp. Gr. 0-832 at 90 F. Soluble in Alcohol, and a little 
 taken up by water, as in Aqua Rosae. It consists of two principles, 
 one being a solid the other a liquid Volatile Oil. The former is 
 scarcely soluble in Alcohol. In distilling Rose-water in this country, 
 some of the crystalline Volatile Oil is sometimes obtained. As it is 
 added by the perfumers to many scents, so it may be employed in 
 imparting an agreeable odour to ointments and lotions. 
 
 Calyx tube herbaceous. Fruit a ring of follicles. Seeds unwinged. 
 
 GILLENIA, (U. S.) GILLENIA TRIFOLIATA, Mcench. Icosandria Penta- 
 
 gynia. 
 
 Indian Physic, Indian Hippo, Dropicort and Bowman's Root, are 
 the common names by which this plant is known. It is scattered 
 over the United States, on the eastern side of the Alleghany moun- 
 tains, and is found in open woods in light soil. It flowers in May, 
 and ripens its seed in August. 
 
 Bot. Ch. Root perennial, composed of a great number of fibres, from a rough and dark 
 coloured tuber or head. The calyx is sub-cam panulate, border 5-toothed, corolla partly 
 unequal, petals 5-lanceolate, attenuated, coarctate at the claws. Stamina fewer, included. 
 Styles five contiguous, many-seeded. Leaves ternate, upper follicles lanceolate, serrate 
 sub-equal ; lower follicles obtuse, with an abrupt acute termination. Stipules linear entire. 
 Flowers ternate, loosely paniculated, 5-gynous. Flowers white. 
 
 The root is composed of radicles, about the thickness of straws, 
 
 connected with the head; they are several inches in length, irregular 
 
 in thickness, and somewhat undulated. They are composed of a 
 
 > wrinkled, reddish-brown cortical substance, and internal ligneous 
 
 cord. The odour is feeble and taste bitterish. The components of
 
 Pomace.] QUINCE. 379 
 
 this root are starch, gum resin, wax, fatty matter, red colouring 
 matter, volatile colouring matter, and a peculiar principle. It con- 
 tains no emetina. 
 
 Action. Uses. Gillenia is a safe emetic, operating without violence 
 in the appropriate dose. In small doses it is stimulant and tonic. 
 Used in intermittent and remittent fevers, and as a tonic and altera- 
 tive in diarrhoea and dysentery. In dyspepsia it may also prove 
 serviceable. 
 
 D. In powder, gr. xxx. as an emetic, gr. ij. as a tonic. Some- 
 times used in strong infusion. 
 
 GILLENIA STIPULACEA, (U. S.) 
 
 This plant is found on the western side of the Alleghany range. It 
 is readily distinguished by the pinnatifid lower leaves, the upper 
 being trifoliate, incised, and serrate; and the foliaceous, oblique 
 jagged stipules. 
 
 The root is analogous to the preceding, and may be used under 
 the same circumstances.] 
 
 POMACE^E, Juss. Apple Tribe. 
 
 The Pomacese form a tribe of Rosacese in the system of De Candolle, but by many 
 botanists they are separated into a distinct family. They may be distinguished from 
 other Rosacese by their leaves being usually simple, the tube of the calyx adherent to the 
 ovary ; and thus, including the carpels, a fleshy fruit is eventually formed, which is crown- 
 ed by the limb of the calyx, and is well known in the Apple, Pear, Quince, &c., whence 
 it is called a Pome. This may be from 2 5-celled, each cell formed of cartilaginous or 
 bony membrane, and containing 2 or more erect ovules. They mostly inhabit the North 
 temperate Zone and the great mountainous range of India. They are chiefly remarkable 
 for their edible fruit when cultivated, abounding in saccharine matter with a pleasant aci- 
 dity. In a wild state, they are austere or astringent and acid. By distillation of the 
 seeds of some of the Pomaceae a very little Hydrocyanic acid is obtained. 
 
 CYDONIA, L. Semina. CYDONIA VULGARIS, Pers. Seeds of common 
 Quince. (Pyrus Cydonia, Linn.) Icosandria Pentagynia, Linn. 
 
 The Quince (xv<5<wa) was known to the ancients and Arabs ; the 
 seeds (bihee dana) are employed medicinally in India, being imported 
 from Caubul and Cashmere, where the tree is cultivated. 
 
 A moderately sized, much branched but crooked tree. Leaves ovate, obtuse at the 
 base, quite entire, with their low surface, as well as the calyxes and pedicels tomentose. 
 Flowers few, of a white or rose-colour in a kind of umbel. The pomes closed, globose or 
 oblong, 5-celled ; cells many-seeded, cartilaginous. Seeds enveloped in condensed mu- 
 cilage. Nees von E. 305 ; St. and Ch. ii. 114. 
 
 The fruit of the Quince is of a yellow colour, downy, and remark- 
 able for a fine odour. The ancients used it as a medicine, but it is 
 now chiefly employed for flavouring other fruits, or as a preserve. It 
 contains some Astringent matter, with Malic acid, Sugar, and Azo- 
 tized matter. (Soubeiran.) The seeds are oblong, pointed, convex on 
 the outside, and with one or two flat sides, according to the pressure 
 of neighbouring seeds. Their testa, or thick seed-coat, is covered 
 with condensed mucilage, which, according to Bischoff, as quoted by
 
 BITTER ALMONDS. [Calyciflorai. 
 
 Dr. Pereira, is lodged in very fine cells, and becomes easily dissolved 
 out when submitted to the action of boiling water. 
 
 DECOCTUM CYDONI.E, L. Decoction of Quince Seeds. 
 
 Prep. Boil with a gentle heat for 10 minutes Quince Seeds 3ij. in Aq.dest. Oj. Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent. Chiefly applied externally. It is ana- 
 logous to the Mucilage of Linseed, or Linseed Tea, being viscid and 
 insipid. It has been proposed to evaporate it to dryness, and powder 
 the residue, which will readily afford mucilage, with water. 
 
 Dr. Pereira considers Quince Mucilage as a peculiar substance, 
 and calls it Cydonin. 
 
 AMYGDALE.E, Juss. Almond Tribe. Icosandria Monogynia, Linn. 
 
 The Amygdalese form shrubs or trees, which are unarmed or have thorny branches. 
 The leaves are simple, often glandular towards the base. Stipules deciduous. The stamens 
 are about 20 in number. The ovary is free and single, and thus forms the distinguish- 
 ing characteristic. It is one-celled with two pendulous collateral ovules. Styles terminal 
 or sublateral. Drupe with a fleshy or fibrous sarcocarp, a hard bony nut, which is usually 
 single-seeded. They are found wild in the mountainous parts of the North temperate 
 Zone, but are now cultivated in most parts of the world with moderate climates. The 
 fruit of many is edible, and the kernels abound in oil, many exude gum, but they are re- 
 markable for secreting Hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 PERSICA VULGARIS, Miller (Amygdalus Persica, Linn.) D. Folia. The 
 Leaves of the common Peach. 
 
 The Peach was known to the ancients, and called Persian Apple. 
 It has been introduced into India from the north, and is no doubt a 
 native of the Hindoo Khoosh mountains, &c. 
 
 A small tree. Leaves lanceolate, acutely and often doubly serrate, with a short petiole, 
 not equal to half the transverse diameter of the leaf. Fruit a fleshy indehiscent drupe, 
 the stone irregularly marked with furrows and small holes. The outer covering may be 
 velvety or quite smooth. The ding-stone and the Free-stone peaches are known in Persia 
 as well as in Europe. London's Arboretum, t. 86. 
 
 The fruit of the Peach is well known as a delicious and wholesome 
 fruit. The flowers and leaves, as well as the kernels, exhale the 
 odour of bitter almonds ; but the leaves only are officinal in the D. P. 
 By distillation they yield a Volatile Oil, which contains a little hydro- 
 cyanic acid. 
 
 Action. Uses. Sedative Anthelmintic ; but seldom if ever used now. 
 They may be given in infusion (Dried Leaves 3ss. to Aq. Oj.) in doses 
 of f 3ss. two or three times a day. 
 
 AMYGDALUS COMMUNIS, Linn. L. E. D. Nuclei. Kernels. Var. . 
 AMYGDALA DULCES. [AMYGDALA DULCIS, U. S.] Sweet Almonds. 
 Var. /?. AMYGDALAE AMAR^E. [AMYGDALA AMARA, U. S.] Bitter 
 Almonds. 
 
 The Almond is mentioned in the Bible. Both varieties are found 
 in the countries from Syria to Afghanistan. Both were known to the 
 ancients and to the Arabs. 
 
 A small tree with lanceolate leaves, which are glandularly serrate, young leaves folded 
 flat; petioles, glandular, equal in length to, or larger than the transverse diameter of the
 
 Amygdalea.1 MISTURA AMYGDALAE. 381 
 
 leaf. Flowers nearly sessile, solitary, appearing earlier than the leaves. Tube of the 
 calyx campanulate. Fruit a dry drupe, ovoid compressed, externally tomentose, when 
 ripe bursting irregularly. Within this is contained a hard but brittle shell, within which 
 is enclosed a kernel, well known as the Almond. St. and Church, i. t. 43. Nees, 312, 313. 
 
 Though a few botanists have considered the Sweet and Bitter Al- 
 monds to be distinct species, the generality describe them as varieties 
 of one species. Nees von Esenbeck indeed states that both are some- 
 times obtained from the same tree. De Candolle enumerates several 
 varieties, as are to be found in all cultivated plants. 
 
 Var. a., dulcis. The Sweet Almond has ash-green leaves, with the glands on the base 
 of the leaf and lower serratures. The style much longer than the stamens. Shell hard, 
 but some sweet almonds have very fragile shells, and are called kaghuzee, that is, papery, 
 in the East. 
 
 Var. $. amara. The Bitter Almond has the petioles of the leaves studded with glands, 
 and the style equal in length to the stamens, shell hard or brittle. 
 
 SWEET ALMONDS are sometimes sold with the brittle shells on them, 
 and are then called Shell Jllmonds. Almonds are imported into this 
 country from the south of Spain and of Italy. They are known by 
 the names of Jordan, Valentia, and Italian Almonds. They are in- 
 troduced into India from Persia and Affghanistan. The Almond is 
 ovoid, being rounded at one end and pointed at the other ; flattened ; 
 of a cinnamon-colour, from the tough testa with which the kernel is 
 enveloped. When blanched, they are found to be composed almost 
 entirely of two large and conspicuous cotyledons, white in colour, 
 without smell, and of a mild agreeable taste. When old or worm- 
 eaten, they have an unpleasant or rancid taste. Analyzed by Boullay, 
 they were found to contain 54 per cent, of a bland Fixed Oil, 24 of 
 Emulsin, 6 of liquid Sugar, 3 of Gum, \Yater 3-5, Lignin 4-0, and 
 Acetic' 0*5, the seed-coats, 5 per cent., contain a little Tannin. The 
 Emulsin has also been called Synaptase, also the Vegetable Albumen 
 of Almonds. It is white, and owing to its presence the oil becomes 
 suspended in water in Jllmond Emulsion. When the oil has been 
 expressed, we have, as in the case of Linseed, a cake left, which, 
 being dried and powdered, is known under the name of Almond 
 powder. 
 
 Action. Uses. Dietetical, Demulcent, and Emollient. 
 
 CoNFECTIO (CoNSERVA, E.) AMYGDALAE, L. (AMYGDALARTJM, E. D.) Al- 
 
 mond Confection or Paste. 
 
 Prep. Take Sweet Almonds 3viij. (3j. D.) and having macerated in cold water and 
 removed the skin, beat well with powdered Gum Arabic 3j. (3j. D.) and Sugar giv. (gss. 
 D.) into a uniform pulpy mass. (Or it may be longer preserved if the ingredients are kept 
 in powder and mixed when required, L.) 
 
 A pleasant-tasted Confection, useful only for making 
 
 MISTURA AMYGDALA, L. (U. S.) (AMYGDALARUM, E. D.) Almond 
 Emulsion or Milk. 
 
 Prep. L. E. Add gradually Aq. dest. Oj. (Oij. E.) to Confect. Almond gijss. (3ij. E.) 
 triturate constantly and strain through linen (or calico, E.); or, as follows: E. D. Take
 
 382 OIL OF BITTER ALMONDS. [Calycifloree. 
 
 Sweet Almonds 3j. and 3ij. (3jss. D.) steep in hot water and peel them (Bitter Almonds 
 9ij. D.) beat them to a smooth pulp with pure Sugar 3v. (3ss. D.) Mucilage f3ss. E. 
 adding gradually Aq. Oij. (by measure ftijss. D.) Strain. 
 
 Dr. Pcreira recommends Sweet Almonds ^iv. powdered Gum Arabic 3j. White Sugar 
 3ij. Water fSviss. Blanch the Almonds, beat them with the Sugar and Gum, the Water 
 being gradually added. [The U. S. P. has adopted this formula nearly.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent and Emollient, or as a vehicle for other 
 medicines. 
 
 OLEUM AMYGDALAE, L. (AMYGDALARUM, D.) Expressed Oil of either the 
 Sweet or Bitter Almond. 
 
 A bland oil, apt to become rancid, of a pale yellow colour, very 
 liquid, Sp. Gr. 0-917 0-920; consisting of Margarine 24, Elaine 76 
 parts in 100. 
 
 Action. Uses. Laxative and emollient, like Olive and other fixed 
 Oils. 
 
 AMYGDALAE AMAR.E. Bitter Almonds are usually found shelled, 
 smaller, and commonly imported from Mogadore. These, like the 
 Sweet Almond, are without smell, but have a strong and peculiar 
 bitter taste. Like them also, they contain bland fixed Oil, with Sy- 
 naptase, and readily form a white emulsion with water. They also 
 contain a small portion of an albuminous but very peculiar principle, 
 called Amygdalin, soluble in water and in boiling Alcohol, colourless, 
 and crystallizable ; this contains Nitrogen, and has a pure bitter taste, 
 but no' smell (C 40 H 27 N O aa ). It should be remarked that neither 
 volatile Oil nor Hydrocyanic acid is mentioned as a constituent of 
 Bitter Almonds. Indeed, both have been proved by chemists not to 
 exist in them, though they may easily be obtained from them. This 
 is by the mutual action, with the assistance of water, of one principle, 
 Synaptase, when in solution, upon another, the Amygdalin ; the one 
 being supposed to bear the same relation to the other that Diastase 
 does to Starch, or acting as Yeast does upon Sugar. The result, 
 made immediately evident by the smell, is the production of the Oil 
 of Bitter Almonds, which is a true Essential Oil, containing Hydro- 
 cyanic acid. 
 
 Action. Uses. Sedative, Poisonous. Bitter Almonds, even in small 
 doses, disagree with many, producing derangement of the digestive 
 functions, and a kind of nettle rash. They have proved fatal to men, 
 children, and small animals. They flavour the Almond Emulsion of 
 the D. P., but are seldom employed medicinally. 
 
 Oil of Bitter Almonds, though not officinal, requires to be noticed, 
 as it is sometimes employed therapeutically, and is, moreover, a fear- 
 fully powerful poison. This when pure is considered to be a Hy- 
 druret of Benzoyle, a limpid colourless liquid, with a powerful odour; 
 but it is not in this state so poisonous. Exposed to the atmosphere, 
 it absorbs Oxygen, and is converted into Benzoic acid. Ordinarily, 
 Oil of Bitter Almonds is of a yellow amber-colour, has an odour of 
 Hydrocyanic acid in addition to its own, which is usually considered 
 rather agreeable. It has a bitter and burning taste, from containing
 
 Amygdalea.] PRUNES. 393 
 
 Hydrocyanic acid (8-5 14-33 per cent.) with some other substances. 
 This acid may, however, be separated from the oil, which is power- 
 fully poisonous, heavier than water, soluble to a small extent in water, 
 but very readily in Alcohol and Ether. 
 
 Action. Uses. Poisonous, like Hydrocyanic acid, and sometimes 
 used for the same purposes, in doses of 0^5- to rp:j.; also for fla- 
 vouring.* 
 
 PRUNA, L. E. D. Drupse exsiccatae. Dried fruit of PRUNUS DOMES- 
 TICA, Linn. Prunes. [Prunum, U. S.] 
 
 The common Plum-tree is supposed to be the xoxu/utiiXsa of Diosco- 
 rides ; but this may have been Prunus Cocumilia of Tenore, a native 
 of Calabria, a species which is supposed by some to be the original of 
 the former. The astringent juice of Prunus spinosa, or the Sloe, in- 
 spissated, is substituted lor the ancient akakia. 
 
 A small tree with smooth branches and elliptical leaves. Flower buds formed of one 
 or two flowers. Petals white, oblong-ovate. Drupes fleshy, ovate-oblong. Nut smooth 
 or furrowed, without small holes. Many varieties of it are cultivated every where in 
 Europe. It occurs apparently wild in some places, but it is thought to be originally a 
 native of Asia. 
 
 The fruit in a dried state forms the Prunes or French Plums of the 
 shops, which are prepared in France chiefly from the St. Catharine 
 and the Green-gage varieties, and " in Portugal from a sort which 
 derives its name from the village of Guimaraens, where they are prin- 
 cipally dried." A variet^(the Quetsche) is also dried in Germany. 
 The black Plums " dits & medecine" are prepared from the small 
 black Damascus Plums, and are more acid and laxative. (Merat 
 and De Lens.) Prunes are composed, like the other fruits of this 
 family, of a large proportion of water, with about 20 per cent, of 
 solid matter, consisting of Sugar, Gum, Malic acid, some Azotised 
 matter, Pectin, and Ligneous fibre. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent, Dietetical, Laxative. Given entire or in 
 decoction, or their prepared pulp. This forms an ingredient in the 
 Electuarium Sennse. 
 
 LATJRO-CERASUS, E. D. Folia, D. Leaves, E. of Prunus Lauro-cerasus, 
 Linn. E. D. Cerasus Lauro-cerasus, Loisl. and Dec. The Cherry 
 Laurel. 
 
 This shrub, so common in every garden almost in England, is a 
 native of Asia Minor, especially near Trebizonde, whence it was in- 
 troduced into Europe by Clusius about 1576. 
 
 A small tree or smooth evergreen shrub. Leaves with short petioles, oblong, acumi- 
 nate, remotely serrated, shining on the upper surface, with 2 or 4 glands beneath and 
 coriaceous in texture. Racemes simple axillary, about the length of the leaves. Petals 
 white, roundish, spreading. Stamens 20. Drupe destitute of bloom, round, black, about 
 the size of a small cherry. Nees von E. 317; St. and Ch. ii. 1 117. 
 
 This plant, being commonly called Laurel, and found in every 
 
 * Dr. Pereira remarks, that though its strength is variable, it is in general four times 
 the strength of officinal Hydrocyanic acid, and that f3ij. of the Oil in Rectified Spirit 
 f 3vj. form an useful essence for flavouring and scenting.
 
 884 
 
 PRUNUS VIRGINIAN A. 
 
 [Calycijloree. 
 
 shrubbery, must not be confounded, as it usually is, with the true 
 
 Laurel or Sweet Bay (y. Laurus nobi- 
 Fi g- 63 - Us), which does not possess any of its 
 
 deleterious properties. It should also 
 be distinguished from the true Portu- 
 gal Laurel. The leaves are alone of- 
 ficinal. In their dried state they are 
 bitter and astringent, without aroma, 
 as in the fresh state, until they are 
 bruised, when the ratifia odour pecu- 
 liar to so many of the JlmygdalecB is 
 exhaled, from the formation probably 
 of an essential Oil and Hydrocyanic 
 acid, in the same way as in the Bitter 
 Almond from the reaction of different 
 principles on each other. Dr. Chris- 
 tison has made the important observa- 
 tion, that the buds and unexpanded 
 young leaves in May or June yield 
 6-33 grs. of Oil in 1000. The propor- 
 tion sinks to 3-1 grs. in July, and goes 
 on gradually diminishing to only 0-6 
 in the subsequent May, when they are 
 twelve months old, and when the new 
 unexpandeW leaves of the same plant 
 
 give ten times as much. By distillation with water, the Essential Oil 
 is obtained, which exactly resembles that of Bitter Almonds ; but the 
 distilled Oil is alone in general employed, and is officinal in the E. 
 and D. P. 
 
 Action. Uses. Poisonous, Sedative. The powdered leaves have 
 been given in doses of from gr. iv. gr. viij., and in cataplasms with 
 Flour or Linseed-meal are sometimes applied to sores. 
 
 Water of the Cherry Laurel. Laurel 
 
 AQUA LATJRO-CERASI, E. D. 
 water. 
 
 Prep. Take/rcsA leaves ofPrunus Lauro-cerasus ftj. Aq. Oijss. (by measure ftiij. Distil 
 fej. and add Compound Spirit of Lavender 3j- D.) Chop down the leaves, mix them with 
 the water, distil off a part, agitate the distilled liquid well, filter if any milkiness remains 
 after a few seconds of rest, and then add the Spirit of Lavender, E. These directions are 
 intended to obtain uniformity of preparation. It is, however, always uncertain. It is 
 stronger when fresh made, or from young leaves ; but as some opacity is created when 
 there is excess of oil, this may be got rid of by filtering. 
 
 Action. Uses. Poisonous, Sedative, in the same cases as Diluted 
 Hydrocyanic acid, in doses of f 3ss. f 3j. 
 
 The Bark of the CERASUS SEROTINA. 
 
 [PRUNUS VlRGINIANA, (U. S.) 
 
 Icosandria, Monogynia. 
 
 The Wild Cherry is an inhabitant of the United States, where it is 
 disseminated from Canada to Florida. 
 
 Bot. Ch. Leaves oval oblong, or lanceolate oblong, acuminate, glabrous, or bearded 
 along the midrib beneath, smooth and shining above, finely serrate, with adpressed or
 
 Amygdalea.} ACIDUMHYDROCYANICUM. 385 
 
 callous incurved teeth, petioles mostly with two or more glands, racemes elongated spread- 
 ing, petals broadly obovate, drupes globose, black. 
 
 The height of the tree varies from 25 feet to 80 or more, as it is found to the South. 
 The flowers are white and fragrant, appearing in May. The bark is of a dark ashy hue, 
 rough on the trunk and smooth on the branches. The epidermis is easily separable, and 
 peels off circularly, leaving the green cellular tissue beneath. The wood is hard. The 
 fruit has a prussic, sweet, and slightly bitter taste. 
 
 The bark of the branches or the root is used for medicinal pur- 
 poses. The latter is regarded as best. It is brought into the market 
 in pieces or fragments, several inches long, and from half an inch to 
 two in breadth. When dry it is somewhat curved laterally. It is of 
 a reddish-brown colour, usually destitute of epidermis, brittle and 
 pulverizable. Fracture short, and presenting grayish surfaces. When 
 fresh the odour is prussic, which is lost by drying and regained by 
 maceration. The taste is aromatic, prussic, and bitter. 
 
 This bark contains amygdalin (Procter), starch, resin, gallic acid, 
 tannin, fatty matter, lignin, &c., (probably bitter extractive.) By 
 distillation with water, a volatile oil can be obtained associated with 
 Hydrocyanic acid. This oil is composed of hydruret of benzule. 
 From the decomposition of the amygdalin by emulsion, the oil and 
 acid are produced. 
 
 Oil of Wild Cherry. This oil is of a light straw colour, has a pun- 
 gent taste, and the odour of the oil of bitter almonds. When de- 
 prived of Hydrocyanic acid it is destitute of poisonous properties. 
 
 Action. Uses. The bark is tonic and invigorating in its impression 
 upon the stomach and general system, but sedative to the circulatory 
 and nervous systems, the former due to bitter principle, the latter 
 to the Hydrocyanic acid. It is used in convalescence, where irrita- 
 bility exists, in cases of debility with nervous excitability, in dys- 
 pepsia, &c. It is especially adapted to pulmonary complaints. 
 
 D. 3ss. to 3ij. in powder. 
 
 A decoction is objectionable on account of the diffusion of the 
 volatile principles. 
 
 INFUSUM PRUNI VIRGINIANS, (U. S.) Infusion of Wild Cherry Bark. 
 
 Wild Cherry Bark, bruised, 3ss. Water Oj. macerate for 24 hours and strain. Cold 
 water constitutes the best vehicle, as it allows of the decomposition of the amygdalin 
 without the escape of the volatile principle formed from it. 
 
 D. fSij. 
 
 SYRUP OF WILD CHERRY BARK. 
 
 Made from the bark in powder 3iv. Water 3xij. exhaust in a percolator and add Sugar 
 Add a sufficiency of water to make f3xij. 
 
 D. f3ss.] 
 
 ACIDUM HYDROCYANICUM, E. (U. S.) DILTJTUM, L. ACID. PRUSSICUM, 
 D. Diluted or Medicinal Hydrocyanic Acid: that is, diluted 
 with 50, L. (30, E.) parts of water. F. Acide hydrocyanique. G. 
 Blausaure. Prussic Acid. 
 
 Hydrocyanic acid is so named from being a compound of Hy- 
 drogen and Cyanogen, and is called Prussic acid from having been 
 
 25
 
 386 CYANOGEN. [Calyciflora. 
 
 first obtained from Prussian Blue. (p. 151.) Scheele in 1782 first 
 obtained it in a diluted, and Gay-Lussac in 1815 in a pure state. It 
 was employed in medicine in 1809 by Brera, in 1817 by Majendie, 
 and in 1819 by Dr. A. T. Thomson in this country. But its effects 
 had long previously been obtained from the employment of the above 
 Laurel-water. 
 
 Hydrocyanic' is of vegetable origin, being contained, as above 
 mentioned, in the Distilled Oil and Waters both of the Bitter Almond 
 and of the Cherry Laurel. It may also be obtained from many others 
 of the Amygdaleae, as kernels of Peaches, of various Plums and 
 Cherries ; also from some of their flowers, and likewise from Apple- 
 pips. It is, however, usually obtained by decomposing some of the 
 compounds of Cyanogen. 
 
 CYANOGEN (C 2 N=Cy=26) so named from xuavog, blue, and yswaw, / 
 generate, because it is an essential constituent of Prussian Blue. 
 Though a compound body, it acts the part of a simple body in enter- 
 ing into and separating from chemical combination, and is usually 
 adduced as a type of organic radicals (p. 31). It is composed 01 
 equal volumes of Carbon and of Nitrogen, or of 2 Eq. C + 1 Eq. 
 N=26, and is therefore a Bicarburet of Nitrogen, and forms a 
 colourless permanent gas, with a penetrating and peculiar odour. 
 Its compounds are called Cyanides or Cyanurets ; of these some are 
 found in various animal secretions. Hence some of the salts which 
 are employed in making Hydrocyanic acid are obtained from animal 
 matter. Cyanogen is interesting to us as combining with Hydrogen 
 to form this acid. 
 
 Hydrocyanic Acid (Cy H=27) called also Cyanide of Hydrogen, 
 was obtained by Gay-Lussac in a pure anhydrous state. This soli- 
 difies at the zero of F., but readily becomes liquid with heat, when 
 it is transparent and colourless; Sp. Gr. nearly 0-697 at 64 P.; 
 tasting at first cool, then acrid ; but it can be tasted only with the 
 greatest caution. It has a strong and very peculiar odour, differing 
 from that of the Oil of Bitter Almonds. If a few drops be placed on 
 paper, a part volatilizes so rapidly as to freeze the rest. It boils at 
 79 or 80, when the acid rises in the state of vapour, which is com- 
 bustible, and will form explosive mixtures with Oxygen. It rapidly 
 decomposes, becoming of a reddish-brown colour, and finally exha- 
 ling an ammoniacal odour. Dr. Christison states, however, that he 
 has kept it unaltered at 32 for three weeks. It has a feeble reaction 
 as an acid, and forms Hydrocyanates, which are liable to decompo- 
 sition. It is very soluble in Alcohol and in water, the solution in the 
 latter forming 
 
 Medicinal or Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. Differs from the former 
 chiefly in its strength, having the same characteristic taste and odour, 
 though in a less degree. The odour is so peculiar as to be enume- 
 rated among its tests. " But care must be taken not to confound it 
 with the odour of Bitter Almond Oil, as many do ; for that odour is 
 decidedly different, and depends much more on a true Essential Oil 
 than upon the concentrated Hydrocyanic acid." (c.) It differs in 
 being more easily preserved, especially if made from the action of S'
 
 Amygdalea.} CYANICUM DILUTUM. 387 
 
 on Ferrocyanide of Potassium, or has a small quantity of some other 
 acid mixed with it, or is kept in a dark-coloured bottle, or in one 
 covered with paper, and well stopped. The medicinal acid of the 
 shops has been found to vary from 1-4 to 5-8. That of the L. P. is 
 now directed to be of the strength of 2 per cent., that of the E. and 
 D. P. 3-3 per cent., or of the strength of Vauquelin's acid. Fearful 
 consequences have ensued from the want of uniformity in its prepa- 
 rations; hence the Colleges give directions for ascertaining its 
 strength, (v. Tests.) 
 
 Strength of the Medicinal Acid. In the D. P. the Sp. Gr. only is 
 indicated as a criterion of its strength, and that of course is always 
 lower as the acid is stronger ; but this method is not sufficiently pre- 
 cise for ordinary use. In the L. P., H Cy' is directed to be prepared 
 of such strength that 100 grains of it will exactly precipitate 12-7 
 grains of Nitrate of Silver dissolved in water. This precipitate is 
 readily soluble in boiling Nitric acid, and 5 parts of it correspond to 
 1 of real acid. Dr. Christison states that so rigorous a test would 
 exclude nine-tenths of the acid even of respectable shops, and that 
 " irregularity within certain limits may exist without the slightest 
 danger or inconvenience in medical practice." A variation of one- 
 eleventh is therefore allowed in the E. P. " Fifty minims of the acid 
 diluted with Aq. dest. f3j. agitated with 390 minims of a solution 
 (containing ^5) of Nitrate of Silver, and allowed to settle, will again 
 give a precipitate with 40 minims more of the test." Dr. Ure has 
 suggested ascertaining the quantity of Red Oxide of Mercury which 
 a given weight (say 100 grs.) of this acid will dissolve ; and as the 
 Eq. of the Oxide, 216, is to 2 Eq. 54, of the acid in Bicyanide of 
 Mercury, as 4 to 1, so we have only to divide by 4 the weight of 
 Oxide dissolved, and the quotient will represent the quantity of anhy- 
 drous acid present. 
 
 Prep. A simple process is that originally recommended by Mr. Everitt, and adopted by 
 the L. C. for extemporaneously obtaining Dil. H Cy'. Cyanide of Silver gr. xlviijss. are 
 to be added to Aq. Dest. f gj. with which Hydrochloric acid gr. xxxixss. had been previously 
 mixed, and well agitated together in a close phial. (The Hydrogen of the acid combining 
 with the Cyanogen of the Cyanide, Hydrocyanic' in the proportion of 2 per cent, is form- 
 ed. The Chlorine set free combining with the Silver, forms a white precipitate of Chlo- 
 ride of Silver.) After a short interval, the clear liquor is to be poured off, and kept out of 
 the light. [U. S. P. 51 grs. Cyanide, and 41 grs. Hydrochlor acid.] 
 
 The D. C. direct Bicyanide (Cyanuret, D.) of Mercury 3j. Hydrochloric' f 3vij. Aq. 
 Dest. f 3 VU J- both by measure, to be mixed together, and f gviij. to be distilled from a glass 
 retort into a cooled receiver, and to be kept in a cool and dark place. Sp. Gr. -998. The 
 strength of this acid is 1-6 according to Barker, but according to Mr. Donovan it is 2-82 
 per cent, (n.) The Society of Apothecaries used to obtain it by a process similar to this : 
 Sp. Gr. 0-995, indicating 2-9 per cent, of real acid. By a process similar to this, but 
 without water, Gay-Lussac obtained the anhydrous acid, by passing it through pieces oi 
 Chalk and of Chloride of Calcium. 
 
 The method which is most generally adopted on account of its cheapness, easy manage- 
 ment, and the preservation of the acid, is also given in the L. and E. P. Dissolve (in a 
 retort, L. ; matrass, E.) Ferrocyanide of Potassium 3ij. (3iij. E.) in Aq. dest. Oss. (f3xj. 
 E.) then add to Sulphuric' 3jss. (f Jvj. E.) previously mixed with Aq. dest. f 3iv. (f 3v. E.) 
 and allowed to cool. Pour Aq. dest. f Sviij. into a cooled receiver and fit on the retort, and 
 distil over into this water with a gentle heat in a sand-bath f gvj. of acid fluid. (Distil 
 over f 3xiv. or till the residuum begins to froth up, E.) Lastly, add Aq. dest. f gvj. or as 
 much as may be sufficient for the product to measure (f 3xx. L, ; f 3xvj. E.) that 12-7 
 grs. of Nitrate of Silver dissolved in Aq. dest. may be accurately saturated by 100 grains 
 of this acid. [Also adopted by U. S. P.J
 
 388 HYDROCYANICACID. [Calyciflora. 
 
 When the Sul' is added to the solution of the Ferrocyanide of 
 Potassium, water is decomposed : its Hydrogen unites with some 
 Cyanogen of the Ferrocyanide, and forms Hydrocyanic'; while 
 the Oxygen, uniting with some of the Potassium, generates Potash, 
 which, with the Sul' forms a Bisulphate of Potash; and at the 
 same time a new insoluble salt is formed, composed of Cyanogen, 
 Iron, and Potassium. The constituents of this new salt have been 
 differently deduced by Gay-Lussac and Mr. Everitt ; but the former 
 having attended most to theoretical considerations, and the latter to 
 the results derived from numerous experiments, his numbers are pre- 
 ferred, and are those adopted by Mr. Phillips. But Dr. Pereira, in re- 
 peating the experiments, agrees with Gay-Lussac in the colour of the 
 salt, which the latter states to be white, while Mr. Everitt found it to 
 be yellow. This he observed to be owing to the admission of air; 
 for when the action was made to take place without the admission of 
 the air, the salt precipitated was always white. 
 
 The proportion of the substances submitted to distillation, and the 
 results where 6 equivalents of Sulphuric acid are heated with 2 equi- 
 valents of Ferrocyanide of Potassium, are : 
 
 Submitted to Distillation. 
 6 eq. Sulphuric acid - - 240 
 4 Cyanide of Potassium - 264 
 2 Cyanide of Iron - -108 
 
 " 
 
 720 
 
 Results of Distillation. 
 
 3 eq. Bisulphate of Potash - - -384 
 3 Hydrocyanic acid - - . - 81 
 
 1 Cyanide Potassium 66 $ yellow ) . _ . 
 
 2 Cyanide Iron 108) salt C ' 1/4 
 9 Water - ... 81 
 
 720 
 
 Tests. Besides ascertaining the strength of H Cy', it is necessary 
 to determine its purity. " Colourless ; entirely vaporizable, with a 
 peculiar odour ; slightly and transiently reddens litmus ; unaffected 
 by Sulphuretted Hydrogen (showing the absence of Bicyanide of 
 Mercury, &c.) Solution of Nitrate of Baryta causes no precipi- 
 tate, E. The presence of any other acid is indicated by the lodo-cy- 
 anide of Mercury and Potassium being reddened," L. in consequence 
 of the formation of Biniodide of Mercury. The slight effect on Litmus, 
 as well as the Nitrate of Baryta, prove that there is no Sul' nor H Cl'. 
 
 To detect this acid in cases of poisoning, its odour is a delicate 
 and usually very conspicuous test. The contents of the stomach 
 may be washed and filtered ; or, in cases of mixed fluids, these may 
 be treated with animal charcoal without heat, neutralized with Sul' 
 if they are alkaline from Ammonia disengaged during putrefaction, 
 and about l-8th part distilled over in a vapour-bath, applying the fol- 
 lowing tests. 
 
 1. Supersaturate with solution of Potash, then add a solution of 
 the salts of the mixed Peroxide and Protoxide of Iron (as common 
 Green Vitriol, or the Tincture of the Sesquichloride), when a gray- 
 ish-green precipitate is formed, which on adding a little Sul', becomes 
 of a deep Prussian Blue colour. 
 
 2. Nitrate of Silver causes a precipitate of Cyanide of Silver, 
 which is soluble in boiling Nitric acid.
 
 MyrtaceaB.} MYRTACE^E. 389 
 
 3. Sulphate of Copper with Hydrocyanic' supersaturated with 
 Potash forms a greenish precipitate, which on the addition of a little 
 Hydrochloric t acid, becomes nearly white. 
 
 Consult works on Forensic Medicine, as of Christison and of Taylor. 
 
 Action. Uses. Sedative and Anodyne. Powerful Narcotic Poison. 
 Useful in Chronic Coughs and in affections of the Heart, in painful 
 Neuralgia and Stomach complaints, as Gastrodynia. Externally as 
 a wash to allay pain and irritation in Chronic Skin Diseases. 
 
 D. n^ij. n^v. L., or fl^j. fftiv. E. and D. in an ounce or so of 
 water or Emulsion. In Lotion, f3ij. in Oss. of Rose or common 
 Distilled water. 
 
 Antidotes. In cases of poisoning, it acts so quickly and energetically, 
 that few antidotes can be effectively employed. 1. Cold affusion is 
 usually most quickly available, and applied chiefly as cold doucheio the 
 Head and Spine, is particularly useful. 2. Ammonia or its Carbonate, 
 cautiously inhaled, or in solution taken internally, or rubbed externally, 
 is useful from its stimulant properties. 3. Chlorine, in the form of a 
 gas much diluted, cautiously inhaled, or Chlorine-water, in doses of 
 a tea-spoonful or two, or the Chloride of Lime or of Soda, may be 
 prescribed. Bleeding from the jugular vein is strongly recommended 
 when there is cerebral congestion ; artificial respiration ought not to 
 be neglected. Give as a chemical antidote solution of Carbonate of 
 Potash followed immediately by a solution of the mixed Sulphates of 
 Iron.* 
 
 MYRTACE.E, R. Brown. Myrtle Family. 
 
 Trees or shrubs, often with angled branches. Leaves opposite, rarely alternate or ver- 
 ticillate, entire, with transparent dots, transverse veins, uniting into one which runs pa- 
 rallel with their margin, usually without stipules. Flowers perfect, regular with 2 
 bracts. Calyx adherent by its tube to the ovary, limb 4 or 5 cleft, valvate in aestivation, 
 sometimes entire opening like a lid. Petals inserted into the throat of the calyx, equal in 
 number to its divisions, imbricate or twisted in aestivation, sometimes united with the cap- 
 like limb 'of the calyx. Stamens numerous, inserted with the petals, sometimes only 
 equal to or double their number, filaments distinct or connected into several bundles, curved 
 inwards in estivation, anthers ovate, opening by a double fissure. Ovary inferior, or 
 half inferior, covered with a fleshy disk, several 2, 4,5 or 6, sometimes single-celled, pla- 
 centa central. Style and stigma single. Fruit either dry or fleshy, dehiscent or indehis- 
 cent, usually surmounted by the limb of the calyx. Seeds straight. Embryo without 
 albumen, straight, curved, or twisted spirally. Cotyledons often united into a homoge- 
 neous mass with the radicle. 
 
 The Myrtaceae, elegant in appearance, are allied on one hand to 
 Pomacege, and on the other to Melastomacese, and through these to 
 Lythrarise, &c. They abound in the tropical parts of New Holland, 
 and of America, fewer in Asia and Africa, rare in the south of 
 
 * The Messrs. Smith of Edinburgh published in the Lancet of 5 Oct. 1844, the detailed 
 instructions for preparing Prussic acid antidotes, which depends on the presentation to 
 the acid of Iron in such a state of oxidation as to form with it the comparatively inert 
 Prussian Blue. They have since given the following in the Pharm. Journ. v. 35, July, 
 1845. 
 
 Dissolve in a phial Carbonate of Potash (Salt of Tartar) grs. xx. in water f gj- or f 3ij. 
 Dissolve quickly in a mortar Sulphate of Protoxide of Iron in icater f3j. and add of 
 Tinct. of Sesquichloride (Muriate) of Iron fijj. and put in another phial. To prevent 
 delay, let the dispenser go at once and himself give to the person who has taken Prussic 
 acid first the Potash solution and immediately afterwards that of the salts of Iron.
 
 390 
 
 CAYAPUTI OIL. 
 
 [Calyciflorce. 
 
 Europe. They secrete much astringent matter, as well as grateful 
 Volatile Oil. Some, therefore, are employed as astringents, others as 
 spicy aromatics. The fruit of some being berried, \vjth a grateful 
 acid and sweetish secretion, form edible fruits. 
 
 Tribe 1. LEPTOSPERME^E, Dec. Sub-tribe, Melaleucece. 
 
 CAJUPUTI, L. CAJUPUTI OLEUM, E. (U. S. Sec.) CAJEPOT, D. Oleum e 
 foliis destillatum, L. Volatile Oil of the Leaves of MELALEUCA CA- 
 JAPUTI, Maton and Roxb. (M. minor, Sm.), L. E. Polyadelphia 
 Icosandria, Linn. Cayaputi Oil, or Oil of Cajeput. 
 
 Cajuputi Oil, pronounced Kayapootee (meaning Arbor alba) in the 
 East, appears to have been known only since the time of Rumphius, 
 who describes two trees. 1. Arbor alba major, H. A. ii. 1. 16. 2. Jlr- 
 bor alba minor, H. A. ii. t. 17, f. 1. In 1798, Mr. Smith, of the Cal- 
 cutta Botanic Garden, was sent to the Molucca' Islands to obtain the 
 true sort of Cayaputi plant. He obtained several, which were intro- 
 duced into the above Garden, and have since been distributed all over 
 India. It is curious that this species, though a native of Molucca, is 
 able to stand the cold of N. W. India, probably owing to the thick- 
 ness of its bark. Mr. S. having also sent specimens to this country, 
 they were ascertained by Dr. Maton to be those of the second kind, 
 and named Melaleuca Cajuputi in the London Pharm. for 1809, a 
 name which Dr. J. E. Smith afterwards unnecessarily changed to M. 
 minor. The other species, which the Malays also call Cayaputi,* is 
 the Melaleuca Leucadendron, of which the leaves are larger, more fal- 
 cate, 5-nerved, and smooth, but possess little or no fragrance, and 
 are not known to yield any of this celebrated Volatile Oil. 
 
 Melaleuca Cajuputi. Roxb. 
 (fig. 64), forms a small tree 
 with an erect but crooked 
 stem covered with thick, 
 rather soft, light-coloured 
 bark ; branches scattered, 
 with slender twigs which 
 droop like those of the 
 Weeping Willow. Leaves 
 alternate lanceolate, acute, 
 slightly falcate, 3 to 5 nerved, 
 while young, silky and dif- 
 fusing a powerful odour, 
 when bruised. Spikes ter- 
 minal and from the extreme 
 axils, downy as well as the 
 calyx and branchlets, while 
 in flower there is only a scaly 
 conic bud at the apex which 
 soon advances into a leafy 
 branchlet. Bracts solitary, 
 3 flowered. Calyx urceo- 
 
 late, (fig. 64, 3,) limb 5-parted. Petals 5, white, scentless. Stamens from 30 to 40, in 
 five bundles ; filaments 3 or 4 times longer than petals. Anthers incumbent with a yellow 
 gland at the apex. Style long. Stigma obscurely 3-lobed. Ovary ovate, and like the 
 capsule 3-celled, (f. 64, 2 and 1,) many-seeded, lower half united with, but the capsule is 
 enclosed within the thickened tube of the calyx. Seeds angularly wedge-shaped. A 
 
 * In Murray, App. Medicam. we have it named Caieput B. Kaiuput Oleum. 
 
 Fig. 64.
 
 Myrtacece.] CLOVES. 391 
 
 native of the Molucca Islands, especially of Boerou, Manipe, and of the S. of Borneo. It 
 is called Daun. kitsjil, but also Cajuputi. 
 
 The leaves are collected on a warm dry day in autumn, and placed 
 in dry sacks, in which they nevertheless become heated and moist. 
 They are then cut in pieces, macerated in water for a night, and then 
 distilled. Two sackfuls of the leaves yield only about 3 drachms of 
 the oil. This is clear and limpid, of a light green colour, very vola- 
 tile, diffusing a powerful odour, having a warm aromatic taste, some- 
 thing resembling that of Camphor, followed by a sense of coolness. 
 Sp. Gr. 0-914 to 0-927 ; soluble in Alcohol. It boils at 343. When 
 distilled with water, a light and colourless Oil first comes over, and 
 then a green-coloured and denser Oil, which, with less odour, is more 
 acrid. Comp. C 10 H 9 O = 77. Some adulterations are occasionally 
 practised with this Oil, especially at the time when it reached a high 
 price, chiefly with IJy; oils of Rosemary and of Camphor; but it is 
 now commonly meflwith in a pure state, and without any admixture 
 of Copper. 
 
 Action. Uses. Diffusible Stimulant, Antispasmodic ; externally in 
 Rheumatism. Surprise was excited in India when Cayaj>uti Oil was 
 stated to be a cure for Cholera, as Oil of Peppermint is as useful. 
 
 D. fftiij. rftv. given on a lump of Sugar. 
 
 Tribe Myrtece. 
 
 CARYOPHYLLUS, L. E. D. (U.S.) Flores nondum explicati, exsiccati, 
 L. Dried undeveloped Flower of CARYOPHYLLUS AROMATICUS, Linn. 
 L. E. (Eugenia caryophyllata), D. Cloves. Icosand. Monog. 
 Linn. 
 
 Though it is doubtful whether the ancients were acquainted with 
 the Clove, it is curious that the Arabs give kurphullon as its Greek 
 name. P. ^Egineta and Myrepsius. seem to have known it ; yet the 
 author is of opinion that the ancients were not well acquainted with 
 any substances produced further east than the coasts of the Bay of 
 Bengal. 
 
 The Clove-tree is an evergreen, and, like others of the Myrtaceae, elegant in appear- 
 ance. It is like the Pimento. The wood is hard and covered with a smooth gray bark. 
 The leaves opposite and decussate, ovate-lanceolate, tapering towards both ends, about 4 
 inches long, somewhat leathery, shining and minutely dotted, diffusing a clove-like fra- 
 grance when bruised. Panicles short, trichotomously divided, jointed at every division. 
 The calyx tube is cylindrical, of a dark purple colour, adhering to the ovary, divided into 
 4 ovate concave segments. Petals 4, overlapping each other and of a globular form when 
 in bud, afterwards spreading, roundish, whitish and said to exhale a grateful odour. 
 Within the calyx and at the top of the ovary is a quadrangular disk, surrounding but not 
 embracing the base of the short obtuse style. Stamens in 4 bundles, filaments long, yellow. 
 Ovary nearly cylindrical, 2-celled, with many small ovules in each cell attached to the 
 sides of the dissepiment. Fruit a large elliptical berry, containing a single seed, by the 
 growth of which the second cell and numerous ovules have been obliterated. Embryo 
 large, elliptical, dotted. Cotyledons unequal, sinuose, the larger one partly enveloping the 
 smaller, including the superior radicle. See the Bot. Mag. t. ii. 749, for a full description ; 
 Diet des Science, Nat Bot. for detailed dissections. A native of the Moluccas, but con- 
 fined by the Dutch to Amboyna and Ternate. It has, however, been introduced into the 
 Isle of France, India, the West Indies and Guyana. 
 
 Cloves, the unexpanded flower-buds, are picked by hand or with 
 long reeds, and then quickly dried in the shade. The best are ob-
 
 392 P I M E N T A. [Calyciflora. 
 
 tained from the Moluccas. They have some resemblance to a nail, 
 (whence the French name of clou de girofle), are usually of a dark- 
 brown colour, with a pleasant odour, a warm and aromatic, even 
 burning, taste. They have considerable weight. The best will exude 
 a little Oil when pressed or scraped. Their active properties are 
 extracted by water and by Alcohol. They contain of Volatile Oil 18, 
 of a peculiar Tannin 13, Gum 13, Resin 6, Extractive 4, Lignin 28, 
 water 18= 100. The Oil is officinal. The Resin has been named 
 Caryophyllin,3ind is obtained in brilliant satiny crystals, without taste 
 and without smell, fusible, volatile, insoluble in water, soluble in 
 Alcohol ; isomeric with Camphor. The dried berries, called Mother 
 Cloves, are still imported into China. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Carminative. Used as a condiment and 
 as a corrective, for flavouring medicines. 
 
 OLEUM CARYOPHYLLI, L. E. D. (U. S.) Oil of Clfces. 
 
 Oil of Cloves is usually imported from Amboyna. In America it 
 is said to be distilled from the Cloves grown in Cayenne. The Cloves 
 from which^)il has been distilled are apt to be intermixed with others. 
 The Oil, when recent, is clear and colourless, but by degrees becomes 
 of a dark-brown colour, which is its ordinary appearance. Its odour 
 is strong, and its taste warm, aromatic, and even acrid. Sp. Gr. 1-05 
 to 1-06, and being thus heavier, sinks in water. It is best distilled 
 with salt and water, as in the case of other heavy oils, and requires 
 repeated cohobation. M. Ettling, according to Soubeiran, finds this 
 Oil composed of 1. A Hydrocarbon, like Essential Oil of Turpentine, 
 which is lighter than water. 2. An oxygenated Oil, which is heavy, 
 Sp. Gr. 1'079, and has some of the properties of an acid (acide euge- 
 nique of Dumas), and composed of C a * H 1B O 5 . 3. Stearoptene, 
 which is also sometimes met with, in distilled water of Cloves. This 
 Oil is sometimes mixed with Oil of Pimento. 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic Stimulant, Carminative, and used as a 
 corrective in doses of triij. triv. 
 
 INFUSTJM (CARYOPHYLLORUM, D.) CARYOPHYLLI, L. E. (U. S.) Infusion 
 of Cloves. 
 
 Prep. Macerate in a slightly covered vessel for 2 hours bruised Cloves 3iij. (3j. D.) 
 (3ij. U. S.) in boiling Aq. dest. Oj. (by measure ftss. D.) Strain (through linen or ca- 
 lico, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. A clear infusion, with the odour and taste of Cloves, 
 incompatible with preparations of Iron. Useful as a warm carmina- 
 tive, or as a vehicle for other medicines, in doses of f 3jss. 
 
 Off. Prep. Ferri Mistura Arom. D. Inf. Aurantii, Comp. L. E. D. 
 Sp. Ammoniae Arom. L. D. Sp. Lavandulas, Comp. D. Vinum Opii, 
 L. E. D. Conf. Aromatica, L. D. Pil. Colocynth. Comp. D. Elect. 
 Scammonii, L. D. 
 PIMENTA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Baccae immaturae exsiccatae, L. (Fructus, 
 
 D.) Unripe berries of Eugenia (Myrtus, Linn. L. D.) Pimenta, 
 
 Dec. E. Pimento. Icosand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 A native of South America and the West Indies. In the latter it
 
 Myrtacete.] P I M E N T A. 393 
 
 is much cultivated in regular walks. Besides Pimento, it is also 
 called Allspice and Bay- berry tree. 
 
 An elegant tree about 30 feet high, foliage dense and evergreen, branches round, twigs 
 compressed, the younger as well as the pedicels pubescent. The leaves are petiolate, ob- 
 long or oval, marked with pellucid dots, smooth. The peduncles axillary and disposed in 
 terminal trichotomous panicles. Calyx and petals 4-fid, the latter reflected greenish-white. 
 Stamens numerous. Ovary 2 3 celled ; cells many ovuled. Berry spherical covered by 
 the roundish persistent base of the calyx, which when ripe is smooth, shining and of a dark 
 purple colour ; one-, rarely 2-celled ; two-seeded. Embryo roundish, cotyledons united 
 into one mass, radicle scarcely distinct. Nees von E. 298. Myrtus or Myrcia Pimen- 
 toides is figured in t. 297, and yields ovate Pimento. 
 
 Browne (Nat. Hist, of Jamaica) describes the berries as being ga- 
 thered before they are ripe, because they then lose their aromatic 
 warmth, and acquire a taste like Juniper-berries, and are much eaten 
 by birds. When gathered, they are dried with care in the sun. They 
 are round, rugose, unequal in size, and of a brownish colour, and 
 consist of the pericarp, in which the virtues chiefly reside, and of 
 two dark-brown seeds. The odour is strongly fragrant, and the 
 taste warm and aromatic. This depends on a Volatile Oil, which is 
 separated by distillation. There is also some Fixed Oil, a pungent 
 Resin, Extractive, Tannin, Gallic acid, &c. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Aromatic. Carminative in doses of gr. x. 
 3ss. 
 
 OLEUM PIMENTO, L. E. D. (U. S.) Oil of Pimento. 
 
 Obtained in the proportion of 1 to 4 per cent, by distilling bruised 
 Pimento with water. It resembles and is sometimes sold for Oil of 
 Cloves, or employed to adulterate it. Dr. Pereira describes it as con- 
 sisting of two Volatile Oils, one light (Hydrocarbon), the other heavy 
 (Pimentic acid). It produces a red colour with Nitric' and a bluish- 
 green with Tinct. of Sesquichloride of Iron ; thus resembling Mor- 
 phia in these particulars. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Carminative in doses of Ttiij. to fftvj. 
 Rubefacient externally. 
 
 SPIRITUS PIMENTO, L. E. D. Spirit of Pimento. 
 
 Prep. Prepare as Sp. Myristicse, L. ; as Sp. Caraway, using bruised Pimento, ftss. E. 
 Macerate for 24 hours bruised Pimento giij. in Proof Spirit Cj. and Aq. q. s. to prevent 
 Empyreuma. Distil Cj. D. 
 
 Action. Uses. Carminative, in doses of f3j. f3iv. Used chiefly 
 as an adjunct. 
 
 AQITA PIMENTO, L. E. D. Distilled Water of Pimento. 
 
 Prep. Take Oil of Pimento ij. L. or bruised Pimento ftj. (ftss. D.) Proof Spirit f3vij. 
 L. (Rectified Spirit f 3iij. E.) Aq. Cij. (q. s. to prevent Empyreuma, D.) Distil Cj. 
 
 Action. Uses. Carminative. Much used as a vehicle for other 
 medicines in doses of f3iss. 
 
 Off". Prep. Syrupus Rhamni, L. Emplastrum Aromaticum, D.
 
 394 
 
 POMEGRANATE. 
 
 [Calyciflorce . 
 
 GRANATE.E, Don. Pomegranates. 
 
 This order was instituted by the late Professor Don for tlfe Pomegranate, which was 
 usually included, as it still is by Dr. Lindley, among Myrtaceae. It is chiefly distin- 
 guished by its leaves not being dotted, by the want of the marginal vein, by the peculia- 
 rities of its fruit, and by the seeds being involved in pulp, and by its cotyledons being 
 convoluted, also by the absence of aromatic properties, and the geographical distribution 
 being beyond the range of tropical Myrtaceae. Dr. L. thinks that the several variations 
 are not greater than occur in genera of other families, without their being raised to the 
 rank of orders. 
 
 PUNICA GRANATUM, Linn. L. E. D. Granatum, L. (U. S.) Fructus 
 Cortex. Baccae tunica exterior, D. Rind of the Fruit. Granati 
 Radix, E. Radicis Cortex, D. Bark of the Root. Flores,D. Flowers 
 of the Pomegranate. Icosandria Monogynia, Linn. 
 
 The Pomegranate, a native 
 of the mountainous coun- 
 tries from Syria to the north 
 of India, must always have 
 been an object of attention. 
 It is the rimmon of the Bible, 
 and the rooman of the Arabs. 
 It was well known to the 
 Greeks and Romans. 
 
 Stem arborescent and irregular, in 
 arid situations rather thorny ; the 
 leaves usually opposite, often fascicled, 
 oblong, inclining to lanceolate, quite 
 entire, not dotted, smooth, shining, and 
 of a dark green ; flowers commonly 
 solitary, of a brilliant scarlet ; calyx 
 thick and fleshy, adhering to the ovary, 
 turbinate, 5 to 7 cleft ; petals 5 to 7, 
 crumpled ; stamens numerous, often 
 double ; style filiform ; stigma capi- 
 tate; fruit of the size of a large apple, with a thick leathery rind, and crowned by the 
 tubular limb of the calyx ; cells several, arranged in two strata, separated from each 
 other by an irregular transverse diaphragm, lower division of 3 cells, the upper of from 
 5 to 9 cells; seeds numerous, involved in pellucid pulp, with foliaceous, spirally convolute 
 cotyledons. Nees von E. 301. 
 
 The parts of this plant which were employed by the ancients, still 
 are so in the East, and are officinal in the D. P. Thus the Flores, D. 
 are the Balaustion of the ancients. In India, buloositoon is given as 
 the Greek name of the double flower. They are devoid of odour, 
 but have a bitterish and astringent taste, tinge the saliva of a reddish 
 colour, contain Tannin, strike a black with the ferruginous salts. 
 
 The Rind of the Fruit (Granatum, L., BacccB Tunica exterior,!).), 
 especially of the wild plant, is extensively employed as an astringent 
 and as a dye in the East. It is of a reddish-brown colour and smooth 
 externally, but yellow on the inside ; usually in irregular fragments, 
 dry, hard, and leathery, of a very astringent taste. It contains of 
 Tannin 18-8 per cent., with 10-8 of Extractive, and 17'1 of Mucilage, 
 and is used for tanning in some countries.
 
 Lythraria.] LYTHRUM SALICARIA. 
 
 The Bark of the Root (Radicis Cortex) was employed as an anthel- 
 mintic by Dioscorides and by Celsus, and still is so in India. It was 
 reintroduced into practice by Drs. Buchanan and Anderson. The root 
 itself is heavy, knotted and of a yellow colour ; its bark often sold in 
 strips, sometimes with parts of the root still adhering to it. On the 
 outside of a grayish-yellow colour ; on the inside, yellow, something 
 like that of the barberry. It has little smell ; when chewed, colours 
 the saliva yellow ; has an astringent taste, without any disagreeable 
 bitterness. It has been analyzed by Mitouart and Latour de Trie, 
 and others ; but the source of its peculiar anthelmintic powers has 
 not been discovered, and the subject requires further investigation. It 
 contains Tannin (about 20 per cent.), Gallic acid, Resin, Wax, Fatty 
 matters, and Mannite. " An infusion yields a deep blue precipitate 
 with the salts of Iron, a yellowish-white one with solution of Isin- 
 glass, and a grayish-yellow one with Corrosive Sublimate, and Potash 
 or Ammonia colours it yellow." (c.) It is apt to be adulterated with 
 the barks both of box and of barberry. The former is white and 
 bitter, but not astringent ; the latter yellow, very bitter, and not thus 
 affected by the above four reagents. 
 
 Action. Uses. All parts are astringent, the rind of the w r ild fruit es- 
 pecially so, and useful in Diarrhoea and advanced stages of Dysentery; 
 the Flowers in infusion slightly astringent ; the Bark of the Root as- 
 tringent, but remarkably useful as an Anthelmintic against tasnia. 
 
 D. It may be given in doses of Bj. in powder ; or a decoction may 
 be formed by steeping for 12 hours of fresh Root-bark of Pomegranate 
 3ij. in Aq. Oiss., and boiling down to Oj. Of this f 3ij. f 3iv. may be 
 given in the morning fasting, and repeated every two hours, until 
 three or four doses have been taken; pursuing the same course 
 another day, if not efficient at first, with occasional doses of Castor 
 Oil.* 
 
 LYTHRARI.E, Juss. Loosestrifes. 
 
 Herbs, shrubs, or trees, often with 4-cornered branches ; leaves opposite ; calyx tubular 
 or bell-shaped ; petals inserted into the throat of the calyx, and alternating with its lobes ; 
 stamens equal in number to, or twice or thrice as many as the petals ; ovary free ; 2 or 
 4 celled, each with many ovules ; seeds apterous or winged, without albumen. They 
 are found both in temperate and tropical parts of the world. /Many of them secrete Tan- 
 nin, some Colouring matter, and a few a little Volatile Oil. 
 
 LYTHRUM SALICARIA, Linn. Herba, D. Herb of Purple Loosestrife. 
 Dodecandria Monog. Linn. 
 
 This plant is indigenous over all parts of Europe, &c., in wet 
 places and banks of ditches. 
 
 Stem 2 4 feet high, quadrangular ; leaves opposite or whorled, lanceolate from a cor- 
 
 * Dr. Budd, Physician of King's College Hospital, informs the author that he has often 
 prescribed the bark of the root of Pomegranate, and that he considers it as efficacious as 
 Turpentine, and much safer, producing only a feeling of weight in the stomach or nausea, 
 apparently only from the quantity taken. Dr. Budd insists, as some others have done, 
 upon the fresh root only being employed.
 
 396 COLOCYNTHIS. (Calyciflora. 
 
 date base, varying in length, nearly smooth. Flowers in whorls on a leafy spike. Bracts 
 O. Calyx tubular, with 8 to 12 teeth, erect, twice as long as the other. Petals 6, alter- 
 nating with these. Stamens usually twice as many as the petals, alternately shorter, in- 
 serted into the base of the calyx. Style filiform. Stigma capitate. Capsule oblong, 
 covered by the calyx, 2-celled, many-seeded. E. B. 1061. 
 
 This plant, so showy from its long spikes of purple flowers, has 
 little activity, though it contains some Tannin. It is without odour, 
 and has a mucilaginous and moderately astringent taste. 
 
 Action. Uses. Gentle Astringent. Occasionally prescribed in Dys- 
 entery in doses of 3j. 3ij. or in infusion. 
 
 CUCURBITACE.E, Juss. Gourd Family. 
 
 Annual or perennial succulent herbs, climbing with tendrils. Leaves alternate, pal- 
 mate, more or less rough. Flowers usually unisexual. Calyx with its tube united to the 
 ovary, limb 5-parted. Corolla usually so closely united with the calyx as to appear a 
 continuation of it, limb 5-parted with reticulated veins. (Male} Stamens 5, free or united 
 in pairs, with the fifth remaining free. Anthers sinuose. (Female) Ovary 3 5 celled, 
 or spuriously 1-celled, with numerous ovules, placentae parietal. Style 1. Stigma thick 
 and lobed. Fruit or pepo usually fleshy, crowned by the remains of the calyx, and from 
 the partitions becoming pulpy, 1-celled. Seeds flat, with a membranous or horny integu- 
 ment, often thickened at the margin. Embryo without albumen. Cotyledons leaflike. 
 
 The Cucurbitacece abound chiefly in warm parts of the world, but a few are found in 
 temperate climates. A bitter, often purgative, principle is secreted by many of them ; 
 several by cultivation yield edible fruit, but even in these the rind continues bitter. The 
 seeds contain much bland fixed oil. 
 
 COLOCYNTHIS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Peponum Pulpa exsiccata, L. D. 
 Pulp of the Fruit, E. CUCUMIS, Linn, (now CITE.ULLUS) COLOCYN- 
 THIS, Colocynth. Monascia Monadelphia, Linn. 
 
 The Colocynth (xoXuxuvSis of the Greeks and Hunzal of the Arabs) 
 has been used in medicine from the earliest times, and is one of the 
 plants supposed to be the Pakyoth or wild gourd of Scripture. 
 
 Citrullus (Cucumis, Linn.) Colocynthis. 
 
 Annual Herb. Roots thick, whitish. Stems procumbent, angular, hispid. Leaves 
 cordate-ovate, divided into many lobes ; lobes obtuse (but rather acute in the Linnaean 
 
 specimen, and as repre- 
 
 Y\rr. 66. sented by St. and Ch. 
 
 iii. t. 138, from a plant 
 grown in Chelsea Gar- 
 den from seed sent from 
 the Mediterranean, and 
 from which fig. 66 is 
 taken), of a bright green 
 on the upper surface, 
 whitish below, and mu- 
 ricated, from being co- 
 vered with small white 
 hairs and often hair- 
 bearing tubercles. Pe- 
 tioles as long as the la- 
 mina. Tendrils short. 
 Flowers axillary, soli- 
 tary, stalked. Calyx 
 with 5 subulate seg- 
 ments. Female flowers 
 with the tube of the ca-
 
 Cucitrbitacece.] COLOCYNTH. 397 
 
 lyx globose, and somewhat hispid, the limb campanulate, with narrow segments. Petals 
 small, yellow, with greenish reins, scarcely adherent to each other and to the calyx. 
 Fruit globose, smooth, about the size of an orange, with a thin but dense rind, 6-celled, 
 pulp very bitter. Seeds ovate, not marginate, whitish, sometimes brownish, bitter. 
 Extending from the south of Europe to Syria and the south of India,* north of Africa, 
 Egypt, and Nubia. It is possible that in some of the localities usually cited, some nearly 
 allied species may be found instead of the true Colocynth. 
 
 Colocynth is imported in two forms. 1. Unpeeled, from Mogadore, 
 in its entire state, and covered by its hard yellow rind. 2. Peeled, 
 from the Levant, North of Africa, and South of Spain ; with the rind 
 peeled or pared oft*, and the pulp dried, when the fruit is ripe. It then 
 appears in the shape of white balls, which are light, porous, and 
 spongy, but tough, usually with the seeds forming about I of the 
 whole weight. The smaller variety of fruit is considered the best, 
 and is sometimes imported with the seeds removed. This is always 
 required to be done before any preparations can be made. The seeds 
 are bitter ; but a good deal of the bitterness may be removed by re- 
 peated washings in water. The pulp is without odour, but is nau- 
 seously and permanently bitter. It is with difficulty reduced to pow- 
 der (Poudre de Coloquinte), and may therefore with a magnifier be 
 seen in pills which have been made up with the pulp instead of from 
 the Extract. Both water and Alcohol extract its active properties. 
 Analyzed by Meisner, the pulp was found to contain of Fixed Oil 
 4-2, Bitter Resin, 13-2, Bitter Principle (Colocynthiri) 14-4, Extractive 
 10, Gummy matters 30, Phosphate of Lime and Magnesia, 5-7, Lig- 
 nin 19-2. The Colocynthin is not, however, a pure vegetable prin- 
 ciple. Examined by Herberger and Braconnot, it was of a reddish- 
 yellow colour in mass, but yellow when in powder, transparent and 
 friable, excessively bitter, burning like resins, soluble in five parts of 
 cold and in less boiling water ; equally soluble both in Alcohol and 
 Ether. Acids and the deliquescent salts precipitate it as a coherent 
 and viscid mass ; alkalies do not precipitate it, neither does Gall-nut 
 when it is quite pure. It contains Nitrogen, and, according to Bra- 
 connot, restores the colour of Litmus reddened by acid. (Soubeiran.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Colocynth is a powerful Hydrogogue Cathartic, but 
 an irritant Poison in large doses. 
 
 EXTRACTUM COLOCYNTHIDIS (SIMPLEX, D.) L. E. Colocynth Extract. 
 
 Prep. Boil gently for 6 hours dried pulp of Colocynth, ftj. in Aq. dest. Cij. (Cj. till 
 reduced to ftiv. by measure, D.), occasionally replacing the evaporated water with Aq. 
 dest. While hot, strain and evaporate to a proper consistence. From 45 to 65 per cent, 
 of Extract are obtained. The D. C. order too little water. (Phillips.} 
 
 * Found in various parts of India, as on the sandy lands of Coromandel (Roxburgh), 
 Peninsula ( Wight), Deccan (Col. Sykes), sea-shores of Guzerat (Gibson), Kaira (Burns), 
 near Delhi (Mackintosh and Rankiri), in Bengal Dispensatory also (Falconer). The 
 author had heard of it in this direction, but on sending for Jndrayun and Bisloombha 
 plants, which are Arabian and Indian names for the Colocynth, a nearly allied spe- 
 cies, with oval instead of globular fruit, was obtained. This he named C. Pseudo-Colo- 
 cynthis, and figured (Himal. Bot. t. 47, fig. 2). A good supply of Colocynth may there- 
 fore be obtained for the public service or for commerce, from India, whence it has some- 
 times been imported.
 
 398 ELATERIUM. [Calyciflora. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic, but seldom prescribed alone, though it 
 may be so, in doses of gr. v. to 9j. 
 
 ExTRACTUM CoLOCYNTHIDIS CoMPOSITUM, L. D. (U. S.) Compound Co- 
 
 locynth Extract. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Colocynth pulp in small pieces 3vj. in Proof Spirit Cj. with a gentle 
 heat for 4 days. Filter, and add purified Extract of Aloes (hepatic, D.) 3xij. Scammnny 
 in pieces 3iv. Soap (hard, D.) 3iij. Evaporate to a proper consistence, and towards the 
 end add Cardamoms powdered 3j. 
 
 Action. Uses. As Colocynth taken alone is much more griping 
 and irritating than when prescribed with other Cathartics, the Com- 
 pound Extract or Pill is a safe and energetic purgative, and probably 
 more frequently prescribed than any other. The addition of a little 
 Calomel makes it still more useful. 
 
 PILULE COLOCYNTHIDIS, E. D. Compound Colocynth Pill. 
 
 Prep. Pulverize together Socotrine (Hepatic, D.) Aloes (3j. D.) 8 parts, Scammony (3j. 
 D.) 8 parts, Sulphate of Potash (3j. D.) 1 part. Mix them with finely powdered Colo- 
 cynth 4 parts (3ss. D ), add Oil of Cloves (3j. D.) 1 part, and take Rectified Spirit (Syrup, 
 D.) q. s. to beat the whole into a proper pill mass. Divide into 5 gr. pills. Dr. Christi- 
 son states that nothing keeps the pill so long soft as Spirit 
 
 Action. Uses. Nearly the same as the foregoing, but more eligible 
 for prescription from its constituents, in doses of gr. v. gr. xv. 
 
 PILULJE COLOCYNTHIDIS ET HYOSCYAMI, E. Colocynth and Henbane 
 Pills. 
 
 Prep. Beat together Colocynth Pill mass 2 parts. Extract of Henbane, 1 part, adding, 
 if necessary, a few drops of Rectified Spirit. Divide into 5 gr. pills, of which one to 
 three form a dose. 
 
 Action. Uses. The addition of the Henbane deprives the pill of its 
 tendency to gripe and irritate, and therefore makes this form appli- 
 cable to all the same cases as the above. 
 
 ENEMA COLOCYNTHIDIS, L. Colocynth Enema. 
 
 Prep. Mix and rub together Compound Extract of Colocynth 9ij. Soft Soap 3j. Aq. Oj. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic Enema in obstinate constipation. 
 
 A Tincture and a Wine of Colocynth are employed sometimes on 
 the Continent. A little of the former, or 9j. of the powder, mixed 
 with lard, and rubbed on the abdomen, will sometimes produce full 
 cathartic effect. 
 
 ELATERIUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Pepones (Fructus, D.) recentes, L. 
 The Fresh Gourd. Fsecula, D. Feculence of the Juice of the 
 Fruit, E. Folia, D. Momordica Elaterium, Linn. Squirting 
 Cucumber. 
 
 This plant was known to the Greeks, and called 2ixu? aygio?, and 
 sometimes also EXamgiov, a name which was also applied to the fecu :
 
 Cucurbitacea.] 
 
 ELATERIUM. 
 
 399 
 
 Fig. 67. 
 
 lence of the juice of its fruit. By Richard it has been formed into a 
 genus ECBALIUM, and the species called E. Elaterium. (E. agreste 
 Rchd.) 
 
 Annual, with hispid, scabrous trailing stems, which are glaucous and without tendrils. 
 Leaves cordate, somewhat lobed, crenately-toothed, very rugose, on long bristly stalks. 
 Flowers monoecious, cf Calyx 5-toothed. Corolla yellow, 5-parted. Stamens triadel- 
 phou?, with connate anthers. $ Filaments 3, sterile. Style trifid. Stigmas bifid. Ovary 
 3-celled, with many ovules. The fruit ovate, 1 J inch long, muricated, when mature, be- 
 ing freed from its petiole, and contracting with elasticity, it forcibly projects the juice 
 and seeds from a basilary orifice. Seeds of a brown colour, compressed, reticulate. A 
 native of the south of Europe, cultivated in England. Esenb. and Eberm. 272. St. and 
 Ch. i. 34. 
 
 Ecbalium (Momordica, Linn.) Elaterium. Rich. 
 
 Elaterium is the feculence deposited from the juice of the fruit, 
 when separated and allowed to stand. Dr. Clutterbuck proved that 
 it is contained only in the 
 juice around the seeds, 
 which is of a gelatinous 
 consistence. The rest of 
 the fruit is comparatively 
 inert. When the fruit is 
 sliced and placed upon a 
 sieve, a limpid and colour- 
 less juice flows out, which 
 after a time becomes tur- 
 bid, and then deposits a se- 
 diment. This, when dried, 
 is light and pulverulent, of 
 a light yellowish-white co- 
 lour tinged with green, and 
 is genuine Elaterium, of 
 which Dr. C. obtained only 
 6 grains from 40 of these 
 
 Cucumbers ; and found | of a grain to produce powerful cathartic 
 effects. In conformity to these experiments is the method now 
 adopted for obtaining Elaterium. The processes of the three Col- 
 leges are nearly the same, though that of the E. P. is the best ; be- 
 cause if only the quite ripe fruit is collected, the greater part of the 
 active principle would in most cases be expelled by the peculiar me- 
 thod in which this plant discharges its seeds. 
 
 ELATERIUM, E. EXTRACTUM ELATERII, L. D. Elaterium, improperly 
 called an Extract. 
 
 Prep. Take of the Fruit of Momordica Elaterium before it is quite ripe (when ripe, L- 
 D.) any convenient quantity. Cut the fruit and express the juice gently through a (very, 
 L.) fine sieve. Allow the liquid to rest (for some hours, L. D.) till it becomes pretty 
 clear. Pour off the supernatant liquid, which may be thrown away, and dry the fecu- 
 lence with a gentle heat. (See Pereira's Materia Med. for greater details.) 
 
 Tests. Colour pale gray ; when exhausted by rectified Spirit, the 
 solution concentrated, and poured into hot diluted Liquor Potassse,
 
 400 UMBELLIFER.E. [Calyciflorcs. 
 
 deposits on cooling minute, silky colourless crystals weighing from a 
 seventh to a ninth of the Elaterium, E. The Spirit dissolves the ac- 
 tive principle (Elaterin) with Chlorophyll: the latter is retained. 
 
 Elaterium is in thin cakes of a pale-gray or of a greenish-gray co- 
 lour, often marked by the substance upon which it has been dried ; 
 light and friable, with little odour, but with an acrid and bitter taste, 
 which is possessed by other parts of the plant, as the Leaves, which, 
 though officinal in the D. P., are seldom employed medicinally. An 
 inferior kind is also met with, which is more compact, and of a darker 
 colour, either brownish or of an olive-green. This is probably pre- 
 pared by expressing the whole juice, and then evaporating to dry ness. 
 Dr. Pereira describes Maltese Elaterium as in larger flakes, and of a 
 paler colour, often chalky, sometimes mixed with Starch, hence effer- 
 vescing with acids, and becoming blue with Iodine. Elaterium, 
 carefully prepared, consists only of the feculence deposited when the 
 juice has been exposed, and some change is supposed to take place 
 from the influence of the air. Alcohol is its best menstruum, dis- 
 solving from 50 to 60 per cent, of good Elaterium. It was first 
 analyzed by Dr. Paris, who discovered an active principle which he 
 named Elatin. This was found by Mr. Morris of Edinburgh, and 
 by the late Mr. Hennel, to be composed of a peculiar principle, Ela- 
 terin, and of a green Resin. Elaterium also contains Bitter matter, 
 Starch, Woody fibre, and Saline matters ; but the proportion of Ela- 
 terin is very variable, from 15 to 25, in different specimens, accord- 
 ing probably to the method of preparation and the goodness of the 
 fruit. Elaterin may be obtained by the E. P. process for ascertaining 
 the purity of Elaterium. 
 
 Dr. Christison, who states he witnessed the experiments of Mr. 
 Morris Stirling, describes Elaterin as consisting of very delicate co- 
 lourless, striated, satiny, prismatic crystals, with a rhombic base, per- 
 manent in the air, without odour, but of an intensely bitter and some- 
 what acrid taste. It fuses a little above 212, and by a strong heat 
 is decomposed with the evolution of ammoniacal smoke. It is soluble 
 in rectified Spirit, Ether, fixed oils, and weak acids, but not in water 
 or weak alkalies. 
 
 Action. Uses. Powerful Hydrogogue Cathartic; apt to create 
 nausea and vomiting, and in larger doses will act as an irritant poison, 
 producing inflammation of the intestinal canal. Useful from procur- 
 ing copious watery evacuations in Dropsy, and as a revulsive in Ce- 
 rebral affections. 
 
 D. Good Elaterium will act effectually in doses of ^ or even T V of 
 a grain ; but being generally inferior, gr. ss. gr. j. or more, is pre- 
 scribed every other day with a bitter Extract. Elaterin dissolved in 
 Rectified Spirit may be given in T V grain doses. 
 
 UMBELLIFER-E, Juss. Umbellifers. Pentand Digyn. Linn. 
 
 Herbaceous annuals, or with perennial root-stocks, having round often furrowed fistular 
 stems. Leaves simple, most frequently deeply cut, with petioles sheathing at the base. 
 Flowers complete, sometimes unisexual, white, purplish, or yellow, the external one some- 
 times rayed in umbels (fig. 72), often supported by involucres and involucels. Calyx
 
 UmbellifercB.] 
 
 C A R U M. 
 
 401 
 
 Fig. 68. 
 
 (68 E o) adherent to the ovary, 
 limb superior, entire 5-toothed, or 
 5-parted, sometimes wanting. Pe- 
 tals (E. p.) 5, entire, or 2-lobed, 
 sometimes inflected at the point, 
 inserted on the outside of the 
 disk, which, invests the upper part 
 of the tube of the calyx and 
 crowns the top of the ovary, 
 subimbricate or valvate in aesti- 
 vation Stamens (E. e.), 5 inserted 
 with the petals, and alternating 
 with them, replicate in aestivation. 
 Ovary inferior, 2-celled, each with 
 a single pendulous ovule. Styles 
 2 (s), distinct, with the base 
 thickened into a stylopodium 
 which covers the top of the ovary 
 (and thus forms an epigynous 
 disk), diverging at top, one to- 
 wards the centre, and the other 
 towards the circumference of the 
 umbel. Fruit (A. D.) usually 
 crowned by the limb of the calyx 
 and the two persistent styles, 
 formed of two carpel-like bodies 
 (which are called mericarps, or 
 half- fruits,) and each has one-half 
 of the calyx attached to it, ad- 
 hering to each other by one side (commissure}, separable and pendulous from the filiform 
 but double central column (carpophore, 70. 12), and externally marked each with 5 primary 
 (68 A.), sometimes with 4 secondary ridges, which are separated by channels or valleculte, 
 below which are usually placed the viltte (71. 6) or receptacles of volatile oil. Seed (D. 
 e. p.} solitary, single in each, inverse closely united to the pericarp, seldom free. Embryo 
 straight, short, at the base of a horny albumen, which is either flat or curved inwards. 
 
 The Umbelli ferae are allied to Araliaceae and to Saxifrages, also to 
 Ranunculaceae, and likewise to Cornege. They are natives chiefly of 
 the northern parts of the northern hemisphere, many of them in the 
 Persian region and in the Himalayan mountains. Volatile Oil is the 
 chief secretion of this family, and abounding much in the fruits com- 
 monly called seeds. These are frequently employed as Carminatives. 
 When it is diffused through the herbaceous parts, the plants are em- 
 ployed as culinary herbs. A Gum-resin exudes from some of them 
 in the warm and dry Persian region, while others, growing chiefly in 
 moist situations, are possessed of poisonous properties. These may 
 be distinguished from the wholesome species by the absence of the 
 aromatic odour. 
 
 68. Daucus Carota, v. p. 416. c. Plan of the flower. 
 B. Flower seen from above, g. e. Disk. E. Vertical sec- 
 tion of the flower, p. Petals, e. Stamens, o. Ovary ad- 
 herent to the calyx, s. Styles and stigma, g. e. Disk. D. 
 Vertical section of the fruit. /. Pericarp, o. Seed. p. Al- 
 bumen. . Embryo. A. Horizontal section of the fruit: 
 primary ridges projecting into prickles, and alternating 
 with the bristly secondary ridges. 
 
 Tribe Amminece. Fruit laterally compressed or didymous. 
 
 CARUM CARTJI, Linn. D. (CARUM, U. S.) Fructus, L. E. Semina, 
 D. Common Caraway. 
 
 Caraway was known to the Greeks, being a native of most parts 
 of Europe. 
 
 Biennial, about 2 feet high. Root fusiform. Leaves bipinnate. Leaflets cut into 
 linear segments. Involucre wanting, or of one leaf. Involucel none. Cal. obsolete. Pet. 
 obcordate, with a narrow acute inflexed point. Fruit aromatic, oblong, a little curved, 
 brownish-coloured. Carpels with 5 filiform ridges. Interstices with sig% vitte. Sty- 
 lopodium depressed. Meadows and pastures : cultivated in Essex. E. B. t. 395. 
 
 26
 
 402 A N I S U M. [CalyciftorcR. 
 
 The fruits of the Caraway, or Seeds, as they are commonly call- 
 ed, have a pleasant odour and a warm aromatic taste, owing to the 
 presence of about 5 per cent of Volatile Oil, which may be dissolved 
 by Alcohol or distilled off with water. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Carminative, much used in Confectionary. 
 Its Oil and Spirit as Corrective Adjuncts, the water as a vehicle. 
 
 OLEUM CARUI, L. E. D. Oil of Caraway. 
 
 Obtained by distilling with Aq. the (bruised, E.) fruit of Carum Carui. 
 
 SPIRITUS CARUI, L. E. D. Spirit of Caraway. 
 
 Take bruised Caraways 3xxij. (ftss. E. ftj. D.) Proof Spirit Cj. (Ovij. E.) Aq. Oij. L. 
 (q. s. to prevent empyreuma, D.) Mix. (Macerate for two days (24 hours, D.) in a cover- 
 ed vessel, add Aq.) Ojss. E.) with gentle heat, L. Distil Cj. (Ovij. E.) 
 
 AQUA CARUI, L. E. D. Caraway water. 
 
 Prep. Take bruised Caraway Seeds ftj. pour on Aq. q. s. to prevent empyreuma. 
 Distil Cj. Same as Aq. Anethi, L. 
 
 PIMPINELLA ANISUM, L. E. D. Fruit of Pimpinella Anisum. (Ani- 
 sum, U. S.) Anise. 
 
 Anise (avitfov) being a native of the Grecian Archipelago, was well 
 known to the ancients. 
 
 Stem about a foot high, smooth. Radical leaves heart-shaped, rather roundish, lobed, 
 incised ; stem leaves biternate. Segments linear, lanceolate, rather wedge-shaped, acu- 
 minate. Umbels on long stalks, many-rayed without involucres. Flowers small, white. 
 Calyx obsolete. Petals obcordate, with an inflexed point. Fruit ovate, 1J line long, 
 covered with a few scattered hairs. Carpels with 5 filiform equal ridges. Interstices 
 with 3 or more vittce. Stylopodium tumid. Styles of the fruit recurved. (Nees and 
 Eberm. 275.) 
 
 The fruit, commonly called Aniseed, is ovoid, of a greenish-gray 
 colour, and slightly downy; the taste is warm, sweetish, and aroma- 
 tic ; the odour penetrating but agreeable, in both resembling the Star- 
 anise (p. 247). It is cultivated in Malta and the South of Spain, and 
 also in Germany. The kernel contains 3-5 per cent, of fixed oil, and 
 the inner firmly-adhering seed-coat about 3 per cent, of Volatile Oil 
 of Anise, on which its properties chiefly depend. 
 
 Action. Uses. Agreeable Carminative, and much used for flavour- 
 ing condiments. 
 
 OLEUM ANISI, L. E. D. (U. S.) Oil of Anise. 
 
 This, obtained by distillation with water from Aniseed, is of a 
 bright yellow colour. It has the strong odour and taste of Anise. 
 Much is imported from abroad ; but that which is said to come from 
 the East Indies is probably produced by some other plant. It soli- 
 difies very readily at 50, from containing a large proportion of 
 Stearoptene. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Aromatic, Stomachic. In flatulent Colic, 
 in doses of n*v. rftxv. 
 
 SPIRITUS Aiftsi, L. (COMPOSITUS,) D. Spirit of Anise. 
 
 Prep. Mix bruised Anise 3x. (and bruised seeds of Angelica aa fcss. D.) Proof Siritp
 
 Umbelliferai.] F. DULCE. ANGELICA. 403 
 
 Cj. and Aq. Oij. (q. s. to prevent empyreuma. Macerate for 24 hours, D.) with gentle 
 heat, L. Distil Cj. 
 
 Tribe Seselinece. Section of the fruit rounded or roundish. 
 
 FffiNICULUM VULGARE, GcETtn. Dec. L. (FffiNICULUM, U. S.) F. OFFICI- 
 
 NALE, ML E. (Anethum Fasniculum, Linn.), D. Common Fennel. 
 
 Fennel being found all over Europe, was known to the Greeks, and 
 called fjuxaSgov. 
 
 Biennial. Stems 3 4 feet high, roundish at the base, filled with pith. Leaves de- 
 compound. Segments capillary and elongated. Involucre wanting. Umbels large, of 13 
 to 20 rays, many concave. Calyx obsolete. Petals yellow, roundish, entire, with a broad, 
 obtuse, inflexed lobe. Fruit oblong, "scarcely 2 lines long, oval, of a dark or blackish 
 aspect." (p.) Carpels with 5 perennial obtusely-keeled ridges. Interstices with single 
 vittae. Stylopodiurn conical. Sandy and rocky ground, particularly near the sea. E. 
 B. 1208. 
 
 The fruit of wild Fennel, or seed, has a strong, rather disagreeable 
 odour, and an aromatic but acrid taste. Its properties depend upon 
 a Volatile Oil of a pale yellow colour. Dr. Pereira has remarked 
 that this species is not employed in medicine, and that the Colleges 
 err in quoting it ; but as decoction of Fennel seeds is sometimes em- 
 ployed as an Enema in the flatulent colic of children, those of the 
 wild plant are well suited for this purpose. But for internal exhibi- 
 tion, the Sweet Fennel is alone eligible. Some botanists consider 
 this only as the cultivated variety of the Fo3niculum vulgare ; but 
 others account it a distinct species. 
 
 F(ENicuLUM DULCE. C. Bauh. Dec. Sweet Fennel. 
 
 Stem somewhat compressed at the base. Radical leaves somewhat distichous. Seg- 
 ments capillary, elongated. Umbels of 6 to 8 rays. Dec. %This is, moreover, a smaller 
 plant, and an annual ; but its fruit is much larger, some nearly 5 lines in length, less 
 compressed, somewhat curved and paler, with a greenish tinge. A native of the south of 
 Europe, cultivated in gardens as a pot-herb and for garnishing (Finnochio dulce, turioni- 
 bus edulibus). Dr. Pereira long since favoured the author with the two kinds ; the more 
 agreeable taste and odour of this kind are, as he describes, very decided. Care therefore, 
 must be taken in determining which kind of fruit is used in the following preparations. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Carminative. Sometimes used in Flatulent 
 Colic. 
 
 OLEUM FOENICULI, (E.) DULCIS, D. Oil of Sweet Fennel. 
 
 Prep. Distil the (bruised, E.) fruit of Fceniculum dulce E. D. with Aq. 
 
 AQUA F<ENICULI, E. D. Fennel Water. 
 
 Prep. Take bruised seeds of Faeniculum dulce ftj. Aq. q. s. to prevent empyreuma. 
 Distil Cj. Take Fennel and prepare as Aq. Anethi, E. 
 
 Tribe Angelicece. Fruit much and dorsally compressed, with a 
 double wing on each side. 
 
 ARCHANGELICA OFFICINALIS, Hqffm. (Angelica Archangelica, Linn.) 
 E. D. Root, E. Semina, D. Garden Angelica. 
 
 This plant has long been employed in medicine ; but is a doubtful 
 native of this country.
 
 404 A N E T H U M. [Calyciflorce. 
 
 A biennial plant Root large, pungently aromatic. Stem 3 or 5 feet high, hollow, 
 striated, rather glaucous. Foliage, stalks and even flowers of a bright green. Leaves 2 
 or 3 feet wide, bipinnated or biternate. Leaflets ovate, lanceolate, sharply and closely 
 serrated, all sessile, partly decurrent, terminal one trifid. Petioles much dilated at the 
 base. Umbels terminal, globular, with dense secondary umbels. Involucre of 2 or 3 
 linear bracts, secondary one of about 8 linear lanceolate bracts. Calyx minutely 5-toothed. 
 Petals ovate, entire, acuminate, incurved. Fruit nucleated. Carpels or half-fruits with 
 3 dorsal thick-keeled ridges and 2 marginal ridges dilated into broad wings. Inter- 
 stices without vittte. Seed free, with numerous vittte. Native of watery places in the 
 northern parts of Europe. E. B. t. 2561. Nees and Eberm. 27980. 
 
 The whole plant when bruised diffuses a strong and rather grateful 
 odour. The root, when wounded in the spring, exudes an odorous 
 yellow juice ; when dried, the root is wrinkled, of a grayish-brown 
 externally, and white in the inside, has a warm and bitterish taste. 
 The stem and leaf-stalks, cut in May, when they are tender, are made 
 into a preserve with Sugar. The fruits have the same odour and 
 taste, depending on the presence of a Volatile Oil and of a Resin, as 
 well as of a Bitter Extractive. The other ingredients of the root are 
 Gum, Starch, water, and woody fibre. " The best way to preserve it, 
 is to pulverize it, and to pack the powder firmly in bottles." (c.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic Stimulant, but little used ; Stomachic. An 
 infusion of the Root or Fruits (3ij. Aq. Oj.) may be given. The 
 Fruits form an ingredient of the Spir. Anisi Comp. D. 
 
 Tribe Pencedanece. Fruit much and dorsally compressed, with a 
 single wing on each side, which is flat or thickened towards the 
 edge. 
 
 ANETHUM, L. Fructus, L. Fruit, E. of ANETHUM GRAVEOLENS. Linn. 
 Common Dill. 
 
 Dill (av7]Sov), a nativ^of the south of Europe and of the Oriental 
 region, was well known to the ancients. 
 
 Annual, 1 to 2 feet high, every part smooth and glaucous, stem finely striated. Leaves 
 tripinnated, with fine capillary segments like those of the Fennel, petioles broad and 
 sheathing at the base. Umbels long-stalked without general or partial involucres. Calyx 
 margin obsolete. Petals varnished, yellow, roundish, entire, involute. Fruit lenticular, 
 flat, of a bright brown colour on the rather convex back, surrounded by a pale membra- 
 nous margin. Carpels or half fruits with equidistant filiform ridges, the 3 dorsal acutely 
 keeled, the 3 lateral more obsolete, and passing into the margin. Vittte broad, solitary, 
 filling the whole channels, 2 on the circumference. Much cultivated in the East, but also 
 in this country. St. and Ch. iii. t. 137. 
 
 The flattened elliptical fruits, commonly called seeds of the Dill, 
 with their brown and slightly convex 'backs and pale membra- 
 nous margin, are easily distinguished from the other officinal fruits. 
 Both the plant and the fruit are much used in the East as condiments 
 and articles of diet. The plant is hence mentioned in the New Tes- 
 tament among the things tithed ; but it is translated Anise. The car- 
 pels have a bitter but aromatic taste, owing to the presence of vola- 
 tile oil which is stored up in the vittee, making them useful as Carmi- 
 natives. 
 
 OLEUM ANETHI, E. Oil of Dill. 
 
 Prep. Distil with Aq. bruised fruit of Anethum graveolens.
 
 Umbellifera:.] OPOPANAX. SAGAPENUM. 405 
 
 Action. Uses. Odour and taste aromatic. Used for making Aqua 
 Anethi. Carminative in doses of fl%v. 
 
 AQUA ANETHI, L. E. Dill Water. 
 
 Prep. Mix bruised Dili seeds ftjss. (3xviij. E.) Aq. Cij. Proof Spirit f 3vij. (rectified, 
 E. f giij. E.) Distil Cj. 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic, and much given to infants to relieve Fla- 
 tulence, and used as a vehicle for active medicines. 
 
 The FCETID GUM RESINS, as they are called, or Opopanax, Assafae- 
 tida, Sagapenum, Galbanum, and Ammoniacum, are all produced 
 within the limits of the Persian region of botanists ; and though the 
 plants producing them are not accurately known, they are yet all 
 supposed to belong to this tribe of Umbelliferse ; but Galbanum offi- 
 cinale belongs to Silerineae. 
 
 OPOPANAX, L. D. Gummi-Resina, L. D. Gum-Resin, supposed to 
 be produced by Opopanax Chironium, Koch, L. (Pastinaca Opopa- 
 nax), Linn. D. Opopanax. 
 
 Opopanax is described by Dioscorides as the produce of iravaxss 
 'HfaxXsiov, a plant of Boeotia and Arcadia, which has been identified 
 with the above Opopanax Chironium, referred by Sprengel to the 
 genus Ferula. It is found also in the open fields of the south of France, 
 of Italy, Sicily, and Greece, and according to Merat and De Lens, 
 also in Syria and the East. Dodoens first grew this plant from seeds 
 found attached to pieces of Opopanax; and he states that when 
 wounded in warm weather, especially near the root, a juice exudes, 
 which concretes into a gum resembling Opopanax. But there is no 
 proof that this plant yields the Opopanax of commerce which reaches 
 India, either from the Persian Gulf or the coast of Arabia, and is 
 called juwa sheer, or the milk of jmva, as it is by Serapion. Dr. 
 Lindley describes (Fl. Med. p. 100) the fruit of a species of Ferula, 
 which he names F. Hooshee, and of which the produce (which, how- 
 ever, is not collected) is said to resemble the Opopanax, according to 
 a letter from Mrs. Macrieil. It is imported into this country from 
 Turkey ; in the time of Mathioli it was obtained from Alexandria. 
 
 Opopanax occurs in irregular-shaped but usually angular pieces, of 
 a reddish-yellow colour, sometimes speckled with white from the inte- 
 rior having become recently exposed ; of a strong, rather foetid odour, 
 and of a bitter acrid taste. Sp. Gr. 1-62. It is composed chiefly of 
 Resin and Gum, with 5-9 per cent, of Volatile Oil, which may be sepa- 
 rated by distillation. It will form an emulsion with water. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antispasmodic. It formerly enjoyed a high repute, 
 as its name indicates, and was an ingredient of the Theriaca. 
 
 SAGAPENUM, L. D. Gummi-Resina, L. D. Gum-Resin from an un- 
 known species of Ferula, L. Sagapenum. 
 
 Sagapenum, like Opopanax, has been known to us since the time 
 of the Greeks. Dioscorides describes it as the produce of a Ferula 
 growing in India, and we have no more recent information. It is the
 
 406 ASSAFGETIDA. [Calyciflorai. 
 
 sukbeenuj of the Arabs, who give sagafwon as its Greek name. It 
 reaches India from the Persian Gulf or the coasts of Arabia. It is 
 difficult by price-currents and commercial reports to distinguish the 
 routes which small articles of commerce pursue. It is imported into 
 Europe from the Levant, and also from Alexandria. It is probably 
 a product of Persia. Willdenow was of opinion that it was produced 
 by Ferula persica, which Olivier thought produced Ammoniacum, 
 Dr. Hope that it yielded Assafoetida, and which probably does yield 
 some kind of foetid Gum-Resin, as Michaux sent its seeds from Persia 
 as those of Assafoetida. But it is preferable to leave this as a subject 
 for investigation, than to stop inquiry by promulgating imperfect in- 
 formation. 
 
 Sagapenum is of a brownish-yellow or olive colour, chiefly in 
 amygdaloidal masses, sometimes in tears: these are more or less 
 transparent, soft, and of a waxy consistence. It has an alliaceous 
 odour and acrid taste, similar to, but less powerful than, Assafcetida. 
 Pelletier found it to be composed chiefly of Resin and Gum, with 
 about 11-8 per cent, of Volatile Oil; but Brandes found only 3-7 of 
 the last. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antispasmodic, but considered less powerful than 
 Assafoetida, in doses of gr. v. 9j. 
 
 PILULE SAGAPENI COMPOSITE, L. Compound Sagapenum Pills. 
 Prep. Rub into a mass Sagapenum 3j. Aloes 3ss. Syrup of Ginger q. 8. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulating Purgative and Emmenagogue, in doses 
 of gr. v. 9j. 
 
 Of. Prep. Pil. Galbani Comp. L. 
 
 ASSAFOSTIDA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Gummi Resina, L. D. Gummy-resinous 
 Exudation (E.) of NARTHEX (Ferula, Linn.) ASSAFOETIDA, Falconer. 
 Assafoetida. 
 
 Assafoetida, a product of Persia and Affghanistan, is mentioned in 
 the ancient Sanscrit Amera Cosha. The ancients highly esteemed a 
 gum-resin which the Romans called Laser, and the Greeks oroxugr]vaTxo, 
 or the Cyrenaic Juice, from being produced in that region. The 
 plant rfiXpiov yielding it was an Umbellifer, and is represented on the 
 coins of Cyrene. It has been discovered of late years, and named 
 Thapsia Silphium. This Laser had become scarce even in the time 
 of Pliny, who as well as Dioscorides describes another kind as ob- 
 tained from Persia, India, and Armenia, which was probably the 
 same that was known to the Hindoos. Avicenna describes hulteet as 
 of two kinds : one, of good odour, from Chiruana (Cyrene ?), and the 
 other foetid, the present Assa-fatida. The term assa is no doubt of 
 oriental origin, since it is applied to other gum-resins. Thus Benzoin 
 is called hussee-looban ; it used to be called Assa dulcis in old works. 
 Dr. Lindley has received the seeds of a Ferula called hooshee. Anjedan, 
 the fruits or seeds (<puXXov of the Greeks), is usually translated Laser- 
 pitium. The plant is called Jlngoozeh by the Arabs. The root of
 
 UmbellifercB.] ASSAFCETIDA. 407 
 
 Silphion is described by Arrian as affording food to herds of cattle 
 on Paropamisus. 
 
 Assafoetida is produced in the dry southern provinces of Persia, as 
 in the mountains of Fars and of Beloochistan, but chiefly in Khoras- 
 san and Afghanistan ; likewise to the north of the Hindoo Khoosh 
 range of mountains, where it was found by Burnes and also by Wood's 
 expedition to the Oxus. (c.) Dr. Falconer found it in Astore, intro- 
 duced the plant into the Saharunpore Botanic Garden, as mentioned 
 in the author's " Product. Resources of India," p. 223, and has ob- 
 tained from it a small quantity of Assafcetida. He also sent home 
 numerous seeds, which were distributed from the India House to 
 several gardens ; but the author has not heard whether any plants 
 have been produced from them. But he has no doubt that some of 
 those which the author is informed by his friend Dr. Christison are 
 still in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, were produced from these 
 seeds, and not from those sent by Sir John M'Neill. The Assafoetida 
 is conveyed on camels into India across both the Punjab and Bhawul- 
 pore, and is sold in large quantities at the Hurdwar Fair. It is also 
 conveyed down the Indus and by the Persian Gulf to Bombay. 
 
 Two or three kinds of Fruit called Seeds are met with, which are 
 said to be those of the Assafcetida plant ; but there is no proof that 
 more than one plant yields Assafoetida. Dr. Falconer, an excellent 
 botanist, after examining the original specimens, considers the plant 
 he saw in Astore to be the same as that figured by Kaempfer ; and 
 Dr. G. Grant, who saw the plant at Syghan, says, as stated by Dr. 
 Christison, that its roots, leaves, and flowering stem correspond on 
 the whole with Ksempfer's description, except that the root is deeply 
 divided, like the outspread hand. The E. P. assign Ferula persica 
 as probably yielding some Assafcetida. There is no doubt that its 
 seed has been sent from the northwest of Persia as those of the Assa- 
 foetida plant : but there is no proof, nor indeed is it probable, that it 
 yields any of the Assafoetida of commerce. The gum-resins of these 
 Umbellifera are too similar to each other, for any but experienced 
 pharmacologists to determine between inferior Assafoetida and varie- 
 ties of Sagapenum or other Gum-resins. 
 
 As Dr. Falconer, the author's friend and successor as Superinten- 
 dent of the East India Company's Botanic Garden at Saharunpore, 
 has had excellent opportunities for examining the Assafcetida plant, 
 both in its native sites and as cultivated by himself, he has favoured 
 the author with the following full account of this important plant, 
 which he conceives belongs to a genus allied to but distinct from 
 Ferula. 
 
 NARTHEX (Falc. MSS.) 
 
 Calycis marge obsolelus. Petala 1 Stylopodium plicato-urceolatum. Styli fili- 
 formes dernum reflexi. Frticlus a dorso plano-compressus margine dilatato cinctus. 
 Mericarpia jugis primariis 5 : 3 intermediis filiformibus, 2 lateralibus obsoletioribus, 
 margin! contiguis immersis. Vittcs in valleculis dorsalibus plerumque solitariae (valle- 
 culis lateralibus nunc sesqui- vel bi-vittat.is), commissurales 4 6 variae inaequales, exte- 
 rioribus saepe reticulatim interrupts. Semen complanatum. Carpophorum bipartitum. 
 Umbella; pedunculatae composite. Involucrum utrumque nullum. Genus inter Peuce- 
 daneas, calycis margine edentato, fructus vittis magnis, commisBuralibusque insequalibus 
 et involucre utroque nullo distinctum; Narthex nuncupatum, a vocabulo ag8 apud 
 Dioscoridem Ferulae attributo.
 
 408 
 
 ASSAFCETIDA. 
 
 [Calyciftores. 
 
 Fig. 69. 
 
 N. Assafcetida (Falc.) Caule tereti simplici, petiolis dilatatis aphyllis instructo, foliis 
 radicalibus fasciculatis, petiolis trisectis, segmentis bipinnatisectis, laciniis lineari-lingu- 
 latis obtusis, insequi-lateralibus integris vel varid sinuatis decurrentibus. Asa foetida 
 Disgunensis, Ksempf. Amasnit. Exot. p. 535. Ferula Asafcetida. Linn. Mater. Med. p. 
 79. De Cand. Prod. iv. 173. Lindl. Flor. Med. p. 45. Fig. 69, 70, et 71. 
 
 Habit, in apricis inter saxa in valle " Astore" vel " Hussorah" dicta, prope Indum, ultra 
 Cashmeer: indigenis Daradris "Sip" vel "Sup." Legi fructigerum prope Boosthon 21 
 die Septembris, 1838. 
 
 Descrip. A tall perennial plant, 5 to 8 feet high. Root fusiform, simple, or divided, a 
 foot or upwards in length, about 3 inches in diameter at the top, with a dark grayish 
 transversely corrugated surface: the summit invested above the soil with dark hair-like 
 fibrous tegmenta, the persistent exuviae of former years : cortical layer thick and tough, 
 white or ash-coloured in the section, readily separable from the central core, and, like the 
 latter, abounding in a white, milky, opaque, excessively foetid, alliaceous juice. Leaves 
 collected into a fascicle above the root, numerous, large, and spreading, about 18 inches 
 in length in the adult plant, of a light green colour above, paler underneath, and of a dry 
 leathery texture : the petioles terete amplexicaul, and channeled at the base, trifurcated a 
 little above it, the divisions united at an angle with each other, like the legs of a tripod, 
 and bipinnately sected : the leaf-segments linear-ligulated, more or less obtuse, entire or 
 sinuately lobed, variable in their offset, being either alternate or opposite, for the most 
 part unequal-sided, and decurrent along the divisions of the petiole, forming a narrow 
 winged channel upon the latter. Midrib prominent on the under side, veins slender and 
 anastomosing by numerous reticulations. The leaves observed in a young growing plant 
 
 (Fig. 69) were about 9 
 inches in length, the leaf 
 segments being from 2 to 
 4 inches long by 4 to 6 
 lines in width. Stem 
 erect, terete, simple, stri- 
 ated, about 2 inches in 
 diameter at the base, solid 
 throughout, the spongy 
 medulla being traversed 
 by scattered tough fibrous 
 bundles of vessels, invest, 
 ed with alternate, vagi- 
 nating, dilated, aphyllous 
 petioles, and terminating 
 in a luxuriant head of 
 compound umbels. Ge- 
 neral as well as partial 
 involucre entirely want- 
 ing. Umbels 10 to 20 
 rayed, emitted from the 
 dilated spherical head of 
 a common peduncle, the 
 rays 2 4 inches in 
 length. Partial umbels 
 with very short rays ag- 
 gregated into round capi- 
 tula varying from 10 to 
 20 rays in the fertile, and from 25 to 30 in the barren umbel! ulae. Flowers small ; barren 
 generally mixed up with the fertile flowers (?). Border of the Calyx obsolete, being re- 
 duced to very minute denticular points. (Petals in the barren flowers small oblique, 
 unequal-sided, acute, without an elongaled acumen ?). Stylopodia urceolate and plicated, 
 with a sinuous margin. Styles filiform, reflected in the ripe fruit, rather short and slen- 
 der, attached by a broad base. Fruit from 7 to 15, ripening on the partial umbels, sup- 
 ported on short stalks. Mericarps varying from broad elliptical to elliptical obovate, 
 5 6 lines long by 3 to 4 lines broad, flat, thin, foliaceous, but somewhat convex in the 
 middle, with a dilated border, generally unequal-sided, of a dark reddish-brown towards 
 the centre, lighter towards the margin, perfectly smooth, with somewhat of a glossy sur- 
 face. Dorsal primary ridges 5 : the 3 middle ridges filiform, slightly crested towards 
 their confluence at the apex : the lateral ridges more obsolete, situated close to the margin, 
 immersed in the substance of the border, but distinctly seen on the surface of commissure, 
 and confluent with the middle nerve of the latter. The dilated border as wide as the 
 space occupied by the 3 middle ridges. Vitlce in the dorsal furrows large and broad, 
 occupying the entire width of the valleculoe, stretching from base to apex, usually solitary, 
 
 NARTHEX ASSAFCETIDA. Falc. Plant grown in H. E. India Com- 
 pany's Botanic Garden at Saharunpore.
 
 UmbellifercB.] 
 
 ASSAFCETIDA. 
 
 409 
 
 Fig. 70. 
 
 V 
 
 but sometimes double 
 in one or other of the 
 middle furrows, and 
 generally double or di- 
 chotomous, with a 
 small branch in the 
 broadest side of the 
 margin, turgid with a 
 fetid juice : vittaB of 
 the commissure vary- 
 ing from 4 to 6, very 
 unequal and variable : 
 one very slender vitta, 
 which is frequently di- 
 chotomous in two fine 
 threads confluent at 
 the apex, being placed 
 close on either side of 
 the middle nerve ; an- 
 other of the size of the 
 dorsal vittoe, situated 
 more outwards, and a 
 third at the inner side 
 of the dilated border, 
 over the edffe of the 7 9- 9 - Ovar y- St y' e and Stylopodium enlarged. 10. Partial Umbel with 
 A 1 1 j. u,,* fertile flowers. 11. Umbel of barren flowers. 12. Partial Umbel in fruit 
 seed, more slender, but with pe rsis tent Carpophores, 
 frequently subdivided 
 
 and interrupted, so as to cover the border with a beautiful network of anastomosing 
 ramifications. Seed flattened, with plain albumen. Carpophores bipartite, persistent, 
 twice the length of the pedicels. Flowers white ? 
 
 The plant above described I believe to be the true " Asafoetida 
 disgunensis," or " Hingiseh" of Kaempfer. It does not appear to have 
 been met with by any other botanist since it was examined in situ by 
 that excellent and careful observer a century and a half ago. 
 
 I have compared my materials with Ksempfer's description and figures (Amoen. Exot. 
 p. 537), and with his original specimens contained in the Banksian collection in the 
 British Museum, and found them, so far as a comparison could be instituted, to agree in 
 every essential respect. The leaves "instar Pceonise ramosa" as represented in his 
 figures, have the segments 
 
 more obtuse and sinuated, JTJ~ 7^ 
 
 and more alternate in their 
 offset than they are repre- 
 sented in my drawing; but 
 he describes them as being 
 very variable in form, and 
 some of the numerous leaf- 
 specimens in his herbarium 
 correspond with the figure 
 which I have given. KaBmp- 
 fer mentions the umbellulfE 
 as having only 5 or 6 rays, 
 whereas I found them as nu- 
 merous as 25 or 30 in the 
 sterile capitula, and from 10 
 to 20 in the fertile ones. But 
 he states that he never saw 
 the plant in flower, and his de- 
 scription was probably drawn 
 from the ripe state, in which 
 the partial umbels occasion- 
 ally present no more than 7 
 fruit bearing stalks There 1. Mericarps of the natural size, (u.) Dorsutn. (4.) Com- 
 
 e . ' ,. , missure. 5. Mericarps in Koempfer's Herbarium, dorsal aspect. 6. 
 
 are two mericarps in his her- Transverse section of Mericarp enlarged. 7. Seed, natural size. 8. 
 barium, of one of which I Two petals of a barren flower enlarged, 
 have given a representation
 
 410 ASSAFGETIDA. (Calyciflorce. 
 
 (fig. 71. 5) agreeing exactly in form and in the developement of the dorsal juga with those 
 met with by me in the Astore plant ; but Kaempfer's specimens are glued down on paper, 
 and they seem to have undergone some decay or alteration by which the vittae have been 
 emptied, so that their number and size cannot be distinctly made out. But they appear 
 to be solitary in the dorsal valleculse, and there is no indication of the numerous stri re- 
 presented in the figures of the fruit given in the Amcenitates, which may have confirmed 
 authors in the belief that Kaempfer's Assafoetida plant belonged to a species of Ferula. 
 These mericarps are perfectly smooth, and exhibit nothing of the "quadatenus pilosurn 
 sive asperum," described in the Ainoenitates, p. 538. Dr. Lindley, in his Flora Medica, p. 
 45, after an abridgment of Kaempfer's description, states, (it is not mentioned upon what 
 evidence,) the vittte of the back to be "about 20 or 22, interrupted, anastomosing, and 
 turgid with Assafoetida : of the commissure 10." This account will apply to the fruit of 
 a species of Ferula, but is entirely at variance with the characters presented by the fruits 
 of the plants observed by Kaempfer in Persia, and by myself in Astore. 
 
 Ksempfer in his description says : " Folia sero autumno ex vertice progerminant, sex 
 seplem, et pro radicis magnitudine plura vel pauciora : quae per brumam luxuriose vigent 
 adultoque vere exarescunt." From the information which I gathered on the spot, con- 
 firmed by subsequent observation upon the growing plants introduced into the Botanic 
 Garden at Saharunpore, the leaves of the Astore Assafcetida plant make their appearance 
 in spring, and not in autumn, surviving through the winter, as stated by Ksempfer, re- 
 specting the Persian form. With these slight discrepancies, his description might serve 
 for the Astore plant. 
 
 Narthez, both in the characters of the flowers and fruit, and in its 
 " Paeony-leaved" habit, differs widely from any known species of 
 Ferula, and appears to constitute a distinct and well-marked genus. 
 
 In the Dardoh or Dangree language (the Dardohs being the Daradi 
 of Arrian) the plant is called " Sip" or " Sup." The young shoots of 
 the stem in spring are prized as an excellent and delicate vegetable. 
 
 The species would appear to occur in the greatest abundance in 
 the provinces of Khorassan and Laar in Persia, and thence to extend 
 on the one hand into the plains of Toorkestan on the Oxus north of 
 the Hindoo Khoosh mountains, where it seems to have been met with 
 by Sir Alex. Burnes,* and on the other to stretch across from Beloo- 
 chistan, through Candahar and other provinces of Affghanistan to the 
 eastern side of the valley of the Indus, where it stops in Astore, and 
 does not occur in great abundance. The whole of this region, which 
 constitutes the head-quarters of the gum-bearing Umbelliferse, pos- 
 sesses the common character of an excessively dry climate, indicated 
 in Berghaus's hygrometric map in Johnson's Physical Atlas by a belt 
 of white. 
 
 Besides the gum-resin, the fruit of Narihex Assafcetida is imported 
 into India from Persia and Affghanistan, under the name of " Anjoo- 
 dan," being extensively employed by the native physicians in India : 
 " Anjoodan" being the epithet applied to the seed of the " Heengseh," 
 or " Hulteet," by Avicenna, also quoted by Ksempfer, and used by 
 the Indo-Persian and Arabic writers generally in describing the Assa- 
 foetida- plant. Another Umbelliferous fruit is also imported with it, 
 andold under the name of " Dooqoo" (a word evidently connected 
 with the Savxos of the Greeks), being recommended as an excellent 
 substitute for " Anjoodan," which it closely resembles in its general 
 appearance. This I found to be the fruit of a species of true Ferula ; 
 it is one of the two Assafoetida-like fruits mentioned by Dr. Royle as 
 
 * Burnes mentions the plant as an annual, probably in consequence of the annual decay 
 of the stems. He states that sheep browse on the young shoots.
 
 .l ASSAFCETIDA. 411 
 
 occurring in the bazaars of northern India. The species of Ferula 
 yielding this fruit may furnish some one of the obscurely-known gum- 
 resins resembling Assafoetida produced in Persia. 
 
 I have examined another kind of Umbelliferous fruit in the collec- 
 tion of Dr. Royle, labelled as " the seed of the wild Assafoetida plant 
 collected and brought to England by Sir J. Macneill from Persia," 
 which differs widely from the fruit both of Narthex and of Ferula, 
 and belongs to another tribe of the order." H. F. 
 
 Assafoetida is obtained by making incisions into or taking succes- 
 sive slices off" the top of the root, and then collecting the produce, 
 which is then united in masses, and in this state is usually met with 
 in commerce. It is at first rather soft, but becomes hard, of a yel- 
 lowish or reddish-brown colour. When broken, an irregular, whitish, 
 somewhat ^shining surface is displayed, which soon becomes red. 
 The' mass is composed of various-shaped pieces, some like tears 
 pressed together, and in some parts agglutinated together by darker- 
 coloured gum-resin. Some parts are cellular. By thus becoming 
 red on exposure to the air, and its intolerable alliaceous odour, as- 
 safoetida may be readily distinguished. The taste is garlicky, bitter, 
 and acrid. It is best preserved covered by bladder. It is powder- 
 ed with difficulty, even when become hard; softens by heat, and 
 burns with a clear flame. Assafoetida is composed of Resin 65 parts, 
 Volatile Oil 3-6, Gum 19-44, Bassorin 11-66, salts 0-30. (Pelletier.) 
 Brandes obtained less Resin, Volatile Oil 4-6, and 10-5 of various salts 
 and impurities. The Oil is at first colourless, but becomes yellowish- 
 brown, has an exceedingly offensive odour, a bitter and acrid taste, 
 and contains some Sulphur. Water will dissolve the Gum, and form 
 an emulsion with the other ingredients. Alcohol or Rectified Spirit 
 is a good solvent, but an emulsion is formed when the solution is 
 added to water. Ether dissolves the Oil and all the Resin, except 
 about 2 per cent, of a peculiar kind. Ammonia also takes up the 
 active ingredients. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Antispasmodic; thought to be Emmena- 
 gogue and Anthelmintic. Much used as a condiment in the East. 
 Useful in Spasmodic and Convulsive diseases, as Hysteria and 
 Chorea, also in Hooping Cough, Flatulent Colic, and in Chronic 
 Cough. 
 
 D. grs. v. 9j. in pill or in some of its compounds every 3 or 4 
 hours. The Emulsion acts quickly and may be formed readily by 
 adding the Tincture to Aqua Pulegii. 
 
 MISTURA ASSAF<ETID,E, L. D. (U. S.) Assafoetida Mixture or Emul- 
 sion. 
 
 Prep. Rub up till well mixed Assafatida 3v. (3j. D.) Aq. Oj. L. (Aq. PuLegii gradu- 
 ally added, by measure gviij. Make an emulsion, D.) [Assafastida 3ij. Water Oss. 
 
 U.S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Antispasmodic. Sometimes prescribed in Hysteria 
 in doses of 3iv. to f3iss. Useful in the treatment of feigned diseases.
 
 412 AMMONIACUM. [Calyciflorte. 
 
 ENEMA FCETIDUM, E. D. Foetid or Assafostida Enema. 
 
 Prep. Take Cathartic Enema and add to it Tinct. Assafcelida f^ij. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant. Used in Flatulent Colic and Ascarides. 
 TINCTURA ASSAFCETIDVE, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Assafostida. 
 
 Prep. Take Assnfcetida (in small fragments, E.) gv. (3iv. rub it up in Aq. gviij. by 
 weight, D.) (3iv. U. S.) Macerate for 14 days (7 E.) in Rectified Spirit Oij. (ftij. by 
 weight, D.) Strain. (Not easily made by percolation, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Antispasmodic. Prescribed in Hysterical cases, &c., 
 as Spir. Ammonia? foetidus (p. 72), in doses of f3j. f3ij. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM ASSAFCETID.E, E. (U. S.) Assafoetida Plaster. 
 
 Prep. Melt together Assafatida 3ij. Galbanum 3j. Strain them. Add melted Li- 
 tharge Plaster 3ij. and Bees' Wax gj. Mix thoroughly. 
 
 [Assafastida, Lead Plaster, Galbanum, Yellow Wax, each half a pound ; Diluted Al- 
 cohol Oiij. Dissolve the Assafcetida and Galbanum in the Alcohol with the aid of a 
 water bath; strain the liquor while hot, and evaporate to the consistence of honey ; then 
 add the Lead Plaster and Wax previously melted together, stir the mixture well and eva- 
 porate to the proper consistence. U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Useful externally in the foregoing class of cases. 
 Off. Prep. Spir. Ammonias Fretidus, L. E. D. Pilulse Galbani 
 Comp. L. (PH. Assafcetidce, E.) Pit. Aloes et Assafoetidse. 
 
 AMMONIACUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Gummi-Resina, L. D. Gummy-resi- 
 nous Exudation of DOREMA AMMONIACUM, Don. L. E. of Heracleum 
 Gummiferum, Willd. D. Ammoniacum. Gum Ammoniac. 
 
 Ammoniacum is described by Dioscorides, 3. c. 88 (or 98) as the 
 produce of a plant called Agasyllis, Metopium of Pliny, which grows 
 in Cyrenaic Africa near the temple of Jupiter Ammon, whence it de- 
 rives its name. Mr. Don supposed this to be a corruption of Armo- 
 niacum : it is so written in some old books. Jackson in his account 
 of Morocco states that the Ammoniacum plant, which he calls Fe- 
 shook, grows in Morocco, near Al-Araish. The Hon. Fox Strang- 
 ways favoured Dr. Lindley as well as the author with the fruit of a 
 Ferula which w r as marked as that of Fusogh, or Gum Ammoniac, 
 obtained by him from Tangier. Some of these were sent to Dr. 
 Falconer, by whom they were grown in the Saharunpore Botanic 
 Garden, and the plant found to be identical with Ferula Tingitana. 
 Dr. Lindley had previously determined the fruit to be that of the same 
 plant. In his Flora Medica he refers the Feshook of Jackson, t. 7, to 
 F. orientalis, with a query. But the ammoniacum of commerce of 
 the present day is a product of Persia, and obtained from Bombay, 
 having been previously imported there from the Persian Gulf, 
 whence probably a portion is also carried up the Red Sea, and thus 
 reaches Europe by the Levant. Capt. Hart (Trans. Med. Soc. of 
 Calcutta, i. p. 369) found the plant in the plains between Yezed-khast 
 and Kumisha, on the road from Shiraz to Ispahan, or on the border 
 of the provinces of Fars and of Irak Ajemi. Lt.-Col. Johnston saw
 
 Umbelliferai.] AMMONIACUM. 413 
 
 the plants growing at Mayer and Yezde-Khast, and collected speci- 
 mens of the plant with its fruit and gum. Lt.-Col. Wright obtained 
 specimens at the same place, which he gave to the Linnean Society, 
 and which Mr. Don described. M. Fontanier (Merat and De Lens, 
 i. p. 25) also obtained it at Yezd-Cast in Faristan, which appears to 
 be the same place. Major Willock informs the author that the ooshak 
 plant is only to be met with in the province of Irak, in dry gravelly 
 plains, where it is exposed to an ardent sun. Sir John M'Neil found 
 it on the low hills near Herat, and Dr. Grant at Syghan to the north 
 of Bamean, where the same dry climate prevails. In the same kind 
 of country, but more to the eastward, many other Umbelliferae were 
 found by Dr. Falconer, together with Narihex Jlssafattida and Pran- 
 gos pabularia. M. Fontanier says Gum Ammoniac exudes naturally 
 at the axils of the umbel and upon the tumid apices of the peduncles. 
 Willdenow concluded erroneously that Ammoniac was produced by 
 Heracleum gummiferum. 
 
 Root large, perennial. Stems 7 to 9 feet high, about 4 inches in circumference at the 
 base, clothed with glandular down (Don), smooth (Fonlanier}, glaucous, with the habit 
 of Opopanax Chironium. Leaves large, petiolate, somewhat bipinnate, two feet long ; 
 pinnas usually 3 pairs, each pair rather remote : lower leaflets distinct ; superior ones 
 confluent, deeply pinnatifid ; segments oblong, mucronate, quite entire, or rarely a little 
 lobed, coriaceous, veined beneath, 1 5 inches long, and i to 2 inches broad. Petiole 
 ribbed, pubescent, much dilated, and sheathing at the base. Umbels proliferous, race- 
 mose, partial umbels globose, on short peduncles, usually disposed in a spicate manner. 
 Neither general nor partial involucre. Peduncles terete, woolly. Flowers sessile, im- 
 mersed in wool. (Lindley.) Margin of calyx 5-toothed, teeth acute membranous. Petals 
 white, ovate, with an inflexed point. Disk large, fleshy, cup-shaped, with a plicate, rather 
 lobulate margin. Stamens and styles yellow, the latter complanate, recurved at the apex. 
 Stigmas truncate. Ovary densely woolly. Fruit elliptic, compressed from the back, 
 surrounded by a broad flat edging. Mericarps with 3 distinct filiform ridges near the 
 middle, and alternating with them 4 obtuse secondary ridges (two of the primary ridges 
 confluent with the margins). Vittae 1 to each secondary ridge, 1 to each primary mar- 
 ginal ridge, and 4 to the commissure, of which 2 (the exterior ones) are very small. 
 Don and Lindley.* 
 
 As the plant abounds in juice, this readily exudes on the slightest 
 puncture : M. Fontanier says, spontaneously. Capt. Hart states that 
 when the plants have attained perfection, or about the middle of June, 
 innumerable beetles pierce it in all directions. The juice soon be- 
 comes dry, and is picked off. The finest pieces being kept separate, 
 form the Jlmmoniacum in tears of commerce, which vary in size, are 
 yellowish externally, and of a white, opaline, or * waxy appearance 
 when fractured. These, when pressed together, form lump or Amyg- 
 daloidal Ammoniacum, in which the tears appear agglutinated to- 
 
 * The late energetic traveller, Aucher-Eloy visited the same localities, one of them 
 Yezdikhast, and obtained fragments of a plant which has been named Disernestum gum- 
 miferum by Jaubert and Spach, in Illustr. PI. Orient., who state that it is allied to Siler 
 and to Agasyllis, and is hence placed in the tribe Silerideat. v. Walper's Repert. ii. p. 939. 
 It appears to the author to be only the above Dorema Ammoniacum described from im- 
 perfect specimens. Plant of considerable height, finely hairy when young, but becomes 
 smooth with age. The inferior leaves are very large, doubly compound. Partial umbels 
 sessile or pedunculated on a leafless panicle, with the gum-resin collected especially in 
 the axils of the partial umbels. Petals white. Disk cup-shaped, crenate, plicate. Fruit 
 oval, compressed dorsally with narrow wings. Mericarps 6 or 9 ribbed, ridges and vittas 
 delicate and fine.
 
 414 GALBANUM. [Calyciflorce. 
 
 gether by a softer material, often mixed with some of a darker colour. 
 In the inferior kinds the tears are less abundant, and impurities, as 
 sand, fruit of the plant, &c., are intermixed. 
 
 Ammoniac is rather hard, but readily softens by heat, has a pow- 
 erful and peculiar smell, and the taste bitter and acrid. Sp. Gr. 1-207. 
 It consists, according to Bucholz, of 22-4 parts of Gum, 72 of Resin, 
 1-6 of Bassorin (Gluten?), and 4 of Volatile Oil. But much less Oil 
 has been obtained by other chemists, and by some none at all. Am- 
 moniac forms an emulsion with water. Alcohol dissolves its Resin 
 and Oil, but becomes milky on the addition of water. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Expectorant. Antispasmodic chiefly in 
 chronic Catarrhs. 
 
 D. gr. v. gr. xx. Usually taken with Squill or in Emulsion. 
 
 MISTURA AMMONIACI, L. D. U. S. Ammoniac Mixture or Emulsion. 
 
 Prep. Rub up Ammoniacum 3v. (3j. D.) with Aq. Oj. (Aqua Pulegii by measure 3viij 
 D.) add gradually till thoroughly mixed (milky. Strain through linen, D.) 
 [Ammoniac 3ij., water 3viij. U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Water dissolves the Gum, and thus suspends the 
 Resin of the Ammoniac ; when an Emulsion is formed. The addi- 
 tion of a little Vinegar assists in making it smoother. Stimulant 
 Expectorant in chronic Catarrhs, &c., in doses of f3iv. to f3iss. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM AMMONIACI, L. E. D. U. S. Ammoniac Plaster. 
 
 Prep. Mix Ammoniacum 3v. with distilled Vinegar fgviij. (ix. E. Vinegar of Squills, 
 ftss. D.) Evaporate with a gentle heat (over the vapour-bath, E.), stirring assiduously. 
 
 Action. Uses. The Vinegar does not dissolve but softens the Gum- 
 resin, which may then be applied as a poultice, and forms an adhe- 
 sive stimulant and resolvent plaster ; often of use when applied to 
 indolent swellings. 
 
 Off". Prep. Pilulse Scillse Comp. L. E. D. Emplastrum Ammoniaci 
 cum Hydrargyro, L. E. D. (v. p. 191.) Em p. Saponis. 
 
 GALBANUM, L. E. D. U. S. Gummi Resina, L. D. Concrete Gummy, 
 resinous Exudation of an imperfectly ascertained plant, E. Gal- 
 banum. 
 
 Galbanum is supposed to be the same substance as the Chelbenah 
 of Scripture (v. Cycl. of Biblical Lit.), as this word is very similar to 
 the %aX/3avyj of the Greeks, which was known to Hippocrates, and is 
 described by Dioscorides, who gives psruirm as an additional name. 
 Theophrastus had long previously stated that it was the produce of a 
 Panax, Dioscorides of a Ferula of Syria. But this word had a wide 
 geographical signification in ancient times. Arabic and Persian au- 
 thors seem to have been well acquainted with the plant, as they give 
 kinneh and nafeel as its names, and barzud as that of the gum-resin. 
 D'Herbelot states that this is the same as the pirzed of the Persians,
 
 UmbellifercB.] GALBANUM. 415 
 
 who call the plant yielding it giarkhust. But whatever the plant may 
 be, it is unknown to botanists. Lobel attempted to ascertain it by 
 sowing some of the seeds which he found attached to Galbanum, and 
 obtained Ferula Ferulago, a native of North Africa and of Asia Minor, 
 but which is not known to yield Galbanum ; while Bubon galbaniferum, 
 which is sometimes adduced, is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. 
 The late Professor Don having found some seeds sticking to Galbanum, 
 named the plant yielding them, though yet unknown, Galbanum offi- 
 cinale, belonging to the tribe Silerince, which is admitted in the L. P. 
 But these fruits may, or not, be those of the Galbanum plant. Dr. 
 Lindley has in consequence suggested another plant, of which he re- 
 ceived the fruits from Sir John Macneil. This grows at Durrood, 
 near Nishapore, in Khorassan, and yields a gum-resin of which a spe- 
 cimen seen by Dr. Pereira did not correspond with any known gum- 
 resin. The author has several such in his collection. Dr. Lindley 
 has named the plant which is admitted into the E. P. Opoidia galba- 
 nifera, tribe Smyrneae. But there is equal uncertainty about all. 
 
 Galbanum is imported from India and the Levant, having probably 
 been brought down the Persian Gulf. It is usually met with in 
 masses of a brownish-yellow colour, more or less translucent and 
 shining, sometimes in small tears which are of a paler or even yel- 
 lowish colour. In the former kind, the tears are of a reddish yellow, 
 often agglutinated together by a darker-coloured substance, often 
 mixed with pieces of the stalk, fruits, sand, &c. It is soft, can only 
 be powdered in cold weather, has a bitter and even acrid taste, with 
 a peculiar but not alliaceous odour. It consists of Resin 65-8, Gum 
 22-6, Bassorin 1*8, Volatile Oil 3-3, with a trace of Malic acid, &c. 
 Its properties depend chiefly upon the Oil, which may be separated, 
 of a yellowish colour, by distilling with water. When Galbanum is 
 distilled by itself at a temperature of 250 F. a bluish-coloured Oil is 
 obtained. Galbanum forms an emulsion with water, and is dissolved 
 by proof Spirit. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antispasmodic ; less powerful than Assafostida ; Ex- 
 pectorant. 
 
 D. gr. x. 9j. in substance, or made into an emulsion. 
 
 GALBANI COMPOSITE, L. D. (ASSAF<ETID^E, E.) Compound 
 Galbanum Pills. 
 
 Prep. Mix well and beat into a pill mass Galbanum 3j- (3 parts, E.) Myrrh (3 parts, 
 E.) Sagapenum aa giss. L. D. Assafcetida 3ss (3 parts, E.) Syrup q. s. L. D. (Conserve 
 of Red Roses q. s. or four parts, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Antispasmodic. Emmenagogue in doses of gr. x. 
 
 TINOTURA GALBANI, D. Tincture of Galbanum. 
 
 Prep. Digest for 7 days Galbanum cut very small 3ij. in Proof Spirit by measure fcij. 
 Strain.
 
 416 CUMINUM. [Calyciflorce. 
 
 Action. Uses. Antispasmodic adjunct to draughts in doses of f3j. 
 f3ij. 
 
 EMPLASTR.UM GALBANI, L. D. EMP. GUMMOSUM, E. Galbanum Plaster. 
 
 Prep. Melt Galbanum gviij. (3ss. E. fess. D.) Common Turpentine gx. L. (Ammo- 
 niacum 3ss. E. Strain). Melt also Resin of Spruce Fir powdered giij. L. (Yellow Wax 
 3ss. E. 3iv. D.) and Lead Plaster ftiij. ( r jiv. E. ftij. D.) Add the mixtures and mix 
 carefully together. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant and Discutient application to indolent 
 tumours, &c. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Emp. Assafoetidae. 
 
 Tribe Daucinea. Fruit dorsally sub-compressed or round. Carpels 
 with 5 primary ridges, the lateral ones on the inner face ; and 4 
 secondary ridges forming rows of prickles. 
 
 DATJCUS CAROTA, Linn. Fructus, L. (Semina), D. var. sylvestris, D. 
 Radix recens, L. Fresh Root, var. sativa, E. (Carota, U. S.) 
 Fruit of the Wild and Root of the Cultivated Carrot. 
 
 The Carrot has long been cultivated in the East, where it is called 
 jugur and gajur. The Arabs give istufleen as its Greek name, a 
 corruption, no doubt, of the <r<ra<puXivo of Dioscorides. 
 
 Stems 2 to 3 feet high, hispid. Leaves tripinnate ; leaflets of the upper leaves linear, 
 lanceolate, acute, of the lower leaves broader; leaflets of the general involucre pinnalifid, 
 with linear segments, or the partial one linear, entire, or trifid. Calyx (fig. 68, c.) 5 
 toothed. Petals white, except in a central neutral flower, which is red, as mentioned by 
 Dioscorides, obcordate (D.), with an inflexed lobe, exterior usually radiant and bifid. 
 The umbels at first flat, become afterwards hollow, from the incurvature of the pedicels. 
 Fruit dorsally (A.) compressed. Carpels with bristly primary (A. D.) ridges; secondary 
 ridges winged, the wings divided often to the base into a row of simple prickles, which 
 are equal in length to the diameter of the fruit. Common on roadsides and in pastures 
 throughout Europe and the Oriental Region. Fig. 68, p. 401, a section of the flower and 
 fruit from Adr. Juss. with the several references. E. B. 1174. 
 
 The root of the cultivated Carrot is too well known from its fusi- 
 form shape, yellow colour, sweetish taste, and nutritious nature, to 
 require description. It is officinal on account of its succulent na- 
 ture being favourable for making poultices, which are moderately 
 stimulant. The seeds are larger but milder, in consequence of being 
 cultivated. 
 
 The wild variety has fusiform roots, which are small, yellowish, 
 and woody, with a bitter and acrid taste, but with the peculiar odour 
 of the Carrot. The fruits, commonly called seeds, have this odour 
 in a more marked degree, from their natural mode of growth being 
 best suited for the developement of the peculiar secretions of the 
 plant. The Volatile Oil, which is secreted especially in the fruit, is 
 diffused in less quantity over the whole plant, and even in the culti- 
 vated root. These fruits have an aromatic odour, warm and pun- 
 gent taste, and yield by distillation a Volatile Oil. 
 
 Action. Uses. Fruits Carminative and Diuretic in doses of 9.
 
 Umbellifero!.] CONIUM. 4]7 
 
 CATAPLASMA DAUCI, D. Carrot Poultice. 
 
 Prep. Boil the root of Garden Carrot q. s. in Aq. till soft, and then make into a poul- 
 tice. If the raw Carrot be scraped down, and applied as a poultice, it will produce an 
 irritant action. 
 
 Tribe Cuminea. Fruit compressed laterally, ridges all apterous. 
 
 CUMINTJM. Fructus, L. Fruit, E. of Cuminum Cyminum, Linn. 
 
 Common Cumin. 
 
 Cumin (kumoon of the Arabs) is probably a native of Asia, and was 
 made known to the Greeks from Egypt. It is extensively cultivated 
 in the East, but has long been introduced into the south of Europe. 
 England is chiefly supplied from Sicily and Malta. 
 
 Cumin is an annual, from 1 to 2 feet high, with much-divided leaves, having the seg- 
 ments long and setaceous. The umbels, both general and partial, from 3 to 5-rayed, with 
 involucres of 2 4 simple or divided leaves. Involucels halved, of 2 4 leaves, finally 
 reflexed, and exceeding in length the pubescent fruit. Flowers white or pink. Calyx 
 with 5 lanceolate, setaceous, permanent teeth. Petals oblong, emarginate, with an in- 
 flexed point. Fruit contracted from the sides. Mericarps with wingless ribs, the 5 pri- 
 mary ones minutely muricated ; 4 secondary ones prickly. Channels oblong, striated, 
 minutely aculeate under the secondary ridges, with 1 vitta in each. Seed somewhat con- 
 cave in front, and convex on the back. Esenb. and Eberm. 288. 
 
 Cumin seeds, or rather fruits, are of a light-brown colour. The 
 odour is aromatic, dependent on the volatile Oil which is stored up 
 in the seed-coat. Taste warm, bitterish, and aromatic, but not so 
 agreeable as anise. The albumen is insipid. 16 cwts. of the fruits 
 yield about 44 Ibs. of the Oil, which has a Sp. Gr. 0-945, pale yellow 
 colour, and is limpid, of a disagreeable smell and acrid taste. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Carminative. Condiment in India. 
 Seldom used in medicine. Dose gr. xv. 3ss. Formerly much em- 
 ployed as an external application in Emplastrum and Cataplasma 
 Cumini, and by Jews in the process of circumcision. 
 
 Tribe Smyrnea. Fruit turgid, compressed laterally. Carpels with 
 primary ridges only. 
 
 CONITJM MACULATUM, Linn. Conii Folia, L. E. D. (U. S.) Conii Fruc- 
 tus, L. (U. S.) Leaves and Fruit of Hemlock. 
 
 There is little doubt of this being the xwveiov of the Greeks, and the 
 cicuta* of the Romans, as has been long supposed, and as has been 
 well argued by Dr. Pereira. The objection that it is not so clearly 
 described as to be readily distinguished from other Umbelliferae, would 
 apply to accounts of many officinal plants, even in comparatively mo- 
 dern works. It is the shokran of the Arabs, who give chuniun and 
 kunion as its Greek name, and give bunj-roomee, or Turkish bunj, as 
 another name. The name bunj is applied to Henbane, while Datura 
 is bunj-dushtee. It was reintroduced into practice by Storck. 
 
 * This must not, from the similarity of name,- be confounded with Cicuta maculala- 
 Cicuta virosa occurs in Cashmere, where it is called Zehr-googul, or poison-turnip. 
 Persian, Salep-e-Shailan, or Devil's Salep. 
 
 27
 
 418 
 
 C N I U M. 
 
 [Calycijloras. 
 
 Fig. 72. 
 
 Root biennial, fusiform, whitish, 
 a little fleshy. Stems 3 to 5 feet 
 high, erect, round, smooth, spotted 
 with dull-coloured purple spots. 
 Leaves large, shining, of a deep 
 green colour, tripinnate, on long 
 furrowed petioles, sheathing at the 
 base. Leaflets lanceolate, pinna- 
 tifid with tHe lower lobes incisM, 
 the others toothed. Umbels nu- 
 merous, terminal, composed of 
 many general as well as partial 
 rays. General involucre of from 3 
 to 7 leaflets, ovate, cuspidate, with 
 membranous edges, partial invo- 
 lucre of 3 leaflets on one side ovate 
 lanceolate, shorter than the um- 
 bels. Margin (c) of calyx obso- 
 lete. Petals 5, (d) white, obcor- 
 date with inflexed apices. Sta- 
 mens (d) 5. Ovary ovate 2-celled. 
 Styles (c) 2, spreading. Fruit (c) 
 ovate, compressed laterally. Car- 
 pels or half fruits with 5 promi- 
 nent, (c, b) equal undulated, pri- 
 mary ridges, of which the lateral 
 ones are marginal. No secondary 
 ridges. The channels with many 
 strise but no vittce. Hedges and 
 
 72. Omivm maculatum. d. Flower, c. Fruit. 6. Transverse ^ ast ! P la f J^SSfc . 
 
 and a. vertical section of fruit. found in Urreece by feibthorp, in 
 
 Cashmere by Falconer. Fl. in 
 
 June and July. Fruit ripe in August and September. Fig. 72. Esenb. and Eberm. 
 282 ; St. and Ch. 13. 
 
 This plant in its first year has a long slender root and a few radical 
 leaves. In the second year it throws up its characteristic and spotted 
 stem, on all parts smooth, but possessed of a strong and foetid odour, 
 compared to that of mice. It may be known by these characters, 
 and by its unilateral partial involucres and wavy crenated ridges of 
 the fruit.* It is generally stated that the best time for collecting the 
 leaves is when the plant is in full flower, or just before the forming 
 of the fruit, as in other cases. This, Dr. Christison, who has paid 
 great attention to the subject, doubts, as he has found that its poi- 
 sonous properties are considerable in November and March of its 
 first year. The fruit is more active than the leaves, and more so 
 when green than when ripe and dry. The leaves especially should 
 be carefully dried, in a dark airy room, at a temperature of about 
 120, and preserved in well-closed, dark, and dry vessels. They 
 should retain much of their natural deep-green colour, have a nau- 
 seous and somewhat acrid taste, with a peculiar mouse-like odour. 
 This should be readily evolved when the plant is rubbed up with 
 caustic Potash. 
 
 Several analyses have been made of Conium. Giseke in 1827 suc- 
 
 * This plant should be distinguished from jEthusa Cynapium, or Fool's Parsley, and 
 also from Anthriscus vulgaris and sylvaticus as well as Myrrhis odorata and temulenta. 
 The other poisonous umbellifers are the above Mthusa Cynapium, Fool's Parsley; Cicuta 
 virosa, Water Hemlock ; (Enanlhe crocata, Hemlock Water Dropwort; (Enanthc apii- 
 folia, which is probably only a variety of ffi. crocata.
 
 UmbellifereR.} C N I U M. 419 
 
 ceeded in concentrating its active principle with Sulphuric'. Geiger 
 in 1831 detached it in the form of a volatile and oleaginous alkali, 
 possessed of powerful poisonous properties. The experiments of 
 Geiger have been confirmed by Dr. Christison. Both found that the 
 distilled water, though having the peculiar odour of Hemlock, owing 
 to the presence of its Volatile Oil, was yet not poisonous ; but if the 
 full-blown green fruits or leaves be distilled with water and caustic 
 Potash, a strongly alkaline and poisonous liquid passes over, which 
 is Conia. This has been found in the fruit and leaves, and exists in 
 them as a salt, though its acid (Coneic') is unknown. It may be de- 
 tached by presenting an acid, as the Sul', which combines with the 
 Conia ; or this, by the action of Potash, may be detached from its 
 acid, and then distilled over with water at 212. Conia, called also 
 Conine and Conein, is a colourless and transparent oily-looking body, 
 lighter than water, having a powerful mouse-like odour, and a very 
 acrid taste. It is strongly alkaline. Water takes up but little of it, 
 but with a fourth of its weight it forms a Hydrate of Conia. Alcohol 
 and Ether dissolve it readily, as do diluted acids, which indeed com- 
 bine with it. Its vapour produces white fumes with the vapour of 
 H Cl', Hydrochlorate of Conia being formed. Exposed to the air, it 
 becomes brownish; a resin and ammonia are formed. It boils at 
 370. Liebig determined it to be composed of C 13 H 14 N O = 108. 
 (C 16 H 16 N a Greg.) Subjected to a strong decomposing heat, an em- 
 pyreumatic oil is yielded, which is very poisonous. It is most easily 
 obtained by cautiously distilling, over a muriate of lime bath, a mix- 
 ture of strong solution of Potash with the alcoholic extract of the 
 unripe fruit. (See Dr. Christison's able paper, Trans. Roy. Soc. 
 Edin. 1836.) 
 
 Tests. Hemlock may be recognised by the characters which have 
 been given of the plant and fruit, and the efficiency of the officinal 
 products by triturating them with Liq. Potasses, as directed in the E. 
 P. By this it has been ascertained that some preparations contain 
 no Conia, either from defective preparation, or from subsequent 
 change. This accounts for some of the discrepant statements re- 
 specting the efficiency of Conium. 
 
 Action. Uses. Narcotic Poison, supposed to excite convulsions and 
 fatal coma, &c. From Dr. Christison's experiments, it exhausts the 
 nervous energy of the spinal cord and voluntary muscles, occasion- 
 ing merely convulsive tremors and slight twitches, and eventually 
 general paralysis of the muscles, and consequent stoppage of the 
 breathing. Hemlock has long been employed as a Deobstruent and 
 Alterative in glandular and visceral enlargements. Scirrhous, Can- 
 cerous, and Scrofulous diseases have been greatly relieved by it. (u. 
 Bayle.) Useful also as an Antispasmodic in Hooping and other 
 Coughs. It has been tried in Tetanus. As an Anodyne and Hypnotic, 
 allays pain and irritation, and promotes sleep. But Dr. Christison 
 says the whole subject requires to be investigated anew. 
 
 D. Powder fresh and well dried gr. iij. gr. v. 2 or 3 times a day.
 
 420 C O N I U M. [Calyciflora, L. 
 
 EXTRACTUM (Succus iNSPissAxus) CoNii, L. E. (U. S.) Extract of 
 Hemlock. 
 
 Prep. Take fresh leaves of Conium and proceed as for Extract of Aconite, L. D. v. p. 
 244. The Edinburgh process is essentially the same ; but the evaporation is to be made 
 in vacuo, with the aid of heat, or spontaneously in .shallow vessels exposed to a strong 
 current of air; as a temperature of 212 destroys the Conia. When the extract is tritu- 
 rated with Liq. Potassce, a strong odour of Conia should be disengaged. 
 
 This extract, when well prepared, is of a fine deep-green colour, 
 and may be kept good for some time. Evaporating the E. Tincture 
 also forms an excellent Extract, (c.) 
 
 D. gr. iij. 2 or 3 times a day, and gradually increased. 
 
 [EXTRACTUM CONII ALCOHOLIC, U. S. As for that of Aconite, see 
 p. 244.] 
 
 TINCTTJRA CONII, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Hemlock. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, D.) days dried leaves of Conium 3v. (3ij. D.) bruised Car- 
 damoms 3j. in Proof Spirit Oij. (by measure ftj. D.) Strain. L. D. Fresh leaves of 
 Conium gxij. Tinct. of Cardamom Oss. Rectified Spirit Oiss. Express the juice from 
 the leaves, transmit Rectified Spirit through the residuum, mix the watery and spirituous 
 fluids, and filter the product, E. 
 
 [Hemlock Leaves giv. Diluted Alcohol Oij.] 
 
 Action. Uses. The Tincture obtained by the process of percolation 
 Dr. Christison considers the best of all preparations for medical use. 
 That made by Mr. Squire, by adding rectified Spirit to the expressed 
 juice, without extracting the residuum, is also a good preparation. 
 
 D. f3ss. f3j. of the L. P. TH.XV. rn^xxx. gradually increased of 
 the E. P. 
 
 PILULE CONII COMPOSITE, L. Compound Pills of Hemlock. 
 
 Prep. Rub together into a mass Extract of Hemlock 3v. powdered Ipecacuanha 3j- 
 Mixture of Acacia, q. s. 
 
 Action. Uses. Anodyne Expectorant in spasmodic Coughs in doses 
 of gr. v. 
 
 UNGUENTOM CONII, D. Hemlock Ointment 
 
 Prep. Take fresh leaves of Conium ftij. arid boil them in prepared Hogs' Lard Rij. till 
 crisp. Express through linen. 
 
 Action. Uses. As oil and fatty matters take up some of the active 
 properties of Hemlock, this is an efficient application to foul or pain- 
 ful ulcers, &c. 
 
 CATAPLASMA CONII, L. D. Hemlock Poultice. 
 
 Prep. Take Extract of Conium 3ij. mix it in Aq. Oj. and add bruised Linseed q. a. to 
 thicken, L. Take dried leaves of Conium maculatum gj. Aq. by measure ftss. Boil 
 down to ftj. strain, and add powder of the same q. s. to make a poultice, D. 
 
 Action. Uses. Soothing application to Cancerous and other sores. 
 
 Tribe Coriandrea. Fruit contracted from the side, didymous or 
 globular. Ridges apterous.
 
 Cornaceai.] CORNACE^E. 421 
 
 CORIANDRUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Fructus, L. (Semina) D. Fruit of 
 CORIANDRUM sATivuM, Linn. Coriander. 
 
 Coriander was the gad of the Hebrews, and was well known to 
 the Greeks by the name xopv. It has long been cultivated throughout 
 the East, and is so now in Europe, as well as in this country. 
 
 Stems annual, from 1 to 2 feet high, round, striated, smooth. Leaves bipinnate, cut; 
 leaflets of the lowermost wedge-shaped, of the others divided into linear segments. Calyx 
 of 5 teeth. Petals white, often with a tinge of pink, obcordate, with an inflexed lobe, the 
 exterior ones radiant and bifid. Fruit globose. Carpels with the primary ridges obso- 
 lete, the 4 secondary ones prominent, keeled. Interstices without vittse. Commissure 
 with 2 vittse. Seed excavated in the front, covered with a loose membrane. Occasion- 
 ally found wild in this country, but must have escaped from cultivation. St &, Ch. 94. 
 
 Coriander is much esteemed on account of its fruit (seeds as they 
 are commonly called) both in the East, where it is much employed 
 as a condiment, being an ingredient, for instance, of Currie Powder, 
 and also in Europe, where it is required by confectioners and distil- 
 lers. Coriander is well known by its globular form, and by its two 
 carpels adhering firmly together, and forming a grayish-coloured 
 fruit about the size of white pepper. It has a peculiar odour, and a 
 warm aromatic taste, dependent on the presence of a yellowish- 
 coloured volatile Oil, which necessarily possesses in a high degree 
 the qualities of Coriander. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Carminative in doses of 9ss. 3j. Chiefly 
 employed as an adjunct. 
 
 Off. Prep. Confectio Sennse, L. E. (U. S.) Inf. Sennse cum Tama- 
 rindis, D. Tinct. Sennoe Comp. E. ' 
 
 The ARALIACE^ are closely allied to Umbeltiferce ; but as they do 
 not contain any officinal plants, a detailed notice of them is not here 
 necessary. Panax quinquefolium, of which the root, called Ginseng, 
 is so highLr esteemed by the Chinese as to be considered a panacea, 
 used to be sold for its weight in gold. It has a feeble odour, and a 
 sweet, slightly aromatic taste, abounds in fecula, and can only be 
 useful as a Nutrient and Demulcent. It is found both in the northern 
 parts of China, in Tauria, as well as in North America. A nearly 
 allied species, Panax Pseudo-Ginseng, was found in the Himalayas 
 by Dr. Wallich. Aralia nudicaulis, a native of North America, has 
 roots which are slightly fragrant and of a sweetish aromatic taste, is 
 sometimes called False, and used as a substitute for, Sarsaparilla. A. 
 Spinosa, called Angelica or Toothache-tree in North America, is a 
 stimulant Diaphoretic. 
 
 Trees- or shrubs with a bitter bark. Leaves opposite, or rarely somewhat alternate, 
 mostly entire, exstipulate. Flowers cymose, the inflorescence sometimes capitate and 
 involucrate; rarely dioecious. Calyx adherent to the ovary, limbs four or five toothed, 
 minute or four to five lobed, with a valvate aastivation. Petals distinct, equal in number 
 to the teeth of the calyx. Stamens four to five, inserted with the petals, but alternate. 
 Ovary one-celled, with a solitary pendulous ovule in each cell. Styles single. Drupes 
 baccate. Seeds anatropous.
 
 422 SAMBUCUS. [Corolliflora, L. 
 
 CORNUS FLORIDA, U. S., Linn. The bark of the tree and root, Pen- 
 tandria Monogynia. 
 
 The Dogwood is a very common tree in the United States, growing 
 in open woods, and modified in its growth by latitude, it being a 
 much larger tree in the Southern States. 
 
 Bot. Char. A small tree, varying in size from 15 to 30 feet, showy when in bloom from 
 the large leafy involucres, which resemble white flowers at a distance. Flowers in clus- 
 ters within the four involucres, rather inconspicuous, greenish-yellow. The drupe is red 
 when ripe. 
 
 The bark of the tree or root, is in pieces, somewhat quilled, seve- 
 ral inches long, half an inch or more broad, and two or three lines 
 thick, of a grayish-red colour, breaking with a short fracture. Odour 
 feeble, taste bitter and astringent, with a little aroma. The bark of 
 the root is destitute of epidermis. 
 
 It contains gum, resin, tannin, and gallic acid, Cornine (?), bitter 
 extractive. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic and roborant with some astringency. Used 
 in intermittent fever as a substitute for bark, but objectionable from 
 the quantity required. The recent bark is apt to disagree with the 
 stomach and produce pain. 
 
 D. of powder 9ij. to 3j. 
 
 DECOCTUM CORNUS FLORIDA, U. S. 
 
 Prep. Dogwood Bark bruised gj. Water Oj. Boil for 10 min. in a covered vessel and 
 strain. 
 
 D. fsj. to fsij. 
 CORNUS CIRCINATA, U. S. Sec. CORNUS SERICEA, U. S. Sec. 
 
 Both of these plants are shrubs. The bark is in the form of quills. 
 The medical properties are nearly those of the preceding, and 
 they are employed in the same way and for the same purplHes.] 
 
 c. CorolliflorcB. Lindley. (v. p. 238.) 
 
 CAPRIFOLIACE^E, Juss. 
 
 The CaprifoIiacetB are so closely allied to Rubiacese as to be included with them in one 
 close alliance both by Lindley and Endlicher. They are distinguished from them by 
 having leaves without stipules, but are divided into two groups, LONICERE^E VER.JE and 
 SAMBUCE^E, the latter having corollas which are rotate, or with short tubes, and the raphe 
 of the seeds turned inwards. They are found in temperate and cold parts of the world, 
 and are not possessed of very active properties. 
 
 SAMBUCUS, L. E. D. Flores, L. D. Flowers, E. Baccae et Cortex 
 interior, D. Berries and inner bark of SAMBUCUS NIGRA, Linn. 
 Pentand. Trigyn. Linn. Common Elder. 
 
 The Elder, indigenous in Europe, was known to the Greeks, and 
 called axr*i by Dioscorides. 
 
 Arborescent; much, but always oppositely branched; young branches filled with 
 spongy pith. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets usually 2 pairs with an odd one, ovate, serrate, 
 cuspidate. Cymes large, terminal with 5 principal branches. Calyx limb 5-cleft. Co-
 
 Rubiacea:.} RUBIACEjE. 423 
 
 rolla cream-coloured, rotate, 5-Iobed, finally reflexed, with a faint smell. Stamens 5. 
 Stigmas 3, sessile. Berry globular, black, 3 4 seeded. St. and Ch. ii. 79. 
 
 Though so many parts of the Elder are officinal, few are possessed 
 of any active properties. A little of the Volatile Oil, upon which the 
 odour of the flowers depends, may be separated by distillation ; but 
 Dr. Pereira has shown that the Oleum Sambuci, L. D. which is sold 
 as Oil of Elder, is a spurious preparation made by boiling Elder leaves 
 in Rape Oil. The taste of the inner bark is slightly astringent, the 
 odour is slight, but it possesses Cathartic and also Emetic properties. 
 A decoction of it has sometimes been prescribed in Dropsy.. It has 
 been given in effusions by M. Delens, 3ij. 3iv. in four cups of water 
 reduced to three, and taken during the day in cases of Scrofula and 
 of Leucorrhceas, for the improvement of the constitution. 
 
 AQUA SAMBUCI, L. E. Elder Flower Water. 
 
 Prep. Mix Elder Flowers ftx. (or Oil of Elder sjij. L.) with Aq. Cij. Proof Spirit 
 fgvij. (Rectified Spirit f3iij. E.), and distil Cj. 
 
 Action. Uses. Used as a vehicle, and for flavouring medicines. 
 
 UNGUENTUM SAMBUCI, L. D. Elder Ointment. 
 
 Prep. Boil Elder (Flowers} ftij. in Lard ftij. till they become crisp. Press through 
 linen, L. Fresh Elder Leaves ftiij. in prepared Hogs' Lard ftiv. prepared Mutton Suet 
 ftij. Prepare as Savine Ointment, D. 
 
 Action. Uses. Mild cooling Ointment. The L. prep, is the White 
 Elder Ointment, the D. prep, the Green Elder Ointment of the shops. 
 
 Succus SPISSATUS SAMBUCI, D. 
 Prepared from the fresh ripe Elder Berries, as Succus spissatus Aconiti, D. 
 
 Action. Uses. This purple-coloured juice is Refrigerant and slightly 
 laxative in doses of f3j. f3ij. 
 
 [The SAMBUCUS CANADENSIS is officinal in the U. S. P., and em- 
 ployed in the same way.] 
 
 RUBIACE^E, Juss. 
 
 Herbs, shrubs, or trees, with roundish or 4-cornered stems and branches, with nodose 
 joints. Leaves opposite, occasionally verticillate, with interpetiolary stipules, which are 
 either distinct or variously adherent, simple, bifid, or multifid. Flowers complete, occa- 
 sionally unisexual from abortion, almost always regular, variously arranged. Calyx-tube 
 united with the ovary, limb superior or half-superior, 2 6 toothed or cleft, sometimes en- 
 tire, disappearing on the fruit. Corel monopetalous, inserted into the tube of the calyx, 
 tubular, or campanulate, seldom rotate, 4 5 or 6-cleft, valvate or imbricate, twisted. 
 Stamens inserted into the tube of the corol, and alternate with its lobes. Ovary inferior, 
 surmounted by a disk, 2- to several-celled, 1- to many-ovuled. Style simple. Stigma 2- 
 to many cleft. Fruit capsular, berried, or drupe-like, cells 1- to many" seeded. Seeds 
 various in situation. Embryo small, usually with horny albumen. 
 
 Several botanists, as Ray, Browne, &c., have distinguished the tribe Stellate of the 
 Rubiaceag of Jussieu and De Candolle as a distinct family, by the name STELLATJS, 
 called Galiacea by Dr. Lindley. These are distinguished by their weak, often quadran- 
 gular stems, whorled leaves, absence of stipules, and didymous fruit, also by their being 
 found in temperate climates. Several of them are a little bitter, some secrete red colour- 
 ing matter.
 
 424 IPECACUANHA. [Corolliflora, L. 
 
 RUBIA TINCTORUM, Linn. [Rubia, U. S.] Radix D. The root of 
 Dyer's Madder. Tetrand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 Madder was employed by the ancients, as species of Rubia still are 
 in the East. R. Mungista or cordifolia yields the munjeet of India. 
 
 Root perennial, long, horizontal, of a reddish-brown colour. Stems herbaceous, four- 
 sided, with the angles aculeate. Leaves 4 to 6, in a whorl, petiolate, lanceolate, smooth 
 above, margin and keel aculeate, rough. Peduncles axillary, trichotomous. Tube of the 
 calyx ovate-globose ; limb scarcely any. Corol 5-partite, rotate, lobes gradually callous, 
 acuminate. Stamens short. Styles 2, short. Fruit didymous, somewhat globose, succu- 
 lent. A native of the south of Europe and of the Grecian Archipelago and north of 
 Africa. Nees von Esenb. and Eberm. 255. 
 
 Madder is cultivated in France and Holland, and largely imported 
 for the use of the dyer either whole or ground. The roots are 
 branched, about the thickness of a quill, of a reddish hue externally, 
 and consist of an easily separable bark, with an external woody part 
 of a reddish colour. It has little smell, with a slightly bitter astrin- 
 gent taste. The colouring matters, as Alizarin, &c., which it con- 
 tains, are a subject of great interest both to the chemist and to the 
 dyer. It is of little importance in medicine. 
 
 Action. Uses. Slight Astringent and Tonic. When taken inter- 
 nally, colours the bones red. It was at one time considered Emme- 
 nagogue (Home) in doses of 3ss. 3ij. every 3 4 hours. 
 
 ClNCHONACE*:. 
 
 2. The rest of the Rubiaccce, named CINCHONACE^E by Dr. Lindley, are distinguished 
 by their opposite, rarely verticillate leaves, and intermediate or interpetiolar stipules. 
 They are found in the tropical parts of the world, and on the Andes of Peru, and on the 
 mountains of India as high as the belt of tropical vegetation. They are remarkable for 
 secreting bitter and astringent principles : hence many are employed as febrifuges, in 
 addition to those which are conspicuously so from secreting the alkalies Quinia and (Jin. 
 chonia. Some, like the Stellate, secrete red colouring matter ; while some, with herba- 
 ceous stems and 'perennial roots, are equally remarkable and useful from secreting Eme- 
 tine. The officinal plants all belong to Pentandria Monogynia of Linnaeus. 
 
 IPECACUANHA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Radix, L. D. Root, E. of CEPHAELIS 
 IPECACUANHA, Tussac. Ipecacuan. Ipecacuanha. 
 
 Ipecacuanha, a name adopted from the language of the South Ame- 
 ricans (by whom it is also called Praya de Mato), has been applied 
 to a variety of Emetic roots, but is restricted in the Pharmacopoeias 
 to the roots of the above Cephaelis. This was first distinctly noticed 
 in the Nat. Hist, of Brazil of Piso, and Marcgraaf, p. 101, and p. 17, 
 . (1648,) as a brown-coloured Ipecacuan, and distinguished from an- 
 other of a white colour, with the plant something like Pulegium. It 
 was first brought into notice in Europe by Helvetius, about 1686. 
 The plant yielding it was long unknown. Dr. Gomez was the first 
 (Memoria sobre ipecacuanha fusca du Bresil, 1801) to describe and 
 figure the genuine plant ; but having left specimens with Brotero of 
 Coimbra, and he with Tussac of Nantes, the former, without the per- 
 mission of and acknowledgment to Gomez, described it in the Lin- 
 nsean Trans, vi. p. 137. t. 11. 1802, as a species of Callicocca. But 
 this genus is identical with the CEPHAELIS of Swartz, to which it was 
 referred by Tussac and published in the Journ. de Bot. of M. Des-
 
 CinchonaceeB.] 
 
 IPECACUANHA. 
 
 425 
 
 vaux, iv. p. 204 (1813). The subject has since been investigated by 
 Merat, Richard, Martius, and A. St. Hilaire. Herat, Guibourt, and 
 others distinguish it into three varieties, Brown, Red, and Qray Ipe- 
 cacuan, depending on the colour of the epidermis. 
 
 Fig. 73. 
 
 CepJiaelis Ipecacuanha (fig. 73) has a perennial root, simple, flexuose, or with a few 
 diverging branches a few inches in length, about the thickness of a quill, knotty, with 
 transverse rings ; when fresh, of 
 a pale brown colour externally. 
 Stem suffruticose, ascending, often 
 rooting near the ground, at length 
 erect, somewhat pubescent to- 
 wards the apex. Leaves from 4 
 to 6 or 8, on a stem, opposite, 
 oblong, obovate, acute, roughish 
 above, finely pubescent beneath. 
 Stipules erect, 4 6 cleft. Pedun- 
 cles solitary, axillary, downy, erect 
 when in flower, drooping when in 
 fruit. Flowers collected into heads, 
 and inclosed by a large 1-leafed 
 involucre, which is deeply 4 to 6 
 cleft. Segments obovate. Bracts 
 one to each flower, obovate, oblong. 
 Calyx minute, with 5 blunt short 
 teeth. Corolla white, funnel-shap- 
 ed ; tube downy on the outside and 
 at the orifice; limb with 5 ovate 
 reflexed segments. Stamens 5, 
 with filiform filaments and linear 
 anthers, which project a little 
 beyond the corolla. Ovary sur. 
 mounted by a fleshy disk. Stigma 
 bifid. Berry about the size of a coffee-bean, of a dark violet colour, crowned by the re- 
 mains of the calyx, 2-celled, 2-seeded, with a longitudinal fleshy dissepiment. Nucleus 
 plano-convex, furrowed on the flat side. Flowers from November to March, and ripens 
 fruit in May. A native of shady places in the forests of Brazil from the province of Rio 
 Janeiro to that of Pernambuco. Fig. v. Gomes 1. c. 1. 2. Linn. Trans, vi. t. 11. Mar- 
 tius, Spec. Mat. Med. Bras. 4. t. 1. St. Hilaire. PI. Us. de Brazil, pi. 6. Nees and 
 Eberm. 258. St. and Ch. 62. 
 
 This plant yields the Brown or Gray, annulated, or true, sometimes 
 called Brazilian or Lisbon Ipecacuanha, which is in general alone 
 met with in this country. It is collected at all seasons of the year, 
 but chiefly from January to March, and is imported from Rio Janeiro, 
 Bahia, and Pernambuco. 
 
 The roots of annulated Ipecacuanha, as met with in commerce, 
 are of a grayish or light-brown colour, have sometimes attached to 
 their upper part a straight cylindrical part, by which it was connected 
 with the stem, are two or three inches in length, simple or branched, 
 variously contorted, about the thickness of a small quill, composed 
 apparently of a series of transverse but unequal rings, separated by 
 nearly parallel grooves, giving the whole a knotted appearance. The 
 rings are composed of an external cortical portion, which is horny 
 but brittle, and are apparently strung upon a slender, tough, and 
 whitish ligneous portion, which is called meditullium, forming about 
 y of good- Ipecacuan. This part has little odour or taste, and is com- 
 paratively inert. The cortical portion has a peculiar nauseous odour, 
 and slightly bitter, somewhat acrid taste. This is said to be more
 
 426 IPECACUANHA. [Corolliflora, L. 
 
 evident in the fresh plant, and the odour is extremely disagreeable to 
 many when the root is powdered. The active properties are taken 
 up by w^er, Alcohol, 'Proof Spfrit, or Wine. Pelletier analyzed Ipe- 
 cacuanh* root, and found in the cortical portion, a peculiar prin- 
 ciple which has been called Emetine, but is rather Emetic Extract, 
 16 parts, odoriferous Fatty matter 2 (this consists of an odorous vo- 
 latile oil, and of a scentless fixed fatty matter), Wax 6, Gum 10, 
 Starch 42, Ligixin 20 parts, loss 4 parts = 100. The Red variety 
 contained only 14 per cent, of Emetine. The Meditullium contains 
 only about 1 per cent, of Emetic Extract, and about 67 per cent, of 
 Ligneous fibre. 
 
 The Emetic Extract, or Matiere Vomitive as it was first called, was 
 afterwards found to be impure, and good Ipecacuanha to contain only 
 about 1 per cent, of pure Emetine. This is colourless, uncrystallizable, 
 but alkaline in its properties, without odour, and nearly without taste ; 
 fusible about 120, sparingly soluble in water, but much so in Alcohol 
 or proof Spirit. It forms bitter salts with acids, and is precipitated 
 when in solution by Tincture of Galls. Sesquichloride of Iron im- 
 parts a greenish colour to the decoction of Ipecacuanha. Emetine 
 is composed of C S8 H 28 ON. Impure Emetine, which is that most 
 frequently met with, is of a yellowish-white colour. 
 
 A kind of Ipecacuanha, known as striated and also as Black or 
 Peruvian Ipecacuan, is yielded by a different plant of this family, 
 with much larger joints, the Psychotria emetica, of the tribe Cof- 
 feae, a native of New Granada, which indeed was at one time sup- 
 posed to yield the true kind. Pelletier found it contained about 9 per 
 cent, of impure Emetine. 
 
 A third kind of Ipecacuanha, and that referred to by Piso, is the 
 white kind, distinguished by its white colour, amylaceous nature, and 
 undulated appearance. This is yielded by Richardsonia scabra (R. 
 braziliensis of other authors), a plant of the tribe Spermacocece of this 
 family, a native of Brazil, New Granada, Vera Cruz, &c. R. rosea 
 yields a similar product. This kind contains only about 6 per cent, 
 of impure Emetine. 
 
 Several other Rubiaceous plants are emetic in nature, and some of 
 other families, as some species of PolygalecB, of JlsclepiadecB, and of 
 Euphorbiacece, and of Violacea, lonidium Ipecacuanha. I. parvifto- 
 rum yields the Cuichuncully de Cuenca, for which I am indebted for 
 specimens to the Hon. Fox Strangways. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant, Nauseant Emetic, Expectorant, Diaphoretic, 
 Sedative. Useful as an Expectorant and Diaphoretic in Catarrh, or 
 as a Diaphoretic in febrile affections of various kinds, or to cause a 
 determination to the skin in Diarrho3a and Dysentery. Emetic to cut 
 short the accession of an ague, &c., evacuate the stomach, or give a 
 shock to the system. Nauseant Sedative in Haemorrhage, &c. 
 
 D. gr. xv. 9j. or even 3ss. of the powder as an Emetic ; often 
 conjoined with Tartar Emetic gr. j., assisting its action with warm 
 water or Camomile Tea. Gr. ij. as a Nauseant. Gr. j. gr. ij. as an 
 Expectorant and Diaphoretic. Gr. as an Alterative in Dyspepsia, 
 and of Emetine gr. T V-
 
 CinchonaceeB.] COFFEE. 427 
 
 VINUM IPECACUANHA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Ipecacuanha Wine. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Ipecacuan in moderately fine powder gijss. (3ij. D. U. S.) in Sherry 
 Wine Oij. (old wine m. D.) (wine, U. S.) for fourteen, (7 E.) days, and filter. 
 
 Action. Uses. Expectorant and Diaphoretic in doses of fflrx. to 
 rt^xxx. Emetic in doses of f 3ij. to f3iv. Often given to children in 
 doses of fftxx. to f 3J. 
 
 SYRUPUS IPECACUANHA, E. Syrup of Ipecacuanha. 
 
 Prep. Take of Ipecacuan in coarse powder giv. Rectified Spirit Oj. Proof Spirit and 
 Aq. dest. aa f 3xiv. Syrup Ovij. Digest the Ipecacuan in Reel. Sp. f gxv. at a gentle heat 
 for 24 hours ; strain, squeeze the residue, and filter. Repeat this process with the residue 
 and proof Spirit, and again with the water. Unite the fluids and distil off the Spirit, till 
 the residuum amount to f gxij. Add to the residuum Reel. Sp. fgv. and then the Syrup. 
 Dr. Christison says this process is unnecessarily complex, and that a syrup made from 
 the Alcoholic Extract, as directed in the Parisian Codex, is probably as good. 
 
 [Ipecac., in powder, gj. Diluted Alcohol Oj. Syrup Oij. U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Expectorant f3j. f3ij. Emetic for infants f3ss. f3j. 
 
 PULVIS IPECACUANHA COMPOSITUS. Compound Ipecacuan, or Dover's 
 Powder. [PuLv. IPECACUANHA ET OPII, U. S.] 
 
 Prep. Triturate thoroughly together Ipecacuan in powder and Opium aa 3j. (3J. E.) 
 Sulphate of Potash 3viij. (3viij. E.) (Triturate the Salt and Opium to powder, and mix 
 the Ipecacuan, D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Diaphoretic in doses of gr. v. gr. x., sometimes re- 
 peated at short intervals. One of the most valuable Sudorifics, the 
 Opium apparently causing a determination to the skin, and the Ipe- 
 cacuan its relaxation. Dr. Dover directed his powder to be given in 
 a glass of white wine posset, covering up warm, and drinking about 
 a quart of the posset while sweating. It is often necessary to avoid 
 drinking too soon, to prevent vomiting. 
 
 PILULE IPECACUANHA (ET OPII, E.) COMPOSITE, L. Compound Ipe- 
 cacuan (and Opium) Pills. 
 
 Prep. Mix Camp. Ipecacuan powder giij. Squill fresh dried, Ammoniacum aa 3j. Mu- 
 cilage q. s. to make into a mass of proper consistence. The E. C. orders Corny). Ipecac, 
 powder 3iij. Conserve of Red Roses 3j. to be beaten into a proper mass, and divided 
 into gr. iv. pills. 
 
 Action. Uses. Diaphoretic Expectorant, as the foregoing, in doses 
 of gr. v. gr. x. 
 
 Ipecacuanha and Emetine are both sometimes introduced into the 
 system by friction in the form of liniment or ointment. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Trochisci Morphia? et Ipecacuanha? (p. 2G4.) 
 
 COFFEA ARABICA, quhwo. of the Arabs (of the tribe and subtribe Coffees) 
 is a native of Arabia Felix and of the borders of Abyssinia. From 
 the former it has been introduced into, and is cultivated in various 
 countries. It is too well known as an article of diet, to require de- 
 tailed notice here, and is remarkable for Caffeine having been found 
 to be identical with Theine (v. p. 292) and for its stimulant influence 
 on the nervous system, especially in those unaccustomed to its use. 
 Hence it is sometimes employed as a Stimulant and Antisoporific,
 
 428 CINCHONA. [CorolliflortB, L. 
 
 and to counteract the effects of Opium and of other Narcotic 
 poisons. 
 
 CINCHONA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Pale, Yellow, and Red Barks produced 
 by different species of CINCHONA, several of which are yet unas- 
 certained. 
 
 Cinchona, so named by Linnaeus in compliment to the Countess of 
 Chincon, lady of the then viceroy of Peru, who was cured by, and 
 brought from thence to Europe in 1639, some of this not more cele- 
 brated than valuable bark. But the native name quinquina, p. 362, 
 does not differ much from Cinchona. Its history is obscure: the 
 natives of the country are supposed to have been unacquainted with 
 its virtues, which are thought to have been discovered by the Jesuits, 
 by whom it was chiefly made known in Europe. The plant or plants 
 yielding this were long entirely and are still in a great measure un- 
 known. The first notice is by Dr. Arrot, in Phil. Trans, for 1737. 
 In the same year Condamine, and in 1740 Joseph de Jussieu obtain- 
 ed specimens from near Loxa. About 1772 Mutis sent a few speci- 
 mens to Linnaeus from about Santa Fe de Bagota, and with Zea pub- 
 lished some inaccurate information respecting the officinal species. At 
 first a species called Cinchona officinalis was supposed to yield all the 
 barks of commerce. Ruiz and Pa von commenced in 1777, and care- 
 fully*examined the vegetation of Chili and of Peru, published accu- 
 rate and valuable information respecting several kinds of Bark and 
 of species of Cinchona, from 1792 to 1801, in their Flora Peruviana 
 and Quinalogia. Humboldt and Bonpland, in their Planta JEqui- 
 noctiales, have accurately described some of the species, and Poppig 
 has given most valuable information respecting the species and barks 
 of the more southern Cinchona countries. The species made known 
 by these travellers and botanists have been elucidated by Mr. Lam- 
 bert in his works on the genus Cinchona, and by De Candolle in his 
 Prodromus ; but most fully and clearly by Professor Lindley in his 
 Flora Medica, 1838, having as materials to work with, the forego- 
 ing works, and a most extensive series of dried specimens taken out 
 of a Spanish prize, and collected by Mutis in 1805, near Loxa and 
 Santa Z6, belonging to Dr. A. T. Thomson, as well as the collection 
 of Mr. Lambert, which besides several unpublished species, contain- 
 ed nearly a complete set of those described in the Flora Peruviana 
 of Ruiz and Pa von. From these he has described twenty-one species 
 of Cinchona, and mentions five others. Three more have been de- 
 scribed by Martius, from Brazil, and one by Mr. Bentham from Bri- 
 tish Guiana, (v. Walper's Repert.) 
 
 Many species at first referred to Cinchona, have been since found 
 to belong to other nearly allied genera, as to Exostemma, Remijia, 
 Buena, Pincneya, Danais, Luculia, Hymenodictyon. Some of these 
 yield febrifuge barks, but which are now ranked with false Cin- 
 chonas. 
 
 The genus Cinchona (fig. 74) is characterized by having the calyx (a) turbinate, 5- 
 toothed. Corolla (6) of one petal, hypocrateriform. Anther hairy or smooth inside the 
 limb, divided into 5 oblong lobes, valvate in aestivation. Stamens 5 ; filaments short, and
 
 CinchonacecB.] CINCHONA. 429 
 
 inserted (6) in the middle of the tube; anthers linear, almost entirely helmeted. Stigma 
 bifid, somewhat club-shaped. Capsule (c) ovate or oblong, marked with a furrow on each 
 side, 2-celled (ef), crowned by the calyx, splitting (e) from below upwards into 2 cocci. 
 Seeds numerous, erect, imbricated (/) upwards, compressed, girded by a membranous (g) 
 lacerated wing. The species are shrubby or arboreous, conspicuous for their ornamental 
 appearance. The bark of all is bitter, astringent, and aromatic, remarkable for secre- 
 ting the alkalies Quinia and Cinchonia. The leaves are short-petioled, with plane mar- 
 gins. Stipules foliaceous, free, deciduous. Flowers paniculate, corymbose, terminal, 
 white or roseate, some purplish. 
 
 The true Cinchonas are supposed to be confined exclusively to the Andes, within the 
 boundaries'of Peru, Colombia, and Bolivia, extending from La Paz, about 20 of S. lat. to 
 the mountainous regions of Santa Martha on the northern coast, in 11 of N. latitude. 
 But the extent to which they spread to the east has not been well ascertained. Mr. 
 Mornay some years since mentioned to the author that a species of Cinchona with dark 
 red-coloured bark, and yielding Quinine was found on the mountains of Paraguay. Mr. 
 Bentharn has described Cinchona Ronaima, from British Guiana. The elevations vary, 
 and must do so according to latitude and the local influences, which produce great mo- 
 difications of climate. The species occur from 1200 to 10,000 feet, but the principal from 
 6000 feet to the latter height. The temperature on an average of these may be 59 or 
 62. The best Barks are found in dry rocky soil at the greatest elevations and the cold- 
 est climates. 
 
 The bark is peeled about May by the Indians, who are called Cas- 
 carilleros, either by cutting down the trees and taking the bark from 
 the branches, or " the bark is cut from the trees as they stand." It 
 is made into bundles and carried out of the forests to be carefully 
 dried. The thinner curl inwards, and form quilled bark ; the larger 
 and thicker barks, probably to facilitate the drying, have the epider- 
 mis stripped off. When dry, the bark is conveyed to the coast, and 
 packed in chests or in serons, each package usually containing only 
 one kind of bark, though the species and varieties of those imported 
 are very great. The several kinds are imported from various ports 
 along the western coast of South America, originally from Loxa and 
 Payta, which is near it, but latterly also from Valparaiso, having first 
 been imported there from more northern ports. Also from Arica, the 
 produce of the neighbourhood of La Pas, and of Apolobambo, and 
 from Lima the produce of the forests of Huanuco. Some is carried 
 across the country and exported from Buenos Ayres. 
 
 Some finds its way to the northern port of Carthagena, the produce 
 of the forests near Santa Fe de Bagota. 
 
 Though many species of Cinchona are now known, and likewise a 
 great variety of Barks, there is considerable difficulty in determining 
 which of the latter are produced by the known species of the former. 
 The difficulty is only to be determined by those who, like Poppig, 
 will collect the bark and a specimen of the plant at the same time, 
 and submit both to careful examination by qualified observers. The 
 greatest mistakes have occurred in consequence of Mutis and Zea 
 having taken for granted, that the Barks of the north were identical 
 with those of the south, and consequently that the trees which yielded 
 the Yellow and Red Barks of Carthagena must be the same as those 
 which produced the Yellow and Red Barks of Lima, a mistake by 
 which they have not only deceived themselves, but led into error 
 Humboldt, Lambert, Don, and the authors of the London Pharmaco- 
 poeia of 1836. 
 
 As the plants, so the barks of these Cinchonas have been carefully
 
 430 CINCHONA BARKS. [Corolliflora, L. 
 
 studied. They might be arranged according to the plants which 
 yield them, if our knowledge was more perfect ; or according to their 
 chemical characters, as has been done by Goebel and Geiger ; or ac- 
 cording to their physical characters, as of colour, by which the L. 
 and D. P. mention the Pale, Yellow, and Red Barks : the E. C. sub- 
 stituting Crown and Silver Bark for the first. This method has been 
 chiefly adopted, as by Bergen* in a monograph pronounced by Dr. 
 Duncan to be "the most perfect specimen of Pharmacography," 
 under nine different heads: 1. China rubra, or Red Bark. 2. China 
 Loxa, or Crown Bark. 3. China Huanuco, or Silver Bark. 4. 
 China regia, or Yellow Bark. 5. China flava dura, or hard Cartha- 
 gena Bark. 6. China flava fibrosa, or fibrous Carthagena Bark. 7. 
 China Huamalies, or Rusty Bark. 8. China Jaen, or Ash Bark. 9. 
 China Pseudo-Loxa, or inferior pale Bark. Then by M. Guibourt.f 
 who arranges them under the divisions of Gray, Yellow, Red, White, 
 and False Cinchonas, and enumerates 37 different varieties. Dr. 
 Pereira adopted these general heads, and has incorporated much of 
 the description of Bergen, first in the Medical Gazette, No. 45 and 
 46 for 1837-38, and then more fully in his valuable Elements of Ma- 
 teria Medica. His synonymes are particularly valuable, in conse- 
 quence of his having exchanged specimens both with Bergen and 
 with Guibourt, and thus identified the German, French, and English 
 names, by a comparison of the several kinds of Barks. Dr. Christi- 
 son has been able to confirm many of these results, from having also 
 received some of the same Barks. We shall therefore follow these 
 well-established classifications. 
 
 Dr. Pereira's arrangement, which we have reduced to a tabular 
 form, is as follows : 
 
 1. Genuine Cinchonas with epidermis normally brown. 
 Barks. Plants. 
 
 A. Cinchona; pallidae, or Pale Barks. Quinquinas gris, Guibourt. 
 
 1 . Crown or Loxa Bark. Cinchona Coro- Cinchona Condaminea, H. and B. 
 
 nse, E. 
 
 2. Gray or Silver Cinchona. Cinchona " micrantha, Ruiz and Paeon. 
 
 cinerea, E. " (C. scrdbiculata, H. and B.) 
 
 3. Jaen or Ash Cinchona. (C. lancifo- " ovata. Fl. Peruv. 
 
 lia, L.) 
 
 4. Huamalies or Rusty Bark. " pubescens, Vahl. 
 
 " (jpurpurea. Fl. Peruv.) 
 
 B. Cinchonas flavae. Yellow Barks. 
 
 5. RoyaJ Yellow or Calisaya Bark. (C. Species unascertained, E.) 
 
 cordifolia, L. and D. 
 
 C. Cinchona rubra. 
 
 6. Red Bark. (C. oblongifolia, L. D.) Species not ascertained, E. 
 
 2. Genuine Cinchonas, with whitish and micaceous Epidermis. 
 A. Pale Barks. 
 
 7. White Loxa Bark. 
 
 * Bergen's work is entitled " Versuch einer Monographic der China,'' Hamburgh, 1826. 
 An abstract of his account of the different kinds of Bark is given in Wood and Bache's 
 Disp. United States. 
 
 t Histoire abr6g6e des Drogues simples. Tome ii. p. 44 107.
 
 Cinchonaceas.} PALE BARKS. 431 
 
 B. Yellow Barks. 
 
 8. Hard Carthagena Bark. Cinchona cordifolia, Mutis. 
 
 9. Fibrous Carthagena Bark. C. cordifolia ? 
 
 10. Cusco Bark. 
 
 11. Orange Cinchona of Santa Fe" de Ba- Cinchona lancifolia. Mulis. 
 
 gota. 
 
 C. Red Barks. 
 
 12. Red Cinchona of Santa Pe". 
 
 13. Red Cinchona with while epidermis. Cinchona magnifolia. Fl. Peruv. (C. ob- 
 
 longifolia. Mulis.) 
 
 3. Barks falsely called Cinchonas, and not yielding the Cinchona 
 alkalies. 
 
 St. Lucia Bark. Exostemma floribundum. 
 
 Jamaica Bark. " caribaeum. 
 
 False Peruvian Bark. " peruvianum. 
 
 Brazilian Bark. (Quina de Pianhy.) " Souzanum. 
 
 Pitaya Bark. " Malinea ? racemosa, &c. 
 
 In the following account we have dwelt chiefly on the characters 
 of the officinal barks, and given only short notices of the others ; but 
 instead of adhering to the above arrangement, have thought it desira- 
 ble to bring together the pale, yellow, and red barks of the two divi- 
 sions, in order that they may more readily be compared. 
 
 CINCHONJE PALLID^;, the Pale Barks, the quinquinas gris of Gui- 
 bourt, are almost always quilled, moderately fibrous, more astringent 
 than bitter. Their powder is of a grayish fawn-colour, and they con- 
 tain Cinchonia and little or no Quinia. An infusion of Pale Bark 
 does not deposit any Sulphate of Lime on the addition of a solution 
 of Sulphate of Soda. 
 
 1. Crown or Loxa Bark. Cinchona Coronas, E. (Cinchona lancifo- 
 lia,) L. (0. officinalis,) D. Cortex, L. D. Bark of Cinchona Con- 
 daminea, H. and B. E. Quinquina gris-brun de Loxa, Guibourt. 
 China Loxa, Bergen. [Cinchona Pallida, U. S.] 
 
 This kind of Bark is considered to have been one of the first in- 
 troduced into Europe. It is always in quills or cylindrical tubes 
 strongly rolled, usually single, from 6 to 15 inches in length, and 
 varying from 2 lines to an inch in diameter, and from half a line to 
 2 lines in thickness. The epidermis is entire, of a light or dark 
 gray, sometimes even of a brownish colour, often covered with white 
 crustaceous lichens. The outer surface is marked with numerous 
 longitudinal wrinkles, of little depth, or crossed by trans verse, cracks, 
 which often run entirely round the bark, dividing it into rings, the 
 edges of which are somewhat elevated. The inner surface is smooth 
 and uniform, and of a cinnamon-brown colour, as is the powder. 
 The middle-sized quills are probably the best. The taste is astrin- 
 gent and bitterish, with a little aroma. The odour is compared by 
 Bergen to that of Tan, but it has a slight degree of aroma. It is im- 
 ported in chests and serons, and is collected in the woods round Loxa 
 and on the neighbouring mountains of Peru. There seems no doubt 
 of this bark being produced by Cinchona Condaminea of H. and B. 
 
 Some Cascarilla fina is said to be yielded by C. nitida, Fl. Per.
 
 432 
 
 PALE BARKS. 
 
 [Corolliflorce, L. 
 
 which grows on the lofty mountains of the Andes, and some of the 
 Quinafina de Loxa by C. lucumcefolia, Pa von. 
 
 C. Condaminea (fig. 74) is a tree about 18 feet in height, with opposite branches, which 
 are horizontal in the lower parts, but form above an acute angle with the stem, smooth, 
 as high as the inflorescence. Leaves quite smooth, usually ovate, lanceolate, sometimes 
 only lanceolate, at other times ovate, generally furnished at the axils of the veins under- 
 neath with a pit, which is either naked or ciliated. Petioles smooth. Stipules oblong, 
 obtuse, membranous. Peduncles panicled, corymbose in the axils of the upper leaves, 
 forming a large loose thyrse, covered with a thick short down. Tube of the calyx downy, 
 like the pedicels ; limb very short, urceolate, 5-toothed, pubescent. Tube of the corolla 
 slender, about four times as long as the tube of the calyx, tomentose ; limb very shaggy 
 internally. (Lind.) It grows in the mountains near Loxa, and also near Gnancabamba 
 in Peru. It always grows on micaceous schist, and at an elevation of from 5700 to 7500 
 feet, and thus occupies a belt of 1800 feet. This species yields the Cascarilla fina de 
 Uritusinga, which forms the Crown Bark of commerce. 
 
 Fig. 74. 
 
 Cinchona Condaminea, v. p. 428 and 431. 
 
 2. Gray or Silver Bark, 
 micrantha, R. and P. 
 Lima, Guibourt. 
 
 Cinchona cinerea, E. Bark of Cinchona 
 China Huanuco, Bergen. Quinquina de 
 
 This kind of pale bark was first introduced into Europe about the 
 beginning of the present century. It obtained its name of Lima from 
 its place of export, and that of Huanuco from the city in central Peru, 
 near which it is produced. It resembles the former kind in dimen- 
 sions, but is rather longer and coarser, occurs in quills covered by a 
 grayish epidermis. Many of the smaller quills have a more or less 
 spiral form, a large oblique slit is observable at the edge of jnost of
 
 Cinchonacea:.] YELLOW BARKS. 433 
 
 the complete quills. It is less wrinkled longitudinally than Crown 
 Bark, and the transverse fissure less generally runs entirely round, 
 and with the edges not elevated. On the inside it is rather more of 
 a red colour, more or less uneven and fibrous, but its powder is near- 
 ly of the same Cinnamon-brown, and similar to it in odour and taste. 
 Bergen says the odour of the bark is like that of clay, and in this re- 
 spect different from that of all other varieties. According to the sa- 
 tisfactory information of Poppig, this bark is produced by Cinchona 
 micrantha, R. and P. (the C. scrobiculata of H. and B.) which grows 
 on the high mountains of Peru. 
 
 3. Ash or Jaen Cinchona, apparently produced by Cinchona ovata, Fl. Per., is distin- 
 guished by its thin light coat, readily pulverized, cracks few, quills mostly crooked. Co- 
 lour dark cinnamon-brown. (Bergen.) From one of its names, it would seem to come 
 from near St Jaen de Bracomoras. 
 
 4. Huamalies or Rusty Bark, comes from Lima, and is the produce of C. pubescent, 
 Vahl (the C. purpurea of Fl. Peruv.), it is distinguished by its coat, thin and spongy lon- 
 gitudinal wrinkles and warts, which penetrate to the cortical layers ; under surface even, 
 colour red brown. (Bergen, as given by Pereira.) Yielded to Goebel and Kunzc 38 per 
 cent, of Cinchonia and 28 per cent, of Quinia. 
 
 Poppig discovered that the bark called Cascarillanigrella in Peru, 
 and much esteemed there, was obtained from Cinchona glandulifera 
 of R. and P. when growing on high mountains. It came formerly 
 from Lima, and appears equal to the finest from Loxa. Another 
 kind, inferior in quality, called Cascarilla provinciana nigrella, is 
 produced by the same tree when growing in warm valleys. 
 
 7. White Loxa Bark is somelimes found intermixed with the Crown or Lima Cincho- 
 na, but is to be distinguished by its white epidermis. 
 
 B. CINCHONA FLAV^E. Yellow Barks. 
 
 5. CINCHONA. FLAVA, E. D. (U. S.) (Cinchona cordifolia, L.) Spe- 
 cies of Cinchona not ascertained. Cinchona Calisaya (Colli-salla, 
 Poppig) regia. Quinquina jaune royal, G. Konig's China. Ber- 
 gen. Yellow Bark. Royal Yellow Bark. 
 
 The Yellow Bark of commerce appears to have been first intro- 
 duced into Europe about the year 1790. The tree producing it is 
 still unknown. The reference to the C. cordifolia of Mutis is errone- 
 ous, in consequence of that author having mistaken the bark of his 
 tree for the above Royal Yellow Bark of commerce. M. Guibourt 
 recognised it, however, as the hard Carthagena bark of commerce, 
 No. 8. Yellow bark is imported from southern ports, such as Co- 
 quimbo, as originally stated in the United States Dispensatory, but 
 chiefly from Arica, whence it is often first conveyed to Lima. It is 
 said by the Messrs. Gibbs to be produced in the province of La Paz 
 in Bolivia, in a plain bounded by mountain ranges, and elevated 
 14,000, or 18,000 feet above the level of the sea (Pereira), also around 
 Opolobambo. It is imported in chests and serons, and two kinds are 
 known, quilled andjlat Yellow Bark. 
 
 The quilled, called Calisaya rolada, or rolled, is in pieces from 3 
 and 4 to 18 inches in length, and from a I to 2 or 3 inches in diame- 
 ter, and varies in thickness from I to of an inch, in general only 
 singly quilled. The epidermis is brownish, often mottled by whitish 
 
 28
 
 434 YELLOW AND RED BARKS. [Corollifloren, L. 
 
 or yellowish lichens, and is marked by longitudinal and transverse 
 fissures, generally easily separated from the bark ; sometimes in the 
 larger pieces very rough from the furrows and cracks. Its inner sur- 
 face is smooth but fibrous, and of a yellow cinnamon colour. The 
 transverse fracture is short but splintery, and the powder contains 
 spiculae which are irritating to the skin. The flat Calisaya, or Cali- 
 saya plancha, appears to have been derived from the trunk and larger 
 branches ; it may be quite flat or slightly curved, and being destitute 
 of epidermis, is of a yellowish colour on both sides, but more fibrous 
 in structure. The powder is of a yellow orange-colour ; taste less 
 astringent but more bitter than the pale bark: that of the flat Bark is 
 less bitter than the quilled. Yellow Bark contains a large proportion 
 of Quinia, and very little Cinchonia. Sulphate of Soda produces an 
 abundant precipitate of Sulphate of Lime in its infusion. 
 
 8. Hard Carthagena Bark, China flava dura, Bergen, the Quina jaune of Humboldt, the 
 Quina amarilla of Mutis, and the produce of his Cinchona cordifolia, which grows in the 
 forests of New Granada, and is that which has been mistaken for the foregoing yellow 
 Calisaya Bark. G. and K. i. taf. ix. fig. 1 to 4. It is distinguished by its epidermis being 
 velvety, grayish-white, thin and soft, or warty, longitudinal furrows irregular, few trans- 
 verse fissures ; under surface uneven or splintery ; colour dull citron-yellow. (Bergen.) 
 Goebel and Kirst obtained in ftj. about 56 grs. of Quinia in this and the following, and of 
 Cinchonia 43 grs. in the former, but none in the fibrous bark. 
 
 9. Fibrous Carthagena Bark, China flava fibrosa. G. and K. taf. ix. fig. 5 8. Occurs 
 with the foregoing, whence Dr. Pereira suspects it may be produced by the same species, 
 either in different seasons or in different localities. Coat thin, soft, of moderate thickness, 
 or rubbed off; under surface even, but rough to the touch ; colour pure ochre-yellow. 
 
 10. Cusco Bark, first described by Guibourt, is the China rubiginosa of Bergen, may by 
 some be mistaken for Yellow Calisaya Bark. Its epidermis is shining, pale gray, without 
 fissures, the naked surface is orange-red. But Dr. Pereira has pointed out that it may be 
 distinguished by Sulphate of Soda not producing any precipitate in its solution. Guibourt 
 obtained of Cinchonia about gj. from a pound of Bark. 
 
 11. Orange Cinchona of Santa Fe. Quinquina de Carthagene spongieux, G. 1. c. p. 78, 
 is the Quina naranjada- of Mutis, and produced by his Cinchona lancifolia, which is so 
 frequently stated to be the species yielding pale bark. 
 
 C. Cinchona Rubrce, or Red Cinchonas. 
 
 6. CINCHONA RUBKA, E. D. (U. S.) (Cinchona oblongifolia) Cortex, L. 
 D. Red Cinchona Bark from an undetermined species, E. Rothe- 
 China, Bergen. Quinquina rouge, or Cascarilla colorada of the 
 Spaniards. 
 
 Red Cinchona Bark was early known, but not distinguished in 
 England until 1779. It is imported from Lima in chests, but the 
 species yielding it is unknown. C. magnifolia, Fl. Peruv. (the C. ob- 
 longifolia of Mutis) yields a different and inferior kind of Bark, the 
 Quina nova, the Red Cinchona of Santa Fe. No. 12. It is received 
 in quilled, but most frequently in flat or rather curved pieces, varying 
 in length from a few inches to two feet, from one to five inches in 
 breadth, from a quarter to three-quarters of an inch in thickness. 
 The pieces are usually covered with epidermis, which is of a grayish 
 or reddish-brown colour, sometimes mottled with purple or with white 
 from adhering lichens, though these are less frequent than in others ; 
 but it is often rough, wrinkled, and warty, forming the variety verru-
 
 CinchonacecB.] RED BARK. 435 
 
 queux of G. On the inside its surface is coarsely fibrous, and of a 
 deep cinnamon-brown, but it looks of a red colour when placed near 
 the other Barks, and especially in the thicker pieces. The fracture 
 is short, fibrous, and splintery. The powder is of a reddish-brown 
 colour ; the taste is powerfully bitter, with a slight degree of aroma. 
 It is more scarce than the other kinds, and is remarkable for yielding 
 both Quinia and Cinchonia. 
 
 12. Red Cinchona of Santa Fe, (Per.) Quinquina nova of authors. Quina roxa or 
 Ahazar of Santa Fe. An inferior kind of Carthagena Bark of a red colour, with white 
 epidermis, containing little or no Quinia or Cinchonia. It is produced by Cinchona mag- 
 nifolia, Fl. Per. (C. oblongifolia, Mutis), G. and K. taf. xi. f. 6 to 9. 
 
 13. Red Cinchona, with a white micacious epidermis, mentioned by Guibourt and 
 Pereira. 
 
 The physical character of these several Barks is important only as 
 indications of their richness in the principles which make them so 
 valuable as medicinal agents. So little was known of the chemical 
 nature of these Barks, even in 1802, that Seguin concluded that the 
 active principle was of the nature of Gelatine. In 1803 Dr. Duncan 
 indicated the presence of a peculiar principle, which he named Cin- 
 chonia, and which Gomez isolated in 1810. But Pelletier and Ca- 
 ventou in 1820 determined the alkaline nature of Cinchonia, disco- 
 vered Quinia, and elucidated in general the chemical constitution of 
 Cinchona Barks, and that these alkalies were in combination with 
 Kinic, called also Cinchonic acid (and perhaps also with a little Sul'), 
 that they also contain Tannin, Colouring matters of a peculiar nature, 
 one called Cinchonic red, the other Cinchonic yellow, also a little Vo- 
 latile Oil, a Green Fatty matter, Calcareous salts, Starch, Gums, Lig- 
 neous Fibre. It has also been observed that the Gum abounds in the 
 Pale, and is deficient in the Yellow and Red Barks, whence it has 
 been inferred that these are produced by the older parts of their re- 
 spective trees ; also that Cinchonia predominates in the Pale, Quinia 
 in the Yellow, and that both Quinia and Cinchonia are found in nearly 
 equal quantities in Red Bark. Pelletier with Coriol discovered a 
 third alkali, which has been named Aricina, from the port Arica, 
 whence Cusco Bark, from which it was extracted, is obtained. 
 
 Of these principles, the Volatile Oil has been obtained of a thick 
 consistence, acrid taste, and with the odour of Cinchona Bark. The 
 Fatty Matter is of the nature of a concrete oil, and is capable of 
 forming soaps with alkalies ; it differs in colour according to that of 
 the Bark. The Tannin or Tannic acid, called by some Soluble Red 
 Colouring Matter, has a brownish-red colour, and forms a green pre- 
 cipitate with ferruginous salts. It precipitates also with Tartar 
 Emetic and with Gelatine. It absorbs oxygen, when, according to 
 Berzelius, it is converted into Cinchonic Red, or Insoluble Red Co- 
 louring Matter. (P. and C.) It is of a reddish-brown colour, insipid, 
 is soluble in Alcohol, and also in solutions of alkalies and of their Car- 
 bonates ; but not so in water or Ether. It is precipitated by Tartar- 
 Emetic, and is to be noted for uniting with Quinia and Cinchonia, and 
 forming compounds of a brownish-red colour, which are decomposed 
 by the alkalies, but are little soluble in cold water, though dissolved by 
 boiling water, rectified spirit, and weak acids. Cinchonic Yellow is pre-
 
 436 CINCHONIA AND QUINIA. [Corolliflora. 
 
 cipitated by Diacetate of Lead, but not by Tartar-Emetic, and is soluble 
 in water, Alcohol, and Ether. Cinchonic or Kinic acid is separated 
 in the form of a syrup-like liquid, has an acid taste, is soluble both in 
 water and Alcohol, and in many points resembles Acetic acid : by the 
 action of heat it is converted into Pyrokinic acid. In the bark it is 
 combined with Quinia and Cinchonia, and these Kinates, as also that 
 of Lime, are soluble in water, but insoluble in Alcohol. Kinovic acid 
 was discovered by Pelletier in Cinchona nova, or the Red Bark of 
 Santa Fe (p.) It is in some respects analogous to Stearic acid. 
 
 Cinchonia (C 20 H 1S N O) exists in both pale, gray and red barks, in 
 the form of Kinate of Cinchonia ; when pure is white and crystal- 
 line, nearly insoluble in cold, but soluble in 2500 parts of boiling 
 water, very soluble in Alcohol, from which it may be obtained in 
 brilliant 4-sided, oblique crystals. It is slightly soluble in the fixed and 
 volatile oils. Its bitter taste is very obvious when in solution. As 
 an alkali it neutralizes the strongest acids. One of its salts, the Di- 
 sulphate of Cinchonia, which is obtained in short prismatic crystals, 
 soluble in Alcohol, less so in water, is sometimes employed for and 
 is an efficient substitute for the similar preparations of Quinia. 
 
 QUINA, L. Alkali obtained from Yellow Bark (Cinchona cordifoUa, 
 L.) Quinia. (U.S.) Quina. Quinine. 
 
 Quinia is the alkali to which Yellow Bark owes its chief medical 
 properties. It exists also in Red Bark, and in both as Kinate of 
 Quinia, but may most readily be obtained by precipitating it with 
 Ammonia from a solution of the Disulphate of Quinia. No formula 
 is given for it in the L. P., nor is it used medicinally. 
 
 Quinia (C 20 H 12 O a N), when pure, is seen as a white powder ; but 
 it may with care be crystallized from its Alcoholic solution in silky 
 needles. It is without odour, but is intensely bitter ; though, from 
 its insolubility in water, the taste is not readily developed. It is very 
 soluble in Alcohol, and also in Ether, but requires about 200 parts of 
 boiling water. When precipitated from water, it falls as a Hydrate. 
 It is fusible about 300 F., first parting with its water, and swelling 
 if afterwards brought in contact with it. It readily combines with 
 and neutralizes acids, forming salts, which are all bitter, moderately 
 soluble, and crystallizable. Ammonia and Nutgalls both cause a pre- 
 cipitate in the solutions, the former separating it as Quinia, the latter 
 as Tannate of Quinia. 
 
 Tests. Soluble very dasily in Alcohol, but not in water, unless an 
 acid be added. It alters the colour of Turmeric, tastes bitter, and is 
 entirely destroyed by heat, L. 
 
 QUIN.E DISULPHAS, L. QUINJE SULPHAS, E. D. (U. S.) Disulphate or 
 Sulphate of Quinia, commonly called Sulphate of Quinine. 
 
 This salt has now almost entirely superseded all the other prepara- 
 tions of Cinchona, and is that commonly spoken of as quinine. As 
 Quinia exists in Bark combined with Cinchonic acid, it must be de- 
 tached from it, and made to unite with Sulphuric'. This is effected 
 by various processes. In these Yellow Bark is employed, as richest
 
 Cinchonaceas.] QUINCE DISULPHAS. 437 
 
 in Quinia, and as this is less mixed with the other alkalies. The Bark 
 is first exhausted of its bitterness by repeated maceration in water 
 acidulated with Sul' or with H Cl', then some more powerful base is 
 presented to the acid, which precipitates the Quinia. This is finally 
 purified and combined with Sul'. 
 
 The D. C. adopt the prize method of M. Henry, which, however, has the disadvantage 
 of employing so expensive a menstruum as rectified Spirit. Digest Yellow Cinckona.bark 
 in coarse powder fts. iv. in Aq. dest. Oviij. (old Wine) acidulated with Dil. Sul' f3ij. 
 with moderate heat and frequent stirring for four hours, and then strain. Repeat the 
 process three times with fresh portions of water and mix them all together (a very solu- 
 ble Sulphate of Quinia is formed from the excess of Sul'). Add to the united liquors, of 
 fresh burnt and slaked Lime enough to saturate the acid. (Sulphate of Lime and Quinia 
 are precipitated). Dry the precipitate on blotting-paper, then digest it for six hours with 
 frequent agitation in Rectified Spirit Oiij. by measure, and filter. Repeat the process 
 three times with an equal quantity of Spirit (the Quinia is all dissolved by the Spirit and 
 thus separated from the Sulphate of Lime.) Distil the spirituous liquors to dryness in a 
 water-bath. Add gradually to the residuum Dil Sul' till there is a slight excess of acid. 
 (Sulphate of Quinia is formed, but usually requires the addition of animal charcoal and 
 subsequent filtering to deprive it of colouring matter). Obtain crystals by cooling and 
 evaporation. 
 
 L. P. Mix with Aq. dest. Cvj. Sul' 3iv. and gij. then add of bruised Yellow Bark ftvij. 
 boil one hour, strain. Again boil the residue in Acid and Water in the same proportions, 
 strain. Then boil the Cinchona in Aq. dest. Cviij. for three hours and strain. Wash 
 well the residue with boiling Aq. dest. Mix the liquors and add moist Hydrated Oxide 
 of Lead nearly to saturation. Pour off the liquor and wash the precipitate with Aq. dest. 
 q. s. Boil down the liquors for | hour, strain. Add gradually Sol. Ammonia, q. s. to 
 precipitate the Quinia. Wash this till nothing alkaline is perceptible. Saturate what 
 remains with Sulphuric' giv. 3ij. diluted. Digest with purified Animal Charcoal gij- 
 strain. Wash the Charcoal thoroughly and evaporate the liquor cautiously to form crys- 
 tals. The Bark is exhausted by the acid and water, and the solution contains Sul', Kinic', 
 and Quinia, with extractive and colouring matter. On adding the hydrated Oxide of 
 Lead, the Sul' combines with it, and insoluble Sulphate of Lead is precipitated ; the Kinic' 
 and Quinia remaining in the solution poured off". When Ammonia is added a Kinate of 
 this alkali is formed, which remains in solution and the Quinia is precipitated. On the 
 second addition of the Dil. Sul', Disulphate of Quinia is formed and purified by means of 
 the Animal Charcoal and recrystallization. 
 
 The E. C. directs Yellow Bark in coarse powder ftj, to be boiled for one hour in Water 
 Oiv. in which Carbonate of Soda giv. has already been dissolved. Strain and express 
 strongly through linen or calico; moisten the residuum with water and express again ; and 
 repeat this twice. (The colouring principles, extractive, and the Kinic acid are removed 
 by the boiling alkaline solution.) Boil the residuum for half an hour in Aq. Oiv. acidu- 
 lated with Sul' 3ij- strain, express strongly, moisten with Aq. and express again. Repeat 
 the process twice with Aq. and Sul' 3ij. in divided portions. (The residual Quinia with 
 some Cinchonia is all removed by combining with the Sulph'.) Concentrate the whole 
 acid liquors to about a pint; when cool filter and add Carbonate of Soda 3iv. (Sulphate 
 of Soda is formed and remains in solution, impure Quinia being precipitated.) Collect 
 the impure Quinia on a cloth, wash it slightly and squeeze out the liquor with the hand. 
 Break down the moist precipitate in Aq. dest. Oj. add of Sul' nearly f 9j. heat to 212 and 
 stir occasionally. (Sulphate of Quinia is formed.) If necessary add a little more Sul' 
 Garb, of Soda and Aq. dest. Filter. Evaporate and crystallize, repeat the process with 
 Animal Charcoal and pure crystals will be obtained if the details are minutely followed, 
 (c). 
 
 [The process of the U. S. P., is like that of the D. C. using Hydrochloric acid instead 
 of sulphuric in the first step of the operation.] 
 
 As the proportion of Quinia and of Cinchona procurable from the 
 different kinds of Bark is a subject of interest to both the practitioner 
 and practical chemist, the author has borrowed the following tabular 
 view from the Dispensatory of his friend, Dr. Christison ; but, as he 
 observes, the results are so discrepant, that it is scarcely possible that 
 the same kinds of Bark have been examined by different experimen- 
 talists. The proportion of the two alkaloids in 1000 parts of the
 
 438 
 
 QUINCE DISULPHAS. 
 
 [Corolliflorat, L. 
 
 chief Barks of commerce are here given according to the analyses of 
 four esteemed authorities. 
 
 
 Crown Bark. 
 
 Cinch. 
 
 QMIH. 
 
 
 Gray Bark. 
 
 Cinch. 
 
 Qutn. 
 
 Von Santen 
 
 Fine quills 
 
 00 
 
 0-5 
 
 Von Santen 
 
 Fine quills 
 
 2433 
 
 0-0 
 
 Soubeiran 
 
 Fine quality 
 
 12-3 
 
 trace 
 
 Do. 
 
 Medium quills 
 
 27-3 
 
 0-0 
 
 Michaelis 
 
 do. 
 
 2-4 
 
 1-0 
 
 Soubeiran 
 
 Fine quality 
 
 9-2 
 
 0-0 
 
 Goebel 
 
 do. 
 
 2-6 
 
 2-0 
 
 Michaelis 
 
 do. 
 
 10-0 
 
 36 
 
 Von Santen 
 
 Medium quills 
 
 0-0 
 
 2-1 
 
 Goebel 
 
 do. 
 
 213 
 
 0-0 
 
 Soubeiran 
 
 Low quality 
 
 9-2 
 
 0-0 
 
 Michaelis 
 
 Inferior. 
 
 6-4 
 
 4-2 
 
 
 Yellow Bark. 
 
 Cinch. 
 
 Qujn. 
 
 
 Red Bark- 
 
 Cine A. 
 
 Qutn. 
 
 Von Santen 
 
 Stripped quills 
 
 0-0 
 
 15-0 
 
 Von Santen 
 
 Thick quills 
 
 24-0 
 
 0-8 
 
 Do. 
 
 Stripped fiat 
 
 0-0 
 
 14-6 
 
 Soubeiran 
 
 Fine quality 
 
 6-1 
 
 11-5 
 
 Soubeiran 
 
 Quilled 
 
 0-0 
 
 17-2 
 
 Michaelis 
 
 do. 
 
 4'2 
 
 8-3 
 
 MichaClis 
 
 do. 
 
 0-0 
 
 20-0 
 
 Goebel 
 
 do. 
 
 8-4 
 
 5-2 
 
 Goebel 
 
 do. 
 
 0-0 
 
 11-0 
 
 Soubeiran 
 
 Pale Red 
 
 6-1 
 
 8-6 
 
 Soubeiran 
 
 Flat 
 
 0-0 
 
 213 
 
 Von Santen 
 
 Fine quills 
 
 9-0 
 
 7-5 
 
 Michaelis 
 
 do. 
 
 0-0 
 
 37-0 
 
 Do. 
 
 Flat 
 
 11-8 
 
 1-5 
 
 Goebel 
 
 do. 
 
 0-0 
 
 12-3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 rfsfi Bark. 
 
 Rusty Bark. 
 
 
 Carthagena Bark. 
 
 
 
 
 Cinch. Qutn. 
 
 Cinch. 
 
 Quin. 
 
 Von Santen 
 
 Hard 
 
 4-0 
 
 3-2 
 
 Von Santen 
 
 00 trace 
 
 12-4 
 
 0-0 
 
 Goebel 
 
 do. 
 
 5-5 
 
 7-3 
 
 Goebel 
 
 16 1-2 
 
 5-1 
 
 3-6 
 
 Von Santen 
 
 Woody 
 
 4.4 
 
 3-0 
 
 Michaelis 
 
 1-6 104 
 
 63 
 
 3-6 
 
 Goebel 
 
 do. 
 
 7-0 
 
 5-4 
 
 Do. thin quills 
 
 0-0 
 
 1-0 
 
 Disulphate of Quinia, or Sulphate of Quinia, as it is considered by 
 other chemists, is usually seen as a light flocculent mass of white, 
 silky, slightly flexible, needle-shaped crystals, interlaced with each 
 other, and grouped in small star-like tufts. They are without odour, 
 but the taste is intensely bitter. Exposed to the air, the crystals 
 effloresce, losing six parts of their water of crystallization. At 212 
 they become luminous, especially if rubbed: at 240 they melt, losing 
 two more equivalents of water, then become red, and at last ignite 
 and burn away, leaving no residuum. According to Baup, they re- 
 quire 740 parts of cold and about 30 parts of boiling water for solu- 
 tion, giving a bluish tinge to the water. They require only 60 parts 
 of Rectified Spirit at ordinary temperatures, and are very soluble in 
 diluted acids, especially Dil. Sul'. This salt is composed of 2 Eq. 
 Quinia+1 Eq. Sul'+8 Aq.=436. 
 
 Neutral Sulphate of Quinia, is readily obtained by adding to the 
 Disulphate as much Sul' as it already contains, by which its solubility 
 is greatly increased, and in this form it is usually prescribed. By 
 evaporation, rhombic crystals may be obtained, which are soluble in 
 10 parts of water at 60, and will melt in their own water of crys- 
 tallization at 212. They consist of 1 Eq. Q. + 1 Sul' +8 Aq.=274. 
 
 Tests. Disulphate of Quinia, from its high price, is apt to be adul- 
 terated with earthy and alkaline salts, as Sulphate of Lime, Gum, 
 Sugar, Starch, Fatty matters of a crystalline nature, Sulphate of 
 Cinchonia, Caffein, Salicin. " Totally dissolved in water, especially 
 when acidulated. Quinia is thrown down by Ammonia. On evapo- 
 rating, the liquid which remains ought not to taste of Sugar. 100 
 parts lose 8 or 10 parts of water when heated. It is entirely con- 
 sumed by a red heat. It is turned of a green colour if Chlorine be 
 first added to it, and then Ammonia." L. The Starch, Sulphate of 
 Lime, and Fatty matters, will remain undissolved by the cold water.
 
 Cinchonacetz.] QUININE. 439 
 
 Sugar will be detected by its taste. Gum and alkaline earths will 
 remain undissolved by Alcohol. Earthy impurities, moreover, will 
 resist the action of heat. The E. test is intended to determine gene- 
 rally whether or not the salt is pure. " A solution of gr. x. in Aq. 
 Dest. f 3j. and Sul' fliij. iij., if decomposed by a solution of Garb. 
 Soda 3iv. in two waters, and heated till the precipitate shrinks and 
 fuses, yields on cooling a solid mass, which, when dry, weighs 7-4 
 grs. and in powder dissolves entirely in solution of Oxalic acid." 
 Though sufficient for most impurities, this, as Dr. Christison states, 
 will not detect Caffein or Sulphate of Cinchonia. But the first is too 
 dear to be used. Salicin is turned red by Sul', and cannot therefore 
 be very easily employed ; but the Sulphate of Ginchonia is probably 
 frequently mixed. If the salt be dissolved in 40 parts of boiling water, 
 most of the Sulphate of Quinia will be deposited on cooling, but the 
 Sulph. Cinchonia will be retained, and may afterwards by evaporation 
 be obtained in short rhombic prisms, or pearly scales : or precipitate 
 the two with caustic Soda, and then redissolve the Sulphate of Quinia 
 in Ether (M. Calvert) ; or " precipitate a solution of the suspected 
 salt in water by Garb, of Potash, collect the precipitate, and boil it 
 in Alcohol. The Cinchonia crystallizes as the liquor cools, while the 
 Quinia remains in the mother liquor." (p.) The Spirit will also dis- 
 solve any Sugar that may have been added, and leave the Sulph. of 
 Potash. (Med Gazette.) 
 
 The E. C. give a test for ascertaining the quality of Yellow Bark, 
 which is similar in principle to that for ascertaining the purity of the 
 Disulphate. " A filtered decoction of 100 grains in Aq. dest. f 3ij. 
 gives with f 3j- of concentrated solution of Carbonate of Soda, a pre- 
 cipitate which, when heated in the fluid, becomes a fused mass, 
 weighing when cold 2 grains or more, and easily soluble in solution of 
 Oxalic acid." 
 
 Aricina or Cusconin is the alkali found in Cusco Bark, which is 
 very similar in many of its properties to Cinchonia. M. Guibourt, 
 indeed, says he could obtain only this alkali from the above Bark. 
 Aricina is distinguished by the discoverers as containing 1 more Eq. 
 of Oxygen than Quinia, as being soluble in Ether, and rendered of a 
 green colour by Nit'. Dr. Pereira, from analogy in properties, in- 
 ferred that the three alkalies are oxides of a compound base, which he 
 calls Quinogen, and that Cinchonia is a Monoxide, Quinia a Deutox- 
 ide, and Aricina a Tritoxide of Quinbgen. 
 
 Quinoidine, obtained by Sertuerner in the mother liquor of the first, 
 has been proved by Liebig (Lancet, May, 1846) to be Quinine in an 
 amorphous state, which, if pure, may be used for the same purposes, 
 or converted into a salt of any acid, as suggested by Mr. Bullock. 
 Both Quinia and Cinchonia, when heated with Potash, yield Quino- 
 leine, an oily volatile liquid, bitter and strongly alkaline, which is 
 analogous to Conia. 
 
 The Lactate and Valerianate of Quinia have also been beneficially 
 employed in suitable cases. The latter is lauded by M. F. Devay 
 (Br. Retros. xi. 123) for its neurosthenic properties, and is said to be 
 a more powerful antiperiodic than the Sulphate. The Citrate of Qui-
 
 440 CINCHONA PREPARATIONS. [Corolliflora, L. 
 
 nine and Iron, prepared in crystalline scales, is soluble in water with- 
 out the addition of any acid, and is given in doses of gr. ij. gr. v. 
 in the same cases as Quinine. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies, Earths, and their Carbonates, &c. ; Astringents. 
 
 Action. Uses. The Cinchona Barks are slightly Astringent, emi- 
 nently Tonic and Antiperiodic ; hence they are frequently prescribed 
 to strengthen, in diseases of debility or in convalescence from acute 
 diseases, but especially for arresting the accession of Intermittent and 
 Remittent Fevers, and attacks of Periodic Neuralgia and of Rheuma- 
 tism, either in the form of Powder, in doses of gr. x. gr. xxx., in 
 Infusion, Decoction, Extract, or Tincture : sometimes all three are 
 united in one of the watery preparations. But as the properties de- 
 pend chiefly on the alkalies, though partly also on the astringent prin- 
 ciple, the former, especially in the form of the Sulphate of Quinia, 
 have nearly superseded all the other preparations. A similar prepa- 
 ration of Cinchonia may no doubt be and is used for many of the 
 same purposes. The Disulphate of Quinia, often converted to a Sul- 
 phate by a few drops of Sul', is prescribed in doses of gr. j. gr. v. ; 
 but scruple doses have been given in obstinate periodic attacks of 
 Neuralgic pain or of Ague. 
 
 INFUSUM CINCHONA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Infusion of Pale (of any, E. [U. 
 S.]) Cinchona. 
 
 Prep. Take powdered Pale or Gray Cinchona Bark (species according to prescription, 
 E. [U. S.]) 3j- boiling Aq. dest. Oj. (cold, by measure 3xij. D. rub it up gradually with 
 the water, D.) Macerate for 6 (4, E. 24, shaking it occasionally, D.) (2, U. S.) hours in 
 a lightly-covered vessel. Strain (through linen or calico, E. Pour off the clear liquor, D.) 
 
 Jlction. Uses. Water dissolves the Kinates of the Cinchona alkalies 
 and the Tannin; but as some of the alkalies remain behind united with 
 the insoluble Colouring matters, this is necessarily a weak prepara- 
 tion. It is well suited as a Tonic from its lightness for delicate states 
 of the stomach and constitution, in doses of f3j. f3ij. every 3 or 4 
 hours. 
 
 [JNFUSUM CINCHONA COMPOSITUM, U. S. 
 
 Prepared with an ounce of Peruvian Bark, a fluid drachm of Aromatic Sulphuric 
 Acid, and a pint of Water. Maceration to be practised for 12 hours before straining. 
 
 D. A wine-glass full] 
 DECOCTUM CINCHONA, E. (U. S.) Decoction of Bark. 
 
 Prep. Boil for 10 minutes Crown, Gray, or Yellow Cinchona 3j. bruised in Aq. f^xxiv. 
 Cool, filter, and evaporate to f3xvj. 
 
 [Peruvian Bark gj. Water Oj. Boil for 10 minutes and strain.] 
 
 Action. Uses. By the continued action of boiling water, much of 
 the active principle is extracted, but it is also deposited on cooling, 
 in consequence of the Cinchonic Red uniting with the alkalies, and 
 forming compounds insoluble in cold water. Both the infusion and 
 Decoction would be much improved by being made with Acidulated 
 water, which would retain the alkalies in solution. This may be em- 
 ployed for the same purposes and in the same doses as the Infusion.
 
 Cinehonaeea.] CINCHONA PREPARATIONS. 441 
 
 DECOCTUM CINCHONA CORDIFOLIJE, L. Decoction of Yellow Bark. 
 
 Prep. Boil for 6 hours in a lightly-covered vessel powdered Yellow Calisaya Bark 3x. 
 in Aq. dest. Oj. and while hot, strain. 
 
 The Dec. of Pale and of Red Bark are similarly prepared, and 
 used as the Dec. Cinchonas, E. 
 
 TINCTURA CINCHONA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Bark. 
 
 Prep. Take bruised Yellow Bark (any species, E.) 3viij. (3iv. D.) Proof Spirit, Oij. 
 (wine measure feij. D.) Macerate for 14 (7 D.) days, and strain. (Or much more expe- 
 ditiously, and with less loss, prepare by percolation, the bark being in fine powder, E.) 
 
 [The U. S. P. directs Peruvian Bark, in powder, gvj. Diluted Alcohol Oij. Macerate 
 for 14 days and filter, or by displacement] 
 
 Action. Uses. Prescribed as a Tonic with the Infusion or Decoc- 
 tion in doses of f3j. f3iij. Proof Spirit being a good solvent of the 
 active principles of the Cinchonas, especially if acting by percolation, 
 an excellent Extract is yielded on distilling off the Spirit. 
 
 TINCTURA CINCHONA COMPOSITA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Compound Tincture 
 of Bark. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days bruised Yellow Bark 3iv. (gij. D.) dried Orange, 
 peel (bitter, bruised, E.) giij. (gss. D.), powdered root of Aristolochiu Serpentaria ^vj. 
 (3iij. D.), chopped Saffron 3ij. (3j. D.), bruised Cochineal 3j. (9ij. D.) in Proof Spirit 
 Oij. (by measure 3 XX - D.) Strain (express strongly and Filter. Or prepare by perco- 
 lation, the bark being in fine powder, the same way as Comp. Tinct. Cardamom, E.) 
 
 [U. S. Peruvian Bark in powder 3ij. Orange.peel bruised 3iss. Virginia Snake Root 
 bruised 3Hj. Saffron cut, Red Sounders rasped, aa 3j. Diluted Alcohol f3xx. Macerate 
 for 14 days and filter, or proceed by displacement.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Tonic ; more agreeable from the presence 
 of the stimulants ; sometimes called Huxham's Tincture of Bark. 
 Used as the above in doses of f3j. f3iv. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Vinum Gentianas, E. Mistura Ferri composita, D. 
 
 Prof. Donovan has (Pharm. Journ. iv. 125) recommended a Syrup 
 of Cinchona, of which the active ingredients are Dikinate of Quinia, 
 with the natural Tannin of Bark. It promises to be an efficient and 
 pleasant preparation. 
 
 EXTRACTUM CINCHONA, E. Spirituous Extract of Bark. 
 
 Prep. Take any of the varieties of Cinchona, especially the Yellow or Red, in fine 
 powder giv. Proof Spirit fgxxiv. Prepare by percolation, and evaporate in an open vessel 
 to the proper consistence over a vapour-bath. 
 
 Action. Uses. The active principles having been extracted by, and 
 again deposited from the Spirit, this Extract forms an efficient pre- 
 paration in the form of pills in doses of gr. v. gr. xx. 
 
 EXTRACTUM CINCHONA CORDIFOLLE, L. Extract of Yellow Bark. 
 
 Prep. Take bruised yellow Cinchona Bark 3xv. and Aq. dest. Civ. boil down in Cj. of 
 the Aq. to Ovj., while hot, strain. In the same way boil the bark four times, and strain. 
 Then mixing all the liquors, evaporate to a proper consistence. 
 
 \ 
 
 EXTRACTUM CINCHONA LANCIPOLI^E, L. EXTRACTA CINCHONA, D. 
 
 Prepared as Ext . Cinch. Cord. L. The D. process is exactly the same, using of Pale
 
 442 VALERIAN. [CorolliflorcB, L. 
 
 Bark coarsely powdered ftj. Aq. by measure ftvj. (This extract should be kept soft for 
 pills, and hard that it may be reduced to powder, D.) 
 
 EXTRACTUM CINCHONA OBLONGIFOLI.E, L. Extract of Red Bark. 
 
 Prepared in the same way as Ext. Cinch. Cord. 
 
 Action. Uses. The watery extracts are convenient for exhibition in 
 pills in doses of gr. v. 3ss. They are best prepared in vacuo ; but 
 in efficiency are inferior to the Spirituous Extracts in the same doses. 
 
 [ExTRACTUM ClNCHONJE, U. S. 
 
 Take of Peruvian Bark in coarse powder ftj. Alcohol Oiv. Water, a sufficient quan- 
 tity. Macerate the Bark with the Alcohol for four days, then filter by means of an ap- 
 paratus for displacement. Pour water upon the bark and allow percolation to go on 
 until 4 pints of tincture are obtained. Go on with the water until 6 pints of infusion are 
 obtained. Distil off the tincture and evaporate the infusion until an extract of the con- 
 sistence of honey is obtained. Mix and bring to the proper consistence.] 
 
 UNCARIA (sometimes called Nauclea) GAMBIR, a plant of this 
 family and of the tribe Cinchonacese, a native of the Malayan Penin- 
 sula and of the Indian Archipelago, is interesting as yielding large 
 quantities of the kind of Catechu known by the names of Terra Japo- 
 nica and of Square Catechu, and which in Indian commerce is called 
 Gambeer. It is a powerful astringent, much used in tanning, and in 
 medicine as a substitute for the Catechu of the Acacia. 
 
 VALERIANE^E, Dec. Valerianads. 
 
 Herbaceous stems, often with perennial root-stocks. Stem-leaves opposite, radical 
 ones clustered. Calyx tube adherent to the ovary ; limb superior, 3 4 toothed, or pap- 
 pose. Corolla inserted into the top of the ovary, tubular, 3 5 lobed, unequal, or irre- 
 gular, often spurred or gibbous at the base. Stamens 1 5, free, inserted into the tube. 
 Ovary 3-celled, 2 usually abortive. Ovule single, pendulous. Style simple. Stigmas 2 
 or 3. Fruit dry, indehiscent. Embryo straight, without albumen. Radicle superior. 
 Allied to Dipsaceee and these to Rubiaceae. The perennial species secrete a volatile oil 
 possessed of strong odour and stimulant properties. They inhabit temperate parts of the 
 world. 
 
 VALERIANA OFFICINALIS, Linn. L. E. D. [Valeriana, U. S.] Var. 
 Sylvestris, L. D. Radix, L. D. The Root, D. of Wild Valerian. 
 friandria Monogynia, Linn. 
 
 Some of the Valerians have been used in medicine from the earliest 
 times. Dioscorides describes three kinds of Nard or Valerian besides 
 the <pou. The Spikenard of the ancients, Nardostachys Jatamansi 
 (Him. Bot. t. 54) a produce of the Himalayas, is still highly esteemed 
 in the East. Valeriana celtica and Saliunca are even imported by 
 the Red Sea from Austria for perfuming their baths, (v. Illustr. 
 Himal. Bot. p. 242.) V. Dioscoridis is supposed to be the <pou of that 
 author, and the officinal or wild Valerian was no doubt early intro- 
 duced as a substitute for it. 
 
 Root perennial, tuberous. Stem 2 to 4 feet high, smooth, furrowed. Leaves all pin- 
 nate, or pinnately cut ; leaflets lanceolate-dentate, in 7 to 10 pairs, terminal one very 
 little, if at all, larger than the others. Inflorescence a corymb, becoming at length some- 
 what panicled. Bracts ovate-lanceolate. Calyx-limb involute during flowering, then 
 unrolled into a deciduous pappus, consisting of many plumose setse. Corolla roseate; 
 tube funnel-shaped, gibbous at the base ; limb 5-lobed. Stamens 3. Fruit smooth, com-
 
 Valerianeai.] VALERIAN. 443 
 
 pressed, 1 -celled, 1 -seeded, crowned by the limb of the calyx expanded into a feathery 
 pappus. Ditches and damp places throughout Europe. E. B. 698. Esenb. and Eberm. 
 t. 254. 
 
 The tuberous root-stock with its numerous radicles is the officinal 
 part ; that which grows in dry pastures is more fragrant, and that of 
 the wild more so than that of the cultivated plant, whence this is di- 
 rected to be used in the L. P. It has a bitter acrid taste, and a pow- 
 erful penetrating odour, which is considered disagreeable by most 
 people. It consists of Volatile Oil about 1 per cent., Resin 6, Re- 
 sinous Extractive 12-5, Extractive 9-4, and of Woody Fibre 71 per 
 cent. (Trommsdorff.) The Oil, upon which the properties of Vale- 
 rian depend, is of a greenish colour, has a strong penetrating odour, 
 and a camphoraceous, aromatic taste. When fresh it contains an 
 Oil, Valerole, which is crystallizable, and some passes into Valerianic 
 acid by being oxygenated in the air. It also contains a Hydro-Carbon, 
 borneene (C 10 H 8 ), identical with the Oil obtained from Borneo Cam- 
 phor, and finally a Camphor which is identical with the Borneo Cam- 
 phor. (Gerhardt.) When the root is distilled with water, there comes 
 over with the Oil an acid fatty matter, Valerianic acid. This is an 
 oily fluid, with a disagreeable smell; Sp. Gr. 0-944, boiling at 270. 
 It forms soluble salts of a sweet taste with bases. This acid may 
 also be produced by the oxidation of the Hydrated Oxide of Arnyle, 
 or Oil of Potato Spirit. As there has been a great demand for this 
 acid of late for making Valerianate of Zinc, the Messrs. Smith (P. 
 J. v. 110) have given a process for obtaining it. This consists in 
 boiling the root with a little Carb. Soda (3j. for Ibj. of root). To the 
 strained liquid add Sul' (f3ij. for each Ib. of root), and distil. When 
 about |- have passed over, neutralize the distillate with Carb. Soda 
 (3ij. for Ibj. of root). Concentrate the Valerianate of Soda, decom- 
 pose it with Sul', and obtain the Valerianic' set free, by means of a 
 separate distillation. The active properties of Valerian Root may 
 be extracted by alkalized water, Spirit, or Ammoniated Spirit. 
 
 Action. Uses. Diffusible Stimulant and Antispasmodic. The Vo- 
 latile Oil is recommended by many. The Valerianate of Zinc in 
 doses of gr. j. gr. ij. has been employed of late as an Antispasmodic 
 Tonic. 
 
 D. Of the powdered root, gr. xx. gr. xl. Of the Volatile Oil, 
 
 INFUSUM VALERIANS, D. (U. S.) Infusion of Valerian. 
 
 Prep. Digest for 1 hour the root of Valerians sylvc.stris in coarse powder 3y i" 
 boiling Aq. by measure 3vij. When cold, strain. [U. S. Valerian Sss., boiling Water Oj.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Moderate Stimulant in doses of fgj. 5ij. 
 TINCTURA VALERIANS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Valerian. 
 
 Prep. Take bruised (powdered, D.) Valerian root 3v. (3iv. D. U. S.), Proof Spirit 
 Oij. (by measure ftij.) Macerate for 14 (7, D.) days. Strain. (Proceed by percolation 
 or digestion, as for Tinct. Cinchonse, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant adjuncts to draughts in doses of f3ss. to 
 f3iv.
 
 444 A R C T I U M. [Corolliflorce, L. 
 
 TINCTURA VALERIANS COMPOSITA, L. (AMMONIATA), E. D. (U. S.) 
 Ammoniated Tincture of Valerian. 
 
 Prep. Take Valerian root bruised gv. (gij. D.) (giv. U. S.) Aromatic Spirit of Am- 
 monia Oij. (Spirit of Ammonia Oij. E., by measure fcj. D.) Macerate for 14 (7, D.) 
 days, and strain. (Proceed by percolation, as directed for Tinct. Cinch. E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Antispasmodic, and more stimulant from presence 
 of Ammonia, may be given in doses of f3ss. f3ij. 
 
 COMPOSITE, Adans. Synantherea?, Auct. Asteraceas, Lindley. 
 
 Herbs usually perennial, sometimes under-shrubs, rarely trees ; with either watery or 
 milky juice. Leaves alternate or opposite, sometimes whorled, simple, entire, or variously 
 cut, in some compound, without stipules; petioles sometimes furnished with stipulary 
 auricles. Flowers complete, or by abortion unisexual, or truly so, in heads, supported by 
 a many-leaved involucre, and seated on a flat or conical receptacle, with bracts or pale, 
 or each included in an involucre, and collected into a common head. Calyx-tube adherent 
 to the ovary; limb wanting, rim-like, toothed, ^cale-like, or divided into a pappus. Corol 
 inserted into the upper part of the tube of the calyx, monopetalous, limb regular, 5-fid, 
 valvate, or irregular or strap-shaped. Stamens 5, inserted into the tube of the corol, and 
 alternate with its lobes; filaments jointed towards the apex; anthers united into a tube ; 
 appendix above, and 2 set below. Ovary single-celled, with a single erect ovule. Style 
 1. Stigmas 2. Fruit (achaenium) indehiscent, dry. Embryo without albumen, erect; 
 radicle below, turned towards the hilum. The Composites are extremely numerous in 
 species, some of which are found in almost all parts. They are generally devoid of active 
 medical properties. A few are cultivated as articles of diet, and others yield fixed oil, 
 which is stored up in their seeds. The medicinal plants are bitter and stimulant, the 
 latter from the presence of volatile oil. A few, as some of the species of Lactuca, are 
 narcotic, others are acrid and irritant. 
 
 A. CVNAROCEPHAUE. Florets hermaphrodite, all tubular, with 5, or rarely 4, equal 
 teeth, with a convex or hemispherical top. Stigina jointed to the style. Several of these 
 are bitter, as Centaurea Centaurium ; a few are a little odorous, as Centaurea moscfiata. 
 The SafHower, Carthamus tinctorius, is valued on account of the colouring matter procur- 
 able from its florets. 
 
 CNICUS BENEDICTUS, Linn. CENTAUREA BENEDICTA. Folia, D. The 
 Leaves of Blessed Thistle. 
 
 The name of this plant indicates the esteem in which it was held. 
 
 An annual, with angled, branched, woody stem. Leaves amplexicaul, semi-decurrent' 
 nearly entire, irregularly pinnatifid, or toothed ; apices of lobes prickly. Heads solitary! 
 terminal, enveloped in leaf-like bracts. Involucre ovate ; scales extended into a spiny pin- 
 nated appendage. Florets yellow, about 20 to 25 in number, those of the ray sterile, 
 slender. Fruit small, longitudinally striated, with a lateral scar. Pappus triple, the outer 
 being the crenated margin of the fruit, the intermediate of ten long and the inner of ten 
 short setae, all alternating with each other. South of Europe, the Levant, Persia. St. and 
 Ch. 128. Nees von E. 223. 
 
 This plant, devoid of odour, is possessed of considerable bitterness. 
 The Leaves contain Gum-Resin, Bitter Principle, a little Volatile Oil, 
 several Salts, &c. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic in the form of cold infusion (3iv. 3j. in Aq. 
 Oj.) Diaphoretic. In large doses its decoction causes vomiting; 
 hence given to assist the action of emetics. 
 
 ARCTIUM MINUS (Schkuhr) (A. Lappa, Linn), D. Radix et Semina, D. 
 Ro6t and Seeds (Fruits) of Lesser Burdock. 
 
 ' The Burdock has been long employed in medicine. The Lappa of 
 Linna3us has been divided into two or three species, of which A.
 
 Composite.] EUPATORIUM. 445 
 
 minus is most, common, and the medicinal species or variety. It is 
 called Lappa minor by De Candolle and others. 
 
 Stem erect, 3 feet high, branched, furrowed, leafy. Leaves stalked, large, cordate- 
 ovate, undulated, the radical ones very large. Heads 'many-flowered, racemose; involu- 
 cre globose, imbricated, with scales terminating in hooked points, connected by a cobweb- 
 like down, inner ones coloured, subulate, rather abruptly shorter than the florets. Florets 
 with their anthers and stigmas purple. Receptacle flat, with rigid subulate scales. Fruit 
 compressed, oblong. Pappus short, pilose, distinct. Waste places in Europe. Nees and 
 Eberm. 227. 
 
 The root is about the thickness of the thumb, tapering, fleshy, with- 
 out odour, but having a sweetish rather astringent taste. It contains 
 Inuline, Bitter Extractive, and Potash Salts. The fruits are bitter, a 
 little acrid, and aromatic. 
 
 Action. Uses. Mild Diaphoretic, Alterative, and Diuretic ; hence 
 a Decoction (3ij. of the root to Aq. Oij.) has been prescribed as a sub- 
 stitute for Sarsaparilla in some cutaneous affections, &c. The fruits 
 or seeds are considered diuretic. 
 
 B. CORYMBIFERJS. Florets of the disk all tubular, forming a level top; marginal florets 
 often ligulate. Stigma not joined to the style. 
 
 TUSSILAGO FARFARA, Linn. Folia et Flores, D. Leaves and Flowers 
 of Coltsfoot. 
 
 This is the jSrj^iov of the Greeks, so called from having been used 
 in coughs, and is named Coltsfoot and pas d'ane from the form of its 
 leaves. 
 
 Coltsfoot has a creeping root-stock. Leaves, which make their appearance after the 
 flowers, on channeled footstalks, roundish, cordate, angular, sharply toothed, of a glaucous 
 green above, cottony beneath. Flower-heads appear in early spring, of a bright yellow 
 colour, solitary, drooping while in bud, erect when in flower and in seed ; flower-stalk 
 covered with smooth, scale- like, reddish bracts, many-flowered, heterogamous. Florets of 
 the ray female, narrow, ligulate, ray spreading. Florets of the disk male, tubular, with a 
 campanulate 5-cleft limb. Receptacle naked. Involucre of one row of scales, oblong, 
 with membranous margins. Styles of the disk inclosed, abortive ; of the ray bifid, with 
 taper arms. Achsenium of the ray oblong, cylindrical, smooth, of the disk abortive. 
 Pappus of the ray in many rows, of the disk in one row, consisting of very fine setae. 
 Chalky soils in England, found in many parts of Europe, extending to Persia and the 
 Himalayas. St. & Ch. t 20. 
 
 Action. Uses. This plant is mucilaginous and slightly bitter, and 
 may be employed as a Demulcent possessed of little tonic property. 
 It may be prescribed in the form of an Infusion or decoction (one or 
 two ounces to a pint of water) ad libitum. 
 
 [EUPATORIUM, U. S. The tops and Leaves of the Eupatorium Perfo- 
 liatum, Linn. 
 
 The plant is called Thoroughwort, and sometimes Boneset. It is 
 exclusively an inhabitant of North America, and is abundant in low 
 grounds, flowering in the month of August, and continuing until Oc- 
 tober. 
 
 Root horizontal, crooked, perennial. Stem erect, round, hairy, simple at base, divided 
 above, two to four feet high, of a light-green colour. Leaves in pairs, opposite, decus- 
 sating, connate, perfoliate, broad at base, and tapering to a point; serrate, scabrous above, 
 and tomentose beneath. Flowers in a dense, depressed corymb, white. Calyx imbri-
 
 446 INULAHELENIUM. [ Corolliflor a, 
 
 cated, oblong ; corolla tubular ; style long and semibifid ; receptacle naked ; pappus 
 pilose ; seed smooth and glandular. 
 
 The dried herb, when brought into the market, consists of the 
 leaves, stems, and flowers.. It comes in bundles, which is the best 
 form, or in packages made by compression, from the Shakers. The 
 odour is agreeable and the taste is bitter. It contains a bitter ex- 
 tractive matter. 
 
 This drug was known to the aborigines of America. 
 
 Uses. As a tonic it is sometimes given for a febrifuge impres- 
 sion in Intermittents ; but it may be made either emetic in large 
 doses, or diaphoretic in small ones. 
 
 Dose. Of Powder 3j. 
 
 Infusion, made by adding 3j. to Oj. of boiling water. Of this fjij. 
 may be given as a diaphoretic, or larger draughts as an emetic.] 
 
 IOTLA HELENITJM, Linn. L. D. Radix, L. D. Root of Elecampane. 
 Elecampane has been prescribed since the time of Hippocrates. 
 
 Root perennial, thick, elongated, brownish externally, white in the inside. Stem erect, 
 34 feet high, round, leafy. Leaves large, cordate-ovate, acute, stem-clasping, unequally 
 toothed, downy beneath ; radical leaves petioled, ovate-oblong. Flower-heads few toge- 
 ther, or solitary, large, bright yellow. Involucre imbricated in many rows, outer scales 
 ovate, inner obovate. Florets of the ray female, ligulate, 3-toothed, subtubular ; those of 
 the disk hermaphrodite, tubular, 5-toothed. Anthers with two bristles at the base. Re- 
 ceptacle flat, reticulated. Achcenia quadrangular, smooth. Pappus uniform, in one row, 
 composed of roughish setae. Moist pastures throughout Europe, flowers in July and 
 August. St. and Ch. 49. 
 
 The root, when chewed, tastes first glutinous and then bitter, aro- 
 matic, and finally a little pungent. It is generally cut into slices, for 
 the convenience of drying and of preserving. It contains Bitter 
 Extractive 36-7, a peculiar principle which has been named Inulin 
 36-7, Helenin, or a neutral crystalline principle in some respects re- 
 sembling Camphor, 0-3, Wax 0-6, acrid Resin 1-7, Gum 4-5, with 
 Lignin, Albumen, and salts with a base of Potash, Lime, and Mag- 
 nesia. Inulin, which has been found in many other roots, and has 
 received different names, is a white amylaceous substance, something 
 like Starch, but differing in a part being precipitated, on cooling from 
 its boiling watery solution, in being rendered of a yellow colour by 
 Iodine, and in being a little soluble in boiling Alcohol. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Tonic, Expectorant, and Diaphoretic ; 
 has been prescribed in Dyspepsia and in Chronic Catarrh. 
 
 D. Powder, 9j. 3j. Of the Decoc. or Inf. (3ss. to Aq. Oj.) f3iss. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Conf. Piperis nigri, L. A constituent of many pre- 
 parations on the Continent. 
 
 In the article Senna (p. 355) it is mentioned that a very good substitute for Senna is 
 afforded by one of the Composite. This is BERTIIELOTIA LANCEOLATA var. indica, Dec. 
 (Prod. v. p. 376), of which the leaves, as ascertained by Dr. Falconer, are those called 
 ra and rae-Suna by the natives of northwest India. They are mentioned in the author's 
 Illustr. of Ilimal. Bot. p. 319, having been given to him as those of Salvadora indica, 
 Royle, which they a good deal resemble, and are produced in the same arid tract of 
 country extending from the banks of the Jumna towards central India. Dr. F. pronounces 
 the leaves to be an excellent substitute for Senna, and to be remarkable for growing with 
 their edges vertical, and for having both sides covered with stomata.
 
 Composite.] ANTHEMIS NOBILIS. 447 
 
 [ERIGERON CANADENSE, U. S. Sec. The herb Fleabane. 
 
 This plant is common in the northern and middle sections of the 
 United States, growing in waste places, and flowering in July and 
 August. 
 
 GEN. CHAR. Calyx imbricated, subhemispherical, in flower often reflected. Florets of 
 the ray linear, very narrow, numerous. Receptacle naked, Pappus double, exterior mi- 
 nute, interior pilose, of few rays. Nuttall. 
 
 The plant is indigenous, annual, from two to four or more feet high, with rough branches. 
 Leaves linear, lanceolate, hairy, dentate when radical. Flowers small, white and panni- 
 culate terminal. 
 
 The plant has a pleasant odour, and a bitter somewhat acrid taste. 
 It contains bitter extractive, tannin, and volatile oil. It imparts its 
 properties to water and alcohol. 
 
 Action and Uses. Diuretic, tonic and astringent. In dropsical 
 complaints it has been tried and found serviceable. 
 
 Dose. Of Powder 3ss. 
 
 The decoction is prepared by boiling 3j. of the dried plant in Oj. of 
 water. D. f3ij. repeated. The acrimony is lost in this preparation. 
 It may also be given in infusion and extract. 
 
 ERYGERON HETEROPHYLLUM, U. S. Sec. The herb of the various-leaved 
 Fleabane. 
 
 This plant is found in the northern sections of the United States. 
 
 It is biennial. The root is branching. Stem erect, two or three feet high, roundish, 
 striated, pubescent, and divided at the top. Lower leaves ovate-acute, deeply-toothed, and 
 supported on winged footstalks; the upper are lanceolate, serrate and sessile, the floral 
 ones entire. Flowers in lax terminal corymbs ; florets of disk yellow, of the ray white, 
 with a tinge of blue. It flowers in June, and continues to the fall. 
 
 In the dried state the odour is aromatic, and its taste is slightly 
 bitter. 
 
 Action. Uses. Diuretic. It is used in cases of dropsy and sup- 
 pression of urine; is mild and little exhausting in operation, and 
 therefore preferable to some other diuretics. 
 
 D. It is usually given in infusion, and 3j. of the dried herb may be 
 added to Oj. of hot water, f 3ij. to be given and repeated. 
 
 ERIGERON PHILADELPHICUM, U. S. Sec. 
 
 This species in a measure resembles the preceding, but it has ovate- 
 lanceolate narrow leaves, on long footstalks, entire or nearly so on 
 the margin and ciliate; the upper ones are narrow, somewhat cuneate, 
 obtuse, sessile. Flowers on long peduncles. 
 
 The uses are the same as the preceding.] 
 
 ANTHEMIS NOBILIS, Linn. L. E. D. (Anthemis, U. S.) Flores (D.) 
 simplices, L. Flowers, E. Chamcemelum. Chamomile or Camo- 
 mile. 
 
 The name av^s^s occurs first in Theophrastus, and 
 in Dioscorides. Anthemis Chia is supposed to be the plant of Dios- 
 corides. Others have been substituted, as Matricaria suaveolens in
 
 448 
 
 CAMOMILE. ANTHEMIDIS. {Corolliflorae, L. 
 
 India; M. Chamomila was at one time distinguished as Common 
 Chamomile, and another, called Noble or Roman Chamomile. The 
 last is the present Anthemis nobilis. 
 
 Fig. 75. 
 
 Roots perennial, with long fibres. 
 Stems in a wild state procumbent, 
 when cultivated, erect, about a foot 
 long, much branched, leafy, round, 
 furrowed, hollow. Leaves doubly 
 pinnate, leaflets linear, subulate, 
 slightly downy. Flower-heads ter- 
 minal, solitary, with a convex yel- 
 low disk. Rays composed of her- 
 maphrodite, tubular, 5-tnothed flo- 
 rels. Rays while, reflexed, or 
 spreading, formed of female florets 
 in one row. Receptacle conical 
 (fig. 2) with membranous scales. 
 Involucre imbricated in a few rows, 
 scales obtuse, hyaline at the mar- 
 gin. Fruit obtusely tetragonal, 
 smooth, crowned with an obsolete 
 margin, without pappus. 
 
 Two varieties are known, a. 
 Flore simplici, fig. 75. 6. Flore 
 pleno, Double Chamomile, in which 
 the florets of the disk are converted 
 into white ligulate florets, (v. fig. 
 75, 1.) Indigenous in gravelly 
 places, also in other parts of Eu- 
 
 rope. Flowers in July and August. Cultivated at Mitcham in Surrey. E. B. 980. St. 
 andCh. 111. 38. 
 
 The whole plant has a strong but pleasant odour, the taste is purely 
 bitter with a little aroma. These properties are most conspicuous in 
 the florets of the disk, and therefore the simple flowers are preferable 
 to the double. The active principles depend on the presence of a 
 Volatile Oil, Bitter Extractive, and a little Tannin. Both water and 
 Alcohol take up their active properties. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Tonic, Febrifuge, in the following forms: 
 
 INFIJSUM ANTHEMIDIS, L. E. (U. S.) Inf. Chamaemeli, D. Infusion of 
 Chamomile. 
 
 Prep. Macerate (infuse, E.) in a lightly covered vessel for 10 minutes (20, E. 24 
 hours, D.) Chamomile 3v. in boiling Aq. de'st. Oj. Strain. [Chamomile 3ss. Boiling 
 Water Oj. U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic, especially in the form of cold Infusion, in 
 doses of f3jss. The hot Infusion is sometimes employed to assist the 
 action of emetics. 
 
 DECOCTUM CHAM.EMELI COMPOSITUM, D. Decoction of Chamomile. 
 
 Prep. Boil for a little, dried Chamomile flowers gss. Sweet Fennel Seeds 3ij. in Aq. 
 ftj. by measure. Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Similar to the Infusion, and not more useful, ex- 
 cept for fomentations, in doses of f3iij. fjxij. to assist vomiting. 
 
 EXTRACTTJM ANTHEMIDIS, E. EXT. CHAMosMELi, D. Extract of Cha- 
 , momile.
 
 Composites.] PYRETHRUM. 449 
 
 Prep. Boil Chamomile ftj. in Aq. Cj. down to Oiv. While hot, filter, and in the va- 
 pour-bath evaporate to the due consistence. 
 
 Action. Uses. Bitter and simply Tonic, the stimulant Oil being 
 dissipated during the evaporation. Given in doses of gr. x. gr. xx. 
 
 OLEUM ANTHEMIDIS, L. E. Oil of Chamomile. 
 
 By distilling the Flowers with water a Volatile Oil is obtained, which is of a yellowish- 
 brown colour, of a strong odour, and pungent taste. It exists in the proportion of less 
 than 1 per cent. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic, Stimulant, and Anlispasmodic. May be 
 added to the Extract or to pills in doses of try. fliv. 
 
 [ANTHEMIS COTULA, U. S. Sec. 
 
 The stinking chamomile closely resembles the preceding in its cha- 
 racter and habit. It is an inhabitant of the United States, growing 
 in waste places. It contains a volatile oil, with the bitter principle, 
 to which its stimulating properties are owing. It is sometimes used 
 for similar purposes as the preceding.] 
 
 PYRETHRUM. Radix, L. D. Root, E. of ANACYCLUS (Anthemis, Linn. 
 L. D.) PYRETHRUM, Dec. E. Pellitory of Spain. 
 
 This root was known to Dioscorides (#ugsSov), and is still employed 
 in Eastern medicine by the name akurkurha. The plant is a native 
 of the north of Africa, whence it has been introduced into the south 
 of Europe. Hayne believes that the root is yielded by a nearly allied 
 species, which he calls A. officinarum, ix. t. 46, and which he found 
 cultivated in Thuringia. 
 
 Anacyclus Pyrethrum has a long fusiform root. Stems numerous, procumbent, branched, 
 pubescent. Radical leaves spreading, petiolated, rather smooth, pinnatifid ; the segments 
 pinnated, with linear tubulate lobes ; stem leaves sessile. Branches one-headed. Heads 
 many-flowered. Involucre in few rows, short, somewhat cup-shaped, scales lanceolate, 
 pointed, brown at the edges. Receptacle convex, with oblong, obovate, obtuse paleae. 
 Florets of the ray female, sterile, white above and purplish beneath ; of the disk, yellow, 
 tubular, with 5 callous teeth. All the corols with an obcompressed, 2-winged tube with- 
 out appendages. Style of the disk with exappendiculate branches. Achaenium flat, ob- 
 compressed bordered with broad entire wings. Pappus short, irregular toothletted, some- 
 what continuous with the wings on the inner side. Dec. Desf. Fl. Atl. ii. 287. Nees 
 and Eberm. 244. St. and Ch. iii. 97. 
 
 The root, as described by Desfontaines, in its fresh state is fusiform 
 and fleshy, about the thickness of the finger, brownish-coloured exter- 
 nally, and white within. When handled in this state, it produces first 
 a sensation of cold, soon followed by heat It is without odour, but 
 has an acrid pungent taste, and causes a copious flow of saliva. It 
 is said to be imported from the Levant. The French obtain it from 
 Africa. It is cultivated in Thuringia and at Magdebourg. The active 
 principle is soluble both in Alcohol and Ether, and appears to be a 
 Volatile Oil, which adheres with tenacity to its Resin (Pyrethrin) and 
 Fixed Oil. It also contains Inulin, Gum, a little Tannin, Colouring 
 matter, various Salts, and Ligneous fibre. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant, Sialogogue. Sometimes used to relieve 
 
 29
 
 450 ARTEMISIA SANTONICA. [Corolliflorce, L. 
 
 Toothache, or as a Masticatory in Palsy of the Tongue and relaxation 
 of the Uvula. 
 
 ARTEMISIA, Linn. 
 
 Heads discoidal, homogamous, or heterogamous. Florets of the ray in one row, usually 
 female and toothed, with a long bifid protruding style ; of the disk 5-toothed, bisexual, or 
 by the abortion of the ovary, sterile or male. Involucral scales imbricated, dry, scarioua 
 at the edge. Receptacle without palete, flattish or convex, naked or fringed with hairs. 
 Achcenia obovate, bald, with a. minute epigynous disk. Dee. 
 
 The species of Artemisia extending from European to tropical 
 countries, are most of them remarkable for their strong odour and 
 bitter taste, and have been employed in medicine from the earliest 
 times, as A. Abrotanum or Southernwood, A. vulgaris or Mugwort, 
 &c. A. Dracunculus or Tarragon is employed as a condiment in 
 Europe. 
 
 ARTEMISIA MOXA, Dec. (A. chinensis, Linn, and A. indica, Willd.) D. 
 Moxa Weed. 
 
 The Moxa of China was supposed to be formed of a soft down 
 formed on the lower surface of the leaves of the species quoted in the 
 D. P. ; but Dr. Lindley states that it is prepared from the woolly 
 leaves of A. Moxa, Dec. The inflammable cones or cylinders called 
 Moxas are prepared in Europe from pith, cotton, &c. ; these are now 
 seldom employed, though they were at one time preferred to the actual 
 Cautery, from acting more slowly as powerful counter-irritants, in 
 some painful and spasmodic diseases, as well as in affections of the 
 joints and viscera. In the Himalayas the tomentum of Chaptalia 
 gossypina is used as amadou, and is applicable to the same purposes. 
 (Himal. Bot. p. 247.) 
 
 ARTEMISIA SANTONICA, Woodv. D. A. maritima, Linn. var. ft. suave- 
 olens, Dec. Semen Santonicum. Wormseed. 
 
 This substance has long been employed as an Anthelmintic, being 
 intended for the A4/ivSiov <rap5ovov of Dioscorides, the Semen sanctum 
 and Santonicum, Sheeha of the Arabs. The substance would be more 
 correctly denominated Cacumina, or floral summits, than seeds ; for 
 it consists of fragments of peduncles, involucres, and half-blown 
 flowers stripped off' the tops of some little-known species of Artemisia. 
 Esenbeck and Ebermaier have figured A.judaica, A. Contra, A.pon- 
 tica, and A. gJomerata, Sieb., which is now A. Sieberi of Besser. This, 
 according to Batka, produces the substance called Semen-Contra and 
 Semen-cene, imported from Barbary and Aleppo as a vermifuge. That 
 from the latter is called the Levant and Alexandrian kind, distinguished 
 by being of a strong aromatic odour and bitter taste, of a greenish 
 colour, and smooth, while the former is described as grayish and 
 downy. This kind is said by some to be produced by A. Sieberi, 
 and the other by A. Contra, a native of Asia Minor and the Oriental 
 region. 
 
 The properties, according to Soubeiran, depend upon a Volatile 
 Oil and a peculiar principle which has been named Santonine, of the
 
 Composite.] ABSINTHIUM. TANACETUM. 451 
 
 nature of the concrete volatile oils, which may be separated in bril- 
 liant crystals, is without odour, and nearly insipid from its sparing 
 solubility. The alcoholic solution is very bitter, and, like acids, forms 
 salts with bases. It is a decided vermifuge in doses of from 4 to 6 
 grains, and is recommended to be given with Sugar. 
 
 Action. Uses. Anthelmintic, in doses of from gr. x. gr. xxx. night 
 and morning. 
 
 ABSINTHIUM, L. E. D. (U.S.) Summitates Florentes, D. Flowering 
 tops. Herb. E. of ARTEMISIA ABSINTHIUM, Linn. Absinthium offici- 
 nale et vulgare, Auct. Wormwood. 
 
 The A4-ivSiov of the Greeks is corrupted into Afsunteen in the East, 
 and species of Artemisia are substituted for the present plant. 
 
 Root ligneous, branched. Stems numerous, bushy, furrowed, leafy, the whole plant 
 covered with close silky hairiness. Leaves alternate, silky, (tripinnatisect, Dec.,*) m many 
 deep, lanceolate, obtuse segments : lower ones on long, the upper on short and broad foot- 
 stalks. Floral leaves simple. Flower heads on leafy, clustered panicles, drooping, he- 
 mispherical, heterogamous ; the outer scales of the involucre linear, silky ; inner roundish, 
 scarious. Florets of a pale yellow, the outer row female. Styles deeply cloven. Recep- 
 tacle convex, covered with silky hairs. Waste ground in various parts of Europe and the 
 north of Asia. Eng. Bot. t. 1230. St. and Ch. ii. 58. Should be collected in July and 
 August, when in flower. 
 
 The dried herb or the flowering top has a grayish silky look, is 
 remarkable for its disagreeable though somewhat aromatic odour, and 
 for its intense bitterness, whence its name has passed into a proverb. 
 Its properties are imparted to water, spirit, and wines. Analysed by 
 Braconnot, it yielded, in 100 parts, Volatile Oil of a dark-green 
 colour, upon which the odour depends, 1-5, Bitter Azotized Extract 
 30, very Bitter Resin 2-5, Green Resin 5, with Chlorophyll, Albumen, 
 Salts, and among them Absinthate of Potash, which when the plant 
 is burnt, is changed into Carbonate of Potash. This was long called 
 Salt of Wormwood. The bitter principle has been separated by M. 
 Righini, first by making a spirituous extract, and then by acting on 
 it with Charcoal. It acts with great power, and without excitement. 
 The Essential Oil (C 30 !! 18 3 ) as ascertained by M. Lablanc, in its 
 impure state, is of a dark-green colour, which begins to boil at 356 
 F. Its boiling point rises to 401 as it coagulates. It may be distill- 
 ed off Quicklime, and when thus purified, has a fixed boiling point of 
 401 ; is acrid, has a penetrating smell, with Sp. Gr. -975 at 75 F. 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic, Bitter, and Tonic; is added to some 
 liqueurs; employed in Dyspepsia; is absorbed into the system. An- 
 thelmintic, hence its name of Wormwood. 
 
 EXTRACTUM ARTEMISIA ABSINTHII, D. Extract of Wormwood. 
 
 Prepare as simple Extracts. 
 
 Action. Uses. Bitter Tonic, without the stimulant properties of the 
 Oil, in doses of gr. v. 9j. 
 
 TANACETUM VULGARE, Linn. D. [TANACETUM, U. S.] Folia. Leaves 
 of Common Tansy.
 
 452 ARNICA MONTANA. [Corollifloras, L. 
 
 Tansy is a plant of Europe, which has long been employed in me- 
 dicine. 
 
 Stems about two feet high, erect, leafy, smooth. Leaves of a dark green, pinnatifid, 
 rachis winged, and deeply serrated, as well as the leaflets, decurrent, serrated. Heads in 
 a terminal corymb. Florets as in Artemisia, of a golden yellow, the marginal florets 
 scarcely apparent, and often wanting. Involucre hemispherical, imbricated. Receptacle 
 convex, naked. Achaenium sessile, oblong, angular, with a large epigynous disk. Pap- 
 pus formed of a membranous, quadrangular, entire, but minute crown. Roadsides and 
 waste places in Europe, but also cultivated. E. B. t. 1229. St. and Ch. iii. 116. 
 
 Tansy has a strong and penetrating odour; the taste is bitter, aro- 
 matic, and camphoraceous; but the odour diminishes in drying. Its 
 properties depend upon a Bitter Extractive, or rather Resinous mat- 
 ter, and a Volatile Oil of a yellow colour and a strong Tansy odour, 
 which has an acrid and bitter taste. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Tonic, Antispasmodic, Anthelmintic, in 
 infusion (3ij. Aq. Oj.) ; or the Oil may be added to vermifuge pow- 
 ders, or its infusion used as an enema against lumbrici. 
 
 ARNICA MONTANA, Linn. Flores. Folia et Radix, D. Mountain 
 Arnica. Mountain Tobacco. 
 
 Arnica has long been employed in medicine, though there is no 
 proof that it was known to the Greeks, as inferred by Mathioli. Se- 
 veral dissertations have been written upon its medical virtues, from 
 that of Lamarche, 1719, to the present time. 
 
 Rootstock horizontal, with numerous radicles. Stem cylindric, 2 feet high, a little 
 hairy, bearing 1 3 heads of flowers. Leaves opposite, entire, oblong, obovatc, 5-nerved, 
 the radical usually 4 in number, the cauline smaller, in one or two pairs. Flower-head 
 large, erect, or drooping, of a golden-yellow colour. Involucre campanulate in two rows, 
 with linear-lanceolate, equal scales, rough with glands. Receptacle fringed, hairy. Flo- 
 rets many, of the ray in one row, female, ligulate, of the disk bisexual, tubular, 5-toothed. 
 Tube of the corolla shaggy, sometimes rudiments of sterile stamens remaining in the 
 ligulse. Style of the disk with long arms covered by down. Achsenium somewhat cy- 
 lindrical, tapering to each end, somewhat ribbed and hairy. Pappus in one row of close, 
 rigid, rough hairs. A native of the cool parts of Europe from the sea-coast to the snow- 
 line. Fl. Dan. t. 63. Esenb. and Eberm. t. 239. 
 
 This plant, when fresh and bruised, has rather an agreeable odour, 
 which is apt to excite sneezing ; the taste of the leaves and flowers is 
 bitter and pungent, of the root-stock bitter and acrid. Some moun- 
 taineers smoke it like Tobacco. The properties have been supposed 
 to depend on Volatile Oil, Acrid Resin, Bitter Extractive (Cytisine?) 
 and, according to Dr. A. T. Thompson, on Igasurate of Strychnia or 
 of Brucia. 
 
 Versmann, having been induced by Dr. Pfaff to analyze it again, 
 finds that the aqueous infusion of the flowers of Arnica reacts as an 
 acid, has at first a bitter, and afterwards a strong acrid flavour, de- 
 pending on the presence of Gallic acid. Sol. of Gelatine renders an 
 infusion of Arnica very turbid, and with Chloride of Iron yields a 
 black colour, which when largely diluted becomes green. On the 
 addition of Magnesia or its Carbonate, an intensely green colour is 
 produced after a few hours. He was unable to ascertain the presence 
 of Strychnia, and, indeed, considered its absence as completely prov- 
 ed by his experiments. (P. J. iv. 238.)
 
 Composite.] TARAXACUM. 453 
 
 Action. Uses. Acrid Stimulant ; Irritant of the Digestive Canal ; 
 Diaphoretic, and Stimulant of the Nervous System ; and as such is 
 prescribed in nervous affections requiring such treatment; also in 
 Gout and Rheumatism ; and is much esteemed for its power of dis- 
 cussing tumours and the effects of bruises (hence called Panacea lap- 
 sorum by Fehr.) when applied in the forms of Cataplasm or of the 
 Tincture, as indicated by Scopoli. 
 
 D. Of the Powder, gr. v. gr. x. Of the infusion (3iv. in Aq. Oj.) 
 f3iss. Of the Tincture (3ij. of the root in Proof Spirit f 3xvj.), r#x. 
 f 3ss., or applied externally. 
 
 C. CICHORE^: Florets all ligulate. Style cylindrical above and pubescent as well as 
 its long obtuse branches. Stigmatic lines prominent, narrow. The CichwesB abound in 
 milky juice, which is bitter-tasted and sometimes narcotic. By blanching, some become 
 edible as salads. 
 
 Cichorium Intybus, or Wild Succory, which is indigenous in waste 
 places all over Europe, is extensively cultivated on account of its root, 
 which is much used as a substitute for, and as an addition to, Coffee. 
 The medical properties of the plant are considered to be nearly the 
 same as those of Taraxacum. It is used to adulterate Coffee, but is 
 itself often much adulterated, (v. P. J. iv. 119.) 
 
 TARAXACUM, L.E. D. (U.S.) Radix, L. et Herba, D. Root,E. of TA- 
 RAXACUM DEXS LEONIS, Desf. E. (Leontodon Taraxacum, Linn. 
 L. D. [U. S.]) Dandelion. 
 Dandelion, being indigenous in Europe, has long been employed in 
 
 medicine. *' 
 
 Root spindle-shaped, milky-juiced. Leaves numerous, radical, runcinate, glabrous, of a 
 bright shining green. Scapes 1 or more, erect, brittle, with a single head of flowers, 
 which expand in the morning 1 , and are of a golden-yellow colour. Involucre double, ex- 
 ternal scales spreading or reflexed, internal ones in one row, erect, without callous tips. 
 Receptacle naked. Achseniiim oblong, striated, muricate at the apex, terminating in a 
 long beak. Pappus hairy, in many rows radiating so as to form a light globe. Fields 
 and waste places throughout Europe, and extending even to the Himalayas. E. B. t. 539. 
 St. and Ch. 5. 
 
 The leaves, when young, are blanched and used as salad in some 
 parts of Europe: their properties necessarily vary at different periods 
 of growth. The sensible properties of the milky juice are said to be 
 greatest just before inflorescence. The juice expressed from the 
 bruised roots was found both by Mr. Houlton and by Mr. Squire to be 
 of a watery nature in March, but towards the end of summer to be 
 thick and cream-like, and bitter in taste. Mr. Squire, moreover, found 
 that in November and December 4 Ibs. of the juice yield 1 Ib. of 
 Extract ; from March to May from 6 to 9 Ibs. In June, July, and 
 August, from 6 to 7 Ibs. are required to yield the same quantity of Ex- 
 tract. Hence it is evident, that, it is during November and December 
 it is most abundant in solid ingredients, upon which its medical pro- 
 perties probably depend. Geiger pronounces the juice to be most 
 bitter in midsummer, and that in the spring and close of Autumn it is 
 sweetish, which Mr. Squire ascribes to the effects of frost. He, 
 moreover, says that the juice contains Gum, Albumen, Gluten, an 
 Odorous principle, Extractive, and a peculiar crystallizable Bitter 
 principle, soluble in Alcohol and water.
 
 454 LACTUCA SATIVA. [Corollifloras, L. 
 
 The most efficient mode of prescribing it is in the form of the in- 
 spissated juice. The root is sometimes roasted and used as a sub- 
 stitute for, or its dried powder mixed with ground, Coffee. 
 
 Action. Uses. Aperient, Deobstruent, Alterative, especially in affec- 
 tions of the Liver, in chronic cutaneous diseases, &c. 
 
 DECOCTUM TARAXACI, E. D. (U. S.) Decoction of Taraxacum. 
 
 Prep. Take fresh Taraxacum herb and root 3vij. (3iv. D.) (3ij. U. S.) Aq. Oij. (flbij. 
 D.) Boil together down to Oj. (fcj. D.) (Press out the liquor, D.) Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. The bitter principle being exhausted by the boiling 
 water, while the Caoutchouc is coagulated, this may be used in some 
 cases requftng alterative treatment in doses of f 3iss. 
 
 EXTRACTUM TARAXACI, L. E. D. (U. S.) Extract of Taraxacum. 
 
 Prep. Prepare as Extr. Gentian, L. Take fresh root of Taraxacum ftj., boiling Aq. 
 Cj. Proceed as for Extr. Poppy Heads, E. (Proceed as directed for simple Extracts, 
 employing the herb and root of Taraxacum, D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. This is the most commonly employed Extract, in 
 doses of gr. x. 3ss. It should be bitter in taste, and of a brownish 
 colour. But the inspissated juice of the roots pressed out and evapo- 
 rated spontaneously by the action of dry air, or in vacuo, is the best 
 form for exhibition. The inspissated juice is well prepared by Mr. 
 Squire, as well as by Mr. Hooper, and by the latter also in the form 
 of Fluid Extract of Taraxacum, of which one or two teaspoonfuls 
 form a dose. 
 
 LACTUCA, Linn. 
 
 Heads few-flowered. Involucre cylindrical, imbricated in 2 4 rows, outer row shorter, 
 scales with a membranous margin. Receptacle naked. Achsenium piano-compressed, 
 wingless, terminating abruptly in a filiform beak. 
 
 LACTUCA SATIVA, Linn. Herba, D. LACTUCARIUM. (U. S.) Succus 
 spissatus, L. Inspissated Juice of, (and of Lactuca virosa, Linn. E.) 
 the Garden Lettuce. 
 
 The common Lettuce (Spi'<5a|) has been used in medicine from the 
 time of the Greeks, as it still is in the East. It is cultivated through- 
 out Europe and in most European colonies as a salad. 
 
 The common Lettuce is an annual, with an erect, smooth stem, which is two feet high 
 simple below, and branched above. Leaves rounded or oval, large, erect, narrowed at the 
 base, smooth at the keel, half embracing the stem, often much wrinkled. Flowers ap- 
 pearing in August, yellow, smaller than those of L. virosa. 
 
 The Leaves of the Lettuce when young contain a pellucid pleasant- 
 tasted juice, containing Mucilage and Sugar ; but when the flowering 
 stem begins to appear, the juice becomes milky, bitter in taste and of 
 a strong odour, something like that of Opium. These characteristics 
 increase until the flowers have blown. If slices of this stem be cut 
 off, or incisions be made into its cortical portion, the milky juice ex- 
 udes, and on drying becomes of a brownish colour, forming what 
 is called Lettuce Opium or Lactucarium, to which Dr. Coxe of 
 Philadelphia and Dr. Duncan, Sen. of Edinburgh first called attention. 
 Dr. Francois subjected it to further examination, calling it Thridace.
 
 Composite.] LACTUCA VIROSA. 455 
 
 Lactucarium is prepared by collecting the above exuded juice and 
 by pressing out that of the incised stems when in flower, and then 
 evaporating it to a proper consistence in a water-bath. This forms 
 the best kind. It is of the consistence of a dry extract, and is sold 
 in roundish rather hard lumps, having a brown colour, an opium 
 smell, and a bitter, mixed with a little acid taste. It is apt to attract 
 moisture. It yields to analysis about half its weight of a Bitter Ex- 
 tractive, Wax, and Resin, with a principle analogous to Caoutchouc 
 in considerable quantities. No crystalline principle has as yet been 
 discovered. 
 
 Action. Uses. Anodyne, Diaphoretic and slightly Diuretic in doses 
 of gr. ij. gr. vj. to allay Cough and Nervous Irritation, relieve the 
 pains of Rheumatism, &c., and to induce sleep. 
 
 EXTRACTUM LACTUCA, L. Extract of Lettuce. 
 
 Prep. Bruise the fresh leaves of Garden Lettuce, sprinkled with water, in a Wedge- 
 wood or stone mortar, and then press out the juice, and evaporate to a proper consistence- 
 
 Action. Uses. Contains little of the active principle or Lactuca- 
 rium, though it resembles it in colour, odour, and taste ; is a little se- 
 dative in doses of gr. v. 9j. 
 
 LACTUCA VIROSA, Linn. E. Folia, D. The Inspissated Juice, E. 
 Strong-scented Lettuce. 
 
 This is supposed to be the Sg f&nf ayf fa of Dioscorides, though L. 
 Scariola, Linn, is adduced by Dr. Sibthorp as the plant. This has 
 glaucous vertical leaves, but the same properties as the former. 
 
 The Wild Lettuce abounds in acrid milky juice, has a tap-shaped root, with round and 
 erect, slender, glaucous stem, 2 4 feet high, a little prickly below, panicled above. Leaves 
 horizontal, with a prickly keel otherwise nearly smooth, finely toothed ; radical ones obo- 
 vate, undivided, those of the stem smaller, often lobed, auricled, and semiamplexicaul. 
 Flower-heads numerous, panicled, with numerous small, heart-shaped, pointed bracts. 
 Florets light yellow. Achcenia striated, beak white, equalling in length the black fruit. 
 Dry banks and borders of fields throughout Europe. E. B. t. 1957. Flowers about Au- 
 gust 
 
 This plant, distinguished by its rank smell and the blood-red spots 
 on its stem, is preferred to the former by the E. C. Dr. Christison 
 states, from information communicated to him by Mr. Duncan of 
 Edinburgh, that it yields a much larger quantity and a superior qua- 
 lity of Lactucarium, especially before the middle period of inflore- 
 scence ; so Schutz has found in Germany that a single plant of L. 
 saliva yielded only 17 grs., while one of L. virosa no less than 56 
 grs. of Lactucarium. That prepared near Edinburgh is " in pieces 
 about the size of a field bean, rough and irregular, wood-brown in 
 colour, with an ash-gray efflorescence, friable, reddish-brown in 
 powder, of the same odour with'' the former, but more acrid and 
 bitter to the taste." (c.) Analyzed by Walz, it was found to contain 
 a Volatile Oil, a yellowish-red tasteless Resin, a greenish-yellow 
 Acrid Resin, Crystallizable and Uncrystallizable Sugar, Gum, Pectic 
 Acid, Albumen, a' brown Basic substance, a principle like Humus, 
 Extractive, a concrete Oil or Wax (one part of which, insoluble in 
 ether, is the same as the Caoutchouc of other analysts), Oxalates, and
 
 456 LOBELIA INFLATA. [Corolliftorai, L. 
 
 other salts, with a neutral active principle, which has been named 
 Lactucin. This is in acicular crystals, colourless, without odour, 
 very bitter, fusible, soluble in about 70 parts of water, more so in 
 Ether, Alcohol, and diluted acids. The watery solution is very 
 bitter, neutral, and not precipitable by any reagent. (Walz, Ann. der 
 Pharm. xxxii.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Narcotic ; suited to allay pain and induce sleep, in 
 the same cases as Henbane, and where Opium is ineligible, in doses 
 of gr. v. 9j. 
 
 TINCTURA LACTUCARII, E. Tincture of Lactucarium. 
 
 Prep. Take Lactucarium in fine powder 3iv. Proof Spirit Oij. Best prepared by per- 
 colation, but also by digestion, as Tinct. Myrrh. 
 
 Action. Uses. Anodyne, &c. as above, in doses of r#xx. to f3j. 
 
 TROCHISCI LACTUCARII, E. Lettuce Lozenges. 
 
 Prep. Lactucarium 3ij- To be prepared in the same proportion and manner as the 
 Opium Lozenge. 
 
 D. May be taken to the extent of xx. xl. daily. 
 
 M. Aubengier prepares a spirituous Extract of Lactucarium, which 
 contains all the active principles, and which may be prescribed in pills, 
 or made into a syrup by adding 1 part to 500 of syrup. 
 
 LOBELIACE.E, Juss. Lobeliads. 
 
 Annual or perennial herbs, usually with milky juice. Leaves alternate, without sti- 
 pules. Flowers complete, sometimes from abortion dioecious, irregular. Calyx superior 
 or half-superior, 5-parted, odd segment anterior. Corol inserted into the calyx, composed 
 of 5 petals, usually more or less adherent, and commonly cleft longitudinally. Stamens 
 5, alternate with petals, and inserted into a disk crowning the ovary. Filaments united 
 above with the anthers into a tube. Ovary 1 to 3-celled, many-ovuled. Stigma fringed. 
 Fruit capsular or berried, 1 2-celled, rarely 3-celled, often opening at the apex, many- 
 seeded. Embryo straight in the axis of albumen. The Lobeliacece are allied to Cicho- 
 rese and to Campanulaceee. Found in tropical and temperate parts of the world. They 
 secrete a milky juice, often very acrid and narcotic. 
 
 LOBELIA INFLATA, Linn. L. (LOBELIA, U. S.) Herb, E. Indian To- 
 bacco. Pentand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 This plant was first employed by the natives and then by the me- 
 dical practitioners of the United States, and in this country first in 
 1829. 
 
 Annual or biennial, with fibrous root Stem erect, angular, the upper part branched 
 and smooth. Leaves irregularly serrate, dentate, hairy ; the lower ones oblong, obtuse, 
 with short petioles ; those towards the middle ovate-acute, sessile. Flowers in racemes. 
 Calyx smooth, tube ovoid, 5-lobed, segments linear-acuminate. Corol of alight-blue, cleft 
 longitudinally from above, bilabiate, the upper lip narrow, the lower broader, 3-cleft. An- 
 thers united into an oblong curved body, the two inferior barbed at the point. Style fili- 
 form ; stigma curved, inclosed by the anthers. Capsule 2-celled, ovoid, ten-angled, in- 
 flated, crowned with the calyx. Seeds numerous, small, of a brown colour. Common 
 weed in the United States from Canada to Carolina. Esenb. and Eberm. 206. 
 
 The whole plant when wounded exudes a milky juice, and all parts 
 are possessed of medicinal activity ; but, according to Dr. Eberle, the 
 root and inflated capsules are the most powerful. The dried herb is 
 of a pale greenish-yellow colour, of a faint disagreeable smell, and a
 
 Lobeliacea;.] ERICACEAE. 457 
 
 burning acrid taste, especially perceptible in the fauces. It is gene- 
 rally compressed into rectangular cakes by the Shaking Quakers of 
 New Lebanon, in New York. The active properties are extracted 
 by Proof Spirit and by Ether. It has not yet been satisfactorily ana- 
 lyzed. Its active principle has been supposed to be of a volatile 
 nature ; but it may be long preserved with its powers unimpaired. 
 Dr. Calhoun considers its active principle (Lobelin) to be of the na- 
 ture of Nicotin. [This has been verified by Mr. Procter.] Dr. Pereira 
 finds a volatile Acrid principle (Oil ?) and a peculiar Acid. Reinsch, 
 in a later analysis, found much Gum, with vegetable Fibre, Aromatic 
 Resin, with other substances soluble in Alcohol, and a peculiar sub- 
 stance, which he obtained only in an impure state. 
 
 Action. Uses. Narcotic, Acrid, Antispasmodic, acting in many 
 respects like Tobacco ; in large doses Emetic and Cathartic. Used 
 to control attacks of Spasmodic Asthma, either by giving it in full 
 doses so as to excite vomiting, or in small doses repeated until sick- 
 ness comes on. 
 
 D. The dose of the powder as an expectorant, gr. j. gr. v. ; as 
 an emetic, gr. x. 9j. 
 
 TINCTUEA LOBELIA, E. Tincture of Lobelia. 
 
 Prep. Digest Lobelia dried and finely powdered 3v. in Proof Spirit Oij. Or much 
 better prepared by percolation, as Tinct. Capsicum. 
 [Lobelia 3iv. Diluted Alcohol Oij. U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Expectorant in doses of f#x. f3j. Antispasmodic, 
 f3j. f3ij. every two or three hours. Emetic in doses of f3iv. 
 
 TINCTURA LOBELIA ^ETHEREA, E. Etherial Tincture of Lobelia. 
 
 Prep. Digest in a well-closed vessel for 7 days, finely powdered dry Lobelia gv. in 
 Spirit of Sulphuric Ether Oij. But it is better prepared by percolation, the materials 
 being firmly packed in the percolator. 
 
 Action. Uses. Similar to Whitelaw's Etherial Tincture. Used 
 chiefly as an Antispasmodic. 
 
 ERICACE^:, Endlicher. Heath-worts. 
 
 Shrubs, undershrubs, or trees. Leaves evergreen, alternate, without stipules. Calyx 
 free, or with its tube adherent to the ovary, 4 or 5-fid. Corol 4 or 5 parted, adherent to 
 the bottom of the calyx, superior or half-superior, formed of several petals united together. 
 Stamens 8 or 10, inserted into the corol. Anthers with the 2 cells distinct either at the 
 base or at the apex, there opening by pores, often furnished with a bristle-like appendage. 
 Ovary half-superior or inferior. Placentae central. Style 1. Stigma capitate. Fruit in 
 the genera with inferior ovary, berried or drupaceous, in those with superior ovary 
 usually capsnlar. Embryo in the axis of albumen. Many-celled many-seeded. The 
 Ericaceae are found in the cold and temperate parts of the northern hemisphere, and in 
 southern Africa. Many are astringent, some also stimulant; hence employed as substi- 
 tutes for Tea, as Gaultheria procumbens and Ledum lalifolium. Some have succulent 
 edible fruit. Rhododendron Chrysanthum is much employed by the Russians as a sti- 
 mulant diaphoretic in rheumatism. R. campanulatum is employed in the Himalayas as 
 snuff. 
 
 Tribe Ericece. Fruit capsular. Anthers 2-celled. Disk hypogy- 
 nous. Testa close.
 
 458 
 
 UVA URSI. 
 
 [Corollifloras, L. 
 
 UVA URSI, L. E. (U. S.) Folia, L. D. Leaves, E. of ARCTOSTAPHY- 
 LOS (ARBUTUS, D.) UVA URSI, Spr. Bearberry, Decandria Mono- 
 gynia, Linn. Trailing Arbutus. 
 
 It is uncertain when this plant was first employed medicinally. 
 Quer maintains that the Spaniards first discovered its antinephretic 
 properties. 
 
 Evergreen procumbent shrub. Leaves coria- 
 
 Fig. 76. ceous, obovate, obtuse, quite entire, shining, of a 
 
 deep-green above, lighter colour and covered with 
 a network of veins on the under surface, hence 
 reticulated. Flowers in terminal clusters of 8 or 
 10, each supported by three small bracts. Calyx 
 5-partite, of a pale red. Corol rose-coloured, 
 ovate-urceolate, 5-cleft, border revolute. Stamens 
 10, inclosed, filaments flattened. Anthers com- 
 pressed, with 2 pores at the apex, and furnished 
 laterally with 2 reflexed arms. Ovary globose, 
 supported by 3 scales. Style short. Stigma ob- 
 tuse. Berry globose, scarlet with 5 single-seeded 
 cells. Stony Alpine heaths of Europe, Asia, and 
 North America. Esenb. and Eberm. 215. St. 
 and Ch. 91. 
 
 The leaves are the officinal parts, 
 and usually collected in autumn. They 
 have sometimes been adulterated with 
 the leaves of Vaccinium Vitis Idsea, 
 or Whortleberry ; but these are dotted 
 on their under surface, and have their 
 margins revolute and somewhat cre- 
 nate. The Box leaf is devoid of as- 
 tringency. Uva Ursi leaves, when 
 
 dried and powdered, have an odour not unlike that of hay ; the taste 
 is bitter and astringent. The active properties are extracted both by 
 water and Spirit. They contain Gum, Resin, Extractive, and some 
 Gallic acid, and about 36 per cent, of Tannin. The watery infusion 
 is precipitated by Gelatine, and a bluish-black colour is produced with 
 the Sesquichloride of Iron. The leaves are employed in tanning in 
 some parts of Russia. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent Tonic and mild Diuretic. Chiefly appli- 
 cable in chronic cases, where there is an increased secretion of mucus, 
 from the bladder, in doses of the powder, gr. x. 3ss. 
 
 DECOCTUM UVJE URSI, L. (U. S.) Decoction of Bearberry. 
 
 Prep. Take bruised Uva Vrsi 3j. Aq. dest. Oiss. (f3xx. U. S.) 
 and strain. 
 
 Boil down to Oj. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic, mild Diuretic, in doses of fjjss. f3iij. three 
 times a day. 
 
 EXTRACTUM UVJG URSI, L. Extract of Bearberry. 
 
 To be prepared like Extract of Gentian. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic in doses of grs. v. grs. x. two or three times 
 a day.
 
 Ericacea.] C H I M A P H I L A. 459 
 
 Tribe Vacciniece, distinguished by their baccate, fleshy, and inferior 
 fruit, with an epigynous disk, contain Cranberries, Bilberries, and 
 Whortleberries. 
 
 Tribe Pyrolete. Fruit capsular, dry. Seeds with a loose testa. Disk 
 0. Anthers opening by pores. 
 
 CHIMAPHILA, L. (U. S.) Pyrola, E. D. Folia, L. Herba, E. Herb, 
 E. of CHIMAPHILA (corymbosa Pursh, L.) UMBELLATA, Nuttall. Win- 
 ter Green. Decand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 This plant, called Pipsissewa, was first employed medicinally by 
 the native Americans, and then by the European settlers. It was 
 made known to the profession by Dr. Mitchell in 1803 ; and then by 
 Mr. Carter and Dr. Somerville. (Medico-Chirurg. Trans, vol. v.) 
 
 Small evergreen shrub, with creeping root-stock. Leaves coriaceous, with short pe- 
 tioles, cuneate-lanceolate, coarsely serrated, smooth, and shining. Flowers drooping, in 
 small corymbs, with linear awl-shaped bracts. Calyx 5-cleft. Petals 5, white, with a 
 tinge of pink, spreading. Stamens 10, filaments smooth, dilated in the middle. Ovary 
 roundish, obtusely angular, umbilicated. Style short, concealed in the umbilicus of the 
 ovary. Stigma orbicular, 5-lobed. Cells of the capsule dehiscent at the apex, the valves 
 unconnected by tomentum. A native of mossy turf in the woods in the northern latitudes 
 of America, Europe, and Asia. Flowers in June and July. Esenb. and Eberm. 93. St. 
 and Ch. 93. 
 
 The fresh leaves, when bruised, exhale a peculiar odour ; the taste 
 is pleasantly bitter and astringent; that of the stems and roots is said 
 to be pungent. They contain Gum, a little Tannin, Bitter Extrac- 
 tive, Resin, and saline matter with Lignin. Dr. A. T. Thomson in- 
 dicates the presence of Gallic acid. 
 
 Action. Uses. Acrid and Tonic. The fresh leaves applied to the 
 skin produce rubefaction. The infusion or decoction taken inter- 
 nally, acts as a Diuretic and Tonic, and has been prescribed in 
 Dropsies accompanied with debility, and in chronic affections of the 
 Urinary Organs, also in Scrofulous complaints. 
 
 DECOCTUM (PYROLA, D.) CHIMAPHILA, L. (U. S.) Decoction of Win- 
 ter Green. 
 
 Prep. Take Chimaphila (Pyrola uinbellata, D.) 3j. Aq. dest. Oiss. (by measure ftij. D.) 
 Boil down to Oj. and strain, L. (Macerate it for 6 hours, bruise, and return it to the 
 water. Evaporate the expressed liquor to fej. by measure, D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Diuretic and Tonic. The Decoction strikes a deep 
 green with ferruginous salts, and may be given in doses of f3j. 
 f3iij. every three or four hours. 
 
 [From the decoction or infusion an agreeable beverage may be 
 formed by adding sugar, a little ginger to flavour it, and yeast to 
 produce fermentation. This, under the name of Pipsissewa Beer, 
 has been advantageously used in scrofulous complaints. The Syrup 
 of Chimaphila may be made from the infusion prepared by dis- 
 placement.]
 
 460 S T Y R A X. [Corolliflora. 
 
 y. Corolliflarce, Dec. 
 
 " 
 
 STYRACEJE. Rich. Styrax Tribe. 
 
 Trees or shrubs, smooth or with stellate pubescence. Leaves alternate, without sti- 
 pules. Flowers regular. Calyx free or united to the ovary, 4 or 5-cleft. Corol deeply 3 
 to 7, often 5-cleft, imbricate. Stamens united together at the base, inserted into the 
 bottom of the corol, double, treble, or quadruple the number of its divisions. Ovary free 
 or adherent, 2 3 5-celled. Ovules 4 or more in each cell, in two rows, the upper as- 
 cending, the lower pendulous. (Lindley.) Style simple. Stigma obscurely lobed. Drupe 
 fleshy or dry, sometimes winged from the developement of the nerves of the adherent 
 calyx ; nut 3 5, or oftener from abortion, 1-celled, and in the same way 1-seeded. Seeds 
 erect or inverse. Embryo in the axis of fleshy albumen. Found in the tropical parts of 
 Asia and of America, with a species in the Mediterranean region, and others in Japan. 
 Remarkable for the secretion of Benzoic acid in Styrax and Benzoin. 
 
 STYRAX, Linn. Decdnd. Monog. 
 
 Calyx rather campanulate, nearly entire, or 5-toothed. Corolla campanulate at the 
 base, deeply 3 7 cleft. Stamens 6 16, seldom 10, exserted; filaments united to the 
 tube of the corol, sometimes adhering at the base into a ring; anthers linear, 2-celled, 
 opening by internal longitudinal slits. Ovary inferior. Style simple. Stigma obtuse, 
 somewhat lobed. Drupe dry, splitting imperfectly into 2 or 3 valves, with 1 2 3 stones. 
 Seed solitary, erect, with a large, leafy, thin embryo lying in the midst of fleshy albumen, 
 with an inferior radicle. (Lindley.) Styrax officinale and S. Benzoin yield officinal 
 products. 
 
 STYRAX, L. E. D. (U. S.) Balsamum, L. Resina, E. Balsamic exu- 
 dation, E. of STYRAX OFFICINALE, Linn. Officinal Storax. 
 
 Storax (tfrupaf) was well known to the Greeks. Dioscorides com- 
 pares the tree producing it with the Quince tree. It is called asteruk 
 in the East. 
 
 A small tree (Fig. 77), with smooth bark, and downy shoots and petioles. Leaves 
 ovate-obtuse, of a green colour, and shining above, white and downy on the under-surface, 
 something like those of the Quince tree. Flowers white, in terminal racemes of a few 
 flowers, which resemble those of the Orange. Calyx downy (2), cup-shaped, 5 to 7 
 toothed. Corolla externally hairy, with 5 to 7 segments. Stamens (2) 10 to 16. Fruit 
 about the size of a cherry, coriaceous, downy, with 1 or 2 nuclei. A native of Asia 
 Minor and Syria, common in Greece, and cultivated in the south of Europe. As this 
 plant does not yield a balsamic exudation in all these situations, some Storax has been 
 thought to be yielded by Liquidambar orientate. Du Hamel, however, states having seen 
 it flow from a tree near the Chartreuse of Montriau. Esenb. and Eberm. 210. Fl. Graec. 
 t. 375. St. and Ch. 47. 
 
 Much of the Storax of commerce is yielded by this tree when in- 
 cisions are made into it. It is common in Asia Minor, where Pro- 
 fessor Forbes was informed Storax was collected from it. Several 
 kinds are known in commerce and described in books, (v. Pereira.) 
 Of these, Storax in grains, Reed Storax (Storax calamita), called 
 Storax amygdaloides by Guibourt, used to be most common. One 
 kind of Liquid Storax is yielded in the islands of Cos and Rhodes by 
 Styrax officinale, which is there called /3ouxoui. This seems only 
 the Arabic word Bukhoor, signifying incense or fumigation, put into
 
 StyracecB.] 
 
 BENZOIN. 
 
 461 
 
 Fig. 77. 
 
 Greek letters. Common Storax is 
 in brown or reddish-brown masses, 
 varying in shape (in turf-like cakes, 
 c.), light and friable, but possess- 
 ing some tenacity, softening when 
 warmed. It has a fragrant bal- 
 samic odour, and a warm aro- 
 matic taste. It consists evidently 
 of saw-dust united with some bal- 
 samic substance. Herat and De 
 Lens inform us that a factitious 
 compound is made both in the Le- 
 vant and at Marseilles with the 
 saw-dust of the wood and the juice 
 of this tree, with a little Benzoin. 
 The ancients also employed saw- 
 dust, honey, wax, iris-root, &c. 
 Storax, when exposed to the air, 
 becomes covered with an efflores- 
 cence of Benzoic'. It burns with 
 a white flame, leaving a carbona- 
 ceous residue; gives a slight co- 
 lour and odour to water ; but the 
 greater part, with the exception of impurities, is dissolved by Rectified 
 Spirit. Reinsch gives as the constituents of the Red Storax, a trace 
 of Volatile Oil, Benzoic acid 1 to 2-6 per cent., Gum and Extractive 
 7-9 to 14, Resin 32-7 to 53-7, with much woody fibre. It hence re- 
 quires to be purified. 
 
 STYRAX COLATUS, L. EXTRACTUM STYRACIS, E. Strained or Purified 
 Storax. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Slorax in Rectified Spirit, strain with a gentle heat, distil off the 
 Spirit to the right consistence. The E. formula is nearly the same : most of the Spirit 
 is to be distilled off, and the liquid evaporated over the vapour-bath to the consistence of 
 thin Extract. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Expectorant in Chronic Coughs, in doses 
 of gr. x. 9j. It forms an ingredient of the Tinct. Benzoini comp. 
 
 PILULE STYRACIS COMPOSITE, L. PIL. STYRACIS, E. PIL. E STYRACE, D. 
 
 Prep. Take strained Storax (Resin, D.) 3iij. (Extract of Storax 2 parts, E.), hard 
 (Turkey, D.) Opium powdered, and Saffron aa 3j. (1 part, E.) Rub up and beat into a 
 uniform mass. (Divide into 4 gr. pills, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Narcotic, &c. gr. j. of Opium in gr. v. of the pill. 
 
 BENZOIN, L. E. D. [Benzoinum, U. S.] Balsamum, L. Resina, D. 
 Concrete Balsamic exudation, E. of STYRAX BENZOIN. Dryander. 
 Benzoin. Gum Benjamin. 
 
 Benzoin has long been employed medicinally and as incense in the 
 East. In Bengal it is called by a name (looban), which in N. W. 
 India is applied only to Olibanum (v. p. 332). In Persian works on
 
 4 
 
 462 BENZOIN. [CorollifloreB. 
 
 Materia Medica it is distinguished by the names of hussee looban and 
 hussee-al-jawee (an Java?) (u. Himal. Bot. p. 261.) The name hussee 
 appears to be the original of asset, as mentioned at p. 406, and Ben- 
 zoin we know .is in old works called asa dulcis. Mr. Marsden ascer- 
 tained it to be yielded by a tree which Mr. Dryander named Styrax 
 Benzoin. Haynes supposed it to constitute a distinct genus, Benzoin, 
 which Blume had already named Lithocarpus. 
 
 Tree of considerable size, but small when tapped, of quick growth. Branches and foot- 
 stalks round, downy. Leaves oblong, acuminated, smooth above, white and tomentose 
 underneath. Racemes compound, axillary nearly as long as the leaves, flowers on one 
 side with short pedicels. Calyx campanulate, obscurely 5-toothed. Corol of 5 petals of 
 a grayish-white colour, which are perhaps united at the base, four times longer than the 
 calyx. Stamens 10, inserted into the receptacle. Ovary superior, ovate, tomentose. 
 Style filiform. Stigma simple. Native of Java, Sumatra, Siam, and Laos, Borneo, &c. 
 Esenb. and Eberm. 111. 
 
 Benzoin is obtained in Sumatra by making incisions into the tree 
 in its seventh year. The juice which flows first is the purest and 
 most fragrant : it hardens on exposure to the air. That which flows 
 subsequently is brownish, and some is scraped out when the tree is 
 cut down and split open, as it is soon killed by the process of tapping. 
 These varieties are in commerce called head, belly, and foot Benzoin, 
 and have the relative values to each other of 105, 45, and 18, being 
 esteemed according to their whiteness, semi-transparency, and free- 
 dom from admixtures. It is also produced in Siam, whence it has 
 long been an article of commerce. The specimen given by the 
 Author to Dr. Pereira, and named by him Translucent Benzoin, was 
 obtained from Bankok. This may be produced by Styrax Finlayso- 
 nianum ; but S. Benzoin may grow in the interior, as much surface 
 moisture and umbrageous forests prevail, which will produce a cli- 
 mate very similar to that of a tropical island. Benzoin in tears is a 
 fine kind, but seldom met with. The best kind common in commerce 
 is in masses composed of whitish or reddish tears agglutinated toge- 
 ther by a darker-coloured portion of the same balsam. This is 
 Jlmygdaloidal Benzoin. An inferior kind, of a dark-brown colour, is 
 sometimes called Calcutta Benzoin. Though the history of some 
 varieties requires investigation, this had no doubt been previously 
 imported, as Benzoin is always mentioned as one of the imports into 
 Calcutta, Madras, and Bombay, from countries still more to the east- 
 ward. Benzoin, though hard, is friable, presenting a resinous mottled 
 fracture; has an agreeable fragrant odour, more perceptible if rubbed; 
 taste somewhat sweetish and balsamic, irritating the fauces if much 
 chewed; its powder excites sneezing. Sp. Gr. 1-092. Heated, it 
 melts, and emits white irritating fumes of Benzoic acid, also of an 
 empyreumatic oil, and finally burns away. It is soluble in Alcohol 
 and also in Ether, being precipitated on the addition of water, form- 
 ing a milky emulsion. Some acids dissolve it. It consists of a trace 
 of Volatile Oil, Benzoic acid about 20 per cent., Resin from 78 to 80 
 per cent., some of which is soluble and the other insoluble in Ether, 
 Woody matter, Water, and loss. Both the White and Brown Ben- 
 zoins contain nearly the same quantity of Benzoic acid; but the
 
 Styracea:.] BENZOIC ACID. 463 
 
 latter contains only about 8 per cent, of the soluble, and the white 
 Benzoin very little of the insoluble resin. 
 
 .Action. Uses. Stimulant Expectorant. Formerly much employed 
 in Chronic Catarrhs and in fumigations. 
 
 TINCTURA BENZOINI (BENZOES, D.) COMPOSITA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Com- 
 pound Tincture of Benzoin. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, E. D.) days Benzoin 3iijss. (3iv. E. 3iij. D.), Strained Sto- 
 rax 3ijss. L. (3jj. D.), Balsam of Tolu 3x. L. (3j. D.), Aloes (Indian, E. Socotrine", D.) 
 3v. (3ss. E. D. Peru Balsam Sijss. E.) in Rectified Spirit Oij. (by measure 6>ij. Pour 
 off the clear liquor, D.) Filter. [U. S. P. directs Benzoin 3iij., Purified Storax 3ij., 
 Balsam of Tolu 3j- -Aloes in powder 3 ss -> Alcohol Oij.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Expectorant, in doses of f3ss. f3ij. 
 sometimes made into an emulsion, or added to pectoral mixtures to 
 improve their flavour. 
 
 ACIDTJM BENZOICTJM, L. E. D. Benzoic Acid. 
 
 Benzoic Acid, though named from Benzoin, is found in other sub- 
 stances, which are on this account called Balsams, such as Storax, 
 and the Balsams of Peru and of Tolu. It is also produced by the 
 actions of reagents on several vegetable substances. Indeed it is 
 supposed by Prof. Johnston to be produced in the balsams themselves 
 by the action of heat or other reagents. It is considered to be an 
 oxide of the hypothetical radicle Benwyle or Benzule (Bz = C 14 H 5 O 3 
 = 125.) This has been already mentioned at p. 382. The pure Oil 
 of Bitter Almonds being a Hydruret of Benzule. When this is ex- 
 posed to the a'tmosphere, oxygen is absorbed, and some Benzoic acid 
 formed. It is also formed in the Urine of some herbivorous quadru- 
 peds, by the decomposition of Hippuric acid ; but it is usually ob- 
 tained from Benzoin, either by subjecting it to the action of heat, or 
 to that of a base, from which it is afterwards separated by a stronger 
 Acid. 
 
 Benzoic Acid, when obtained by sublimation, is in soft, feathery, 
 flexible crystals, which have a pearly lustre, and, when pure, are 
 quite colourless, but as obtained by the action of heat, have a little 
 empyreumatic oil intermixed, which increases the odour, but does not 
 impair the medical properties. From a solution, Benzoic' crystallizes 
 in transparent prisms. It has a warm, acrid, slightly acid taste ; a 
 little volatilizes at ordinary temperatures. It rnelts under 212, and 
 sublimes entirely on a little increase of temperature, and burns away; 
 it is soluble in about 25 parts of boiling, but not less than 200 parts 
 of cold water, but very readily in Alcohol ; it combines readily with 
 Alkalies and Metallic Oxides. It is composed of 1 Eq. Benzule 105 
 + 1 Eq. Oxygen, 8 =113 -f 1 Eq. of Water (Bz + Aq. = 122) 
 when crystallized. 
 
 Tests. Colourless, sublimed entirely by heat, E. with a peculiar 
 odour, L. Water dissolves it sparingly, but rectified Spirit readily. 
 Solution of Potash or of Lime dissolves it entirely, and Hydrochloric 
 acid throws it down again, L. 
 
 Prep. Take of Benzoin fcj. (q. s. E.), put it into a proper vessel (a glass matrass, E.), 
 and from a sand-bath (or by a gradually increasing heat, E.) sublime as long as any thing
 
 464 
 
 BENZOIC ACID. 
 
 [Corollifloree. 
 
 rises. Squeeze the sublimate between folds of filtering paper to remove the oil as much 
 as possible, and sublime the residuum again, L. E. The acid which rises contains a little 
 empyreumatic oil intermixed, but less if the apparatus of Mohr be used. Or Benz' may 
 be prepared by boiling finely powdered Benzoin with Carbonate of Potash or of Soda, or, 
 as in the D. P., with Hydrate of Lime, when a Benzoate of Lime is formed. This is de- 
 composed by H Cl', when Benzoic' is precipitated, and Chloride of Calcium left in solu- 
 tion. This is poured off, the residual acid washed, dried, and then sublimed with a gentle 
 heat. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Expectorant, formerly in doses of gr. v. 
 9j. but now chiefly used as an ingredient of Paregoric (7K Cam- 
 phors Comp.) and Tinct. Opii Ammoniata, E. 
 
 Inc. Alkalies, their Carbonates and Metallic oxides. 
 
 OLEACE^S. Lindl Olive Tribe. 
 
 Trees or shrubs, branches and leaves opposite. No stipules. Flowers complete, or 
 from abortion unisexual, racemose. Calyx free, 4-toothed or divided, persistent. Corol 
 of 4 petals, either united at their base or throughout, and these equally 4-fid, valvate, sel- 
 dom wanting. Stamens 2, inserted into the tubes of the corol. No disk. Ovary free, 2- 
 celled, ovules 2 or many, pendulous. Style short. Stigma undivided or bifid. Fruit 
 capsular, berried or drupaceous. Seeds from abortion usually solitary, compressed, or 
 with a membranous wing. Embryo straight in the axis of horny albumen. The Olea- 
 cese are found in the warm and temperate parts chiefly of the northern hemisphere, a few 
 in the mountainous situations in India. They are valued for the hardness of their wood 
 and ornamental flowers; the Olive-tree also for its fruit and oil, and the species ofFraxi- 
 nus for Manna. 
 
 Divided into two groups. \ J' leineffi ' J* dru P aceou . s or baccate. 
 
 ) 2. Fraxmese. Fruit capsular, indehiscent samaroid. 
 
 OLIV.E OLEUM. L. E. D. (U. S.) Olive Oil. Oleum e drupis ex- 
 pressum L. D. Expressed Oil of the Pericarp E. of OLEA EURO- 
 Linn. European Olive. Diand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 The Olive tree, sXaia of the Greeks, Zait of the Bible, and Zaitoon 
 of 'the Arabs, is one of the most celebrated and useful of trees. 
 
 Fig. 78. 
 
 The olive-tree (Fig. 78) is usually small, 
 evergreen, but of a dull aspect, wood hard. 
 Leaves with short petioles, ovate-lanceolate 
 or lanceolate, mucronate, of a grayish-green 
 colour above, hoary beneath. Flowers white, 
 in short axillary clusters. Cal. (2) small, 4- 
 toothed. Corol with short tube and 4-cleft 
 limb (1). Stamens 2, a little exserted. Style 
 short Stigma (2) bifid segments emarginate. 
 Ovary 2-celled, 2-seeded. Drupe (3) about 
 the size of a damson, purple-coloured, con- 
 taining only one sharp-pointed nut. A native 
 probably of Asia, early cultivated in Syria 
 and Greece. The varieties of the Olive are 
 numerous. The var. longifolia is chiefly 
 cultivated in the S. of France and Italy, and 
 the var. latifolia in Spain. Esenb.and Eberm. 
 212. St. and Ch. 15. 
 
 The leaves and bark of the Olive- 
 tree have been employed; also a 
 peculiar resinous exudation, called 
 Olivile and Olive gum (v. p. 338), 
 and the bark as a substitute for 
 Cinchona.
 
 Oleacecn.] OLIVE OIL. 455 
 
 The fruit of the Olive, though esteemed even in its unripe state, as 
 an article of the dessert, having been first steeped in an alkaline ley, 
 and then preserved in salt and water, is chiefly valued on account of 
 the bland fixed oil which is stored up in its outer fleshy part. This 
 is obtained by at once bruising the nearly ripe fruit with moderate 
 pressure in a mill (Virgin Oil), or by the aid of boiling water and 
 greater pressure, or when fermentation has taken place in the olives 
 collected in heaps, ordinary and inferior oils are thus obtained, the 
 worst being employed only as lamp-oils or in the manufacture of 
 Soap. The finest oils are produced near Aix, Montpellier, Nice, 
 Genoa, Lucca, and Florence. It is also largely produced in the 
 kingdom of Naples, and exported from Gallipoli, on the East coast 
 of the Gulf of Taronta, whence it is commonly called Gallipoli Oil. 
 
 Olive oil may be taken as the type of the Fatty or Fixed, called 
 also Expressed Oils. It is of a pale yellow, or of a light yellowish- 
 green colour, without smell when fresh, having a bland, somewhat 
 sweetish, fatty taste. It is very limpid. Sp. Gr. 0-910 at 77, inso- 
 luble in water, is readily dissolved by volatile oils, and by twice its 
 bulk of Ether, but requires much more Alcohol. Exposed to the air 
 it absorbs Oxygen and becomes rancid, but not drying like Linseed 
 oil, is preferred for machinery. At 38 F. it begins to congeal, and 
 is readily separated at 20 into two distinct bodies, of which one is 
 fluid, called Elaine, or Oleine 72, and the other 28 per cent, solid, 
 named Margarine from its pearly aspect. This is often deposited in 
 jars and casks of the oil. Hyponitrous acid converts Olive Oil into 
 a concrete mass from producing the oleaginous principle Elaidine, 
 mentioned at p. 208. If this like other oils is heated with Alkaline 
 solutions, or with the Oxide of Lead, great changes take place, as 
 exemplified in the making of Soap, (v. Sapo) and of Lead Plaster, p. 
 167. 
 
 Tests. Olive Oil is apt to be adulterated with poppy and other oils; 
 these are distinguished by not congealing at the same temperature 
 as olive oil, also by retaining air, when shaken up, more readily than 
 pure olive oil. The E. P. directs that " when carefully mixed with 
 a twelfth of its volume of solution of Nitrate of Mercury, prepared 
 as for the Unguentum Citrinum (v. p. 208,) it becomes in three or 
 four hours like a firm fat, without any separation of liquid oil." If 5 
 per cent, of any other oil be present, the consolidation is slower and 
 less firm, but if there be 12 per cent., the foreign oil floats on the sur- 
 face for several days, (c.) M. Gobley has invented an Elai'ometer. 
 (P. J. iii. 293.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Nutrient, Emollient, internally in irritant poison- 
 ing, externally relaxing, much employed for frictions and for embro- 
 cations, and to give consistence to Cerates, Ointments, and Plasters : 
 good application to the hair from not drying readily. In doses of 
 f3j. laxative, added to enemata for its emollient effect, or to dislodge 
 ascarides. 
 
 SAPO, L. SAPO DURUS, E. D. (U. S.) ex Olivae oleo et Soda confectus, 
 L. Spanish or Castile Soap, made with Olive Oil and Soda, E. 
 
 30
 
 466 SOAP. [Corollijtoree. 
 
 SAPO MOLLIS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Ex Olivte oleo et Potassa Confectus, 
 L. Soft Soap, made with Olive Oil and Potash, E. 
 
 The manufacture of Soap was known to the Romans, and has long 
 been practised in India. It depends upon the action of Alkalies, and 
 of oxide of lead upon fixed oils and fatty substances. Hard, or as it 
 is often called, Castile Soap, is made by heating together olive oil 
 and a solution of caustic Soda. Combination gradually takes place, 
 and a viscid homogeneous mass is formed, which is readily soluble 
 in water. When of good quality it is " white, does not stain paper, 
 (with oiliness,) is free of odour, and dissolves entirely in rectified 
 Spirit," E. The mottled kind is less fit for medical use, because it 
 is coloured by the addition of Sulphate of Iron, which becomes de- 
 composed, and the black Protoxide is precipitated, which by the 
 action of the oxygen of the air is converted into the red Sesquioxide 
 of iron. Chemists conceive that at the time when soap is formed, 
 the Elaine and the Margarine are, by a re-arrangement of their ele- 
 ments, converted into two acids, called Elaic and Margaric acids, 
 and that these combine with the Soda, forming Eleates and Marga- 
 rates of Soda. But with the formation of the acids, a new substance, 
 Glycerine, is also produced, and becomes dissolved in the water which 
 forms one of the constituents of Soap. Some oils and animal fats 
 contain Stearine, a substance closely allied to Margarine : in that 
 case some Stearic acid is also formed. All Soaps are slightly alka- 
 line, feel soft and slippery, and are detergent. The watery solution 
 is readily decomposed by acids, also by earthy and many metallic 
 salts, hence, when water holds any of them in solution, instead of dis- 
 solving, the soap becomes decomposed. Such waters are called hard, 
 while those which are comparatively pure are called soft waters. Cas- 
 tile soap is composed of 9- to 1O5 of Soda, 76-5 to 75'2 of Oleic and 
 Margaric acids, and of 14-3 to 14-5 of water, (Ure.) Common Soap 
 made of Tallow and Soda, and Yellow Soap of Tallow, Resin, and 
 Soda, are not so well adapted for medical use. 
 
 SOFT SOAP, as used in the arts, is made with Caustic Potash and 
 Fish-Oil and Tallow; is semitransparent, of the consistence of honey, 
 brownish-coloured, and nauseous. But that referred to by the'Colleges 
 as made with Potash and Olive Oil, Dr. Pereira was unable to meet 
 with, and found on inquiry that common Soft Soap is usually substi- 
 tuted in making Ung. Sulphuris Comp. L. 
 
 Action. Uses. Soap is Antacid, and hence used as an Antilithic ; its 
 alkali being readily set free, it is sometimes conveniently used in 
 poisoning by acids, and given in large quantities, without causing 
 irritation. Its Oil being also set free, makes it useful in cases of ha- 
 bitual costiveness, especially when combined with Rhubarb, Aloes, or 
 Colocynth Extract. Useful as a detergent in many cutaneous dis- 
 eases, and externally, from its lubricity, it is well suited for embroca- 
 tions, &c., and is hence very commonly employed in liniments. 
 
 PILULE SAPONIS COMPOSITE, L. (U. S.) PIL. SAPONIS CTJM OPIO, D.
 
 Oleacea.} SOAP LINIMENT AND PLASTER. 467 
 
 Prep. Beat together into a uniform mass hard (Turkey, D.) Opium powdered 3iv. and 
 Hard Soap 3ij. 
 
 D. gr. v. gr. x. as a Narcotic, gr. v. 9j. used as a suppository. 
 
 LINIMENTUM SAPONIS, L. E. D. [CAMPHORATUM, U. S.] Soap Lini- 
 ment. [Camphorated, U. S.] Opodeldoc. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Camphor 3. in Spirit of Rosemary fSxvi. then add Soap 3iij. and ma- 
 cerate till it is- dissolved with a gentle heat, L. Dissolve Soap giij. D. (Castile gv. E.) in 
 rectified Spirit Oij. E. (Spirit of Rosemary f3xvi. D.) Digest (till dissolved, D. E.) add 
 Camphor 3i. D. (Camphor 3>iss. and Oil of Rosemary f3vi. Agitate briskly, E.) Soft 
 soap is usually employed by druggists; for it was found that by following the directions 
 of the L. P. a solid gelatinous mass is produced, owing to the Spirit of Rosemary being 
 made with Rectified instead of with Proof Spirit. (Shum. P. .1. ii. 457 and Fisher, p. 515.) 
 [Take Common Soap 3iij- Camphor 3i. Oil of Rosemary, Oil of Origanum each f3i. Al- 
 cohol Oj. Digest the soap with the alcohol, by means of a sand-bath, till it is dissolved ; 
 then add the camphor and oils, and when they are dissolved, pour the liquor into broad- 
 mouthed bottles.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Embrocation. A vehicle for Opium, &c. 
 LINIMENTUM SAPONIS CUM OPIO, D. (v. Linim. Opii, L. E. p. 272.) 
 
 CERATUM SAPONIS, L. Soap Cerate. 
 
 Prep. Boil powdered Oxide of Lead 3xv. in Vinegar cong. i. over a slow fire, con- 
 stantly stirring, until they unite, then add Soap 3x. and boil as before till all the moisture 
 is evaporated, then mix with these Wax gxiiss. dissolved in Olive Oil Oj. Di-Acetate of 
 Lead is first formed. The Soda then unites with the Acetic' and the fatty acid of the 
 Soap with the Oxide of Lead. The Oil and Wax give consistence to the compound, (p.} 
 This is of a soft texture, but may be converted into hard cerate, or Emp, Cerati Saponis, 
 simply by evaporating away all the vinegar, (o. P. J. iii. 36.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Mild application to Scrofulous and other sores. The 
 hard is preferred by Dr. Houlton to keep under dressings in situ. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM SAPONIS, L. E. D. Soap Plaster. 
 
 Prep. Melt Lead (Litharge, E. D.) Plaster ftiij. (3iv. and Gum Plaster gij. E.) add 
 Soap (Castile) sliced ftss. L. D. (U. S.) (in shavings 3j. E.) Boil them down to a proper 
 consistence. Gum Plaster is added in the E. P. to obviate the tendency to crumble pos- 
 sessed by the L. and D. preparations. 
 
 Action. Uses. Discutient. Gives support, and is little irritant. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM SAPONIS COMPOSITUM VEL ADH^ERENS, D. Adhesive Plaster. 
 
 Prep. Make Soap Plaster 3ij. and Plaster of Litharge and Resin 3iij. into a plaster. 
 Melt and spread on linen. 
 
 Action. Uses. Less irritating than the Resin Plaster (p. 167). 
 Pnarm. Prep. Pil. Rhei Comp. Pil. Cambogiee Comp. Pil. Scillae 
 Comp. 
 
 MANNA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Manna. Succus concretus, L. D. Sweet 
 concrete exudation, E. of FRAXINUS ORNUS, Linn. (Ornus europcea, 
 Persoon),L. European Flowering Ash: probably of several species 
 of Fraxinus and Ornus,* E. Diandria Monog. Linn. 
 
 The name Manna seems to be derived from the Arabic mun, sig- 
 nifying the same thing. But as there are several other sweetish exu- 
 
 * The two genera are again reunited into one, v. Decand. Prod. viii. 274.
 
 468 MANNA. [Corollifloras. 
 
 dations (v. Manna, Penny CycL), it is difficult to determine when 
 Manna was first known and used. There is uncertainty also respect- 
 ing the species which yields European Manna. The Flowering Ash 
 is the Fraxinus of the ancients, while the Common Ash is the Ornus 
 of Virgil. 
 
 FRAXINUS ORNUS (Ornus europoea, L.), adduced in the L. P., is a tree about 25 feet 
 high, with leaves which are impari-pannate, consisting of 7 to 9 stalked, oblong-acute, 
 serrated leaflets, which are hairy at the base of the midrib on the under side. Buds vel- 
 vety. Panicles dense, terminal, nodding. Calyx very small, 4-cleft. Corel divided to 
 the base into linear segments, which are white and drooping. Pericarp a narrow 
 elongated capsule, which does not dehisce, terminated by a flat and obtuse wing. Hilly 
 situations in south of Europe, especially Calabria and Apulia, also in Sicily. Fl. Grsecia, 
 i. t. 4. St. and Ch. 53. 
 
 Tenore asserts that Manna is yielded by two varieties of this tree, 
 one named rotundifolia, and generally cultivated on account of its 
 Manna, and the other 0. garganica. Prof. Gusson assured Messrs. 
 Merat and De Lens that Ornus rotundifolia alone yields Manna, and 
 that this is frequently grafted on 0. europcea. Both this species and 
 O. rotundifolia are natives of Calabria, Apulia, and Sicily ; and it is 
 from these places that we obtain our chief supplies of Manna. But 
 other species of Fraxinus, and even F. excelsior or the Common Ash, 
 in the south of Europe, have been stated to yield Manna. 
 
 Manna is obtained chiefly by making incisions into the bark, and 
 sticking leaves below them, in the middle of summer and in early 
 autumn. The juice flows out as a clear liquid, and soon concretes 
 on the stem and the leaves, as well as on straws stuck into them, 
 forming stalactitical or Flake Manna. Some falls on leaves or into 
 vessels placed for receiving it. Several kinds are known in com- 
 merce. Manna in tears is a pure kind, in bright and roundish white 
 grains; but Flake Manna is chiefly valued and mostly met with in 
 this country. It is in light and porous pieces, 5 or 6 inches in length, 
 mostly stalactitical in nature, often hollowed on one side, of a pale 
 yellowish- white colour, easily broken. The odour is faintish, the taste 
 mawkishly sweet, followed by acridity. Its colour changes to a yel- 
 lowish-red when long kept. Inferior kinds are in smaller pieces, irre- 
 gular in form, soft and sticky, of a yellowish-red or brownish colour, 
 of an unpleasant sweetness, and often intermixed with impurities. 
 These are called Manna in sorts, Fat Manna, Tolfa Manna, &c. 
 Another set of Mannas are produced in Syria, Persia, and Arabia 
 (v. Manna, Penny Cycl} ; but these are never met with in European 
 commerce. Manna melts with heat, and burns with a bluish flame. 
 When pure, it is soluble in 3 parts of cold and in its own weight of 
 boiling water. It is also dissolved by Alcohol. Manna consists of 
 about 60 per cent, of a peculiar, principle called Mannite, but which 
 varies in different varieties of Manna, Sugar, of which some is crys- 
 tallizable (Thenard) and some uncrystallizable, a little Gum, with 
 some yellow nauseous Extractive, which is supposed by some to be 
 the purgative principle. Mannite is in acicular 4-sided crystals, 
 sweet, without smell, soluble in water, less so in Alcohol, incapable 
 of undergoing fermentation. 
 
 Action. Uses. Laxative, without irritation, but less so the fresher
 
 Loganiaceas.] SPIGELIA. 459 
 
 it is ; apt, however, to create flatulence ; in doses of 3j- 3ij. ; but 
 for children, to whom it is suited from its sweet taste, 3j. f 3ij. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Confectio Sennse. Syrupus Senna3, L. E. D. Enema 
 Catharticum, D. (p. 356.) 
 
 The APOCYNE.E contain a few plants possessing active and useful properties; but none 
 are officinal, as the Strychnece are now referred to LOGANIACE^E. (p.) 
 
 The ASCLEPIADE^E, closely allied to Apocynete, do not contain any plants officinal in the 
 Pharmacopeias, but many which are possessed of useful medicinal virtues. Cynanchum 
 (now Solenostemma) Argel has been already mentioned (p. 353) as employed to adulte- 
 rate Senna. Cynanchum Monspeliacum and Periploca Secamone are said to be used to 
 adulterate Scammony. Secamone emetica and Asclepias curassavica are emetic. Tylo- 
 phom asthmatica has been considered an efficient substitute for Ipecacuanha, and an ex- 
 cellent remedy in Dysentery. Hemidismus indicus is considered by the medical officers 
 of the Madras establishment to be an efficient substitute for Sarsaparilla in the treatment 
 of Syphilis, Scrofula, and cutaneous affections. It is there usually called Country Sarsa- 
 parilla. It has a pleasant odour, which is compared with that of Iris Root, is useful as 
 an Alterative and general improver of the secretions. It is imported into this country and 
 employed under the name of Smilax aspern. This was proved by the author to be the above 
 Hemidesmus indicus. (Proc. Royal Asiat. Soc. June, 1838.) So Calotropis procera, oka 
 and mudar of the natives of India, has long been employed as an Alterative in Cutaneous 
 affections, and even in incipient Leprosy. The author employed a variety named C. Ha- 
 miltonii by Dr. Wright, which is common in Northwest India, and which the natives 
 there employ medicinally for the same purposes as the former. He has prescribed the 
 fresh bark of the root, dried and powdered, alone and successfully in incipient cases of 
 Leprosy and in other cutaneous affections, both in the Civil and the Military Hospital of 
 Saharunpore. 
 
 [Two species of Apocynum are used for medicinal purposes in the U. S. A. andro- 
 samifolium, and A. Cannnbimtm, both perennial, herbaceous plants. The roots are the 
 active portions. 
 
 The ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA, Pleurisy root or Butterfly weed, has a place in the Sec. List. 
 of the U. S. P. It is abundant through the U. S., and is distinguished by its orange-co- 
 loured blossoms. The root is diaphoretic and expectorant, and in rheumatisms, catarrhs, 
 &c., is given in decoction. 
 
 The A. incarnata and A. syriaca have a place in the U. S. P.] 
 
 LOGANIACE.E, Endlicher. Loganiads. 
 
 Shrubs or trees, seldom herbs. Leaves opposite, eniire, usually with stipules which 
 adhere to the leafstalks or are combined in the form of interpetiolary sheaths. Flowers 
 racemose or corymbose, rarely solitary, terminal or axillary. Calyx free, 5- rarely 4- 
 lobed. Corols sometimes irregular, 5- rarely 4- or many-lobed. Stamens inserted into 
 its tube, usually 5, alternate with the lobes, rarely 1 or 10 to 12, then with some oppo- 
 site to the lobes. Anthers 2-celled, opening lengthwise. Pollen with 3 bands. Ovary 
 superior, 2-celled (3- or spuriously 4-celled). Stigmas simple or 2-lobed. Fruit either 
 capsular and 2-celled, with the valves turned inwards, bearing the placentae, finally be- 
 coming loose, or drupaceous, with 1- or 2-seeded stones, or berried, with the seeds im- 
 mersed in pulp. Seeds usually peltate, rarely erect, sometimes winged. Embryo straight, 
 with the radicle turned towards the hilum or parallel with it, with 2 leaflike cotyledons. 
 Habit of Rubiaceee, but the ovary and consequently the fruit in no way united with 
 the calyx. Allied one on side to Apocyne, and on the other to Gentianese, but to be 
 distinguished by their stipules. They may be briefly defined as Rubiacese with free or 
 superior ovaries. Found in hot parts of the world. 
 
 Suborder I. SPIGELIE^G, Meesm. Are sometimes united with Gentianete, but are more 
 allied to, Rubiacece. They may be distinguished by their leaves being furnished with sti- 
 pulro. Flowers isomeric, aestivation of the corols valvate, capsules didymous, many- 
 seeded. Seeds without wings. Embryo small; cotyledons little conspicuous. Warm 
 parts of the New World and in New Holland, with a few species in tropical Asia. 
 
 SFIGELIA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Radix, L. D. Root, E. of SPIGELIA 
 MARYLANDICA, Linn. Carolina Pink. Wormseed. Perennial 
 Wormgrass. Pentand. Monog. Linn.
 
 470 NUX VOMICA. [Corolliflorts. 
 
 The virtues of this plant were discovered by the Cherokee Indians, 
 and made known in Europe about a century since. 
 
 Root perennial, branching, fibrous. Stems erect, 4-sided above. Leaves opposite, ses- 
 sile, ovate-acuminate, smooth, with the margins and veins a little pubescent. Racemes 
 terminal, 1 -sided, 3-8-flowered. Calyx persistent, 5-parted, segments linear-subulate, 
 finely serrulate, reflexed on the fruit. Corol scarlet, funnel-shaped, much longer than the 
 calyx ; the tube inflated and angular at the top, the limb in 5 acute spreading divisions, 
 with the 5 stamens inserted between them. Anthers oblong, heart-shaped, converging. 
 Ovary superior, ovate. Style longer than the corol, jointed near its base and bearded at 
 the extremity. Capsule smooth, didymous, or composed of 2 cohering, 1-celled, 2-valved, 
 globular carpels attached to a common receptacle. Seeds numerous. Southern states of 
 North America and Texas. Esenb. and Eberm. 52. B. M. 80. St. and Ch. 117. 
 
 S. ANTHELMIA, Linn, or Pink Root of Guiana and of Demerara, has also been long em- 
 ployed by the natives of those countries, as well as in the West Indies ; a decoction of a 
 iew fresh leaves being very efficacious against Ascaris vermicularis, or maw-worms. 
 
 The virtues of this plant reside principally in the root, which con- 
 sists of numerous slender wrinkled fibres, attached to a knotty head, 
 of a brownish colour externally ; a faint smell, and of a slightly bitter, 
 not very disagreeable taste. As sold in the shops, stalks and the leaves 
 are usually found attached to the roots. Analyzed by M. Fenuelle, 
 they yielded a Fixed and Volatile Oil, a little Resin, a Bitter extrac- 
 tive matter, supposed to be the active principle, with Mucilaginous 
 and Saccharine matter, and some salts. The leaves afforded the same 
 principles, but a less quantity of the Bitter principle. 
 
 Action. Uses. Anthelmintic. Much used in North America. In 
 large doses it acts as an Irritant Cathartic, and in poisonous doses as 
 a Narcotic. It may be given in powder gr. x. gr. xx. to a child 3 or 
 4 years old ; 3j. 3ij. to an adult ; or of the infusion (3iv. to boiling 
 Aq. Oj.) f 3iv. f gj. may be given to a child. A quantity of Senna 
 equal to the Spigelia is usually added, to insure a Cathartic effect. 
 (Wood and Bache). 
 
 Suborder 11. STRYCHNE/E. Flowers regular. /Estivation of the 
 Corolla valvate. Embryo rather large. Trees or shrubs. 
 
 Tribe 2. Euslrychnece. Berry or Drupe two-celled, many-seeded, 
 or from abortion one-celled, one-seeded, seeds peltate, apterous. 
 
 Nux VOMICA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Semina, L. D. Seeds E. of STRYCHNOS 
 Nux VOMICA, Linn. Nux Vomica, or Koochla tree. Pentand. 
 Monog. Linn. 
 
 Nux Vomica was early used as a medicine by the Hindoos, and it 
 is their Koochla tree (Sans. Culaka and Kataka), and being a pro- 
 duce of India, its properties must have been investigated long before 
 it could be known to foreign nations. - It is the harakee of Persian 
 works on Materia Medica, but there is doubt respecting its name in 
 Avicenna. Ktianuk-al-kulb, dog-killer, and Faloos mahee, fish-scale, 
 are other Arabic names. But under the name of Jouz-al-Kue, or 
 Emetic Nut, the author obtained the fruit of a Rubiaceous shrub. 
 Dr. Pereira thinks that the Nux Mechil of Serapion is Nux Vomica ; 
 but in Persian works this name is applied to a Datura. 
 
 A moderate-sized tree, with a short crooked trunk. Branches irregular, the young 
 ones long and flexuose, with smooth, dark-gray bark. Wood white, close-grained, and 
 bitter. Leaves opposite, with short petioles, oval, smooth, and shining, 3 to 5-nerved, dif-
 
 Loganiac&e.] NUXVOMICA. 471 
 
 fering in size. Flowers small, greenish-white, in terminal corymbs. Calyx 5-toothed. 
 Corol funnel-shaped ; limb 5-cleft, valvate. Stamens 5 ; filaments short, inserted over the 
 bottom of the divisions of the calyx; anthers oblong, half exserted. Ovary 2-celled, with 
 many ovules in each cell, attached to the thickened centre of the partition. Style equal 
 to the corol in length. Stigma capitate. Berry round, smooth, about the size of an 
 orange, covered with a smooth somewhat hard fragile shell, of a rich orange-colour when 
 ripe, filled with a soft white gelatinous pulp, in which are immersed the seeds attached 
 to a central placenta. Seeds peltate or shield-like, slightly hollowed on one side, convex 
 on the other, about } of an inch in diameter, and about 2 lines in thickness, thickly co- 
 vered with silky ash-coloured hairs attached to a fibrous testa, which envelopes the kernel 
 composed of horny bitter albumen, of the form of the seed and of the embryo imbedded 
 in a hollow in its circumference. Roxb. Corom. i. t. 4. A native of the Indian Archipe- 
 lago and of the forests of the Peninsula of India, as well as of the Southern parts of the 
 Bengal Presidency, as near Midnapora. Esenb. and Eberm. 209. St. and Ch. 11. 52. 
 
 Lignum colubrinum, supposed to be an antidote against the poison of venomous snakes, 
 as well as a cure for intermittent fevers, is produced by other species, as Strychnos ligus- 
 trina and S. Colubrina. S. Tieute yields the Upas tieute and Tjettek of the Javanese, 
 which is an aqueous extract of the bark. & toxifera yields the Woorali or Ourari poi- 
 son of Guyana. S. pseudoquina is employed in Brazil as a substitute for Cinchona Bark, 
 and the seeds of S. potatorum, Roxb., nirmulee of the Hindoos, are employed by them to 
 clear muddy water. 
 
 Strychnos Ignatia, usually considered as constituting a distinct ge- 
 nus, and called Ignatia amara, Linn., is, however, of most importance, 
 as its seeds, called St. Ignatius's beans, are frequently made to yield 
 their Strychnia. They are ovate, triangular, of a reddish-gray co- 
 lour, and about twenty of them contained in a pear-shaped fruit. 
 They are produced in the Philippine Islands, and have long been used 
 in India, where they are called Papeeta, and are mentioned in the 
 work called Taleef Sherse. They are intensely bitter, and contain 
 a larger quantity of Strychnia than the Nux Vomica seeds. 
 
 The wood of the Nux Vomica tree is said by Dr. Christison to be 
 often substituted for the above Lignum Colubrinum, or Snake-wood. 
 The Bark is unfortunately sold in many shops in Calcutta under the 
 name of Rohun, and thus substituted for the febrifuge bark of the 
 Rohuna tree, or Soymida febrifuga (Beng. Disp. pp. 247 and 437), 
 which was made known by Dr. Roxburgh, written on by Dr. Duncan 
 in 1794, and introduced into the E. P. In this way probably it came 
 to be introduced into England, and not being found saleable, was sent 
 to Holland, and there sold and used as Angustura-bark (v. p. 322), 
 supposed at one time to be the bark of Brucea ferruginea. In 1804, 
 Dr. Ronbach of Hamburgh observed that it acted as a poison, and 
 as several fatal cases occurred, it was in consequence prohibited being 
 used in many Continental states. From its composition Batka sus- 
 pected that it was the bark of the Nux Vomica tree, or of some al- 
 lied species. This Dr. Pereira confirmed by examining the specimens 
 of Strychnos Nux Vomica in the East Indian Herbarium. (Med. 
 Gaz. xix. p. 492.) Dr. Christison, as he informed the author, came, 
 to the same result by examining specimens of Nux Vomica bark with 
 French specimens of false Angustura Bark. 
 
 Dr. O'Shaughnessey in Calcutta, fully established the identity of 
 false Angustura bark, and of the bark of the Nux Vomica tree in 
 Journ. of Med. and Phys. Soc. of Calcutta, Jan. 1837 ; in consequence 
 of an alkali having been obtained from what was supposed to be the 
 bark of the Soymida febrifuga, but which proved to be the bark of
 
 472 NUX VOMICA. [CorollijlorcB. 
 
 Strychnos Nux Votnica. The whole forms a most instructive lesson 
 on the absolute necessity of being thoroughly acquainted with the 
 true nature of the drugs we prescribe. 
 
 Nux Vomica Bark is in flattish or slightly curved pieces, thick, 
 hard, and compact; fracture dull and brownish; epidermis some- 
 times displaying a ferruginous, spongy, and friable efflorescence, at 
 other times a yellowish-gray colour, marked with prominent grayish- 
 white spots. Both appearances are due to alterations in the texture 
 of the epidermis, and not to lichens, which are rare. The bark is 
 smooth internally, its powder of a yellowish-white colour, without 
 smell, but having an intense and permanent bitter taste. A drop of 
 Nitric' on the external ferruginous part, turns it of a dark-greenish 
 colour ; but if applied to a transverse section or internally, a dark-red 
 spot is produced. Analyzed by Pelletier and Caventou, it yielded 
 Brucia. Dr. Christison states that it might be employed for obtaining 
 Strychnia. An infusion of the Bark slightly reddens Litmus, Nitric 
 acid produces in it a red, and Sulphate of Iron a green colour, but 
 an infusion of Galls a grayish-white precipitate. 
 
 Nux Vomica Seeds are round and flat, or rather shield-like, of a 
 light-grayish colour, covered with a thick and tough testa, silky with 
 fine hairs, which assist in detecting it when in powder and magnified. 
 The seeds have little smell, but an intense and tenacious bitter taste ; 
 are so tough, that the E. C. give directions for powdering them (v. 
 Extract). The powder, apt to be adulterated with substances em- 
 ployed to assist in pulverization, is of a yellowish-fawn colour. Wa- 
 ter takes up some, but Proof and Rectified Spirit nearly all its active 
 properties. Analyzed by Pelletier and Caventou, the seeds were 
 found to contain two alkalies, Strychnia and Brucia united with a 
 peculiar acid, the Igasuric, called also Strychnic acid, a yellow Co- 
 louring matter, a Concrete Oil, Gum, Starch, Bassorin, and a small 
 quantity of Wax. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cerebro-Spinant, Poisonous, producing tetanic con- 
 vulsions without affecting the brain. Used as a Stimulant of the 
 Nervous System in Paralysis, in doses of the powder gr. v. gr. xv. 
 or the following effective preparations may be employed. 
 
 TINCTURA Nucis VOMICJE, D. Tincture of Nux Vomica. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 7 days the scraped fruit of Strychnos nux vomica 3ij. in Rectified 
 Spirit 3viij. Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. As Spirit takes up the active principles, this is an 
 efficient preparation, sometimes applied externally to paralysed limbs. 
 D. n^v. n^x. 
 
 EXTRACTUM Nucis VOMICA, E. D. (U. S.) Extract of Nux Vomica. 
 
 Prep. Take Nux Vomica (scraped Sviij. D.) (ftj. U. S.), Rectified (Proof, D.) Spirit 
 (by measure ftij. D.) any convenient quantities, E. Expose the seeds to steam till soft, 
 slice, dry, and grind them in a coffee-mill. Exhaust the powder by percolation or boiling 
 with the Spirit, till it comes off free from bitterness. Distil off the greater part of the 
 Spirit, and evaporate the residue to a proper consistence in the vapour-bath, E. 
 
 Action. Uses. A powerfully bitter-tasted extract. May be given 
 in the form of pill in doses of gr. ss. graduallyincreased to gr. iij.
 
 Loganiacece.] STRYCHNIA. 473 
 
 STRYCHNIA, L. E. (U. S.) Alkali of Strychnos Nux Vomica, &c. 
 Strychnine. 
 
 Prep. Take bruised Nux Vomica ftij. and boil it in Rectified Spirit Cj. in a retort 
 fitted to a receiver, for 1 hour. Pour off the Spirit, and again and a third time boil with 
 Rectified Spirit, each time Cj. and the Spirit recently distilled. Pour off the liquor. 
 Press the Nux Vomica, and distil the Spirit from the mixed and strained liquors. Eva- 
 porate the residue to the consistence of an extract. Dissolve in cold water and strain. 
 Evaporate with a gentle heat to the consistence of syrup; while warm add Magnesia gra- 
 dually to saturation, shaking them together. Set aside for 2 days, then pour off the su- 
 pernatant liquor. Press the residuum in cloth ; boil it in Spirit, strain, and distil the 
 Spirit Add to the residue very little dil. Sul' diluted with Aq. and macerate with a 
 gentle heat. Set aside for 24 hours, that crystals may form. Press and dissolve them in 
 water ; then frequently shaking, add Ammonia, to throw down the Strychnia. Dissolve 
 this in boiling Spirit and set aside to form pure crystals. In this process, the Igasurate 
 or Strychnate of Strychnia is dissolved in the watery solution of the alcoholic extract. 
 On the addition of the Magnesia, decomposition ensues, Strychnate of Magnesia is 
 formed and precipitated with the Strychnia which is set free, along with some Brucia. 
 These are then dissolved by the Spirit, and a Sulphate of Strychnia is formed on the ad- 
 dition of the Sul'. This Sulphate is decomposed by the Ammonia (a soluble Sulphate of 
 Ammonia being formed), and comparatively pure Strychnia precipitated. 
 
 In the E. P. less Spirit is required, the Nux Vomica ftj. is powdered (v. Extract), de- 
 coctions are then prepared with Aq. Ov. which necessarily contain the Strychnates of 
 Strychnia and of Brucia; and the soluble ingredients being evaporated to the consistence 
 of Syrup, Quicklime ^iss. is added in the form of Milk of Lime. The precipitate (Strych- 
 nia and Brucia, and Strychnate of Lime) is dried and powdered, and then boiled with suc- 
 cessive portions of rectified Spirit, when the Strychnia is dissolved and afterwards obtained 
 by distilling off the Spirit, and purified by re-crystallization, with or without animal char- 
 coal. 
 
 By these processes a powder of a grayish or of a brownish-white 
 colour is obtained, which is obscurely crystalline, and, though im- 
 pure, amounts only to about. 0-4 per cent, of the seeds. (St. Ignatius's 
 Bean yields about 1-2 per cent.) It consists of Strychnia and Brucia, 
 with some Colouring matter. The alkalies may be separated by 
 Nitric', producing salts of different degrees of solubility, and then 
 with Ammonia precipitating them from the Nitrates of Strychnia and 
 of Brucia. 
 
 Strychnia when pure is white, crystallized in brilliant oblique oc- 
 tohedrons, or in elongated four-sided prisms, or it may be in a simple 
 granular state. It is so intensely bitter, that 1 part gives a percep- 
 tible taste to 60,000 parts of water. It is very insoluble, requiring 
 about 7000 parts of temperate and 2,500 parts of boiling water ; so- 
 luble in boiling Rectified Spirit, and also in the fixed and volatile oils. 
 It is first fused by heat, and then decomposed. It is alkaline in its 
 reaction on Litmus, forms salts with acids, which are soluble and 
 bitter. A white precipitate in solutions of these salts is produced by 
 alkalies and Tinct. of Galls. Nitric acid colours it yellow; but if 
 Brucia be present, a red colour is produced. Strychnia consists of 
 
 C 44 H3 3 -ft* O*. 
 
 Tests. Strychnia is apt to be adulterated : that in common use is 
 never pure. It consists of Strychnia, Brucia, and some colouring 
 matter. It may contain the last in excess, as well as Lime and Mag- 
 nesia. "Intensely bitter. Nit' strongly reddens it. A solution of 
 grs. x. in Aq. f3iv. and Pyroligneous acid, f3j. when decomposed by 
 concentrated Sol. of Carbonate of Soda f3j. yields on brisk agitation 
 a coherent mass, weighing when dry grs. x. and entirely soluble in
 
 474 CENTAURIUM. [Corolliflorae. 
 
 Sol. of Oxalic acid." E. P. The precipitate should be equal to the 
 Strychnia first employed. Lime or Magnesia will be insoluble in 
 Oxal'. " Readily dissolves in boiling Alcohol, but not so in water. 
 It melts by heat, and if it be more strongly urged, it is totally dissi- 
 pated. This being endowed with violent power, is to be cautiously 
 administered." L. 
 
 BRUCIA, which resembles Strychnia in many points, crystallizes in 
 transparent crystals, which are usually in pearly scales. It is less 
 bitter than Strychnia, and will dissolve in about 500 parts of water, 
 and readily both in Alcohol and Rectified Spirit. It is alkaline, and 
 forms crystallizable salts with acids. Nitric' produces a deep-red 
 colour when brought in contact with it; but the red solution becomes 
 violet on adding solution of JProtochloride of Tin. But the colour is 
 destroyed on the addition of deoxidizing agents, as Sulphurous acid 
 and Sulphuretted Hydrogen. It is composed of C 44 H 25 N 3 O 7 ; the 
 crystals contain 17 per cent, of water. Dr. Fuss, as quoted by Pe- 
 reira, considers Brucia a compound of Strychnia and yellow Colour- 
 ing matter. It may be employed for the same purposes as Strychnia, 
 but is not above j^ its strength ; and may be given in gr. % gr. v. 
 
 Action. Uses. Strychnia acts exactly as Nux Vomica, and may be 
 employed for the same purposes, but in' doses of ^V or -$ of a grain 
 gradually increased to gr. j. The first effects experienced from me- 
 dical doses are twitches in the muscles of the extremities, often du- 
 ring sleep, and frequently first in the paralysed part. Some im- 
 provement of the digestive functions is often experienced. But in 
 larger doses, tetanic spasms ensue, and a tendency to lock-jaw, with 
 transient intervals of relief. When the first twitches are experienced, 
 it is necessary to intermit the use of the medicine, as the constitution 
 does not become accustomed to its use, and some cases show a ten- 
 dency to its being cumulative in its action. It is so powerful a Poi- 
 son, that a girl 13 years of age was killed in about an hour by acci- 
 dentally taking f of a grain divided into three pills. (Edin. Medical 
 Journal.) 
 
 GENTIANE^E, Juss. Gentianads. 
 
 Herbaceous annuals or perennials, sometimes under-shrubs, sometimes twining* 
 Leaves usually opposite, without stipules, simple, ternate in Menyanthese, often ribbed. 
 Flowers regular. Calyx persistent, composed of 4 to 5, seldom 6 to 8 sepals, distinct or 
 united together, valvate or contorted. Corol hypogynous, 4 8-fid, usually withering, and 
 twisted or plaited in aestivation. Stamens inserted into the corol, equal to and alternate 
 with its lobes. Ovary single, 1 -celled, rarely 2- or pseudo-4-celled. Styles 2, either 
 wholly or partly united. Capsule many-seeded, with the margins of the valves bearing 
 the seeds ; or 2-celled, from the valves being turned inwards and forming a partition, 
 when the placentae become central, or a many-seeded berry. Embryo in the axis of 
 fleshy albumen. 
 
 Gentianea verce. Corol twisted to the right in aestivation. Leaves opposite. 
 
 Menyantheat. Corol plaited in aestivation. Leaves alternate. Marsh plants. 
 
 The Gentianese are found in temperate and cold climates, often in mountainous situa- 
 tions. They are remarkable for the secretion of a bitter principle, which makes many of 
 them useful as tonics. 
 
 CENTAURIUM, L. E. D. Herba, L. Folia, D. The Flowering-heads 
 E. of ERYTHR^EA CENTAURIUM, Pers. Chironia Centaureum, Sm. 
 Common Centaury. Pentand. Monog. Linn.
 
 Gentianece.] 
 
 G E N T I A N A. 
 
 475 
 
 This is the xsv-au^iov TO /xix^ov, or Small Centaury of Dioscorides. 
 
 Stem herbaceous, erect, about a foot high, rather quadrangular, leafy, branching above. 
 Leaves, radical ones obovate depressed, those of the stem oval, acute, or oblong, lanceo- 
 late, 3-nerved. Flowers of a beautiful pink colour, sometimes white, arranged in a fasci- 
 culated corymb, the lateral ones with 2 opposite awl-shaped bracts. Calyx slender, 5- 
 parted. Corol salver-shaped, with a cylindrical tube twice as long as the calyx, wither- 
 ing on the capsule, limb 5-fid, lobes oval, obtuse, spreading. Stamens 5, anthers yellow, 
 rolling up spirally, after bursting. Style simple, bifurcate, with 2 stigmas. Capsule 
 slender, imperfectly 2-celled from the much indexed margins of the valves. Native of 
 heaths and pastures of most parts of Europe, flowering from June to August. E. B. 417. 
 
 All parts of this plant possess a pure bitter taste, but the flowers in 
 a less degree : it is therefore suited for all the purposes for which the 
 biiter tonics are indicated. It yields its properties both to water and 
 to Spirit. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic ; may be given in powder 3ss. or in infusion 
 (3ij. f3iv. in Aq. Oj.) in doses of f3jss. 
 
 [SABBATIA ANGULAIUS, U. S. American Centaury. 
 
 This is a handsome plant, from a foot to two feet high, with an 
 upright quadrangular stem, ovate, amplexicaul leaves, and showy 
 rose-coloured flowers. The corolla is more spreading than that of 
 the E. centaureum. It is common in the United States. The her- 
 baceous portion is employed, and is brought into the market in bun- 
 dles in the dried state. It is a mild pure bitter, agreeable to the 
 palate, and agreeing with the stomach. Uses same as above.] 
 
 GENTIANA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Radix. Root of GENTIANA LUTEA, Linn. 
 Yellow Gentian. Pentandria Digynia, Linn. 
 
 Gentiana is the revnavi? of the Greeks, called juntiana in the works 
 of the Arabs. 
 
 Fig. 79. 
 
 Root thick, perpendicular, 
 often forked, brown external- 
 ly, yellowish within. Stem 
 straight, 2 to 3 feet in height. 
 Radical leaves, ovate oblong, 
 5-nerved; stem leaves ses- 
 sile, ovate-acute ; those sup- 
 porting the flowers cordate, 
 amplexicaul, concave, all of 
 a pale glaucous-green co- 
 lour. Flowers (Fig. 79) in 
 an interrupted spike of 
 whorls, large, of a brilliant 
 yellow. Calyx membranous, 
 spathe-like, 3 or 4-clefl. Co- 
 rol rotate, with 5 or 6 green 
 glands at its base, 5 or 6- 
 parted, divided usually into 
 5 acute veiny lobes. Sta- 
 mens 5 ; anthers straight, 
 subulate. Style wanting. 
 Stigmas 2, revolute. Ovary 
 and capsule fusiform, 1-cell- 
 ed. Seeds roundish, com- 
 pressed, with a membranous 
 
 border. A native of the Alps, Appenines, and Pyrenees, and other mountains of Eu- 
 ropeEsenb. and Eberm. t. 199. St. and Ch. 132."
 
 476 GENTIAN A. [Corolliflora;. 
 
 Other species also yield some of the Gentians of commerce, as the Alpine species, G. 
 purpurea, punctata, and pannonica ; while in the Himalayas G. Kurroo yields a similar 
 product. 
 
 The root, which is supplied from Germany and Switzerland, is the 
 only officinal part. France is supplied from Auvergne, &c. It varies 
 in dimensions, but is usually about the. thickness of the thumb, and 
 several inches in length, often a little twisted, wrinkled, and of a 
 brownish colour externally, yellowish within, rather soft, but tough ; 
 odour feeble, but the taste at first slightly sweet, then of an intense 
 but pure bitter. The properties are imparted readily to Water, 
 Spirit, Wine, and Ether. The roots were found to contain Bitter 
 Extractive matter, Gum, Uncrystallizable Sugar, Caoutchouc? Con- 
 crete Oil, Yellow Colouring matter, with a trace of Volatile Oil and 
 an acid which has been named Gentisic, which in its impure state 
 was supposed to be the active principle, but, when quite pure, is 
 colourless, and in tasteless feebly acid crystals. Owing to the pre- 
 sence of Sugar, &c., Infusion of Gentian ferments with yeast, and 
 yields a bitter distilled Spirit, prized by the Swiss and Tyrolese as a 
 Stomachic. 
 
 Action. Uses. Bitter Tonic ; esteemed in Dyspepsia and in Con- 
 valescences. Like others of the same class, sometimes employed as 
 an Antiperiodic and Anthelmintic. 
 
 D. Of the Powder gr. x. gr. xxx. 3 or 4 times a day, or prescribe 
 any of the following preparations. 
 
 INFUSUM GENTIANS (E.) COMPOSITUM, L. D. (U. S.) Compound Infu- 
 sion of Gentian. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 1 hour in a lightly covered vessel sliced Gentian (3ss. E. U. S.) 
 dried (and bruised bitter, E.) Orange Peel aa 3ij. (3j. E. D. U. S. Coriander bruised 3j. E. 
 U. S.), fresh Lemon Peel 3iv. L. (3.j. D.) in boiling Aq. dest. Oj. L. (gxij. D.) Strain. 
 (Take the solids and pour on them Proof Spirit fgiv., after 3 hours add Cold Water f3xvj. 
 and in 12 hours more strain through linen or calico, E. U. S.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic Tonic. Useful in Dyspepsia, &c., and 
 as a vehicle for acids, &c., in doses of fsjss. 
 
 MISTURA GENTIANS COMPOSITA, L. Compound Gentian Mixture. 
 
 Prep. Mix Compound Infusion of Gentian f3xij., Compound Infusion of Senna fjvj. 
 and Compound Tincture of Cardamoms f3ij. 
 
 Action. Uses. Aperient and Tonic. Useful combination for ex- 
 temporaneous use in doses of f3jss. 2 or 3 times a day. 
 
 TINCTURA GENTIANS COMPOSITA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Compound Tincture 
 of Gentian. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days sliced (and bruised, D.) Gentian Siiss. (3ij. D. U. 
 S.) dried (bruised bitter, E.) Orange Peel 3x- (3j. D. U. S.) bruised Cardamoms 3v. L. 
 (3ss. D. U. S.) (Canella finely powdered 3vj. Cochineal bruised 3ss. E.) in Proof Spirit 
 Oij. (by measure ftij. D.) Strain. (Diluted Alcohol, Oij. U. S.) (Express strongly and 
 filter. Or, more conveniently prepare by percolation, as Comp. Tinct. Cardamom. E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic, Stomachic. Adjunct to bitter infusions in 
 doses of 3j. f3ij.
 
 GentianeaJ C H I R E T T A. 477 
 
 EXTRACTUM GENTIANS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Extract of Gentian. 
 
 Prep. Prepare with Gentian Root and 8 times its weight of water, as other simple Ex- 
 tracts, D. Take sliced (finely powdered, q. s. E.) Gentian ftijss. and macerate it (mix 
 thoroughly) with boiling Aq. dest. Cij. (half its weight of Aq. dest. E.) for 24 (12, E.) 
 hours. (Put it into the percolator, and exhaust it with temperate Aq. dest. E.) Boil 
 down to Cj. (concentrate E.), and while hot (before it gets too thick, E.) filter. Evaporate 
 to a due consistence (in the vapour-bath., E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic in doses of gr. v. Bj. in pills, often with 
 metallic salts. The Extract made from the Infusion is considered 
 superior to that made from the Decoction: but that made according 
 to the E. P. is still finer, (c.) 
 
 VINTJM GENTIANS COMPOSITUM, E. Compound Wine of Gentian. 
 
 Prep. Digest Gentian 3iv. Yellow Cinchona Bark 3j. also Bitter Orange Peel 3ij. Ca- 
 netla 3j., all coarsely powdered, in Proof Spirit f3ivss. for 24 hours, then add Sherry 
 Wine f3xxxvj. and digest for seven days. Strain and express the residue strongly, and 
 filter the liquor. 
 
 Action. Uses. A good Stomachic in doses of feiv. f3j. 
 
 CHIRETTA, E. Herb and Root, E, of OPHELIA CHIP..ATA, Griseb. (Aga- 
 thotes Chirayta, Don.) Chiretta, Tetrand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 The bitter called Chiretta, or Chiraeta, is as universally employed 
 throughout the Bengal Presidency, as Gentian is in Europe. It has 
 long been known to the Hindoos, but there is no reason to suppose it to 
 be the Calamus aromaticus of the ancients, (v. Himal. Bot. p. 277.) The 
 first English account is that of Dr. Fleming (inAsiat. Res. xi. p. 167), 
 who referred it to the genus Gentiana, others to Swertia, and the late 
 Prof. Don to Agalhotes ; Grisebach now refers it to Ophelia. It is 
 often confounded with another powerful Indian bitter, that is, Creyat, or 
 Justicia paniculata. But there are several plants closely allied to the 
 Chiretta, which are used for* the same purposes, as stated in Him. Bot. 
 p. 277. Thus, Ophelia (Swertia, Wall.) angustifolia, Don, is so in 
 Northern India, and called puharee, (i. e. hill) chiretta, to distinguish 
 it from the true or dukhunee (southern) chiretta. This is obtained 
 from Nepal. Exacum tetragonum is called ooda (that is, purple) chi- 
 retta. 
 
 This is an annual, of from 2 3 feet high, with a single, straight, round, smooth stem. 
 Branches generally decussated, nearly erect. Leaves opposite, amplexicaul, lanceolate, 
 acute, smooth, 5 7-nerved. Powers numerous, stalked, upper half of the plant forming 
 elegant decussated umbel-like cymes, with 2 bracts at each division. Calyx 4-cleft, with 
 sublanceolate persistent divisions, shorter than the corolla. Corol yellow, rotate, limb 
 4-parted, spreading, withering in aestivation, twisted to the right, with 2 glandular hollows 
 protected by a fringed scale upon each segment. Stamens 4 ; filaments subulate, shortly 
 connected at the base ; anthers cloven at the base. Style single. Stigma large, 2-lobed. 
 Capsules conical, rather shorter than the permanent calyx and corol, 1 -celled, 2-valved, 
 opening a little at the apex. Seeds numerous, affixed to two receptacles adhering to the 
 sides of the valves. Himalaya mountains, of which Nepal is one of the valleys. Wall, 
 PI. As. Rar. 3, p. 33, t. 252. 
 
 Chiretta is met with in a dried state, tied up in bundles, with its 
 long slender stems of a brownish colour, having the roots attached, 
 and which have been taken up when the plant was in flower. The 
 whole plant is bitter. Analyzed by MM. Bousil and Lassaigne, they 
 yielded a Resin, a yellow Bitter substance, a yellow colouring matter,
 
 478 MENYANTHES. [Corolliflore. 
 
 Gum, Malic acid, Salts of Potash and of Lime, and traces of Oxide 
 of Iron. Mr. Battley st'ates that it contains 1. A free Acid. 2. A 
 very Bitter Extractive and Resinous matter, and much Gum. 3. Mu- 
 riate and Sulphate of Lime and of Potash; also that the Spirituous 
 Extract is more aromatic than that of Gentiana lutea, but that the 
 extractive and the gum are in larger proportion in the latter. Water 
 and Spirit take up its active properties. 
 
 Action. Uses. Bitter Tonic ; Stomachic in Dyspepsia or as a Tonic 
 in Convalescence ; either cold or hot infusion ; the former is lighter, 
 and well suited to Dyspeptics, and not so apt to create nausea in a 
 hot climate. Sometimes a little Orange-peel or Cardamom is added. 
 A Tincture made as that of Gentian (or 3ij. to Proof Spirit f 3xvj.), 
 like other bitters, is best taken half an hour before meals. 
 
 INFUSUM CHIRETT^;, E. Infusion of Chiretta. 
 
 Prep. Infuse Chiretta 3iv. in boiling Aq. Oj. for 2 hours, and strain. A cold infusion, 
 or one made with a temperature not exceeding 180, is preferable, (0. Wall. /. c. p. 33.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Stomachic in doses of f 3iss. f 3iij. before dinner, or 
 twice a day. 
 
 MENYANTHES, L. E. D. Folia, L. D. Leaves, E. of MENYANTHES TRI- 
 FOLIATA, Linn. Buckbean or Marsh Trefoil. Pentand. Monog. 
 Linn. 
 
 The Buckbean, though long employed, is now less so in European 
 medicine. 
 
 Herbaceous, root-stock jointed, spreading horizontally, branched ascending stems, 
 which are round and leafy. Leaves ternate, with a long alternate petiole, sheathing at 
 base ; leaflets oval or obovate, equal, wavy, a little irregular at the margin. Racemes 
 erect, with several white, or light-lilac, beautifully fringed flowers, each opposite to a leaf. 
 Calyx 5-parted. Corolla funnel-shaped ; limb 5-parted, bearded internally with white 
 fleshy hairs. Stamens 5. Stigma capitate, furrowed. Ovary with 5 hypogynous glands ; 
 Caps, ovoid, l-celled, imperfectly 2-valved, with the* placentae in the axis of the valves. 
 Seeds many, with shining testa:. Bogs and marshes in most parts of Europe ; extends to 
 Cashmere, also to North America. -Esenb. and Eberm. 204. St. and Ch. 11. 85. 
 
 The stem and leaves are smooth, with little odour, but have a very 
 bitter, somewhat nauseous taste. The expressed juice contains, ac- 
 cording to Trommsdorf, a very bitter azotized Extractive (Menyan- 
 thiri), a brown Gum, Inuline, Green Fecula, Malate and Acetate of 
 Potash, and about 75 per cent, of water. Water and Alcohol take 
 up its active properties. 
 
 Action. Uses. Bitter Tonic ; in large doses, Cathartic and Emetic. 
 Doses of the powdered leaves grs. xx., or of the Infusion (3iv. to Aq. 
 Oj.) f 3iss. two or three times a day. 
 
 CONVOLVULACE.E, R. Brown. Bindweeds. 
 
 Herbs or shrubs, generally with milky, sometimes watery, juice ; usually with a twin- 
 ing stem. Leaves alternate, without stipules. Flowers complete, pedicels axillary or 
 terminal, commonly with 2 bracts. Calyx free, 5-leafed, often unequal, in one or more 
 rows, persistent, sometimes united into a 5-fid tube. Corolla monopetalous, inserted into 
 the receptacle, plaited and twisted. Stamens 5, often unequal, inserted into the tube, and 
 alternate with the lobes of the corolla. Ovary free, seated on an annular disk, 2 4 celled, 
 seldom 1-celled. Ovules solitary, or twin and collateral, erect. Style 1, often bifid. Stig. 
 mas simple or globose, in the undivided style bilobed. Fruit capsular, of 2, 3, or 4 valves
 
 Convolvulacea.] J A L A P A. 479 
 
 of which the margins touch the partitions projected from a central column. Seeds usually 
 fewer than the ovules, with sparing mucilaginous albumen. Embryo curved; cotyledons 
 crumpled. 
 
 The Convolvulacere are allied to Polemoniacene, and also to Solanese, and through Cor- 
 diacese also to Boraginese. They abound in the plains and valleys of hot and tropical 
 countries, some are found in the driest situations. The stems of many being annual, a 
 few come to perfection in the summer of higher latitudes. Many are remarkable for the 
 secretion of purgative principles, as in the Jalap, Scammony, Turpeth, Ipomosa carulea, 
 &c. 
 
 JALAPA, L. E. D. Radix, L. D. Root, E. of Ipomasa Purga, Wen- 
 deroth, E. (Ipomaea Jalapa, Nuttall and Don, L.) (Convolvulus 
 Jalapa, Willd.) D. PURGA of the natives of Jalapa. Jalap Root. 
 
 Jalap has been known in Europe since 1609, having been intro- 
 duced into England from the Mexican town of Jalapa, whence it has 
 its name. It was at one time supposed to be produced by Mirabilis 
 Jalapa, and then by Convolvulus Jalapa, Linn, called also Ipomosa 
 macrorhiza, Mich. But all these grow in hot countries, while the 
 Jalap, as long since stated by Humboldt (New Spain, vol. iii. p. 36), 
 or the true " Purga de Xalapa, delights only in a temperate climate, 
 or rather an almost cold one, in shaded valleys, and on the slopes of 
 mountains." The true Jalap plant seems to have been first sent from 
 Mexico by Dr. Houston ; at least, seed sent by him produced a plant 
 which JVliller has described in the 6th ed. of his Gardeners' Diet, as 
 having smooth leaves, while the leaves of the other plant, or Convol- 
 vulus, now Batatas Jalapa, are downy, especially on their under sur- 
 face. In 1827, Dr. Coxe, Prof, of Mat. Med. in (University of) Penn- 
 sylvania, received from Xalapa several growing roots of the Jalap 
 plant. Mr. Nuttall described them by the name of Ipom&a Jalapa, 
 in Am. Journ. of Med. Sc. v. p. 300, Feb. 1830. Living roots were 
 sent by Dr. Coxe to Dr. A. T. Thompson, and the description was in- 
 serted in his Dispensary in 1831. The same plant is referred to by 
 Mr. Don's MS. name in 183G. About the same time, or a little later, 
 Ledanois sent the root to Paris ; and Scheide, travelling in Mexico, 
 collected at Chiconquiera, on the eastern declivity of the Mexican 
 Andes, at an elevation of 6000 feet, living plants and seeds of the 
 true Jalap, and sent them to Germany, where they were cultivated 
 and the plant named Ipomcea Purga by Wenderoth, Nees Off. Pfl. 
 Suppl. iii. t. 13, and /. Scheideana by Zuccarini, Plant Nov. fasc. i. 
 t. 12, and L officinalis by G. Pelletan in France, Exogonium Purga 
 by Mr. Bentham. Dr. Lindley says, "From an unpublished letter in 
 the possession of the Horticultural Society of London, Don Juan de 
 Orbegozo, a pupil of Cervantes, residing at Orezaba, it appears cer- 
 tain that this plant furnishes the Jalap of commerce." The plant is 
 now cultivated in the open air on the Continent, at the gardens of 
 the Horticultural Society, and that of the Society of Apothecaries. 
 The author, by the liberality of the Hort. Soc., has been enabled to 
 send roots to the Himalayas, where he hopes it will soon be esta- 
 blished. 
 
 Ipomcea Purga, or Jalapa (Fig. 80.) The true Jalap plant, has a tuberous, fleshy root- 
 stock, with numerous pear-shaped tubers, externally brownish coloured, internally white,
 
 480 
 
 IPOMEA PURGA, OR 
 
 [Corollijlorce. 
 
 Fig. 80. 
 
 with numerous long fibres. The stem, climb- 
 ing to a great extent, is of a brownish colour, 
 round and smooth, without downiness. Leaves 
 on long foot-stalks, cordate, with a tendency to 
 become hastate in the lower leaves, deeply si- 
 nuated at the base and acuminate at the apex, 
 entire, very smooth. Peduncles axillary, 2-flow- 
 ered, commonly only one blown at a time. Ca. 
 lyx without bracts; sepals 5, obtuse, mucro- 
 nate, with 2 of them external. Corolla of a 
 crimson or a light-red colour, with a long ra- 
 ther clavate tube, four times longer than the 
 calyx ; limb undulated, with 5 plaits ; lobes 
 obtuse, subemarginate. Stamens five ; fila- 
 ments smooth, unequal, longer than the tube of 
 the corol, with white, linear, exserted anthers. 
 Stigma capitate, deeply furrowed. Capsule 
 2-celled ; cells 2-seeded. On the eastern de- 
 clivity of the Andes of Mexico, at an elevation 
 of about 6000 feet, where the climate is rainy 
 but subject to frost in winter. Flowers in Au- 
 gust and September. The tubers are gathered 
 chiefly in the spring, when the young shoots 
 are springing. Nees & Eberm. Sup. 3. t. 13. 
 Zuccarini, Plant. Nov. Fasc. 1. t. 12. 
 
 /. Mestilanlica, Choisy. Dec. Prod. ix. 389, 
 /. orizabensis of Pelletan, is considered to be 
 another species closely allied to the former, 
 and which grows in the temperate parts of (he 
 state of Oaxaca. Dr. Lindley (Fl. Med. p. 397) supposes that it may be the Convolvulus 
 orizabensis of Pelletan, which Dr. Scheide had heard of under its Spanish name of Jalapa 
 Macho or Purga Macho, or Male Jalap ; but he had only seen the root, which appears 
 very like that of /. Purga. Don J. de Orbegazo, as quoted by Dr. L., states that this is 
 considered by the traders in Jalap to be extremely similar in quality, and as " it is the 
 more abundant and larger of the two, at least in some districts," the probability is that it 
 also forms a part of the imported samples of this drug. Bot. Reg. 1841. t. 36. 
 
 Jalap tubers vary in size from a walnut to an orange, are usually 
 pear-shaped or turnip-shaped, having often projecting from them 
 smaller horn-shaped tubercles; the surface smooth, corrugated, or 
 marked with slight furrows. The colour externally is blackish-gray. 
 They are heavy and compact, with a brownish fracture, a very pecu- 
 liar nauseous odour, and an acrid pungent taste. The larger tube s 
 are sometimes divided into halves, quarters, or disks, and are always 
 marked with circular or vertical incisions, made to facilitate their 
 drying. When cut transversely, the section, if polished, appears 
 very compact, and has the appearance of a deep-coloured wood, 
 with still darker concentric circles, with many shining lines and 
 points. The odour of Jalap, when cut or powdered, is strong and 
 irritating. The powder is of a pale brownish colour. 
 
 Several adulterations are met with, especially in continental com- 
 merce, as the roots of the above Ipomaea orizabensis, called Stalk or 
 Light Jalap, but by Guibourt Jalap fusiform, also a False Jalap with 
 a rose odour ; also the smaller roots of Batatas Jalapa of Choisy, 
 (Convolvulus macrorhizus and Jalapa of authors,) those of a Bryonia, 
 of a Smilax, and of Mirabilis, are sometimes intermixed. 
 
 Lately analyzed by Guibourt, but without attempting to ascertain 
 all the salts and principles, Jalap was found to contain of Resin 17-65
 
 ConvolvulacecB.] JALAP. 43 \ 
 
 per cent., a liquid Sugar obtained, by Alcohol, containing some of the 
 deliquescent salts, 19-00, Brown Saccharine extract, obtained by 
 water 9-05, Gum 10-12, Starch 18-78, Woody matter 21-60, loss 3-80 
 = 100. This, as M. G. remarks, differs from the analyses hitherto 
 given, but in the presence of Sugar, which he supposes to be of the na- 
 ture of Cane Sugar, approximates Jalap to Batatas and other Jalap (as 
 Rose Jalap) roots of the same family, which contain it. The Cathartic 
 properties depend on the Resin: hence Rectified Spirit is the best sol- 
 vent. Water takes up the Gum and Starch, with little of the active 
 principle. Though Jalap is apt to be attacked by insects, its virtues 
 are not in consequence impaired, for they leave untouched the resinous 
 part. This Resin is of a grayish colour, opaque, brittle, acrid in taste, 
 soluble in Alcohol, a little so in Ether, readily so in Nit' or Ac', and 
 in solution of Potash. It is now often adulterated with Guaiacum, 
 which may be detected by the blue colour produced by Nitrous gas, 
 while Ether dissolves it, but does not dissolve pure Resin of Jalap. 
 Dr. Kayser has named this Rhodoretine, from its producing a red 
 colour with strong Sul'. He considers it composed of C 42 H 35 O 20 . 
 
 PULVIS JALAPS COMPOSITUS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Comp. Jalap Powder. 
 
 Prep. Rub separately into very fine powder Jalap 3iij. (3j. E. [U. S.] ftss. D.) Bitar- 
 trate of Potash gvj. (gij. E. [U. S.] ftj. D.) Ginger 3ij. Mix. 
 
 Action. Uses. Hydragogue Cathartic ; useful in habitual Costive- 
 ness, &c. in doses of 9j. 3j. 
 
 TINCTURA JALAPS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Jalap. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 days powdered root of Jalap 3*. (3vii. E. Sviij. D. [U. S.]) in 
 Proof Spirit Oij. Strain. (Prepare by digestion or percolation, . Tinct. Cinchonse, E.) 
 Contains the Resin of Jalap, with some of the principles soluble in water. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic adjunct to Purgative draughts, in doses 
 of f3j. f 3ij. 
 
 EXTRACTUM (SIVE RESINA, E.) JALAPS, L. D. Extract or Resin (E.) of 
 Jalap. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Macerate powdered Jalap root ftijss. (ftj. D.) in Rectified Spirit Cj. (by 
 measure feiv. D.) for four days. Pour off the Tincture. Boil the residue in Aq. dest. 
 Cij. (Cj. D.) to Css. (ftij. D.) Strain the liquors, evaporate the decoction, and distil the 
 Tincture till thick ; then mix the Extract and the resin, and evaporate to the proper con- 
 sistence over a water-bath. The extract must be kept soft for pills and hard for pow- 
 der, L. 
 
 E. "Take finely powdered Jalap, moisten with Rectified Spirit : in 12 hours put it 
 into the percolator and exhaust with Rectified Spirit. Distil off the greater part of the 
 Spirit, and concentrate the rest to a due consistence over the vapour-bath." As the active 
 properties of Jalap depend upon its resinous and not upon its saccharine, gummy, or amy- 
 laceous principles, this preparation is preferable to those of the L. and D. P., where the 
 extracts of water and of spirit are mixed together, and the produce necessarily weaker 
 than the Resin. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic in doses of gr. v. 9j. Usually prescribed 
 in combination. The Resin of the E. P. in doses of gr. iij. gr. xij. 
 
 [EXTRACTUM JALAPS, U. S. 
 
 As Ext. Cinchonas. Used in the preparation of PIL. CATHART. C. U. S.] 
 
 31
 
 482 S C A M M O N Y. [Corollifloras. 
 
 SCAMMONITJM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Gummi Resina, L. D. Gummy- 
 Resinous Exudation from incisions into the root of CONVOLVULUS 
 SCAMMONIA, Linn. E. Scammony. 
 
 Scammony has been employed in medicine since the time of Hip- 
 pocrates. It is called suk moonya by the Arabs. Several varieties 
 may be met with in commerce. 
 
 The Scammony Convolvulus has perennial tapering roots from 3 to 4 feet long and from 
 9 to 12 inches in circumference, fleshy, and abounding in acrid milky juice. Stems nu- 
 merous, annual, round, slender, smooth, and twining over neighbouring plants, and to a 
 great extent over the ground. Leaves petioled, quite smooth, entire, oblong, arrow- 
 shaped, acute, truncate, and angular at the base, with acute spreading lobes. Peduncles 
 axillary, solitary, 3-flowered, about twice the length of the leaves. Sepals rather lax, 
 smooth, ovate-obtuse, with a reflexed point. Corol campanulate, much expanded, of a 
 pale, sulphur-yellow colour, three times as long as the calyx. Stamens 5, erect, converg- 
 ing, about a third of the length of the corol. Style equal to the stamens. Stigmas' white, 
 oblong, erect, parallel, distant. Ovary 2-celled, 4-seeded. Capsule 2-celled. Common 
 in Greece and the Levant. Esenb. and Eberm. 195. 
 
 A Convolvulus, which is also called C. Scammonia, found by Capt. D'Urville in the 
 island of Cos, having yellow flowers with reddish bands (Fl. Med. t. 317), is supposed to 
 yield Scammony. Tournefort informs us that an inferior Scammony is obtained in Na- 
 tolia, whence it is sent to Smyrna, and hence called Smyrna Scammony. Sibthorp says 
 that Scammony is produced by two different species of Convolvulus, one the above C. 
 Scammonia, and the other (perhaps C. hirsutus) has been supposed to be C. farinosits, 
 Linn. ; but, as Dr. Lindley justly observes, this is a Madeira plant, and has probably no- 
 thing to do with producing Scammony. 
 
 The root-stock of the Scammony Convolvulus was found by Dr. 
 Russel to be a mild Cathartic. Scammony is the juice of the fresh 
 root obtained by cutting the top obliquely off, and allowing the milky 
 juice which exudes to be collected in shells or other vessels placed at 
 the lowest part. The whole collected is allowed to dry in any conve- 
 nient receptacle, and constitutes what is called Virgin Scammony, but 
 this is very seldom to be met with in so pure a state. The greater 
 part of that met with in English commerce is imported from Smyrna. 
 The best accounts have been given by Drs. Pereira and Christison. 
 
 Scammony is usually in shapeless lumps, rubbed and of a dull ash- 
 gray colour externally ; the fracture is conchoidal, and when fresh, 
 displays a glistening resinous lustre, of a pale, soon passing to a dark 
 greenish-black colour, something like Guaiacum ; a small splinter is 
 gray and somewhat transparent; Sp. Gr. 1-2; the whole is brittle, 
 easily pulverized; powder of an ash-gray colour. The odour is faint, 
 but peculiar, more perceptible if breathed upon, sometimes compared 
 with that of old cheese ; taste slight, but acrid. It should burn away 
 without leaving much ash ; form an emulsion with water, and dis- 
 solve almost entirely in boiling Alcohol, while Ether will take up 
 from 75 to 82 parts of Resin. Dr. Christison gives as the constituents 
 of two distinct specimens of old Scammony, Resin 81-8 and 83-0, 
 Gum 6-0 and 8-0, Starch 1-0 and 0-0, Fibre and Sand 3-5 and 3-2, 
 water 7-7 and 7-2. Hence it is a Gum-resin, with only a small pro- 
 portion of Gum. 
 
 The Resin has a feeble Scammony odour and taste, and a dirty 
 greenish-brown colour ; but when purified it is of a pale wine-yellow 
 colour, and is free from both taste and smell. Its powder forms with 
 milk a fine uniform emulsion.
 
 Convohulacea.} SCAMMONY. 483 
 
 The less pure kinds of Scammony, which are also the more com- 
 mon, and enumerated by Dr. Pereira as the seconds and thirds of com- 
 merce, are distinguished by their greater weight, less resinous, rather 
 dull fracture, and grayish, sometimes blackish colour, sometimes 
 with glimmering or whitish spots ; also by their form, being some- 
 times that of the vessel in which they have been packed, sometimes 
 in flattish cakes, at other times in amorphous spongiform masses. 
 Some effervesce with H Cl' from being adulterated with Chalk ? 
 others, from containing Starch, are affected by Tincture of Iodine. 
 (v. Tests.) 
 
 Tests. While yet in a soft state, it is said to have mixed with it the 
 expressed juice of the stalks and leaves, also flour, ashes, and sand. 
 Dr. Pereira enumerates chalk, amylaceous matter, sand, and guaia- 
 cum as impurities ; but tragacanth is also mentioned. E. P. " Frac- 
 ture glistening, almost resinous if the specimen be old and dry. Mu- 
 riatic acid does not cause effervescence on its surface (if no chalk 
 has been added). The decoction of its powder, filtered and cooled, 
 is not rendered blue by Tincture of Iodine (showing the absence of 
 Starch). Sulphuric Ether separates at least (75 to) 80 per cent, of 
 Resin dried at 280." Some of the masses appear to have been roll- 
 ed in chalk, but do not contain any in their substance. Guaiacum 
 may be detected by the action of Nitrous gas, and sand and chalk in 
 the ashes after incineration. 
 
 Action. Uses. Drastic Cathartic. Useful from the small doses in 
 which it can be prescribed; as for an adult, gr. x. gr. xv.; but if 
 pure or Virgin Scammony, gr. v. gr. x. will suffice. It is usually 
 given in combination with Rhubarb or Calomel, or in the following 
 preparations ; sometimes in biscuits. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Extr. Colocynthidis Comp. 
 
 PULVIS SCAMMONII coMposixus, L. D. Comp. Scammony Powder. 
 
 Prep. Rub up separately into very fine powder Scammony and hard Extract of Jalap 
 aa 3ij. Ginger 3ss. Mix. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic. May be given in doses of gr. x. 3ss. 
 
 CONFECTIO (ELECTUARIUM, D.) SCAMMONII, L. Scammony Confection. 
 
 Prep. Rub into fine powder powdered Scammony giss. bruised Cloves and powdered 
 Ginger, aa ^vj. When the Confection is to be used L. add Syrup of Roses q. s. and Oil 
 of Caraway f3ss. Mix well together. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulating Cathartic in doses of 9j. 3j. 
 EXTRACTUM SIVE RESINA SCAMMONII, E. Scammony Resin. 
 
 Prep. Take Scammony q. s. in fine powder; boil it in successive portions of Proof Spirit 
 till the Spirit ceases to dissolve any thing; filter; distil the liquid till little but water 
 passes over. Then pour away the watery solution from the resin at the bottom ; agitate 
 the resin with successive portions of boiling water till it is well-washed ; and, lastly, dry 
 it at a temperature not above 240. 
 
 Action. Uses. Active Cathartic in doses of gr. v. gr. x. with some 
 bland fluid, such as milk.
 
 484 LAVANDULA. [Corollifloree. 
 
 MISTURA SCAMMONII, E. Scammony Emulsion. 
 
 Prep. Triturate Resin of Scammony grs. vij. with a little, and then with the rest of, 
 unskimmed Milk f3iij. till a uniform emulsion is obtained. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic Emulsion, without any disagreeable taste. 
 
 LABIATE, Juss. Labiates. 
 
 Herbaceous plants, undershrubs or shrubs ; branches opposite or whorled, often 4-cor- 
 nered. Leaves opposite or in whorls, simple, entire, or divided, without stipules, usually 
 containing odorous volatile oil. Flowers perfect, irregular, often bilabiate, usually in 
 axillary cymes, sometimes solitary. Calyx tubular, persistent, 5-toothed, or bilabiate. Co- 
 rolla inserted into the receptacle, irregular, 4 5 fid, often bilabiate, imbricate. Stamens 
 inserted into the corolla, 4 didynamous, sometimes the 2 upper ones wanting. Ovaries 
 4, free, seated on an hypogynous disk, l-celled, each with one erect ovule. Style single, 
 in the midst of the ovaries. Stigma bifid. Fruit consisting of 4 nuts, sometimes only 
 one, included within the calyx. Embryo straight; radicle below; no albumen. The 
 Labiatce are most closely allied to Verbenacea and to Boraginea, more remotely to Scro- 
 phularinea. They are found in most parts, but more numerously in the Old than in the 
 New World, and most abundantly in temperate climates. They abound in volatile oil, 
 usually containing Stearoptene, often also a little bitter and astringent principle. 
 
 Tribe Menthoidece. Corolla nearly regular. Stamens distant, straight. 
 
 LAVANDULA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Flores, L. D. "Flowering Heads and 
 Volatile Oil of LAVANDULA VERA, Dec. E. (L. Spica, Dec. L. D.) 
 Common Lavender. 
 
 It is unknown when Lavender was first employed in medicine. 
 
 Common Lavender forms a branched shrub, about 4 feet high. Leaves oblong, linear 
 or lanceolate, entire, when young hoary, revolute at the edges. Spikes interrupted. 
 Whorls of 6 to 10 flowers. Floral leaves rhomboid-ovate, acuminate, membranous, all 
 fertile, the uppermost shorter than the calyx. Bracts scarcely any. Flowers purplish- 
 gray. Calyx tubular, nearly equal, shortly 5-toothed, 13- or rarely 15-ribbed. Corol, 
 upper lip 2-lobed, lower 3-lobed; all the divisions nearly equal; the throat somewhat 
 dilated. Stamens didynamous, declinate. Filaments smooth, distinct, not toothed. An- 
 thers renifbrm, l-celled. Ovary and fruit as in the order. A native of barren hills in 
 Europe, extending to the north of Africa. Cultivated in gardens ; much so at Mitcham, 
 in Surrey. Tops collected in June and July. Esenb. and Eberm. 1. 178. 
 
 LAVANDULA SPICA, Dec. French Lavender, sometimes called L. latifolia, is a distinct 
 species from L. vera, but indigenous in the same countries. It may easily be distin- 
 guished by its leaves being broader and somewhat obovate or spathulate. Its odour is 
 not so agreeable as that of Common Lavender, though more powerful. Esenb. and 
 Eberm. 179 as L. latifolia. 
 
 Lavender flowers, or rather tops, as usually dried, are well known 
 by their spike-like appearance, grayish lavender colour, grateful fra- 
 grant odour, and warm bitterish taste. The properties depend chiefly 
 on the presence of Volatile Oil. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Carminative. Employed as an Errhine 
 in Pulvis Asari Comp. D. 
 
 OLEUM LAVANDULA, L. E. D. (U. S.) (English) Oil of Lavender. 
 Prepared from Lavender Flowers distilled with water, as other volatile oils. 
 
 This Oil is of a light yellow colour, has a very grateful odour, and 
 a pungent taste. Sp. Gr. 0-87 to 0-94. It consists of a fluid volatile 
 oil, holding the camphor-like substance in solution, which has been 
 called Stearoptene. It is soluble in Rectified, and in two parts of 
 Proof Spirit. Like several other volatile oils, it will absorb Oxygen, 
 and become acid. This Oil is apt to be adulterated with the Oil of
 
 Labiate.] OLEUM MENTH^E VIR1DIS. 495 
 
 French Lavender, commonly called Oil of Spike, which is a powerful 
 but less agreeable oil. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Carminative, in doses of Wv. n^x. 
 
 SPIRITUS LAVANDUL*:, L. E. D. (U. S.) Spirit of Lavender. 
 
 Prep. Macerate (for 24 hours, D.) fresh Lavender flowers ftijss. (ftij. D.) in Rectified 
 (Proof, D.) Spirit Cj. and Aq. Oij. L. (q. s. to prevent empyreuma, D.) with a gentle heat. 
 Distil Cj. (Ovij. E. by measure fev. D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. The Volatile Oil rises with and is dissolved in the 
 Spirit: hence this is sometimes prepared by dissolving the Oil in Rec- 
 tified Spirit. It is chiefly used for making Lin. Camphorae C. and 
 the following preparations. It approaches in nature the so-called 
 Lavender Water of the shops, which however also contains other 
 volatile oils dissolved in Spirit. 
 
 TlNCTURA (SPIRITUS, E. D. [U. S.]) LAVANDUL^E COMPOSITA, L. Com- 
 
 pound Tincture or Spirit of Lavender. Lavender Drops. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, E. 10, D.) days bruised Cinnamon 3ijss. (3j. E. ^ss. D.) 
 bruised Nutmeg 3ijss. (^ss. E. D.) Red Sandal Wood Shavings 3v. (3iij. E. 3j. D. 
 Cloves bruised 3ij. E. D.) in Spirit of Lavender Ojss. (Oij. E. by measure ftiij. D.) and 
 Spirit of Rosemary Oss. (fjxij. E. by measure fcj. D.) Strain. [U. S. P. as E.] 
 
 Action. Uses. This compound Tincture contains the Volatile Oil 
 of Lavender, and that of the other aromatics used, dissolved in Spirit 
 and coloured by the Red Sandal Wood. It is Stimulant and Cordial; 
 is used in Hysterical cases and in Flatulent Colic in doses of TTIXV. 
 f3ij. 
 
 MENTHA, Linn. Mint. 
 
 Calyx nearly equal, 5-toothed. Corol with the tube inclosed ; limb nearly equal, 4-cleft, 
 the upper segment broader. Stamens 4, equal ; anthers with 2 parallel cells. Stigmas 
 at the points of the bifid style. Fruit dry, smooth. 
 
 Several of the Mints, remarkable for their odour and taste, have 
 long been used in medicine (fiivSa, 'H^uorffAos and KaXa fAivSa of the 
 Greeks, nana of the Arabs), and some as sweet herbs ; but it is diffi- 
 cult to distinguish one species from another by the short descriptions 
 given. 
 
 MENTHA VIRIDIS, L. E. D. (U. S.) The whole Herb. Spearmint. 
 Spearmint has long been employed in medicine. 
 
 Root creeping. Stem smooth, erect. Leaves sessile, lanceolate, acute, unequally ser- 
 rated, glabrous, glandular below, those under the flowers bract-like, these and the calyxes 
 hairy or smooth. Spikes linear-cylindrical ; bracts subulate. Whorls approximated, or 
 the lowest or all of them distant. Corol glabrous. Stamens rather long. Marshy places 
 in the milder parts of Europe, introduced into many parts of the world. Collected when 
 about to flower. E. B. 2424. Esenb. and Eberm. 166. 
 
 This plant has an agreeable odour, and a pleasant aromatic taste, 
 with some bitterness. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Carminative, in some of the following 
 forms : 
 
 OLEUM MENTHA VIRIDIS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Oil of Spearmint. 
 Prep. Distil the fresh herb with Aq. as for other volatile oils.
 
 486 MENTHA PIPERITA. [Corolliflortf. 
 
 Motion. Uses. Pale yellow in colour, becoming reddish by age, 
 of a strong, rather grateful odour, and pungent taste, followed by a 
 sensation of coolness, giving its properties to the plant (of which it 
 forms about l-500th part), and also to the preparations. Stimulant, 
 Carminative, in doses of TTiij. r#x. 
 
 INFUSUM MENTHA SIMPLEX, D. Infusion of Spearmint. 
 
 Prep. Take dried leaves ofMentha viridis 3ij. pour on boiling Aq. q. s. and strain off 
 by measure 3yj. 
 
 INFUSUM MENTH.E COMPOSITUM, D. Comp. Inf. of Spearmint. 
 
 Prep. Digest for half an hour in a covered vessel dried leaves of Mentha viridis 3ij. 
 in boiling Aq. q. s. Strain off by measure gvj. When cold, add purified Sugar 3ij., Oil 
 of Mint rtjiij. dissolved in Comp. Tinct. Cardamoms 3ss. Mix. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stomachic and Carminative Infusions : the latter 
 more stimulant : given in doses of fgiss. every two or three hours. 
 
 AQUA MENTHA VIRIDIS, L. E. D. Spearmint Water. 
 
 Prep. To be prepared as Aq. Month. Pip. If the fresh herb be employed, take double 
 the weight of the dried, L. Mix Spearmint, fresh, ftiv., if dry, ftij. (ftjss. D.) Recti- 
 fied Spirit f^iij., Aq. Cij. (q. s. to avoid empyreuma, D.) Distil off Cj. E. D. Or add 
 Essential OU of Spearmint 3iij. to each gallon of Aq. and distil D. 
 
 Action. Uses. Carminative, and used as a vehicle in doses of f 3iss. 
 SPIRITUS MENTHA VIRIDIS, L. D. Spirit of Spearmint. 
 
 Prep. Prepare as Spir. Menth. Pip. L. Add Oil of Spearmint by weight 3ss. to Rec- 
 tified Spirit Cj. Aq. q. s. to prevent empyreuma. With gentle heat distil Cj. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant adjunct in doses of f 3ss. f 3ij. 
 
 [Under the name Tinctura Olei Menthce viridis, Essence of Spear- 
 mint, this preparation is directed by the U. S. P. The formula is 
 oil of Spearmint Sj. Alcohol Oj. M.] 
 
 MENTHA PIPERITA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Linn. Herba, D. Herb and Vo- 
 latile Oil, E. of Peppermint. 
 
 Peppermint seems to have been introduced into practice in this 
 country in the last century. 
 
 Root creeping. Stem procumbent, ascending, smooth, or with a very few spreading 
 hairs. Leaves stalked, ovate, lanceolate, acute, rounded at the base, smooth, serrated, 
 floral leaves smaller, lanceolate. Spikes lax, the uppermost whorls collected into a short 
 obtuse spike, the lower ones removed from each other. Calyx tubular, glabrous below, 
 with lanceolate subulate teeth. Watery places in England, and also in other parts of 
 Europe. Cultivated at Mitcham, and collected when the flowers begin to blow. Flowers 
 from July to September. Esenb. and Eberm. 165. E. B. 687. St. and Ch. 45. 
 
 Peppermint is remarkable for its diffusive aromatic odour, and its 
 warm but agreeable taste, feeling at first warm, but afterwards cool. 
 Its properties depend on a Volatile Oil, a Bitter principle, and some 
 Tannin, and these are taken up by Spirit, and to some extent by 
 water. It may be prescribed in the form of its oil or Spirit, or in its 
 distilled Water, or in an Infusion. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Carminative. Much used in Flatulent 
 Colic, &c., or where a diffusible Stimulant is indicated, or a medium
 
 Labiate.] MENTHA PULEGIUM. 497 
 
 required to counteract nausea or griping, or to cover the taste of other 
 Medicines. 
 
 OLEUM MENTHA (PiPERiTiDis, D.) PIPERIT.E, L. E. (U. S.) Oil of 
 Peppermint. 
 
 Prep. Distil the fresh or dry herb with water, as above. 
 
 Peppermint Oil, obtained in the proportion of about a 200th part, is 
 at first colourless, but soon becomes of a pale greenish-yellow colour, 
 and of a deeper colour with age, has a fragrant penetrating odour, 
 and a pungent but cooling taste. Sp. Gr. 0-902 (0-899, Per.) Boils 
 at 365. At a temperature of 12, or by spontaneous evaporation, 
 or pressure, white needle-like crystals of Stearoptene are obtained. 
 But from some kinds of Oil from North America, and also from 
 Canton, this Stearoptene separates spontaneously. This Oil is com- 
 posed of C 12 H 10 O, and its Stearoptene of C 10 H 10 0. According to 
 Walter, these numbers should be doubled. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Carminative, in doses of rprij. rftv. on a 
 piece of Sugar. 
 
 AQUA MENTHA (PIPERITIDIS, D.) PIPERIT^:, L. E. Peppermint Water. 
 
 Prep. Take dried Mentha Piperita ftij. or fresh, ftiv. (fcjss. D.) or Oil of Peppermint 
 3ij. (3iij. D.) Proof Spirit f^vij. L. Aq. Cij. (q. s. to prevent empyreuma, D.) Distil Cj. 
 Prepare as Aq. Menth. Vir. E. 
 
 Action. Uses. Carminative. Much used as a vehicle for other me- 
 dicines in doses of f3j. f 3iij. 
 
 SPIRITUS MENTH^E (E.) PIPERITA, L. D. Spirit of Peppermint. 
 
 Prep. Mix Oil of Peppermint 3iij. L. (by weight gss. D.) with Proof Spirit Cj. and 
 Aq. Oj. L. (Rectified Spirit Cj. Aq. q. s. to prevent empyreuma, D.) With heat slowly 
 distil Cj. (Take of Peppermint fresh fejss. Proceed as for Spirit of Caraway, E.) 
 
 [The TINCTURA OLEI MENTHA PIPERITA of the U. S. P., Essence of 
 Peppermint, is made with f3i. Ol. M. Pip. Alcohol Oj.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant in doses of f 3ss. f3ij. Essence of Pep- 
 permint consists of Oil of Peppermint f3j. dissolved in Rectified 
 Spirit f 3j. 
 
 MENTHA PULEGIUM, Linn. L. Herba, D. Herb, E. of Pennyroyal. 
 
 Supposed to have been the FX-^wv of the Greek and the Pulegium 
 of Pliny. 
 
 Creeping root. Stem much branched, prostrate, rooting. Leaves about half an inch 
 long, stalked, ovate, or elliptical, crenate, upper ones smaller, all with pellucid dots, a 
 little hairy. Whorls sessile, all remote, globose, many .flowered. Calyx hispid, tubular, 
 bilabiate, villous in the inside of the throat. Corols of a light purple. Wet places in 
 many parts of Europe. Collected when beginning to flower. E. B. 1026. Esenb. and 
 Eberm. 167. St. and Ch. i. 45. 
 
 The whole herb has a powerful fragrant odour, and warm, aroma- 
 tic, as well as bitter taste. Its properties depend on Volatile Oil and 
 Tannin, and are very similar. to those of other species of Mint.
 
 ROSMARINUS. [Corollifloras. 
 
 OLEUM MENTH-E PULEGII, L. E. D. Oil of Pennyroyal. 
 Obtained by distilling the herb with water. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Carminative, in doses of n*ij. n*v. 
 
 AQUA MENTH^E PULEGII, L. E. D. 
 
 Prep. Employing the fresh herb (if dried, half the weight, L.), distil as for Aq. 
 Menth. Pip. L. D., Aq. Menth. Vir. E. Or, by adding to Aq, Cj. Essential Oil of Pen- 
 nyroyal 3iij. D. 
 
 SPIRITUS MENTH^ PULEGII, L. D. Spirit of Pennyroyal. 
 
 Prep. Add Oil of Pennyroyal 3iij. (9vj. D.) to Proof Spirit Cj. and Aq. dest. Oj. L. 
 With gentle heat distil (Cj. L.) 
 
 Action. Uses. These preparations are applicable to the same pur- 
 poses and in the same doses as the preparations of Mint and of Pep- 
 permint. 
 
 Tribe Monardece. Corolla 2-lipped. Stamens 2, fertile, parallel un- 
 der the upper lip. 
 
 The tribe Monardecs contains SAL VIA OFFICINALIS, Linn., or Garden 
 Sage, which has been employed in medicine from the times of the 
 Greeks, and is no doubt as useful as any of the other Labiatse for 
 many of the same purposes. It is pungent and aromatic, and its Oil 
 contains Stearoptene, while the plant abounds also in Bitter principle. 
 
 ROSMARINUS OFFICINALIS, Linn. L. E. D. [ROSMARINUS, U. S.] Cacu- 
 mina, L. D. Tops E. of Common Rosemary. Diandria Monog. 
 Linn. 
 
 Rosemary was called Libanotis coronaria, which the Arabs trans- 
 lated akleel-al-jibbul, or the Mountain Crown. 
 
 A very leafy shrub, 5 6 feet high. Leaves sessile, elongated, narrow, revolute at the 
 margin, hoary beneath. Flowers few, in short, axillary, subsessile, opposite racemes, 
 forming altogether a kind of spike. Floral leaves shorter than the purplish calyx, which 
 is 2-lipped, the upper entire, the lower bifid. Corol of a grayish-blue or lavender-colour, 
 not 'ringed in the inside, somewhat inflated in the throat, upper lip emarginate, the lower 
 trifid, with the middle lobe larger, concave, and hanging down. Filaments shortly toothed 
 near the base: anthers linear, with two divaricating confluent cells. Upper lobe of style 
 very short. Rocky hills of the south of Europe, Asia Minor, and Syria. Flora Greeca, t. 
 14. St and Ch. i. 24. 
 
 Rosemary-tops should be collected when coming into flower. 
 They have a powerful odour, a warm and bitter, slightly astringent 
 taste. Their properties depend on Volatile Oil, Bitter principle, and 
 Tannin. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Carminative. Supposed to be useful in 
 preserving the hair. Much employed as an ingredient in some per- 
 fumes, as Hungary Water, Eau de Cologne. " The admired flavour 
 of Narbonne Honey is ascribed to the bees feeding on the flowers of 
 this plant." Lindl 
 
 OLEUM ROSMARINI, L. E. (U. S.) RORISMARINI, D. Oil of Rosemary. 
 Distil Rosemary-tops with water. 
 
 The Oil of Rosemary is obtained in the proportion of 4 or 5 ounces 
 from a cwt. of the herb : sometimes scarcely any is yielded. (P. J.
 
 
 Labiate.} MELISSA OFFICINALIS. 489 
 
 ii. 516.) It is colourless, having all the properties of the plant. Sp. 
 Gr. 0-88. The imported Oil is usually very impure. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, chiefly applied externally, and used as an 
 ingredient of perfumes. 
 
 SPIRITUS ROSMARINI, L. E. (U. S.) RORISMARINI, D. Spirit of Rose- 
 mary. 
 
 Prep. Mix Oil of Rosemary 3ij. L. Qvj. D.) with Rectified Spirit Cj. and Aq. Oj. 
 (Proof Spirit Cj. D.), and with a gentle heat distil Cj. L. Or the D. and E. C. direct as fol- 
 lows: Take (fresh, D.) Rosemary-tops ftijss. (ftjss. D.), (Rectified, E.) Proof Spirit Cj. 
 and with a gentle heat distil ftv. D. Proceed as for Spirit of Lavender, E. Mr. Fisher 
 prefers the L. formula of 1815, offresh tops fcij. to Rectified Spirit Cij. If only this quan- 
 tity is distilled, some portion of the water which is put into the still to prevent burning, 
 will necessarily rise and dilute the Spirit, (v. Linim. Saponis, p. 467.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Spirit. Often employed to impart an 
 agreeable odour to Lotions. An ingredient of Tinct. Lavandulse 
 Comp. and of Linimentum Saponis. 
 
 Trihe Sqtureinece. Cor. 2-lipped. Stamens 4, distant. Anther-cells 
 separate, divergent. 
 
 ORIGANUM VULGARE, L. E. D. (U. S.) Herb, E. Oleum, D. Common 
 and Wild Marjoram. 
 
 The opi/avos of the Greeks and satar of the Arabs is supposed to be 
 this plant. 
 
 Root creeping. Stem erect, 1 2 feet high. Leaves stalked, broad, ovate, obtuse, often 
 slightly serrate. Spikes oblong, 4-sided, imbricated, with bracts, clustered in corymbose 
 panicles. Bracts ovate, obtuse, coloured, longer than the calyx, which has 5 equal teeth, 
 and is 10 13-nerved, throat hairy. Corol upper lip straight, nearly flat ; lower spread- 
 ing, 3-fid. Stamens divergent, connective subtriangular. Achsenia rather smooth. Eu- 
 rope, the Mediterranean region, and extending to the Himalayas. E. B. 1143. St. and 
 Ch. 131. 
 
 ORIGANUM MAJORANA, Linn. D. now MAJORANA HORTENSIS, Mcenc.h., or Sweet Marjo- 
 ram, a native of the South of Europe and of Syria, is officinal in the D. P. on account of 
 its agreeable odour and pleasant aromatic taste, on which account it is cultivated in gar- 
 dens and much used as a Sweet Herb. 
 
 Wild Marjoram has a strong rather agreeable odour, and a bitter 
 aromatic taste, which it retains in its dry state. Its properties de- 
 pend chiefly on its Volatile Oil. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Carminative. May be used in Infusion. 
 
 OLEUM ORIGANI, L. D. (U. S.) Oil of Marjoram : called Oil of Thyme. 
 
 Distil the herb with water. A reddish oil is obtained, which becomes colourless on re- 
 distillation. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, in doses of n^v. n^x. Chiefly used exter- 
 nally, with Olive Oil, &c., as a remedy for toothache. 
 
 Tribe Melissinea. Corol 2-lipped. Stamens distant. Anther-cells 
 connected above. 
 
 MELISSA OFFICINALIS, Linn. E. D. (MELISSA, U. S.) Herba, D. Herb, 
 E. Common Balm. Didyn. Gymnospermia, Linn. 
 
 This plant is supposed to be the MsXitftfixpiiXXov of Dioscorides.
 
 490 SCROPHULARIA NODOSA. [Coroll flora. 
 
 Stem branched, 1 2 feet high. Leaves ovate, acute, cordate at base, crenate. Flow- 
 ers white, in axillary unilateral racemes. Calyx 13-nerved, subcampanulate, slightly ven- 
 tricose in front, 2-lipped, upper lip flat, truncate, with 3 short broad teeth, lower with 2 
 lanceolate teeth. Corol, upper lip concave, lower spreading, trifid, with apices of stamens 
 connivent under the upper lip of the corol. Anther-cells divergent. South of Europe ; 
 cultivated in English gardens. Esenb. and Eberm. 180. 
 
 Balm has an agreeable odour, like that of the Citron, and a mild 
 aromatic taste, with a little astringency, its properties depending, as 
 in the other Labiatae, on volatile Oil, Bitter principle, and Tannin. 
 
 Action. Uses. Mild Stimulant. Much used on the Continent in 
 the slighter Nervous affections, generally in the form of Infusion (3iv. 
 Aq. Oj.) or Balm Tea. 
 
 Tribe Stachydece. Stamens approximating, parallel under the upper 
 lip of the corol, 2 inferior largest. Calyx tubular or bell-shaped, 
 spreading in front. 
 
 MARRUBIUM VULGARE, Linn. L. D. (Marubium, U. S.) Herba, D. 
 White horehound. 
 
 This is considered to be the irgao'iov of the Greeks, and Marrubium 
 Pliny. 
 
 Stem bushy, erect, hoary. Leaves ovate and attenuated into a petiole, or roundish- 
 cordate, crenate, surfaces wrinkled and veiny, more or less woolly. Flowers many, white, 
 in dense whorls. Calyx woolly, with 10 subulate, recurved, spreading teeth. Corol upper 
 lip erect, cloven, lower 3-lobed, middle lobe the largest. Stamens included within the 
 tube of the corol. Anther-cells divaricating, bursting longitudinally. Style with short 
 obtuse lobes. Achaenia flatly truncate. Europe and northern parts of Asia. E. B. 410. 
 Nees von E. 174. 
 
 Horehound has an aromatic, somewhat musky odour, and a warm 
 and bitter taste. It contains volatile Oil, a Bitter principle, and Tan- 
 nin (Gallic acid, e. 4* v.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant and Tonic. Much used in popular me- 
 dicine, in Chronic Catarrhs, and supposed also to possess some Em- 
 menagogue properties, in the form of Infusion (3iv. Aq. Oj.) 
 
 SCROPHULARINE.E, /?. Brown. Figworte. 
 
 Herbs or undershrubs, with roundish, or four-cornered, jointed stems. Leaves alternate 
 or opposite, sometimes whorled, entire or cut, sometimes pinnately so, decurrent, without 
 stipules. Flowers complete, irregular, sometimes regular, inflorescence various. Calyx 
 persistent, 5- or 4-parted. Corolla inserted into the receptacle, irregular or unequal, 
 5-lobed, imbricate. Stamens inserted into the corolla, and usually fewer than its lobes, 
 often 4, didynamous, sometimes 2 ; anthers without appendages. Ovary free, 2-celled, 
 many-ovuled. Style 1. Stigma entire or 2-lobed. Fruit 2-celled, or a berry; capsules 
 opening by valves or opercula. Embryo in the axis of a fleshy albumen, straight, with 
 the radicle towards the hilum. The Scrophularinese are closely allied on one side to La. 
 biatte, &c. and on the other to SolanecR ; in fact, Verbascum is sometimes placed in Sola- 
 neffi, sometimes in Scrophularineee. These are found in all parts of the world, but chiefly 
 in temperate climates, though some are to be found within the tropics, and a few in cold 
 countries. They are chiefly mucilaginous, some slightly acrid and bitter ; but Digitalis 
 is possessed of active properties. 
 
 SCROPHULARIA NODOSA, Linn. Folia, D. Leaves of Knotted Figwort. 
 Didynamia Angiospermia, Linn. 
 
 Scrophutaria has long been an article of domestic medicine.
 
 Scrophularinea:.] DIGITALIS PURPURE A. 491 
 
 Root thick and knotty, whence the specific name of this species. Stems 23 feet high, 
 acutely 4-angled. Leaves ovale, acute, subcordate, smooth, deeply serrate, lower serra- 
 tures largest, all acute. Inflorescence a lax cyme. Calyx 5-lobed, divisions roundish- 
 ovate, with a narrow membranous margin. Corel globose, of a greenish purple colour, 
 sometimes white; limb minute, of 2 short lips, upper 2-lobed, lower 3-lobed. The rudi- 
 ment of the 5th stamen transversely oblong, slightly emarginate. Capsules ovate, open- 
 ing by 2 valves, with their margins inflexed, 2-celled. Indigenous in moist situations ; 
 flowers in July. E. B. 1544. 
 
 The leaves have a rather disagreeable odour, and a bitter, slightly 
 acrid taste. 
 
 Action. Uses. Possessed of a little irritant property; hence its 
 fomentation was formerly applied, as well as its ointment, to cutane- 
 ous affections, tumours, &c. 
 
 UNGUENTUM SCROPHULARI.E, D. Ointment of Scrophularia. 
 
 Prep. Boil fresh leaves of Scrophularia nodosa ftij. in prepared Hogs' Lard fljij. and 
 prepared Mutton Suet ftij. till crisp. Strain by expression. 
 
 DIGITALIS FOLIA, L. D. (DIGITALIS, U. S.) Leaves, E. and DIGITALIS 
 SEMINA, L. Seeds of DIGITALIS PURPUREA, Linn. Foxglove. 
 
 Foxglove does not appear to have been known to the ancients. 
 Fuchsius, was the first to describe it, and to name it Digitalis, from 
 the resemblance of its flowers to the finger of a glove. It was ad- 
 mitted into the L. P. of 1668 and 1721, rejected in that of 1745. 
 Withering brought it into permanent notice in 1775. 
 
 Biennial. Root fibrous. In the first year a tuft of radical leaves is thrown up, from 
 the midst of which rises, in the second year, a stem 1 5 feet high, which is erect, wand- 
 like, and leafy, slightly angled and downy, in some varieties with a purple tinge, as well 
 as on the lower surface of the leaves. Leaves alternate, ovate-lanceolate, or oblong, cre- 
 nate, and rugose, downy, especially on the under surface, tapering at the base into winged 
 footstalks. Racemes terminal, long, and lax, on which the pendulous flowers appear on 
 one side in slow succession. Flowers crimson, purple, marked with eye-like spots, and 
 hairy within, sometimes white. Calyx 5-parted, segments ovate, or oblong-acute. Corol 
 declinate, much longer than the calyx, contracted at the base, campanula te and ventricose 
 above, with an oblique limb; upper limb emarginate, lower 3-fid, with the middle lobe the 
 largest, all short, obtuse. Stamens 4, didynamous, ascending ; anthers smooth. Stigma 
 bilamellate. Capsule ovate-acute, with a septicidal dehiscence. Seeds very small, of a 
 pale brownish colour, and pitted. Indigenous and also common chiefly in the western 
 parts of the Continent : found on pastures and exposed hill-sides, as also in plantations : 
 begins to flower in June and July, and ripens its seed in August and September. Nees 
 von E. 154. St. and Ch. i. 18. 
 
 Both the leaves and seeds are officinal, but the latter are seldom 
 employed. The roots, collected in the autumn or winter of their first 
 year, are possessed of active properties. The leaves of this plant, 
 like the leaves of all biennial plants, Dr. Houlton says, should be ga- 
 thered in the second year of their duration, and as soon as possible 
 after the first flowers have expanded : he also prefers those of the 
 plants having a purplish stem. Dr. Christison, however, thinks this 
 is a needless it is at least a safe restriction. He has observed that 
 their bitterness, which probably measures their activity, is very in- 
 tense both in February and September, and that their extract is highly 
 energetic as a poison in the middle of April, before any appearance 
 of the flowering stem. Full-grown and perfect leaves should be 
 chosen, especially of such plants as grow spontaneously in open situa-
 
 492 DIGITALIS PURPUREA. [Corottiflora;. 
 
 tions. They should be carefully dried in a dark airy room, and the 
 midrib separated, and kept so that the light be excluded. They 
 should be renewed annually, have a dull, but when powdered, a fine 
 green colour, a slight odour, with the strong bitterness of the recent 
 plant. The juice of the fresh plant may be expressed and evaporated 
 to the consistence of an extract, or its active properties imparted to 
 water or Spirit. The leaves of Digitalis have been found to contain 
 traces of Volatile Oil, Fixed Fatty matter, a red extractiform Colouring 
 matter, Chlorophylle, Albumen, Starch, Sugar, Gum, salts of Potash, 
 of Lime, and of Magnesia, but also an acid, partly free and partly 
 combined, probably with a Bitter principle (Digitatine), on which the 
 activity of the plant seems to depend. (Homolle.') This Bitter matter 
 is soluble in Alcohol, a little so in Ether, and dissolves in water with 
 the aid of the substances with which it is combined and mixed. It 
 has been known that Sesquichloride of Iron produces a greenish-black 
 and Tincture of Gall-nuts a grayish precipitate, and it was by means 
 of Tannin and Oxide of Lead that M. Homolle and subsequently M. 
 Henry have succeeded in isolating digitaline, which is excessively 
 bitter, a little irritant, scarcely soluble in water, very soluble in Spirit ; 
 melts with heat, and may be drawn into long threads of a pearly ap- 
 pearance ; cooled, it is easily reduced to a yellowish-white powder, 
 which must be kept from air and light. From its solution in Spirit 
 it may be separated in beautiful white scales. Dr. Morries Sterling, 
 by the destructive distillation of the dried leaves, obtained an empy- 
 reumatic oil, containing a crystalline principle possessed of Narcotic 
 properties. 
 
 The leaves of Foxglove are apt to be intermixed with those of 
 Verbascum Thapsus, also with those of Symphitum officinale, and 
 sometimes with those of Conyza squarrosa, but they may be distin- 
 guished by attending to the description, or by comparison with genuine 
 leaves. 
 
 Action. Uses. Indirectly Sedative, that is, first exciting and then 
 greatly diminishing the force and frequency of the heart's action. The 
 intestinal canal is apt to be disordered by large doses, as well as the 
 brain and organs of the senses affected by vertigo, &c. The kidneys 
 are often acted on, and the secretion of urine increased. It is cumu- 
 lative in its effects ; therefore, when nausea or intermission of the 
 pulse occurs, its use should be discontinued fora time, and the patient 
 should not rise from the recumbent position when under its influence. 
 It has been used to control the circulation, in diseases of the Heart, 
 in Fever, in Inflammations, and in Pulmonary affections after the 
 acute symptoms have subsided, and is useful in excitement from ner- 
 vous irritability. It is much prescribed as a Diuretic in Dropsies of 
 all kinds, but is most useful in those associated with a debilitated and 
 generally diseased state of the constitution. 
 
 D. Of the powder to act as a Sedative, gr. j. gr. jss. should be 
 given 5 or 6 times a day, carefully watching its effects. As a Diu- 
 retic, gr. j. gr. iij. 3 times a day, usually with some aromatic ; but 
 those containing Tannin may precipitate its active principle. 
 
 Antidotes. In cases of poisoning, or of excessive doses, evacuate 
 the stomach, and assist the vomiting with diluents; prescribe as-
 
 ScrophularineoK.} VERBASCUM. 493 
 
 tringents containing Tannin, as Infusion of Nutgalls, of Oak-bark, of 
 Green Tea ; preserve the recumbent position ; administer Ammonia, 
 Wine, Brandy, Aromatics. 
 
 INFUSUM DIGITALIS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Infusion of Foxglove. 
 
 Prep. In a vessel lightly covered infuse for 4 hours dried Leaves of Digitalis 3j. 
 (3ij. E.) in boiling Aq. de.st. Oj. (fgxviij. E. by measure fess. D.) Strain (through linen or 
 calico, E.) Then add Spirit of Cinnamon, f3j. (f3ij. E. 3ss. D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Effective preparation in doses of f3iv. f3j. every 3 
 or 6 hours. 
 
 TINCTCRA DIGITALIS, L. E. D. Tincture of Foxglove. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14, L. (7, D.) days dried leaves (rejecting the larger, D. and in 
 moderately fine powder, E. D.) of Digitalis giv. (3ij. D.) in Proof Spirit Oij. (by mea- 
 sure fcj. D.) Strain. (Much better prepared by percolation, as Tinct. Capsicum. If fgxv. 
 of Spirit be passed through, the density is 944, and f3j. contains gr. xxiv. of solid con- 
 tents, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Sedative, Diuretic, in doses of rftx. rnjxl. gradually 
 increased. Much larger doses have been given without detriment ; 
 but much depends upon the nature of the preparation. 
 
 EXTRACTUM DIGITALIS, L. E. Extract of Foxglove. 
 
 Prep. From fresh leaves of Digitalis, E. prepare as Extractum Aconiti, L., or by any 
 of the processes given for Extr. Conium, E. 
 
 Action. Uses. Effective, if carefully prepared, in doses of gr. ss. 
 g r 4 
 PILULJE DIGITALIS ET SCILL^E, E. Foxglove and Squill Pills. 
 
 Prep. Beat into a proper mass, with Conserve of Red Roses, Digitalis and Squill aa 
 1 part, Aromatic Electuary 2 parts. Divide into 4-gr. pills. 
 
 Action. Uses. Diuretic in doses of gr. iv. gr. viij., the certainty of 
 action being increased by combination with the Squill. 
 
 LINIMENTUM DIGITALIS. The Diuretic effects of Digitalis may be 
 often secured by rubbing the Tincture with Soap Liniment on the 
 abdomen. Or make a Liniment with Inf. Digitalis f3ij. Liq. Ammo- 
 nia 3ij. 01. Papaverum 3iv. to be used 2 or 3 times a day, diluting it 
 if necessary. 
 
 VERBASCUM, D. Folia, D. Leaves of VERBASCUM THAPSUS, Linn. 
 Great Mullein. Pentand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 The genus Verbascum is placed by some botanists among Solaneae, 
 and by others in this family. This species is supposed to be the 
 of Dioscorides. 
 
 Biennial. Stem single, 4 5 feet high, woolly, thrown up in its second year. Leaves 
 ovate-oblong, crenate, densely woolly on both sides, all decurrent. Spike long, terminal, 
 very dense, pedicels shorter than the deeply 5-parted calyx. Corol yellow, about twice as 
 long as the calyx, rotate ; limb spreading, 5-clefl, unequal, segments oblong, obtuse. Sta- 
 mens 5, unequal; filaments woolly, two longer nearly glabrous, and about 4 times longer 
 than their slightly decurrent anthers, which are all nearly equal, adnate, by confluence 
 1-celled. Capsules 2-celled, 2-valved, the valves slightly bifid. Indigenous throughout 
 Europe in waste ground. E. B. 549.
 
 494 DULCAMARA. [Corolliflora. 
 
 The leaves, which are alone officinal, are woolly on both sides, and 
 have a mucilaginous and slightly bitter taste. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent. The Infusion or Decoction may be 
 taken internally or used externally as a fomentation, or the boiled 
 leaves applied as a cataplasm. 
 
 SOLANE.E, Jussieu. Nightshades. Pentand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 Annual or perennial herbs or shrubs, with watery juice. Leaves alternate, the upper 
 ones often in pairs, unequal, simple, often lobed. Stipules wanting or spurious. Flowers 
 regular, axillary, or often out of the axils ; pedicels without bracts. Calyx 5-fid or in 5 
 divisions, persistent, or the limb deciduous and base persistent. Corolla inserted into the 
 receptacle, usually regular, and 5-fid ; aestivation plaited, rarely valvate. Stamens 5, 
 inserted into the corolla, and alternate with its lobes. Anthers at the apex of an acute 
 filament. Ovary free, 2-cellcd, sometimes 4- or 5- celled; placentte attached to the parti- 
 tion or projected from the central angle. Style 1. Stigma simple. Fruit capsular or 
 berried, with 2 or 4 cells. Seeds numerous, compressed laterally or from the back. Em- 
 bryo in the former straight, in the axis of fleshy albumen, in the latter curved, peripheral, 
 or spiral. The Solaneae are allied to Convolvulacece, &c., especially to Hydroleacese. 
 They are with difficulty distinguished from some of the Scrophularineae. (t/. Verbascum.) 
 The Solanese chiefly inhabit tropical regions, where many are shrubby and even aboreous; 
 a few extend into the temperate and even cold climates of higher latitudes. Several of 
 the species are remarkable for their narcotic properties. 
 
 DULCAMARA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Caulis, L. D. Twigs, E. of SOLANUM 
 DULCAMARA, Linn. Bitter Sweet. Woody Nightshade. 
 
 Dulcamara is supposed to have been employed by the ancients, but 
 has been distinctly known only since the time of Tragus. 
 
 Root woody. Stem shrubby, flexible, twining in hedges and over shrubs to the height 
 of 12 or 15 feet. Leaves cordate-ovate, the upper ones more or less auriculate, halberd- 
 shaped, all generally smooth, acute, and entire at the margin. Racemes spreading, cyme- 
 like, opposite to the leaves, or terminal. Flowers drooping. Bracts minute. Calyx per- 
 manent, 5-parted. Corol rotate, 5-parted purple coloured with two green spots at the 
 base of each segment. Anthers 5, yellow, erect, connivent, opening by 2 pores at the 
 apex. Berry scarlet, ovoid, juicy, many-seeded. Indigenous in woods and hedges through- 
 out Europe ; found also in Asia and America. Nees von E. 188. St. and Ch. ] 7. 
 
 Solatium nigrum, a small leafy plant, with obtusely angled acute leaves, with white 
 rotate flowers, and berries about the size of peas, is said to have the same properties as 
 the above; but it is also narcotic. Its leaves are sometimes sold for those of Belladonna. 
 The twigs of the Potato (Solanum tuberosum), of which the tubers are so important on 
 account of their starch, are also said to possess some of the same properties. 
 
 The officinal part is the stem and twigs, which should be collected 
 in autumn. They are about the thickness of a pen, usually cut into 
 short pieces, sometimes split down the middle ; and when dry, they 
 are light, wrinkled, containing much pith, and of a grayish colour. 
 In this state they are scentless but have a bitter taste, followed by a 
 slight degree of sweetness. It is probable that the root, leaves, and 
 berries have the same properties, which are taken up both by water 
 and Spirit. Analyzed, the twigs have been found to contain an alkali, 
 Solanine or Solania, Gum, Gluten, with Potash and Lime salts. 
 Pfaff indicates the presence of a Bitter principle with a sweet after- 
 taste, which he names Dulcamarine. Solania, when purified, is 
 white, pearly, imperfectly crystalline. It restores the colour of Lit- 
 mus, reddened by an acid. Iodine and Iodide of Potassium pro- 
 duce a permanently dark and turbid brown colour with the solutions
 
 Solanece.] 
 
 BELLADONNA. 
 
 495 
 
 of Solanine and its salts. It has a faint bitter taste; its salts scarcely 
 crystallize ; it does not dilate the pupil, but is said to be a powerful 
 narcotic. 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative in Cutaneous diseases, &c., having a 
 slight determination to the skin and kidneys, also slightly Narcotic. 
 
 DECOCTUM DULCAMARA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Decoction of Dulcamara. 
 
 Prep. Take sliced Dulcamara 3x. (3j. E. D. U.S.) Aq. desi.Ojss. (fSxxiv. E. by mea- 
 sure fcjss. D.) Boil down to Oj. (f 3xvj. E. fej. D.) Strain. 
 
 Jlction. Uses. Alterative, &c., in doses of f3iss. 2 or 3 times a day 
 with some aromatic water. 
 
 BELLADONNA, L. E. (U. S.) Folia, L. Leaves, E. Belladonna Folia 
 et Belladonna? Radix, D. Leaves and Root, D. of ATROPA BELLA- 
 DONNA, Linn. Deadly Nightshade, or Dwale. 
 
 This plant has been supposed to be the Mandragora of Theophras- 
 tus, and the strykhnos ma- 
 
 nicos of Dioscorides ; but *'i- 81. 
 
 it has been distinctly 
 known only since the time 
 of Tragus, and is said to 
 have been first used in Ger- 
 many as a cure for can- 
 cer. 
 
 This plant (fig. 81) has a lurid 
 hue, and, when bruised, a fretid 
 odour. Root perennial, branched, 
 but fleshy, white internally. Stems 
 annual, herbaceous, 3-5 feet high, 
 branched, round, slightly downy 
 or velvety, with a tinge of red. 
 Leaves with short footstalks, la- 
 teral, often in pairs of unequal 
 size, broadly ovale.acute, entire, 
 smooth and soft, 4 or 5 inches in 
 length, often with hairs on under- 
 surface. Flowers solitary, imper- 
 fectly axillary, stalked, about an 
 inch in length, rather drooping. 
 Calyx eampanulate, 5-cleft. Corol 
 (1) eampanulate, an inch long, or 
 twice the length of the calyx, 
 greenish towards the base, but of 
 a dark purple towards its 5-lobed 
 equal border. Stamens 5, distant 
 above. Style (2) as long as the 
 corol. Stigma (3) capitate. Berry 
 (4) seated in the enlarged calyx, 
 globose, 2-celled, of a shining vio- 
 let-black colour, about the size of 
 a small cherry, with a longitudinal 
 furrow on each side, 2-celled, Containing numerous reniform seeds in a mawkishly 
 sweet but neither agreeable nor nauseous pulp. Indigenous in waste, often shady 
 places, in many parts of Europe. Flowers in June and July, and its berries are ripe 
 in September. E. B. 592. Nee s von E. 191. St. and Ch. 1. 
 
 The root of Belladonna, which is branched, thick, fleshy, and often
 
 49G BELLADONNA. [Corolliflorcs. 
 
 a foot or more in length, is white internally when fresh, becomes of a 
 grayish colour when dried. The taste is slight, but bitter; the odour 
 feeble, but its properties energetic. It should be collected in autumn 
 or spring, and the leaves about the time of flowering. These, when 
 stripped from their stems and carefully dried, have a dull-green 
 colour, very little odour, with a slight bitter taste. The leaves of 
 Solarium nigrum, as well as of S. Dulcamara (v. p. 494), are some- 
 times actually sold by herbalists for those of Belladonna, and conse- 
 quently must be frequently employed medicinally by those who look 
 for the powerful effects of this medicine, and being disappointed, will 
 afterwards pronounce upon the inefficiency of the drug. 
 
 The leaves of Belladonna, analyzed by Brandes, yielded Gum, 
 Starch, Albumen, Chlorophylle, a little Wax, several Salts, Lig- 
 nine, and water, with two nitrogenous substances, and an acid 
 Malate of Atropia. This alkali, upon which he considered the 
 medical properties to depend, has since been obtained by other che- 
 mists in white crystals, which are without odour ; are fused by heat 
 in closed vessels, volatilized above 212, but burn in air; soluble in 
 Alcohol, sparingly so in Ether, more so in boiling water. It corn- 
 bines with acids, forming salts, which are bitter, and have the poison- 
 ous properties of Atropia. This is bitter in taste, also a little acrid, 
 dilates the pupils, and is very poisonous, but forms only a small pro- 
 portion of the plant. The proportion of its constituents is uncertain. 
 (C 33 H"O 3 N ?) 
 
 Action. Uses. Anodyne, Antispasmodic ; externally Anodyne, and 
 used by surgeons for dilating the pupil. The roots possess the same 
 properties as the leaves, and the berries have frequently proved poi- 
 sonous to children. Dryness and stricture in the throat, difficulty of 
 swallowing, nausea, &c., dimness of vision, dilatation of the pupil, 
 vertigo, mirthful or extravagant delirium, followed by coma, are ex- 
 perienced. It sometimes induces sleep from relieving pain. Anodyne 
 in Neuralgic and other pains ; more applicable to those which are 
 external than to internal pains. Antispasmodic in Hooping and other 
 coughs. Thought by some to be Prophylactic against Scarlatina. 
 
 D. Of the powder gr. j. gradually increased to gr. v. or until dry- 
 ness of the throat is experienced. Atropia ^ of a grain produces all 
 the same symptoms, and has been used for dilating the pupil. 
 
 ExTRACTUM (SUCCUS SPISSATUS, D.) BELLADONNA, L. E. (U. S.) Extract 
 
 of Belladonna. 
 
 Prep. To be prepared (from fresh leaves of Atropa Belladonna, like Succus spissatus 
 Aconiti, p. 244. D.) like Extr. Aconiti, L. Bruise into a uniform pulp in a marble mor- 
 tar fresh Belladonna q. s. Express, moisten with water, and again express. Unite the 
 expressed fluids, niter, and evaporate the filtered liquids in the vapour-bath to the consis- 
 tence of firm extract, stirring constantly towards the close, E. 
 
 Action. Uses. The Extract of Belladonna is an uncertain prepara- 
 tion, because it is not always prepared with care. The E. P. direc- 
 tions are suited to insure a good preparation, and the Extract pre- 
 pared in vacuo is an energetic one. Dr. Christison suggests the pre-
 
 Solanece.] CAPSICUM. 497 
 
 paration of an Alcoholic Extract, like that of Aconite of the E. P. (v. 
 p. 244.) 
 
 D. gr. ss. or gr. j. 2 or 3 times a day, gradually increased to gr. v. 
 until the peculiar effects of Belladonna are observed. It is often di- 
 luted with water and applied on the eyebrow, to dilate the pupil, or a 
 solution dropped into the eye ; or it may be applied externally as a 
 liniment, or applied endermically to relieve severe pains. It has also 
 been applied to the os uteri in protracted first labours, and in stric- 
 ture of the urethra, and spasm of the sphincter ani, &c. 
 
 [EXTRACTUM BELLADONNA ALCOHOLICUM, (U. S.) 
 
 This is intended as a substitute for the preceding. The formula directs Belladonna 
 leaves in coarse powder, fej., Diluted Alcohol Oiv. Moisten with half a pint of fluid and 
 allow to stand for 24 hours, then transfer to a percolator and displace, driving over the 
 last quantity of fluid with water. Evaporate the solution to the proper consistence.] 
 
 EMPLASTRUM BELLADONNJE, L. E. D. (U. S.) Belladonna Plaster. 
 
 Prep. In a water-bath (with gentle heat, E.) melt Resin Plaster (Soap Plaster 3ij. 
 D.) giij. to this add Extract of Belladonna 3jss. Agitate briskly and mix. (Make a 
 plaster, D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Anodyne in Neuralgic and other pains. Bella- 
 donna may also be applied externally in the form of its Infusion, as a 
 Lotion, or as an Ointment, with some of the Extract rubbed up with 
 water, or with simple Ointment. 
 
 Succus BELLADONNA, as prepared by Mr. Bentley, is an effective 
 preparation. 
 
 TINCTURE OF BELLADONNA, (U. S.) Macerate Belladonna leaves 
 dried 3ij. (3iv. U. S.) in Proof Spirit (Diluted Alcohol, Oij. U. S.) for 
 14 days. May be given in d'oses of n^xv. rftxxx. 
 
 Antidotes. Emetics and Purgatives, Astringent Infusions ? appli- 
 cation of cold to the head, and the use of the ordinary external 
 stimuli ; Ammonia internally in the Comatose state, as in Digitalis, 
 p, 492. 
 
 CAPSICUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Bacca3, L. Capsulse cum seminibus, D. 
 Fruit, E. of CAPSICUM ANNUUM, Linn. Capsicum. Chillies. 
 
 The several species of Capsicum are natives of South America, 
 whence they have been introduced into the Old World, and become 
 universally diffused, from the fondness of Asiatics for warm condi- 
 ments. The Hindoos, though cultivating the Capsicum extensively, 
 have no specific name for it, but call it Red Pepper. " Chilli, either 
 simply or in composition, being the Mexican name for all the varie- 
 ties and species of this genus" (R. Brown), indicates that the genus is 
 American. Many varieties have no doubt been raised to the rank of 
 species. The genus is distinguished by its berry-like but dry fruit. 
 
 The officinal Capsicum is annual, smooth, dark-green in colour, from 1 2 feet high, 
 with branched, furrowed, angular stems. Leaves ovate, acuminate, sometimes lanceo- 
 late, entire, shining, sometimes hairy beneath on the veins. Flowers small, white, axil- 
 lary, solitary, drooping. Calyx 5-cleft. Corol. rotate, equal. Stamens 5 ; filaments, 
 short; anthers dark-coloured, connivent, opening longitudinally. Fruit firm, succulent 
 
 32
 
 498 CAPSICUM. [CorolliflorcB. 
 
 2-celled, containing numerous dry flat seeds. The fruit varies much in form, being round, 
 oblong, cordate, or horned, and either scarlet or yellow, and more or less pungent in taste. 
 The horn-shaped variety is most common, from 2 3 inches in length, and from J 1 
 inch diameter at the base, and usually called Capsicums, and the plant C. annuum. One 
 variety, called Cockspur-pepper, has the fruit long and slender. Sometimes the fruit is 
 globose or lobed : the variety is then called C. baccatum. When the fruit is small, elon- 
 gated, and pointed, the variety is called Bird-pepper, and botanically C. minimum. When 
 the plants are allowed to grow beyond the year, they become shrubby, and form the spe- 
 cies or variety called C. frutescens. Cultivated in all hot countries, but also under glass 
 in this country. Nees von E. 190. St. and Ch. 44. 
 
 The Berry or fruit of the Capsicum, in its dried state, is the only 
 officinal part. These, when powdered, form Cayenne Pepper, but 
 are often preserved in vinegar as a pickle, and the fluid likewise em- 
 ployed under the name of Chilly Vinegar. The active properties are 
 taken up also by water, Spirit, Ether, and fixed oils. Analyzed by 
 Forchammer, a red Colouring matter, a nitrogenous substance, Mu- 
 cilage, and some salts ; among these Nitrate of Potash and an alka- 
 line body, Capsicine, white, brilliant, pearly, and very acrid. But 
 Braconnot describes the acrid principle as of an oleaginous nature, 
 very acrid in taste, readily volatilizing, and diffusing a very acrid 
 vapour. 
 
 Action. Uses. Rubefacient, Acrid Stimulant. Much used as a 
 Condiment in hot countries. Sometimes used as a Counter-irritant, 
 with salt as a Stimulant in Scarlatina maligna, as a Gargle in relaxed 
 sore throat, or in the form of Cayenne Lozenges. 
 
 TINCTURA CAPSICI, L. E D. (U. S.) Tincture of Capsicum. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days bruised Capsicum 3x. (3j. D. [U. S.]) in Proof 
 Spirit Oij. (feij. D.) (Diluted Alcohol Oij. U. S.) Strain. (Squeeze and filter; or it is 
 better prepared by percolation, to be commenced as soon as the Capsicum in fine powder 
 is made into a pulp with a little of the Spirit, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant. Stimulant in doses of n^v. f 3ss. or as a 
 Gargle (H3iv. Inf. Rosse f3viij.) Dr. Turnbull uses a concentrated 
 Tincture (3iv. to Rect. Sp. f3xij.) as a Counter-irritant. 
 
 STRAMONII FOLIA, L. D. (U. S.) (Stramonium, E.) Leaves (Herb, E.) 
 and STRAMONII SEMINA, L. D. (SEMEN, U. S.) Seeds of DATURA 
 STRAMONIUM, Linn. Thornapple. 
 
 Species of Datura (Sans. Dhatoord) have long been employed me- 
 dicinally by the Hindoos, and were thus made known to the Arabs, 
 who curiously give Stramonia as a synonyme of Datura. It is their 
 jouzmasil, that is, masil or methel, which has long been referred to 
 Datura. D. Stramonium occurs in the Himalayas (v. Himal. Bot. p. 
 279), and is probably indigenous in the Hindoo Khoosh, whence most 
 likely it was taken to Constantinople, having been obtained by Gerard 
 from that city, and by Fuchsius from Italy. 
 
 The Thorn-apple (fig. 82) is an annual of vigqrous growth, about 3 5 feet high. Stem 
 much branched, dichotomous above, bushy, fo3tid, smooth. Root large, white, and fibrous. 
 Leaves from the forks of the stem, large, unequal at the base, ovate, unequally sinuate- 
 dentate, smooth, variously and acutely sinuated and toothed, simply veined, of a light dull, 
 green colour. Flowers axillary, erect, white, sweet-scented, especially at night, about 3 
 inches long. Calyx oblong, tubular, ventricose, 5-angled, 5-toothed, dropping off and 
 leaving a circular mark round the base of the ovary. Corolla funnel-shaped, regular, an- 
 gular, plaited with mucronate lobes. Stamens 5. Stigma thick, obtuse, 2-lobed. Ovary
 
 Solane*.} STRAMONIUM. 499 
 
 4-cellcd. Capsule as large as a walnut, dry, very prickly, 4-valved, with 2 partially bi- 
 partite cells, containing many brownish or black flattened reniforrn seeds. Waste places 
 and dung-heaps in all parts of Europe, also in North America. No doubt introduced from 
 Asia. Flowers in July. Nees von E. 193. St. and Ch. 6. 
 
 Fig. 82. 
 
 The whole plant has a rank odour, which may be detected at a 
 distance. All parts possess medicinal properties ; but the leaves and 
 seeds are alone officinal. The seeds are brownish or black, flattened, 
 kidney-shaped, without odour, except when bruised, but with a bitter 
 weakish taste, often employed for poisoning in India, where pulses form 
 so large an article of diet, or for stupifying only, given in sweetmeats. 
 (O. S.) The haves should be gathered when the flower-buds be- 
 gin to blow. They have a fostid odour, especially when bruised ; 
 this they lose in drying. Their taste is rather bitter and nauseous. 
 
 Analyzed by Brandes, the seeds yielded Fixed Oil, Wax, Resin, 
 Extractive, Gum, Albumen, &c., with salts, and a Malate of Daturia^ 
 This alkali has been obtained by Geiger and Hesse, who describe it 
 as occurring in brilliant crystals, without odour, and colourless, 
 having a bitterish, tobacco-like taste, alkaline, etsily soluble in Alco- 
 hol, and forming salts with acids. The fresh leaves of Stramonium 
 did not yield Promnitz any thing except the ordinary vegetable con- 
 stituents, though they must also contain the Daturia. Mr. Morries 
 Stirling, by the destructive distillation of Stramonium, obtained an 
 empyreumatic oil, which contains an active poisonous principle. 
 
 Action. Uses. Anodyne. Antispasmodic, and as such may be 
 combined with Valerian. By relieving pain, it will induce sleep; 
 and affects the constitution much in the same way as Belladonna, in 
 doses of the powder, gr. j. gr. v. In Neuralgic and in Rheumatic 
 pains it has given relief both when taken internally and applied ex- 
 ternally. It has also been considered calmative in Mania. In Spas- 
 modic Asthma, smoking the leaf (gr. x. 3ss.) often gives instanta- 
 neous relief; but it must be exhibited with care. M. Trousseau re-
 
 STRAMONIUM. [Corolliflorai. 
 
 commends its being smoked with an equal quantity of Sage leaves, 
 in a roll of paper. In India I used to order it to be added to the 
 ordinary chillium of Tobacco ; or the inhaling warm water in which 
 Datura leaves had been infused. Mr. Skipton found f3ij. of an infu- 
 sion of the root (3j. to aq. Ojss.) of Datura fastuosa give great relief. 
 But the most convenient practice is that of smoking the Stramonium 
 cigars, which are prepared by some chemists. Daturia is an ener- 
 getic poison, and very small quantities cause dilatation of the pupil. 
 
 EXTRACTUM STRAMONII, L. E. D. (SEMINIS, U. S.) Extract of Stra- 
 monium Seeds. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Macerate for 4 hours in a lightly covered vessel (near the fire, L.) in 
 boiling Aq. dest. Cj. Seeds of Stramonium gxv. Take the seeds out, and bruise them in 
 a stone mortar, return them to the liquor, and boil down to Oiv. (feiv. D. while hot, L.) filter, 
 and evaporate to the proper consistence. 
 
 E. Grind in a coffee-mill Seeds of Stramonium q. s. (&j. U.S.) Rub the powder into a thick 
 mass with Proof Spirit, which transmit through the pulp in a percolator, till it passes 
 colourless. Distil off the Spirit, and in the vapour-bath evaporate the residuum to a 
 proper consistence. This alcoholic extract is the best form. 
 
 Action. Uses. Anodyne. Antispasmodic in doses of gr. gr. iij. 
 or it may be made moist and applied over a pained part. 
 
 [EXTRACTUM STRAMONII FOLIORUM, U. S. Extract of Stramonium 
 Leaves. 
 
 Take of Stramonium leaves ftj., bruise them in a stone mortar, sprinkling on a little 
 water; then express the juice, and having heated it to the boiling point, strain and eva- 
 porate it to the proper consistence. This affords a fine green extract, endowed with the 
 odour and properties of the plant. Dose gr. j. to gr. v.] 
 
 A tincture of Stramonium (Seeds 3iv. Proof Spirit Sxxxij.) is 
 officinal in the United States Ph., and may be given in doses of fftx. 
 f 3ss. 2 or 3 times a day, or it may be rubbed along the course of 
 a pained nerve. 
 
 Antidotes. Stimulant emetics, cold affusion, with blisters to nape of 
 neck, in cases of poisoning with Belladonna. 
 
 [UNGUENTUM STRAMONII, U. S. Ointment of Stramonium. 
 
 Take of fresh Stramonium leaves cut in pieces ftj., Lard ftiij., Yellow Wax ftss. Boil 
 the Stramonium leaves in the Lard until they become friable, then strain through linen ; 
 lastly add the Wax previously melted and stir them until they are cold. Used for the 
 same purposes as Belladonna ointment.] 
 
 HYOSCYAMI FOLIA, L. D. (U. S.) (Hyoscyamus, E.) Leaves. HYOS- 
 CYAMI SEMINA, L. (SEMEN, U. S.) and, Seeds of HYOSCYAMUS NIGER, 
 Linn. Henbane. 
 
 Henbane has been employed in medicine from the earliest times ; 
 is the uorfxuccfj-os of the Greeks, and the bunj of the Arabs. The seeds 
 are known by the name of Khorassani Ujwain in India. 
 
 Henbane (fig. 83) is annual or biennial, that is, plants grown from the seed of the bien- 
 nial variety will, in favourable conditions of the soil and climate, come to full perfection 
 in the first year. Roots spindle-shaped, those of biennial plants having considerable 
 resemblance to small parsnip-roots in the winter and spring. (Houlton.) The plants 
 in the first year throw up a tuft of radical leaves which are petiolated, woolly, and possess
 
 Solanea.] 
 
 HYOSCYAMUS. 
 
 little of that clamminess and odour which are peculiar to the mature plant. In the 
 second spring, another set of leaves make their ' F . 
 
 appearance with, and attached to the flowering 
 stem. This is from a foot to 3 feet high, seldom 
 branched, hairy, hairs glandular, viscid. Leaves 
 sessile, subamplexicaul, occasionally decurrent, 
 lower ones sometimes stalked, oblong acute, 
 coarsely and unequally cut or sinuate, appearing 
 pinnatifid, clammy, and foetid, of a pale dull green 
 colour, slightly pubescent, with long glandular 
 hairs, like those of the stem, upon the midrib. 
 Flowers nearly sessile, axillary, subsolitary, uni- 
 lateral, erect, much shorter than the leaves. Ca- 
 lyx funnel-shaped, 5-lobed, villous. Corol (2) fun- 
 nel-shaped, limb spreading, 5-lobed, not quite 
 equal, of a dull straw-colour, marked with dark 
 purple veins. Stamens 5, declinate ; filaments 
 pubescent. Ovary ovoid, shining, 2-celled, with 
 numerous ovules attached to the placentae. Style 
 filiform. Stigma (1) capitate. Capsule opening 
 transversely by a convex lid, 2-celled, many- 
 seeded. Seeds small, roundish, finely dotted, of a 
 light gray colour. Indigenous in waste grounds 
 throughout Europe, also in the Persian region of 
 botanists. Nees von E. 192. St and Ch. 9. 
 
 Henbane plants come into flower 
 about the beginning of June, but the 
 annual plants a little later: the seeds ripen from August to Octo- 
 ber. Mr. Houlton is of opinion that the biennial plant should alone 
 be employed medicinally, and that the leaves should be collected when 
 the first flowers begin to appear. But it has not been proved that 
 annual plants, when properly grown, are devoid of active properties. 
 The author was in the habit of largely cultivating Henbane in the 
 Botanic garden at Saharunpore, where, from the nature of the cli- 
 mate, the whole process of cultivation, including the ripening of the 
 seed, was completed between the months of October and March. 
 The Extract made from these plants was highly approved of by seve- 
 ral medical officers, and pronounced by Mr. Twining, after trial in 
 the General Hospital at Calcutta, to be of " most excellent quality" 
 (Himal. Bot. p. 281). But the secretions of plants growing in a colder 
 and moister climate, or in seasons having these characteristics, may 
 not come to as great perfection in the first year. Dr. Christison 
 states, from experiments made in the Royal Infirmary at Edinburgh, 
 ' that inferiority of cultivated plants, if it exists at all, seems not ap- 
 preciable in practice;" and, with respect to the period at which the 
 leaves acquire their activity, he says, " I have found them sufficiently 
 active even in the spring, before the appearance of the flowering 
 stem." When collected, they should as soon as possible be separated 
 from the stem, spread out, and dried in a warm airy room. They 
 ought to have a mucilaginous, slightly bitter taste, and should retain - 
 some of the peculiar odour of the plant. 
 
 Analyzed by Brandes, the seeds yielded Gum, Starch, Albumen, a 
 large proportion of Fixed Oil, with a variety of salts, Ligneous fibre, 
 and an oily-like alkali, resembling Conia, which was highly poi- 
 sonous.
 
 502 HYOSCYAMUS. [Corollifloras. 
 
 Geiger and Hesse, however, obtained groups of radiated needle-like 
 crystals, fusible and volatile, tut readily decomposed when distilled, 
 alkaline in nature, neutralizing acids and forming crystallizable salts, 
 soluble in Alcohol and Ether, less so in water. These have been con- 
 sidered pure Hyoscyamia, which is very poisonous, dilates the pupils, 
 and when moistened, smells strongly of Tobacco. The oily-like 
 liquid of Brandes is thought to hold a little of this principle in solution. 
 A highly poisonous empyreumatic oil is obtained by destructive dis- 
 tillation, as from the other Solaneae and from Foxglove. 
 
 Action. Uses. Narcotic, Anodyne, and Soporific. Available for a 
 variety of cases where we wish to relieve pain, allay irritability, and 
 procure sleep, having the advantage of not constipating the bowels 
 like opium. Hence it is frequently prescribed with Calomel, Purga- 
 tives, or with Antispasmodics. It may be given internally in powder 
 in doses of gr. v. gr. x. or in Extract or Tincture ; or it may be ap- 
 plied externally in the form of fomentation, or in cataplasms of its 
 leaves, or its Extract or Tincture used as those of Belladonna, p. 497. 
 
 EXTRACTUM (Succus spissATus, D.) HYoscYAMi, L. E. (U. S.) Extract 
 of Henbane. 
 
 Prep. To be prepared from the (fresh herb of, D.) Hyoscyamus niger as Extractum 
 (Succus Spissatus, D.) Aconiti, L. (p. 244) (or by any of the processes directed for Ex- 
 tract of Conium, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. The expressed juice evaporated spontaneously in a 
 dry current of air, or in vacuo, forms an excellent preparation. A 
 still more powerful preparation may be obtained by the action of 
 Alcohol. Adapted for all the purposes of Henbane in doses of gr. v. 
 9j. The author has also found the Succus Hyoscyami of Mr. Bent- 
 ley a very good form of preparation. 
 
 [EXTRACTUM HYOSCYAMI ALCOHOLICUM, U. S. See Ext. Bella. Al.] 
 TINCTURA HYOSCYAMI, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Henbane. 
 
 Prep. Macerate (digest, E. D.) for 14, L. (7, D.) days dried leaves of Hyoscyamus 
 niger (in fine powder, E.) gv. (giv. U. S.) in Proof Spirit Oij. (fcij. D.) Strain. (Much 
 better prepared by percolation, as the Tinct of Capsicum, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Narcotic, &c., in doses of TUX. as soothing, f3j. 
 or f3ij. as a Hypnotic. 
 
 TABACUM, L. E. (U. S.) Folia exsiccata, L. D. Leaves of NICOTIANA 
 TABACUM, Linn. Tobacco. 
 
 Tobacco was introduced from the New World about the middle 
 of the 16th century, and is now extensively cultivated in most parts 
 of the world. 
 
 ^ Root fibrous. Stem erect, branched, and viscid, from 2 to 6 feet high. Leaves sessile, 
 oblong, lanceolate, the lower ones decurrent, very large, a little hairy, viscid. Flowers in 
 terminal panicles. Bracts linear-acute. Calyx tubular, swelling 5-cleft, hairy glutinous. 
 Corol rose-coloured, funnel shaped, throat inflated, ventricose, limb spreading, plicate, 
 with 5-cleft acuminate segments. Stamens 5, declinate. Ovary ovate. Style long. 
 Stigma emarginale. Capsule usually 2-celled, 2-valved, opening crosswise at top, valves 
 finally bifid. Seeds numerous, small, kidney -shaped, attached to fleshy placentae. Warm
 
 Solanea.] T A B A C U M. 503 
 
 parts of America, but now cultivated in most parts of the world. Nees von E. 194. St. 
 and Ch. 37. 
 
 Most of the Tobacco of commerce, as that of Virginia, is yielded by this species, as is 
 that of India. Small Havannah cigars are said to be formed of the leaves of N. repanda ; 
 the Syrian and Turkish Tobaccos by N. rustica and the fine Shiraz Tobacco by N. per- 
 sica, Lind. 
 
 Tobacco, as it occurs in commerce, is of a yellowish-brown colour, 
 soft and pliable, a little clammy, with something of a honey, mixed 
 with a narcotic odour ; the latter, however, is not'obvious in the fresh 
 leaves. The taste is bitter, acrid, and nauseous. Virginian Tobacco, 
 though the strongest, is best adapted for medical use, in order to ob- 
 serve uniformity of strength. Its active properties are taken up by 
 water, Spirit, and Wine, but are destroyed by heat. Tobacco was 
 elaborately analyzed by Vauquelin. Nicotianin was discovered by 
 Hermbstadt in 1821. The analysis of Posselt and Reimann displayed 
 the presence of Nicotina '06, of Nicotianin 0-01, Extractive 2-87, Gum 
 1-74, Chlorophylle 0-26, .Vegetable Albumen and Gluten 1-30, Malic 
 acid 0-51, Lignin and Starch 4-65, Salts 0-73, Silica, 0-08, Water 
 88-28=100 nearly. Nicotina has since been studied byBoutron and 
 Henry. It is obtained much in the same way as Conia, and in the 
 form of a limpid, oily, volatile liquid, devoid of colour, having an 
 acrid taste, and a weak smell of Tobacco, unless when heated. Its 
 vapours are extremely acrid, with an overpowering odour of To- 
 bacco. It has a Sp. Gr. of 1-048, is alkaline, forms salts with acids, 
 and is soluble in Alcohol, Ether, and water, and in fixed and volatile 
 Oils. It is the active principle of Tobacco, and is extremely poison- 
 ous. When heated, it is decomposed, becomes resinoid, and disen- 
 gages Ammonia. Nicotina exists in combination in Tobacco, and is 
 found varying in proportion from 4 to 12 parts in 1000. It is com- 
 posed of C 10 H 8 N. Nicotianin is a camphoraceous volatile oil, bit- 
 terish in taste, having the odour of Tobacco, and seeming to owe its 
 properties to a little Nicotina intermixed with it. By the destructive 
 distillation of Tobacco, an empyreumatic oil is formed, which is better 
 known as produced in tobacco-pipes, and as being highly poisonous. 
 It seems to be a volatile oil holding some Nicotina in solution. 
 
 Action. Uses. Local Stimulant, hence used as an Errhine and 
 Sialogogue : secondary Sedative, Antispasmodic, also Emetic, Laxa- 
 tive, and Diuretic ; and acts upon the system, to whatever surface it 
 is supplied. Chiefly employed to produce relaxation in Spasmodic 
 affections, as in strangulated Hernia, obstinate constipation from 
 spasm of the bowels, or retention of urine from that of the urethra. 
 
 ENEMA (!NFUSUM, D. U. S.) TABACI, L. E. Tobacco Enema. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 1 (J, E.) hour (in a covered vessel, D,) Tobacco 3J. (gr. xv. to 3ss. 
 E.) in boiling Aq. Oj. (fgviij. E. by measure fej. D.) Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Sedative, Antispasmodic. Used only in the above 
 cases. 9j. is sufficient for trial at first. 
 
 VINUM TABACI, E. (U. S.) Tobacco Wine. 
 
 Prep. Digest Tobacco 3iij- in Sherry Oij. for 7 days. Strain, express the residue 
 strongly. Filter.
 
 504 RUMEX AQUATICUS. [Apetala. 
 
 [U. S. Tobacco 3i. Wine Oj. Digest for 14 days.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Sedative and diuretic. Capable of producing the 
 full effects of Tobacco in doses of rftx. 
 
 d. MonochlamydecB or Apetalae. 
 POLYGONS^:, Juss. Buckwheats. 
 
 Herbs, seldom shrubs, stem and branches jointed. Leaves alternate, simple, sometimes 
 undulate, or cut : petioles sheathing at the base, or united into a tube called ochrea. 
 Flowers complete, or by abortion unisexual, inflorescence various. Perianth herbaceous 
 or subcorolline, inferior, 3- 5- or 6-partite, imbricate in aestivation, often permanent, and 
 growing with and covering the fruit. Stamens definite, but varying in number, inserted 
 into the narrow margin of the receptacle and adhering to the perianth. Ovary single, 
 1-celled, with one erect ovule. Styles 2 to 3. Fruit indehiscent, nut-like, or fleshy, often 
 triangular, naked or covered by the interior segments of the perianth. Embryo inverted, 
 straight, and central, or curved and unilateral or peripheral. Radicle superior, remote 
 from the hilum. Albumen farinaceous. They are found in the greatest numbers in the 
 temperate regions of the northern hemisphere, but some in almost all parts of the world. 
 The young shoots of many are acid (chiefly Oxalic) ; when older, an astringent together 
 with a purgative principle is secreted by species of Rheum and of Rumex. The seeds 
 of many, as the Buckwheats, or Fagopyrum, afford nutritious flour. Coccoloba uvifera, 
 or Sea-side Grape is said to yield Jamaica Kino. 
 
 POLYGONUM BISTORTA, Linn. Radix, D. Root of Bistort. Octand. 
 Monog. Linn. 
 
 Bistort has long been employed in European medicine. 
 
 Rootstock creeping, often twice bent on itself, of a dark brown colour externally, and 
 rugose with annular rings. The stem is annual, simple, erect, 1 2 feet high. Leaves 
 ovate, bluntish-pointed, wavy. Footstalks tubular and sheathing, with jagged stipules. 
 Radical leaves heart-shaped, and yet decurrent, so as to form a wing to the petioles. 
 Cluster of flowers spike-like, terminal, with membranous brown bracts. Flowers pink, 
 with short pedicels. Perianth 5-parted, spreading. Stamens 8, half as long again as the 
 perianth. Styles 3, distinct, stigmas obtuse. Nut triquetrous, its faces ovate, smooth. 
 Embryo in the centre of farinaceous albumen. Cotyledons large, foliaceous, twisted, and 
 contorto-plicate. Moist meadows. Flowers in June. E. B. 509. St. and Ch. 47. 
 
 The rootstock of Bistort contains a large proportion of Tannin, 
 some Gallic acid, and Starch, with woody fibre, and has a rough 
 astringent taste. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent, either interrjally in doses of gr. xv. 3ss. 
 or made into a decoction, in doses of f3iss. ; or externally as a lotion; 
 has also been prescribed in Intermittents. 
 
 RUMEX, Linn. Hexandria Trigyn. Linn. 
 
 Perianth 6-parted, the 3 external segments spreading, permanent, more or less united 
 at the bottom ; the 3 interior petal-like, large, connivent ; in some species bearing a dor- 
 sal grain or tubercle. Stamens 6, disposed in pairs. Ovary, triangular, rather turbinate. 
 Styles 3. Stigmas large, in tufted segments. Nut triangular, polished, with 3 sharp 
 edges, covered by the enlarged inner sepals, single-seeded ; embryo lateral. 
 
 RUMEX AQUATICUS, Linn. Radix, D. Root of Water Dock. 
 
 Water Dock was formerly much employed by the name of Herba 
 Britannica. 
 
 Plant 3 to 4 feet high. Leaves very large, lanceolate, lower somewhat cordate, with 
 channeled petioles ; enlarged sepals broadly cordate, membranous, entire, or wavy, with- 
 out tubercles. Indigenous in ditches and damp places in the North. E. B. S. 2698.
 
 PolygonecB.] RHUBARB. 505 
 
 R. Hydrolapathum, or Great Water-Dock, is sometimes used instead of the foregoing. 
 R. obtusifolius was found by Dr. A. T. Thomson useful in obstinate Icthyosis. 
 
 The root of Water Dock is large, without odour, but has an aus- 
 tere bitter taste. It yields its virtues readily to water. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent, Alterative. This was formerly much 
 employed in Skin* diseases. Extract of W'ater Dock is sold by che- 
 mists, being prescribed by many practitioners as an Alterative in 
 Cutaneous diseases. 
 
 RUMEX ACETOSA, Linn. Folia, L. D. Leaves of Common Sorrel. 
 Common Sorrel is supposed to be the oguXa-raSov of the Greeks. 
 
 Plant of 1 2 feet. Leaves oblong, arrow-shaped, acid. Whorls leafless. Flowers 
 dioecious ; enlarged interior sepals roundish, cordate, entire, membranous, with a very 
 minute tubercle at the base ; exterior sepals reflexed. Pastures throughout Europe. 2 
 B. t 127. 
 
 The leaves and herbaceous parts of this plant, so well known by 
 the name of Sorrel, are pleasantly acid, with a slight degree of as- 
 tringency, owing to the presence of Binoxalate of Potash, some Tar- 
 taric acid, and Tannin. There is also Mucilage, Woody Fibre, and 
 Starch. 
 
 R. Acetosella, or Field Sorrel, may be substituted for it. 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant. Eaten in salads. Acid drinks may be 
 
 made with its leaves. 
 
 
 RHEUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Radix, L. D. Root, E. of an undetermined 
 
 species of RHEUM, Linn., of R. palmatum, L. D. and of R. undu- 
 
 latum, D. Rhubarb. 
 
 The name Rheum is derived from the fsov of Dioscorides ; but his 
 description does not well apply to modern Rhubarb. This was, how- 
 ever, known to Paulus ^Egineta, &c. The Arabs were acquainted 
 with several kinds, as Indian, Khorassanee, Chinese (their rewund 
 sini). The Persians give reon as the Greek synonyme of their ra- 
 wund, which is Rhubarb, and of which the plant they say is called 
 ri&as. Rhubarb is no doubt the rootstock of a species of Rheum, but 
 the species is still unknown. The author, after giving in another 
 work (Him. Bot. p. 314 318) an account of the commerce of Rhu- 
 barb, stated that " This would bring the Rhubarb country within 95 
 of E. long, and 35 of N. latitude, that is, into the heart of Tibet. As 
 no naturalist has visited this part, and neither seeds nor plants have 
 been obtained thence, it is as yet unknown what species yields the 
 Rhubarb." This seems now the general opinion. Sievers, an apo- 
 thecary sent in 1790 by the Russians to investigate the subject, had 
 previously said, that " his travels had satisfied him that as yet nobody, 
 that is, no scientific person, has yet seen the true Rhubarb plant." 
 Dr. Fischer, when in London, subsequent to the above publication, 
 informed the author that all the information obtained of late years in 
 Russia, only confirmed what was previously known, that Rheum 
 palmatum is not the species, but that the genuine plant is a small one 
 with roundish denticulate leaves. So more recently, Calau, apothe- 
 cary in the Rhubarb factory at Kiachta, says : " All that we yet
 
 506 RHEUM. [Apetalce. 
 
 know of the Rhubarb plant or its origin is defective and wrong; 
 every sacrifice to obtain a true plant, or the seed, has been in vairt; 
 nor has the author been enabled to obtain it." Dr. Falconer entered 
 Tibet from the side of Cashmere, and proceeded as far as the Muz- 
 tagh range, or about long. 77 E. and lat. 36, a region where Rhu- 
 barb is sent as a present to the Chief Ahmed Shah from the true 
 Rhubarb country, but was unable to learn any thing respecting com- 
 mercial Rhubarb. He discovered new species of Rheum, and obtain- 
 ed specimens of genuine Extract of Rhubarb ossareh-rewund, or 
 Rhubarb-juice, a name which he as well as the author found applied 
 in northwest India to Gamboge. He also found Rhubarb-root em- 
 ployed there as a yellow dye. Some information might probably be 
 procured respecting Rhubarb from the traders to Upper Assam. 
 
 RHEUM, Linn. Enneandria Monog. Linn. 
 
 Flowers complete ; perianth petaloid, 6-parted, with equal segments. Stamens usually 
 9, inserted in pairs into the base of the 3 outer segments, and singly into the 3 interior; 
 filaments subulate ; anthers versatile. Ovary triangular, 1 -celled. Ovule single, basilary, 
 orthotropous. Styles 3, short, reflexed. Stigmas 3, entire, subdiscoid, spreading. Acb.se- 
 nium 3-cornered, broadly winged, supported by the withered perianth at the base. Seed 
 erect, triangular. Embryo straight, antitropous, in the axis of farinaceous albumen. Co- 
 tyledons flat, radicle short, superior. 
 
 Herbaceous plants, with perennial and branching rootstocks, which are thick and suc- 
 culent. Stem of most 4 to 10 feet high, except in No. 1 and 2. Leaves large, more or 
 less cordate, wavy at the margin, sheathing at the base, either all radical, or where cau- 
 line,lternate. Inflorescence paniculate, or spicato-racemose. The species are valuable 
 not only on account of their rootstocks or Rhubarb, but also from the agreeable acidity of 
 their leaf-stalks, employed for making sherbets, tarts, &c. They inhabit cold parts of the 
 world, as the southern part of Russia, Siberia, Tibet, the north of China and the Hima- 
 layan mountains, also Affghanistan and Persia. Hence all may be grown in the open air 
 in Europe, and several are so cultivated. As no species seems more entitled than another 
 to be considered as yielding either the Russian or Chinese Rhubarb of commerce, we shall 
 briefly enumerate all, without describing any. 
 
 With Spike-like Racemes. 
 
 1. RHEUM SPICCIFORME, Royle. (Illustr. Himal. Bot. p. 318. t. 78.) Kherang Pass and 
 other places in Kunawar. Found by Dr. Falconer in Tibet. 
 
 2. R. MOORCROFTIANUM, Royle. (1. c. p. 318. Lindl. Med. Bot. p. 356.) Niti Pass in 
 the Himalayas. Found by Dr. Falconer in Tibet. 
 
 These two species differ in their inflorescence from the other described species. Their 
 roots are more dense in texture and of a more yellow colour than those of R. Emodi and 
 R. Webbianum. The powder of both is of a light and bright yellow colour. Dr. Falco- 
 ner met with both in Tibet, and discovered another species of this group. It is probable 
 that the commercial species will be found to resemble these in habit, from being indige- 
 nous, like them, in the elevated, arid, and cold regions of Tartary. 
 
 With Compound Racemes. 
 
 3. R. EMODI, Wall. Bot Mag. t. 3508. R. Australe, Don. Sweet Fl. Gard. t. 269. 
 Nees von E. Suppl. t 31. A. and B. Lindl. Fl. Med. p. 354. 
 
 4. R. WEBBIANOM, Royle, 1. c. p. 318. t. 78, a. Choor Mountain. Niti Pass. This 
 yielded the Rhubarb submitted to experiment bv Mr. Twining. Trans. Med. Soc. Calc. 
 iii. P . 439. 
 
 5. R. RIBES, Linn. Dill. Elth. t. 158. f. 192. An. Mus. 2. t. 49. Ribas and rivash 
 of the Afighans and Persians, much celebrated among them, and much esteemed on ac- 
 count of the agreeable acid of its leafstalks. The root is said to be rawund. It is the 
 Riwas of Serapion, who mentions it as making a good sherbet. It is said also to be 
 found on the mountains of Syria. 
 
 6. R. RHAPONTICUM, Linn. Alpin Rhapont. i. 1. 1. Nees von E. 113-14-15. Borders
 
 Polygonem.} RUSSIAN OR TURKEY RHUBARB. 597 
 
 of the Euxine, and on the north of the Caspian Sea, Deserts near the Volga, and in Sibe- 
 ria, as it is known to yield Siberian Rhubarb. Supposed to have yielded the Rhabarba- 
 rum of the ancients. Cultivated in this country on account of its stalks, and extensively 
 at Banbury on account of its roots, and also at Rheumpole near Lorient, in the depart- 
 ment of Morbihan in France. 
 
 7. R. CRASSINERVIUM, Fischer. Sent from St. Petersburgh to the Apothecaries' Garden 
 at Chelsea. Roots large, and said to have the colour and odour of Turkey Rhubarb. 
 
 8. R. LEUCORRHIZUM, Pallas. R. NANUM, Sievcrs. Ledebour, II. PL Ross. t. 492. 
 Found in the deserts of the Kirghis, and south of SirJeria, and Altai Mountains. Said to 
 yield White or Imperial Rhubarb. 
 
 9. R. UNDULATUM, Linn. Amoen. Acad. iii. t. 4. Nees von E. 116, 117. St. and Ch. 
 177. Lindl. Fl. Med. p. 357. A native of Siberia, Tartary, and China ? Seeds of what 
 was called the genuine Rhubarb plant were given to Kauw Boerhaave by a Tartarian 
 merchant, and these seeds produced this species and R. palmutiim, both of which are ad- 
 mitted as officinal in the D. P. This is said to be cultivated in France as one of those 
 yielding French Rhubarb. 
 
 10. R. CASPICDM, Fischer. Caspian Shores and Altai Mountains. Lindl. p. 557. 
 
 11. R. COMPACTUM, Linn. Mill. Diet. 218. Nees von E. 121. A native of Chinese 
 Tartary, said to yield some of the Rhubarb cultivated in France, which forms a fair imita- 
 tion. Valued in this country on account of its stalks. 
 
 12. R. PALMATUM, Linn. L. D. This species is easily distinguished from the others by 
 its roundish, cordate, half palmate leaves, with the lobes also deeply cut. Root large, 
 branched, brown externally, of a deep yellow internally. Supposed to be a native of the 
 mountains of Mongolia near the great wall of China. The seeds of this were received by 
 K. Boerhaave with those of R. undulatum as those of the genuine Rhubarb ; and it is 
 thought, when cultivated in Europe, to resemble Chinese-Russian Rhubarb more closely 
 than any other kind, in taste, odour, internal structure, and the action of some chemical 
 reagents. 
 
 R. HYBRIDUM, Murray, is a doubtful species, but is remarkable for the great size of its 
 roots as cultivated both on the Continent and in this country. This plant, with R. Rha- 
 ponticum, compactum, and emodi, with hybrids from them, are those most commonly cul- 
 tivated in this country on account of their stalks. 
 
 The greater part of the Rhubarb of commerce grows in Chinese 
 Tartary, on the mountains and plains surrounding Lake Kokonor 
 (Pallas and Rehman), especially in the province of Gansun (an 
 Kansu? Calau), and is gathered in summer from plants of six years 
 of age. When dug up, it is cleansed, peeled, cut into pieces, bored 
 through the centre, strung on a string, and dried in the sun. In the 
 autumn it is brought to Sinin. where the Bucharian traders reside, 
 and from thence sent to the Russian frontier town of Kiachta, and to 
 Pekin, Canton, Macao. Considerable care is bestowed at the Rus- 
 sian factory in examining and separating the good from the inferior 
 pieces, also from impurities ; and in paring the Rhubarb to remove 
 remaining portions of the bark, also the upper part of the root, and in 
 perforating all pieces so as to examine their interior ; because many, 
 though sound externally, soon decay internally, from the rapid drying 
 it is thought. The author, however, found most old roots of R. Web- 
 bianum more or less decayed. It is collected in quantities of 40,000 
 pounds before it is imported into the European parts of Russia, and 
 is packed in bags, and placed where there is a free current of air, 
 afterwards in chests. 
 
 Russian, called also Turkey Rhubarb, but which in Russia is called 
 Chinese Rhubarb, is imported into the frontier town of Kiachta, and 
 thence sent to Moscow and St. Petersburgh, whence it is distributed
 
 508 BUCHARIAN. CHINESE. SIBERIAN. (Apetala. 
 
 to the rest of Europe. It varies in shape, being irregularly roundish, 
 and angular, from the bark having been shaved off with a knife ; 
 some pieces are cylindrical, a few flattish, many of them pierced with 
 holes. Externally smooth, of a yellow colour ; internally, the texture 
 is rather dense ; fracture uneven, irregularly marbled with white and 
 red veins, having a strong and peculiar, slightly aromatic odour, a 
 bitter, rather astringent taste, feels gritty when chewed, tinges the 
 saliva yellow, and produces a powder of a bright yellow colour. 
 Mr. Quekett obtained from 35 to 40 per cent, of raphides, or con- 
 glomerated crystals of oxalate of lime, which are situated within the 
 cells, and which are the cause of the grittiness experienced when 
 Rhubarb is chewed. 
 
 Rucliarian Rhubarb, which makes its way to Vienna by Brody 
 and Nischny, seems, from specimens and information afforded by Mr. 
 Faber to Dr. Pereira, to be the inferior kinds of the above Rhubarb, 
 and which, as inferred by the latter, would be burnt, if presented to 
 the Russian authorities ; it therefore finds its way into Europe by 
 other channels. It is intermediate between the Russian and the 
 Chinese Rhubarb, and generally of inferior quality. 
 
 Chinese, sometimes called East India Rhubarb, consists of two or 
 three varieties. 1. One called by Dr. Pereira Dutch-trimmed, or 
 Batavian Rhubarb, and, according to the shape, called Flats or 
 Rounds in the trade, is closely allied to, and is derived, with very 
 little doubt, from the same sources as the Russian Rhubarb ; some of 
 which, as mentioned above, finds its way to Canton, and is thence 
 imported into Europe, or first into one of the Indian ports, and thence 
 re-exported to Europe. It resembles the above in appearance, as the 
 cortical portion appears to have been sliced off, and not scraped. 
 The holes with which the pieces are perforated often contain 
 within them pieces of the string by which they have been strung to- 
 gether. 2. Another variety, which is more particularly called Chi- 
 nese Rhubarb, also half -trimmed, is distinguished from that called 
 Russian, as being irregular in shape, never angular, but the edges 
 rounded, as if the bark, instead of being sliced, had been scraped off, 
 often some of it still remains adherent ; the roots are, besides, of less 
 uniform good quality than the Russian. Externally of a duller yel- 
 low ; many of the pieces heavier from being more compact, the reti- 
 culation less regular, and of a yellowish-brown colour. 3. A third 
 variety has lately been described by Dr. P. under the name of Canton 
 Stick Rhubarb. This is in cylindrical pieces, about two inches long, 
 and from half to three-quarters of an inch in diameter. These are 
 probably produced in the mountains which bound China, as those of 
 the province of Sechuen, and perhaps of Kansu. 
 
 Siberian Rhubarb. Small quantities of this kind have been im- 
 ported by Mr. Faber, and have been proved to be those called by 
 Grassman and others Siberian Rhopontic Root. This occurs in long, 
 thin, almost cylindrical or spindle-shaped pieces, decorticated and 
 perforated by a hole. Colour, externally pale yellow, internally 
 brownish-yellow, or reddish-white. Odour and taste of good Rhu- 

 
 Polygonea.} HIMALAYAN RHUBARB. ENGLISH. 5Q9 
 
 barb, but weaker; does not feel gritty. Dr. Pereira compares it 
 with English Stick Rhubarb (v. P. J. iv. 448 and 500). It has since 
 been proved (P. J. vi. p. 74) that the Rhubarb cultivated at Banbury 
 is yielded by the same species, that is Rheum Rhaponticum. 
 
 Himalayan Rhubarb. This is produced by different species, is of 
 very different quality. That yielded probably by R. Moorcroftianum, 
 given to the author by Major Hearsey, the companion of Mr. Moor- 
 croft, was of a bright but light yellow colour, and, as stated by the 
 author in 1827, "appeared both in sensible qualities and medical vir- 
 tues to equal the best Rhubarb that he had ever seen" (Trans. Med. 
 Soc. of Calcutta, iii. p. 439). The Rhubarb of R. Webbianum was 
 tried by the author in both the Military and Civil Hospital at Saha- 
 runpore, and found to be of very good quality. Some of it was sub- 
 sequently submitted by the Medical Board to the late Mr. Twining, 
 for experiment in the General Hospital at Calcutta. After trial in 43 
 cases, he reported that in doses of 9j. or 3ss. it has a good purgative 
 effect, operating nearly as freely as the best Turkey Rhubarb; and, 
 further, that the effects of small doses of the remedy, as a tonic and 
 astringent, are highly satisfactory ; also, that it " is very efficacious 
 in moderate doses for such cases as Rhubarb is generally used to 
 purge." After a further trial in 4 other cases of Diarrhoea, he re- 
 ports, " If further experiments should confirm the efficacy of the 
 Himalaya Rhubarb in such cases, the acquisition of this remedy to 
 the Materia Medica of this country will be of the utmost impor- 
 tance" (1. c. p. 445). 
 
 This Rhubarb differs much in appearance from that of commerce. 
 The bark, of a brownish colour, has not been taken off. The tex- 
 ture is radiated, rather spongy, the colour a yellowish-brown, the 
 powder of a dull brownish-yellow colour, with little aroma (but when 
 fresh dried, the root was described as aromatic by Mr. Twining), 
 with a bitter and rather astringent taste. The author selected the 
 branches of the roots, for he found the rootstock generally decayed 
 in the centre. They were cut into short pieces, and slung upon string 
 for the facility of drying. Some of the Himalayan Rhubarb is probably 
 yielded by R. Emodi, perhaps by other undiscovered species of Nepal, 
 and of the passes towards Bootan. Their value must be decided by 
 their medical effects in the cases for which they are suited, and 
 not by their differing in appearance from the roots of other species. 
 
 English Rhubarb. This is cultivated at Banbury, in Oxfordshire, 
 to the extent of twenty tons annually, and is the produce of Rheum 
 Rhaponticum (v. P. J. vi. p. 75). It is the kind frequently sold by 
 men dressed up as Turks as Turkey Rhubarb. The pieces vary in 
 shape, some being ovoid, others cylindrical (English Stick Rhubarb), 
 smoothed externally, and rubbed with a yellow powder ; light, rather 
 spongy, with a reddish hue. It is rather mucilaginous in taste, and 
 a little astringent. Its odour feeble, but unpleasant. It is supposed 
 that much of this is employed for adulterating the Asiatic Rhubarb 
 when in a powdered state (v. P. J. vi. p. 74 and 76). 
 
 A variety of analyses of Rhubarb have been made by different
 
 510 ANALYSIS OF RHUBARB. [Apelata. 
 
 chemists, but with such varying results, that Drs. Schlosberger and 
 Daepping say that " not one satisfactory analysis is to be met with." 
 They present as the result of their own labours that 
 
 1. Rhubarb appears, as regards its chemical and therapeutic pro- 
 perties, to be a mixture of Resin, Extractive Matter, and Chryso- 
 phanic Acid. 
 
 2. The Chrysophanic', of Parmelia parietina, is identical with the 
 pure yellow Chrystalline obtained from Rhubarb, which has been de- 
 scribed in its impure state as Yellow Principle of Rhubarb, Rheni or 
 Rhababarinas, by Geiger : the Rhabarberic Acid, by Brandes. 
 
 3. Resins are among the chief constituents of Rhubarb, although 
 their presence is denied by Bulk ; they are, by the intermedium of 
 other substances, as the so-called Extractive matter, &c., partially 
 soluble in water. 
 
 The three chief Resins are Aporetine, Phasoretine, and Erythrore- 
 tine ; the two former appear isomeric ; but all three are chiefly cha- 
 racterized by their different degrees of solubility. 
 
 4. The taste, odour, the relation to chemical reagents, and the 
 therapeutic action of Rhubarb, appear to be modified essentially by 
 the joint co-operation of the Resins, the Colouring Matter, and the 
 Extractive Matter ; and probably, also, in a less degree by the Tan- 
 nin, Gallic Acid, Sugar, Pectine, and the copious Salts of Lime 
 which it contains. (Ann. der Chemie und Pharmacie, May 1844. 
 P. J. iv. 322.) 
 
 The active principles of Rhubarb are taken up by water, either 
 cold or hot, as also by Proof Spirit. The Alkalies produce a red- 
 coloured solution with Rhubarb. The Acids cause a precipitate in 
 its infusion, as does Gelatine. Sesquichloride of Iron produces a 
 green-coloured precipitate. Tincture of Iodine produces a tawny 
 muddiness. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic, also mildly Astringent and Tonic. Acts 
 chiefly upon the muscular fibre, and thus produces faecal rather than 
 watery evacuations. The cathartic is followed by its astringent 
 effect, making it particularly valuable in cases of Diarrhoea, where 
 it first evacuates and then strengthens the intestinal canal. In small 
 doses it acts as a Stomachic and Tonic. Its colouring matter is 
 readily absorbed, and may soon be detected in the urine. It is much 
 used as a Laxative for children, especially in combination with Mag- 
 nesia, sometimes with Calomel, and is equally suitable as a Purga- 
 tive in cases of Diarrhoea, with an antacid and aromatic, or in cases 
 where a mild Cathartic is required. 
 
 I). Of the powder gr. x. 9j. 
 
 PULVIS RHEI COMPOSITTJS, E. Comp. Rhubarb Powder. 
 
 Prep. Mix thoroughly Magnesia ftj. finely powdered Ginger 3ij. and/neZy powdered 
 Rhubarb 3iv. Preserve in well-closed bottles. 
 
 Action. Uses. Laxative and Antacid; well known as Gregory's 
 Powder. In doses of 9j. 3j. For children, gr. v. gr. x.
 
 Polygonea!.] PREPARATIONS OF RHUBARB. 5H 
 
 PILULE RHEI, E. (U. S.) Rhubarb Pills. 
 
 Prep. Beat into a proper mass finely powdered Rhubarb 9 parts, Acet. Potash 1 part, 
 Conserve of Red Roses 5 parts. Divide into 5 gr. pills. 
 
 [Rhubarb powd. 3vj. Soap 3ij. Make a mass with water, and divide in 120 pills. 
 U.S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Aperient in doses of gr. x. gr. xv. 
 PILULE RHEI COMPOSITE, L. E. (U. S.) Comp. Rhubarb Pills. 
 
 Prep. Mix powdered Rhubarb 3j. (12 parts, E.) powdered Aloes 3vj. (9 parts), pow- 
 dered Myrrh 3ss. (6 parts, E.) Then rub into a proper mass with Soap 3j. (Castile 6 
 parts, E.), Oil of Caraway, f 3ss. L. (Oil of Peppermint 1 part, E.) Syrup q. s. L. (Con- 
 serve of Red Roses 5 parts, E.) till thoroughly mixed. (Divide into 5 gr. pills. Or, if 
 preferred, omit the Oil of Peppermint, E.) 
 
 [Rhubarb powd. gi. Aloes powd. 3vj. Myrrh powd. 3ss. OiZ of Peppermint f 3ss. Syrup 
 of Orange Peel q. s. Beat the whole together to form a mass. To be divided into 240 
 pills.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic in doses of gr. x. 9j. Well suited to a 
 sluggish state of the bowels. 
 
 PILULE RHEI ET FERRI, E. Rhubarb and Iron Pills. 
 
 Prep. Beat into a proper mass dried sulph. Iron 4 parts, Extr. Rhubarb 10 parts, Con- 
 serve of Red Roses 5 parts. Divide into 5 gr. pills. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic and Aperient in doses of gr. x. gr. xv. 
 EXTRACTUM RHEI, L. E. D. Extract of Rhubarb. 
 
 Prep. L. D. Macerate for four days (with a gentle heat, L.) powdered Rhubarb 3xv. 
 (fcj. D,) in Proof Spirit Oj. (ftj. D.) and Aq. dest. Ovij. (fcvij. D.) Strain. Set by for 
 the dregs to subside. Pour off the liquor and evaporate to the proper consistence. 
 
 E. Cut Rhubarb ftj. into small pieces, macerate in Aq. Oiij. for 24 hours, filter through 
 cloth, express moderately, macerate the residue with Aq. Oij. for at least 12 hours, filter 
 through the same cloth, and express strongly. Filter again, if necessary, and evaporate 
 to the due consistence in the vapour-bath. The extract may be obtained of fine quality 
 by evaporation in vacuo with a gentle heat. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic in doses of gr. x. 3ss. A good prepa- 
 ration may be obtained with cold water and percolation, when Spirit 
 is unnecessary (c), and still better if evaporated in vacuo, as recom- 
 mended in the E. P. 
 
 INFUSUM RHEI, L. E. D. (U. S.) Infusion of Rhubarb. 
 
 Prep. Infuse in a lightly covered vessel for 2 (12, E.) hours in boiling Aq. dest. Oj. 
 (f3xviij. E. by measure ftss. D.), Rhubarb in coarse powder 3iij. (3j. E. gj. D. Add Spi- 
 rit of Cinnamon f3ij. E. Strain (through linen or calico, E.) 
 
 [Rhubarb bruised 3i. Boiling Water Oss. Digest for two hours in a covered vessel and 
 strain.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Aperient and Stomachic in doses of f3iss. repeated. 
 The boiling water is ineligible, as a precipitate takes place on cool- 
 ing : this is intended to be prevented by the addition of the Spirit. . 
 A good preparation may be made with cold water and percolation. 
 
 VINTJM RHEI, E. Rhubarb Wine. 
 
 Prep. Digest for 7 days coarsely powdered Rhubarb 3 V - (3'j- U. S.) coarsely pow-
 
 512 PREPARATIONS OF RHUBARB. [Apetala. 
 
 dered Canella 3ij (Ji. U. S.) in Proof Spirit f3 v. (fgij. U. S.) and Sherry Oj. and f3xv. Strain ; 
 express strongly the residue. Filter. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stomachic in doses of f3ij. Purgative f3ss. 3j- 
 TINCTURA RHEI, E. (U. S.) Tincture of Rhubarb. 
 
 Prep. Mix powdered Rhubarb 3i'j ss - (3'U- U. S.) and bruised Cardamoms 3ss. Pro- 
 ceed by percolation with Proof Spirit Oij. as in Tinct. Cinchona. Or prepare by diges- 
 tion. J.-._ 
 
 Action. Uses. Stomachic in doses of f3j. Purgative f3ss. A 
 good preparation, especially if prepared by percolation, as Proof 
 Spirit is an excellent solvent. 
 
 TINCTURA RHEI COMPOSITA, L. D. Comp. Tinct. of Rhubarb. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, D.) days cut Rhubarb gijss. (3ij. D.) bruised Liquorice 
 3vj. (gss. D.) cut Ginger and Saffron aa .^iij. (gij. D. bruised Cardamoms 3ss. D.) in 
 Proof Spirit Oij. (by measure fi>ij. D.) Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cordial, Stomachic in doses of f 3j. Purgative f3ss. 
 -f3j. 
 
 TINCTURA RHEI ET ALOES, E. (U. S.) Tincture of Rhubarb and Aloes. 
 
 Prep. Mix powdered Rhubarb 3jss. Socotrine or East Indian Aloes powdered 3vj. 
 bruised Cardamoms 3v. and with Proof Spirit Oij. Proceed as for Tinct. Cinchona. 
 
 [Rhubarb bruised 3x. Aloes in powder 3vj. Cardamoms bruised gss. diluted Alcohol Oij. 
 Macerate for14 days; compress and filter through paper. U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Warm Cathartic in doses of f 3ss. f3j. 
 
 TINCTURA RHEI ET GENTIANS, E. (U. S.) Tincture of Rhubarb and 
 Gentian. 
 
 Prep. Mix powdered Rhubarb gij. powdered or finely cut Gentian 3ss. and with 
 Proof Spirit Oij. proceed as for Tinct. Cinchona. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stomachic in doses of f3j. and Aperient in f3ss. f3j. 
 
 [TINCTURA RHEI ET SENN.E, U. S. Tincture of Rhubarb and Senna. 
 
 Rhubarb bruised gi. Senna 3ij. Coriander bruised, Fennel Seed bruised, aa 3i. Red 
 Saunders rasped 3ij. Saffron, Liquorice aa 3ss. Raisins deprived of Seeds ftss. diluted 
 Alcohol Oiij. Macerate for 14 days ; compress and filter through paper. 
 
 SYRUPUS RHEI, U. S. Syrup of Rhubarb. 
 
 Take of Rhubarb bruised 3ij. Boiling Water Oj. Sugar fcij. Macerate the Rhubarb 
 in the Water for 24 hours and strain ; then add the Sugar, and proceed in the manner 
 directed for Syrup. 
 
 This is a mild astringent and laxative, and may be used in bowel 
 affections. />. from f3j. to f3j. 
 
 SYRUPUS RHEI AROMATICUS, U. S. Aromatic Syrup of Rhubarb, 
 Spiced Syrup of Rhubarb. 
 
 Take of Rhubarb bruised Sijss. Cloves bruised, Oinnamon bruised, each 3ss. Nutmeg 
 bruised 3ij. diluted Alcohol Oij. Syrup Ovj. Macerate the Rhubarb and aromatics in 
 the diluted Alcohol for 14 days, and strain ; then by means of a water-bath, evaporate the 
 liquor to a pint, and while it is still hot, mix it with the Syrup previously heated. It may 
 also be made by displacement.
 
 Tkymelcece.] 
 
 M E Z E R E N. 
 
 513 
 
 This syrup is cordial, carminative, and slightly laxative. Used in 
 bowel complaints. D. f3j. to 3j.] 
 
 THYMEL^EJE, Juss. (Daphnoidece.) Daphnads. 
 
 Shrubs or undershrubs, with tenacious bark. Leaves scattered or opposite, simple, 
 without stipules. Flowers complete, or by abortion unisexual. Perianth inferior, co- 
 loured, tubular ; limb 4, seldom 5-fid, imbricate. Stamens equal to, or double the num- 
 ber of the divisions of the perianth, and inserted into its tube ; anthers 2-celled, opening 
 by 2 longitudinal chinks, sometimes abortive and scale-like. Ovary free, 1-celled, usually 
 with 1 pendulous ovule. Style lateral or subterminal, usually very short. Fruit drupa- 
 ceous or a nut, 1-seeded, seldom 2 to 3-seeded. Seed inverted ; albumen wanting, or very 
 thin. Embryo straight ; radicle superior. They are found in the central parts of the 
 temperate zones, and in mountainous situations, and are remarkable for the tenacity and 
 lace-like appearance of their bark, as well as for its acridity. 
 
 MEZEREUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Radicis Cortex, L. Cortex, D. Root- 
 Bark, E. of DAPHNE MEZEREUM, Linn. Mezereon. Octandria 
 Trigynia, Linn. 
 
 This plant is supposed to be included with Daphne oleoides under 
 the xafAsXaia of Dioscorides. It is called Mazrioon in Persian works 
 on Materia Medica and Khamela assigned as its Greek name. 
 
 Mezereon (fig. 84) is a small shrub. Leaves lanceolate, tapering below, smooth, ever- 
 green. Flowers subternate, 
 
 lateral, arranged in a spike- Fig. 84. 
 
 like manner, appearing be- 
 fore the leaves, rose-coloured. 
 Perianth 4-fid, segments 
 ovate acute, tube hairy. Sta- 
 mens 8, short, inserted (1) in 
 the tube of the perianth in 
 two rows. Ovary (2) oval, 
 oblong, with a short style 
 and peltate stigma. Berry 
 bright-red, fleshy, 1-seeded 
 (t>. 3, where some of the sar- 
 cocarp has been removed, to 
 show the seed). Woods of 
 central Europe, less common 
 in Great Britain ; cultivated 
 in gardens as an ornamental 
 shrub. Nees von E. 125. 
 St. and Ch. 65. 
 
 D. Gnidium, (Fr. Garou), 
 D. Laureola, Spurge Laurel, 
 and other species, are also 
 employed on the continent. 
 The bark of the latter forms much of what is used, even in this country, for Mezereon. 
 Squire, P. J. i. 395. 
 
 The bark of the root is officinal in the L. and E. P. and is the most 
 efficacious ; that of the stem and branches in the D. P.; but all these 
 parts as well as the berries, are acrid. The bark is tough and fibrous, 
 as in all Daphnes: it is met with in strips which are of a light gray- 
 ish colour externally, whitish and shining within ; when fresh dried, 
 it has a slight but peculiar odour. The taste, especially of the inner 
 part of the bark, is hot, acrid, and durable, though at first a little 
 sweetish. These properties are imparted to water, Alcohol, Oils, and 
 Vinegar. Analyzed, it has been found to contain Sugar, Wax, Co- 
 
 33
 
 514 
 
 NUTMEGS. 
 
 [Apetalce. 
 
 louring matter, a neutral principle (Daphnine), together with an acrid 
 Resin; but much of its active principle is volatilized by heat, and M. 
 "Vauquelin infers it is analogous in nature to Conia. The berries, ac- 
 cording to Pallas, are employed as Cathartics, but in large doses will 
 prove poisonous. 
 
 Action. Uses. Epispastic. A piece of the bark moistened in vinegar, 
 and applied to the skin, and renewed, will produce a blister. Guibourt 
 recommends an Ointment as a substitute for Savine Ointment. Also, 
 Stimulating Diaphoretic and Diuretic, but chiefly used as an ingre- 
 dient of the Decoction of Sarsaparilla. 
 
 DECOCTUM MEZEREI, D. Decoction of Mezereon. 
 
 Prep. Mix Mezereon (bark of Daphne Mezereum, D.) in chips 3ij. bruised Liquorice 
 Root 3ss. in Aq. Oij. (ftiij. D. with gentle heat, E.) Boil down to Ojss. (ftij. D.) Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Diaphoretic in doses of f 3ij. 3 or 4 times a day ; but 
 most of the active principle is dissipated during the boiling. 
 Pharm. Prep. Decoctum Sarzae (Sarsaparilla, U. S.) Compositum, L. 
 
 MYRISTICE^E, R. Brown. Nutmegs. 
 
 Fig. 85. 
 
 Trees, often lofty, or shrubs 
 with acrid juice, which becomes 
 of a reddish colour in the air. 
 Leaves alternate, in two rows, 
 without stipules, simple, entire. 
 Flowers dioecious, usually in- 
 conspicuous, white, or yellow- 
 ish. Perianth simple, trifid, 
 rarely bi- or 4-fid, valvate. Sta- 
 mens united into a column, or 
 separate ; anthers 3 to 15, 2- 
 celled, turned outwards and 
 opening longitudinally, connate 
 or distinct. Ovary free, single 
 with 1 erect ovule, seldom 2 
 ovules. Style very short. Stig- 
 ma somewhat lobed. Fruit dru- 
 paceous, dehiscent, 2-valved. 
 Seed nut-like, enveloped in a 
 many-parted fleshy aril. Em- 
 bryo very small, at the base of 
 a fleshy, fat-containing rumi- 
 nate albumen. Cotyledons fo- 
 liaceous ; radicle inferior. 
 
 The Myristicea? re- 
 semble LaurinecB in pro- 
 perties. By Dr. Lindley 
 they were placed near 
 Jlnonacece, which they 
 resemble in the struc- 
 ture of their flower and 
 seed, ruminate albumen, 
 and position of embryo. 
 
 He now places them in his Alliance Menispermales, in connex- 
 ion with which may be mentioned an interesting fact, first noticed 
 by Dr. Falconer, that is, that the seeds of Sparostemma grandi-
 
 Myristicea.] MYRISTICA. 515 
 
 Jlorum have the albumen remarkably aromatic, nearly as much so as 
 Nutmegs, which in aroma and taste they closely resemble when 
 bruised or chewed. Myristicea? are found within the tropics of Asia 
 and America. 
 
 MYRISTICA, L. E. (U. S.) Nux Moschata, D. Nuclei, L. D. Kernel 
 of the Fruit, E. of MYRISTICA OFFICINALIS, Linn. E- (M. Moschata, 
 Thunb.) L. D. Nutmegs. MACIS, Involucrum, D. (arillus) of the 
 Nut. Mace. Adeps et Oleum, v. infra. Diacia Monadelph. Linn. 
 
 Nutmegs, being the produce of the distant Spice Islands, were pro- 
 bably first known to the Hindoos (Sans Jae-phul, Java-fruit?), and 
 through them to the Arabs, being the jouz-al-teeb or fragrant nut of 
 Avicenna. The Dutch long endeavoured to confine the Nutmeg to 
 three of the small Banda Isles. But when these were in the posses- 
 sion of the English from 1796 to 1802, Dr. Roxburgh brought away 
 and introduced numerous plants into the English settlements of Ben- 
 coolen and Penang and into the Calcutta Botanic Garden. The 
 Nutmeg has also been introduced into the Mauritius, French Guiana, 
 and West India Islands. Nutmeg and Clove-trees have flowered this 
 year at Syon House. 
 
 The Nutmeg-tree (fig. 85) is about 25 to 30 feet high, with some resemblance to a Pear- 
 tree. Leaves faintly aromatic, alternate, sub-bifarious, with short petioles, oblong, some- 
 what obtuse at the base, acuminate, glabrous, above dark-green, paler beneath. Male. 
 Racemes axillary. Flowers small, yellowish, the pedicels of each supported by a minute 
 bract. Calyx (1) urceolate, 3-toothed, thick and fleshy, with short reddish pubescence. 
 Filaments (1 and 2) united into a thick, oblong, and obtuse column. Anthers (2) about 
 9 (9 pairs, Roxb.), linear-oblong, attached round the upper part of the filamentous column, 
 2-celled, free at their base, opening longitudinally (3). Female (4). Peduncles usually 
 solitary, axillary. Perianth much as in the male. Ovary ovate. Style short. Stigma 
 2-lobed, persistent. Fruit pyriform or nearly spherical, about the size of a peach. Peri- 
 carp fleshy, splitting from the apex into two equal, thick, fleshy, astringent valves, and 
 displaying the deep orange or scarlet-coloured arillus or Mace, which, cut into many 
 irregular denticulate stripes, embraces the nut so tightly as to impress it with superficial 
 furrows. Nut (5) ovoid, attached by a large umbilicus to the bottom of the cell ; its shell 
 is hard, of a dark brownish-black colour, and glossy, with its inner coat of a light- brown 
 colour, thin, but spongy, closely investing the seed. Seeds or Nutmeg conform to the 
 shell, and consisting chiefly of albumen, into which the inner coat of the shell dips deeply, 
 giving it a variegated, brownish-veined, or ruminated appearance (6) ; while fresh, rather 
 soft, juicy, and more fragrant than after being dried. Embryo at base of albumen (6), 
 erect, patelliform. Cotyledons 2, thick, fan-shaped, margins irregularly cut (7). Plumule 
 of 2 unequal lobes. Radicle inferior, hemispherical. Roxburgh chiefly, Fl. Ind. iii. p. 
 844. Corom. Plant, iii. t. 267. Nees von E. 133. St. and Cb. 104. 
 
 Nutmegs are imported chiefly from the Spice Islands. A few other 
 species yield aromatic nuts, as M. tomentosa, sometimes called Wild 
 or Male Nutmegs : so M. Otoba in South America. Virola sebifera 
 yields a large quantity of oil. Nutmegs are imported generally with- 
 out their shells, and the Mace separated from them. Both are care- 
 fully dried in the sun, and the nuts then dipped in milk of lime to pro- 
 tect them from the depredations of insects. They are roundish or 
 ellipsoidal, the finest rather small and heavy, marked externally with 
 a network of furrows, internally of a light reddish-gray colour, mark- 
 ed with darker-coloured veins. The odour is agreeably aromatic ; 
 the taste warm, a little bitter, but gratefully aromatic. 500 parts 
 analyzed by Bonastre, were found to contain of Volatile Oil 6 per
 
 516 NUTMEG AND MACE. [Apetalae. 
 
 cent., Stearine or solid fatty matter 24, Elaine or liquid oil, coloured, 
 7-6, Acid 0-8, Starch 2-4, Gum 1, and Lignin 54 per cent. The dark 
 veins especially contain the oily matter. The properties are taken 
 up both by Alcohol and Ether. 
 
 MACE (Mads), as seen in the fresh Nutmeg, or in wet preserved 
 specimens, is of a deep-orange or crimson colour; in a dry state, it 
 is of a yellow or dull-orange colour ; in flat, irregularly cut, some- 
 what horny, but also brittle pieces. It has the odour and taste of 
 Nutmegs, and when analyzed yields the same principles, that is, a 
 volatile oil by distillation and a fixed oil by pressure; so that its 
 active properties are soluble in Alcohol and Ether. 
 
 Action. Uses. Nutmegs and Mace are both Aromatic and Stimu- 
 lant; in large doses Narcotic. Both are employed as Condiments, 
 but Nutmegs as an adjunct to many officinal preparations. 
 
 MYRISTIC^E ADEPS, E. MYRISTIC^E OLEUM EXPRESSUM, L. (v. Emp. Picis.) 
 Butter of Nutmegs, commonly but erroneously called Expressed 
 Oil of Mace. 
 
 Butter of Nutmegs is an ingredient of the Emp. Picis, L. (p.) E., otherwise it is little 
 used. It is imported from the Moluccas, being prepared there by partially heating and 
 subjecting Nutmegs to pressure. It is solid, in brick-shaped cakes, of an orange colour, 
 with the odour of Nutmegs. It contains a little Volatile Oil, a fluid Elaine, and another 
 fatty principle, which is solid and crystallizable ; melts at 118, is composed of C a8 H 27 
 O 8 , and, when saponified, yields Myristic acid. (Gregory.} 
 
 Action. Uses. Emollient and slightly Stimulant as an Embrocation. 
 
 OLEUM MYRISTIC^:, L. E. (U. S.) Volatile or Essential Oil of Nut- 
 megs. 
 
 Obtained by distilling Nutmegs reduced to powder with water. Usually imported of a 
 pale yellow colour, with the odour and taste of Nutmegs. Sp. Gr. 920 948. This after 
 a time deposits crystals of Stearoptene, the Myristicine of some authors. The true Vola- 
 tile Oil of Mace is similar in nature and properties. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant in doses of Ttj. 
 
 SPIRITUS (Nucis MOSCHAT.E, D.) MYRISTICJE, L. E. Spirit of Nutmeg. 
 
 Prep. Mix bruised Nutmegs 3ijss. (gij. D.) in Proof Spirit Cj. and Aq. Oj. (q. s. to 
 prevent empyreuma. Macerate for 24 hours, D.) with gentle heat, L. Distil Cj. 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic Stimulant. Used as an adjunct in doses 
 of f 3j. f 3iv. 
 
 LAURINE^E, R. Brown. Laurels. 
 
 Trees, seldom shrubs, generally with handsome foliage. Leaves exstipulate, alternate, 
 sometimes approximated, so as to appear opposite, simple, entire, coriaceous, and ever- 
 green, sometimes glandular and dotted below. Flowers complete, or by abortion unisex- 
 ual, regular, racemose, or paniculate, sometimes umbellifbrm ; pedicels tribracteatc. 
 Perianth calyx-like, inferior, 4 to 6 cleft or divided, imbricated. Disk fleshy, attached to 
 the bottom of the perianth. Stamens inserted into the base of the perianth, either 6 in a 
 single row, or 12 in a double or treble row, the fertile alternate with the barren ones. 
 Anthers adnate, 2 4-celled, opening by valves, recurved from the base to the apex. 
 Glands often present at the base of the inner filaments. Ovary free, 1-celled, with 1 to 3 
 pendulous ovules. Style 1. Stigma 1, obscurely 2 3 lobed. Fruit a berry or rather 
 drupe. Seed without albumen; embryo straight; cotyledons large; radicle superior. 
 The Laurinese, from the structure of their anthers, are allied to Atherospermea and to
 
 Launnece.] 
 
 LAURI FOLIA. 
 
 517 
 
 GyrocarpecK : from the Thyrneltece they are easily distinguished by their structure. They 
 0have been well elucidated by Nees von Esenbeck. In their red-coloured juice, and aro. 
 matic properties, they resemble Myristicea. Tropical regions of Asia and America, with 
 two species extending to the north of Africa and south of Europe. Enneand. Monog. 
 Linn. 
 
 LAURI FOLIA, L. D. et LAURI BACC^E, L. D. Leaves and Berries of 
 LAUIIUS NOBILIS, Linn. Laurel or Sweet Bay. Enneandria Monog. 
 Linn. 
 
 This is the Aa<pvn] of the Greeks. From its leaves having been em- 
 ployed in making chaplets for their gods and crowns for their heroes, 
 it was called Laurus nobilis by Linnaeus. It is the ghar of the Arabs, 
 and probably the Ezrach of the Bible, (v. Bibl. Cycl. i. p. 692.) 
 
 Evergreen (fig. 86) from 15 to 25 feet high, with dense leafy branches. Leaves ob- 
 long, lanceolate, acute, wavy 
 
 at the margin, hairless, with pj^ gg < 
 
 the exception of a fine beard 
 and small pore at the axils of 
 the lower veins. Umbels 4 6 
 flowered, (1) axillary, support- 
 ed by scarious concave scales. 
 Flowers dioecious, yellowish, 
 dotted with fine glands. Peri- 
 anth 4-parted (2). Fertile 
 Stamens 12 in 3 rows, the ex- 
 ternal alternating with the seg- 
 ments of the perianth. Fila- 
 ments each with 2 glands at, 
 or above, the middle. Anthers 
 oblong, 2- celled, all looking in- 
 wards, opening with 2 turned- 
 up valves (3). Female flowers 
 with 2 to 4 castrated stamens. 
 Stigma capitate. Berry ovoid, 
 about the size of a field-bean, 
 bluish - black, single - seeded. 
 Cotyledons large, oleaginous, 
 convex on the back. North of 
 Asia Minor; common in Me- 
 diterranean region; shrubberies 
 in England. Nees von E. t. 
 132. 
 
 Lauri Folia, L. D. 
 Laurel leaves, which 
 must be carefully distin- 
 guished from the poison- 
 ous leaves of the Cherry 
 Laurel, p. 383, have a fragrant odour, and an aromatic, rather bitter 
 taste. These properties they owe chiefly to the presence of a yellow- 
 coloured Volatile Oil, which may be separated by distillation with 
 water. The leaves of a species of Cinnamomum are still employed 
 in India for the same purposes as these, and were, no doubt, the Mala- 
 bathrum of the Ancients. They are called tej-pat, and the bark, tej 
 and putruj. 
 
 Lauri Baccce, L. D. Laurel Berries (hob al ghar of the Arabs) 
 are oblong, ellipsoid ; when dry of a dark-brown colour, with a 
 wrinkled, friable sarcocarp, covering the two oval fatty cotyledons.
 
 518 SASSAFRAS. [Apetalae. 
 
 They contain a warm, fragrant, Volatile Oil, which may be obtained 
 by distillation with water, and about of a greenish-coloured fat,* 
 which may be separated by expression. 
 
 Oleum Lauri expressum, or Oil of Bays, obtained by pressure, and 
 the aid of heat, both from the fresh and the dry drupes of the Bay 
 tree. It is imported from the S. of Europe. Like the Butter of Nut- 
 megs, it contains a Volatile Oil, Elaine, and Stearine. 
 
 Action. Uses. Leaves and Berries, Aromatic Stimulants, but are 
 not much used now. The infusion of the leaves is Diaphoretic, or 
 they may be used in a bath. Oil of Bay, is a stimulant Embroca- 
 tion. 
 
 SASSAFRAS. Radix, L. D. Root, E. (SASSAFRAS RADICIS CORTEX, 
 U. S.) Lignum et Oleum Volatile, D. Wood and Volatile Oil of 
 SASSAFRAS OFFICINALE, JVees von Esenbeck E. (Laurus Sassafras, 
 Linn.) L. D. 
 
 Sassafras was discovered by the Spaniards in Florida in 1528, but 
 is common throughout the United States. The name is considered 
 to be a corruption of Saxifrage (De Theis). Sassafras nuts have 
 nothing to do with this plant, but are probably those of a Nectandra. 
 
 A small dioecious tree, but growing to a great height in favourable situations, with a 
 trunk about a foot in diameter. Bark rough, furrowed, grayish-coloured, but the twigs 
 smooth, and bright green. Leaves alternate, petiolate, downy when young, membranous, 
 varying much in form and size, some being oval and entire, others with a lobe on one 
 side only, the generality 3-lobed, but all tapering into the petiole. Flowers slightly fra- 
 grant, of a pale yellowish-green colour, racemose, with deciduous subulate bracts. Pe- 
 rianth 6-parted. Stamens 9, the 3 inner with a thick stipitale gland on each side. An- 
 thers linear, 4-cclled, all looking inwards. Female flowers usually with fewer sterile 
 stamens, the inner often all united together. Drupe oval, about the size of a large pea, 
 of a deep-blue colour, placed on the thickened apex of the reddish-coloured peduncle, 
 surrounded by the cup formed by the remains of the perianth. North American woods 
 from Canada to Florida. Flowers in May in the north, but earlier in the south. Nees 
 von E. 131. St. and Ch. 126. 
 
 Sassafras Wood is light, porous, and fragile, whitish in the young, 
 and reddish in the old tree, but feebly aromatic, and seldom employed 
 in America. The Bark is sometimes separated. 
 
 The Root is much more efficacious, and usually seen in irregular 
 and branched fragments ; wood, of a brownish-white, light and po- 
 rous ; bark brittle, spongy, in layers of a rusty cinnamon hue ; fresh 
 exposed surfaces of a-lighter hue, sometimes covered with a brownish 
 epidermis. Dr. Reinach has lately analyzed the Bark of the Root of 
 the Sassafras, in which he found, as was to be expected, a much 
 larger proportion of the active principle than in the Wood. He found 
 of Heavy and Volatile Oils 8, Fatty matter 8, Resin and Wax 50, 
 Sassafrid (a peculiar principle which may be arranged with Tannin) 
 92, Tannin 58, Sassafrid with Tannin and Gum 68, Albumen 6, Gum, 
 Colouring matters, &c., 30, Starch with reddish-brown Colouring 
 matter 54, Starch with Tannin, &c., 289, Lignin 247=1000 parts. 
 
 The odour is pleasantly fragrant, its taste sweetish and gratefully 
 aromatic, dependent on the presence of its Volatile Oil. These yield 
 their properties to hot water as well as to Alcohol ; but the Volatile 
 Oil will necessarily be dissipated, if much heat is employed.
 
 Zaurinea.] CAMPHOR. 519 
 
 Sassafras Pith is described by American writers as in slender, 
 very light, and spongy pieces ; mucilaginous in taste, with a slight 
 flavour of the Sassafras ; forming a limpid mucilage with water, 
 which is much used as a demulcent. The leaves even are said by 
 Dr. Lindley to be used in Louisiana for thickening soup, from con- 
 taining much mucilage. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant ; Diaphoretic in infusion ; but chiefly 
 used in combination. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Decoct. Guaiaci Comp. Aqua Calcis Comp. De- 
 coct. Sarzse Comp. 
 
 OLEUM SASSAFRAS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Volatile Oil of Sassafras. 
 Prep. Distil bruised Sassafras Root, wood, and bark, with water. 
 
 A light yellow-coloured Oil ; Sp. Gr. 1-094 ; with Sassafras-odour 
 and pungent taste. It appears to be composed of two oils, one of 
 which swims, the other sinks in water. After a time it deposits a 
 Stearoptene. 
 
 Action. Uses. Warm Stimulant in doses of r^'ij. fftv. It is one 
 of the Oils recommended to be added to the Fluid Extract of Sarsa- 
 parilla, E. 
 
 CAMPHORA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Camphor. Concretum sui generis sub- 
 limatione purificatum, L. Produce of CAMPHORA OFFICINARUM, Nees 
 v. Esenbeck, E. (Laurus Camphora, Linn.) L. D. ; also of Dryo- 
 balanops Camphora, Colebr. D. 
 
 Camphor is a principle found in many plants, but only in two in 
 any great abundance. One of these, erroneously referred to as yield- 
 ing some of the Camphor of European commerce, has been mentioned 
 at p. 290. The other is a Chinese and Japanese plant. Camphor, 
 like several substances the produce of countries to the southward or 
 eastward of India, was unknown to the ancients. (Hindoo Med. p. 
 93.) It was known to the Arabs, and called by them Kaphoor. 
 
 The Camphor tree is an evergreen, grows to a considerable size, is straight below and 
 branched. All parts emit a camphoraceous odour when bruised. Wood white, fragrant, 
 much used in China for making trunks, boxes, &c. Branches somewhat lax, smooth, 
 with a greenish-bark. Leaves alternate, with long petioles, ovate-lanceolate, rather coria- 
 ceous, smooth, shining, and bright-green above, paler beneath, triple-nerved, with a sunken 
 gland opening by a pore beneath, at the axils of the principal lateral veins. Leaf-buds 
 scaly. Flowers small, hermaphrodite, smooth externally, in naked, axillary, and terminal 
 corymbose panicles. Perianth 6-cleft, with a deciduous limb. Fertile stamens 9, in 3 
 rows, the 3 inner supported at the base with 2 stipitate compressed glands. Anthers 
 4-celled, opening by as many ascending valves, the 3 interior looking outwards, the others 
 opening inwards. Three sterile stamens subalternate with those of the second row, three 
 others stipitate, each with an ovate head. Drupe situated in the truncate cup-like base 
 of the perianth. Native of China, principally near Chinchew in the province of Fokien; 
 also of Formosa and Japan. Nees von Esenb. 130. St. and Ch. 129. 
 
 Camphor is diffused through all parts of the plant, and is separated 
 from the root, trunk, and branches, which when cut into chips, are 
 boiled in water and then sublimed into inverted straw cones con- 
 tained within earthen capitals. It is thus obtained in the form of 
 Crude Camphor, chiefly from the province of Fokien and the oppo- 
 site island of Formosa, but some of good quality is also procured
 
 520 CAMPHOR A. [Apetalai. 
 
 from Japan. The Dutch exported from thence into Europe 310,520 
 Ibs. in seven years. It is sometimes imported into this country from 
 Batavia. The ordinary Crude Camphor is in small grayish-coloured, 
 slightly sparkling grains, which by aggregation form grayish crum- 
 bling cakes, with all the properties of purified Camphor. This is 
 separated from impurities by being mixed with lime and sublimed in 
 thin glass vessels, which being afterwards cracked, the Camphor is 
 obtained in a concavo-convex cake about three inches thick with a 
 hole in its middle. 
 
 Camphor is solid, colourless, and translucent, with a crystalline 
 texture, has a strong, penetrating, aromatic odour, and a bitter, rather 
 pungent taste, followed by a sensation of coolness ; though brittle, it 
 is not, from its toughness, easily pulverized. Sp. Gr. -98 to -99 ; so 
 that it floats on water, and, evaporating, produces a circulatory move- 
 ment. From its volatility, it volatilizes at ordinary temperatures, 
 and crystallizes on the inside of bottles. It melts at 288 and boils 
 at 400, burns with a bright flame ; is little soluble in water, but easily 
 so in Alcohol, Ether, the volatile and fixed Oils, also in Acetic acid 
 (v. Acid. Aceticum Camphoratum), and the diluted acids, and in water 
 charged with Carbonic acid, and with the aid of trituration in about 8 
 times its weight of Milk. Nitric Ether ftij. will retain Camphor 9j. 
 dissolved in f3iv. of water, (c.) Nitric acid, by yielding Oxygen, 
 converts it into Camphoric acid. Camphor is considered an oxide of 
 Camphogen (C 10 H 8 ). or as a solid volatile oil composed of C 10 H 8 O. 
 The E. C. give as a test of its purity : " Its powder evaporates en- 
 tirely when gently heated." 
 
 Borneo Camphor is in white crystalline fragments, as found in the 
 wood of the Dryobalanops Camphora. Sp. Gr. 1-009. Its odour is 
 not of so diffusible a nature, otherwise it closely resembles the above. 
 The Liquid Camphor of the same tree seems to be of the nature of 
 Camphogen. Dr. A. T. Thomson, by passing a current of Oxygen 
 gas through it, converted it into Camphor. 
 
 Action. Uses. The action of Camphor is variously described. Ap- 
 plied locally for a time to any delicate surface, it will act as an irri- 
 tant. Its action when taken internally, is chiefly on the nervous 
 system. In moderate doses it will exhilarate, and also allay nervous 
 irritation, and produce quietude and placidity of feeling. Being ab- 
 sorbed into the system, in large doses, or in particular constitutions, 
 the circulation may be affected. It afterwards passes off by the skin 
 and bronchial membranes, but not by the urine; the pulse is increased 
 in fulness, and diaphoresis produced, especially if the patient be co- 
 vered over ; consequent relief of febrile symptoms ensues. But other 
 cases occur, in which sedative effects are perceived. In large doses 
 it acts as a Narcotic, and might be poisonous. It is chiefly useful as 
 a Calmative and Anodyne in various Nervous, especially Hysterical, 
 affections, in doses of gr. v. gr. x., and in some Nervous and Ty- 
 phoid fevers. 
 
 MISTURA CAMPHORJE, L. E. D. Camphor Mixture. 
 Prep. L. D. Rub up Camphor 3ss. (9j. D.) with Rectified Spirit rrfx. (add purified
 
 LaurjpeaiJ PREPARATIONS OF CAMPHOR. 521 
 
 Sugar 333. D.) stirring, gradually add Aqua Oj. (hot, by measure ftj. D.) Filter through 
 linen (bibulous paper, D.) 
 
 E. Rub together Camphor 9j. and pure Sugar 353. add Almonds 3ss. previously steeped 
 in hot water and peeled; beat the whole into a smooth pulp; constantly stirring, add Aq. 
 Oj. Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. The Camphor Mixture of the L. P. is feeble, but 
 has the odour of Camphor, and is a grateful vehicle for more power- 
 ful medicines, in many nervous affections, in doses of f3ij. f3iij. 
 With the aid of Sugar or the emulsion, a larger quantity is taken up 
 in the other preparations. Camphor may be given dissolved in Milk. 
 
 MIST. CAMPHORS CUM MAGNESIA, E. D. Camphor Mixture with Mag- 
 nesia. 
 
 Prep. Rub up together Camphor gr. x. (gr. xii. D.) Curb. Magnesia gr. xxv. (333. D.) 
 gradually add Aq. f3vj. 
 
 Action. Uses. Camphor by the aid of the Magnesia is dissolved 
 in larger quantity, but will separate from the water. This as an 
 antacid may be more useful in some cases than the above, in doses 
 of f3ss. 
 
 [AQUA CAMPHORS, U. S. Camphor Water. 
 
 Camphor 3ij-, Alcohol rt^xl., Carbonate of Magnesia 3J-, Distilled Water Oij. Rub 
 the Camphor first with the Alcohol, afterwards with the Carbonate of Magnesia, and 
 lastly with the Water gradually added. Filter. U. S. 
 
 D. 3ss. 3j.] 
 
 TINCTURA CAMPHORS, L. E. D. (U. S.) SIVE SPIRITUS CAMPHORATUS, D. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Camphor (in small fragments, E.) 3v. (3ijss. E. 3j. D.) (3iv. U. S.), in 
 Rectified Spirit, Oij. (by measure 3viij. D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. For external use, Stimulant and Anodyne, (v. 
 Linim. Ammonias Comp. p. 73). With the aid of Sugar to suspend 
 the Camphor in water, it may be given internally in doses of r#x. 
 f3ss. 
 
 TINCT. CAMPHORJG COMP., or Tinct. Opii Camphorata. Paregoric. 
 (v. p. 271.) 
 
 Paregoric contains Opium gr. i. in f3ss. D. f3ss. f 3iv. 
 
 LINIMENTUM CAMPHORS, L. E. (U. S.) OLEUM CAMPHORATUM, D. 
 
 Prep. Rub together in a mortar, and dissolve Camphor 3j. (3j. D.) in Olive Oil f 3iv 
 (3j. Strain, D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Externally as a Stimulant and Anodyne. Com- 
 monly called Camphorated Oil. Camphor is also an ingredient of 
 Soap Liniment, (p. 467.) 
 
 LINIMENTUM CAMPHORS COMPOSITUM, L. D. Compound Camphor Lini- 
 ment. 
 
 Prep. Mix Liquor Ammonia (Aqua caustica, D.) f Svijss. (by measure 3vj. D.) with 
 Spirit of Lavender Oj., (by measure, ftj. D.) With a slow fire distil from a glass retort 
 Oj. (by measure ftj. D.) in which dissolve Camphor Sijss. (3ij. D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Rubefacient and Stimulant for external use.
 
 522 
 
 CINNAMOMUM. 
 
 [Apetalee. 
 
 CINNAMOMTJM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Cortex, et Oleum e cortice destilla- 
 tum, L. D. Bark and Volatile Oil of the Bark of CINNAMOMUM 
 ZEYLANICUM, Nees von Esenbeck, E. (Laurus Cinnamomum, Linn.), 
 L. D. Cinnamon. True Cinnamon of the shops. 
 
 Cinnamon is the Kinnemon of Exod. xxx. 23 (see Bibl. Cycl. ii. 
 p. 210), and the xiwajuofjun/ of Herodotus, a name which he states the 
 Greeks learned from the Phoenicians. The name seems derived from 
 the Cingalese Cacynnama (dulce lignum), or the Malay Kaimanis, 
 which Mr. Marshall says is sometimes pronounced Kainamanis. (v. 
 Antiq. of Hind. Med. 84 and 141.) 
 
 The Cinnamon tree of Ceylon (fig. 87) is about 30 feet high. The root has the odour 
 
 of Cinnamon as well as 
 
 Fig. 87. that of Camphor, and 
 
 yields this principle upon 
 distillation. The twigs 
 are somewhat 4-cornered, 
 smooth, shining, and free 
 from any downiness. The 
 leaves are liable to varia- 
 tion, ovate, or ovate-ob- 
 long, terminating in an 
 obtuse point, triple or three 
 nerved, that is, there are 
 three principal nerves, 
 which sometimes remain 
 separate to the very base, 
 but usually approach each 
 other a little above the base, 
 but without uniting ; there 
 are, moreover, in many 
 cases, two shorter nerves 
 external to these. Leaves 
 reticulated on the under 
 side, smooth, shining, the 
 uppermost the smallest, 
 with a good deal of the 
 taste of cloves. The leaf- 
 buds are naked. Pani- 
 cles terminal and axillary. 
 Flowers usually bisexual, 
 rather silky. Perianth 6- 
 cleft (2), segments oblong, 
 the upper part deciduous. 
 3 Fertile stamens 9, in 3 
 i\\ rows, the 3 inner with two 
 l> sessile glands at the base 
 (6). Anthers ovate, 4- 
 celled (46), the 3 inte- 
 rior opening o\itwards. 3 abortive capitate stamens (staminodia) in the interior of all. 
 Ovary 1-celled, with a single ovule. Stigma disk-like. Drupe (or berry), 1-seeded, seated 
 in the cup-like six-lobed base of the perianth (7). Seed large, with large oily cotyledons 
 (8 10); embryo above. Native of Ceylon, now cultivated elsewhere, as on the Malabar 
 coast, in Java, Cayenne, &c. Nees von E. as Laurus Cinnamomum 128. St. and Ch. 121. 
 
 Cinnamon is cultivated in plantations situated on the southwest of 
 the island of Ceylon, between Negombo and Matura, where the soil 
 is nearly a pure quartzose sand, the climate damp, showers frequent, 
 and the temperature high and equable. (Dr. Davy.) Trees may be 
 cut when six or seven years old. Branches three years old, or which 
 are from half an inch to three inches in diameter, are selected and
 
 Laurinece.'] CINNAMON. 523 
 
 lopped off, commencing in May and continuing till October. The 
 bark is divided by longitudinal incisions, of which two opposite to 
 each other are made in the smaller shoots, several in the larger, and 
 then peeled off in strips. After twenty-four hours, the epidermis and 
 the green matter under it are scraped off, after the strips of bark have 
 been placed on a convex piece of wood. The bark soon contracts 
 into the form of quills, which are about forty inches in length, of 
 which the smaller are introduced within the larger ones, and form 
 the ordinary rolls of Cinnamon. They are dried first in the shade 
 and then in the sun, and sorted into Cinnamon of different qualities, 
 known in commerce as first, second, and third Cinnamon. It is 
 imported chiefly from Ceylon ; some also from Tellicherry on the 
 Malabar coast, probably grown at Anjarakandy. (v. p. 526, and 
 Buchanan's Mysore, p. 546.) Some is also exported from other parts 
 of the Madras presidency, where it was long since introduced by Dr. 
 Anderson, and grown at Tinnivelly, &c. v. Roxb. Fl. Ind. ii. p. 296. 
 It has been exported from Quilon. v. p. 526. 
 
 Besides Cinnamon, Oil of Cinnamon is produced ; and from the 
 ripe fruits a fatty substance called Cinnamon Suet is expressed, which 
 the author supposed to be the Comacum of Theophrastus. (Antiq. of 
 Hind. Med. p. 546.) He finds it noted in Rheede, Hort. Mai. i. p. 110. 
 
 Ceylon Cinnamon of the best quality is in long and slender cylin- 
 drical bundles, about forty inches in length, composed of numerous 
 quills rolled up within one another, each about the thickness of cart- 
 ridge paper, smooth, pliable, breaking readily with a splintery frac- 
 ture, and easily powdered. The colour of the bark is a dull, yellowish- 
 brown, now usually called a Cinnamon-colour. The surface is inter- 
 sected by pale glistening fibrils. It has a pleasant, grateful odour, a 
 warm, sweetish, and very agreeable taste. Besides the three qualities 
 of Ceylon Cinnamon, it is also imported of different qualities from the 
 Malabar Coast ; and Dr. Wight has ascertained that the Cassia of 
 the Indian Peninsula is sometimes exported as cinnamon, v. p. 526. 
 But the Cinnamon plant itself has been introduced into so many 
 places, that small quantities are occasionally imported from them, as 
 for instance from Cayenne. Some of these are employed for adul- 
 terating the superior and more expensive Ceylon Cinnamon. The 
 inferior kinds are thicker and less grateful, and more resembling 
 Cassia. Analyzed, Cinnamon is found to contain Volatile Oil (about 
 6 parts in 1000), Tannin (of the nature of Catechu Tannin), Muci- 
 lage, Resin, Colouring matter, Cinnamic acid, and Ligneous fibre. 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic and Stomachic, slightly Astringent. The 
 most grateful of condiments, and much used as an ingredient of 
 chocolate. The powder in doses of gr. v. 9j. will check Nausea, 
 relieve Flatulence, and some Cramps. Much employed in combina- 
 tion in Diarrhosas ; in low states of the constitution ; and as a consti- 
 tuent of various preparations. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Infusum Catechu. Decoct. Haematoxyli. Elect. 
 Catechu. Confectio Aromatica. Pulv. Gretas Comp. Pulv. Kino 
 Comp. Tinctura Catechu. Tinct. Cardamomi Comp. Sp. Lavand. 
 Comp. Sp. Ammonias Arom. Acid. Sulphuric. Arom. Vinum Qpii.
 
 524 PREPARATIONS OF [Apetalai. 
 
 PuLVIS ClNNAMOMI CoMPOSITUS, L. PuLV. AllOMATICUS, E. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Compound Cinnamon or Aromatic Powder. 
 
 Prep. Rub up into very fine powder Cinnamon 3ij., Cardamoms 3J SS ' Ginger 3j., 
 (Cardamoms and Ginger aa equal parts, D., of all three equal parts, E.) Long Pepper 
 3ss. L. (3j. D. Keep in well-closed glass vessels, E.) 
 
 [R. Cinnamon, Ginger aa gij., Cardamom Seeds, Nutmeg grated aa 3j. U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic Stimulant in doses of gr. v. Bj. 
 ELECTUARIUM AROMATICUM, E. Aromatic Electuary. 
 
 Prep. Of the above; Aromatic Powder 1 part to be triturated with the Syrup of 
 Orange-peel 2 parts. This, though similar to the Aromatic Confection, L. D. (p. 121), in 
 the nature of the spices, differs in not containing any Chalk. 
 
 Action. Uses. Carminative in doses of gr. x. 3ss. 
 
 OLEUM CINNAMOMI, L. E. D. Oil of Cinnamon. 
 
 This Oil is imported from Ceylon, being obtained by macerating the powdered rejected 
 bark in a saturated solution of salt, and then distilling. The water which passes over is 
 milky, from holding the Oil in suspension ; but this soon separates. About 8 ounces are 
 obtained from 80 ft. of recently prepared Cinnamon. Some of it is heavier and some 
 lighter than water. 
 
 The E. P. gives as its characteristics: " Cherry-red when old, wine- 
 yellow when recent; odour purely cinnamonic. Nitric' (concen- 
 trated, added drop by drop) converts it nearly into a uniform crystal- 
 line mass (a compound of the acid and of the oil)." The colour 
 varies according to age. Oil of Cassia is often substituted for it ; 
 other adulterations are used, which the Nitric' detects by producing 
 a less distinct effect. Oil of Cinnamon is remarkable for its grateful 
 aroma and spicy cinnamonic taste, less pungent and acrid than Oil 
 of Cassia. It is composed of C 18 H 7 O a -f H, and is considered by 
 Chemists a Hydruret of Cinnamyle. On exposure to the air it ab- 
 sorbs Oxygen and some Cinnamic acid is formed ; also two resins. 
 This acid may also be obtained by distilling the Balsams of Tolu and 
 of Peru. By powerful oxidizing agents this acid maybe converted 
 first into Bitter Almond Oil, and then into Benzoic acid. (v. Fownes, 
 P. J. iv. 264.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Grateful but powerful Stimulant in doses of ftfj. 
 Much used for flavouring, by cooks and confectioners. 
 
 AQUA CINNAMOMI, L. E. D. (U. S.) Cinnamon Water. 
 
 Prep. Take bruised Cinnamon ftjss. (gxviij. E. fi>j. D.) or Oil of Cinnamon JJij. L. 
 (3iij. D.) Proof Spirit fjvij. L. (Rectified fSiij. E.) Aq. Cij. (q. s. to prevent empyreuma. 
 Macerate for 1 day, D.) Distil offCj. 
 
 [R. Oil of Cinnamon f^ss., Carb. Magnes. 3ss., Distilled Water Oij. U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Carminative, but chiefly used as a vehicle in doses 
 of f3jss. f3iij. It is made with greater facility with the Oil, and is 
 sometimes prepared by diffusing the Oil through water by means of 
 Sugar or Magnesia. But Cinnamon water made from the Oil is 
 much more apt to spoil, from the formation of Cinnamic acid : dis- 
 tilling from the bark is therefore the preferable method.
 
 Laurinea;.] CINNAMON. 525 
 
 SPIRITUS CINNAMOMI, L. E. D. Spirit of Cinnamon. 
 
 Prep. Mix Oil of Cinnamon 3ij., Proof Spirit Cj., Aq. Oj. With slow heat distil Cj. 
 L. Take Cinnamon in coarse powder ftj. (Proceed as for Spir. Caraway, E.) Proof 
 Spirit Cj., Aq. q. s. to prevent empyreuma. Macerate for 24 hours. Distil Cj. D. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant adjunct in doses of f3j. f 3iij. to draughts. 
 
 # 
 TINCTURA CINNAMOMI, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Cinnamon. 
 
 Prep. Take Cinnamon powdered Siijss. (3iij. U. S.), Proof Spirit Oij. (by measure 
 ftij.) Macerate for 14 days, and strain. (Proceed by percolation or digestion, as di- 
 rected for Tinct. Cassia, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Grateful adjunct (f3j. f3iv.) to draughts of dif- 
 ferent kinds. 
 
 TINCTURA CINNAMOMI COMPOSITA, L. E. (U. S.) Compound Tincture of 
 Cinnamon. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days bruised Cinnamon gj., bruised Cardamoms gss. 
 (3j. E.) Long Pepper ground 3ijss. (3iij. E.) Rasped Ginger ^ijss. in Proof Spirit Oij. 
 (Strain express, E.) Filter. (Best prepared by percolation, as Compound Tincture of 
 Cardamoms, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic adjunct to Astringent and other draughts, 
 in doses of f3j. f3ij. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM AROMATICUM, D. Aromatic Plaster. 
 
 Prep. Melt together Thus (Abietis Resina) 3iij. and Yellow Wax gss. Strain. 
 When thickening as it cools, mix in powdered Cinnamon 3vj. rubbed up with Essential 
 Oil of Allspice and Essential Oil of Lemons aa 3ij. Make a plaster. 
 
 Action. Uses. Applied over the Stomach in Nausea, &c. 
 
 CASSIA CORTEX, E. D. Bark of CINNAMOMUM, (Cassia, Blume) ARO- 
 MATICUM, Nees v. Esenbeck, E. (Laurus Cassia, Linn.), D. and 6f 
 other species. 
 
 Cassia is mentioned by early Greek writers ; in the Bible by the 
 name Kiddah (XJTTU is one kind of Cassia in Diosc. i. c. 12). It is 
 translated Cassia in Exod. xxx. 24 (v. Kiddah, and Kinnamon, BibL 
 Cycl. and Antiq. of Hind. Med. p. 84). Now, there are several dis- 
 tinct sources of Cassia, though it is often described as produced by 
 the Laurus Cassia of Linnaeus, a plant, said to be of Ceylon and the 
 Peninsula of India, but which it is difficult to determine. Dr. Wight 
 has shown that no less than three species were included by Linnaeus 
 under one name; one plant is Litscea zeylanica, Dawalkurunda of the 
 Cingalese ; another, apparently Cinnamomum sulphuratum of Nees. 
 is the C. perpetuo florens of Burmann ; and the third, the Carua of 
 Rheede (Hort. Mai. i. 57), Dr. Wight considers to be the Cinnamo- 
 mum iners of Nees. Hermann's own plant of Cassia lignea, in the 
 British Museum, is named Walkurunda, and is a true Cinnamomum. 
 
 Cassia bark, called Cassia lignea (and by the Chinese Kwei Pe, or 
 Cassia-skin), we learn from the Chinese Repository, ii. 455, is ex- 
 ported from China to all parts of the world, sewed up in mats, usually 
 two or more rolls in each mat, and a pound in each roll. From 
 China it is imported into Singapore, Calcutta, and Bombay. It is
 
 526 CHINESE CASSIA BUDS. [Apetalai. 
 
 imported into Great Britain from all these places, and also from Ma- 
 nilla, as well as from Quilon and Madras, and is kept in all shops 
 and sold as Cinnamon, this being distinguished by the name of true 
 Cinnamon, and must be specially asked for by this name. 
 
 Chinese Cassia, or Cinnamon, as it is also called, is, according 
 to Mr. Reeves, produced in the province of Kwangsi, whose prin- 
 cipal city, Kwei-ling, derives its name from the forests of Cassia, by 
 which it is surrounded. It is also said to be produced in Cochin- 
 China in the dry sandy Districts lying northwest of the town of Faifoe, 
 between 15 and 16 of N. latitude, and imported into Canton, &c. to 
 the extent of 250,000 Ibs. ; also, that it is preferred to the Cinnamon 
 of Ceylon. Mr. Crawford (Embassy to Siam, p. 470) says that the 
 epidermis is not freed from the bark, as it is in that of Ceylon, that 
 the superior kinds are retained for consumption in China, and the 
 inferior re-exported to Singapore, &c. and to Europe. 
 
 Cassia, though it bears a considerable resemblance to Cinnamon, 
 is usually in single quills, seldom more than double, from to | or 
 even 1 inch in diameter. It is thicker, rougher, more dense, and 
 breaks with a shorter fracture, and is of a darker red colour than 
 Cinnamon, and its powder of a reddish-brown tint. Its taste is more 
 pungent and stronger, but not so sweet and grateful as that of the 
 true Cinnamon, and its odour less agreeable. That from China is 
 now always stripped of its epidermis, and is probably produced by 
 the plant described below under the name of Cinnamomum aroma- 
 ticum. 
 
 CASSIA BUDS (called by the Chinese Kwei-tsze, or Cassia-seeds), 
 formerly officinal under the name of Flos Lauri Cassias. They are 
 exported from Canton in considerable quantities, have some resem- 
 blance to cloves or to nails with round heads, or are cup-shaped 
 when the perianth bud falls off. Those that are fresh and plump are 
 preferred. They are imported here chiefly for use in confectionery, 
 forming one of the ingredients of many old receipts. From the Chi- 
 nese Repository, the opinion of Mr. Reeves, of Nees, &c., it is more 
 than probable that both Cassia buds and Cassia lignea are obtained 
 from the same tree. The buds have the flavour and pungency of 
 taste of Cassia, and yield an essential oil upon distillation. 
 
 CINNAMOMUM AROMATICUM, Nees t. Esenb. A tree of considerable size. There is one 
 18 feet high in the Edinb. Bot. Garden. Branches angular, twigs and petioles covered 
 with down. Leaves often nearly opposite, though usually alternate, oblong-lanceolate, 
 acute at each end, triple-nerved, or with three nerves which unite into a single nerve 
 above the insertion of the leaf-stalk, and disappear towards the apex of the leaf; the 
 nerves are, like the twigs, covered with broken (strigulose) downiness, with curved vein- 
 lets on the under surface. Panicles narrow, silky. This is the C. Cassia of Blume, in- 
 troduced from China, and the Laurus Cassia, t. 3, of the brothers Nees in their paper on 
 the Cinnamon, also of Hort. Kewensis, ii. p. 427, and the Laurus Cinnamomum of An- 
 drew's Repos. t. 595, often quoted 596. The leaves taste mucilaginous and Cinnamonic 
 (c.) Dr. Lindley says that as grown in stoves they are almost insipid, mucilaginous, and 
 somewhat astringent. I have received a specimen of this plant (named Cinnamomum 
 cAtncnse) from the Messrs. Loddiges, who inform me that it was imported by their house 
 from China in 1790. This is probably the source of the various plants in hot-houses. 
 The leaves taste mucilaginous, but also aromatic. 
 
 Cassia, on the authority of Mr. Marshall, has been usually thought
 
 Laurinea.] MALABAR CASSIA AND BUDS. 537 
 
 to be only the coarser kinds of the Cinnamon of Ceylon, or that sepa- 
 rated from the larger branches or thick roots, and that though intended 
 for consumption in Asia, has been imported into England and sold 
 as Cassia lignea. But this, as has been observed, can have seldom 
 taken place, for it cannot be traced among the exports of Ceylon, 
 where, moreover, all Cinnamon, whether coarse or fine, pays an ex- 
 port duty of 3s. a pound, and the Cassia, even in England, is not 
 worth more than Is. a pound. 
 
 MALABAR CASSIA. Cassia has long been known to be a product of 
 the forests of the Indian Peninsula. It is stated to have been a cause 
 of jealousy between the Dutch and Portuguese that the latter sold 
 some of the Wild Cinnamon growing in Cochin, &c. Buchanan, in 
 his Travels in Mysore (ii. 336), mentions it as common on all the 
 hills of the Malabar coast, also that Mr. Brown had planted it at An- 
 jarakandy, as well as the Ceylon Cinnamon (ii. 545 6). He states 
 that at Mangalore it was called Dhal-China (that is, Cinnamon), and 
 exported to Muscat, Cutch, Scind, and Bombay ; also that the buds 
 of the tree were called Cabob-China, and likewise exported to the 
 same places. This export still continues, as it appears by the reports 
 of the commerce of Madras and of Bombay that 107,856 Ibs. of Cas- 
 sia were exported from Malabar and Canara, and that in 1844 45, 
 there were imported into Bombay from Malabar and Canara, of 
 Cassia, 52,686 Ibs., and of Cassia Buds, 69,860 Ibs. Some of these 
 probably find their way into the English market. 
 
 This plant Dr. Wight considers to be the famous Carua of Rheede, 
 Hort. Mai. i. t. 57, referring it, doubtfully however, to C. iners, Rein- 
 wardt, a plant.of Java and Penang, but which seems to be sufficiently 
 distinguished by being devoid of the aromatic qualities of the Malabar 
 plant. Cinnamomum iners is, however, closely allied to another spe- 
 cies, C. eucatyptoides, which is intermediate between C. iners, and 
 C. nitidum (Nees). Dr. Wight's drawing of the Malabar Cassia 
 Plant sent to the India House (u. his Icones), appears to me to agree 
 very closely with that of C. eucalyptoides, given by Nees and Eberm., 
 in their Pflanz. Med., and which Nees v. Esenb. describes as 
 
 CINNAMOMUM EUCALYPTOIDES, Nees von Esenb, Branches roundish, smooth ; lower 
 leaves elliptico-oblong, upper ones sub-ovate, acute at the base, subattenuate, obtuse at 
 the apex, 3-nerved, nearly veinless. Panicles sessile, subterminal and axillary. Flowers 
 with silvery silkiness ; segments of the perianth obovato-cuneiform, deciduous from the 
 middle. Laurus Malabrathrica, Roxb. Hort. Calc. p. 30. Wall. Cat. n. 2583, B. 
 " Sapor et odor foliorum fortis et acris caryophyllorum cum levi Camphorae tinctura." 
 The berry not seen. 
 
 C. INERS of Reinw. is distinguished chiefly by the leaves being more lanceolate, 3- 
 nerved, nearly veinless. Panicles pedunculate. Segments of the perianth deciduous 
 below the apex. But both require careful re-examination with good specimens, and com- 
 parison with the Malabar plant, before any one can determine whether this be identical 
 with either or different from both. In the latter case, it ought to be called C. Carua. 
 The Chinese C. aromaticum might, no doubt, be successfully cultivated where this thrives 
 so well. 
 
 Dr. Wight says, " a set of specimens (submitted officially to his 
 examination) of the trees furnishing Cassia on the Malabar coast, 
 presented no fewer than four distinct species, including among them 
 the genuine Cinnamon plant, the bark of the older branches of which 
 
 ; ... 

 
 528 BEBEERINE. [Apetalae. 
 
 it would appear are exported from that coast as Cassia." And, be- 
 sides, he infers that all sorts of Cinnamon-like plants, yielding bark 
 of a quality unfit to bear the designation of Cinnamon, are passed off 
 as Cassia. Mr. Huxham, of Quilon, also states, that the only differ- 
 ence between Malabar Cassia and Malabar Cinnamon is, that the 
 former is coarser and thicker than the latter. Both are obtained from 
 the same tree, the Cassia being the bark of the larger parts of the 
 tree, and the Cinnamon being peeled from the younger shoots and 
 small branches. 
 
 Cassia lignea, analyzed by Bucholz, yielded of Volatile Oil 0-8. 
 Resin 4-0, Gummy Extractive 14-6, Bassorin with Ligneous fibre 
 64-3, water and loss 16-3=100. But as Sesquichloride of Iron and 
 Gelatine both produce precipitates, that of the former of a dark-green 
 colour (p.), it must also contain Tannin. Its active properties, de- 
 pendent chiefly on the volatile oil, are taken up by Spirit, and par- 
 tially by water, as in the preparations. 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic Stimulant, in doses of gr. x. 3ss. 
 
 OLEUM CASSIA, E. Oil of Cassia. 
 
 The Volatile Oil of Cassia-bark, obtained by distillation with water, is imported from 
 Singapore, and is still probably all produced by the Chinese Cassia or Cinnamon, C. aro- 
 maticum. 
 
 Cassia Oil, when pure, has a pale wine-yellow colour, which does 
 not deepen with age. (c.) Sp. Gr. 1-095. It has in a remarkable 
 degree the Cassia odour and taste. Like Oil of Cinnamon, it absorbs 
 Oxygen, and is converted into Cinnamic acid. Nit' also converts it 
 into a mass of crystals, in which the oil appears to be combined with 
 the acid. It appears in all essentials to resemble the Oil of Cinnamon, 
 and though not so grateful, is often sold for Oil of Cinnamon. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Carminative in doses of Wj. rpjv. 
 
 AQUA CASSIA, E. Cassia Water. 
 
 Prep. Mix bruised Cassia Zvi'ij. Rectified Spirit f giij. Aq. Cij. Distil off Cj. 
 
 Action. Uses. Carminative vehicle and used as Cinnamon-water. 
 SPIRITUS CASSIA, E. Spirit of Cassia. 
 
 Prep. With powdered Cassia ftj. proceed as for Spir. Caraway. 
 
 TINCTURA CASSIA, E. Tincture of Cassia. 
 
 Prep. Digest powdered Cassia 3iijss. in Proof Spirit Oij. for 7 days; strain, express 
 strongly, and filter. Or more conveniently prepare by percolation, previously macerating 
 the Cassia in the Spirit for 12 hours. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant adjuncts to draughts in doses of f3j. 
 f3iv. 
 
 BEBEERINE. Alkali of NECTANDRA RODIEI, Schomburgk. Greenheart 
 Tree. 
 
 A considerable quantity of a wood called Greenheart* is imported 
 
 * This the author in the catalogue of woods published by Mr. Holtzapffel in 1843, re- 
 ferred to Lauras Chloroxylon, a tree not well known. The Greenheart of Browne's Ja.
 
 Laurineai.] BEBEERINE. 529 
 
 into this country for ship-building. It is large in size, heavy, hard, 
 durable, takes a polish, but is apt to split, and is of different tints of 
 olive-green, varying from pale to dark. 
 
 Sir R. Schomburgk, Hooker's Journ. of Bot. Dec. 1844 (British 
 Assoc. 1845), has described the tree which yields the Greenheart 
 timber of Guiana (called Bebeera by the Indians of Demerara, and 
 Sipeeri by the Dutch colonists). It is a new species of the Laurels, 
 belonging to the genus Nectandra, and which has been named JV! 
 Rodiei, in compliment to Mr. Rodie, late a surgeon in the R. N., who 
 first, in 1834, directed attention to its valuable febrifuge properties 
 and indicated the presence of an alkali in the bark of this tree. Dr. 
 Warburg also prepared what he called " Vegetable Fever Drops" 
 from some part of this tree, which he distributed extensively, and 
 which were favourably reported on by various medical officers. Dr. 
 Maclagan in April 1843 read before the Royal Society of Edinburgh 
 an able paper on the Bebeera Tree, its chemical composition, and its 
 medical uses; and the nature of the alkali Bebeerine has been further 
 elucidated by himself and T. Tilley, Esq., Professor of Chemistry in 
 Birmingham, in a paper read before the Chemical Society. The 
 medical virtues of this alkali, or rather of its Sulphate, have been de- 
 tailed by Dr. Maclagan, &c., in the Lond. and Ed. J. of Med. Sci- 
 ence, July, 1843 and April 1845. 
 
 The bark of the Bebeera tree occurs in large flat pieces, is about 
 four lines in thickness, heavy, and with a rough fibrous fracture, of a 
 dark cinnamon-brown colour, rather smooth within, but covered ex- 
 ternally by a splintering grayish-brown epidermis. It has little or 
 no aroma, but a strong, persistent, bitter taste, with considerable as- 
 tringency. These properties depend on the presence of an alkali, 
 which has been called Bebeerine. Dr. M. at first thought that there 
 were two alkalies ; but this, from his second paper, does not appear 
 to be the case. It is contained also in the seeds, as is evident from 
 Dr. M.'s analysis of both the bark and seed. 
 
 Bark. Seeds 
 
 Alkalies (not quite pure) : - 2-56 2-20 
 
 Tannin and Resinous matter - . 2-53 4-04 
 
 Soluble matter (Gum, Lignin, Salts) - 4-34 9-40 
 
 Starch - . - - 0- 5351 
 
 Fibre and Albumen - - 62-92 11-24 
 
 Ashes (chiefly calcareous) - - 7-13 0-31 
 
 Moisture t*V - - - 14-07 18-13 
 
 Loss - - - - 6-45 1-17 
 
 100-00 100-00 
 
 The Tannin resembles that which has been found in the Cinchona 
 Bark. The author has received fruits of the Bebeera tree from Gui- 
 ana, which were stated to be those of the tree employed in making 
 
 maica resembles a laurel, and the leaves with their three-arched nerves are compared by 
 Browne with those of the Camphire tree, both in shape, size, and texture. The fruit is 
 like that of a Laurel, and the specimens of Laurus Chloroxylon, Lin., in the British Mu- 
 seum, from Jamaica, are very like Browne's figure, and are those of a true Laurel. But 
 in this case, the flowers which he describes could not have belonged to it ; neither does it 
 follow that the Greenheart of Jamaica is identical with the Greenheart of Guiana. 
 
 34
 
 530 BEBEERINE. [Apetalae. 
 
 Warburg's Fever Drops. They are 2 inches in length, and l inch 
 in breadth, and correspond with Dr. Maclagan's description. 
 
 The alkali is separated from the rest of the bark by being boiled 
 in water acidulated with Sul', as in the ordinary process for obtaining 
 Sulph. of Quinine, and is then precipitated, from the impure Sulphate 
 obtained, by Ammonia. The alkaline matter thus separated is, after 
 washing with water, triturated with about an equal weight of freshly 
 precipitated and moist Hydrated Oxide of Lead. The magma thus 
 formed is dried over the water-bath, and the alkali is then taken up 
 by absolute Alcohol. On distilling off the Spirit, the organic base is 
 left in the form of a transparent, orange-yellow, resinous mass. This, 
 on being dried, pulverized, and treated with successive portions of 
 pure Ether, is in great part dissolved in this fluid. The dissolved 
 portion, on distilling off the Ether, is obtained in the form of a trans- 
 lucent, amorphous, but homogeneous, resinous-looking substance, of 
 a pale yellow colour, and possessed of all the properties of an organic 
 alkali. This is pure Bebeerine, which does not crystallize. It is very 
 soluble in Alcohol, less so in Ether, and very sparingly in water. 
 Heated, it fuses, and the heat being continued, it swells up, giving off 
 vapours of a strong peculiar odour, and burning without residue. 
 Subjected to the action of oxidizing agents, it gives with Bichromate 
 of Potash and Sul' a black, and with Nit' a yellow Resin. It forms 
 with acids, salts which are all uncrystallizable ; with Perchloride of 
 Gold, Mercury, Copper, Iron, and Platinum, it gives precipitates 
 which are soluble to a certain extent in hot water and Alcohol, but 
 which, on the solution cooling, are not deposited from it in a crys- 
 talline form. Messrs. Maclagan and Tilley found it to be composed 
 of Oxygen 71-92, Hydrogen 6-49, Nitrogen 4-75, Oxygen 16-84=100, 
 and that its formula is C 35 H 40 N a O 5 . Dr. M. obtained some Be- 
 beerine from Warburg's Fever Drops. 
 
 The authors observe it as remarkable that it should be isomeric 
 with Morphia, which acts as a pure narcotic. The atomic constitu- 
 tion of Morphia, calculated from the formulae deduced by Liebig and 
 Regnault from their analyses, agrees perfectly with that given above 
 for Bebeerine. The composition of the two bodies is, in fact, iden- 
 tical. (That of Morphia, according to Turner and Gregory, is given 
 at p. 261.) From this the authors conclude, " that similarity of phy- 
 siological properties does not depend upon similarity in the properties 
 of their constituents. It seems probable that the mode in which their 
 atoms are grouped has an important share in modifying their physi- 
 ological actions. The difference in their physical properties, in fact, 
 proves that their elements are differently arranged." 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic, Antiperiodic, Febrifuge. From the original 
 experiments of Mr. Rodie, and those made with Warburg's Fever 
 Drops, there was little doubt of the Bebeera bark being a power- 
 ful Antiperiodic. These have been confirmed by the experiments of 
 Dr. Maclagan, and of Dr. Watt of George Town, Demerara, with 
 the Sulphate of Bebeerine, and of Dr. Anderson and others at Kamp- 
 tee, &c., in the Ague and Remittent Fever of India, by Drs. Bennett 
 and Simpson, in Periodic Neuralgia. Dr. Christison has stated to the
 
 Aristolochiece.] A S A R U M. 531 
 
 author that the Sulphate of Bebeerine has come into general use in 
 Edinburgh as a Tonic and Stomachic, and also as an Antiperiodic, 
 in the very same diseases and for the very same purposes, as Sul- 
 phate of Quinine, and that it appears not so apt to occasion headache. 
 He had employed it in a very severe case of periodic Tic douloureux, 
 and with complete success, exactly as if Sulphate of Quinine had 
 been used. It is given in 2 or 3 grain pills every hour, or three or 
 four times a day, according to the case, so that 9j. or so, may be 
 given before the accession of a paroxysm, or it may be given in gr. 
 x. doses, morning and evening. Considerable improvement in the 
 manufacture has been made by Mr. M'Farlane of Edinburgh, who 
 now prepares it in considerable quantities for medical use in the form 
 of the Sulphate of Bebeerine. 
 
 ARISTOLOCHIE.E, Juss. Birthworts. 
 
 Herbs or shrubs, with creeping rootstocks, often with twining stems, without rings of 
 wood. Leaves alternate, sometimes without, often with, leafy stipules opposite to the 
 leaves. Flowers hermaphrodite, usually of a dull colour, axillary, solitary, or clustered. 
 Perianth with the tube adherent to the ovary ; limb undivided and obliquely truncate, or 
 trifid, with the segments valvate in aestivation. Stamens 6 or 12 or 9, definite, free, and 
 inserted into the apex of the ovary, or united with the style and stigma. Ovary inferior, 
 3 to 6-celled. Placenta central, with many ovules. Fruit 3 to 6-celled, many-seeded. 
 Embryo small, at the base of fleshy or subcartilaginous albumen. Radicle near the hi- 
 lum, centripetal or below. The Aristolochieae are most closely allied to Nepenthe, more 
 remotely to Cucurbitaceae, and perhaps also to Dioscorere and Taccacese, &c. They are 
 chiefly found in hot countries, though a few species extend to northern latitudes. They 
 secrete a bitter principle and volatile oil. 
 
 ASARTJM, L. D. Folia. Leaves of ASARTJM EUROPJEUM, Linn. Asara- 
 bacca. Dodecandria Monogynia, Linn. 
 
 This is the atfagov of Dioscorides, the asaroon of the Arabs. 
 
 Rootstock creeping, with numerous branched root-fibres. Stems very short, round, 
 each bearing two kidney-shaped leaves, which are of a dark green colour, shining above, 
 but a little hairy, with long downy footstalks. In the axil of the two leaves there is a 
 single drooping flower, about an inch long, fleshy, lurid in aspect. Perianth coriaceous, 
 campanulate, 3-lobed ; segments incurved. Stamens 12, inserted on the ovary ; anthers 
 attached to the inner side of the filaments, below the summit, each of two round sepa- 
 rated cells. Ovary turbinate ; style short. Stigma stellate, 6-lobed. Capsule coriaceous, 
 6-celled. Seeds ovate, with horny albumen. Hilly woods, mountains of England, &c . 
 Flowers in May ; said to be collected near Kirkby Lonsdale, Westmoreland. 
 
 The root-fibres, when bruised, have a spicy odour and an acrid 
 taste. The leaves are scentless, but have a bitter and acrid, slightly 
 aromatic taste. Both are employed on the Continent, but the leaves 
 only are officinal, though the whole plant is usually sold. Analyzed, 
 the root was found to contain a Volatile Oil, Bitter Extractive, which 
 will itself excite nausea, a Camphor-like body, named Asarine, which 
 is volatile, has an acrid taste, excites nausea and vomiting. The 
 leaves yield a volatile oil. 
 
 Action. Uses. Acrid, formerly employed as a Purgative and Eme- 
 tic, but now seldom used except as an Errhine (v. the officinal 
 Powder), for which it is very effectual, producing sneezing and a 
 copious secretion from the nostrils, and is therefore employed as a 
 counter-irritant in some head affections. 
 
 .- . . '>.. .
 
 532 SERPENTARIA. [Apetaltn. 
 
 PULVIS A SARI COMPOSITUS, D. Coitip. Asarabacca Powder. 
 
 Prep. Rub together into powder dried leaves of Asarum 3j. and dried Lavender flow, 
 era 3j. Sometimes Lavender and Marjoram aa 3ss. are added. 
 
 [ASARXJM CANABENSE, Linn. (U. S.) Sec. Canada Snake Root, Wild 
 Ginger. Off. Root. 
 
 This plant has a creeping, fleshy root, somewhat jointed; the leaves are kidney- 
 shaped, pubescent on both sides, two in number, on longish, round, hairy petioles ; flower 
 solitary, growing in the fork of the petioles on a hairy, pendulous peduncle; colour dull 
 purple. It grows in thickets and flowers in June. 
 
 The dried root as found in the shops is in the form of contorted 
 pieces, as thick as straws, brown and wrinkled. It is white and hard 
 internally, and breaks with a short fracture ; the taste is aromatic 
 and bitter, and the smell aromatic. 
 
 It contains a Volatile Oil, and probably Bitter Extractive. 
 
 It is warming and Tonic to the stomach, and from its substitution 
 for Ginger has obtained one of its names. It may be used in the 
 same cases as the following.] 
 
 SERPENTARIA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Radix, L. D. Root of ARISTOLOCHIA 
 SERPENTARIA, Linn. Virginia Snake-root. Gynandria Hexandria, 
 Linn. 
 
 Several species of Aristolochia were employed by the ancients, 
 and still are so on the Continent, as well as in Asia. The officinal 
 species was probably first brought to notice as a Snake-root to settlers 
 in America. It is first mentioned in Johnson's edition of Gerard's 
 Herbal. 
 
 Rootstock perennial, roundish, with numerous root-fibres ; throwing up several herba- 
 ceous stems 8 to 10 inches high, slender, flexuose, jointed at irregular distances, often of 
 a reddish colour at the base. Leaves alternate, shortly petioled, cordate, acuminate, 
 smooth, and of a pale yellowish-green colour, a little downy beneath. The peduncles are 
 produced on the stem, but near the root, nearly unifloral, with one or more bracts. The 
 perianth is tubular, contorted like the letter S, inflated at its two extremities, its throat 
 surrounded by an elevated ridge, and its border expanded into a broad irregular margin, 
 forming an upper and under lip. The anthers 6, attached to the sides of the fleshy style, 
 which is situated in the bottom of the perianth, covered by the spreading 6-lobed stigma. 
 Capsule obovate, 6-angled, 6-celled, with many flat seeds. A native of the Middle, 
 Southern, and Western States of North America. The root is collected in Western Penn- 
 sylvania, and Virginia, in Ohio, Indiana, and Kentucky. Nees von E. 143. St. and 
 Ch. 180. 
 
 American writers state that the roots of two other species, A. tamentosa and A. hastata, 
 are also collected. The latter is closely allied to A. Serpentaria, the other climbs to the 
 tops of tall trees ; but their roots are said scarcely to differ from those of A. Serpentaria. 
 The roots of Spigelia marylandica are also sometimes found intermixed. Nees von 
 Esenbeck, moreover, mentions a species, A. ojficinalis, Med. Pfl. t. 144, but which may 
 be only a variety of A. Serpentaria. 
 
 Virginia Snake-root is in tufts of long, slender, frequently inter- 
 laced, and brittle fibres, attached to a short, contorted, knotty head 
 or caudex. The colour, which in the recent state is yellowish, be- 
 comes brown by time. The smell is strong, aromatic, and like Cam- 
 phor and Valerian ; the taste warm, very bitter, and camphorous. 
 The root yields its virtues to water, to Alcohol, *nd to Proof Spirit. 
 The active ingredients are probably the Volatile Oil and a bitter
 
 Euphorbiacea.] EUPHORBIACEJE. 533 
 
 Extractive, which is also acrid, and was detected by Chevalier and 
 by Bucholz. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Tonic, Diaphoretic, and Emmenagogue 
 in doses of gr. x. 3ss. In large doses it causes nausea and purging. 
 Used to be employed in cases of atonic fevers, &c., and in Exanthe- 
 mata, where the eruption is tardy in appearing, or has receded. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. TinCt. Cinchonas Comp. L. E. D. Electuarium 
 Opii, E. 
 
 INFTJSUM SERPENTARI.E, L. E. D. (U. S.) Infusion of Snake-root. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Serpentaria 3ss. in boiling Aq. dest. Oj. for 4 hours in a lightly covered 
 vessel. L. Strain (through linen or calico, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Diaphoretic in doses of f 3jss. every two or three 
 hours. 
 
 TINCTUEA SERPENTARIA, L. E. D. Tincture of Snakeroot. 
 
 Prep. Take bruised Serpentaria ^iijss. (3iij. D. [U. S.] ) and Proof Spirit Oij. (by mea- 
 sure ftij. D. Cochineal bruised 3j. E.); macerate for 14 (7, D.) days, and strain. (Pro- 
 ceed by percolation or digestion, as for Tinct. Cinchona, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant adjunct to Tonics and Diaphoretics in 
 doses of from f3j. f3ij. 
 
 [Besides the A. tomentosa and A. hastata, which have been men- 
 tioned by the author, the Aristolochia reticulata is common in the 
 southwestern portions of the U. S. The root is larger and coarser 
 than that of the preceding. It is distinguished by the reticulated 
 leaves.] 
 
 EUPHORBIACE.E, Adr. de Jussieu. Spurgeworts. 
 
 Herbs, shrubs, or trees, with watery, often milky juice, some with a fleshy Cactus-like 
 stem. Leaves usually alternate. Stipules small or wanting 1 . Flowers monoecious or dioe- 
 cious, frequently incomplete, often enclosed within an involucre. Calyx free, 4, 5, or 6-fid, 
 or divided, sometimes wanting. Corol often wanting, or consisting of scales, or of petals, 
 usually twisted in {estivation, often alternating with scales or glands. Male. Stamens de- 
 finite or indefinite, distinct or united, inserted into the centre of the flower below the 
 abortive ovary. Female. Ovary free, 2 but usually 3 seldom many-celled. Ovules 
 solitary or in pairs, suspended from the inner angle. Styles equal in number to the cells, 
 at first united into one, and then dividing into as many stigmas. Fruit usually capsular, 
 seldom berried, 2 to 3-celled, often of cocci or carpels separating from the central persis- 
 tent column. Seeds often furnished with caruncula or arillus. Embryo straight in the 
 axis of a fleshy albumen. 
 
 The Euphorbiacese, multiform in habit, are usually placed among apetalous orders ; 
 but as many of the genera are furnished with both calyx and corolla, and as they are 
 allied to Celastrinese and Rhamneffl, and also to Burseracese, through Juglandese, it would 
 perhaps be preferable to place them near these families. They abound in tropical coun- 
 tries ; many species, however, are found in the southern parts of the temperate zone, but 
 in the northern only herbaceous species, with Buxus as a shrub. The Euphorbiaceee are 
 remarkable for acridity, which is contained in the milky juice ; hence some are used as 
 local, and some as general stimulants; others are poisonous in nature. A few secrete 
 volatile oil in the bark, as Cascarilla, and others, falty oil united with acrid principle in 
 their seeds, as in Castor and Croton oils. The roots of Janipha Manihot secrete fecula 
 and acrid principle, which is dissipated by heat.
 
 534 CASCARILLA. [Apetalcs. 
 
 Tribe Ricinece, Mr. de Jussieu. 
 CROTON, Linn. Monoscia Monadelphia. 
 
 Flowers monoecious, or very rarely dioecious. Calyx 5-parted. Males. Petals 5. Sta- 
 mens 10 or more, distinct. Females. Petals none. Styles 3, divided into two or more 
 partitions. Capsule tricoccous. Adr. de J. 
 
 CASCARILLA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Croton, L. D. Bark, probably, of 
 CROTON ELEUTERIA, Swartz, &c., and possibly of other species of 
 the same genus, E. ; of Croton Cascarilla, Linn. L. D. Cascarilla. 
 
 Cascarilla was first made known by V. Garcias Sabat in 1692. 
 The name, signifying a little bark, is applied by the Spaniards to a 
 variety of barks. It is intended in the Pharmacopeia to indicate a 
 bark known for 150 years, and which Dr. Pereira has shown comes 
 principally from the Bahamas, and which Dr. Lindley has proved (Fl. 
 Med. p. 179) to be the produce of Croton Eleuteria of Swartz, and not 
 of Croton Cascarilla of Don (the C. pseudo-China of Schlechtendal); 
 for this yields Copalchi bark. Nees von Esenbeck has also shown 
 that C. micans of Swartz, a Jamaica plant, yields some of the Casca- 
 rilla of the Continent. Both these plants are figured in the Pfl. Med. 
 of Nees Suppl. t. 22. 
 
 The C. Cascarilla of Linnaeus (C. lineare of Jacquin) tHe Wild 
 Rosemary bush of Jamaica, does not appear to yield any bark like 
 Cascarilla, or to have the sensible properties of that bark. 
 
 Croton Eleuteria forms a small tree. Branches and twigs angular, rather compressed, 
 striated, downy, ferruginous. Leaves stalked, alternate, ovate, with a short but obtuse 
 point, green on the upper surface, silvery and densely downy beneath. Flowers monoe- 
 cious. Racemes axillary and terminal, branched. Males uppermost and smallest; fe- 
 males below, few, and on short stalks. Filaments 10 to 12. Ovary roundish. Styles 3, 
 bifid. Stigmas obtuse. Capsule roundish, minutely warted, about the size of a pea, with 
 3 furrows, 3 cells, and 6 valves. Lindley. Thickets of Jamaica and other West India 
 Islands. This species, having the name of Eleutheria, from one of the Bahamas, has 
 been proved by Dr. Lindley, from information and authentic specimens from the Ba- 
 hamas, to yield the true Cascarilla bark, as had been before stated by Drs. Wright and 
 Woodville. Nees von Esenb. t. 139. St. and Ch. 150. 
 
 Cascarilla may be confounded not only with Copalchi, but also with 
 that kind of Cinchona called Gray or Huanuco bark. It consists, 
 however, of irregular fragments, which are thin, two to three, some- 
 times four inches in length; these are moderately quilled, a little 
 twisted, or flat, about the thickness of a pencil or that of the little 
 finger, of a grayish colour externally, much fissured, covered in many 
 parts with a whitish lichen, the substance of the bark of a brownish 
 colour, and its internal face smooth. It is compact, fracture short, 
 brittle, the powder of a light-brown colour. It has a weak though 
 aromatic odour ; the taste is bitter, a little acrid, but also spicy. M. 
 Duval in recently analyzing it, found it to contain Albumen, Tannin, 
 a Bitter crystallizable substance (Cascarilline), Red Colouring matter, 
 Fatty matter with a nauseous smell, Wax, Gum, Volatile Oil 'with an 
 agreeable smell, Resin, Starch, Pectic acid, Chloride of Potassium, 
 Salts of Lime, Woody fibre. Cascarilline when pure is white and
 
 Euphorbiaceai.] TIGLII OLEUM. 535 
 
 crystalline, without odour, has a bitter taste, which, however, is not 
 at first perceptible from its sparing solubility ; but it communicates 
 its bitterness to a large quantity of water. It is very soluble in Spirit 
 and Ether, and appears to be a non-azotised neutral substance of the 
 nature of Salicine. The properties of the bark no doubt depend 
 chiefly on the Volatile Oil and the Cascarilline. These are taken up 
 by Spirit, partially by water. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Tonic; has been considered Febrifuge, 
 and may be advantageously prescribed with Cinchona. It is chiefly 
 employed in Dyspepsia and in other complaints requiring a warm 
 Tonic. 
 
 D. Of the powder gr. x. 9jss. well given with Soda in Milk. 
 
 INFUSUM CASCARILL.E, L. E. D. (U. S.) Infusion of Cascarilla. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 2 hours in a lightly (L.) covered vessel powdered Cascarilla 3jss. 
 (3ss. D.) (3i. U. S.) in boiling Aq. desl. Oj. (fess. D.) Strain (through linen or calico, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. A light warm Tonic in doses of frjss. 
 
 MISTURA CASCARILL/E COMPOSITA, L. Comp. Cascarilla Mixture. 
 
 Prep. Mix Infusion of Cascarilla f3xvij. Vinegar of Squills fgj. and Tinct. Camphora 
 Comp. fjij. 
 
 Action. Uses. Warm Tonic and Expectorant in Chronic affec- 
 tions of the Lungs in doses of fjjss. two or three times a day. 
 
 TINCTURA CASCARILLA, L. E. D. 
 
 Prep. Take powdered Cascarilla 3v. (giv. D.) Proof Spirit Oij. (by measure ftij. D.); 
 macerate for 14 (7, D.) days and strain. (Proceed by percolation or digestion, as for 
 Tinct. Cinchonas, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant and Tonic adjunct.to draughts in doses 
 of f3j. f3ij. 
 
 TIGLII OLEUM, L. (U. S.) CROTONIS OLEUM, E. Crotonis Tiglii Oleum, 
 D. Oleum e seminibus expressum, L. Expressed Oil of the seeds 
 of CROTON TIGLIUM, Linn. Croton Oil. 
 
 The seeds called Jamalgota were given to the author when in India 
 as the dund of the Arabs. They were, no doubt, employed at those 
 times, as well as subsequently in Europe, under various names, as 
 Grana Tilli, also Tiglia, &c., and its wood Lignum Moluccense. 
 Having passed out of practice, they were reintroduced by the no- 
 tices of Dr. White and of Mr. Marshall, published in Ainslie's Ma- 
 leria Medica of India, and by a publication of Mr. Conwell. 
 
 Croton Tiglium forms a small tree, of 15 to 20 feet in height, with the young branches 
 smooth and roundish. Leaves oval-oblong, acuminate, 3 5 nerved, with shallow glan- 
 dular serratures, thin, membranous, with 2 glands at their base, the younger leaves co- 
 vered with minute stellate scattered hairs. Petioles short, somewhat angular, with a few
 
 536 TIGLII OLEUM. [Apetalai. 
 
 stellate hairs when young. Stipules 2, subulate, minute. Racemes terminal, erect, sim- 
 ple, male at apex, female single, below. Flowers downy. Male, Calyx 5-cleft. Petals 5, 
 lanceolate, and woolly. Stamens 15 (15 to 20, woolly at base, Roxb.\ distinct. Female, 
 Calyx 5-cleft, permanent. Styles long, bifid. Capsules oblong, obtusely triangular, the 
 size of a hazel-nut, closely covered with minute stellate hairs ; the cells completely filled 
 with the solitary seeds. Skin of the seeds pale dull-brown, overlying a harder, dark, and 
 smooth integument. Hamilton and Roxburgh, C. Jamalgota, Ham. Linn. Trans, xiv. 258. 
 Indigenous every where in Bengal ; found also in the Indian Peninsula and in Ceylon; 
 Lindlcy,Fl. Med. p. 181. 
 
 Croton Pavana (Ham. /. c. p. 258), having ten stamens, and the 
 seeds much smaller than their cells, is another species, which yields 
 what Dr. Hamilton considers the original Tiglium seeds. It is a na- 
 tive of Burma, Assam, and Silhet, perhaps also of Amboyna. 
 
 Croton Roxburghii, Wall. (C. polyandrum, Roxb.) is a native of the 
 Circar mountains ; bears seeds to which the name Jamalgota is also 
 applied. 
 
 The Croton Tiglium has a disagreeable smell, and the taste of the 
 leaves is exceedingly nauseous and permanent. (Roxb.) All parts of 
 the plant seem provided with an acrid purgative principle, but the 
 seeds are alone now officinal. These are about the size of a grain of 
 Coffee, oblong, rounded at the extremities, with two faces, the ex- 
 ternal more convex than the internal, separated from each other by 
 longitudinal ridges, and each divided by a similar longitudinal ridge, 
 forming altogether an irregular quadrangular figure. Sometimes 
 when there are only two seeds in the capsule, the internal surface is 
 flat, with a groove formed by the central axis. The shelly covering 
 of the seeds being sometimes partially removed, they have a mottled 
 appearance ; but if entirely so, they are blackish. The kernel is oily, 
 of a yellowish-white colour when fresh, but becoming brownish by 
 age. It has a large embryo, with leafy cotyledons. In India the 
 seeds with their coverings are subjected to torrefaction, and the 
 embryo usually separated before they are prescribed medicinally. In 
 Europe their effects are obtained by prescribing the Oil, commonly 
 called Croton Oil. This is obtained by bruising the kernels, and sub- 
 jecting them to pressure, when about 50 per cent, of oil may be ob- 
 tained. But some Oil is also imported from Ceylon. According to 
 Dr. Nimmo, the seed consists of 64 parts of kernel and 26 of covering, 
 and the kernels yield 60 per cent, of Oil. 
 
 The analyses of Pelletier and Caventou, and of Brandes, display a 
 trace of Volatile Oil, Crotonic acid, which is acrid and volatile, Fixed 
 Oil, Crotonine, an alkaline and crystalline body; Resin, Gum, Albu- 
 men and Gluten, Salts, Lignin, &c. The active properties depend 
 on the Crotonic acid which passes oft' with the fixed oil, whether this 
 is separated by expression or by being dissolved in Ether. 
 
 Action. Uses. Croton seeds are powerfully Cathartic, and in very 
 common use in India as purgative 'Pills, commonly called Jamalgota 
 Pills. The natives usually separate the embryo, and combine the 
 albumen of the seed (which, however, is sufficiently active) with 
 Catechu or Pepper. About a grain, or half a seed, is "sufficient for a 
 dose, though they do take larger doses.
 
 Euphorbiacea.] RICINUS COMMUNIS. 537 
 
 TIGLII OLEUM, L. (U. S.) CROTONIS OLEUM, E. Croton Oil. 
 
 Expressed from the seeds, and usually imported from India, chiefly from Madras and 
 Bombay, but also from Ceylon. 
 
 Croton Oil, when quite pure and fresh, is nearly colourless, but as 
 usually met with, it is rather viscid, yellowish, and even of an orange- 
 colour, from over-roasting of the seed. It has a faint but peculiar 
 smell, and a permanent acrid taste, which is most felt in the throat. 
 The Oil is soluble in Ether, as well as in the volatile and fixed oils, 
 partially so in Alcohol that is, the acrid portion of Croton Oil, which 
 is composed of Crotonic acid and Resin, is dissolved, while the Oil 
 itself is insoluble. Hence the E. P. gives as a test of its purity : " when, 
 agitated with its own volume of pure Alcohol, and gently heated, it 
 separates on standing, without having undergone any apparent dimi- 
 nution." Castor Oil, which is the only oil likely to be used in adul- 
 terating it, is soluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Action. Uses. Drastic Purgative in obstinate Costiveness and torpid 
 state of the Intestinal canal, or when a Hydragogue, or the speedy 
 action of a Cathartic, is required. Sometimes is very useful in nervous 
 disorders, as in Tic Douloureux. Rubbed on the skin, it acts as a 
 Rubefacient, and is frequently employed as a Counter-irritant to re- 
 lieve internal affections, either in its pure state, or dissolved in twice 
 its bulk of Olive Oil, &c. Bouchardat recommends 20 parts being 
 added to 8 parts of diachylon plaster as a revulsive. 
 
 D. As a Purgative Ttj. Tdj. or rftiij. made up into pills, to which 
 Opium is sometimes added. The liquid form is objectionable on ac- 
 count of the acrid sensation produced in the throat. A Croton Soap 
 is prepared by Mr. Morson, of which gr. i. gr. iij. forms a dose. 
 
 RICINI OLEUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Oleum e seminibus expressum, L. D. 
 Expressed Oil of the Seeds, E. of RICINUS COMMUNIS, Linn. Castor 
 Oil Plant. Monascia Monadelphia, Linn. 
 
 This plant appears to be the Gourd, or the plant so translated, in 
 Jonah iv. 6, 7, 9, 10. (v. Kikayon, in Bibl. Cycl. ii. p. 203.) It is 
 also the xixi or x^orwv of Dioscorides, and its Oil has been employed 
 in medicine from the earliest times by Hindoos, Egyptians, Greeks, 
 and Arabs. The Greek names are taken from the insect called the 
 tick (in Latin ricinus) which the seeds resemble. 
 
 Different opinions are held respecting the number of species belong- 
 ing to this genus ; but several varieties have no doubt been raised to 
 the rank of species. These are found in Java, and throughout India. 
 One has been named R. europaa, but it must have been introduced 
 from the East, and is annual because unable to withstand the cold of 
 winter. The common species may be seen in India, especially at the 
 borders of fields, with stems of considerable thickness, and attaining 
 a height of sixteen to twenty feet, and surviving for many years. 
 The Oil is valued as a medicine, and for burning, and the leaves for 
 feeding the Arendy silk-worm. 
 
 Root perennial or annual, long, thick, and fibrous. Stems (fig. 88) round, thick, jointed,
 
 538 
 
 RICINI OLEUM. 
 
 [Apetalce. 
 
 channeled, hollow, glaucous, of a purplish-red colour upwards. Leaves large, palmato- 
 
 peltate, deeply divided into 7 
 
 Fig. 88. lanceolate, serrated segments, 
 
 on long, tapering, purplish pe- 
 tioles, with glands at the apex 
 of the petiole. Flowers mo- 
 noecious, in terminal panicles, 
 the lower male, the upper fe- 
 male, all articulated with their 
 peduncles, and sometimes 
 supported by bi - glandular 
 bracts. Calyx 3 5 cleft, 
 valvate. Petals wanting. 
 Male. Stamens numerous, 
 with the filaments branched 
 (a) and united below, with 
 distinct globose cells of the 
 anthers (b). Female. Style 1. 
 Stigmas 3, bipartite (c), plu- 
 mose, coloured red. Cap- 
 sule tricoccous, covered with 
 spines, 3-celled (d) ; cells 1- 
 seeded. Seeds pendulous, 
 elongated, ovate, convex ex- 
 ternally, somewhat flattened 
 on the inside, of a pale gray 
 colour, but marbled with 
 darker colours (e). The seed 
 is covered by a thin, coria- 
 ceous, smooth seed-coat, com- 
 posed of two layers ; at its 
 upper end is observed the 
 fleshy swelling which has 
 been termed Strophiole, with 
 a delicate white membrane 
 investing the nucleus, which 
 is large, oleaginous, and con- 
 sists of albumen containing 
 in the middle a large leafy 
 embryo (/). Native of In- 
 dia. Cultivated in many 
 countries. 
 
 Two varieties of Castor Oil seed are known, one large, the other 
 small. The latter is thought to yield more oil, and of a superior 
 quality. Geiger found in 100 parts of these seeds, exclusive of mois- 
 ture, 23-82 parts of seed-covering, and 69-09 of kernel. These 69-09 
 parts contained 46-19 parts of fixed Oil, 2-40 of Gum, 20-00 of Starch 
 and Lignin, and 0-50 of Albumen. The kernel, when fresh, is of a 
 white colour, and sweetish almond-like taste, followed by some acri- 
 mony. The Oil may be extracted from the seeds by decoction in 
 water, or expression, with or without the aid of heat, and for expe- 
 riment by the agency of Alcohol. Sometimes the Oil is boiled with 
 water to dissolve out the Mucilage and to coagulate the Albumen. 
 Dr. Christison sums up the results of various papers by stating that 
 " by simple expression a mild oil of excellent quality may be ex- 
 tracted alike from the small and large varieties of the seed : that 
 when so prepared, it is apt to become sometimes rancid (Wright), 
 but may be prevented from doing so if heated to about 200, so that 
 its Albumen is coagulated and detached : that the embryo is scarcely
 
 Eupkorliacea.] TAPIOCA. 539 
 
 more active than the Albumen of the nucleus, and that the husk and 
 perispermal membrane are inert (Boudron and Henry) : that if the 
 seeds be boiled in the Eastern way, without first roasting them, or 
 driving off the residual water from the Oil by heat, an Oil of fine 
 quality is obtained, which keeps well (Guibourt), but is probably not 
 quite so active: that the active part of the Oil is probably volatilizable 
 during decoction with water (Guibourt), so that long ebullition may 
 materially impair its energy : and that if the seeds be roasted before 
 being expressed, or the Oil be exposed to a considerable heat, as in 
 the American process, peculiar acids are engendered (called the 
 Ricinic, the Elai'odic, and Margaritic), which greatly increase the 
 acridity (Bussy and Lecanu). 
 
 Castor Oil is imported in the largest quantities from the East In- 
 dies, and this is commonly called cold-drawn Castor Oil. Some is 
 also imported from North America and the West Indies. It is of a 
 pale straw-colour, a faint but unpleasant smell, a mild oily taste, some- 
 times accompanied with a little acrimony. Though heavier than 
 most fixed oils, it is lighter than water, and viscid. Sp. Gr. 0-969 at 
 55 F. If exposed to a cold of 32, it deposits a few grains of Mar- 
 garin. Exposed to the air, it becomes rancid, and dries up. It is 
 soluble in all proportions in both Alcohol and Ether. By the action 
 of Hyponitrous acid, a solid fatty matter is produced, which has been 
 called Palmine. The alkalies saponify it, but produce acids appa- 
 rently identical with those generated during its distillation. Differ- 
 ing in many respects from other fixed oils, chemists are inclined to 
 consider it as consisting " of a single and peculiar oleaginous prin- 
 ciple," others as composed of three fatty acids combined respectively 
 with Glycerine. Its purity may be ascertained by its being " entirely 
 dissolved by its own volume of Alcohol." E. 
 
 Action. Uses. Purgative. Castor Oil seeds, though mild tasted, 
 even in their fresh state, are acrid.* The Oil is a mild but certain 
 laxative, acting quickly, and is particularly eligible whenever it is 
 wished to produce as little irritation as possible along the intestinal 
 canal. With Oil of Turpentine f3ij. a particularly efficient purgative 
 may be formed, (c.) 
 
 D. Of the Oil f 3ss. f^iss. swimming on weak Spirit and water, 
 or on hot Milk, Coffee, shaken up with Vinegar, &c. For children, 
 f3j. or f3ij. made into an emulsion. 
 
 TAPIOCA, E. (U. S.) Fecula of the root of JANIPHA MANIHOT, Humbl. 
 and Bonpl. Jatropha Manihot of Linnaeus. 
 
 Tapioca, first mentioned by Piso in his Nat. Hist, of Brazil, p. 52, 
 is a starch-like substance yielded by the above plant. 
 
 * The author was once called in a great hurry to the hospital-boat when proceeding 
 with a battalion of Artillery up the Ganges, with the statement that several men had 
 been poisoned or seized with cholera. The seeds immediately revealed what the ^'Indian 
 filberts" were which the men had been picking and eating. The majority recovered ra- 
 pidly ; but three of them suffered severely, and were not discharged from the hospital for 
 some time.
 
 540 E U P H O R B I U M. [Apetala. 
 
 A shrub, 4 6 feet high. Root large, tuberous, fleshy, and white, with a milky, acrid, 
 poisonous juice. Leaves palmate, 5 7 parted, smooth, glaucous beneath ; segments lan- 
 ceolate, quite entire. Flowers axillary, racemose, monoecious. Calyx campanulate, 5- 
 parted. Petals none. Stamens 10. Filaments unequal, distinct, arranged around a disk. 
 Style 1. Stigmas 3, consolidated into a rugose mass. Adr. de Juss. and Hooker. Cul- 
 tivated in the West Indies and in many parts of South America. B. M. 3071. 
 
 Of this plant there are two distinct varieties, one known as the 
 Bitter the other as the Sweet Cassava. The former is about six feet 
 high, the leaves of a darker green, and the stem of a dark brown 
 colour, the roots are longer in coming to maturity, much larger, about 
 twenty inches in length, and ten in circumference. The juice is acrid 
 and poisonous, owing, it is said, to the presence of Hydrocyanic acid 
 (Henry and c.), and not always entirely dissipated by heat. It is 
 cultivated for making the Tapioca of commerce, and Cassava Bread. 
 This is made by grating the fresh roots, squeezing out the juice, and 
 then baking into cakes on an iron plate. The Tapioca is also pre- 
 pared by beating the root into a pulp, washing it with cold water, 
 and then allowing the fsecula to subside from the milky fluid which 
 flows from it. Being then dried on heated plates, it becomes of a 
 granular form. 
 
 The Sweet Cassava,* is about four feet high, the root about a foot 
 in length, and seven or eight inches in circumference, of a light- 
 brown colour. It is very juicy, something resembling chestnuts in 
 taste, and is used as a vegetable either boiled or roasted. But much 
 of it is employed in making a fermented liquor from the root scraped 
 into a pulp, and from which the liquor is squeezed. This is called 
 Piwarry, and drank by the Indians as an intoxicating liquor. (Mr. 
 Gill.) 
 
 The irregular grains of which Tapioca consists are about the size 
 of large shot, whitish, and like other kinds of Starch, without odour 
 or taste. The grains are very minute, but regular in form, and 
 most resembling those of wheat-starch. Tapioca has the general 
 characteristics of Starch, of which it is a pure form. 
 
 Action. Uses. Dietetical, Demulcent. Much approved of as a diet 
 for the sick-room and for infants at the time of weaning. 
 
 Tribe Euphorbiece. 
 
 EUPHORBIUM, L. E. D. Concrete resinous juice of undetermined spe- 
 cies of Euphorbia, E. Gummi-Resina, of Euphorbia officinarum. 
 L. of E. canariensis. D. 
 
 EUPHORBIA, Linn. Monacia Monadelphia, Linn. 
 
 Flowers incomplete, collected into monoscious heads composed of one female and nu- 
 merous male flowers. Involucre campanulate, with 5 divisions and 5 alternate glands. 
 Mate. Naked, consisting of a single stamen upon a pedicel, intermixed with scales, sur- 
 
 * This is sometimes considered a distinct species, and called Janipha Laeflingii. v. Ha- 
 milton, Pharm. J. v. p. 27. In the Synop. Plant, of Humboldt and Bonpland by Kunth 
 (I. 417), J. Laeflingii, the Yuca of the natives, is described with 5 partite cordate leaves; 
 segments acuminate, very entire, the middle one panduriform, while J. Manihot, their 
 Yuca dulce, has leaves from 5 to 7-partite, glaucous on the under surface ; segments 
 acuminate, very entire.
 
 EuphorliaceoB.] EUPHORBIUM. 54 1 
 
 rounding the female. Female. A single pistil. Styles 3. Stigmas bifid. Capsule 3- 
 celled, bursting at the back, Seeds solitary, pendulous. This genus is multiform in 
 habit, some being cactus-like, among which must be the officinal species, having jointed 
 angular stems, with branches of a similar structure, and double prickles at their angles. 
 When wounded they exude an acrid milky juice, which concretes upon the surface, usu- 
 ally upon these prickles, and constitutes the Euphorbium of commerce. 
 
 Euphorbium was employed by the early Greek physicians, and is 
 noticed by the Arabs by the name Furfioon. The species yielding it 
 is still uncertain. The Euphorbium of the ancients was obtained 
 from Mauritania, that of modern commerce apparently entirely from 
 Mogadore. The D. P. assigns E. canariensis, a plant of the Canary 
 islands, and the L. P. E. officinarum, which is said to be found in 
 Arabia and the hotter parts of Africa, while E. antiquorum, common 
 in Arabia and all over India, which is also adduced, the author found 
 comparatively inert. The only positive information is that of Jack- 
 son (Account of Morocco), who describes the inhabitants of the lower 
 Atlas range making incisions in the branches of the plant found there, 
 from which a milky juice exudes, which is very acrid, hardens on the 
 plant, and drops off in September. The people who collect it are 
 obliged to tie a cloth over their mouth and nostrils, to prevent the 
 small dusty particles from annoying them, as they produce incessant 
 sneezing. Bruce also describes the violent sneezing produced on his 
 party on wounding some Euphorbia plants in a dry state. But this 
 species (which he calls Dergmouse) is not well ascertained ; it seems 
 to approach E. officinarum in some of its characters. Dr. Pereira, 
 from examining the branches, found mixed with the Euphorbium of 
 commerce, considers that E. tetragona agrees most closely with it in 
 the size of the stems, the number of angles, and the number and 
 direction of the spines. 
 
 Euphorbium.is in irregular-shaped tears, usually pierced with one 
 or with two diverging holes, made by the double prickles of the plant 
 on which it had dried. These sometimes remain in the holes. The 
 colour is of a dull yellowish-white, something like that of inferior 
 Tragacanth. It is friable, with little odour, but the dust causes vio- 
 lent sneezing, and irritation to the eyes, requiring the face to be well 
 protected ; it is very irritant to whatever part it is brought in contact 
 with, and the taste is after a short period acrid and burning. It is 
 composed of an Acrid Resin about 60 per cent., of Wax 14, Malate of 
 Lime 12, Malate of Potash l,Bassorine, probably a little Caoutchouc, 
 Lignin, water, and loss. It is, therefore, a Cereo-Resin, and not a 
 Gum-Resin. It burns with a pale flame and rather an agreeable 
 odour. Water takes up but little of it ; Alcohol and Ether are its 
 best solvents. Its active principle is identical with or associated with 
 the Resin. 
 
 Action. Uses. Powerful Irritant ; will produce incessant sneezing, 
 and even bloody discharges, and ophthalmia if blown into the eyes. 
 Acts as an Emetic or Cathartic ; apt to produce inflammation of the 
 intestinal canal. Largely diluted with starch, it is sometimes used as 
 an Errhine in obstinate affections of the head ; and occasionally as a 
 Rubefacient and a Counter-irritant, as in Acetum Cantharides, E., and 
 added to a Burgundy Pitch plaster in chronic affections of the joints.
 
 542 PIPERACE.E. [Apetalas. 
 
 Antidotes. Oil, emollient drinks, oleaginous enemata. Obviate in- 
 flammation by blood-letting, baths. 
 
 [EUPHORBIA IPECACUANHA, Willd. (U. S.) Sec. The Root. 
 
 This species is called Ipecacuanha Spurge, or American Ipecac- 
 uanha. It is found in sandy soils, from New Jersey to N. Carolina. 
 
 Bot. Char. The root is perennial, elongated, and penetrating the earth to the distance 
 of a foot or more. It is fleshy and of a yellow colour. The stems are numerous, herba- 
 ceous, somewhat procumbent, smooth, and dichotomously branched. The leaves are 
 opposite, sessile, entire, smooth, oval, round, or lanceolate. The flowers are small and 
 stand on long axillary peduncles. The plant assumes such diverse forms, and presents 
 such different colours as to lead to the supposition that the varieties are distinct species. 
 It varies from deep green to bright purple. 
 
 The whole plant is lactescent. The root in the fresh state is some- 
 times as thick as two fingers ; from this it diminishes in size. When 
 dried it becomes corrugated and wrinkled, and breaks with a short 
 starchy fracture. The smell is faint, and the taste is sweetish and a 
 little acrid. It contains caoutchouc, resin, gum, and starch. 
 
 Action. Uses. Emetic and diaphoretic. In large doses it is irrita- 
 ting and acts violently, both on the stomach and bowels. There is 
 some difference between the fresh and thoroughly dried root. 
 
 D. Powder gr. x. xx. 
 
 EUPHORBIA COROLLATA, Willd. (U. S.) ^ Root. 
 
 The large flowering Spurge is common in the middle sections of 
 the United States. Growing in dry, sandy soil. 
 
 It has a large branching root, with a number of stems from 2 to 5 feet in height, crest 
 round and simple. Leaves scattered, sessile, oblong, obovate or linear, a little revolute on 
 the margin, smooth usually. Flowers in umbellated clusters, calyx large, rotate, white. 
 
 The Root when dried is similar to that of the preceding. 
 Alcohol and water will extract its virtues. 
 
 Action. Uses. Emetic and diaphoretic and expectorant. Used in 
 rheumatism, catarrh, &c. ' V 
 D. gr. x. xx.] 
 
 PIPERACE^E, Richard. Pepper-worts. 
 
 Shrubs or herbs. Leaves without stipules. Flowers usually hermaphrodite and sessile, 
 in spikes. Stamens definite (usually 2) or indefinite, arranged on one side or round the 
 ovary, to which they adhere more or less. Anthers 1- or 2-celled, with or without a fleshy 
 connective. Ovary superior, 1-celled, containing a single erect ovule. Stigma sessile, 
 simple, rather oblique. Fruit somewhat fleshy, indehiscent. Seed erect, with the em- 
 bryo lying in a fleshy sac or vitellum placed at that end of the seed which is opposite the 
 hilum, on the outside of the albumen. 
 
 The Piperaceoe are allied in some respects to PolygonetB, also to Urticese, &c. They 
 are sometimes placed among Endogens, at other times, among Exogens. They inhabit 
 the tropical parts of Asia and America, with a few species extending to higher latitudes, 
 and are characterized by pungent and aromatic properties. Besides the officinal species, 
 the Piper Betle is much cultivated and famed for its moderately pungent and aromatic 
 properties, its leaf being employed to envelope the fragments, of Areca Catechu, of pale 
 Catechu, and of Lime, which form the famed masticatory of the East, known as Pan or 
 Betle. 
 
 PIPER, Linn. Diandria Trigynia, Linn. 
 
 Spike covered with flowers on all sides. Flowers hermaphrodite, each supported by a
 
 PiperacecB.] PIPER NIGRUM. 543 
 
 scale. Stamens intermediate in number, often two. Anthers 2-celled. Ovary 1-celled. 
 Ovule solitary, erect. Stigma trifid or multifid. Berry 1-seeded. Shrubs, rarely trees, 
 aromatic, with knotted, jointed branches. Leaves alternate, very entire, often nerved. 
 Spike supported by a spathe at the base, opposite to the leaves, rarely terminal, cylindri- 
 cal, sometimes subglobular. H. B. and K. The genus has been subdivided by Miquel. 
 
 PIPER LONGUM, Linn. L. E. D. Fructus immaturus exsiccatus, L. D. 
 Dried Spikes, E. of Long Pepper. Chavica Roxburghii, Miq. 
 
 Long Pepper has been employed by the Hindoos in medicine from 
 the earliest times. Its Sanscrit name pippula seems to have been the 
 original of the Greek irwsgi, and the ireirsge-ae gia would appear to be 
 its roots, which, called pippula moul, are still extensively employed 
 throughout the East (v. Hindoo Med. p. 86.) 
 
 Root woody. Stems shrubby, climbing, jointed. Lower leaves ovate-cordate, 3 5- 
 nerved ; upper ones on short petioles, oblong acuminate, oblique and somewhat cordate 
 at the base, obsoletely 4 to 5-nerved and veined, coriaceous, smooth. Peduncles erect, 
 longer than the petioles. Spikes almost cylindrical. A native of the woody hills of the 
 Circars, as well as along the foot of the Himalayas ; cultivated in Bengal. Nees von E. 
 26. St. and Ch. 174. 
 
 This plant is cultivated both on account of its roots, which, as well 
 as the thickest part of the stems, are cut into small pieces and dried, 
 and form an article of commerce all over the East. The spike of 
 berries forms a long nearly cylindrical body, varying from an inch 
 to an inch and a half in length. The berries are most pungent in 
 their immature state, and are therefore dried, and the whole become 
 of a grayish colour. They have a faint aromatic odour when bruised, 
 but a powerfully pungent taste. Analyzed by Dulong, its composi- 
 tion was found to be analogous to that of Black Pepper, as it contains 
 Piperin, a concrete Oil, upon which its acrimony depends, and a 
 Volatile Oil, to which it probably owes its odour. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, and a substitute for Black Pepper. It is 
 probably retained in the Pharmacopeia as being a constituent of se- 
 veral old-established preparations, as Pulv. Aromaticus, Pulv. Cretae 
 Comp., Tinct. Cinnamomi C. Confect. Opii. 
 
 PIPER NIGRTTM, Linn. L. E. D. (U. S.) Bacca?, L. Semina, D. Dried 
 unripe berries, E. of the Black Pepper, which, decorticated, form 
 Piper album, or White Pepper. 
 
 The ifsiregi of Hippocrates and Dioscorides is no doubt our Pepper, 
 the name being derived from the Persian Pilpil. (v. P. longum.) The 
 Hindoos were no doubt the first to investigate the properties of 
 Pepper. It grows in abundance on the Malabar coast, &c., whence 
 it is now imported, as well as from the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, 
 and other islands. 
 
 The Pepper-vine is a perennial, with trailing or climbing, round, flexuose stem, from 8 
 to 12 feet in length, dichotomously branched, articulated, swelling near the joints, and 
 often radiating, The leaves are distichous, broadly ovate, acuminate, occasionally some- 
 what oblique, 5 to 7-nerved, the nerves prominent beneath, connected by lesser transverse 
 ones, of a dark green colour and glossy above, pale glaucous green beneath. Petioles 
 rounded, nearly an inch in length. Spikes opposite the leaves, stalked, from 3 to 6 in- 
 ches long, slender, drooping ; apparently some male, others female, while sometimes the 
 flowers are furnished with both stamens and pistil. (Lindl.} Stamens 3. Fruits distinct,
 
 544 BLACK AND WHITE PEPPER. [Apetala. 
 
 round, sessile, about the size of a pea, at first green, then red, afterwards black, covered 
 by pulp. Native of India and the Indian Islands. Nees von E. 21. St. and Ch. 174. 
 
 Dr. Roxburgh's Piper trioicum yields the Pepper of the Rajah- 
 mundry Circars, and which he described before he had seen the true 
 P. nigrum. But after he had done so, he observes that the leaves of 
 P. trioicum have a glaucous appearance, which readily distinguishes it 
 frAn P. nigrum, which has shining dark leaves. Dr. Heyne, who 
 succeeded him in the superintendence of the Pepper cultivation, says 
 the want of success in culture at Rajahmundry was owing to defects 
 in cultivation, where they had starved these plants into celibacy, (v. 
 Royle, Product. Resources of India, pp. 53 and 67). 
 
 Black Pepper is formed by the above berries, gathered before they 
 are quite ripe, and dried in the sun. They then become black and 
 wrinkled from the drying up of the pulpy part, which covers a round 
 grayish-white-coloure'd seed. 
 
 White Pepper is the same berry allowed to ripen, when its pulpy 
 part is easily removed by soaking in water and subsequent rubbing. 
 The dried pulpy covering of the Black Pepper has in this country 
 been removed by mechanical means, to form a white Pepper. 
 
 Pepper in both these states has, when bruised, an aromatic smell, 
 and a hot, spicy, pungent taste, which is milder in the White Pepper. 
 These properties are taken up partially by water, completely so by 
 Ether, Alcohol, or Proof Spirit. Analyzed by CErsted and by Pelle- 
 tier, they were found to contain a peculiar neutral principle, which 
 has been called Piperin, an acrid Resin or Concrete Volatile Oil, 
 a little Balsamic Volatile Oil, Gum, Starch, Bassorine, Extractive, 
 Malic and Tartaric acids, Salts, and Lignin. 
 
 Piperin, when perfectly pure, is in colourless rhombic crystals, 
 neutral and not alkaline, insoluble in water, soluble in Alcohol and 
 Acetic acid, less so in Ether; fusible at 212, and volatile. Pelletier 
 says, that, when quite pure, it is tasteless, and ascribes any active 
 properties to a portion of the acrid resin. Dr. Christison, however, 
 states " the very whitest crystals I have been able to obtain were as 
 acrid as those which were brownest, and also that it exists in as large 
 quantity in white as in black pepper, and is more easily separated, 
 because combined with less resin." It is composed of C 40 H aa O 8 N. 
 (Liebig.) 
 
 The Acrid Resin is soft, becomes solid at 32 F., is soluble in 
 Alcohol and Ether, and unites readily with all fatty bodies. Its taste 
 is extremely pungent and acrid, and it is very abundant in Black 
 Pepper. Some conceive that the properties of Pepper depend chiefly 
 on this Resin. 
 
 Action. Uses. Hot stimulant ; pungent, grateful Condiment, and 
 as such universally employed : thought to be Febrifuge. Chiefly used 
 to correct the effects of other medicines in causing nausea, &c., in 
 doses of gr. v. 
 
 UNGTJENTUM PIPERIS NIGRI, D. Pepper Ointment. 
 
 Prep. Make into an ointment Black Pepper in powder ftiv. with prepared Axunge ftj. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant application to Tinea Capitis.
 
 Piperacete.] C U B E B JE. 545 
 
 CoNFECTIO PlPERIS NIGRI, L. D. ELECTQARIUM PlPERIS, E. 
 
 Prep. Rub to a very fine powder Black Pepper ftj. Inula ftj. L. D. Fennel Seeds 
 ftij. Powdered (Liquorice Root ftj. E.) Sugar ftij. Keep in a close vessel, and when 
 required, rub' up with Honey ftij. The E. and D. colleges direct this to be done at first 
 
 Action. Uses. Moderate Stimulant; has been introduced as a 
 substitute for Ward's Paste, which obtained celebrity as a cure for 
 Haemorrhoids. Sir B. Brodie conceives that it acts on them as a 
 gentle stimulus in consequence of some of it passing along the colon. 
 
 D. 3j. 3ij. twice or thrice a day. 
 
 CUBERE, L. E. D. (Cubeba, U. S.) Baccse, L. Fructus, D. Fruit, E. 
 of PIPER CUBEBA, Linn. Suppl. The Cubeb Pepper. Diandria 
 Trigynia, Linn. 
 
 Cubebs were probably first made known through the Hindoos to 
 the Arabs, being the kubabeh of the latter, and the kubob-chini of the 
 former. It is not probable that they were known to the Greeks, (v. 
 Hindoo Med. p. 85.) Dr. Pereira has adduced evidence that they 
 were employed in England 500 years ago. 
 
 Stem climbing; branches round, the thickness of a goose-quill, smooth, rooting at the 
 joints ; when young, petioles minutely downy. Leaves 4 to 6| inches long, 1 to 2 inches 
 broad, stalked, oblong, or ovate-oblong, acuminate, rounded, or obliquely cordate at base, 
 strongly veined, netted, coriaceous, very smooth. Spikes at the end of the branches, op- 
 posite the leaves, dioecious, on peduncles the length of the petioles. Fruit rather larger 
 than Black Pepper, globose, on pedicels about half an inch long. (Lindley.) A native of 
 Java and Prince of Wales' Island. Nees von E. 22. St. and Ch. 175. 
 
 Dr. Lindley has ascertained that this is the P. Cubeba of the Linnean Herbarium. 
 Bluine says that the fruits of this, although of good quality, are not sent to Europe, but 
 those that are furnished by P. caninum, Rumph. v. t. 28, p. 2 ; of this the fruit is smaller 
 and shorter-stalked, having a distinct Anise flavour, and less pungent than the fruit of 
 P. Cubeba. Dr. L., however, observes, " I cannot perceive any difference in the flavour 
 of ihe dried fruit of this species and of the Cubebs sold in the London shops." Fl. Med. 
 p. 314. 
 
 Cubeb berries, when dried, resemble Black Pepper, but are of a 
 brownish colour, with raised veins forming a network over their 
 surface, and are, moreover, distinguished by having a short stalk ; 
 hence Cubebs were called Piper caudatum by old writers. The sar- 
 cocarp is thin, the shell hard, seed spherical, white, oleaginous. The 
 odour of Cubebs when bruised is aromatic and rather agreeable ; the 
 taste warm, peppery, and camphoraceous. Analyzed by Vauquelin, 
 and subsequently by M. Monheim, Volatile Oil (v. Oleum Cubebai), 
 was recognised, also Cubebin, which is a neutral substance apparently 
 of the nature of Stearoptene ; a soft and acrid Balsamic Resin, Ex- 
 tractive. The Volatile Oil, upon which the active principles chiefly 
 depend, will evaporate with age, and therefore Cubebs should be 
 powdered only as required. The powder is of a dark colour, and 
 somewhat oily in appearance. It is said to be sometimes adulterated 
 with Allspice powder. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant ; used as a Stomachic in the East. 
 Having also the power of arresting excessive discharges from the 
 Urethra, it is much employed in Gonorrhoea, for which it is in many 
 cases an effectual cure. It is, perhaps, best prescribed immediately 
 the first inflammatory symptoms have subsided ; but requires caution, 
 
 35
 
 546 M A T I C O. [Apetala. 
 
 as it is apt to create irritation in the Urinary passages, and to cause 
 swelled Testicle. 
 D. Of the powder, Bj. 3ij. three or four times a day. 
 
 OLEUM CUBEB^, E. (U. S.) Oil of Cubebs. 
 
 Obtained from pounded Cubebs by distillation with water, in the proportion of about 
 10 per cent. 
 
 Oil of Cubebs is colourless, or nearly so, lighter than water, thick, 
 with the odour of Cubebs, and their pungent spicy taste. If rectified 
 with water, it leaves a soft and resinous mass. It cannot be distilled 
 by itself without undergoing decomposition, and some water being 
 given off. It is composed of C lfi H ia . By standing for some time, 
 it deposits a Stearoptene, which has been called Camphor of Cubebs 
 by Mr. Winkle. 
 
 Action. Uses. Appears to possess all the virtues of Cubebs in doses 
 of fl^x. f3ss. It may be given with Sugar in water. 
 
 TINCTTJIIA CUBEBS, L. TINCT. PIPERIS CUBEBJE, D. Tincture of 
 Cubebs. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 days bruised Cubebs gv. (3iv. D.) in Proof Spirit Oij. (fcij.) 
 Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant. Used as Cubebs in curing Gonorrhrea, 
 in doses of f3j. two or three times a day. 
 
 MATICO is a name applied in South America and Mexico appa- 
 rently to the l^ives of several very different plants. Martius, in the 
 Phar. Central Blatt., considered it to belong to the genus Phlomis. 
 Mr. Hartweg informs Dr. Lindley that " Matico is the vernacular 
 name applied by the inhabitants of Quito to Eupatorium glutinosum, 
 or the Chussalonga." He adds, " That it is the true Matico of the 
 inhabitants of Quito and Riobamba, I have not the smallest doubt. I 
 have also a small quantity of powdered leaves of some shrub pos- 
 sessing the same virtue as the Matico, collected in Bolivia, where it 
 is known under the name of Moxo-Moxo. From bits of square 
 stems which I find in the parcel, I suspect this to belong to some 
 Labiate." (Lindley, Veg. Kingd. p. 707.) But it is equally certain 
 that what has been of late years imported here, and of which speci- 
 mens were distributed by, and for some of which the author is in- 
 debted to, Dr. Jeffreys of Liverpool, are the leaves, with portions of 
 the stem and flowering spikes, of a species of Piper, supposed to be 
 Piper angustifolia, but which is now named Jlrtanthe elongata. (v. 
 P J. iii. 472 and 525, and Lindl. /. c. p. 517.) 
 
 The Matico was first brought into notice by Dr. Jeffreys as a 
 Styptic (Lancet, Jan. 7, 1839) in leech-bites and wounds of arteries, 
 and has been found efficacious in many obstinate cases of bleeding, as 
 from the nostrils, and even from the tongue. Its under surface, 
 which is reticulated with veins, and covered with hairs, should be 
 applied, as it is probably on this structure that its utility chiefly de- 
 pends. Its Infusion and Tincture have also been recommended in-
 
 
 PiperaeetB.] M A T I C O. 547 
 
 ternally in affections of the Urinary organs, on which, by its stimu- 
 lant action combined with a little astringency, it would appear to pro- 
 duce a salutary effect, as Cubebs are frequently known to do. Its pro- 
 perties, by the analysis of Mr. Morson, appear to depend chiefly on its 
 Resin and Volatile Oil, its aqueous extract having only a slightly bitter 
 and astringent taste. It has also been prescribed in discharges of blood 
 from the urethra and rectum, as well as in uterine haemorrhage, and 
 has been used as an injection in Leucorrhoea, and as an external ap- 
 plication to hasmorrhoidal affections, both as an ointment and as a 
 lotion, by Mr. Young and Dr. O. Ferral, &c. [Dr. Ruschenberger, 
 of the U. S. Navy, was the first physician who introduced this drug 
 to the notice of the profession in the United States. It came under 
 his observation when on a cruise in 1834, during which he visited 
 Peru. At that time he sent parcels of it home with an account of its 
 uses as a styptic, under the name of Matico, or Yerba del Soldado.] 
 The Infusion may be prepared with Matico 3iv. increased 3j. to 
 Aqua Oj., and given in doses of fjiss. ; and the Tincture (Matico 3iij. 
 to Proof Spirit Oj.) to be given in doses of f3ss. f3j. two or three 
 times a day. 
 
 URTICE^:, Juss. Nettleworts. 
 
 Diclinous herbs, shrubs, or trees, with watery or milky juice. Leaves opposite or alter- 
 nate, usually rough, as well as other parts of the plant, and covered with (often stinging) 
 hairs. Stipules entire or lobed, usually persistent. Flowers small, polygamous, spiked, 
 capitate or paniculate, sometimes placed on a fleshy receptacle. Perianth calyx-like, 4 
 to 5-parted, imbricate, in the female, often reduced to a single spathe-like scale or sepal. 
 Stamens 4 to 5, inserted into the bottom of the perianth. Ovary free, 1-celled or 2-celled, 
 1 or 2 styles, with a single ovule in each cell. Fruit indehiscent. Embryo straight or 
 spiral. Radicle superior. 
 
 The Urticese contain a great many plants very unlike each other, except in the struc- 
 ture of their inconspicuous flowers and small fruit. They are, however, divided into 
 several tribes, which are now as often considered distinct families. They are widely dif- 
 fused in tropical and temperate climates ; the shrubby and arboreous species in the for- 
 mer, the herbaceous ones in the latter. Many secrete an acrid principle. Of the true 
 Urticeae none are officinal. 
 
 Tribe Cannabinea. Annual or perennial, with watery juice. Flowers dioecious ; male 
 paniculate. Perianth calyx-like, 5-parted, imbricate in aestivation. Stamens 5, inserted 
 into the bottom of the perianth. Female flowers in a spike or catkin with bracts. Peri- 
 anth urceolate or spathe-like. Ovary free, 1-celled, 2-styled, with a single pendulous 
 ovule. Not bivalved, 1-seeded. Seed pendulous. Embryo without albumen, hooked or 
 spiral, with the radicle superior. The genera Humulus and Cannabis are officinal ; each 
 contains only a single species. 
 
 LUPULUS, L. E. HUMTJLUS, D. (U. S.) Strobili exsiccati, L. D. Cat- 
 kin, E. of HUMULUS LUPULUS, Linn. The Common Hop. Diascia 
 Pentandria, Linn. 
 
 The Hop plant was known to the Romans, being considered the 
 Lupus salictarius of Pliny. It is found wild in many parts of Europe, 
 and by Bieberstein among the bushes and hedges of the Caucasus. It 
 is found in China, said to be wild in North America, and to be a 
 native of this country. Humalinese, or Hop-grounds, are mentioned 
 in the ninth century in Germany. In the thirteenth century, Hops 
 were introduced into the breweries of the Netherlands. Its culture is 
 supposed to have been introduced into this country from Flanders in
 
 548 
 
 HUMULUS LUPULUS. 
 
 [Apetalas. 
 
 the reign of Henry VIII. Both Hops as well as Newcastle Coals 
 were petitioned against by the city of London, the former " in regard 
 they would spoyl the taste of drink and endanger the people ;" whence 
 Henry VIII. issued an injunction " not to put any hops or brimstone 
 into the ale." As in the history of many other prejudices, we ob- 
 serve a complete reversal of opinion, as Hops are now considered 
 indispensable in the brewing of all malt liquors. 
 
 Fig. 89. 
 
 The Hop (fig. 89) is a perennial rooted plant, with annual pliable stems, which on poles 
 or in hedges climb to a great extent, twining from right to left, slender, somewhat angular, 
 
 rough, with little asperities and 
 minute reflexed hairs. The 
 leaves are opposite, the upper 
 alternate, on long, often wind- 
 ing petioles, the smaller heart- 
 shaped, the larger 3 to 5-lobed, 
 serrated, veiny, and extremely 
 rough, with prickle-like pu- 
 bescence. Stipules 2, bifid, 
 between the petioles, reflexed. 
 Flowering branches axillary, 
 Flowers numerous, of a yel- 
 lowish-green colour. Males (a) 
 on a separate plant (a few on 
 the female), in axillary pani- 
 cles. Perianth 5-parted; seg- 
 ments oblong, spreading. Sta- 
 mens 5; filaments short; an- 
 thers with a projecting apex, 
 oblong, 2-celled, opening by Ion- 
 gitudinal lateral slits. Pollen 
 globose. Females (6), like the 
 males, on a separate plant, in 
 dense catkins or strobiles, with 
 membranous concave bracts 
 (d), each supporting a flower. 
 In place of perianth there is a 
 membranous scale or sepal, 
 which embraces the ovary and 
 grows with it (c). Ovary ovate, 
 subcompresscd, 1-celled, with 
 a single ovule. Stigmas 2, 
 elongated. Fruit a strobile or 
 catkin, formed by the enlarged 
 bracts and scales or sepals, 
 which are glandular and em- 
 brace the nuts. These are 
 
 ^^ small, subglobular, erect, I-/ 
 
 seeded. Pericarp hard, but 
 
 fragile, covered with yellow, cellular, superficial, aromatic glands (lupuline) (/). Seed 
 pendulous. Testa membranous. Embryo (e) without albumen, spiral, with long cotyle- 
 dons. Radicle roundish, turned towards the hilum. Nees von E. 101. St. and Ch. 41. 
 Fig. 89, where a bit of the male plant is shown on the right, and the female on the left 
 and above the male. 
 
 Hop plants grown from root-sets come to perfection in the third 
 year from planting. They spring out of the ground about the end of 
 April, and come into flower about the end of August. The catkins 
 are fit to gather from the beginning of September to the middle of 
 October, according to the sort cultivated, but chiefly owing to dif- 
 ferences in the seasons. They are then picked, dried by artificial 
 heat in kilns, and packed in large long bags, the finer in pockets.
 
 Cannabinea.} THEHOPPLANT. 549 
 
 Hops consist of the leaf-like bract and of the scale-like sepal which 
 invests the seed-nut. This, or rather the scale and the base of the 
 bract, are covered with numerous superficial glands, which have 
 been called Lupulinic glands, and simply Lupulin, though this name 
 is objectionable, as also indicating the peculiar or Bitter principle. 
 Dr. Ives of New York, by thrashing, rubbing, and sifting, procured 
 from 6 Ib. of Hops about 6 oz. of these grains ; but there is always 
 intermixed some fragments of the bracts and scales. The glands are 
 yellow, shining, roundish, or kidney-shaped, cellular, somewhat trans- 
 parent and sessile ; the point of attachment is called the hilum (v. a 
 magnified view in fig. / from Raspail). Hops are remarkable for 
 their bitter taste combined with a very agreeable odour, especially 
 when being picked or collected in kilns or in breweries. The bitter- 
 ness resides partly in the bracts, but also in the glands, to which the 
 aromatic qualities are especially due. The medicinal properties also 
 depending on them, the E. C. directs that these glands or grains are 
 to be used in making the Tincture of Hops. Analyzed by MM. 
 Payen, Chevalier, and Pelletier, these Hop glands were found to con- 
 sist of Volatile Oil 2 parts, Bitter Extract (which has been called 
 Lupuline and Lupulite) 10 parts, Resin 50 to 55, with Gum, Extrac- 
 tive, Ozmazome, Fatty matter, Malic acid, Malate of Lime, and 
 other salts. The bracts, analyzed by the same chemists, yielded 
 only a trace of the Volatile Oil, Bitter Extract, and Resin, but some 
 Tannin and Colouring matter, Chlorophylle, Gum, Lignin, with some 
 free acid and different salts. A portion of the active properties both 
 of Hops and of the Hop glands are taken up by water, but completely 
 so by Spirit. 
 
 Two varieties of the Hop plant are particularly distinguished: one 
 cultivated near Canterbury and in East Kent, of which both the 
 plants and catkins are smaller ; the latter ovoid, about an inch and a 
 half in length, of a pale but lively yellowish-green colour, and of a 
 fine aromatic fragrance. The West Kent or Sussex Hop grows to a 
 much larger size, is considered hardier, and its catkins are about two 
 and a half, sometimes four inches in length, but do not bring so high 
 a price in the market as the East Kent Hops. As root-sets from the 
 female plants are alone planted by cultivators, the author was led to 
 inquire how the seed was perfected 1 and if not, whether the Hop 
 glands were produced in as great abundance and perfection as they 
 might be if some male were set along with the female plants. He is 
 informed by Mr. Alderman Masters of Canterbury that some male 
 blossoms are always produced on the female plants, and suffice for 
 the purpose of fertilizing them. The author has been unable to learn 
 whether the female ever changes into a male plant, or vice versa, as 
 has been observed with the Nutmeg plant. He may mention, that, 
 owing to the kindness of the above gentleman, as well as of Joseph 
 Royle, Esq., of Stuppington, where the finest Hops are grown, he has 
 been enabled to introduce the Hop plant into the Himalayas, where it 
 is now flourishing alongside of the China Tea plant. The root-sets, 
 with the ends dipped in wax, wrapped in cotton, and enveloped in 
 caoutchouc-cloth, were sent by the overland mail to the East India
 
 550 HOPS AND HOP GLANDS. [Apetala. 
 
 Company's Botanic Garden at Saharunpore. They arrived there in 
 a living state, as reported by Dr. Jameson, and have produced fine 
 plants, as well as the seeds sent with them. The successful cultiva- 
 tion of Hops would make malt liquors more within the reach of Euro- 
 pean soldiers, and assist in detaching them from the pernicious spiri- 
 tuous compounds of the bazaars, which now destroy the health and 
 shorten the lives of thousands. Well hopped ale, moreover, is well 
 known to be one of the best Stomachics and Tonics for convalescents 
 from many Indian diseases. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stomachic and Tonic, slightly Narcotic. The pro- 
 perty of Hops of giving the bitter to Beer, and, by preventing acetous 
 fermentation, of enabling it to be kept much longer, is well known. 
 To it no doubt is owing a portion of the stomachic properties of malt 
 liquors, as we see exemplified in the bitter, often called Indian, ales. 
 Hops are Hypnotic, especially when stuffed into a pillow, but they 
 should be first moistened with Spirits, to prevent the rustling noise. 
 Fomentations also have been used. Hops are thought to be Diuretic 
 (as is also the root), and to be useful in correcting Lithic acid depo- 
 sits. The Lupulinic or Hop glands may be given in doses of from 
 gr. vj. gr. xij. made up into pills. 
 
 INFDSUM LUPULI, L. [HuMuu, U. S.] Infusion of Hops. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 4 hours in a lightly covered vessel Hops 3vj. [3ss. U. S.] in boiling 
 Aq. dest. Oj. Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic, slightly Narcotic in doses of f3jss. 
 TINCTURA LUPULI, L. E. TINCT. HUMULI, D. (U. S.) Tincture of Hops. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Hops (dried, D.) 3vj.(gv. D. [U. S.]) in Proof Spirit Oij. (ftij. D.) for 
 14 days (7 days continually stirring, D.) Strain. 
 
 Tincture of Hop Glands. From freshly dried Hops q. s. separate by friction and sift- 
 ing the yellowish-brown powder attached to their scales, and of this take gv., Rectified 
 Spirit Oij. Prepare by percolation, as Tinct. Capsicum, E. 
 
 Action. Uses. The E. Tincture of the glands, though called by the 
 same name, is superior in efficacy to the others. The E. Kent Hops 
 contain a larger proportion of glands than the Sussex Hops. Recti- 
 fied Spirit is also the best solvent of the Hop glands. Doses of 
 f3ss. f3ij. 
 
 EXTRACTUM LUPULI, L. E. EXT. HUMULI, D. Extract of Hops. 
 
 Prep. Prepare from Hops as Extr. Gentian, L., as Extr. Logwood, E., as Extracts ge- 
 nerally, D. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tonic ; being bitter, without aroma. : in doses of gr. 
 
 v. 
 
 CANNABIS SATIVA and its variety C. indica. The Leaves and Resin 
 of Hemp. 
 
 The Hemp appears to be a plant of the Persian region, where it is 
 subjected to great cold in winter, and to considerable heat in summer. 
 It has thus been able to travel on one hand into Europe, and on the 
 other into India ; so that the varieties produced by climate have by
 
 Cannabinea.] INDIAN HEM P. 55 J 
 
 some been thought to be distinct species, the European being called 
 C. saliva, and the Indian C. indica. The name xawa/3i, by which it 
 was known to the Greeks, seems to be derived from the Arabic 
 kinnub, the canape, of the middle ages, Dutch kinnup and hinnup, 
 German hanf, whence the English hemp. Herodotus mentions it as 
 Scythian. Bieberstein met with it in Tauria and the Caucasian 
 region. It is well known in Bokhara, Persia, and abundant in the 
 Himalayas. It seems to have been employed as an intoxicating sub- 
 stance in Asia and Egypt from very early times, and even in medi- 
 cine in Europe in former times, as we find it noticed in Dale (Phar- 
 macologia, i. 133) and Murray (Jlpparat. Medic aminum, iv. p. 608 
 620), where it is arranged, as in this work, next to the Humulus. It 
 has of late years been brought into European notice by Dr. O'Shaugh- 
 nessy. 
 
 The Hemp is dioecious (occasionally mono3cious) annual, from 3 to 10 feet high, ac- 
 cording to soil and climate. Root white, fusiform, furnished with fibres. The stem erect; 
 when crowded, simple ; but when growing apart, branched even from the bottom, angu- 
 lar, and, like the whole plant, covered with fine but rough pubescence. The leaves are 
 opposite or alternate, on long petioles, scabrous, digitate, composed of from 5 to 7 narrow, 
 lanceolate, sharply serrated leaflets, of which the lower are the smallest, all tapering at 
 the apex into a long entire point. Stipules subulate. Males on a separate plan. Flowers 
 in drooping, axillary, or racemose panicles, with subulate bracts. Perianth 5-parted ; 
 segments not quite equal, downy. Stamens 5 ; filaments short; anthers large, pendulous, 
 2-celled ; cells united by their backs, opening by a longitudinal slit. Females in a crowded 
 ppike-like raceme, with leafy bracts. The perianth consists of a single, small spathe- 
 like sepal, which is persistent, acuminate, ventricose at the base, embraces the ovary, and 
 is covered with short brownish glands. Ovary subglobular, 1-celled, with one pendulous 
 ovule. Style short. Stigmas 2, elongated, glandular. Nut ovate, grayish-coloured, smooth, 
 covered by the calycine sepal, bivalved but not dehiscing, and inclosing a single oily seed. 
 Seed pendulous. Testa thin, membranous, marked at the apex with a coloured hilum. 
 Embryo without albumen, doubled upon itself. Radicle elongated, turned towards the 
 hilum, and the apex of the nut separated from the incumbent plano-convex cotyledons 
 (by a small quantity of albumen. Lindley). 
 
 The Indian plant has by some been thought to be a species distinct 
 from the European one; but, like Dr. Roxburgh and others, the author 
 was unable when in India to observe any difference between the 
 plant of the plains and that of the hills of India, nor between these 
 and the European plant The Indian secretes a much larger propor- 
 tion of resin than is observable in the European plant, but a difference 
 is observed in this point in India between plants grown in the plains, 
 and those of the mountains, and also when grown thickly together. 
 The natives plant them wide apart, to enable them to secrete their 
 full powers. In Europe, the thick sowing, and moister, often dull, 
 climate will prevent the due secretion of the peculiar principles of a 
 plant of the Persian region. But the plants grown in the past season, 
 from the great heat and light, ought to be more resinous than usual. 
 It is not without interest to observe that both the Hop and Hemp, be- 
 longing to the group Cannabinea, owe their properties to glandular 
 resinous secretions. The author, in calling attention to the uses of 
 this plant, in his Jllust. of Himalayan Botany, stated that "the leaves 
 are sometimes smoked in India, and occasionally added to Tobacco, 
 but are chiefly employed for making bhang and subzee, of which the 
 intoxicating powers are so well known. But a peculiar substance is 
 yielded by the plants on the hills, in the form of a glandular secretion,
 
 552 INDIAN HEMP. [Apetala. 
 
 which is collected by the natives pressing the upper part of the young 
 plant between the palms of their hands, and then scraping off the 
 secretion which adheres. This is well known in India by the name 
 of cherrus, and is considered more intoxicating than any other pre- 
 paration of the plant; which is so highly esteemed by many Asiatics, 
 and serves them both for wine and opium : it has in consequence a 
 variety of names applied to it in Arabic, some of which were trans- 
 lated to me as "grass of faqueers," "leaf of delusion," "increaser of 
 pleasure," "exciter of desire," "cementer of friendship," &c. Lin- 
 naeus was well acquainted with its " vis narcotica, phantaslica, de- 
 men tens" (anodyna et repellens). It is as likely as any other to have 
 been the Nepenthes of Homer. (/. c. p. 334.)* 
 
 Dr. O'Shaughnessy has described in detail the different prepara- 
 tions, as 
 
 1. Churrus, the concreted resinous exudation from the leaves, slen- 
 der stems, and flowers. This is collected in various ways; that 
 of the Himalayas is much esteemed, that of Herat and of Yar- 
 kund still more so. For a specimen of the last the author is in- 
 debted to Dr. Falconer. 
 
 2. Ganjah. Dr. O'S. describes it to be the dried hemp plant which 
 has flowered, and from which the resin has not been removed. 
 The bundles are about two feet long, and contain twenty-four 
 plants. In N. W. India the name Ganjah is applied to the whole 
 growing plant. 
 
 3. Bang, Subjee, or Sidhee, is formed of the larger leaves and cap- 
 sules without the stalks. 
 
 The leaves of common Hemp have been analyzed, but the analysis 
 requires to be repeated and carefully compared wilh that of the In- 
 dian plant. The properties seem to depend on a Volatile Oil, which 
 is as yet but little known, and upon the Resin. This is very soluble 
 in Alcohol and Ether, as well as in the fixed and Volatile Oils, par- 
 tially soluble in alkaline, insoluble in acid solutions ; when pure, of a 
 blackish-gray colour. (The Yarkund specimen is of a dark blackish- 
 green, another kind is of a dirty olive.) Its odour is fragrant and 
 narcotic; taste slightly warm, bitterish, and acrid. The Ganjah, 
 which is sold for smoking chiefly, yields to Alcohol 20 per cent, of 
 resinous extract, composed of churrus and Chlorophylle. Dr. Farre 
 found that already a substitute (Apocynum cannabinum, called Indian 
 Hemp in America) is sold for this, though having no resemblance to 
 it, and possessing only emetic and cathartic properties. 
 
 Action. Uses. All these preparations are capable of producing in- 
 toxication, whether the churrus be taken in the form of a pill, or with 
 conserve, or the dried leaf be rubbed up in milk and water with a 
 little sugar and spice, or smoked. As a medicine, it was tried by Dr. 
 O'S. in Rheumatism, Hydrophobia, Cholera, and Tetanus. In the 
 
 * Dr. O'S. states that " no information as to the medicinal effects of Hemp exists in 
 the standard writers on Materia Medica to which we have access." It is only in the 
 later writers that it is omitted. Linnasus was acquainted with them, as the author quoted 
 in the above briefly, as being a botanical work. 

 
 Artocarpece.] MORA. 553 
 
 last such marked benefit and cures were produced, that the Hemp 
 was pronounced an Anticonvulsive remedy of the greatest value. Its 
 general effects are, alleviation of pain (generally), remarkable in- 
 crease of appetite, unequivocal Aphrodisia, and great mental cheer- 
 fulness. Its more violent effects were, delirium of a peculiar kind, 
 and a cataleptic state. Dr. Pereira was among the first to submit it 
 to experiment, but failed in obtaining any results, probably from 
 changes having taken place in the drug. Dr. Laurie pronounced it 
 uncertain, and not to be trusted to as a narcotic. Mr. Ley, however, 
 found it useful in relaxing spasm, producing sleep, and during its ac- 
 tion abatement of pain. Mr. Donovan found its power great in tem- 
 porarily destroying sensation, and subduing the most intense neuralgic 
 pain. Professor Miller of Edinburgh considers its virtue to consist 
 in a power of controlling inordinate muscular spasm. Dr. Clendin- 
 ning says that in his hands its exhibition has been followed by mani- 
 fest effects as a soporific or hypnotic in conciliating sleep, as an ano- 
 dyne in lulling irritation, as an antispasmodic in checking cough and 
 cramp, and as a nervous stimulant in removing languor and anxiety. 
 The Hemp may be used in the following preparations and doses ; but 
 Dr. O'S., when in England, found that he was obliged to give as 
 rnuch as 10 or 12 grs. and even more; though in India he considered 
 gr. 5 a sufficient, and 1 \ gr. of the Extract a large dose. 
 
 EXTRACTUM CANNABIS. Resinous Extract of Indian Hemp. 
 
 Prep, Boil the rich adhesive tops of the dried Ganjah in Rectified Spirit until all the 
 Resin is dissolved out. Distil off the Spirit with a gentle heat. 
 
 D. This extract is effectual in gr. ss. and gr. j. doses; but 10 and 
 20 grs. have been given in Hydrophobia and Tetanus. 
 
 TINCTURA CANNABIS. Resinous Tincture of Indian Hemp. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Extract Cannabis gr. iij. in Proof Spirit f!3j. A weaker Tincture 
 may also be made with the dried herb or Ganjah. 
 
 D. fllx. f3j. with the dried herb or Ganjah. A drachm or so 
 may be given in Tetanus every half-hour, until the paroxysms cease, 
 or Catalepsy is induced. 
 
 Mr. Donovan states the only preparation to be relied on is the 
 Tincture of the Resin prepared from properly collected Hemp. He 
 advises of the Resinous Tincture Tfxv. to be added to Rectified Spirit 
 Ttxlv. and taken as a draught ; or, if added to water, it should in- 
 stantly be swallowed, or the Resin would precipitate and adhere to 
 he vessel. 
 
 Tribe Artocarpea. Shrubs or trees, with white or yellowish milky juice. Leaves 
 alternate, large, convolute. Flowers unisexual, in a consolidated, fleshy receptacle or 
 head, seldom spiked." Ovary 1 or 2-celled, with 1 to 2 styles. Ovule 1, erect, straight. 
 Fruit berried, 1 -seeded, often growing together, or in a fleshy receptacle. Embryo with- 
 out albumen. Radicle superior. Tropical family, with a few species in higher latitudes. 
 Among them are many secreting acrid principles, some very poisonous, as the Antiaris 
 toxicaria, or Upas-tree of Java ; but there are some also which yield edible fruits. 
 
 MORA, L. Fructus, L. Baccae, D. Mulberries. Fruit of MORUS 

 
 554 F I C I. 
 
 NIGRA, Linn. The Common Mulberry. Monada Tetrandria, 
 Linn. 
 
 The Mulberry is the Mops'a 57 2uxa/Aiv&>c of Dioscorides and of other 
 Greeks, and is mentioned in Luke xvii. 6, as tfuxa(/,wos. It has no 
 doubt been known from the earliest times. 
 
 Tree of 25 to 30 feet in height. It is often described as watery in juice ; but Mr. 
 Sievier at the author's request examined and found it to contain Caoutchouc. (Antiq. 
 of Hind. Med. p. 10.) Leaves alternate, roundish, often lobed, cordate, rather acuminate, 
 coarsely serrated, pubescent. Stipules oblong, deciduous. Flowers monoecious, thickly 
 set, or distinct. Unisexual catkins. Perianth 4-lobed ; in each the lobes concave. Male 
 flowers in a spike. Stamens 4, alternate with the segments of the perianth. Female 
 flowers clustered in ovoid catkins. Sepals 4, scale-like, overlapping each other, becoming 
 fleshy. Stigmas 2, linear, glandular. Fruit formed by the accretion of the sepals of the 
 perianth become fleshy, each inclosing a lenticular nucule. Seed pendulous. Embryo 
 curved, in fleshy albumen. Native of Persia, early introduced into the south of Europe. 
 Nees von E. 100. St. and Ch. 39. 
 
 Mulberries, formed by the lateral aggregation of the several female 
 flowers, constitute an ovoid spurious berry ; they are at first reddish, 
 but become of a deep purple colour when ripe, and contain an agree- 
 able subacid juice. They are refrigerant and slightly laxative. 
 
 SYRUPUS MORI, L. (Mororum.) Mulberry Syrup. 
 
 Prep. With the aid of gentle heat dissolve Sugar ftijss. in filtered juice of Mulberries 
 Oj. and proceed as for Syrup of Lemons. 
 
 Action. Uses. Refrigerant. Used also for colouring draughts. 
 
 FICI, L. E. D. [Ficus, U. S.] Fructus siccatus, L. D. The dried 
 fruit E. of Ficus Carica, Linn. The common Fig. Diascia Tri- 
 andria, Linn. 
 
 The Fig (tfuxov) has been employed in diet and in medicine from 
 very early times. 
 
 A small tree. Leaves cordate, often palmately lobed, scabrous above, pubescent be- 
 neath. Flowers monoecious, numerous, stalked, and inclosed within a pear-shaped fleshy 
 receptacle, which converges so as to leave only a small orifice at the apex, forming what 
 is commonly called the fruit or Fig, with a few bracteal scales at its base. Male. Pe- 
 rianth 3-lobed. Stamens 3. Female. Perianth 5-parted. Ovary semi-adnate. Style 
 single. Stigmas 2. Utricle single, covered with the persistent, somewhat fleshy, perianth, 
 and sunk into the fleshy receptacle. Achaenium lenticular, hard. Embryo curved, within 
 fleshy albumen. Native of Asia, long introduced into Europe. Nees von E. 97. St. 
 and Ch. 154. 
 
 Formerly, as in the present day, the process of caprification was practised, to assist the 
 ripening of the fruit. This consists in puncturing the fruit with a sharp instrument 
 covered with oil. 
 
 The trunk and branches of the common as of other Fig trees 
 abound in milky, usually acrid juice. This is found also in unripe 
 Figs ; but as they ripen, mucilaginous and saccharine matter is pro- 
 duced, the fig becomes soft, juicy, and of a delicate flavour in all 
 favourable climates. When nearly ripe, they are dried in large 
 quantities in the south of Europe, and are exported to this country. 
 They form also an article of commerce in Asia, imported into India 
 from AflTghanistan and Persia. 
 
 Action. Uses. Figs are dietetical, slightly laxative with those un- 
 accustomed to their use. Chiefly employed as a Demulcent; or
 
 Ulmacea.} CONTRAJERVA. 555 
 
 heated and split open, applied as Cataplasms ; or used as additions to 
 such preparations as Decoct. Hordei Comp. and Confectio Senna?. 
 
 DORSTENIA, Linn. 
 
 Dwarf herbaceous plants, with scaly rhizomata, monoecious; flowers arranged upon a 
 fleshy receptacle, usually flat, and expanded (basket-shaped), but extremely variable in 
 form. Male, on the surface of the receptacle, 2-lobed, fleshy, diandrous. Female, im- 
 mersed in the receptacle, also 2-lobed in most species. Ovary 1 2-celled, with a single 
 suspended ovule in each cell. Style 1. Stigma 2-lobed. Achsenia lenticular, imbedded 
 in the fleshy receptacle, from which they are projected with elasticity when ripe. (Lind- 
 ley.) 
 
 CONTRAJERVA, L. Radix. Root of DORSTENIA CONTRAJERVA, Linn. L. 
 and probably of other species. Contrajerva. Moncecia Tetrandria, 
 Linn. 
 
 This root is supposed to have been first made known by Monardes; 
 others say that it was first sent by Sir F. Drake to Lecluse, who 
 named it Drakena radix. The name signifies counter-poison. 
 
 Though the L. P. mentions only one species of Dorstenia as yielding Contrajerva root, 
 there is reason to believe, from the statement of Martius and of others, that several spe- 
 cies, as D. braziliensis, Houstoni, Drakena, all yield it. Dr. Pereira states that none of 
 the roots of D. Contrajerva are met with in commerce. 
 
 D. CONTRAJERVA, Linn. L. Caulescent; stem (rhizoma?) covered with spreading, 
 green scaly stipules. Leaves palmate, the lobes lanceolate-acuminate, coarsely serrated 
 and gashed, occasionally almost pinnatifid. Receptacle on a very long stalk, quadrangu- 
 lar, wavy, or plaited. Native of Mexico and the West Indies. 
 
 D. braziliensis, Linn. Rootstock oblong, woody, praemorse, powerfully aromatic. 
 Stemless. Leaves cordate, oblong, obtuse, crenulated, serrated, or toothletted, cucullate 
 at the base. Scape as long as the petioles. Receptacle orbicular, somewhat cup-shaped, 
 crenated at the margin. Native of mountains of San Paulo and Minas in Brazil, Ja- 
 maica, Trinidad. Bot. Mag. t. 2804. 
 
 The Contrajerva root of commerce is imported from Brazil, and 
 probably yielded by D. braziliensis, especially as it resembles it in 
 character. The part which is officinal is the rootstock, which is 
 prsemorse, an inch or two in length, scaly or wrinkled, of a grayish 
 colour externally, paler within, with numerous slender radicles from 
 its sides, as well as one or two long tapering ones from its base. The 
 odour is somewhat aromatic ; the taste slightly bitterish, warm, and 
 aromatic. The radicles have less of these sensible properties, which 
 are readily extracted by Spirit, and partially by boiling water. They 
 depend chiefly on a Volatile Oil, Resin, Bitter Extractive, and Starch. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Tonic, and Diaphoretic; but little used in 
 the present day, though formerly employed (in the form of Pulv. Con- 
 trajerva Comp.) in low states of Fever and malignant states of the 
 Exanthemata. 
 
 D. Of the powder 9j. 9ij. ; or it may be given in infusion. 
 
 Tr. Ulmece. Ovary 2-celled. Seed pendulous. Embryo straight. 
 
 ULMUS, L. Cortex, L. Cortex interior, D. Bark of ULMUS CAMPESTRIS, 
 Linn. The Elm. 
 
 The Elm is supposed to be the ifrspsa of Dioscorides. 
 
 A tree of 60 80 feet, with rugged bark. Leaves rhomboid-ovate, acuminate, wedge- 
 shaped, and oblique at the base, always scabrous above, downy beneath, doubly and irre-
 
 556 U L M U S. [Apetala. 
 
 gularly serrated, sometimes incurved. Branches wiry, slightly corky, when young, light 
 brown, and pubescent. Flowers perfect. Perianth bell-shaped, 5-cleft, persistent. Sta- 
 mens 5. Styles 2. Capsule compressed, oblong, with a broad membranous wing all 
 round, deeply cloven, naked. (Lindl.) European forests, &c. Nees von E. t. 104. 
 
 The inner bark, which is officinal, should be stripped from the tree 
 in spring, and its epidermis and outer layer of bark afterwards re- 
 moved. The pieces are broad, thin, tough ; taste mucilaginous and 
 slightly bitter, from containing Gummy matter and a little Tannin. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent, Tonic ; thought also to be Alterative in 
 Cutaneous affections. Used in decoction in doses of f3iij. 
 
 DECOCTUM ULMI, L. D. Decoction of Elm Bark. 
 
 Prep. Take recently bruised Elm Bark 3ijss. (3ij. D.) Aq. dest. Oij. by measure ftij. 
 Boil down to Oj. (ftj. D.) Strain. 
 
 AMENTACE.E, Juss, 
 
 Flowers monoecious or dioecious, rarely perfect. Barren flowers capitate, or in catkins 
 (amentum), sometimes with a membranous perianth. Female flowers clustered, solitary, 
 or in catkins. Ovaiy usually simple. Stigmas 1 or more. Fruit as many as the ova- 
 ries, bony, or membranaceous. Albumen usually wanting. Embryo straight or curved, 
 plain. Radicle mostly superior. Young leaves with stipules. (Babington.) The Amen- 
 taceas are found chiefly in temperate climates, with the exception of Salix, which is more 
 widely diffused. They yield valuable timber, and some, hardly less valuable bark, which, 
 on account of its astringency, is used as a medicine, for tanning, and as a dye. The 
 acorns of some of them are employed as articles of diet. 
 
 Tribe SALICINE^E. Flowers all in catkins. Fruit naked, 2-valved, 1-celled, many-seeded. 
 Seeds erect, comose. 
 
 SALIX, Linn. Willow. Diaecia Diandria, Linn. 
 
 Catkins consisting of imbricated scales. Stamens 1 5. Fruit a single-celled follicle, 
 with 1 2 glands at its base. No perianth. 
 
 The bark of different species of Willow (Wa) has been long em- 
 ployed medicinally, and its use has been revived in modern times. 
 The species are numerous, and no less than three of them are offi- 
 cinal They are all difficult to distinguish from each other. But the 
 best practical rule is, " Select those whose barks possess great bitter- 
 ness combined with astringency." (Pereira.) 
 
 I. Catkins on a leafy stalk, lateral, coetaneous. Scales of the catkins deciduous* Sect. 
 
 Fragiles. Trees with glabrous leaves. Stamens 2. 
 SALICIS FRAGILIS Cortex, D. Bark of SALIX FRAGILIS, Linn. The Crack Willow. 
 
 A large tree, with round, very smooth branches, brown, brittle in the spring. Leaves 
 lanceolate, pointed, serrate; floral leaves somewhat obovate, recurved, often blunted. 
 Ovary tapering, stalked, glabrous. Style short. Stigma bifid. Marshy ground. E. B. 
 1807. 
 
 Salix Russeliana, Smith, found in marshy wood, is very similar to S. alba, and is said 
 by Sir J. C. Smith to be much the most valuable species, from its bitterness and astrin- 
 gency. St. and Ch. 139. 
 
 Sect. Alba. Trees with their leaves, when young, hairy with adpressed silky hairs. 
 Catkins lax. 
 
 SALICIS ALB.E Cortex, D. Bark of SALIX ALBA, Linn. White Willow. 
 
 Tree of 50 to 80 feet in height, with silky branches. Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, glan- 
 dular, serrate, acute, silky on both sides when young. Ovary nearly sessile, ovate-acu-
 
 Amentacecs.] Q U E R C U S. 557 
 
 minate, glabrous. Style short. Stigmas thick, recurved, bifid. Moist situations. E. B. 
 2430. Nees von Esenb. Suppl. 17. 
 
 II. Catkins lateral, sessile, without or nearly without leaves. 
 
 Sect. Capreee. Trees or shrubs. Stamens 2. Anthers yellow. Catkins bracteated. 
 Stalks of the capsule at least twice as long as the gland. 
 
 SALICIS CAPREEE Cortex, D. Salicis Cortex, E. Bark of SALIX CAPREA, Linn. Great 
 Sallow, or Round-leaved Willow. 
 
 A small tree, 15 to 20 feet high. Leaves large, ovate, or elliptical, flat, acute, crenate, 
 serrate, wavy at the margins, deep green, with a downy midrib, whitish above, and cot- 
 tony beneath. Stipules subreniform. Ovary lanceolate, subulate. Style very short 
 Buds glabrous. Catkins very thick, blunt. Woods and hedges in dry places. E. B. 1488. 
 
 Willpw bark will of course vary somewhat according to the spe- 
 cies from which it is obtained ; but it is thin, flexible, rolling up into 
 a quill, or like shavings, with a brown epidermis, white in the inside ; 
 reduced with difficulty to powder, having a slight odour, but a power- 
 fully bitter and astringent taste. Analyzed by Pelletier and Caventou, 
 Willow bark was found to contain Green Fatty matter, a Bitter Yel- 
 low Colouring matter, Tannin (which is not precipitated by Tartar 
 Emetic), Resinous Extract, Gum, a Magnesian salt, and an organic 
 acid. Buchner discovered the peculiar neutral principle Salicine, 
 which is no doubt separated with the bitter and yellow substance. 
 From the presence of Tannin, the bark is sometimes used in tanning, 
 and a greenish colour is produced by sesqui-salts of Iron. Water 
 and Alcohol take up its active properties. 
 
 Salicine is very bitter, crystallizes in white silky needles or laminae, 
 an'd has no alkaline reaction. It differs also from the vegetable alka- 
 lies in not containing Nitrogen, and not forming salts with acids. It 
 is soluble in 5-6 parts of cold, and in much less of boiling water ; so- 
 luble in Alcohol, but insoluble in Ether. Sulphuric acid decomposes 
 it, producing a bright red colour. It is composed of C 21 H ia O u . C. 
 Gerhardt has since stated its composition to be C 43 H 28 O 22 . It is 
 found in several species of Salix and of Populus ; of the former, in 
 Helix, alba, &c. It may be obtained by acting on a saturated de- 
 coction with Acetate or Oxide of Lead, getting rid of the Lead by 
 means of Sul' or a current of Sulphuretted Hydrogen gas, then eva- 
 porating the solution until the Salicine crystallizes, and purifying it 
 with animal charcoal and recrystallization. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent Tonic. Useful as a Stomachic, and 
 even for arresting Agues. It may be given in Infusion (dried bark 
 3j. Aqua Oj.), or in Decoction, in doses of f3jss. every two or three 
 hours. 
 
 Salicine may be used as a febrifuge in doses of 2 8 or even 20 
 grs., like the Sulphate of Quinine. 
 
 Tribe CUPULIFEIUE'. Male flowers in a catkin. Female solitary, or 
 aggregated, or spiked. Perianth adnate to the ovary, with a den- 
 ticulated limb, sometimes evanescent, surrounded by a coriaceous 
 involucre. 
 
 QUERCUS, Linn. Oak. Mon&cia Polyandria, Linn. 
 Monoecious. Male catkins long, pendulous, lax (Fig. 90, a). Stamens 5 to 10 (6). Pe-
 
 558 
 
 Q U E R C U S. 
 
 [Apetalas. 
 
 rianth (6) 5 to 7-cleft. Female flower solitary, with a cup-shaped scaly involucre (c, 
 magnified). Stigmas 3 (c). Ovary 3-celled, 2 of which are abortive. Nut or acorn 
 1-celled, 1-seeded, surrounded at the base by the enlarged cup-shaped involucre, (d, 
 the young fruit ; e, the same magnified, and cut vertically, that the perianth, ovary, 
 and ovules may be seen. /, a cotyledon with the radicle.) 
 
 Fig. 90. 
 
 QUERCUS CORTEX, E. D. Quercus, L. Bark of QTJERCUS PEDUNCULATA, 
 Willd. L. E. Q. Robur, Linn. D. The Common Oak. 
 
 Species of the Oak (5gu of the Greeks, and aUon of the Bible) have 
 been esteemed for their strength and astringency from the earliest 
 times. 
 
 The common English Oak, which by some botanists is named Q. 
 Robur, Linn., and by others Q. pedunculata, Willd. (Fig. 90), has its 
 acorns borne on long peduncles, and is thus distinguished from Q. 
 sessiliflora, Salisb. (Q. Robur, Willd.), which has its acorns clustered 
 upon a very short stalk, or sessile, with leaves on elongated stalks. 
 E. B. t. 1845. Nees von E. t. 92. Dr. Lindley states that the tim- 
 ber of this kind is very superior to that of the former ; but opinions 
 differ respecting the timber of these species : for medical purposes 
 one is probably as good as the other. Dr. Greville states that the 
 characters of the different kinds pass insensibly and completely into 
 each other. 
 
 QUERCUS ROBUR, Linn. (Q. pedunculata, Willd.) Young branches glabrous. Leaves 
 on short footstalks, cuneately oblong, pinnatifid, slightly pubescent beneath. Lobes ob- 
 long, rounded, with deep, narrow, somewhat acute sinuses ; bases biarticulate, equal. 
 Female catkins on long footstalks. Acorns oblong. Woods. E. B. t. 1842. Nees von 
 E. t. 93. 
 
 The Oak is stripped of its bark in spring and in the beginning of 
 summer. It is usually in long strips, of a coarse fibrous texture, and
 
 Amentacece.] G A L L JE. 559 
 
 not easily reduced to powder. When deprived of its epidermis, it is 
 of a light brown colour externally. The odour is faint, but the taste 
 bitter and roughly astringent. Its properties are readily extracted by 
 water and by Proof Spirit. Its constituents are Tannin (about 15 
 per cent.), Gallic acid, Uncrystallizable Sugar, Pectin, Tannates of 
 Lime, of Magnesia, and of Potash, &c. The inner part of the bark 
 contains the largest portion of Tannin, and in the spring of the year. 
 From the presence of this principle, a precipitate necessarily takes 
 place with Gelatine, and a blackish-coloured one on the addition of a 
 sesquisalt of Iron. 
 
 Action. Uses. Powerful Astringent, in Gargles, Lotions ; and Baths 
 for children ; sometimes doses of 3ss. 3ij. of the powder given as a 
 Febrifuge. Applied externally, made into a poultice, in flabby ulcers 
 and external gangrene. 
 
 DECOCTUM QUERCDS, L. E. D. Decoction of Oak Bark. 
 
 Prep. Take bruised Oak Bark x. (gj. D.) Aq. dest. Oij. (ftij. D.) Boil down to Oj. 
 (fcj. D.) Strain. 
 
 Motion. Uses. Astringent; internally in chronic Diarrhoea; as a 
 Gargle in relaxed Uvula : or as an Injection in Leucorrho3a. It has 
 been recommended for the injection into the cyst of Hydrocele, &c. 
 
 EXTRACTUM QUERCUS, D. Extract of Oak Bark. 
 
 Astringent Extract, prepared by evaporating the Decoction. 
 [QUERCUS TlNCTORIA, U. S. 
 
 The Black Oak is one of the largest forest trees of the United States. It is remarkable 
 for the thick coarse bark of its trunk. The leaves are ovate-oblong, pubescent, sinuate, 
 with mucronate lobes. Flowers in long filiform aments. Acorn globose, flat at summit. 
 The inner bark is called quercitron. 
 
 Besides tannin it contains a colouring principle. 
 Uses. As the preceding. 
 
 QUERCUS ALBA, U. S. 
 
 A smaller tree, with whitish bark, oblong, lobed, obtuse leaves. Acorn large. 
 
 The bark is destitute of the colouring matter in Q. tinct., arid is used 
 in preference. 
 
 DECOCTUM QUERCUS ALBJ:, U. S. 
 
 R. White Oak Bark bruised 3j., Water Ojss. Boil to Oj. and strain. 
 
 D. f3i. ij.] 
 
 L. E. D. Galls. Gemmae morbidas, L. Diseased Buds. 
 Excrescences, E. formed by Diplolepis (or Cynips) Gallae Tincto- 
 rum, on QUERCUS INFECTORIA, Oliv. The Gall-Oak. 
 
 Galls were known to Hippocrates, and are described by Diosco- 
 rides (i. c. 147) under the name x?]xi, which the Indo-Persian writers 
 have converted intofikees. They are the afus of the Arabs, and well 
 known in India by the name of majoo-phul. Galls are imported into 
 England from Smyrna, being produced in Asia Minor: also from
 
 560 G A L L jE. [Apetalts. 
 
 Aleppo, the produce of the vicinity of Mosul in Kurdistan. They 
 are also imported into England from Bombay (sometimes to the ex- 
 tent of 1000 cwt.), having been first imported there from the Persian 
 Gulf. Mr. Wilkinson, of the house of Wilkinson and Jewsbury, in- 
 forms me that formerly, when he paid much attention to this trade, 
 he observed that whenever the prices were low at Smyrna, the Galls 
 came from Bombay, and vice versa ; but the supply was never abun- 
 dant from both sources in the same year. They are imported into 
 Bombay from Basra (Bussorah), which is not a great deal farther 
 from Mosul than is Aleppo. They are therefore most probably the 
 produce, like Aleppo Galls, of Kurdistan and of other Persian pro- 
 vinces. Dr. Falconer, when travelling in the Punjab, was informed 
 that Galls were produced on the Balloot Oak, Quercus Ballota. 
 
 Galls are produced on different species of Oak, as well as on some 
 other plants, as the Tamarisk ; Aleppo Galls, by the female of the 
 above Diplolepis piercing the buds of Q. infectoria with its ovipositor, 
 and there depositing its eggs. These producing irritation, cause the 
 juices of the plant to flow towards the wound, and the subsequent 
 enlargement of the part into the form of galls round the larva. This, 
 when fully developed, escapes by a hole which it perforates in the 
 gall. 
 
 Quercus infectoria, now generally acknowledged to be the species producing the Galls 
 of commerce, is a small tree or shrub, with a crooked stem, not above 6 to 8 feet high. 
 Leaves on short stalks 1 1 ^ inch long, ovate-oblong, with a few coarse mucronated teeth 
 on each side ; apex bluntly mucronate, rounded, and rather unequal at the base, smooth, 
 shining on the upper side. Acorn solitary, obtuse, 2 or 3 times longer than its hemisphe- 
 rical scaly cup. A native of Asia Minor ; found by Captain Kirmier in Armenia and 
 Kurdistan. Nees von E. t. 94. St. and Ch. 152. 
 
 Besides the names applied from the places whence they are obtain- 
 ed, Galls are distinguished by their physical characters, as into Blue 
 and White Galls. The Blue Galls vary in size, and are of a bluish- 
 gray colour. They are gathered before the insect has become per- 
 fect, or worked its way out. Some of these are larger, and are call- 
 ed Green Galls from being of a greenish colour. They display on 
 their otherwise smooth surface a number of bluntly-pointed tubercles, 
 which would appear to be the apices of leaves stimulated into unna- 
 tural growth. The best are heavy, hard, shining, and break with a 
 short flinty fracture. White Galls are so called from being of a lighter 
 colour than the others, but still of a grayish or yellowish hue. They 
 are distinguished by being perforated with a small round hole, that 
 by which the insect had escaped. They are usually less heavy than 
 the others, have a larger internal cavity, and are not so astringent. 
 Both are easily reduced to powder, which is without odour, but with 
 a simple powerful astringent taste. They yield their properties to 
 water, which is the best solvent ; also to Proof Spirit, and slightly to 
 Alcohol and Ether. From 500 parts Sir H. Davy obtained 185 parts 
 of matter soluble in water, of which he states 130 were Tannin, 31 
 Gallic acid with a little Extractive, 12 of Mucilage, &c., and 12 of 
 saline and calcareous salts, the insoluble matter consisting chiefly of 
 Lignin. But a larger proportion of Tannin has been obtained by 
 other chemists, as from 30 or 40 to 60, instead of the above 26 per
 
 Cupulifera.] TANNIC AND GALLIC ACIDS. 561 
 
 cent. The little colouring matter in Galls makes them particularly 
 valuable to tanners. 
 
 TANNIN, or TANNIC ACID, is usually described with Galls, as existing 
 in them in large quantity, being generally obtained from them, though 
 a constituent of many other astringents, as Oak bark, Catechu, &c. 
 It is the type of astringents. Ordinary Tannin is amorphous, brown- 
 ish-coloured, and consists of impurities united to the Tannic acid. 
 Pure Tannin, or Tannic' (being so named because its solution red- 
 dens Litmus and effervesces with Carbonates), is sometimes white, 
 but usually with a yellow tinge, spongy, shining, without odour, but 
 extremely astringent. It is most easily obtained from Nutgalls by the 
 action of Ether. It is very soluble in water and in weak Spirit. 
 When heated, it swells up, is decomposed, leaving a bulky charcoal. 
 It precipitates Gelatine from its solutions, and combines with the Ge- 
 latinous part of skin, and thus forms leather. It forms precipitates 
 (Tannates), most of which are nearly insoluble, with most metallic 
 oxides, and likewise with alkalies and their Carbonates, including 
 vegetable alkalies. The mineral acids, combining with the Tannic', 
 also form precipitates in concentrated solutions. With Sesqui-salts 
 of Iron it is well known to form a black precipitate (ink) ; the Tan- 
 nin of Sumach, Catechu, &c., as has been frequently mentioned, 
 forms a very dark green precipitate with the same salts : no effect is 
 produced on the Proto-salts. Tannin is composed of C 18 H* O 9 + 
 3HO. 
 
 GALLIC ACID. Though Galls are stated by Sir H. Davy to contain 
 about 6 per cent, of this acid, a much larger quantity may be ob- 
 tained from them, because it is formed by the conversion of the Tan- 
 nic' into Gallic acid by the absorbing of Oxygen from the atmo- 
 sphere, Carbonic' being given off. It is colourless, with an acid and 
 astringent taste, and is usually seen in the form of a gray crystalline 
 powder. It has an astringent taste, but is of no use in tanning. 
 
 Action. Uses. Galls are powerfully Astringent; seldom given in- 
 ternally; the author frequently prescribed from 10 to 20 grs. of the 
 powder several times a day, or in Infusion, in the obstinate chronic 
 Diarrhoeas of the natives of India. The natives themselves prescribe 
 them in Intermittents. Its Tincture is much used as a test for the 
 salts of Iron. An Infusion may be employed as a Gargle, Wash, or 
 Injection, or as an antidote to poisoning by vegeto-alkalies ; but the 
 diluted Tincture affords a more ready antidote. 
 
 TINCTURA (GALLARUM, E. D.) GALL.E, L. (U. S.) Tincture of Galls. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14, L. (7, D.) days powdered Galls gv. (3iv. D. [U. S.]) in Proof 
 Spirit Oij. (ftij. D.) Strain. (Or prepare by percolation, as Tinct. Capsicums, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent in doses of f3ss. f3ij. May be diluted 
 with water as a Lotion, or for exhibition in cases of poisoning with 
 vegeto-alkalies. 
 
 UNGUENTUM GALLARUM, D. [GALL^:, U. S.] Ointment of Galls. 
 
 Prep. Mix finely powdered Galls 3j. with prepared Hog's Lard 3viij, (3vij. U. S.) 
 Make an Ointment. 
 
 36
 
 562 LIQUIDAMBAR. [Apetala. 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent application to external Haemorrhoids. 
 
 UNGUENTUM GALLIC (ET OPII, E.) COMPOSITUM, L. Compound Oint- 
 ment of Galls. 
 
 Prep. Triturate into a uniform mass very finely powdered Galls gij., hard Opium 
 powdered 3ss. (3j- E.) Hog's Lard 3ij. (3j. E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Astringent and Anodyne application to Haemorrhoids. 
 The E. preparation is much stronger than that of the L. P., as it con- 
 tains more Opium and less Lard. Dr. Paris suggests dissolving Mor- 
 phia in Olive Oil, and adding the Ointment of Galls. 
 
 [JuGLANDE^E, De C. Lind. 
 
 Flowers declinous, sterile-flowers in an ament. Perianth scaly, oblique, irregularly 
 lobed. Stamens inserted on the receptacle, indefinite, three to thirty.six ; filaments short, 
 distinct, anthers thick, 2-celled, bursting longitudinally. Fertile flowers with a single or 
 double perianth, the outer 4-parted, the inner (when present) of 4 pieces. Ovary inferior, 
 JUcelled, ovule solitary, erect ; styles 1 or 2, very short or none ; stigmas large, either 2 
 and lacerated, or discoid and 4-lobed. Fruit drupaceous, 1-celled, with 4 imperfect parti- 
 tions. Seed 4-lobed, embryo large, albumen none, cotyledons fleshy, 2-lobed, wrinkled, 
 radicle superior. 
 
 JUGLANS, U. S. Juglans cinerea, Linn. The inner bark of the root. 
 Monascia Polyandria. 
 
 The Butter Nut or White Walnut is a large-sized tree, growing 
 in Canada and the northern sections of the United States, in rich bot- 
 tom lands and along streams. It is the J. cathartica of Michaux. 
 
 Bot. Char. Monoecious. Sterile flowers ; ament imbricate, scales mostly 5-parted. 
 Perianth 5 to 6-parted. Stamens 18 to 36. Fertile flowers ; perianth double, each 4- 
 parted. Styles 1 or 2. Drupe partly spongy. Nut rugose and furrowed, elongated 
 irregularly. Leaves pinnate, leaflets numerous, lanceolate, serrate, rounded at base. 
 Petioles villous. 
 
 From the tree, when pierced in the spring, there exudes a saccha- 
 rine juice. 
 
 The inner bark when first separated from the tree, is of a pure 
 white colour externally, but when dry becomes black. It occurs in 
 pieces, with a fibrous fracture, and a smooth epidermis externally. 
 In the fresh state irritant to the skin. The time for collecting it is in 
 May. Odour feeble, and the taste bitter and pungent. 
 
 It contains Fixed Oil, Resin, Saccharine matter, and Potassa, a pe- 
 culiar principle (extractive?) and Tannin. 
 
 ExTRACTUM JUGLANDIS, U. S. 
 
 Prep. Made by exhausting the Bark in a displacement apparatus and evaporating. 
 It is black, with a caramel-like odour and bitter astringent taste. 
 
 Action. Uses. Certain, mild cathartic. Used in costiveness and as 
 a purge in liver complaints with calomel. D. gr. x. to gr. xxx. in 
 pill.] 
 
 BALSAMACE^E, Lindl., contains the genus Liquidambar, of which one 
 species, L. styraciflua, is indigenous in North America. This yields 
 in Mexico and Louisiana a liquid balsam of an aromatic odour and
 
 Conifera.] C Y C A D E JE. 563 
 
 taste, containing Styracin and Benzoic acid. Dr. Pocock' found L. 
 orientale in Cyprus, where it was called Xylon Effendi, the tree of 
 our Lord. It produces an excellent Turpentine. It is probable that 
 this yields some of the liquid Storax of commerce ; as some liquid 
 Balsam, under the names of Rose Maloes and Rosa Mattas, makes its 
 appearance in the accounts of the commerce of the Red Sea and 
 Persian Gulf; and Petiver, as quoted by Dr. Lindley, states that the 
 tree which yields it is the Rosa Mafias, and grows in Cobross, an 
 island at the upper end of the Red Sea, near Cadess, which is three 
 days' journey from Suez. It is sent in barrels by way of Jidda to 
 Mocha. This is supposed by some to be yielded by Liquidambar 
 Jlltingia of Blume, a native of Java, which is there called Ras-sa- 
 mala, and undoubtedly yields the fine liquid Storax or Rosamala of 
 the Malayan Archipelago. (Lindley.} But Dr. Pereira has ascer- 
 tained that all the liquid Storax imported for the last seven years 
 comes from Trieste. He also states that the strained Storax (Styrax 
 colatus) sold to the perfumers is prepared from this variety of liquid 
 Storax. This is a subject of inquiry for those visiting the shores of 
 the Red Sea or its islands. 
 
 GYMNOSPERM^E, LindL Gymnosperms. 
 
 This division has been made of some Exogens, in consequence of their ligneous tissue 
 being dotted with disk-like marks, and their ovules being truly naked, so as to be fertilized 
 directly through the foramen of the ovule. 
 
 The CYCADE.E form a small family somewhat resembling Palm 
 trees in appearance, and were at one time thought to be allied to 
 them and to Ferns. By Mr. Brown they have been shown to be 
 most closely allied to Coniferse. 
 
 A kind of Sago is said to be procured from the cellular substance 
 occupying the interior of the stem of Cyca* revoluta, a native of 
 Japan, and also of C. circinalis. Both exude a clear insipid muci- 
 lage, which hardens into a firm transparent gum, like Tragacanth, 
 but clearer. Dr. Roxburgh was unable to ascertain that an.v of the 
 species yielded Sago, or a. substitute for it, though species of Cycas 
 are quoted as yielding Sago in the E. P. 
 
 Dr. Lindley states that one of the best kinds of Arrow-root is pre- 
 pared in the Bahamas from the trunk of some species of Zamia which 
 is a native of the West India Islands. 
 
 CONIFERS, Juss. Conifers. 
 
 Trees or shrub?, with a branched trunk, abounding in Turpentine. Leaves simple. 
 Flowers monoecious or dioecious. Male flowers of 1 or more monadelphous stamens, col- 
 lected in a deciduous catkin about a common axis. Anthers of 2 or more lobes, bursting 
 outwards, often terminated by a scale-like crest. Female flowers usually in cones, some- 
 times solitary. Ovary spread open in* the shape of a scale, and placed in the axil of a 
 membraneous bract : in the solitary flowers apparently wanting. Ovules naked, in pairs 
 on the face of the ovary, and inverted, or in the solitary flowers erect. Fruit a cone, or 
 solitary naked seed. Testa hard, crustaceous. Embryo in the axis of fleshy albumen. 
 Radicle next the apex. Yield valuable timber, as Deal, Cedar, &c., and most of the spe- 
 cies Turpentine, which is a compound of resin and of volatile oil. 
 
 The products of Coniferous plants officinal in the Pharmacopeias 
 are so numerous and obtained from so great a variety of sources,
 
 564 PI N U S ABIES LARIX. [Apetala. 
 
 and are yet so similar to each other, that it is hardly possible to refer 
 them with correctness to their respective plants. It is preferable, 
 therefore, as has been done by Dr. Pereira and in Duncan's Edinburgh 
 Dispensatory, to enumerate the several Pine-trees which are supposed 
 to yield these products, and then to treat of the products themselves, 
 that is, of Turpentine, Resins of different kinds, and then of those 
 obtained with the aid of heat, as Oil of Turpentine, Tar, and Pitch. 
 
 PINUS, Linn. Pine. Mon&cia Monadelphia, Linn. 
 
 Flowers monoecious. Males. Catkins racemose. Filaments short. Anthers crested, 
 2-celled, bursting longitudinally (or Stamens 2, Anthers 1-celled). Females. Catkins 
 solitary, or from 2 to 3. Scales imbricated, with membranous bractlets. Ovules 2, at 
 the base of the scales, collateral, inverted, their points lacerated and directed downwards. 
 Scales of the cone hard, woody, and truncated, hollowed at the base for the reception of 
 the seeds. Seeds prolonged at the base into a membranous wing. Leaves evergreen, 
 usually acicular, in fascicles, surrounded at the base by a membranous tubular sheath. 
 
 PINUS SYLVESTRIS, Linn, L. D. Scotch Fir. Red Deal. Leaves in pairs. Young cones 
 stalked, recurved, ovate-conical. Wing thrice as long as the seed. Lamb. Pin. t. 1. Nees 
 von E. t. 79. Scotland, Norway, woods of Europe, north of the Alps. This species yields 
 much Turpentine, Pitch, and Tar, though at present little of it is imported into this 
 country. 
 
 P. MARITIMA, Dec. (P. Pinaster of Lambert), Nees von E. t. 76, 77, is abundant on the 
 southern coasts of Europe, as well as of England, and in the south of France in the de- 
 partment of the Landes. It yields Bourdeaux Turpentine, Galipot, Pitch, and Tar. 
 
 P. PALUSTRIS, Lambert. The Swamp Pine and Long-leaved Pine. A large tree, spread- 
 ing from the State of Virginia to the Gulf of Mexico. " This tree furnishes by far the 
 greater proportion of Turpentine, Tar, &c., consumed in the United States, or sent from 
 them to other countries." Wood and Bathe. 
 
 P. PINEA, Lamb, and P. Cembra, the Siberian Stone Pine, are interesting, as the seeds 
 of both, sometimes called Pine.nuts, are eaten, as are those of P. Geradiana, in Affgha- 
 nistan and Tibet. P. longifolia, Lamb, is an Himalayan species ; which yields a very 
 fine Turpentine, resembling pure white granular honey ; much used by the natives of 
 India in medicine, and called bireeja, &c. 
 
 ABIES, Tourn. Fir. 
 
 Monoecious. Males. Catkins solitary. Anthers bursting transversely. Females. Cat- 
 kins simple. Scales (or carpels) imbricated, thin at the apex, rounded, flat, instead of 
 being hollowed for the seeds ; when ripe, falling from the axis. Leaves solitary in each 
 sheath, never fascicled. In other respects agreeing with Pinus. 
 
 ABIES EXCELSA, Dec. E. (Pinus Abies, Linn.) L. D. Norway Spruce Fir. Leaves scat- 
 tered, tetragonal. Cones cylindrical, pendulous ; the scales rhomboidal, flattened, jagged, 
 and bent backwards at the margin. Northern parts of eastern Europe, Alps, northern 
 parts of Asia. Nees von E. t. 80. Yields Abietis Resina by spontaneous exudation. 
 
 A. Picea, Lindl. The Silver Fir, with distichous leaves and erect cones. A native of 
 the mountains of central Europe. Yields Strasburgh Turpentine. 
 
 A. BALSAMEA, Marsh. E. (Pinus balsamea, Linn. L. D.) Canadian Balsam and Balm 
 of Gilead Fir. Leaves solitary, flat, subpectinate, suberect above. Acuminate apex of 
 the scales of the cone when in flower reflexed. Northern parts of North America. 
 Lamb. Pin. t. 41. Nees von E. t. 82. 
 
 A. canadensis, Lindl. Hemlock Spruce Fir is said to exude a Turpentine similar to 
 that of the foregoing. A. nigra, the Black Spruce Fir, is interesting as yielding the Es- 
 sence of Spruce. 
 
 LARIX, Tourn. Larch. 
 
 Monoecious. Catkins and cones lateral. Males. Catkins simple, ovate. Anthers nu- 
 merous, with their filaments united into a thick column. Anthers crested, bursting longi-
 
 Conifera.} TEREBINTHINA. .565 
 
 tudinally. Leaves, when first expanding, in tufted fascicles, becoming somewhat solitary 
 by the elongation of the new branch. 
 
 LARIX EUROP^A, Dec. (Abies Larix, Lam. E., Pinus Larix, Linn. D.) The Larch is 
 a lofty tree, with wide-spreading branches; when well grown, the extremities droop grace- 
 fully. The Leaves deciduous. Flowers reddish. Cones ovate-oblong. Edges of scales 
 reflexed, lacerated. Bracts panduriform. Lambert. Nees von E. 83. St. and Ch. 75. 
 A native of the Alps, much cultivated in this country. Yields Venice Turpentine, and a 
 kind of Manna called " Manna de Briangon." 
 
 Larix (or Cedrus) Deodara (Deodar and Kelon), or Himalayan Cedar, is an elegant and 
 lofty tree, hardy as the Larch, and yielding valuable timber. It has been extensively in- 
 troduced into this country by the East India Company, and is interesting as having been 
 long employed in medicine by the Hindoos, and known even to Avicenna. (Hindoo Med. 
 36.) Its Turpentine, known by the name kelon-ke-tel, is in great repute in the North- 
 west of India, from its stimulant properties and power of healing deep-seated ulcers, as 
 in elephants and camels. 
 
 TEREBINTHINA VULGARIS, L. D. Resina liquida, L. Fluid Resin of 
 PINUS SYLVESTRIS, Linn., of various species of Pinus and of Abies, 
 E. [TEREBINTHINA, U. S. White Turpentine, the product of PINUS 
 PALUSTRIS.] 
 
 Common Turpentine either exudes naturally or from incisions 
 from most trees of the Pine tribe, as also from Pistacia Terebinthus 
 (p. 329). It consists of Resin intimately mixed with a Volatile Oil, 
 known in its separated or distilled state as Oil of Turpentine. In 
 time, all Turpentines become converted into Resins, from the evapo- 
 ration of the Oil and by its oxidation. They all soften by heat, burn 
 readily, are soluble in Alcohol and Ether, unite with the fixed Oils, 
 and resemble each other very closely in taste and smell ; but differ in 
 being more or less white or dark-coloured, and in the odour and taste 
 being more or less agreeable. Water acquires only a little of their 
 properties, but they may be made into an emulsion with eggs or vege- 
 table Mucilage. 
 
 Common Turpentine used to be procured from Pinus sylvestris, as 
 it still is in many parts of Europe, and also from P. maritima, which 
 yields the Bourdeaux Turpentine, and in winter the galipot of the 
 French. But Dr. Pereira has shown that almost the whole quantity 
 of Turpentine imported here is from America. This is procured 
 chiefly from P. palustris, partly also from the P. Tceda. This Tur- 
 pentine is viscid, semifluid, of a dull light yellowish colour, with a 
 warm, acrid, rather bitter taste, and a moderate terebinthinate odour. 
 When fresh, it yields 17 per cent, of Oil of Turpentine. (W. and B.) 
 The Bourdeaux Turpentine is whitish, turbid, separates upon standing 
 into a transparent liquid and into a granular honey-like semifluid. It 
 is acrid and nauseous in taste, and of a disagreeable smell ; yields 
 about 20 per cent, of Oil. M. Faure discovered that it might be 
 solidified by the aid of a 32d part of Magnesia. Common Turpen- 
 tine yields Oil of Turpentine and Resin, q. v., and is a constituent of 
 Ung. Elemi (p. 341) and of Emp. Galbani (p. 416). 
 
 TEREBINTHINA VENETA, E. D. Fluid Resinous exudation of Larix 
 europcea. Venice Turpentine. This, when genuine, is a thick tena- 
 cious fluid, usually of a. cloudy appearance, of a yellowish-green tint,
 
 566 ABIETIS RESIN A. [Apetala. 
 
 acrid and bitter in taste, of a strong peculiar odour. It is sold in 
 Paris as Strasburgh Turpentine, and is distinguished by being less 
 liable than others to solidify. (Guibourt and Pereira.) Dr. Thomson 
 stated long since that the Venice Turpentine of the shops was im- 
 ported from America. This is therefore only a substitute. What is 
 usually sold is a mixture of Oil of Turpentine with common Resin. 
 Venice Turpentine is intended to be a constituent of Emp. Cantha- 
 ridis, E. and of Ung. Infusi Cantharidis, E. 
 
 TEREBINTHINA (BALSAMUM, E. D.) CANADENSIS, L. (U. S.) Fluid 
 Resin of ABIES (Finns, L. D.) BALSAMEA. Canada Balsam is procured 
 by breaking the vesicles which naturally form upon the trunks and 
 branches, and then collecting their fluid contents. It is often called 
 Balm of Gilead. When fresh, it is nearly colourless, of a light yellow 
 colour, transparent like thin honey ; solidifies slowly ; is of a strong, 
 rather agreeable odour, and a bitterish, rather acrid taste. It is also 
 obtained by making incisions into the tree. Strasburgh Turpentine is 
 sometimes substituted for it. 
 
 ABIETIS RESINA, L. THUS, D. Resin of ABIES EXCELSA, E. (Pinus 
 ttbies, Linn.) L. D. The Resin of the Norway Spruce Fir may be 
 arranged with the Turpentines as being a spontaneous exudation, and 
 with the Resins as having lost by evaporation most of its Volatile Oil. 
 It used to be called Thus, or Frankincense, as it still is in the D. P. 
 It is collected in the form of concrete tears, which are hard and 
 brittle, but soften readily at the temperature of the body. It is of a 
 light yellowish or brownish-yellow colour externally, lighter within ; 
 slight terebinthinate odour and acrid bitter taste. The substance 
 which the French call galipot or barrets is the concretion produced on 
 the Pine of the Landes, late in the year or in winter, when the col- 
 lection of Bourdeaux Turpentine has ceased. A very fine Resin is 
 spontaneously yielded by the Himalayan Pinus Morinda, Royle. 
 
 This Resin is intended to be employed in making Pix Burgundica, 
 Emp. Aromaticum, D. p. 525, Emp. Opii, L. E. D., Emp. Thuris, D. 
 Emp. Galbani, L. D., and Emp. Picis, L. E. 
 
 Pix ABIETINA, L. Pix BURGUNDICA, E. D. [Pix ABIETIS, U. S.] 
 Burgundy Pitch is the above Resin melted in water immediately 
 after being scraped from the tree, and strained through a cloth. It 
 is thus freed from mechanical impurities, with a loss of a little of its 
 Volatile Oil. In all other respects it corresponds with it. But most 
 of that which is sold is a factitious compound of Resin rendered 
 opaque by the incorporation of water, and coloured by Palm Oil, or 
 made from concrete American Turpentine. {Pereira.} This is used 
 for making the following Plaster as well as the Emp. Calefaciens 
 (v. Cantharidis), Emp. Opii, E. D., Ung. Resinae albae, D., and Emp. 
 Cantharidis Comp. E. 
 
 Action. Uses. The above Resin and Pitch are both Rubefacient. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM PICIS, L. E. Burgundy Pitch Plaster. Warm Plaster. 
 Prep. Take Burgundy Pitch ftij. (ftiss. E.), Resin ftj. (3ij. E.) and Bees' Wax 3iv.
 
 Conifera.] R E S I N A. 
 
 (3ij. E.); melt them together with a gentle heat, then add Resin of Spruce Fir fcj. L., 
 ExpressedOil of Nutmegs 3j. L. (Oil of Mace 3ss. E.), Olive Oil f3ij. (f3j. E.), Aq. 
 f3j. (f3ij. E.); mix well, and boil till the mixture acquires the proper consistence. 
 
 Action. Uses. Warm Rubefacient Plaster to the chest and joints, 
 &c. 
 
 RESINA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Residue of the distillation of the Volatile 
 Oil from Turpentines of various species of Pinus and of Abies, E. 
 
 When any of the Pinic Turpentines are subjected to distillation 
 with or without water, the Volatile Oil rising \vhen much heated, 
 leaves behind a solid resin, which is often called Colophony (Fr. 
 Colophane), from the Greek xoXo<p<wa, but usually Black Rosin, though 
 it is only of a brownish-yellow colour, transparent, and a little empy- 
 reumatic. When the distillation is not carried quite so far, or if more 
 water is added during the process, and agitated with it while in fusion, 
 some of it becomes incorporated with the Resin, which becomes 
 opaque or of a whitish colour. This is the Resinajlava of the Phar- 
 macopoeia, or Yellow, sometimes called IVJiite Resin. The incorpo- 
 rated water escapes by evaporation or it may be expelled : the Resin 
 then becomes of a pale yellow colour and transparent. 
 
 Resin is solid and transparent, very brittle, with a glassy fracture, 
 is a little heavier than water, differs in colour according to its purity, 
 with a weak terebinthinate odour and taste, melts at a moderate heat, 
 becomes decomposed at a higher, producing both an oil and a gas, 
 and burns with a smoky flame. It unites when in fusion with Wax, 
 fats, and fatty oils, also Spermaceti ; is readily dissolved by Alcohol, 
 Ether, and many volatile oils, and is insoluble in water. The strong 
 acids decompose it : the alkalies unite with it, and form soaps. Instead 
 of being simple, it is found to be a compound of two acid bodies, one 
 called Sylvic, the other Pinic acid, and of a neutral resinous principle. 
 The Sylvic' is more soluble in cold and diluted Alcohol, and may thus 
 be separated from the other. It crystallizes in small, quadrangular, 
 rhombic prisms, is colourless, insoluble in water, soluble in Ether, 
 strong hot Alcohol, and in volatile oils. Pinic acid (C 20 H IS O a ) is con- 
 sidered isomeric with the Sylvic, and has many of the same proper- 
 ties. A third acid, the Pimaric, has been detected in the Bourdeaux 
 Turpentine. The acid of Colophony, called the Colophonic, is consi- 
 dered somewhat different, being of a brown colour, and sparingly 
 soluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Action. Uses. Mild Stimulant ; used externally, but chiefly on ac- 
 count of its adhesive properties, in various Cerates, Unguents, and 
 Emplastra. For Emp. Resinee, v. p. 167. 
 
 CERATUM RESINEE, L. (U. S.) UNG. (RESINOS. E.) RESINS ALB^E, D. 
 Resin Cerate, or Basilicon Ointment. 
 
 Prep. With a gentle heat melt together Resin ftj. (3v. E., [U. S.] white Resin ftij. 
 D.) Wax ftj. (3ij. E. [U. S.] Lard Sviij. E. [U. S.] ftiv. D.) ; then add Olive Oil f3xvj. and 
 press the Cerate while hot through linen, L. D. (Stir the mixture briskly while it cools 
 and concretes, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. A mild stimulant, applied to foul or indolent ulcers.
 
 568 TEREBINTHIN^E OLEUM. [Apetala. 
 
 [CERATUM RESINS COMPOSITUM, U. S. 
 
 H. Resin, Suet, Yellow Wax each ftj., Turpentine ftss., Flaxseed Oil Oss. Melt them 
 together, strain through linen, and stir them constantly until cool.] 
 
 TEREBINTHIN^E OLEUM, L. E. D. [OLEUM TEREBINTHIN^E, U. S.] Vo- 
 latile Oil of the Turpentine of various species of Pinus and of 
 Abies, E. Oil of Turpentine. 
 
 Oil of Turpentine, separated from the Resin by the process of dis- 
 tillation, is found swimming on the surface of the water with which 
 it is distilled, and is, not observed to differ materially when obtained 
 from different Pine trees. The author, when in India, distilled the 
 Oil from the Turpentine of Pinus longifolia, which, when sent to the 
 General Hospital at Calcutta, was pronounced to be " of very supe- 
 rior quality." Dr. Pereira states that American Turpentine is now 
 chiefly employed for obtaining the Oil, at the rate of about 14 to 16 
 per cent., and that the Bourdeaux Turpentine yields an inferior Oil 
 and Resin. 
 
 Prep. Distil in a copper alembic Common Turpentine fev. with Aqua Oiv. Yellow 
 Resin will remain after the distillation. 
 
 OLEUM TEREBINTHIN^E PURIFICATUM, L. E., RECTIFICATUM, D. Purified 
 Oil of Turpentine. 
 
 Prep. Cautiously distil OiZ of Turpentine Oj. (ftij. by measure, D.) with Aqua Oiv. 
 (As long as oil comes over with the water, E., till Ojss. of oil is obtained, D.) or agitate it 
 with | of Alcohol. Mr. Flocton redistils from a solution of caustic Potash, to get rid of 
 all traces of resinous and acid matters. (Per.) 
 
 This purified Oil is limpid, colourless, with a powerful penetrating 
 odour, and pungent bitterish taste. Sp. Gr. 0-865; boils at about 
 312, but, as volatilization proceeds, at 350. Sp. Gr. of its vapour 
 4-764. It is very inflammable, producing much black smoke. It is 
 slightly soluble in water, more readily in Ether and in Alcohol; mis- 
 cible in all proportions in the fixed oils ; dissolves resins and fats, and 
 is one of the few solvents of Caoutchouc. When moist and exposed 
 to great cold, it deposits crystals, which are a Hydrate of the Oil. 
 Sul' chars it, Nit' and Chlorine set it on fire. It absorbs H Cl' acid 
 gas, and a substance called artificial Camphor (C a H 16 H Cl) is pro- 
 duced. The composition of Oil of Turpentine is C S H 4 . When ex- 
 posed to the air, it absorbs Oxygen : therefore Oil which has been 
 long kept usually contains some. Oil of Turpentine is now consider- 
 ed to be composed of two different but isomeric oils, as the changes 
 in the boiling point seem to indicate. One of these, or that which 
 combines with the H Cl' gas, has been called Radical Oil of Turpen- 
 tine, and also Camphene. 
 
 Action. Uses. Rubefacient and Counter-irritant when applied ex- 
 ternally. Stimulant when taken internally, acting as a Diuretic and 
 Diaphoretic; in large doses, as a Cathartic; useful as an Anthel- 
 mintic. For this purpose, and to act as a Cathartic, it is sometimes 
 conjoined (f3ij.) with a little Castor Oil (f3vj.) Its action is, how- 
 ever, somewhat uncertain. Occasionally, intoxicating effects are 
 produced by large doses. In doses of n^viij. f3ss. frequently re-
 
 ConifertB.-] FIX LIQUID A. 569 
 
 peated, it acts as a stimulant, becomes absorbed, and is exhaled both 
 by the skin and lungs, while the urine acquires a violet odour. In 
 larger doses (f3iv. f3ij.) it acts as a Cathartic, and its irritant ef- 
 fects, as those of Strangury, are not perceived, from absorption not 
 having taken place. It should be made into an emulsion with yolk 
 of one egg for every f3ij. and diluted to the patient's taste, with 
 water ; plain or aromatized, (c.) 
 
 LINIMENTUM (TEREBINTHINATUM, E.) TEREBINTHINJE, L. D. (U. S.) 
 Turpentine Liniment. 
 
 , Prep. Shake together till mixed Oil of Turpentine fgxvj. (fgv. E. ftss. D.), Camphor 
 3j. L. (3ss. E.), Soft Soap gij. L. (Resin Ointment 3iv. E. ftj. D.) (Melt the Ointment, 
 and mix with it gradually the (Camphor, E.) Oil of Turpentine, E. D.) (till a uniform 
 Liniment be obtained, E.) 
 
 [Oil of Turpentine Oss., Resin Cerate fly. Add the Oil to the melted Cerate and mix 
 them, U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Liniment, but chiefly used by applying 
 lint soaked in it, to burns and scalds. (Dr. Kentish.) 
 
 ENEKA TEREBINTHIN.E, L. E. D. Turpentine Enema. 
 
 Prep. Mix together Oil of Turpentine f3j. (3ss. D.) with Yolk of Egg q. s., and 
 gradually add Barley Water fjxix. L. (Water (not higher than 100 F.) 3x. D. fSxix. E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Antispasmodic ; Anthelmintic in cases of As- 
 carides. 
 
 Pix LIQUIDA, L. E. D. Tar, from various species of Pinus and 
 Abies, E. 
 
 Tar has been employed in medicine from very early times. It is 
 imported into this country both from the north of Europe and from 
 North America. It is prepared by submitting the roots and branches 
 of different Pine trees to a smothered combustion. The resinous 
 matter is melted and also somewhat altered by the heat, and the 
 Tar flows out as a viscid and tenacious semifluid, of a brownish- 
 black colour, having a bitter, resinous, and a little acid taste, and an 
 empyreumatic odour. It is a very complex mixture of Resin and 
 Oil of Turpentine, both somewhat modified, and some Empyreumatic 
 Oil, Charcoal, and Pyroligneous acid, with various products of the 
 destructive distillation of the wood. By subjecting it to distillation, 
 Oil of Tar and Pyroligneous acid are obtained, and Tar-water by 
 agitating it with water. Tar is soluble in Ether, Alcohol, and the 
 fixed and volatile oils. Several kinds of it yield Creosote, Paraffin, 
 Eupion, &c., when the whole of the liquid parts are evaporated, and 
 Pitch is left. 
 
 Action. Uses. Tar, taken internally, is an Alterative Stimulant ; 
 applied externally it promotes a healthy action in indolent ulcers, 
 and in some cutaneous diseases. The vapour is sometimes inhaled 
 in chronic bronchial affections. 
 
 AQUA PICIS LIQUIDS, D. Tar Water. 
 
 Prep. Mix Tar by measure ftij. with Aq. Cj., agitating with a wooden stick for | 
 hour. When the Pitch has subsided, filter, and keep in well-stoppered vessels.
 
 570 P I X A R I D A. [Apetala. 
 
 Motion. Uses. Slightly Stimulant and Alterative. Recommended 
 by Bishop Berkeley as almost a panacea : it is now rarely used. 
 
 UNGUENTUM PICIS LIQUIDS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tar Ointment. 
 
 Prep. Melt together Tar ftj. (^v. E. ftss. D.), Suet ftj. L. (ftss. D. Bees' Wax 3ij. E.) 
 Express through linen, L. (a sieve, D. Stir briskly while it concretes in cooling, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant. Useful in Ringworm and some Ulcers. 
 
 Fix (ARIDA, E.) NIGRA, L. Pitch. 
 
 Pitch is left after the distillation of the liquid parts of the Tar. It 
 is well known for its black colour and firm texture, and consists of 
 many of the same constituents as Tar. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant and Alterative. Used in Ichthyosis in 
 doses of gr. x. 3j. in pills. 
 
 UNGUENTUM PICIS NIGR.E, L. Pitch or Black Basilicon Ointment. 
 
 Prep. Melt together Black Pitch, Wax, Resin, aa 3ix., Olive Oil fgxvj. Express 
 through linen. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant application to Porrigo or to indolent 
 ulcers. 
 
 [Pix CANADENSIS, U. S. Canada Pitch. Hemlock Pitch. The pre- 
 pared concrete juice of the ABIES CANADENSIS, Michaux. 
 
 The Abies Canadensis, or Hemlock Spruce, is a large tree, attaining 
 the height of seventy or eighty feet. The leaves are six or eight 
 lines long, very narrow, flat and downy at the time of their expan- 
 sion. The cones are a little longer than the leaves, oval pendulous 
 at the extremity of the branches. 
 
 This species is a native solely of North America, in the most 
 northern portions of it. Hemlock resin does not flow from the tree 
 by incision, but is the result of spontaneous exudation, from knots or 
 excrescences, the heat of the sun bringing it to the surface. It is 
 found on dying trees. 
 
 To obtain it the trees are cut down and barked, the bark is boiled 
 in water, and the resin which is deposited rising to the surface is 
 skimmed off. 
 
 Only one tree in a hundred will yield it, and the quantity obtained 
 is from six to ten pounds to each tree. The resin is in masses of a 
 brown or black appearance, soft at first and then becoming brittle. 
 It contains some volatile oil in union with the resin. The odour is 
 peculiar and unlike turpentine. 
 
 To purify it, the substance is melted and strained through calico. 
 
 From its adhesiveness and stimulating properties, it is a good sub- 
 stitute for Burgundy pitch. It is employed in the same way and for 
 similar purposes.] 
 
 Tribe Cupressinece. 
 
 Flowers dioecious, rarely monoecious, upon different branches. Males. Catkins axillary 
 or subterminal, ovate, small. Anthers 4 7, 1-celled, inserted on the lower edge of the
 
 CupressinecB.] JUNIPERUS. 571 
 
 subpeltate scales. Females. Flowers few, in an axillary ovate catkin, imbricated, with 
 bracts at the base, lower ones barren. Scales 3 6, united at the base, and containing 
 usually 3 ovules, which are erect, perforated at the apex. Fruit a galbulus, consisting of 
 the scales become succulent, and consolidated into a drupe-like body. Seeds osseous, tri- 
 quetrous. 
 
 JUNIPERUS, Linn. Dicecia Monadelphia, Linn. 
 
 JUNIPERI CACUMINA et FRUCTUS (Baccae, D.), L. E. D. Tops and 
 Fruits (Berries) of JUNIPERUS COMMUNIS, Linn. (Juniperus, U. S.) 
 
 The Juniper (aexs^os) was employed by the Greeks, and subse- 
 quently by the Arabs, being their abhool. Species are mentioned in 
 the Bible, (v. Bibl Cycl.) 
 
 The Juniper forms a bushy shrub. Branches smooth and angular towards their extre- 
 mities. Leaves evergreen, 3 in each whorl, crowded, linear, subulate, channeled, stiff 
 and sharp-pointed, longer than the galbulus, of a shining green colour on their lower sur- 
 face, but having a broad glaucous line along the centre of the upper, which is resupi- 
 nate. Flowers axillary, sessile, the males discharging much yellow pollen. Females on 
 a separate shrub, green, on scaly stalks. The fruit ripens in the autumn of the second 
 year. A native of the northern parts of Europe, Asia, and America. Nees von E. 86. 
 St. and Ch. 141. 
 
 All parts of this plant when bruised exhale a more or less agree- 
 able terebinthinate odour. The wood is officinal on the Continent, 
 but the tops and fruits in this country. The latter are imported from 
 the north, but the best come from the south of Europe. They are 
 globular, marked with three radiating furrows at the summit and 
 below by the bracts ; are of a purple-black colour with a glaucous 
 bloom, and contain a brownish-yellow pulp. Their taste is sweetish, 
 followed by bitterness, slightly terebinthinate, as is the odour, and 
 somewhat aromatic. These properties are imparted partly to water 
 and readily to Alcohol, depending on the presence of Volatile Oil (q. 
 v.) 1 per cent., Wax 4, Resin 10, Gum 7, Grape Sugar with salts of 
 Lime, 33-8, the remainder being Lignin and water = 100. 
 
 Action. Uses. Berries Stimulant, Diuretic ; but seldom used. Large- 
 ly employed in the manufacture of Hollands. 
 
 OLEUM JUNIPERI, L. E. D. (U. S.) Oil of Juniper. 
 
 Oil obtained from the fruits (and other parts of the plant) by dis- 
 tillation with water. It is colourless, or of a light green tinge, lighter 
 than water, corresponding very closely (comp. C 10 H 8 ) with the Oil 
 of Turpentine, like it little soluble in Alcohol. It has the odour of the 
 fruit, and a warm aromatic taste. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Diuretic. Considered very certain in its 
 effects in doses of rriiv. TH.VJ. Its effects may be assisted by combi- 
 nation with Spirit of Nitre and with Digitalis. Hollands Gin owes 
 its Diuretic properties to the presence of this Oil. 
 
 SPIRITUS JUNIPERI COMPOSITUS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Comp. Spirit of Ju- 
 niper. 
 
 Prep. Macerate bruised Juniper Berries 3xv. (B>j. E. D.), bruised Caraways and 
 bruised Fennel Seed aa 3ij. (3jss. E. D.) in Proof Spirit Cj. (Ovij. E.) Aq. Oij. (q. s. to 
 prevent empyreuma, D.) for 2 days (24 hours, D.), (then add the water, E. D.,) and with 
 a gentle heat, L. distil Cj. (Ovij. E.)
 
 572 S A B I N A. [Apetala. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant adjunct in doses of f 3ij. f 3iv. to Diuretic 
 draughts. May be substituted for Hollands in prescriptions. 
 
 SABINA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Cacumina recentia et exsiccata, L. Tops 
 E. both fresh and dried, L. Folia, D. Leaves of JUNIPERUS SA- 
 BINA, Linn. Savin. 
 
 Savin is the f3ga$vs of Dioscorides, converted by the Arabs into 
 buratee. 
 
 A small, bushy, very compact shrub, disposed to spread. Branches slender, completely 
 invested by the short imbricating leaves. Leaves small, ovate, convex, opposite, decus- 
 sate, deeply imbricated. Fruit round, of a bluish-purple, about the size of a currant. A 
 native of the midland parts of Europe, of the mountains of the south of Europe, and of 
 Russia in Asia. Nees von E. 87. 
 
 The whole plant exhales a strong fetid odour, and has an acrid, 
 bitter, and disagreeable taste. The officinal parts are the young 
 branches, which are completely enveloped in the small imbricated 
 leaves, and retain a portion only of the properties of the fresh plant. 
 These are taken up by Spirit, fixed oils, and fats, partially by water. 
 They depend on the presence of a Volatile Oil, Resin, Gallic Acid, 
 &c. A deep green colour is formed on the addition of a Sesqui-salt 
 of Iron to its watery infusion. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant, so as even to be poisonous. Sometimes 
 used to destroy warts, and its ointment to keep open issues. In small 
 doses, Stimulant, Diuretic, and Emmenagogue. Often taken to cause 
 abortion : it can only do so by producing inflammation, and thus de- 
 stroy the mother, sometimes without causing the expulsion of the 
 child. Dr. Pereira recommends it as an Emmenagogue, in the form 
 of an infusion in 64 parts of water, in doses of f 3iv. f 3j., or the Vo- 
 latile Oil in some mucilaginous vehicle. 
 
 OLEUM SABIN^E, L. E. D. Savin Oil. 
 
 Obtained, in the proportion of about 3 per cent., by distilling with water the fresh tops 
 of the plant; is light in colour ; in composition resembles Oils of Juniper and of Turpen- 
 tine; has the strong odour and the disagreeable acrid taste of the plant. 
 
 Action. Uses. Acrid Stimulant. Emmenagogue in doses of rr^jj. 
 r%v. with Sugar, gr. x. 9j. or with some mucilaginous substance. 
 
 CERATTJM (UNGUENTUM, D.) SABINA, L. E. (U. S.) Savine Cerate or 
 Ointment. 
 
 Prep. Take bruised Savin ftj. (2 parts, E. ftss. D.), Hog's Lard, ftij. (4 parts, E.) 
 Wax (yellow, D.) ftss. (1 part, E.) Melt the Wax and Lard together, and boil with the 
 leaves till crisp. Strain; express through linen (after which the D. C. directs the Wax 
 to be added, and the whole melted.) 
 
 [Savine in powder gij. Resin Cerate ftj. M. U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Acrid application to keep open blistered surfaces, 
 and the discharge from setons. But much of the oil is dissipated. 
 When made in a porcelain vessel on a water bath, it is of a yellow- 
 ish-green colour, efficient, and active, and will keep good for a long 
 time. It ought not to be made in a copper vessel. P. J.
 
 Geraniaceas.] GERANIUM. 573 
 
 [The two following orders should have been introduced under the head of ThalamifloTa. 
 
 PODOPHYLLE^E, Liudley. 
 
 Herbs, with broad-lobed leaves, and radical solitary flowers. Sepals 3 to 4, deciduous 
 or persistent Petals in 2, 3, or more rows, each of which is equal in number to the se- 
 pals. Stamens hypogynoua, 12 to 18, arranged in 2, 3, or more rows; anthers linear, 
 oval, turned inwards. Stigma somewhat peltate. Fruit succulent or capsular, 1-celled, 
 seeds indefinite, embryo small. 
 
 PODOPHYLLUM, U. S. PoDOPHYLLUM PELTATE!, Linn. The Root. Po- 
 lyandria Monogynia. 
 
 May Apple is abundant throughout the United States, flourishing 
 in moist woods and shady situations along the banks of rivulets ; 
 flowering in May. 
 
 Bot, Char. Root large, horizontal and creeping. Stem 8 to 12 inches in height, naked, 
 with sheathing stipules at base, dichotomous at the summit, dividing into 2 petioles, 2 4 
 inches in length, each bearing a peltate leaf. Leaf large, hanging, divided into 5 or 7 
 lobes, cuneate oblong and bifid at the apex. Flower solitary in the axil of the petioles, 
 white, peduncle recurved. Fruit an oval berry, an inch and a half long, yellowish, succu- 
 lent, with a sweet, not agreeable taste. 
 
 In the dried state, the root is found in the shops in pieces, as thick 
 as a quill, knotty and swollen at intervals, with the remains of the 
 radicles ; corrugated and wrinkled ; of a deep brown colour exter- 
 nally, internally dingy white. Fracture short. Odour in powder 
 like Ipecacuanha. Taste sweetish and bitter. It contains resin, 
 starch, and a peculiar principle, which is crystallizable. (PODOPHYL- 
 LUM, Hodgson.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Active Hydrogogue cathartic, in large quantities 
 producing tormina and hypercatharsis. Resembling Jalap in opera- 
 tion, it is used in inflammatory cases. Sometimes combined with 
 calomel or cremor tartar. 
 
 The leaves are also active. 
 
 D. gr. x. to xx. 
 
 ExTRACTUM PoDOPHYLLI, U. S. 
 Prep. Made as Ext. Jalapa, q. v. 
 D. gr. X. to XV. 
 
 GERANIACE^E, Decand. Lindley. 
 
 Sepals 5, persistent, more or less unequal, with an imbricate sstivation ; sometimes 
 saccate or spurred at the base. Petals 5, (or by abortion 4, rarely none,) unguiculate. 
 Stamens usually monadelphous, hypogynous, twice or thrice as many as the petals. 
 Ovary of 5 pieces, placed round an elevated axis, each 1-celled, 1-seeded ; ovules pendu- 
 lous, styles 5, cohering round the axis, having a membranous pericarp, and terminated by 
 an indurated style, which finally twists and carries the pericarp along with it. Seeds so- 
 litary, pendulous; albumen round, embryo curved, radicle pointing to the base of the cell ; 
 cotyledons foliaceous, convolute and plaited. 
 
 Herbs or shrubs. Stems tumid and separate at the joint. Leaves 
 opposite or alternate. 
 
 GERANIUM, U. S. GERANIUM MACULATUM. The Root. Monadelphia 
 Decandria. 
 
 The Spotted Geranium, or as it is sometimes called, Crowfoot and
 
 574 COCOA-NUT, PALM OIL, ETC. [Endogenas. 
 
 Crane's bill, is common throughout the United States, growing in 
 hedges and on the borders of damp woods. It flowers in May. 
 
 Bot. Char. Root perennial and horizontal, irregular and gibbous, leaves mostly radical, 
 reflexed, lobate. Stems round and dichotomously branched. Flowers in twos. Petals 
 5, lilac-coloured ; stamens 10, glandular at base, germs ovate. Style persistent and elon- 
 gated. Capsule with five seeds. 
 
 The dried root is in pieces an inch or two long, and three or four 
 lines thick, corrugated, wrinkled and rough, with a few fibres. Ex- 
 ternally brown, internally dingy white. It breaks with a short frac- 
 ture. Odour feeble. Taste astringent and bitter. Powder gray. 
 
 It contains Gallic acid, tannin, mucilage, amidin, red colouring 
 matter, resin, &c. 
 
 Action. Uses. An astringent of some power. Used in hemorrha- 
 gies, bowel complaints, to ulcerated surfaces, and discharges of pus, 
 from the mucous surface. 
 
 D. gr. x. to xxx. 
 
 Decoction made in the proportion of 3j. to Oj. and boiling a few 
 minutes. 
 
 D. f3i. to f3ij. 
 
 Infusion. As decoction.] 
 
 II. MONOCOTYLEDONES w* ENDOGEWE. 
 
 Monocotyledons are so called from having a single cotyledon, or, if more than one, ar- 
 ranged alternately. They are also called Endogens in consequence of growing by addi- 
 tions to their centre. They are sometimes divided into groups, according as they have 
 the ovary free or superior, as in the families from Palma to Smilace<B ; or adherent to 
 the perianth, or inferior, as in the families from Orchidea to Iridea ; and into the Glu- 
 males, or those with a chaffy perianth. 
 
 PALMJE, Juss. Palms. 
 
 Stem simple, rarely forked. Leaves terminal, very large, pinnate or flabelliform, plaited 
 in vernation. Spadix inclosed in a valved spatlie. Flowers small, hermaphrodite, or po- 
 lygamous. Perianth 6-parted, persistent. Stamens inserted into the base of the perianth, 
 definite or indefinite. Ovary 3-celled, or deeply 3-lobed, with an erect ovule. Fruit bac- 
 cate or drupaceous. Albumen cartilaginous or fleshy. Embryo in a cavity at a distance 
 from the hilum. (Lindley.) 
 
 Palms by Linnaeus were styled the Princes of the vegetable kingdom. It has been 
 said that Flour, Sugar, Oil, Wax, and Wines are all yielded by the family of Palms, as 
 well as thread, utensils, timber for habitations and leaves for thatching. They inhabit 
 chiefly the tropical parts of the world, though a few extend to higher latitudes. 
 
 Pkosnix dactylifera is the Date tree, affording Dates as the chief 
 article of diet to thousands of Arabs and Africans, and which are im- 
 ported here as an article for the dessert. 
 
 Phoenix syhestris in India and Arenga saccharifera in Java yield 
 large quantities of Sugar by the simple evaporation of their sap. 
 
 Cocos nucifera, the Cocoa Nut Palm, one of the most useful trees, 
 is valuable on account of the kernel of its fruit, (mentioned by Avi- 
 cenna as the Indian Nut,) which is not only edible, but yields large 
 quantities of Oil.
 
 Palmee.] SAGO. 575 
 
 Elais guineensis and melanococca yield the immense quantities of 
 Palm Oil which is imported from the west coast of Africa. The Oil 
 is obtained by bruising the fleshy part of the fruit. It has a solid 
 consistence, is of an orange-yellow colour, and rather a grateful odour. 
 It consists of about 30 parts of Stearine and 70 of Elaine, besides 
 the principles which give it odour and colour. It is emollient, and 
 sometimes used as an embrocation to spasms and bruises ; but its 
 chief employment is for making soap. The E. C. in their last Phar- 
 macopceia erroneously indicated the Cocos butyracea, a South Ame- 
 rican Palm, as the source of Palm Oil. 
 
 ARECA CATECHU, Linn. E. The Catechu or Betle Nut Palm, foful of 
 the Arabs, receives its specific name from a kind of Catechu being 
 made from its seeds, which, being boiled down, yield an astringent 
 Extract, from the large quantity of Tannin which they contain. On 
 this account the tree is mentioned in the E. P. as one of the sources 
 of Catechu; but it does not seem 'probable that any of this Catechu 
 reaches Europe (v. p. 344), for Catechu is one of the regular imports 
 into the ports of the Madras Presidency. The seeds or nuts are, 
 however, always in demand, and are an extensive article of com- 
 merce, because they form one of the ingredients of the celebrated 
 masticatory of the East, called Pan or Betle. (v. p. 542.) They are 
 sometimes sold cut into transverse slices. 
 
 Calamus Draco, Willd., is one of the species which yields the red- 
 dish resinous substance known as Dragon's-blood (the dum-al-akhwain 
 of the Arabs). It is only used for colouring. 
 
 Ceroxylon, now Iriartea andicola, yields wax, as does another 
 Palm, called Carnauba in Brazil. 
 
 SAGUS RUMPHII, Willd. L. (the Sagus spinosus of Humph. Herb. 
 Amb. i. p. 75) is made officinal in the L. P. as the plant yielding 
 Sago, which is described as Medulla Fcscula ; but Endogens have no 
 proper pith. In the E. P. it is said to be the Farina from the interior 
 of the 'trunk of various Palms and species of Cycas. 
 
 The Malays are said to prefer the Sago of this tree (Sagus Rum- 
 phii). Dr. Roxburgh states that the granulated Sago is made from 
 Sagus (inermis, Roxb.) l&vis, Jack. Blume states it to be produced 
 by Sagus Icevis and S. genuina. The Saguerus saccharifer also, 
 (called likewise S. Rumphii, and Jlrenga saccharifera,) when ex- 
 hausted of its saccharine sap, yields Sago of good quality. Caryota 
 urens and Ph&nix farinifera also yield a Sago-like farina in India. 
 It is, therefore, difficult to select one as the sole officinal species. 
 Sago is also said to be produced by species of Cycas, but the state- 
 ment has never been properly confirmed. Some Zamias are said to 
 yield one kind of Arrow-root in the West Indies. 
 
 Sago is imported chiefly from the Moluccas and from Singapore ; 
 but it is first imported into the latter place in very large quantities 
 for granulation and re-exportation. It is first obtained by cutting and 
 splitting the stem, washing and stirring it up with water, when the 
 fecula becomes suspended, and is passed through a sieve. The fecula
 
 A L L I U M. [Endogetue. 
 
 then subsides, and forms a powder like -Arrow-root, but of a dirty- 
 white colour, or Meal Sago, of which 500 or 600 Ibs. may be yielded 
 by a single tree. It is in this state imported in large quantities into 
 Singapore, as has been related by Mr. Crawford and Mr. Bennett. 
 It seems to be first made into a paste with water, and then, granula- 
 ting in drying, is rubbed into Sago of different sizes ; but the pro- 
 cesses are not well ascertained. Common Sago was formerly of the 
 size of Coriander Seeds, but unequal, and of a reddish or brownish- 
 white colour, and mixed with some of the meal. It is formed of the 
 Starch-globules of the meal aggregated together, but unbroken. The 
 Chinese settled at Singapore, some time since, introduced methods of 
 refining and producing it in much smaller grains, which was first 
 distributed by Mr. W. Johnson. This is now called Pearl Sago, and 
 is in small grains about the size of a pin's head, hard, whitish, with a 
 pearly lustre, sometimes even translucent, without odour, and with 
 very little taste. This kind is sometimes bleached, and has been sub- 
 jected to heat, as the starch-globules are ruptured, so that even in cold 
 water Iodine produces a blue colour with this Saga 
 
 M. Planche has arranged the Sagos of commerce under six dif- 
 ferent heads, according to the places whence they are procured. M. 
 Guibourt arranges them all under three heads. 1. Uncut Sago. 2. 
 Seed Sago. 3. Tapioca Sago, which is the same as Pearl Sago. 
 The unbroken grains of Sago are more or less of an ovoid form, but 
 most appear as if truncated or muller-shaped. An imitation of Sago 
 is made with Potato-Starch near Paris. 
 
 Sago is insoluble in cold water, but by long boiling becomes soft, 
 and then transparent, and ultimately forms a gelatinous solution, 
 which in all essentials corresponds with Starch. 
 
 Action. Uses. Sago is Nutrient and Demulcent, and well suited 
 for invalids. 
 
 LILIACE^E, Dec. Lilyworts. 
 
 Plants with fibrous or fasciculate roots. Stem either wanting or formed of sheaths of 
 leaves (a bulb), or tuberous, creeping, or arborescent ; simple or branched at the apex, 
 leafy or leafless, scape-like. Leaves simple, very entire, sheathing at the base or sessile, 
 often linear, with parallel veins. Flowers complete, usually terminal, with scarious or 
 spathe-like bracts, regular, occasionally sub-irregular. Perianth inferior, petaloid, 6-leafed, 
 in 2 rows, distinct or united below into a tube, and 6-fid above. Stamens 6, inserted into 
 the receptacle or into base of perianth, seldom 3 ; anthers opening inwards. Ovary 3. 
 celled ; ovules in 2 rows, affixed to the central angle. Stigmas 3-sided or 3-lobed. Fruit 
 3-celled, sometimes a berry. Embryo straight, within a fleshy albumen. 
 
 The Liliaceae as at present constituted include several groups, which are often treated 
 of as distinct families, as Tulipea:, including Lilium candidum, at one time officinal 
 chiefly as a demulcent ; Hemerocallidea ; Asphodeleae, including Allium, Scilla ; Aloinete, 
 the Aloe plants, AsparaptG, and others (. Lindl. Veg. King. p. 200.) The true Lilies are 
 allied to Palms, also to Melanthacete, and to AmaryllidetB. They are widely diffused, but 
 are chiefly found in temperate climates. 
 
 ALLIUM, Linn. Hexandria Monogynia, Linn. 
 
 Flowers umbellate, with a spathe of 1 or 2 leaves. Perianth 6-parted, spreading 
 or campanulate. Stamens 6, inserted into the base of the perianth; filaments simple 
 or tricuspidate ; anthers incumbent. Ovary 3-celled. Style filiform. Stigma simple. 
 Capsule commonly bluntly 3-cornered or 3-lobed, depressed at the apex, 3-celled, bursting 
 into 3 valves through the dissepiments. Seeds solitary or 2 in each cell, affixed to the base, 
 black, compressed, angular. Embryo falcate, placed out of the centre.
 
 LiliacecB.] S C I L L A. 577 
 
 ALLIUM SATIVCM, Linn. Bulbus, L. D. Bulb, E. of the Common 
 Garlic. [ALLIUM, U. S.] 
 
 Garlic is the tfxo^ov of the Greeks, Som of the Arabs, and Shumim 
 of Numbers, xi. 12. It has been used as an article of diet and like- 
 wise in medicine from very early times. 
 
 Bulbs clustered, several enveloped in the same silvery skin. Stem about 2 feet high, 
 leafy below the middle. Leaves glaucous, distichous, channelled above, obscurely keeled, 
 acute. Spathe single, calyptriform, horned. Umbels bulbiferous. Flowers, if any, pink, 
 red, or whitish, rather larger than the stamens. (Lind.) Cultivated from early times in 
 the East, and now in all gardens. Its native country unknown. St. and Ch. 111. 
 
 ALLIUM CEPA, Linn. Bulbus, D. The Bulb of the Common Onion. 
 
 The Onion is the XPO^WOV of the Greeks, Bust of the Arabs, and the 
 Betzulim of Numbers, xi. 12. 
 
 Biennial. Bulb simple, roundish, invested with shining, thin, dry membrane. Stem 
 1 3 feet high, fistular, leafy, and often ventricose at the base. Leaves glaucous, disti- 
 chous, fistular, terete-acute, shorter than the stem. Spathe reflexed. Umbels large, regu- 
 lar, globose, many-flowered, not bulbiferous. Flowers whitish or greenish, the segments 
 with a green keel, linear-elliptic, obtuse, shorter than the stamens. Cultivated in gardens 
 in Europe ; flowers in July. Probably a native of the Persian region. Fl. Greeca, t. 326. 
 
 PORRUM, L. Bulbus, L. Bulb of ALLIUM PORRUM, Linn. The Leek. 
 
 The Leek is the ^arfov x^tfaiov of the Greeks, Karros of the Arabs, 
 and the Chatzir of Numbers, xi. 12. 
 
 Bulb oblong, simple. Stem 2 4 feet, round, leafy below the middle. Leaves subop- 
 posite, keeled, linear-lanceolate, glaucous, 1 to 2 feet long, 1 to 2 inches broad at the base, 
 tapering and acute at the apex, with the keels and margins subserrulate. Spathe single, 
 calyptriform, horned. Umbel large, globose. Pedicels filiform, 1 2 inches long. Peri- 
 anth slightly purplish, or greenish-white, half-spreading ; segments oblong; keel green. 
 Stamens a little longer than the perianth, the alternate ones tricuspidate ; the lateral ap- 
 pendages filamentous. Cultivated in the East from the earliest ages, and introduced into 
 Europe. Blackwell, Ic. 421. 
 
 The Garlic, Onion, and Leek are so well known as articles of diet, 
 or rather as condiments, that it is unnecessary to dwell long on their 
 properties, which indeed are so similar that it does not seem neces- 
 sary that more than one of them should be retained in the Pharma- 
 copeias. The Leek has been considered Diuretic and Expectorant : 
 as an article of diet, it is rather indigestible, and apt to cause flatu- 
 lence. The Onion is possessed of similar properties, but is somewhat 
 more powerful, though less so than the Garlic. In its roasted or 
 boiled state it is occasionally applied as a poultice to suppurating tu- 
 mours or to sluggish ulcers. The Garlic, when applied externally, 
 will act as a Rubefacient ; taken internally, it acts as a Stimulant, 
 and being absorbed, as an Expectorant and Diuretic, producing at the 
 same time a disagreeable odour in the breath. It is sometimes em- 
 ployed as an Anthelmintic in Ascarides. 
 
 SCILLA, L. E. D. (U. S.) Bulbus recens, L. D. Bulb, E. of SQUILLA 
 MARITIMA, Steinhill, E. (Scilla maritima, Linn.), L. D. The offi- 
 cinal Squill. 
 
 The Squill (IxiXXa) was employed by the ancient Greeks. The 
 
 37
 
 578 S C I L L A. [Endogena. 
 
 Asiatics substitute for it an allied species, Squilla indica, to which 
 they apply the name of iskeel. From the difference in character of 
 this from 'the ordinary species of Scilla, M. Steinhill formed it into 
 the genus Squilla. 
 
 Bulb roundish-ovate, very large, half above ground ; integuments greenish or reddish. 
 Leaves all radical, appearing after the flowers, spreading, large, rather fleshy, broad, lan- 
 ceolate, channelled, recurved. Scape from 2 to 4 feet high, rising from the centre of the 
 leaves, simple, cylindrical, terminated by a long, dense, ovate raceme of flowers with long 
 bracts. Flowers of a pale yellowish-green colour. Sepals 3, coloured, spreading. Petals 
 very like them, and scarcely broader. Stamens 6, shorter than the perianth ; filaments 
 smooth, somewhat dilated at the base, acuminate, entire ; anthers yellow. Ovary 3-parted 
 with 3 nectariferous glands at the apex. Style smooth, simple. Stigma obscurely 3-lobed, 
 papillose. Capsule rounded, 3-cornered, 3-celled. Seeds numerous, in 2 rows, flattened, 
 winged, with a membranous testa. (Lindley.) Native of both the north and of the south 
 sides of the Mediterranean and of the Levant. Flowers about August. B. M. t 918. 
 Nees von E. 55. St. and Ch. 153. 
 
 The Squill Bulb is formed of scales applied over each other, of 
 which the external ones are dry, membranous, and often coloured ; 
 the inner are colourless, thicker, and full of acrid viscid juice. It is 
 sometimes imported in its entire state, packed in sand ; the average 
 weight is from half a pound to four, but occasionally ten pounds in 
 weight, and as large as a child's head. But being in this state very 
 retentive of moisture and of life, it is directed in the L. P. to be, like 
 Colchicum, preserved in dry sand, and before drying, the dry outer 
 coats are to be removed, and the others cut into transverse narrow 
 strips, and dried with moderate heat. Squill is, however, usually 
 imported in this state, the pieces being white or yellowish- white, often 
 contorted, translucent, of a mucilaginous and bitter taste, at first 
 rather tough, but when quite dry, brittle enough to be powdered. 
 Many spiral vessels may be detected in these scales, as well as nu- 
 merous acicular raphides, the Pulvis Settles containing 9 or 10 per 
 cent, of these crystals, (p.) Analyzed, Squill contains of moisture 
 |ths, Gum, uncrystallizable Sugar, traces of Tannin, Phosphate of 
 Lime, Lignin, and a bitter resinous Extractive, from which a peculiar 
 principle called Scillitine has been extracted. This is crystalline, 
 capable of neutralizing alkalies, moderately soluble in Alcohol, but in- 
 soluble in water ; bitter, but not acrid. The properties apparently 
 depend upon this, perhaps partly upon an acrid volatile matter. They 
 may be extracted by Alcohol, Spirits, and by Vinegar. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant Poison. In small doses, Expectorant, Diu- 
 retic ; and in larger, Emetic and Cathartic. Used as an Expecto- 
 rant in chronic Catarrh ; as a Diuretic in general Dropsy, especially 
 when there is a deficiency of tone. Its effects may be increased by 
 combination with other Diuretics and Expectorants. 
 
 PULVIS SCILLA, D. Squill Powder. 
 
 Prep. Take off the membranous integument from the bulb of the Squill, cut it into 
 transverse slices, and dry it with a moderate heat, powder it, and keep it in stoppered 
 glass phials. 
 
 Action. Uses. Expectorant and Diuretic in doses of gr. j. gr. iij. 
 Emetic gr. x. gr. xv.
 
 Liliaceas.] S C I L L A. 579 
 
 PILULE SCILL^E (E.) COMPOSITE, L. D. (U. S.) Compound Squill Pill. 
 
 Prep. Mix/resA dried Squill in powder 3j. (5 parts, E.) with powdered Ginger (3iij. 
 D.) and Ammoniacum (3ij- D.) aa 3ij. (aa 4 parts, E.) Then rub up with Soap 3iij. (4 parts, 
 and Conserve of Red Roses 2 parts, beat into a uniform mass and divide into 5 gr. pills, 
 E.) Add Syrup (Molasses, D.) q. s. to obtain the proper consistence, L. D. 
 
 Action. Uses. Expectorant in doses of gr. v. gr. xv. 
 ACETUM SCILL^E, L. E. D. (U. S.) Vinegar of Squill. 
 
 Prep. Macerate fresh dried and cut Sqvill 3xv. (^v. E. fess. D.) in distilled Vinegar 
 Ovj. (Oij. E. by measure ftiij. D.) in a covered glass vessel with the aid of gentle heat 
 (continually agitating, D.) for 24 hours (7 days, E. D.) Express strongly, strain to sepa- 
 rate the dregs, and add Proof Spirit Oss. (f3iij. E.) (Rectified Spirit by measure 3iv. D.) 
 This might, like the Tincture, be prepared by percolation. 
 
 [U. S. Squill bruised giv. Distilled Vinegar Oij. Alcohol fgi. Proceed as directed by 
 D. or by displacement.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Expectorant and Diuretic in doses of f3ss. f3j. 
 
 OXYMEL (SYRUPUS, E.) SCILL.E, L. D. (U. S.) Oxymel of Squill. 
 
 Prep. Take Honey (Sugar ftvij. E.) ftiij. (by weight, D.) and Vinegar of Squill Ojss. 
 (Oiij. E. by measure ftij. D.) Boil in a glass vessel, over a slow fire (agitating, E.), to 
 the proper consistence. 
 
 [R. Honey despumated ftiij. Vinegar of Squill Oij., as above. U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. These preparations, though differently named, are 
 very similar to each other, and the Honey of the one has probably 
 little advantage over the Sugar of the other. Expectorant in doses 
 of f 3j. f 3ij. Sometimes used as an Emetic for children in doses 
 of f3j. 
 
 [SYRUPUS SCILL.E, U. S. Syrup of Squill. 
 
 Prep. R. Vinegar of Squill a pint. Sugar two pounds. Add the sugar and proceed 
 as for syrup. This preparation is used in place of the preceding as an emetic expecto- 
 rant. 
 
 D. 3ss. to 3ij. 
 
 SVRUPUS SCILL.E COMPOSITUS, U. S. Compound Syrup of Squill. 
 
 Prep. R. Squill bruised, Senega bruised, each, giv. Tartrate of Anlim. and Pot. gr. 
 xlviii. Water Oiv. Sugar ftiijss. Pour the water upon the squill and senega, and having 
 boiled to one half, strain and add the sugar; then evaporate to Oiij., and while the syrup 
 is still hot, dissolve in it the Tartrate of Ant. and Pot Or by displacement. 
 
 This is a modification of the formula for Coxe's Hive Syrup. 
 D. n*x. to 3j.] 
 
 TINCTURA SCILL^E, L. E. D. Tincture of Squill. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14, L. (7, D.) days dried slices of the fresh bulb nfScilla maritima 
 gv. (3iv. D.) Proof Spirit Oij. (by measure ftij. D.) Strain. (Or prepare by percolation, 
 but without pdcking the pulp firmly in the percolator, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Expectorant and Diuretic in doses of rtix. f3ss. 
 
 ALOE, L. Inspissated Juice of the Leaves of Aloe spicata, Dec. L. 
 ALOE SOCOTORINA, E. D., of Aloe spicata, Persoon, D. ALOE 
 BARBADENSIS, E. ALOE (indica, E.) HEPATICA, D. Inspissated Juice
 
 580 SPECIES OF ALOE. [Liliacea. 
 
 of J\. vulgaris, Dec. D. The E. C. refers these different Aloes to 
 one or more undetermined species of Aloe. 
 
 The word Aloe, in our translation of the Bible, is confounded with 
 ahila, or Eagle- wood. (v. Ahalim, Bibl. Cycl.) Aloes were known 
 to Dioscorides, to Galen, and to Celsus. The Arabs describe three 
 kinds, Socotrine, Arabic, and Semegenic. The Indo-Persian writers 
 give Sibr, or Sibbur, as its Arabic, and bol-seah (black Myrrh) as its 
 Persian name. The Hindoo elwa is very similar to the word Aloe, 
 and the Greek fekra which the Arabs quote seems to be derived from 
 
 It is still imported from Socotra (Wellsted) and from the east coast 
 of Africa, as Melinda, &c. Dr. Malcolmson writes from Aden, that, 
 "besides the island of Socotra, it is produced in almost every part of 
 Yemen. Small quantities are also brought from Abyssinia. That 
 supplied by Arabia is principally exported from Maculla. It is much 
 superior to the other Arabian Aloes, but greatly inferior to that of 
 Socotra." Some is prepared in India. Dr. Falconer has ascertained, 
 as the author had also heard, that it is manufactured from the Aloe 
 indica, in the country between the Jumna and Sutlej. A little is pro- 
 duced in Guzerat ; but it is largely imported into Bombay. The late 
 Dr. Malcolmson informed the author that in Madras they obtained 
 their Aloes from Bombay, and found an extract of it of excellent 
 quality for hospital use, and inferior kinds from Salem and Trichino- 
 poly, both to the southward of Madras. Aloes are, moreover, ob- 
 tained from the West Indies, and from the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 ALOE, Linn. Aloe. 
 
 Succulent plants, with spiked inflorescence. Perianth tubular, 6-cleft, sometimes so 
 deeply divided as to appear 6-petaled, converging below into a tube, with the limb regu- 
 lar, spreading, or recurved, somewhat fleshy, nectariferous at the base ; segments ligulate, 
 the interior equal to or larger than the exterior, and imbricate. Stamens hypogynous, 
 ascending, as long as the tube, or projecting beyond it. Style as long or almost wanting, 
 3-furrowed. Stigma simple or triple, minute, and replicate. Capsule membranous, sca- 
 rious, obtusely or acutely triangular, 3-celled, 3-valved ; valves bearing the septa in the 
 middle. Seeds numerous, in two rows, roundish, flattened, or 3-cornered, winged or an- 
 gled. 
 
 Aloes is the bitter proper juice inspissated of several species of Aloe. 
 It is contained in the vessels lying under the epidermis of their fleshy 
 leaves, the interior being filled with much watery colourless sap. In 
 many cases the leaves are cut into pieces and boiled with water, so 
 as to form an extract rather than an inspissated juice ; but both kinds 
 are sold under the same name. That of commerce being derived 
 from a variety of sources, is necessarily produced by different species. 
 The Asiatic species, with those of Abyssinia and Socotra, are enu- 
 merated in the author's Illustr. of HimaL Bot. p. 389. The following 
 may be referred to, until more accurate information is available re- 
 specting the African and Arabian species. 
 
 ALOE RUBESCENS, Dec. Stem suffruticose. Leaves amplexicaul, spreading, thorny at 
 the margin. Peduncle compressed, branched. Branches sub-bracteate. PI. grass. 1. 15. 
 A native of Arabia. 
 
 A. BARBADENSIS, Mill. Stem somewhat shrubby, offshoots from the root. Leaves
 
 Liliacea.] SPECIES OF ALOE. 581 
 
 sword-shaped, sinuato-serrate. Corol yellow. Var. of A. vulgaris, Nees von E. 50. 
 South of Europe, perhaps in the Peninsula of India. (Rheede, ii. t. 3.) Introduced into 
 the West Indies. 
 
 A. ABYSSJNICA, Lam. Subcaulescent. Leaves long and lanceolate, rather erect, hard, 
 of a deep green colour, rather concave above; margin sinuato-dentate, reddish, flawers of 
 a greenish-yellow. Var. of A. vulgaris, Linn. Abyssinia. 
 
 A. SOCOTRINA, Lam. Stem shrubby, thick, dichotomous. Leaves ensiform, greenish, 
 incurved towards the apex, with the marginal serratures small, white, and numerous. 
 Flowers scarlet at the base, pale in the middle, green at the point. Nees von E. 50. St. 
 and Ch. 110. 
 
 A. ARABICA. Lam. A. variegata, Forsk. With spotted leaves. 
 
 A. SPICATA, Thunb. Caulescent. Leaves flat, ensiform, dentate. Flowers spiked, 
 campanulate, horizontal. Interior of the Cape of Good Hope ; probably yields some Cape 
 Aloes. 
 
 "Ex hujus succo optima gummi resina aloes paratur: ex reliquis speciebus vilior." 
 Linn.JlL But, as Dr. Pereira has been informed, all species of Aloe at the Cape are in- 
 discriminately used. 
 
 Dr. Chrislison remarks it as probable that A. lingu&formis of Thunberg, and A, Com- 
 melini of Willdenow likewise yield some Aloes. 
 
 ALOE INDICA, Royle. A low plant, with spikes of red flowers, which grows in dry bar- 
 ren places in N. W. India. This, if known to Roxburgh, was probably included by him 
 in A. perfoliata. Col. Sykes has a species from the Deccan also with red flowers. 
 
 The Aloes in common use are the Socotrine, Hepatic, (under which 
 terms seem to be included the Aloes exported from Bombay, and 
 which is no doubt the produce of Arabia and of Africa ;) also Barba- 
 does Aloes, and that of the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 Socotrine Aloes is distinguished by being of a redder colour when 
 compared with the other kinds. This in the E. P. is described as 
 " being of a garnet-red, in thin and translucent pieces ; when quite 
 dry, is of a golden-red (p) ; but by exposure the colour is changed, 
 and this Aloes becomes of a brownish-red. The fracture is con- 
 choidal, usually smooth and shining, but sometimes a little rough. The 
 odour is rather fragrant, especially when the Aloes is fresh and 
 heated. It is easily reduced to a golden-yellow powder, and is 
 nearly all soluble in Spirit of the Sp. Gr. 0-950. There can be no 
 doubt that some of this Aloes is produced in the island of Socotra, as 
 Lieut. Wellsted describes the plants as growing in parched and barren 
 places at 500 to 3000 feet above the sea, and the leaves as being 
 plucked and the juice allowed to exude into a skin. Specimens were 
 procured for the author by a medical friend at Socotra, but unfor- 
 tunately after his ship had been supplied, when two adulterated skins 
 (those mentioned by Dr. Pereira) were supplied as genuine Socotrine 
 Aloes. About two tons are exported from Socotra. Some used to 
 be carried up the Red Sea, and thence into the Mediterranean. The 
 semifluid pieces are dried in thin layers, and the inferior portions are 
 strained in this country. 
 
 Hepatic Aloes, so called from its usual liver-brown colour, is re- 
 ferred to in the E. P. as Aloe indica, but is certainly not produced in 
 that country. This is evident from the specimens, all inferior in 
 quality, in the author's collection, and those procured at his request 
 by the late Dr. Malcolmson, and noticed by Dr. Pereira at p. 971 of 
 his Elements. The Hepatic, therefore, is the Aloes imported into 
 Bombay from Arabia and Africa, and which is known in India by 
 the name of Bombay Aloes. Some of it is probably obtained from
 
 582 SOCOTRINE AND HEPATIC ALOES. [Endogena. 
 
 the same sources as the Socotrine, which it resembles in odour ; and, 
 as Dr. Pereira states, " the two are sometimes brought over inter- 
 mixed, the Socotrine occasionally forming a vein in a cask of the 
 Hepatic Aloes." It is of a liver-brown colour, has a dull, somewhat 
 waxy fracture, is less fragrant. The taste is nauseous and intensely 
 bitter ; the powder of a golden yellow colour. This kind is inferior 
 in quality to the fine Socotrine. 
 
 Barbadoes Aloes is prepared in the West Indies, chiefly from the 
 variety of A. vulgaris, but also probably from A. socotrina and A. 
 purpurascens, which are said to be cultivated there. Browne, in his 
 Nat. Hist, of Jamaica, states that the largest and most succulent 
 leaves are placed upright in tubs, that the juice may dribble out. 
 This, evaporated, forms what is sold as Socotrine Aloes ; but the 
 common Aloes is obtained by expressing the juice out of the leaves, 
 boiling it with water, evaporating and pouring into gourds, whence this 
 kind is often called Gourd Aloes. It sells for a high price, as being 
 much in demand for veterinary medicine, and may be distinguished 
 by its dark brown or blackish, sometimes liver-brown colour ; by its 
 usually dull appearance, and its disagreeable odour, especially when 
 breathed upon. Being more gummy, it is tougher, and difficult to 
 pulverize. 
 
 Cape Aloes, procured no doubt from a variety of species of Aloe, 
 is especially distinguished by its vitreous lustre, and is hence called 
 Aloe lucida by some authors. The finer qualities are of a deep brown 
 colour externally, with a tinge of olive green ; thin lamina are trans- 
 lucent, with something of a yellowish-red colour. It is very brittle, 
 easily pulverized, its odour strong, rather disagreeable, and its powder 
 of a yellow colour. Some of the inferior kinds are black in colour, 
 vesicular, and with a rough fracture. 
 
 All the kinds of Aloes have an extremely disagreeable taste, which 
 is very permanent in the fauces. The odour is peculiar, and is more 
 perceptible when the Aloes is breathed upon. A great portion of 
 Aloes is dissolved by water, and much of what at first appears inso- 
 luble is dissolved by boiling water, but is again deposited on the 
 water cooling. This is what some chemists call a resin, but it is by 
 Braconnot considered extractive matter which has become oxidized. 
 Diluted Spirit is the best solvent of Aloes. Aloes was at one time 
 considered to be a Gum-Resin. But the portion which was thought 
 to be of the nature of Gum is now considered to be a variety of 
 Extractive, yet sufficiently peculiar to have the name of Aloisin ap- 
 plied. Its proportion varies from 50 to 80 per cent, in different Aloes. 
 Aloisin is soluble in water and in weak Spirit, and may be obtained 
 from the former solution in thin translucent layers, which are of a 
 reddish-brown colour, but of a fine yellow when powdered, very bit- 
 ter, and extremely active as a Cathartic. Besides this, there is an 
 oxygenated Extractive matter, of which the quantity is increased 
 when Aloes are boiled. The quantity of this varies from 6 to 42 per 
 cent., and in some kinds there is Vegetable Albumen, as might be 
 expected where the juices of leaves are pressed out and then boiled. 
 The presence of an acid in a solution of Aloes is also indicated by 
 Litmus-paper. Trommsdorf considered this to be the Gallic, but Dr.
 
 Liliacea.] PREPARATIONS OF ALOES. 553 
 
 Pereira has named it Aloetic acid. But Aloes requires a fresh and 
 carefully conducted analysis. 
 
 Action. Uses. Aloes, in small doses, is Tonic; in larger, Ca- 
 thartic. It is considered by some to stimulate the liver, and also to 
 supply the place of the deficient bile in torpidity of the intestinal 
 canal. Its action seems directed to the larger intestines, especially 
 the rectum, and thus to be useful in evacuating them, but detrimental 
 when there is already irritation or Haemorrhoids. By this determi- 
 nation it no doubt stimulates neighbouring organs, and is thus useful 
 as an Emmenagogue, and is hence often ranged with them. 
 
 EXTRACTUM ALOES PURIF. L. Extr. Aloes Hepaticse, D. Extract of 
 ALOES. 
 
 Prep. Macerate with a gentle heat for 3 days bruised Aloes 3xv. (Hepatic 8 parts, 
 D.) in boiling Aq. Cj. (8 parts, D.) Strain, and set aside for the dregs to subside. Pour 
 off the clear liquor, and evaporate to a proper consistence. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic, in doses of gr. v. gr. xv. Useful pre- 
 paration, as freed from all mechanical impurities. 
 
 PULVIS ALOES CUM CANELLA, D. [ET CANELLA:, U. S.] Aloes and 
 Canella Powder. 
 
 Prep. Rub separately into powder Hepatic Aloes ftj., White Canella giij., and mix. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic and Stomachic in doses of gr. x. 9j. 
 
 PULVIS ALOES COMPOSITUS, L. D. Compound Aloes Powder. 
 
 Prep. Rub separately into powder Aloes (Hepatic, D.) 3j ss - Resin Gu.aia.cum gj. and 
 add Comp. Cinnamon (Aromatic, D.) Powder 3ss. ; mix. 
 
 Action. Uses. Warm Cathartic and Diaphoretic in doses of gr. 
 x. 9j. 
 
 PILULE ALOES (E.) COMPOSITE, L. D. Compound Aloes Pill. 
 
 Prep. Beat into a'pill mass bruised Aloes (Socotrine and Castile Soap equal parts, E. 
 Hepatic, D.) 3j. L. D., Extract Gentian 3ss. L. D. Oil of Caraway TT^xl. L. D. Syrup. 
 q. a. L. D. (Conserve of Red Roses, q. s. E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic and Tonic, in doses of gr. x. 3ss. The 
 bitter, and the Soap are both thought to promote the action of Aloes. 
 
 PILULE ALOES (CUM MYRRHA, L. D.) ET MYRRILE, E. (U. S.) Aloes 
 and Myrrh Pills. 
 
 Prep. Rub separately into powder Aloes (Socotrine or E. I. 4 parts, E. Hepatic, D.) 
 3ij. and Myrrh 3j. (2 parts, E.), then rub them together till incorporated with Saffron 
 3j. (1 part, E.), Syrup q. s. L. D. (Conserve of Red Roses, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic and Emmenagogue in doses of gr. x. 
 9j. every night. 
 
 PILULE ALOES ET ASSAFCETID^E, E. (U. S.) Aloes and Assafcetida 
 Pills. 
 
 Prep. Beat into a proper pill mass Socotrine or E. Indian Aloes, Assafcetida, and Cas- 
 tile Soap aa equal parts with Conserve of Red Roses, q. B.
 
 584 MELANTHACE^E. [Endogena. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic and Antispasmodic in doses of gr. x. 
 gr. xv. thrice a day. 
 
 DECOCT. ALOES, (E.) COMP. L. D. Compound Decoction of Aloes. 
 
 Prep. Boil Extract of Liquorice 3vij. (3ss. E. D.) Carb. Potash 3j. (9ij. E. D.) bruised 
 (Socotrine, E. or Hepatic, E. D.) Aloes, powdered Myrrh and Saffron aa jjss. (gj. E. D.) 
 in Aq. deal. Ojss. (fgxvj. E. by measure fej. D.) till only Oj. (3xij. E. D.) remains. Filter 
 and add Compound Tincture of Cardamoms f3vij. (f3iv. E. D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic ; Emmenagogue in doses of f3ss. f 3ij. 
 The boiling must not be carried to any extent, as some of the Aloes 
 becomes insoluble. 
 
 VINTJM ALOES, L. E. D. (U. S.) Wine of Aloes. 
 
 Prep. Take (separately, D.) powdered Aloes (Socotrine, E. D. or E. Indian. E.) gij. 
 (3jss. E. 3iv. D.) (3i. U. S.) and Canella giv. L. (3j. D. Grind Cardamom Seeds and 
 Ginger aa 3jss. E.) (3i. U. S.) pour upon them Sherry Wine, Oij. (by measure ftiij. mixed 
 with Proof Spirit by measure fcj. D.) (Oj. U. S.) Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days, continu- 
 ally agitating ; then strain (through linen or calico, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Warm Cathartic in doses of fjss. fgj. 
 TINCTURA ALOES, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Aloes. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days bruised (Socotrine, E. D. or Indian, E.) Aloes 3j. 
 (3ss. D.), Extract of Liquorice 3iij. (3jss. dissolved in boiling Aq. 3 v iij- D.) in Aq. dest. 
 Ojss. L. (Oj. and f3viij. E.) and Rectified (Proof, D.) Spirit Oss. (fSxij. E. by measure 
 3viij. D.) (Agitate occasionally, E.) Strain. (Not conveniently prepared by percola- 
 tion, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Cathartic adjunct to Purgative or Emmenagogue 
 draughts in doses of f3ss. f3ij. The weak Spirit is an excellent sol- 
 vent of the active properties. 
 
 TINCTURA ALOES (COMPOSITA, L. D.) ET MYRRHS, E. (U. S.) 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days bruised (Socotrine, E. D. or Indian, E.) Aloes ^iv. 
 (girj. D. U. S.) Saffron, L. E. 3ij. (3i. U. S.) in Tincture of Myrrh Oij. (by measure ftij.) 
 Strain. (Not well prepared by percolation, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Emmenagogue. Stimulant Cathartic and adjunct 
 to draughts and mixtures in doses of f3ss. f3ij. 
 
 PILULE ALOES ET FERRI, E. Aloes and Iron Pill. 
 
 Prep. Pulverize separately Barbadoes Aloes 2, and Sulphate of Iron 3 parts ; add Aro- 
 matic Powder 6, and Conserve of Red Roses 8 parts. Mix and beat into a proper mass ; 
 divide into 5 grain pills. 
 
 Action. Uses. Chalybeate Tonic and Laxative in doses of gr. x. 
 gr. xv. The conjunction of the Iron with the Aloes assists the 
 action of the latter, besides being itself useful in some cases of Ame- 
 norrhcsa. 
 
 Aloes is an ingredient of the Pilulse Cambogise. Pil. Cambogiac 
 Comp. [Pilulse Catharticae Comp. U. S.] Extr. Colocynthidis Comp. 
 Pil. Colocynthidis et Hyoscy ami. Pil. Sagapeni Comp. Tinct. Ben- 
 zoini Comp. Pil. Rhei Comp. ; and Tinct. Rhei et Aloes. 
 
 MELANTHACE.E. R. Broicn. (Colchicacece.) 
 
 Herbaceous plants. Root fibrous or fasciculate. Rhizoma sometimes a fleshy corm, 
 sometimes creeping horizontally. Stem simple, seldom branched. Flowers complete, or
 
 MelanthacecR.] 
 
 COLCHICUM. 
 
 585 
 
 from abortion unisexual, often radical. Perianth free, corol-like, 6-leaved, all distinct, or 
 united at the base into a tube. Stamens 6, inserted into the receptacle, or into the peri- 
 anth. Anthers opening outwards. Ovary 3-celled. Style 3-parted (fig. 3.) Ovules 
 affixed to the inner angle of the cells. Capsule divisible into 3. Seeds with a membra- 
 nous testa. Embryo straight within a fleshy or cartilaginous albumen. (/Z. Brown 
 chiefly.) The Melanthaceae are allied to Junceee and to Liliacese, are found in temperate 
 parts of the world, and are remarkable for secreting Veratria. 
 
 CoLCHICI CoRMUS, L. E. (BulbuS, D.) CoLCHICI SfiMINA, L. E. D. 
 
 [COLCHICI RADIX, COLCHICI SEMEN, U. S.] Cormus and Seeds of 
 COLCHICUM AUTUMNALE, Linn. Colchicum, or Meadow Saffron.^ 
 
 Colchicum is well described by Dioscorides. It was used by the 
 Arabs, and is their sorinjan ; they give kuljikoon as its Greek name. 
 The Hermodactyls (Sweet and Bitter sorinjan of the Arabs) of the 
 later Greeks and Arabs were no doubt species of this genus. The 
 author's specimens have been described by Dr. Pereira. 
 
 The true root is fibrous, and below the underground stem or cormus (the bulbo-tuber of 
 some authors), which is ovate, about the size of 
 
 a chestnut, solid, fleshy, enveloped in a brown- Fig. 91. 
 
 coloured tegument. It is rather convex on one 
 side, flattened on the other, or with a longitu- 
 dinal furrow made by the growing plant. It is 
 largest and in full perfection in June or early in 
 July, when a new but minute corm is seen at 
 its lower end close to the radicles. This new 
 corm flowers in autumn, is then small, but en- 
 larges before spring, when the young seed-vessel 
 rises with the leaves, having remained under- 
 ground from the time of flowering in autumn. 
 The seeds ripen about midsummer. The parent 
 corm becomes more spongy and watery as the 
 new flower rises, but retains its size and form 
 till next April, the second spring of its own ex- 
 istence. But by the end of May it has become 
 shrivelled and leathery, and is attached to the 
 lower part of its progeny, now the perfect and 
 full-sized corm. In Scotland, where the seeds 
 do not ripen, the plant propagates itself by lit- 
 tle corms being thrown oflf from the large corm 
 during the second or last spring of its existence. 
 The leaves are broadly lanceolate, flat, some- 
 what keeled, about a foot in length, dark green, 
 smooth, and appearing in the spring with the 
 capsules. Flowers several, leafless, rising from 
 the corm with a long white tube ; limb of a pale 
 purple or rose-colour. Perianth funnel-shaped, 
 with a very lng tube ; limb 6-parted, petaloid. 
 Stamens 6, inserted into the throat of the peri- 
 anth. Capsules 3, connected throughout, 1-celled (fig. l*and 4), opening at the inner 
 edge (2), many-seeded. Seeds (fig. 5) roundish, with a brown shrivelled skin, and large 
 strophiole, which gives them a rough appearance. Native of moist meadows throughout 
 Europe. Nees von E. 49. St. and Ch. 70. 
 
 Dr. Christison has given the fullest and best account of the growth 
 of the corms of the Colchicum, which the author has above very 
 much abridged. Its activity is considered to be greatest in July and 
 August, that is, when the leaves have withered, and the flowers of the 
 new corm have not appeared. Dr. Lindley says he has seen many 
 cwt. sent to town of those which had flowered ; and the flowers 
 broken off, so as to prevent the circumstance from being observed.
 
 586 MEADOW SAFFRON. [Endogena. 
 
 Dr. C. observes that the corm is whitest, firmest, and largest at the 
 end of June and beginning of July, and then abounds in Starch, and 
 that there is no other corm connected with it. But if taken up in 
 April, two are found united, one spongy, the other plump and firm. 
 Though they are generally collected when the corm is single, large, 
 and plump, Dr. C. doubts whether this is essential, as the corm in 
 April, though more watery, is at least as bitter ; and he quotes Slolze 
 as showing that in autumn the corm contains of water 80 per cent., 
 Starch 10, Bitter Extract 2, and Sugar 4, with a little Gum, Resin, 
 and Lignin ; but in April the proportion of Bitter Extract is greater. 
 In the L. P. it is directed to be kept in sand, and to have its brownish 
 integuments removed. It is then to be cut into transverse slices, and 
 dried with a moderate temperature. The slices should be dry, firm in 
 texture, and of a grayish-white colour, and readily change their 
 colour to blue when moistened with vinegar and touched with Tinc- 
 ture of Guaiacum, as pointed out by Dr. A. T. Thomson. The taste 
 is disagreeable, bitter, and somewhat acrid. The seeds have the 
 same properties, and, if collected ripe, are necessarily more uniform. 
 
 According to Pelletier and Caventou, the corm contains the alkali 
 Veratria united with an excess of Gallic acid, Fatty matter united 
 with a volatile acid, Yellow Colouring matter, Gum, Starch, Inulin 
 in abundance, and Lignin. Geiger and Hesse announced the presence 
 of a peculiar alkali, Colchicina and Colchicea ; but it is probable this 
 may be only Veratria in a modified form. The active principles are 
 partially taken up by water, but readily by Alcohol, diluted Spirit, 
 and Vinegar, which are used as the officinal solvents. 
 
 Action. Uses. Colchicum is Irritant, and in large doses a Narcotic 
 Acrid Poison. In small doses repeated, it stimulates some of the se- 
 cretions, and acts as a Nauseant and Cathartic, Diuretic and Diapho- 
 retic, producing at the same time Sedative and Anodyne effects ; thus 
 relieving the pain of Gout and of Rheumatism, and controlling the 
 action of the heart in Inflammatory diseases.. It is doubtful whether 
 its full effect as a medicine is experienced, unless some of the incon- 
 veniences attending its use are felt, as slight colic and diarrhoea, or 
 headache and giddiness, and then the doses should be diminished. 
 
 D. The corm (bulb) or the powdered seeds may be given in doses 
 of gr. j. gr. v. 3 times a day, with aromatics and sometimes a little 
 opiate. Mr. Wigan recommends it in 8 grain doses every hour, until 
 either vomiting, purging, or sweating are experienced. 
 
 
 EXTRACTUM COLCHICI CoRMi, D. Extract of Colchicum. 
 
 Prepared from the fresh conns of the Colchicum, like Extr. Aconite. 
 
 Action. Uses. Efficient preparation in doses of gr. j. every three or 
 four hours. 
 
 EXTRACTUM COLCHICI ACETICUM, L. Acetic Extract of Colchicum. 
 
 Prep. Rub fresh Corms (bulb, E.) of Colchicum fcj. to a pulp, and gradually add 
 Acetic Acid (Pyroligneous Acid, E.) f3iij. Express the liquid, and evaporate it in an 
 earthenware vessel not glazed with lead (over the vapour.bath, E.) to the due consistence
 
 Melanthacea,.} COLCHICUM PREPARATIONS. 597 
 
 Action. Uses. Anodyne, &c., in Gout and irregular Rheumatism, 
 in doses of gr. j. gr. iij. three or four times a day. 
 
 ACETUM COLCHICI, L. E. D. (U. S.) Vinegar of Colchicum. 
 
 Prep. Macerate fresh sliced Colchicum Corms 3j- in distilled Vinegar f^xvj. (ftj. D.) 
 in a covered glass vessel for 3 days. Strain, express strongly, and filter for the impuri- 
 ties to subside; then add Proof Spirit fgj. 
 
 [R. Colchicum Root bruised gij., distilled Vinegar Oij., Alcohol f3j. U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Mild but efficient preparation in doses of f3ss. f3ij. 
 every three or four hours. 
 
 OXYMEL COLCHICI, D. Oxymel of Colchicum. 
 
 Prep. Macerate fresh bulb of Colchicum in thin slices 3j. in distilled Vinegar by 
 measure ftj. in a glass vessel for 2 days. To the strongly expressed and filtered liquor 
 add purified Honey by weight ftij. Then stirring with a wooden stick, boil to the thick- 
 ness of Syrup. 
 
 VINUM COLCHICI, L. E. [Vinum Colchici Radicis, U. S.] Wine of 
 Colchicum. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days dried and sliced Colchicum Corms (bulb, E.) 3viij. 
 ftj. in Sherry Wine Oij. Strain (express strongly the residuum, and filter, E.). 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant, &c. Sedative in doses of n^x. f3j. three 
 imes a day. The Wine of the Seeds is preferred by some (Seeds 
 3ij. to Sherry Wine Oj.) in the same doses. 
 
 [VINUM COLCHICI SEMINIS, U. S. Wine of Colchicum Seeds. 
 
 Prep. R. Colchicum Seeds bruised 3iv., Wine Oij. Macerate for 14 days with occa- 
 sional agitation, and filter through paper. 
 
 D. f3ss. to 3i.] 
 
 TINCTURA COLCHICI COMPOSITA, L. Compound Tincture of Colchicum. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 days bruised Colchicum Seeds 3v. in Aromatic Spirit of Am- 
 mania Oij. Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Recommended by Dr. Williams in cases where Aci- 
 dity prevails, in doses of f%x. f3j. 
 
 TINCTURA (SEMINUM, D.) COLCHICI, L. E. D. Tincture of the Seeds 
 of Colchicum. [TiNcx. COLCHICI SEMINIS, U. S.] 
 
 Prep. Macerate (digest, E.) for 14 days bruised (ground, E.) Colchicum Seeds 3v. 
 (3ij. D.) (3iv. U. S.) in Proof Spirit Oij. (ftj. D.) Strain. (Or better by percolation, 
 like Tinct. Cinchonae, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. As the seeds are more uniform in strength than the 
 corm, and as Proof Spirit is a good solvent, this and the wine of the 
 seeds are preferred by many practitioners in doses of rpjxv. f3j. 
 
 VERATRUM, L. (U. S.) Rhizoma, L. Radix, D. Rootstock of VE- 
 RATRUM ALBUM, Linn. White Hellebore. 
 
 White Hellebore is believed to be the 'EXXs/Sogos Xsuxos of Diosco- 
 rides, the Khirbuk abiuz of the Arabs. 
 Rootstock rugose, oblong, pramorse, rather horizontal, which, when dry, is of a brown-
 
 588 SABADILLA. [Endogena. 
 
 ish colour on the outside, but internally of a grayish colour, with long cylindrical radicles. 
 The stem is 1 to 4 feet high. Leaves plicate, elliptic, or elliptico-lanceolate, pubescent 
 below, passing obliquely into the sheath. Racemes paniculate, terminal, pubescent. 
 Flowers polygamous, yellowish-white, green at the back. Segments of the 6-parted 
 perianth oblong-lanceolate, denticulate, without glands at the base, spreading, much 
 longer than the pedicel. Stamens 6, inserted into the base of the segments ; anthers re- 
 nifbrm, opening transversely. Ovary with 3 spreading stigmas. Capsules 3, united 
 below, horned above, separating into 3 many-seeded follicles. Seeds compressed, or 
 winged at the apex. Meadows in the south of Europe, and also in central Europe. Nees 
 von E. 46. St. and Ch. 136. Veratrum Lobelianum may be used for the same purposes. 
 
 All parts of this plant are acrid and poisonous ; but the rootstock 
 with its radicles is alone officinal. It seems when first tasted a little 
 sweetish, but its bitter and acrid disagreeable taste soon overwhelms 
 every other. They are usually imported from Germany, and are 
 rough with the remains of the detached radicles. The properties de- 
 pend chiefly on the presence of Veratria, but another alkali has been 
 detected by E. Simon, which he has called Jervine, from the Spanish 
 word signifying poison. The other constituents resemble those of 
 the Cormus of Colchicum. / 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant Poison. Applied to the nose, it produces 
 sneezing and coryza, and when taken internally, vomiting and purg- 
 ing. It used to be employed as a Hydrogogue Cathartic, and before 
 Colchicum as an Anodyne in Gout. It is now chiefly employed to 
 destroy vermin infesting the skin or hair ; sometimes as an Errhine, 
 one or two grains being mixed with Starch or Florentine Iris. 
 
 DECOCTUM VERATRI, L. E. Decoction of Veratrum. 
 
 Prep. Add sliced Veratrum 3x. (3j. D.) to Aq. dest. Oj. (by measure ftij. D.) Boil 
 down to Oj. (ftj. by measure, D.), and when cold add Rectified Spirit f 3iij. (by measure 
 3ij. D.) Express and strain, L. 
 
 Action. Uses. This is chiefly employed as a Wash to destroy 
 Pediculi. 
 
 UNGUENTUM VERATRI, L. D. [ALBI, U. S.] Veratrum Ointment. 
 
 Prep. Mix powdered Veratrum gij. (^iij. D. U. S.) prepared Hog's Lard Jviij. (ftj. 
 D.), Oil of Lemons ^xx. L. (Make an Ointment, D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Used as a substitute for the Sulphur Ointment in 
 Scabies. Veratrum is a constituent of the Compound Sulphur Oint- 
 ment. (p. 45.) 
 
 VINUM VERATRI, L. Veratrum Wine. 
 
 Prep. Macerate sliced white Hellebore ^viij. in Sherry Wine Oij. for 14 days. Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Emetic, Cathartic, Anodyne. Sometimes used in 
 Gout and Rheumatism in doses of f%x. thrice a day, with a little 
 Laudanum. 
 
 SABADILLA, L. E. (U. S.) (Cebadilla). Semina, L. Seeds of ASA- 
 GRJEA OFFICINALIS, Lind. (Hclonicis officinalis, Don), L. Fruit of 
 Veratrum Sabadilla, Retz., of Helonias officinalis, Don, and proba- 
 bly of other Melanthacese, E. Cevadilla. 
 
 Sabadilla, Cevadilla, or Cebadilla (from Cebada, the Spanish for
 
 Melanthaceee.] SABADILLA. 589 
 
 Barley, from the resemblance of its flowering spike to an ear of 
 barley) seeds, or rather fruits, were known to Monardes in 1573. 
 Occasionally employed for the destruction of vermin ; they are now 
 recognized as the source for obtaining the alkali Veratria. Cevadilla 
 was long supposed to be the fruit of Veralrum Sabadilla, Retz., but 
 Schiede discovered that it was produced in Mexico by a different 
 plant, which has been referred to Veratrum, to Helonias, and is now 
 formed into a new genus, Asagrsea. 
 
 ASAGR.SA OFFICINALIS, Lindl. Bulbous. Plants csespitose. Leaves linear, grass-like, 
 tapering, smooth, channeled above, carinate below, 4 feet long, lax. Scape naked, 6 feet 
 high, simple. Raceme very dense, 1 J foot long. Flowers polygamous, racemose, naked, 
 yellowish-white. Perianth 6-partite; segments linear. Stamens alternately shorter; 
 anthers cordate, after dehiscence shield-shaped. Ovaries 3, simple. Stigma obscure. 
 Follicles 3, papery. Seeds seimetar-shaped, winged. Eastern side of the Mexican 
 Andes. Nees von E. Suppl. 4. 
 
 VERATKUM SABADILLA, Retz. Is chiefly distinguishable from Asagraa by the fruit in 
 the latter being crowded round the stem, while in this plant they are few in number and 
 attached to one side only. A native of Mexico and of the West Indies. Nees von E. 48. 
 
 Cebadilla or Sabadilla seeds, as they are called, consist of the loose 
 seeds and the 3-celled, thin, dry follicles, of a reddish-gray colour, 
 which are either empty, or each contains two brownish-black seeds, 
 without odour, but having a bitter, acrid, and persistent taste. Ana- 
 lyzed by Pelletier and Caventou, they were found closely to resemble 
 the corm of Colchicum in composition, as they contain Fatty matter 
 composed of Stearine, Elaine, and Cevadic acid, Wax, Veratria in 
 combination with an excess of Gallic acid, Yellow Colouring matter, 
 Starch, Lignin, Gum, with some saline substances, (u. Merat and 
 De Lens.) A more elaborate analysis has been given by Meisner. 
 
 Action. Uses. Anthelmintic. 
 
 VEUATRIA, L. E. (U. S.) (Sabadillin, Meisner) was first discovered 
 in the Sabadilla seeds, and subsequently in the rootstock of Veratrum 
 album, and in both in combination with Gallic acid in excess. 
 
 Prep. Boil Cebadilla Seeds bruised ftij. with portions of Spirit Cj. three times (Gal- 
 late of Veratria, Colouring matter, and some other compounds are dissolved). Press and 
 distil the Spirit, so that the residue be brought to the consistence of an extract. To this, 
 boiled in water three or more times, dil. Sul' is added (Sulph. Veratria is formed). The 
 mixed liquors are evaporated to the consistence of a syrup, when Magnesia is added to 
 saturation, frequently shaking (the Sulph. of Veratria is decomposed, and the Veratria 
 precipitated, but mixed with other substances). Digest the precipitate in Spirit (the Ve- 
 ratria is dissolved). Distil off the Spirit : the residue is boiled in water for a ^ hour, and 
 a little Sul' and animal charcoal added, boiled and strained (the Sulph. Veratria is formed, 
 and freed from colour). The liquid is then evaporated to the consistence of syrup, Sol. of 
 Ammonia q. s. is added (the Veratria is precipitated, and Sulph. Ammonia remains in 
 solution). The Edinburgh process is essentially the same, but differs slightly in details. 
 
 Veratria is pulverulent and not crystallizable. When melted, it 
 becomes on cooling a transparent yellowish mass; burns entirely 
 away when ignited in the air. In cold water nearly insoluble; boil- 
 ing water takes up only 1-lOOOth of its weight, and the solution is 
 acrid ; Alcohol dissolves it readily, and Ether but sparingly. It re- 
 stores the blue colour of Litmus, and forms neutral salts with acids, 
 which crystallize with great difficulty. According to Couerbe, the 
 Veratria of commerce contains, besides Veratria, also Veratrin and
 
 590 VERATRIA. [Endogenas. 
 
 Sabadilline, as well as the Gum-Resin of Sabadilline. Veratria is 
 composed of C 84 H 22 O 8 N=288. Dissolves but slightly in water, 
 is more soluble in Alcohol, but most so in Sulphuric Ether. It has 
 no smell, and a bitter taste. It is to be cautiously administered." L. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant Poison. In small doses, applied externaHy, 
 acts as a Rubefacient; also as an Errhine, excites violent sneezing ; 
 taken internally, excites nausea, vomiting, and purging; has been ap- 
 plied externally in Neuralgia, in Rheumatism, and Gout, after the 
 acute symptoms have been mastered. In doses of yj of a grain, it 
 has been given internally in Gout, Rheumatism, and painful nervous 
 affections, as a substitute for Colchicum. 
 
 SMILACE.E, R. Brown. Sarsaparillas. 
 
 The Smtlaceas are so closely allied to the berry-bearing Asphodelea, i. e. Asparagete, as 
 only to be distinguished from them by their seeds being neither black nor crustaceous, 
 by a thicker albumen, and somewhat different habit They are ajso allied (though these 
 have the ovary inferior) to Dioscorea, in which is included Tamus communis, or Black 
 Bryony, of which the scraped roots, applied as a poultice, promote the absorption of effused 
 blood. From some peculiarities of structure, as the broad, reticulated, and deciduous 
 leaves, and the wood of the root in a solid concentric circle, Dr. Lindley has formed 
 these, with a few other small orders, into his class of Dictyogens. (v. Veg. King. p. 211.) 
 The Smilacese have bisexual or hexapetaloid flowers, several consolidated carpels, and 
 axile placentae. They are found in the temperate and tropical parts of Asia and America, 
 but also beyond these limits. They are chiefly remarkable for yielding Sarsaparilla. 
 
 SMILAX, Linn. Dioecia Hexandria, Linn. 
 
 Dioecious. Perianth 6-partite, nearly equal, spreading (female persistent). Stamens 
 6, inserted into its base. Anthers linear, erect. Ovary 3-celled. Cell 1-seeded. Style 
 very short. Stigmas 3, spreading. Berry 1 3-seeded. Seeds subglobular. Albumen 
 cartilaginous. Embryo very small, remote from the umbilicus. Evergreen climbing 
 shrubs. Root fibrous or tuberous. Stems often prickly. Leaves alternate, petiolate, cor- 
 date or hastate, reticulate, venose ; cirrhiferous stipules between the petioles. Flowers 
 sessile on a globular receptacle, subcapitate, pedicellate, or umbellate, a few in temperate, 
 but the majority in warm and tropical regions of both hemispheres. 
 
 SARZA, L. E. SARSAPARILLA, D. (U. S.) Radix, L. D. Root of SMI- 
 LAX OFFICINALIS, Humb. and Bonpl. L. E., and probably of other 
 species E. of Smilax Sarsaparilla, Linn. D. Sarsaparilla. 
 
 The word Smilax occurs in Greek authors, and the plant, Smilax 
 aspera, continues to be employed in medicine. The name Sarsaparilla 
 (from the Spanish Sarsa, a bramble, and Parilla, a vine) is applied 
 to species of the same genus, and to their roots, first introduced into 
 Europe from the New World in the 16th century. Several kinds, as 
 Jamaica, Honduras, Brazilian, &c., are known in commerce ; but it 
 is extremely difficult, if not impossible, at present to determine the 
 species of Smilax which yield the several varieties of the drug, because 
 much of it is brought over by the Indians from the little known Mos- 
 quito coast to Jamaica, and thence imported into this country : the 
 greater portion of the remainder is imported from Mexico, Guatimala, 
 Brazil, and Peru. 
 
 SMILAX OFFICINALIS, H. B. and K., was discovered by Humboldt and Bonpland in New 
 Granada on the banks of the Magdalena, in Colombia. As its roots are collected by the 
 natives, called Zurzaparilla, and taken to Cartagena, and thence exported to Jamaica, it 
 is more than probable that this yields some of the Sarsaparilla of commerce; hence it is
 
 Smilaceoi.] SARSAPARILLA. 591 
 
 adopted in the L. and the E. P. Dr. Pereira concludes it to be probably the source of 
 Jamaica Sarsaparilla. Martius states that, according to Pohl, the roots are collected in 
 the western parts of the province of Minas Geraes. 
 
 S. SARSAPARILLA, Linn. D., a native of the United States of America ; but it does not, 
 according to the evidence of American authors (v. Wood and Bache), yield any of the 
 Sarsaparilla of commerce. 
 
 S. PAPYRACEA, Poir. (S. syphilitica, Mart, non Humb.) is a native of Brazil. Martius 
 ascertained that its roots were collected by the Indians on the Rio Negro and other places 
 in the vicinity of the Amazon river, and that they form the Salsa, Salsaparilha, Sarsa, or 
 Zarza, which is named the Sarsa of Maranhao, of Para, and of Lisbon, and that it 
 abounds more than the others in Parigline.* 
 
 S. SYPHILITICA, Willd., is a distinct species, found by H. and B. on the Rio Cassiquiare, 
 in Brazilian Guiana. 
 
 S. MEDICA, Schlecht, was found by Schiede on the eastern slope of the Mexican Andes. 
 The roots are dried and exported from Vera Cruz, but are little known here. 
 
 Dr. Hancock states that there is but one species that yields genuine Sarsaparilla which 
 manifests to the taste any of the sensible properties of Sarsaparilla ; and this grows 
 chiefly on the elevated lands of the Rio Imiquem, at Unturana and Caraburi ; also that 
 the Sarsa of the Rio Negro, which comes by way of Angostura or Para, is the best. 
 This is probably yielded by the above S. papyracea. Several other species are, however, 
 enumerated by Martius, as S. Japicanga, brasiliensis, and also Herreria Salsaparilha as 
 employed for the same purposes, and says " Recentes multo efficaciores, quam exsiccates, 
 vetustoe." So S. Cumanensis, the Azacoreto of the natives, S. cordalo-ovata of POppig, 
 S. Purhampvy, referred doubtfully to S. qfficinalis by Dr. Lindley, S. China, yielding the 
 China-root of the shops, long-farrred in the East. It is probable that some of the Indian 
 species are possessed of similar virtues, (v. Himal. Bot. p. 383.) 
 
 Sarsaparilla roots are usually imported in bundles, formed of the 
 roots folded up, but sometimes unfolded, as in the Brazilian variety, 
 frequently still adhering to the rhizoma (chump of druggists). These 
 roots are flexible, several feet in length, about the thickness of a quill, 
 cylindrical, but wrinkled longitudinally, with radicles attached along 
 their length. The colour varies, probably owing to adventitious cir- 
 cumstances. They are composed of a thick cellular cortex, covered 
 by a thin epidermis, and of the meditullium or duramen, an inner 
 layer of ligneous intermixed with cellular tissue, having a central 
 pith, often containing Starch, in its interior. Hence a transverse 
 section resembles one of an exogenous stem but without medullary 
 rays. Sarsaparilla is without odour, often with little else than a mu- 
 cilaginous taste; but when good and fresh it is a little bitter, nauseous, 
 and acrid, which affords, according to Dr. Hancock, the best crite- 
 rion of its goodness. The roots are often split up the middle and cut 
 into short pieces, for the facility of making preparations. In this, it 
 is more difficult than in the entire state, to distinguish the different 
 kinds. 
 
 Jamaica Sarsaparilla, which is usually the most esteemed, is in 
 bundles of from 1^ to 20 inches in length, and from 4 to 5 in breadth, 
 distinguished from other kinds by its reddish colour, and by having 
 more rootlets attached to it, hence it is sometimes called red-bearded 
 Sarsaparilla. It is less mealy, but yields more extract than the other 
 kinds, and the bark five times more than the woody part. (Pope.) 
 Its powder is of a reddish colour, and does not produce so blue a 
 colour as the Honduras, and similar kinds, when tested with Iodine. 
 
 * "Ejus radices prae cseterafum Smilacum pollent materia ilia extractiva, saporis ama- 
 ricantis, fauces vellicantis, Parillinum dicta, cui efficacia medicaminis praecipue debetur."
 
 592 SARSAPARILLA. [Endogence. 
 
 Brazilian, called also Lisbon and Rio Negro Sarsaparilla, ought to be 
 of as good quality as any other, if yielded by the above S. papyracea, 
 which, according to Martius, has the sensible properties more marked 
 than other species, and may be the plant alluded to by Dr. Hancock. 
 Some is yielded perhaps also by the S. cordato-ovata. The roots are 
 in bundles of from 3 to 5 feet in length, and not folded up, often with 
 the chump attached, are less wrinkled longitudinally, have fewer 
 radicles, a reddish-brown colour, and are amylaceous. The Hondu- 
 ras Sarsaparilla is grayish-brown in colour, and, like the last, has 
 but few radicles attached, is very amylaceous, so as to appear mealy 
 when broken, and becomes blue when either its powder or decoction 
 are tested with Iodine. Lima Sarsaparilla, though originally brought 
 from Lima, is also imported from Valparaiso and Costa Rica. (Per.) 
 On account of its resemblance to Jamaica Sarsaparilla, it is often 
 sold for it. It is folded in bundles 3 feet long and 9 inches across, 
 having the chump still attached, and contained in the interior. 
 
 Sarsaparilla roots are sometimes adulterated, the inferior being 
 often passed off for superior kinds. The roots of Agave, and of Fur- 
 crcca, also of Herreria stellata, and Aralia nudicaulis, and even the 
 stems of Dulcamara and of the Hop, are substituted. Those of 
 Phormium tenax have been likewise used for Sarsaparilla. 
 
 Sarsaparilla contains much Lignin, Starch, and Mucilage, a little 
 Acrid Bitter Resin, a trace of Volatile Oil, (which has the odour and 
 acrid taste of Sarsaparilla, p. 591,) and a peculiar principle, which 
 has been variously named, because thought to be different by different 
 chemists, as, first, Pariglin by Pallota, Smilacin, Salsiparin, and Pa- 
 rallinic Acid, all which have been proved to be identical by Poggioli. 
 Pariglin (Smilacin) is white, crystallizable, without odour, but having 
 a bitterish taste, very slightly soluble in cold, more so in boiling water, 
 and in hot spirit, also in Ether and Oils. Strong Sul' turns it red, 
 and finally yellow. HC1' dissolves it, and becomes red. It is com- 
 posed of CaVbon 62-53, Oxygen 28-8, Hydrogen 8-67 = 100 (Pog- 
 gioli). The active properties of Sarsaparilla are taken up both by 
 hot and cold water, but are impaired by long boiling. They are also 
 extracted by diluted Spirit; a little addition of this, therefore, in 
 making its preparations, is probably useful, while long boiling is posi- 
 tively injurious. 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative, Diaphoretic ; will sometimes create nau- 
 sea and vomiting. Improves the state of the constitution, slightly 
 strengthens and induces plumpness in Cachectic cases, and in de- 
 praved states of the general health ; useful in secondary Syphilis and 
 Mercuric-Syphilitic cases. Many ascribe its good effects to the care 
 bestowed on the comfort and diet of the patient. 
 
 [INFUSUM SARSAPARILLA, U. S. 
 
 R. Bruised Sarsaparilla 3i. Boiling Water Oj. Digest for 2 hours in a covered vessel 
 and strain.] 
 
 INF. SARSAPARILLA COMP., D. Comp. Infusion of Sarsaparilla. 
 
 Prep, Macerate Sarsaparilla root, first washed with cold water and then sliced, 3j. 
 

 
 SmilacecB.] SARSAPARILLA. 593 
 
 and Lime-water by measure fi>j. in a covered vessel for 12 hours, occasionally agitating. 
 Strain. The Lime-water is now considered unnecessary. 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative in doses of f3iij. two or three times a 
 day. 
 
 DECOCTUM (SARSAPARILLA, D.) SARZ.E, L. E. Decoction of Sarsa- 
 parilla. 
 
 Prep. Macerate sliced Sarza (washed in cold water, D.) gv. (3iv. D.) in boiling Aq. 
 dest. Oiv. (ftiv. D.) for 4 (2, E.) hours in a lightly covered vessel near the fire, L. (at a 
 temperature somewhat below ebullition, E.) Then take out the Sarza, and bruise it. Re- 
 place it and in the same way macerate for 2 hours. Then boil down to Oij. (feij. by mea- 
 sure, D. Squeeze out the decoction, E.) and strain. The long boiling, L. D., is injuri- 
 ous ; as good a preparation may probably be made by the maceration without the boiling 
 down. The Sarza ought to be well divided, perhaps bruised. The Extract is often pre- 
 scribed with it, and the Syrup also added. 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative. Much used in doses of f 3iij. f3vj. two 
 or three times a day. 
 
 DECOCTUM (SARSAPARILLA, D. [U. S.]) SARZ^E COMPOSITUM, L. E. Comp. 
 Dec. of Sarsaparilla. 
 
 Prep. Boil together for | of an hour Decoction of Sarza Oiv. (by measure feiv. D.), 
 bruised Sassafras, rasped Guaiacum Wood, and bruised (fresh, E.) Liquorice Root aa 3x. 
 (3j. D.), Mezereon 35ij. (3ss. E.) Strain. The boiling will necessarily dissipate the Vo- 
 latile Oil of the Sassafras. 
 
 [Take of Sarsaparilla sliced and bruised 3vj. Bark of Sassafras Root sliced, Guaiacum 
 Wood rasped, Liquorice Root bruised, each ^i. Mezereon sliced 3iij. Water Oiv. Boil for 
 a quarter of an hour and strain.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative. A substitute for the Lisbon diet drink, 
 in doses of f 3iij. f3vj. two or three times a day. 
 
 EXTRACTUM (SARSAPARILLA, D. [U. S.]) SARZ^:, L. Extract of Sarsa- 
 parilla. 
 
 Prep. Prepare as Extr. Gentian, L. Take cut Sarsaparilla Root fej. and boiling Aq. 
 Cj. Macerate for 24 hours, then boil down to feiv. ; while hot, strain, and with heat eva- 
 porate to the proper consistence, D. 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative. Often given with the Decoction in doses 
 of 3ss. 3ij. 
 
 [The Extract of Sarsaparilla U. S. is made as follows : take Sarsaparilla in coarse 
 powder fej. diluted Alcohol Oiv. ; moisten the Sarsaparilla with the Alcohol, and having 
 allowed it to stand for 24 hours, transfer to an apparatus for displacement, and gradually 
 add the remainder of the diluted Alcohol. When the last portion of this shall have pe- 
 netrated the Sarsaparilla, pour in a sufficiency of water from time to time to keep the 
 powder covered ; cease to filter when the liquid which passes begins to produce a preci- 
 pitate as it falls into that already passed. Distil off the Alcohol from the filtered liquor, 
 and evaporate the residue to the proper consistence. Taste acrid. 
 
 D. gr. x. 3i.] 
 
 EXTRACTUM SARSAPARILLA (SARZ^E, E.) FLUIDUM, E. D. Fluid Extract 
 of Sarsaparilla. 
 
 Prep. Take Sarza sliced fej., boiling, E. Aq. Ovj. (by measure fexij. D.) Digest 
 (boil, D.) the root for 2 (1, D.) hours in the (Oiv. E.) water. (Pour off the liquor, D.) 
 Bruise the Sarsaparilla, replace it, and boil for 2 hours, E. (Add Oxij. of Aq. and repeat 
 the boiling and pouring off, D.) Filter, squeeze out the liquid, set aside for the dregs to 
 subside. (Boil the residuum in the remaining Aq. Oij. filter, squeeze out this liquor also; 
 
 38
 
 594 SARSAPARILLA. [Endogenes. 
 
 mix the liquors, E.) Evaporate by continual boiling to the consistence of thin syrup 
 (3xxx. D.) When cool, E. add Rectified Spirit ('Jij. D.) as much as will make in all 
 fjxvj. Filter. This fluid Extract may be aromatized with Volatile Oils or warm Aro- 
 matics, E. The evaporation may be carried on without boiling, and the long roots and 
 rootlets of Jamaica Sarsaparilla alone employed. This preparation is made ol good qua- 
 lity by several chemists, as by Mr. Battley, Messrs. Herring, &c. 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative in doses of f 3ss. f3ij. with water, flavour- 
 ed as agreeable. 
 
 SYRUPUS (SARSAPARILL;E, D.) SARZ.E, L. E. Syrup of Sarsaparilla. 
 
 Prep. Macerate cut Sarza 3xv. (ftj. D.) in boiling Aq. Cj. for 24 hours. Then boil 
 down to Oiv. (ftiv. D.), and while hot, strain. Then add Sugar gxv. L. E. and evapo- 
 rate to the consistence of Syrup. (Proceed as for making Syrup, D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative in doses of f3iv. with water, or added to 
 the Decoction. 
 
 [SYRUPUS SARSAPARILLA COMPOSITUS, U. S. Compound Syrup of Sar- 
 saparilla. 
 
 Take of Sarsaparilla bruised feij. Guaiacum Wood rasped 3iij. Hundred.leavtd Roses, 
 Sf.nna, Liquorice Root bruised, each 3ij. Oil of Sassafras, Oil of Anise, each Tl'v. Oil 
 of Partridge Berry, n^iij. Diluted Alcohol Ox. Sugar ftviij. Macerate the Sarstiparilla, 
 Guaiacnm Wood, Roses, Senna and Liquorice Root in the diluted Alcohol for 14 days, 
 then express and filter ; evaporate the tincture hy means of a water-bath to 4 pints ; fil- 
 ter. Add the Sugar and proceed in the manner directed for Syrup. Lastly, having rubbed 
 the Oils with a small quantity of the Syrup, mix them thoroughly in the remainder. 
 
 D. f5ss. three or four times daily.] 
 
 ORCHIDE^E, Juss. Orchids. 
 
 The Orchidees, though so interesting to horticulturists, are of little 
 importance for their uses. The Vanilla, however, is remarkable for 
 its aromatic fragrance, and some of the family yield the highly nutri- 
 tious tubers known by the name of Salep, Salop, and Saloop. A 
 name which seems to be derived from the Arabic Salib. These ra- 
 dical tubers are hard and horny in appearance, whitish, semi-trans- 
 parent, with little odour, but a mild mucilaginous taste. They are 
 composed chiefly of Bassorin, some soluble Gum, with a little Starch, 
 and are considered by many as containing the largest portion of nu- 
 tritious matter in the smallest space. The plant yielding the finest 
 kind, a produce of the Persian region, is imperfectly, if at all known. 
 A plant brought to the author from near Cashmere he named Eulo- 
 phia vera, and he himself prepared some very good Salep from the 
 tubers of E. campestris, found at the foot of the Himalayas in North- 
 west India (v. Himal. Bot. p. 370). Dr. Falconer informs the author 
 that he was told by Dost Mahomed that the finest Salep is produced 
 near Candahar. Sprengel considers Orchis papilionacea to be the 
 Orchis or Salep of the ancients. M. Beissinhirtz says that Orchis 
 Morio, mascula, and militaris, give the best Salep in Europe. Dr. 
 Cullen says, " I have seen it prepared in this country from Orchis 
 bifolia, as pure and as perfect as any that comes from Turkey." 
 
 Action. Uses. Nutritious and unirritant diet for the sick, convales- 
 cents or children, boiled with water or milk, and flavoured as Sago 
 and other farinaceous foods.
 
 SmilacetB.] S A L E P. 595 
 
 CANNED, R. Brown. Marantacece, Lindl. 
 
 Herbs, with fibrous roots, often with creeping rhizomes. Stem simple or branched at 
 apex, formed of sheathing petioles of leaves surrounding the scape. Leaves alternate, 
 simple, broad, with parallel veins diverging from the midrib. Flowers perfect, irregular, 
 racemose or paniculate, supported by bracts. Perianth double, both superior. Calyx of 
 three sepals. Corolla of six divisions, in two whorls, with the segments unequal, various- 
 ly united, or abortive. Stamen 1, in consequence of the two lateral ones being abortive ; 
 filament petaloid, bearing the anthers on its edge; anthers simple or with 1 cell. Ovary 
 3-celled, or 1-celled. Stigma hooded and incurved. Capsule 1-celled, sometimes berried 
 or 3-celIed, 3-valved. Seeds solitary or numerous, hard, without arillus (vitellus, Br.} 
 Albumen mealy or horny. Embryo straight, with its radicle touching the hilum. 
 
 The Cannese resemble Musaceae in habit, and are very closely allied to Scitaminew. 
 They are found in tropical parts of Asia and America, and are destitute of aroma, and re- 
 markable for the secretion of Starch. 
 
 MARANTA, L. E. (U. S.) Fecula of the Rhizoma and Tubers of MA- 
 RANTA ARUNDINACEA, Linn. L. E. and of M. INDICA, Tussac. E. Arrow 
 Root. Monandria Monogynia, Linn. 
 
 The fecula, rootstocks, and tubers, have long been familiar to the 
 inhabitants of S. America ; but West Indian Arrow Root has only 
 been used in England during this century. 
 
 Rootstock white, horizontal, annulated, from which proceed root-fibres, some of which 
 swell into tubers, and become jointed stocks, similar to the rhizoma, but covered with 
 scales. These often elongate, curve upwards, and rising out of the ground, become new 
 plants. (. Nees and Ebermaier, Pfl. Med. 69 and 70.) Stem 23 feet high, much 
 branched, slender, finely hairy, tumid at the joints. Leaves alternate, with long, leafy, 
 hairy sheaths, ovate, lanceolate. Panicles terminal, lax, spreading, with long, linear, 
 sheathing bracts at the ramifications. Calyx green, smooth. Corolla white, small, une- 
 qual, one of the inner segments in the form of a lip. Anther attached to the petal-like 
 filament. Style hooded, petal-shaped. Ovary 3-celled, smooth. Stigma 3-sided. Fruit 
 even, dry, 1-seeded. 
 
 The Starch, or Arrow Root, is obtained by beating into a pulp, 
 one-year old tubers (the Rhizoma does not seem to be used, neither 
 in this nor in the Curcumas, q. v.), then throwing them into water, 
 agitating and straining it so as to separate the amylaceous from the 
 fibrous portion. The starch suspended in the water gives it a milky 
 appearance. When allowed to stand the fecula subsides, is washed 
 with a fresh portion of water, and afterwards dried in the sun. It is 
 then snow-white, and is composed of minute granules, usually ellip- 
 tical in form, often like a muller in shape, rarely quite spherical or 
 ovate. Many are only a 2000th, others as much as a 750th of an 
 inch in length. Some Arrow Root is also produced in the West 
 Indies by a plant there called " Tous les Mois," referred to in the E. 
 P. as " An imperfectly determined species of Canna." This by some, 
 as Dr. Waterson of St. Kill's, is staled to be C. coccinea. Dr. Hamil- 
 ton describes it as cultivated in Barbadoes, St. Kill's, and ihe French 
 islands, as allaining in rich soils a slalure of fourleen feet, having 
 tuberous roots, equal in size to the human head. He suspects it may 
 be identical with Ihe Achira of Choco. This is the Canna edulis of 
 the Bot. Reg. ix. 775. Dr. Pereira has described the Starch particles 
 as longer lhan those of any other commercial fecula (many a 300th, 
 some nearly a 200th of an inch long). Their shape oval or oblong, 
 generally more or less ovate. The circular hilum is placed at the 
 narrow extremity ; the rings are numerous and close.
 
 596 ARROW ROOT. [Endogena. 
 
 In India, Maranta arundinacea has been successfully cultivated 
 near Calcutta. Some Arrow-root is yielded by another species, M. 
 ramosissima. Besides these, much is yielded by Curcuma angusti- 
 folia, lcucorhiza,rubescens, &c. ; but the greater portion of the Arrow- 
 root which is exported is produced in Travancore, and we have no 
 information respecting the species which yields it, as Curcuma an- 
 gustifolia has not been proved to be indigenous there. Some is also 
 made in India from the tubers of Ipomea Batatas. 
 
 In Europe Potato Starch is often substituted for it. The granules 
 are mostly elliptical, but irregular in form, from a 400th to a 300th 
 of an inch in length. 
 
 Action. Uses. Arrow-root participates in all the properties of 
 Starch (q. v.), and is Nutritious and Demulcent. Well adapted for 
 the diet of the sick, convalescents, and for infants when weaned. As 
 a Demulcent in Urinary and Bowel complaints. Arrow-root makes 
 a firmer jelly than most of the feculas, with the exception, perhaps, 
 of that of Tous les Mois. 
 
 SCITAMINE.E, R. Brown. Zingiberaceae, Lindl. 
 
 Herbaceous plants, remarkable for aromatic properties, with creeping or tuberous 
 rootstocks, rarely perennial, with fibrous roots, stemless, or with a simple stem formed 
 of the sheaths of the leaves investing the scape. Leaves radical, or alternate, sheathing, 
 with parallel veins diverging on either side of midrib. Flowers complete, irregular, ter- 
 minal or radical, spiked, racemose or panicled, each in the axils of sheath-like bracts. 
 Perianth double, both superior ; the exterior (calyx) tubular, usually coloured, 3-dentate 
 or trifid ; the interior (corolla) corol-like ; tube more or less lengthened ; limb 6-partite, 
 in 2 rows. Stamen single, in consequence of the two lateral ones being abortive, inserted 
 into the throat within the anterior divisions of the outer series of the corolla. Filament 
 not petaloid, often extended beyond the anther, which is 2-celled. Ovary 3-celled. Cells 
 many-ovuled, attached to the inner angle. Style filiform, received in a furrow of the fila- 
 ment. Stigma dilated, hollow. Capsule 3-celled, 3-valved, many-seeded, sometimes ber- 
 ried. Seeds roundish, with or without an aril. Albumen farinaceous. A fleshy vitellus 
 (sacculus amnioticus) sheaths the apex of the embryo. 
 
 The Scitaminese, peculiar in habit, are most closely allied to Cannese. They are re- 
 markable for yielding a variety of spices, as Ginger, the various Cardamoms, and others 
 now less known in Europe, as Zedoary, Zerumbet, Galangal, and several of the Curcumas, 
 which, besides Turmeric, &.C., yield Starch, or Arrow-root. 
 
 ZINGIBER, L. E. D. (U. S.) Rhizoma, L. E. Radix, D. Rootstock 
 of ZINGIBER OFFICINALE, Roscoe. (Jlmomum Zingiber, Linn.) D. Mo- 
 nandria Monog. Lin. 
 
 Ginger, the Ityytfap* f Dioscorides, and the Zinjabil of the Arabs, 
 seems to derive its name from the Sanscrit Shringaveram. Pliny says 
 it was thought to be the root of Pepper, and called Zimpiperi, 
 " quanquam sapori simile." 
 
 Rootstock biennial, creeping. Stem annual erect, 3 or 4 feet high, enclosed in the 
 sheaths of distichous leaves. Leaves subsessile, linear-lanceolate, smooth. Spikes radi- 
 cal but elevated, oblong-obovate, strobiliform, formed of single-flowered, imbricated, acute 
 bracts. Corolla with outer limb 3-parted, the interior unilabiate. Lip 3-lobed. Anthers 
 double, crowned with a single incurved beak. Capsule 3-celled, 3-valved. Seeds many, 
 arilled. Cultivated in Asia and also in America. Nees von E. t. 61. 
 
 Ginger is propagated by planting cuttings of the rootstock of the 
 
 plant When the rhizome is young* it may be preserved in syrup, 
 
 The late Hon. F. Shore, when in the Deyra Doon, in conjunction with the Author,
 
 Scitamineee.} TURMERIC. 597 
 
 having been first scalded and scraped ; it then forms the much-es- 
 teemed Preserved Ginger. In the autumn the rhizomes are taken up, 
 and scalded in hot water, to stop the vegetative principle ; they are 
 then dried, without scraping, when they form what is called Black 
 Ginger, or being scraped, they become White Ginger. But it is said 
 that there are also differences in the plants ; as there are in all which 
 have been long cultivated. We require further information on the 
 subject. Most of the Black Ginger of commerce is brought from 
 the East Indies, where it is cultivated both in the plains and moun- 
 tains; the White Ginger comes principally from the West Indies. 
 Much is further whitened by being bleached with Chloride of Lime, 
 &c. Both kinds are remarkable for their warm and fiery, but grate- 
 ful aromatic taste, and yield their principles readily both to water 
 and to spirit. Ginger consists of Lignin, Starch, Gum, Bassorin, 
 Acidulous Extractive, a yellow acrid Volatile Oil, and some soft, 
 very acrid Resin. 
 
 Action. Uses. Grateful and Warm Aromatic. Rubefacient. Er- 
 rhine, Sialagogue. Stimulant Stomachic, much used to give a tone 
 to the Stomach, and in Flatulence. Used also as a condiment and 
 as an addition to various officinal preparations, chiefly aromatic and 
 purgative compounds. Besides the Syrup and Tincture, the effects 
 may be obtained from its powder, in doses of gr. x. 9j. or the 
 Essence, which is a concentrated Tincture, or from Lozenges made 
 with it. 
 
 TINCTURA ZINGIBERIS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Tincture of Ginger. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 days powdered Ginger gijss. (gviij. U. S.) in Proof Spirit, L. 
 D. (Rectified Spirit, E.) Oij. (by measure feij.TD.) Strain. (Proceed as for Tinct. Cin- 
 chonae, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Warm Carminative Adjunct, in doses of nix. f3j. 
 The Tincture is best made with Rectified Spirit, as it is not then so 
 apt to become turbid. 
 
 SYRUPUS ZINQIBERIS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Syrup of Ginger. 
 
 Prep. Infuse bruised Ginger gijss. (giv. D.) in boiling Aq. Oj. (by measure ftiij. D.) 
 for 4 (24, D.) hours. To the filtered liquor add Sugar (pure, E.) ftijss. (q. s. D.) Dissolve 
 (with the aid of heat, E. and make a Syrup, D.) 
 
 Action. Uses. A pleasant adjunct to draughts, &c., in doses of 
 i. f3iv. 
 
 [The Syrup of Ginger of the U. S. P. is made by adding f 3iv. of 
 Tincture of Ginger to a gallon of Syrup, and evaporating the Alcohol 
 by a warm bath.] 
 
 CURCUMA, L. E. D. Rhizoma, L. E. Radix, D. of CURCUMA LONGA, 
 Linn. Turmeric. 
 
 Curcuma appears to be the xuwsigog iv&xoj of Dioscorides ; but the 
 
 succeeded in making very good preserved Ginger, by taking up the rhizomes when very 
 young, scalding them in hot water, and then preserving in Syrup. That prepared in 
 India is usually very stringy. The Chinese Ginger, though in large pieces, is yet com- 
 paratively tender throughout.
 
 598 CARDAMOMUM. \Endogenas. 
 
 name is no doubt derived from the Persian name kurkoom. Turmeric 
 is extensively cultivated in almost every part of India, being employed 
 as a condiment by the natives. 
 
 Rhizoma perennial, having many elongated ramifications ; b'ke it, yellow in colour, 
 with numerous root-fibres proceeding from the rhizoma, many of which, as in the Ma- 
 ranta (r. p. 595), swell into white tubers. The leaves are all radical, bifarious, with long 
 sheathing petioles, broad, lanceolar, of a uniform green. The scape rises from the midst 
 of the leaves, is short, and formed into a spike by numerous imbricated and united bracts, 
 in the lower only of which are from 3 to 5 flowers, supported by bracteoles. Corolla with 
 a tube gradually enlarged upwards ; limb double, each 3-parted. Anther double, incum- 
 bent, bicalcarate at the base. Style capillary. Capsule 3-celled. Seeds numerous, aril- 
 late. Cultivated in India and China. Bot. Reg. t. 1825. Nees von E. 59 as Amomum 
 Curcuma. 
 
 The ramifications of the rootstock form Turmeric, while Arrow- 
 root is procured from the white tubers, as in Maranta, q. v. The 
 Turmeric is sometimes divided into round and into long, but there 
 are a great many varieties. The latter is most common, about the 
 size of the little finger, curved, pointed, and marked externally with 
 transverse annular wrinkles, of a yellow colour, but somewhat of a 
 reddish-brown internally. The powder is of a bright yellow colour. 
 The odour of Turmeric is peculiar, usually very conspicuous in 
 Currie Powder. The taste is warm and bitterish, but spice-like. It 
 contains a yellow Starch, a yellow Colouring matter, and an odorous 
 acrid Volatile Oil (Curcumin). 
 
 Action. Uses. Turmeric is a mild aromatic, and much employed 
 as a condiment. It is also used in dyeing. It is officinal chiefly for 
 making Turmeric-paper, this being turned from yellow to areddish- 
 brown, and thus being a ready method of detecting any alkaline 
 excess. 
 
 CARDAMOMUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Semina, L. D. The Fruit, E. of 
 ELETTARIA CARDAMOMDM, Maton. (Referred to Alpinia, L. Reneal- 
 mia, E., and to the genus Amomum in the D. P.) The Lesser or 
 Officinal Cardamom. Monand. Monog. Linn. 
 
 Cardamoms were probably the xa^afiw/uLov of the Greeks, as they 
 are produced in the same tract as Pepper, though it is difficult to 
 prove the point. A great variety are known, and have been ably 
 examined by Dr. Pereira in his Elements ; but it is equally difficult 
 to refer them to their respective plants. There is no doubt, however, 
 that the officinal Cardamom is produced in Wynaad and Coorg, on 
 the Malabar coast, and by the plant so fully described and figured 
 by Mr. White, and communicated by the Directors of the East India 
 Company to the Linnean Society (v. Trans, x. p. 229), as well as by 
 Dr. Roxburgh. (Fl. Indica, ed. Wall. i. p. 68.) It was formed into 
 a new genus, Elettaria, by Dr. Maton, where it is best retained until 
 a re-examination of the family is made by a competent botanist. 
 
 Rhizoma with numerous fleshy fibres. Stems from 6 to 9 feet high. Leaves lanceo- 
 late, acuminate, pubescent above, silky beneath. Scapes or flowering racemes from the 
 base of the stem comppundly flexuose, procumbent. Outer limb of the corolla in three 
 oblong lobes, inner a single lip. Anther of two distinct lobes. Filament with two trans. 
 verse lobes at the base, emarginate, and simple at the summit. Capsule of 3 cells and 3
 
 Scitaminete.] 
 
 CARDAMOMS. 
 
 599 
 
 valves, with a central receptacle. Seeds rough tunicated. Trans. Linn. Soc. x. t 4 and 
 5. Nees von E. 66. St. and Ch. 106. 
 
 Fig. 92. 
 
 The Cardamom plant springs up spontaneously after the felling of 
 large trees and the clearing away of the undergrowth. In the Fe- 
 bruary (or April, White) of the fourth year, four or five flowering 
 suckers are seen to spring from the stem near the root. Of these the 
 fruit is ripe by the following November, when it is collected, and re- 
 quires only drying in the sun. 
 
 Cardamoms in the capsule are from 4 to 7 lines long, from 3 to 4 
 thick, 3-sided, with rounded angles, obscurely pointed at both ends, 
 longitudinally wrinkled, and of a yellowish-white colour. The seeds 
 are small, angular, irregular, dotted on their surface, of a brown co- 
 lour, easily reduced to powder. Varieties are distinguished by the 
 names of Shorts, Short-longs, and Longs, probably all produced by 
 the same plant. Mr. White describes the fruits as collected being 
 separated into three or four sorts, head, middle, and abortive fruits. 
 The odour of Cardamoms is fragrant, the taste warm, slightly pun- 
 gent, and highly aromatic. These properties are extracted by water 
 and Alcohol, but more readily by the latter. They depend on a Vo- 
 latile Oil (about 4 per cent), which rises with water in distillation. 
 The seeds also contain Fixed Oil 10-4. Alcohol extracts from them 
 12-5 per cent, of an acrid burning Resin and Extractive matter. The 
 Lignin amounts to about 77 per cent. 
 
 TINCTURA CARDAMOMI, L. E. (U. S.) Tincture of Cardamoms. 
 
 Prep. Digest for 14 (7, E.) days bruised Cardamoms giijss. (3ivss. E. [U. S.]) in Proof 
 Spirit Oij. Strain. (Squeeze the residuum and filter the liquor ; or better prepare by 
 percolation, B. Tinct Caps., first grinding the seeds in a coffee-mill, E.) 
 
 TINCTURA CARDAMOM: COMPOSITA, L. E. D. 
 Cardamoms. 
 
 Compound Tincture of 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, E.) days Cardamoms and Caraways aa bruised 3ijss. (3ij. 
 D.), Cochineal bruised 3]. L. E. bruised Cinnamon 3v. (3ss. D.), Raisins 3v. L. E., 
 Proof Spirit Oij. (by measure ftij. D.) Strain. Express strongly, and filter, or prepare 
 by percolation, beating together the solid materials, and leaving them moistened with a 
 little Spirit for 12 hours before they are put in the percolator, E.
 
 600 
 
 CROCUS. 
 
 [Endogena. 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic adjuncts to draughts, &c., in doses of f3j. 
 f3ij. 
 
 IRIDE.E, Juss. Corn Flags. 
 
 Herbs or undershrubs, with tuberous rootstocks. Leaves usually radical, distichous. 
 Flowers regular or irregular, each with 2 spathe-like bracts, and a common 2-leaved 
 spathc. Perianth petaloid, 6-fid, or 6-partite, divisions in 2 rows, but confounded to- 
 gether. Stamens 3, opposite to and inserted into the base of the exterior segments of the 
 perianth; anthers opening outwards. Ovary inferior, 3-celled. Style single, with 3 
 often petaloid stigmas. Capsule 3-celled, 3-valved, bearing the dissepiments in the 
 middle. Seeds many, attached to the central angle. Albumen horny or densely fleshy, 
 enclosing the cylindrical embryo. Radicle turned towards the hilum. R. Brown chiefly. 
 
 The Iridec are naturally allied to Orchideae. They are found in temperate parts of 
 the world. The rootstocks of different species of Iris have long been employed in medi- 
 cine. Iris Jlorentina yields Iris (orrice) root, which is collected chiefly near Florence 
 and Leghorn, and sent to other parts of the world, and finds its way to India, where it is 
 called Bekh-bunufsha (violet-root). It has a pleasant odour resembling that of the violet, 
 a bitterish acrid taste, much fecula with an acrid volatile oil. It is now used chiefly to 
 impart an agreeable odour to the breath, and its powder as perfumery ; much used by the 
 French for making small round balls to keep open issues. The Costus of the ancients 
 (koot and puchuk of the natives) is often called Orrice-root in Northwest India. 
 
 CROCUS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Stigmata exsiccata, L. Stigmata, E. D. 
 
 of Crocus sativus. Jlllioni. Saffron. 
 
 Triandria Monog. Linn. 
 
 Crocus is mentioned by Homer and Hippocrates : and as Carcom 
 in the Old Testament. It is kurkoam of the Persians and zafran of 
 the Arabs. 
 
 Fig. 93. 
 
 The cormus (fig. 93) is roundish, and from its 
 lower surface proceed numerous radicles. The 
 leaves are 7 or 8 inches long, very narrow, tra- 
 versed by a white midrib, and having long mem- 
 branous sheaths at the base. They appear just 
 as the flowers begin to fade. These are of a 
 purplish colour, and make their appearance in 
 autumn. They are axillary, with a 2-valved 
 membranous spath, funnel-shaped, with a long 
 tube and 6-parted limb, the throat bearded. Sta- 
 mens 3, inserted into the tube. Anthers sagit- 
 tate. Style filiform, with 3 long linear stigmas, 
 wedge-shaped and notched at apex, drooping on 
 one side, of a deep orange-colour. Capsule oval, 
 acuminate, 3-celled, many-seeded. Seeds round- 
 ish. Saffron was early cultivated in Egypt and 
 Persia. The author obtained it from Cashmere, 
 (fc. Himal. Bot. p. 2.) It has long been intro- 
 duced into Europe. Saffron Walden was so 
 named from its being cultivated there. 
 
 The stigmata are the only officinal 
 parts of the plant. These with a por- 
 tion of the style are separated and 
 carefully dried on paper by artificial 
 heat. When dried, they form narrow 
 shreds about an inch in length, of a 
 brownish-red colour, and are called 
 Hay Saffron ; the produce of about 60,000 flowers are required to 
 make up a pound. At other times the Saffron is pressed together, 
 and forms what is called Cake Saffron, as is done with that of Persia,
 
 SAFFRON. 601 
 
 which is highly esteemed when imported into India : the Hay Saffron 
 being the produce of Cashmere. But the Cake Saffron procurable 
 in the shops here is made up of Safflower (Carthamus tinctorum) and 
 gum-water. (Per.) Saffron is now imported both from France and 
 Spain, a little from other parts of Europe, and some from Bombay, 
 which must be the produce of Cashmere or of Persia. Saffron must 
 necessarily be dear, from the space and labour required to produce 
 even a small quantity ; and therefore it is frequently adulterated with 
 Safflower, M arygold, occasionally with shreds of dried beef; and old 
 Saffron is sometimes oiled to make it look fresh, or that of which the 
 colour has been extracted is sold as good and fresh Saffron. 
 . Saffron has a strong aromatic odour, and warm bitter taste, and is 
 of a deep orange-colour, which it imparts readily to water or to Spirit, 
 and tinges the saliva yellow when chewed. Analyzed, it yielded of 
 Volatile Oil 7-5, Gum 6-5, a yellow Colouring matter (Polychroite) 
 65 per cent., the remainder consisting of Wax, Albumen, a little Sa- 
 line matter, Lignin, and moisture. The properties depend probably 
 on the Volatile Oil and also on the Colouring matter, as this has been 
 separated into a Volatile Oil and a bitter-tasted red substance. 
 
 Action. Uses. Slightly Stimulant, and highly esteemed in Eastern 
 countries, as it formerly was in Europe. Much used as an ingredient 
 in the cookery of the East, as in that of the Continent ; but is chiefly 
 employed here as a colouring ingredient; sometimes in nervous af- 
 fections, in doses of gr. x. 3ss. Forms an ingredient of several 
 officinal compounds, as Confectio Aromatica. 
 
 SYRUPUS CROCI, L. E. Syrup of Saffron. 
 
 Prep. Macerate Saffron 3x. in boiling Aq. Oj. in a lightly covered vessel for 12 hours, 
 then strain, and add Sugar ftiij. (Proceed as for Syrup of Orange-Peel, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Useful as a colouring addition to draughts. 
 TINCTURA CROCI, E. Tincture of Saffron. 
 
 Prep. Digest Saffron chopped fine 3ij. in Proof Spirit Oij. Or prepare by percolation. 
 
 Action. Uses. Emmenagogue, but used also as a Colouring in- 
 gredient. 
 
 ACORACE^:, Lindl. (Now a tribe of Orontiacece.) 
 
 A spadix naked and closely covered with flowers. Flowers surrounded with 6 scales. 
 Ovaries 3-celled, about 6 suspended ovules in each cell. Stigmas 3-lobed. Berries 1- 
 seeded. (Lindl.} The Acoracea are now made a tribe of Orontiacea by Dr. Lindley 
 (Veg. King. p. 194), and are like these allied to Arace.ee, many of which secrete much 
 Fecula often united with, acrid principle ; but as the Starch may be separated by washing, 
 as in the case of what is called Portland Sago or Arrow-root, yielded by^lrurn maculatum, 
 so the rootstocks of several form articles of diet in different countries. 
 
 ACORUS CALAMUS, Linn. L. E. Rhizoma, L. E. (CALAMUS, U. S.) or 
 Rootstock of Common Sweet Flag. Calamus aromaticus, E. 
 
 The axopov of the Greeks, the witj of the Arabs, and buck of the 
 Hindoos. It has no claim to the name assigned it in the E. P.
 
 602 
 
 AVENA SATIVA. 
 
 [Endogena. 
 
 Rhizoma thick, rather spongy, aromatic like 
 every other part of the plant. Leaves erect, 2 3 
 feet high, about an inch broad, of a bright green 
 colour. Stalk 2-edged or leaflike, but thicker 
 below the spadix, which issues from one of th 
 edges, about a foot above the root, 2 or 3 inche 
 long, tapering, covered with numerous thickly 
 set, pale-green flowers, characterized as in the 
 family. Native of Europe and of moist and cool 
 parts of India, also of North America. St. and 
 Ch. 32. Nees Ton E. 24. 
 
 The rhizoma, or creeping procum- 
 bent stem, which throws up leaves 
 from its upper and roots from its 
 lower surface, is flattened, jointed, or 
 marked with the semicircular impres- 
 sions of the leaves, of a light brownish 
 colour externally, with a reddish tinge 
 in the inside. The odour is strong 
 and aromatic, but not very agreeable; 
 the taste warm, bitterish, aromatic, 
 and a little acrid. It contains Volatile 
 Oil, Resin, Extractive, Salts, woody 
 fibre, and water. 
 
 Action. Uses. Aromatic Stimulant. The author has frequently 
 prescribed it in conjunction with bitters, as the Chiretta and Bonduc 
 Nut, and with success as an Antiperiodic in Agues. In powder in 
 doses of gr. x. 9j. ; or in infusion (3jss. 3ij. Oj. Aq.) in doses 
 of fSjss. 
 
 GRAMINE.E, Juss. Grasses. 
 
 Stem cylindrical, usually fistular. Leaves alternate, with split sheaths. Flowers per- 
 fect or unisexual, in spikelets consisting of a common rachis with imbricated bracts, ot 
 which the exterior are called glumes, the interior, or those immediately enclosing the 
 stamens palea, and the innermost, at the base of the ovary, scales. These are 2 or 3 in 
 number, sometimes wanting. Stamens hypogynous, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, or more; anthers versa- 
 tile, notched at both ends. Ovary simple; styles 2, very rarely 1 or 3; stigmas feathery. 
 Pericarp membranous. Albumen farinaceous ; embryo on one side of the albumen, len- 
 ticular. Lindley chiefly. 
 
 Grasses constitute the most important of families, being found in all parts of the world. 
 Their herbaceous parts afford fodder for cattle, and secrete fecula in their seeds, which 
 forms the chief food of mankind. Sugar is secreted by some, but especially by the Sugar- 
 Cane, and a Volatile Oil by Andropogon Calamus aromaticus, Royle, and several other 
 species. This oil, often called Oil of Spikenard, is extremely grateful for its fragrance, 
 powerful as a stimulant, and especially useful as an embrocation, with one-half or two- 
 thirds of Olive Oil, in rheumatism of the joints, &c. Silex is deposited on the surface 
 of most grasses, as well as in the joints of the Bamboo, forming Tabasheer. 
 
 Tribe Avenece. 
 
 AVENA, L. E. D. Semina integumentis nudata, L. Seeds, E. of AVENA 
 SATIVA, Linn. The Common Oat. Farina ex seminibus, D. (Avenae 
 Farina, U. S.) Oatmeal. 
 
 The Oat (/Sgujuws of Dioscorides) was known to the Greeks. 
 The oat is distinguished among cereal grains by its loose panicle. Spikelets 3- 2-flow-
 
 Graminece.] HORDEUM DISTICHON. 603 
 
 ered. Florets smaller than the glumes, naked at the base, alternately awned. Outer 
 palea with lateral nerves, awned, ending in two points. Awn dorsal, kneed and twisted. 
 Stamens 3. Ovary hairy at the top. Stigmas 2. Scales 2. Grain long, crested and 
 furrowed. A native probably of the Persian region. Several varieties are cultivated in 
 Europe. Nees von E. 28. 
 
 The grains of Oat when deprived of their integuments form Groats, 
 when these are crushed, Embden and Prepared Groats. When the 
 grain is kiln-dried, stripped of its husk and delicate outer skin, and 
 then coarsely ground, it constitutes the oatmeal of Scotland. " The 
 husk, with some adhering starch from the seed, is sold under the in- 
 consistent name of Seeds" (c.) Oats, according to Vogel, consist of 
 34 of husk and 66 per cent, of meal, and Oatmeal, in 100 parts, of 59 
 of Starch, 4-3 of Albuminous matter, Bitter Extractive and Sugar 
 8-25, Gum 2-5, with 23-95 of Lignin and moisture. Dr. Christison 
 finds as much as 72 per cent, of Starch, and that it consists therefore 
 of nearly five-sixths of real nutriment. 
 
 Action. Uses. Groats and Oatmeal are nutrient and demulcent. 
 When boiled with water (3j. to Aq. Oj. boiled to Oss.) Gruel is form- 
 ed, which is so useful as diet for the sick. Oatmeal, when of thicker 
 consistence, forms Porridge, and may be employed for making poul- 
 tices. 
 
 PULVIS PRO CATAPLASMATE. Poultice or Cataplasm Powder. 
 Prep. Linseed after the Oil has been expressed 1 part, Oatmeal 2 parts. Mix. 
 
 CATAPLASMA SIMPLEX, D. Simple Poultice. 
 
 Prep. Take Cataplasm powder and boiling Aq. q. s. to make a poultice, which should 
 be smeared over with Olive Oil while warm. 
 
 Tribe Hordece. 
 
 HORDEUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Semina (decortica, D.) integumentis nu- 
 data, L. Pearl Barley. Decorticated Seeds, E. of HORDEUM DIS- 
 TICHON, Linn. Common or Long-eared Barley. Triandria Digy- 
 nia, Linn. 
 
 Barley formed one of the ancient articles of diet (Exod. ix. 31, 
 v. Bibl. Cycl.) The Hebrew name shoreh is very similar to the Ara- 
 bic shair. It is the ^n of Dioscorides. 
 
 Several species of Barley are cultivated. H. vvlpnre or Spring Barley, having its 
 grains arranged in four rows, and H. hexasticfion, or Winter Barley, having the same in 
 6 rows, and the officinal species, H. distichon, or Common Barley. Spikelets 3 together. 
 Glumes 2, terminating in long awns, with 1 perfect flower, which is distichous, close 
 pressed to the stem, awned, the lateral florets male, awnless, with the upper flower a su- 
 bulate rudiment placed next the rachis. PaletB 2, the inferior one ending in an awn. 
 Stamens 3. Ovary hairy at the apex. Segments 2, feathery. Scales 2. Guin oblong 
 internally, with a longitudinal furrow, adherent to the ovary. Probably a native of Tar- 
 tary, (Reideul.) 
 
 The grains of Barley, deprived of their husks, which according to 
 Einhof amount to 18-75 per cent., form the Hulled or Scotch Barley, 
 and when ground, Barley Meal. When the process of decortication 
 is carried further, and the grains become rounded or ovoid, but still 
 retain the mark of the longitudinal furrow, they form the officinal
 
 604 TRITICUM VULGAR E. \Endogenae. 
 
 article, Pearl Barley. This ground to powder, forms Patent Barley, 
 (p.) It abounds in Starch, with a little Gluten, Sugar, and Gum. 
 According to the analysis of Einhof, Barley consists of Meal 70-05. 
 Water 11-20, and of Husk 18-75 in 100 parts, while the Meal consists 
 of 67-18 of Starch, 5-21 of uncrystallizable Sugar, 4-62 of Gum, 3-52 
 of Gluten, 1-15 of Albumen, 6-24 of Phosphate of Lime, and 7-29 of 
 Vegetable fibre, the remainder being water and loss. Proust, how- 
 ever, considers some of the Starch to be peculiar, and intermediate 
 in its nature between Starch and Lignin, and he calls it Hordein. 
 But its nature is not well understood. When Barley is malted, Sugar 
 and Gum are produced at the expense of the Starch (of the Hor- 
 deine). 
 
 DECOCTUM HORDEI, L. D. Barley Water. 
 
 Prep. Take Barley 3ijss. (gij. D.) wash off extraneous matters with water, pour on 
 it Aq. Oss. (by measure fess. D.) and slightly boil, throw this away and pour on it boiling 
 Aq. Oiijss. (by measure flv. D.) and boil down to Oij. (half, D.) Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Mucilaginous Demulcent, containing the soluble parts 
 of the Barley. 
 
 DECOCTUM HORDEI COMPOSITITM, L. D. MISTURA HORDEI, E. Com- 
 pound Decoction of Barley, or Barley Mixture. 
 
 Prep. Take (Pearl Barley gijss., if necessary clean it by washing, and with Aq. Oivss. 
 boil down to Oij. E.) Decoction of Barley Oij. (by measure fi>iv. while boiling, D.) add 
 stoned Raisins, Figs sliced aa gijss. sliced and bruised Liquorice Root 3v. (3ss. D.) Aq. 
 Oj. L. E. Boil down to Oij. (ftij.) and strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent, and useful as a pleasant diet drink. 
 
 SECALE CEREALE, Linn., or Common Rye, is sometimes made offi- 
 cinal, and mentioned as Secale cornutum, Spurred Rye, or Ergot, 
 ERGOTA, L. E. ; but as the properties of this substance seem to depend 
 entirely on the presence of a fungus, it is preferable to treat of it with 
 the Fungi. The Rye cultivated in Europe is considered to be a na- 
 tive of the Caucasico-Caspian Desert ; Dr. Falconer met with it in 
 Tibet and Toorkistan, where it is called Deo gundum, or Devil's 
 Wheat. The meaning of Kussemeth, translated Rye and Fitches in 
 our Bible, is uncertain. 
 
 TRITICUM VULGARE, E. TRITICUM HYBERNUM, L. D. Wheat. 
 
 Wheat is very similar in sound to the Hebrew khittah, Arabic 
 hinteh, and there is no doubt it was cultivated by and formed the 
 food of the earliest civilized nations. It was the *upo of the Greeks. 
 
 T. tJU/ojare, var. hybernum, the kind most commonly cultivated, is sown in autumn and 
 reaped irrthe following summer. Spike four-cornered, imbricated, with a tough arti- 
 culated rachis. Spikelets solitary, generally 4-flowered. Flowers distichous. Glumes 2, 
 nearly opposite, equal, the upper one bicarinate ; the keels more or less aculeate, ciliate, 
 ventricose, ovate, truncate, mucronate, compressed below the apex, round and convex at 
 the back, with a prominent nerve, awned or awnless. Stamens 3. Ovary pyriform, hairy 
 at the apex. Stigmata 2, feathery. Scales 2. Grain loose, externally convex and inter, 
 nally marked with a deep furrow. Cultivated every where ; said to be a native of Tar- 
 tary. 
 
 Besides this, T. vulgare, var. cestivum or Spring Wheat is cultivated. T. compositum
 
 Graminece.] A M Y L U M. 605 
 
 or Egyptian Wheat is distinguished by its compound spikes. T. Spelta, Bere or Spelt, 
 much cultivated in France, and T. monococcum, remarkable for having only a single row 
 of grains. 
 
 The grain of Wheat differs from that of both Barley and Oats in 
 not adhering to its perianth, so that this is easily separated in the pro- 
 cess of thrashing. It is reduced into Flour, Farina by grinding. The 
 Bran, which constitutes from 25 to 32 per cent., according to the 
 variety of wheat, is separated by sifting. 
 
 FARINA. Farina Seminum, L. E. D. Flour. 
 
 Flour, according to analysis of Vauquelin, consists of Starch 68-08, 
 Gluten 10-80, Sugar 5-61, Gum 4-11, Water 10-25; but the propor- 
 tion of these constituents necessarily varies. The ashes of Wheat, 
 which amount only to 0-15 per cent., consist, according to Henry, of 
 Biphosphates of Soda, of Lime, and Magnesia. 
 
 Flour, though officinal, is seldom applied to any medicinal purpose. 
 Its nutritious properties, and its superiority to all other grains for 
 making bread, are well known. Both are dependent on the presence 
 of Gluten, which was at one time thought to be a simple substance, 
 but is now known to be compound. The Starch and Gluten may 
 easily be separated by kneading Wheat Flour in water, when the par- 
 ticles of Starch are washed out, suspended, and afterwards deposited, 
 in the same way as Sago, Arrow-root, and Tapioca. There remains 
 behind a grayish-white adhesive mass, which is also ductile and 
 elastic. This is Gluten. Its properties are fully described in chemi- 
 cal works. It is remarkable for containing a large proportion of 
 Nitrogen, and approximating in nature to Albumen, Gelatine, and 
 Fibrine. Owing to the presence of Gluten, the paste made with 
 Wheat Flour is very tenacious, and bread made with it is light, po- 
 rous, and well raised. 
 
 AMYLUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Seminum Foecula, L. Fecula of the 
 Seeds, E. of Triticum vulgare, &c. Starch. 
 
 Starch may be procured by the above process ; but it is obtained 
 on a large scale by steeping the Wheat Flour for some time in water, 
 when Sugar, Gum, and Salts are dissolved the liquor becomes sour, 
 from the production of Lactic Acid. The Gluten, which adheres to 
 the Starch with great tenacity, is in a great measure then dissolved 
 by the acid, and the Starch more easily separated. When the Starch 
 has been separated, it is allowed to drain, and then subjected to pres- 
 sure. In drying it assumes the form of irregular prisms, so charac- . 
 teristic of manufactured Starch. It has of late been obtained of fine 
 quality from Rice, by the action of a weak solution of Caustic Soda. 
 Good Wheat Starch is white, and, without odour or taste, appears a 
 soft homogeneous powder. But, when examined under the micro- 
 scope, it is found to be composed of granules smaller than those of 
 most other kinds of Starch, which are unequal in size, mostly glo- 
 bular, each displaying a series of concentric rings, surrounding a 
 central point, which has been named the hilum. These granules are 
 now considered to be composed of an external integument, named
 
 C06 SACCHARUM. [Endogena;. 
 
 Amylin, which contains matter of the nature of pure Starch, now 
 called Amidine. Starch globules are insoluble in cold water, but 
 boiling water bursts the Amylin, or membranous tegument, and then 
 the Amidine is dissolved, though not completely. If the quantity be 
 sufficient, a gelatinous mass is produced on cooling. If brought when 
 cold into contact with free Iodine, a deep blue colour (v. p. 56) is 
 produced. This colour is destroyed by heat. Starch is insoluble in 
 Alcohol, but this removes a little Volatile Oil which is attached to 
 the Amylin, also in Ether, as well as in Fixed and Volatile Oils. By 
 the action of Dil. Sul' Starch is converted into Sugar, and by Nit' 
 into Oxalic Acid. In the process of germination, as in that of malt- 
 ing, it is likewise converted into Sugar by the action of a principle 
 called Diastase. The composition of Starch is variously given by 
 chemists, some stating it to be C 7 H 6 O 6 , others as C 12 H' O l0 , and 
 also doubling the numbers of the last. 
 
 Action. Uses. Starch is Nutritious and Demulcent, extensively 
 employed as an article of diet ; and for the sick, in the form of Sago, 
 Arrow-root, and Tapioca. As hair powder, it is employed for pow- 
 dering the irritated skin. 
 
 Pharm. Prep. Trochisci Acaciae, E. Pulvi Tragacanthse comp. L. 
 
 DECOCTUM (MaciLAGo, E. D.) AMYLI, L. Mucilage of Starch. 
 Prep. Rub up Starch 3iv. (3vj. D.) with Aq. Oj. (ftj. by measure, D.) Boil. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent. Useful in Dysenteric and Urinary 
 Complaints as an injection ; and also for suspending powders. 
 
 Other Grasses abound in Fecula and afford nutritious diet. Rice, 
 Oryza saliva, contains at least 85 per cent, of Starch (v. p. 605). 
 about 3'5 Gluten, and a little Gum, Sugar, Oil, Water, Lignine, and 
 Phosphate of Lime. It forms a good substitute for Potatoes, &c. ; 
 if carefully boiled and steamed, the grains then dry, remain soft and 
 separate, instead of forming a pulpy mass. Maize or Indian Corn, 
 Zea Mays, which, like Rice, forms the chief food of millions, and is 
 highly esteemed by the Americans, is nutritious, containing Starch 
 80 per cent., Zeine, Hordeine, (Bizzio) a little Sugar, Gum, Oil, and 
 Salts. The flour is sold by the name Polenta. Coarsely ground, it 
 makes excellent Gruel, and may be used for Poultices. Sorghum 
 vulgare, the joar of India durra of the Arabs, is well suited to the 
 same purposes, also many of the smaller grains, especially of the 
 Tribe Panicea. 
 
 Tribe Saccharinece. 
 
 SACCHARUM, (U. S.) Succus praparatus, L. of SACCHAUUM OFFICINA- 
 RTJM, L. E. D. Saccharum pururn, E. Succus concretus purifi- 
 catus, D. Sugar. Purified or White Sugar. 
 
 Saccharum commune, E. Succus concret. non purific. D. Brown 
 Sugar. 
 
 Sacchari Fsex, L. E. Syrupus empyreumaticus, anglice Molasses.
 
 Graminea;.] SUGAR. 607 
 
 D. Treacle. (But this is sometimes distinguished from Molasses 
 as draining from Sugar in the process of refining.) 
 
 Sugar is a principle very generally diffused in the vegetable king- 
 dom. In the East and West Indies it is obtained chiefly from the 
 Sugar Cane, but in the East also from Palms ; in France, from the 
 Beet-root and Mangel-wurzel; in America, from the Maple; but it 
 is also found in many fruits, roots, &c. Ij; is probable that it was first 
 discovered by evaporating the juice of Palms in India, of which the 
 Sugar is called jaggary. But the Sugar of the Cane has been known 
 both in India and Egypt from very early times, and the ancients 
 were acquainted with it. (v. Essay on the Antiq. of Hindoo Med. 
 p. 83.) 
 
 The Sugar Cane grows from 6 to 12 feet high, with a jointed stem, hard and dense 
 externally, but juicy in the inside. Leaves long, linear, strap-shaped, enveloping the 
 stem with their sheaths. Panicles 1 to 3 feet long, elegantly diffuse and waving, silvery 
 from the quantity of long hairs attached to each floret. Spikelets all fertile, in pairs, the 
 one sessile, the other stalked, articulated at the base, 2-flowered, tlie lower floret neuter, 
 with 1 palea, the upper hermaphrodite, with 2 paleee. Glumes 2, membranous, obscurely 
 l-nerved, with very long hairs on the back. Palese transparent, awnless, those of the 
 hermaphrodite flowers minute, unequal. Stamens 3. Ovary smooth. Styles 2, long. 
 Stigmas feathered. Scales 2, obscurely 2- or 3-lobed at the point, distinct. Grain little 
 known. A native probably of India, the Indian Islands, or of China. Nees von E. 33, 
 34, 35. St. and Ch. 148. 
 
 The Sugar Cane is cultivated from cuttings, and takes about a year 
 to come to maturity. It is then cut down close to the earth, topped, 
 and stripped of its leaves, and crushed between iron rollers, or in a 
 wooden mill. The juice is first mixed with Lime to saturate the acid 
 which is present, and then heated. The clear liquor is separated and 
 evaporated till it becomes granular. It is then put into casks, and the 
 uncrystallizable parts (the Molasses or Treacle) allowed to drain off, 
 and the Sugar left in the state of the Raw or Muscovado Sugar of 
 commerce. The quantity of this is diminished, and that of the Sugar 
 increased by a less degree of heat and by boiling in vacuo. It under- 
 goes purification in various ways, by solution in water, fining with 
 albuminous matter, &c., filtration through a stratum of animal char- 
 coal, evaporation, and recrystallization, and by passing pure syrup 
 through it. It then forms pure, refined, or loaf Sugar. 
 
 Cane Sugar (C 19 H 9 O, Peligot, C U H 10 O 10 , Thomson, or C 24 H 18 O 18 
 + 4 H O when crystallized), allowed to crystallize slowly from its 
 solution, forms large crystals of hydrated Sugar, or Sugar Candy, 
 in oblique rhombic prisms. Sugar is well known for its pure and 
 sweet taste. Sp. Gr. 1-6. It is white, and without odour, soluble in 
 water, forming Syrup, less freely so in Alcohol. It is unchanged in 
 the air, but when heated melts, and again solidifies on cooling in the 
 form of glassy clear Barley Sugar. When heated to a greater de- 
 gree, it becomes decomposed, swells, emits a peculiar odour, becomes 
 of a deep brown colour, and is called Burnt Sugar or Caramel, which 
 is much used for colouring Spirits. It burns away at a higher heat. 
 Sugar combines with the alkalies: after a time the alkaline character 
 disappears, especially of Lime and Baryta, and an acid (the Glucic) 
 is formed; and also with some metallic oxides, as that of Lead.
 
 008 CYPERACEjE. [Endogenai. 
 
 When pure, no precipitate takes place with Diacetate of Lead. It 
 prevents both the Iodide and Carbonate of Iron being readily decom- 
 posed, and it renders the fixed and volatile oils to a certain extent 
 miscible with water. Nit' converts it into Oxalic acid. Sul' chars 
 it ; but long boiled with diluted Sul', it is converted into Grape Sugar. 
 A weak watery solution exposed with yeast to a temperature between 
 50 and 80, undergoes fermentation (v. p. 615). 
 
 Grape Sugar (C 2 * H 28 O at -P- 5 H O when crystallized), or Sugar of 
 Fruits, is found in the Grape as w r ell as other fruits, and differs in 
 several particulars from Cane Sugar, first in containing more Oxygen 
 and Hydrogen. It is also less sweet and less soluble in water, crys- 
 tallizes in warty granular masses, and combines with difficulty with 
 Lime, Baryta, and Oxide of Lead. It undergoes fermentation, and 
 is converted entirely into Alcohol and Carb. acid, while Cane Sugar 
 requires an equivalent of water to be decomposed. 
 
 Action. Uses. Dietetic, Nutrient, Demulcent. Sugar is much 
 used to cover the taste of medicines, also in Syrups, Conserves, Con- 
 fections, Electuaries, and Lozenges; to suspend oily in aqueous 
 liquids. Treacle, remaining soft, is well adapted for making pills. 
 
 SYRUPUS (L.) SIMPLEX, E. D. Syrup. 
 
 Prep. Dissolve Sugar fcx. (gxxix. D.) (boiling, E.) Aq. Oiij. (ftj. by measure gradu- 
 ally mixed, D.) with aid of gentle heat, E. (in a covered vessel, D.) 
 
 [Dissolve Sugar feijss. in Water Oj. by a gentle heat and remove the scum, U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Syrup is applied to all the pharmaceutical uses of 
 Sugar. It is preserved at a temperature of 50. It sometimes re- 
 quires to be purified by boiling with the white of egg. 
 
 The Cyperacece, may be called the Grasses of moist situations, and 
 very closely resemble them in appearance ; but they may readily be 
 distinguished by their stems being solid, often triangular, and their 
 leaves with entire, not split sheaths. They are much less useful than 
 the plants of that family. The famed Papyrus belongs to the Cype- 
 raceae. Though a few do secrete fecula in their tuberous rootstocks, 
 as the Water Chestnut of the Chinese, &c., others secrete a little Vo- 
 latile Oil, as Cyperus longus and rotundus. They are mentioned here 
 because the creeping rhizomes of Carex arenaria, and of a few allied 
 species, are sometimes used medicinally, under the name of German 
 Sarsaparilla. 
 
 III. ACOTYLEDONES * CRYPTOGAMLE. 
 
 Substance of the plant composed of cellular tissue chiefly (except in the Acrogens). 
 No woody fibre. No true flowers with stamens and pistils. No distinct embryo or 
 cotyledons. Reproduction taking place by spores, or by a mere dissolution of the utri- 
 cles of tissue. (Lindl.) These Cryptogamic, or Flowerless Plants, are divided into Aero- 
 gens and Thallogens.
 
 Acotyledonea.] F I L I C E S. 609 
 
 Acrogens grow by an extension of the stem point, do not increase in thickness when 
 once formed, and contain some ducts among the cellular tissue. 
 
 FILICES, Juss. Ferns. 
 
 Leafy plants, with a rhizoma, in some creeping, or rising into a palm-like trunk (Tree 
 Ferns). Leaves (or Fronds) coiled up in a circinate manner in vernation, simple or di- 
 vided, with dichotomous veins of equal thickness, with scalarifbrm vessels in the interior. 
 Reproductive organs arising from the veins on the under side or edge of the leaf, and con- 
 sisting of 1-celled Thecte or Sporangia, which contain the Spores, and are either stalked, 
 with an elastic ring, or are sessile, and without a ring, collected in Sori either naked or 
 with an indusium. The rhizomes of many Ferns are astringent, some contain a volatile 
 oil, and some an acrid principle. The fronds are mucilaginous when young, and are 
 used as food in some countries. 
 
 % 
 
 ASPIDIUM, L. FILIX, E. (FELIX MAS, U. S.) Rhizoma, E. Radix, 
 L. D., of LASTREA FILIX MAS, PresL, referred to Aspidium, by 
 Smith, &c. L. D. to Nephrodium by Richard, E. Male Shield 
 Fern. Fern Root. 
 
 This is supposed to have been the irrsvss of Dioscorides. " Several 
 Ferns were no doubt employed medicinally by the ancients. 
 
 The Rhizoma horizontal, thick, with numerous tufts (the bases of the fronds) ranged 
 along the common axis, separated from one another by brownish-yellow silky scales. 
 The true roots emerge from between these tubercles, and descend downwards. The 
 fronds or leaves ascend upwards in tufts of 1 to 4 feet high. Fronds bipinnate, rising in 
 a circle from the tufted rhizoma ; pinnules obtuse and serrated, only slightly narrowed 
 downwards, and the lowest leaflet of considerable size, lobes usually a little combined at 
 the base. Veins distinct, after leaving the midrib, not uniting with those of the adjoining 
 pinnule. Stipes, or footstalk and midrib, either glabrous, yellow, or densely clothed with 
 purple scales. Sori roundish, scattered, covered by an indusium, which is reniform, at- 
 tached by the sinus. Sori placed in two rows near the central nerve, and below its 
 lower half. Indigenous in woods, but found in other parts of Europe, &c. Nees von 
 E. 27. 
 
 The rhizoma, according to M. Peschier of Geneva, should be col- 
 lected in summer. M. Geiger directs that the inner parts of the fresh 
 root-stock and of the portions of leaf-stalk attached to it, which are 
 fleshy and of a light greenish colour, should alone be preserved ; the 
 black and discoloured parts with the fibres and scales should be sepa- 
 rated, and the other parts carefully dried, powdered, and kept in small 
 well-stopped bottles, and renewed annually. The powder should be 
 of a light greenish-yellow 7 colour, of rather a disagreeable odour, a 
 bitter and astringent taste. Analyzed by Geiger, it was found to 
 contain of a Fat Oil 6-9, Resin 4-1, with Tannin, Starch, Gum, Un- 
 crystallizable Sugar. Morin of Rouen indicates a Volatile Oil. M. 
 Peschier of Geneva found its active principle soluble in Ether, an 
 aromatic and strong smelling Fixed Oil, Adipocire, &c. Ether ex- 
 tracts the Adipocire along with the active ingredient, but deposits the 
 former on standing. 
 
 Action. Uses. Anthelmintic : has been so used from early times ; 
 formed the basis of Madame Nouffer's remedy for expelling tape- 
 worms. Dr. Peschier, a brother of the above, Brera, Ebers, have all 
 borne testimony to its efficacy, in the form of the Etherial Extract, 
 of which from 12 to 24 grs. form a dose (at night and again in the 
 morning) or from 1 to 3 drachms of the powder. A Decoction also 
 
 39
 
 610 CETRARIA. [Tliallogena:. 
 
 (3j. Aq. Oj.) has also been employed in divided doses. A dose of 
 Castor Oil is exhibited after the second dose of the Etherial Extract 
 in cases of Tape-worm, especially of that more common on the Con- 
 tinent, the Taenia lata. 
 
 Thallogens. Grow by developement in all directions from one common point. 
 
 LICHENES, Juss. Lichens. 
 
 Perennial plants, growing in the air, and spreading in the form of a leafy expansion 
 or lobed thallus, which is formed of a cortical and of a medullary layer, the former being 
 simply cellular, the latter both cellular and filamentous. Reproductive matter of two 
 kinds : 1. Sporules lying in membranous tubes, immersed in shields or disks (apothecite'), 
 which burst through the cortical layer, and colour and harden by exposure to the air : 
 2. Separated cellules of the medullary layer of the thallus. (Lindley.) Crawl upon the 
 earth, or on rocks, or on the bark of trees, sometimes burrowing into its substance. Some 
 are mucilaginous and nutritious, others bitter and astringent, and a few remarkable for 
 yielding colouring matter. 
 
 CETRARIA, L. E. (U. S.) Planta D. of CETRARIA ISLANDICA, Achar. 
 (Lichen islandicus, Linn.) D. Iceland Lichen or Moss. 
 
 This Lichen was first employed by the natives of Iceland. 
 
 Plant, erect, 2 to 4 inches high, formed of a dry, leathery, smooth, laciniated, foliaceous 
 thallus, the lobes of which are irregularly subdivided, channelled, and fringed at their edges. 
 Those divisions upon which the reproductive matter is produced are more dilated, smooth, 
 of a light brownish colour, paler on the under surface, rather reddish towards the base. 
 The fructifications or apothecia are shield-like, or like shallow saucers, with a harder 
 elevated rim, of a deeper brown colour, and project from the -surface of the tballus near 
 its border. Mountains of both the Old and New World. Nees von E. 10. St. and Ch. 69. 
 
 This Lichen in its dried state varies in colour from grayish-white 
 to reddish-brown, is without smell, but has a mucilaginous bitter 
 taste. When moist, it is a little leathery, but when dry, may be pow- 
 dered. Cold water takes up only a small portion, but boiling water 
 about 65 per cent, of its substance, forming a slimy and nearly co- 
 lourless liquid, which, if the decoction be strong, forms a jelly on 
 cooling. Alcohol dissolves the bitter principle, which has been called 
 Cetrarin, and has been obtained in white crystals, which are ex- 
 tremely bitter, and have been used as a substitute for Cinchona. Al- 
 kalies readily combine with it, and form soluble compounds, and this 
 forms the best method of freeing this and other similar Lichens from 
 their bitter principle ; as by macerating them in 24 times their weight 
 of a solution formed of 1 part of an alkaline carbonate and 375 parts 
 of water. The inhabitants of Iceland and Lapland, however, free it 
 of the bitter principle by repeated maceration, and make use of it as 
 an article of diet, either made into bread or boiled with milk. They 
 find it nutritious from the principle called Lichenin, or Lichen-Starch. 
 This does not dissolve, but swells up in cold water ; the solution is 
 not affected, although its jelly is rendered blue, by Iodine. It may 
 be converted into Grape Sugar by dil. Sul', and most nearly resem- 
 bles the jelly of the sea-weeds. Iceland Lichen contains 44-6 parts 
 
 100 of Lichenin or this Starch-like principle, 3-0 of Cetrarin, 7-5 
 of Gum and uncrystallizable Sugar, 36-2 of Lignin, with a little Wax, 
 Colouring matter, and Salts.
 
 Lichenes.] LACMUS. 
 
 DECOCTUM (LICHENIS ISLANDICI, D.) CETRARI^E, L. (U. S.) Decoction 
 of Iceland Lichen. 
 
 Prep. Take Cetraria gv. (3ss. D.) boiling Aq. Ojss. (by measure ftj. Digest for 2 
 hours in a covered vessel, D.) Boil down to Oj. (for \ hour, and while hot, D.) strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent : Tonic, for cases where more stimulant 
 remedies are unsuitable, as Phthisis and other chronic Pulmonary af- 
 fections, in doses of f3jss. fSiij. every 3 or 4 hours. 
 
 LACMUS, L. E. LITMUS, D. Thallus prseparatus, L. Litmus. A pe- 
 culiar Colouring matter from ROCCELLA TINCTORIA, Jlchar. Dyers' 
 Orchil or Weed. 
 
 Orchil (written also Archill) is the name of a dye, as well as of 
 the plant yielding it. But several distinct kinds are employed for 
 the same purpose, distinguished by different names according to the 
 country from whence they are imported. Also, by manufacturers 
 into weed and moss, the former term being applied to the filiform 
 Lichens of botanists, belonging to the genus Roccella, while the term 
 moss and Rock Moss is applied to the crustaceous Lichens belonging 
 to the genus Lecanora and others like it. 
 
 The most valuable of these dye-lichens is imported from the Cana- 
 ries, and consists of Roccella tinctoria ; but some R.fuciformis is also 
 imported under the name of Madeira Weed. It is doubtful, however, 
 whether either is employed in the preparation of Litmus, as this is 
 said to be prepared from Lecanora Parella and tartarea, the first 
 called by the French Parelle d'Auvergne ; the latter is the Cudbear of 
 English commerce. The colouring matter is developed by the action 
 of Ammonia, though the exact method of preparing Litmus is un- 
 known, which besides colouring matter, contains Chalk and Ligneous 
 matter, (v. Thomson, Org. Chem. p. 399.) Guibourt states that the 
 colour of Litmus is given by Crozophora tinctoria, or Turnsol, one of 
 the Euphorbiacea3. 
 
 Uses. Litmus is officinal only as a test for ascertaining the pre- 
 sence or excess of acids and alkalies ; blue Litmus-paper being 
 changed to a red by acids, and reddened Litmus has its colour re- 
 stored by alkalies. 
 
 ALG*:, Juss. Sea Weeds. 
 
 ^ Leafless plants, with no distinct axis, growing in water, consisting either of simple 
 vesicles, or of articulated filaments, or of lobed fronds, which are formed of uniform, cel- 
 lular, with some filamentous, tissue interspersed. Reproductive matter either apparently 
 wanting, or contained in the joints of the filaments, or deposited in theca or peculiar re- 
 ceptacles varying in form, size, and position. Spores in germination elongating in two 
 opposite directions. (Lindl.} 
 
 Several of these Algae abound in gelatinous matter, as the Ceylon 
 Moss prepared by Mr. Previte, and respecting which several favour- 
 able testimonies have been given, and which is stated to contain from 
 54 to 63 per cent, of jelly. This appears to be, as stated by Dr. 
 Lindley, a species of Gracillaria, as the edible Bird's-nests are com- 
 posed of one collected by swallows. A Gelidia from Ceylon, is in 
 Rottler's Herbarium as yielding jelly; so Chondrus crispus, or the 
 Carrageen Moss of Ireland, has of late years been introduced as a
 
 612 FUCUSVESICULOSUS. [Thallogena;. 
 
 Nutrient and Demulcent, and used both in the form of Decoction 
 and of Jelly. Gigartina Helminthocorton, or Corsican Moss, is offi- 
 cinal on the Continent as an Anthelmintic. It probably acts, like 
 Cowhage, as a mechanical irritant, from the fragments of numerous 
 corallines mixed with it. (v. Fee and Merat and De Lens.) Some 
 species of Porphyra and Ulua yield the Laver, which is used as an 
 article of diet, as Laminaria is in Lapland. Some Sea-weeds are 
 employed as manure for land. Some are burnt for Kelp (v. p. 101), 
 or impure Carbonate of Soda, but which is now chiefly valuable on 
 account of the Iodine it yields (v. p. 55), on which account seemingly 
 a Laminaria from the China seas finds its way to the foot of the 
 Himalayas, where it is employed as a cure for Goitre, (v. p. 55.) 
 
 Fucus vEstcuLosus, Linn. Herba cum fructu, D. Sea or Bladder 
 Wrack. 
 
 Frond plane, compressed, linear, dichotomous, entire at the margin, coriaceous. Air- 
 vessels large, roundish-oval, in pairs, innate in the frond. Receptacles in pairs terminat- 
 ing the branches, mostly elliptical, turgid, containing tubercles imbedded in mucus, and 
 discharging their spores (sporangia) by conspicuous pores. (Greville.) 
 
 The ashes of this plant, burned in a covered crucible, were for- 
 merly highly esteemed under the name of Vegetable ^Ethiops for the 
 cure of lymphatic tumours and Goitre. Its properties are usually 
 ascribed to the presence of Soda, but are no doubt owing to the 
 small quantity of Iodine the ashes contain ; to be given in doses of 
 gr. x. 3ij. 
 
 FUNGI, Juss. Mushrooms. 
 
 Plants conspicuous for great diversity of form and structure, sometimes consisting of 
 simple cells or chains of cells, among which filaments are occasionally intermixed ; in- 
 creasing in size by additions to their inside, their outside undergoing no change after its 
 first formation. They are often ephemeral, and variously coloured. Spores lying either 
 loose among the tissue, or enclosed in membranous cases, called sporidia. Hence Fungi 
 are distinguished from Lichens by having their thecae concealed by a covering of some 
 kind. Fungi generally abound in moist situations, are generated on leaves and stems, 
 are sometimes subterranean, but are most frequently found on organized bodies in a state 
 of decomposition. A few of them are edible, as the common Mushroom (Agaricus cam. 
 pettris), and Truffle ( Tuber Cibarium), but all are suspicious. Ammanita muscaria is 
 remarkable for its intoxicating properties : many are poisonous. The Agarics of the old 
 Materia Medica are now referred to the genus Polyporus, and Amadou, used as tinder, is 
 made from P. igniarius. They are remarkable among plants for consuming much Oxy- 
 gen, and giving out Hydrogen and Carbonic acid gas. Analyzed by Vauquelin anfl Bra- 
 connot, they have been found to contain some peculiar principles, as Fungin and Boletic 
 and Fungic acids. They are very destructive to plants and property in the forms of Mil- 
 dew, &c., and of Dry Rot, and of late, if not in causing, at least greatly accelerating the 
 destruction of the Potato crop. 
 
 ERGOTA, L. E. (U. S.) An undetermined Fungus, with degenerated 
 seed of Secale Cereak, Linn. The Fungus is erroneously named 
 Acinula Clavus in the L. P. Ergot of Rye. 
 
 Ergot seems to have been first used as a medicine by the profes- 
 sion in France and the United States towards the end of the 18th 
 and (he beginning of the present century, but in this country not be- 
 fore the year 1824. Its effects seem to have been long popularly 
 known in Germany, and pestilential diseases have long been ascribed 
 to eating ergotised grain as food. (v. Burnett's Outlines of Botany, p. 
 207.) Various opinions have been entertained respecting the nature
 
 Fungi.] ERGOTA. 613 
 
 of Ergot, some considering the Ergot as a Fungus, which has been 
 named Spermoedia Clavus by Fries. The opinion which has always 
 appeared to the author as the most satisfactory, is that which con- 
 siders the Ergot as the grain of Rye stimulated into diseased action 
 by the presence of the spores or sporidia of a Fungus. This opinion, 
 promulgated by Leveille (u. Merat and De Lens), has been fully con- 
 firmed by others, more recently by Mr. Quekett, who has shown that 
 the Ergot is the altered grain, from its articulation to the receptacle, 
 the scales at its base, the hairy crown of the grain, and frequent re- 
 mains of the stigma on its top. Some beautiful drawings, now in the 
 British Museum, have been made of it in its different states by Mr. 
 Bauer, (v. Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xviii., and the Penny Magazine, 
 where some of them have been published.) The first appearance of 
 the Fungus, which Mr. Quekett calls Ergotaetia abortifaciens, is indi- 
 cated by the young grain and its appendages becoming covered with 
 a white coating, which is formed by a multitude of sporidia mixed 
 with cobweb-like filaments. A sweet fluid, which by degrees be- 
 comes viscid, and is found to contain the sporidia, oozes from the 
 Ergot or parts around it. When half-grown, it shows itself above 
 the floral envelopes, and is of a dark purplish colour, and the pro- 
 duction of sporidia then nearly ceases, and the upper part of the 
 grain is observed to be of an undulated vermiform appearance, which 
 Leveille considers to be the Fungus, and calls Sphacelia segetum, but 
 which, according to Mr. Quekett, consists of myriads of sporidia. 
 The Ergot, come to its full size, is of a violet-black colour, and pro- 
 jects much above the paleae. Many other Grasses and some Cyper- 
 acese are affected by Ergot, which is most prevalent in damp situa- 
 tions and in moist seasons, v. Linn. Trans, vol. xviii. t. 32, 33. 
 
 The Sporidia are described by Mr. Q. as elliptical, moniliform, finally separating, 
 transparent, and containing seldom more than one, two, or three well-defined (greenish) 
 granules. 
 
 The Ergot of Rye is sometimes called Spurred Rye, from its 
 elongated and curved form resembling the spur of a cock. It is 
 either cylindrical or somewhat angular, tapering towards both ex- 
 tremities, from half, to an inch and a half in length, and two or three 
 lines in diameter, with two furrows along its length, often terminated 
 at the apex by a grayish projection. It is on the outside of a pur- 
 plish colour, internally of a grayish-white with a tinge of red. The 
 smell is peculiar, nauseous, and musty ; the taste is slight, bitterish, 
 a little acrid. Ergot is brittle, easily pulverized when dry. The 
 surface, where glaucous, is found to be composed of sporidia, and the 
 interior of the cellular tissue, is characteristic of the Albumen of the 
 grain, within which are globules of oil, according to Mr. Quekett. 
 
 Most of the Ergot used is imported from the continent and from 
 America, and requires to be renewed every year or two, as it is apt 
 to be destroyed by an Acarus, which produces much excrementitious 
 matter. 
 
 Various analyses have been made of Ergot. Wiggers found a 
 Fixed Oil 35-00, Fungin 46, a peculiar principle called Ergotin 1-25, 
 which has a heavy odour and a disagreeable acrid taste, and was
 
 6J4 ALCOHOL. [Products of 
 
 supposed to possess all the active properties of the drug; besides 
 these, a little Phosphoric acid combined with Lime, Potash, and 
 Iron, a little Gum, Sugar, Albumen, Vegetable Osmazome, and Wax. 
 Dr. Wright found it to contain of Oil 31, Fungin 11-4, modified 
 Starch 26, Mucilage 9, Gluten 7, Osmazome 5-5, Colouring matter 
 3-5, and Salts 3-1, with free Phosphoric acid. He states that the 
 activity of the drug resides in the Fixed Oil, which may be separated 
 from its powder by Ether, and this afterwards evaporated. M. Bon- 
 jean states that there are two active principles : 1st. the Oil, which is 
 of a yellow colour, acrid, and poisonous in nature : 2d. the aqueous 
 Extract, obtained from its powder either deprived of its Oil or not ; 
 brown, of a thick consistence, and musty smell, and possessing very 
 decided anti-haemorrhagic properties. Boiling water takes up the 
 active properties, forming a reddish-coloured acid Infusion or Decoc- 
 tion. Alcohol and Ether also in like manner remove its active prin- 
 ciples. Hence both aqueous and spirituous preparations are possessed 
 of useful properties. 
 
 Action. Uses. The effects of Ergot were first observed in the dis- 
 eases produced by it when taken for some time with the ordinary 
 food, that is, in Convulsive Ergotism and in Gangrenous Ergotism, 
 both accompanied with formication. In single doses of 3ij. Dr. Wright 
 and others have observed that it created nausea, vomiting, colic pains, 
 and headache, sometimes stupor and delirium. In many cases it has 
 also been observed to depress the pulse. Given to women when in 
 labour, Ergot has been found so constantly to excite labour pains 
 and to cause the speedy expulsion of the child, that it has now become 
 established as a safe and effectual remedy in cases where slowness 
 of labour is dependent only on insufficiency of uterine contraction. 
 It may be prescribed also for expelling the placenta, clots of blood, 
 or hydatids, or to produce contractions, and restrain haemorrhage. 
 It has also been prescribed as an Emmenagogue, likewise in Leucor- 
 rhosa, Chronic Dysentery, Colica Pictonum, &c. 
 
 D. 9j. 3ss. in fine powder, or with Syrup and some aromatic, or 
 in flavoured infusion (9j. Aq. ferv. fSiij.) repeated if necessary at 
 intervals of 15 or 30 minutes, for two or three times. A Tincture is 
 sometimes prescribed in f3j. doses. Dr. Wright recommends the Oil 
 of Ergot obtained by evaporating the Etherial Tincture, which he 
 finds produces uterine contractions in doses of n^xx. Til. which may 
 be given in any convenient vehicle. 
 
 PRODUCTS OF FERMENTATION. 
 
 Organic substances are known to undergo spontaneous decompo- 
 sition, and to form new compounds, from the affinity which exists be- 
 tween their constituents. Some are, however, very permanent in 
 nature, as the vegetable acids and alkalies, also the resins ; others are 
 ready to undergo a transposition of their elements when under the 
 influence of an external agent, or, in other words, prone to pass into 
 a state of fermentation. These substances belong to that group of 
 organic products which contain Carbon with Hydrogen and Oxygen
 
 Fermentation.] SPIRITUSRECTIFICATUS. 615 
 
 in the proportion in which these exist in water, such as Starch, Sugar, 
 and Mucilaginous substances ; while the ferments belong to the Albu- 
 minous group, or such as contain much itfitrogen in their composition, 
 such as Gluten. The conversion of Starch or Fecula into Sugar, as 
 exemplified in the ripening of fruit, or in the process of germination, 
 and seen on a great scale in the operation of malting, is by some 
 called Saccharine fermentation. But the term Fermentation is rather 
 applied to the production of Alcohol and Carbonic' gas at the expense 
 of Sugar, as seen in Vinous Fermentation, while the further change 
 which under peculiar circumstances takes place of Alcohol into 
 Vinegar, is called Acetous Fermentation. 
 
 ALCOHOL. Sp. Gr. 0-815, L. 0-810, D. 0-7946, E. (0-835, U. S.) 
 
 SPIRITUS RECTIFICATUS, L. E. D. Rectified Spirit of commerce. Sp. 
 
 Gr. 0-838. 
 Spiritus Tenuior, L. E. Spiritus Vinosus tenuior, D. Proof Spirit. 
 
 Sp. Gr. 0-920, L. D. Sp. Gr. 0-912 (7 over Proof). E. (Sp. Gr. 
 
 0-935.) 
 Spiritus Vini Gallici, L. Spirit of French Wine. Brandy. 
 
 The process of distillation has been long familiar to the natives of 
 India, as exemplified in their several araks or Spirits, and their Rose- 
 water and attar of Roses. From them it was no doubt made known 
 to the Arabs. 
 
 When Sugar is dissolved in water, and some ferment, such as yeast 
 is added, in a temperature of between 60 and 80, brisk motion is 
 observed to take place, the liquid becomes turbid, froth collects upon 
 its surface, Carbonic acid gas is copiously evolved, the impurities 
 finally subside, and the liquid becomes clear. The Sugar has disap- 
 peared, and Alcohol has been produced, which may be separated by 
 distillation. The Sugar which has disappeared has been considered 
 equivalent to the united weight of the Alcohol and Carbonic acid gas 
 which has been produced ; but a little water is also decomposed when 
 Cane Sugar undergoes fermentation, that it may be first converted 
 into Grape Sugar. Gay-Lussac calculated that 90-72 parts of Sugar 
 are capable of supplying 46-68 parts of Alcohol, and 44-24 of Carb' 
 gas, making together 90-72, or an equal weight. Alcohol is consi- 
 dered to be composed of C 3 H s O, but according to other chemists, of 
 C 4 H 8 O 2 , and an equivalent of Grape Sugar as forming 4 Eq. of Al- 
 cohol, 8 of Carb', and 4 of water. 
 
 Spirit, however, is not usually obtained from Sugar in this country, 
 though it is so in the East and West Indies in the form of Rum. On 
 the Continent it is obtained chiefly from the juice of the Grape, which 
 contains all the elements for due fermentation. Spirit may also be 
 distilled from feculent roots, as Potatoes ; or from grain, as Rice in 
 India, or from malted Barley, as in this country. In these cases the 
 Fecula or Starch has been first converted into Grape Sugar, before 
 the vinous fermentation takes place. The Spirit first obtained is 
 comparatively weak, being mixed with some water and a trace of 
 Essential Oil, which is known by the name of Grain Oil. In this
 
 616 SPIRITUS RECTIFICATUS. [Products of 
 
 state it is usually called Raw Spirit. By a second distillation it is 
 freed from much of this water and Oil, and may be procured of the 
 Sp. Gr. of '835, which is the strongest Rectified Spirit, or Spirit of 
 Wine of commerce, but which still contains about 13 or 14 per cent, 
 of water. The following are given as the characteristics of the dif- 
 ferent officinal Spirits. 
 
 SPJRITDS RECTIFICATUS. Sp. Gr. -838 at 62. " Colourless, not rendered turbid by 
 water, tastes and smells vinous. This may be reduced to the state of Proof Spirit by di- 
 luting 5 pints of it with 3 pints of distilled water." L. "f3iv. treated with Sol. of Ni- 
 trate of Silver flj'ij. exposed to bright light for 24 hours, and then passed through a filter 
 purified by weak Nit', so as to separate the black powder which forms, undergo no fur- 
 ther change when exposed to light with more of the test." E. 
 
 This is owing to the decomposition, by means of the Oxide of Sil- 
 ver, of the Oil which Rectified Spirit still contains, and from which 
 it is with difficulty freed. Its presence may also be detected by add- 
 ing an equal vol. of pure Sul'. The properties of Rectified Spirit 
 are essentially the same as those of Alcohol ; but though necessarily 
 weaker as a Spirit, it is an excellent solvent f r many of the officinal 
 Resins, of some of which it dissolves more than Alcohol. 
 
 AIJCOHOL. Sp. Gr. -815 (Sp. Gr. -810, D.) Colourless ; entirely vaporizablc; unites 
 with water or ether ; smells and tastes vinous. L. Sp. Gr. '794 6 ; when mixed with a 
 little solution of Nitrate of Silver, and exposed to bright light, it remains unchanged, or 
 only a very scanty dark precipitate forms. E. 
 
 As Spirit, even when rectified, still contains water to the extent of 
 ^ or T V, or 18 water to 82 Alcohol in 100 parts ; and, as a stronger 
 Spirit is required for some purposes, processes are given for getting 
 rid of much of this water. A common method, as recommended in 
 the D. P., is to add Pearlash, dried, powdered, and still warm, foiijss. 
 to Rectified Spirit, Cong. 1, and digest in a close vessel for seven 
 days, with frequent agitation. The dry Pearlash having a great 
 affinity for water, detaches it from the Alcohol, and being itself in- 
 soluble in this menstruum, forms a semifluid mass, with the purer 
 Spirit floating above, which can then be decanted off. Other sub- 
 stances have as great an affinity for the water, but being soluble in 
 the Spirit, require this to be separated by distillation. Thus, as re- 
 commended by Mr. Brande, agitate together equal weights of Spirit 
 and Quicklime, or, as adopted in the E. P., add Rectified Spirit O. j., 
 Lime, broken into small fragments, Jxviij., allow this to slake with a 
 gentle heat, keep cool the upper part of the vessel ; then attach a 
 proper refrigeratory, and with a gradually increasing heat, distil oft' 
 f 3xvij. The density of the Alcohol obtained should be -796. The 
 L. C. prefer the Chloride of Calcium for its superior deliquescing 
 power, and direct Chloride of Calcium, ft>j. to be added to Rectified 
 Spirit, Cong. 1., and when this is dissolved, distil oft' Ovij. and f 3v. 
 The D. C. direct Chloride of Calcium, ft>j., to be added to the Spirit 
 which has been already freed of water by Carb. of Potash, and then 
 distil with a moderate heat, till the residuum grows thick. The 
 Sp. Gr. of the Alcohol should be -810. 
 
 Alcohol still contains a small proportion of Water, of some of 
 which it may be freed by repeated distillation off Chloride of Cal-
 
 Fermentation.] SPIRITUS VINI GALLIC I. 617 
 
 - -c ' *~ - ' * ~- 3 -* 
 
 cium. By which means it is brought to -796 at 60, which is called 
 Absolute Alcohol in the E. P. ; but some of lower density has been 
 obtained. The Sp. Gr. of -825 is adopted as that of Alcohol by the 
 Excise regulations. It may be obtained of considerable strength by 
 enclosing Chloride of Calcium in a vessel, either in vacuo or not, 
 with Rectified Spirit. The water is absorbed by the Chloride, and 
 the Alcohol left comparatively pure. This, when pure, is light, 
 limpid, and colourless, of a peculiar, rather agreeable odour, and a 
 warm, burning taste. It is very volatile, and produces considerable 
 cold during its evaporation. Its boiling point is from 173 to 175, 
 when Sp. Gr. -820 at 60. The stronger the Alcohol, the lower is 
 the boiling-point. Sp. Gr. of its vapour 1-613. Burns readily, with- 
 out smoke, water and Carb' being produced. It has never been 
 frozen ; is hence well adapted for making thermometers for ascer- 
 taining cold. It unites with water in all proportions, some conden- 
 sation and evolution of heat taking place, and will abstract it from 
 the air. It is a powerful solvent of many substances, as the Vegeto- 
 Alkalies and the Fixed Alkalies, but not their carbonates, many crys- 
 talline neutral Resins, Volatile and Fixed Oils ; also some elementary 
 substances, as Iodine, and many salts. 
 
 SPIRITUS TE.NUIOR. Proof Spirit. Sp. Gr. -920, as defined by the laws of Excise. L. 
 Sp. Gr. -912 (7 over proof). E. The other tests as for Rectified Spirit. Dr. Christison 
 states that the E. C. adopted the standard of Proof Spirit -920 in its Pharmacopoeia of 
 1839, but had been led to alter the density to '912, because a Spirit of this strength is 
 produced by mixing 1 one measure of water and two of commercial Rectified Spirit, and 
 has been long adopted in practice for preparing Tinctures by all the leading druggists of 
 Edinburgh. 
 
 [ALCOHOL DILUTUM, U. S. Made by mixing a pint each of Alcohol and Water. Sp. 
 Gr. 0-935.] 
 
 The properties of Proof Spirit are necessarily of the same nature 
 as Rectified Spirit, and though weaker as a solvent of some things, 
 is more useful for such as are of the nature of Gum-Resins. But as 
 it consists of nearly one-half Alcohol, it is sufficiently powerful as a 
 stimulant. 
 
 SPIRITUS VINI GALLICI, L. Spirit of French Wine. Brandy. 
 
 Spirits distilled from various fermented substances form our several 
 varieties of Ardent Spirit, which may be considered as Alcohol 
 diluted to the strength of Proof Spirit, and mixed with some volatile 
 ingredients. Brandy, besides being made from Wine, is distinguished 
 as being free from Grain Oil. Rum is obtained from fermented Mo- 
 lasses. Whiskey from malted Barley or Rye. Holland Gin from 
 malted Barley and Rye, and rectified from Juniper Berries. Com- 
 mon Gin from malted Barley, Rye, or Potatoes, rectified with com- 
 mon Turpentine. The Arrdk of the East is described as being made 
 from Rice ; but the word signifies Spirit, and is made from a variety 
 of substances. Mr. Brande has ascertained that these several spirits 
 contain from 51 to 54 per cent, of Alcohol. 
 
 Action. Uses. All are Diffusible Stimulants, and well known for 
 their intoxicating properties. Even in moderate quantities they pro- 
 duce temporary excitement of all parts of the system, followed by
 
 618 VINUMXERICUM. [Products of 
 
 corresponding depression. In small quantities they are sometimes 
 useful to health ; but in general their use can be abstained from witfc 
 benefit. Dr. Paris has particularly distinguished Brandy as being 
 Cordial and Stomachic; Rum as heating and Sudorific; Gin and 
 Whiskey both as Diuretic. Spirit diluted is often used as a cooling 
 lotion, but it must be allowed to evaporate; covered up, it will act 
 as a Rubefacient. Both Alcohol and Proof Spirit are used as the 
 solvents for numerous officinal preparations. 
 
 MISTURA SPIRITUS VINI GALLICI. Brandy Mixture. 
 
 Prep. Mix together Brandy and Cinnamon-water fta f^iv. Yolks of 2 Eggs, pure 
 Sugar 3ss. Oil of Cinnamon rjfij. 
 
 Action. Uses. Cordial Stimulant. Useful in cases of depression, 
 when the rapid action of a diffusible stimulant is required, as in sink- 
 ing stages of typhus. 
 
 VINUM XERICUM, L. VINUM ALBUM, E. VINUM ALBUM HISPANICUM, D. 
 (VINUM, U. S.) Sherry Wine. 
 
 Sherry, commonly called White Wine, is officinal as a solvent for 
 some active medicinal substances. But wine is also employed as an 
 important Stimulant and Tonic ; and, though all fermented liquors 
 obtained from the juice of fruits are called Wines, good Wine is pre- 
 pared only from the Grape, because its juice (v. p. 310), besides 
 Sugar dissolved in a large portion of water, and a glutinoid sub- 
 stance, or vegetable albumen in its husk, contains, as its acid prin- 
 ciple, Bitartrate of Potash, which being insoluble in Alcohol (v. p. 
 98), is deposited as the fermentation proceeds, and thus removes a 
 great portion of the acid out of the Wine. The albuminous matter 
 of the Grape juice, absorbing Oxygen from the 'atmosphere, is consi- 
 dered by chemists to be passing into decomposition, and thus to act 
 as a ferment to the Sugar, and to cause it to be converted into Alco- 
 hol, when the same changes take place which have already been de- 
 scribed. Besides this, there is also developed a little Volatile Oil, 
 and, according to Liebig and Pelouze, a small quantity of an aroma- 
 tic substance, which they have called CEnanthic Ether, to which, and 
 especially to the oil, wines owe their flavour. Differences are ob- 
 served in the Wines of every locality ; but they are sometimes divided 
 into dry and sweet Wines, also into still and sparkling. Thus, in 
 cases where the proportion of Sugar is small, and that of the albumi- 
 nous matter large, the Sugar becomes entirely converted into Alco- 
 hol, and the Wine is said to be dry, and having become still, may be 
 kept for some time to ripen. In other cases, where the proportion of 
 ferment is small, and that of the Sugar is large, and remains uncon- 
 sumed, the Wine is sweet. Sparkling Wines are those which have 
 been bottled before the fermentation, though advanced, has entirely 
 ceased, the Carb' gas naturally escapes as soon as the pressure is re- 
 moved, causing the appearance of sparkling. The acidity of Wine 
 may be caused by the Bitartrate of Potash, or by the formation of 
 Acetic Acid. The colour of Wine is of different degrees of straw-
 
 Fermentation.] CEREVISIJEFERMENTUM. 619 
 
 colour when the juice of the Grape is alone used ; but it is red when 
 the skins or husks are left in the liquor when in a state of fermenta- 
 tion. As ascertained by Mr. Brande, the stronger Wines, such as 
 Lissa, Raisin Wine, Marsala, Port, Madeira, Sherry, Teneriffe, Con- 
 stantia, Malaga, contain from 18 or 19 to 25 per cent, of Alcohol. 
 The lighter Wines, such as Claret, Sauterne, Burgundy, Hock, Cham- 
 pagne, Hermitage, and Gooseberry Wines, from 12 to 17 per cent of 
 Alcohol. Wines are considered less intoxicating than Spirit and 
 water of the same strength, because the Alcohol is supposed to be 
 combined with the Mucilaginous, Extractive, Colouring, and Astrin- 
 gent principles of the Wine, and to be in this state less diffusible in 
 its action. Sherry 1s preferred as a solvent, in consequence of being 
 more free from colouring matter, and containing less acid. As a 
 Cordial and Tonic, Wine must be selected according to the nature of 
 the case. 
 
 CEREVISI^E FERMENTUM, L. D. Yeast. 
 
 Though neither Ale nor Beer are officinal, they may be noticed as 
 differing from Wine, in containing a larger proportion of mucilagi- 
 nous and extractive matters, derived from the Malt with which they 
 are made. They often contain a free acid, and are ready to enter 
 into the acetous fermentation. The bitter principle of the Hop as- 
 sists in preserving Malt liquors, as well as adds to their tonic effects. 
 According to Mr. Brande, Ale and Porter contain from 4 to near 10 
 per cent, of Alcohol. The Yeast, which makes its appearance most- 
 ly on the surface of fermenting Wort, and is produced from the Glu- 
 tinoid substance in the brewing of Malt liquors, is, however, officinal. 
 It is a light, soft substance, of a grayish-yellow colour, which readily 
 putrefies if kept moist ; if dried, it becomes brownish, and may be kept 
 for some time. When magnified, it appears composed of vesicles 
 containing globules, and is by some supposed to be an infusory plant. 
 
 Action, Uses. Stimulant when applied externally, and used in the 
 form of a poultice. 
 
 CATAPLASMA (CEREVISI^E, D.) FERMENTI, L. D. Yeast Poultice. 
 
 Prep. Mix Wheat Flour ftj. with Yeast Oss. (ftj. D.), and heat them gently till they 
 swell up. 
 
 SULPHURICUS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Sulphuric Ether, or simply 
 Ether. 
 
 If Alcohol, or, better, if Rectified Spirit be mixed and distilled with 
 Sulphuric Acid, a light, very inflammable liquid is produced, which 
 is well known by the name of Ether, which is sometimes called Rec- 
 tified, but by the Colleges Sulphuric Ether. The Ethers produced by 
 the action of the other acids contain a portion of the acid or its ele- 
 ments, and differ essentially from each other, and are distinguished 
 by the name of the particular acid. 
 
 Sulphuric Ether is colourless and transparent, very light and lim- 
 pid, of a powerful and peculiar, but rather pleasant odour, and of a 
 warm pungent taste, afterwards feeling cool. Sp. Gr. -712 -720,
 
 620 SULPHURIC ETHER. [Products of 
 
 or -715 at 60, extremely volatile. Sp. Gr. of its vapour is high, 
 heing 2-586. It evaporates even in pouring from one vessel to an- 
 other, feeling and producing cold if evaporated from the surface of 
 the hand; and, being very inflammable, it is apt to take fire on the 
 near approach of a light. Its vapour inhaled is exhilarating, and will 
 produce a kind of intoxication. It boils at 96, under the ordinary 
 pressure of the atmosphere, and has been frozen at 47, becoming 
 a white, crystalline mass. It burns with a bright flame, producing 
 Carbonic Acid and water. When much exposed to the atmosphere 
 it becomes by degrees converted into Acetic Acid and water. Ether 
 may be mixed in all proportions with Alcohol, and one part with nine 
 of water. It readily dissolves Resins, Caoutchouc*, Volatile and Fixed 
 Oils, a little Sulphur and Phosphorus in a smaller proportion, several 
 Vegeto-Alkalies, and some neutral crystalline principles. Ether is 
 composed of C 4 H 5 O; its elements are represented to be variously 
 combined by different chemists, some conceiving it to be an Hydrate 
 of Etherine (C 4 H 4 + HO), or an Oxide of the hypothetical base 
 Ethyle (C 4 H 5 O). 
 
 Prep. It is directed to be prepared in the L. P. by pouring Rectified Spirit ftij. into a 
 glass retort; add Sulphuric acid feij. and on a sandbath raise the heat so that the liquor 
 may quickly boil. Ether is produced by the action of the acid on the Alcohol, and passes 
 into the receiving vessel, which should be kept cooled with ice or water. The process is 
 to be continued until a heavier liquid portion begins to pass over. Then add to the liquor 
 in the retort previously cooled Rectified Spirit ftj. and continue to distil Ether as before. 
 The distilled liquors are to be mixed, and the supernatant portion poured off, when Car- 
 bonate of Potash 3j. previously ignited, is to be added, shaking them occasionally toge- 
 ther. (This is to abstract any free acid and any water dissolved by Ether : if it contains 
 water, this may be separated by agitation with Lime.) The Ether is purified by a second 
 distillation. 
 
 The D. P. directs a Sulphuric Etherial liquor to be first prepared by mixing together 
 Rectified Spirit and Sulphuric acid gxxxij. and distilling with a sudden and sufficiently 
 strong heat fgxx. ; then adding Rectified Spirit gxvj. and distilling off" more of the same 
 Sulphuric Etherial liquor. 
 
 D. To prepare Sulphuric Ether, take of the above liquor f3xx. and mix with it Carbo- 
 nate of Potash, dried and powdered, 3ij- and from a very high retort distil with a gentle 
 heat f3xij. into a cooled receiver. Sp. Gr. of the Ether should be -765. 
 
 An improvement in the process consists in the regulation of the temperature and also 
 in the allowing an extra proportion of Alcohol to dribble into the mixture as the process 
 proceeds to make up for the loss of that consumed. By this means the same quantity of 
 Sulphuric acid converts a much larger proportion of Alcohol into Ether; while by the 
 regulation of temperature it is stated (c. Brande's Chemistry) that any quantity of Alco- 
 hol may be etherized by the same portion of acid, which is no further altered than by 
 foreign matters which may be accidentally present, or by the volatilization of a minute 
 portion along with the etherial vapour. Some of these improvements have been intro- 
 into the E. P. and are fully described by Dr. Christison, who, however, observes that he 
 does not find it requisite to carry the conversion beyond double. 
 
 Prep. Take of Rectified Spirit f 3!. Sulphuric Acid f 3x. Pour f 3xij. of the Spirit 
 gently over the Acid contained in an open vessel, and then stir them together briskly and 
 thoroughly. Transfer the mixture immediately into a glass matrass connected with a 
 refrigeratory, and raise the heal quickly to about 280. As soon as the etherial fluid begins 
 to distil over, supply fresh Spirit through a tube into the matrass in a continuous stream, 
 and in such quantity as to equal that of the fluid which distils over. This is best accom- 
 plished by connecting one end of the tube with a graduated vessel containing the spirit, 
 passing the other end through a cork fitted into the matrass, and having a stopcock 
 on the tube to regulate the discharge. When f Sxlij. have distilled over and the whole 
 spirit has been added, the process may be stopped. Agitate the impure Ether with f3xvj. 
 of a saturated solution of Muriate of Lime, containing about 3ss. of Lime recently slaked. 
 When all odour of sulphurous acid has been thus removed, pour off the supernatant liquor, 
 and distil it with a very gentle heat so long as the liquid which passes over has a density
 
 Etherisation.] SULPHURICETHER. 621 
 
 not above -735. More Ether of the same strength is then to be obtained from the solu- 
 tion of Muriate of Lime. From the residuum of both distillations a weaker Ether may be 
 obtained in small quantity, which must be rectified by distilling it gently again. 
 
 SPIKITUS AETHERIS SULPHURICI, E. Spirit of Ether. 
 
 Prep. Mix Sulphuric Ether Oj. with Rectified Spirit Oij. The density of this prepa- 
 ration ought to be -809. 
 
 The changes which take place in the conversion of Alcohol into 
 Ether are supposed to consist essentially in the former (C 4 H 6 O) 
 being deprived of 1 eq. of water, H O, and thus converted into C* H 5 O, 
 the eq. of Ether. But the mere abstraction of water is not all, in the 
 case of the action of Sul' on Rectified Spirit. Mr. Hennel proved a 
 new acid was produced, the Sulpho-Vinic, which contains Sul' and 
 Quadri Hydro Carbon, or Etherine, also that this is first formed, and 
 then so evolved as to unite with water to form Ether. By Liebig, 
 Ether is regarded as an oxide of an hypothetical base, which has 
 been called Ethule or Ethyle, C 4 H 5 -f O Ether, and that Alcohol is 
 the hydrated oxide of the same radicle, C 4 H 5 O + HO. Liebig also 
 considers Sulpho-Vinic Acid an essential step in the process of etheri- 
 fication, and that it is no sooner formed (as he conceives, of 2 eq. S', 
 2 aq. and 1 Alcohol) than it is resolved into Sul', Ether, and water. 
 Ether being formed by subtracting 2 eq. of Anhydrous Sulph' and 1 
 eq. aq. from 1 eq. of Sulpho-Vinic Acid. 
 
 Tests. Ether is apt to be adulterated with Rectified Spirit and a 
 little water. Sometimes it contains Etherial Oil, " L.," Sp. Gr. -750; 
 but that of commercial Ether varies from -733 to -765 ; evaporates 
 away entirely in the air ; slightly reddens litmus ; unites sparingly 
 with water, that is, at the rate of f3j. to Oss., and remains limpid, (if 
 Etherial Oil is present it will cause turbidity,) " E.," Sp. Gr. '735, or 
 under:" when agitated in a minim measure, with half its volume of 
 concentrated solution of Chloride of Calcium its volume is not les- 
 sened (if Spirit be present, it will be absorbed, and the Ether will float 
 at the surface, diminished in bulk). The L. and D. preparations, as 
 evident by the Sp. Gr., are weaker than the E. Sulphuric Ether. 
 
 Action. Uses. Diffusible Stimulant and Antispasmodic, Carmina- 
 tive. Frequently prescribed in Spasmodic affections, and often to 
 relieve Flatulence. In Hysterical and in Nervous complaints in 
 general, in Dyspnoea, Nervous Colic, and similar affections, it is very 
 effective, especially if prescribed with Laudanum, or a solution of the 
 Salts of Morphia. 
 
 'D. TTIXV. f3j. and repeated in a short time if necessary. 
 
 OLEUM ^THEREUM, L. (U. S.) Liquor vEthereus Oleosus, D. Ethe- 
 rial Oil. Oil of Wine. 
 
 This substance is formed towards the end of the distillation of Sul- 
 phuric Ether. It is an oily-looking liquid, which when washed has 
 a bitter, somewhat aromatic taste, and a peculiar odour. It is inso- 
 luble in water, but soluble in Rectified Spirit and in Ether. 
 
 Prep. Mix Rectified Spirit ftij. cautiously with Sul' ftiv. and distil until a black 
 froth appears, when the retort is to be immediately removed from the fire. (Ether, water,
 
 622 OLEUM ^ETHEREUM. [Etherificatian. 
 
 Sulphurous acid, and an oily liquid which floats upon the water, are produced.) The 
 light fluid is to be separated from the heavier, and to be exposed for a day to the air. 
 (The Ether present evaporates.) Sol. of Potash f 3j. or q. s. mixed with an equal quan- 
 tity of water, is to be well shaken with the oily liquid. (The free Sulphurous acid is re- 
 moved.) Separate the Etherial Oil which subsides, and wash it well. D. P. " Take 
 what remains in the retort after the distillation of Sulph. Ether, and distil down to one- 
 half with a moderate heat." D. 
 
 The composition of this body is unsettled. Mr. Hennel considered 
 it to be a Sulphate of the Hydrocarbon Etherine. A compound pro- 
 bably of Sulphuric' and Sulph. Ether. Liebig thinks it is composed 
 of2Eq. Sul 1 C" H 8 + HO. 
 
 This Oil, though officinal, is not used medicinally by itself, but forms 
 an ingredient in the following Spirit, which is intended as a substitute 
 for the Anodyne liquor of Hoffman. 
 
 SPIR. ^ETHERIS SULPHURICI COMP. L. Compound Spirit of Sulphuric 
 Ether. [Hoffman's Anodyne.~\ 
 
 Prep. Mix together Sulph. Ether f gviij. Rectified Spirit fgxvj. Etherial Oil f 3iij. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Antispasmodic, Anodyne ; hence useful 
 in cases of Nervous Irritation, and want of sleep, often prescribed 
 with Opiates, in doses of f3ss. f3ij. 
 
 ./ETHER NITROSUS, D. Hyponitrous or Nitrous Ether. 
 
 Nitrous, or more correctly, Hyponitrous Ether, is of a pale yellow 
 colour, very volatile, has an agreeable, fragrant odour, like that of 
 apples, and a sweetish, cooling, slightly acid taste. Its boiling point 
 is 62, and its Sp. Gr. about -900. It is very inflammable. Miscible 
 with Alcohol and Ether in all proportions, but requires 48 parts of 
 water to dissolve it. It is officinal in the D. P., of the Sp. Gr. -900, 
 and directed to be made without the aid of heat, by presenting Rec- 
 tified Spirit to Nitric Acid, while this is forming from the action of 
 Sul' on Nitr', or Nitrate of Potash. It is decomposed by the alkalies. 
 But, as it is prepared with difficulty, and apt to undergo change, 
 Nitrous Acid being at length formed, it is now seldom used. It can 
 be made by the following process of the E. P., Sp. Gr. -899 at 60, 
 and, according to Dr. Christison, with safety and despatch, if all the 
 directions are carefully attended to. If the ebullition should become 
 tumultuous, it may at once be stopped by blowing cool air across the 
 matrass. The Ether being accompanied by some water, undecom- 
 posed Alcohol, and a little acid: this is removed by Milk of Lime, 
 and the water and Alcohol by the concentrated solution of Chloride 
 of Calcium ; upon which a very pure Ether separates and floats on 
 the saline solution. It is supposed to be composed of 1 Eq. of Ether 
 (AeO or C 4 H 5 0) with 1 Eq. of Hyponitrous' (NO 3 ), and the changes 
 which take place in its manufacture consist in both the Nit' and the 
 Alcohol becoming decomposed ; the latter, losing its Eq. of water, 
 becomes Ether, while the Nit', losing 2 Eq. of Oxygen, becomes Hy- 
 ponitrous Acid. The disengaged Oxygen, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen, 
 give origin to various other compounds, some of which are disen- 
 gaged as gas, and others remain in the retort.
 
 Acetous Fermentation.] VINEGAR. 
 
 SPIRITUS ^ETHERIS NITRICI, L. E. (U. S.) Spir. ^Ethereus Nitro- 
 sus, D. Spirit of Nitric, or rather of Nitrous Ether. Hyponitrous 
 Ether, with (four volumes of, E.) Rectified Spirit. Sweet Spirits 
 of Nitre. 
 
 Prep. Take of Rectified Spirit Oij. f^vj. pure Nitric acid (Sp. Gr. 1-500) f 3vij. Put 
 fgxv. of the Spirit, with a little clean sand, into a two-pint mattrass, fitted with a cork, 
 through which are passed a safety-tube terminating an inch above the Spirit, and an- 
 other tube leading to a refrigeratory. The safety-tube being filled with pure Nitric acid, 
 add through it gradually f3iijss. of the acid. When the ebullition which slowly rises is 
 nearly over, add the rest of the acid gradually, f^ss. at a time, waiting till the ebullition 
 caused by each portion is nearly over before adding more, and cooling the refrigeratory 
 with a stream of water, iced in summer. The Ether thus distilled over, being received 
 in a bottle, is to be agitated first with a little milk of lirne, till it ceases to redden litmus 
 paper, and then with half its volume of concentrated solution of Muriate of Lime. The 
 pure Hyponitrous Ether thus obtained, which should have a density of -899, is then to be 
 mixed with the remainder of the Rectified Spirit, or exactly four times its volume. 
 
 Spirit of Nitric Ether ought not to be kept long, as it always undergoes decomposition, 
 and becomes at length strongly acid. Its density by this process is -847. E. 
 
 L. P. Add gradually Nitric acid f 3iv. to Rectified Spirit ftiij. and distil f Sxxxij. The 
 D. C. use the residuum of the distillation of Nitrous Ether and the Spirit employed in that 
 process for condensing the elastic vapours. The distilled liquor is afterwards mixed with 
 alkaline matter until it ceases to redden Litmus. The Sp. Gr. of the liquid obtained 
 afterwards by again distilling is -850. 
 
 The Spirit of Nitrous Ether is thus obtained in the E. process, by 
 diluting Nitrous Ether with four times the quantity of Rectified Spirit 
 and in the L. formula by distilling Nit' with more spirit than is con- 
 sumed in the production of Nitrous Ether ; but the E. preparation is 
 at least twice, perhaps thrice as strong as the L. one (c.). The E. 
 Spirit is of a light straw colour; that of the L. P. colourless, having 
 the peculiar but agreeable odour and flavour of the Nitrous Ether, 
 though of course less strong. It is mobile, volatile, and inflammable, 
 almost always a little acid, especially if it has been kept any time. It 
 mixes in all proportions with water, and with Alcohol. The Sp. Gr. 
 varies much ; but the strength may also be ascertained by the E. 
 method. 
 
 Tests. It is apt to be adulterated by the addition of spirit or water, 
 and to spoil by keeping, from the formation of Nitrous Acid. " Sp. 
 Gr. 834. It slightly reddens litmus, and does not effervesce with car- 
 bonate of Soda, and is recognised by its peculiar odour." L. " Sp., 
 Gr. -847. It effervesces feebly, or not at all, with solution of Bicar- 
 bonate of Potash. When agitated with twice its volume of concen- 
 trated solution of Chloride of Calcium, 12 per cent, of Ether slowly 
 separates." E. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant and Antispasmodic. Diuretic, and, by 
 management, Diaphoretic in doses of foss. f3ij. As a Diuretic it 
 is best combined with others, as Squills, Acetate of Potash, &c. 
 
 ACETOUS FERMENTATION AND DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION. 
 
 Acetic Acid exists in plants either in a free state, or combined 
 with Potassa, Soda, Lime, &c. Vinegar, being producible from 
 simply exposing to a warm temperature the liquors which have un- 
 dergone, or are susceptible of, the vinous fermentation, has been known 
 from the earliest times. But in all cases some ferment requires to be 
 present, as these substances must first undergo the vinous fermentation,
 
 624 A C E T U M. [Acetous 
 
 for it is the Alcohol which is the subject of Acetous fermentation, and 
 it may in other ways be made to yield the same products. Thus, 
 though Alcohol when burnt in the open air produces Carbonic Acid 
 and water, if, when diluted with a little water, it be dropped by de- 
 grees upon finely-divided Platinum, the Oxygen of the air, attached 
 to the extended surface of the metal, coming in contact with the thin 
 film of spirit, by combining with, changes its nature, and converts it 
 into Acetic Acid, of which the vapours may easily be perceived by 
 their pungent odour. So the same spirit, with a little yeast, exposed 
 to the action of the air, will speedily become converted into Acetic 
 Acid. Vinegar on the Continent is made by exposing Wine to the 
 action of the air in partially filled vessels. In this country a less 
 pure vinegar is made from an inferior kind of Beer, to which T(jW P ai 't 
 of Sul' is allowed to be added, to prevent further change taking place. 
 Several of these forms of Vinegar are officinal. Besides these, Acetic 
 Acid may also be obtained by the destructive distillation in close 
 vessels of some hard dry woods (v. Pyroligneous Acid.) All these 
 are, however, diluted forms of Acetic Acid, which may, however, be 
 obtained from them in a concentrated form. 
 
 ACETUM, L. (U. S.) ACETUM GALLicuM, E. ACETUM VINI, D. Vine- 
 gar, L. French or Wine Vinegar, E. D. 
 
 Though the L. C. does not distinguish Foreign from British Vine- 
 gar, yet as by their tests they require only pure Vinegar to be used, 
 it may be treated of with the Foreign Vinegar. 
 
 L. Yellowish; of a peculiar odour; f3j. saturates Carbonate of Soda gr. Ix. and Sol. 
 Chloride of Barium produces in this quantity not above 1-14 gr. of Sulph. of Baryta. Its 
 colour is not altered by Sulphuretted Hydrogen. The Sulphate of Baryta is equivalent 
 to the quantity of Sul' (1 parrtn 1000) which is allowed by the excise laws to be added. 
 The Sulph. Hydrogen will indicate the presence of Lead. The colour and odour are 
 indications of purity, and the Soda will prove its strength. Wine Vinegar, according to 
 the E. P., has a Sp. Gr. of 1-014 to 1-022. Ammonia in slight excess causes a purplish 
 muddiness, and slowly a purplish precipitate. In f giv. complete precipitation takes place 
 of all the Sul' present with Sol. of Nitrate of Baryia HJ'xxx. E. 
 
 ACETUM BRITANNICUM, E. British Vinegar. 
 
 British Vinegars are usually much paler, but sometimes much 
 darker, from the presence of Extractive and other matters, than the 
 White Wine Vinegar, and are deficient in aroma. They often con- 
 tain a much larger than the recognised proportion of Sul' besides 
 some Lime. 
 
 The E. P. gives as tests of its being sufficiently pure, that it has a Sp. Gr. of 1-006 to 
 1.0019. Sulphuretted Hydrogen does not colour it; complete precipitation takes place in 
 f 3iv. with Sol. of Nitrate of Baryta rn/xxx. 
 
 ACETUM DESTILLATUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Distilled Vinegar. 
 
 Prep. Take of Vinegar (French by preference, E.) Cj. (10 parts, D.), distil in a glass 
 retort, from a sand-bath, and into a glass receiver, Ovij. (Dilute the product if necessary 
 with Aq. dest. till the Sp. Gr. is 1-005, E.) Reject the first tenth, and preserve the next 
 seven-tenths, of which the Sp. Gr. is 1-005. D. 
 
 By distillation, the Colouring Matter, Sul', and other impurities,
 
 Fermentation.] PYROLIGNEOUS AND ACETIC ACIDS. 625 
 
 being left behind, the Vinegar becomes a colourless diluted Acetic 
 Acid, and used to be called Acetous Acid. With the acid and water 
 rises a little of the Mucilage, and also the Ethero-Spirituous sub- 
 stance (or Acetic Ether ?) which characterizes all good vinegar, and 
 is the source of its peculiar aroma, that is, if the first part has not 
 been unnecessarily rejected. The odour and taste of the distilled are 
 less agreeable than that of good Vinegar. 
 
 L. It should be entirely dissipated by heat. Nothing should be precipitated from it 
 on the addition of Acetate of Lead, or Nitrate of Silver, or Iodide of Potassium (showing 
 the absence of Sul' and Cl', as well as of Lead). Neither Sulphuretted Hydrogen nor 
 Ammonia alter its colour (showing absence both of Lead and of Copper). Silver being 
 digested with it, nothing is precipitated on the addition of H Cl' (showing absence of 
 Nit'). 100 grs. saturate Carb. of Soda grs. xiij. (100 minims saturate grs. viij. Sp. Gr. 
 1-005, E.) The Sp. Gr. of the L. distilled Vinegar is 1-007 or upwards, according to Dr. 
 Christison. The E. C. order dilution because distilled Vinegar is often above 1-005. 
 
 ACIDUM PYROLIGNEUM, E. " Diluted Acetic Acid, obtained by the 
 destructive distillation of Wood." Pyroligneous Acid is considered 
 to be a discovery of Glauber ; but it is probable, as stated by Berze- 
 lius, that it was known to the Egyptians, as may be inferred from a 
 passage of Pliny, in which Pine wood, heated in a furnace, gives out 
 " sudore, aquae modo, fluit canali : hoc in Syria cedrum vocatur, ac 
 tanta est vis, ut in ^Egypto, corpora hominum defunctorum, eo per- 
 fusa, serventur." In the present day the distillation is usually con- 
 ducted in iron cylinders, with condensers attached. The woody 
 matter being decomposed by heat, its elements unite to form fresh 
 compounds, and by distillation an acid liquor passes over with water, 
 tarry matter, Empyreumatic Oil, and much inflammable gas, while a 
 large proportion of excellent Charcoal is left in the retort. The Pyro- 
 ligneous Acid is a brown, transparent liquid, consists essentially of 
 Acetic Acid, diluted with water, holding in solution tar, with some 
 Empyreumatic Oil, and has a smoky smell. It is distilled, and fur- 
 ther purified, by the addition of Carb. of Soda.* This is retained as 
 Acetate of Soda (v. p. 1 12), or used for making a purer Acetic or 
 Pyroligneous Acid. When the acetate of the above Alkali is form- 
 ed, it is purified by crystallization and re-solution, afterwards decom- 
 posed with Sul' : the Acetic' set free is again distilled, and the pro- 
 cesses repeated until a nearly colourless acid, with the odour of the 
 Acetic, is produced, but which is often Empyreumatic. 
 
 E. Nearly or entirely colourless; Sp. Gr. at least 1-034; Tt|_c. neutralize at least grs. 
 liij. of Carb. of Soda; unaffected by Sulphuretted Hydrogen or Sol. of Nitrate of Baryta. 
 
 ACIDUM ACETICUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Acetic Acid, E., a little diluted, 
 L. and D. 
 
 Acetic acid, which is the basis of the foregoing acids, may be ob- 
 tained in a concentrated state by decomposing an anhydrous Ace- 
 tate, as that of Soda, with Sulphuric acid. When set free, being vo- 
 latile, it rises and is then condensed, and is readily recognised by its 
 peculiar and grateful odour. It is limpid and colourless, acrid in 
 taste, and will blister the skin unless it is moderately diluted, it is ex- 
 
 * Sometimes chalk is first added, and Acetate of Lime is formed, which is decomposed 
 by digestion with sulphate of Soda. 
 
 40
 
 626 PYROLIGNEOUS AND A-CETIC ACID. [Destructive 
 
 ceedingly volatile, even at ordinary temperatures. Its vapour is in- 
 flammable. It may be crystallized at 60, forming large colourless 
 crystals, when it is called Glacial Acetic Acid. fcp. Gr. -1063. It 
 is composed of C 4 H 3 O 3 =Ac' with 1 Eq. of water. It may be mixed 
 in all proportions with water, Alcohol, and Ether. It dissolves Cam- 
 phor, several Resins and Volatile Oils, which therefore are frequent- 
 ly employed for aromatising it. It forms numerous important salts 
 with metallic oxides, alkalies, and vegeto-alkalies. But the Acetates 
 are decomposed by. most of the acids, except the Carb'. An impor- 
 tant fact, first investigated by Mr. Clark, which is referred to in the 
 E. P., is, that the Sp. Gr. does not always bear an exact relation to 
 the strength of the acid. The strength and the density go on in- 
 creasing in a pretty uniform ratio till the latter arrives at 1-077; but 
 as the strength increases still further, the density gradually sinks 
 again to 1*063. Dr. Christison observes that the density is a tole- 
 rably correct measure of strength up to 1*062; and above this point 
 it becomes equally so, on observing whether the addition of a small 
 per-centage of water raises or lowers it. It may be here stated that 
 15 parts by weight of the London acid with 85 of water are equal in 
 strength to distilled Vinegar. But the London acid is much weaker 
 than that prepared by the E. formula. The Dublin acid is composed 
 of about 3 Eq. of water to 1 of acid. 
 
 Prep. To Acetate of Soda fi>ij. (Ac. Potash 100 parts, D.) add Sulphuric acid fgix. 
 (52 parts, D.) previously diluted with Ag. dest. f ^ix. ; distil from a sand-bath, carefully 
 regulating the heat towards the end. (Pour the acid into a tubulated retort ; add gra. 
 dually the acetate, waiting after each addition till the mixture cools : distil with a mode- 
 rale heat to dryness. Sp. Gr. 1-074, D.) 
 
 Take Acetate of Lead q. s. heat it gradually in a porcelain basin by means of a bath 
 of oil or fusible metal (8 tin, 4 lead, 3 bismuth) to 320 F., and stir till the fused mass 
 concretes again. Pulverize this when cold, and heat the powder again to 320 with fre- 
 quent stirring, till the particles cease to accrete. Add 3 v j- of the powder to f 3ix. and a 
 half of pure Sul' contained in a glass matrass; attach a proper tube and refrigeratory, 
 and distil from a fusible metal bath with a heat of 320 to complete dryness. Agitate 
 the distilled liquid with a fewgrs. of red Oxide of Lead to remove a little Sulphurous acid 
 (apt to rise with the Ac'). Allow the vessel to rest for a few minutes, pour off the clear 
 liquid, and redistil it. The density is commonly 1-063 to 1-065, but not above 1-0685. E. 
 
 Tests. L. "Sp. Gr. 1-048 at 62. Grs. c. saturate Carb. of Soda 
 
 rs. Ixxxvij., and the fluid gives by evaporation crystals of Acetate of 
 oda, vaporizable, &c., as in Acetum Destillatum, L. Density not 
 above 1*0685, and increased by 20 per cent, of water; colourless; 
 unaltered by Sulphuretted Hydrogen or Nitrate of Baryta (showing 
 absence of Lead, Copper, and Sul') ; n*c. neutralize at least grs. 
 ccxvj. of Carb. of Soda. E. 
 
 Action. Uses. Though so many forms are officinal, Ac' is not pro- 
 portionally useful. The strong acid is one of the quickest Vesicants, 
 and an excellent escharotic for warts and corns. Acetum or Vinegar 
 is used as a solvent for several vegetable principles, and is an excel- 
 lent and grateful Refrigerant when applied externally as a lotion, or 
 for sponging the body : its vapour when inhaled is useful in various 
 affections of the throat and larynx. It is sometimes given internally, 
 and the Syrupus Aceti, E. Good Vinegar (French by preference) 
 f3xi. to pure Sugar f 3xiv. diluted is a grateful form.
 
 Dittillation.} CREASOTE. 
 
 ACID. ACETICUM CAMPHORATUM, E. D. Camphorated Acetic Acid. 
 
 Prep. Pulverise Camphor gss. with a little Rectified Spirit, and dissolve in Acetic acid 
 f gvjss. using the acid of the respective colleges. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant. Grateful in faintness, &c., but still more 
 so in the form of the aromatised preparations of Acetic acid to which 
 various volatile oils have been added. 
 
 CREASOTUM, L. (U. S.) CREAZOTON, E. An Oxy-Hydro-Carburet, 
 prepared from Pyroxylic Oil, L. 
 
 This substance was discovered by Reichenbach in 1830 with seve- 
 ral other compounds of Carbon, Hydrogen, and Oxygen, in the pro- 
 ducts of the destructive distillation of wood. It is found in Tar, in 
 Pyroligneous acid, in wood-smoke, and in other substances which no 
 doubt owe to it some of their properties. When pure, it is colourless 
 and transparent, fluid, limpid like a volatile oil, of a powerful smoky 
 odour, and a pungent burning taste. Its Sp. Gr. is ordinarily stated 
 to be 1-037. Dr. Christison has ascertained it to be 1-067, of high 
 refractive power ; when pure, unchanged by exposure to light ; 
 greatly expanded by heat ; boils at 397 ; burns with a sooty flame. 
 It forms two compounds with water, one a Hydrate of 1 part in 10 
 of water, and the other a solution of 1-25 part in 100 (Phillips). It 
 is soluble in Alcohol, Ether, and Naphtha, but more readily in Acetic 
 acid, also in the alkaline solutions ; but is neither acid nor alkaline. 
 It is decomposed by Potassium, Nit', and Sul'. Its most character- 
 istic property is that of coagulating Albumen, and of preserving meat 
 indefinitely, whence its name (from xgea, flesh, and <fww, I preserve). 
 
 The process for obtaining it pure is very tedious (v. Brande's 
 Chem.) It consists in forming a compound with solution of Potash 
 and Oil of Tar, which contains Creasote, then separating the alkali 
 by means of Sul', redistilling and separating the Creasote, and re- 
 peating the process. 
 
 Tests. L. "Oleaginous, colourless, transparent, of a peculiar odour. 
 It boils at 397, and does not freeze at 50, soluble in Acetic acid." 
 E. "Colourless, and remains so under sunshine; Sp. Gr. 1-066; en- 
 tirely soluble in its own volume of Acetic acid : a drop on filtering 
 paper heated for 10 minutes about 212, leaves no translucent stain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Creasote applied to the tongue, causes pain, and on 
 the skin a burning sensation ; and is fatal to small animals. It is the 
 active ingredient of Tar and Tar- water ; useful in healing ulcers, and 
 inducing a healthy action in cutaneous affections, and in gangrene, 
 scrofulous ulcers, &c. It often gives great relief in toothache, and 
 is extremely useful in allaying vomiting. (Elliotson.) The medicine 
 should be well diluted, at least 3 oz. of water to 1 drop. 
 
 MISTURA CREAZOTI, E. Mixture of Creasote. 
 
 Prep. Mix Crrasote Ifyxvij. with Acetic acid tt[xvj. ; gr 
 in Comp. Spirit of Juniper and Syrup, of eacli fgj. 
 
 D. f3j. f3ij. ; each f3j. containing Wj. of Creasote. 
 
 Prep. Mix Crtasote Ifyxvij. with Acetic acid TT[xvj. ; gradually add Aq. det. 
 then Comp. Spirit of Juniper and Syrup, of eacli f3j.
 
 Q2S PETROLEUM. AMBER. [Fossil 
 
 UNGUENTUM CREASOTI, L. E. (U. S.) Creasote Ointment. 
 
 Prep. Melt Lard 3ij. [3i. U. S.] (Axunge 3iij. E.), add Creasote 333. (^j. E.) Stir 
 them briskly, and continue to do so as the mixture concretes on cooling. 
 
 PETROLEUM (E.) BARBADENSE, L. D. Petroleum. Barbadoes Tar. 
 
 Petroleum, as its name indicates, is an oil-like exudation from 
 rocks, which has been employed in medicine from the earliest times, 
 though little used now. It is very abundantly diffused, and in other 
 forms, as of Asphalte, Naphtha, &c. 
 
 Besides in Barbadoes and Trinidad, Petroleum is found floating on 
 some springs of water in this country, as at Colebrooke Dale, &c., in 
 many parts of Europe, also at Baku on the shores of the Caspian, and 
 very abundantly at Ranan-goong, or Earth-oil Creek, on the banks 
 of the Irrawaddy. Col. Symes describes the wells as about 500 in 
 number, and that upwards of 400,000 hogsheads are taken away in 
 boats. It may readily be obtained by digging into the sand in warm 
 weather. This was examined by Drs. Christison and Gregory, who 
 found in it Paraffin, Eupion, which Reichenbach met with among 
 the products of the destructive distillation of wood; whence they 
 infer that " Rangoon Petroleum is the product of the destructive dis- 
 tillation of vegetable matter," probably from subterraneous causes 
 now in operation. 
 
 Petroleum has the consistence of treacle ; reddish-brown or black 
 colour, with a bituminous taste ; floats on water, in which it is inso- 
 luble; burns with a dense black smoke, leaving a carbonaceous resi- 
 duum. Acids, alkalies, and Rectified Spirit have little effect on it ; 
 Ether and both Volatile and Fixed Oils dissolve it. Exposed to the 
 air, it hardens into Asphalte ; if exposed to heat, a yellowish-coloured 
 liquid distils over, which resembles the Naphtha obtained in making 
 Coal-gas. Both are free from Oxygen, and therefore used for pre- 
 serving Potassium and dissolving Caoutchouc. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant ; has been recommended externally in 
 Rheumatism and in Cutaneous affections ; internally as a Vermifuge. 
 The Rangoon is probably as good, if not better, than other kinds. 
 
 SUCCINUM, L. D. (U. S.) Amber. 
 
 Amber (^Xex-rpov) and its property of attracting light bodies was 
 known to the Greeks, also to the Arabs, being their kah roba (grass- 
 attractor). The term Electricity has been derived from its Greek 
 name. It is no doubt a fossil product, usually washed up by the sea 
 in different parts of the world. This country is supplied chiefly from 
 the Baltic, it being cast on shore between Konigsberg and Memel. 
 In India it is obtained both in Cutch and Assam. It is probably the 
 resin of some Coniferous tree, as such wood is found in a fossil state. 
 Insects and parts of plants are inclosed in amber found associated 
 with Lignite beds. It is met with in irregular-shaped brittle pieces, 
 of a yellowish or yellowish-red resinous appearance, translucent, de- 
 void of taste and smell. It is not acted on by water or Alcohol. Sub- 
 jected to distillation, it yields first a yellow liquid which contains 
 Acetic acid, and afterwards a thin yellowish oil, with a yellow crys-
 
 Products.] SUCCINIC ACID AND OIL. 629 
 
 talline sublimate, which is the Succinic acid, D. Continuing the 
 heat, the Oil gradually deepens in colour, finally becomes black and 
 of the consistence of pitch, requiring to be redistilled before it is fit 
 for use. 
 
 AciDUM SuCCINICUM ET OLEUM SuCCINICUM, D. OLEUM SuCCINI, L. 
 
 (U. S.) Succinic acid and Oil. 
 
 Prep. Distil with a gradually increasing heat from Amber in coarse powder and pure 
 Sand, of each 1 part, an acid liquor, an oil, and an acid in crystals. Press these in bibu- 
 lous paper to get rid of moisture, and sublime them again. The oil may be detached from 
 the acid liquor by filtering through bibulous paper. In the L. P. Amber is directed to 
 be similarly distilled, and the oil again and a third time, to obtain Oleum Succini, L. 
 [Oleum Succini Rectificatum, U. S.] 
 
 Action. Uses. Succinic acid has been supposed to be Expectorant. 
 The Oil is Stimulant and Antispasmodic in doses of rp;v. It is an 
 ingredient of Tinctura Ammonias Comp. (p. 72.) 
 
 ANIMAL MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 " -, gr " 
 
 The animal creation, so interesting and essential an object of study 
 for acquiring a scientific knowledge of the anatomy and physiology 
 of the human frame, is less important as connected with Materia 
 Medica, because the progress of medicine has caused the disappear- 
 ance from our books and practice of a crowd of inert and at the 
 same time disgusting remedies, which could only have operated 
 through the imagination; while modern chemistry has shown that 
 others can be obtained more easily and as pure from the mineral or 
 vegetable kingdom. Thus Corals, burnt Oyster-shells (p. 638), and 
 Crabs-claws, were valuable on account of their being formed of Car- 
 bonate of Lime ; burnt Bones on account of Animal Charcoal, and 
 their ashes for Phosphate of Lime, yielded also by Cornu ustum 
 (p. 641); burnt Sponge (p. 630) for the salts of Iodine (p. 55). Oils 
 and Fats in the animal kingdom are obtained of nearly the same na- 
 ture essentially as vegetable oils and fats, as in the form of Lard 
 (p. 644) or Suet (p. 642.) So Bees' Wax (p. 636) is like that of 
 Palms and Myricas. Spermaceti (p. 640) is considered a peculiar 
 principle. These, however, continue to be retained but chiefly as 
 external applications. Saccharine matter is contained in Honey 
 (p. 636). Gelatine is obtained from Isinglass (p. 638) and also from 
 Hartshorn (p. 641), and even from Bones (p. 639) ; Albumen from 
 the White of the Egg (p. 638) ; and Caseine from Milk, which also 
 contains Butter and Whey. The peculiar secretions called Musk 
 and Castor (p. 641) are, however, still considered to possess some 
 power in controlling a few nervous affections. The only animals 
 which are officinal in their entire state are the Cochineal (p. 635) for 
 its colouring matter, Cantharides (p. 632) for their vesicating pro- 
 perties, and the Leech (p. 630) to draw blood.
 
 630 SPONGIA OFFICINALIS. [Port/era. 
 
 I. CYCLO-NEURA V. RADIATA. 
 <$," .-'- V '.iV i * 
 
 Class PORIFERA, Grant. 
 
 SPONGIA OFFICINALIS, Linn. E. D. (SPONGIA, U. S.) The Officinal 
 
 Sponge. 
 
 Sponge is so well known for its economic, uses, that it does not 
 require a detailed description. Numerous species are known, with 
 soft porous bodies, traversed by tortuous canals; but the officinal 
 Sponge is imported from the Mediterranean and Red Seas. Some of 
 a coarser kind from the West Indies. Those of the British Seas 
 would probably answer equally well for burning. When collected, 
 Sponge contains numerous small fragments of corals and minute 
 shells, from these it must be freed before it can be used for surgical 
 purposes ; for which it is well suited, from its soft and porous nature. 
 Sponge tents are sometimes used for dilating sinuses. These are 
 prepared by dipping strips of Sponge into wax, and as this melts by 
 the heat of the body, the Sponge absorbs moisture, and swells ; or 
 pieces of Sponge may be tightly wound with thread, which can after- 
 wards be cut. Sponge is composed of Gelatine and Coagulated 
 Albumen. (Hatchett.) When burnt, its ashes give Carbon, and some 
 Silex, Carbonate and Phosphate of Lime, Carbonate of Soda, Chlo- 
 ride and Iodide of Sodium, Bromide of Magnesia, with a little Oxide 
 of Iron. 
 
 PULVIS SPONGI^E UST^E, D. (SPONGIA USTA, LT. S.) Burnt Sponge. 
 
 Prep. Having cut the Sponge into pieces, beat it to free it from stones, then burn it in 
 a covered iron vessel till it is black and friable. Reduce this to powder. 
 
 Action. Uses. Alterative. Formerly much used in Goitre, Scro- 
 fulous and obstinate Cutaneous Affections. On the Continent it is 
 still preferred by many to the preparations of Iodine, to the presence 
 of which Burnt Sponge no doubt owes its efficacy, in doses of about 
 3j. with Honey and Aromatics. 
 
 Class POLYPIFERA, Grant. The skeletons of Polypiferous animals, 
 so well known by the name of Corals, were long officinal, as they 
 still are on the Continent, and in the East. They owe their medical 
 properties to Carbonate of Lime, with the addition of a little Oxide 
 of Iron. 
 
 II. DIPLO-NEURA V. ARTICULATA. 
 
 Class ANNELIDA. 
 
 HIRUDO, L. HIRUDO MEDICINALIS, Linn. L. D. SANGUISUGA, Savigny. 
 
 Leeches and their effects must have been known from the earliest 
 times. They were early employed therapeutically by the Hindoos, 
 and the Arabs adopted their practice. (Royle, Hindoo Med. p. 38, 
 and Wise on Hindu Medicine, p. 177.) Themison mentions the em-
 
 Annelida.] 
 
 HIRUDO MEDICINALIS. 
 
 ployment of Leeches by the ancients. Herodotus alludes to one kind, 
 (Bdella nilotica.) Dr. Pereira infers that Sanguisuga agfytiaca, the 
 species from which the French soldiers in Egypt suffered, is that re- 
 ferred to in the Bible (Prov. xxx. 15) by the name of O'lukeh or Jlluka. 
 The latter, or Jlluk, is also the Arabic name for Leech. 
 
 Leeches are included by Cuvier in the genus Hirudo. This has since been subdivided 
 info several genera. Savigny calls that which includes the leeches used in medicine SAN- 
 GUISUGA, the latrabdella of 
 
 Blainville. Leeches are Fig. 95. 
 
 characterized by having 
 
 an elongated, plano-con- * 
 
 vex body, tapering towards 
 both extremities, wrinkled 
 transversely, and compos- 
 ed of from 90 to 100 soft 
 rings. The mouth fur- 
 nished with a lip, and the 
 posterior extremity pro- 
 vided with a flattened 
 disk, both adapted to fix 
 upon bodies by suction, 
 and to serve the leech as 
 the principal organs of lo- 
 comotion. Underneath the body two series of pores are observed, which lead to as many 
 interior pouches, which are regarded as organs of respiration. The intestinal canal is 
 straight, inflated from space to space, as far as two-thirds of its length, where there are 
 two caeca. The blood swallowed is preserved there red and unchanged for many weeks. 
 The subgenus Sanguisuga has the upper lip divided into several segments, the aperture 
 of its mouth is tri-radiate, and it contains three jaws, each armed on its edge with two 
 ranges of very fine teeth. Ten blackish points are observed on the head, which are taken 
 for eyes. The anus is small, and placed on the dorsal surface of the last ring. 
 
 The two species most commonly used, and which by some are con- 
 sidered varieties of one another, are Hirudo medicinalis and H. offici- 
 nalis. 
 
 H. OFFICINALIS is distinguished by its unspotted olive-green belly and by the dark green 
 back, along which and the flanks are observed six longitudinal, often interrupted rusty- 
 red stripes. Six of the eyes are said by Savigny to be very prominent. Teeth about 70 
 in number. A native of the south of Europe, as of France and Germany. It is usually 
 called the Green Leech, sometimes the Hungary Leech, from being a native of that 
 country. 
 
 H. MEDICINALIS (fig. 95, 1 to 3), the kind usually employed here, and readily distin 
 guished from the foregoing by its belly, which is of a yellowish-green colour, but covered 
 with black spots, which vary in number and size, forming almost the prevailing tint of 
 the belly, the intervening spaces appearing like yellow spots. On the back are six longi- 
 tudinal reddish or yellowish-red bands, spotted with black and placed on an olive-green 
 or greenish-brown ground. The number of rings varies from 93 to 108. Teeth 79 to 
 90 in number. A native of almost all parts of Europe, often called the English, the 
 speckled, the true, the brown Leech, &c. 
 
 Other species are figured by Brandt, as Hirudo provincials, H. 
 Verbana, H. obscura, and H. interrupta. In the United States they 
 use H. decora. In India Leeches are extremely abundant, procurable 
 both in the tanks of Bengal and in the northwest provinces, as well 
 as along the foot of the Himalayas. Six kinds of useful and six veno- 
 mous Leeches are mentioned in Susruta and by Avicenna, /. c. 
 
 Uses. Leeches are effectual for the local abstraction of blood, 
 affording indeed the best method in many cases, as in inflammation 
 of the abdomen, scrotum, in hsemorrhoidal tumours, and prolapsus of 
 the rectum. They may often follow general depletion ; but, accord-
 
 632 THE LEECH. [Insecta. 
 
 ing to the quantity or the nature of the case, will themselves produce 
 constitutional effects, especially in the cases of children. They act by 
 a sawing motion, and draw about 3jss. of blood, though ftss. may be 
 obtained by fomentation, &c. Excess of bleeding may be stopped by 
 pressure, application of Matico ; sometimes caustic is required, and 
 even sowing up the wounds with a fine needle. 
 
 Class INSECTA. Order Coleoptera. 
 
 CANTHARIS, L. E. (U. S.) The whole Fly, E., or CANTHARIS VESICA- 
 TORIA, Latreille, D. The Blister Beetle. 
 
 The name xavSapis was applied by the Greeks to a species of Co- 
 leopterous Insect which possessed the properties of the officinal Blis- 
 tering Beetle, but it was distinguished by yellow transverse bands. 
 This is the characteristic of species of Mylabris, one of which M. 
 Fusseleni, occurs in the south of Europe, and another, M. Cichorii 
 (fig. 96, 4), in Syria, and apparently throughout the East. In India it 
 is called telee and telee mukhee, or the Oily Fly, no doubt from the 
 oil-like exudation which the insects of this genus give out from the 
 articulations of their legs when seized. Another species, M. Trian- 
 IhemcB, is mentioned by Dr. Fleming, and the Lytta gigas, Fab. is 
 found there as well as in Senegal. One is mentioned by the Arabs 
 under the name of zurareh. It is not known when the officinal Blis- 
 tering Fly came to be used, but it has had a variety of names. It 
 was called Meloe vesicatorius by Linnaeus, Lytta vesicatoria by Fa- 
 bricius, and Cantharis vesicatoria by Geoffrey, and now by the Phar- 
 macopoeias. Geoffrey grouped the Vesicatory Beetles in a small 
 tribe corresponding nearly with the Linnean genus Meloe, and dis- 
 tinguished it by the title Cantharideae. This he divides into eleven 
 genera, among which are Cantharis, Mylabris, and Meloe, all of 
 which species have been employed as vesicatories. Meloe majalis, 
 or May worm, is figured at 96 fig. 3, as a specimen of the genus. 
 
 Fig. 96. 
 
 Cantharis vesicatoria (fig. 97, 1 and 2) is of an elongated, almost cylindrical form, from 
 6 to 10 lines in length by about 2 in breadth, the male somewhat smaller than the female. 
 It is easily distinguished by its two beautiful elytra or wing-cases, which are long and 
 flexible and of a shining golden green colour, and cover two thin brownish membranous 
 wings. The head is large and subcordate, with a longitudinal furrow along the head and
 
 Coleoptera.] BLISTERING BEETLES. 633 
 
 the thorax : this is not larger than the head, rather quadrate. Its thorax chiefly, but also 
 the rest of the body covered with whitish gray hairs ; antennae black, long, simple fili. 
 form. The maxillae support the jointed palpse, of which the terminal joint is somewhat 
 
 Fig. 97. 
 
 ovate. The legs are from 4 to 6 lines long, smooth, 5 joints to the first pair of the tarsi 
 and 4 only to the last, all violaceous. Single spine on leg and notch in tarsus. The last 
 joint of tarsus with a pair of claws, each of which is bifid. Near the anus of the female 
 are two articulated caudal appendages, somewhat similar to palpi. It abounds in the S. 
 of France, Spain, and Italy ; and it has spread into Germany and the S. of Russia. It is 
 found upon the Ash, Lilac, and Privet especially, but also upon the Elder and Honey- 
 suckle, more rarely on the Plum-tree, Rose, Willow, and Elm. M. Farines states, that 
 the insects produced in warm places, and such as are exposed to the sun, are most ener- 
 getic. 
 
 Cantharides are stated not to live above eight or ten days. When 
 alive, they exhale a strong, foetid, and penetrating odour, by which 
 their presence is readily detected, and so offensive, that public walks 
 sometimes become deserted until they have disappeared. They are 
 usually caught early in the morning, when persons with covered 
 hands and faces shake them off the trees, plunge them into vinegar, 
 or expose them in sieves to the vapour of vinegar, and then dry them 
 in the sun or in warmed apartments. They should be preserved in 
 well-stoppered bottles, as they are subject to be destroyed by other 
 insects, introducing with them a little Alcohol, Petroleum, Camphor, 
 Chloride of Lime (Derheims), or Pyroligneous acid (M. Farines), as 
 it is preferable to employ fresh, well-dried, and smooth, not dusty, in- 
 sects. They long preserve their form and colour, also to some extent 
 the disagreeable odour of the living insect, and have an acrid burning 
 taste. The powder is of a grayish-brown colour, interspersed with 
 shining particles, which are the fragments of the elytra, head, and 
 feet ; and, though comparatively inert, these parts are very indestruc- 
 tible, and thus often serve to detect their presence in fatal cases. 
 
 Action. Uses. Narcotic, Acrid Poison ; Rubefacient and Irritant ; 
 Stimulant Diuretic ; sometimes producing inflammation of the Uri- 
 nary organs ; but useful in smaller doses in inducing a healthy state 
 of the mucous membrane in Chronic Gonorrhosa, Leucorrhcea, &c. 
 Best known and most extensively employed for raising Blisters when 
 applied to the skin, in a space of from six to twelve hours, sometimes 
 accompanied with the disadvantage of producing painful Strangury. 
 
 TINCTURA CANTHARIDIS, L. E. D. Tincture of Cantharides. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, E. D.) bruised Cantharides 3ij. (gss. E.; 3ij. D.) (3j. U.
 
 634 CANTHARIS VESICATORIA. [Intecta. 
 
 S.) in Proof Spirit Oij. (by measure ftiss. D.) (Diluted Alcohol Oij. U. S.) Strain. (Ex- 
 press strongly and filter, or more conveniently by percolation, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Diuretic. 
 
 D. rn;x., but cautiously increased f 3j. with some demulcent. Used 
 internally in Gleet, Leucorrhoea, incontinence of Urine. Proof Spirit 
 is a good solvent ; it is to be remarked that the three Tinctures are 
 unequal in strength. With Soap or Camphor Liniment used as a 
 Rubefacient in Rheumatism, &c. 
 
 ACETUM CANTHARIDIS, E. (EpispASTicuM, L.) Blistering Vinegar of 
 Cantharides. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 8 (7, E.) days powdered Cantharides gij. (3iij. also Euphorbium 
 coarsely powdered, 3iv. E.) in Acetic Acid Oj. (f gv. mixed with Pyroligneous acid f^xv. 
 E.) occasionally agitating. Express strongly and filter. 
 
 Action. Uses. Rubefacient and Epispastic. Useful as a powerful 
 method of raising a blister ; too strong and irritant for internal exhi- 
 bition. 
 
 CERATUM (UNGUENTUM, E.) CANTHARIDIS, L. Cantharides Cerate or 
 Ointment. 
 
 Prep. With heat melt Spermaceti Cerate gvj. (Resinous Ointment gvij. E.) ; add 
 very finely powdered Cantharides 3j- j mix. (Stir briskly as it concretes on cooling, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant ; employed to keep open blisters and issues. 
 The active principles are dissolved in the fatty matter aided by the 
 heat, though too great heat will diminish the activity. 
 
 UNGUENTUM (UNG. INFUSI, E.) CANTHARIDIS, L. D. (U. S.) 
 
 Prep. L. D. Boil very finely powdered Cantharides 3j. (3ij. D. [U. S.]) in Aq. dest. 
 f^iv. (by measure Sviij. D.) (Oss. U. S.) down to one-half. Strain. To the filtered liquor 
 add Resin Cerate 2>iv. (3 v iij- D. U. S.) Evaporate to the proper consistence. 
 
 E. Infuse for one night powdered Cantharides 3j. in boiling Aq. fgv. Squeeze 
 strongly, and filter the expressed liquid; add Axunge 3ij.; boil till the water is dis- 
 persed. Then add Bees -wax and Resin aa 3j. When liquid, remove the vessel from the 
 fire; add Venice Turpentine 3ij. Mix thoroughly. 
 
 Action. Uses. Irritant. Used as a Cerate; but is milder in its 
 action. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM CANTHARIDIS, L. E. D. Blister Plaster. 
 
 Prep. Melt together Lard ftss. L. D. (Suet 3ij. E. ftss. D.) and Wax Plaster ftjss. 
 (Resin aa 3ij. E. Yellow Wax ftj. and Yellow Resin 3iv. D.) Remove from the fire, 
 and when near concreting from cooling, sprinkle in very finely powdered Cantharides 
 ftj. (3ij. E.) Mix, and make a plaster, stirring briskly, E. 
 
 Action. Uses. Vesicant ; the most commonly employed application 
 for raising blisters. In some cases the skin requires to be previously 
 stimulated with an Embrocation or Sinapism, but generally the action 
 is certain and complete. 
 
 [The CERATUM CANTHARIDIS, U. S. Cerate of Spanish Flies, or Em- 
 plasirum Epispasticum, is the same as the preceding. It is made as 
 follows: 
 
 Spanish Flies in very fine powder ftj., Yellow Wax, Resin, Lard, each Sviij. Melt 
 the Wax, Resin, and Lard, and stir in the flies until cool.]
 
 Coleoptera.] COCCUS CACTI. 635 
 
 EMPLASTRUM CANTHARIDIS COMPOSITUM, E. Compound Blister Plaster. 
 
 Prep. Melt Bees-wax gj. and Burgundy Pitch 3iij., add Venice Turpentine givss. 
 and while hot sprinkle into it finely powdered and mixed Cantharides 3iij. White Mus- 
 tard Seed and Black Pepper aa 3j. and Verdigrise gss. Stir the whole briskly as it 
 concretes on cooling. 
 
 Action. Uses. Powerful and Irritant Blistering Plaster ; but seldom 
 used. 
 
 Several substances have of late years been introduced as substi- 
 tutes for Blistering Plaster, which are both elegant and efficient, 
 under the names of Tela vesicatoria, Blistering Tissue, fyc., and of 
 which other forms are the Parisian Taffetas vesicant, Papier et Taf- 
 fetas epispastique. (v. Soubeiran, ii. p. 210.) They are made with an 
 etherial or alcoholic Extract of Cantharides or of Cantharidin, mixed 
 with wax, and spread in a very fine layer upon these tissues, pre- 
 viously oiled or waxed. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM CALEFACIENS, D. 
 
 Prep. With a medium heat melt together Cantharides Plaster 1 part and Burgundy 
 Pitch 7 parts ; mix, and make a plaster. 
 
 Action. Uses. Rubefacient. Useful for relieving internal pains, as 
 in the joints, &c. 
 
 Order Hemiptera. 
 
 Coccus CACTI, Linn. L. E. D. (Coccus, U. S.) Cocci, L. The entire 
 Insects, E. Cochineal. 
 
 Cochineal, so valuable as a dye, is of little importance in medi- 
 cine. Several of the genus are used as dyes, as the Kermes insect, 
 or Coccus llicis, found on the Ilex Oak ; the Coccus Lacca, or Lac 
 insect, found in various trees and shrubs in India, much used as a 
 substitute for Cochineal and its Resin (Shell-Lac) for various pur- 
 poses ; the Coccus polonicus, found on the roots of Scleranthus peren- 
 nis. Something similar is found on the roots of a plant in the marshes 
 of Herat. (Burnes.) The true Cochineal or grana fina of the Spa- 
 niards, is found in the cool parts of Mexico, as near Oaxaca, whence 
 one kind of Elemi is obtained. The grana sylvestra, an inferior spe- 
 cies, is found in hot parts, as near Vera Cruz, and in Brazil. The 
 female of the Cochineal insect is alone collected from off the Cactus 
 plant, where the impregnated females have previously been placed 
 by the natives of Mexico to produce their numerous young. These, 
 when matured, are brushed off, and killed by artificial heat. Three 
 harvests are annually collected. The Silver and Black varieties of 
 the Grana fina are known. The insects are oblong, roundish, plano- 
 convex, from one to two lines in length, wrinkled, the former of a 
 colour resembling silver-paper, owing to fine down with which they 
 are covered, and by which the genuine may be distinguished from 
 any imitation of the colour with powdered Talc, &c. They are of a 
 purplish-gray colour, while the black variety is without bloom, and of 
 a dark-reddish colour. An inferior kind (granilla) made up of smaller 
 insects, and broken fragments is also sold. Cochineal, when powder-
 
 MEL. CERA. [Jnsecta. 
 
 ed, is of a carmine colour, without odour, but having a slightly bitter 
 taste. It contains some fatty matters, with a brilliant colouring prin- 
 ciple, which has been called Cochenilline, making it valuable as a 
 dye. It is used for giving colour to some tinctures. 
 
 Order Hymenoptera, Linn. 
 
 APIS MELLIFICA, Linn., L. E. D. The Honey-Bee is officinal only 
 on account of the Honey and Wax which it secretes or stores up. 
 
 MEL, L. E. D. (U. S.) Humor e floribus decerptus et ab Ape prse- 
 paratus, L. Saccharine secretion, E. Honey. 
 
 Honey is secreted by the nectaries of flowers, sucked by the Bee 
 into its crop, where it undergoes some slight changes, and is then 
 stored up in the comb. The finest Honey is that which is allowed to 
 drain from thence; and, if obtained from hives which have never 
 swarmed, it is called Virgin Honey. It partakes of the properties of 
 the plants from which the bees have collected it. When of fine qua- 
 lity it is liquid and viscid, but translucent, having a fine, though pecu- 
 liar odour, and a very sweet taste, but the best appears to some people 
 slightly acrid, from the uneasiness experienced in the fauces. After 
 a time honey becomes thick, white, and granular in texture. Inferior 
 qualities are of a reddish-brown colour, granular, and intermixed with 
 impurities, and are usually obtained by pressure of the comb. Honey 
 is soluble in water, and a great part is taken up by boiling Alcohol. 
 It is composed of crystallizable, with some uncrystallizable Sugar, a 
 small proportion of Mannite, and a little aromatic principle. The in- 
 ferior qualities contain Wax, some acid matter, and impurities. Di- 
 luted with water, it undergoes the Vinous fermentation, and Hydro- 
 mel, or Mead, is produced, " Honey should be clarified by despuma- 
 tion before being used. A watery solution is not rendered blue by 
 Iodide of Potassium added along with an acid," L. proving that it is 
 not adulterated with starch. 
 
 MEL DESFUMATUM, D. (U. S.) Clarified Honey. Melt Honey in the vapour-bath, and 
 then remove the scum. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent, and slightly Laxative. Chiefly used 
 in gargles, &c. It is a constituent of Oxymels, and of the Mel Boracis 
 and Mel Rosae. 
 
 CERA, L. E. D. (CERA FLAVA, E. D. (U. S.) Concretum ab Ape pa- 
 ratum ; Waxy Secretion, E. CERA ALBA, L. E. D. (U. S.) idem 
 dealbatum. Bleached Bees' Wax. 
 
 Wax, like Honey, has been known and employed from very an- 
 cient times. It is secreted in considerable quantities by various plants, 
 as the Palms, p. 574, by species of Myrica, especially at the Cape of 
 Good Hope, and by less known plants in China and Japan. It used 
 to be supposed that the Bee merely conveyed it from the plant ; but 
 it is now known that it is secreted by the Bee in glands situated on
 
 Hymenoptera.] CERA. 637 
 
 its abdominal scales, and thence collected by it for the construction 
 of its cells. 
 
 CERA FLAVA. Yellow or Common Wax is obtained by subjecting 
 the comb to division and expression, melting the residue in boiling 
 water, keeping it hot for some time, to allow the impurities to sepa- 
 rate or be dissolved. On cooling the Wax concretes. It is melted 
 again, and then strained, and sold in cakes. It is of a dull yellow 
 colour, and has a. peculiar, somewhat agreeable odour, and is bleach- 
 ed by agitation with water, &c. Thus, by making it fall, previously 
 melted, in small streams, upon a revolving, wetted cylinder, it con- 
 cretes in thin riband-like layers, which being exposed for some time 
 to the united influence of light, air, and moisture, become bleached, 
 and of a yellowish-white colour. Spermaceti is often mixed with it, 
 to improve its colour ; and Starch, Tallow, &c., as adulterations. 
 Wax is firm in consistence, but melts at 155 ; burns with a bright 
 light It may be dissolved in boiling Alcohol and in Ether, but very 
 readily so in the Fixed and Volatile Oils. Resin and fat unite with 
 it, and imperfect soaps are formed by its union with alkaline solu- 
 tions. Dr. John conceived it to be composed of two principles Cerin 
 and Myricin. It is now considered to be a simple principle. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent; made into an emulsion, it is some- 
 times useful in sheathing abraded and irritable surfaces, as in Catarrh 
 and Chronic Dysentery ; but its chief value is for external application 
 in the various forms of Cerates, Ointments, and Plasters. 
 
 CERATUM, L. UNGUENTUM (SIMPLEX, E.) CER.E ALB.E, D. [CERATUM 
 SIMPLEX, U. S.] Simple Cerate. 
 
 Prep. Melt White Wax giv. (3iij. E. ftj. D.) add it to Olive Oil f^iv. (f 3vss. E. pre- 
 pared Hogs-lard feiv. D.) Mix, and stir briskly while it concretes in cooling, E. 
 [Lard 3viij., White Wax 3iv. IT. S.] 
 
 LINIMENTUM SIMPLEX, E. Simple Liniment. 
 
 Prep. With gentle heat dissolve White Wax 1 part in Olive Oil 4 parts ; agitate well, 
 as the fused mass cools and concretes. 
 
 Action. Uses. For Emollient dressings. The Liniment is used 
 for softening the skin, &c. 
 
 EMPLASTRUM (SIMPLEX, E.) CER^E, L. Wax Plaster. 
 
 Prep. Melt together (with a moderate heat, E.) Wax ftiij. (giij. E.) Suet ftiij. (3ij. 
 E.) and Resin ftj. (3ij. E.) Strain. (Stir briskly till the mixture concretes on cooling, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Chiefly employed as a basis for other plasters. 
 
 UNGUENTUM CER^E FLAVJE, D. Ointment of Yellow Wax. 
 Prep. As Ung. Cera alba, D., substituting Yellow for White Wax. 
 
 Action. Uses. Soft dressing ; but more stimulant than the White 
 Cerate. 
 
 Class CONCHIFERA, Lamarck. 
 
 OSTREA EDULIS, Linn. TESTAE, L. [TESTA, U. S.] The Shells of 
 Oysters.
 
 638 ICHTHYOCOLLA. OVUM. [Vertebrata. 
 
 Oysters are well known as articles of diet. Immense quantities 
 are dredged up on the coast of Kent, near Whitstable, and also on 
 the opposite coast of Essex. The Shells are alone officinal on ac- 
 count of the Carbonate of Lime of which they are chiefly composed, 
 with a small portion of the Phosphate, and a trace of animal matter. 
 
 TESTAE PRJEPARAT^E, L. [TESTA PR^EPARATA, U. S.] Prepared Ovster 
 Shells. 
 
 Prep. Wash the shells, first freed from dirt, with boiling Aq., then prepare as directed 
 with Chalk. (. p. 119.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Antacid as Chalk, sometimes preferred on account 
 of the Phosphate of Lime. 
 
 IV. SPINI-CEREBRATA, V. VERTEBRATA. 
 
 Class PISCES. 
 
 ICHTHYOCOLLA, a name derived from x^ a fish, and xoXXa glue, is 
 translated Isinglass, a word derived from the German Hausenblase, 
 from hausen, the great sturgeon, and blase, a bladder, being one of 
 the coats of the swimming-bladder of Fishes, chiefly of the genus 
 Acipenser, or Sturgeon, and of which the best qualities are imported 
 from the rivers of Russia, flowing into the Black and Caspian Seas, 
 but also from the Sea of Aral, and the Lake Baikal. Isinglass is also 
 imported from Brazil, and likewise from India. Of late the quality 
 of this has been much improved. Isinglass is the purest known form 
 of Animal Jelly ; and it is therefore as Gelatine that it is valuable. 
 Gelatine, w r hen pure, is transparent, and nearly colourless, devoid of 
 both taste and smell, easily preserved when in a dry state, but soon 
 putrefying when moist. It is soluble in the different dilute acids, as 
 well as in the fixed alkalies. Its solution forms a copious precipitate 
 on the addition of Tannin, and which smells like tanned leather. As 
 Corrosive Sublimate does not precipitate Gelatine, it serves to distin- 
 guish it when in solution from Albumen. Gelatine unites with a large 
 proportion of water, and on cooling becomes a solid tremulous mass. 
 By boiling with Sul', it may be converted into a kind of Sugar. 
 Isinglass in its purest form is white, semitransparent, devoid of smell 
 or taste, softening in cold water, and dissolving in boiling water, with 
 the exception of a minute proportion of earthy impurities. Bengal 
 Isinglass, analyzed by Mr. E. Solly, yielded, in three specimens, re- 
 spectively 86-5, 90-9, and 92-8 per cent, of Gelatine. For the sources 
 of Isinglass v. Brandt and Ratzeburg Medicinichse Zoologie, Pereira's 
 Elements of Materia Medica, and the Author's Pamphlet on the Pro- 
 duction of Isinglass along the coasts of India, 1842. 
 
 Action. Uses. Demulcent. Used chiefly as a nutritious and little 
 irritating article of diet for the sick. 
 
 OVUM, L. (U. S.) The Egg, E. of the Hen of GALLUS DOMESTICUS, 
 Temm. (Phasianus Gallus, Linn.), L. E. 
 
 The common Fowl, domesticated everywhere, is probably derived 
 from the Jungle Fowl of India. Its Egg is well known as a highly
 
 Vertebrata.] S S A. 
 
 esteemed article of diet. The shell, consisting almost entirely of Car- 
 bonate of Lime, is seldom now employed. Within the shell there is a 
 white semi-opaque albuminous membrane, which contains the White 
 or Albumen Ovi, a glairy viscid fluid, contained in very delicate mem- 
 branous cells. The liquid may be considered a solution of Albumen, 
 as it consists of 12 per cent, of this principle, and 85 of water, 2-7 of 
 Mucus or uncoagulable matter, and 0-3 of saline substances, including 
 Soda and traces of Sulphur. The glairy liquid is miscible with water, 
 coagulated by heat under 212, as in boiling an egg, also by acids. 
 It then becomes white, opaque, and insoluble. The white of Egg is 
 precipitated by Corrosive Sublimate, Diacetate of Lead, Muriate of 
 Tin, Tannin, &c. 
 
 The Yolk or Yelk, Vitellus Ovi, is also fluid, opaque, and yellow 
 in colour, without odour, but with a bland and pleasant taste, forming 
 a milky emulsion when agitated with water, and assisting to suspend 
 in it many insoluble substances. It consists of Oil (which contains 
 much Elaine with a little Stearine) 28-75, Albumen 17-47, and water 
 53-8, with a little free Sulphur and Phosphorus in combination. 
 
 Action. Uses. The white of Egg is used chiefly for the clarifica- 
 tion of watery liquids with the aid of heat, and of spirituous ones 
 without heat. It may be used as an antidote in poisoning by Corro- 
 sive Sublimate and the salts of Copper. It is sometimes employed as 
 an emollient application. Agitated with Alum, it forms an astringent 
 poultice, (u. p. 133.) The Yolk, besides being nutritive, is extremely 
 useful in pharmacy in making Emulsions, and suspending Oils, Oleo- 
 resins, and Resins. 
 
 Class MAMMALIA, Linn. 
 OSSA, D. Bones. 
 
 The bones of Mammals are no doubt intended and chiefly em- 
 ployed. They consist of Gelatine and of about 60 per cent, of earthy 
 matter, the greater portion of which is Phosphate of Lime with about 
 l-5th of Carbonate of Lime, and small portions of other salts. This 
 is obtained by burning away the gelatinous part in an open fire, and 
 then powdering the earthy remains. These are used for making the 
 Phosphas Calcis prajcipitatum, D. and Soda? Phosphas. L. E. D. 
 
 If bones are burnt in close vessels, Carbo animalis, L. E. (p. 64) 
 or Animal Charcoal, is obtained, which consists of Charcoal and 
 Phosphate of Lime. This is much used for purifying Sugar, the 
 vegeto-alkalies, &c. 
 
 The Gelatine of Bones is not officinal in the P., but it is often used 
 dietetically in making nutritious soups. The earthy parts, being solu- 
 ble in dilute Hydrochloric or Muriatic acid, are removed by bones 
 being digested in such an acid solution, having first been carefully 
 cleaned by boiling and scraping, and subsequently washed ; the Gela- 
 tine is then boiled out, and flavoured, or with vegetable additions 
 converted into soup. The diet of man, to be properly nutritious, re- 
 quires to be of a mixed nature, and Bone-Gelatine is as well suited 
 as any thing else to be one of its constituents, though, like other proxi- 
 mate principles, it will not answer by itself.
 
 640 CETACEUM. [Vertebrata. 
 
 Class CETACEA, Linn. 
 
 CETACEUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Concretum in propriis capitis cellulis re- 
 pertum, L. Celine, nearly pure, E. of PHYSETER MACROCEPHALUS, 
 Linn. Spermaceti of the Sperm Whale or White Cachalot. 
 
 Spermaceti, as defined in the L. P., is found in peculiar cells situ- 
 ated in the great head (but a little is also found in other parts, as the 
 blubber) of the above Whale, which inhabits the Pacific Ocean and 
 China Sea. It is itself of the nature of a concrete fat, and occurs as 
 an oily substance disposed in numerous cells situated in a great cavity 
 along the upper jaw of the animal, and separated from its blubber by 
 a ligamentous covering, and supported by ligamentous partitions pro- 
 jected across, as fully described by John Hunter. The liquid con- 
 tents of the head being taken out and boiled, on cooling, the Sperma- 
 ceti concretes, and the valuable Oil swims, and is further separated 
 by draining and pressure. Subsequent fusion andthe action of a 
 weak alkaline solution purifies the Spermaceti, which is then seen in 
 beautiful white, pearly, crystalline masses, soft and slightly unctuous, 
 with little odour or taste ; Sp. Gr. 0-U4 ; capable of being powdered 
 with the addition of a little Spirit; melts at 112; burns readily; is 
 insoluble in water, slightly soluble in Alcohol, more so in Ether, and 
 readily in fixed and volatile oils. Spermaceti may be separated 
 from any oil it contains by boiling Alcohol, which dissolves its pure 
 principle. 
 
 CETIN. This is considered a neutral fatty body intermediate in na- 
 ture between Wax and Fats. It is like Spermaceti in all respects, 
 being only separated from oil, and melts at 120, is saponified with 
 difficulty, when two substances are formed, one a neutral crystalli- 
 zable fat, which can be sublimed, and has been called Ethal, and the 
 other Ethalic acid, which approaches Margaric acid in nature. Cetin 
 is composed of Carbon 81-66, Hydrogen 12-85, Oxygen 5-48=100. 
 (Chevreul.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Emollient ; formerly much used internally with Mu- 
 cilage or yolk of Egg ; now chiefly externally in cerates and oint- 
 ments. 
 
 CERATUM (UNGUENTUM, D.) CETACEI, L. (U. S.) CER. SIMPLEX, E. 
 Spermaceti Cerate. 
 
 Prep. Melt together Spermaceti gij. (1 part, E. ftj. D.) (3j. U. S.) and White Wax 
 3viij. (3iij. U. S.) (3 parts, E. ftss. D.), and add them to Olive Oil Oj. (f^iv. U. S.) (6 
 parts E. prepared Hogs-lard ftiij. D.) Stir briskly while cooling. 
 
 Action. Uses. The Spermaceti Cerate and Ointment are both emol- 
 lient dressings, the former of softer consistence than the latter. 
 
 UNGDENTUM CETACEI, L. Spermaceti Ointment. 
 
 Prep. With gentle heat melt together Spermaceti 3vi. and White Wax Z\\. in Olive 
 Oil fgiij. Stir well till cold. 
 
 CORNU, L. E. CORNUA CERviNA, Ramenta, D. Horn and Horn-sha- 
 vings of the Stag. CERVUS ELAPHUS, Linn.
 
 Xuminantia.] MOSCHUS. 641 
 
 The antlers of the Stag, or rather of the male 'called Hart, are 
 known officinalfy as Hartshorn and Hartshorn-shavings. They are 
 selected because they differ in chemical composition from common 
 horn, as of oxen, sheep, &c., which is analogous to coagulated Albu- 
 men. The antlers of the Stag, which are shed annually in spring, 
 have the composition of Bone, that is, Gelatine 27 and Phosphate of 
 Lime 57-5, with 1 part of Carb. of Lime. The former, however, is 
 more soluble in boiling water than the Gelatine of bones. Subjected 
 to destructive distillation, an impure Carbonate of Ammonia is ob- 
 tained. This is so well known by the name of Spirit of Hartshorn 
 that other preparations not so obtained are called by the same name. 
 When burnt, Hartshorn yields ashes consisting almost entirely of 
 Phosphate of Lime. 
 
 Action. Uses. Hartshorn shavings, boiled in water, yield a nutri- 
 tious and colourless jelly, which may be used for the same purposes 
 as that obtained from Isinglass or other sources. 
 
 CORNU USTUM, L. PULVIS CORNU CERVIX usxi, D. Burnt Hartshorn. 
 
 Prep. Burn fragments of Bone in an open vessel till white, then rub into very fine 
 powder (as directed for Chalk, L. 119.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Consisting chiefly of Phosphate of Lime it may be 
 used for the same purposes as Bone-ashes. 
 
 MOSCHUS, L. E. D. (U. S.) Humor in folliculo prseputii secretus, L. 
 Concretum Moschus dictum, D. Inspissated secretion in the folli- 
 cles of the prepuce, E. of MOSCHUS MOSCHIFERUS, Linn. Musk. 
 
 The Musk animal diners from common Ruminants in the absence 
 of horns, and in having long canine teeth on each side of the upper 
 jaw. It inhabits the mountainous regions of central Asia, extending 
 from the Himalayas to the Altai mountains, and from these to China. 
 Hence, as in the case of Rhubarb from the same regions, we have 
 Russian, China, and Indian Musk. It is singular that the common 
 Hindoo name of the Musk, and in the Himalayas that of the Musk 
 animal, is kustooree, a name similar to Castoreum, a substance which 
 Musk so closely resembles in nature. The name musk is no doubt 
 derived from the Arabic mishk or mooshk, which is evidently the same 
 word as the Sanscrit mooshka. This has been used as a perfume and 
 as a medicine by the Hindoos from very early times. It seems to 
 have been adopted from the Hindoos by Serapion, but it was previ- 
 ously mentioned by ^Etius. 
 
 The animal bears a close resemblance to the Deer tribe in shape and size. It is usu- 
 ally less than three feet in length, with the haunches somewhat more elevated than the 
 shoulders. The want of horns and the projecting canines have already been mentioned. 
 There are altogether 32 teeth : namely, 8 incisors in the lower jaw, 2 canines in the 
 upper, and 24 molars. The canines are not met with in the female. The ears arc long 
 and narrow, and the tail very short. The fleece, which consists of strong, elastic, undu- 
 lated hairs, varies in colour with the season, the age of the animal, and perhaps the place 
 which it inhabits. The general colour is a deep iron-gray. The individual hairs are 
 whitish near the root, and fawn-coloured or blackish towards the tip. The gestation of 
 the female was quite unknown until Mr. Hodgson in Nepal ascertained that it was about 
 170 days. They are extremely tirnid, mild, and gentle in their nature. Found on the 
 tops of difficultly-accessible and generally open mountains, usually in the neighbourhood 
 
 41
 
 642 M S C H U S. [Vertebrata. 
 
 of the snow, but coming nearer to the plains according to the inclemency of the seasons, 
 springing from rock to rock with great agility. 
 
 The Musk animal is particularly distinguished by the males se- 
 creting the remarkably strong-smelling secretion called Musk, in a 
 plano-convex, oval, hairy bag, of which the orifice is situated just 
 before the praeputial orifice. The sac is flat, smooth, and naked 
 above where it is applied against the abdomen, convex below, and 
 hairy, composed of several coats. The Musk is secreted by small 
 gland-like bodies situated in little pits on the most internal of these 
 coats. The quantity in each sac varies from 1$ to 3 drachms. It 
 is most abundant in the rutting season, and when fresh is soft, and of 
 a reddish-brown colour. When dried, and contained in its native 
 sacs, it forms the Musk of commerce. The kinds known are the 
 Chinese and Siberian; the last is inferior, in its fragrance to the 
 other. The Chinese is probably from the same kind of cold and 
 lofty region as the Himalayan. Some of this is imported into and 
 apparently consumed in India. 
 
 Musk is in grains or lumps, soft and unctuous to the touch, of a 
 reddish-brown colour, with a powerful, penetrating, and diffusive 
 smell. It is usually adduced as an instance of the subtlety of the 
 particles of matter. The taste is bitter, disagreeable, and somewhat 
 acrid ; readily inflammable. Rectified Spirit and Ether are the best 
 solvents of Musk. Analyzed by different chemists, it has been found 
 to contain a variety of principles, as Stearine, Elaine, Cholesterine, an 
 Oily Acid combined with Ammonia, free Ammonia, various salts, 
 and animal principles, as Albumen, &c., an odoriferous principle 
 which seems particularly attached to the Ammonia. But the quan- 
 tity and proportion of the constitutents vary considerably, perhaps 
 from the difficulty of obtaining specimens which have not been sub- 
 jected either to abstractions or to additions. The hunters even are 
 said to adulterate it, and if they do not, the Chinese merchants do so. 
 
 MISTTRA MOSCHI, L. Musk Mixture. 
 
 Prep. Rub up Musk and Sugar aa 3iij-> then add powdered Acacia 3iij., gradually 
 adding Rose Water Oj. 
 
 TINCTURA MOSCHI, D. Tincture of Musk. 
 
 Prep. Digest for 7 days powdered Musk 3ij. in Rectified Spirit by measure ftj. 
 Strain. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant, Antispasmodic, slightly Hypnotic. M. 
 Trousseau considers it useful in some nervous affections, and that it 
 is Aphrodisiac. It may be given in 5-grain pills every three or four 
 hours, and increased to 9j. ; or in doses of 5j. to f3jss. of the fore- 
 going Mixture. The quantity of Musk in the Tincture is very small 
 in proportion to the Spirit. 
 
 SEVTTM, L. E. (U. S.) ADEPS OVILLUS, D. Fat of Ovis Aries. The 
 Sheep. Suet. Adeps Ovillus praeparatus, D. 
 
 The Sheep domesticated from the earliest times is supposed to be 
 derived from OvisArgali. Its flesh in the form of Mutton and Lamb
 
 Ruminantia.} S E V U M. LAC. 643 
 
 is well known as a highly nutritious article of diet. The Suet or Fat 
 taken chiefly from near the kidneys is alone officinal. It is prepared 
 by being cut into pieces, melted with a moderate heat, sometimes 
 with a little water, and strained, D. Suet is white, firm in consist- 
 ence, brittle, with little smell, and of a bland taste. According to 
 Chevreul, it consists of Stearine and Elaine, with Hircine and a little 
 Margarine. The two first are abundant also in Lard. Hircine is a 
 liquid like Elaine, but differs in being much more soluble in Alcohol. 
 Suet requires for its fusion a higher temperature (103) than any 
 other animal fat, owing to the very little Margarine it contains. It 
 is composed of Carbon, Hydrogen, and Oxygen. 
 
 Action. Uses. Emollient. Useful in giving greater consistence to 
 plaster, &c. 
 
 LAC. Milk : a peculiar liquid secreted by the mammae of Mam- 
 miferous animals for the support of their young. That of the Cow is 
 most commonly employed in this country, though that of Goats and 
 Asses is also employed, and that of Buffaloes and Camels in Eastern 
 countries. It is remarkable that the milk of Carnivora is of the same 
 general nature as that of the vegetable-feeders. Cows' Milk, how- 
 ever, being that usually made use of as a demulcent, or as an anti- 
 dote in cases of poisoning, and for making the Mistura Scammonii, 
 E., it will be sufficient to notice its constituents. 
 
 Milk is white, and appears homogeneous, but is actually an emul- 
 sion composed of a transparent serous fluid, with numerous globules 
 of fatty matter floating in it. When allowed to rest, these separate 
 in the form of Cream, which by agitation, and pressing out the whole 
 of the liquid (Butter-milk), and washing with water, is converted into 
 Butter, which retains some of the serous fluid. It is sometimes fur- 
 ther purified by melting it, as in the case of the clarified Butter or 
 ghee of India. Butter is composed of Stearine and Elaine, the pro- 
 portions of which vary at different times. There is also a volatile 
 odoriferous principle, which has not been isolated, but has been called 
 Butyrine, and a yellow Colouring matter. Milk is said to be skimmed 
 when the cream has been removed, and will of itself become acid, 
 when the clots termed curds separate from it. But if an acid or 
 rennet be added, an albuminous substance separates, which is the 
 basis of Cheese, and has been called Caseum and Caseine. This 
 differs from the Albumen of Egg (p. 639) by not coagulating with 
 heat. The residual serous fluid, or Whey, will on evaporation yield 
 Sugar of Milk, Lactic acid, and other substances. The composition 
 of Milk, according to M. Haidlen, is water 873, solid residue 127, 
 Butter 30, Caseine and insoluble salts 51, Sugar and soluble salts 46. 
 The salts are combinations of Phosphoric' with Lime, Magnesia, and 
 Peroxide of Iron, Chloride of Sodium and Potassium, and Soda in 
 combination with Caseine. The Sp. Gr. of Milk varies from 1-030 
 to 1-035. When fresh, it has always an alkaline reaction, but soon 
 becomes acid from the speedy conversion of its Sugar into Lactic 
 acid. (v. Simon, Animal Chemistry, ii. p. 62.)
 
 A D E P S. [Vertebrata, 
 
 Action. Uses. Milk is nutritious as an article of diet, and useful 
 as a Demulcent and often in cases of acrid poisoning, as in that of 
 Corrosive Sublimate, Sulphate of Copper, Nitrate of Silver, &c. : 
 whey as a Diluent. 
 
 Order PACHYDERMATA. 
 
 ADEPS, L. (U. S.) Adeps praeparatus. ADEPS SUILLUS, D. AXUN- 
 GIA, E. Fat of Sus SCROFA, Linn. The Hog. Hogs-lard. 
 
 The Hog is well known both in its wild and domesticated state, 
 and that its flesh was prohibited as an article of diet both to the Jews 
 and Mahomedans. The fat about the loins having greater consist- 
 ence than that of other parts, is preferred for medical use ; but that 
 of the omentum and mesentery is also employed, as well as the sub- 
 cutaneous fat. It is prepared much in the same way as Suet, but it 
 should be kept stirred to prevent the separation of its constituents. 
 That commonly sold contains salt, which unfits it for medical use, 
 until it has been melted in boiling water to remove the salt, as directed 
 in the D. P. 
 
 Lard is white, with little odour and taste, of a soft consistence, 
 though granular in appearance ; fusible at a temperature of from 80 
 to 90 ; partially soluble in Alcohol, readily so in Ether and the vola- 
 tile Oils ; when fused, melts Wax and the Resins ; is converted into 
 Soap by union with the alkalies. Exposed to the air, it becomes ran- 
 cid, that is, acrid in taste and disagreeable in odour. It is composed 
 of Carbon 79, Hydrogen 11, and Oxygen 9 parts in the hundred, and 
 of three proximate principles, Stearine and Margarine, amounting to 
 38, and of Elaine 62 per cent. These may be separated by the action 
 of Alcohol, which deposits Stearine, upon cooling, as a white, con- 
 crete, and crystalline body (v. p. 465), and the Elaine when evapo- 
 rated. The Margarine may be separated from Stearine by being 
 more soluble in cold Ether ; or they may be separated from Elaine 
 by pressure or congelation. 
 
 Action. Uses. Lard, like other fats, is Emollient, and used as a 
 basis for various Cerates and Ointments. It is occasionally employed 
 as an ingredient in laxative Enemata. 
 
 Order RODENTIA. 
 
 CASTOREUM, L. E. D. (U. S.) Concretum in folliculis praputii reper- 
 tum, L. A peculiar secretion from the prasputial follicles, E. of 
 CASTOR FIBER, Linn. Castor from the Beaver. 
 
 Castor, a substance analogous in nature to Musk, has been em- 
 ployed in medicine from the time of Hippocrates. It is described by 
 the Arabs under the head of joond bedustur. The description by 
 Dioscorides leaves no doubt about the animal, which is so interesting 
 and remarkable for its building habits in North America, though 
 those of Northern Europe, from burrowing, are supposed to constitute 
 distinct species; but Cuvier states, that after the most scrupulous
 
 Rodentia.] 
 
 CASTOREUM. 
 
 645 
 
 which are found 
 detailed account 
 
 Fig. 98. 
 
 in 
 
 both 
 is given 
 
 comparison of the Beavers which burrow along the Rhone, the 
 Danube, and the Weser, he has been unable to find any characters 
 to distinguish them from those of North America. The Beaver is, 
 moreover, distinguished from other Rodentia by its nearly oval 
 tail (a), which is flattened horizontally, and covered with scales: 
 it is peculiar also in the Castor-sacs, 
 the male and female, and of which a 
 by Brandt and Ratzeburg. From them 
 the accompanying illustration has been 
 copied, as the Castor-sacs (h.h.) are often 
 confounded with the testicles (iv.w.), and 
 their position is so difficult to under- 
 stand. They can be distinctly seen only 
 on the removal of the skin of the abdo- 
 men'. Besides these there are two others 
 (e.g.), which are Oil-sacs. All are situ- 
 ated betwen the pubic arch and the 
 cloaca, a common hollow which is co- 
 vered by a wrinkled hairy protuberance, 
 into which open the Oil and Castor-sacs, 
 and the rectum (b.) and prepuce (i.) 
 The Castor-sacs are somewhat pear- 
 shaped and compressed, communicate 
 by the same opening at their narrow 
 extremities, but their fundi diverge. 
 Like the musk-bags, these sacs have 
 several coats ; within all there is a con- 
 voluted mucous membrane, covered with 
 scales, with a small brownish body, sup- 
 posed to be a gland. The secreted mat- 
 ter, or Castor, in these sacs is at first of 
 a yellow orange-colour, but becomes of 
 a brownish colour as it becomes exposed 
 to the air. 
 
 Two kinds of Castor are known in commerce : one American, im- 
 ported by the Hudson's Bay Company, and the other, Russian, but 
 which is very rare. This may be distinguished by a Tincture of 
 1-1 6th part in Alcohol being of the colour of deep Sherry; while that 
 with the American Castor is of the colour of London Porter. The 
 American, moreover, effervesces when dropped into an acid, which the 
 Russian does not do. (Per.) The sacs are usually united together by 
 a part of the above excretory duct, and sometimes the oil-sacs may 
 be seen with them. Internally they are divided into numerous cells, 
 of which the membranes may be seen when the Castor is dissolved 
 out; or when torn they may be seen intermixed with the Castor, 
 which often breaks with a resinous fracture, and is of a reddish-brown 
 colour. The odour is strong, foetid, heavy, and the taste bitter, rather 
 disagreeable. The chemical constituents are a volatile Oil, Resin, 
 Ozmazome, Albumen, Mucus, Urate, Carbonate, Benzoate, Phos- 
 phate, and Sulphate of Lime, with salts of Soda and Potash, some
 
 646 
 
 CASTOREUM. 
 
 Carbonate of Ammonia, and a peculiar non-saponifiable substance, 
 which crystallizes, and has been called Castorin ; but there does not 
 appear any proof of its being the active principle. 
 
 Action. Uses. Moderate Stimulant and Antispasmodic. Mr. Al- 
 exander, as also M. Joerg and his pupils having taken full doses of 
 the Castor, experienced only eructations ; but M. Trousseau has justly 
 observed that we are not justified in inferring that because a medicine 
 does not affect those in health, that therefore it will have no effect on 
 those labouring under disease, especially when this is of a nervous 
 nature. He found it decidedly useful in many nervous and spasmodic 
 affections, and in all its actions to resemble Valerian and Assafoetida 
 rather than Musk. He recommends its union with Tincture of Assa- 
 foetida or of Aloes. It may be exhibited in powder or in pills in doses 
 of 3ss. 3ij. 
 
 TINCTURA CASTOREI (Rossici, D.), L. E. (U. S.) Tincture of Castor. 
 
 Prep. Macerate for 14 (7, D.) days bruised (Russian, D.) Castor ^ijss. (3ij. D. [U. S.]) 
 in Rectified (Proof, D.) Spirit Oij. (by measure feij. D.) Strain. (Prepare by digestion 
 or percolation, as Tinct. Cassia, E.) 
 
 Action. Uses. Intended to be Antispasmodic, but is too weak a 
 preparation. 
 
 TINCTURA CASTOREI AMMONIATA, E. Ammoniated Tincture of Castor. 
 
 Prep. Digest for 7 days in a well-closed vessel hruised Castor 3ijs=s. and Assafaetida 
 in fragments 3*. in Spirit of Ammonia Oij. Strain and express strongly the residuum. 
 Filter the liquor. Not conveniently prepared by percolation. 
 
 Action. Uses. Stimulant Antispasmodic in doses of f 3j. f 3ij. The 
 Spirit of Ammonia is a good solvent, and both itself and the Assa- 
 foetida are useful in the same class of cases as the Castor. 
 
 THERAPEUTICAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Therapeutical arrangements of Medicines are nearly as numerous 
 as the authors who have written on this subject. That of Dr. Mur- 
 ray is one of the most clear and simple, and has been adopted as the 
 basis of their arrangement by Dr. Paris and by Dr. A. T. Thomson. 
 It is also sufficiently comprehensive, with the additions made by Dr. 
 Paris, to fit it for practical purposes. We have in the following table 
 retained together the Remedies which are called Chemical, though 
 only a portion of their effects are due to their agency as such, and a 
 great part, like that of all other medicines, to the agency of the vital 
 functions. The Evacuants are necessarily all grouped together, and 
 are followed by the Depressents or Contra-Stimulants, as being gene- 
 rally employed as parts of the Antiphlogistic treatment, and, like 
 many of the Evacuants, to diminish action generally; while the Ge- 
 neral Stimulants are employed to rouse the flagging powers, and to 
 give permanent tone and strength to the system. The author has 
 reversed the order of Dr. Murray's arrangement, in order to treat 
 first all Remedies most simple in their action, and of those which are 
 employed to depress, before those which are employed to excite and 
 to strengthen.
 
 ACIDS. 
 
 MECHANICAL REMEDIES. 
 
 Diluents. Emollients. 
 
 Demulcents. 
 
 CHEMICAL REMEDIES. 
 
 Acids. Disinfectants. 
 
 Alkalies. Escharotics. 
 
 Antilithics. Antidotes. 
 
 EVACUANTS OR SPECIAL STIMULANTS. 
 
 Rubefacients. Expectorants. 
 
 Counter-irritants. Diaphoretics. 
 
 Vesicants. Diuretics. 
 
 Errhines. Emmenagogues. 
 
 Sialogogues. Anthelmintic. 
 
 Emetics. Alteratives. 
 Cathartics. 
 
 DEPRESSENTS OR CONTRA-STIMDLANTS. 
 
 Refrigerants. Narcotics. 
 
 Sedatives. Antispasmodics. 
 
 GENERAL STIMULANTS. 
 
 Diffusible Stimulants. Astringents. 
 
 Aromatics. Tonics. 
 
 CHEMICAL REMEDIES. 
 
 ACIDA. Acidulse. Antalkalies. 
 
 Acids are ranked among chemical remedies only when employed 
 to counteract an alkaline state of the secretions, as in the Phosphatic 
 diathesis (u. ANTILITHICS), and perhaps when employed as Antiscor- 
 butics. Acids in a concentrated state are well known to act as 
 Caustics ; but if moderately diluted, and applied to the skin or other 
 mucous membrane, a pungent sensation with a little astringency is 
 produced, followed by stimulant reaction. So, taken internally they 
 will act as poisons ; but if much diluted, a sensation of coolness is 
 experienced; less diluted, a tonic effect is produced, and in large 
 doses considerable irritation. They may therefore be employed as 
 Refrigerants or Astringents, also as Tonics. From their irritant 
 effects, they are employed as Rubefacients and Caustics, and the 
 Vegetable acids often act as Laxatives. 
 
 Acidum Sulphuricum Dil. 48. Acidutn Carbonicura, 65. 
 Aromaticum, 48. in Carbonic acid water. 
 
 Potassae Bisulphas, 93. Oxalicum, 313. 
 
 Phosphoricum Dil. 50. Binoxalate of Potash, 314. 
 
 Nitricum Dil. 54 Oxalis Acetosella, 312; and Rumex. 
 
 Spiritus JElheris Nitrici, 623. Acetosa, 504. 
 
 Hydrochloricum Dil. 62. Citricum, 299. 
 
 Nitro-Hydrochloricum Dil. 62. Limonum Succus, 298 ; Lemonade, 299.
 
 648 
 
 ALKALIES. ANTACIDS. 
 
 Acidum Tartaricum, 310. 
 Potass Bitartras, 98. 
 
 Aceticum, 625. 
 
 Pyroligneum, 625. 
 
 Acetum Pyroligneum, 625. 
 Destillatum, 624. 
 
 Syrupus Aceti, 625. 
 Acid Fruits. 
 
 Lemons and Limes, 297. 
 Verjuice, 309. 
 Tamarinds, 348. 
 
 ALKALIES. ANTACIDS. 
 
 Alkalies or alkaline Earths introduced into the stomach, or making 
 their way into the intestinal canal, will neutralize any acid present, 
 in the same way that they would do out of the body. They are 
 therefore frequently prescribed in cases of Heartburn and Dyspepsia 
 to counteract acidity, whatever may be the cause, and the treatment 
 is consequently only palliative. But in poisoning by acids, they will, 
 by neutralizing, put a stop to their corroding, effects. It must be re- 
 membered, however, that some of them are as powerfully corrosive as 
 the acids themselves: excess therefore must be carefully avoided. In 
 diminishing acidity they at the same time allay irritation. When a 
 little in excess, they produce some stimulant effect on the stomach ; 
 but their continued use is injurious in neutralizing the healthy acid of 
 the gastric juice. Absorbed into the system, they may be detected in 
 the excretions, and will thus diminish any acid state of the secretions 
 generally. By their stimulant effect when thus diffused, they are 
 useful in some glandular affections, and are hence employed as ALTE- 
 RATIVE-STIMULANTS. Some of them, as Chalk, &c., are occasionally 
 called Absorbents. Rubbed on the surface in a diluted state, they 
 will act as RUBEFACIENTS, and when concentrated, as CAUSTICS. 
 Ammonia is in some cases preferred for its Stimulant and Potash for 
 its Alterative effects, Magnesia as a Laxative, though apt to form 
 concretions, and Chalk as an apparent Astringent, while Soap with 
 some Purgative is preferred as an antacid in sluggish states of the 
 intestinal canal. 
 
 Ammonite Liquor, 71. 
 
 Spir. Ammoniae, E. 
 
 Tinct. Opii Amtnoniata, 271. 
 Carbonate of Ammonia, 73. 
 
 Spir. Ammonias, 74. 
 
 arom. 74. 
 
 fcuiidus, 74. 
 
 Ammoniae Sesquicarbonas, 75. 
 
 Liq. Ammoniae Sesquicarb. 77. 
 Ammonias Bicarbonas, 77. 
 Potassae Liquor, 83. . 
 Carbonas, 88. 
 
 Liq. Potasses Carbonatis, 89. 
 
 effervescens, 91. 
 
 Sodoe Carbonas, 102. 
 
 ex siccata, 103. 
 
 Sod Bicarbonas, 103. 
 Liq. Sodas effervescens, 105. 
 
 Sapo durus, 465. 
 Calcis Liquor, 117. 
 Carbonate of Lime, 118. 
 
 Greta prseparata, 119. 
 
 Testae praeparatse, 638. 
 
 Mistura Cretae, 120. 
 
 Trochiscus Gretas, 120. 
 Pulv. Cretae compositus, 120. Tormentil 
 
 and Saffron. 
 c Opio, 120, 269, with Opium. 
 
 Confectio Aromatica, 121. 
 
 Hydrargyrum cum Creta, 187. 
 Magnesia, 125. 
 
 Pulv. Rhei comp. E. 521. 
 Magnesias Carbonas, 126. 
 
 Mist. Camphorse c Magnesia, 510. 
 Bicarbonate of Magnesia, 
 
 or Soluble Magnesia, 128. 
 
 Hydrargyrum cum Magnesia, 188. 
 Alkaline Mineral Waters, as of Malvern, 
 
 Vichy, &c. 
 
 Some Oxides of Metals, as of Zinc, 156. 
 Oils also act as Antacids. 
 
 ANTILITHICS. Lithontriptics. 
 Antilithics (from CCVTI, against, and XiSo?, a stone) is a preferable
 
 DISINFECTANTS. 649 
 
 name to Lithontriptics, and is applied to remedies which counteract 
 the tendency to the deposition of Urinary Calculi. The Urine, com- 
 pound in nature, and very variable, is, in a healthy state, a little acid, 
 from the presence of Super-Lithate of Ammonia. But there may be 
 an excess of this, as in the Lithic acid diathesis, from irregularities of 
 the digestive organs, check to the functions of the skin, &c. A deposit 
 takes place of reddish powder, or rather crystals, consisting chiefly 
 of the Super-Lithate of Ammonia, sometimes with some pure Lithic 
 acid. But when there is a deficiency of acid in the Urine, a white 
 sandy deposit takes place, consisting chiefly of an Ammonio-Magne- 
 sian Phosphate with some Phosphate of Lime. Sometimes there is 
 a deposition of Oxalate of Lime, as in the Mulberry calculus. 
 
 Attention to diet. Vegetable food in some cases, meat in others. Exercise. Baths. 
 Attention to the skin. Diluents. Water, distilled or mineral, but pure. Alteratives. 
 Diaphoretics. Tonics. 
 
 1. In the Lithic acid Diathesis Antacids (q. v.) are indicated. 
 
 Potassee Liquor. Potassse Carbonas et Bicarb. Liq. Potassse Garb, and Liq. efferves. 
 83-9.1. 
 
 Effervescing Saline Draughts produce an alkaline reaction in the Urine. 
 
 Potash and its Carbonates are more eligible than Soda, because the Lithate of Potash 
 is soluble, that of Soda insoluble. 
 
 Soda and its Carbonates. Soda siccata and Liq. SodsB effervescens, p. 103 105. Sapo 
 durus. Waters of Vichy, and other alkaliRe mineral waters. 
 
 Ammonia and its Carbonates, 70 78: act as stimulants and as anticids in the stomach. 
 
 Calcis Aqua. Creta preeparata. Testae praeparatse, 117 119. 
 
 Magnesia or its Garb. 125, 126. Magnesia- water, the Bicarb, with excess of Car' gas, 
 128. 
 
 Colchicum and Mercury both diminish the acidity of the Urine. 
 
 2. In the Phosphatic Diathesis an acid is indicated. 
 
 Nitric and especially Muriatic, also Dil Sul', and Phosphoric acids. Mr. Ure has par- 
 ticularly recommended Benzoic acid and soluble Benzoates. Carbonic acid. (v. ACIDS.) 
 Vegetable acids, as Vinegar, may sometimes be used as articles of diet ; but Tonics and 
 Vegetable Bitters are required, with generous diet, Wine, and Opium, and the avoidance 
 of every thing depressing. 
 
 3. In the Oxalic' Diathesis, mineral acids with tonics, the Muriatic or Nitro-muriatic. 
 Meat, and nourishing farinaceous diet. 
 
 Local Lithontriptics, as injecting very weak Nit' into the bladder, or weak alkaline 
 solutions. Electro-chemical action. Lithotrity. Dr. E. Hoskins (Phil. Trans. 1843) re. 
 commends the introduction of weak solutions of chemical decomponents (as the Nitro- 
 Sacchorate of Lead) instead of solvents, into the living bladder. 
 
 DISINFECTANTS. 
 
 These are substances calculated to free the air of buildings and 
 rooms, as well as infected bodies in general, of the invisible, usually 
 imperceptible particles which constitute infection and propagate dis- 
 ease. Some of the means employed are purely mechanical, others 
 chemical, in their action. Fumigations and Pastiles only conceal 
 the smell, without removing the causes, and are therefore often worse 
 than useless. 
 
 Ventilation. Caloric. Diffusive Gases which act chemically, as Chlorine, 58. Liquor 
 Chlorini, 59. Liq. Sodie Chlorinalae, 106. Calx Chlorinata, 121. Acid fumes, as Sulphu- 
 rous acid Gas, Hydrochloric' gas, 61. Nitrous acid fumes and Acetic and Pyroligneous 
 acids are less effectual. 
 
 Destruction of infected matter by application of heat, of Quicklime, 116 ; of Charcoal
 
 650 ESCHAROT1CS. RUBEFACIENTS. 
 
 64. Fumigating Pastiles, Balsamic Resins, and Aromatic Vinegar, only diffuse an agree- 
 able odour. 
 
 ESCHAROTICS with some Local Stimulants. 
 
 Escharotics (from Eschar) are often called Caustics, occasionally 
 Potential Cauteries, to distinguish them from the Actual Cautery or 
 great Heat used for the same purposes. Concentrated acids and 
 alkalies destroy the vitality of a part by forming a chemical union 
 with one or more of the constituents of the animal body. Their 
 action is afterwards followed by a stimulant reaction. Some of those 
 enumerated below may be considered rather as Local Stimulants, or 
 such as excite the parts to which they are applied, but which by 
 continued action will a"lso cause the erosion of a part. The Liquid 
 Caustics have the disadvantage of spreading, but they are useful in 
 cases of the bites of rabid animals, or of snakes, in following the 
 sinuosities of a wound. 
 
 Sulphuric, 48, Nitric, 54, and Acetic acids, 625. Arsenious acid, 210, in some cases of 
 Cancer. 
 
 Potassse Liquor, 83. Potassse Hydras, 81. Potasses Carbonas, 88. Potassa cum Calce, 
 83. 
 
 Calx recens usta, 116. Calcis Hydras, 116. Ammonia? Liq. fort. 71. Actual Cautery. 
 
 Local Stimulants. 
 
 Alumen exsiccatum, 133. Tinct. Ferri Sesquichloridi, 141. Zinci Chloridum, 157. 
 Antimonii Sesquichlorid. 180. 
 
 Argenti Nitras, 220. Cupri Sulphas, 161. Cupri Diacetas, 613. Linim. JEragmis, 
 164. Ung. Mruginis, 164. Cupri Ammonio-Sulphas, 161. 
 
 Hydrargyri Oxydum, 191 (Black Wash). Hydrargyri Binoxidum, 192. (Yellow 
 Wash, 194.) Hyd. Nitrico-Oxydum et Ung. 193. 
 
 Hydrargyri Bichloridum, 200. Hydr. Biniodidum, 195. Ung. Hydrarg. Nitratis, 207. 
 
 EVACUANTS OR SPECIAL STIMULANTS. 
 
 These are remedies which cause an increased secretion (hence 
 called Evacuants) from different organs, by first exciting them to in- 
 creased action. They are therefore called Local Stimulants by Dr. 
 Murray, but as the term is objectionable, Dr. Paris proposes that of 
 Special Stimulants, as producing " an effect which is supposed to be 
 confined to one particular organ, though remote from the seat of ap- 
 plication." They may be prescribed for the purpose of restoring na- 
 tural secretion, but as increased secretion is followed by more or less 
 of exhaustion, they are also very frequently employed to lessen the 
 mass of circulating fluid, or to relieve one organ by exciting ano- 
 ther. Hence some of them always form a part of Antiphlogistic 
 treatment. The Rubefacients, however, except when used as Vesi- 
 cants, do not produce an increased secretion, but they relieve the in- 
 terior by causing a determination to the surface, and thus act on the 
 same general principle. 
 
 RUBEFACIENTS. IRRITANTS. VESICANTS. 
 
 Rubefacients, as their name indicates, produce redness of the skin, 
 with warmth, &c. If long applied, or more concentrated, vesication 
 will ensue ; and on continuance of the application, a suppurative dis-
 
 RUBEFACIENTS. ERRHINES. 651 
 
 charge, whence Epispastic, from #o'*aw, / draw. Tartar Emetic 
 produces a small pustular eruption. These local effects sometimes 
 react upon the constitution, so as to induce a state of general excite- 
 ment. The local external effect produced by the Rubefacient or 
 Epispastic very frequently has the effect of relieving some internal 
 irritation or deep-seated, even distant, pain ; and therefore it is for 
 their COUNTER-IRRITANT or Revulsive effects that these remedies are 
 applied : sometimes only to relieve slight internal inflammation, as 
 Hartshorn and Oil on the neck to relieve sore throat, or a blister be- 
 hind the ear to relieve toothache. But it is usually in chronic affec- 
 tions of the chest, of the abdominal cavity, or of the joints, that they 
 are most employed, or in spasmodic attacks. Sometimes the head is 
 relieved by hot pediluvia, or Sinapisms to the feet. Issues, Setons, 
 and Acupuncture, are employed on the same general principles. Oc- 
 casionally stimulant frictions and Sinapisms are applied to rouse the 
 system in great depression of the vital powers. Some produce healthy 
 granulations. 
 
 Friction. Heat; inform of Hot Water, Steam, Heated Sand, Metals, and Hip and 
 Foot Baths. 
 
 Gases : as hot dry Air, Chlorine, Carbonic Acid, 65, and Sulphurous' gases, 67. 
 
 Acid Solutions, as Nitric, Acetic, &c. Ung. Acidi Sulph. 49. Ung. Acidi Nitrici, D., 
 made with Olive Oil Oj. Lard ^iv. Nit' f 3vss. Acetic' is epispastic. 
 
 Alkaline Solutions, as of Ammonia, Potash, and their Carbonates. Liquor Ammonias 
 fbrtior, 71. Lin. Ammonias, 73. Lin. Ammonim comp. 73. Ammoniacal Ointment, 
 73. Lin. Ammonite Sesquicarb. 77. 
 
 Antimonii Potassio-Tartras, 183 : Sol. et Ung. 186. Argenti Nitras, 220, or in solution. 
 
 Ammonise Hydrochloras, 79. Potassii Sulphuretum et Aqua, 91. Sodii Chloridum, 
 105. Borax, 107. Mel Boracis, 108. 
 
 Ung. Hydrarg. Nitr. 207. Ung. Hydr. Chloridi ; Hydr. Nitrico-Oxydi ; Ung. Hydr. 
 Ammonio-Chloridi, &c. as Local Stimulants. 
 
 Vegetable Irritants employed as Rubefacients, Local Stimulants, and Epispastics. 
 
 Creasote, 637, pure or diluted. Ung. Creasoti, 637. Crotonis Oleum, 537. Toxico- 
 dendron, 331. 
 
 Ranunculus acris, 238. R. Flammula, 238. Staphisagria, 241. Delphinia, Tinct. et 
 Ung. 242. Cocculus indicus, 253. Ung. Cocculi, 254. Armoracia, 274. Sinapis alba 
 et nigra, 276-279. Cataplasma Sinapis, 279. Volatile Oil of Mustard, 278. Pyrethrum, 
 449. Capsicum et Tinct. 498. Mezereon, 513. Euphorbium, 540. Sabina et Ceratum, 
 573. Veratrum Dec. et Ung. 588. Piper nigrum, 543. Allium, 576. Zingiber, 596. 
 
 Volatile Oils (o. STIMULANTS) may be used as Rubefacients ; Oil of Calamus Aromati- 
 cus (Spikenard), also others less agreeable, as Oleum Rutae, &c. 
 
 Turpentines, as Terebinthina Chia, 329. T. vulgaris, Veneta et Canadensis, 565, 566. 
 Terebinthinse Oleum, 568, et Linimentum, 569. 
 
 Resins, as Resina, 567. Abietis Resina et Fix Burgundica, 566. Emp. Picis Elemi 
 ct Ung. comp. with Turpentine, 341. Galbanum et Emp. Galban. comp. 416. Fix 
 liquida. Fix arida et Ung. 570. Cerevisise Fermentum et Cataplasma, 619. Emp. 
 Aromaticum, 525. 
 
 Cantharides, 633. Tinct. Acetum epispast. Ceratum Ung. Emp. et Emp. comp. 
 634, 635. Emp. Calefaciens, 635. 
 
 ERRHINES. 
 
 Errhines (from ev and giv, the nose) include all medicines which 
 are applied to the mucous membrane of the nostrils ; among them 
 Sternutatories which cause sneezing. They may be applied in a dry, 
 soft, liquid, or gaseous state. They may be Demulcent, Astringent, 
 or Stimulant. Of the latter the different preparations of Ammonia 
 and Acetic acid are frequently employed. Though generally local
 
 652 SIALOGOGUES. EMETICS. 
 
 in their effects, they often afford relief by revulsion. Sternutatories 
 are obtained both from the mineral and from the vegetable kingdom. 
 
 Powdered leaves of Labiates, as Melissa, Lavandula, Rostnarinus, Origanum, 484 489. 
 Teucrium Marum is often called the Headache Plant. Powdered Iris-root, 600. Asa- 
 rum, and Pulv. Asari com p. 531, 532, with Lavender-flowers. Tabacum, 502, as Snuft'. 
 Ammonia and its Carb. Acetic acid. 
 
 Some acrid substances, as Veratrum album, 587. Veratria, 589. Euphorbium, 540, 
 or Hydrargyri Subsulphas flavus (Disulphas), 206, all with mild powders. The fumes 
 of Biniodide of Mercury (c.) 
 
 SIALOGOGUES. 
 
 Sialogogues (from tfiaXov, saliva, and ayu, to drive) are medicines 
 which increase the flow of saliva. This may be effected by chewing 
 a nearly inert substance, like Mastic, or an Astringent, like Catechu; 
 an Astringent and Purgative, as Rhubarb ; or such as are acrid ; or 
 some of the warm Spices ; or by the application of warm Stimulants. 
 Salivation may also be produced by the action of Mercurial prepa- 
 rations (see Alterative Stimulants). They may be useful from their 
 local or their derivative effects. 
 
 Acrids. Armoracia, 274. Pyrethrum, 449. Mezereon, 513. Iris root, 600. Ange- 
 lica, 403. 
 
 Spices. Zingiber, 596. Pepper of different kinds, 543. Capsicum, 497. 
 
 Astringent, SfC. Catechu, 344. Astringent and Purgative. Rhubarb, 505. Mas- 
 tiche. 330. 
 
 Stimulants. Application of Oil of Cloves, 392. Of Creasote, 627, &c. 
 
 Mercurial Preparations, 187 208, see Alterative Stimulants. 
 
 EMETICS. 
 
 Medicines which evacuate the stomach by vomiting : an act pro- 
 duced partly by the influence produced on the stomach, and partly 
 by that induced by the brain and nervous system. The latter we see 
 in Sea-sickness, and the want of it in the difficulty with which Eme- 
 tics act in narcotic poisoning, when the brain is in a comatose state. 
 Emesis is also produced by tickling the fauces with a feather. Eme- 
 tics differ much among themselves, some acting only when intro- 
 duced into the stomach ; others, as Tartar Emetic, if applied to any 
 other part of the body, so as to be absorbed into the system. The 
 effect is not altogether dependent upon the nature of the substance, 
 for Ammonia and Mustard, which in small doses act as Stimulants, 
 and Sulphates of Zinc and Copper as Tonics, will in large doses 
 evert the action of the stomach, and produce an emetic effect, gene- 
 rally quickly, and without debilitating the system. Others act more 
 slowly, and produce long-continued nausea, with the depressing symp- 
 toms which accompany such a state, and which are known to favour 
 absorption. These are therefore, as well as from their slow action, 
 not suited to cases of poisoning. With both, the act is accompanied 
 by a series of concussions which favour the excretion and secretion 
 of the biliary, pancreatic, and intestinal fluids, causing a determina- 
 tion to the skin. But this very concussion makes them dangerous 
 when there is a determination to the head, or in advanced stages of 
 pregnancy, in hernia, &c. But it makes them useful before the ac- 
 cession of an Intermittent, also in Bilious Fever, likewise in Asthma,
 
 CATHARTICS. 
 
 * . ** > 
 
 Hooping-cough; or they may be used for merely evacuating the 
 stomach. 
 
 Direct Emetics, and acting quickly. 
 
 Ammonias Liq. 71. Ammonia: Sesquicarb. Liq. 77 (f3ss. f3j. of either taken in a 
 glass of cold, followed immediately by some warm, water). Sodii Chloridum, 105, or 
 common Salt is usually readily available. 
 
 Zinci Sulphas, 158. Cupri Sulph. 161. Cupri Ammonio-Sulph. 162. ^Erugo, 163. 
 
 Sinapis nigra, 276. S. alba, 278. 
 
 Indirect Emetics. 
 
 Antimonii et Potass Tartr. (Tartarum Emeticuin, D.), 183. Vinum, 185. 
 
 Antimonii Oxidum, E. 178. Sesquisulphuret. et Oxysnlphuretum, 181, 182. 
 
 Ipecacuanha, 424. Pulv. Vin. etSyr. 427. Emetine, 426. Viola odorata, 279. 
 
 Scilla, Pulv. Tinct. et Syr. 578, 579. Asarum, 531. Euphorbium, 540, but is too 
 acrid. 
 
 Anthemis, Inf. et. Dec. comp. 448: assists vomiting. 
 
 Tabacum, 502. Lobelia inflata, 456 ; but both :ire unsafe as Emetics. 
 
 Ipecacuanha and Tartar Emetic are often combined together, or the latter may be pre- 
 scribed with a Cathartic, forming an Emeto-Cathartic. 
 
 CATHARTICS. 
 
 Cathartics (from xa&aigw, to purge) are medicines which increase 
 the peristaltic movements of the intestinal canal, evacuate its con- 
 tents, and usually augment its mucous secretions. They were for- 
 merly distinguished into Hydrogogues, as causing watery evacuations, 
 Chologogues, as favouring the evacuation of bile, &c. They are now 
 distinguished chiefly according to their energy of action, as into 
 Laxatives, which merely evacuate the intestinal contents, and Purga- 
 tives, which stimulate secretion as well as evacuation. But among 
 the latter the more violent are distinguished by the name of Drastics 
 and of Hydrogogue Cathartics. They differ likewise according to 
 the part of the intestinal canal to which their action is more particu- 
 larly directed. Saline Purgatives, often called Cooling, act on the 
 whole intestinal canal producing copious watery evacuations. Castor 
 Oil stimulates superficially the mucous surface of the small intestines. 
 Senna also acts upon them, but with much activity. Rhubarb eva- 
 cuates, and exerts a tonic effect. Aloes stimulates the colon and 
 rectum. Colocynth, Scammony, and Jalap act with energy upon 
 the whole of the intestines. Hellebore, Elaterium, and Croton Oil, 
 still more so, producing watery motions. Mercurials stimulate the 
 intestinal glands and the secretion of bile from the liver. The influ- 
 ence of Cathartics from proximity is propagated to the uterus, as also 
 to the kidneys and bladder; but the secretion of urine is generally 
 diminished by the action of purgatives. As the copious watery eva- 
 cuations must diminish the quantity of fluid in the body, they neces- 
 sarily favour absorption and diminish excitement : they thus form a 
 part of Antiphlogistic treatment. Hence they are useful in a variety 
 of Complaints, as in Fevers and Inflammations, avoiding in some 
 cases those that are irritant ; also in Nervous and Spasmodic affec- 
 tions. They are employed to clear out in Diarrhrea, and to favour 
 absorption in Jaundice, Dropsy, &c. ; in many cases to act as Coun- 
 ter-irritants.
 
 654 CATHARTICS. DIURETICS. 
 
 * ' - " ..\ ^_ . . , ,. 
 
 Laxatives from the Mineral Kingdom. 
 
 Sulphur sublimatum et lotum, 44, 45. Magnesia, 125. Magn. Garb. 126. 
 Saline Purgatives. 
 
 Magnesia Sulphas, 129, purum, D. (made by adding Sul' toCarb. Magnesia). Potasss 
 Sulph. 92. Bisulph. 93. This may be given in effervescence with Carb. Soda. 
 
 Potasses Tartras, 97 : Bitartras, 98, also in Pulv. Jalapas comp. 481. 
 
 Potass Sulphas cum Sulphure, 94. Potass Acetas (seldom used). 
 
 Sodce Sulphas, 108. Sodas Phosphas, 109 : mild. Sodas et Potasses Tartras (Soda Tarta- 
 rizfl/a), 110. Sodas Acetas, 112. 
 
 Sodii Chloridum, 105. Pulv. Salinus comp. 94. This is formed of Sulphates of Potash 
 and of Magnesia with Common Salt : is also Diuretic. 
 
 Mercurial Purgatives. 
 
 Pil. Hydrarg. 188. Hydrarg. c. Greta, 187, c. Magnesia, 188. Hydrarg. Oxydum, 
 192. The last is uncertain in its action. Hydrargyri Chloridum (Calomel), 197, 
 usually combined with, or followed by some other Cathartic, to insure its purgative 
 effect. . 
 
 Laxatives from the Vegetable Kingdom. 
 
 Manna, 467, in Conf. and Syr. Sennae. Cassias Pulpa et Conf. 349, 350, with Manna 
 and Tamarinds in Conf. Sennas. Tamarindus, 348, in Conf. Sennas, Conf. Cassiae, and 
 Inf. Sennas comp. Pruna, 383, in Elect. Sennas. Uvas passes, 310. Fici, 554. 
 
 Viola odorata et Syr. 279. Rosa centifolia etSyr. 377. 
 
 Fixed Oils. Amygdalae Ol. 382. Olivee Ol. 464. Lini Oleum, 286. 
 
 Purgatives. 
 
 Ricini Oleum, 537. Senna, 350, Syr. Inf. comp. 355, with Ginger. Inf. c. Tamarindis, 
 355. Conf. 357, with Pulp of Cassia, Senna, Tamarinds, Prunes, Figs, and Coriander, 
 357. Tinct. comp. with Raisins, Caraway, and Coriander, 356. 
 
 Rheum, 505. Pil. Extr. Inf. Vinum, 511. Pulv. comp. with Magnesia and Ginger, 
 510. Pil. comp. with Aloes, Myrrh, and Caraway, 511. Pil. Rhei et Ferri, 511. Tinct. 
 E. with Cardamoms, 512. Tinct. comp. with Ginger and Saffron (Cardamoms, D.), 512. 
 Tinct. Rhei et Aloes, E. Tinct. Rhei et Gentianas, 512. ' 
 
 Colocynthis et Extr. 396. Extr. comp. Spirituous Extract with Aloes, Scamrnony, and 
 Cardamoms, 398. Pil. comp. E. D. with Scammony, Sulphate of Potash, and Oil of 
 Cloves, 398. Enema, 398. 
 
 Ecbalium Elaterium, 399, and Extr. or Elaterium, 399. Tiglii, vel Crotonis Oleum, 
 oo5. 
 
 Jalapa, 479. Tinct. et Resina Jalapae, 481. Pulv. comp. with Cream of Tartar and 
 Ginger, 481. 
 
 Scammonium, 481. Resina. Mistura 484, with Milk. Conf. with Cloves and Ginger, 
 483. Pulv. comp. with Resin of Jalap, and Ginger, 483. 
 
 Cambogia, 301, 305 Pil. comp. with Aloes and Ginger, 306. 
 
 Aloes, 579. Extr. Tinct. with Liquorice, 584. Tinct. comp. with Saffron in Tinct. 
 Myrrhes, 584. Pulv. c. Canella, 583. Pulv. comp. with Guaiacum and Aromatics, 583. 
 Pil. comp. with Soap, Gentian Extr. and Caraway, 583. Pil. Aloes c. Myrrha, et Pil. 
 Aloes et AssafoEtidas, 583. Aloes et Ferri, 584. Dec. Aloes comp. with Myrrh, Saffron, 
 Carb. of Potash, and Tinct. of Cardamoms, 584. Vinum Aloes with Canella, Cardamoms, 
 Ginger, 584. 
 
 Helleborus, 239. Feratrum, 587. Colchicum, 585. Rhamnus et Syr. 328. 
 
 Linum catharticum, E. omitted ut p. 284, is seldom used though a good indigenous ca- 
 thartic, about six inches high, with small smooth leaves, very bitter, 3j. may be given, or 
 3ij. in infusion. 
 
 Terebinthince Oleum, 565, 569. Euphorbium, 585, but this is too irritant. 
 
 Enema Catharticum, E. D. 356 ; Senna, Sulph. Magnesia, and Olive Oil, E. Manna 
 and Sulph. Magnesia in Comp. Dec. Chamomile, D. 
 
 EXPECTORANTS. 
 
 
 
 Expectorants are medicines which are supposed to have the power 
 of favouring the expulsion and excretion of mucus (ex pectwe) from
 
 EXPECTORANTS. 655 
 
 the chest, that is, " from the trachea and cells and passages of the 
 lungs." These, like several following groups, are relative agents, 
 that is, their action bears a relation to the nature of the case, the 
 state of the patient, and the period of the disease. Thus in a state of 
 excitement, with dryness of the skin, &c., Venesection, Warm-bath, 
 Nauseants, and Demulcents may be useful. While in other cases, 
 where there is deficiency of action, or, with sufficient Secretion, a de- 
 ficiency of power to expel the mucus, &c., secreted, Stimulants are 
 necessary, either such as, taken in the form of lozenges, may come 
 in contact with the upper part of the trachea, and thus have their 
 effects propagated by sympathy, or others which may be inhaled in 
 the form of gases : while some, taken internally, are absorbed, and 
 have their particles carried to the mucous surface of the lungs, where 
 they act as Stimulants. Tonics may be useful in improving the state 
 of the constitution, and thus restore its secretions to a healthy condi- 
 tion, and that of the bronchial passages with power of expectoration 
 among the rest. 
 
 Emetics acting mechanically favour expectoration. Sulph. of Zinc, 158, or Sulph. of 
 Copper, or Carb. of Ammonia. 
 
 Demulcents and Refrigerants, by allaying irritation, and by obviating a dry state of 
 the skin, favour expectoration. 
 
 Inhalations of warm Water, and of Demulcent Decoctions. Warm Baths and Pedilu- 
 via, are useful by relaxing the skin. 
 
 Gummy Substances taken slowly. Isinglass. Jujubes. Pate de Guimauve. Liquo- 
 rice. Quince and Linseed, &c. (see DEMULCENTS.) 
 
 Nauseating Expectorants. Antimonials. Vinum Antim. 155. Tartar Emetic, 183. 
 Antimonii Oxydum, E. 178. Pulv. Antimonialis, 179. 
 
 Ipecacuanha. Pulv. Syr. et Vinum, 427. With Narcotics, 3fC*. in Pulv. comp. with 
 Opium, and in Pil. comp. 427, with Opium, Squill, and Ammoniacum. 
 
 Pil. Conii comp. with Ipecac. 420. Anod. Expect so Ipecac, and Henbane. Syr. Vio- 
 Ite. 420. 
 
 Tinct. Camphorae comp. 271, with Opium and Benzoin. Smoking of Stramonium, 
 499, and of Belladonna, 496. Also of Tobacco in some cases. 
 
 Stimulant Expectorants. 
 
 Sulphur, 43, and Alkaline Sulphurets, 91. Senega, Dec. et Inf. 282. 
 
 Balsams. B. Peruvianum, et B. Tolutanum, Syr. et Tinct. 363. Styrax, 460. Ben- 
 zoin, 461. Tinct. comp. with Myrrha, 334 ; in Pil. Galbani comp. 415. Benzoic Acid in 
 Paregoric, 271. 
 
 Foetid Gum-Resins. Assafcetida, 406. Mist, and in Pil. Scillse comp. 414. Ammo- 
 niacum, 412. Galbanum, 414. 
 
 Copaiba, 358, in Emulsion or in pills with Magnesia. Scilla, Pulv. Acetum, Tinct. et 
 Oxymel, 578, 579. Pil. comp. with Ammoniacum and Ginger, 579. Mist. Cascarillae 
 comp. 535, with Acetum Scillee et Inf. Cascarillre, 535. Allium sativum, &c. 577. 
 
 Succinic acid and Oil, 629. Petroleum, 628. Naphtha,* 68, 628. 
 
 * Vide a paper on the distinction between genuine and spurious Barbadoes Petroleum 
 in P. J. iv. 73. The author understands the term Naphtha as applicable to the jwre Hy- 
 drocarbon which is obtained by distillation from Petroleum. He is best acquainted with 
 that obtained from Rangoon, which is a dark greenish fluid ; from some, which the author 
 received direct from thence, the Lite Professor Danicll obtained about 80 per cent, of Naph- 
 tha, which he employed for preserving Potassium. The Naphtha used by Dr. Hastings is 
 stated in the P. J. iii. p. 33, to have beeirexamined by Dr. Ure, and to be what is called 
 by chemists Pyroacetic Spirit or Acetone. This is distinct from Wood or Pyroxylic 
 Spirit, called also Hydrated Oxide of Methyle, though both are sold for and used as Naph- 
 tha, but both differ from it in being miscible with water, and in containing Oxygen. Dr. 
 Ure has pointed out that Nit' Sp. Gr. 1-45 produces a red colour, but no effervescence with 
 Pyroxylic Spirit ; but with Pyroacetic acid no change of colour, but an effervescence from 
 copious evolution of gas.
 
 656 DIAPHORETICS. 
 
 Stimulant Lozenges, as of Capsicum, or of Astringents, as of Catechu, Tinct. Catechu 
 on a lump of sugar will also answer in cases of relaxation. 
 
 Inhaling Stimulant vapours, as of Benzoin and Benzole' placed in warm water, of Ace- 
 tic acid, of much diluted Chlorine, Ammonia, &c. 
 
 Demulcent Tonics. Cetraria, 610. Tussilago Farfara, 445. Inula Helenium, 446. 
 Marrubium vulgare, 490. Archangelica, 403, and other Tonics. 
 
 DIAPHORETICS. 
 
 Diaphoretics are medicines which increase the natural function of 
 perspiration. To these, when acting so as to produce sweating, the 
 term of Sudorifics is applied. The function of perspiration is useful 
 in keeping down temperature, and in carrying off much Carbon, Hy- 
 drogen, and even Oxygen from the blood. Like the secretion of 
 urine, this function varies in the same individual at different times, 
 because under the influence of different circumstances, as the state 
 of the constitution, the nature of the food, the temperature, dryness, 
 or rarefaction, moisture, or coldness of the atmosphere. The action 
 of a Diaphoretic is influenced by many of the same circumstances. 
 Hence it frequently depends entirely upon our keeping the patient in 
 bed that it promotes Diaphoresis ; while if the patient is up, and has 
 the skin exposed to the cool air, it will act as a Diuretic. These 
 two functions are very often antagonistic to each other : therefore 
 when Diaphoretics act freely, much aqueous matter will be carried 
 off by the skin, and the quantity of urine diminished, as well as the 
 secretions of the intestinal canal, by a determination being thus caused 
 to the surface. Some act by relaxing the surface, others act at first 
 as stimulants, and then produce sweating. The patient requires to 
 be kept in bed, the shin should be clean and warm, hence the double 
 utility of warm water and vapour baths, and whatever determines to 
 the surface, as friction with brushes, application of heated bodies, of 
 Rubefacients, of dry air, of some gases, as Carbonic' gas, Chlorine, 
 and Sulphuretted Hydrogen. In other cases exercise, or the sympa- 
 thetic influence of a glass of cold water will produce diaphoresis. 
 From their mode of action and effects, it is evident that Diaphoretics 
 are of extensive application, as those which are relaxing, in febrile 
 and inflammatory affections, others, in rheumatic and some chronic 
 diseases. According to the nature of the case or the period of the 
 disease, either the relaxing or stimulant Diaphoretics will be eligible 
 in Pulmonary affections, in Bowel complaints, in Cutaneous diseases, 
 or in Dropsy. 
 
 Aniimonials. Antirnonii Oxidum, E. 178. Pulv. Antim. comp. 179. Jacob! verus, 
 179. Antimonii Sesquisulphuretum prsep. 181. Ant. Oxysulphuretum, 182. Antimonii 
 et PotassEe Tartras, 183 .(Tartar Emetic). Vinum, 185. 
 
 Mercurials. Pil. Hydr. &c. 188. Pil. Hydr. Chloridi comp. (Sulph. Antimony et 
 Guaiac.), 199. Pil. Calomelanos et Opii, 269. Hydr. Sulphuret. c. Sulph. 205. 
 
 Ipecacuanha. Emetine, 426. Pulv. Syr. et Vinum, 427. Pulv. Ipecac, comp. with 
 Opium, 427. Pil. Ipecac, c. with Opium, 427. 
 
 Stimulant Diaphoretics. Sulphur, 43. S. lotum. et. S. praecipitatum, 45. Potassii 
 Sulphuretum et Aqua, 91,92. 
 
 Ammonise Liq. 71. Sp. Ammon. arom. Liq. Ammoniae Acet. 78. Effervescing 
 Draughts, 301. 
 
 Alcoholic and Etherial Draughts. Sp. Athens Nitrici, 623. Petroleum. Naphtha, 
 628, and note, 655. 
 
 "*
 
 DIURETICS. 657 
 
 Opium (see Narcotics.) Pulv. Ipecac, comp. 427. Pil. Ipecac, c. Opio, 269. Pil. Ca- 
 lomel, et Opii, 269. Morphine Hydrochloras et Sol. 263. Morphia Sulphas, 264. Mor- 
 phise Acetas, 264. 
 
 Senega, Inf. et Dec. 282. Guaiacum, Mist. Dec. Tinct. et Tinct. Ammon. 317318. 
 Toxicodendron, 331. Arnica Montana, 452. Inula, 446. Sassafras, 518. 
 
 Serpentaria, Inf. et Tinct. 533. Contrajcrva, 555. Mezercon, 513. 
 
 Infusions of Vegetable Excitants, as of Sage, Rosemary, &-c. 
 
 The milder Diaphoretics and Alteratives are Sarza, 590, Hemidesmus indicus, 469, 
 Calotropis, 469, Dulcamara, 494. 
 
 DIURETICS. 
 
 Diuretics are medicines which are supposed to have the power of 
 augmenting the secretion or excretion of urine. As in the case of 
 the function of perspiration, so in that of the secretion of urine, many 
 external circumstances control its due performance. We have also 
 seen that these two great functions mutually supply the place of and 
 alternate with each other, and that frequently the causes which 
 favour the one secretion will interfere with the due performance of 
 the other. It follows, therefore, that an opposite course requires to 
 be followed with regard to the treatment of the patient. The skin 
 must be kept cool, the patient rather kept out of, than in bed, and 
 hence the daytime is frequently the best time for prescribing Diu- 
 retics. As the operation of some is incompatible with that of others, 
 it is absolutely necessary to pay attention to their mode of action. 
 This has been best explained by Dr. Paris, whose arrangement we 
 have adopted, but reversed the series, in order better to compare the 
 list with that of the Diaphoretics, as well as of other Therapeutic 
 agents. 
 
 Whatever acts upon the system so as to promote absorption will 
 appear to act as a Diuretic, as Tonics and Stimulants in cases of de- 
 bility: but when diminution of urine is caused by an inflammatory 
 and febrile state of the system, then Venesection, Warm-baths, 
 Acidulous drinks, even Diaphoretics, by producing relaxation, will 
 restore the secretion of urine to a natural state. Diuretics are useful 
 in Fevers and in Dropsies, and usually require Diluents to be pre- 
 scribed with them. Some of the Stimulant Diuretics, as the Oleo- 
 resins, stimulate the mucous membrane of the Urethra, and are hence 
 employed in restoring it to a healthy state in cases of Gonorrhrea, &c. 
 
 1. Medicines which act primarily on the Stomach or System, and secondarily on the Uri- 
 nary Organs. 
 
 a. By diminishing arterial action, and increasing that of absorption. 
 
 Venesection and some parts of the Antiphlogistic treatment may be considered to 
 act in this way, as well as Digitalis, Pulv. Inf. Tinct. et Extr. 493. Pil. Dig. et 
 Scillse, 493. Linim. with Ammonia and the Inf. ; or the Tinct. and Soap Lini- 
 ment. Tabacum, Vinum, 503. Lactucarium, 454, and other Narcotics. 
 
 b. By increasing the tone of the Body in general, and that of the Absorbent System in 
 particular. 
 
 Bitter Tonics, q. v. ; the effects of some Diuretics, as Chimaphila, UvaUrsi, Diosma, 
 may be ascribed partly to their Tonic effects. 
 
 c. By producing Catharsis, and thereby increasing the actfbn of the Exhalands directly, 
 and that of the absorbents indirectly. 
 
 42
 
 658 
 
 EMMENAGOGUES. 
 
 Elaterium. Gambogia. Jalapa. Pulv. JalaptE comp. (See CATHARTICS.) 
 
 2. Medicines which act primarily on the Absorbents, and secondarily on the Kidneys. 
 
 Mercurials, &c. 187. Hydr. Chloridum, 197. Bichlorid. 200. lodineum. Potassii 
 lodidum, 84. Liq. et Tinct. comp. 86. 
 
 3. Medicines which act primarily on the Urinary Organs. 
 
 Potassce Liquor, 83. Potassse Garb, et Liq. 88, 89. Bicarb. 89. Potass Aqua 
 efferves. 91. 
 
 Potass Nitras, 94, et Potassoe Chloras, 96. 
 
 Potass Acetas, 99. Citras, 98. Bitartras, 98, also in Pulv. Jalapae comp. 
 
 Nitre in gr. x. doses sometimes prevents Incontinence of Urine, as does Tinct. Ferri 
 Sesquichloridi. Dr. Bennett states that Gendriu gives Nitre in doses of 3vj. 3xij. in 24 
 hours without injurious effects. 
 
 Sodas Acetas, 112, and Citras. Sodce Potassio-Tartras, 110. 
 
 Sodte Carb. et Bicarb. 102 103. Sapo durus, 465. Sodae Biboras, 107. Magnesias Sul- 
 phas, 129. Diluted Mineral acids. 
 
 Stimulant Diuretics. 
 
 Ammonia Liq. 71, et Sesquicarb. 77. Spiritus ^Etheris Nitrici, 623. Rhine Wines, 
 especially with Squill and Bitter Tonics. 
 
 Armoracia, 274. Inf. comp. with Mustard Seed and the Comp. Sp. 275, which con- 
 tains Orange-peel and Nutmegs. Cochlearia, 274. 
 
 Scoparium, Inf. et Dec. comp. with Juniper-berries and Bitartrate of Potash. Carotse 
 Fructus, 416. Parsley and other Umbelifers. Asparagus. 
 
 Juniperi Baccae et Cacumina. Ol. et Spir. comp. 571, with Caraway and Fennel 
 Fruits. Terebinthina et Oleum, 568. 
 
 Squilla, 577. Pulv. Acetum, Tinct. 578, 579. Allii species, 577. Colchicum, 586. 
 Veratrum, 587. 
 
 Senega, Inf. et Dec. 282. Diosma (Buchu), Inf. and Tinct. 321. Chimaphila (Py- 
 rola), 459. Uva Ursi, Dec. 458. 
 
 Demulcent, Sfc. Aretium minus (Lappa), 444. Pareira brava, Inf. et Extr. 250. Sarza, 
 590. Dulcamara, Dec. 495. Ulmus Cortex, 555. 
 
 Cantharides, Tinct. 633. 
 
 Copaiba, 358, et Oleum, E. 360. Cubebee, 545. Ol. Cubebse, stimulate the mucous 
 membrane of the Urethra. 
 
 EMMENAGOGUES. 
 
 Medicines which are considered to have the power of promoting 
 the menstrual discharge when either retained or suspended. As this 
 is sometimes the primary, and at other times the consequence of other 
 diseases, the treatment must necessarily differ; especially as Amenor- 
 rhosa is as often dependent on a want of constitutional energy in a 
 leucophlegmatic habit, as on a plethoric state of the constitution, with 
 irritation of the uterine system, brought on perhaps by an application 
 of cold, &c. In either case attempts must first be made to restore 
 the constitution to a natural state, and then to prescribe those reme- 
 dies, all more or less stimulant, which are considered to have a spe- 
 cific effect as Emmenagogues, though it is doubtful whether there are 
 many such, most seeming to act by contiguous sympathy. Dr. Paris 
 has observed, " that as the uterus is not an organ intended for the 
 elimination of foreign matter, it is necessarily less under the control 
 of medicines." 
 
 In cases of Plethora, Venesection may be necessary, or Cupping on the Loins with 
 Leeches to the Loins or Groins, and Legs or Feet. Purgatives. Hipbaths. Pediluvia 
 of Hot Water, or made more stimulating with Mustard-flour. Exercise, especially on 
 horseback, in a salubrious air. 
 
 In cases of depression, Warm Purgatives are equally necessary, accompanied with the
 
 ALTERATIVES. 659 
 
 alterative action of Blue Pill ; at first mild then stronger Tonics, followed by the prepa- 
 rations of Iron. Frictions in the Lumbar region. Electricity. Nourishing Diet. Ex- 
 ercise. Fresh air. Sea-bathing. Shower-baths. Alteratives often necessary, or Mercu- 
 rials, as Pil. Hydrargyri, &c. 188, and Pil. Hydrargyri Chloridi comp. (Plummets Pill), 
 199. Iodine, in form of Iodide of Potassium, 84, or the Iodide of Iron. 
 
 Purgatives, employed as Emmenagogues. Aloes, 579. Pil. Aloes c. Myrrha, et Dec. 
 Aloes, 583, 584, et. Tinct. Aloes, 584, with Assafoetida in Pil. Aloes et Assafeetidae, E. 
 583. With Iron, in Pil. Aloes et Ferri, E. 584. 
 
 Colocynthis, 396. Senna, 350. Cambogia, 301. Helleborus, 239. 
 
 Antispasmodics as Assafcetida, 406. Moschus, 641. Castoreum, 644. 
 
 Galbanum, 414, in Pil. Galbani comp. 415, with Assafoetida, Sagapenum, and Myrrh. 
 
 Myrrha, 334. Tinct. 338, with Iron, in Pil. Ferri et Mistura Ferri, 140, 141, also in 
 Pil. Galbani comp. 424 ; and with Aloes, (. supra.) 
 
 Mineral Tonics. Ferri Sulphas, 1 37. Pil. et Mist. Ferri comp. 148. Ferri Carbonas 
 Saccharatum et Pil. 147. Ferri lodidutn et Syrupus, 139, 141. 
 
 Emmenagogues. Rubia Tinctorum, 424, and Meum Athaminticum, now little used. 
 Senega, Inf. et Dec. 282. Serpentaria, Inf. et Tinct. 533. Rutae, Ol. et Conf. 319. Ta- 
 nacetum, 451. 
 
 Juniperus, 571. Sabina et Ol. 572. Ergota, 612, has been found useful by Dr. Locock 
 (Cycl. of Prac. Med. i. p. 70), who also states the same of a combination of Myrrh, Aloes, 
 Sulphate of Iron, and the Essential Oil of Savine. 
 
 ANTHELMINTICS. 
 
 As some of the Anthelmintics are of a mechanical nature, they may 
 be treated of with the other Mechanical Remedies, though some of 
 the most important are adopted from other classes. 
 
 ALTERATIVES, OR ALTERATIVE STIMULANTS. 
 
 The term alterative, so commonly employed, is differently inter- 
 preted by different authors. Miiller includes under it all such Reme- 
 dies as are neither Stimulant nor Sedative, and have the power of 
 effecting changes in the state of the living solids, and consequently in 
 the functions which they perform. The term is, however, usually 
 applied to such as, taken in comparatively small doses, and continued 
 for some time, by degrees and almost without any perceptible effect, 
 alter any disordered actions (Conolly) or secretions. Under this head 
 Trousseau and Pidoux include Mercury, Iodine, Gold, and the Alka- 
 lies ; so also Edwards and Vavasseur, calling them " medicamens 
 excitans qui agissent specialement sur certaines glandes et sur 1'ab- 
 sorption en general." In Alterative treatment is usually included the 
 taking of various decoctions of the woods, or substitutes for them in 
 the form of the Decoct. Sarzse, &c., which, taken with large quanti- 
 ties of water, must operate by its diluting and solvent properties, and 
 partly by the stimulant effect, though small in quantity, of the active 
 principles of the several ingredients in these diet drinks conveyed 
 into the capillaries. 
 
 Mercury, in some of its preparations, acts as an Irritant (v. Local 
 and Special Stimulants, Escharotics, Errhines, Cathartics). But 
 when some of its suitable preparations, as Blue or Plummer's Pill, or 
 Corrosive Sublimate, are prescribed in small doses, with considera- 
 ble intervals, as every night or so, there is by degrees perceived an 
 improvement in the function of digestion, as well as in the evacua- 
 tions, with a softer state of the skin. If larger doses are given, or 
 more frequently, some excitement in the circulation may be observed,
 
 660 ALTERATIVE STIMULANTS. 
 
 as well as in the absorbent system, and in the several secretions, as 
 is instanced in the stimulation of the liver, the kidneys, and in the 
 healthful perspirable state of the skin. The less observable effects, 
 dependent on smaller doses, spread also over a greater space of time, 
 will produce alteration in disordered actions, so as to cause an im- 
 provement in the digestive and nutrient functions, the disappearance 
 of eruptions, and the removal of thickening of the skin or of other 
 tissues. A greater degree of the same action will promote the ab- 
 sorption of glandular enlargements, or of indurated structure, and 
 thus the Deobstruent effects of Mercury may be obtained. All this 
 may be short of its constitutional effects, indicated by fetor of the 
 breath, redness of the gums, followed by salivation, often very pro- 
 fuse, and even by ulceration ; but often the beneficial effects are only 
 observed when some of these phenomena display themselves, though 
 in a very slight degree. These effects of Mercurialism, as the state 
 is called, may be produced either by repeated small doses, by one or 
 two large ones, or by rubbing Blue Ointment into the skin, or using 
 the Mercury in the form of fumigations. But many deleterious con- 
 sequences follow from the unadvised use of Mercury and its prepa- 
 rations. 
 
 Iodine, like Mercury, will in concentrated doses act as an Irritant 
 on the surface to which it is applied. Hence some of its prepara- 
 tions are poisonous. But if taken for some time in small doses, the 
 stimulant effects are observed in the increased perspiration, often in 
 the improved secretion of bile as well as of urine ; while the mucous 
 membrane of the nostrils becomes inflamed, as in Catarrh. But the 
 characteristic phenomenon in the action of Iodine is the disappear- 
 ance of glandular enlargements, as in the case of Goitre, or even of 
 glands in a healthy state, as of the mammae and testicles, under its 
 long-continued use. Other symptoms are also observed, included 
 under the term lodism, which in addition to some of the foregoing, is 
 especially characterized by giddiness and headache, nausea, want of 
 appetite, restlessness, weakness, and emaciation, with a weak but 
 frequent pulse. The medicine ought to be intermitted for a time on 
 the first appearance of any of these symptoms. In the Iodide of Iron, 
 the alterative effects of the Iodine are combined with the tonic effects 
 of the Iron. Bromine and the Bromide of Potassium may be used for 
 many of the same purposes as Iodine. 
 
 The preparations of Gold, as the Powder and the Chloride of Gold 
 and Sodium, are likewise stimulant of the absorbents, and may with 
 great benefit be used in Scrofula or Secondary Syphilis. 
 
 Arsenious acid, mentioned as an Antiperiodic under the head of 
 Tonics, is a powerful Alterative in many skin diseases, as Lepra and 
 Psoriasis. It is generally discontinued when the symptoms of acce- 
 lerated pulse, weakness and itching of the eyes, griping, restlessness 
 at night, or a great feeling of weakness and lowness of spirits, are 
 experienced. Mr. Hunt (Lancet, 1846), recommends diminishing the 
 dose, and continuing the medicine so as not to lose its effect 
 
 Before the discovery of Iodine, the Chlorides of Calcium and of 
 Barium were frequently employed as stimulants of the glandular and
 
 ALTERATIVES. DEPRESSENTS. 661 
 
 lymphatic systems. They were formerly much employed in scrofu- 
 lous diseases, in Bronchocele, and other glandular complaints, as well 
 as in chronic skin diseases. The alkalies also, as Liq. Potassae and 
 the Carbonates, when taken for some time, besides the effects de- 
 scribed under the head of Antacids, produce many of the same effects 
 as Iodine, &c., in removing glandular swellings. They are supposed 
 to diminish the consistence of the blood, rendering it more watery, 
 and reducing the habit to a state resembling Scurvy. Dr. Pereira 
 proposes the term of Liquefacients as synonymous with the verjlus- 
 sigende mittil of Sundelin for medicinal agents which augment the 
 secretions, check the solidifying, but promote the liquefying, processes 
 of the animal economy, and which by continued use create great dis- 
 orders in the functions of assimilation. 
 
 Mercurials. Hydrargyri Pil. 188. Hyd. c. Creta, 187. Hyd. c. Magnesia, 188. Ung. 
 fort, etmitius, 189, 190. 
 
 Hydrargyri Cerat. comp. with Soap and Camphor, 190. Lin. comp. with Camphor 
 and Liq. Ammonice, 191. Emp. et Emp. Ammoniaci c. Hydr. 191. 
 
 Hydrarg. Oxydum, 192. lodidum, Pil. et Ung. 195. Biniodid. et Ung. 195, 196. 
 
 Hydrarg. Chloridum, 197 (Calomelanos). Pil. comp. 199, with Oxysulph. of Anti- 
 mony and Guaiacum, 199. Ung. 200. 
 
 Hydrarg. Bichloridum, 200, et Liq. 203, with Sal Ammoniac. Hydrargyri Acetas, 208. 
 
 Hydrarg. Bisulphuretum, 204, and Sulphuretum c. Sulphure, 205, for fumigations. 
 
 Hydrarg. Nitratis Ung. 207. Lin. 208. Ung. Hydrarg. Ammonio-Chlorid 204. 
 
 lodineum, 55. Iodide of Starch, 56. Tinct. 56. Tinct. et Ung. comp. 56, 57, with Io- 
 dide of Potassium. Ung. lodinei, D. (made with Iodine 9j. to Lard 3j.) 
 
 Potassii lodidum, 84. Ung. 85. Ung. et Tinct. comp. with Iodine, 57, 86. Liq. 
 comp. with Iodine. 
 
 Ferri lodidum et Syr. 139, 141. Hydrargyri lodid. 194, et Biniodidum, 196. Plumbi 
 lod. 169, et Ung. 
 
 Burnt Fuci, 612. Some Sea-weeds, 55. Burnt Sponge, 630. 
 
 Bromineum, 57. Potassii Bromidum, 86. Bromide of Iron, 141. 
 
 Acidum Arseniosum, 211. Liq. Potass Arsenitis, 217. Iodide of Arsenic and Mer- 
 cury, 218. 
 
 Alkalies, &c. Liq. Potassse, 83. Potassae Carb. 88. Bicarb. 89. 
 
 Calcis Aqua, 117. Calcii Chloridum, 122. Liquor, 123. 
 
 Barii Chloridum, 114. Liq. 115. 
 
 Auri Pulvis, 223. Chloride of Gold and Sodium, 224. 
 
 Acid. Nitro-Muriaticum, 62. Antimonii Oxysulph. 182. Tartar Emetic, 183. 
 
 Mild Vegetable Alteratives. Sarza, 590. Dulcamara et Dec. 495. 
 
 Taraxacum, 453. Dec. et Extr. Rumex aquaticus et Hydrolapathum, 504. Ulmus, 
 Dec. 556. 
 
 DEPRESSENTS OR CONTRA-STIMULANTS. 
 
 The author has grouped together the Refrigerants, Sedatives, Nar- 
 cotics, and Antispasmodics, not that they can be considered as resem- 
 bling each other physiologically in action (though the Sedatives are 
 often united with Narcotics), but because all are employed to subdue 
 inordinate action, the Refrigerants and Sedatives when occurring in 
 the circulation ; Narcotics, at first excitant, are followed by collapse, 
 and are employed to assuage pain, control restlessness and spasm, and 
 to procure sleep, while Antispasmodics have a quieting effect on the 
 disordered nervous system. 
 
 REFRIGERANTS. 
 
 Refrigerants are placed by Dr. Murray among chemical remedies ; 
 but the ingenuity of his views has been more admired than their cor-
 
 662 REFRIGERANTS. SEDATIVES. 
 
 rectness. Dr. Paris has contrasted them with those of Liebig. Re- 
 frigerants are employed to diminish the heat of the body, and to 
 reduce the force of the circulation. They are either applied exter- 
 nally or given internally. 
 
 External Cool Air. Cold Water. Continued Sponging.* Evaporating Lotions. 
 Freezing Mixtures. Ice. 
 
 Vegetable Acids, q. v. Trochisci Acidi Tartarici, E.t Limonum Succus et Syr. 298, 299. 
 Lemonade. Aurantii Fructus, 296. Acetum, 624. Syrupus Aceti, 626. Tamarindus, 
 348. Acetosclla, 312. Rumex Acetosa, 505. 
 
 Potasse Bitartras, 98. Potassse Nitras, 94. Potassse Chloras, 96. 
 
 Mild Diaphoretics. Liq. Ammonia Acet. 78. Effervescing Draughts. 
 
 SEDATIVES. 
 
 Sedatives, when strictly defined, are medicines which directly de- 
 press the energy of the nervous system, without causing any previous 
 excitement. Though there are few medicines which can be rigo- 
 rously brought under this definition, there are several which may be 
 prescribed in diseases of increased action, to repress any undue ex- 
 citement of the nervous or circulatory systems. 
 
 Sedatives form a class of remedies respecting which there is con- 
 siderable difference of opinion, some denying that there are any me- 
 dicines which can be strictly so called, others uniting them with Nar- 
 cotics, q. v.; while Dr. Paris, Dr. A. T. Thomson, and Dr. Billing, 
 admit Sedatives as a distinct class, distinguishing them from Narco- 
 tics as directly and primarily depressing the powers of life, without 
 previously exciting. They form a group of medicines well suited to 
 control inordinate action, especially as displayed in the circulation. 
 However much writers may differ respecting the proper position of 
 Sedatives in a classification, practitioners know that there are medi- 
 cines which may be prescribed beneficially in cases of excitement, 
 when they would avoid Narcotics. They should not unite these with 
 true Sedatives in a prescription. There are, however, a few reme- 
 dies, such as Digitalis, which, though exciting the circulation at first, 
 depress it in so much greater a degree, that they may frequently be 
 prescribed even in diseases of the Heart. Dil. Hydrocyanic', so use- 
 ful in allaying irritation and cough, also gives great relief in certain 
 painful affections of the Stomach. 
 
 Nitrogen, 40. Sulphuretted Hydrogen, 67 (so Carburet. Hydrogen), acts as a Sedative. 
 Also Carbonic acid gas, when inhaled, but all are poisonous. 
 
 Aconitum, 242. Extr. Alcoholicum et Tinct. 244. Aconitina, Tinct. and Ung. 245. 
 
 Acid. Hydrocyanic. Dil. 385. Lauro-Cerasus et Aq. 383. Amygdala amarse. 382. 
 Mist. D. 381. 
 
 Ferrocyanide of Potassium, 150. Ferri Percyanidum, 151. 
 
 * This local application may be made to produce the most powerful constitutional 
 effects. The author has kept patients labouring under the most severe attacks of Jungle 
 Remittent continually sponged, so that the circulation was never allowed to rise : on one 
 occasion, while the patient lay in a comatose state for six days and nights. Drying of 
 the skin was immediately revealed by the moaning of the patient, when his pulse would 
 immediately become hard, full, and bounding. Blisters to the nape of the neck and Sina- 
 pisms to the feet were also made use of, while Calomel and Purgatives were producing a 
 change in the system. 
 
 t These are the Lemon or Acidulated Drops, made with Sugar gviij. Tar* 3ij. Oil of 
 Lemons TTjx. and Mucilage q. a.
 
 NARCOTICS. 663 
 
 Antimonii et Potassoe Tartras, 183. Vinum, 185. Ipecacuanha, Pulv. et Vin. both in 
 nauseating 1 doses. 
 
 Plumbi Acetas et Pil. Opiate, 174. Plumbi Diacet. Liq. et Dil. 174, 175 
 
 Digitalis, Inf. Tinct. Extr. 491, 493. Linim. with Soap and Ammonia. Pil. Dig. et 
 Scillas, 493. 
 
 Tabacum, 502. Enema et Vinum, 503, or the Smoke. 
 
 Venesection. Leeches, 631. Application of Cold, as by continued sponging. 
 
 Antiphlogistic treatment generally, which includes Blood-letting with low diet. Pur- 
 gatives. Refrigerants. Demulcents. 
 
 Hydrargyri Chloridum, ] 99, in gr. x. and gr. xx. doses in Dysentery, &c. Pil. Calome- 
 lanos et Opii, E. 200. 
 
 NARCOTICS. 
 
 Narcotics are medicines which have been named from va^xrj, tor- 
 pedo (which stupefies any other animal that it touches), because stu- 
 pefaction is the most striking symptom of some, though not of all the 
 medicines usually included under the head of Narcotics. Hence Dr. 
 Pereira has suggested the name of Cerebro-Spinants. He includes 
 under this class several which are here placed in other groups ; but 
 it will be found advantageous to pay attention to his subdivisions, be- 
 cause the several Narcotics differ very remarkably from each other 
 in their mode of action. Narcotics are distinguished from true Seda- 
 tives by producing when prescribed in moderate doses " an increase 
 of the actions of the Nervous and Vascular systems, but which is fol- 
 lowed by a greater depression of the vital powers than is commensu- 
 rate with the degree of previous excitement, and which is generally 
 followed by sleep." Paris. From the varied effects which they pro- 
 duce, some are called Anodynes, from relieving pain, others Hypno- 
 tics and Soporifics, from inducing sleep. Their tendency is to weaken 
 and even to destroy more or less completely the functions of the ner- 
 vous system. They are had recourse to chiefly to assuage pain and 
 to procure sleep ; hence they may be useful in a great variety of af- 
 fections, chiefly in the treatment of nervous and spasmodic com- 
 plaints, painful diseases, as Neuralgia, Rheumatism, &c., and in the 
 last stages of other painful complaints. 
 
 Papaver somniferum, 255. Capsulte, 256. Dec. Syr. et Extr. 256, 257. 
 
 Opium, 257. Extr. 268. Pil. Trochisci, 269. Conf. vel. Elect. Tinct. 270 (Laudanum.) 
 Vinum. Acetum, 271, 272. Liq. Opii sedativus and Black Drop, 272. Enema, Lin. et Emp. 
 272. 
 
 Pills with Opium. Pil. Saponis comp. and Pil. Styracis comp. 269. Pil. Calomelanos 
 et Opii, 200, 269. Pil. Plumbi Opiate, 174, 269. 
 
 Tinct. Camphors? comp. with Opium, Camphor, and Benzoic', 271. Tinct Opii Am- 
 moniata, E. with Sp. Ammon. E. 
 
 Opium with Ipecacuanha. Pil. et Pulv. Ipecacuanhas comp. 427. 
 
 Opium with Astringents. Pulv. Kino comp. 270, 367. Elect. Catechu, 270, 347. Pulr. 
 Crete comp. c. Opio, 269. Ung. Gallae comp. 562. 
 
 Morphia, 261. Hydrochloras (Murias, E.), 262. Muriatis Sol. 263. Trochiaci, 263. 
 Troch. Morphias et Ipecac. 264. 
 
 Morphias Sulphas, 264. Morphise Acetas, 264. Citrate and Bimeconate, 264, 265. 
 
 Lactuca saliva, 454, virosa, 455. Lactucarium, 454. Extr. 455. Tinct. et Trochisci, 
 456. 
 
 Hyoscyamus niger, 500. Extr. et Tinct 502. 
 
 Anodynes, which dilate the pupil. Belladonna, 495. Extr. Succus. Tinct. et Emp. 
 496, 497. Stramonium. Extr. 500. 
 
 Benumbent and Sedative. Aconitum Napellus, 242. Extr. et Succus Spissatus, L. D. 
 244. Extr. E. 244. Extr. Alcoholicum Aconiti et Tinct 244. Aconitina, 245. Solutio 
 et Ung. 245.
 
 664 
 
 ANTISPASMODICS. 
 
 Paralysers. Conium maculatum, 417. Extr. (Succus spissatus), Tinct. 420. Pil. 
 comp. with Ipecac. 420. Ung. et Cataplasma, 420. 
 
 Humulus Lupulus, 547. Inf. et Tinct. and Tincture of Hop-Glands, 550. 
 
 Anticonvulsive and Anodyne. Cannahis sativa, 55(). Exlr. et Tinct. 553. Resinous 
 Tincture (Donovan], 553. 
 
 Aero-Narcotics and Cathartics. Staphisagria, 241. Colchicum, 585. Veratrum, 587. 
 Sabadilia, 588. 
 
 Cocculus iridicus, 253. Lobelia inflata, 456. Spigelia, 469. 
 
 Nux Vomica, Toxicodendron, and Arnica montana, see EXCITANTS. 
 
 ANTISPASMODICS. 
 
 Antispasmodics are medicines prescribed for the purpose of allay- 
 ing the irregular muscular contractions denominated Spasms. As 
 these may arise from various causes, so that whatever removes the 
 cause will in many cases assuage the spasm and the pain which ac- 
 companies it. This may at one time be an Antacid or a Purgative 
 which removes a source of irritation from the intestinal canal ; at 
 another time, an Anodyne, which, by lulling pain, stops the irregular 
 movements to which this gives origin ; and if these should depend on 
 debility, then strengthening diet and Tonics will prove Antispasmodic. 
 The name is however usually applied to a group so peculiar in their 
 action, as to be accounted excitant by some and sedative by others. 
 Though exciting the circulation, they have a sedative effect upon the 
 nervous system in disease, apparently by strengthening and thus re- 
 storing it to a healthy state. They are remarkable for rapidity of 
 action, as well as for their effects being temporary, and thus requiring 
 a repetition and increased doses of the medicine. They are chiefly 
 prescribed in nervous complaints, especially Hysteria, and in Spas- 
 modic and Convulsive affections; also in Asthma, Spasm in the sto- 
 mach or intestinal canal ; sometimes in the advanced stages of Ty- 
 phoid disease. 
 
 Valeriana, Inf. Tinct. 443, 444, and Tinct. Ammon.' Foetid Gum-Resins. Assafoetida, 
 406. Mist. Tinct. et Enem. Emp. E. with Galbanum, 412. Galbanum, Tinct. et Pil. 
 comp. with Myrrh. Assafoetida, and Sagapenum, 415. Emp. 416, with Resin and Tur- 
 pentine. Sagapenum, 405. Pil. comp. with Aloes and Ginger. Opopanax, 405. 
 
 Ruta, 318. Ol. et Conf. comp. with Bay-berries, Sagapenum, and Black Pepper. Ta- 
 nacetum, 451. Anthemis et Ol. 449. 
 
 Camphora, 519. Mist, et Mist. c. Magnesia. Tinct. et Tinct. comp. with Opium. Linim. 
 with Oil, and Lin. comp. with Ammonia and Sp. Lavender, 521. 
 
 jEther Sulph. 619. Sp. Athens Sulph. c. 622. Sp. ^Etheris Nitrici, 642. 
 
 Ammonia; Sp. arom. 74. Sp. Ammoniac foetidus, 74. Ammonise Sesquicarb. 75. 
 
 Petroleum, 68. Naphtha, 628, 655. Succini Ol. 629. 
 
 Moschus, Mist, et Tinct. 641, 642. Castoreum, 644. Tinct. and Tinct. Ammon, 646. 
 
 Tonics. Argenti Oxydum, 219. Chloridum, 220. Nitras, 220. Zinci Oxydum et 
 Sulphas, 156. Cupri Ammonio-Sulph. 162. Pil. 163. Bismuthi Trisnitras, 176. Gin- 
 chona, and other Tonics. 
 
 Narcotics. Opium, 257. Belladonna, 495. Stramonium, 498. Hyoscyamus, 500, &c. 
 Tabacum, Enema et Vinum, 503. Lobelia, 456. Tinct. and Tinct. JStherea. 
 
 GENERAL STIMULANTS. 
 
 These are distinguished from the Special Stimulants in not having 
 their influence confined to one or two organs, but in accelerating all 
 the principal functions of life, as the sanguineous, muscular, and 
 secreting systems, by directly influencing the nervous system. Tern-
 
 STIMULANTS. 665 
 
 porary increase of action is, however, not to be considered increased 
 strength, for all such excitement is followed by exhaustion, and there- 
 fore the true Diffusible Stimulants can only be used for temporary 
 purposes. They were judiciously divided by Dr. Murray into Diffu- 
 sible and into Permanent Stimulants, the latter including Astringents 
 and Tonics. With the former may be considered the Aromatics. 
 
 STIMULANTS. Excitants. Exhilarants. 
 
 Stimulants, as stated under the head of Rubefacients, when applied 
 externally, produce redness, a sensation of warmth quickly commu- 
 cated to surrounding parts, often followed by pain, according to the 
 more or less susceptibility of the organ. If taken internally, the sen- 
 sation of warmth is experienced in the stomach and intestinal canal, 
 followed by a marked increase in the vital energy and contractility, 
 with activity of digestion, often accompanied by thirst and dryness 
 of the mouth. In large doses, those which are more acrid will prove 
 irritant to the intestinal canal, and act as Cathartics. These effects 
 are very temporary with many Stimulants ; with others, they are 
 quickly communicated to the Heart and Circulation, which is in- 
 creased in force and frequency ; more animal heat is developed, and 
 transpiration promoted both from the cutaneous and pulmonary sur- 
 faces, as well as many of the secretions increased ; and with some 
 of the Stimulants the organs of generation participate in the general 
 excitement. In all these cases it is the nervous or true cerebro-spinal 
 system which is primarily affected, and through it, by reflex action, 
 all the cerebro-spinous organs. " The nervous energy becomes 
 more equable and rapid, and the muscular contractility more ener- 
 getic; the senses more delicate and perfect, and the intellectual 
 faculties even seem to acquire more activity and developement." 
 (Guersent.) All excitement is, however, followed by exhaustion; 
 and though the collapse is proportionally much greater with Nar- 
 cotics, it may be produced to as great an extent by the use of a large 
 quantity of a Diffusible Stimulant ; but in such a case it ceases to be 
 employed as a Stimulant only. 
 
 Stimulants are useful in cases of debility, where this is real and 
 unaccompanied by inflammation, and not merely apparent, whether 
 the debility be the consequence of profuse Hemorrhage or of other 
 inordinate discharges, or a consequence of Asphyxia or Syncope : in 
 great general debility, or in Anaemia and Cachexia without any local 
 inflammation, or in the last stages of many grave diseases, when the 
 powers flag and life appears about to be extinguished. Their use, 
 however, requires the greatest caution and discrimination; and 
 though they may be prescribed beneficially in some cases even of 
 chronic Inflammation, as is done with stimulant lotions to the eye 
 in a state both of incipient and of chronic Inflammation, their em- 
 ployment is usually limited to prescribing them with other classes of 
 remedies. 
 
 Heat. Electricity. The Vital Stimuli, as Heat, Air, Food, Drink, will all act as Sti- 
 mulants in cases of Debility, or where the patient has been deprived of them ; otherwise 
 their use is not followed by exhaustion, but strengthens.
 
 ASTRINGENTS. 
 
 Ammonia; Liq. 71. Sp. Ammonite et Sp. Ammonias arom. Ammonia; Sesquicarb. et 
 Liq. 74, 75. 
 
 Aromata or Spices, grateful in odour and taste ; are hence used as Condiments. They 
 stimulate the etomach ; are useful as Carminatives, and as adjuncts to remedies of diffe- 
 rent kinds, as to Tonics, Antispasmodics, and Cathartics. 
 
 Canella alba, 307. OfMyrtaceas, Caryophyllus, 391, Ol. et Inf. Pimenta, 392, Ol. Sp. 
 et Aqua. Cayaputi Ol. 390. Of Laurinea, Cinnamomum, 522. Ol. Sp. Tinct. Aq. 
 524, 525. Tinct. comp. Pulv. comp. et Elect, with other Aromatics. Confect. Aromat. 
 121, with Chalk also. Cassia, E. 525, Ol. Sp. Tinct. et Aqua, 528. Laurus nobilis. Folia, 
 517. Sassafras Ol. 519. Of Myristicea, Myristica, 515. Ol. et Sp. 516. OfPiperacea, 
 Piper nigrum, 543. Conf. et Ung. 544, 545. P. longum, 543, in Conf. Opii, and with 
 other aromatics. Of Scitamineee, Curcuma, 596. Cardamomum, 598. Tinct. et Tinct 
 comp. 599. Zingiber, 596. Tinct et Syr. 597. Of Iridete, Crocus, 600. 
 
 Capsicum, 497. Tinct. 498. Sinapis nigra et alba, 276, 278. 
 
 Others valuable chiefly on account of their Volatile Oil, as Ol. Calami Aromat. (Spike- 
 nard), 602. Of Aurantiece, Limonis Ol. et Aurantii Ol. 298. Of Umbellifera. Anisum. 
 Carui Ol. Sp. et Aqua, 402. Foeniculum dulce. Ol. et Aqua, 403. Anethum. Ol. et 
 Aq. 404, 405. Cuminum, 416. Coriandrum, 421. Of Labiatce. Melissa, 489. Mentha 
 viridis, Piperita, and Pulegium. Ol. Sp. et Aq. 485, 486. Lavandula, Ol. et Sp. Tinct. 
 comp. 484, 485. Rosmarinus, Ol. et Sp. 488. Origanum vulgare et Majorana et Ol. 489. 
 
 Others less agreeable, as Ol. Rutae et Conf. 319. Ol. Anthemidis, 449, et Tanaceti, 
 452. Ol. Juniperi, 571. Ol. Sabinse, 573. Ol. Jecoris Aselli, or Cod-liver Oil ; but this 
 is rather alterative than stimulant 
 
 Turpentines as Terebinthina Chia, 329, vulgaris, &c. 565. Oleum Terebinthinas, 568. 
 
 Resins as Elemi, 338. Mastiche, 330. Olibanum, 332. Myrrha, 334, and Balsam 
 of Peru, &c. 361. 
 
 Ordinary Excitants as Green Tea, 291. Coffee, 427. 
 
 Petroleum, 628. Naphtha, 628. Creasotum et Mist. 627. Camphora, 519. 
 
 Nux Vomica, 470, Tinct et Extr. Strychnia, 473. Brucia, 474. Toxicodendron, 
 331. Arnica montana, 452. 
 
 See also STIMULANT TONICS, DIAPHORETICS, EXPECTORANTS, AND DIURETICS. 
 
 DIFFUSIBLE STIMULANTS. These, which include Alcohol and Ether, 
 are usually distinguished from other Stimulants from the rapidity 
 with which they excite all the tissues through the medium of the 
 brain and nervous system. They are quickly followed by exhaustion 
 and collapse. The Alcoholic are seldom employed alone. The 
 Etherial are useful in nervous and hysterical affections. The Wines, 
 in moderate quantities, are in many cases useful Tonics. 
 
 Diffusible Stimulants. Spir. Rectificatus, 615. Sp. Tenuior, 615. Sp. Vini Gallici 
 et Mist. 617, 618. Vinum Xericum, and other Wines, 618. 
 
 -Ether Sulphuricus, 619. Sp. ^Etheris Sulph. comp. 621. Sp. ^Etheris nitrici. 
 
 ASTRINGENTS. 
 
 Astringents are such substances as, when brought in contact with 
 the living body, produce a corrugation and contraction of its fibres, 
 and at the same time exercise a tonic influence through the medium 
 of the Vital agency. The first effect is visible when an Astringent 
 (then called Styptic) is brought in contact with a bleeding wound, 
 in the contraction which stops the bleeding from small vessels. The 
 second effect may be observed in their occasionally curing intermit- 
 tent fever, and other states of the system connected with debility. 
 The possession of a stringency in a body may be readily recognized 
 by its corrugating the tongue when merely tasting it, otherwise there 
 is no principle common to the whole. Some of the Astringents are 
 mineral acids, or metallic salts, as those of Zinc, Lead, and Copper, 
 or an earthy salt-like Alum. But the greater number of valuable 
 Astringents are yielded by the vegetable kingdom, owing to the pre-
 
 TONICS. 667 
 
 sence of Tannin, as in Catechu, but usually associated with Gallic 
 acid, which produces an inky blackness with the sesqui-salts of Iron. 
 Their effects must be ascribed partly to the mechanical effect of cor- 
 rugation which they produce in the intestinal canal, but in a consider- 
 able degree also to the sympathetic influence, of which the effects are 
 felt at a distance. They thus diminish inordinate secretion in cases 
 of Diarrhoea, and also in distant organs, as in cases of Leucorrho3a. 
 They are sometimes useful in cases of incipient inflammation, as in 
 that of the eye and fauces, though it is usually only after the acute 
 symptoms have subsided that they are admissible. 
 
 Cold. Cold Water. Freezing Mixtures. Acids, mineral as medicines : Acid. Sulph. 
 dil. ; vegetable, diluted as drinks. Refrigerants. Acetum. 
 
 Alumen, 130. Pulv. comp. with Kino, 133. Liq. comp. with Sulph. Lime, 133. Cata- 
 plasma Aluminis, 133. 
 
 Plumbi Acetas, 172. Ung. 173. Pil. Plumbi Opiatse, 174, 269. Plumbi Diacetat 
 Liq. et dilutus, et Ceratum, 174, 175. 
 
 Zinci Sulphas, 158. (v. Liq. Aluminis comp. 133.) Zinci Acetat. Tinct 160. 
 
 Ferri Sulphas, 144. Tinctura Ferri Sesquichloridi, 141. 
 
 Cupri Sulphas, 161. C. Ammonio-Sulphas, 162. Cupri Diacetas, 163. 
 
 Calcis Liquor, 117. Greta preparata, 119, by neutralizing acids. 
 
 Tannic and Gallic Acids, 561. Haematoxylon, Dec. et Extr. 348. Krameria (J?a- 
 tanhia), Inf. et Extr. 283. 
 
 Catechu, 344. Inf. Tinct. et Elect, with Opium, 346, 347. Kino, 364, 367. Tinct 
 et Pulv. comp. with Aromatics and Opium, 367. 
 
 Granatum. Fructus Cortex, 394. Dec. (3ij. Aq. Ojss. boiled to Oj.), L. Prunus 
 spinosa, 383. Tormentilla et Dec. 374. Bistorta, 504. 
 
 Quercus Cortex, Dec. et Extr. 558. Gallae, 559 : Tinct Ung. and Ung. comp. with 
 Opium, 561, 562. 
 
 Rumex aquaticus, 504. Geum urbanum, 373. Lythrum Salicaria, 395. 
 
 Rosa gallica, Coiif. Syr. Mel. et Inf. comp. with Dil. Sulphuric Acid, 376. 
 
 In Haemorrhages : Styptics, Compresses, Plugs. Matico. Creasote. Quietude. Ergot 
 in Uterine Haemorrhage. Opium, 257, 269, allays irritability, and restrains inordinate 
 discharges ; hence united with astringents as above, (v. NARCOTICS.) 
 
 TONICS. 
 
 Tonics are medicines possessing the power of gradually increasing 
 the tone of the muscular fibre when relaxed, and the vigour of the 
 body when weakened by disease. Though resembling Astringents 
 in some of their effects, they do not produce corrugation, unless 
 when combined with Astringent principle, as is the case with some 
 true Tonics. Acting like Excitants on the vital principle through 
 the medium of the nervous system, they differ from them in the slow- 
 ness with which they produce, as well as in the permanence of their 
 effects, and in their use not being followed by exhaustion or per- 
 ceptible collapse. They are hence defined by Dr. Murray as "stimu- 
 lants of considerable power, permanent in their operation." If car- 
 ried to excess, or too long continued, they may act as Irritants, or 
 be productive of debility; for "if given when the powers of the 
 system are at their maximum, Tonics will assume the characters of 
 excitants, and their administration be followed by collapse." (Paris.) 
 When a Tonic is fitly prescribed, as in a case of debility, its effects 
 are gradually perceived; the energy of the stomach and the appetite 
 are increased, digestion is facilitated, the force of the circulation 
 augmented without corresponding quickness, and respiration becomes 
 fuller and more vigorous. In consequence of the more healthful per-
 
 668 TONICS. 
 
 formance of these functions, nutrition becomes necessarily more per- 
 fect. Absorption is performed with more vigour, as is first evident 
 in the constipation which usually follows the successful exhibition of 
 Tonics, but is soon perceptible in other parts, whence the oedematous 
 swellings of invalids disappear. Secretions become more natural, 
 the urine more scanty and high-coloured; inordinate and partial 
 sweats disappear, and the skin returns to a natural state of softness, 
 and the countenance resumes the natural glow of health. The senses 
 and all the faculties become more active with the strength increased; 
 and thus the patient labouring under diseases of real not apparent 
 debility, or recovering from acute disease, or the effects of depress- 
 ing and evacuating remedies, is restored to pristine health and 
 energy. 
 
 Some of the Tonics, as Cinchona and its "alkali Quinine, with the 
 Arsenious acid, especially in the form of the Arsenical Solution, are 
 prescribed as Antiperiodics, that is, as remedies which, taken in the 
 intervals of paroxysmal diseases, as Ague and Remittent Fever, or 
 attacks of Neuralgia, and even of Rheumatism, which observe some 
 periodicity in their accession, are very frequently controlled by small 
 doses frequently repeated in the intervals of, or a larger one imme- 
 diately before a paroxysmal attack. The most violent Remittent 
 will often be affected by a few drops of Arsenical solution, if pre- 
 scribed immediately after the acute symptoms have been controlled 
 by other means, and any thing like a remission is observed in the 
 febrile attack. 
 
 Tonics are prescribed either in substance or in Infusion or Decoc- 
 tion, with the addition frequently of a Tincture of the same or some 
 other Tonic, or of one of the aromatic Stimulants. They require to 
 be prescribed in moderate doses frequently repeated every two or 
 three hours, sometimes changing them. It is usually preferable to 
 begin with the milder before proceeding to the more powerful me- 
 tallic Tonics, as the preparations of Iron. 
 
 Nutritious Diet. Cold. Exercise in the open air. Cold and Sea-Bathing. 
 
 Demulcent Tonics. Cetraria et Dec. 610. Ulmus et Dec. 555, 556. Pareira, Inf. et 
 Extr. 250, 251. Calumba, Pulv. Inf. et Tinct 252: a mild tonic, thought also to be a 
 little sedative ; and being, like Quassia, without Tannin, may be prescribed with the 
 salts of Iron. 
 
 Bitter Tonics. Calumba. Quassia, Inf. et Tinct. 325, 326. Simaruba et Inf. 327. Gen- 
 tiana, Inf. Tinct et Vinum comp. 476, 477. Chiretta, Inf. 477. Centaurium, 474. Me. 
 nyanthes, 478. Centaurea benedicta, 444. Nux Vomica, Extr. 472 : a powerful Bitter 
 and Stomachic. 
 
 Stimulant Tonics. Drimys Winteri, 247. Canella alba, 307. Aurantii Cortex, Conf. 
 Tinct. Syr. et Inf. comp. 293, 294. Limonum Cortex, 297. Cusparia, Inf. et Tinct. 323. 
 
 Ruta et Extr. 319. Absinthium, Extr. 451. Tanacetum, 451. Archangelica, 403. 
 Marrubium, 490. Cascarilla, Inf. et Tinct 535. Mist comp. with Squill, 535. Lupu- 
 lus, Inf. Tinct. et Ext 547, 550. Acorus, 601. 
 
 Antiperiodic and Astringent Tonics. Cinchona Coronae, 431. Cinerea, 432, flava, 433, 
 rubra, 434 ; Inf. Dec. Extr. et Tinct 441 ; Tinct. comp. with Orange-peel, Saffron, and 
 Serpentaria, 441. Quinia and Quiniee Disulphas, 436. Amorphous Quinine, 439. 
 Bebeerine, 528. Salicis Cortex, Dec. Salicine, 556. Piper Nigrum ? Uva Ursi. Chi- 
 maphila. 
 
 Mineral Antiperiodics. Acid. Arseniosum, 211. Liq. Potass Arsenitis, 217. 
 
 Mineral Tonics. Dil. Sul'. Dil. Nit'. Dil. Mur'. 
 
 Ferrum, 134. Ferri Sesquioxydum, 136. Emp. Ferri et Emp. Thuris, 137. Fer- 
 rugo, E. (Hydrated Sesquioxide), 138. Ferri Oxydum Nigrum, E. D. 138 (a compound 
 of Protoxide and Sesquioxide). Chalybeate Springs.
 
 DILUENTS. ANTHELMINTICS. 669 
 
 Tinct. Ferri Sesquichloridi, 141. Tinct Ferri Ammonio-Chloridi, 143. Ferri Sul- 
 phas, 144, et Pil. E. 146. Liq. Oxysulphatis, 146. Fer. Carbon. Saccharat. E. 147. 
 Pil. Fer. comp. 148, with Carb. of Iron, Myrrh, and Sulph. Soda, 148. Mistura, with 
 Myrrh, Nutmeg, Sulph. Potash, 148. 
 
 Ferri et Potass Tarlrae, 152. Vinum Ferri, 153. Ferri Citr. et Ammonio.Citras, 
 154. Aqua Chalybeata, 149. Ferri Acetas, D. 149. Lactate and Malate, 155. With 
 Iodine, Ferri lodidum et Syr. 139, 141. With Aromatics, Ferri Mist. Arom. 144. Pil. 
 Rhei et Ferri, 526; Aloes et Ferri, 601. 
 
 Zinci Oxyd. et Sulph. 156, 158. Cupri Sulph. et Ammonio-Sulph. 152. Bisrauthi 
 Trisnitras, 176. 
 
 MECHANICAL REMEDIES. 
 
 These, acting only as ordinary physical agents, or by their simple 
 mechanical properties, are necessarily of less importance than the 
 other groups of remedies, and might have commenced the series at 
 p. 647. There occur, however, numerous cases in which we are 
 required to protect an abraded surface, sheathe an irritated canal, or 
 dilute an acrid state of the secretions, or increase the solvent powers 
 of an excretion. For such purposes the more powerful remedies are 
 as unsuited as these milder agents would be unfitted for controlling 
 the more urgent symptoms of disease. 
 
 EMOLLIENTS. 
 
 Emollients, as their name indicates (from Emollire, to soften), are 
 medicines calculated to soften the tissues with which they are brought 
 in contact, and may thus include some of the Expressed Oils, Lini- 
 ments, and Embrocations, with many Cerates and Ointments, such 
 as the Cataplasms and Fomentations, of which the effects must be 
 ascribed " to the relaxing effects of warmth and moisture upon the 
 extreme vessels of the surface, propagated by contiguous sympathy 
 to the deeper-seated organs." (Paris.) It seems desirable to retain 
 the term of Emollients for external applications, and that of Demul- 
 cents for those intended for internal exhibition. 
 
 Moist Heat. Fomentations. Papaveris Dec. 256. MalvaB Dec. comp. with Chamo- 
 mile, 287. Anthemidis Inf. et Dec. 448. Cataplasm, with Malva, Verbascum, or Bread 
 and Milk. Dauci Radix, 417. Cataplasma Lini, 286. C. simplex, 603, with Figs, 554. 
 
 Papaveris Oleum, 256. Lini Ol. 286. Amygdalae Ol. 382. Olei Ol. 464. Cacao 
 Butyrum, 290. Myristicse Oleum expressum, 516. Palm Oil, 574. 
 
 Sambuci Ung. 423. Sevum vel Adeps Ovillus, 642. Adeps Suillus, 644. Cetaceum, 
 Cerat. et Ung. 640. Cera alba et flava, Ceratum, Lin. et Emp. 637. 
 
 Sapo, 465. Linim. Saponis with Camphor and Sp. of Rosemary, 467. Lin. c. Opio, 
 467. Emp. et Emp. comp. 467. 
 
 Application to Burns. Cotton, p. 288. Linim. Calcis, 118. 
 
 DEMULCENTS. 
 
 Demulcents in signification and in nature are the same as the 
 Emollients, with which indeed they are usually united. But it is 
 convenient to retain in a separate group the mucilaginous, starchy, 
 saccharine, and gelatinous substances which are so frequently found 
 useful in softening an irritated surface, and diminishing its sensibility 
 to pain, either when applied externally, or taken internally, as in 
 coughs, inflammation of the intestinal canal, or irritation of the uri-
 
 670 EMOLLIENTS. DEMULCENTS. 
 
 nary passages. But in these cases it is more than probable that their 
 utility is chiefly due to the large quantity of water in which the De- 
 mulcent is dissolved. 
 
 Lini Inf. comp. 285, with Liquorice. Malva, 287. Althaea, Syr. et Mist E. 288, with 
 Raisins. Pate de Guimauve. Cydonia et Dec. 380. 
 
 Acaciro Gummi, 341. Mucil. 343. Mist. E. with Sugar and Almonds, 344. Tro- 
 chisci, 344. Tragacantha, 370. Mucil. et Pulv. comp. 371, with Starch and Sugar. 
 Amygdala? dulces, ConC et Mist 381, with Gnm and Sugar. Emulsio Arabica, D. is 
 nearly the same as the Mistura Acacite, E. 344, or the Mistura Amygdalae, L. 381. 
 Glycyrrhiza, Dec. Extr. et Troch. 369. Verbascum, Inf. et Dec. 493. 
 
 Uvas Pass, 310. Jujubes, 327. Fici, 554. 
 
 Amylum et Dec. 605. Tapioca, 539. Arrowroot, 595. Tous les mois, 595. Sago, 
 575. Salep, 594. Tritici Farina, 605. Avena, 602. Hordeum et Dec. 603. Rice and 
 Maize, 60G. 
 
 Saccharum et Syr. 606, 607. Mel, 636. 
 
 Ichthyocolla, 633. Cetaceum, 640. Cornu, 640. Hartshorn for Jelly. Ovum, 638. 
 Lac, 643. 
 
 DILUENTS. 
 
 Diluents are very closely allied in nature to the Demulcents ; in- 
 deed the same substances dissolved in a larger quantity of water form 
 the group of Diluents, though it is the water here which is the power- 
 ful agent, as it will dilute acridity, and diminish viscidity. It re- 
 quires to be of the purest kind when it is intended to make use of its 
 solvent powers in Urinary complaints. 
 
 Aqua, 41. Distilled, rain, or pure spring Water. Toast and Water. Barley-Water. 
 Rice-Water. Thin Gruel. Whey. Weak Demulcent Decoctions. 
 
 ANTHELMINTICS. Vermifuge. 
 
 The word Anthelmintic is sometimes employed to indicate not 
 only the medicines prescribed to prevent the production of worms, 
 but also those which destroy or expel them, and the term Vermifuge 
 is then applied to the latter only. As in other classes, very different 
 medicines may be employed to produce the same effects, because 
 worms may exist in different states of the constitution ; therefore, 
 whatever rectifies this, makes the intestinal canal less suitable to the 
 residence of these parasites. Purgatives are frequently required to 
 clear the intestinal canal, but Tonics are often as necessary to give 
 it a healthy tone. Some Anthelmintics act mechanically by irrita- 
 ting the worms, as they press their bodies against the sides of the in- 
 testinal canal. Some again are specifically injurious to them, and 
 others act chiefly as acrid and drastic purgatives. The worms com- 
 monly occurring in the intestinal canal in this country are the Taenia 
 solium, or common Tape-worm. (Bothriocephalus latus, or Broad 
 Tape-worm, occurs in Switzerland, &c.) Trichocephalus dispar, or 
 Trichurus, Long Thread-worm, Oxyuris vermicularis, Maw-worm, 
 or Ascarides, and Ascaris lumbricoides, common or long Round- 
 worm. (See Steph. Med. Zool. PL 29.) 
 
 Mechanical Anthelmintics. Stanni Pulvis, 177. Ferri Limatura, 135. 
 
 Mucuna pruriens, 372. The strigose pubescence of Rottlera tinctoria is also used as 
 an Anthelmintic in India. Gigartina Helminthocorton, 612, from fine spiculae of Corols, 
 &c. 
 
 Specific Anthelmintics. Granatum. Radicis Cortex. Dec. 395 (omitted in the L. P.) 
 Filix Mas. Pulv. and Etherial Extract, 609.
 
 ANTIDOTES. 671 
 
 Andira vel Geoffroyie Dec. 358. Spigelia marylandica Pulv. et Inf. with Senna, 469. 
 S. Anthelmia, 470. Persicae Folia, 380. 
 
 Terebinthinee Oleum, 568. Rutse Ol. 319. Tanacetum, 451. Absinthium, 451. 
 Santonicum, 451. 
 
 Purgatives, fyc. as Anthelmintics. Calomel. Gamboge, 301, Jalap. Scammony 
 (See CATHARTICS.) 
 
 Bitters generally injurious to worms, but useful also in giving tone. 
 
 Enemata against Ascarides. Sol. of Salt in Inf. Quassiae. (Paris.) Enema Aloes, L. 
 (made with Aloes gij. Carb. Potash gr. xv. Barley-water Oss. 
 
 Injections of cold Water or of Bitter Infusions, of Camphor in Oil. 
 
 ANTIDOTES, ETC., TO ^POISONS. 
 
 POISONS as arranged by Dr. Christison, with the ANTIDOTES, Sfc., mentioned in the forego- 
 ing pages. 
 
 In most cases the stomach requires to be quickly evacuated, either by emetics or by 
 the stomach-pump ; but with corrosive poisons this is not always safe. The suitable an- 
 tidotes are to be prescribed, sometimes viscid substances to involve the poison. In many 
 cases irritation is to be allayed, and inflammation subdued; but in others, moderate sti- 
 mulants are necessary. With the poisonous gases, fresh air is essential, and cold affusion 
 useful. 
 
 IRRITANT POISONS. 
 
 Sul', 48. Nit', 54. Phosphorus and acid, 50. 
 
 Acids. Muriatic' and Nitro-Muriatic acid, 62. Tinct of Muriate of Iron. Chalk to 
 be avoided. 
 
 Oxalic', Tartaric', Citric', or Acetic acid, 314. 
 
 Alkalies. Ammonia, 70. Potash, 84, its Carb. 89. Soda, &c., 103. So Lime. Nitre, 
 96. Alkaline Sulphurets, 67. 
 
 Sol. of Chlorine, 54. Iodine, 56, and Iodide of Potassium, 85 : so also Bromine and 
 the Bromide of Potassium. 
 
 Baryta, salts of. Chloride of Barium, treated with Sulphates of Magnesia and Soda, 
 also Carbonates. Stomach-pump or Emetics. 
 
 Arsenic. Arsenious acid. Liq. Potassre Arsenitis. Sulphurets, 217. (See Hydrated 
 Sesquioxide of Iron. 138.) Magnesia in a gelatinous state, or very light Magnesia, will 
 remove about l-25th of its weight of Arsenic from its solution in water, (v. P. J. vi. 
 137.) 
 
 Mercury, Bichloride, Bicyanide, and its irritant salts, 203. Dr. Paris recommends Tar- 
 tar Emetic as an Emetic in poisoning by Corrosive Sublimate. 
 
 Copper, salts of, 161. Hydrated Oxide of Iron has been recommended. 
 
 Antimony, salts of, 185. Zinc, as for Antimony. Lead, salts of, 173, with Milk and 
 Albumen, Sulphate of Soda and Magnesia. Silver, Nitrate of, &c. Administer Common 
 Salt and some of the Incompatibles at p. 222. 
 
 Vegetable Acrids. Euphorbium, 542. So Croton. Colocynth. Elaterium. Meze- 
 reon. Gamboge. Jalap. Savine. 
 
 Animal Acrids. Cantharides. Evacuate Stomach. Demulcents. Allay irritation 
 with Camphor, Dover's Powder, &c. 
 
 NARCOTIC POISONS. 
 
 Opium and its preparations, 273. So Henbane. Lactuca. 
 Hydrocyanic'. Laurel-water. Oil of Bitter Almonds, 389. 
 
 Poisonous Gases. Chlorine, 59. Ammonia, 72. Hydrosulphuric', 67. Carbonic acid, 
 66. Carburetted Hydrogen. With all, exposure to pure air, artificial respiration, and 
 affusion of cold water. 
 
 NARCOTIC ACRID POISONS. 
 
 Belladonna, 497. Stramonium, 500. Tobacco. 
 
 Conium, 419, or Hemlock and poisonous Umbelliferse. 
 
 Nux Vomica, 472. Strychnia, 473. Remove poison from stomach.
 
 G72 
 
 GAUBIUS' TABLE. 
 
 Aconite, 246 : so Black and White Hellebore. Colchicum. Sabadilla. 
 Cocculus indicus. Digitalis, 492. 
 
 Alcohol, 615. Ether. Evacuate stomach ; cold affusion over head, and evaporating 
 lotions ; Leeches. Ammonia as a Stimulant 
 
 COLOURING INGREDIENTS. Rhoeas, 254. Dianthus Caryophyllus, 284. Pterocarpus 
 santalinus, 363. Syr. et Tinct. Croci, 601. Coccus, 635. 
 
 GAUBIUS' TABLE. 
 
 Regulating the ordinary Proportion of Doses according to the Age of 
 
 the Patient. 
 
 For an adult, suppose the dose to be 
 Under 1 year will require 
 
 <( 2 " " ' 
 
 " 3 " " * 
 
 1 { " 
 
 " 20 " " 
 
 " 21 to 60, the full dose, or 
 
 1 or 1 drachm, 
 
 ^ " 5 grains. 
 
 i " 8 " 
 
 | " 10 " 
 
 | " 15 " 
 
 5 " 1 scruple. 
 
 5 " drachm. 
 
 " 2 scruples. 
 
 1 " 1 clrachm. 
 
 Above this age, aa inverse gradation must be observed.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 LATIN AND ENGLISH. 
 
 Abbreviations, Table of, 33. 
 Abies Balsamea, 564. 
 canadensis, 564. 
 excelsa, 564. 
 Larix, 564. 
 nigra, 565. 
 Pice a, 565. 
 
 Abietis Resina, L. 566. . 
 Absinthium, L. E. D. U.S. 451 . 
 Acacia, L. U.S. 341. 
 arabica, 343345. 
 Catechu, L. D. U.S. 344. 
 vera, 343. 
 Acetosella, L. 312. 
 Acetum, L. U.S. 624. 
 Britannicum, E. 624. 
 Cantharidis E. Epispasticum, L. 634. 
 Colchici, L. E. D. 587. 
 destillatum, L. E. D. 624. 
 Gallicum, E. 624. 
 Opii, E. D. 272. 
 Scilla?, L. E. D. U.S. 579. 
 Vini, D. 624. 
 
 Acetous Fermentation, 623. 
 Acid. Aceticum, L.E.D. U.S. 625. 
 Camphoratum, E. D. 627. 
 Arseniosum, L. 211. 
 Benzoicum, L. E. D. U.S. 463. 
 Boracic, 51. 
 Carbonicum, 65. 
 Citricum, L.E.D. U.S. 299. 
 Gallic, 561. 
 Hydrochloricum, L. 60. 
 
 dilutum, L. 62. 
 Hydrocyanicum, E. U.S. 38 r > 
 
 dilutum, L. 385. 
 Hydrosulphuric, 44. 
 Muriaticum, E. D. U.S. 60. 
 dilutum, L. E. D. U.S. 62. 
 purum, E. 60. 
 Nitricum, L. D. U.S. 52. 
 dilutum, L.E.D. 54. 
 purum, E. 52. 
 
 Nitromuriaticum, D. U.S. 62. 
 Oxalicum, 313. 
 Phosphoric, 50. 
 Phosphoricum dilutum, L. 50. 
 Prussicum, D. 385. 
 Pyroligneum, E. 625.' 
 Succinicum, D. 629. 
 Sulphuricum, L. E. U.S. 47. 
 Aromaticum, E. D. U.S. 48. 
 dilutum, L.E.D. U.S. 48. 
 purum, E. D. 47. 
 venale, D. 47. 
 Tannic, 561. *' 
 
 43 
 
 Acid. Tartaricum, L. E. D. U.S. 310. 
 Acids, 647. 
 Acidulae, 647. 
 Acinula Clavus, 612. 
 Aconitina, L. 245. 
 Aconitum Napellus, E. 242. 
 paniculatum, L. D. 243. 
 Acoraceee, 602. 
 Acorus Calamus, L. E. 602. 
 Acrogens, 609. 
 Acotyledones, 608. 
 Adeps Ovillus, D. 642. 
 prsep., D. 642. 
 Suillus, D. 644. 
 
 prsep., D. 644. 
 prseparatus, L. 644. 
 JErugo, L. E. 163. 
 jEther Sulphuricus, L. E. D. U.S. 621. 
 
 Nitrosus, D. 622. 
 -Ethiops Martial, 138. 
 jEthusa Cynapium, 418. 
 Agaricus, 612. 
 Agathotes Chirayta, 477. 
 Air, 37. 
 
 Albumen Ovi, 639. 
 Alcohol, L.E. D. U.S. 615, 616. 
 Algae, 611. 
 Alkalies, 81, 648. 
 Allium Cepa, D. 577. 
 Porrum, L. 577. 
 sativum, L. E. D. 577. 
 Aloes, varieties of, 580. 
 Aloe, L. 580. 
 
 Barbadensis, E. 580. 
 hepatica, D. 581. 
 indica, E. 581. 
 
 Socotorina, E. D. 581. 
 spicata, L. 581. 
 vulgaris, D. 581. 
 Alpinia Cardamomum, L. 598. 
 Alteratives, 659. 
 Althsea officinalis, L. E.D. 287. 
 Alumen, L.E.D. 131. . 
 siccatum, L.E.D. 133. 
 Alumina, 131. 
 
 Aluminas et Potassse Sulphas, L. E. D. 131. 
 Amadou, 612. 
 Amber, 628. 
 Amentaceae, 556. 
 Ammanita, 612. 
 Ammonia, 69. 
 
 Carbonates of. 73. 
 
 mild, 77. 
 Solution, 70. 
 
 Ammoniae Acetatis Aqua, E. D. 73. 
 Aqua, E. 71.
 
 674 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Ammoniae Aqua, fortior, E. 71. % 
 
 Bicarbonas, D. 77. 
 
 Carbonas, E. D. 75. 
 
 Carbonatis Aqua, D. 77. 
 
 Caustic Aqua, D. 71. 
 
 Hydrochloras, L. 79. 
 
 Hydrosulphuretum. D. 53. 
 
 Liquor, L. 71. 
 fortioY, L. 71. 
 
 Murias, E. D. 79. 
 
 Oxalas, E. 314. 
 
 Sesquicarbonas, L. 75. 
 
 Spiritus, E. 74. 
 
 Ammoniacum, L. E. D. U.S. 412. 
 Amomum Cardamomum, D. 598. 
 
 Zingiber, D. 596. 
 Ampelideae, 308. 
 Amygdala, 380 . 
 Amygdalae amara?, L. E. D. 380, 382. 
 
 dulces, L. E. D. U.S. 380. 
 Amygdaleae, 380. 
 Amygdalus communis, L. E. D. 380. 
 
 Persica, D. 380. 
 Amylum, L. E. D. 605. 
 Amyris elemifera, L. D. 340. 
 Anacardiea?, 329. 
 Anacyclus Pyrethrum, E. 449. 
 Analysis, Chemical, 31. 
 Anamirta Cocculus, 253. 
 Andira, inermis, 358. 
 Anethum, L. E. 404. 
 
 Foeniculum, D. 404. 
 
 graveolens, 404. 
 Angelica, E. 403. 
 
 Archangelica, D. 403. 
 Angustura, D. 322. 
 Anhydrous, 29. 
 Anisum, L. E. D. U.S. 402. 
 Annelida, 630. 
 Antacids, 648. 
 Antalkalies, 647. 
 Anthelmintics, 670. 
 Anthemis nobilis, L. E. D. U.S. 447. 
 Anthemis cotula, 449. 
 
 Pyrethrum, L. D. 449. 
 Antilithics, 648. 
 Antimonii et Potassae Tartras, D. 183. 
 
 Oxidum, E. 178. 
 
 Oxydum Nitromuriaticum, D. 178. 
 
 Oxysulphuretum, L. 182. 
 
 Potassio-Tartras, L. 183. 
 
 Sesquisulphuretum, L. 181. 
 
 Sulphuretum, E. D. U.S. 181. 
 aureum, E. 182. 
 praeparatum, D. 181. 
 Antimonium, 177. 
 
 Tartarizatum, E. 183. 
 Antimony, Chloride of, 180. 
 
 Glass of, 183. 
 Antispasmodics, 664. 
 Apetalae, 504. 
 
 Apis mellifica, L. E. D. 636. 
 Apocynea3, 469. 
 Apocynum androsaernifolium, 469. 
 
 cannabinum, 469. 
 Aqua, 41. 
 
 Ammonise, E. 71. 
 
 Acetatis, E. D. 78. 
 Carbonatis, E. D. 77. 
 Causticae, D. 71. 
 fortior, E. 71. 
 
 Anethi, L. E. 405. 
 
 Aqua Aurantii, E. 294, 295. 
 
 Barytas Muriatis, D. 115. 
 
 Calcis. E.D. 117. 
 Comp., D. 317. 
 Muriatis, D. 124. 
 
 Carbonatis Sodae acidulae, D. 105. 
 
 Carui, L. E. D. 402. 
 
 Cassia?, E. 528. 
 
 Chalybeata, 154. 
 
 Chlorinei, E. D. 59. 
 
 Cinnamomi, L. E. D. 524. 
 
 Cupri Ammoniati, D. 163. 
 
 destillata, L.E. D. 41. 
 
 Florum Aurantii, L. 295. 
 
 Fceniculi, E. D. 403. 
 
 Lauro Cerasi, E. D. 384. 
 
 Menthae Piperitae, L. E. 487. 
 Piperitidis, D. 487. 
 Pulegii, L. E. D. 488. 
 viridis, L. E. D. 486. 
 
 Picis liquidas, D. 569. 
 
 Piment, L. E.D. 393. 
 
 Potassa?, E. 83. 
 
 Carbonatis, D. 89. 
 effervescens, E. 91. 
 Sulphured, D. 92. 
 
 Plumbi Diacetatis, E. 174. 
 
 Rosas, L. E. D. U.S. 378. 
 
 Sambuci, L. E. 423. 
 
 Sodae Carbonatis, D. 102. 
 effervescens, E. 105. 
 Araliaceae, 421. 
 
 Arbutus Uva Ursi, D. U.S. 458. 
 Archangelica officinalis, E. D. 403. 
 Arctium Lappa, D. 444. 
 
 minus, 444. 
 
 Arctostaphylos Uva Ursi, E. 458. 
 Areca Catechu, E. 345, 575. 
 Arenga saccharifera, 575. 
 Argenti Cyanidum, L. 222. 
 
 Nitras, L. E. D. 220. 
 fusum, D. 220. 
 
 Nitratis Crystalli, D. 220. 
 Solutio, E. 222. 
 
 Oxydum, 219. 
 Argentum, L. E. D. 219. 
 Argol, 98, 310. 
 
 Aristolochia Serpentaria, 532. 
 Aristolochieae, 531. 
 Aromata, 666. 
 Armoracia, L. E. D. 274. 
 i Arnica montana, D. 452. 
 Arrak, 617. 
 Arrow-Root, 596. 
 
 East Indian, 596. 
 Arsenic, Iodide of, 210. 
 
 Sulphuret, red, 217. 
 yellow, 218. 
 
 Tests for, 213. 
 Arsenici Oxydum album sublimatum, D. 
 
 211. 
 Arsenicum, 210. 
 
 album, E. 211. 
 Artanthe elongata, 546. 
 Artemisia Absinthium, L. E.D. 451. 
 
 Moxa, D. 450. 
 
 Santonica, D. 450. 
 Articulata, 630. 
 Asagraea officinalis, 589. 
 Asarum europasum, L. D. 531. 
 
 Canadense, U.S. 532. 
 Asclepiadeae, 469.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 675 
 
 Asclepias tuberosa, 469. 
 
 incarnata, 469. 
 
 Aspidium Filix Mas, L. D. 609. 
 Assafcetida, L. E. D. 406. 
 Astragalus creticus, 371. 
 
 gummifer, 371. 
 
 verus, 370. 
 Astringents, 630. 
 Atomic Theory, 32. 
 Atropa Belladonna, 495. 
 Aurantiacea3, 292. 
 Aurantii Cortex, L. E. D. 293. 
 
 Flores, L. 295. 
 Aurum, 223. 
 
 Avena saliva, L. E. D. 603. 
 Axungia, E. 644. 
 Azote, 40. 
 
 Balm, 489. 
 Balsamaceae, 562. 
 Balsamodendron, 334. 
 
 africanum, 336. 
 
 Gileadense, 336. 
 
 Myrrha, 334. 
 Balsamum Canadense, E. D. 566. 
 
 Peruvianum, L. E. D. 361. 
 
 Sulphuris, 44. 
 
 Tolutanum, L. E. D. 361. 
 Bang. 552. 
 Barilla, D. 101. 
 Barii Chloridum, L. 114. 
 Bark, 428. 
 
 Crown, 431. 
 
 Gray, 431. 
 
 Loxa, 431. . 
 
 Red, 434. 
 
 Silver, 432. 
 
 Yellow, 433. 
 Barley, 603. 
 
 Water, 603. 
 Barosma, E. 320. 
 Baryta, 113. 
 
 Barytae Carbonas, L. E. U.S. 113. 
 Murias, E.D. 114. 
 
 Aluriatis Aqua, D. Sol. E. 115. 
 
 Nitras, E. 115. 
 
 Nitratis Solutio, E. 116. 
 
 Sulphas, E.D. 114. 
 Bdellium, 336. 
 
 Indian, 337. 
 Bebeerine, 528. 
 Belladonna, L. E. D. 595. 
 Benzoin, L. E. D. U.S. 461. 
 Berthelotia lanceolata, 446. 
 Bismuthi Subnitras, D. 176. 
 
 Trisnitras, L. 176. 
 Bismuthum, L. E. D. 175. 
 
 album, E. 176. 
 Bitumen, D. 628. 
 Black Drop, 272. 
 Bleaching Powder, 122. 
 Blue Pill, 188. 
 Boiling Point, 27. 
 Bone Phosphate of Lime, 124. 
 
 Spirit, 80. 
 
 Bonplandia trifoliata, D. 321. 
 Borax, L. E.D. 107. 
 Boron, 51. 
 
 Boswellia serrata, 332. 
 Brominium, L. 57, 
 Brandy, 618. 
 Brueia, 472, 323. 
 
 Bubon Galbanum, D. 414. 
 Bucku, E. 320. 
 Biiuneriaceas, 289. 
 Bulbus, 226. 
 Burseraceae, 332. 
 Butea irondosa, 365. 
 
 Cabbage Tree, 358. 
 CaBsalpinese, 347. 
 Caffeine, 427. 
 Cajeput, D. 390. 
 Cajuputi, L. 390. 
 Calamina, L. E. 157. 
 
 praeparata, L. E. 157. 
 Calamus Draco, 575. 
 
 aromaticus, E. 602. 
 
 Royle, 602. 
 Calcii Chloridi Liquor, L. 124. 
 
 Chloridum, L. 123. 
 Calcination, 35. 
 Calcis Aqua, E. D. 117. 
 
 Carbonas, 118, 
 dura, 119. 
 friabilis, 119. 
 praecipitatum, D. 120. 
 
 Hydras, L. 116. 
 
 Muriatis Aqua, D. 124. 
 Solutio, E. 124. 
 
 Murias, E. D. 122. 
 
 Crystallizatum, E. 122. 
 
 Phosphas prajcipitatum, D, 124. 
 Calcium, 116. 
 Calomel, 197. 
 Calomelas, E. 197. 
 
 praecipitatum, D. 198. 
 
 sublimatum, D. 197. 
 Calotropis, 469. 
 Calumba, L. E.D. 251. 
 Calx, L.E. 119. 
 
 Chlorinata, L.E. 121. 
 
 recens usta, L. D. 116. 
 Calyciflorae, 327. 
 Calyx, 227. 
 Cambogia, L.E. 301. 
 Camphor, 290, 519. 
 
 Liquid, 291. 
 
 Sumatra, 291. 
 
 Camphora OrHcinarura, L. E. D, 519. 
 Canella alba, 306. 
 Canelleae, 30(i. 
 Cannabineee, 547, 551. 
 Cannabis Indica, 550. 
 
 sativa, 550. 
 Canneae, 595. 
 
 Cantharis vesicatoria, L.E. D. 632. 
 Caprifoliaceag, 422. 
 Capsicum annuum, L. E. D. 497. 
 Capsulae Papaveris, L. E. D. 256. 
 Caraway, 401. 
 Carbo Animalis, L. E. 64. 
 
 purificatus, L. E. 64. 
 
 Ligni. L.E. 63. 
 Carbon, 63. 
 
 and Nitrogen, 68. 
 
 and Oxygen, 65. 
 Carbonic Acid, 65. 
 Carbonic Oxide, 65. 
 Carburetted Hydrogen, 67. 
 Cardamine pratensis, L.E. 276. 
 Cardamomum, L. E. D. 598. 
 Carrot, 416. 
 Carum Carui, L.E.D. 401.
 
 676 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Caryophylleae, 284. 
 
 Caryophyllus aromaticns, L.E.D. 391. 
 Cascarilla, L. E. D. 534. . 
 Cassava, 540. 
 
 Cassia Fistula, L. E. D. 349. 
 Forskalii, 350. 
 lanceolata, 351. 
 
 (mahlandica, 357.) 
 
 obovata, 351. 
 
 ovata, 351. 
 
 Senna, D. 350. 
 Cassia Cortex, E. D. 525. 
 
 Pulpa, E. 349. 
 Castor Fiber, L.E.D. 644. 
 
 Oil, 537. 
 
 Castoreum, L. E. 644. 
 Catapiasma Aluminis, D. 131. 
 
 Carbonis Ligni. D. 64. 
 
 Conii. L. D. 420. 
 
 Dauci, D. 417. 
 
 Fermenti, L. 619. 
 
 Cerevisiae, D. 619, 
 
 Lini, L. 286. 
 
 simplex, D. 603. 
 
 Sinapis, L. D. 279. 
 Catechu, L.E.D. 345. 
 Cathartics, 653. 
 Cedrus Deodata, 565. 
 Centaurium, L. E. D. 444. 
 Cephaelis Ipecacuanha, 424. 
 Cera alba, L.E.D. U.S. 636. 
 
 flava, E. D. U.S. 636. 
 Cerate, Simple, 637. 
 
 Turner's, 158. 
 Ceraium, L. 637. 
 
 Calamina3, L.E. 158. 
 
 Cantharidis, L. 632. 
 
 Cetacei, L. 640. 
 
 Hydrargyri Comp, L. 190. 
 
 Plumbi Acetatis, L. 173. 
 compositum, L. 175. 
 
 Resinae, L. 567. 
 
 Sabinae, L.E. 572. 
 
 Saponis, L. 467. 
 
 simplex, E. 640. 
 Cerebrqspinants, 663. 
 Cerevisiae Fermentum, L.D. 619. 
 Ceroxylon andicola, 573. 
 Cerussa, 170. 
 
 Cervus Elaphus, L. E. 640. 
 Cetacea, 640. 
 Cetaceum, L. E. D. 640. 
 Cetin, 640. 
 
 Cetraria Islandica, L. E. D. 610. 
 Chalk, 119. 
 Chamomile, 447. 
 Chamsemelum, D. 447. 
 Charcoal, 63. 
 Cheltenham Salts, 109. 
 Chemical Equivalents, 31. 
 
 Nomenclature, 32. 
 Chemistry, Pharmaceutical, 30. 
 Chicoreae, 453. 
 Chillies, 497. 
 
 Chimaphila umbellata, L. 459. 
 Chiretta, E. 477. 
 Chironia Centaurium, D. 474. 
 Chloride of Lime, 121. 
 Chlorine, 58. 
 
 and Oxygen, 60. 
 Chlorinei Aqua, E. D. 59. 
 Chocolate, 289. 
 
 Choke-Damp, 68. 
 Chondrus crispus, 611. 
 Cichorium Intybus, 453. 
 Cimicifuga, 246. 
 Cinchona, L.E.D. U.S. 428. 
 
 cinerea, E. 432. 
 
 condaminea, 432. 
 
 cordifolia, L. 433, 430. 
 
 coronae, E. 431. 
 
 flava, E.D. 433. 
 
 lancitolia, L. 431. 
 
 micrantha, 430. 
 
 oblongifolia, L.D. 431. 
 
 officinalis, D. 431. 
 
 rubra, E.D. 434. 
 Cinchonaceae, 424. 
 Cinchonia, 436. 
 Cinnabaris, E. 217. 
 Cinnamomum, L.E.D. U.S. 522. 
 
 aromaticum, E. 525, 526. 
 
 eucalyptoides, 527. 
 
 iners, 527. 
 
 Zeylanicum, E. 522. 
 Cissampelos Pareira, 250. 
 Cistineae, 290. 
 Citrate of Iron, 154. 
 Citrate Iron and Zinc, 160. 
 Citrine Ointment, 194. 
 Citron, 296. 
 
 Citrullus Colocynthis, 396. 
 Citrus Aurantium, 293. 
 
 Limetta, 296. 
 
 Limonum, L.E.D. 297. 
 
 Medica, 296. 
 
 Vulgaris, L.E. 293. . 
 Clarification, 25. 
 Cloves, 391. 
 
 Cnicus Benedictus, D. 444. 
 Cocao, 289. 
 Cocculus Indicus, E.D. 253. 
 
 palmatus, 251. 
 
 suberosus, D. 253. 
 Coccus Cacti, L.E.D. 635. 
 Cochineal, 635. 
 Cochlearia Armoracia, 274. 
 Cochlearia officinalis, D. 274. 
 Cocos butyracea, 575. 
 
 nucifera, 574. 
 Cod Liver Oil, 666. 
 Codeia, 265. 
 Cofiea arabica, 427. 
 Cohobation, 27. 
 Coleoptera, 632. 
 
 Colchicum autumnale, L.E.D. 585. 
 Colocynthis, L.E.D. 396. 
 Colophony, 567. 
 Comacum, 523. 
 Compositae, 444. 
 Conchifera, 637. 
 Condensation, 28. 
 
 of Gases, 28. 
 Confectio Amygdalae, L. 381. 
 
 Amygdalarum. D. 381. 
 
 Aromatica, L.D. 121. 
 
 Aurantii, L. 294. 
 
 Cassias. L. 350. 
 
 Opii, L.D. 270. 
 
 Piperis nigri, L.D. 545. 
 
 Rosae caninae, L. 375. 
 gallicae, L. 376. 
 
 Ruta;, L. 319. 
 Scammonii, L. 483.
 
 [I N D E X. 
 
 677 
 
 Confectis Sennas, L. 357. 
 
 Congelation, 28. 
 
 Conia, 419. 
 
 ConiferaD, 400. 
 
 Conium maculatum, L.E.D. 417. 
 
 Conserva Amygdalarum, E. 381. 
 
 Aurantii, E. 294. 
 
 Rosae, E.D. 375. 
 fructus, E. 375. 
 
 Rutae, D. 319. 
 Contrajerva, L. 555. 
 Convolvulacese, 478. 
 Convolvulus Jalapa, D. 479. 
 
 Scammonia, 482. 
 Copaiba, L.E.D. 359. 
 Copaifera, E. 359. 
 
 Langsdorffii, L. 359. 
 
 officmalis, D. 358. 
 Copal. 290. 
 Coptis, 246. 
 Coriandrum, L.E.D. 421. 
 
 sativum, L.E.D. 421. 
 Cormus, 226. 
 Cornaceae, 421. 
 Cornus florida, 422. 
 
 circinata, 422. 
 
 Seriacea, 422. 
 Corn Poppy, 254. 
 Cornu, L.E. 640. 
 
 Cervina, D. 640. 
 Cornu ustum, L. 641. 
 Corolla. 227. 
 Corolliflorae, 422. 
 Corrosive Sublimate, 200. 
 Cortex. 228. 
 Cotton, 288. 
 
 Cream of Tartar, soluble. 98. 
 Creasoton, L.E. 627. 
 Creta, L.E.D. 119. 
 
 praeparata, L.E.D. U.S. 119. 
 Crocus, L.E D. 600. 
 
 sativus, L.E.D. 600. 
 Croton, L.D. 534. 
 
 Cascarilla, L.D. 534. 
 
 Eleuteria, 534. 
 
 Tiglium, 535. 
 Cruciferae, 274. 
 Cryptogamia, 608. 
 Crystallization, 28. 
 
 Water of, 28. 
 Crystals, permanent, 28. 
 
 Primary, 29. 
 
 Secondary, 29. 
 
 Systems, of, 30. 
 Cubebap, L.E.D. 545. 
 Cucumis Colocynthis, 396. 
 Cucurbitaceae, 396. 
 Cuminum Cyminum, L.E. 417. 
 Cupressinese, 590. 
 Cupri Acetas. 164. 
 
 Crystalli, D. 163. 
 
 Ammoniati Aqua, D. 163. 
 Solutio, E. 163. 
 
 Ammonio-Sulphatis Liquor, L. 163. 
 
 Diacetas impura, L.E. 163. 
 
 Subacetas, D. 163. 
 
 pneparatum, D. 164. 
 
 Sulphas, L.E.D. 161. 
 Cuprum, 160. 
 
 Ammoniatum, E.D. 162. 
 Cupuliferse, 557. 
 Curcuma, D. 597. 
 
 Curcuma angustifolia, 695. 
 
 longa, L.E.D. 597. 
 Cusparia, L.E. 321. 
 Cyanogen, 68, 386. 
 
 Cyanuretum Hydrargyri, D. U.S. 20?. 
 Cycadeee, 563. 
 Cycas. E. 563. 
 Cyclo-neura, 630. 
 Cydonia vulgaris, L. 379. 
 Cyminum, L. 417. 
 Cynanchum, 469. 
 Cyperaceae, 608. 
 Cytisus Scoparius, L.E. 367. 
 
 Dandelion, 453. 
 Daphne Mezereum, 513. 
 Datura Stramonium, 498. 
 Daucus Carota, L.E.D. 401, 416. 
 Decanting, 24. 
 Decoction, 26. 
 Decoctum Aloes, E. 584. 
 Comp. L.D. 584. 
 
 Althaea;, D. 288. 
 
 Amyli, L. 606. 
 
 Cetrarire, L. 611. 
 Decoctum Chamsemeli Comp., D. 448. 
 
 Chimaphilae, L. U.S. 459. 
 
 Cimicifugae, 246. 
 
 Cinchonas, E.D. U.S. 440. 
 cordifoliae, L. 441. 
 iancifoliee, L. 441. 
 oblongifolins, L. 442, 
 
 Cydoniae, L. 380. 
 
 Dulcamaras, L.E.D. U.S. 495. 
 
 Geoflroyae, D. 358. 
 
 GlycirrhuwE, L.E.D. U.S. 369. 
 
 Granati, L. 304. 
 Radicis, 394. 
 
 Guaiaci, E. 317. 
 Comp.. D. 317. 
 
 Htematoxyli, E.D. 348. 
 
 Hordei, L.D. 604. 
 Comp., L.D. 604. 
 
 Lichenis Islandici, D. 611. 
 
 Malvz Comp., L. 287. 
 
 Mezerei, D. 514. 
 
 Papaverie, L.E.D. 256. 
 
 Pyrolae, D. 459. 
 
 Quercus, L.E.D. 559. 
 
 Sarsaparillae, D. 593. 
 Comp., D. 593. 
 
 Sarzae, L.E. 593. 
 
 Comp., L.E. 593. 
 
 Scoparii, E. 368. 
 comp., L. 368. 
 
 Senegas, L.D. U.S. 282. 
 
 Taraxaci, E.D. U.S. 454. 
 
 Tormentillae, L. 374. 
 
 Ulmi, L.D. 556. 
 
 Uva; Ursi, L. U.S. 458. 
 
 Veratri, L.D. 588. 
 Defaecation, 24. 
 Definite Proportions, 32. 
 Deflagration, 35. 
 Deliquescence, 29. 
 Delphinia, 242. 
 
 Delphinium Staphisagria, 241. 
 Demulcents, 669. 
 Deodar, 565. 
 Deposition, 24. 
 Despumation, 25. 
 Diachylon Plaster, 167.
 
 678 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Dianthus Caryophyllus, 284. 
 
 Diaphoretics, 656. 
 
 Dicotyledones, 238, 239. 
 
 Digestion, 26. 
 
 Digitalis purpurea, L.E.D. 491. 
 
 Dill Water, 405. 
 
 Diluents, 670. 
 
 Diosma crenata, L.D. 320. 
 
 Diosmeae, 320. 
 
 Diploneura. 630. 
 
 Dipterocarpete, 290. 
 
 Disinfectants, 649. 
 
 Disinfecting liquid, 106. 
 
 Disk, 228. 
 
 Distillation, 27. 
 
 Dolichos prnriens, D. 372. 
 
 Dorema Ammoniacum, L. E. 412. 
 
 Dorstenia braziliensis, 555. 
 
 Contrajerva, L. 555. 
 Dover's Powder, 270, 427. 
 Drimys Winteri, 247. 
 Drugs, choosing, 21. 
 
 collection, 21. 
 
 preservation, 21. 
 Dryobalanops aromatica, 290. 
 
 Camphora, D. 290. 
 Dulcamara, L. E. D. 494. 
 
 Earths, Alkaline, 81. 
 Eau de Luce, 72, 330. 
 Ebullition, 27. 
 Ecbalium Elaterium, 399. 
 Efflorescence, 29. 
 Egg, 638. 
 Elaeis guineensis, 575. 
 
 melanococca, 5t5. 
 Elaphrium Elemiferum, 339, 340. 
 Elaterium, L. E. D. 398, 399. 
 Electuarium Aromaticum, E. 524. 
 
 Cassiae, D. 350. 
 
 Catechu, E. 346. 
 
 Comp., D. 346, 347. 
 
 Opii, E. 270. 
 
 Piperis, E. 545. 
 
 Scammonii, D. 483. 
 
 Sennae, E. D. 357. 
 Elder, 422. 
 
 Elements, Table of, 33. 
 Elemi, L. E. D. 340. 
 Elettaria Cardamomum, E. 598. 
 Elixir Paregoricum, D. 271. 
 Elm, 555. 
 Elutriation, 24. 
 Embryo, 229. 
 Emetics, 652. 
 Emetine, 426. 
 Emmenagogues, 658. 
 Emollients, 669. 
 Emplastrum Adhaerens, D. 467. 
 
 Adhaesivum, 167. 
 
 Ammoniaci, L. E. D. 414. 
 
 cum Hydrargyro, L. E. D. 191. 
 
 Aromaticum, D. 525. 
 
 AssafcBtidae, E. 412. 
 
 Belladonna;, L. E. D. 497. 
 
 Calefaciens, D. 635. 
 
 Cantharidis, L.E.D. 634. 
 Comp., E. 635. 
 
 Cere, L. 637. 
 
 Ferri, E. 137. 
 
 Galbani, L. D. 416. 
 
 Gummosum, E.416. 
 
 Hydrargyri, L. E. 191. 
 
 Emplastrum Lithargyri, E. D. 167. 
 cum Resina, D. 167. 
 Opii, L. E. D. 273. 
 
 Picis, L. E. 560. 
 
 Plumbi, L. 167. 
 
 Resina;, L. 167. 
 
 Resinosum, E. 167. 
 
 roborans, 137. 
 
 Saponis, L. E. D. 467. 
 Comp., D. 467. 
 
 simplex, E. 637. 
 
 Thuris, D. 137. 
 Emulsio Arabica, D. v. Mist. Acacia- 
 
 344. 
 
 Endogens, 226, 574. 
 Enema Aloes, L. 671. 
 
 Anodynum, E.272. 
 
 Catharticum, E. D. 356. 
 
 Colocynthidis, L. 398. 
 
 Foetidum, E. D. 412. 
 
 Opii, L. E. D. 272. 
 
 Tabaci, L.E.D. U.S. 503. 
 
 Terebinthinae, L. E. D. 569. 
 Epispastics, 651. 
 Epsom Salts, 129. 
 Equivalents. 32. 
 Ergota, L. E. U.S. 604, 612. 
 Ergotaetia abortifaciens, 613. 
 Ericaceae, 457. 
 Erigeron canadense, 447. 
 
 heterophyllum, 447. 
 
 philadelphicum, 447. 
 Errhines, 654. 
 Erythraea Centaurium, 474. 
 Escharotics, 650. 
 Ethiops, Mineral, 205. 
 Eugenia Caryophyllata, D. 391. 
 
 Pimenta, E. U.S. 392. 
 Eupatorium glutinosum, 546. 
 Euphorbia canariensis, D. 540. 
 
 Officinarum, L. 540. 
 
 ipecacuanha, 542. 
 
 corollata. 542. 
 Euphorbiaceae, 533. 
 Eupatorium perfoliatum, 445. 
 Euphorbium. L. E. D. 540. 
 Evacuants, 650. 
 Evaporation, 27. 
 
 Spontaneous, 27. 
 Excitants, 665. 
 Exogenous. 238. 
 Expectorants, 654. 
 Expression, 25. 
 
 Extracta Cinchonse, D. U.S. 442. 
 Extracts, Alcoholic, 27. 
 
 Aqueous, 27. 
 
 Extract of Senna Fluid, 357. 
 Extractum Aconiti, L. E. U.S. 244. 
 Alcoholicum, U.S. 244. 
 
 Aloes Hepaticae, D. 583. 
 purificatum, L. 583. 
 
 Anthemidis, E. 448. 
 
 Artemisia? Absinthii, D. 451. 
 
 Belladonnas, L. E. U.S. 496. 
 
 Alcoholicum, U.S. 497. 
 
 Cannabis, 553. 
 
 Chamaemeli, D. 448. 
 
 Cinchonas, E. U.S. 442. 
 rotundifoliae, L. 441. 
 lancifoliae. L. 441. 
 oblongifoliae, L. 442. 
 
 Colchici Aceticum, L. E. 586. 
 Cormi, L. 586.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 679 
 
 Extractum Colocynthidis, L. E. 397. 
 
 Comp., L. D. U.S. 393. 
 
 simplex. D. 397. 
 Conii, L. E. U.S. 420. 
 Digitalis, L. E. 493. 
 Elaterii, L.E.D. 399. 
 Gentianae, L. E. D. U.S. 477. 
 Glycirrhizaj, L. E. D. U.S. 369. 
 Haematoxyli, L. E. D. U.S. 348. 
 Humuli, D. 550. 
 Hyoscyami, L.E. U.S. 502. 
 Alcoholicum, U.S. 502. 
 Jalapae, L.E.D. U.S. 481. 
 Krameriae, E. D. U.S. 283. 
 Lactucae, L. 455. 
 Lupuli. L. E. 550. 
 Nucis Vomicee, E. D. U.S. 472. 
 Opii, E. 268. 
 
 aquosum, D. 268. 
 
 purificatum, L. 268. 
 Papaveris, L. E. 257. 
 Pareirae, L.E. 251. 
 Podophylli, U.S. 572. 
 Quassias, E. U.S. 326. 
 Quercus, D. 559. 
 Rhei, L.E.D. 511. 
 Rutae, D. 319. 
 Sarsaparilhe, D. U.S. 593. 
 
 fluidum, D. 593. 
 Sarzae, L. 593. 
 
 fluidum, E. 593. 
 Scammonii, E. 483. 
 Senegaa, U.S. 282. 
 Sparti Scoparii, D. 368. 
 Stramonii, L. E. D. U.S. 500. 
 Styracis, E. 461. 
 Taraxaci, L. E. D. U.S. 454. 
 Uvae Ursi, L. 458. 
 
 Faex Sacchari, L. E. 606. 
 Farina, L. E. D. 605. 
 
 Lini, E. 286. 
 Fat, E. 640, 642. 
 Fermentation, Products of, 614. 
 Ferri Acetas, D. 149. 
 
 Acetatis, Tinctura, D. 149. 
 
 cum Alcohol, D. 149. 
 
 Ammonio-Chloridum, L. 142. 
 Citras, 154. 
 Tartras, 153. 
 
 Carbonas, D. 136. 
 
 Saccharatum, E. 147.' 
 
 Citras, 154. 
 
 Cyanuretum, D. 151. 
 
 et Potassae Tartras, 152. 
 
 Filum, E.D. 135. 
 
 lodidi Syrupus, E. 141. 
 
 lodidum, L. E. U.S. 139. 
 
 Lactas, 155. 
 
 Limatura, E. 135. 
 
 Mistura Aromatica, D. 152. 
 
 Muriatis Liquor, D. 141. 
 Tinctura, D. 141. 
 
 Oxydi Squamae, D. 136. 
 
 Oxidi Hydratum, U.S. 138. 
 
 Oxydum nigrum, E. D. 138. 
 rubrum, E. D. 136. 
 
 Percyanidum, L. 151. 
 
 Potassio-Tartras, L. 152. 
 
 Ramenta, L. 135. 
 
 Rubigo, D. 138. 
 
 Scobs, D. 135. 
 
 Ferri Sesquioxydum, L. 136. 
 
 Sub Carbonas, U.S. 136. 
 
 Sulphas, L.E.D. U.S. 144. 
 exsiccatum, E. 146. 
 
 Sulphuretum, E. D. 143. 
 
 Tartarum, D. 152. 
 Ferrocyanogen, 151. 
 Ferrugo, E. 138. 
 Ferrum, L.E.D. 134. 
 
 ammoniatum, U.S. 142. 
 
 Carbonicum Saccharatum, 147. 
 
 Tartarizatum, E. 152. 
 Ferula, L. 405, 406. 
 
 Assafoetida, L. E. D. U.S. 406. 
 Fever Powder, 179. 
 Fici, L. E. D. U.S. 554. 
 Ficus Carica, 554. 
 Filices, 609. 
 Filix, E. 609. 
 
 Mas, D. 609. 
 Filtration, 24. 
 Flax, 284. 
 Flos, 227. 
 
 Fluid Extract of Senna, 356. 
 Foeniculum dulce, 403. 
 
 officinale, E. 403. 
 
 vulgare, L. 403. 
 Folium, 226. 
 Foxglove, 491. 
 Fowler's Solution, 217. 
 Fraxinus Ornus, D. 467. 
 Fructus, 228. 
 
 Fucus vesiculosus, D. 612. 
 Fungi, 612. 
 Fusion, 25. 
 
 Galbanum, L. E. D. 414. 
 Galipea Cusparia, L. 322. 
 
 officinalis, E. 322. 
 Gallae, L. E. D. 559. 
 Gallus domesticus, 638. 
 Gamboge, 301, 305. 
 Gambogia, D. U.S. 301. 
 Garlic, 576. 
 Gas Carbonic Acid, 65. 
 
 Hydrochloric Acid, 60. 
 
 Liquor, 76. 
 
 Gases, diffusiveness of, 39. 
 Gemmae, 226. 
 
 Gentiana lutea, L.E.D., 475. 
 Gentianeae, 485. 
 Geoffrpya inermis, D. 358. 
 Geraniaceae, 573. 
 Geranium maculatum, U.S. 573. 
 Geum urbanum, D. 373. 
 
 rivale, U.S. 373. 
 Gigartina Helminthocorton, 612. 
 Gillenia, U.S. 378. 
 Ginger, 596. 
 Ginseng, 421. 
 Glycirrhiza, L.E.D. U.S. 368. 
 
 echinata, 368. 
 
 glabra, 368. 
 Gold, 223. 
 
 and Sodium, Chloride of, 225. 
 
 Oxides of, 224. 
 
 Perchloride, 225. 
 Gossypium. E. 288. 
 Goulard Water, 175. 
 Gramineae, 602. 
 Granateae, 394. 
 Granati Radix, E. 395.
 
 630 
 
 Granatum, L. U.S. 394. 
 
 Granulation, 24. 
 
 Graphite, 146. 
 
 Gray Powder, 187. 
 
 Groats, 603. 
 
 Gruel, 603. 
 
 Guaiaci Lignum, L.E.D. U.S. 315. 
 
 Resina, L.E. U.S. 316. 
 Guaiacum Extract, 316. 
 
 officinale, L.E.D. 314. 
 Guimauve, 287. 
 Gum Anime, 347. 
 
 Tragacanth, 371. 
 Gummi Acaciae, E. 341. 
 
 Arabicum, D. 341. 
 Guttiferae, 301. 
 Gymnospermae, 563. 
 
 Haematoxylon campechianum, L.E.D. 347. 
 
 Heat, gentle, 25. 
 
 Hebradendron Cambogioides, 303. 
 
 pictorium, 304. 
 Hellebore, black, 239. 
 
 white, 587. 
 Helleborus foetidus, 240. 
 
 nicer, E.D. 239. 
 
 officinalis, L. 239. 
 
 viridis, 240. 
 
 Helonias officinalis, L. 588. 
 Hemidesmus indicus, 469. 
 Hemiptera, 635. 
 Hemlock, 417. 
 Hemp, Indian, 550. 
 Henbane, 502. 
 Hepar Sulphuris, 91. 
 Heracleum gummiferum, D. 412. 
 Hippocastaneae, 308. 
 Hirudo medicinalis, L.D. 630, 631. 
 
 officinalis, 630. 
 Honey, 636. 
 Hop. 547. 
 Hordeum, L.E.D. U.S. 603. 
 
 distichon, L.E.D. 603. 
 Horehound, 490. 
 Horse-chestnut, 308. 
 
 radish, 274. 
 
 Humulus Lupulus, L.E.D. U.S. 547. 
 Hydracids, 32. 
 Hydrargyri Acetas, D. 208. 
 
 Ammonio Chloridum, L. 203. 
 
 Bichloridum, L. 200. 
 
 Bicyanidum, L. 209. 
 
 Biniodidum, L.E. 195. 
 
 Binoxydum, L. 191. 
 
 Bisulphuretum, L. 254. 
 
 Chloridum, L. 197. 
 
 Cyanuretum, D. U.S. 209. 
 
 lodidum, L. U.S. 194. 
 
 Murias Corrosivum. D. 200. 
 
 Nitrico Oxydum, L. 194. 
 
 Oxydum L. 191. 
 
 nigrum, D. U.S. 191. 
 nitricum, D. 193. 
 rubrum, D. 192. 
 
 E. 192. 
 Sulphuricum, D. 206. 
 
 Persulphas, D. 206. 
 
 Precipitatum album, E. 203. 
 
 Submurias Ammoniatum, D. 203. 
 
 Subsulphas flavus, 206. 
 
 Snlphuretum cum Sulphure, L. 205. 
 nigrum, D. 205. 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Hydrargyri Oxydum rubrum, D. 204. 
 Hydrargyrum, L.E.D. U.S. 186. 
 
 cum Creta, L.E.D. U.S. 187. 
 
 cum Magnesia, D. 188. 
 
 purificatum, D. 187. 
 Hydrate, 29, 33, 42. 
 Hydrocarbons, 67. 
 Hydrogen, 41. 
 
 and Carbon, 67. 
 
 and Sulphur, 67. 
 Hyoscyamus niger, L.E.D. 502. 
 
 Ichthyocolla, 638. 
 
 Infusion, 26. 
 
 Infusum Augusturse, D. U.S. 322. 
 
 Anthemidis, L.E. U.S. 448. 
 
 Armoraciae, comp. L.D. 275. 
 
 Aurantii, E. 294. 
 comp. L.D. 294. 
 
 Bucku, E.D. 321. 
 
 Calumbffi, L.E.D. 252. 
 
 Caryophyllii, L.E. 392. 
 
 Caryophyllorum, D. 392. 
 
 Catechu, E. 346. 
 
 comp. L.E. 346. 
 Infusum Cascarillae, L.E.D. 535. 
 
 Chamaemeli, D. 448. 
 
 Chiretta?, E. 478. 
 
 Cinchonae, L.E.D. 340. 
 
 Coptis, 247. 
 
 Cuspariae, L.E. 323. 
 
 Digitalis, L.E.D. 493. 
 
 Diosmeffi, L. 321. 
 
 Gentians, E. U.S. 476. 
 comp. L.D. 476. 
 
 Krameriae, L. 283. 
 
 Lini, E. 285. 
 
 comp. L.D. 285. 
 
 Lupuli, L. 550. 
 
 Menthae comp. D. 486. 
 simplex, D. 486. 
 
 Pareirae, L.E. 250. 
 
 Pruni virginianae, 385. 
 
 Quassiae, L.E.D. 325. 
 
 Rhei, L.E.D. 571. 
 
 Ross, E. 376. 
 
 acidum, D. 376. 
 comp. L. U.S. 376. 
 
 Sarsaparillae, comp. D. 592. 
 
 Scoparii, L. 368. 
 
 Senegas, E. 281. 
 
 Semite, E. U.S. 355. 
 comp. E. 355. 
 L.D. 356. 
 cum Tamarindis, D. 356. 
 
 Serpentariae, L.E.D. 533. 
 
 Simarubae, L.E.D. 327. 
 
 Tabaci, D. U.S. 503. 
 
 Valeriame, D. U.S. 443. 
 Insecta, 632. 
 
 Inula Helenium, L.D. 446. 
 lodinei Liquor comp. E. 86. 
 lodineum, L.E.D. 55. 
 Ipecacuanha, L.E.D. U.S. 426. 
 Ipomaea Jalapa, 479. 
 
 Mestilantica, 480. 
 
 Purga, 479. 
 Iriartea andicola, 575. 
 Irideae, 600. 
 Iris florentina, 600, 
 Iron, 134. 
 
 Bromide, 141.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 081 
 
 Iron Carbonate, 146. 
 
 Carburet, 146. 
 
 Lactate, 155. 
 
 Malate of Protoxide, 155. 
 
 Protoxide, 136. 
 
 Pyrites, 143. 
 Isinglass, 638. 
 
 Jalapa, L.E.D. U.S. 480. 
 James's Powder, 179. 
 Janipha Manihot, 539. 
 Juglandeae, 562. 
 Juglans cinerea, 562. 
 Juices, inspissated, 27. 
 Juniperus communis, L.E.D. 571. 
 Sabina, L.E.D. 572. 
 
 Kermes, Mineral, 182. 
 Kino, L.E.D. 364. 
 Krameria triandra, L.E.D. 282. 
 Krameriaceae, 282. 
 
 Labiataa, 486. 
 Lac, 643. 
 
 Sulphuris, 44. 
 Lacmus, L.E. 611. 
 Lactuca sativa, L.E.D. 454. 
 
 virosa, E.D. 455. 
 Lactucarium, L.E. U.S. 454. 
 Ladanum, 290. 
 Lapis infernalis, 220. 
 Larch, 564. 
 Lard, 644. 
 Larix Deodara, 565. 
 
 europopa, 565. 
 Lastraea Filix Mas, 609. 
 Laudanum, 270. 
 Laurel Water. 334. 
 Lauri Baccas, L.D. 517. 
 
 Folia, L.D. 517. 
 Laurinae, 516. 
 Lauro cerasus, E.D. 383. 
 Laurus Camphora, L.D. 519. 
 
 Cassia, D. 525. 
 
 Chloroxylon, 528. 
 
 Cinnamomum, L.D. 522. 
 
 nobilis, L.D. 517. 
 
 Sassafras, L.D. 518. 
 Lavandula Spica, L.D. 484. 
 
 vera, E. 484. 
 Lavender Drops, 485. 
 Laxatives, 653. 
 Lead, 165. 
 
 Black, 146. 
 
 Horn, 169. 
 
 Oxides of, 166. 
 
 red, 166. 
 
 Sugar of, 172. 
 
 white, 170. 
 Leguminosse, 341. 
 Lemon, 297. 
 
 and Kali, 91. 
 
 Lemons, Essential Salt of, 314. 
 Leontodon Taraxacum, L.D. 453. 
 Lichen Islandicus, D. 610. 
 Lichenes, 610. 
 Lignum Colubrinum, 471. 
 Liliacea;, 476. 
 Lime, 116. 
 
 Limones, L.E.D. 297. 
 Limonum Cortex, L.E. 297. 
 
 Succus, L. 297. 
 
 Lineae, 284. 
 
 Lini Farina, E. 286. 
 
 Semina, L.E.D. 285. 
 Linimentum JSruginis, L. 164. 
 Ammonia?, L.E.D. U.S. 73. 
 Ammonia comp. E. 73. 
 Sesquicarbonatis, L. 77. 
 Anodynum, D. 272. 
 Calcis, E.D. U.S. 118. 
 Camphorae, L. E. 521. 
 comp. L. D. 521. 
 Digitalis, 493. 
 Hydrargyri comp. L. 191. 
 
 Nitratis, 208. 
 Opii, L.E. 272. 
 Saponis, L.E.D. 467. 
 cum Opio, D. 467. 
 simplex, E. 637. 
 Terebinthinse, L. D. 569. 
 Terebinthinatum, E. 569. 
 Linseed, 284. 
 Oil, 286. 
 Linum catharticum, E. 284. 
 
 usitatissimum, L. E. D. 284. 
 Liquefacients. 661. 
 Liquidambar styraciflua, 562. 
 Liquorice, 368. 
 Liquor ^Ethereus oleosus, D. 621. 
 
 Sulphuricus, D. 619. 
 Aluminis comp. L. 133. 
 Ammonias, L. 71. 
 Acetatis, L. 78. 
 fortior, L. 71 . 
 Sesquicarbonatis, L. 77. 
 Argenti Nitratis, L. 222. 
 Arsenicalis, E. D. 217. 
 Arsenici et Hydrargyri Hydriodatis, 218. 
 Barii Chloridi, L. 115. 
 Calcii Chloridi, L. 124. 
 Calcis, L. 117. 
 Chlorinei, 59. 
 
 Cupri Ammomo-Sulphatis, L. 163. 
 Ferri lodidi, E. 141. 
 
 Muriatis, D. 141. 
 Hydrargyri Bichloridi, L. 203. 
 Morphiae Citratis, 264. 
 Plumbi Diacetatis, L. D. 175. 
 dilutus, L. 175. 
 
 Subacetatis comp. D. U.S. 175. 
 Potassm, L. U.S. 83. 
 
 Arsenitis, L. U.S. 217. 
 Carbonatis. L. 89. 
 effervescens, L. 91. 
 Potassii lodidi comp. L. 86. 
 Opii Sedativus, 272. 
 Oxysulphatis Ferri, 146. 
 Sodre chlorinates, L. 106. 
 effervescens, L. 105. 
 Tartari Emetici, D. 185. 
 Liriodendron tulipifera, 248. 
 Lithargyrum, E. 166. 
 Litmus, D. 611. 
 Lixivus Cinis, D. 88. 
 Lobelia inflata, L.E. U.S. 456. 
 Lobeliaceae, 456. 
 Loganiacea;, 469. 
 Logwood, 347. 
 Lunar Caustic, 220. 
 Lupuline, 549. 
 Lupulus, L. E. 547. 
 Lycium, 344. 
 LythrarisB, 395.
 
 G82 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Lythrum Salicaria, D. 395. 
 
 Mace, 516. 
 
 Maceration. 26. 
 
 Madder, U.S. 424. 
 
 Magnesia, L. E. D. 125. 
 
 Magnesia: Carbonas, L. E. D. U.S. 126. 
 
 Bicarbonas, 128. 
 
 Sulphas, L.E.D. 129. 
 
 purum, D. 129. 
 Magnesium, 124. 
 
 Chloride, 131. 
 Magnoliaceoe, 247. 
 Magnolia, 
 
 acuminata, 248. 
 glauca, 248. 
 
 tripetala, 248. 
 Maize, 606. 
 Mallow, 287. 
 Malt, 619. 
 
 Malva sylvestris, L. E. 287. 
 Malvaceae, 286. 
 Mammalia, 639. 
 Manganesii Oxidum, E.D. 134. 
 
 Binoxydum, L. 134. 
 Manna, L. E. D. U.S. 467. 
 Maranta, L. E. 595. 
 
 arundinacea, L. E. 595. 
 
 indica, E. 595. 
 Marble, 119. 
 Marjoram. 489. 
 Marmor, L. E. 119. 
 
 album, D. 119. 
 
 Marrubium vulgare, L. D. 490. 
 Massicot, 166. 
 Mastiche. L. E. D. 330. 
 Materia Medica, definition of, 17. 
 
 Animal, 629. 
 
 Vegetable, 225. 
 Matico, 546. 
 Measures, Imperial, 22. 
 
 Wine, 22. 
 Meconic acid, 267. 
 Meconin, 267. 
 Medicines, definition of, 17. 
 Mel, L.E.D. U.S. 636. 
 
 Boracis, L. E. D. 108. 
 
 despumatum, D. U.S. 636. 
 
 ROSB. L.E.D. 377. 
 Melaleuca Cajaputi, L. E.390. 
 
 Leucadendron, D. 390. 
 Melanthaceae, 588. 
 Meliaceae, 308. 
 Melia azederach. 308. 
 Melissa officinalis, E. D. 489. 
 Meloe Majalis, 632. 
 Menispermaceae, 249. 
 Mentha piperita, L. E. D. U.S. 486. 
 Mentha Pulegium, L. E. D. 487. 
 
 viridis, L.E. D. U.S. 485. 
 Menyanthes trifoliata, L. E. D. 478. 
 Mercury, 186. 
 Metals, 133. 
 
 Mezereum, L. E. D. 513. 
 Milk, 643. 
 Mimosse, 341. 
 Minium, 166. 
 Mistura Acaciee, L. 343, E. 344. 
 
 Althaeas, L. D. 288. 
 
 Ammoniaci, L.D. 414. 
 
 Amygdalae, L. U.S. 381. 
 
 Amygdalarum, E. D. 381. 
 
 Mistura Assafcetidae, L.D. 411. 
 
 Camphors, L.E.D. 520. 
 
 cum Magnesia, E.D. 521. 
 
 Cascarillae Comp. L. 535. 
 
 Creasoti, E. 627. 
 
 Cretze. L.E.D. 120 
 
 Ferri Aromatica, D. 152. 
 Composita, L. E. D. 148. 
 
 Gentian comp. L. 476. 
 
 Guaiaci, L. E. 317. 
 
 Horde i, E. 604. 
 
 Moschi, L.642. 
 
 Scammonii, E. 484. 
 
 Spiritus Vini Gallici, L. 617. 
 Molasses, D. 606. 
 Momordica Elaterium, 398. 
 Monochlamydeae, 504. 
 Monocotyledones, 574. 
 Mora, L. D. 553. 
 Morison's Pills, 306. 
 Morphia, L. U.S. 261. 
 
 Bimeconate, 265. 
 
 Citrate, 264. 
 Morphias Acetas, L. E. 264. 
 
 Hydrochloras, L. 262. 
 
 Murias, E. U.S. 262. 
 
 Muriatis solutio, E. 263. 
 
 Sulphas, 264. 
 Morus nigra, L. D. 554. 
 Moschus moschiferus, L.E.D. 641. 
 Moss Corsican, 612. 
 
 Iceland, 610. 
 
 Irish, 611. 
 Moxa, D. 45. 
 Mucilage, 343. 
 Mucilago Acacia3, E. 343. 
 
 Amyli, E. D. 606. 
 
 Gummi Arabici, D. 343. 
 Tragacantha?, D. 371. 
 
 Tragacanthae, E. 371. 
 Mucuna pruriens, L.E.D. U.S. 372. 
 
 prurita, 372. 
 Mulberry, 554. 
 Musk, 641. 
 Mustard, 276. 
 Mylabris Cichorei, 632. 
 Myristica officinalis, L. E. D. 515. 
 
 moschata, L. D. 515 
 Myristicae Adeps, E. 516. 
 
 Oleum expressum, L. 516. 
 Myristiceae, 514. 
 Myrospermum Peruiferum, E. 361. 
 
 Toluiferum, E. 361, 362. 
 Myroxylon Peruiferum, L. D. 361. 
 
 Toluiferum, E. 361. 
 Myrrha, L.E.D. 335. 
 Myrtaceae, 389. 
 Myrtus Pimenta, L. D. 392. 
 
 Naphtha, 628. 
 Narceia, 265. 
 Narcotics, 265. 
 Narcotina, 265. 
 Narthex, 407. 
 
 Assafoetida. 407. 
 Natrium, 100. 
 Nectandra Rodiei, 528. 
 Nephrodium Filix Mas, E. 609. 
 Neroli Oil, E. 294. 
 Nicotians Tabacum, L.E.D. 512. 
 Nitre, 94. 
 Nitrogen, 40.
 
 1 K D E X. 
 
 683 
 
 Nitrogen and Hydrogen, 69. 
 
 and Oxygen, 53. 
 Nitrum, D. 94. 
 Nutmeg, 515. 
 Nux Moschata, D. 515. 
 
 Vomica, L. E. D. 470. 
 
 Oak, 557. 
 
 Oat, 613. 
 
 Oatmeal, 613. 
 
 Oil of Spikenard, 602. 
 
 of Wine, 621. 
 Oils Essential, 27. 
 Olea europea, L. E. D. 464. 
 Oleaceae, 464. 
 Olefiant Gas, 67. 
 Oleum ^thereum, 621. 
 
 Amygdala, L. 382. 
 
 Amygdalarum, D. 382. 
 
 Ane'thi. E. 404. 
 
 Anisi, L. E. D. 402. 
 
 Amhemidis, L.E. 449. 
 
 Aurantii, E. L. E. 294. 
 
 Bergamii. L. 296. 
 
 Bergamotae, E. 296. 
 
 Cajaputi, E. 390. 
 
 Camphoratum, D. 521. 
 
 Carui, L.E.D. 402. 
 
 Caryophylli, L. E. D. 392. 
 
 Cassias, E. 528. 
 
 Cinnamorni, L.E.D. 524. 
 
 Copaibas, E. 360. 
 
 Crotonis, E. 535, 537. 
 
 Cubebte, E. 546. 
 
 Foeniculi, E. 403. 
 dulcis, D. 403. 
 
 Jecoris Aselli, 666. 
 
 Juniperi, L.E. D. 571. 
 
 Lavandulae, L. E. D. 484. 
 
 Limonum, L. E. 298. 
 
 Lini, L. E. D. 285. 
 
 Menthae piperitae, L. E. U.S. 487. 
 piperitidis, D. 487. 
 Pulegii, L.E.D. 488. 
 viridis, L. E. D. U.S. 485. 
 
 MyristicoB, L. E. 516. 
 
 Neroli, E. 294. 
 
 Olives, L. E. D. U.S. 464. 
 
 Origani, L.D. 489. 
 
 Pimentse, L. E. D. 293. 
 
 Ricini, L. E. D. 537. 
 
 Rorismarini, D. 489. 
 
 Rosse, E. 378. 
 
 Rosmarini, L. E. 488. 
 
 Ruta?, E. D. 319. 
 
 Sabinas, L. E. D. 572. 
 
 Sassafras, L. E. D. U.S. 519. 
 
 Succini rectificatum, D. 629. 
 
 Sulphuratum, 44. 
 
 Tartari per deliquium, 89. 
 
 Terebinthinse, L. E. D. 568. 
 purificatum, L. E. 568. 
 rectificatum, D. 568. 
 
 Tiglii, L. 535, 537. 
 Olibanum, L. D. 332. 
 
 African, 333. 
 
 Indian, 333. 
 Olive, 464. 
 Onion, 577. 
 Ophelia Chirata, 477. 
 Opium, L. E. D. U.S. 257. 
 
 adulterations, 266. 
 
 Opium antidotes, 273. 
 
 preparations, 268. 
 
 properties, 260. 
 
 tests, 267. 
 Opodeldoc, 467. 
 
 Opopanax Chironium, L.D. 405. 
 Orange, 293. 
 Orchideae, 694. 
 Orchil, 611. 
 Origanum Majorana, D. 489. 
 
 vulgarc, L. E. D. 489. 
 Orpiment. 218. 
 Oryza sativa, 606. 
 Ossa, 639. 
 
 Ostrea edulis, L. 638. 
 Ovis Aries. L. E.D. 642. 
 Ovum. L. E. 638. 
 Oxalideae, 312. 
 Oxalis Acetosella, 312. 
 Oxyacids. 32. 
 Oxygen, 39. 
 Oxymel Colchici, D. 587. 
 
 Cupri subacetatis, D. 164. 
 
 Scillae, L.D. 579. 
 
 Pachydermata, 644. 
 Palma3, 574. 
 
 Papaver, L. E. D. 254, 255. 
 RhcBas, L. E. D. 254. 
 somniferum, L.E.D. 255. 
 Papaveraceae. 254. 
 Papilionaceae, 361. 
 Paregoric Elixir, 271. 
 Pareira, L. E. U.S. 249. 
 Pastinaca Opopanax, D. 405. 
 Peach, 380. 
 Pearl ashes, 88. 
 Pennyroyal, 487. 
 Peppermint, 486. 
 Percolation, 26. 
 Pericarp, 228. 
 Persica vulgaris, 380. 
 Petroleum, L. E D. 68, 628. 
 Pharmacy, operations of, 24. 
 
 dependent on heat, 25. 
 mechanical, 23. 
 Phasianus Callus, 638. 
 Phoenix dactylifera, 574. 
 
 sylvestris, 574. 
 Phosphorus, L. 49. 
 Physeter macrocephalus, L. E. 638. 
 Physiology, Vegetable, 231. 
 Picraena excelsa, E. 324. 
 Pill, Blue, 188. 
 
 Plummer's, 199. 
 Pilulae Aloes, E. 583. 
 
 comp. L.D. 583. 
 cum Myrrha, L. D. 583. 
 et Assafcetidffi, E. 583. 
 et Ferri, E.584. 
 et Myrrhae, E. 583. 
 Assafcetidae, E. 412. 
 Calomelanos comp. E. D. 199. 
 
 et Opii, E. 199. 
 Cambogiae, E. 306. 
 comp. L. 306. 
 Colocynthidis, E. 398. 
 comp. D. 398. 
 et Hyoscyami, E. 398. 
 Conii compositae, L. 420. 
 Cupri Ammoniati, E. 163. 
 Digitalis et Scillse, E. 493.
 
 (.84 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Pilulae e Slyrace, D. 461. 
 Ferri Carbonatis, 147. 
 comp. L.D. U.S. 148. 
 Sulphatis, E. 146. 
 Galbani comp. L. D. 415. 
 Gambogiaa comp. D. 306. 
 Hydrargyri. L. E. D. 188. 
 Hydrargyri Chloridicomp. L. 199. 
 
 lodidi, L. 195. 
 Ipecacuanha; comp. L. 267, 427. 
 
 et Opii, E. 427. 
 Opii, E. '269. 
 Opii, U.S. 269. 
 Plumbi Opiatae, 174. 
 Rhei, E. 511. 
 
 comp. L.E. U.S. 511. 
 et Ferri, E. 511. 
 Sagapeni comp. L. 406. 
 .Saponis comp. L. 267. 
 cum Opio, D. 267. 
 Scillte, E. 578. 
 
 comp. L. D. 578. 
 Siyracis, E. 461. 
 
 comp. L. 461. 
 Thebaicae, E. 269. 
 Pimenta, L. E. D. 393. 
 Pimpinella Anisum, L. E. D. 402. 
 Pinus, 564. 
 
 Abies, L. D. 564. 
 Balsamea, L. D. 564. 
 Cembra, 564. 
 Gerardiana, 564. 
 Larix, E. D. 564. 
 longifolia, 564. 
 maritime, 564. 
 Morinda, 566. 
 palustris, 564. 
 Pinea, 564. 
 sylvestris. L. D. 564. 
 Piper angustifolia, 546. 
 Cubeba, L. E.D. 545. 
 longum, L. E. D. 543. 
 nigrum, L. E. D. 542. 
 Piperaceae, 542. 
 Pisces, 638. 
 Pistachio Nut, 329. 
 Pistacia Lentiscus, L. E. D. 330. 
 
 Terebinthus, L.E.D. 329. 
 Pistillum, 228. 
 Pitch, 510. 
 Pith, 226. 
 
 Pix Abietina, L. 566. 
 arida, E. 570. 
 Burgundica, E. D. 566. 
 (Canadensis, 571.) 
 liquida, L.E.D. 569. 
 nigra, L. 570. 
 Plants, Classification, 229. 
 Geography of, 234. 
 Medical Properties, 234. 
 Proximate Principles, 232. 
 Plumbago, 146. 
 
 Plumbi Acetas. L.E.D. U.S. 172. 
 Carbonas, L.E.D. U.S. 170. 
 Chloridum, L. 169. 
 Diacetatia Aqua, E. 174. 
 
 Solutio, E. 174. 
 lodidum, L. 169. 
 Nitras, E. 172. 
 Oxydum Hydratum, L. 166. 
 rubrum, E. 166. 
 (Semivitreum), L.D. 166. 
 
 Plumbum, E. 165. 
 Podophyllete, 573. 
 Podophyllum, 573. 
 
 pellatum, U.S. 573. 
 Polygala Senega, D. 281. 
 Polygaleae, 280. 
 Polygoneae, 504. 
 Polygonum Bistorta, D. 504. 
 Polypifera, 630. 
 Pomaceae, 379. 
 Pomegranate, 304. 
 Porifera, 630. 
 Porrum, L. 577. 
 Potash, 81. 
 
 Binoxalate, 314. 
 Borotartrate, 99. 
 Carbonate, 88. 
 Citrate, 91. 
 Prussiate, 150. 
 Quadroxalate, 314. 
 Potashes. 88. 
 Potassa, E. 81. 
 
 Caustica, D. 61. 
 
 cum Calce, L. E. 83. 
 
 D. 83. 
 
 Potasss Acetas, L. E. D. 98. 
 aqua, E. 83. 
 
 effervescens, E. 91. 
 Bicarbonas, L.E. D. U.S. 89. 
 Bisulphas, L. E. D. 93. 
 Bitartras, L. E. D. 98. 
 Carbonas, L. 88. 
 L. E. 88. 
 
 e lixivio Cinere, D. 88. 
 c. Tariari Crystallis, D. 88. 
 impura, L. 88. 
 purum, E. 88. 
 Carbonatis aqua, 89. 
 
 Liquor, L. 89. 
 Causticae Aqua, D. 83. 
 Chloras, L. 93. 
 et Sodas Tartras, E. 110. 
 Hydriodas, D. 84. 
 Hydras, L. 81. 
 Nitras, L. E. D. U.S. 94. 
 
 purificatum, D. 96. 
 Sulphas, L.E.D. 92. 
 
 cum Sulphure, E. 94. 
 Sulphureti Aqua, D. 92. 
 Sulphuretmn, D. 91. 
 Tartras, L.E.D. 97. 
 Potassii Bromidum, L. 86. 
 
 Ferrocyanidum, L. E. 151. 
 lodidum, L. E. 84. 
 Sulphuretum, L.E. 91. 
 Potassium, 81. 
 
 Potentilla Tormentilla, L. E. 374. 
 Precipitation, 28. 
 Pruna, L.E.D. 383. 
 Prunus domestica, L. E. D. 383. 
 
 Laurpcerasus, E. D. 383. 
 Prunus virginiana, U.S. 384. 
 Prussic Acid, 385. 
 
 Antidotes, 389. 
 Tests, 388. 
 
 Pterocarpus erinaceus, L. E. 364. 
 Marsupium, 365. 
 Santalinus, L. E. D. 363. 
 Pulveres effervescentes, E. 105. 
 Pulverization, 24. 
 Pulvis Aloes comp. L. D. 563. 
 cum Canella, D. 563.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Pulvis Aluminis comp. E. 133. 
 
 Antimonialis, E. D. 179. 
 
 Antimonii comp. L. 179. 
 
 Aromaticus, E.D. 524. 
 
 Asari, comp. D. 532. 
 
 Auri, 223. 
 
 Cinnamomicomp. L. 532. 
 
 Cornu Cervini Usti, D. (>41. 
 
 Cretae Comp. L. E. D. 120. 
 
 cum Opio, L. D. 120. 
 Opiatus, E. 269, 120. 
 
 Ipecacuanha; comp. L. E. D. 270, 427. 
 
 Jalaps Comp. L. E. D. 281. 
 
 Kino comp. L. D. 367. 
 
 pro Cataplasmate. D. 603. 
 
 Rhei comp. E. 510. 
 
 Salinus comp. E. D. 94. 
 
 Scammonii comp. L. D. 483. 
 
 Seillae, D. 578. 
 
 Spongiae ustae, D. 630. 
 
 Stanni, L. E. D. 177. 
 
 Tragacanthae comp. L. E. 372. 
 Punica Granatum, L. E. D. 304. 
 Purga, 479. 
 Purgatives, 653. 
 Purple Powder of Cassius, 223. 
 Pyrelhrum, L.E.D. 449. 
 Pyrola, E. D. 459. 
 
 Quassia, L. E. D. 324. 
 
 amara, 324. 
 
 excelsa, L. D. 324. 
 
 Simaruba, D. 326. 
 Quercus, L. E. D. 557. 
 
 infectoria, L. E. D. 559. 
 
 pedunculata, L. E. 557. 
 
 Robur, D. 557. 
 
 tinctoria, U.S. 559. 
 
 alba, U.S. 659. 
 Quina, L. 436. 
 Quinae Disulphas, L. 436. 
 
 Sulphas, E. D. 436. 
 Quince, 385. 
 Quinia, Lactate of, 439. 
 
 Valerianate of, 439. 
 Quinine. 436. 
 Quinoidine, 500. 
 
 Radiata, 630. 
 Radicles, 33. 
 Radix, 226. 
 Raisins, 310. 
 Ranunculaceae, 239. 
 Ranunculus acris, 238. 
 
 Flamnmla, 239. 
 Red Precipitate, 193. 
 Reduction, 24. 
 Refrigerants, 661. 
 Renealmia Cardamomum, E. 598. 
 Resina, L. E. D. 566. 
 Resina Abietis, L. 567. 
 
 Jalaps, E. 481. 
 
 Scammonii, 484. 
 Rhamneae, 327. 
 
 Rhamnus catharticus, L. E. D. 328. 
 Rhatanhia, D. 282. 
 Rheum, L. E. D. U.S. 505. 
 
 palmatum, D. 507. 
 
 species of, 506. 
 
 undulatum, D. 507. 
 Rhizoma, 226. 
 Rhceas, L.E.D. 254. 
 
 Rhubarb, 505. 
 
 varieties, 507. 
 Rhus glabrum, U.S. 331. 
 
 Toxicodendron, L. D. 331. 
 
 Rice, 606. 
 
 Ricinus communis, L. E. D. 537. 
 Roccella tinctoria, L. E. D. 611. 
 Rochelle Salt, 110. 
 Rodentia. 644. 
 Rosa, 375. 
 
 canina, L. E. D. 375. 
 
 centifolia, L. E. D. 377. 
 
 gallica, L. E. D. 376. 
 
 Mallas, 563. 
 Rosaceae, 373. 
 Roses, Attar of, 376, 378. 
 Rosmarinus officinalis, L. E. D. 488. 
 Rubefacients, 650. 
 Rubia tinctorum, D. 424. 
 Rubiaceae, 423. 
 Rubus villosus, 374. 
 
 trivialis, 375. 
 Rumex Acetosa, L. D. 505. 
 
 aquaticus, D. 504. 
 Ruta graveolens, L. E. D. 318. 
 1 Ruteae, 318. 
 ! Rye. 604. 
 
 Sabadilla, L. E. U.S. 588. 
 Sabina. L. E. D. 572. 
 Sabbatia angularis, 475. 
 Sacchari Faex, L. 606. 
 Saccharum, L. 606. 
 
 commune, 606. 
 
 officinarum. E.D. 606. 
 
 Concretus non purificatus, D. 606. 
 
 Concretus purificatus, D. 606. 
 
 purum, E. 606. 
 Saffron, 600. 
 Sagapenum, L.D. 405. 
 Sage, 488. 
 Sago, L. E. 575. 
 Sagus, species of, 575. 
 Sal Ammoniac, 79. 
 
 Enixum, 93. 
 
 Glaseri, 94. 
 
 Mirabile Glauberi, 110. 
 Perlatum, 109. 
 
 Polychrestum, 92. 
 
 Prunella, 95. 
 
 Volatile, 75. 
 Salep, 594. 
 Salicine, 557. 
 Salicineae, 556. 
 Salix. 556. 
 
 alba, D. 556. 
 
 caprea, D. 556. 
 
 fragilis. D. 556. 
 
 Russeliana, 556. 
 Salts. Haloid, 35. 
 
 Smelling, 75. 
 Salvia officinalis, 488. 
 Sambucus, L.E.D. 422. 
 
 nigra. 422. 
 
 canadensis, U.S. 423. 
 Sand-bath, 25. 
 Sandal Wood, 363. 
 Sanguinaria canadensis, 273. 
 Sanguisuga, 630. 
 Santalum rubrum, D. 363. 
 Sapo, L. 465. 
 
 durus, E. D. U.S. 466.
 
 086 
 
 Snpo mollis, L. E. D. U.S. 4C7. 
 Sarsaparilla, D. 590. 
 
 varieties of, 591. 
 Santa, L. E. 590. 
 Sassafras, L. E. D. 518. 
 
 officinale, E. 518. 
 Scammonium, L. E. D. U.S. 482. 
 Scilla, L. E. D. 577. 
 
 maritima, L. D. 577. 
 Scitaminece, 596. 
 Scoparium, L. E. D. U.S. 267. 
 Scrophularia nodosa, D. 490. 
 Scrophularinece, 490. 
 Scurvy Grass, 276. 
 Secale cereale, 604. 
 
 cornutum, 612. 
 Sedatives, 662. 
 Seidlity, Powders, 105. 
 Sel de Seign,ette, 111. 
 Semen, 228. 
 Senega, L. E. 281. 
 Senna, L. E. D. U.S. 350. 
 
 Aleppo, 354. 
 
 Alexandrian, E. 353. 
 
 indica, E. 353. 
 Senna Tinnivelly, 352. 
 
 Tripoli, 354. 
 
 Serpentaria, L. E. D. 532. 
 Sevum, L.E. 642. 
 Sherry Wine, 618. 
 Sialogogues, 652. 
 Sifting, 24. 
 Sileneae, 284. 
 Silver, 219. 
 
 Chloride of, 220. 
 Simaruha, L. E. D. 326. 
 
 amara, 324. 
 
 officinalis, L. 324. 
 Simarubeae, 324. 
 Sinapi, E. 276. 
 Sinapis, L. 276. 
 
 alba, E. D. 277. 
 
 arvensis, 276. 
 
 nigra, L. E. D. 276. 
 Smilacere, 590. 
 Smilax, 590. 
 
 aspera, 590. 
 
 medica, 590. 
 
 officinalis, L. E. 596. 
 
 papyracea, 590. 
 
 Sarsaparilla, D. 590. 
 
 syphilitica, 590. 
 Soap, 465. 
 
 soft, 465. 
 Soda, 100. 
 
 Powders, 105. 
 
 Water, 94, 105. 
 Sodae Acetas, L. D. 112. 
 
 AquaefTervescens, E. 105. 
 
 Biboras, L. 107. 
 
 Bicarbonas, E. D. 103. 
 
 Boras, D. 107. 
 
 Carbonas, L. E. D. 101, 102. 
 exsiccata, L. 103. 
 impura, L. 101. 
 siccatum, E.D. 103. 
 venale, D. 101. 
 
 Carbonatis Aqua, D. 103. 
 
 et Potassae Tartras, D. 110. 
 
 Murias, E. D. 105. 
 purum, E. 105. 
 
 Phosphas, L. E. D. 108. 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Soda? Phosphatis Solutio, E. 110. 
 
 Potassio-Tartras, L. 110. 
 
 Sesquicarbonas, L. 103. 
 
 Sulphas, L.E. D. 108. 
 Sodii Chloridum, L. 105. 
 Sodium Protoxide of, 100. 
 Solaneae, 494. 
 Solanum Dulcamara, U.S. 494. 
 
 nigrum, 494. 
 
 tuberosum, 494. 
 Solidification, 25. 
 Solutio Aconitinas, 245. 
 
 Argenti Ammoniati, E. 222. 
 
 Argenti Nitratis, E. 222. 
 
 Arsenicalis, E. 217. 
 
 Barytffi Nitratis, E. 116. 
 
 Delphiniae, 242. 
 
 Cupri Ammoniati, E. 163. 
 
 Morphise Muriatis, E. 262. 
 
 Plumbi Diacetatis, E. 174. 
 
 Sodas Phosphatis, E. 110. 
 Solution, 25. 
 Sorrel, 312. 
 Southernwood, 450. 
 Soymida febrifuga, 308, 471. 
 Spartium Scoparium, D. 367. 
 Spear Mint, 485. 
 Specific Gravity, 23. 
 Spermaceti, 640. 
 Spigelia Anthelmia, 469. 
 
 marylandica, L.E.D. 469. 
 Spini-cerebrata, 638. 
 Spiraeaceae, 378. 
 Spirit of Mindererus, 78. 
 
 Proof, 617. 
 
 Raw, 616. 
 
 Rectified, 617. 
 Spirits, distilled, 28. 
 Spiritus ^Etheris Nitrici, L.E. 623. 
 Nitrosus, D. 623. 
 Sulph. E. 622. 
 comp. L. 622. 
 
 Ammoniae, E. 74. 
 L.D. U.S. 74. 
 Aromaticus, E. 72. 
 
 L.D. 74. 
 fcetidus, E. 74. 
 L.D. 72. 
 
 Anisi, L. 402. 
 comp. D. 402. 
 
 Armoracite comp. L.D. 276. 
 
 Camphoratus, D. 521. 
 
 Carui, L.E.D. 402. 
 
 Cassiae, E. 528. 
 
 Cinnamomi, L.E.D. 525. 
 
 Juniperi comp. L.E.D. 571. 
 
 Lavandulae, L.E.D. 485. 
 comp. E.D. U.S. 485. 
 
 Mentnie, E. 487. 
 
 piperitas, L.D. 487. 
 Pulegii, L.D. 488. 
 viridis, L.D. 486. 
 
 Myristicae, L.E. 516. 
 
 Nucis MoschatiB, D. 516. 
 
 Pimento;, L.E.D. 393. 
 
 Rectificatus, L.E.D. 617. 
 
 Rorismarini, D. 489. 
 
 Rosmarini, L.E. U.S. 489. 
 
 Tenuior, L.E.D. 617. 
 
 Vini Gallic!, L. 617. 
 Spongia officinalis, E.D. 630. 
 Squill, 577.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 687 
 
 .Squilla maritime, E. 571. 
 Stalagmitis Cambogiaides, L.D. 302. 
 Stamen, 227. 
 
 Stannum, L.E.D. U.S. 176. 
 Staphisagria, L.E.D. 241. 
 Starch, 605. 
 
 Iodide of, 56. 
 Steel Drops, 143. 
 
 Wine, 153. 
 Stimulants, General, 665. 
 
 Local, 650. 
 
 Special, 650. 
 Storax, 460. 
 
 Stramomium, L.E.D. 498. 
 Strychneae, 470. 
 Strychnia, L.E. 470. 
 Strychnos Ignatia, 476. 
 
 Nux Vomica, 470. 
 Styraceae, 460. 
 Styrax Benzoin, L.E.D. 461. 
 
 colatus, L. 460, 461. 
 
 officinale, L.E.D. U.S. 460. 
 Sublimation, 28. 
 Sublimatus Corrosivus, E. 200. 
 Succi Spissati, 237. 
 Succinum, L.D. 628. 
 Succus Belladonnas, 497. 
 
 Hyoscyami, 502. 
 
 spissatus Aconiti, D. 244. 
 Belladonna?, D. 496. 
 Conii, D. 420. 
 Hyoscyami, D. 502. 
 Sambuci, D. 423. 
 Suet, 642. 
 Sugar, 607. 
 Sulphur, E. 43. 
 
 Antimoniatum fuscum, D. 182. 
 
 lotum, D. 44. 
 
 Milk of, 44. 
 
 prascipitatum, 44. 
 
 preparations of, 45. 
 
 refined, 43. 
 
 Roll, 43. 
 
 rough, 43. 
 
 Stick, 43. 
 
 sublimatum, L.E.D. 44. 
 Sulphuretted Hydrogen, 67. 
 Sulphuric Acid, 46. 
 Sus scrofa, L.E.D. 644. 
 Sweet Spirits of Nitre, 623. 
 Symbols, 33, 34. 
 Synthesis, Chemical, 31. 
 Syrupus, L. 608. 
 
 Aceti, E. 626. 
 
 Althaeas, L.E.D. 288. 
 
 Aurantii, L.E.D. 294. 
 
 Balsami Tolutani, L.D. 363. 
 
 Croci, L.E. 651. 
 
 Dianthi Caryophylli, 284. 
 
 empyreumaticus, D. 606. 
 
 Ipecacuanhas, E. 427. 
 
 Krameriae, U.S. 283. 
 
 Limonis, D. U.S. 299. 
 
 Limonum, L. E. 299. 
 
 Mori, L. 555. 
 
 Papaveris, L.E. 256. 
 Rhosadis, D. 255. 
 somniferi, D. 256. 
 
 Rhamni, L.E.D. U.S. 328. 
 
 Rhei, U.S. 622. 
 
 aromaticus, 512. 
 
 Rhoeados, L.E. 255. 
 
 Syrupus Rosps, L.D. 377. 
 centifolias, E. 377. 
 Gallica3, E. 377. 
 
 Sarsaparillae, D. 594. 
 
 Sarzre, L. E. 594. 
 
 Scilhe. E. 579. 
 
 Senegae, 282. 
 
 Sennas, L. E. U.S. 356. 
 
 simplex, E. D. 608. 
 
 Tolutanus, L. E. 363. 
 
 Violae, E. D. 280. 
 
 Zingiberis, L. E. D. U.S. 497. 
 Syrup of wild cherry, 385. 
 
 Tabacum, L. E. D. U.S. 502. 
 
 Tamarindus indica, L. E. D. 348. 
 
 Tanacetum vulgare. D. 451. 
 
 Tannin, 561. 
 
 Tapioca, 539. 
 
 Tar, 570. 
 
 Taraxacum Dens Leonis, L. E. D. 453. 
 
 Tarragon, 450. 
 
 Tartar, 98. 
 
 Emetic, 183. 
 
 Soluble Cream of, 99. 
 Tartarum, D. 98. 
 
 Emeticum, D. 183. 
 Tea, 290. 
 
 Terebinthaceae, 228. 
 Terebinthina Canadensis, L. 566. 
 
 Chia, L. E. D. 329. 
 
 Veneta, E. D. 565. 
 
 vulgaris, L. D. 565. 
 Ternstromiaceas, 291. 
 Terra Japonica, 345. 
 Testa? preparaias. L. 638. 
 Thalamiflorae, 238. 
 Theaceas, 291. 
 Thebaine, 265. 
 Theine, 427. 
 Theobroma Cacao, 289. 
 Therapeutical arrangement of the Materia 
 
 Medica, 646. 
 
 Therapeutics, definition of, 17. 
 Thus, D. 566. 
 Thymelaeae, 513. 
 Tiglium, 535. 
 Tin, 176. 
 Tinctura Aconiti, U.S. 244. 
 
 Aloes, L.E.D. U.S. 484. 
 comp. L. D. 484. 
 et Myrrhae, E. 484. 
 
 Ammonias comp. L. 72. 
 
 Angustura, D. 323. 
 
 Assafcetidse, L. E.D. 412. 
 
 Aurantii, L. E. 294. 
 
 Balsami Tolutani, E.D. 363. 
 
 Belladonna, 497. 
 
 Benzoes comp. D. 463. 
 
 Benzoini comp. L. E. 463. 
 
 Bucku, D. 321. 
 
 Buchu, E. 321. 
 
 Calumbse, L. E.D. U.S. 252. 
 
 Camphoroe, L. E. D. U.S. 521. 
 comp. L. 521. 
 
 Cannabis, 553. 
 
 Cantharidis, L. E. D. 633. 
 
 Capsici, L.E.D. 498. 
 
 Cardamomi, L.E. 599. 
 comp. L. E. D. 599. 
 
 Cascarillie, L. E. D. 535. 
 
 Cassiae, E. 528.
 
 088 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Tinctura Castorei, L. E. 646. 
 Ammoniata, E. 686. 
 Rossici, D. 686. 
 Catechu, L. E. D. 345. 
 Cimiciiuga, 246. 
 Cinchonas, L. E.D. 441. 
 comp. L. E. D. 441. 
 Cinnamomi, L. E. D. 525. 
 
 comp. L. E. 525. 
 Colchici, L. E.D. 587. 
 comp. L. 587. 
 Seminum, D. 587. 
 Conii, L. E. D. U.S. 420. 
 Coptis, 247. 
 Croci, E. 601. 
 Cubeboe, L. 546. 
 Cuspariae, E. 323. 
 Delphinire, 242. 
 Digitalis, L. E. D. 493. 
 Ferri Ammonio-Chloridi, L. 143. 
 Muriatis, E. 141. 
 Sesquichloridi, L. 141. 
 Galbani, D. 415. 
 Gallse, L. 561. 
 Gallarum, E.D. 561. 
 Gentianas comp. L. E. D. 476. 
 Guaiaci, L. E. D. U.S. 318. 
 
 Ammoniata, E.D. U.S. 318. 
 comp. L. 318. 
 Hellebori, L. U.S. 441. 
 
 nigri, D. 441. 
 Humuli, D. U.S. 550. 
 Hyoscyami, L. E. D. 502. 
 lodinei, E.D. 56. 
 comp. L. 57. 
 lodinii comp. L. 86. 
 Jalapae. L.E. D. 481. 
 Kino, L.E. D. 367. 
 Lactucarii, E. 456. 
 Lavandulas comp. L. 485. 
 Lobelias, E. U. S. 457. 
 Lobelias jElherea, E. 457. 
 Lupuli, L. 550. 
 olei menthae yiridis, 486. 
 menthae piperitae, 487. 
 Moschi, D. 642. 
 Myrrhse, L.E.D. U.S. 338. 
 Nucis Voinicae, D. 492. 
 Opii. L.E.Q. U.S. 270. 
 Acetata, U.S. 271. 
 Ammoniata, E. 271. 
 Camphorata, E.D. U.S. 271. 
 Piperis CubebtE, D. 546. 
 Quassia;, E.D. 326. 
 
 comp. E. 326. 
 Rhei, E. U.S. 512. 
 comp. L.D. 512. 
 et Aloes, E. U.S. 512. 
 et Gentianae, E. U.S. 512. 
 et Sennas, U.S. 512, 
 Sanguinariae, 274. 
 Scillse, L.E.D. 579. 
 Sennas comp. L.E.D. 356. 
 
 et Jalapae, U.S. 356. 
 Serpentariffi, L.E.D. 533. 
 Tolutana, E. 363. 
 Valerianae, L.E.D. U.S. 443. 
 Ammoniata, E.D. U.S. 444. 
 comp. L. 444. 
 Zinci Acetatis, D. 160. 
 Zingiberis, L.E.D. U.S. 497. 
 Tincture of Hop Glands, 550. 
 
 Tinctures, 26. 
 
 Ammoniated, 26. 
 
 compound, 26. 
 
 Ethereal, 26. 
 
 simple, 26. 
 
 Toluifera Balsamum, D. 363. 
 Tonics, 667. 
 
 Tormentilla officinalis, L.E.D. U.S. 374. 
 Tous les Mois, 595. 
 Toxicodendron, L. 331. 
 Tragacantha, L.E.D. U.S. 370. 
 Triticum hybernum, L.D. U.S. 604. 
 
 vulgare, E. 604. 
 Trochisci Acaciae, 344. 
 . AcidiTartarici, E. 662. 
 
 Cre'tae, 120. 
 
 Glycyrrhizae et opio, 369. 
 
 Glycirrhizffi, E. 369. 
 
 Lactucarii, E. 456. 
 
 Magnesia;, E. 128. 
 
 Morphias, E. 263. 
 
 et Ipecacuanhas, 264. 
 
 Opii, E. 267. 
 
 Sodae Bicarbonatis, E. 104. 
 Turmeric, 697. 
 Turpentine Chian, 329. 
 Turpeth Mineral, 206. 
 Tussilago Farfara, L.D. 445. 
 Tutty, 156. 
 
 Ulmus campestris, L.D. 555. 
 Umbelliferaj, 400. 
 Uncaria Gambir, 442. 
 Unguentum Acidi Nitrici, D. 651. 
 
 Sulphurici, D. 49. 
 Aconitinae, 245. 
 ^Eruginis, E. 164. 
 Antiinoniale, E. 186. 
 Antimonii Potassio Tartratis, L. 186. 
 Aquae Rosa;, U.S. 378. 
 Calaminae, D. 158. 
 Camharidis, E. 634. . 
 
 L.D. U.S. 63. 
 Cera; albae, D. 637. 
 
 flayie, D. 637. 
 Cetacei, L. 640. 
 
 D. 640. 
 
 Citrinum, E.D. 207. 
 Cocculi, E. 254. 
 Conii, D. 420. 
 Creasoti, L.E. 628. 
 Cupri subacetatis, D. 164. 
 Delphinise, 242. 
 Elemi, D. 341. 
 
 comp. L. 341. 
 Galls comp. L. 273, 562. 
 et Opii, E. 273, 562. 
 Gallarum, D. 561. 
 Hydrargyri, E.D. 189. 
 
 Ammonio-Chloridi, L. 204. 
 Biniodidi, L. 196. 
 Chloridi, 200. 
 fortius, L. 189. 
 lodidi, L. 195. 
 mitius, L.D. 190. 
 Nitratis, L.D. U.S. 207. 
 Nitrico-Oxydi, D. 194. 
 Oxydi Nitrici, D. 194. 
 Submuriatis Ammoniati, D. 204. 
 Infusi Cantharidis, E. 634. 
 lodinei, E.D. 57, 86, 661. 
 lodinii comp. L. 56, 86. 
 Oxidi Hydrargyri, E. 194.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 689 
 
 Unguentum Picis liquidoe, L.E.D. U.S. 570. 
 
 nigrse, L. 570. 
 Piperis nigri, D. 544. 
 Plumbi Acetatis, E.D. 173. 
 
 Carbonatis, E.D. 172. 
 
 comp. L. 167. 
 
 lodidi, L. 170. 
 Potassae Hydriodatis, D. 85. 
 Precipitati albi, E. 204. 
 Resinse albas, D. 567. 
 Resinosum, E. 567. 
 Sabinas, D. 572. 
 Sambuci, L.D. 423. 
 Scrophulariffi, D. 491. 
 simplex, E. 637. . ,"~ 
 
 Stramonii, U.S. 500. 
 Sulphuris, L.E.D. 45. 
 
 comp. L. 45. 
 Tartari Emetici, D. 186. 
 Veratri, L.D. U.S. 588. 
 Zinci, L.E. 157. 
 
 Oxydi, D. 157. 
 Urticese, 547. 
 Uva, L. 310. 
 
 Ursi, L.E.D. U.S. 458. 
 UTSB passse, E. 310. 
 
 Vateriana officinalis, L.E.D. 442. 
 
 Valerianese, 442. 
 
 Vanilla, 594. 
 
 Vaporisation, 26. 
 
 Vegetables, collecting and drying, 235. 
 
 Vegetation, chemistry of, 233. 
 
 Veratria, L.E. U.S. 589. 
 
 Veratrum, L.D. U.S. 587. 
 
 album, L.E.D. 587. 
 
 Sabadilla, E. 588. 
 Verbascum Thapsus, D. 493. 
 Verdegris, 163. 
 Vertebrata, 638. 
 Vine, 309. 
 Vinegar, 624. 
 Vinum album, E. 618. 
 
 hispanicum, D. 618, 
 
 Aloes, L.E.D. 684. 
 
 Antimoniale, E. 185. 
 
 Antimonii Potassio-Tartratis, L. 185. 
 
 Colchici, L.E. 587. 
 
 Ferri, 153. 
 
 Gentian*, E. 477. 
 
 Vinum Ipecacuanha?, L.E.D. 427 
 
 Opii, L.E.D. 271. 
 
 Rhei, E. 511. 
 
 Tabaci, E. 503. 
 
 Veratri, L. 588. 
 
 Xericum, L. 618. 
 Viola odorata, E.D. 279. 
 
 pedata, 280. 
 Violaceas, 279. 
 Vitis vinifera, L.E.D. 309. 
 Vitriol, Blue, 161. 
 
 White, 168. 
 VoUime, 32. 
 
 Washing, 24. 
 Water, 41. 
 Water-bath, 25. 
 Waters, Distilled, 27. 
 Wax, 636. 
 Weights, 22. 
 
 Apothecarie w 22. 
 
 Dublin, 22. 
 
 Liquid, 22. 
 
 Troy, 22. 
 Wheat, 604. 
 Wine Antimonial, 185. 
 Wintera Aromatica, D. 249. 
 Winter's Bark, 249. 
 Wood Oil, 625. 
 Wormwood, 450. 
 
 Xanthopicrine, 323. 
 Yeast, 619. 
 
 Zanthoxyleee, 323. 
 
 Zanthoxylum fraxineum, U.S. 323. 
 
 Zea Mays, 606. 
 
 Zinc, Butter of, 157. 
 
 Zinci Acetatis Tinctura, D. 160. 
 
 Carbonas Impurum, D. 157. 
 prseparatum, D. 157. 
 
 Chloridum, 157. 
 
 Oxydum, L.E.D. 156. 
 
 Sulphas, L.E.D. 158. 
 Zincum, L.E.D. 155. 
 Zingiber, L.E.D. U.S. 596. 
 
 officinale, L.E. 596. 
 Zingiberaceae, 596. 
 Zygophylleae, 314. 
 
 THE END.
 
 JEFFERSON MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 SESSION OF 18467. 
 
 The regular Course of Lectures will commence on Monday the 2d day of November, and 
 end on the last day of February. 
 
 ROBLEY DOSGMSOX, M. D., Professor of Institutes of Medicine. 
 
 ROBERT M. HCSTOX, M. D., Professor of Materia Medica and General Therapeutics. 
 
 JOSEPH PANCOAST, M. D., Professor of General, Descriptive and Surgical Anatomy. 
 
 JOHN K. MITCHELI., M.D., Professor of Practice of Medicine. 
 
 THOMAS D. MUTTER, M. D., Professor of Institutes and Practice of Surgery. 
 
 CHARLES D. MEIGS, M. D., Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children. 
 
 FHAXKLIN BACHE, M. D., Professor of Chemistry. 
 
 Every Wednesday and Saturday during the course, Medical and Surgical cases are investigated and pre- 
 scribed for before the class. During the past year not fewer than 1,000 cases were treated, and upwards of 172 
 were operated on. The Clinical Lectures are BO arranged as to permit the student, should he desire it, to attend 
 The Medical and Surgical practice and lectures at the Pennsylvania Hospital. 
 
 On and after the 1st of October, the dissecting rooms of the College will be open under the direction of the 
 Professor of Anatomy and the Demonstrator. 
 
 Owing to the large size of the class, which numbered 469 during the last session, it became expedient to 
 make extensive and important alterations in the college edifice. These will be completed by the 1st of Sep- 
 tember. 
 
 R. M. HUSTON, M. D., Dean of the Faculty. 
 
 No. 1 Girard Street. 
 
 CEO. yfj^r^^ co ^ 
 
 WHOLESALE DRUGGISTS, 
 
 No, 301 Market Street 
 
 Have always on hand a large and general assortment of choice Drugs and Medicines, Surgical Instruments, 
 Anatomical preparations, Chemical and Philosophical apparatus, and everything appertaining to the Profes- 
 sion. They give especial attention to the orders of Physicians in the country and in distant States, and 
 will extend to such as furnish satisfactory references a liberal credit, and furnish them with articles of the best 
 quality at as low prices as those of like character can be had elsewhere in the United States. 
 
 A UNIFORM AND CHEAP EDITION OF 
 
 DICKENS' NOVELS AND TALES. 
 
 IN THREE LARGE VOLUMES. 
 
 THE NOVELS AND TALES 
 
 OF 
 
 CHARLES DICKENS, 
 (BOZ.) 
 
 In Three large and Beautiful Octavo Volumes, done up in Extra Cloth, 
 CONTAINING ABOUT TWENTY-TWO HUNDRED AND FIFTY LARGE DOU- 
 BLE COLUMNED PAGES. 
 
 Price for the whole, only Three Dollars and Seventy-five Cents. 
 
 The frequent inquiries for a uniform, compact and good edition of Boz's works, have induced the publishers 
 to prepare one, which they now offer at a price so low that it should command a very extended sale. It is 
 printed on fine white paper, with good type, and forms three large volumes, averaging about seven hundred 
 and 'fifty pages each, done up in various styles of extra cloth, making a beautiful and portable edition. 
 Some of the works are illustrated with wood engravings. 
 
 Will be Ready in September 1846, 
 
 A FOURTEENTH AND SUPPLEMENTARY VOLUME OF THE 
 
 ENCYCLOP/EDIAAMERICANA. 
 
 BY HENRY VETHAKE, ESQ., LL. D., 
 
 One of the Professors in the University of Pennsylvania,, 4e., fye. 
 
 Thirteen years have now elapsed since the publication of the last additions to the Encyclopaedia Americana, 
 and the numerous important events which have transpired since then, the advance made in all the sciences 
 and arts, and the number of distinguished men who have become legitimate subjects for biography, render a 
 supplement necessary for the numerous readers of this widely diffused and popular work. In the hands of 
 Professor Vethake, this difficult task has been faithfully executed, and in a short time, those who possess the 
 .-Encyclopaedia, will be able to add to it this new volume. 
 
 Any of the books in the following catalogue can be furnished by G. W. Carpenter tf Co., or other 
 Druggists of Philadelphia or New York.
 
 MISCELLANEOUS WORKS 
 
 IN VARIOUS DEPARTMENTS OF LITERATURE, 
 PUBLISHED BY LEA AND BLANCHARD, 
 
 Acton's Modern Cookery, with cuts, 12mo, cloth. 
 
 American Ornithology, by Prince Charles Bonaparte 
 in 4 vots. folio, half bound, colored plates. 
 
 American Military Law, by Lieut. O'Brien, U. S. A 
 1 vol. Svo, cloth or law sheep. 
 
 AddUon on Contracts.at press. 
 
 Arnott's Elements of Physics, 1 vol. 8vo. sheep. 
 
 Boz's Complete Works, in 7 vols. 8vo, extra cloth, with 
 numerous plates. 
 
 Same work, common edition, in paper, 7 parts, price 
 *3 18. 
 
 Same work in 3 large vols. fancy cloth, price S3 75. 
 
 Benthamiana: Extracts from Bemham, in 1 vol. 12mo 
 
 Browne's Religio Medici, I vol. 12mo, extra cloth. 
 
 Bolmar's French Series, consisting of A Selection ol 
 One Hundred Perrin's Fables, with a Key to the Pro- 
 nunciation; A Series of Colloquial Phrases; The 
 First Eight Books of F.enelon's Telemachus ; Key to 
 the same; A Treatise on all the French Verbs, Regu- 
 lar and Irregular. The whole forming five small 
 volumes, hall bound to match. 
 
 Butler's Atlas of Ancient Geography. Svo, half bound. 
 
 Butler's Geographia Classica, 1 vol. Svo. 
 
 Brigliam on Mental Cultivation, &c., 12mo, cloth. 
 
 Bridge water Treatises. The whole complete in 7 vols. 
 Svo. various bindings: containing Rogei's Animal 
 and Vegetable Physiology, in 2 vols. with many cuts; 
 Kirby on the History, Habits and Instinct of Animals, 
 1 vol. with plates; Prouton Chemistry; Chalmers on 
 the Moral Condition of Man; Whewell on Astrono- 
 my; Bell on the Hand; Kidd on the Physical Condi- 
 tion of Man; Buckland's Geology, 2 vols., with nu- 
 merous plates and maps. 
 Roget, Buckland. and Kirby are sold separate. 
 
 Brougham on the French Revolution, 1 vol.. paper. 
 
 Brougham's Historical Sketches of Statesmen, 3 vols. 
 
 Barnaby Rudge, by " Boz," paper or cloth. 
 
 Browning's History of the Huguenots, 1 vol. Svo. 
 
 Brewster's Treatise on Optics, 1 vol. 12mo, cuts. 
 
 Babbage's " Fragment," 1 vol. Svo. 
 
 Chimes, by Dickens, plates. ISmo, fancy cloth. 
 
 Complete Cook, paper, price only 25 cents. 
 
 Complete Confectioner, paper, price 25 cents. 
 
 Complete Florist, paper, 25 cents. 
 
 Complete Gardener, do. do. 
 
 Curiosity Shop, by "Boz," paper or cloth. 
 
 Campbell's Complete Poetical Works, in 1 vol. crown 
 Svo, cloth gilt or white calf, plates 
 
 Cooper's Naval History of the United States, 2 vols. Svo. 
 
 Cooper's Novels and Tales, in 23 vols. sheep gilt, 12mo, 
 or 47 vols. paper. 
 
 Clater's Horse Doctor, 1 vol. 12mo. 
 
 Clater'a Cattle and Sheep Doctor, 1 vol. 12mo, cuts. 
 
 Davidson, Margaret, Memoirs of and Poems, in 1 vol. 
 12mo. paper. 50 cents, or extra cloth. 
 
 Davidson, Lucretia, Poetical Remains, 1 vol. 12mo, pa- 
 per. 50 cents, or extra cloth. 
 
 Davidson, Mrs , Poetry and Life, in 1 vol. 12mo, paper, 
 50 cents, or extra cloth. 
 
 Dog and Sportsman, by Skinner, plates, 1 v. 12mo, c'th. 
 
 Dunglison on Human Health. 1 vol. Svo. 
 
 Encyclopedia of Geography, in 3 vols. Svo, many cuts. 
 
 Encyclopaedia Americana, 13 voi. Svo. A supple- 
 mentary vol. (14thA is nearly ready. 
 
 East's Reports, edited by G. M. Wharton, in 8 vols. 
 large *vo, law sheep. 
 
 Education of Mothers, 1 vol. 12mo, cloth or paper. 
 
 Electro-Magnetic Telegraph, by Vail, Svo, sewed. 
 
 Frederic the Great, 2 vols 12mo, extra cloth. 
 
 Fielding's Select Works, in 1 vol. 8vo, cloth. 
 
 Francatelli's Modem French Cook, in 1 vol. Sto, with 
 many cuts. 
 
 Fowaes' recent work on Chemistry, 1 vol 12mo, many 
 cuts. 
 
 Grahame's Colonial History, 2 vols. Svo, a new ed. 
 
 Gieseler's Ecclesiastical History, 3 vols. Svo. 
 Four Seasons, 1 v. 12 
 Hawker on Shooting, with cuts, preparing. 
 
 Griffith's Chemistry of the Fo 
 
 mo, cuts. 
 
 Herschell's Treatise on Astronomy. 1 vol. 12mo. cuts. 
 Hemans' Complete Poetical Works, in 7 vols. 12ino. 
 Hemans' Memoirs, by her Sister, 1 vol. 12mo. 
 Milliard on Real Estate, 2 lar^e vols. Svo. law sheep. 
 Hill on Trustees, 1 large vol. Svo, law sheep. 
 Ingersoll's History of the Late War, 1 vol. Svo. 
 Irving'g Works, 2 vols. super-royal 8vo. 
 Irvujg's Columbus, in 2 vols. Svo. 
 
 Irving's Beauties, in 1 vol. ISmo. 
 
 Irving's Rocky Mountains, 2 vols. 12mo. cloth. 
 
 Jesse's Court of England, in 3 vols. 12mo. 
 
 Keble's Christian Year, in 32mcr, extra cloth. 
 
 Kirby and Spence's Entomology, 1 large Svo vol., with 
 plates, plain or colored. 
 
 Lite of Thomas Jefferson, by Judge Tucker, 2 vols. 8ro. 
 
 Lights, Shadows, &c. of Whigs and Tories, 1 vol. 12wo 
 
 Language of Flowers, 1 vol. ISmo, colored plates. 
 
 Lockhan's Life of Scott, 7 vols. 12mo. 
 
 Loves of the Poets, by Mrs. Jamison, 12mo. 
 
 Marston; or the Soldier aud Statesman, by Croly, Svoj 
 sewed, 50 cents. 
 
 Mackintosh's Ethical Philosophy, 1 vol. Svo. 
 
 Moore's History of Ireland, in 2 vols. Svo, cloth. 
 
 Martin Chuzzlewit. by "Boz^" cloth or paper. 
 
 Millwright's and Miller's Guide, by Oliver Evans, in 1 
 vol. Svo, sheep, many plates. 
 
 Mill's History of the Crusades, and Chivalry, 1 vol. Svo. 
 
 Mill's Sportsman's Library, 1 vol. 12mo, extra cloth. 
 
 Narrative of the United States Exploring Expedition, 
 by Captain Charles Wilkes, U.S. N. In 6 vols. 4lo, 
 960 00 ; or 6 vols. imp. 8vo, $25 00 ; or 5 vols. Svo, 
 $10 00. 
 
 Niebuhr's History of Rome, complete, 2 vols. Svo. 
 
 Nicholas Nickleby, by "Boz," cloth or paper. 
 
 Oliver Twist, by ' Boz," cloth or paper. 
 
 Picciola, The Prisoner of Fenestrella, 12mo, sewed. 
 
 Popular Vegetable Physiology, by Carpenter, 1 v. Ian. 
 
 Pickwick Club, by " Boz," cloth or paper. 
 
 Rush's Court of London, new series, 1 vol. 8vo. 
 
 Ranke's History of the Popes of Rome, 1 vol. Svo, cloth. 
 
 Ranke's History of the Reformation in Germany, to be 
 complete in 1 vol. 
 
 Ranke's History of the Ottoman and Spanish Empires. 
 
 Rogers' Poems, a splendid edition, illustrated, imp. Svo. 
 
 Roget's Outlines of Physiology, 1 vol. Svo. 
 
 Roscoe's Lives of the Kings of England, a 12mo series 
 to match the Queens. 
 
 Strickland's Lives of the Queens of England, 8 vols. 
 12mo, cloth or paper. 
 
 Sportsman's Library, by Mills, 1 vol. 12mo. 
 
 Select Works of Tobias Smollett, cloth or paper. 
 
 Siborne's Waterloo Campaign, wiih maps, 1 v. lar. Svo. 
 
 Stable Talk and Table Talk, for Sportsmen, 1 vol. 12mo. 
 
 Small Books on Great Subjects containing " Philo- 
 sophical Theories and Philosophical Experience" 
 ' On the Connection between Physiology and Intel- 
 lectual Science" ' On Man's Power over himself to 
 Prevent or Control Insanity" "An Introduction to 
 Practical Organic Chemistry" ''A Brief View of 
 Greek Philosophy up to the Age of Pericles" "A 
 Brief View of Greek Philosophy from the Age of 
 Socrates to the Coming of Christ"" Christian Doc- 
 trine and Practice in the Second Century" "An Ex- 
 position of Vulgar and Common Errors, adapted to 
 the Year of Grace 1845" "An Introduction to Vege- 
 table Physiology wiih references to the works of D 
 Candolle, Lindley, &c." "On the Principles of Cri- 
 minal Law," "Christian Sects in the Nineteenth 
 Century," &c. each work in 1 small vol., price 25 
 cents, forming a neat and cheap series "The Con- 
 nection between Physiology and intellectual Sci- 
 ence" and " Principles of Criminal Law" are now 
 *ady, and the others will shortly follow, with new 
 works now preparing for the series. 
 
 Spence on the Jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery, 
 at press 
 
 Thomson's Domestic Management of the Sick Room' 
 1 vol. l'2mo, extra cloth. 
 
 Tokeah, by Sealsfiejd, price 25 cents. 
 
 Walpole's Letters, fi) 4 large vols. 8vo. ex cloth. 
 
 Walpole's New Letters to Sir Horace Mann, 2 v. Svo. 
 
 Walpole's Memoirs of George the Third, 2 vols. 8vo. 
 
 While's Universal History, a new and improved work 
 for Schools, Colleges. &c.. with Questions by Pro- 
 fessor Hart, in 1 vol. large 12mo, extra cloth, or half 
 bound. 
 
 Wheaton's International Law, 1 vol. large Svo, law 
 sheep or extra cloth, 3d edition, much improved. 
 
 Wheaton on the Right of Search, in 1 vol. 8vo. 
 
 Mrs. Washington Potts, by Miss Leslie, 25 cqnts. 
 
 Wraxall's Posthumous Memoirs, 1 vol Svo. 
 
 Wraxall's Historical Memoirs, 1 vol. Svo. 
 Youatt on the Horse, 4c., 1 vol. Svo. 
 Youatt on the Dog, with plates, preparing.
 
 
 5 
 
 TO THE MEDICAL PROFESSION 1 . 
 
 The following list presents nearly all the works on Medical Science published, at press and 
 preparing by the Subscribers. They will be found to be executed in a superior style, and sold 
 at prices as low as can be afforded consistent with correct editions. These works can be had 
 in all the principal bookstores throughout the Union; from which, or from ihe subscribers, all in- 
 formation relative to prices, &c., can be obtained, on application, free of postage. 
 
 L,EA X BJLA^CHJIRU, JPIuladelphta. 
 
 ' 
 
 Anatomical Atlas, by Smith & Homer, imp. 8vo, 650 figs. 
 
 Arnott's Elements ot Physics, new cd. 1 vol. Svo, 4c4pp. 
 
 American Medical Journal, quarterly at #5 a year. 
 
 Abercrombie on the Stomach, 1 vol. tivo, 320 pages. 
 
 Abercrombie on the Brain, new ed., 1 vol. b'vo, 3i4 pp. 
 
 Alison's Outlines of Pathology, in 1 vol. Svo, 420 pp. 
 
 Ashwell on Females, one vol. Svo, 520 .pages. 
 
 Andral on the Blood, 120 pages, Svo. 
 
 Bird on Urinary Deposits, 1 vol. 9yo, 228 pp. 
 
 Bird's Natural Philosophy, preparing. 
 
 Burrows on Cerebral Circulation, preparing. 
 
 Budd on the Liver, 1 vol. 8vot392 pp. 
 
 Buckland's Geology and Miiteralogy, 2 vols. Svo, with 
 
 numerous plates and maps. 
 
 Berzehus on the Kidneys and Urine, 1 v<jl. Svo, lEOpp. 
 Bridgewater Treatises, with numerous illustrations, 7 
 
 vols. 8vo, 32S7 pp. 
 
 Bartlett on Fevers, &c., 1 vol. 8vo., 394 pages. 
 Bartlett's Philosophy of Medicine, 1 vol. Svo, 312 pp. 
 Brigham on Mental Excitement, 1 vol. 12mo. 204 pp. 
 Billing'* Principles of Medicine, 1 vol. Svo, 304 pp. 
 Brodie on Urinary Organs, 1 vol. Svo. 214 pp. 
 Brodie on the Joints, 1 vol. Svo, 216 pp. 
 Brodie's Surgical Lectures, 1 vol. Svo, 350 pp. 
 Bemdict's Compendium of Chapman's Lectures, 1 vol. 
 
 8ro, 258 pp. 
 
 Chapman on Viscera, 1 vol. Svo, 364 pages. 
 Chapman on Fevers, Gout, &c., 1 vol. 8vo. 450 pp. 
 Chelius' Surgery, by South and Norris. at press. 
 Chitty's Medical Jurisprudence, Svo, 510 pp. 
 Clater and Skinner'* Farrier, 12mo, cloth, 220 pp. 
 Carpenters Principles. of Human Physiology, 1 vol. 
 
 Svo, 644 pages, with cuts, second edition. 
 Carpenter's General and Comparative Physiology, 1 
 
 vol. Svo, preparing, many plates. 
 Carpenter's Vegetalile Physiology, 1 vol. 12mo, with 
 
 cuts, 300 pp. 
 Carpenter's Manual, or Elements of Physiology, 1 vol. 
 
 Svo, 566 pages, many cuts. 
 
 Carpenter's Cyclopediaof Natural Science, preparing. 
 Cooper, Sir Astley on Hernia, imp. Svo, plates. 423pp. 
 Cooper on Dislocations, 1 vol. Svo, with cuts, 500 ^>p. 
 Cooper on ihe Testis and Thymu? Gland, 1 vol. impe- 
 rial Svo,' many plates. 
 Cooper on the Anatomy and Diseases of the Breast. &c. 
 
 &.C., 1 vol. imperial Svo, splendid lithographic plates. 
 Condie on Diseases of Children, 1 vol. Svo. 652 pages. 
 Churchill on Females, 3d edition, 1 vol. Svo, 572 pp. 
 Churchill's Midwifery, 1 vol. Svo, 520 pp., many cuts. 
 Cyclopaedia of Practical Medicine, by Forbes, &c. 
 
 Edited by Dunglison, in 4 large super-royal vols., 
 
 3154 double columned page;. 
 Carson's Medical Formulary, in preparation. 
 Dewees' Midwifery, with plates. 10th edit., 660 pp. 
 Dewees on Children, 8th edition, 543 pp. 
 Dewees on Females, with plates, Sth edition, 532 pp. 
 Durlacher on Corns. Bunions, &c., 1 vol. 12mo., 134 pp. 
 Dunglison's Physiology, 6th edition, 2 vols. 8vo, 1350 
 
 pages, with 370 cuts. 
 Danglison's Therapeutics and Materia Medica, a new 
 
 edition, with cuts, 2 vols. Svo, 986 pages. 
 Dnnslison's Medical Dictionary, 6th edition, 1 vol. 8vo, 
 
 804 very large pages, double columns 
 Dunglison on New Remedies, 4lh edition, 616 pp. 
 Dunglison on'Human Health, in 1 vol 8vo v 464 pp. 
 Dunglisen's Practice of Medicine, 2d edition, 2 vols. 
 
 Svo, 1322pp. 
 
 Dunglison's Medical Student. 1 vol. 12mo, 312 pp. 
 Drum's Surgery, 1 vol. Svo, 534 pp., 2d ed., many cuts. 
 Ellis' Medical Formulary, a new edition, nearly ready. 
 Elliotson's Mesmeric Cass, Svo, 56 pp. 
 Esquirol on Insanity, by Hunt, 496 pp. 
 Fownes' Elementary Chemistry, 1 voj. royal 12mo, 460 
 
 pages, many cuts. 
 Fevers, General and Special, edited by Clymer, 1 vol. 
 
 Svo, 600 pages. 
 
 ' 
 
 Fergusson's Piactical Surgery, 1 vol. Svo, 2d ed , 640pp. 
 
 Graham's Chemistry, with cut*, 1 vol. Svo, 750 pp. 
 
 Griffith's Chemistry of the Four Seasons, 1 vol. 12mo, 
 with cuts. 
 
 Griffith's Medical Botany, many illustrations, at press. 
 
 Gulhne on the Bladder and Urethra, 1 vol. fevo. 150pp. 
 
 Hoblyn's Dictionary of Medical Terras, by Hays, 1 vol. 
 large 12mo, 402 page*. 
 
 Harris on the Maxillary Sinus, 1 vol. Svo, 166 pages. 
 
 Homer's Special Anatomx, 2 vols. &vo, 7ih ed., cuts. 
 
 Horner's ISew Dissector, 1 vol. 12mo, with many cuts. 
 
 Hasse's Pathological Anatomy, nearly ready. 
 
 Hope on the Heart. 1 vol Svo, with plates, a new ed. 
 
 Harrison on the Nervous System. 1 vol. Svo, 292 pp. 
 
 Hughes on the Lungs and Heart, 1 vol. 12mo. 270 pp. 
 
 Jones' (T. Wharton) Manual of Ophthalmic Surgery, 
 with many cuts, at press. 
 
 Jones and Toitd on the Ear, 1 vol., preparing. 
 
 Kirby on Animals, many plates. 1 vol. Svo. 520 pp. 
 
 Kirby and Spence's Entomology, 1 vol. Svo, 600 pages, 
 plates, plain or colored. 
 
 Lawrence on the Eye, a new ed., many cuts, 1 vol. Svo. 
 
 Lawrence on Ruptures, 1 vol. Svo, 4SO pp. 
 
 Liston's Surgery, by Mutter, 1 vol. Svo, 566 pp., many ' 
 cuts. 
 
 Miller's Principles of Surgery, 1 vol. Svo, 526 pp. 
 
 Miller's Practice of Surgery, 1 vol. Svo, 496 pp. 
 
 Maury's Dental Surgery, with plates, 1 vol. 8vo, 286pp. 
 
 Muller's Physiology, 1 vol. Svo. 8S6 pages. 
 
 Medical News and Library, published monthly. 
 
 Meigs' Translation of Colombat de 1'lsere on the Dis- 
 eases of Females, 1 vol. Svo, 720 pp. 
 
 Metcalf on Caloric, in one large vol., Svo, (at press.) 
 
 Piout on the Stomach, 1 vol. &vo, col'd plates, 466 pp. 
 
 Popular Medicine, by Coatee, 1 vol. Svo. 614 pages. 
 
 Philip on Protracted'lndigestion, 1 vol., 240 pages. 
 
 Phillips on Scrofula, 1 vol Svo, 350 pages. 
 
 Pereira's Materia Medica, 2 vols fevo. 1*0 very large 
 and closely printed pages. Second Edition. 
 
 Royle's Materia Medica. with wood-cuts, nearly ready. 
 
 Roget's Animal and Vegetable Physiology, with many 
 cuts, 2 vols. Svo, S72 pages. 
 
 Roget's Outlines of Physiology, 1 vol. Svo. 516 pages. 
 
 Rigby's System of Midwifery, 1 vol. Svo. 492 pages. 
 
 Ricord on Venereal, new edition, 1 vol. Svo 256 page?. 
 
 Ricord's large work on Venereal Diseases, with nume- 
 rous plates, preparing 
 
 Ramsbotham on Parturition, with many platfg, 1 vol 
 imperial tivo, a new and improved edition, 520 pp. 
 
 Robertson on the Teeth, 1 vol. Svo, 230 pages. 
 
 Simon's Chemistry of Man. 1 vol. 8vo, 730 pages. 
 
 Taylor's new work on Medical Jurisprudence, by Grif- 
 fith, 1 vol. Svo. 540 pages. 
 
 Traill's Medical Jurisprudence, 1 vol. Svo, 234 pages. 
 
 Trimmer's Geology and Mineralogy, 1 vol. Svo, 528pp. 
 
 Todd & Bowman's Physiology, publishing in the Medi- 
 cal News and Library, many cuts. 
 
 Thomson on the Sick Room, 1 vol. I2mo, 360 pp , cuts. 
 
 VCgel's Pathological Anatomy, with plates, preparing. 
 
 Walshe on the Disease* of the Lung?, 1 vol. 12mo, 310 
 pages. 
 
 Watson's Principles and Practice of Physic, by Con- 
 die. 1 vol. Svo, 1060 large pages. 
 
 Wilson's Human Anatomy, with cut?, 1vol. Svo, anew 
 and improved edition. 60S pages 
 
 Wilson's Dissector, or Practical and Surgical Anato- 
 my, by Goddard, with cuts, 1 vol. 12mo, 444 pages. 
 
 Wilson on the Skin, 1 vol. Svo, 370 pages. 
 
 William?' Pathology, or Principles of Medicine, 1 vol. 
 8vo, 384 pages. 
 
 Williams' Lectures on the Stomach, &c., preparing. 
 
 Williams on the Respiratory Organs, by Clymer, 1 vol. 
 8vo, 500 page*. 
 
 Youatt on the Horse, by Skinner, cuts, 448 pp. 1 vol. 8w>. 
 
 Youatt and Clater'* Cattle Doctor, 1 vol. J2mo, whk 
 cuts, 262 page? 
 
 *** They have other works in preparation not included in this list
 
 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 Now Ready, 
 CARPENTER'S NEW WORK. 
 
 A MANUAL, OR 
 
 ELEMENTS OF PHYSIOLOGY, 
 
 INCLUDING PHYSIOLOGICAL ANATOMY. 
 
 FOR THE USE OF THE MEDICAL STUDENT. 
 BY WILLIAM B. CARPENTER, M. D., F. R. S., 
 
 Fullerian Professor of Physiology in the Royal Institution of Great Britain, Sec. 
 
 With One Hundred and Eighty Illustrations, 
 
 IN ONE OCTAVO VOLUME OF 566 PAGES. 
 Elegantly printed to match his " Principles of Human Physiology." 
 
 The sheets of this volume, in their passage through the press'have been carefully examined by 
 Dr. Meredith Clymer, the editor of Dr. Carpenter's Principles of Physiology. The manner in which 
 the work is brought up U>the day, and its perfect adaptation to its purposes as an elementary text- 
 book for students have rendered unnecessary any alterations or additions. The efforts of the pub- 
 lishers have therefore been directed to obtaining a correct reprint of the L'ondon edition. 
 
 The autnor has shown singular skill in preserving so marked a line of distinction between the present 
 Manual and llie ' Principles of Physiology' previously published by him. They are both on precisely the same 
 subject; but the one is neither a copy, nor an abstract, nor an abridgment of tiie other, fn one thing, how- 
 ever, they are exactly alike in their general excellence, and in their perfect adaptation to their respective 
 purposes. The reputation of Dr. Carpenter as a physiologist is too well established throughout the whole medi- 
 cal world to admit of increase from any commendation pt ours ; but we should be doing injustice to our own 
 feelings if we did not here express our admiration of his great intellectual powers, of his extensive learning, 
 of the comprehensiveness of his views, of the quickness with which he seizes the important points and bearings 
 of each subject, of the logical order in which he arranges his facts, anu of the clearness and precision with 
 which he explains, and exposes his doctrines. Dr. Carpenter's various treatises are in fact models in their 
 respective departments. It is their great and varied excellence which accounts for their unrivalled popularity. 
 We can pay no higher compliment to the work before us, than to say, that it is equal in merit to the former 
 productions of the author. This is equivalent to saying that it is, without question, the best manual or short 
 treatise on physiology extant. Although designed for the student, and framed expressly to meet his wants ; it is 
 a work, we will venture to say, that may be consulted with advantage by most physicians and surgeons, how- 
 ever learned." Ttie British, and Foreign Medical Review. 
 
 CARPENTER'S HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY. 
 
 ; PRINCIPLES OF HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY. 
 
 WITH THEIR CHIEF APPLICATIONS TO 
 
 PATHOLOGY, HYGIENE, AND FORENSIC MEDICINE. 
 BY WILLIAM B. CARPENTER, M. D., F.R.S., &c. 
 
 Second American, from a New and Revised London Edition, 
 
 WITH NOTES AND ADDITIONS, 
 
 BY MEREDITH CLYMER, M. D., &c. 
 
 tt'Jth Two Hundred and Sixteen Wood-cut and other Illnxt rations. 
 In one octavo volume, of about 650 closely and beautifully printed pages. 
 
 The very rapid sale of a large impression of the first edition is an evidence of the merits of this valuable work 
 and that it has been duly appreciated by the profession of this country. The publishers hope that the present 
 edition will be found still more worthy of approbation, not only from the additions of the author and editor, but 
 also from its superior execution, and the abundance of its illustrations. No less than eighty-five wood-cuts and 
 another lithographic plate will be found to have beten added, affording the most material assistance to the student. 
 
 ' We have much satisfaction in declaring our opinion that this work is the beet systematic treatise on physi- 
 ology in our own language, and the best adapted for the student existing in any language.-' Medico- Chirurgi- 
 cal Review. 
 
 "The work as it now stands is the only Treatise on Physiology in the English language which exhibits a clear 
 and connected, and comprehensive view of the present condition of that science " London and Edinburgh, 
 Monthly Journal. 
 
 CARPENTER'S POPULAR TREATISE 
 ON VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY. 
 
 In one neat duodecimo volume, extra cloth, with numerous illustrations. 
 
 This work forms a part of Carpenter's Popular Cycloptedia of Natural Science, the remainder of 
 which will be published with all the beautiful illustrations. 
 
 CARPENTER'S PRINCIPLES OF GENERAL AND COMPARATIVE 
 PHYSIOLOGY, AND HIS WORK ON ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY, 
 
 WITH AIX THE BEAUTIFUL ILLUSTRATIONS, ARE SOW PBSPABIMa.
 
 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 7 
 
 LISTON AfflTMtT^^ 
 
 A BEAUTIFUL VOLUME, PROFUSELY ILLUSTRATED. 
 
 LECTURES ON THE OPERATIONS OF SURGERY, 
 
 AND ON 
 
 DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS REQUIRING OPERATIONS 
 
 DELIVERED AT UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LONDON, 
 
 BY ROBERT LISTON, ESQ., F.R.S., &c. 
 
 EDITED, WITH NUMEROUS ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS, 
 BY T. D. MUTTER, M.D., 
 
 PROFESSOR OF SURGERY IN THE JEFFERSON MEDICAL COLLEGE, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 IN ONE LARGE AND BEAUTIFULLY PRINTED OCTAVO VOLUME. 
 WITH TWO HUNDRED AND SIXTEEN ILLUSTRATIONS ON WOOD. 
 
 This work contains much original matter of Professor Mutter's, amounting to 
 about two hundred and fifty pages, embodying the results of his great experience, 
 and adapting the whole to the wants of the American Profession. The Lectures 
 are those which have attracted so much attention as published in the Lancet 
 They are here reproduced entire, omitting none of the original wood engravings, 
 and introducing many new and valuable ones, rendering this altogether one of 
 the most completely illustrated works of the kind that has for some time been 
 presented to the medical public. Among the additions of Professor Mutter will 
 be found full and elaborate Treatises on Staphyloraphy, the different Plastic Ope- 
 rations, Club-Foot, Affections of the Eye, Deformities from Burns, and many 
 other important subjects, not to be met with in so enlarged a form in, perhaps, 
 any other work on Surgery. The chapters containing them, are fully illustrated 
 with numerous original and highly curious engravings. 
 
 whit . . , 
 
 altogether as beautiful an app 
 
 t 
 
 auogemer as oeaumui an appearance as a wont or an as us nriuer is interesting ana miponam 10 ine prac- 
 tical surgeon. The lecture on operations on the eye is a very Itrcid and instructive one, but we can only reter 
 to it in the most cursory manner. The editor has fully supplied everything that was wanting to render the 
 
 aese sections aione as worm lar more 10 me surgeon man many nines me price 01 me wnoie 
 
 work. The same remark will apply to the nest lecture, on the Diseases of ihe Anirum, Carious Teeth, Erected 
 Tumours of the Face, and Solid and Encysted Tumors. We know of no systematic work on surgery in which 
 
 >d as in this 
 , with Miiue 
 
 to post Up his SUrgict&i KJiuwieugc lu me prestrui jmuurm J./IG _i>r c* JI/TJV .n/u / run vj **ir<i>t in> . 
 
 " These lectures will be found eminently practical, a point of no small moment in a work 
 on Surgery. Indeed, we have no hesitation in affirming, that it is a compendium of the 
 modern practice of Surgery as complete and accurate as any treatise of similar dimensions 
 in the English language. The Western Lancet. 
 
 tf: ^,'''-' 
 
 ' >."'! f:(- *;! .'?f>! i; 
 
 Lately Published, a New and Much Improved Edition of 
 DRUITT'S SURGERY. 
 
 THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF MODERN SURGERY, 
 
 BY ROBERT DRUITT, SURGED*. 
 FROM THE THIRD LONDON EDITION. . 
 
 ILLUSTRATED BY ONE HUNDRED ANJD FIFTY-THREE WOOD ENGRAVINGS. 
 
 WITH NOTES AND COMMENTS, 
 
 BY JOSHUA B. FLINT, M, M., S. S> 
 In One Volume, Octavo. 
 
 "An unsurpassable compendium not only of surgical but of medical Dractice." London 
 Medical Gazette.
 
 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 w n T? IT d 
 WOKKS, 
 
 JMUYY JtHUAUI, 
 
 CLINICAL LECTURES ON SURGERY, 
 
 DELIVERED AT ST. GEOBQE'S HOSPITAL' 
 
 By SIR BENJAMIN BRODIE, BART., V. P. R. gCT/ 1 
 
 SERJEANT SURGEON TO THE QUEEN, ETC. ETC. 
 
 IN ONE NEAT OCTAVO VOLUME. 
 
 These Lectures, in passing through the columns of " The Medical News,'* during the 
 last year, have received the unanimous approbation of the profession in this country, and 
 will no doubt be eagerly sought for in their complete state. 
 
 " Sir Benjamin Brodie has long been distinguished as a surgeon, even among those in the front 
 rank, and may now be regarded as occupying the first place in Great Britain, if not in the world. 
 It is not as a mere operator that he is distinguished that, it must be conceded by all right thinking 
 minds, is but a very humble part of the qualifications of a surgeon but as a profound pathologist 
 and therapeutist. We may be prejudiced or mistaken, but in these higher and really intellectual 
 qualifications, we know of no living surgeon that approaches him. His well considered opinions 
 and practical instructions are conveyed, too, in language so appropriate, so simple, clear and chaste, 
 that one scarcely knows whether most to admire the excellence of the matter or the beauty of the 
 style in which it is clothed. Theory and practice go hand in hand throughout. Rarely is a pre- 
 cept given without being illustrated by some apposite case, selected from his vast experience, arid 
 always in the fewest and most expressive words. Nothing more than is necessary to enforce the 
 point is said, and nothing that is necessary is left untold." The Medical Examiner. 
 
 " It would not be easy to find in the same compass more useful matter than is embraced in each 
 of these discourses, or indeed in this volume. We the less regret the limited extracts we have it 
 in our power to make from it, because we feel sure that it will in a short time find its way into all 
 the medical libraries in the country.' The Western Journal of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 "Sir B. Brodie has rendered his clinical lectures what all clinical lectures should be clear, 
 impressive and practical expositions of curative measures, in which all the most important features 
 of the subject are plainly set forth, without being unnecessarily encumbered with details. We 
 attach a very high value to these Lectures: their style is clear, demonstrative and unaffected, de- 
 cided and energetic ; but altogether free from dogmatism or over-confidence. They are strictly 
 practical ; and much of the information which they contain will assuredly do the reader and his 
 patients good service in time of need." Medical Gazette. 
 
 BRODIE ON URINARY ORGANS, 
 
 LECTURES 
 ON THE DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS, 
 
 FROM THE THIRD LONDON EDITION. 
 
 WITH ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS. 
 
 In One Small Octavo Volume, Cloth. 
 
 This work has been entirely revised throughout, some of the author's views have been 
 modified, and a considerable proportion of new matter has been added, among which is 
 a lecture on the Operation of Lithotomy. 
 
 .j iiOMi?E _ _ x_u_ L~ 2x^^ t' : * fi ^ 
 
 BRODIE ON THE JOINTS, 
 
 ~ ' ! " / *J "I T T I ' IT/ T O ( ' r 1 \ \ fil 
 
 PATHOLOGICAL AND SURGICAL OBSERVATIONS 
 
 ON THE DISEASES OF THE JOINTS. 
 
 FROM THE FOURTH LONDON EDITION. 
 
 OTfth the author's Alterations antJ g|Wftfon& 
 
 In One Small Octavo Volume, Clofh. 
 
 r "To both the practical physician and the student, then, this little volume will be one of much 
 seryice, inasmuch as we have here a condensed view of these complicated subjects thoroughly 
 investigated by the aid of the light afforded by modern Pathological Surgery." N. Y. Journal of 
 Medicine.
 
 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 THE SIXTH EDITION OF DUNGLISON'S MEDICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 To 1846. 
 
 ( Y MEDICAlTLEXICON. >! 
 
 A DICTIONARY 
 
 ,Y MEDIC AL F SC IE NCE.'J H 
 
 CONTAINING 
 
 A CONCISE ACCOUNT OF THE VARIOUS SUBJECTS AND TERMS ; WITH 
 
 THE FRENCH AND OTHER SYNONYMES NOTICES OF CLIMATES 
 
 AND OF CELEBRATED MINERAL WATERS; FORMULAE 
 
 FOR VARIOUS OFFICINAL AND EMPIRICAL PREPA- 
 
 RATIONS, &c. 
 
 BY ROBLEY DUNGLISON, M. D., 
 
 Professor of the Institutes of Medicine, tec. in Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. 
 
 SIXTH EDITION, REVISED AND GREATLY ENLARGED. 
 In one Royal Octavo Volume of over 800 very large pages, double columns. 
 
 Strongly bound in the best leather, raised bands. 
 
 It is not necessary for the author to say more, an a preface to this sixth, edition of his dictionary, than that he 
 has bestowed the same care on its revision and improvement, which he did on the others. In proof of this, he 
 may remark, that the present edition comprises nearly two tliousand five hundred subjects and terms not con- 
 tained in the last. Many of these have been introduced into medical terminology in consequence of the pro- 
 gress of the science ; and others had escaped him in previous revisions. 
 
 It is the author's anxious wish to render the work a satisfactory and desirabk if not indispensable Lexicon. 
 in which the student may search without disappointment for every term that has been legitimated in the nomen- 
 clature of the science. This desideratum he is enabled to attempt in successive editions, by reason of the work 
 not being stereotyped ; and the present edition certainly offers stronger claims to the attention of the practi- 
 tioner and student than any of its predecessors. Preface to Sixth. Edition, May 1840. 
 
 A NEW EDITION OF 
 
 THE MEDICAL STUDENT, 
 
 OR AIDS TO THE STUDY OF MEDICINE. 
 
 A REVISED AND MODIFIED EDITION. 
 
 BY ROBLEY DUNGLISON, M. D., 
 In One neat 12mo. volume. 
 
 H U M A lOl^A L T H ; 
 
 OR, THE INFLUENCE OF ATMOSPHERE AND LOCALITY, CHANGE OF AIR 
 AND CLIMATE, SEASONS, FOOD, CLOTHING, BATHING AND MINE- 
 RAL SPRINGS, EXERCISE, SLEEP, CORPOREAL AND INTEL- , , 
 LECTUAL PURSUITS, &c. &c., ON HEALTHY MAN: 
 
 CONSTITUTING 
 ELEMENTS OF HYGIENE. 
 
 BY ROBLEY DU NG L IS O N, M. D. 
 
 A New Edition with many Modifications and Additions. In One Volume, 8vo. 
 
 DUNGLISON ON NEW REMEDIES. 
 
 _..,. 
 
 NEW REMEDIES, 
 
 PHARMACEUTICALLY AND THERAPEUTICALLY CONSIDERED. 
 
 FOURTH EDITION. 
 
 WITH EXTENSIVE MODIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONS, 
 BY ROBLEY DUNGLISON, M.D., &c. 
 
 The numerous valuable therapeutical agents which have of late years been introduced into the Materia 
 Medica, render it a difficult matter for the practitioner to keep up with the advancement of the science, espe- 
 cially as the descriptions of them are difficult of access, being scattered so widely through transactions of 
 learned societies, journals, monographs, &.c. &c. To obviate this difficulty, and to place within reach of the 
 profession this important information in a compendious form, is the object of the present volume, and the num- 
 ber of editions through which it has passed show that its utility has not been underrated. 
 
 fj" Apothecaries and Physicians may rely upon having a laie edition of this useful work.
 
 10 LEA &, BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 ./}? PROFESSOlTly^^ 
 
 NOW READY. A NEW EDITION OF 
 
 DUNGLISON'S PHYSIOLOGY, 
 
 Brought up to 1846, 
 
 HUMAN P HY S I O L O G Y , 
 
 WITH 
 
 THREE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 BY ROBLEY DUNGLISON, M. D., 
 
 PROFESSOR OF THE INSTITUTES OF MEDICINE IN THE JEFFERSON MEDICAL COLLEGE, PHILADELPHIA, 
 
 &C. &C. 
 
 Q SIXTH EDITION. 
 
 GREATLY IMPROVED. 
 
 In two large octavo volumes, containing nearly 1350 pages. 
 
 " It is but necesary for the Author to say that all the cares that were bestowed 
 on the preparation of the fifth edition have been extended to the sixth, and even 
 to a greater amount. Nothing of importance that has been recorded since its 
 publication, has, he believes, escaped his attention. Upwards of seventy illustra- 
 tions have been added ; and many of the former cuts have been replaced by others. 
 The work, he trusts will be found entirely on a level with the existing advanced 
 state of physiological science." 
 
 In mechanical and artistical execution, this edition is far in advance of anj former one. The 
 illustrations have been subjected to a thorough revision, many have been rejected and their places 
 supplied with superior ones, and numerous new wood-cuts have been added wherever perspicuity or 
 novelty seemed to require them. 
 
 THE PRACTICE OF MEDICINE, 
 
 OR A TREATISE ON 
 
 SPECIAL PATHOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 BY ROBLEY DUNGLISON, M.D. 
 
 CONTAINING 
 
 THE DISEASES OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL, THE DISEASES OF THE 
 
 CIRCULATORY APPARATUS, DISEASES OF THE GLANDULAR OR- 
 
 GANS, DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF THE SENSES, DISEASES 
 
 OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS, DISEASES OF THE GLAN- 
 
 DIFORM GANGLIONS, DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYS- 
 
 TEM, DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF REPRODUC- 
 
 TION, DISEASES INVOLVING VARIOUS ORGANS, 
 
 &c. &c. 
 
 In Two Volumes, Octava^IJ 
 
 This work has been introduced as a text-book in many of the Medical Colleges, 
 and the general favor with which it has been received, is a guarantee of its value 
 to the practitioner and student. 
 
 "'In the volumes before us, Dr. Dunglison has proved that his acquaintance with the present facts 
 and doctrines, wheresoever originating, is most extensive and intimate, and the judgment, skill, 
 and impartiality with which the materials of the work have been collected, weighed, arranged, and 
 exposed, are strikingly manifested in every chapter. Great care is everywhere taken to indicate 
 the source of information, and under the head of treatment, formulae of the most appropriate reme- 
 dies are everywhere introduced. In conclusion, we congratulate the students and junior practi- 
 tioners of America on possessing in the present volumes a work of standard merit, to which they 
 may confidently refer in their doubts and difficulties." Brit, and For. Med. Rev. for July, 1842. 
 
 " Since the foregoing observations were written, we have received a second edition of Dungli- 
 son's work, a sufficient indication of the high character it has already attained in America, and 
 justly attained." Ibid, for October, 1844.
 
 LEA & BLANCH ARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 11 
 
 NOW READY, 
 
 DUNGLlSON'S THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 A NEW EDITION, MUCH IMPROVED, TO 1846. 
 
 WITH ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 ADAPTED FOR A MEDICAL TEXT-BOOK. 
 
 BY ROBLEY DUNGLISON, M.D., 
 
 Professor of Institutes of Medicine, etc. in Jefferson Medical College; Late Professor of Materia Medica, etc. 
 in the Universities of Virginia and Maryland, and in Jefferson Medical College. 
 
 Third Edition, Revised and Improved, in Two Octavo Volumes, well bound. 
 
 In this edition much improvement will be found over the former ones. The author has subjected 
 it to a thorough revision, and has endeavored to so modify the work as to make it a more complete 
 and exact exponent of the present state of knowledge on the important subjects of which it treats. 
 The favor with which the former editions were received, demanded that the present should be ren- 
 dered still more worthy of the patronage of the profession, and this alteration will be found not 
 only in the matter of the volumes, but also in the numerous illustrations introduced, and the gene- 
 ral improvement in the appearance of the work. 
 
 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. VOL. I. 
 
 1. Ceplm61 is Ipecacuanha. 17. Legume and leaflet of C. 37. Cetraria Islandica. 57. Lycopus Virginicus. 
 
 2. Brown Ipecacuan. root. obovata. 38. Fucus vesiculosus. 58. Strychnos Nux Vomica. 
 
 3. Striated Ipecacuan. root IS. Tinuevelly Senna. 39 Inhaler. 59. Ruta graveolens. 
 
 Undulated Ipecacu- 19. Cassia Marilandica. 40. Cantharides. 60. Seeale eornutum. 
 
 anha root. 20. Podophyllum. 41. Leontodon Tarnxncum.61. Cinrmmomum Zeylani- 
 
 4. Tonidium Ipecac, root. 21. Hebradendroncambogi-42. Erigeron Philadelphi- cum. 
 
 5. Gillenia stipulacea. o'ides. cum. 02. Cardamom. 
 
 6. Lobelia inflata. 22. Momordica Elateriim. 43 Arbutus Uva ursi. 63. Cariophyllusaromaticua 
 
 7. SanguinariaCanadensis 23. Apocynum cannabinum44. Eupatorium perfoliatum.64. Foeniculum vulgare. 
 
 8. Apocynum Androssemi- 24. Convolvulus panduratus45. Asclepias tuberosa. 65. Monarda coccinea. 
 
 folium. 25. Chenopodium Anthel- 46. Arum triphyllum. 66. Hedeoma pulegioides. 
 
 9. Erythronium America- minlicnm. 47. Carthamus tinctorius. 67. Myrislica moschata. 
 
 num. 26. Spigelia Marilandica. 48. Warm-bath. 68. Nutmeg in the shell fur- 
 
 10. Euphorbia corollata. 27. Nephrodium Filix max. 49. Hip-bath. rounded by the mace. 
 
 11. Ficus Carica. 28. Punica granatum. 50. Foot-bath. 69. Gaultheria procumbens. 
 12 Ricinis communis. 29, 30. Inhaling Bottles. 51. Hyoscyamus Niger. 70. Juniperus communis. 
 
 13. Rheum palmatum. ' 31. Balsamadend'n Myrrha. 52. Datura Stramonium. 71. Citrus Aurantium. 
 
 14. Rheum compactum. 32. Acacia Arabica. 53. Conium maculatum. 72. Laurus camphora, 
 
 15. Aloe Socotorina. 33. Olea Europsea. , 54. Humulus Lupulus. 73. Drymis Winteri. 
 18. Legume and leaflet of 34 Saccharum officinarum.55. Dried lupulinic grnin74 Acorus Calamus. 
 
 Acute leaved Alexan- 35. Linum usitatissimum. with its hilum magnifi'd 75. Piper nigrum. 
 
 drian Senna, 36. Astragalus verus. 56. Cannabis sativa. 76. Electrical Apparatus for 
 
 Medical purposes. 
 
 VOL. II. 
 
 1. Cocculus palmatns. 13. -Hepafica Americana. 26. Abies excelsa.' ' 35. Panic's of Potato starch 
 
 (Male plant.) 14. Indigo. 27. Ranunculus acris. seen by tha microscope. 
 
 2. Gentiana Catesbsei. 15. Cornus Florida. 28. Aralia nudicaulis. 36. Janipha Manihot. 
 
 3. Frasera Walteri. 16. Liriodendron tulipifera 29. Solarium dulcamara. 37. Particles of Tapioca as 
 4 Sabbatia angularis. 17. Dyospyros Virginiana. 30. Tacca pinnatifida. seen by the microscope. 
 
 5. Coptis trifolia. 18. Heuchera acerifolia. 31. Panicles of Tahiti Ar-38. Sagus Rumphii. 
 
 6. Aletris farinosa. 19. Spiraea tomentosa. row-root. 39 Particles of Sago-meal. 
 
 7. Aristolochia serpentaria 20. Siatice Carolijiiana. 32. Particles of white East 40. Particles of Potato sago. 
 
 8. Asarum Canadense. 21. Colchicnm autumnale. India Arrow-root. 41. Cycas revoluta or the 
 
 9. Anthemis Cotula. 22. Veratrum Album. Var 33. Particles of West India Japan Sago-tree. 
 
 10. Magnolia glauca. Albiflorum. Arrow-root. 42. Avena Sativa. 
 
 11. Magnolia macrophylla. 23. Cim cifuga racemosa. 34. Particles of Tous-les- 43. Parti'sof WheatStarch 
 
 12. Geum Virginianum. 24, 25. Shower-bath. mois. 
 
 "Our junior brethren in America will find in these volumes of Professor Dunglison, a 'THESACKVS MEDICA- 
 MINUM,' more valuable than a large purse of goWMedico-Chirurgical Review for Jan. 1845. 
 
 ELLIS S IVIEDICAIi 
 
 NEW AND IMPROVED EDITION, TO JULY, 1846. 
 
 THE MEDICAL FORMULARY: 
 
 BEING A COLLECTION OF PRESCRIPTIONS, DERIVED FROM THE WRITINGS AND PRACTICE OF MANY OF 
 THE MOST EMINENT PHYSICIANS OF AMERICA AND EUROPE. 
 
 TO WHICH IS ADDED AN APPENDIX, 
 
 CONTAINING THE USUAL DIETETIC PREPARATIONS AND ANTIDOTES FOR POISONS. 
 THE WHOLF. ACCOMPANIED WITH A FEW BRIEF PH ARMACEUTIC AND MEDICAL OBSEHVATION8. 
 
 BY BENJAMIN ELLIS, M.D., 
 
 Late Professor of Materia Medica and Pharmacy in the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. 
 
 EIGHTH EDITION, WITH EXTENSIVE ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS. 
 
 BY SAMUEL GEORGE MORTON, M. D. 
 
 In One neat Octavo Volume. 
 
 This popular work has been too extensively and favorably known to the profession in the United States to 
 require any remarks in introducing a new ednion. except to state that the improvements in it will be found to 
 be numerous and important. Great care has been taken in ils passage through the press to insure the utmost 
 accuracy, and it is confidently presented as worthy the increased confidence of physicians and apothecaries.
 
 12 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 AN ANATOMICAL DESCRIPTION 
 
 OF THE DISEASES OF THE 
 
 ORGANS OF CIRCULATION AND RESPIRATION, 
 
 BY CHARLES EWALD HASSE, 
 
 Professor of Pathology and Clinical Medicine in the University of Zurich, &c. 
 TRANSLATED AND EDITED BY 
 
 W. E. SWA.INE, M.D., &c. 
 In one octavo volume. 
 
 A New Work, Just Heady. July 1846. 
 HOPE ON THE HEART, NEW EDITION. 
 
 ft- 
 
 A TREATISE ON THE DISEASES 
 
 OF THE HEART AND GREAT VESSELS, 
 
 AND ON THE AFFECTIONS WHICH MAY BE MISTAKEN 
 rrVr FOR THEM. 
 
 COMPRISING THE AUTHOR'S VIEW OF THE PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HEART'S 
 
 ACTION AND SOUNDS AS DEMONSTRATED BY HIS EXPERIMENTS 
 
 ON THE MOTIONS AND SOUNDS IN 1830, AND ON THE 
 
 SOUNDS IN 1834-5. 
 
 BY J. HOPE, M. D., F. R. S., &c. &c, 
 
 Second American from the Third London Edition. 
 WITH NOTES AND A DETAIL OF RECENT EXPERIMENTS. 
 
 BY C. W. PENNOCK, M.D., &c. 
 In one octavo volume of nearly 600 pages, with lithographic plates. 
 
 HUGHES ON THE LUNGS AND HEART, 
 
 CLINICAL INTRODUCTION TO THE PRACTICE OF AUSCULTATION, 
 
 AND OTHER MODES OF PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. 
 INTENDED TO SIMPLIFY THE STUDY OF THE DISEASES OF THE HEART 
 
 AND LUNGS. 
 BY H. M. HUGHES, M.D., &c. 
 
 In One Duodecimo Volume, with a plate. 
 
 A NEW WORK. PHILLIPS ON SCROFULA. 
 
 1846. 
 
 ITS NATURE, ITS PREVALENCE, ITS CAUSES, AND THE PRINCIPLES OF 
 
 ITS TREATMENT. 
 
 BY BENJAMIN PHILLIPS, M. D., F. R. S., &c. 
 In one neat octavo volume, with a plate. 
 
 " There can be no doubt that there was ample room for a fresh review of scrofula, and that a work on the 
 subject, from a writer of learning, industry, and talent, must be acceptable; and such, after a careful perusal, 
 the work before us appears to be. Very uncommon pains seem to have been taken in collecting information 
 from men as well as books. Our impression of this work is, that it is a very important accession to our profes- 
 sional literature, and does the greatest credit to the industry, research and talent of the author. Its utility is, 
 we think, likely to extend far beyond the limits of professional society." The London Medical Gazftle. 
 
 This work is just published. The author has been for years engaged in the collection of materials and sta- 
 tistics from all parts of the world. 
 
 SMALL BOOKS ON GREAT SUBJECTS. 
 
 JVO1T" BE A JOY, 
 
 "The Connection between Physiology and Intellectual Science," 
 
 Forming No. 2 of a series of small works now issuing at Twenty-five Cents each. 
 
 To be followed shortly by "Philosophical Theories and Philosophical Experience," On Man's 
 Power over Himself to Prevent or Control Insanity," "An Introduction to Practical Organic Che- 
 mistry," "An Introduction to Vegetable Physiology, with References to the Works of De Can- 
 dolle, Lindley, &c.," and several other new and valuable works. Each one to form a very neat 
 and portable volume. 
 
 85* These works have acquired great popularity in England, and the publishers take pleasure 
 in introducing the series neatly printed, and at so low a price.
 
 LEA &, BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 13 
 
 A COMPENDIUM OF LECTURES 
 
 ON THE 
 
 THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. 
 
 DELIVERED BY PROFESSOR CHAPMAN IN THE UNIVERSITY OP PENN- 
 SYLVANIA. 
 
 PREPARED. WITH PERMISSION. FROM DR. CHAPMAN'S MANUSCRIPTS, 
 AND PUBLISHED WITH HIS APPROBATION, 
 
 BY N. D. BENEDICT, M. D. 
 
 IN ONE VERY NEAT OCTAVO VOLUME. 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Remarks on the Classification of Diseases Fever in General Intermittent Fever Remittent Fever 
 Continued Fever, (Mild, Intermediate, and Extreme Forms) Yellow Fever Endemic Pneu- 
 monic, or Spotted Fever Diseases of the Heart and Blood-vessels, (Inflammatory, Organic, and 
 Nervous) Acute Carditis, Pericarditis, and Endocarditis Chronic Carditis, Pericarditis, and En- 
 docarditis Hypertrophy of the Heart Dilatation of the Heart Atrophy of the Heart Rupture 
 of the Heart Affections of the Valves of the Heart Palpitations Acute Arteritis Degenera- 
 rations of Arteries Aneurism of Arteries Phlebitis Acute Inflammation of the Throat Chronic 
 Inflammation of the Throat Dysphagia Parotitis Dysentery, (Inflammatory) Dysentery, (Con- 
 gestive) Diarrhoea Cholera Morbus Cholera Infantum Flatulent Colic Bilious Colic Colica 
 Pictonum Acute Peritonitis Chronic Peritonitis Acute Catarrh Catarrhus jEstivus Chronic 
 Catarrh Acute Bronchitis Chronic Bronchitis Catarrhus Scnilis Acute Infantile Bronchitis 
 Chronic Infantile Bronchitis Croup Acute Infantile Asthma Whooping-Cough Acute Laryn- 
 gitis Chronic Laryngitis Pleuropneumonia Congestive Pneumonia Chronic Pleurisy and 
 Pneumonia Apoplexy Palsy Epilepsy Hysteria Chorea Neuralgia Diabetes. 
 The subjects treated of in this volume are entirely distinct from those considered in Dr. 
 Chapman's two works on "Thoracic and Abdominal Viscera," and on "Eruptive Fevers," 
 &c. These works are all printed and bound to match, and form three very neat octavo 
 
 volumes. 
 
 
 
 LECTURES ON THE MORE IMPORTANT DISEASES 
 
 OF THE . 
 
 THORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, 
 
 DELIVERED IN THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. 
 BY N. CHAPMAN, M.D. 
 
 PROFESSOR OF THE THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE, ETC. 
 
 In One Volume, Octavo. 
 
 CHAPMAN olsTFEVERS, &c. 
 
 LECTURES ON THE MORE IMPORTANT 
 
 ERUPTIVE FEVERS, HAEMORRHAGES AND DROPSIES, 
 
 AND ON GOUT AND RHEUMATISM, 
 
 DELIVERED IN THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. 
 BY N. CHAPMAN, M.D., 
 
 PROFESSOR OF THE THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE, ETC. ETC. 
 
 In One Neat Octavo Volume. 
 
 "The name of Chapman stands deservedly high in the annals of American medical science. A teacher and 
 a lecturer for nearly forty years, in the oldest and, we believe, the first medical school on this side of the Au 
 lanlic, the intimate friend and companion of Rush, Kuhn, Physick, Wistar, Woodhouse, Pewees, and a host 
 of others, scarcely less renowned, Professor Chapman reflects upon the profession of this generation something 
 of the genius and wisdom of that which hag passed; he stands out the able and eloquent champion of the doc- 
 trines and principles of other times, when Cullen's " first lines" formed the rule of faith for all the Doctors in 
 Medicine throughout Christendom. In him is embodied the experience of three-score and ten, strengthened 
 by reading, and enlightened by a familiar intercourse with many of the ablest medical men in the New and 
 Old World. In conclusion, we must declare our belief that the name of Chapman will survive when that of 
 many of his cotemporaries shall have been forgotten ; when other generations shall tread the great theatre of 
 human affairs, and when other discoveries yet undisclosed, shall shed a brighter light upon the path of medi- 
 cal science. The various lectures which he has been publishing, containing, as they do, the doctrines that 
 he has so long and so eloquently taught to large and admiring classes, we doubt not^will be welcomed with 
 delight by his numerous pupils throughout the Union." Xeu> Orleans Medical Journal. 

 
 14 LEA &. BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 H E N 1 7 S~TNFT M Y, 
 
 NEW EDITION To be Ready by October, 
 
 S P E C I AL AN ATOMY 
 
 AND 
 
 HISTOLOGY?" 1 
 
 BY 
 
 WILLIAM E. HORNER, M.D., 
 
 PROFESSOR OF ANATOMY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, &c. &c. 
 
 SEVENTH EDITION, 
 
 WITH MANY IMPROVEMENTS AND ADDITIONS. 
 In two Octavo Volumes, with Illustrations on Wood. 
 This standard work has been so long before the profession, and has been 
 so extensively used, that, in announcing the new edition, it is only neces- 
 sary to state that it will undergo a most careful revision ; the author will 
 introduce many illustrations relating to Microscopical Anatomy, and will 
 add a large amount of text on these various points of investigation that 
 are rapidly advancing and attracting so much attention. This new edi- 
 tion will be arranged to refer conveniently to the illustrations in Smith, 
 and Homer's Anatomical Atlas, and will be ready for the Fall Lectures. 
 
 s ,; , r HORNER'S _DISSECTOR. Afl( j HT , 
 
 THE UNITED STATES DISSECTOR, ' 
 
 OF 
 
 "HORNER'S PRACTICAL ANATOMY," 
 
 IN ONE VERY NEAT VOLUME, 
 - , ROYAL 12mo. 
 
 With many Illustrations on Wood. 
 
 The numerous alterations and additions which this work has under- 
 gone, the improvements which have been made in it, and the numerous 
 wood-cuts which have been introduced, render it almost a new work. 
 
 It is the standard work for the Students in the University of Pennsyl- 
 vania. 
 
 BUDD ON THE LIVER. 
 
 ON DISEASES OF THE LIVER. 
 
 BY GEORGE BUDD, M.D., F.R.S., 
 
 Professor of Medicine in King's College, London, &c. &c. 
 With colored plates, and numerous wood-cuts. In one neat octavo volume. 
 
 "We cannot too strongly recommend the diligent sludy of this volume. The work cannot fail to rank the 
 name of its author among the most enlightened pathologists and soundest practitioners of the day." Medico- 
 Chirurgical Review. 
 

 
 A nXAGHZFICEUNTX AND CHEAP WORK. 
 
 SMITH & HORNER'S ANATOMICAL ATLAS. 
 
 Just Published, Price Five Dollars in Parts. 
 
 AN 
 
 ANATOMICAL ATLAS 
 
 ILLUSTRATIVE OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE HUMAN BODY. 
 
 BY HENRY H. SMITH, M. D., 
 
 Ftlloio of the College of Physicians, fyc, 
 UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF 
 
 WILLIAM E. HORNER, M.D., 
 
 Professor of Anatomy in the University of Pennsylvania, 
 In One large Volume, Imperial Octavo. 
 
 This work is but just completed, having been delayed over the time intended by the great difficulty in giving 
 to the illustrations the desired finish and perfection. It consists of five parts, whose contents are as follows : 
 
 PART I. The Bones and Ligaments, with one hundred and thirty engravings. 
 
 PART II. The Muscular and Dermoid Systems, with ninety-one engravings. 
 
 .PART III. The Organs of Digestion and Generation, with one hundred and ninety-one engravings. 
 
 PART IV. The Organs of Respiration and Circulation, with ninety-eight engravings. 
 
 PART V. The Nervous System and the Senses, with one hundred and twenty-six engravings. 
 Forming altogether a complete System of Anatomical Plates, of nearly 
 
 SIX HUNDRED AND FIFTY FIGURES, 
 
 executed in the best style of art, and making one large imperial octavo volume. Those who do not want it in 
 parts can have the work bound in extra cloth or sheep at an extra cost. 
 
 This work possesses novelty both in the design and the execution. It is the first attempt to apply engraving 
 an wood, on a large scale, to the illustration of human anatomy, and the beauty of the parts issued induces the 
 publishers to flatter themselves with the hope of the perfect success of their undertaking. The plan of the 
 work is at once novel and convenient Each.page is perfect in itself, the references being immediately under 
 the figures, so that the eye takes in the whole at a glance, and obviates the necessity of continual reference 
 backwards and forwards. The cuts are selected from the best and most accurate sources ; and, where neces- 
 sary, original drawings have been made from the admirable Anatomical Collection of the University of Penn- 
 sylvania. It embraces all the late beautiful discoveries arising from the ue of the microscope in the investi- 
 gation of the minute structure of the tissues. 
 
 In the getting up of this very complete work, the publishers have spared neither pains nor expense, and they 
 now present it to the profession, with the full confidence that it will be deemed all that is wanted in a scientific 
 and artistical point of view, while, at the same time, its very low price places it within the reach of all. 
 
 It is particularly adapted to tupply the place of skeletons or subjects, as the profession will see by examining the list 
 of plaits 
 
 "These figures are well selected, and present a complete and accurate representation of that wonderful fabrie, 
 the human body. The plan of this Atlas, which renders it so peculiarly convenient for the student, and its 
 superb artistical execution, have been already pointed out. We must congratulate the student upon the 
 completion of this atlas, as it is the most convenient work of the kind that has yet appeared ; and, we must 
 add, the very beautiful manner in which it is ' got up' is so creditable to the country as to be flattering to our 
 national pride." American Medical Journal. 
 
 "This is an exquisite volume, and a beautiful specimen of art. We have numerous Anatomical Atlases, 
 but we will venture to say that none equal it in cheapness, and none surpass it in faithfulness and spirit. We 
 strongly recommend to our friends, both urban and suburban, the purchase of this excellent work, for which 
 both editor and publisher deserve the thanks of the profession." Medical Examiner. 
 
 "We would strongly recommend it, not only to the student, but also to the working practitioner, who, 
 although grown rusty in the toils of his harness, still has the desire, and often the necessity, of refreshing his 
 knowledge in this fundamental part of the science of medicine." New York Journal of Medicine and Surg. 
 
 " The plan of this Atlas is admirable, and its execution superior to any thing of the kind before published in 
 this country. It is a real labour-saving affair, and we regard its publication as the greatest boon that could be 
 conferred on the student of anatomy. It will be equally valuable to the practitioner, by affording him an easy 
 means of recalling the details learned in the dissecting room, and which are soon forgotten." American Medi- 
 cal Journal. * 
 
 " It is a beautiful as well as particularly useful design, which should be extensively patronized by physicians, 
 urgeons and medical students." Boston Sled, and Surg. Journal. 
 
 "It has been the aim of the author of the Atlas to comprise in it trie valuable points of all previous works, to 
 embrace the latest microscopical observations on the anatomy of the tissues, and by placing it at a moderate 
 price to enable all to acquire it who may need its assistance in the dissecting or operating room, or other field 
 of practice." Western Journal ofMed. and Surgery. 
 
 "These numbers complete the series of this beautiful work, which fully merits the praise bestowed upon the 
 earlier numbers. We regard all the engravings as possessing an accuracy only equalled by their beauty, 
 and cordially recommend the work to all engaged in the study of anatomy." New York Journal of Medicine 
 and Surgery. 
 
 fa A more elegant work than the one before us could not easily be placed by a physician upon the table of 
 his student." Western Journal of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 "We were much pleased with Part I, but the Second Part gratifies us still more, both as regards the attract- 
 ive nature of the subject, (The Dermoid and Muscular Systems,) and the beautiful artistical execution of the 
 ^lustrations. We have here delineated the most accurate microscopic views of some of the tissues, as, for 
 instance, the cellular and adipose tissues, the epidermis, rete mucosum and cutis vera, the sebaceous and 
 perspiratory- organs of the skin, the perspiratory glands and hairs of the skin, and the hair and nails. Then 
 follows the general anatomy of the muscles, and, lastly, their separate delineations. We would recommend 
 this Anatomical Atlas to our readers in the very strongest terms." New York Journal of Medicine and Sur- 
 gery-
 
 16 LEA & BLANCHARD'8 PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 ^^~^~~~~~^~^~~~~~. 
 
 THERAPEUTICAL LIBRARY. 
 
 PEREIRA'S MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ' WITH NEARLY THREE HUNDRED ENGRAVINGS ON WOOD. 
 A NEW EDITION, LATELY PUBLISHED. 
 
 THE ELEMENTS OF 
 
 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS, 
 
 COMPREHENDING THE NATURAL HISTORY, PREPARATION, PROPERTIES, COMPO- 
 SITION, EFFECTS AND USES OF MEDICINES. 
 
 BY JONATHAN PEREIRA, M.D., F.R.S. AND L S., 
 
 Member of the Society of Pharmacy of Paris ; Examiner in Materia Medica arvd Pharmacy of the University 
 of London; Lecturer on Materia Medica at the London Hospital, &c. &c. 
 
 Second American, from the last London Edition, enlarged and improved. 
 WITH NOTES AND ADDITIONS BY JOSEPH CARSON, M.D. 
 
 In Two Volumes, Octavo, containing Fifteen Hundred very large Pages, illustrated by 
 Two Hundred and Seventy-five Wood-cuts. 
 
 Part I. contains the General Action and Classification of Medicines and the Miner.il Materia 
 Medica. Part II., the Vegetable and Animal Kingdoms, including diagrams explanatory of the 
 Processes of the Pharmacopoeias, a tabular view of the History of the Materia Medica, from the 
 earliest times to the present day, with the Introduction of the Processes of the New Edinburgh 
 Pharmacopeia, and a very copious index. It also contains additional articles on Mental Remedies, 
 Light, Heat, Cold, Electricity, Magnetism, Exercise, Dietetics and Climate, and many additional 
 Wood-cuts, illustrative of Pharmaceutical Operations, Crystallography, Shape and Organization of 
 the Feculas of Commerce, and the Natural History of the Materia Medica. 
 
 In passing through the press the second edition of this standard work, the opportunity has been 
 taken by the editor to correct any mistakes or inadvertencies that may have escaped him or the 
 author, in the first edition. It may now be considered as entirely worthy of the confidence of the 
 physician and pharmaceutist, as an accurate edition of the most complete work extant on the subject. 
 
 "An Encyclopedia of knowledge in that department of medical science by the common consent of the pro- 
 fession the most elaborate and scientific Treatise ou Materia Medica incur language." Western Journal of 
 Altdicine and Surgery. 
 
 THE STUDENT'S TEXT-BOOK OF MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 NOW AT PRESS, 
 
 A MANUAL OF 
 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 BY J. FORBES ROYLE, M. D., 
 
 PROFESSOR IN KING'S COLLEGE, LONDON. 
 
 EDITED BY 
 
 J. CARSON, M.D., 
 
 Professor of Materia Medica and Pharmacy in the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, etc. etc. 
 
 In One Octavo Volume, with Numerous Splendid Illustrations. 
 
 This work will contain all the most recent information and investigations in the various 
 branches connected with the Materia Medica, and under the supervision of its able editor, 
 will receive whatever alterations and additions may be necessary to adapt it to the United 
 Stales Pharmacopoeia, and to the practice of this country. The high character of the author 
 will attract attention to the work as a text-book for the next session of the various colleges, 
 if ready. The numerous and beautiful illustrations will far surpass anything that has as 
 yet been attempted in this way. This volume will be brought out in a style to match Fer- 
 guson's Surgery, Wilson's Anatomy, &c., and will be sold at a low price.
 
 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 17 
 
 THE afiElt MEDICAL LIBEARY. 
 
 COMPRISING TREATISES ON THE 
 
 NATURE AND TREATMENT OF DISEASES, 
 
 MATERIA MEDICA & THERAPEUTICS, 
 
 DISEASES OF WOMEN AND CHILDREN, 
 MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE, &c. &c. 
 
 EDITED BY 
 
 JOHN FORBES, M. D., F. R. S., 
 ALEXANDER TWEEDIE, M.D., F. R. S., 
 
 AND 
 
 JOHN CONOLLY, M.D. 
 
 REVISED, WITH ADDITIONS, 
 
 BY ROBLEY DUNGLISON, M.D. 
 
 THIS WORK IS NOW COMPLETE, AND FORMS 
 
 FOUR LARGE SUPER-ROYAL, OCTAVO VOLUMES, 
 
 CONTAINING THIRTY-TWO HUNDRED AND FIFTY-FOUR 
 UNUSUALLY LARGE PAGES IN DOUBLE COLUMNS, 
 
 PRINTED ON GOOD PAPER, WITH A NEW AND CLEAR TYPE. 
 THE WHOLE WELL AND STRONGLY BOUND, 
 
 WITH RAISED BANDS AND DOUBLE TITLES. 
 Or, to be had in twenty-four parts, at Fifty Cents each. 
 
 For a list of Articles and Attthors, together toith opinions of the press, see Supplement to the No- 
 vember number of the Medical News and Library. 
 
 This work having been completed and placed before the profession, has 
 been steadily advancing in favor with all classes of physicians. The nu- 
 merous advantages which it combines, beyond those of any other work ; 
 the weight which each article carries with it, as being the production of 
 some physician of acknowledged reputation who has devoted himself 
 especially to the subject confided to him, the great diversity of topics 
 treated of; the compendiousness with which everything of importance is 
 digested into a comparatively small space ; the manner in which it has 
 been brought up to the day, everything necessary to the American prac- 
 titioner having been added by Dr. Dunglison ; the neatness of its mecha- 
 nical execution, and the extremely low price at which it is afforded, 
 combine to render it one of the most attractive works now before the pro- 
 fession. As a book for constant and reliable reference, it presents advan- 
 tages which are shared by no other work of the kind. To country prac- 
 titioners, especially, it is absolutely invaluable, comprising in a mode- 
 rate space, and trifling cost, the matter for which they would have to 
 accumulate libraries, when removed from public collections. The steady 
 and increasing demand with which it has been favored since its completion, 
 shows that its merits have been appreciated, and that it is now universally 
 considered as the 
 
 LIBRARY FOR CONSULTATION AND REFERENCE.
 
 LEA & BLANCHARD'8 PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 WORKS BY PROFESSORS CHURCHILL, MEIGS, &c. 
 CHURCHILL'S MIDWIFERY. 
 
 A New Edition, Just Published. 
 
 11 
 
 ON THE THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MIDWIFERY, 
 
 BY FLEKTWOOn CHURCHILL, M.D.. M.R.I. A;, 
 
 Licentiate of the College of Physicians in Ireland; Physician to the Western Lying-in Hospital ; Lecturer on 
 Midwifery, &c., in the Richmond Hospital Medical School. &c. &c. 
 
 WITH NOTES AND ADDITIONS 
 BY ROBERT M. HUSTON, M. D., 
 
 Professor of Materia Medica and General Therapeutics, and formerly of Obstetrics and the Diseases of Wo- 
 men and Children in the Jefferson Medical College of Philadelphia; President of the Philadelphia 
 Medical Society. &c. &c. 
 
 SECOND AMERICAN EDITION. 
 
 WITH ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY-EIGHT ILLUSTRATIONS, 
 ENGRAVED BY GILBERT FROM DRAWINGS BY BAGG AND OTHERS. 
 
 In One beautiful Octavo Volume. . . 
 
 The call for a second edition of Dr. Churchill's Midwifery, within so short a time after the ap- 
 pearance of the first, is satisfactory evidence that the profession in this country appreciate the high 
 value of the work. Both as a text-book for the student and as a manual for the practitioner, it has 
 a deservedly great reputation, especially for the fulness and clearness with which the physiological 
 details are wrought out and brought to illustrate the practical part. To render the present edition 
 worthy of a continuance of the favor and confidence so signally manifested towards its predecessor, 
 the editor has carefully added all the new facts and observations which have transpired since the 
 publication of the last edition, or such at least as appeared to him deserving of being recorded. 
 These relate to some of the most important points in physiology and obstetrical practice. Various 
 new illustrations have been introduced, and the whole brought up, as far as possible, to the day of 
 publication. 
 
 
 
 A NEW EDITION OF CHURCHILL ON FEMALES. 
 
 THE DISEASES OF FEMALES, 
 
 INCLUDING THOSE OF 
 
 PREGNANCY AND CHILDBED. 
 BY FLEET WOOD CHURCHILL, 31. D., 
 
 Author of " Theory and Practice of Midwifery," &c. &c. 
 
 THIRD AMERICAN, FROM THE SECOND LONDON EDITION, WITH ILLUSTRATIONS- 
 EDITED, WITH NOTES, 
 
 BY ROBERT M. HUSTON, M.D., &c. &c. 
 !o 
 
 In One Volume, 8vo. 
 
 " In complying with the demand of the profession in this country for a third edition, the Editor 
 has much pleasure in the opportunity thus afforded of presenting the work in its more perfect form. 
 All the additional references and illustrations contained in the English copy are retained in this." 
 
 A TREATISE ON THE DISEASES OF FEMALES, 
 AND ON THE SPECIAL HYGIENE OF THEIR SEX. 
 
 WITH NUMEROUS WOOD-CUTS. 
 
 BY COLO MB AT DE L'lS^RE, M. D., 
 Chevalier of the Legion of Honor; late Surgeon to the Hospital of the Rue de Valois, devoted to the Diseases 
 
 of Females, &c. &c. 
 TRANSLATED, WITH MANY NOTES AND ADDITIONS, 
 
 By C. D. MKIOS, M.D., 
 Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children in the Jefferson Medical College, 4c. Ac. 
 
 In One Large Volume, 8vo. 
 
 " We are satisfied it is destined to take the front rank in this department of medical science; it is 
 beyond all comparison, the most learned Treatise on the Diseases of Females that has ever been 
 written, there being more than one thousand distinct authorities quoted and collected by the inde- 
 fatigable author. It is in fact a complete exposition of the opinions and practical methods of all 
 the celebrated practitioners of ancient and modern times. The Editor and Translator has per- 
 formed his part in a manner hardly to be surpassed. The translation is faithful to the original, and 
 yet elegant. More than one hundred pages of original matter have been incorporated in the text, 
 constituting a seventh part of the whole volume." New York Journal of Medicine.
 
 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 WORKS BY PROFESSOR W. P. DEWEES. 
 NEW EDITIONS. 
 
 DEWEES'S MIDWIFERY. 
 
 A COMPREHENSIVE SYSTEM OF MIDWIFERY. 
 
 ^CHIEFLY DESIGNED TO FACILITATE THE INQUIRIES OF THOSE WHO MAY BE PUR- 
 SUING THIS BRANCH OF STUDY. 
 
 ILLUSTRATED BY OCCASIONAL CASES AND MANY ENGRAVINGS. 
 
 Tenth Edition, with the Author's last Improvements and Corrections. 
 
 BY WILLIAM P. DEWEES, M. D., 
 
 LATE PROFESSOR OF MIDWIFERY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, ETC. 
 
 In one volume, octavo. 
 
 That this work, notwithstanding the length of time it has been before the profession, and the 
 numerous treatises that have appeared since it was written, should have still maintained its ground, 
 and passed to edition after edition, is sufficient proof that in it the great practical talents of the 
 author were fully placed before the profession. Of the book itself it would be superfluous to 
 speak, having been so long and so favorably known throughout the country as to have become 
 identified with American Obstetrical Science. 
 
 DEWEES ON FEMALES. 
 
 
 A TREATISE ON THE DISEASES OE FEMALES. 
 
 BY WILLIAM P. DEWEES, M.D., &c. 
 
 LATE PHOFESSOE OF MIDWIFERY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, ETC. 
 
 EIGHTH EDITION, 
 With the Author's last Improvements and Corrections. 
 
 In one octavo volume, with plates. 
 
 DEWEES ON CHILDREN. 
 
 A TREATISE ON THE 
 
 PHYSICAL AND MEDICAL TREATMENT OF CHILDREN, 
 
 BY WILLIAM P. DEWEES, M.D., 
 
 LATE PROFESSOR OF MIDWIFERY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, ETC. ETC. 
 
 EIGHTH EDITION. 
 In one volume, octavo. 
 
 This edition embodies the notes and additions prepared by Dr. Dewees before his death, and will be found 
 much improved. 
 
 The objects of this work are, 1st, to teach those who have the charge of children, either as parent or guardian, 
 the most approved methods of securing and improving their physical powers. This is attempted by pointing 
 out the duties which the parent or the guardian owes for this purpose, to this interesting but helpless class of 
 beings, and the manner by which their duties shall be fulfilled. And 2d, to render available a long experi- 
 ence to those objects of our affection when they become diseased. In attempting this, the author has avoided 
 as much as possible, "technicality," and has given, if he does not flatter himself too much, to each disease of 
 which he treats, its appropriate and designating characters, with a fidelity that will prevent any two being con- 
 founded together, with the best mode of treating them, that either his own experience or that of others has 
 suggested. 
 
 Physicians cannot too strongly recommend the use of this book in all families. 
 
 ASHWELL ON THE DISEASES OF FEMALES. 
 
 A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE 
 
 DISEASES PECULIAR TO WOMEN. 
 
 ILLUSTRATED BY CASES 
 
 DERIVED FROM HOSPITAL AND PRIVATE PRACTICE. 
 BY SAMUEL ASHWELL, M. D., 
 
 Member of the Royal College of Physicians; Obstetric Physician and Lecturer to Guy's Hospital, &c. 
 
 EDITED BY PAUL BECK GODDARD, M. D. 
 
 The whole complete in one large octavo volume. 
 
 " The most able, and certainly the most standard and practical work on female diseases that we 
 have yet seen." Medico-Chirurencal Review. 
 
 ^, :.-*iW ,**
 
 20 LEA & BLANCH ARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 LATELY PUBLISHED, 
 
 * A NEW EDITION OF 
 
 WILSON'S HUMAN ANATOMY, 
 
 MUCH IMPROVED. 
 
 A SYSTEM OF HUMAN ANATOMY, 
 
 GENERAL AND SPECIAL. 
 BY ERASMUS WILSON, M.D., 
 
 LECTURER ON ANATOMY, LONDON. 
 
 SECOND AMERICAN EDITION, EDITED BY 
 
 PAUL B. GODDARD, A.M.,M.D., 
 
 Professor of Anatomy and Histology in the Franklin Medical College, Philadelphia. 
 
 WITH OVER TWO HUNDRED ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 Beautifully Printed from the Second London Edition, in One very neat Octavo Volume. 
 
 "Mr. Wilson, before the publication of this work, was very favorably known to the profession by his trea- 
 tise on Practical and Surgical Anatomy; and, as this is the Second American Edition, from the second London 
 Edition, since 1840, any special commendation of the high value of the present work, on our part, would oe 
 supererogatory. Besides, the work has been translated at Berlin, and overtures were repeatedly made to tit* 
 London publisher for its reproduction in France. The work is, undoubtedly, a complete system of human 
 anatomy, brought op to the present day. The illustrations are certainly very beautiful, the originals having 
 been expressly designed and executed for this work by the celebrated Bagg of London; and, in the American 
 edition they have been copied in a masterly and spirited manner. As a text-book in the various colleges we 
 would commend it in the highest terms." tfeto York Journal of Medicine. 
 
 WILSON'S DISSECTOR. 
 
 THE DISSECTOR; 
 OB, PRACTICAL AND SURGICAL ANATOMY. 
 
 BY ERASMUS WILSON, 
 
 Author of "A System of Human Anatomy, &c. 
 
 WITH ONE HUNDRED AND SIX ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 MODIFIED AND RE-ARRANGED BY 
 
 PAUL B. GODDARD, M. D., 
 
 Professor of Anatomy and Histology in the Franklin Medical College, Philadelphia. 
 
 In One Large Royal Duodecimo Volume, Sheep. 
 
 " It strikes us as being all that a "Dissector" should be. The wood-cuts are numerous and will 
 afford the student the most essential aid in the dissecting room." West. Journ. qf Med. and Surg. 
 
 WILSON OJNJ__THE SKIN. 
 A PRACTICAL AND THEORETICAL TREATISE 
 
 OK THE 
 
 DIAGNOSIS, PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT 
 
 OF DISEASES OF THE SKIN; 
 
 ARRANGED ACCORDING TO A NATURAL SYSTEM OF CLASSIFICATION, 
 
 ,., 4.ND PRECEDED BY 
 
 AN OUTLINE OF THE ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE SKIN. 
 BY ERASMUS WILSON, 
 
 Lecturer on Anatomy and Physiology in the Middlesex Hospital Medical School, tec. ice. 
 In One Neat Octavo Volume, Olotb. 
 
 l 1 !'^*,^ 011 ^ b ? k ? f P, 1 * "' 06 - Ag a practical guide to the classification, diignoiis and treatment of the dis 
 
 skin, the book is complete. We know nothing, considered in this aspect, better in our language : 
 
 mty in all the matters which, in this range of diseases, engage the practitioner's attention. fnd 
 
 CmJwmark . AZr "* r ' uowni we believe ever y ol der manual, of being on a level with Science's hagh 
 
 -
 
 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 <~^fc ~ 
 
 A NEW AND COMPLETE WORK ON FEVERS. 
 
 F E Y E E S ; 
 
 THEIR DIAGNOSIS, PATHOLOGY & TREATMENT. 
 
 PREPARED AND EDITED WITH LARGE ADDITIONS, 
 
 FROM THE ESSAYS ON FEVER IN 
 
 TWEEDIE'S LIBRARY OF PRACTICAL MEDICINE, 
 
 BY 
 MEREDITH CLYMER, M. D, 
 
 Professor of the Principles and Practice of Medicine in Franklin Medical College, Philadelphia} 
 Consulting Physician to the Philadelphia Hospital ; Fellow of the Col- 
 lege of Physicians, 8,-c. 4-c. 
 
 In one octavo volume of 600 pages. 
 
 The want of a distinct treatise on Fevers, embodying the received doctrines of their pathology and 
 treatment has long been felt and generally acknowledged. To supply this deficiency in medical 
 literature is the object of the present volume. It has been prepared from the Essays on Fever 
 contributed by Drs. Christison, Shapter, Burrows, Gregory and Locock, to Dr. Tweedie's " Library 
 of Practical Medicine," and will be found to embrace the whole class of 
 
 Idiopathic Fevers, Continued, Periodical, Eruptive, and Puerperal 
 
 The additions of the Editor, amounting to about one-half of the volume, have been chiefly made 
 with reference to the Fevers of this country. It has been his aim to render the work as complete as 
 possible, and to adapt it particularly to the necessities of the American Practitioner. 
 
 WILLIAMS' PATHOLOGY. 
 
 PRINCIPLES OF MEDICINE, 
 
 COMPRISING 
 
 GENERAL PATHOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS, 
 
 AND A GENERAL VIEW OF 
 
 ETIOLOGY. NOSOLOGY, SEMEIOLOGY, DIAGNOSIS AND PROGNOSIS. 
 BY CHARLES J. B. WILLIAMS, M. D., F. R. S., 
 
 Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians, &c. 
 
 WITH NOTES AND ADDITIONS, 
 
 BY MEREDITH CLYMER, M. D., &c. 
 
 In one volume, 8vo. 
 
 WILLIAMS AND CLYMER ON THE CHEST, &c 
 
 A TREATISE ON THE 
 
 DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS, 
 
 INCLUDING 
 
 THE TRACHEA, LARYNX, LUNGS, AND PLEURA. 
 
 BY CHARLES J. B. WILLIAMS, M.D., 
 Consulting Physician to the Hospital for Consumption and Diseases of the Chest] Author of 
 
 " Principles of Medicine," &c. &c. 
 
 WITH NUMEROUS ADDITIONS AND NOTES, 
 
 BY MEREDITH CLYMER, M.D., &c. 
 
 In one neat octavo volume, with cuts. 
 
 This work recommends itself to the notice of the profession as containing a more particular and 
 detailed account of the affections of which it treats than perhaps any other volume before the public. 
 
 "The wood-cuts illustrating the physical exmination of the chest, are admirably executed, and the whole 
 mechanical execution of the work does much credit to the publishers. This work is undoubtedly destined to 
 take precedence of all others yet published on the ' Respiratory Organs,' and as a text-book for teachers and 
 students, 110 better in the present state of the science is to be expected." X(w York Journal ef Medieint.
 
 LEA & BLA CHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 ]RBY & SPENCE'SfE^^ USE, 
 
 AN INTRODUCTION TO ENTOMOLOGY; 
 
 OR, ELEMENTS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY OF INSECTS : COMPRISING 
 
 AN ACCOUNT OF NOXIOUS AND USEFUL INSECTS, OF THEIR 
 
 METAMORPHOSES, FOOD, STRATAGEMS, HABITATIONS, 
 
 SOCIETIES, MOTIONS, NOISES, HYBERNATION, 
 
 INSTINCT, &c., &c. 
 
 LI 2*:-L :aaWT 
 
 With Plates. Plain or Colored. 
 
 BY WILLIAM KIRBY, M.A., F.R.S. AND WILLIAM SPENCE, ESQ., F.R.S. 
 FROM THE SIXTH LONDON EDITION. 
 
 Which was Corrected and Considerably Enlarged, 
 
 In One Large Octavo Volume, extra cloth. 
 
 This work, as it at present stands, is acknowledged to be the best extant as a popular introduction to the 
 science, containing an immense amount of singular and interesting information, conveyed in a simple and 
 .agreeable manner. In preparing the last edition, from which this is'primed, the authors have omitted the two 
 last volumes, as being too scientific for popular use, and arranged it as it now is. forming a complete exposi 
 tiou of the principles of the study, unincuinbered with Anatomical or scientific details. 
 
 "We are well aware that the physician engaged in an engrossing practice, whether in town or country, 
 has not much leisure for the perusal of books unconnected with his profession ; but we know just as well, that 
 while the few are thus immersed in business, the many have the command of more time than they are disposed 
 to give to professional reading. How many are the hours wasted by nearly every young physician, waiting 
 for practice anxious, dreary hours, because unoccupied ! Why not spend these hours in the study of such 
 works as that of Kirby & Spence. wherein the physiologist, farmer, horticulturist, philosopher, and moralist, 
 may find matter to instruct him. The Western Journal of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 "The republication of this work, which has for many years enjoyed a very high and constantly increasing 
 popularity in Great Britain, confers a decided benefit upon natural science in this country. It is a free, careful 
 and authentic exposition of the very extensive department of study, of which it treats, and has done much 
 abroad to attract attention to a branch which, until its publication, has found comparatively little favor with the 
 scientific students of Great Britain. The treatise of Messrs. KIRBY & SPENCK is well adapted, not only by iu 
 intrinsic merit, but by its attractive style, to introduce the subject to popular favor. It is thrown into the form 
 of letters, and although abounding to some extent in scientific terms, it is divested of technicality so far as pos- 
 sible, and by a very agreeable intermixture of anecdotes. &c., is made a pleasant and entertaining, as well as 
 very instructive and important work. It is now reprinted from the sixth London edition, which has been 
 revised and corrected, and forms a very handsome octavo volume of about 600 pages. Those who have never 
 given any attention to the subject of which it treats, will find embodied in it an immense amount of very inte- 
 resting and useful information, set forth in an agreeable and attractive style." N. Y. Courier and Enquirer. 
 
 THE CHEMISTRY 
 
 FOUR SEASONS, 
 
 BY THOMAS GRIFFITH, 
 
 Lecturer on Chemistry at St. Bartholomew's Hospital, &c. &c. 
 IN ONE VERY NEAT DUODECIMO VOLUME. 
 
 With Numerous Wood-cuts. A New Work. f\ 
 
 The object of this little book is to show in a popular and agreeable manner the chemical agency 
 -exerted in the various phenomena of nature. It forms a neat volume for the Centre Table. 
 
 a/ 
 
 A TEXT BOOK OF 
 
 PRACTICAL GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. 
 
 WITH INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS OF MINERALS, 
 
 BY JOSHUA TRIMMER, F. G. S. 
 WITH TWO HUNDRED AND TWELVE WOOD-CUTS. 
 
 A handsome octavo volume, bound in embossed cloth. 
 
 Thi is a systematic introduction to Mineralogy, and Geology, admirably calculated to instruct the student in 
 those sciences. The organic remains of the various formations are well illustrated by numerous figures, which 
 are drawn with great accuracy.
 
 jif 23 
 
 GRAHAM'S CHEMISTRY, 
 
 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 Jr 
 
 _ 
 
 THE ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY. 
 
 EXCLUDING THE APPLICATION OF THE SCIENCE TO THE ARTS. 
 
 With Numerous Illustrations. 
 BY THOMAS GRAHAM, F. R. S. L. and E. D. 
 
 Professor of Chemistry in University College, London, &c. &c. 
 WITH NOTES AND ADDITIONS, 
 
 EY ROBERT BRIDGES, M.D., &c. &c, 
 
 In One Volume Octavo. 
 
 The great advancement recently made in all branches of chemical investigation, renders neces- 
 sary a* enlarged work which shall clearly elucidate the numerous discoveries, especially in the 
 department connected with organic Chemistry and Physiology, in which such gigantic strides 
 have been made during the last few years. The present treatise is considered by eminent judges 
 to fulfil these indications, and to be peculiarly adapted to the necessities of the advanced medical 
 student and practitioner. In adapting it to the wants of the American profession, the editor has 
 endeavored to render his portion of the work worthy the exalted reputation of the first chemist ot 
 England. It is already introduced in many of the Colleges, and has universal approbation. 
 
 FOWNES'S CHEMISTRY FOR STUDENTS. 
 
 ELEMENT A RY~ CHEMISTRY, 
 
 THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL. 
 BY GEORGE FOWNES, PH. D., 
 
 Chemical Lecturer in the Middlesex Hospital Medical School, &c. &c. 
 
 With Numerous Illustrations. Edited, with Additions, 
 BY ROBERT BRIDGES, M. D., 
 
 Professor of General and Pharmaceutical Chemistry in the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, &.C. &c. 
 In one large duodecimo volume, sheep or extra cloth. 
 
 The character of this work is such as to recommend it to all colleges in want of an elementary 
 text-book, and to all practitioners who wish to place a compendious manual in the hands of their 
 students. It is fully brought up to the day, containing all the late views and discoveries that have 
 so entirely changed the face of the science, and it is completely illustrated with very numerous 
 wood engravings explanatory of all the different processes and forms of apparatus. Though strictly 
 scientific, it is written with great clearness and simplicity of style, rendering it easy to be mastered 
 by those commencing the study. The low price at which it is sold, places it within the reach of all. 
 
 Though this work has been so recently published, it has already been adopted as a text-book by 
 many of the Medical Institutions throughout the country. As a work for the first class student, and 
 as an introduction to the larger systems of Chemistry, such as Graham's, there has been but one 
 opinion expressed concerning it, and it may now be considered as 
 
 THE TEXT-BOOK FOR THE CHEMICAL STUDENT. 
 
 SIMON'S CHEMISTRY OF MAN. 
 
 ANIMAL CHEMISTRY. 
 
 WITH REFERENCE TO THE PHYSIOLOGY & PATHOLOGY OF MAN. 
 
 BY DR. J. FRANZ SIMON. 
 
 TRANSLATED AND EDITED BY 
 GEORGE E. DAY, M. A. & L. M. CANTAB., &c. 
 
 With plates. In one octavo volume, of over seven hundred pages, sheep, or in two parts, boards. 
 
 This important work is now complete and may be had in one large octavo volume. Those who 
 obtained the first part can procure the second separate. 
 
 " No treatise on physiological chemistry approaches, in fulness and accuracy of detail, the work which 
 stands at the head of this article. It is the production of a man of true German assiduity, -who has added to his 
 own researches the results of the labors of nearly every other inquirer in this interesting branch of science. 
 The death of such a laborer, which is mentioned in the preface to the work as having occurred prematurely in 
 1S42, is indeed a calamity to science. He had hardly reached the middle term of life, and yet had made himself 
 known all over Europe, and in our country, where big name has been familiar for several years as among the 
 
 most successful of the cultivators of the Chemistry of Man It is a vast repository of facts, lo which the 
 
 teacher aud student may refer wilh equal satisfaction." The Western Journal of Medicine and Surgery.
 
 24 LEA & BLANClURD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 ^ . * 
 
 WATSON'S PRACTICE OF PHYSIC, 
 
 New Edition by Condie, 
 rirArii % 1M ^tYJ'P 
 
 LECTURES ON THE 
 
 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF PHYSIC. 
 
 DELIVERED AT KING'S COLLEGE, LONDON. 
 
 BY THOMAS WATSON, M. D., &c. &c. 
 Second American, from the Second London Edition. 
 
 REVISED, WITH ADDITIONS, 
 
 BY D. FRANCIS CONDIE, M. D., 
 
 Author of a work on the " Diseases of Children," &c. 
 
 In one Octavo Volume, 
 Of nearly ELEVEN HUNDRED LARGE PAGS, strongly bound with raised bands. 
 
 tl We know of no work better calculated for being placed in the hands of the student, and for a 
 text-book, and as such we are sure it will be very extensively adopted. On every important point 
 the author seems to have posted up his knowledge to the day." American Medical Journal. 
 
 The rapid sale of the first edition of this work is an evidence of its merits, and of its general 
 favor with the American practitioner. To commend it still more strongly to the profession, the 
 publishers have gone to a great expense in preparing this edition with larger type, finer paper, and 
 stronger binding, with raised bands. It is edited with reference particularly to American practice, 
 by Dr. Condie ; and with these numrous improvements, the price is still kept so low as to be within 
 the reach of all, and to render it among the cheapest works offered to the profession. It has been 
 received with the utmost favor by the medical press, both of this country and of England, a few of 
 the notices of which, together with a letter from Professor Chapman, will be found in the Supple- 
 ment to The Medical News and Library, for November, 1845. 
 
 A NEW AND IMPROVED EDITION OF 
 
 RAMSBOTHAM'S STANDARD WORK ON PARTURITION. 
 
 THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF 
 
 OBSTETRIC MEDICINE AND SURGERY, 
 
 IN REFERENCE TO 
 
 THE PROCESS OF PARTURITION. 
 
 ILLUSTRATED BY 
 
 One hundred and forty-eight Large Figures on 55 HtliograpMc Plates. 
 
 BY FRANCIS H. RAMSBOTHAM, M. D., &c. 
 
 A NEW EDITION, FROM THE ENLARGED AND REVISED LONDON EDITION. 
 
 In one large imperial octavo volume, well bound. 
 
 The present edition of this standard wurk will be found to contain numerous and important improvements 
 over the last. Besides much additional matter, there are several more plates and wood-cuts, and those which 
 were before used have been re-drawn. This book has long been known to the profession, by whom it lias 
 been most flatteringly received. A. more extended advertisement, with a recommendatory letter from Professor 
 Hodge of the University of Pennsylvania, may be seen in the November Supplement to The Medical News. 
 
 CONDIE ON CHILDREN. 
 
 
 
 A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON 
 
 THE 'DISEASES OF CHILDREN, 
 
 BY D. FRANCIS CONDIE, M. D., 
 
 Fellow of the College of Physicians; Member of the American Philosophical Society, &c. to. 
 
 IN ONE VOLUME, OCTAVO. 
 
 E7* The Publishers would particularly call the attention of the Profession to an examination of this work. 
 "Dr. Condie, from the very great labor which he hag evidently bestowed upon this book, is entitled to ou' 
 respect as an indefatigable and conscientious student; but if we consider the results of his labor, we cannot 
 but admit his claim to a place in the very first rank of eminent writers on the practice of medicine. Regard- 
 ing his treatise as a whole, it is more complete and accurate in its descriptions, while it is more copious = and 
 more judicious in its therapeutical precepts than any of its predecessors, and we feel persuaded that the Ame- 
 rican medical profession will very soon regard it, not only as a very good, but as the very best 'Praclica 
 Treatise on the Diseases of Children.' " Am. 2I*d. Journal. 
 
 u!:n
 
 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 LEA & BLANCHARD have HOW completed the last volume of the illustrated works of Sir Asiley Cooper. 
 They form an elegant series; the works on Hernia, the Testis, the Thymus Gland and the Breast, being printed, 
 Illustrated and bound to match, in imperial octavo with numerous LITHOGRAPHIC PLATES, while the 
 Treatise on Dislocations is in a neat medium octavo form, with NUMEROUS WOOD-CUTS similar to the 
 last London edition. 
 
 SIR ASTLEY COOPER OW HERNIA, 
 
 With One Hundred and Thirty Figures in Lithography. 
 
 THE ANATOMY AND SURGICAL TREATMENT OF 
 
 ABDOMINAL HERNIA. 
 
 BY SIR ASTLEY COOPER, BART. 
 Edited by C. ASTON KEY, Surgeon to Guy's Hospital, &c. 
 
 This important work of Sir Astley is printed from the authorized second edition, published in London, in large 
 snper-roya! folio, and edited by his nephew, Professor Key. It contains all the Plates and all the Letterpress 
 there are 110 omissions, interpolations, or modifications it >s the complete work in 
 
 One Large Imperial Octavo Volume. 
 With over 130 Figures on 26 Plates, and. over 400 Large Pages of Letterpress. 
 
 The correctness of the Plates is guaranteed by a revision and close examination under the eye of a distin- 
 guished Surgeon of this city. 
 
 ANOTHER VOLUME OF THE SERIES CONTAINS HIS TREATISE 
 
 ON THE STRUCTURE AND DISEASES OF THE TESTIS. 
 
 Illustrated by liO Figures. From the Second London Edition. 
 BY BRANSBY B. COOPER, ESQ. 
 
 AND ALSO ON THE ANATOMY OF THE THYMUS GLAND. 
 
 Illustrated by 57 Figures. 
 
 The two works together in one beautiful imperial octavo volume, illustrated with twenty-nine plates in the 
 best style of lithography, and printed and bound to match. 
 
 The Series is concluded by 
 
 COOPER ON THE 
 
 ANATOMY AND DISEASES OF THE BREAST, &o,, 
 
 This large and beautiful volume contains THE ANATOMY OF THE BREAST: 
 
 THE COMPARATIYE ANATOMY OF THE MAMMARY GLANDS: 
 
 ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE DISEASES OF THE BREAST; 
 
 And Twenty-five Miscellaneous Surgical Papers, now first published in a collected form. 
 BY SIR ASTLEY COOPER, BART., F. R. S., &c. 
 
 The whole in one large imperial octavo volume, illustrated with two hundred and fifty-two figures on 
 thirty six Lithographic Plates; well and strongly bound. 
 
 COOPER ON FRACTURES AND DISLOCATIONS, 
 
 WITH NUMEROUS WOOD-CUTS. 
 
 A TREATISE ON DISLOCATIONS AND FRACTURES OF THE JOINTS. 
 
 BY SIR ASTLEY COOPER, BAHT., F. R. S., Sergeant Surgeon to the King, &c. 
 
 A NEW EDITION MUCH ENLAKGED J 
 
 EDITED BY BRANSBY COOPER, F. R. S., Surgeon to Guy'S Hospital. 
 
 WITH ADDITIONAL OBSERVATIONS FROM 
 
 PROFESSOR JOHN C. WARREN, of Boston. 
 
 With numerous engravings on wood, after designs by Bagg, a memoir and a splendid portrait of Sir 
 
 Astley. In one octavo volume. 
 
 The peculiar value of this, as of all of Sir Astley Cooper's works, consists in its eminently practical charac- 
 ter. His nephew, Bransby B. Cooper, from his own experience, has added a number of cases. Besides this, 
 Sir Asiley left behind him very considerable additions in MS. for the express purpose of being introduced into 
 this edition. The volume is embellished with ONE HUNDRED AND THIRTY-THREE WOOD CUTS, 
 and contains the history of no less than three hundred and sixty-one cases, thus embodying the records of a 
 lifeof practice of the Author and his various editors. There are also additional Observations from notes fur- 
 nished by John C. Warren, M. D., the Professor of Anatomy and Surgery in Harvard University. 
 
 " After >he fiat of the profession, it would be absurd in us to eulogize Sir Astley Cooper's Work on Fracture! 
 and Dislocations. It is a national one, and will probably subsist as long as English Surgery," Medico-Chi- 
 rurgical Reeine.
 
 S6 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 A NEW^MEDICAL DICTIONARY, 
 In one Volume, large 12mo., now ready, at a low price. 
 
 A DICTIONARY OF 
 
 THE TERMS USED IN MEDICINE-^ 
 
 AND 
 
 THE COLLATERAL SCIENCES; 
 BY RICHARD D. HOBLYN, A.M., OXON. 
 
 FIRST AMERICAN, FROM THE SECOND LONDON EDITION. 
 
 REVISED, WITH NUMEROUS ADDITIONS, 
 
 BY ISAAC HAYS, M.D., 
 
 Editor of the American Journal of the Medical Sciences. 
 
 Believing that a work of this kind would be useful to the profession in this country, the publishers 
 have issued an edition in a neat form for the office table, at a low price. Its object is to serve as 
 an introduction to the larger and more elaborate Dictionaries, and to assist the student commencing 
 the study of Medicine, by presenting in a concise form an explanation of the terms most used in 
 Medicine and the Collateral Sciences, by giving the etymology and definition in a manner as simple 
 and clear as possible, without going into details ; and bringing up the work to the present time by 
 including the numerous terms lately introduced. This design the author has so ably executed as 
 to elicit the highest encomiums of the medical press. 
 
 It has been edited with especial reference to the wants of the American practitioner, the native 
 medicinal plants being introduced, with the formulae for the various officinal preparations : and the 
 whole being made to conform to the Pharmacopoeia of the United States. It is now ready in one 
 neat royal duodecimo volume of four hundred pages in double columns. 
 
 . 
 
 TAYLOR'S MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. 
 
 MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. 
 
 BY ALFRED S. TAYLOR, 
 
 Lecturer on Medical Jurisprudence and Chemistry at Guy's Hospital, fcc. 
 
 With Numerous Notes and Additions, and references to American Practice and Law. 
 
 Br R. E. GRIFFITH, M. D. 
 
 In one volume, 8vo. 
 
 " We recommend Mr. Taylor's work as the ablest, most comprehensive, and, above all, the mst practically 
 useful book which exists on the subject of legal medicine. Any man of sound judgment, who has mastered 
 the contents of Taylor's ' Medical Jurisprudence,' may go into a court of law with the most perfect confidence 
 of being able to acquit himself creditably." Medico-Chirurgical Review, 
 
 " As we expected, it has become truly the manual of both the medical and legal professions, 
 and is regarded by all as the standard authority on the subject; the author, also, as we find from 
 the public prints, is the person consulted, almost as a matter of course, in the more difficult medico- 
 legal cases. The British and Foreign Medical Review. 
 
 ' ! /'. fi ff l y_ ' } 5T H C I OOO 
 
 . HTivr 
 LAWRENCE ON THE EYE, New Edition Now Ready, 
 
 A TREATISE ON THE DISEASES OF THE EYE, 
 
 BY W. LAWRENCE, F.R. S., 
 
 Surgeon Extraordinary to the Queen, Surgeon to St. Bartholomew's Hospital, &c. &c. 
 
 SECOND AMERICAN, FROM THE LAST LONDON EDITION, 
 With many Modifications and Additions, and the Introduction of over one hundred Illustrations, 
 
 BY ISAAC HAYS, M.D., 
 Surgeon to Will's Hospital, Physician to the Philadelphia Orphan Asylum, &c. &c. 
 
 IN OWE LARGE OCTAVO VOLUME. 
 
 The character of this work is too well known to require a word of commendation. It is justly considered the 
 
 best we possess on the subject. In this edition will be found many important alterations and' improvements, 
 
 bringing the work up to the level of the present state of knowledge on the subjects of Ophthalmic Surgery and 
 
 The chapters on the Anatomy and Physiology of the Organ have received especial augmentations, 
 
 and many new cuts have been introduced, rendering the whole clear and comprehensible.
 
 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 27 
 
 MILLER'S SURGICAL WORKS. 
 
 THE PRINCIPLES OF SURGERY. 
 
 BY JAMES MILLER, F.R. S.E., F.R.C.S.E., 
 
 Professor of Surgery in the University of Edinburgh, &c. 
 In one neat octavo volume, to match the Author's volume on " Practice.''' 
 
 " No one can peruse this work without the conviction that he has been addressed by an accom- 
 plished surgeon, endowed with no mean literary skill or doubtful good sense, and who knows how 
 to grace or illumine his subjects with the Jater lights of our rapidly advancing physiology. The 
 book deserves a strong recommendation, and must secure itself a general perusal." Medical Times. 
 
 " We feel no hesitation in expressing our opinion that it presents the philosophy of the science 
 more fully and clearly than any other work in the language with which we are acquainted." Phi- 
 ladelphia Medical Examiner. j>; 
 
 " To the student who wishes to acquire a useful practical knowledge of the pathology of sur- 
 gical diseases, ft is impossible to recommend a better guide than the present treatise by Mr. Mil- 
 ler." Edinburgh Medical and 'Surgical Journal. 
 
 "An admirable epitome of the surgical science of the day. Being written by a sound practical 
 surgeon accustomed to the public teaching of his science, it has the clearness of diction and ar- 
 rangement which renders it an excellent manual for the students as well as that amount of scien- 
 tific and practical information which makes it a safe and valuable guide to the practitioner." The 
 Lancet. 
 
 JUST PUBLISHED. 
 
 THE PRACTICE OF SURGERY. 
 
 BY JAMES MILLER. 
 
 Professor of Surgery in the University of Edinburgh. 
 In one neat octavo volume. 
 
 This work is printed and bound to match the " Principles of Surgery," by Professor Miller, lately 
 issued by L. & B. Either volume may be had separately. 
 
 " This work, with the preceding one, forms a complete text-book of surgery, and has been under- 
 taken by the author at the request of his pupils. Although, as we are modestly informed in the 
 preface, it is not put forth in rivalry of the excellent works on practical surgery which already exist, 
 we think we may take upon ourselves to say, that it will form a very successful and formidable 
 rival to most of them. While it does not offer the same attractive illustrations, with which some of 
 our recent text-books have been embellished, and while it will not, as indeed is not its design, set 
 aside the more complete and elaborate works of reference which the profession is in possession of, 
 we have no hesitation in stating that the two volumes form, together, a more complete text-book 
 of surgery than any one that has been heretofore offered to the student." The Northern Journal 
 of Medicine. 
 
 " Mr. Miller is already known in his profession as an able writer and a well informed surgeon, 
 and the book before us is calculated to maintain his reputation. We recommend it to those who 
 want a sound guide, or wish to refresh their recollections. The characteristics which especially 
 distinguish the work are, its plain good sense, or the selection of the important from the unimport- 
 ant announcements in surgery ; the sound indications of the judgment to be exercised in the treat- 
 ment of surgical diseases." The Lancet. 
 
 A SYSTEM OF PRACTICAL SURGERY, 
 
 BY WILLIAM FERGUSSON, F. R. S. E. 
 
 SECOND AMERICAN EDITION, REVISED AND IMPROVED. 
 With Two Hundred and Fifty-two Illustrations from Drawings by Bagg, Engraved by Gilbert, 
 
 With Notes and Additional Illustrations, 
 
 BY GEORGE W. NORRIS, M. D., dec. 
 
 In one beautiful octavo volume of six hundred and forty large pages. 
 
 " If we were to say that this volume by Mr. Fergusson, is one excellently adapted to the student, and the yet 
 inexperienced practitioner of surgery, we should restrict unduly its range. It is of the kind which every medi- 
 cal man ought to have by him for ready reference, as a guide to the prompt treatment of many accidents and 
 injuries, which whilst he hesitates, may be followed by incurable defects, and deformities of structure, if not by 
 death itself. In drawing to a close our notice of Mr. Fergusson's Practical Surgery, we cannot refrain from 
 again adverting to the numerous and beautiful illustrations by wood-cuts, which contribute so admirably to 
 elucidate the descriptions in the text. Dr. Norris has, as usual, acquitted himself judiciously in his office of 
 annotator. His additions are strictly practical and to the point" BuUetm of Medical Science.
 
 28 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 LIBRARY OF SURGERY. 
 
 CHELIUS'S SYSTEM OF SURGERY, 
 
 A SYSTEM OF SUftGEBY. 
 
 BY J. M. CHELIUS, 
 
 Doctor in Medicine and Surgery, Public Professor of General and Ophthalmic Surgery, etc. etc. in the 
 University of Heidelberg. 
 
 TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN, 
 AND ACCOMPANIED WITH ADDITIONAL NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS, 
 
 BY JOHN F. SOUTH, 
 
 SURGEON TO ST. THOMAS'S HOSPITAL. 
 
 EDITED. WITH REFERENCE TO AMERICAN AUTHORITIES, 
 BY GEORGE W. NORRIS, M.D. 
 
 Publishing in Numbers, at Fifty Cents each. 
 
 Nine Numbers are now ready: and the whole is expected to be complete by September next, forming 
 
 Three Large Octavo Volumes. 
 
 That this work should have passed to six editions in Germany, and have been translated into no less than 
 seven languages, is sufficient proof of its value. It contains what is, perhaps, embraced to an equal extent 
 by no other work on the subject now before the public a complete System of Surgery, both in its principles 
 and practice. The additions of the translator, Mr. South, are very numerous, bringing the work up to the very 
 day of publication, and embodying whatever may have been omitted by the author respecting English Sur- 
 gery; while Dr. Norris will take equal care in representing the state of the Science in America. 
 
 "Judging from a single number only of this work, we have no hesitation in saying that, if the remaining por- 
 tions 6orrespond at all with the first, it will be by far the most complete and scientific System of Surgery in th 
 English language. We have, indeed, seen no work which so nearly comes up to our idea of what such a pro- 
 duction should be, both as a practical guide and as a work of reference, as this ; and the fact that it has passed 
 through six editions in Germany, and been translated into seven languages, is sufficiently convincing proof of 
 its value. It is methodical and concise, clear and accurate; omitting all minor details and fruitless speculations, 
 it gives us all the information we want in the shortest and simplest form " The New York Journal of Medicine 
 
 ''The scope of Professor Chelius's Manual is indicated by its title: it professes to treat, systematically, of the 
 science and art of Surgery, but within such compass as to render the work an appropriate introduction and 
 Companion to his lectures. The care, however, which has been bestowed upon its construction, and the labor 
 trhich its research evinces, would be ill repaid were it confined to this sphere; and we may conscientiously 
 say, that we know of no Manual of Surgery, on the whole, more deserving of public confidence, or more valu- 
 able as a guide and refresher to the young practitioner. It is not our intention at present critically to analyze 
 Mr. South's labors; but we should be guilty of an injustice to him and to our readers if we did not cordially 
 recommend his work as having fair promise of forming, what it is the translator's ambition it should be, a sound 
 and comprehensive system of Practical Surgery. The notes and text are so intermingled as to render it con- 
 tinuously readable, without presenting those abrupt transitions which are so disagreeable in many works simi- 
 larly arranged. The faults of omission, &c., at which we have hinted in our comments on the first chapter of 
 our author's work, (viz. that on ' Inflammation,') have been amply compensated by the copious and excellent 
 digest of his translator and annotator. who is justly proud of availing himself of the labors of our own coun- 
 trymen in this department of pathology, while he gives their due meed of notice and respect to the contributions 
 of our continental brethren. The references which are given to original works have evidently been carefully 
 ollated, and will be found of great value to the student and practitioner who may wish for more copious in- 
 formation on any particular branch of Surgery; and the practical remarks and illustrations with which the 
 work abounds, are a good guarantee of the translator's ability to do justice to his task, at the same time that 
 they prove that Mr. South has not failed to avail himself industriously of the large opportunities which his Hos- 
 pital appoinMnent has afforded him." The British and Foreign Medical Review. 
 
 " We will, therefore, content ourselves for the present with directing the attention of the profession to it, as 
 being the most complete'syslem of Surgery in any language, and one that is of equal utility as a practical guid 
 and as a work of reference. The fact of its having reached six editions in Germany, and its having been trans- 
 lated into seven languages,.are more convincing proofs of its value than anything that we can say. Mr. South 
 hag performed his task with much judgment, and has certainly made a most useful addition to the medical lite- 
 rature of this country by rendering Chelius's work into English " The Lancet. 
 
 "This work has long been the chief text-book on Surgery in the principal schools of Germany, and the pub- 
 lication of five editions o'f it in the original and of translations into no less than eight foreign languages, show 
 the high estimation in which it is held. As a systematic work on Surgery it has merits of a high order. It w 
 methodical and concise and on the whole clear and accurate. The most necessary information is conveyed 
 in the shortest and simplest form. Minor details and fruitless speculations are avoided. It is, in fact, essen- 
 tially a practical book. This work was first published nearly twenty years ago. and its solid and permanent 
 reputation has no doubt led Mr. South to undertake the present translation of the latest edition of it, which, w 
 are informed, is still passing through .the press in Germany. We should have felt at a loss to select any on* 
 better qualified for the ta,sk than the translator of Otto's Compendium of Human and Comparative Pathological 
 Anatomy a surgeon to a large hospital, whose industry and opportunities have enabled him to keep pace with 
 the improvements of his time." The Metiico-Chimrgical Review. 
 
 "Although Great Britain can boast of some of the most skilful surgeons, both among her past and hr present 
 professors of that branch of medical science, no work professing to be a complete system of Surgery has been 
 published in the British dominions since that of Benjamin BeJj, now more than half a century old. 
 
 'This omission in English' medical literature is fully and satisfactorily supplied by the translation of Professor 
 Chelms'g System of Surgery by a gentleman excellently fitted for the task, both by,hi$,extensive reading, and 
 
 course of. publication, loses none of the value of the original from the treatment received at the hands of its 
 translator. The notes and additions of Professor South are numerous, and contain the opinions resulting from 
 hit vast exptrience, and from that of his colleague. 
 
 We are free to confess, prejudiced though perhaps we are, in favor of the English practice of surgery, that 
 ,JV , IS OIle ' S rea * value, and one which every practitioner and advanced student should possess." The 
 Medical Ttma.
 
 WORKS 
 
 IN 
 
 VARIOUS DEPARTMENTS 
 
 OF 
 
 MEDICINE AND SURGERY, 
 
 PUBLISHED 
 BY LEA & BLANCHARD. 
 
 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF THE MEDICAL SCIENCES. Edited by Isaac Hays, M. D. 
 Published quarterly at $5 00 per annum. 
 
 ANDRAL ON THE BLOOD. Pathological Haematology ; an Essay on the Blood in Dis- 
 ease. Translated by J. F. Meigs and Alfred Stille. In one octavo volume, cloth. 
 
 ARNOTT'S PHYSICS. The Elements of Physics in plain or non-technical language. A 
 New Edition. Edited by Isaac Hays, M. D. In 1 vol. 8vo., sheep, with 176 wood-cuts, 
 
 ABERCROMBIE ON THE STOMACH. Pathological and Practical Researches on Dis- 
 eases of the Stomach, Intestinal Canal, &c. Fourth Edition. In 1 vol. 8vo., sheep. 
 
 ABERCROMBIE ON THE BRAIN. Pathological and Practical Researches on the Dis- 
 eases of the Brain and Spinal Cord. A New Edition. In one octavo volume, sheep. 
 
 ALISON'S PATHOLOGY. Outlines of Pathology and Practice of Medicine. In three 
 parts, containing Preliminary Observations, Inflammatory and Febrile Diseases, and 
 Chronic or Non-Febrile Diseases. In one neat octavo volume, sheep. 
 
 BIRD ON URINARY DEPOSITS. Urinary Deposits, their Diagnosis, Pathology and The- 
 rapeutical Indications. In one neat octavo volume, cloth, with numerous wood-cuts, 
 
 BERZELIUS ON THE KIDNEYS AND URINE, in 1 vol. 8vo., cloth. 
 
 BUCKLAND'S GEOLOGY. Geology and Mineralogy, with reference to Natural Theology. 
 A Bridgewater Treatise. In two octavo volumes, with numerous maps, plates, &c. 
 
 BRIDGE WATER TREATISES. The whole complete in 7 vols. 8vo., containing Roget'a 
 Animal and Vegetable Physiology, in 2 vols., with many cuts; Kirby on the History, 
 Habits and Instinct of Animals, 1 vol. with plates ; Front on Chemistry ; Chalmers on the 
 Moral Condition of Man ; Whewell on Astronomy ; Bell on the Hand ; Kidd on the Phy- 
 sical Condition of Man ; and Buckland's Geology, 2 vols., with many plates and maps. 
 
 BARTLETT ON FEVERS OF U. S. The History, Diagnosis and Treatment of Typhus 
 and Typhoid Fevers, and on Bilious Remittent and Yellow Fever. In 1 vol. 8vo., ex. cloth. 
 
 BARTLETT'S PHILOSOPHY OF MEDICINE. Essay on the Philosophy of Medical 
 Science. In two Parts. One neat octavo volume, extra cloth. 
 
 BRIGHAM ON MIND, &c. The Influence of Mental Excitement and Mental Cultivation 
 on Health. In one neat 12mo. volume, extra cloth. 
 
 BILLING'S PRINCIPLES OF MEDICINE. The First Principles of Medicine. From the 
 Fourth London Edition. In one octavo volume, cloth. 
 
 CHITTY'S MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. A Practical Treatise on Medical Jurispru- 
 dence. With Explanatory Plates. In one octavo volume, sheep. 
 
 CLATER AND SKINNER'S FARRIER. Every Man his own Farrier. Containing, the 
 Causes, Symptoms, and most approved Methods of Cure of the Diseases of Horses. 
 From the 28th London Edition. Edited by Skinner. In one 12mo. volume, cloth. 
 
 CLATER AND YOUATT'S CATTLE DOCTOR. Every Man his own Cattle Doctor- 
 Containing the Diseases of Oxen, Sheep, Swine, &c. Edited by Youatt, and revised by 
 Skinner. With Wood-cuts. In one volume 12mo. 
 
 DURLACHER ON CORNS, BUNIONS, &c. A Treatise on Corns, Bullions, the Dis- 
 eases of Nails, and the General Management of the Feet. In one 12mo. volume, cloth. 
 
 ELLIOTSON'S MESMERIC CASES. In one octavo pamphlet. 
 
 ESQUIROL ON INSANITY. Mental Maladies, Considered in Relation to Medicine, Hy- 
 giene and Medical Jurisprudence. Translated by E. K. Hunt, M. D., &c. In 1 vol. 8vo. 
 
 OUTHRIE ON THE BLADDER, &c. The Anatomy of the Bladder and Urethra, and 
 the Treatment of the Obstructions to which those passages are liable. In 1 vol. 8vo. 
 
 HARRIS ON MAXILLARY SINUS. Dissertation on the Diseases of the Maxillary Sinus. 
 In one small octavo volume, cloth. 
 
 29
 
 30 
 
 LEA & BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 KIRBY ON ANIMALS. The History, Habits and Instinct of Animals. A Bridgewater 
 Treatise. In one large volume 8vo. with plates. 
 
 HARRISON ON THE NERVES. An Essay towards a correct Theory of the Nervous 
 System. In one octavo volume, sheep. 
 
 LAWRENCE ON RUPTURES. A Treatise on Ruptures, from the fifth London Edition. 
 In one octavo volume, sheep. 
 
 MAURY'S DENTAL SURGERY. A Treatise on the Dental Art, founded on Actual Ex- 
 perience. Illustrated by 241 Lithographic Figures and 54 Wood-cuts. Translated by 
 J. B. Savier. In one octavo volume, sheep. 
 
 MULLER'S PHYSIOLOGY. Elements of Physiology. Translated by Wm. Baly, M.D., 
 and edited and arranged by John Bell, M. D. In one large octavo volume, sheep. 
 
 PROUT ON THE STOMACH. On the Nature and Treatment of Stomach and Renal 
 Diseases. In one octavo volume, sheep, with colored plates. 
 
 POPULAR MEDICINE, BY COATES. In one octavo volume, sheep, with Wood-cuts. 
 
 PHILIP ON INDIGESTION. A Treatise on Protracted Indigestion. In 1 vol. 8vo. 
 
 ROGET'S- PHYSIOLOGY. A Treatise on Animal and Vegetable Physiology, with over 
 400 illustrations on Wood. In two octavo volumes, cloth. A Bridgewater Treatise. 
 
 ROGET'S OUTLINES OF PHYSIOLOGY. Outlines of Physiology and Phrenology. la 
 one large octavo volume, cloth. 
 
 RIGBY'S MIDWIFERY. A System of Midwifery. With Wood-cuts. In 1 vol. 8<ro. 
 
 RICORD ON VENEREAL. A Practical Treatise on Venereal Diseases ; with a Thera- 
 peutical Summary, and a Special Formulary. In 1 vol. 8vo., cloth. 
 
 ROBERTSON ON TEETH. A Practical Treatise on the Human Teeth, with plates. One 
 small volume octavo, cloth. 
 
 TRAILL'S MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. Outlines of a Course of Lectures on Medi- 
 cal Jurisprudence. Revised, with numerous notes. In one octavo volume, cloth. 
 
 THOMSON'S SICK ROOM. Domestic Management of the Sick Room, Necessary in Aid 
 of Medical Treatment, for the Cure of Diseases. Edited by R. E. Griffith, M. D. In one 
 large royal 12mo. volume, extra cloth, with Wood-cuts. 
 
 WALSHE ON THE LUNGS. Physical Diagnosis of the Diseases of the Lungs. la 
 one neat 12mo. volume, extra cloth. 
 
 YOUATT ON THE HORSE. The Horse : containing a full account of the Diseases of 
 the Horse, with their mode of Treatment; his Anatomy, and the usual Operations per- 
 formed on him; his Breeding, Breaking, and Management; and Hints on his Sound- 
 ness, and Purchase and Sale. Together with a General History of the Horse; a Dis- 
 sertation on the American Trotting Horse, how trained and jockeyed, an account of his 
 remarkable performances ; and an Essay on the Ass and the Mule. By J. S. Skinner, 
 Assistant Postmaster General, and Editor of the Turf Register. In one volume, octavo, 
 with numerous Cuts. 
 
 WORKS, at Prett and Preparing. 
 
 A MANUAL OF MATERIA MEDICA AND 
 Therapeutics. By J. Forbes Royle,M.D.,&c. 
 Edited by J.Carson, M. D., &c. In 1 vol. 8vo., 
 numerous wood-cuts, (nearly ready). 
 
 TODD & BOWMAN'S PHYSIOLOGICAL ANA- 
 tomy and Physiology ofMan. Many wood-cuts, 
 (publishing in the Medical News and Library). 
 
 A TREATISE ON OPHTHALMIC MEDICINE 
 and Surgery. By T. Wharton Jones. In 1 vol. 
 beautifully illustrated. 
 
 PRINCIPLES OF GENERAL AND COMPA- 
 rative Physiology. By Wm. B. Carpenter, 
 M. D.,&c. From a new London edition, with 
 numerous improvements and additions. In 1 
 vol. large 8vo., many steel plates. 
 
 A TREATISE ON ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY, 
 with very numerous illustrations. By Wm. B. 
 Carpenter. To be followed by his other works 
 on Natural Science. 
 
 A NEW AMERICAN FORMULARY. By J. 
 Carson, M. D., &c. In one volume, (preparing). 
 
 A SYSTEM OF SURGERY. By J. M.Chelius. 
 Translated by South, and Edited by Norris. 
 Publishing in numbers at 50 cents each. To 
 be complete in three octavo volumes. 
 
 HORNER'S AMERICAN DISSECTOR, in one 
 large 12mo. vol ., with many cuts, (nearly ready.) 
 
 AN ANATOMICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE 
 Diseases of the Organs of Circulation and Re- 
 spiration. By C. E. Hasse. Translated and 
 Edited by W. E. Swaine, M D., &c. In 1 vol. 
 8vo., (nearly ready). 
 
 A TREATISE ON AURAL SURGERY. In 1 
 vol. 8vo., many illustrations. 
 
 A COMPLETE MEDICAL BOTANY, especially 
 adapted to the United States. By R. E. Grif- 
 fith, M. D. In 1 vol. large 8vo., with many 
 illustrations. 
 
 LECTURES ILLUSTRATIVE OF VARIOUS 
 Subjects in Pathology and Surgery. By Sir B. 
 Brodie completing his works. 
 
 CALORIC, its Mechanical, Chemical, and Vital 
 Agencies in the Phenomena of Nature. By S. 
 L. Metcalfe, M. D., &c. In 1 large 8vo. vol. 
 
 GOLDING BIRD'S ELEMENTS OF NATU- 
 RAL PHILOSOPHY. With numerous wood- 
 cuts. 
 
 VOGEL'S PATHOLOGICAL ANATOMY. 
 Translated and Edited by G. Day, M. D., &c. 
 In 1 vol. large 8vo., many plates. 
 
 BURROWS ON CEREBRAL CIRCULATION, 
 with plates. 
 
 Together with other JVeto Works*
 
 LEA <fc BLANCHARD'S PUBLICATIONS. 31 
 
 (See Page 32.) 
 
 THE MEDIOO-CHIRURGICAL REVIEW, 
 
 EDINBURGH MEDICAL AND SURGICAL JOURNAL, 
 
 AND NUMEROUS OTHERS. 
 
 WHILE FROM FRANCE 
 
 THE GAZETTE MEDIC ALE DE PARIS L'EXPERIENCE REVUE MEDICALS 
 
 JOURNAL DE MEDECINE JOURNAL DBS CONNAISSANCES 
 
 MEDICO-CHIRURGICALES, 
 
 AND VARIOUS OTHERS, WITH THE 
 
 ZEITSCHRIFT FUR DIE GESAMMTE MEDICIN, 
 
 WITH SEVERAL OTHERS FROM GERMANY, 
 
 AND THE BIBLIOTHEK FOR L^EGER, OF DENMARK, 
 
 TOGETHER WITH 
 
 ALXi THE AMERICAN JOURNALS, 
 
 ARE PUT IN REQUISITION. 
 It will thus be seen that the material for a full Summary of all 
 
 NEW MATTERS AND IMPORTANT DISCOVERIES 
 
 k full and ample, while the exertions of the Editor and the time of publication insure a fulness 
 and newness to this department. 
 
 ALL THE LATE AND IMPORTANT 
 
 AMERICAN INTELLIGENCE, 
 
 is fully recorded while 
 
 THE MONTHLY NEWS 
 
 furnishes the lighter and floating information, and embraces important Books for 
 
 THE LIBRARY DEPARTMENT. 
 
 Among those works already published in the Monthly Library and Ntws, mny be mentioned 
 
 WATSON'S LECTURES ON THE PRACTICE OF PHYSIC, 
 
 AS ALSO 
 
 BRODIE'S LECTURES ON SURGERY, 
 
 CONCLUDED IN MARCH OF THIS YEAR, (1846). 
 The work for the year '1846 is a new one, 
 
 TODD & BOWMAN'S 
 
 PHYSIOLOGICAL ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY OF MAN, 
 
 NOW PUBLISHING IN ENGLAND. 
 
 This work has already earned for its authors a high reputation in Europe and this 
 country. It will be reproduced entire, with all the numerous and beautiful wood-cuts. 
 Each Work in the Library is regularly paged so as to be bound separately. 
 
 THE TERMS ARE 
 
 For the Medical Journal and the Medical News, if paid for by 
 the first of February of each Year, and the amount remitted 
 free of cost to the Publishers, - - HJ - Five Dollars. 
 
 For the Journal only, when ordered without funds, or paid for 
 
 after the first of February of each year, - - ?- Five Dollars. 
 
 For the Medical News only, to be paid for always in advance, 
 
 and free of postage, - - - - - One Dollar. 
 
 $& In no case can the News be sent without pay in advance. 4$
 
 32 TWO MEDICAL PERIODICALS FOR FIVE DOLLARS A YEAR. 
 
 THE 
 
 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF THE MEDICAL SCIENCES, 
 
 EDITED BY ISAAC HAYS, M. D. 
 
 SURGEON TO WILLS' HOSPITAL, ETC. 
 
 Published Quarterly on the first of January, April, July and October ; each Number having at least 
 264 large and closely printed pages. 
 
 WHEN NECESSARY, CASES ARE 
 
 Fully Illustrated with MTHOGRAPHIC P1ATES aiid WOOD-CUTS. 
 
 ALSO, 
 
 atti 
 
 Of 32 Large Pages, Published Monthly, is given Gratis to Subscribers 
 
 to The Journal who pay, by the first of February of each year, Five Dollars free of expense to the 
 
 Publishers. 
 
 Under the new law the postage on the Journal is reduced to about 13J cents per number, while 
 the News and Library is sent through the mail as a Newspaper. 
 
 Persons wishing to subscribe, to commence with the January number for 1847, should advise the 
 publishers at once, as the whole quantity for the present and two past years was taken up early 
 in the year. 
 
 The publishers do not deem it necessary to refer to the past course of the Journal. It is suffi- 
 cient that for the last TWENTY-SEVEN YEARS it has received the approbation of the profession 
 at home and abroad ; but they would call attention to the extended and liberal arrangement exist- 
 ing and to be pursued that shall embody the latest intelligence from all quarters. 
 ITS PAGES WILL BE DEVOTED FIRST TO 
 
 ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS 
 
 FROM ALL SECTIONS OF THE UNION, WITH 
 
 REVIEWS OF ALL NEW WORKS 
 
 OF INTEREST, AND 
 
 ' 
 
 
 While its QUARTERLY SUMMARY will embrace a full and extended 
 
 RETROSPECT AND ABSTRACT 
 
 FROM THE VARIOUS 
 
 FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC JOURNALS. 
 
 With reference to this department, the arrangements of the publishers are very extensive and cm- 
 brace for the gleanings of the editor the various Journals from 
 
 GREAT BRITAIN, FRANCE, GERMANY, 
 DENMARK, ITALY, 
 
 AVU OTHER. SECTIOJVS OF TJElE WORLD. 
 
 INCLUDING AS PROMINENT AMONG THE ENGLISH, 
 
 BRAITHWAITE'S RETROSPECT, 
 
 RANKING'S HALF-YEARLY ABSTRACT, 
 
 THE, LONDON MEDICAL TIMES, 
 THE LONDON MEDICAL GAZETTE, 
 
 FORBES' BRITISH AND FOREIGN QUARTERLY. 
 
 (Continued on Page 31.) 
 
 83" This paper may be delivered to any physician if declined by the person to whom it is ad- 
 dressed, or if they have removed and Postmasters and others will particularly oblige the publish- 
 ers by furnishing a list of the Physicians and Lawyers of their county or neighborhood. In udd.tion 
 to the business it may bring to the office, a copy of" The Complete Florist," or such other volume, 
 will be sent by mail gratis for any ten or more names furnished free of cost. 
 Philadelphia, July, 1846, 

 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below 
 
 gEC'D UVJRU 
 g 'MR I 2 !3ii 
 
 iMA 
 
 g- 
 
 SIEP291975 
 
 OCT 
 
 
 THE LIBRARY 
 
 UNTVERSiTY OF CAUFORN0HI 
 LOS ANGELES
 
 3 1158 00281 0637 
 
 
 t'* 
 
 iiSSKK GIONAL LI8RARY FACm 
 
 A 001386811